Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 10th May 2025, 08:51:20 EEST
|
Session Overview |
Date: Thursday, 29/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 00 SES 09 A: Learning and Development of Educational Professionals: Towards an Ecological Perspective Location: Room LRC 012 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Piety Runhaar Session Chair: Christine Teelken Symposium |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Symposium Learning and Development of Educational Professionals: Towards an Ecological Perspective Increasing teacher and school leader shortages and, simultaneously, an increase of demands regarding student achievements and teacher quality force schools to invest in their ‘human capital’ (OECD, 2023). While this means a challenge in itself, due to all kinds of social, political, and economic problems (see also the call of proposals of ECER, 2024), the context wherein schools operate has become more and more complex and uncertain. For example, younger colleagues often have other job-expectations than their older counterparts (Skýpalová, 2023) causing challenges to retain them; more diversity in the classroom and the call for more equal chances among pupils force schools to formulate specific policies (Donlevy et al, 2015); uncertainty and instability in funding causes problems in policy implementation (Waslander, 20123); technological developments, such as AI, alter our conceptions of assignments and assessments, leading to curricular changes and professionalization needs. While all these developments require learning and development of all educational professionals, simultaneously, they impact its facilitation, hence making it a ‘wicked issue’ (Runhaar, 2023). Wicked issues are ambivalent and cannot be ‘solved’ in the sense they disappear (Bore & Wright, 2009). In order to understand wicked issues, an ecological perspective is needed (Wielkiewicz e.a. 2005), meaning that the impact and interdependence of factors playing a role at different levels of the system at hand need to be acknowledged and that multiple theoretical perspectives as well as the views of different actors are included. But how to study these types of issues? The papers of our symposium are all about learning and development in education, but focus on different types of professionals (e.g. school leaders and starting teachers) working in different types of schools (e.g. secondary or vocational schools) or other organizations (e.g. child centra, teacher education institutes). Professional learning is conceptualized in various ways (e.g. as induction or as collaborative learning) and multiple perspectives are taken into account. Taken together, the papers contain ingredients for studying complex issues from an ecological perspective. We aim to formulate practical recommendations for educational research by discussing the differences and similarities among the papers with the audience. The symposium is supported by the The Netherlands Educational Research Association (VOR) (www.vorsite.nl). References Bore, A., & Wright, N. (2009). The wicked and complex in education: Developing a transdisciplinary perspective for policy formulation, implementation and professional practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 35(3), 241-256. Donlevy, V., Meierkord, A., & Rajania, A. (2015). Study on the diversity within the teaching profession with particular focus on migrant and/or minority background: Final report. ECORYS. Directorate General for Education and Culture, European Commission. OECD (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. Geneve: Organization for economic co-operation and development. Runhaar, P. (2023). De professionele- en loopbaanontwikkeling van leraren bezien vanuit ecologisch perspectief. Utrecht: Vo raad. Skýpalová, R., Stojanová, H., Troger, H., & Caha, Z. (2023). Human Resource Management across Generations within the Context of World of Work 4.0. Emerging Science Journal, 7(3), 843-853. Waslander, S. (2023). Smachten naar samenhang Een adviesrapport over het Monitoringsonderzoek 2023. Utrecht: VO-raad. Wielkiewicz, R. M., & Stelzner, S. P. (2005). An ecological perspective on leadership theory, research, and practice. Review of General Psychology, 9(4), 326-341. Presentations of the Symposium Integrating Induction and HRM for a Smooth Landing of Starting Teachers
The first presentation explores how induction can be embedded in schools’ HRM (human resources management), with HRM referring to all practices targeted at attracting, retaining, developing, and rewarding teachers in such a way that it results in optimal teacher and school performance (Runhaar, 2017). To this end, two studies, conducted in Dutch schools for secondary and vocational education and training are discussed.
Background
Too many starting teachers (STs) leave the profession too early due to a lack of support and guidance (Helms-Lorenz et al., 2013). This is problematic, giving the worldwide teacher shortages (OECD, 2023), hence schools implement induction-programs, i.e.
practices aimed at improving and accelerating ST’s professional development and enculturation in schools (Green, 2015). Although induction programs appear effective (e.g. Harmsen et al., 2019), STs’ job-satisfaction and wellbeing is also influenced by, for example, recruitment and selection procedures, career opportunities and payment, and thus of good personnel policy (Kutsyuruba et al., 2019). Induction therefore should
include other HRM-practices next to professional development and socialization (cf. Fantilli and McDougall, 2009).
Methods
Through an online reflection-instrument, called the ‘Startwijzer’, qualitative and quantitative data were gathered among different actors (i.e. STs, coaches, HRM
professionals, team leaders, schoolleaders) in secondary and VET schools (n= 558 respondents, 96 reps. n=629 respondents in 41 schools).
The instrument was developed in a nationwide program on improving induction funded by Dutch government. The Startwijzer is based on induction- and HRM-literature. With the AMO-Theory of Performance (Appelbaum et al., 2001)– which states that employee performance is a function of their abilities (A); their motivation (M) and the opportunities they are offered to exert their expertise (O) - as framework, 13 indicators
of a smooth landing are formulated. Respondents indicate to what extent the indicators have been realised (1 = ‘not in order’, 2 = ‘doubt’ and 3 = ‘in order’) and provide an explanation for their scores.
Outcomes
Respondents’ ratings of the 13 indicators differed across secondary and vocational education schools and among schools within both sectors. Also ratings differed among actors. For example, in both sectors: if actors differed in how they evaluated indicators, school leaders and team leaders were mostly more positive than the other actors, while HRM-professionals tended to be less positive than others. The qualitative data show that a smooth landing can be enhanced by more and clear communication among actors and by formalizing issues such as performance appraisals
References:
Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., Berg, P., & Kalleberg, A. L., 2001. Do high performance work systems pay off? In:The transformation of work. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Fantilli, R. D. and McDougall, D. E. (2009). A study of novice teachers: Challenges and supports in the first years. Teaching and teacher education, 25(6), 814-825.
Green, A. (2015). Teacher induction, identity, and pedagogy: hearing the voices of mature early career teachers from an industry background. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 49-60.
Harmsen, R., Helms‐Lorenz, M., Maulana, R. and van Veen, K. (2019). The longitudinal effects of induction on beginning teachers’ stress. British journal of educational
psychology, 89(2), 259-287;
Helms-Lorenz, M., Slof, B., & van de Grift, W. (2013). First year effects of induction arrangements on beginning teachers’ psychological processes. European journal of psychology of education, 28(4), 1265-1287
Kutsyuruba, B., Walker, K. D., & Godden, L. (2019). Contextual factors in early career teaching: A systematic review of international research on teacher induction and mentoring programs. Journal of Global Education and Research, 3(2), 85-123.
OECD (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. Geneve: OECD Runhaar, P. (2017). How schools and teachers benefit from human resources management? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 639-656.
Professionalisation of School Leaders through Collaborative Networks
Strengthening school leadership to optimise school organization for student and school team needs is an ongoing challenge. Recognizing the need for stronger support for school leaders, the Flemish Government (Belgium) has supported two-year professionalization initiatives (PI) for school leaders within a collaborative network. The central premise of the PI was collective learning among school leaders, as previous research has shown that this is a powerful tool for school leaders (Orr & Orphanos, 2011). The research aim was to study these PI by mapping conditions (e.g., characteristics of PI, collaborative network, school leader, and school), learning processes, and results of PI (Merchie, et al., 2018). First, a literature review about school leader professionalisation and strong school leadership was conducted to identify which conditions and results were best studied. This review led to a research model for the study. This model presents several elements: 1) purpose of PI, 2) characteristics
of PI, 3) characteristics of collaborative networks, 4) characteristics of school leaders and their context, and 5) indications of effects. To study these, survey data were collected from school leaders and PI organizers at the start (n=396) and end of the PI (n=269). Furthermore, a case study was conducted to analyse learning processes of school leaders in 4 purposefully selected collaborative networks using logbooks, focus group discussions, semi-structured interviews, observations, and document analysis. The results show that the PI have led to positive effects in terms of participant satisfaction, changes in knowledge, skills, and attitudes, as well as changes in the practices of school leaders. The research makes observations that are important to consider in shaping future PI for school leaders. For instance, the process coach, associated with a
collaborative network, plays a crucial role for indications of effects and the way in which the characteristics of the PI are perceived. How the process coach puts PI characteristics into practice influences how participants experience the program and its effects. Also, some characteristics play a larger role when considering indications of effects. Offering a coherent program, taking into account individual needs and
prior knowledge, and providing opportunities to apply what has been learned appear to be crucial. Additionally, collaborative network characteristics play a role. More specifically, trust among school leaders within the network is essential for achieving collective learning. In line with previous research (Orr & Barber, 2007), the study concludes that characteristics of school leaders and schools play a limited role.
References:
Merchie, E., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Evaluating teachers’ professional development initiatives : towards an extended evaluative framework. RESEARCH PAPERS IN EDUCATION, 33(2), 143–168.
Orr, M.T., & Barber, M.E. (2009). Program evaluation in leadership preparation and related fields. In M. D. Young, G. M. Crow, J. Murphy, & R. T. Ogawa (Eds.), Handbook of research on the education of school leaders (pp. 457- 498). New York, NY: Routledge Orr, M. T., & Orphanos, S. (2011). How graduate-level preparation influences the
effectiveness of school leaders: A comparison of the outcomes of exemplary and conventional leadership preparation programs for principals. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47 (1), 18–70
Building Inclusive Leadership: Insights from a Professional Development Program for School and Childcare Leaders
With the increasing complexity of school leader's role (Beausaert et al., 2023), leadership development research becomes more urgent. Investing in professional development of principals is key in raising the quality of teaching and education (Rodriguez-Gomez et al., 2020). However, there is limited research on professional learning of these leaders (Lovett et al., 2015). Moreover, the notion of effective professional development of school leaders lacks clarity (Daniels et al., 2019), and comprehensive research addressing the reciprocity between professional development activities and school leaders’ daily activities in practice is lacking (Daniels et al., 2019). Thus, this paper aims to answer the
following research question: How did design criteria and contents of a professional development programme, according to participants, contribute to the development of their inclusive leadership behaviour? To this end, we followed 17 school and childcare leaders collaborating in Dutch child centres for education and childcare, who participated in a dedicated professional development programme (PDP) on inclusive leadership. Inclusive leadership is a promising leadership approach in context where teams are diverse, such as interprofessional teams in education and health care (Nembhard & Edmondson, 2006).
Following the theoretical framework of Randel et al. (2018), inclusive leadership consists of two dimensions: facilitating belongingness and valuing uniqueness. We utilised qualitative data from observations and interviews, complemented by pre- and post-programme self-evaluations for a comprehensive analysis. Six distinct design criteria derived from the literature where tailored to developing inclusive leadership, which formed the basis for the programme that consisted of four sessions, spread over 5
months. The main finding suggests that participants' involvement in the professional development programme resulted in an augmented awareness of inclusive leadership which was manifested through the adoption of new behaviours or an increased application of inclusive leadership behaviours. Essential design criteria for this purpose, according to participants, included collective learning and participation in pairs,
Organising collective learning is considered a crucial design criterion for PDPs tailored to school leaders, recognising that the role of a school leader is sometimes perceived as isolating (Service et al., 2018). Self-regulated learning through the use of learning logs and reflective interviews, was highly valued by the participants, particularly when learning logs and reflective interviews were combined. The non-parametrical
Wilcoxon signed-rank test demonstrated a significant increase in two aspects of inclusive leadership. Furthermore, both in the pre-test and the post-test, it was evident that participants considered fostering belongingness to be more important than valuing uniqueness.
References:
Beausaert, S., Froehlich, D. E., Riley, P., & Gallant, A. (2023). What about school principals’ well-being? The role of social capital. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 405-421.
Daniels, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, F. (2019). A review on leadership and
leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110-125.
Lovett, S., Dempster, N., & Flückiger, B. (2015). Personal agency in leadership learning using an Australian heuristic. Professional Development in Education, 41(1), 127-143. Nembhard, I. M., & Edmondson, A. C. (2006). Making it safe: the effects of leader inclusiveness and professional status on psychological safety and improvement
efforts in health care teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 27(7), 941-966.
Randel, A. E., Galvin, B. M., Shore, L. M., Ehrhart, K. H., Chung, B. G., Dean, M. A., & Kedharnath, U. (2018). Inclusive leadership: Realizing positive outcomes through belongingness and being valued for uniqueness. Human Resource Management Review, 28(2), 190-203. Rodriguez-Gomez, D., Ion, G., Mercader, C., & López-Crespo, S. (2020). Factors promoting informal and formal learning strategies among school leaders. Studies in Continuing Education, 42(2), 240-255.
Service, B., Dalgic, G. E., & Thornton, K. (2018). Benefits of a shadowing/mentoring intervention for New Zealand school principals. Professional Development in Education, 44(4), 507-520
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 A: Partnership for Sustainable Transition from Teacher Education to Profession (STEP): Knowledge-building for Retaining New Teachers in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sally Windsor Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Partnership for Sustainable Transition from Teacher Education to Profession (STEP): Knowledge-building for Retaining New Teachers in an Age of Uncertainty A short presentation of the STEP project The symposium is based on STEP, a research- and collaborative project that follows the first generation of students with a five-year master's education for primary school teachers in Norway during their last year of study and the first two years as teachers. The STEP project focuses on how to retain Early Career Teachers in schools, and builds on values such as equality, multi-perspectives, competences, and collaboration. The methodology is framed by Cultural Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) combined by the approach of research circles. We combine CHAT and Research Circles (RCs) to facilitate research- and experience-based dialogues for national and international policymaking. Primary objective: STEP will develop research- and experience-based knowledge on transition from Master Initial Teacher Education (M-ITE) into the teacher profession. Secondary objectives:
This multi-methodological project is funded by the Norwegian Research Association. Different papers will introduce values, methodological perspectives and preliminary findings. The papers are: Paper 1: Partnership and Collaboration to Contribute to a Good Start to the Teaching Profession. Paper 2: School Owners' Expectations to Early Career Teachers: Novices or Resource Persons? Paper 3: School Employees' Experiences and Understanding of New Teachers' Research- and Development Competence References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary Crossing and Boundary Objects. Review of educational research, 81(2), 132-169 Bjerkholt, E., & Stokke, H. S. (2017). Et forskende fellesskap-Forskningssirkler på t vers av læringsarenaene i lærerutdanningene. Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift, 101(2), 157-168. Doi: 10.1826/issn.1504-2987-2017-02-05. Engestrøm, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work. Toward an activity-theoretical reconceptualization. Institute of Education, University of London. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding. Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultitoy. Olsen, Knut-Rune et al. (2022) Lærerstudenters forventninger til arbeidet som profesjonelle lærere i skolen, Skriftserien fra Universitetet i Sørøst-Norge, nr. 105 https://openarchive.usn.no/usn-xmlui/handle/11250/3028158 Røise, P. & Bjerkholt, E. (2020). Frigjørende deltakelse i en forskningssirkel om faget utdanningsvalg. Forskning og Forandring, 3(1), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.23865/fof.v3.2160 See individual presentations Presentations of the Symposium 1. Partnership and Collaboration to Contribute to a Good Start to the Teaching Profession.
The shortages of qualified teachers, as well as the challenges in the recruitment and retention of teachers that we are facing in Norway as in the rest of Europe, reflect the imperative need to raise the attractiveness of the teaching profession and improve the retention of teachers in their profession. The main causes identified for leaving the teaching profession within the first years of practice are the feelings of isolation and the lack of support that many new teachers experiences when they start working. The partners in STEP represent different perspectives in a diverse educational community. Common to all of us is a desire to contribute to an attractive teaching profession. We believe there is potential in building a bridge between teacher training and the profession to make the transition as smooth as possible and that new teachers experience further professionalization in the profession from the very start.
The novelty of STEP is the unique collaboration between researchers and stakeholders, the combination of research- and experienced based knowledge and the knowledge of policymaking in Norway and internationally. STEP aims to develop a model for collaboration between researchers and partners/stakeholders on research- and experience-based policymaking and thereby to facilitate dialogues on policymaking both nationally and internationally. In the Nordic countries, we have a long tradition of tripartite cooperation between authorities, employers, and trade unions to make good decisions. These experiences form an important background for the collaborative work in this project. The partners in STEP are together with other stakeholders now in a process to develop the national framework for mentoring new teachers in Norway. Contributing to research to develop these frameworks is also one of the aims in STEP.
In this presentation we will highlight how cooperation between an employer organization, teacher union and student organization contribute to a more complex dialogue and understanding of both local, national, and international context and research. This diversity presents various legitimate interests which may cause tensions but also growth, different perspectives, and possibilities to understand complexity. We will also elaborate on what is distinctive about the teaching profession that makes professional mentoring of new teachers an important measure.
References:
Aaltonen, Bäckström, Ernestam, Harsvik, Hauksson, Salmonsen, Salo, Wettendorff (2023). Teacher shortage in the Nordic countries. Comparing the current situation. NLS. DOI: teacher_shortage_nls-report_2023_final.pdf . Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Delhaxhe, Arlette, Birch, Peter, Piedrafita Tremosa, Sonia, Davydovskaia, Olg, Bourgeois, Ania, Balcon, Marie-Pascale (2018). Eurydice. DOI: Teaching careers in Europe - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu) Olsen, K-R., Bjerkholt, E. & Heikkinen, H.L.T. (Eds.)(2020). New teachers in the Nordic Countries – Ecologies of mentoring and induction. Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk open access. Shanks, R., Attard Tonna, M., Krøjgaard, F., Paaske, K., Robson, D., & Bjerkholt, E. (2020). A comparative study of mentoring for new teachers. Professional Development in Education. 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1744684
2. School Owners' Expectations to Early Career Teachers: Novices or Resource Persons?
This presentation is based on interviews with representatives of municipalities as school owners. The interviews were conducted in the spring of 2023 based on a semi-structured interview guide with the following questions:
- In the autumn of 2022, the first cohort of the five-year master's education for primary school teachers started to work in schools. What expectations do you have in the short and long term (time interval of up to five years) to this new generation of schoolteachers compared with previous cohorts?
- How can you, as a representative of the school owner, help to ensure that NQTs are offered mentoring and induction in line with the national principles and obligations for the supervision of NQTs?
- Based on the induction schemes you have had in your municipality until now, what changes might be appropriate with regard to this new generation of teachers?
- Which factors related to school culture and management at school level do you think have the greatest significance with regard to NQTs development and learning in the short and long term?
- What role and significance do you think mentoring as a professional communication genre and learning strategy can have for the NQTs in the short and long term?
The interviews have been transcribed and analyzed with reference to thematic analysis (Braun and Clark, 2006) and stepwise-deductive-inductive method (SDI) (Tjora, 2021).
We will present the main findings from the survey. Our aim is to develop research- and experience-based knowledge when it comes to the further development and implementation of the National Framework for Mentoring and Induction for NQTs.
References:
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing interviews (Vol. 2). Sage.
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017) Thematic analysis, The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12:3, 297-298, DOI: 10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613
Olsen, Knut-Rune et al. (2022) Lærerstudenters forventninger til arbeidet som profesjonelle lærere i skolen, Skriftserien fra Universitetet i Sørøst-Norge, nr. 105 https://openarchive.usn.no/usn-xmlui/handle/11250/3028158
Olsen, K-R., Bjerkholt, E. & Heikkinen, H.L.T. (Eds.)(2020). New teachers in the Nordic Countries - Ecologies of mentoring and induction. Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk open access
Tjora, A. (2019) Qualitative Research as Stepwise-Deductive Induction. London: Routledge
3. School Employees' Experiences and Understanding of New Teachers' Research- and Development Competence
Norway reformed its teacher education to a five-year master’s degree in 2017 and newly qualified teachers (NQTS) now graduate with research and development (R&D) competence. R&D competence aims to enable NQTs to use theories of science and research methodologies to evaluate and use research to develop themselves, their teaching, and the schools they work at (Toom et al., 2010).
Schaefer et al. (2012) argue that we must change our focus from retaining NQTs, to sustaining them, and Kelchtermans (2017, p. 961) deconstruct the challenge of teacher attrition as “…the need to prevent good teachers from leaving the job for the wrong reasons”. Additionally, Bjørndal et al. (2020) found that NQTs from a piloted five-year teacher education experienced challenges in engaging in systematic research work due to workload and stress. The reform necessitates examining how the school support, develop, and apply NQTs’ R&D competence in their induction to professional life.
I analyze semi-structured qualitative interviews (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2018) of eight NQTs, eight mentors, 16 colleagues, and seven principals from eight municipalities using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) is used as an analytical lens. TPA posits that practices are social, situated, and shaped by three mutually influencing arrangements: the cultural-discursive, the material-economic, and the social-political (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). By analyzing these arrangements and their accompanying sayings, doings, and relatings, I identify and describe the prevalent practices that prefigure the support, development, and application of NQTs’ R&D competence.
In line with the theme of “Education in an Age of Uncertainty”, I expect to uncover discrepancies between the established traditions of school development and the evolution of the teacher education, where the schools have not been able to utilize and create a “niche” (Heikkinen, 2020) for the R&D competence of NQTs. The analysis is expected to clarify the diverse and contrasting perspectives among the school employees and the NQTs about the value of R&D competence in the teacher profession. This includes insights into sayings that reflect different attitudes towards the relevancy of R&D competence, doings consisting of practical actions the schools have or have not implemented for the support, development, and application of R&D competence, and relatings which highlight interpersonal dynamics between new and older teachers. Further this paper discusses how we can sustain NQTs by positioning them as valuable contributors.
References:
Bjørndal, K. E. W., Antonsen, Y., & Jakhelln, R. (2020). FoU-kompetansen til nyutdannede grunnskolelærere – grunnlag for skoleutvikling? Acta Didactica Norden, 14(2), 1 - 20. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.7917
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing Interviews. SAGE Publications Ltd. http://digital.casalini.it/9781526426093
Heikkinen, H. L. (2020). Understanding mentoring within an ecosystem of practices. New teachers in Nordic countries: ecologies of mentoring and induction.
Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961-977. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793
Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situation praxis in practic. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pedagory, education and praxis) (pp. 37‐62). Sense Publishers.
Schaefer, L., Long, J. S., & Clandinin, D. J. (2012). Questioning the research on early career teacher attrition and retention. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 58(1), 106- 121. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.11575/ajer.v58i1.55559
Toom, A., Kynäslahti, H., Krokfors, L., Jyrhämä, R., Byman, R., Stenberg, K., Maaranen, K., & Kansanen, P. (2010). Experiences of a Research‐based Approach to Teacher Education: suggestions for future policies. European Journal of Education, 45(2), 331-344. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2010.01432.x
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Early Childhood Teachers improving Communication with Young Children using a given model of Professional Learning. University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:It is well known that communication with young children improve their reading and writing skills later in life. Reading books to children is an established routine in early childhood education. Other routines are using the circle time for communication about daily activities. In Sweden language support is highly emphasized very much due to different international testing results, such as PISA, PEARLS and others. A quick glance at the website by the Swedish National School Research Institute shows that all systematic research overviews are often directed towards students learning, e.g. focused on student’s learning to read in early years or on how to support children with another mother tongue e.g. language development and social inclusion (Skolforskningsinstitutet, n.y). In other words, very much is said on what to do, but seldom how to do it. This paper focuses on how through professional learning meetings, as part of a model of action research, early childhood teachers developed deeper understandings about their communication support with children in every-day ‘classroom’ situations. The theory of practice architectures (TPA) is used as a theoretical resource to understand the nature and conditions of promise and possibility that action research provides for learners and leaders of professional learning (Kemmis et al., 2014; Rönnerman et al., 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, communication patterns were studied by using a proven observation tool based on language research and developed by (Dockrell et al., 2015). We took this protocol a step further by combining it with action research with a focus on everyday practices that gave the early childhood teachers’ possibilities to discuss and reflect on what happens in communication with the children. This, in turn, made it possible to find ways to understand and change their communication practices at the site. The model developed is called ELSA (Early Language Support Activities) (Rönnerman & Nordberg, 2022) and was used in two preschools (children 1-5 years old). In short, the model consists of four main phases: i) the early childhood teachers choose a routine situation (here the circle time) and videotaped it; ii) the team watched the video and registered observations in the observation tool, consisting of three dimensions physical, didactic, and social, iii) the team decided on an area to improve that would be followed by actions, data gathering and reflections together with a facilitator/researcher, iv) after six to eight weeks the phases were repeated from i). All conversations with the facilitator were conducted and recorded via zoom (due to the pandemic). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As an analytic framework, TPA showed that the early childhood teachers changed the practice of the circle time in response to the site and where children gathered in smaller groups. In the group teachers used alternative ways of telling a story, for example, by using felt figures as characters on a board to dramatize the story instead of always reading it. Later, in one setting, teachers noticed that children began to mimic the practice, for instance, one child would gather a group of children around her and retold the story by using the same felt figures. Conclusions for the teachers professional learning show three findings concerning the physical, didactic, and social dimensions. First, that the changed physical set ups of the small group circle time formed new material-economic arrangements that influenced the interactional possibilities and communicative development for the children; that at the level of the didactic, the language and discourses about children’s communication practices used by the teachers changed in both the professional and classroom practices; and that the social-political arrangements employed by action research through learning together as a teaching team shifted the power balances. In conclusion, through changed practice architectures participants developed increased awareness of themselves as educators, learned, that the communicative development among the children can be supported and developed by circle time, and the interaction and communication practices between the teacher team were enhanced through the realization of the importance of a structure in developing their communication patterns. References Dockrell, J.E., Bakopoulou, J., Law, J., Spencer, S., & Lindsay, G., (2015). Capturing communication supporting classrooms: The development of a tool and feasibility study. Child Language Teaching and Therapy 31(3),271-286. doi: 0.1177/0265659015572165 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014) Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer. Rönnerman, K. (2022). Aktionsforskning: Vad? Hur? Varför? [Action Research What? How? Why?] Studentlitteratur. Rönnerman, K. & Nordberg, A. (2022). Språkstöd i förskolan genom aktionsforskning. ELSA-modellen i praktiken. (Language support through action research. Practicing the ELSA-model]. Lärarförlaget. Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2017). The practice architectures of middle leading in early childhood education. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy 11(8), 2-20. doi.org/10.1186/s40723-017-0032-z Skolforskningsinstitutet (ny). https://www.skolfi.se/ |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 B: Methods of PLD Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rita Tavares Sousa Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring the Professional Development Journey of Portuguese Teachers: Factors Shaping Five Decades of Practice 1University of Porto, Portugal; 2University of Porto, Portugal; 3Centro de estudos interdisciplinares em educação e desenvolvimento - CeiED - universidade lusófona Presenting Author:It has been established that effective professional learning does not exclusively rely on intentional and planned development opportunities. In fact, formal and traditional kinds of training, such as courses, workshops and conferences are well represented in almost all education systems, however, other forms of continuing professional development are “emerging with activities that are more peer-based, collaborative, less structured, and focused on grass roots involvement” (Eurydice, 2015: 12). According to Evans (2019), professional development is not limited to intentional initiatives and opportunities, but rather occur as part of everyday working life, within normal working environments and contexts. Professional development empowers teachers to take ownership of their learning and professional growth, fostering a sense of agency and efficacy in their roles as educators. Effective approaches to professional development, which may be defined as what happens when teachers attempt new practices and processes in their work (Saunders, 2014), implies teachers’ professional commitment to learning, professional autonomy, with an active and reflective attitude, in which they are both learners and teachers (Darling-Hammond & McLaughlin, 1995; Čepić et al., 2015). Reflection and research on teachers’ own teaching practice seem to be key aspects leading to continuous improvement in their professional practice. A reflective teacher is someone who is able to reflect on their practice, question their assumptions and make informed decisions based on this. This reflection can take place during practice (reflection in action) or after practice (reflection on action) (Schön, 1992). Research seems to be closely connected with reflection, a concept that can be tied to the notion of teachers as researchers (Schön, 2000; Zeichner, 1993). Zeichner (2003) suggests that teachers should engage in research regarding their own practices as a means of professional development. By doing so, teachers enhance their skills and effectiveness, leading to an improved quality of learning for their students. Nonetheless, the way teachers perceive research may be complex due to the different meanings and interpretations (Sousa et al., 2019). For example, there can be conceptions of research with an orientation toward external products where the intention is to produce an outcome and conceptions that are holistic and analytical with an orientation towards internal processes where the intention is to understand (Brew, 2003). Cain (2016) also delved into how teachers engage with research and identified two primary motives: intrinsic, driven by practical and professional needs like seeking solutions to teaching challenges, self-reflection, and knowledge enhancement; and extrinsic, including aspirations for career advancement, prompted by school leadership, or pursuit of further qualifications. According to Lopes et al. (2023, p.11) “research is related to knowledge about the practice and problem solving, but also with the empowerment of teachers’ ability to identify problems and interpret situations in the light of shared knowledge with the community of educational researchers. It corresponds to a ‘mature professionalism’, which is based on continuous professional development based on learning”. Also, a distinctive feature of teachers' professional development is the fact that we refer to an occupational group whose professional status and working conditions vary from country to country, from context to context (Caena, 2014; Darling-Hammond, 2017). National specificity with regard to professional development and career regulation becomes an important variable when delving into studies related to the professional development of teachers. Considering this background, this study aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the professional development journey of Portuguese teachers in the last 50 years and to inform on the factors enabling or constraining this process, namely personal, social, political, and institutional contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Portugal, where the research study is carried out, the generation of teachers that is now retiring has lived through one of the most important periods in the development of the educational system. As such, it is important to capture the accumulated experiential knowledge these teachers detain. According to Rabin and Smith, “it is common for long-time teachers to retire or leave the profession without sharing their stories” (2012, p. 382). However, life stories related to the time span of a professional life provide information about the personal variables of career development and about the social, political, curricular and pedagogical conditions that generate and are generators of different “periods of practice” (Goodson & Ümarik, 2019, p. 592) throughout that time span. This inside knowledge allows one to identify “how teachers create educational theories within the possibilities and constraints of their circumstances - biographical, historical and political, geographical, cultural and discursive” (Middleton, 1996 p. 543). This paper is related to the funded project project "Fifty years of teaching: factors of change and intergenerational dialogue - FYT-ID” (PTDC/CED-EDG/1039/2021), and is based on the collection and analysis of life stories of teachers whose professional careers began between 1973 and 1983, and its primary goal is to study the progression of the educational system in Portugal through the lens of teachers' experiences. This paper intends to identify the various factors that either enable or constrain the professional development of teachers over the last five decades, considering personal, social, political, and institutional contexts. To achieve this goal, we focused on the life stories of 100 Portuguese teachers spanning various educational levels, subject domains, and geographic regions. The professional ethos guiding this study is rooted in the archetype of a teacher who is dedicated and adaptable, epitomizing the concept of teacher agency. To this end, data were gathered through semi-structured interviews designed to elicit detailed accounts of the participants' professional journeys. Subsequently, a paradigmatic analysis was conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the preliminary data analysis, it is possible to trace the professional development journey of Portuguese teachers through the last 50 years, pinpointing the various factors that either enabled or constrained this process throughout the years. Reflection and training are very much present in these teachers’ professional lives, with them being involved in continuous training, either to improve their knowledge, skills, and teaching and pedagogical practice or to increase their qualifications and move up the career ladder. Reflection, either on an institutional level - involving the whole school – or personal level - inflection of their practice resulting from reflection – is a significative aspect of these teachers’ professional lives. In this sense, it is also possible to identify incidents of different natures - personal, social, political, and institutional levels - that impacted teachers' career paths and that, consequently, impacted their professional ideals and professional development. These moments are, for instance, linked with factors directly related to their educational practice with students, factors based on institutional relations, namely school management and organization, relations with the community, and ongoing teacher training activities, and factors based on educational and social policies and the general social context. By shedding light on the multifaceted nature of teachers' professional development, the paper may provide valuable insights for policymakers, educational leaders, and practitioners to enhance teacher education programmes, support systems, and professional development opportunities. References Brew, A. (2003). Teaching and research: New relationships and their implications for inquiry-based teaching and learning in higher education. Higher Education Research and Development, 22(1), 3–18. Caena, Francesca (2014). Comparative glocal perspectives on European teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(1), 106-122. Čepić, R., Vorkapić, S. T., Lončarić, D., Anđić, D. & Mihić, S. S. (2015). Considering Transversal Competences, Personality and Reputation in the Context of the Teachers’ Professional Development. International Education Studies, 8(2), 8-20. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309. Darling-Hammond, L., & McLaughlin, M. W. (1995). Policies that support professional development in an era of reform. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(8), 597–604. Eurydice. (2015). The teaching profession in Europe: Practices, perceptions, and policies. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/teaching-profession-europe-practices-perceptions-and-policies_en Evans, L. (2019). Implicit and informal professional development: what it ‘looks like’, how it occurs, and why we need to research it , Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 3-16. Goodson, I. F., & Ümarik, M. (2019). Changing policy contexts and teachers´ work-life narratives: the case of Estonian vocational teachers. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 589-602. doi:10.1080/13540602.2019.1664300 Lopes, A., Folque, A., Marta, M. & Sousa, R. T. (2023). Teacher professionalism towards transformative education: insights from a literature review. Professional Development in Education. Middleton, S. (1996). Towards an oral history of educational ideas in New Zealand as a resource for teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 12(5), 543-560. Rabin, C., & Smith, G. (2012). Stories from Five Decades: How One Teacher's Theatricality, Courage, and Creativity Shaped a Life's Work. Action in Teacher Education, 34(4), 381-391. Saunders, R. (2014). Effectiveness of research-based teacher professional development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(4), 166–184. Schön, A. D. (2000). Educando o profissional reflexivo: Um novo design para o ensino e a aprendizagem. ArtMed. Schön, D. (1992). The Reflective Practitioner. London: Routledge. Sousa, R. T., Lopes, A., & Boyd, P. (2019). Research: An insight on how it is valued by Portuguese and English teacher educators. Teaching Education, 30(4), 393–414. Zeichner, K. (1993). A formação reflexiva de professores: Ideias e práticas. Educa. Zeichner, K. (2003). Teacher research as professional development for P–12 educators in the USA. Educational Action Research, 11(2), 301–326. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Uncovering the Experiences of Educational Design Research: A New Path for Teachers’ Professional Learning in the Curriculum Reform in China University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Educational Design Research (EDR) emerged as a teacher professional inquiry approach in the 1990s (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). It is a process that involves teachers and researchers collaborating to research teaching and learning for the purpose of improving both teaching practice and theoretical understandings through cycles of experimenting and refining (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). EDR has proven effective for teacher professional learning (PL) in many contexts (e.g., Dunn et al., 2019; Lim, 2022), but it is relatively new to China. China has made significant strides in its curriculum and teaching reform by implementing the New National Curriculum Standard. This updated national document provides a comprehensive framework for curriculum, pedagogy, and assessment. One of the most prominent concepts in this framework is large-unit teaching, which has become a trend and marks a significant change in teaching. As a result, there is a pressing need for an effective approach to help teachers learn how to design their lessons based on the large-unit concept as per the New National Curriculum Standard. Accordingly, this study aims to research EDR in the Chinese context and examine whether it is an effective approach to help Chinese teachers adapt their lesson design to the trend of large unit design and the requirements of the New National Curriculum Standard. The goal is to bridge the literature gap and address the reality need for teacher professional learning in the Chinese context and other contexts within the broader global background of curriculum reform. The anticipated outcome of this study is to promote a better understanding of teacher professional learning and contribute to how EDR supports it in general. A particular focus of this study is placed on understanding the characteristics and process of teacher change that occurs as a result of EDR and how the dynamic interplay of external and internal factors affects teacher learning in EDR. This focus formulates the research questions: (1) What changes in teacher teaching practice, knowledge, perspectives, and emotions occur during the different phases of teacher participation in EDR? (2) How does the dynamic interplay of external and internal factors affect teacher learning in EDR? The first theoretical framework is the model of teacher professional growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002). It proposes that teacher change occurs naturally in a professional community dealing with four domains — external domain, personal domain, domain of practice, and domain of consequence, mediated by enactment and reflection. It resonates with EDR in that it involves teachers and researchers collaborating throughout the process to study teaching and learning in a specific subject area, for the purpose of improving both teaching practices and theoretical understandings through cycles of testing and refining. During the process, a single sequence or change network should capture dynamic changes across domains. The second theoretical framework is teacher learning mechanisms by Sims et al. (2022) in their systematic review. They reviewed the conditions for teacher learning in professional development and proposed a series of teacher learning mechanisms targeted at developing teachers’ insights, goals, techniques, and practices (I/G/T/P). This provides a plausible framework for this study to examine what combinations of causally active components EDR involves. From the first framework, we already know the external factors and their interactions with teachers and their practice, but little about the working mechanisms. Therefore, this framework is used to explore how external factors connected with EDR interplay with teachers’ internal factors, thus influencing their learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is a case study examining teachers’ EDR experiences in a nine-month professional learning initiative. The professional learning initiative will be focused on designing the class package related to the introduction of the New English Curriculum national education initiative in one secondary public school in Beijing. This initiative will be something that will be occurring regardless of the research. The research seeks to understand the teacher learning that occurs during the initiative. The research involves four phases: initial analysis, intervention introduction, intervention implementation and post-analysis. The research participants include 1 professional learning leader, 8 junior high school English teachers from grade 7, 6 senior high school English teachers from grade 10, the class students of the teacher participants, and 5 school leaders (including the principal, vice principal in charge of the school curriculum reform, the director of the teacher professional centre, and the grade leaders of each of the two grades). The study will involve surveying students and observing their classes; surveying, interviewing (both in groups and individually) and observing teachers; asking the professional learning leader to keep a reflective journal; individually interviewing school leaders; and keeping researcher field notes of the session and classroom observations. Teacher focus groups, individual interviews with school leaders and teachers, along with the professional learning leader’s journals, and teacher surveys will be transcribed. They will be analysed through thematic analysis and coded as the teacher professional growth model (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002), i.e., external domain, personal domain, domain of practice, and domain of consequence. There will also be quantitative results from student surveys through the Likert scale responses. They will be used to triangulate the findings from the interviews and journal sources mentioned above. Thematic analysis will be used to solve the first research question. Based on thematic analysis, contextual analysis will be conducted on the researcher’s field notes. The method is useful for providing interpretive accounts of teachers’ self-expressions from the researcher’s perspectives, not only to triangulate the stated points but also to add up those that have not been stated by teachers but are perceived by the researcher. We will adopt a three-step analysis method of narrative inquiry (Connelly & Clandinin, 2004): broadening, storying and restoring, and burrowing. The teacher learning mechanisms (Sims et al., 2022) serve as a framework for contextual analysis to validate, interpret, and supplement, thus answering the second research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Until now, this study has completed the initial analysis, intervention introduction, and the first of three cycles of intervention implementation. So far it is found that there are two major patterns of change network. More change sequences will complement the networks in the upcoming two cycles and more interpretative accounts of the networks should be provided through contextual analysis. It was found that many teachers noted/presented that their knowledge and perspective had changed after the introduction phase. The change in their knowledge was indicated from three aspects, including curriculum knowledge, pedagogical content knowledge, and knowledge of learners. The change in their perspectives was reflected in their understanding of large-unit teaching and their recognition of its value. However, senior teachers, particularly those from grade 10, who had over 8 years of experience, did not notice any significant changes from this phase. They claimed that they were already familiar with the information introduced by the workshops and that the activities only helped them to understand large-unit teaching systematically but did not offer anything new. During the first cycle, it was found that the first type of teachers tried to transfer what they had learned from the introduction phase to the first-time analysis and design. New pedagogical knowledge was input through designing together with the professional learning leader at this stage. Perspectives were changed when they saw how well the large-unit teaching could be designed rather than an abstract concept in the standard. They also changed their practice afterwards. The feedback from themselves and their students afterwards, including homework, unit projects, and assessment rubrics, convinced them that the approach was useful. However, the second type of teachers received negative feedback after they made subtle changes to their practice, then they doubted large unit teaching and showed resistance to the external factors. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2004). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. John Wiley & Sons. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching & Teacher Education, 18(8), 947-967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Dunn, R., Hattie, J., & Bowles, T. (2019). Exploring the experiences of teachers undertaking Educational Design Research (EDR) as a form of teacher professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 151-167. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1500389 Guo, R. N., Tuo, H.Y. (2023). The Exploring of the Effects of Unit Integral Teaching on Junior High School English Homework Based on the Background of the “Double Reduction” Policy. The Educational Review, USA, 7(5), 630-642. https://doi.org/10.26855/er.2023.05.018 Lim, F. V. (2022). A Design-Based Research Approach to the Teaching and Learning of Multiliteracies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00683-0 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Goodrich, J., ... & Anders, J. (2022). Effective Teacher Professional Development: New Theory and a Meta-Analytic Test. EdWorkingPaper No. 22-507. Annenberg Institute for School Reform at Brown University. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED616856.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 C: Professionalisation Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catarina Paulos Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Professionalisation of Adult Educators in Portugal: A Process under Construction 1IP Beja, Portugal; 2IE-ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:The paper aims to analyse the professionalisation process of adult educators involved in the recognition of prior learning (RPL), in Portugal. The analysis presented is the result of the synthesis of the results obtained in a research within the scope of a doctoral degree in Education. In Europe, the professionalisation of the adult education field has triggered a debate, mainly since 2000, and subsequently with the publication of the document Action Plan on Adult Learning: it is always a good time to learn by the European Commission in 2007 (Zarifis & Papadimitriou, 2015). This document sets out the control mechanisms to be implemented by the Member States in order to achieve greater efficiency in the development and monitoring of their adult education systems. In many European countries, the education of adult educators lacks regulation, and highlight the absence of qualification standards and a common competence framework (Bernhardsson & Lattke, 2012; Sava, 2011). In order to promote the professionalisation of adult educators, instruments have been developed at the European level. An example is the Curriculum globALE, a cross-cultural core curriculum for training adult educators (Lichtenberg, 2020). However, the professionalisation of adult education can lead to the homogenisation and standardisation of practices in a professional field that is characterised by diversity in terms of professionals, contexts of intervention and participants, which would lead to losses of diversity, complexity and richness of these practices (Lattke, 2014). Professionalisation can be seen both as a precondition for representing a specialised practice, being linked to the knowledge acquired through education, and as being related to professional activity (Abbott, 1988; Evans, 2008; Przybylska, 2008; Roquet, 2012). Also, professionalisation can be analysed from different levels, namely macro, meso and micro level (Lattke, 2016; Roquet, 2012) or from the State and its institutions, organisations, adult educators, learners and their interactions (Egetenmeyer et al., 2019). The study of the professionalisation process at the macro level refers to the analysis of the recruitment of individuals who carry out a particular professional activity, to the extent of the specification of the required educational, professional and social competences, and to the construction of professional paths. The analysis of the professionalisation at the meso level refers to an institutional dimension linked to the socialisation of actors that occurs in the institutions where the training processes and professional activities take place. The analysis of the professionalisation at the micro level is linked to the individual dynamics of knowledge production resulting from on-the-job training and differentiated training and professional activities throughout life (Roquet, 2012). The analysis presented here is focused mainly on the micro level, taking into account the professionalisation model proposed by Roquet (2012). In this sense, we sought to analyse the professionalisation based on initial and continuing education of adult educators. The adult education field is very diverse and complex, with no clear boundaries and no well-defined occupational profiles. To circumvent the complexity and diffuse nature of the field, research on adult educators usually focuses on certain subgroups or professional activities (Lattke, 2016). This paper analyses the professionalisation of adult educators involved in the RPL. This educational practice, integrated in public policies on adult education, began to be implemented in Portugal, in 2000, with the purpose of increasing the qualification of adults with a low level of schooling by valuing life experiences and knowledge acquired through informal and non-formal education (Cavaco et al., 2014). This paper seeks to answer the following questions: How is initial and continuing education of adult educators who intervene in the recognition of prior learning characterised? How is professionalisation of these adult educators in Portugal characterised? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From an epistemological point of view, this study is framed in the phenomenological perspective by focusing on the essence of human experiences, in relation to a phenomenon, according to the description and meanings assigned by individuals (Creswell, 2007). The central idea of this perspective is to understand the intentions and perceptions that individuals place on their own actions, in relation to others and contexts. In this research, we sought to understand the interpretations of adult educators involved in recognition of prior learning, relative to how they perceive themselves and the work they perform. In the methodological scope, we adopted the qualitative approach as we believe it allows a deep understanding of the issues under investigation, including the participants' voices, the researcher's reflexivity, and a complex description and interpretation of the phenomenon under study (Creswell, 2007). Empirical data were obtained through biographical interviews with adult educators, in order to access the discourse about themselves and their work (Berger, 2009). The biographical perspective is used in research about adult educators, particularly with regard to the study of professional development, identity and the professionalisation process, since it allows for an in-depth understanding of complex phenomena (Lattke, 2016). Biographical interviews were conducted with 32 adult educators involved in RPL. These educators promote the involvement and accompaniment of adults with a low level of schooling along with the reflection on and analysis of their life path, so that they can appropriate their knowledge and skills, so that at the end of the process they become more autonomous and more empowered (Cavaco, 2020; Eneau, 2010). Throughout the research, we sought to respect ethical principles; in this sense our conduct was based on a relationship guided by empathy, recognition and dialogue (All European Academies [ALLEA], 2018; Sociedade Portuguesa de Ciências da Educação [SPCE], 2021). The interviews were conducted after obtaining the participants' informed consent about the research objective, the procedures and the voluntary nature of participation. Categorical content analysis (Bardin, 1995) was used in the analysis of the data from the biographical interviews. The coding categories resulted from the formulated research questions, but some of them emerged from the content of the interviews themselves, at the time of data analysis. The treatment of the data from the biographical interviews allowed for the construction of a descriptive framework, from which elements and meanings were extracted from answers to the research questions using the inductive process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of initial education, the only criterion defined for access to the activity of an adult educator in the RPL is the holding of higher education qualifications, without specification of the area. Most of the interviewed adult educators had attended short-term continuing education in adult education during their professional activity. This training allowed them the development of competences considered important for conducting the RPL. Diversity and the ambiguous situation that characterise the adult education field hinder the consolidation of the professional status of adult educators, the visibility and social recognition, and the sharing of a common identity representation (Sava, 2011). Regarding this last aspect, it should also be noted that not all professionals working in the field of adult education see themselves as adult educators (Oliveira & Amaral, 2019; Paulos, 2020). The heterogeneity that characterises this field of practices makes the professionalisation of adult educators, on the one hand, an open process prone to change and, on the other hand, a prolific domain for the implementation of standardised techniques and procedures aimed at improving quality in this professional field (Egetenmeyer, 2010). The specificity and complexity of the RPL justifies the importance of the training of adult educators, who need to have multiple skills and knowledge for the proper exercise of their professional activity, which to a large extent occurs through practice in work context (Egetenmeyer et al., 2019; Rohs & Bolten, 2017). Professionalisation resulted, essentially, from the publication of legal diplomas regulating the recruitment of these professionals and from the promotion of continuous education. The regulation of the conditions of employment through the definition of a minimum higher education degree favoured the emergence of a fragile process of professionalisation of the adult educator in Portugal (Guimarães, 2016). References Abbott, A. (1988). The system of professions. An essay on the division of expert labor. The University of Chicago Press. Bernhardsson, N., & Lattke, S. (2012). Core competences of adult educators in Europe. Findings from a European research project. Journal of Educational Sciences, 14(1), 44-53. Cavaco, C., Lafont, P., & Pariat, M. (2014). Policies of adult education in Portugal and France: the European Agenda of validation of non-formal and informal learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 33(3), 343-361. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2014.896086 Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Egetenmeyer, R. (2010). Professionalisation in adult education: a European perspective. In R. Egetenmeyer & E. Nuissl (Eds.), Teachers and trainers in adult and lifelong learning. Asian and European perspectives (pp. 31-44). Peter Lang. Egetenmeyer, R., Breitschwerdt, L., & Lechner, R. (2019). From 'traditional professions' to 'new professionalism': A multi-level perspective for analysing professionalisation in adult and continuing education. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 25(1), 7-24. 10.1177/1477971418814009 Evans, L. (2008). Professionalism, professionality and the development of education professionals. British Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1), 20-38. Lattke, S. (2014). An international core curriculum for the training of adult educators: Curriculum globALE. Professionalisation between convergence and diversity. In S. Lattke & W. Jütte (Eds.), Professionalisation of adult educators. International and comparative perspectives (pp. 129-144). Peter Lang Edition. Lichtenberg, T. (2020). Curriculum globALE: A Global Tool for Professionalising Adult Educators. In R. Egetenmeyer, V. Boffo, & S. Kröner (Eds.), International and Comparative Studies in Adult and Continuing Education (pp. 213-219). Firenze University Press. Paulos, C. (2020). Professional identity of adult educators in recognition of prior learning. In B. Merrill, C. C. Vieira, A. Galimberti, & A. Nizinska (Eds.), Adult education as a resource for resistance and transformation: Voices, learning experiences, identities of student and adult educators (pp. 299-306). FPCE-UC, CEAD-UAlg & ESREA. Przybylska, E. (2008). The account of the TEACH Project: halfway through the journey to profession, professionalism, and professionalisation. Studies for the Learning Society, 1, 73-84. Rohs, M., & Bolten, R. (2017). Professionalization of adult educators for a digital world: an european perspective. European Journal of Education Studies, 3(4), 298-318. Sava, S. (2011). Towards the professionalization of adult educators. Andragoške studije, 2, 9-22. Zarifis, G. K., & Papadimitriou, A. (2015). What does it take to develop professional adult educators in Europe? Some proposed framework guidelines. Andragoske Studije, 2, 9-22. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Longitudinal Exploration of Professional Agency from Teacher Education to Early Career Teaching 1UiT The arctic university of T, Norway; 2University of Helsinki Presenting Author:We investigate longitudinally how Norwegian early career teachers (ECTs) perceive their personal development of professional agency in professional communities after completing a piloted five-year research-based master teacher education for primary and secondary school. Agency, recognized as a crucial element in teacher learning and professional development (Pyhältö et al., 2015; Toom et al., 2017; Toom et al., 2021; Priestley et al., 2013), is related to actions that we do or achieve to initiate meaningful education (Priestley et al., 2015, p. 3). Priestley and colleagues elaborate that “teacher agency” is about how people act upon specific contexts or situations and that these actions are influenced “through the interplay of personal capacities and the resources, affordances and constraints of the environment by means of which individuals act” (2015, p. 19). Further, Eteläpelto et al. (2013) and Pyhältö et al. (2015) connect teacher learning in workplace to the development of professional agency. Pyhältö et al. (2015) elaborate how teacher learning, understood as professional agency in professional communities, includes elements such as skills, efficacy beliefs and motivational factors which also involve active strategies for seeking help and improvement of teaching practices. Regarding the impact of context on ECTs’ agency, Priestley et al. (2015) underscore that performativity involves demands from both the school and ECTs to perform and generate achievements towards a specific outcome. Performativity has a double meaning, as it not only concerns ECTs having to perform but also involves performance pressure. External performativity often weakens teacher agency, with many teachers choosing to ‘go with the flow’ despite their dissatisfaction with it (Priestley et al., 2015, p. 125). Accordingly, Priestley et al. (2015) identify four key elements that ECTs need to balance their agency within their professional practice: their individual practical knowledge (pedagogical knowledge and responsibility), their clients (students and parents), their employer (the organisation) and the state (through steering documents, for example). Given the significance of collaboration in teachers' professional agency development, it is useful to refer to the concept of collective agency. Hökkä et al. (2017, p. 37) regard collective agency as ‘the capacity to reflect social contexts collaboratively, and to contribute to the transformations of culture and structures over time’. As such, collective agency comprises forms of collective action that contribute to the transformation of teachers’ practice of teaching and other professional tasks. Biesta et al. (2015) call for more research on how contextual factors may promote or hinder the development of professional agency among teachers, while Toom et al. (2017) urge more investigation into the development of professional agency from teacher education into professional work. Our main research questions are as follows: 1) How do ECTs perceive the development of agency in terms of motivation, self – efficacy and strategies for facilitating professional learning from completing teacher education through the first five years in the profession? 2) What individual, contextual, and systemic factors, as perceived by ECTs, promote or hinder the development of professional agency? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Norwegian context We study ECTs who have completed a pilot five-year master-based teacher education program, emphasising specialisation in two to four subjects in addition to knowledge in teaching, learning and research methods. The ECTs wrote their master’s theses on themes related to either subject specialisation or general education (Antonsen et al., 2023). They collaborated on an action research assignment during their practice period in schools that they later analysed by using theory. Most colleagues these ECTs encounter in the school fulfilled a previous four-year bachelor's education program. Research has revealed how these ECTs handle teaching within their subject specialization (Antonsen et al., 2020) and learn to contribute and collaborate with colleagues during their first year in service (Antonsen et al., 2023). Informants and data This longitudinal study consists of semi structured interviews (Kvale, 2008) with 27 ECTs shortly after completion of teacher education and at intervals of one, three and five years into the profession. The study did not include specific questions directly related to current research questions. However, the ECTs were asked about learning, subject specialisation, professional development, collaboration and their strengths and challenges at work as well as their goals for the future. The number of informants allowed us to capture variations in the school context. The interviews lasted around 30-60 minutes and were audio recorded and transcribed verbatim. Thematic analysis Reflective thematic analysis was employed to analyse the data, drawing on the six-phase model proposed by Braun and Clarke (2022). Step 1) We read all the interviews openly without coding them. Step 2) We did an open inductive coding of the data. Step 3) We reviewed the open coding to start to identify patterns in the data. Step 4) We then recoded the codes deductively for each interval of data based upon our theoretical framework that is developed from Edwards (2005) and further used and adopted from Liyuan et al. (2022). We used their categories or boxes to sort and organise the data: • Motivation - I want to learn. • Efficacy beliefs: I am able to learn. • I have active strategies for facilitating learning, I can, and I do this to learn. (which subjects) We also recoded the data according to factors that promote or hinder the ECTs’ agency, such as school subjects they were teaching, stress, time challenge, student-related challenges, and support from leadership. Step 5 and 6 (not conducted yet) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the ECTs expressed that they were motivated and wanted to learn more after completing their education, as well as at the intervals of the first, third, and fifth years in service. They also expressed efficacy beliefs, showing confidence in their ability to learn new things and collaborate with colleagues in their professional learning community (collective agency). There exists a link between the development of agency and teaching subjects within the specialization gained during teacher education, promoting ECTs’ agency longitudinally from the first to the fifth year in their profession. This is because instructing their core subjects from teacher education enhances their experiences, allowing them to develop and share strategies for improved classroom teaching with colleagues. The longer the ECTs work in a school, the more likely that they have opportunities to teach their subjects with specialization. This indicates that these ECTs with formal competence in two to four subjects have ambitions for improving themselves, but mostly in their subjects from their education, or for a few, by adding a new subject through further education. In general, ECTs describe the development of agency as the ability to reflect on both individual and collaborative teaching within the professional community to improve teaching for students. These ECTs are not afraid of learning new things and actively take on roles for change in the organization. Findings also indicate how contextual factors at school hinder agency. For example, teaching in different class levels or subjects than those from their teacher education, negatively impact the agency development of ECTs. Moreover, challenges related to neoliberal demands and work intensification hinder the development of agency and make ECTs reconsider their roles and positions within their schools and as teachers. References Antonsen, Y., Jakhelln, R., Aspfors, J., & Bjørndal, K. E. W. (2023). Solo, collaborative or collective? Newly qualified teachers’ experiences of being stirred into induction practices. European Journal for Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2227339 Antonsen, Y., Jakhelln, R., & Bjørndal, K. E. W. (2020). Nyutdannede grunnskolelæreres faglige fordypning og masteroppgave – relevant for skolen? Nordisk tidsskrift for utdanning og praksis, 14(2), 103-121. https://doi.org/10.23865/up.v14.2209 Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624-640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325 Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. International Journal of Educational Research, 43(3), 168-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2006.06.010 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Liyuan, E., Toom, A., Sullanmaa, J., Pietarinen, J., Soini, T., & Pyhältö, K. (2022). How does teachers’ professional agency in the classroom change in the professional transition from early career teachers to more experienced ones? Learning: Research and Practice, 8(2), 169-190. https://doi.org/10.1080/23735082.2022.2076148 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2013). Teachers as agents of change: teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In M. Priestley & G. Biesta (Eds.), Reinventing the curriculum: new trends in curriculum policy and practice (pp. 187-206). Bloomsbury Academic. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: what is it and why does it matter? In R. Kneyber & J. Evers (Eds.), Flip the System: Changing Education from the Bottom Up. Routledge. Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., & Soini, T. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency and learning – from adaption to active modification in the teacher community. Teachers and Teaching, 21(7), 811-830. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2014.995483 Toom, A., Pietarinen, J., Soini, T., & Pyhältö, K. (2017). How does the learning environment in teacher education cultivate first year student teachers' sense of professional agency in the professional community? Teaching and teacher education, 63, 126-136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.12.013 Toom, A., Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J. & Soini, T. (2021). Professional Agency for Learning as a Key for Developing Teachers’ Competencies? Education Sciences, 11. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11070324 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 02 SES 09 A: NW 02 Network Meeting Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Johannes Karl Schmees Network Meeting |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper NW 02 Network Meeting University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 11:00 | 03 SES 09 A: Curriculum and a pedagogy of remembrance Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andrea Priestley Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Literature Teaching in Portugal Before and After Democratic Revolution: Analysis of Curricula University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:The history of literature teaching and Portuguese teaching overlaps in Portugal due to the adoption of literary texts as resources in mother tongue classes since the emergence of the modern school in the 18th century. Portuguese became a teaching subject due to Pombaline legislation, which consolidated efforts to create and strengthen the idea of a nation-state. At this time, "Os Lusíadas" by Luís de Camões and other literary texts began to be used in classes of grammar and rhetoric of the mother tongue as models of good language and examples of national imagery, values and national pride. Despite notable changes, the language and literature curricula approved through the following decades continued to reflect this nationalistic perspective, intensified during the non-democratic 'New State' years (1933 - 1974) (Magalhães, 2019). After the fall of the dictatorial regime and the democratic restoration in 1974, progressive theoretical currents (e.g. Critical Pedagogy, Sociolinguistics, Textual Linguistics, and Reception Theories) influenced isolated experiments to update the Portuguese and literature teaching. However, these new perspectives were subjected to the previous ones, already standardised (Duarte, 2013). In attention to this retrospect, we would like to know how literature teaching has evolved, what place it has occupied and what functions it has played in Portuguese education during the last five decades of democracy. Considering that the variations in status and roles attributed to literary texts in school result from the combination of local sociopolitical tensions and global didactic-methodological trends (Cosson, 2020) and the leading role in regulating education always assumed by the State in Portugal (Duarte, 2013), we believe the analysis of official discourses about literature teaching, materialised in curricula and programs, could answer our questions. Thus, in this paper, we aim to identify and analyse possible changes and continuities in the curricula that have guided literature teaching since 1974 in Portugal. To do this, we conducted a documentary analysis (Cohen et al., 2018) of official texts that approach literature teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The documentary analysis method provides the opportunity for social contextualisation of the phenomenon studied, enabling the interpretation of the situation in which it developed (Cohen et al., 2018), which corroborates the study of 'institutional discourses' (Duarte, 2013) about teaching literature in Portugal. To do this, we searched government databases and repositories (e.g. Catálogo da Diretoria Geral de Educação, Diário da República Eletrônico, and Sistema Nacional de Bibliotecas of Portugal) for primary documents such as curricula and programs that have guided and regulated the teaching of literature at secondary education in Portugal from 1974 to the present. Then, we analysed and interpreted the corpus using techniques motivated by the thematic content analysis method (Braun & Clarke, 2012), focusing on aspects that characterised the place and function of literature teaching portrayed in each document, such as goals, content and oeuvre selection. By doing that, we identify possible theoretical currents and methodological trends that have influenced the development of literature as a curricular area through these decades. Besides, we recognise aspects that have remained and changed in teaching literature over the last few decades. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings he analysis of the documents that have guided literature teaching in Portugal during the last five democratic decades demonstrated that, despite the significant changes in the statutes that the literary text has been assuming in Portuguese schools, there was never a complete theoretical-methodological rupture process. As a result, the teaching model that aims to guarantee the construction of national identity has persisted since the Portuguese classes in the 18th century. Even with the paradigmatic innovations proposed after the Democratic Revolution, language and literature teaching continued to be defined by dominant political and social demands, which, regardless of the theoretical concepts adopted, have mostly tended to the nationalist and patriotic tradition. An example is the maintenance of a school canon whose core demonstrates the attachment that the literature teaching in Portugal has to its traditional bases. The paradigmatic miscellany that currently configures the literature teaching in the Portuguese basic education system (Duarte, 2013) results from a historical accumulation of dissonant guiding concepts. The avoidance of a revolution in the literature curricula has generated difficulties in creating a literary education process that responds to the needs and desires of students during these fifty years. It has also impacted the democratisation of literature and the construction of a literary community in the country, tasks in which the school plays a central role. However, considering that literary education is not only carried out at school and, even in this case, cannot be analysed only based on the official documents that regulate it, different voices and other contexts must be studied to have a better understanding of how it has been developing and how we can improve it in the future. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In Harris Cooper (Ed.), APA Handbook Of Research Methods in Psychology: Research Designs (pp. 57–71). American Psychology. Cohen, L.; Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods Education, 8ª ed. Routledge Falmer. Cosson, R. (2020). Paradigmas do Ensino da Literatura. Contexto. Duarte, R. S. (2013). Ensino da Literatura: Nós e Laços [Thesis] Universidade do Minho. Magalhães, J. (2019). Literatura e Ensino em Portugal. Impossibilia-Revista Internacional De Estudios Literarios (17), 5-27. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper National Curricula After Great Transformation: Central and Eastern Europe and Beyond 1Charles University, Czech Republic; 2The University of Georgia, School of Arts and Humanities, Tbilisi Presenting Author:This year marks 35 years since the fall of the Berlin Wall, which became a symbol of the great post-Soviet and post-Cold War transformation of the countries of Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). This change also affected the curricula of CEE educational systems. Unfortunately, it has been obvious for some time that the course and results of the transformation in a number of countries do not correspond to the expectations that stood at the beginning (Ther, 2019). Even where educational transformation appears to be successful, its impact on different groups of pupils varies. Moreover, Terry (2023) argues that Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraine marks the end of the post-Soviet / post-Cold war period when Russia as hegemon used its soft power in its former empire. In February 2022 the world, or at least the post-socialist states of CEE and Central Asia, entered new uncharted waters. In this contribution, we therefore seek to describe the changes of curricula in post-Soviet space and beyond and possibly extrapolate it. Tendencies to authoritarian rule are not limited to successor states of the Soviet Union or its former satelites.The new threats to freedom of education at all levels as a result of the erosion of democracy and the return of illiberal systems all over the world are still little thematized in the educational literature. Thus, the questions we ask about the Central and Eastern Europe today may be relevant for the other areas in the future. Therefore, from the point of view of both educational theory and practical policy, it is very important to analyze how return of illiberal and authoritarian regimes affect school curriculum. At the same time, there is a need to reflect on how educational research on and in countries under authoritarian rule can and should be done. Examining the development of curricula in nations or regions under populist and illiberal governments can, it is hoped, strengthen the resilience of school systems in democratic countries, as well as addressing the practical issues as schooling the pupils coming (perhaps as refugees) of from these areas, recognition of their certificates issued by internationally unrecognized governments, cooperation with researchers from such jurisdictions, etc. In our study, we try to look back and look forward: How has the curriculum of CEE countries changed during the transition to liberal market society and what changes are being made in countries where different forms of illiberal governments have been (re)establised? As the content (especially history and social sciences) has received most attention (Khavenson & Carnoy, 2016), we ask some other research questions: What do curriculum making processes (Priestley et al., 2021) look like in countries with different outcomes of transformation? How has the structure of curriculum documents changed? How does the impact of transfrormation on different domains of knowledge differ? What are the similarities and differences in curriculum governance across the post-socialist space? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We perform a multiple case study (Yin, 2018) of curriculum making processes in several post-socialist countries with a focus on two regions: Visegrad countries (Central Europe) and South Caucasus. Some of these countries represent standard nation-states in which traditional approaches of educational research can be applied, but some of them are quasi-states and/or under foreign illiberal rule (e.g. Abkhazia in Georgia). Morgenbesser and Weiss (2018) noted that with a high proportion of authoritarian regimes in many areas of the world, it is surprising how little attention is paid to the methodology of conducting social scientific research in these locations. Therefore, our research can also represent a contribution to methodology of research in illiberal terrain. We mainly use desk research - analysis of documents and media releases. Desk research has clear advantages for the researcher in the case of authoritarian systems with hostile governments, but it has also obvious limitations. For the study of some aspects of authoritarian regimes, traditional written sources do not exist or have problematic value (reports produced by corrupt governments). In the period of Soviet rule, local authors tended to uncritically praise the achievements of socialist education and its superiority to Western models. In more recent sources, the previous stance remains to a certain extent, but at the same time the other extreme appears – emphasising problems that are supposed to legitimise the drawing of international development aid. There is a need to pay double attention to the critical analysis of how official sources reflect the real situation and trends. Related to this are questions of positionality and reflection of the authors. Some Western authors come to the post-socialist space in the role of experts, and therefore they are also interested in emphasising the advantages of Western models. Local researchers, in turn, feel threatened by the renewed Russian pursuit of hegemony, so it is difficult for them to assess both the effects of the former central curricular policy and the current demands of the Russian-speaking populations of their countries. In our project, we therefore try to balance an insiders’ view based on intimate knowledge of post-socialist field with the methodological rigour of standards in comparative education (Silová, 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In initial phases of transformation, some curriculum changes were guided by neoliberal ideology rather than educational logic or research evidence (Elliot, 2014). Education reforms in CEE countries that restored their independence also have had an important symbolic function, since national curriculum is one of the attributes of a sovereign state and a cultural nation. Thus, the desired models were to be based on the experience of Western curricula to emphasize the closeness to Western European democratic countries and signal the competitiveness of its skilled workforce. Most recent changes in curricula in CEE countries, however, feature some elements a (neo)conservative "counter-revolution" and recentralisation, but it can also be reframed as "retro-innovations", i.e. the new use of traditional and proven approaches of continental Didactics (Sivesind & Westbury, 2016), such as more detailed centrally prepared syllabuses. Paradoxically, in the Czech Republic, under the populist government of the ANO ("Yes") movement, the well-prepared and widely supported curriculum reform has been launched. In post-soviet space, the current policy of Russia led to the emergence of various quasi-states (or de facto states), e.g. Transnistria in Moldova, the Donetsk and Luhansk “republics” in Ukraine – recently annexed to the Russian Federation, and Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia. The available information and schooling show the impact of the mass emigration from these areas and imposed the policy of russification in curriculum. Finally, in Poland, in 2024, we can observe the new wave of changes in education, which has been under the influence of a conservative nationally (but not pro-Russian) oriented government for quite a long time. Therefore, in addition to recommendations for increasing resilience against illiberal interventions in education, our research also provides some optimistic findings about the renewal of the curriculum after a (temporary) slip to authoritarian rule. References Elliott, J. G. (2014). Lessons from abroad: Whatever happened to pedagogy? Comparative Education, 50(1), 27–44. Janík, T., Porubský, Š., Chrappán, M., & Kuszák, K. (2020). Curriculum changes in the Visegrad Four: Three decades after the fall of communism. Waxmann. Khavenson, T., & Carnoy, M. (2016). The unintended and intended academic consequences of educational reforms: The cases of post-Soviet Estonia, Latvia and Russia. Oxford Review of Education, 42(2), 178–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2016.1157063 Morgenbesser, L., & Weiss, M. (2018). Survive and thrive: Field research in authoritarian Southeast Asia. Asian Studies Review, 42(3), 385-403. 10.1080/10357823.2018.1472210 Piattoeva, N., Viseu, S., & Wirthová, J. (2023). Introduction to the special issue ‘Return of the nation: Education in an era of rising nationalism and populism’. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 595-606. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041231188413 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (1st Ed.). Emerald Publishing Limited. Silová, I. (Ed.) (2010). Rediscovering post-socialism in comparative education. In: Silová, I. (Ed.), Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education (pp. 1–24). Emerald. Sivesind, K., & Westbury, I. (2016). State-based curriculum-making, Part I. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 744–756. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186737 Terry, G. S. (2023). An obituary for the post-soviet, 1991–2022. In S Šrāders & G. S Terry (Eds.), The Conference on Russia Papers 2023 (pp. 61–71). University of Tartu Press. Ther, P. (2019). Das andere Ende der Geschichte: Essays zur großen Transformation. Suhrkamp Verlag. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th edition). SAGE. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Designing Tomorrow's Curriculum: The Action Mapping Revolution Central European Universi, Austria Presenting Author:This paper will describe in detail how action mapping was utilized as the curriculum development approach of the re-design of a core module of a Certificate of Teaching in Higher Education. In the realm of curriculum design for "Teaching in Higher Education," the adoption of Cathy Moore's action-mapping model (Moore, 2017) has proven to be a transformative approach. This innovative model provides a structured and learner-centric framework for designing curricula that facilitate active and engaging learning experiences. At its core, action-mapping focuses on identifying tangible performance-based objectives, designing relevant activities to achieve those objectives, and integrating formative feedback for continuous improvement. This process is instrumental in aligning curriculum design with the practical needs and challenges that educators face in higher education settings. The decision to opt for the action-mapping model over the more traditional ADDIE (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation, Evaluation) model in curriculum design for "Teaching in Higher Education" was driven by a desire to address the unique challenges and requirements of higher education settings. While ADDIE is a well-established and widely used model that provides a systematic approach to curriculum design, action-mapping offered a more agile and learner-centric approach that better suited the dynamic and complex needs of educators in this context (Lubbe et al., 2023). Research aim/objectives It all started in the autumn of 2021 when the authors co-taught the original version of the module called Foundations of Teaching in Higher Education. The de-briefing sessions that took place after the completion of the module identified gaps in content, raised concerns on the delivery method (peer teaching) and questioned the consistency and rigour of the teaching sessions. This led the authors to engage on an iterative process of re-curriculation to improve the module and selected action-mapping as their design approach. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first phase of action-mapping involved conducting a comprehensive needs analysis. This critical step ensures that curriculum designers have a deep understanding of the challenges, goals, and context within which educators operate. In the second phase, the curriculum designers select activities and resources that directly address the defined objectives. These activities are designed to be engaging, interactive, and promote critical thinking. The third phase involved creating a curriculum that allows for just-in-time learning, offering educators the flexibility to access resources and activities as needed. By providing this flexibility, the action-mapping model supports personalized learning pathways, enabling educators to focus on areas that are most relevant to their unique teaching contexts. Moreover, ongoing assessment and evaluation help identify areas for improvement, ensuring the curriculum remains dynamic and adaptive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The re-curriculation resulted in a revised Foundations module, a new (additional) module and an entirely revamped Certificate with modules that scaffold and align vertically and horizontally. The students are better equipped with the didactics and pedagogy of teaching university students through creating their own teaching-sessions, syllabi and artifacts. Moreover, the authors embarked on an enriching journey of self-discovery as designers/developers of curricula. References Lubbe, J. C. (Irene), Adam, S., & Cordier, W. (2023). A Design Thinking Approach to Disentangle the Wicked Problem of Re-Curriculation during a Pandemic. Progressio. https://doi.org/10.25159/2663-5895/11062 Moore, C. (2017). Map it: The Hands-on Guide to Strategic Training Design. Montesa Press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 A: School Discipline: School Exclusionary Practices and the Impact on Families Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Sullivan Session Chair: Martin Mills Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium School Discipline: School Exclusionary Practices and the Impact on Families Schools use a variety of disciplinary practices to manage student behaviour. In some countries, school suspensions and exclusions are promoted as ways of responding to unwanted student behaviours. However, data continually shows that such exclusionary practices are disproportionately used among particular groups, including boys, students from low socioeconomic backgrounds, students with a disability and indigenous and ethnic minority students (eg Sullivan, et al., 2020; Timpson 2019). The heavy overrepresentation of vulnerable populations within the exclusionary statistics has raised concerns over their impact on the families of children and young people who are already educationally disadvantaged. Yet, very little research has examined the impact school exclusionary practices have on families. Exclusionary school practices that impact on families of vulnerable groups of students in disproportionate ways are likely to contribute to ‘deep exclusion’ (Levitas et al., 2007), which refers to ‘exclusion across more than one domain or dimension of disadvantage, resulting in severe negative consequences for quality of life, well-being and future life chances’ (p. 29). In addition, the lens of intersectionality (e.g., age, class, gender, and race) reveals the layering effects produced by patterns of power, discrimination, and inequality, and illuminates how social categories interact to shape one’s experience of the world (Hill Collins & Bilge, 2020) and barriers to schooling (Townsend et al., 2020). This symposium brings together research from three countries, Australia, England and Scotland, that investigated the impact that school suspensions and exclusions have on families of students who are excluded. A study conducted in England uses the concept of symbiotic harms, drawn from criminology and punishment theory, to examine the effects of school exclusion on families. A second study conducted in Scotland, draws on the Lundy Model of Participation to analyse parents’ views of the extent to which they felt informed about and understood what was happening when their children were excluded, and as to whether they were treated fairly. The third study conducted in Australia, examined families as policy receivers to understand the ways in which school suspension and exclusion policies are enacted and received and with what effects. A key focus of this symposium is to apply a social justice perspective to school discipline and contribute to the dearth of knowledge on the logics and impact of school exclusionary practices across national jurisdictions. It will consider ways in which systems can provide a fairer education experience for all students, including the least advantaged (Connell, 1993). References Connell, R. (1993). Schools and social justice. Toronto: Our Schools/Our Selves Education Foundation. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Hill Collins, P., & Bilge, S. (2020). Intersectionality (2nd ed.). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Levitas, R., Pantazis, C., Fahmy, E., Gordon, D., Lloyd, E., & Patsios, D. (2007). The multi‐dimensional analysis of social exclusion. Bristol, UK: University of Bristol. Timpson, E. (2019). Timpson review of school exclusion. London: Department for Education. Townsend, I. M., Berger, E. P., & Reupert, A. E. (2020). Systematic review of the educational experiences of children in care: Children’s perspectives. Children and Youth Services Review, 111, 104835. Presentations of the Symposium School Exclusion and Symbiotic Harms: Exploring and Conceptualising the Effects of School Exclusion on Families of Excluded Pupils
Evidence of the negative effects of school exclusion for young people is growing (Madia et al. 2022; Obsuth et al. 2023), yet little research exists around the wider effects of school exclusion on the families of excluded pupils. A small number of studies have highlighted the impact of school exclusion on family dynamics, parental mental health and parental employment (eg Michelmore 2019), as well as parental identity as parents face feelings of shame and stigmatisation and share ‘the burden of exclusion with their child’ (Parker et al. 2016:146). Others have also pointed towards the classed, raced and gendered experiences of the school exclusion process and parent-professional interactions (Demie 2023). However, greater clarity in how we conceptualise and describe what happens to families of excluded pupils is needed.
In this paper, we look beyond the boundaries of education to the field of criminology and punishment theory as a way to begin to think about the effects of school exclusion on the families of those who are excluded and illuminate the social and relational ramifications of school punishment (Garland 1990). In particular, we will draw on the concept of symbiotic harms developed by Condry and Minson (2021). The term symbiotic harms was originally devised as a way to explore the effects of imprisonment on families of prisoners and describes ‘negative effects that flow both ways through the interdependencies of intimate associations such as kin relationships’ (Condry & Minson 2021:548). Such harms are characterised as being relational, mutual, non-linear, agentic, and heterogeneous (Condry & Minson 2021). Drawing on data from nine parents and carers in England, collected as part of the Excluded Lives study: The Political Economies of School Exclusion and their Consequences, we will explore whether there is conceptual scope to extend the concept of symbiotic harms to study the effects of school exclusion on parents, carers and the families of those who are excluded.
References:
Condry, R. & Minson, S. (2021). Conceptualizing the effects of imprisonment on families: Collateral consequences, secondary punishment, or symbiotic harms? Theoretical Criminology, 25(4), pp.540–558.
Demie, F. (2023). Understanding the causes and consequences of school exclusions: Teachers, parents and schools' perspectives. Oxon: Routledge.
Garland, D. (1990). Punishment and modern society: A study in social theory. Oxford: Clarendon.
Madia, J. E., Obsuth, I., Thompson, I., Daniels, H. & Murray, A. L. (2022). Long-term labour market and economic consequences of school exclusions in England: Evidence from two counterfactual approaches. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(3), pp.801–816.
Michelmore, O. (2019). Unfair results: Pupil and parent views on school exclusion. London: Coram.
Obsuth, I., Madia, J. E., Murray, A. L., Thompson, I. & Daniels, H. (2023). The impact of school exclusion in childhood on health and well-being outcomes in adulthood: Estimating causal effects using inverse probability of treatment weighting. British Journal of Educational Psychology.
Parker, C., Paget, A., Ford, T. & Gwernan-Jones, R. (2016) ‘.he was excluded for the kind of behaviour that we thought he needed support with...’ A qualitative analysis of the experiences and perspectives of parents whose children have been excluded from school, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 21(1), pp.133–151.
Parents, Fairness and Exclusion/Suspension: A View from Scotland
Very little is known about the views of parents of children excluded from school on the perceived fairness of the processes involved. This paper draws on data from key insights offered by parents in Scotland gathered as part of the larger Excluded Lives study and examines questions of fairness in detail. It borrows from the conceptual framework provided by the Lundy Model of Participation and its concerns about space, voice, audience and influence. It uses these principles to analyse these parents’ views and the extent to which they felt informed about and understood what was happening before, during and after a disciplinary exclusion/suspension; also the extent to which their views were sought and taken seriously in the decisions that were made; how they felt they were treated in terms of bias or discrimination; whether their child or young person’s best interests were considered as a primary consideration; whether they were given appropriate and accessible advice and guidance; and whether and to what extent they considered the outcome to be fair and how, if at all, that was linked to the process they experienced.
These findings reveal a striking commonality of experience and raise a series of significant questions about rights, fairness and a sense of being heard but also an equally urgent set of concerns about what happens when children’s needs go unrecognized and/or unmet. Although the sample of parents in the Scottish context was small (N=7) and therefore claims to generalization are necessarily limited, the questions raised and the themes identified coalesce here to reinforce the urgency of a need for policy to invest much more focus and resource on building a new ethos of home-school collaboration overall, but particularly for children at risk of exclusion.
References:
Lundy, L. (2022). The Lundy model of child participation. [Online]. Available at:
The Impact of School Suspensions and Exclusions on Families
Little research has examined the ways in which the enactment of school discipline policies impacts families. More specifically, there is a dearth of research on how families experience school suspensions and exclusions as policy receivers (Ball, et al., 2012). This paper argues that the impact of suspension and exclusion policies on families is best understood in the context of wider structural and institutional inequalities that cause social exclusion (Alexiadou, 2005; Mills & Thompson, 2022). We shift the focus to the notion of intersectionality and multiple dimensions of ‘disadvantage’ (e.g., race, gender, and class) (Levitas et al., 2007).
This paper draws on a larger critical policy study of school exclusionary practices in Australia. We conducted 15 case studies of families from diverse backgrounds and circumstances. We interviewed parents and, where feasible, their children. We conducted a thematic analysis to identify themes and used a narrative approach to examine each case in detail. In this paper, we present the experiences of one family to illustrate the ways in which policies are enacted and received and with what effects.
The findings show that some families deal with complex circumstances across health, disability, employment, relationships, and cost of living. They struggle to engage with the ways in which school suspensions and exclusions policies are implemented by schools irrespective of these wider contextual issues. There is a feeling of powerlessness as policy is often ‘done to’ rather than ‘with them’. There is a sense of frustration and anger about how school suspensions and exclusions are ethically, educationally, and procedurally unfair.
The case illustrates how some parents/carers resist the ways in which suspension and exclusion policies are enacted by ‘speaking back’ to dominant policy actors (e.g., principals, bureaucrats, and politicians) on behalf of their children. This kind of policy advocacy work or ‘politicking’ is exhausting and affects families in different ways, including: emotionally (e.g., frustration, anger, and time); financially (e.g., employment and housing); family relationships (e.g., siblings, parenting, and extended family); and educationally (e.g., access to schools, and alternative programs).
This study has important implications for school discipline policy constructions more widely. It questions the purposes of school suspensions and exclusions and the extent to which they simply exacerbate forms of deep social exclusion. The paper concludes that the effects of school exclusionary practices are often long lasting and simply compound existing social and educational inequalities for some of society’s most disadvantaged and marginalised families.
References:
Alexiadou, N. (2005). Social exclusion, and educational opportunity: The case of British education policies within a European Union context. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 3(1), 101–125.
Levitas, R. A., Pantazis, C., Fahmy, E., Gordon, D., Lloyd, E., & Patsios, D. (2007). The multi-dimensional analysis of social exclusion. Bristol, UK: University of Bristol.
Mills, M., & Thomson, P. (2022). English schooling and little e and big E exclusion: What’s equity go to do with it? Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 27(3), 185–198.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 B: Why Are We Still Failing Some Learners?” Importance of Contextually Situated Research on Inclusive Education Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Fabian Mußél Panel Discussion |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Why Are We Still Failing Some Learners?” Importance of Contextually Situated Research on Inclusive Education 1Universtity of Glasgow, School of Education; 2University of Halle, Faculty of Philosophy III; 3University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy Presenting Author:While inclusion is part of the international agenda (e.g., Sustainable Development Goal 4), it remains a challenge to ensure that all learners can access, participate, and succeed in education. Barriers to inclusion arise at various levels: teacher (e.g., teacher’s implicit view of learners; Sturm & Wagener 2021), school (e.g., school ethos; Kovač Cerović et al., 2016), and local and national levels (e.g., organisation of educational provision and policy; Jovanović et al., 2022). However, the response to the question “Why are we failing some learners?” depends on the context in which learners' education takes place. From a system perspective (Senge, 1990), obstacles to inclusive education are not isolated events but part of established patterns evolving over time, underpinned by system structures and assumptions that perpetuate the status quo. Therefore, to address these obstacles, we must understand the socio-cultural-historical context in which they emerge. Response measures should address not individual obstacles but the system as a whole. As Senge (1990) notes, "low leverage" activities aiming to bring large-scale changes may alter appearances but not functionality. While such initiatives may contribute, they often do not lead to changes in thinking and practice (Fullan, 1991). The panel aims to discuss, from a cross-national perspective – Scotland, Serbia, and Germany – the various issues presented at different levels as obstacles to removing barriers for all learners to be included and participate in education. Empirical cases will be presented to illustrate the relationship between obstacles to inclusion and the specific context in which these obstacles emerge. Moreover, we will avoid the tendency to perceive inclusive education as uniform across and within national contexts, emphasising the importance of contextually situated research on inclusive education and dialogue between different (levels of) contexts.
For that the panel will aim to answer the following questions:
We will illustrate the discussion along empircial data, that has been gathered in the three countries; starting from these, we will investigate in the different forms of context, in which “images of normal/deviant students” are generated. References Jovanović, O., Mutavdžin, D., Radaković, T., Mileusnić, N., Gagić, D., Dodić, M., Žeželj, I. (2022). Equity of emergency remote education in Serbia: A case study of a Roma student’s educational experiences. In Janković, I. & Spasić Šnele, M. (Eds.), Psychology in the function of the well-being of the individual and society: international thematic proceedings (pp. 155-175). doi: 10.46630/dpp.2022 Kovač Cerović, T., Pavlović Babić, D., Jokić, T., Jovanović, O., & Jovanović, V. (2016). First comprehensive monitoring of inclusive education in Serbia: Selected findings. In N. Gutvajn & M. Vujačić (Eds.), Challenges and perspectives of inclusive education (pp. 15–30). Institute for Educational Research. Fullan, M. (1991). The new meaning of educational change. Cassell. Senge, P. M. (1990). The fifth discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization. Doubleday. Sturm, T. & Wagener, B. (2021). Difference research from a praxeological perspective. On the relationship between identity and habitus in teaching practice. In Gabriel, Sabine, Kotzyba, Katrin, Matthes, Dominique, Meyer, Katrina, Leinhos, Patrick & Völcker, Matthias (Eds..): Social difference and reification. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. S. 29-49 Chair Rolf-Torsten Kramer, rolf-torsten.kramer@paedagogik.uni-halle.de |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 C: Inclusive Policies around Europe Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jozef Miškolci Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Interrogating Inclusive Education Policies and their Operationalization across 4 nations of the United Kingdom and Ireland: Challenges, Tensions and Dilemmas 1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University of Bristol; 3Trinity College Dublin; 4University of South Wales; 5University of Exeter; 6Stranmillis University College Presenting Author:At a time of global unrest and in the aftermath of the pandemic in what has been described as ‘an altered world’ [1], the challenges facing European nations and beyond in ensuring quality education for all seem insurmountable. A vehicle by which this can be achieved is inclusive education. However, how inclusive education is understood globally is highly contested and it is regarded as being socio-culturally and historically situated [2,3]. It is argued that the theory and practice of inclusive education lacks a tight conceptual focus, leading to ambivalence and confusion in its enactment [2] - ‘an enigma of ‘wicked proportions” [4]. In a critical systematic review of global inclusive education [5], an extensive range of understandings of what inclusive education constitutes emerge. For some, the problem is seen as residing within the contradictory interests and intentions within public policy [4]. Others position it in relation to paradigmatic wars [6,7]. It has even been argued that it is a redundant concept, Honkasita and Koutsokenis [3] making a case for the term ‘inclusion in education’ on the basis that the former is in danger of becoming an ‘empty signifier’.
Slee [8] highlights attempts to silence inclusive education through the colonisation of its language, arguing that the ‘structures and cultures of schooling reinforce privilege and exacerbate disadvantage’ (p.11). Rix [9] attests that the quest for certainty has led to the creation of bounded systems with the function and position of individuals proscribed by the system. Whilst many perceive exclusion and inclusion as dichotomous, Hansen [10] makes the case that inclusion can only be understood in relation to its ‘other’ – exclusion: ‘inclusion presupposes exclusion’ (p. 94). Mowat [7] builds on this argument to postulate that ‘inclusion and exclusion lie on a continuum with fluid and not static boundaries that are experienced differentially and contextually’ (p.39). It therefore follows that the imperative is to seek to understand the nature of these boundaries, the underlying philosophical and political ideologies and who and what determines them.
Commitments to inclusive education have been articulated in policy across the UK and Ireland, in the context of increasingly inclusive rhetoric in education policy globally over recent years. Knight, et al. [11] identify significant divergence in the articulation and portrayal of inclusive education policy within and across the four nations that constitute the United Kingdom. Within the context of educational reform, they raise issues around the enactment and implementation of policy from a practitioner perspective and comparability for researchers across the nations, particularly pertaining to issues of equity and injustice.
Building on a critical policy analysis of the articulation and portrayal of inclusive education policy across the four nations that constitute the United Kingdom [11], within each of which education is a devolved function of government, the paper seeks to understand how England, Wales, Scotland, Northern Ireland, and Ireland articulate and portray their inclusive education policies and the political and ideological motivations and priorities that are apparent within these policies. The paper explores the commonalities and differences, challenges and tensions in public policy and its enactment across the five nations through a critical analysis of policy and reviews of policy, relating this to current research in the field. It constitutes: Critical analysis of policy based around the questions of:
Examination of policy into practice (including reviews of current systems) Identification of challenges and next steps. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Educational policy does not reside within a vacuum. It is shaped by the wider context in which it is formed and the culture, value and belief systems therein [12] in an iterative process, resulting in intended and unintended consequences [11]. It is both the product of deliberations and the process by which policy is formed, articulated and translated into practice. Rather than conceiving policy as a straightforward linear process [13], the starting point of this paper is to recognise the dynamic and complex nature of this process. The paper draws upon the principles of critical policy analysis such that the political and ideological underpinnings of policy but also its relationship to practice can emerge. In selecting the policies and reviews for analysis within each nation, the team took account of their relevance, provenance and currency. Each nation interrogated the documents in relation to the objectives previously articulated using a process of thematic analysis. Thereafter a comparative critical frame was produced to enable similarities and differences, challenges and tensions to emerge both within and between the nations in the framing of policy and its enactment. Through this analysis we find not only divergence between the five nations, but also within the policy of each nation, with varying impact on inclusive education practice. While documentation from Scotland shows a clearer voice and fewer examples of problematising the learner, across all nations we see complicated messaging and a lack of coherence in inclusive education policy. Through this reflection on policy and practice in each nation, we propose recommendations for each nation, along with considerations for UK and Ireland as a whole. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE) has noted that, while all European countries demonstrate a commitment towards the creation of more inclusive education systems, the means by which they go about this is shaped by their past and current contexts and histories [14]. Watt [14] draws attention to the lack of progress with regard to the recommendations of the United Nations that the UK should ‘adopt and implement a coherent strategy with concrete time and measured goals on increasing and improving inclusive education’ (p. 265, drawing on UNCRPD, 2017:11). Whilst cautioning against the unthinking application of policy borrowing [16], there is no doubt that there is much to be gained from examining in depth the commonalities and contradictions in the articulation and enactment of policy in inclusive education within and across nations as it is only by this means that tensions and challenges within the system can come to light and the aim to ensure quality education for all children and young people be realised, as expressed within the Sustainable Development Goals. There is no under-estimation of the scale of the task, and it is hoped that the findings from this study will enable deep and critical reflection which should inform inclusive education policy across Europe and beyond, creating the conditions for effective policy making and practice and rigorous research. References 1.Proyer, M.; Dovigo, F.; Veck, W.; Seitinger, E.A., (Eds.) Education in an Altered World - Pandemic, Crises and Young People Vulnerable to Educational Exclusion. Bloomsbury: London, 2023. 2.Slee, R. Defining the scope of inclusive education. Think piece prepared for the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report - Inclusion and Education 2018. 3.Honkasita, J.; Koutsokenis, A. Introduction to the Special Issue ‘International Perspectives on Inclusion in Education’. Education Sciences 2023. 4.Anderson, J.; Boyle, C.; Page, A.; Mavropoulou, S. Inclusive Education: An Enigma of ‘Wicked’ Proportions. 2020; pp. 1-14. 5.Hernández-Saca, D.I.; Voulgarides, C.K.; Etscheidt, S.L. A Critical Systematic Literature Review of Global Inclusive Education Using an Affective, Intersectional, Discursive, Emotive and Material Lens. Education Sciences 2023, 13, doi:10.3390/educsci13121212. 6.Kinsella, W. Organising inclusive schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education 2018, 12, 1464-5173, doi:10.1080/13603116.2018.1516820. 7.Mowat, J.G. Building Community to Create Equitable, Inclusive and Compassionate Schools through Relational Approaches; Routledge: Abingdon, Oxon, England, 2022. 8.Slee, R. Inclusive Education isn’t dead, it just smells funny; Routledge: London, England, 2018. 9.Rix, J. In Search of Education, Participation and Inclusion. Embrace the Uncertain; Routledge: London, 2024. 10.Hansen, J.H. Limits to inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education 2012, 16, 89-98. 11.Knight, C.; Conn, C.; Crick, T.; Brooks, S. Divergences in the framing of inclusive education across the UK: a four nations critical policy analysis. Educational Review 2023, 1-17, doi:10.1080/00131911.2023.2222235. 12.Muers, S. Culture and Values at the Heart of Policy Making. An Insider’s Guide, 1 ed.; Bristol University Press: 2020. 13.Adams, P. Education policy: explaining, framing and forming. Journal of Education Policy 2016, 31, 290-307, doi:10.1080/02680939.2015.1084387. 14.Watt, D. Out of crisis the New Future. In Education in an Altered World - Pandemic, Crises and Young People Vulnerable to Educational Exclusion, Proyer, M., Dovigo, F., Veck, W., Seitinger, E.A., Eds.; Bloomsbury: London, England, 2023; pp. 261-279. 15.United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD). Concluding observations on the initial report of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 2017. 16.Mowat, J.G. Closing the attainment gap – a realistic proposition or an elusive pipe-dream? Journal of Education Policy 2018, 33, 299-321, doi:10.1080/02680939.2017.1352033. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Transnational Service Learning in the Context of Higher Education: an inclusion-oriented Collaboration between the UHH and GJU University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The project Transnational Service Learning in the Context of Higher Education (THE) is a collaboration between the Faculty of Human Resources German Jordanian University in Madaba (Jordan) and the Faculty of Education, Universität Hamburg (UHH), Germany. Participants of each university (students, scientific assistants and professors) reflect on possibilities of inclusion in context of migration, flight and disability and focus on the technique of service learning during two 10-day stays in Amman and Hamburg and framing digitally held seminars. The DAAD-funded project started in March 2023 and was completed in December 2023 with the publication of a joint booklet. The following questions were discussed: 1. How is inclusion due to refugee-migration and disability implemented in Jordan and Germany and what is the significance of in this field active NGOs? 2. To what extent can the service learning method be used to incorporate student engagement into curriculum planning in Higher Education? The aim of the project is mutual understanding and perspective-taking as a starting point for reflecting on inclusion-promoting action-oriented measures in NGOs on the same topic. Both Jordan and Germany are considered immigration countries that have taken in many people with refugee experience. While immigration to Germany in recent years has mainly been dominated by people from Ukraine, Russia, Afghanistan, Syria and Sudan, Jordan has taken in a large number of people with refugee experience from Syria and Iraq due to its geographical proximity. At the same time, around 50% of Jordan's population has Palestinian roots. Those facts make clear that migration-related inclusion, even with regard to disability is from high relevance in both countries, what clarify, that students need to be sensitized intercultural and transcultural accordingly, for example through exchange projects such as THE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on the previous project runs (in 2020 and 2021), in 2023 THE aimed to deepen transcultural cooperation between the two universities and to initiate cooperation with NGOs working in the field of inclusion. A focus on disability, migration and flight, language and the culture of remembrance in Hamburg and Amman was established thus. The participants discussed various topic-specific issues in small groups, worked on research projects under the umbrella topic of service learning and summarized the results in articles, published in a group-booklet. For this, they received input through joint workshops with in the field of inclusion active NGOs and through presentations by the NGos, which gave them an insight to their work. Reflection on the group work and the encounters with the NGOs was made possible by daily reflection seminars, which were also intended to give the students the opportunity to change their perspectives. The NGOs and the students have discussed the possibilities of their involvement. For example, one group designed and held an interactive workshop to improve the German language skills of children living in a refugee accomodation in Hamburg and in a German school in Jordan. Background: Many children living in Germany who learn German as a second language are disadvantaged on their educational path in comparison to children whose first language is German (Gomolla &Fürstenau, 2009). Language deficits are reflected in subjects such as biology and mathematics and are not limited to the subject German. That´s why the city of Hamburg has enacted the Hamburg Language Support Program to promote language skills beginning from pre-school through the school career of a student (Hamburger Sprachförderkonzept, 2020). To support these measures, volunteering students could offer interactive language learning opportunities f.e. in a refugee accomodation to support the children and to transfer their acquired knowledge in practice back to universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are presented in the published booklet by six articles discussing different aspects of inclusion in the frame of service learning like, the importance of support services for refugees provided by NGOs, the challenges for inclusive transnational projects in Higher Education and the importance of language awareness in the context of service learning. Even, the cooperation was used to develop joint ideas on how universities as well as NGOs can benefit from each other und how students in particular can get involved. Project-Challenges: A major challenge, especially with regards to the topic of culture of remembrance, which was addressed in Germany in particular and framed with a visit to the Neuengamme concentration camp, presented us with unexpected challenges after returning from Jordan and with the start of the Hamas attack on Israel and Israel's attacks on the Gaza Strip (October 2023). The GJU participants in particular subsequently felt that the Palestinian perspective should have been considered more deeply in the project. We responded by openly discussing our points of view in a virtual meeting and ensuring that the different perspectives were heard. This meeting was an important conclusion to maintain mutual understanding and to further strengthen transcultural communication. References Booklet Transnational Service Learning in the Context of Higher Education (2023). https://www.ew.uni-hamburg.de/en/internationales/projekte/the-uhh-gju.html. Further publications: BLOG 2021‚ Transnationale Denkräume‘: https://transnationaledenkraeume.wordpress.com/ The first period resulted in a digital 'Storytelling Festival' and an initial publication in the form of a booklet: Iwers, Telse; Marji, Hazar; Mitchell, Gordon; Neumann, Malina; Pfalzgraf, Anne-Marie; Radaideh, Khalida; Schroeer, Miles; Stelljes, Clara Noa (2021). THE. An International Exchange Project Between Universities in Times of the Corona Pandemic. Booklet: https://transnationaledenkraeume.wordpress.com/2021/03/23/das-the-booklet-2/ Yilmaz, Sezen Merve & Iwers, Telse (2021). Entwicklung eines reflexionsorientierten Umgangs mit heterogenitätsbedingter Ungewissheit. Gruppe Interaktion Organisation 4, 2021. https://link.springer.com/epdf/10.1007/s11612-021-00597-3?sharing_token=vzCcUVreRVT15sGDZKO2n_e4RwlQNchNByi7wbcMAY4ZJMqd-0-wnido1Bq92cXIe0rh6x2XRbVJp-oemtxhxbWExkXPRl4bHCwwOhW94O9z-yL_hjo1H2-Pr7e8yst_7YMVUTgF1TWW44T3zeiL6IEygistkWPxAkfzbQiqsXw%3D Telse Iwers & Merve Yilmaz (in Druck). Internationalisierung durch Digitalisierung: Chancen und Herausforderungen eines digitalisierten internationalen Austauschprojekts für die Persönlichkeitsbildung. In Ulrike Graf, Telse Iwers, Nils Altner & Katja Staudinger (Hrsg.). Graf, Ulrike;Iwers, Telse;Altner, Nils;Brenne, Andreas (zur Veröff. angenommen): »Der ganze mögliche Mensch« als Bezugspunkt von Pädagogik und Erziehungswissenschaft. Perspektiven der Humanistischen Pädagogik. In: Wolfgarten, TTrompeta, Michalina (Hrsg.): Bild und Erziehungswissenschaft. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa; angekündigt für 2023. Iwers, Telse; Marji, Hazar; Mitchell, Gordon; Neumann, Malina; Schroeer, Miles; Stelljes, Clara Noa (2022). THE. An International Exchange Project Between Universities: The journey continues. Booklet: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1pE26N4oyb6B3eoJnRdr02pyAYGdUxubY/view Sources: Altenschmidt, Karsten & Miller, Jörg (2010). Service Learning in der Hochschuldidaktik. In: Nicole Auferkorte-Michaelis, Annette Ladwig & Ingeborg Stahr (Hrsg.): Hochschuldidaktik für die Lehrpraxis. Interaktion und Innovation für Studium und Lehre an der Hochschule. Budrich Uni Press, Opladen & Farmington Hills, MI, S. 68–79. Altenschmidt, Karsten & Miller, Jörg (2016). Service Learning – Ein Konzept für die dritte Mission. Die Hochschule, 1, 40-51. Backhaus-Maul, Holger & Roth, Christiane (2013). Service Learning an Hochschulen in Deutschland. Ein erster empirischer Beitrag zur Vermessung eines jungen Phänomens. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Gögercin, Süleyman (2022). Netzwerk- und Sozialraumarbeit im Kontext von Migration, Flucht und Integration. Wiesbaden: Springer. Seifert, Anne; Zentner, Sandra & Nagy, Franziska (2012). Praxisbuch Service-Learning – »Lernen durch Engagement an Schulen«. Weinheim/Basel 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Unveiling Missed Opportunities in Educational Reform: Critical Policy Analysis of Inclusive Education in Slovakia Masaryk University, Brno, Slovak Republic Presenting Author:Theoretical framework Inclusive Education (IE) is both a recognized field in educational sciences and a key concept in global educational policies (Hernández-Torrano et al., 2022). It emerged as a critique of special education's reliance on medical deficit-based views, challenging the perception that any "deficits" or "pathologies" reside within individual students (Fulcher, 1989, p. 27). This approach individualises disability, framing individuals as "abnormal" or "tragic victims," aligning with medical perspectives (Qu, 2022, p. 1012). In contrast, IE, celebrating student diversity, attributes challenges to schools failing to meet students' needs (Andrews et al., 2021, p. 1510). Despite countries endorsing IE principles, policies often reflect a medical deficit-oriented stance, evident in practices like tying school funding to the number of students classified under specific psycho-medical deficit categories (Meijer & Watkins, 2019). IE clashes with neoliberal reforms prioritising cost-efficiency. Influenced by international organisations, countries establish non-state schools, promote standardised tests, and school rankings (Bacon & Pomponio, 2023), turning schools into profit-driven entities. This shift, linked to exclusion, deepens educational disparities, transforming parental choice into a financial transaction, notably in wealthier countries (Slee, 2019, p. 916). The conflict between IE's goals and neoliberal emphasis on academic success creates tension in education (Andrews et al., 2021, p. 1518).
Recent reform towards inclusive education in Slovakia The School Act (National Council of the Slovak Republic, 2008) incorporated the term “inclusive education” in a 2021 amendment, defining it as shared education and training based on equality and respect for individual needs. However, this inclusion appears more declarative than practical. A more substantial step towards IE occurred in the 2023 amendment (National Council of the Slovak Republic, 2023). This revision not only replaced "integration" with "inclusive education" but also introduced a nuanced three-tiered system of “support measures”: (1) “universal” (no diagnosis needed), (2) “targeted” (requires a diagnostic process by a school staff member or a counselling and prevention institution), and (3) “specialised” support measures (requires a diagnostic process by a counselling and prevention institution). This significant shift aimed to depart from the medical deficit model tied to students with special educational needs (SEN) towards providing comprehensive support. The amendment notably broadened the definition of SEN, now encompassing students without specific deficit labels, enabling them to receive support (universal and targeted support measures) based on the judgment of school staff, provided the school has the requisite financial resources. The Act on Financing Schools also introduced a new "allowance for support measures," distributing a lump sum to all schools based on total student numbers. Before, support staff allocation relied solely on external SEN diagnoses by counselling and prevention institutions. Research questions and objectives Utilising critical policy analysis (CPA), the analysis centres on the primary research question: What non-inclusive (or exclusionary) discourses manifest in Slovakia's current educational policies? This way, the main objective of the study is to highlight that, despite some progress of the country towards IE ideals by establishing the system of support measures in 2023, the policy documents related to the reform are still rooted in deficit (medical) discourse, expertocratic (professionalism) discourse, and neo-liberal (market) discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs critical policy analysis (CPA) to scrutinise contemporary education policies in Slovakia. Diverging from traditional policy analysis, CPA sees policy as a complex, non-linear process shaped by negotiation, interpretation, and appropriation by multiple actors (Thorius & Maxcy, 2015, p. 118). It challenges positivist reliance on "hard data," emphasising understanding within cultural contexts to deconstruct traditional categories (Fischer et al., 2015). CPA explores power dynamics embedded in language and policy discourses, unveiling their inherent biases and power interests. Drawing from a poststructuralist framework (Fischer et al., 2015, p. 10), CPA unveils the façade of neutrality and interrogates evidence-based policymaking, aligning with activist and emancipatory interests. IE, originating from a critique of the medical deficit-based perspective (Hernández-Torrano et al., 2022), often utilises CPA for policy scrutiny. Notable studies, like Fulcher's analysis of integration policies or mainstreaming educational policies in Norway, Denmark, California, England and Victoria (Fulcher, 1989), reveal how medical and neoliberal discourses contribute to the exclusion of vulnerable students. A recent CPA study by (Kaščák & Strouhal, 2023, p. 199) exposes conflicting applications of humanist and neoliberal discourses in Slovakian inclusion policies. This study delves into the prevailing discourses within Slovakia's current inclusive education policies. Despite CPA theorists often blurring policy-practice lines, this research prioritises dissecting legislative and regulatory texts, such as laws, national policy strategies, curricula, reports, and statements, as the primary data sources (Kaščák & Strouhal, 2023, p. 199). Specific policy documents under scrutiny include primarily the School Act No. 245/2008 (National Council of the Slovak Republic, 2023), Strategy for an Inclusive Approach in Education and Training (Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport, 2021), and Catalogue of Support Measures (National Institute of Education and Youth, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Prior to 2023, Slovakia's education system only provided extra support to students with specific deficit-based SEN. However, deficit categories persist, and funding for SEN relies on them, despite the 2023 reform introducing an "allowance for support measures." This reform doesn't fundamentally change the deficit-based approach; schools still need students labelled with deficit-based SEN categories for funding. Despite the 2023 reform's inclusive education goal, the School Act restricts placing students with SEN in mainstream education based on deficit discourse. It implies that if a student with SEN isn't benefiting, the issue lies with the student, not the school. This deflects responsibility from the school, indicating a need for specialised services in segregated settings. Moreover, the School Act sustains deficit discourse by preserving a separate curriculum for students in special education streams based on specific deficit SEN categories. Pre-2023, additional support required a diagnostic report from counselling and prevention institutions. The revised School Act allows regular teachers to propose universal (1st level) and targeted (2nd level) support measures. Counselling and prevention institutions can recommend targeted measures but exclusively suggest specialised (3rd level) support measures and enable placements in segregated pathways. This distribution of power supports an expertocratic discourse, claiming exclusively "experts" in counselling and prevention institutions possess the necessary expertise to guide teachers and recommend support or segregation for students with SEN. Finally, IE in Slovakia faces challenges with parental school choice fostering competition among schools. Despite the School Act aiming for nationwide scrutiny, external standardised tests are also used to create media-highlighted school league tables. The 2023 reform hasn't constrained test result use in league tables. Instead, the Strategy for an Inclusive Approach in Education and Training (Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport, 2021, p. 14) advocates for making testing "more effective," potentially reinforcing a competitive educational environment. References Andrews, D., Walton, E., & Osman, R. (2021). Constraints to the implementation of inclusive teaching: A cultural historical activity theory approach. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(13), 1508–1523. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1620880 Bacon, J., & Pomponio, E. (2023). A call for radical over reductionist approaches to ‘inclusive’ reform in neoliberal times: An analysis of position statements in the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(3), 354–375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1858978 Fischer, F., Torgeson, D., Durnová, A., & Orsini, M. (2015). Introduction to critical policy studies. In F. Fischer, D. Torgeson, A. Durnová, & M. Orsini (Eds.), Handbook of critical policy studies (pp. 1–24). Edward Elgar Publishing. Fulcher, G. (1989). Disabling policies? A comparative approach to educational policy and disability. The Falmer Press. Hernández-Torrano, D., Somerton, M., & Helmer, J. (2022). Mapping research on inclusive education since Salamanca Statement: A bibliometric review of the literature over 25 years. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), Article 9. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1747555 Kaščák, O., & Strouhal, M. (2023). Inclusion discourses in contemporary Slovak education policy – From the individual to the community and from right to performance. European Journal of Education, 58(2), 197–208. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12556 Meijer, C. J. W., & Watkins, A. (2019). Financing special needs and inclusive education – from Salamanca to the present. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7–8), Article 7–8. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1623330 Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport. (2021). Strategy for an Inclusive Approach in Education and Training. https://www.minedu.sk/data/att/23120.pdf National Council of the Slovak Republic. (2008). Act No. 245/2008 Coll. From 22 May 2008 on education (School Act) and on amendments and additions of other acts. https://www.zakonypreludi.sk/zz/2008-245 National Council of the Slovak Republic. (2023). Act No. 182/2023 Coll., amending Act No. 245/2008 Coll. On education and training (School Act) and on amendments and additions to other acts, as amended, and amending and supplementing certain acts. https://www.epi.sk/zz/2023-182 National Institute of Education and Youth. (2023). Catalogue of support measures. National Institute of Education and Youth. https://podporneopatrenia.minedu.sk/data/att/28077.pdf Qu, X. (2022). A critical realist model of inclusive education for children with special educational needs and/or disabilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(10), 1008–1022. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1760366 Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909–922. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1602366 Thorius, K. A. K., & Maxcy, B. D. (2015). Critical Practice Analysis of Special Education Policy: An RTI Example. Remedial and Special Education, 36(2), 116–124. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741932514550812 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 D: Professionals' attitudes and practices in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Josephine Laukner Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Discriminatory Attitudes and Propensity for Inclusive Teaching: the Role of Teacher Training 1Free University of Bozen, Italy; 2University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:In the field of inclusive education teachers’ attitudes constitute a central focus of research, in particular those of pre-service teachers (Schwab, 2018; Amor et al., 2019; Van Steen & Wilson, 2020). These studies generally focus on disability-related issues, such as teachers’ opinions, beliefs or even fears, as well as their propension to adopt certain types of differentiation strategies or to collaborate with colleagues to support students with special educational needs. Research on discriminatory attitudes is fragmented around the three big "isms" (racism, sexism, and classism) (Gimez, 2001; Collins, 2019), while ableism, which entails all phenomena targeting (dis)ability, is still a neglected subject. With reference to discriminatory attitudes among teachers, studies are even rarer, especially those investigating possible implications of implicit attitudes and behaviors. Nevertheless, according to some studies teachers would daily act biased micro-interactions, such as differentiating communication, eye contact, tone of voice, and assessment procedures according to the individual characteristics of the pupils (e.g. skin color, height, weight, manifestation of behavioral problems, etc.) (e.g., Turetsky et al., 2021; Costa, Langher & Pirchio, 2021; Nutter et al., 2019), affecting negatively pupils’ learning and self-esteem, while favoring pupils' belonging to the majority group (e.g. Pin-Ten Cate & Glock, 2019). On the other hand, according to international literature in the field, teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion might be modified through training (Lautenbach & Heyder, 2019) and interaction with or experience of pupils with disabilities (Guillemot, Lacroix & Nocus, 2022; de Boer, Pijl & Minnaert, 2020; Avramidis & Norwich, 2022). These findings highlight the importance of teacher training, both pre-service and in-service. On this background, our research had three main objectives:
For this reason, we developed and administered a questionnaire entailing validated scales on discriminatory attitudes (racism, sexism, classism and racism) and scales regarding teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive teaching (e.g. Ewing et al., 2017). The survey consisted of 23 questions, including items on socio-demographic such as gender, age, and educational background (i.e. teaching experience, participation in specific training courses related to inclusion, disabilities and special educational needs). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted in April 2022 and involved a sample of teachers, belonging to school institutions of the Trentino-Alto Adige region. The schools were selected using a purposive sampling method based on three criteria: adequate representation of the school institutions in the region (with an equal number of comprehensive and secondary schools chosen), representation of each type of secondary school (academic, technical, and vocational), and equal weight to both Autonomous Provinces of Trento and Bolzano. Following the recruitment process, a total of 422 teachers participated in the survey from 7 schools in the region, including 4 comprehensive schools and 3 secondary schools. In conducting the correlation analysis, regression-derived factor scores were directly utilized to compute Pearson's linear correlation coefficients. For descriptive analysis, these scores were categorized into three levels based on standard deviation deviations from the mean: below -0.5 as Low Attitude, between -0.5 and +0.5 as Average Attitude, and above +0.5. To examine hypotheses related to the impact of targeted training on students with special educational needs and their influence on the propensity for inclusive teaching, both direct and mediated through ableist orientation, hierarchical linear regression and mediation models were employed. Jamovi and R were used for these analyses. At the end of the data analysis, a comprehensive report and 7 personalized ones, one for each participating school institution, were produced and forwarded to the principals and/or contact persons. The documents contained the overall results of the survey, referring to the entire region, as well as those relating to their own institution. Information were removed or anonymized assigning neutral denominations to the seven institutions involved (e.g. 'School 1'). The last section of the report was dedicated to suggestions for teacher training, justified on the basis of the institution's results. For example, in some schools the proportion of teachers declaring racist attitudes was higher, in others, the central theme appeared to be sexism. This report were aimed at informing schools about teachers’ training needs, as well as at creating a link between research and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of our study confirmed the hypotheses initially formulated: 1. Inclusive teaching practices are predominantly influenced by targeted inclusion training, rather than variables like age, gender, or teaching experience. 2. Ableism, sexism, racism, and classism exhibit statistically significant interrelationships. 3. Ableism negatively predicts inclusiveness levels. Our results highlight the relevance of the topic of ableism in teacher training. However, further studies on representative samples are required. Moreover, there is a need to investigate the effects of biased teachers’ attitudes on pupils' school experience, in particular, on learning, motivation and self-perception. The results in relation to training reinforce the conviction that it is necessary to invest in the sector, both in initial and in-service training. The combined results regarding teacher training and previous experiences with people with disabilities, suggest, on the one hand, the importance of guaranteeing greater visibility to people with disabilities in every sphere of life (at school, at work, in the media, in leisure time, etc.), and on the other hand, the need to facilitate contact between people with and without disabilities, including in teacher training, by attracting more students with disabilities and more trainers or university lecturers with disabilities. Another avenue may be to create field activities and opportunities to meet people with disabilities in teacher training. The limitations of the study include the impossibility of comparing data on attitudes with what actually happens in classrooms, in terms of teaching choices, interaction and assessment methods. Teachers' statements on inclusion, in fact, are not necessarily a mirror of what is being realised, both due to social desirability (Lüke & Grosche, 2018) and to the fact that teachers may not be fully aware of their behaviors. References Amor, A.M., Hagiwara, M., Shogren, K.A., Thompson, J.R., Verdugo, M.A., Burke, K.M. and Aguayo, V. (2019), «International Perspectives and Trends in Research on Inclusive Education: A Systematic Review», International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(12), 1277-1295. Avramidis, E. and Norwich, B. (2002), «Teachers‘ attitudes towards integration / inclusion: a review of the literature. European Journal of Special Needs Education», 17(2), 129-147. Collins P. (2019). Intersectionality as a critical social theory. Duke University Press. Costa, S., Langher, V. and Pirchio, S. (2021), «Teachers’ implicit attitudes toward ethnic minority students: a systematic review», Frontiers in psychology. Doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2021.712356 Crenshaw, K. (1989), «Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics», University of Chicago Legal Forum, 139(1), article 8. De Boer, A., Pijl, S.J. and Minnaert, A. (2011), «Regular primary schoolteachers attitudes towards inclusive education: a review of the literature», International Journal of Inclusive Education. 15(3), 331-353. Ewing, D.L., Monsen, J.J. and Kielblock, S. (2017), «Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education: a critical review of published questionnaires», Educational Psychology in Practice. Gimenez, M.E. (2001), «Marxism, and class, gender, and race: rethinking the trilogy», Race, Gender & Class, 8(2), 23-33. Guillemot, F., Lacroix, F. and Nocus, I. (2022), «Teachers’ attitude towards inclusive education from 2000 to 2020: an extended meta-analysis», International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 100175. Lautenbach, F. and Heyder, A. (2019), «Changing attitudes to inclusion in preservice teacher education: a systematic review», Educational Research, 61(2), 231-253. Lüke, T., and Grosche, M. (2018), «What do I think about inclusive education? It depends on who is asking. Experimental evidence for a social desirability bias in attitudes towards inclusion», International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(1), 38-53. Nutter, S., Ireland, A., Alberga, A.S., Brun, I., Lefebvre, D., Hayden, K.A. and Russell-Mayhew, S. (2019), «Weight bias in educational settings: a systematic review», Current obesity reports, 8, 185-200. Pin-ten Cate, I.M., & Glock, S. (2019), «Teachers’ implicit attitudes toward students from different social groups: a meta-analysis», Frontiers in Psychology, 10, article 2832. Schwab, S. (2018), Attitudes towards inclusive schooling: a study on students’, teachers’ and parents’ attitudes, Münster, Waxmann. Turetsky, K.M., Sinclair, S., Starck, J.G. and Shelton, N. (2021), «Beyond students: how teacher psychology shapes educational inequality», Trends in cognitive sciences, 25(8), 697-709. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2021.04.006 Van Steen, T. and Wilson, C. (2020), «Individual and cultural factors in teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion: a meta-analysis», Teaching and Teacher Education, 95, 1-13. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion in Chile. Experiences and Tensions in School Practicum 1University of Santiago of Chile, Chile; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3Metropolitan University of Educational Sciences, Chile Presenting Author:This study presents an ongoing research on initial teacher education for inclusive education in Chile, aiming to stimulate discussion about teacher education for inclusion in a highly standardised educational system driven by market forces. Previous research has shown that the Chilean system struggles to implement inclusive policies (Lopez et al., 2018) and that teachers' roles are limited by prescriptive mechanisms (Assaél et al., 2018). The results of this research are expected to contribute to the international debates about the challenges of teacher education in this topic in different contexts. Inclusive education has become a crucial international project in recent decades (Ainscow et al., 2019). Due to its complexity, inclusive education requires collaboration among various educational stakeholders. Teachers are considered key actors in this process, and initial teacher education plays a central role (Li & Ruppar, 2021). However, despite the integration of inclusion into teacher education programs, literature shows that teachers still feel unprepared (Florian & Camedda, 2020). International research on teacher education for inclusion points out various challenges to address. First, it has mainly focused on developing positive attitudes, knowledge and skills towards inclusion (Tristani & Basset-Gunter, 2020), and the comprehension of the contextual factors which influence teacher education is still needed (Pugash et al., 2020). Second, other authors underline the relevance of the knowledge needed for an inclusive pedagogy (Florian & Camedda, 2021), particularly in student teachers’ practicum at schools (Sharma, 2018). In that regard, a broad approach to studying teacher education for inclusion is critical. The study conceptualises inclusive education from a social justice perspective (Waitoller, 2020), emphasising teacher education's role in understanding and addressing social injustice, reflecting on the school context and their teaching practice, and promoting transformative agency (Pantić & Florian, 2015). Additionally, the study considers student teachers' school experiences as part of subjectivity formation and production, where teachers redefine their identity through interaction with others (Larrosa, 2004). Hence, this research focuses on exploring the complexity of the experiences of inclusion and exclusion during the practicum that tension initial teacher education programs. Accordingly, this paper will be guided by the following question: how do student teachers' experiences in practicum at schools affect their stance on inclusive education? Thus, the study seeks to characterize primary student teachers’ practicum experiences related to inclusion and exclusion and analyse their stance on inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a narrative approach to reconstruct, resignify, and crystallise the meanings that student teachers give to their experiences (Aguirre & Porta, 2019). This approach emphasises the construction of experiences and knowledge, considering the life course that shapes and makes meaning to them. Also, the experiences that are understood in social and institutional frameworks move these further in their subjective dimension (Delory-Momberger, 2020). The research explored the case of an initial teacher education program in Chile, where each student teacher was treated as an analysis unit integrating the case. Particularly, this paper shows one case where seven student teachers of primary school in their sixth semester were invited to participate. All the student teachers had a minimum of three semesters of practical experience in diverse school settings by the time of the research. Data was generated through four sessions of narrative and art-based techniques. Initially, student teachers constructed individual collages, describing their understanding of inclusive education. Subsequently, they wrote narratives recounting practicum experiences about inclusion and exclusion in school settings. The third phase involved narrative interviews with student teachers grounded in their previously shared stories. Lastly, a collaborative effort culminated in a collective collage, reflecting their common understanding of inclusion derived from shared practicum experiences. Data analysis was conducted holistically, focusing on the content in the narrative productions (Bolívar et al., 2001). Metaphors were used in data analysis to facilitate a nuanced understanding of the individual units and the case. Each student teacher was symbolically represented as a tree, and their practicum experiences were articulated across three layers: the leaves elucidating encounters within school settings, the branches denoting emotional responses to these encounters, and the trunk portraying the crystallisation of practicum experiences into a professional stance on inclusion. Moreover, the teacher education program was metaphorically conceptualised as a forest, comprising a collective of trees interconnected through their roots. Case study as a methodology enables the identification of shared experiences and inherent tensions in the interplay among the student teachers, the school context and the university teacher education program. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a recurrent association between student teachers' practicum experiences and interactions with excluded school students. Student teachers perceive these encounters as "real" contrasted with the "ideal" inclusive discourse learned in their university program. Such experiences impose a notable emotional burden, marked by feelings of surprise, frustration, and a compelling desire for transformative change. These practicum experiences mobilise affects, knowledge and perspectives. Namely, some tensions include: - The struggle to construct a professional identity often oscillates between identifying themselves as students or future teachers, complicating their ability to fully embody the role of agents for inclusion in schools. - The perpetuation of inclusion as an adjustment provided by specialised support exclusively for particular students with difficulties simultaneously coexists with the ideals of inclusion for all. - The personal experiences that pose student teachers or their family members as excluded people and define their current stance on inclusion as teachers. Also, student teachers describe a shortage of opportunities within the teacher education program to reframe and reinterpret these experiences. It is relevant to emphasise that student teachers' encounters with exclusion or inclusion during practicum do not automatically manifest in adopting inclusive teaching practices. This phenomenon is intricately connected to the constraints on the student teachers’ autonomy in schools and the lack of embodied inclusive practicum experiences. Finally, this work discusses the relevance of understanding the process through which student teachers construct knowledge for inclusion in the course of initial teacher education. It is imperative to comprehend how student teachers navigate diverse contexts within universities and schools, gaining insights, constructing knowledge and identifying themselves as teachers engaged with inclusion within the complexity of local, national and international conditions. References - Aguirre, J., & Porta, L. (2019). La formación docente con rostro humano. Tensiones y desafíos polifónicos desde una perspectiva biográfico-narrativa. Espacios en blanco. Serie indagaciones, 29(1), 1-10. - Ainscow, M., Slee, R., & Best, M. (2019). Editorial: the Salamanca Statement: 25 years on. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 671-676. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622800 - Assaél, J., Albornoz, N., & Caro, M. (2018). Estandarización educativa en Chile: tensiones y consecuencias para el trabajo docente. Educação Unisinos, 22(1), 83-90. - Bolívar, A., Domingo, J. & Fernández, M. (2001). Investigación biográfico-narrativa en educación. Enfoque y metodología. La Muralla. - Delory-Momberger, Ch. (2020). Aprendizaje biográfico y formación. Márgenes, Revista de Educación de la Universidad de Málaga, 1(3), 6-15. https://doi.org/10.24310/mgnmar.v1i3.9770 - Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579 - Larrosa, J. (2020). Experiencia y alteridad en educación. In C. Skliar & J. Larrosa (Eds.). Experiencia y alteridad en educación (pp. 13-44). Homo Sapiens Ediciones - Li, L., & Ruppar, A. (2021). Conceptualizing teacher agency for inclusive education: A systematic and international review. Teacher Education and Special Education, 44(1), 42–59. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406420926976 - López, V., González, P., Manghi, D., Ascorra, P., & Oyanedel, J.C. (2018). Políticas de inclusión educativa en Chile: tres nudos críticos. Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas, 26(157), 1-24. http://dx.doi.org/10.14507/epaa.26.3088 - Pantić, N. & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice, Education Inquiry, 6(3), https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311 - Pugach, M. C., Blanton, L. P., Mickelson, A. M., & Boveda, M. (2020). Curriculum theory: The missing perspective in teacher education for inclusion. Teacher Education and Special Education, 43(1), 85–103. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406419883665 - Sharma, U. (2018). Preparing to teach in inclusive classrooms. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.113 - Tristani, L., & Bassett-Gunter, R. (2020). Making the grade: teacher training for inclusive education: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 246–264. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12483 - Waitoller, F. R. (2020). Why are we not more inclusive? An analysis of neoliberal inclusionism. In C. Boyle., S. Mavropoulou., J. Anderson, & A. Page (Eds.), Inclusive Education: Global Issues & Controversies (89-107). Sense Publishers. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Attitudes Toward School Inclusion - A Longitudinal Study with Teachers Technical University of Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:In the project "Inclusion - Thinking and Designing: Interactions between Inclusion-Related Attitudes and Pedagogical Actions of Primary School Teachers on Inclusion in a Social Context" (University of Hildesheim, funded by the Volkswagen Foundation), attitudes related to inclusion, experiences associated with inclusive schools, and changes in attitudes of teachers, parents, and children are being studied on a longitudinal basis. The project is based on a broad understanding of inclusion that encompasses all dimensions of heterogeneity and that every school should be an inclusive school. Following Hinz (2019), an inclusive school is one that adapts to the needs of the students and is thus thought of more broadly than inclusion. Thus, every school, whether with children with impairments or not, should be an inclusive school. The ratification of the UNCRPD and the resulting new school laws in Germany have further broadened the scope of diversity in schools, bringing with it considerable didactic and educational challenges as well as far-reaching consequences for organizational and individual processes at all levels in the education sector: the education system, the school and the classroom (Fend 2008). The educational system level is challenged to create a structural framework for inclusive schooling that enables all children to attend a general education school. Changes at the school level result in the establishment of new patterns of interaction, especially between colleagues, parents and children. Finally, teaching must also be rethought: New forms of teaching and methods must be applied. In this way, diversity can become the norm. Teachers take on new roles in the classroom. In an inclusive classroom, they now see themselves as learning facilitators. This, in turn, can also bring about individual and socioemotional changes. Teachers are thus of central importance in the inclusion process (Arndt & Werning 2018; Hattie & Zierer 2016). They are one of the most important - if not the most important - actors with whom inclusion stands and falls. In addition to resources and pedagogical as well as didactical changes, teachers' attitudes are thus particularly relevant. Their attitudes (based on the expectation-value model according to Ajzen 1996) shape pedagogical action, which in turn is influenced by experience and can lead to changes in attitude. Thus, it can be assumed that attitudes (and their change) can be considered an important prerequisite, if not a condition for success, for the realization of school inclusion. Previous studies indicate a fundamentally positive attitude of teachers towards teaching all children together (Werning, Mackowiak, Rothe & Müller). Furthermore, correlations between the attitude and the type of school as well as previous experiences can be identified (cf. Kullmann et al. 2014). However, a positive attitude is not synonymous with readiness for inclusive teaching. Furthermore, there is a research desideratum in the area of systematic longitudinal studies (Greve & Hauenschild 2017; Kullmann et al. 2014). Results from the qualitative project part of the teachers are presented. 57 problem-centered interviews with elementary school teachers, special education teachers, and students were analyzed longitudinally using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2018). The results indicate that teachers are characterized by different types of attitudes, which differ in manifold demands and expectations in the pedagogical context, cooperations as well as motivations. Longitudinal analysis also suggests that attitudes can change through teachers' experiences. If attitudes can be changed through experience, it can be assumed that this has an influence on the pedagogical actions of teachers. The importance and role of teachers in the inclusion process is thus once again emphasized, opening up further research questions in the context of inclusion and the respective actors involved. This Paper was accepted last year, but could not be presented. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is designed as a qualitative longitudinal study with two measurement points (2016 and 2018) to investigate and compare the attitudes of 35 teachers and students from Lower Saxony to school inclusion and their attitude changes. The participants were recruited from a previous questionnaire survey and the requested voluntary participation for a qualitative stu-dy, in order to be able to record their attitudes and their individual experiences more decisi-vely.. With the results of the problem-centered interview (Witzel 2000, p. o. A.), information is to be collected and analyzed, correlated and compared in order to be able to elaborate the possible relevance of attitudes and attitude changes towards school inclusion. To make this possible, the interviews will be analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2018; Mayring 2015; Witzel, 1996). For the evaluation and category formation, the content-structuring qualitative content analy-sis based on Kuckartz (ibid.) was used. By means of a deductive-inductive procedure, a sys-tem of categories was developed, whereby an approach to the material that was as open-ended as possible could be realized without hastily identifying corresponding text passages through hypotheses. The analysis steps for both sub-studies were designed similarly. For the cross-section, the first step was a category-based evaluation of all main categories. In a second step, the subca-tegories within a main category were analyzed using code and document maps by Maxqda. Furthermore, case representations were created for all subjects. This was followed by a diffe-rentiated analysis of the groups of respondents (elementary school teachers, special educati-on teachers, and students). This is followed by the formation of types, which made it possible to capture complex social realities and contexts of meaning. The types are characterized by internal homogeneity and external heterogeneity. Based on similarities in selected charac-teristic expressions, types were grouped together, which enabled polytethic type formation. Teachers' attitudes are used as a common feature space. The evaluation for the longitudinal section followed the same logic. After the transcription of the interviews, a category-based evaluation of the main categories along the existing cate-gory system and the expansion of the case representations took place. With the focus on the attitude changes, a renewed type formation as well as an analysis of the attitude changes takes place. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four types of attitudes emerge from the analysis of the interviews with 34 teachers and student teachers: Teachers with a positive attitude toward inclusion, characterized by a positive attitude change and belong to the type the Deciders. In addition, there are the relativizers with an ambivalent attitude. They support the idea of inclusive schools, but at the same time express reservations. The skeptics, who can be described by a negative attitude and inner resistance. And the group of students who are characterized to some extent by an ambivalent attitude, but mostly formulate value-neutral thoughts. Correlations can be identified: Teachers with a positive attitude toward inclusion place their pedagogical focus on the students. They increasingly social goals and social competencies. The relativists mostly pursue subject-specific goals, while the skeptics are characterized by adherence to discipline and rules. Correlations between attitudes and cooperation can be identified. Interest in and willingness to engage in continuing education and training decreases as attitudes become more skeptical. All teachers speak of private experiences with people with impairments. The longitudinal evaluation enabled a renewed identification of attitude types. It makes clear that attitudes towards inclusion has changed positively for individual teachers or they feel more convinced of inclusion. Some teachers show no attitudeschanges. Most respondents are characterized by a negative change in attitude. In summary, differences in teachers' experiences and changes in attitudes emerge. Commitment, willingness to change and teamwork in the context of the school, favor and, under certain circumstances, positively change attitudes toward school inclusion. A few negative experiences coupled with little change and willingness to change can cause negative changes in attitudes. Inclusive schools must therefore be understood as a joint task. Individual experiences must be taken seriously and should be reflected upon as constructively as possible in order to evoke appropriate changes. References Ajzen, Icek (1996): The direct influence of attitudes on behavior. In: Gollwitzer, Peter M./Bargh, John A. (Eds.): The psychology of action. Linking cognition and motivation to behavior. New York: Guilford, pp. 385-403. Arndt, Ann-Kathrin; Werning, Rolf (2018): Quality criteria, conditions, and development processes of inclusive schools from the perspective of teachers, school administrators, and parents at Jakob Muth Award-winning schools. Results of the qualitative study "Gute in-klusive Schule". In: Laux, Silke; Adelt, Eva (eds.): Inclusive school culture: Miteinander. Live. Shaping. Foundations and examples of successful practice. Münster; New York: Waxmann, pp. 15-33. Behrensen, Birgit/Kiso, Carolin/Solzbacher, Claudia (2014): On the Way to Inclusion - A Secondary Analysis on Positions of Elementary School Teachers. In: Schulpädagogik heu-te, Jg. 5, H. 10, S. 1-12. Fend, Helmut (2008): School design. System control, school development, and teaching qua-lity. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Greve, Werner; Hauenschild, Katrin (2017): Attitudes towards inclusion in school - a key to the success of a profound reform. In: Discourse Childhood and Adolescence Research. Journal of Childhood and Adolescence Research, no. 12 (3), pp. 313-328. Hattie, John A. C./Zierer, Klaus (2016): Know your impact! 'Visible Learning' for classroom practice. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider. Hinz, Andreas (2019): Inclusion - from ignorance to unknowability!? - Critical remarks on a decade of discourse on school inclusion in Germany. In: Journal of Inclusion, No. 1 [https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/26; 05.07.2019]. Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative content analysis. Methods, practice, computer support. Weinheim; Basel: Beltz, 4th ed. Kullmann, Harry/Lütje-Klose, Birgit/Textor, Annette/ Berard, Jutta/Schitow, Katharina (2014): Inclusive teaching - (Also) a question of attitude! An interview study on attitudes and readiness of teachers and school administrators towards inclusion. In: Schulpädagogik heute, Jg. 5 H. 10., S. 1-14. Trautmann, Matthias/Wischer, Beate (2011): Heterogeneity in schools. A critical introduc-tion. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Trumpa, Silke (2014): Professional biographical challenges of taking over joint teaching in elementary school - Findings from two individual case analyses. In: Schulpädagogik heu-te, Jg. 5, H. 10., pp. 1-17. Werning, Rolf; Mackowiak, Katja; Rothe, Antje; Müller, Carina (2017): Inklusive Grund-schule - Eine empirische Analyse von Gelingensbedingungen und Herausforderungen. In: Empirische Pädagogik, Jg. 31, H. 3, S. 323-339. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 E: Motivation and Reason in Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carmen Lucia Moccia Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Secondary Students’ Perceptions of Inclusion Climate in Their Schools and Their Association with Motivation for Academic Engagement University of Thessaly, Greece Presenting Author:Inclusive education is widely considered as the most preferred form of education for students accredited with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) around the world. One of the arguments for implementing inclusive educational policies concerns the social benefits that students with SEND gain through their interaction with their peers in regular education classes. However, such benefits might not always be achieved since students with SEN are often found to face significant difficulties in their interactions with peers (Bossaert et al., 2015). Indeed, the literature portrays students with SEND as less accepted, having fewer friendships and experiencing more loneliness in the classroom than their typically developing peers (Pijl & Frostad, 2010; Schwab et al, 2015). Moreover, the available studies also suggest that students with SEND develop a lower sense of belongingness to the school community (Dimitrellou & Hurry, 2018; Nepi, Facondini, Nucci, & Peru, 2013). This is especially alarming since developing a sense of belonging to the school is associated with both affective and academic outcomes (Osterman, 2000). For example, Anderman (2003) found that school belonging was associated with personal interest and intrinsic motivation for accomplishing school tasks, while Irvin et al. (2011) concluded that school belonging represented a strong predictive factor for academic success.
Although different theoretical models of school belonging can be found in the literature, the model proposed by Goodenow (1993) has received most research attention. According to this model, school belonging is a multifaceted construct defined as the feeling of being accepted, respected, included and supported by both teachers and peers, combined with a sense of participating in school activities and being valued within this community. Accordingly, school belonging is based on supportive and caring relationships with teachers, reciprocal and close friendships with peers, and meaningful participation in extracurricular and school-based activities (Bouchard & Berg, 2017).
Along similar lines, some researchers have focused on the examination of “school climate” which is considered to be a more holistic concept, which incorporates the notion of school belonging. According to Cohen, Mccabe, Michelli, and Pickeral (2009) school climate “…refers to the quality and characters of school life. School climate is based on patterns of people's experiences of school life and reflects norms, goals, values, interpersonal relationships, teaching and learning practices, and organizational structures” (p. 180). Based on this theorizing, Schwab, Sharma and Loreman (2018) coined the term “inclusive school climate”, which incorporates all aspects of school climate mentioned in the relevant literature. To this end, they developed a scale eliciting students’ perceptions of their school climate with a view of evaluating the quality of existing inclusive arrangements.
The present study builds on this line of work by examining secondary education students’ perceptions of the climate in their classrooms with reference to inclusive education through the administration of a revised version of the Inclusion Climate Scale (ICS). In so doing, the perceptions of students identified as experiencing SEND were contrasted to those held by their typically achieving peers. We were also interested in determining the extent to which perceptions of school climate predict the students’ motivation for academic engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research represents a quantitative survey design. Participants were drawn from four mainstream secondary schools in central Greece. All students registered at Grades 7, 8 and 9 were invited to participate in the study. The sample consisted of 626 students with a mean age of 14.42 (sd=.58), of which 100 were diagnosed as having learning disabilities and participated in pull-out learning support programs delivered by special teachers in resource bases within their mainstream schools. In Greece, students labelled as having learning disabilities (LD) typically experience difficulties in their academic performance in areas such as reading, spelling, or arithmetic despite the availability of learning support. Moreover, in the Greek context these difficulties are in most cases accompanied with various types of behavioural difficulties such as disruptive overt behaviour and/or internalized emotional difficulties. All students with LD participating in the present study had also been diagnosed by educational psychologists in public diagnostic centres as experiencing LD and received additional learning support by special teachers in resource rooms within their mainstream schools. Fieldwork involved administering two psychometric instruments: the reduced version of the Inclusion Climate Scale (ICS) developed by Schwab et al. (2018) to assess perceptions of school climate and the Μotivation and Engagement Scale - High School (MES-HS) developed by Martin (2010) to assess participants’ perceptions of school climate and their motivation for engagement at school. The reduced version of the ICS is a four-point Likert scale which consists of 18 items representing three hypothesized factors. To complete the scale students had to choose among the following options: Not at all true (1), Mostly False (2), Mostly True (3) True (4). The higher the score in the subscales, the more positive student perceptions are implied. The MES-HS instrument consists of 44 items representing multiple hypothesized factors relating to students’ motivation for engagement. These items could be answered on a seven-point Likert scale ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (7). Higher composite scores indicate higher motivation for engagement. As anticipated, the Principal Components Analysis conducted on the participants’ responses to the ICS yielded a three-factor solution. These factors were named “Teacher Practices of Support and Care”, “Emotional Experience” and “Peer Relations” respectively. No such analysis was performed on the students’ responses to the MES-HS scale; instead, in the present study, an overall motivation score was extracted by summing all questions of the MES-HS having first reversed those with a negative content. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparisons performed between groups of participants determined by their academic status revealed some mixed results. Specifically, students with LD reported more positive perceptions on the “teacher practices of support and care” and the “emotional experience” factors and, at the same time, less positive perceptions of their peer relations compared to their typically achieving classmates. With regard to the participants’ motivation for engagement no difference was detected between the two groups. Moreover, no gender differences were detected on all assessed variables. As expected, all dimensions of inclusive school climate were found to be linked with the students’ motivation for school engagement. However, the regression analysis performed showed that the dimension of ‘teacher support and care’ and the provision of individualized learning support in resource rooms were the most important predictors of student motivation for engagement. These findings are in line with previous studies which have shown that the availability of learning support in general schools results not only in academic benefits but also lead to improved relationships with teachers (Rose & Shevlin, 2017). It could be suggested that the deployment of special teachers in Greek general schools has been effective in terms of differentiating the curriculum and offering individualized support to students with LD, thus promoting both the development of positive perceptions of school climate and enhanced motivation for engagement. The rather negative perceptions of relations with peers were again largely anticipated as the literature contains numerous studies that have found integrated students with LD experiencing significant difficulties in their interactions with peers (Schwab, et al., 2015). The study concludes with highlighting the importance of implementing school-based interventions to mitigate the difficulties faced by students with LD and, at the same time, foster the development of a positive school climate leading to multiple benefits for all students. References Anderman, L. H. (2003). Academic and social perceptions as predictors of change in middle school students' sense of school belonging. The Journal of Experimental Education, 72(1), 5-22. Bossaert, G., de Boer, A., Frostad, P., Pijl, S. J., & Petry, K. (2015). Social participation of students with special educational needs in different educational systems. Irish Educational Studies, 34(1), 43–54. Bouchard, K.L., & Berg, D.H. (2017). Students' School Belonging: Juxtaposing the Perspectives of Teachers and Students in the Late Elementary School Years (Grades 4-8). School Community Journal, 27(1), 107-136. Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers College Record, 111(1), 180-213. Dimitrellou, E., & Hurry, J. (2019). School belonging among young adolescents with SEMH and MLD: the link with their social relations and school inclusivity. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(3), 312–326. Goodenow, C. (1993). The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 30(1), 79-90. Irvin, M. J., Meece, J. L., Byun, S. Y., Farmer, T. W., & Hutchins, B. C. (2011). Relationship of school context to rural youth’s educational achievement and aspirations. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40(9), 1225-1242. Martin, A. J. (2010). The motivation and engagement scale. Sydney, Australia: Lifelong Achievement Group. Nepi, L. D., Facondini, R., Nucci, F., & Peru, A. (2013). Evidence from full-inclusion model: The social position and sense of belonging of students with special educational needs and their peers in Italian primary school. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(3), 319–332. Osterman, K. F. (2000). Students' need for belonging in the school community. Review of Educational Research, 70(3), 323-367. Pijl, S. J., & Frostad, P. (2010). Peer acceptance and self‐concept of students with disabilities in regular education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 25(1), 93–105 Rose, R., & Shevlin, M. (2017). A Sense of Belonging: Childrens’ Views of Acceptance in “Inclusive” Mainstream Schools. International Journal of Whole Schooling, Special Issue, 65–80. Schwab, S., Gebhardt, M., Krammer, M., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2015). Linking self-rated social inclusion to social behaviour. An empirical study of students with and without special education needs in secondary schools. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 30(1), 1–14 Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Loreman, T. (2018). Are we included? Secondary students’ perception of inclusion climate in their schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 31–39. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Performance in the Cognitive tasks of Pupils with SEN in Different Placement options, from General education class to Special class 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Although inclusive education is a strong trend in education policy in many countries, there are different definitions and variations used. The Finnish 'Education for All' reform was completed in the late 1990s when the responsibility for the education of children with the most severe intellectual disabilities and children in reformatory school was moved from social services to the education system. From a legislative perspective, all comprehensive school pupils are in the same education system. The idea of a ‘least restrictive environment’ has been one of the guiding principles of basic education since 1970; nevertheless, totally inclusive schools are rare in Finland (Jahnukainen, 2015). The special education system is currently referred to as Learning and schooling support (Basic Education Act, 628/1998 Amendment 642/2010). Since 2011, the three levels of support have been general (Tier 1), intensified (Tier 2) and special (Tier 3) support. The support methods and tools are almost the same at all tier levels; however, the intensity of the provided support increases from one level to the next (Thuneberg et al., 2013). Inclusive education is not defined in the Basic Education Act (BEA, 628/1998; Jahnukainen et al., 2023). The national core curriculum of basic education states that the development of basic education is guided by the inclusion principle (Finnish National Board of Education, FNBE, 2016). However, it doesn’t define the inclusion more precisely. This has led to municipal-level differences in ways of organising basic education (Hienonen 2020). Although the inclusion is a process that helps overcome barriers limiting the presence, participation and achievement of all learners (UNESCO, 2017), the Finnish public discussion has been focused almost only on whether pupils considered having special needs should be placed in a general education class or special class (Jahnukainen et al., 2023). Previous studies show that pupils with special educational needs (SEN) may perform better in general education classes (e.g., Kojac et al., 2018; Peetsma et al., 2001). Some studies have also shown neutral effects for general education class placement (Cole, Waldron, & Majd 2004; Fore et al., 2008; Hanushek et al., 2002; Ruijs, 2017). The Finnish legislation (BEA 628/1998) allows different options for organising the education of pupils with SEN at Tier 3. The placement options can vary from full-time education in a general education class to full-time education in a special class or special school. In 2022, 9 percent of comprehensive school pupils in grades 1-6 received Tier 3 support, and 36 percent of these pupils studied most of the time (80-100%) in a general education class, 47 percent most of the time (81-100%) in a special class and 17 percent in both a general education class (20-79%) and special class (OSF 2023). This sub-study is based on a four-year longitudinal study in which the pupils are followed from the 4th grade to the 6th grade. The main objective is to investigate the outcomes of the different placement options and the effect of class composition on pupils with SEN and their peers. In this sub-study we focus only on the pupils with SEN, and investigate, with the cross-sectional first round data, how the different placement options of pupils with SEN are related to pupils’ performance in mathematical reasoning and vocabulary tasks. The research questions are: 1. Did the pupils with SEN differ in their background factors across the different placement options? 2. Is there a relationship between the placement options for pupils with SEN and pupils background factors in mathematical reasoning scores? 3. Is there a relationship between the placement options for pupils with SEN and pupils background factors in vocabulary task scores? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were drawn from the longitudinal study assessing different aspects of learning in the sample schools. The stratified national sample is based on official statistics on special education and register data of educational institutions (Statistics Finland). Our research instrument is based on the Finnish learning to learn (LTL) framework (Hautamäki & Kupiainen, 2014) and the online test portal created for the purposes of this study is based on previous large-scale assessment studies (e.g., Hienonen, 2020; Vainikainen & Hautamäki, 2022). LTL assessments have been used as one indicator of the effectiveness of education in Finland alongside the more subject-related sample-based assessments. Pupils completed the tasks and answered the questionnaires on an online platform as a part of their otherwise normal school day. The tasks and questions were built into 15-minute entities, and the teacher could decide how many of these entities the class did at once. Some of the tasks, for example mathematical reasoning, were adaptive, so the tasks adapted to the student's performance level. In this sub-study, we used pupils’ test scores in mathematical reasoning and vocabulary tasks. School- and class-level information were collected with principal and teacher questionnaires. The pupils' background information, for example a Tier level of support, was collected from teachers. Pupils attending the study had the research permits from their legal guardian. The research has received a statement from the University of Helsinki's Ethics Committee for the Human Sciences (May 2021) as a demonstration of commitment to research ethics. In the first phase of our longitudinal study in spring 2022, we received data from 1815 4th graders (typical age of 10 years). There were 42 municipalities, 56 schools and 121 classes participating in the first data collection nationwide. In this sub-study, we analysed only the performance of pupils with a SEN decision at Tier 3, N=160. Of pupils with SEN, 45% studied most of the time in a general education class, 38% most of the time in a special class and 17% part-time in a general education class and special class. The data were analysed using the chi-squared test and linear regression analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to our results, there were statistically significant differences in the background factors of pupils with SEN across the different placement options. However, the placement options for pupils with SEN and pupils background factors did not have a statistically significant relationship on pupils' performance in mathematical reasoning or vocabulary tasks. The results of this study are in line with previous international research (e.g. Cole et al. 2004; Fore et al. 2008), as pupils with SEN did not differ in mathematical reasoning or vocabulary tasks based on whether they studied most of the time in a general education class, most of the time in a special class, or part-time in a general education class and special class. It should also be noted that the analyses conducted in this sub-study were designed to examine the baseline level, based on the first round of data collection in the longitudinal study. Based on the data from the next two rounds, we will be able to use longitudinal data to examine the development of pupils' performance in the different placement options taking into account, for example, the class composition and differences in initial levels of performance. The effect of pupils’ placement is examined also from the perspective of attitudes and beliefs related to pupils’ learning and schooling. References Basic Education Act 628/1998 Amendments up to 163/2022. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1998/19980628 Cole, C., Waldron, N., & Majd, M. 2004. Academic progress of students across inclusive and traditional settings. Mental Retardation, 42, 136–44. https://doi:10.1352/0047-6765(2004)42<136:APOSAI>2.0.CO;2 Fore, C., Hagan-Burke, S., Burke, M., Boon, R., & Smith, S. 2008. Academic achievement and class placement in high school: Do students with learning disabilities achieve more in one class placement than another? Education and Treatment of Children, 31, 55–72. https://doi:10.1353/etc.0.0018 Hanushek, E. A., Kain, J., & Rivkin, S. 2002. Inferring program effects for special populations: Does special education raise achievement for students with disabilities? Review of Economics and Statistics, 84, 584–599. https://doi.org/10.1162/003465302760556431 Hautamäki, J., & Kupiainen, S. 2014. Learning to Learn in Finland. In R. Crick, C. Stringer & K. Ren (Eds.), Learning to Learn: International Perspectives from Theory and Practice, 170–195. London: Routledge Hienonen, N. 2020. Does a class placement matter? Students with special educational needs in regular or special classes. University of Helsinki. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-6392-9 Jahnukainen, M. 2015. Inclusion, integration, or what? A comparative study of the school principals' perceptions of inclusive and special education in Finland and in Alberta, Canada. Disability & Society, 30, 59–72. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.982788 Jahnukainen, M., Hienonen, N., Lintuvuori, M., & Lempinen, S. 2023. Inclusion in Finland: Myths and Realities. teoksessa M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, & S. Kosunen (eds.), Finland’s Famous Education System: Unvarnished Insights into Finnish Schooling, 401–415. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5 Kojac, A., Kuhl, P., Jansen, M., Pant, H. A., & Stanat, P. 2018. Educational placement and achievement motivation of students with special educational needs. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55, 63–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2018.09.004 Official Statistics of Finland (OSF): Support for learning [online publication]. ISSN=2954-0674. Helsinki: Statistics Finland [Referenced: 29.1.2024]. Access method: https://stat.fi/en/statistics/erop Peetsma, T., Vergeer, M., Roeleveld, J., & Karsten, S. 2001. Inclusion in Education: comparing pupils’development in special and regular education. Educational Review, 53(2), 125–135. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131910125044 Ruijs, N. 2017. The impact of special needs students on classmate performance. Economics of Education Review, 58, 15–31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2017.03.002 Thuneberg, H., Vainikainen, M.-P., Ahtiainen, R., Lintuvuori, M., Salo, K., & Hautamäki, J. 2013. Education is special for all: The Finnish support model. Gemeinsam leben, 2, 67–78. UNESCO. 2017. A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Paris: UNESCO. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002482/248254e.pdf. Vainikainen, M-P. & Hautamäki, J. 2022. Three Studies on Learning to Learn in Finland: Anti-Flynn Effects 2001–2017, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66, 43–58, https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1833240 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Why Study? The Motivation to Study Among Children in Contexts of Deviance and Social Marginality. University of Salerno, Italy Presenting Author:The study aims to investigate the motivation to study among children living in multi-problematic contexts, characterized by a combination of economic and social issues, particularly those related to deviance and delinquency. The area of focus is a region in Campania, Southern Italy, known for the presence of the Camorra, an organized crime structure similar to the Mafia, involving children and families in its delinquent system (1) (2). In this research, motivation is conceptualized as a dynamic and relational force emerging from the interaction between the individual and their environment, and from their perception of the positive and negative valences of the context (3) (4). In a multi-problematic setting, the challenges can particularly generate a sense of fatalism in developing children, leading to low self-determination (5) and self-efficacy (6), factors that can significantly affect their motivation to study. The hypothesis of this research posits that although statistical data correlate school dropout rates with deprived and marginalized contexts (7), motivation is not necessarily dictated by the context. Instead, it might represent an autonomous area of development, with dropout rates being linked to other personal or social factors.It is conceivable that, living within a context governed by criminal logic, children and adolescents may begin to perceive education as less relevant or beneficial for their future. In this regard, the presence of negative role models—adults, family members, peer groups (8) (9)—that achieve success through illegal activities can distort the perception of the value of education. In an environment where organized crime is an everyday experience, children may be drawn to alternative pathways that seem to offer immediate success and rewards, at the expense of long-term investments such as those made in educational and instructional paths. This type of social pressure can be particularly persistent and significant during developmental years, also in terms of primary socialization processes: children interact with each other emulating the behavioral style of their adult role models. In light of these challenges, numerous multidisciplinary studies demonstrate the fruitful relationship between education and crime prevention, highlighting how systemic educational interventions statistically have an incidence in terms of reducing the number of minors recruited by criminal organizations (10). The research thus raises the question: Is it possible to identify a relationship between multi-problematic contexts and the motivation to study? What are the characteristics of an educational intervention capable of effectively supporting the motivation to study among children and adolescents living in such contexts? In line with these research questions, the objective is outlined as exploring the motivation of students from multi-problematic contexts; identifying the characteristics of an educational intervention that can impact the quality of motivation; and isolating potential elements of transferability to similar contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a broader project aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of a community initiative named "Integra" in a multi-problematic context. The research is inspired by the Response-to-Intervention (RTI) approach (11) within an integrated research design that includes both quantitative and qualitative data sets. The population consists of 50 children between the ages of 8 and 10 from the Pianura neighborhood, identified through archival research as a multi-problematic context. In this neighborhood, the "Integra" Project (12) (13) is implemented, aiming to counteract youth deviance and delinquency by involving children aged 6 to 13 years. The 50 children are divided into two groups: 25 students from third and fourth grades of a primary school in the area, and another 25 students of the same age participating in the "Integra" educational intervention. The research project comprises three phases: Phase A and C - Assessment During these phases, screening is conducted through the administration of the AMOS 8-15 questionnaire (14). This battery, consisting of validated scales, is used to investigate the motivation in studying. Specifically, the Study Approach Questionnaire (QAS) is administered, where items marked with the letter A explore study motivation, and simultaneously, Questionnaires on Beliefs and Attributions (QC11-QC2f) are used. These questionnaires dissect motivational aspects into four areas: the student's metacognitive theory about the malleability of intelligence, confidence in one's intelligence and abilities, beliefs regarding the study objective, and causal attributions. Phase B - Intervention The intervention involves support activities for teaching within the Integra project. The project was initiated about 20 years ago to counteract distress, deviance, and delinquency in the Phlegraean area of the Campania Region. Over the years, it has involved approximately 2000 children and adolescents (ages 5-13). In this phase, consistent with the RTI approach, monitoring is carried out using quantitative and qualitative tools, considering the following indicators: participation in the project, academic performance, feedback from parents and teachers, and direct feedback from the children.The tools used include checklists, interviews, life stories, and educators' logbooks. In line with the RTI approach, the study includes an evaluation in the follow-up to assess the long-term impact of the intervention on the motivation to study. The children involved in Integra participate in the project continuously over the years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In alignment with Goal 16 of the Agenda 2030 (15), particularly targets 16.1, 16.6, and 16.7, the research aims to investigate a possible relationship between motivation to study and the multi-problematic context. This presentation is intended to showcase data related to phase A and phase C. Subsequently, the research will continue by integrating the quantitative and qualitative data from phase B to further explore the relationship between motivation and educational intervention. Following this assessment, an attempt will be made to identify the characteristics of an educational intervention that can not only counteract this trend but also provide a replicable model for future initiatives in similar contexts to support the educational processes of children in vulnerable situations. References ) Allum, F. (2003). Il Crimine Organizzato a Napoli. Napoli: L'Ancora del Mediterraneo. (2) Ravveduto, M. (2017). La Paranza dei Bambini. La Google Generation di Gomorra. QUESTIONE GIUSTIZIA, 1-6. (3) Maslow, A. H. (2010). Motivazione e personalità (Original work published 1954). Roma: Armando Editore. (4) Lewin, K. (1961). Principi di psicologia topologica (Original work published 1936). Firenze: Edizioni OS. (5) Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2017). Self-Determination Theory: Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. New York: The Guilford Press. (6) Bandura, A. (1997). Autoefficacia: Teoria e Applicazioni. Trento: Erikson. (7) INVALSI 2023, Presentazione Rapporto Nazionale 12 luglio 2023, Roma. (8) Berthoz, A. (2013). La Vicariance. Paris: Odile Jacob. (9) Sibilio, M. (2017). Vicarianza e Didattica. Brescia: La Scuola. (10) PROTON (Modelling the Processes Leading to Organised Crime and Terrorist Networks). Preventing Organised Property Crime in the EU. Transcrime-Università Cattolica di Milano. 2020 (11) Gresham, F. M. (2002). Responsiveness to Intervention: An Alternative Approach to the Identification of Learning Disabilities. In R. Bradley, L. Danielson, & D. L. Hallahan (Eds.), Identification of Learning Disabilities: Research to Practice (pp. 467-519). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. (11) Johnson, E., Mellard, D. F., Fuchs, D., & McKnight, M. A. (2006). Responsiveness to Intervention (RTI): How to Do It. Lawrence, KS: National Research Center on Learning Disabilities. (12) Sabatano, F., & Pagano, G. (2019). Libertà Marginali. La Sfida Educativa tra Devianza, Delinquenza e Sistema Camorristico. Milano: Guerini e Associati. (13) Sabatano, F. (2015). La Scelta dell'Inclusione. Progettare l'Educazione in Contesti di Disagio Sociale. Milano: Guerini e Associati. (14) Cornoldi, C., De Beni, R., Zamperlin, C., & Mereghetti, C. (2014). Test AMOS 8-15. Abilità e Motivazione allo Studio: Prove di Valutazione per Ragazzi dagli 8 ai 15 Anni. Trento: Erickson (15) United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 H JS: Joint Session of NW 04 and NW 30 Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Joint Paper Session NW 04 and NW 30. Full informationin 30 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 05 SES 09 A: Equitable education? Strategies to Prevent Dropout, Accommodate Needs and Retain Students in Secondary Education (Symposium) Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Guri Skedsmo Session Chair: James Spillane Symposium |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium Equitable education? Strategies to Prevent Dropout, Accommodate Needs and Retain Students in Secondary Education International research on student dropout describes its complex nature. In the past, researchers have focused on identifying key characteristics of students who drop out, such as various social, contextual and psychiatric risk factors (Abebe et al., 2015; Ingul et al., 2012). Moreover, researchers have pointed to clear connections between a high degree of truancy and absenteeism among students in primary and lower secondary school and drop out in upper secondary school (Bakken, 2018; Gottfried, 2014). The dropout rate is typically higher among boys compared to girls, among students with minority backgrounds compared to students who belong to the majority culture in a school, and among students with disability compared to those without a disability (Doll et al., 2013) When students drop out of secondary education, there are substantial social and economic consequences that can persist throughout their lives. They are more likely to be unemployed, to become teenage parents, to become involved in the criminal justice system, and to suffer a lifetime of low wages (Ressa & Andrews, 2022). Moreover, school dropouts affect high-income as well as low-income countries (Levin & Belfield, 2007).
The papers in this symposium address research on educational practices in Norway, Spain and Latin-America that aim to provide equitable education by accommodating students’ needs, and thereby prevent dropout and retain students in the school system. Critical questions and comments from the discussant will facilitate discussions on research and practice across the involved countries which will have relevance for a wider audience. The first paper will provide an overview of the existing international research in this area that serves as a basis for the empirical contributions of symposium which explore how school actors (teachers, school leaders) enact policies and engage in collaborations with a range of stakeholders and public services to accommodate the needs of heterogenous student populations. Internationally, researchers describe dropout among students as a complex problem. Therefore, the symposium addresses multi-actor collaboration across levels, institutional boundaries and professions. The work of these actors falls within different regulations, legal statutes, knowledge bases and resources, administrative logics, and traditions. Such collaborative work can potentially address and solve complex problems in specific contexts, but it may also create tensions that require coordination. The papers describe different educational contexts in which the challenges of providing equitable education to heterogeneous student populations are addressed in different ways, reflecting different understandings of inclusion and equity. References Abebe, D. S., Frøyland, L. R., Bakken, A., & Von Soest, T. (2016). Municipal-level differences in depressive symptoms among adolescents in Norway: Results from the cross-national Ungdata study. Scandinavian Journal of Social Medicine, 44(1), 47-54. Bakken, A. (2018). Ungdata 2018 Nasjonale resultater. Nova/Oslo. Doll, J. J., Eslami, Z., & Walters, L. (2013). Understanding why students drop out of high school, according to their own reports: Are they pushed or pulled, or do they fall out? A comparative analysis of seven nationally representative studies. SAGE Open. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244013503834 Gottfried, M. A. (2014). Chronic absenteeism and its effects on students’ academic and socioemotional outcomes. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 19(2), 53-75. Ingul, J. M., Klöckner, C. A., Silverman, W. K., & Nordahl, H. M. (2012). Adolescent school absenteeism: modelling social and individual risk factors. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 17(2), 93-100. Levin, H. M., & Belfield, C. R. (2007). Educational interventions to raise high school graduations rates. In C. R. Belfield & H. M. Levin (Eds.), The price we pay: Economic and social consequences of inadequate education (pp. 177-199). Brookings Institution Press. Ressa, T. & Andrews, A. (2022) High School Dropout Dilemma in America and the Importance of Reformation of Education Systems to Empower All Students. International Journal of Modern Education Studies, 6 (2), 423-447. Presentations of the Symposium International Research on Strategies to Prevent Dropout and Retain Students in Secondary Education
In this paper we present findings from an analysis of existing research on strategies to prevent dropout and retain students in secondary education. More knowledge about key characteristics of studies in this field is important because research plays an important role both in the formulation of problems and solutions - both for policy, practice and further research. Our starting point is that "dropout" can be characterised as a policy concept that has gradually become a key element in the governance of secondary education. For this study, we do not take a specific perspective on dropout as our starting point. Instead, we use analytical perspectives on knowledge production (Gunter & Ribbins, 2003) to shed light on the relationship between research, policy, and practice. By categorising the research literature as conceptual, descriptive, humanistic, critical, evaluative or instrumental, we concentrate on both features of the concept and phenomenon under investigation, as well as the research methods and theoretical perspectives used to study the phenomenon. The typologies have been developed to analyse the production of knowledge related to complex phenomena and thus also consider the context in which the knowledge is produced.
The articles that make up the data material in the article have been identified through searches inspired by systematic methods in international databases. The aim of the research review is not to provide an exhaustive overview of the research field, but to identify, present and analyse the main features of the field in terms of the disciplines involved, research design and findings (Prøitz, 2023). The research overview can best be described as a 'critical review' (Grant & Booth, 2009), since it aims to shed light on what is being studied, by whom, with which methods and perspectives, as well as the context of the studies.
Findings show that research on dropout has mainly concentrated on what characterises students who drop out and the reasons why they do not complete upper secondary education, but that over time there have been contributions from several academic disciplines and with other methods that together contribute to increased knowledge about the complexity of the concept and the phenomenon. Moreover, the perspectives on knowledge production give us a picture of what kind of research dominates and what we may need more of, as well as what the context in which the studies were produced may mean for how we understand the phenomenon.
References:
Grant, M.J. & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26, 91-108
Gunter, H. & Ribbins, P. (2003). The Field of Educational Leadership: Studying Maps and Mapping Studies. British Journal of Educational Studies, 51, 254-281
Prøitz, T.S. (2023). Forskningsoversikter i utdanningsvitenskap. Fagbokforlaget.
The Institutional and Strategic Work of School Leaders and Teachers to Accommodate Students’ Needs
Education is seen as a key to providing pupils with a basis to participate in society, and to ensure jobs. Young people, who do not complete their educations, will have difficulties entering the labour market (Arntzen and Grøgaard, 2012; Bäckman et al, 2015). Over the last 25 years, a range of national policies have been introduced to prevent dropout in upper secondary education. Previous research has shown key characteristics of the students who drop out and several studies have focused on the implementation of national policies.
The purpose of the paper is to provide insights into the institutional work at school level to retain students in upper secondary schools. The paper addresses what characterizes the schools and the institutional and strategic work of the actors. The data are collected from six schools which are selected because of low degree of dropouts, which provide an opportunity to pay attention to promising practices.
The theory of strategic work constitutes the analytical framework which allows us to delve into the balancing processes of recursiveness and adaptation with a strategy-as-practice approach. Building on Whittington (2006) enables us to explore strategic work from a micro-perspective based on interviews with school leaders and teachers about day-to-day activities, with attention to processes of institutionalized ways of doing things and adaptations that fit the local needs. The analysis explores strategy as situated accomplished activities, what people do rather than what organizations have (Whittington, 2006). Institutional work allows us to investigate actors` purposive actions through creating, maintaining and disrupting institutions (Lawrence & Suddaby, 2006 p. 215).
The data have been subject to content analysis. Findings reveal that the schools seem to have an extensive space of maneuver. They have created their own organizational designs for how to retain the students which are complex and involves many actors who collaborate within and across several arenas. The analyses show efforts are made to prevent that the organizations are loosely coupled which is perceived to be a threat to dropout. The principals seem to be central agents in the construction of the designs and involvement of several actors with different professions who contribute to the tasks and responsibilities to strengthening the focus on retaining students. The analyses also reveal processes of recursiveness where the schools keep structures and practices that works, but also processes of adaptations where here-and now praxis and the recurring practices are critically examined and developed.
References:
Coburn, C. E. (2004). Beyond decoupling: Rethinking the relationship between the institutional environment and the classroom. Sociology of Education, 77(3), 211–244. doi:10.1177/003804070407700302
Leithwood, K. & Seashore-Louis, K. (2012). Linking Leadership to Student Learning. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Lawrence, T. B., & Suddaby, R. (2006). Institutions and Institutional Work. In S. R. Clegg, C. Hardy, T. B. Lawrence, & W. R. Nord (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Organization Studies. Sage.
Røvik, K. A. (2016). Knowledge Transfer as Translation: Review and Elements of an InstrumentalTheory. International Journal of Management Reviews, 18, 290-310.
https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1111/ijmr.12097
Whittington, R. (2006). Completing the practice turn in strategy research. Organization Studies, 27(5), 613–634. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840606064101
Unorthodox Strategies to Increase Students’ Promotion and Prevent Dropout
This paper focuses on strategies deployed by a secondary school located in a very disadvantaged context to prevent absenteeism and early dropout of students. Diamantino School offers compulsory lower secondary education and is one of four secondary schools officially classified as ‘low-performing’ in Seville. Although about a quarter of the students requires special educational support, the school achieves better rates of promotion and graduation than the schools with similar socioeconomic and cultural index (SECI).
Ainscow’s (2005) conceptualization of inclusion is applied as an analytical framework for the data analysis in the sense of a never-ending process of analysis of what works and what does not; the use of evidence of various forms to identify and remove barriers and then create or adapt new methodologies and organisational arrangements, focusing on ‘the presence, participation and achievement of all students’; and putting the emphasis on ‘those groups of learners who may be at risk of marginalisation, exclusion or underachievement’.
The study has a qualitative case study design and the analysis draws on various data sources such as semi-structured interviews, key documents, and survey data that are triangulated to provide a rich account on school leaders’ and teachers’ perceptions and practices of inclusion.
Findings show that the school implements a long list of strategies to promote inclusion of special-needs students, including: a reinforcement programme for core subjects in 4th grade; flexible groupings for the teaching of English; group split and double –even triple—teaching; support activities arranged with a long list of external collaborating entities; their own curricular adaptations in a large number of lessons; etc. Moreover, an important strategy to prevent absenteeism and dropout is the flexible grouping of students: students can change groups even within the same academic year, and the groups are not the same for all subjects. In addition, a group is split when there is a support teacher, or the group is maintained with two or even three teachers in the class. This job of periodically rearranging the groups is very demanding for the leadership team. For this purpose, the team analyses the learning trajectory of each pupil using multiple criteria and often interviews the family. In conclusion, this case study illustrates how a school has developed strategies to accommodate individual students’ needs in collective group settings.
References:
Ainscow, M. (2005). Developing inclusive education systems: What are the levers for change? Journal of Educational Change, 6, 109-124. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10833-005-1298-4.
Secondary Education between Extension and Diversification
The paper presents the results from a two-phase study about the diversification of secondary education and the segmentation of education in Latin America. The focus of the study, carried out with the support of ECLAC during 2019 and 2021, were the dynamics of education’s segmentation in extended compulsory schooling settings. By analyzing the expansion of secondary education, this paper outlines historic and contemporary mechanisms that the State has used to extend compulsory schooling, albeit in ways that are segmented and which produce differential effects in terms of the schooling experience of adolescents and young people in the region.
In its first phase, the study integrated an analysis of quantitative indicators in thirteen of the region’s countries with an analysis of the structures and institutional models of secondary school in six countries: Argentina, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Honduras, Mexico and Uruguay. The second phase examined the schooling experience of adolescents and young people in diversified structures. General and focus group interviews were conducted among a purposive sample of adolescents and young people regarding their access, trajectory and eventual (temporary or permanent) dropout. Overall, the study’s methodology combined a quantitative analysis of the main educational indicators of secondary education’s evolution in the region with a qualitative analysis of interviews to public officials and researchers (four per country) and to students (a purposive sample of 452 adolescents; 70-100 per country). By comparing the information, a matrix was developed to represent the forms of diversification of secondary education and its relation to educational segmentation.
Classical categories were used for the analysis, such as educational segmentation (Ringer, 1979) to characterize the dual dynamic of inclusion and progressiveness (Author, 2017) in combination with more recent developments that allow for the analysis of the segmentation dynamics in the context of the extension of mandatory schooling. These developments include the notions of diversification and differentiation (Ojalehto et al., 2017).
The main results indicate a particular form of compulsory secondary education expansion in the region under an extension-diversification pairing. This form of expansion creates at least three tensions: 1) between the laws and regulations intended to guarantee this extension and the actual outcomes for the educational trajectories, 2) between recent government efforts to sustain this extension and the persistence and/or creation of new educational segmentation mechanisms, and 3) between the perceived value of secondary education certification in social life and the relevance of the educational experience.
References:
Acosta, F. (2017). Secondary Education Policies in Europe and Latin America: A Historical Comparative Analysis. In F. Acosta & S. Nogueira (eds), Educational Systems Towards 21st Century (pp. 21–44). Sense Publishers.
Ojalehto, L., Kalalahti, M., Varjo, J & Kosunen, S. (2017). Differentiation and Diversification in Compulsory Education: A Conceptual Analysis. In K. Kantasalmi & G. Holm (eds), The State, Schooling, and Identity. Diversifying Education in Europe (pp. 125–148). Palgrave Macmillan.
Ringer, F. (1979). Education and Society in Modern Europe. Indiana University Press.
Ringer, F. (1990). On Segmentation in Modern European Education Systems: The Case of French Secondary Education 1865–1920. In D. Muller, F. Ringer & B. Simon (eds), The Rise of the Modern Educational System: Structural Change and Social Reproduction 1870–1920, (pp. 53–87). Cambridge University Press.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 06 SES 09 A: Open Learning, Democracy & Representions Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Youth and Social Media. In Focus: Antifeminist Violence Universität Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:As digitalisation progresses, young people’s media use is increasing (Albert et al., 2019, Anderson, Faverio and Gottfried, 2023, Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, 2023). The lives of young people today are increasingly mediatised and are shifting to social media platforms. Studies on media use show that young people also come into contact with negative topics such as hate speech on these platforms (Albert et al., 2019, Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, 2022; Forsa, 2023). In this context, media education research focuses on questions about the perception and evaluation of hate speech (Albert et al., 2019, Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, 2022) as well as the question of how educators can address hate speech in an educational context and help to prevent it (Marolla-Gajardo & Castellví-Mata, 2023, Seemann-Herz et al., 2022). So far, we have little knowledge about who is engaging in digital hate and for what purpose, and what strategies might be helpful in dealing with the phenomenon. This is the starting point for the research work presented in this paper, which has generated valuable findings for media education research. Eight interviews with feminist net activists were conducted using a qualitative research design. The research questions focused on the activists’ feminist self-image and their experiences with digital violence. The focus was on the question of whether they accept being silenced or whether they have developed strategies and resources that they can draw on when dealing with digital violence. An exploration of the basic feminist attitude of the activists was carried out through theoretical references to feminist discourses such as the social construction of gender (Gildemeister & Wetterer, 1992; Goffman, 1977; Kessler & McKenna, 1978; Hagemann-White, 1984), deconstructionism (Derrida, 1987; Kahlert, 2000; Butler, 1991), queer theory (Hark, 2009; Jagose, 1996; Woltersdorf, 2003) and intersectional feminism (Crenshaw, 1989, 2013; Winker & Degele, 2009; Yuval-Davis, 2013). The descriptions and analyses of the haters were embedded in the discourse field of antifeminism (Lang & Peters, 2018; Planert 1998; Schutzbach, 2018), especially in current publications on antigenderism (Dağlar-Sezer, & Beaufaӱs, 2021; Ganz & Meßmer, 2015; Hark & Villa, 2015; Henninger & Birsl, 2020; Maurer, 2018; Schmincke, 2018). In order to pursue their goals as effectively as possible, coalitions and alliances are often formed between different groups (Blum, 2019; Lang & Peters, 2018; Strube, Perintfalvi, Hemet, Metze & Sahbaz, 2021). The results of my study revealed that the haters are part of the anti-feminist spectrum and are characterised by racist, sexist and trans-hostile attitudes (Roß, forthcoming). Antifeminist actors are well organised and try to ban feminist voices from the digital space (Blum, 2019; Dafaure, 2022; Huang, 2023; Roß, forthcoming). Networking between groups is crucial to the effectiveness of antifeminist violence (Drüeke, 2016; Lang & Peters, 2018; Roß, forthcoming). As the study participants all have displayed a queer and intersectional understanding of feminism, it can be assumed that this is relevant to the experience of anti-feminist hostility. It was found that the activists are particularly affected by digital hatred when they themselves are read as non-white and fall outside the heterosexual norm in terms of their gender identity or gender orientation (Roß, forthcoming). When young people become victims of digital hatred due to their gender identity, gender orientation or ethnicity deviating from the “norm”, it is possible that organised antifeminists are behind the digital hostility. In contrast to the respondents in this study, who have developed numerous strategies for dealing with anti-feminist violence and have a feminist network to fall back on, young people are much more vulnerable. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As this study constitutes basic research, the empirical data was collected using qualitative methods. The author conducted eight semi-structured, guideline-based interviews, which were analysed using Mayring’s qualitative content analysis method (Mayring, 2015). Semi-structured, guideline-based interviews were selected as the data collection instrument for this study because they are structured and open at the same time. In concrete terms, this means that predetermined guiding questions can be used to provide impulses on research-relevant topics (structural specification) and at the same time allow an open space for the development of thoughts and new topics (openness) (Helfferich, 2009b). The interview guide for this study was initially developed using the SPSS method according to Helfferich (2011). The structure of the guide-based interview followed the rule ‘from the general to the specific’. The interview guide for this study consists of four blocks, each of which is assigned to a topic. The starting point for recruiting the interviewees was the German-language feminist blog “Die Mädchenmannschaft” (https://maedchenmannschaft.net/), which was founded in 2007 and describes itself as a “community blog on feminist history, theory and practice” (Mädchenmannschaft). The interviews were conducted over a period of six months, from October 2018 to April 2019, in northern Germany and ranged in length from 72 to 104 minutes. The interviews were analysed using the qualitative content analysis method. This method was chosen because it combines the requirement of a structured and comprehensible evaluation process with the idea of reflecting on the data, and the interactive character of the data’s creation (Kuckartz, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When talking about young people’s media use, we cannot avoid shedding light also on the negative, challenging aspects associated with it. The social web is not only used for communication, inspiration and entertainment, but has also become a political tool used by various interest groups. The study “Feminismus im Netz – intersektional, empowernd, angreifbar?! ” (eng.: Feminism on the Net-intersectional, empowering, vulnerable?) (Roß, forthcoming) has brought to light the force with which anti-feminist movements attempt to ban feminist voices. It is not surprising that feminist activists who explicitly position themselves in a queer-feminist and intersectional discourse are under attack. This is contrary to the reactionary views of anti-feminist actors who, on the one hand, see themselves back in a binary and hierarchically structured world of gender and, on the other hand, do not want to question their privileged national and white identity. If the social web is to remain a democratic place that can be used by all young people in a participatory manner, media education must address the problem of anti-feminist violence. From the study presented here, it can be concluded that it is possible to develop and apply strategies for dealing with anti-feminist violence. The prerequisite for this is that structures are developed through which young users can empower each other and stand by each other in solidarity. The first step in this direction lies in the task of critically analysing anti-feminist narratives. This can be done collectively in the context of media education at school. The academic study of anti-democratic, anti-feminist currents in the context of media education is an area that deserves a great deal of attention in future research. Not only in Germany, but everywhere where the shift to the right is already clearly visible in the political landscape. References Albert, M., Hurrelmann, K., & Quenzel, G. (2019). Jugend 2019: Eine Generation meldet sich zu Wort (1. Auflage.). Beltz. Anderson, M., Faverio, N. & Gottfried, F. (2023): Teens, Social Media and Technology 2023. Pex Research Center, Washington DC Ballaschk, C., Schulze-Reichelt, F., Wachs, S., Krause, N., Wettstein, A., Kansok-Dusche, J., Bilz, L., & Schubarth, W. (2022). Ist das (schon) Hatespeech? – Eine qualitative Untersuchung zum Verständnis von Hatespeech unter pädagogischem Schulpersonal. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 12(3), 579–596. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00367-1 Bonet-Marti, J. (2021). Antifeminism as a countermovement: A literature review of the main theoretical perspectives and current debates. TEKNOKULTURA: REVISTA DE CULTURA DIGITAL Y MOVIMIENTOS SOCIALES, 18(1), 61–71. https://doi.org/10.5209/TEKN.71303 Dafaure, M. (2022). Memes, trolls and the manosphere: Mapping the manifold expressions of antifeminism and misogyny online. European Journal of English Studies, 26(2), 236–254. https://doi.org/10.1080/13825577.2022.2091299 Decker, O., Kiess, J., Heller, A., & Brähler, E. (2022). Autoritäre Dynamiken in unsicheren Zeiten: Leipziger Autoritarismus Studie 2022. Psychosozial-Verlag. https://www.theol.uni-leipzig.de/fileadmin/ul/Dokumente/221109_Leipziger-Autoritarismus-Studie.pdf Drüeke, R., & Peil, C. (2019). Haters gonna Hate. Antifeministische Artikulationen in digitalen Öffentlichkeiten. In Backlash?! Antifeminismus in Wissenschaft, Politik und Gesellschaft (pp. 191-212). Roßdorf: Ulrike Helmer Verlag. Landesanstalt für Medien NRW (2023): Hate Speech Forsa Studie 2023 Huang, Qiqi (2023) Anti-Feminism: four strategies for the demonisation and depoliticisation of feminism on Chinese social media, Feminist Media Studies, 23:7, 3583-3598, DOI: 10.1080/14680777.2022.2129412 Helfferich, C. (2011). Die Qualität qualitativer Daten: Manual für die Durchführung qualitativer Interviews (4. Aufl.). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. (4. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Reinhardt, S. (2023). Discourse coalitions against gender and sexual equality: Antifeminism as a common denominator between the radical right and the mainstream? Feminist Media Studies, 23(6), 2831–2848. Marolla-Gajardo & Castellví-Mata (2023): Transform hate speech in education from gender perspectives. Conceptions of Chilean teachers through a case study. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1267690 Mayring, P. (2016). Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung (6. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Verlagsgruppe. Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, S. (2022). JIM 2020: Jugend, Information, Medien – Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- bis 19-Jähriger in Weinheim: Beltz Verlagsgruppe. Seemann-Herz, L., Kansok-Dusche, J., Dix, A., Wachs, S., Krause, N., Ballaschk, C., Schulze-Reichelt, F., & Bilz, L. (2022). Schulbezogene Programme zum Umgang mit Hatespeech – Eine kriteriengeleitete Bestandsaufnahme. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 12(3), 597–614. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00348-4 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper The Pedagogical Value of Memes in a Context of Democracy and Participation – A Scoping Review Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:What can we learn from research into memes as a pedagogical phenomenon in democratic or participatory contexts? The primary aim of this scoping review is to map the current knowledge about the pedagogical value of memes in participatory and democratic contexts. As secondary research question, the papers also asks what democratic and participatory understandings the field of research is grounded in. According to Shifman (2014, pp. 39-42) memes are a form of communication between people or groups of people, often digital, and often consisting of visual or audiovisual media. Moreover, memes are commonly understood to be humoristic in nature; the humoristic aspect of memes has also been linked to democratic and participatory functions (Anderson & Keehn, 2020), and the possible value it may have for educators. This further raises the questions of whether we know more about the pedagogical value of memes in the context of democracy and participation, and how this research can be summarized and what gaps may exist in the literature. Further theoretical perspectives can be found in Durham Peters (2020) philosophy of media, adopting the view that media is not only a tool for mediation in our different social systems, but a part of these systems themselves; the theory on memes can be expanded to define memes also as messages in themselves, meaning that they are part of our environment and carry meaning both by mediation of something and existing in themselves as part of the system. Memes as a form of communication has in recent years become more widely researched. With perspectives ranging from memes as a political tool in specific elections (Ross & Rivers, 2019), to memes as form of identity formation in grassroots movements among marginalized groups (Burton, 2019), there is still a need to get an overview on memes as a pedagogical phenomenon in a democratic and participatory context. This paper shows the preliminary results of a sample of research in that context. The need for this overview is based on the lack of reviews on this topic of research, particularly with regards to the pedagogical value of memes as a democratizing phenomenon. Apart from summarizing the current knowledge, another aim is to reflect upon the future of research on the topic, and what questions might need to be asked moving forward. The paper is part of the authors Ph.d.-project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts the criteria for a scoping review as suggested by Arksey and O’Malley (2005, pp. 4), with the aim of “examining the extent, range and nature of research activity … to summarize and disseminate the research findings” (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005, pp. 4), and identifying the possible gaps in the collection of literature on the research topic. Further criteria are borrowed from Cohen et al. (2018, pp. 181-185), emphasising the context of the research with regards to the time of research, the geopolitical status, and the place the research has taken place, as well as the theoretical understandings of the concepts used in the field. Several searches have been made with different iterations of the terms “memes”, “pedagogy”, “learning”, “socialisation”, “democracy”, “participation”, “education”, “political education”, citizenship” and “youth culture”. Different combinations gave several different samples. These samples were scanned by title and keywords, where those deemed relevant were downloaded to and placed in an endnote folder. Duplicates were subsequently removed with endote. 130 peer-reviewed articles were chosen from the searches in SCOPUS and Web of Science, a further 20 were found snowballing, by looking into the references of the relevant articles. The final sample of 77 is based on a stricter view on pedagogical and democratic relevance, made through skimming the abstract of the articles – the chosen articles had to have some pedagogical value, in that they examined terms such as “education”, “learning”, “socialization”, “identity” etc. Excluded were articles looking mainly at other contexts, among others covid-19 and far-right extremism, or articles in others disciplines such as linguistics or medicine. The preliminary categorization was made while reading through the abstracts. Categories that emerged were "memes as main focus", "general political", "specific political", "political engagement", "social justice", pedagogy as main focus", "climate change", "AI" (excluded), "covid-19" (excluded), and "far right" (excluded). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This sample shows both different methodologies and perspectives pertaining to the pedagogical value of memes in learning democracy and participation. A pattern regarding the research is the possible need for more interview-data, as this method is less used than for example content analysis. Further the theoretical understanding of memes leans largely on Shifmans definition, with few perspectives differing from this view. Critical perspectives through theoretical inquiries may open up for further research on the topic. References Anderson, M., & Keehn, G. (2020). ’OK Boomer’: Internet Memes as Consciousness Building. Radical Teacher, 118. https://doi.org/10.5195/rt.2020.746 Arksey, H & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological Framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32. 10.1080/1364557032000119616 Burton, J. (2019). Look at Us, We Have Anxiety: Youth, Memes, and the Power of Online Cultural Politics. Journal of Childhood Studies, 44(3), 3-17. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs00019171 Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. (8th Ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539 Durham Peters, J. (2015). The marvelous clouds. The University of Chicago Press. Ross, A. S. & Rivers, D. J. (2019). Internet Memes, Media Frames, and the Conflicting Logics of Climate Change Discourse. Environmental Communication-a Journal of Nature and Culture, (13)7, 975-994. https://doi.org/10.1080/17524032.2018.1560347 Shifman, L. (2014). Memes in digital culture. MIT press. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Challenges in Open Educational Practices: Lessons from a Digital Diversity Project and Populist Reactions 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2European University of Flensburg, Germany; 3TU Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, Open Educational Resources (OER) have gained recognition for their potential to enhance teacher education and general educational settings, as evidenced by studies such as Röwert & Kostrzewa (2021), and institutions like BMBF (2022) and UNESCO & Commonwealth of Learning (2019). While the term "Open Educational Practices" (OEP) often refers to activities involving OER, the concept, as pointed out by Bali et al. (2018) and Bellinger & Mayrberger (2020), encompasses a range of openness approaches that extend beyond or even operate independently of OER. This includes open pedagogical-participative learning scenarios using social media tools for collaborative knowledge creation. An understudied aspect in the OEP discourse is the challenges and side effects that student engagement can have. This paper explores the challenges of OEP in addressing diversity issues, focusing on the 'Diversity goes Digital' project at TU Darmstadt as a case study. The project was initiated in response to an increase in discriminatory discourse in media spaces (Bünger and Czejkowska, 2020), where perceived differences from the dominant society (Attia et al., 2015) trigger hostility towards democratic values that educators strive to impart. This landscape includes debates on anti-genderism, rising right-wing populism and persistent racism. A key objective of the project - appropriate to the goals of Council of the European Union (2023) - was to contribute to diversity-oriented media education in teacher training and foster media literacy within a diverse, democratic society. A central didactic approach was to enable students of teaching at vocational schools and high schools to engage in a product- and practice-oriented examination of societal orders of difference in the school context. This approach aimed to help them learn to critically examine themselves in relation to both analog and digital processes of 'doing difference' during lesson development. Furthermore, the focus was on ensuring that these future educators would neither ignore nor stigmatize the diversity of lifestyles in school practice, which is crucial for fostering an inclusive and reflective educational environment (FRA Report 2020). Therefore, students created explainer videos on topics such as heteronormativity and racism. Choosing video creation as an approach was based on its potential to engage students in simplifying complex subjects in an engaging and accurate manner (Wolf, 2015). This exercise was intended not only to help students better understand the concepts but also to develop effective communication skills essential for educators. However, these videos, shared on YouTube, faced significant right-wing populist backlash against both the students and educators. After introducing the project, the presentation shifts focus to analyze the right-wing populist responses encountered. The leading questions are:
The objective of this section is to highlight the potential reactions such educational projects might face, preparing stakeholders for similar challenges. This analysis contributes to supporting the European Union's perspective (2022) on tackling disinformation and promoting digital literacy through education and training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An exploratory methodology was adopted to address the leading questions. The analysis involved: (1) Examining the YouTube channel statistics of the project to contextualize the timing of comment responses. (2) Conducting a content analysis of the comments to reconstruct various patterns within them. (3) Performing an exploratory analysis of potential sources of the comments, leading to the identification of a specific video from a right-wing extremist community as the initiator of the series of comments on the students' explainer videos. This methodological approach enabled an in-depth exploration of the dynamics of digital discourse, particularly focusing on how a single influential source within the right-wing extremist community can influence the narrative and public reaction to educational content about diversity. It provided critical insights into the challenges and effects that digital media has in the realms of diversity education and public discourse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project, involving the creation and dissemination of educational videos on diversity, revealed the complex dynamics of public engagement with digital media in educational contexts. A significant finding was the nature of the responses to these videos, especially from right-wing extremist groups. The comments and reactions were primarily characterized by know pattens like misleading contextualization, polarization, and personal defamation. This indicated a trend of using digital platforms not just for disagreement or debate, but for spreading misinformation and creating divisiveness. Moreover examining the digital responses of right-wing populist actors provides insights into how difference is used as a political mobilization topic and how (unplannable) discursive processes on social media pose a challenge for projects in active media work and open educational practices. The paper concludes with a reflection on the possibilities and limits of Open Educational Practices and open media work in institutionalized settings, discussing how such projects can contribute to a more inclusive and diverse digital space despite confrontations with disinformation campaigns and polarizing narratives. The project underscores the need for strategies (European Commission, 2022) to effectively navigate and counteract such negative responses in digital public discourse. References Attia, I., Köbsell, S., & Prasa, N. (Hrsg.). (2015). Dominanzkultur reloaded. Neue Texte zu gesellschaftlichen Machtverhältnissen und ihren Wechselwirkungen. transcript. https://doi.org/10.14361/9783839430613-026. Bali, M., et al. (2020). Framing Open Educational Practices from a Social Justice Perspective. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 2020(1), 10, 1-12. https://doi.org/10.5334/jime.565 Bellinger, F., & Mayrberger, K. (2019). Systematic Literature Review zu Open Educational Practices (OEP) in der Hochschule im europäischen Forschungskontext. MedienPädagogik, 18(34), 19-46. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/34/2019.02.18.X Bünger, C., & Czejkowska, A. (2020). Political Correctness und pädagogische Kritik. In C. Bünger & A. Czejkowska (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch für Pädagogik 2018 (S. 9-20). Council of the European Union (2023) Council Recommendation of 23 November 2023 on improving the provision of digital skills and competences in education and training. (2024). Official Journal, C 1030, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/1030/oj European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2022). Final report of the Commission expert group on tackling disinformation and promoting digital literacy through education and training – Final report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/283100 FRA Report (2020): A long way to go for LGBTI equality. Link: https://fra.europa.eu/en/publication/2020/eu-lgbti-survey-results Kosciw, Joseph G./Clark, Caitlin M./Truong, Nhan L./Zongrone, Adrian D. (2019): The 2019 National School Climate Survey. The Experiences of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Youth in Our Nation's Schools. New York. Röwert, R., & Kostrzewa, M. (2021). Phasenübergreifende Lehrkräftebildung mit und durch OER: Thesen und Impulse für eine vernetzte Lehrkräftebildung. In C. Gabellini, S. Gallner, F. Imboden, Kuurstra M., & P. Tremp (Hrsg.), Lehrentwicklung by Openess - Open Educational Resources im Hochschulkontext. Dokumentation der Tagung vom 06. März 2021 (S. 101-106). Luzern. https://doi.org/10.15480/882.3622 UNESCO & Commonwealth of Learning. (2019). Guidelines on the development of open educational resources policies. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/4822-3/pf0000371129 Wolf, K. D. (2015). Video-Tutorials und Erklärvideos als Gegenstand, Methode und Ziel der Medien- und Filmbildung. In A. Hartung-Griemberg, T. Ballhausen, C. Trültzsch-Wijnen, A. Barberi, & K. Kaiser-Müller (Hrsg.), Filmbildung im Wandel (S. 121-131). New academic press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 09 A: Teachers in Transition: Social Justice for and in Teacher Education Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Formation of Pedagogical Orientations in the Migration Context: Reasons and Hindrances for Successful Teacher Professionalisation University of Teacher Education Zug, Switzerland Presenting Author:Teaching in dynamic and ever changing migration and diversity contexts continues to be challenging. In particular, teachers are called upon to meet the following two educational objectives: Firstly, equal educational chances should ideally be provided regardless of factors such as social, ethnic, national origin, religious conviction or gender. However, this is still far from reality (OECD, 2023). Although the causes for this inequity are complex, it is also undisputed that teachers are influential with their respective pedagogical orientations (e.g. Weitkämper, 2019 for an overview). The second objective relates to the broad topic of social belonging and the corresponding social learning: All students should learn to live responsibly in a democratic, diverse society. The Swiss-German "Curriculum 21", for instance, stresses the need to learn mutual respect for a pluralistic, anti-discriminatory society and for social cohesion (D-EDK, 2016). Teachers are challenged in this respect, not only in terms of guiding their students' learning processes, but also in terms of self-reflecting and developing their own attitude. Both of these concerns are based on the fundamental conviction that all students have equal rights to recognition, both in terms of educational opportunities and in terms of their social belonging (Mantel, 2022). In view of the great importance of these two objectives, the question arises as to how teachers can be effectively supported in their challenges. This, in turn, requires a better understanding of the guiding orientations teachers have and what limits or expands their scope of action. Previous studies repeatedly show stereotyping and deficit orientations among teachers towards their students, particularly with reference to migration history, culture and/or language, sometimes intersectionally interwoven with socio-economic background and/or gender. In some studies, the differences between various pedagogical orientations have been worked out within the framework of typologies, however, often limited to a focus on teachers’ dealing with cultural difference, particularly what the German speaking area is concerned (see Leutwyler & Mantel, 2015 for an overview; Mantel, forthcoming). The presented study adds to the state of research with an attempt to describe the differences between teachers’ orientations in a rather general way, exploring new ways of looking at the underlying logics and including a deeper understanding of what these orientations are shaped by in terms of their life and professional history. Accordingly, this research is focussed on the following questions: (a) What are the pedagogical orientations among teachers in schools of the migration society, particularly with regard to questions of educational opportunities and questions of social belonging and the corresponding social learning? (b) In what ways are these orientations shaped by the teachers’ life and professional history? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analysing pedagogical orientations involves questions that relate not only to the "what" of experience and action, but in particular to the "how", i.e. to what underlies experience and action as an orientation. Bohnsack (2014, p. 137) has described this orientation as an "orientation framework" ("Orientierungsrahmen") and thus refers to the implicit knowledge and incorporated patterns of thought and action that make up the modus operandi of action (similar, but not identical to Bourdieu’s concept of ‘habitus’, see details in Mantel, forthcoming). This orientation framework is constantly constituted in the interplay of individual and collective spaces of experience and can therefore be described in the context of group- or milieu-specific characteristics. In order to reconstruct these orientation frameworks, a targeted search for contrasting aspects is required, which ultimately enables a type formation ("sinngenetische Typenbildung"). This type formation can be generalised particularly well if it can be referenced to social specifics ("soziogenetische Typenbildung") (Bohnsack, 2011, p. 42-43). However, the research presented here not only aims to better understand the teachers’ pedagogical orientations, but also to understand the circumstances of their development and change in the personal and professional life course. As this is a research interest that relates to both the "social breadth" as well as the "biographical depth", narrative interviews are used for data collection including a biographical dimension (Schütze, 1983), while the aforementioned qualitative-hermeneutic approach by Bohnsack is applied for the data analysis. In line with this methodological approach, the sample was developed step by step by adding more and more contrasting cases. It comprises 38 primary school teachers in German-speaking Switzerland. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses reveal five ideal-typical structures, which can be described as more or less professionalised in the light of the teacher professionalisation theory by Helsper (2018). Additionally and maybe surprisingly, the question of the teachers’ own experience of recognition explains a lot of the differences between the teachers’ orientations as well as about their professionalisation trajectories. These insights will therefore be reflected upon by drawing on the theory of recognition (Honneth, 1995; for further discussion Balzer, 2007; Bedorf, 2014; Butler, 2001). Surprisingly again, the results indicate that the teachers’ professionalisation comes along with a reduction of stress among these teachers. This insight shall be discussed against the background of similar results from other recent studies (e.g. Lorusso et al., 2024), and horizons for more research in this regard will be outlined. References Balzer, N. (2007). Die doppelte Bedeutung der Anerkennung. Anmerkungen zum Zusammenhang von Anerkennung, Macht und Gerechtigkeit. In M. Wimmer, R. Reichenbach, & L. Pongratz (Eds.), Gerechtigkeit und Bildung (pp. 49-76). Ferdinand Schöningh. Bedorf, T. (2014). Unversöhnte Anerkennung im pädagogischen Prozess. In A. Schäfer (Ed.), Hegemonie und autorisierende Verführung (pp. 161-174). Schöningh. Bohnsack, R. (2011). Dokumentarische Methode. In R. Bohnsack, W. Marotzki, & M. Meuser (Eds.), Hauptbegriffe Qualitativer Sozialforschung (pp. 40-44). Verlag Barbara Budrich UTB. Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary Method. In U. Flick (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis (pp. 217-233). SAGE. Butler, J. (2001). Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung. suhrkamp. D-EDK (Deutschschweizer Erziehungsdirektorenkonferenz). (2016). Lehrplan 21. Gesamtausgabe. Retrieved 30.11.2017 from https://www.lehrplan.ch/ Helsper, W. (2018). Lehrerhabitus. Lehrer zwischen Herkunft, Milieu und Profession. In A. Paseka, M. Keller-Schneider, & A. Combe (Eds.), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln (pp. 105-140). Springer. Honneth, A. (1995). The Struggle for Recognition. The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. The MIT Press. Leutwyler, B., & Mantel, C. (2015). Teachers’ Beliefs and Intercultural Sensitivity. In G. Mészáros & F. Körtvélyesi (Eds.), Social Juctice and Diversity in Teacher Education. Proceedings of the ATEE Winter Conference 2014 (pp. 145-156). Association for Teacher Education in Europe, ATEE. Lorusso, S., Hachfeld, A., & Kärner, T. (2024). What you think is what you feel: Immigration-related value beliefs predict emotional exhaustion in pre-service teachers. Social Psychology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09877-w Mantel, C. (2022). Teachers with so-called migration background and the question of recognition: Experiences of fragility and hidden pedagogical potentials. European Educational Research Journal, 21(2), 265-277. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211008327 Mantel, C. (forthcoming). Lehrpersonen in Schulen der Migrationsgesellschaft: Idealtypische Orientierungen und die Bedeutsamkeit des eigenen Anerkennungsempfindens. Herausforderung Lehrer*innenbildung - Zeitschrift zur Konzeption, Gestaltung und Diskussion (HLZ). OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. PISA, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, 13(3), 283-293. Weitkämper, F. (2019). Lehrkräfte und soziale Ungleichheit. Eine ethnographische Studie zum un/doing authority in Grundschulen. Springer VS. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Ukrainian Teachers in Ireland: Evaluating Bespoke Teacher Bridging Programmes Marino Inst. of Education, Ireland Presenting Author:Following the Russian invasion of Ukraine on 24th February 2024, the European Union activated the temporary protection directive (EC, 2001). The directive is intended to establish “minimum standards for giving temporary protection in the event of a mass influx of displaced persons from third countries who are unable to return to their country of origin”. Article 12 of the directive instructs that “Member States shall authorise . . . persons enjoying temporary protection to engage in employed or self-employed activities, subject to rules applicable to the profession, as well as in activities such as educational opportunities for adults, vocational training and practical workplace experience”. It is estimated that there are currently 4.2 million people from Ukraine living in the European Union, with Germany and Poland the main countries hosting these beneficiaries of temporary protection (Eurostat, 2023). While some attention has been given both to the educational experiences and challenges for Ukrainian children and young people as they attempt to continue schooling in new contexts, and to the experiences of schools and national systems of education as they seek to integrate these new learners, very little attention has been paid to the integration of Ukrainian educators into schools and education systems. The notable exception is the OECD work on “Teaching Opportunities and Support for Ukrainian Educators” (OECD, 2023). This short document provides a keen insight into the variety of ways in which certain member states of the European Union have sought to support Ukrainian teachers to restart their careers in a new jurisdiction. Short-term contracts as teachers are available in some countries, while other countries they are specifically seen as resources to address the educational and psycho-social needs of Ukrainian children and young people, sometimes in dedicated temporary education sites, or can be employed as teaching assistants. While there are many contextual differences with this population of teachers, it is evident that they share some of the same barriers that refugee and migrant teachers face more generally as they seek to continue their chosen career in a new jurisdiction. Miller (2008) claims that when states do not provide appropriate professional development support for such teachers, they fail to integrate them into the norms, customs and nuances of the local system which is “tantamount to professional neglect”. Female refugee teachers in Canada and the UK (Ratković and Pietka-Nykaza, 2016) argue that they shoulder the burden of integration, with few supporting mechanisms for enabling them to continue in their career. When this happens, they are less likely to succeed on their journey into teaching. Even when they have successfully commenced a teaching position, such teachers encounter a host of difficulties such as adjusting to new administrative regulations, teaching practices, new curriculum, diverse forms of assessment, differences in values and expectations, teacher status, classroom management and interaction with parents and communities (Bense, 2016; Carvatti et al., 2014; Collins and Reid, 2012). These experiences can lead to high levels of attrition among migrant and refugee teachers. Bridging programmes have been highly successful in supporting refugee teachers to integrate into teaching workforces (Schmidt and Schneider, 2016). There is a wide variety of models to the provision of such programmes, ranging from complete reaccreditation over one full academic year to short, two-day induction courses. The Migrant Teacher Project secured funding under the AMIF to support the integration of Ukrainian teachers in Ireland. They key element of this work was the provision of tailored teacher bridging programmes. Rooted in concepts of worker integration, this paper reports on participant evaluations from two versions of these bridging programmes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study reports on two data sets, gathered from participants on two separate iterations of Bridging Programmes designed to support the integration of Ukrainian teachers in Ireland. The first data set was generated through an evaluation and employment questionnaire with 50 participants. The second data set was generated through two questionnaires, an initial analysis of needs which was used to inform and tailor the content on a shorter introductory course to the Irish education system for 54 Ukrainian teachers, and a subsequent evaluation and employment survey. Both questionnaires were administered online, using MS Forms. Basic descriptive analysis was undertaken on the responses to the relevant quantitative questions, while qualitative analysis was undertaken using NVivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Key findings include that the teachers were highly experienced, with a mean of 13 years teaching experience. Six of the teachers had previous experience of teaching outside of Ukraine. Most were happy with the registration process with the Teaching Council and provided evidence of initial registration across both primary and post-primary levels of education and across a wide range of subjects at post-primary level. Almost all of those working in Irish schools were employed in roles supporting the learning of English. Less than 50% of the respondents indicated that they were working in schools in Ireland at the start of the second Bridging Programme; data on the success of the Bridging Programme in respect of employment for this cohort are yet to be generated; analysis of these data and their reflections on their experiences on the Programme will be presented. Participants had some general knowledge about differences between the Ukrainian and Irish systems of education, including gender separation and a more “gentle attitude towards children” in Irish schools. The key motivations for participating on the programme include to learn more about the Irish education system in general, to understand the legal basis of the Irish education system and to gain deeper knowledge around specific areas of curriculum and assessment. References Bense K (2016) International teacher mobility and migration: A review and synthesis of the current empirical research and literature. Educational Research Review 17: 37–49. Collins, J. and Reid, C. (2012) ‘Immigrant teachers in Australia’, Cosmopolitan Civil Societies: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 4(2), 38–61. Directive 2011/55. On minimum standards for giving temporary protection in the event of a mass influx of displaced persons and on measures promoting a balance of efforts between Member States in receiving such persons and bearing the consequences thereof https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32001L0055 Miller, P.W. (2008) Overseas Trained Teachers in England: towards integration?, Professional Development Today, 10(3), 4-18. OECD. (2023) Teaching opportunities and support for Ukrainian educators. OECD Pietka-Nykaza, E., & Ratkovic, S. (2016). Forced Migration and Education: Refugee Women Teachers’ Trajectories in Canada and UK. In C. Schmidt, & J. Schneider (Eds.), Diversifying the Teaching Force in Transnational Contexts: Critical Perspectives (pp. 179-200). (Transnational Migration and Education; Vol. 3). Sense Publishers. Schneider, J., and Schmidt, C. (2016) (eds.), Diversifying the teaching force in transnational contexts: critical perspectives, Sense Publishers. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) The Question of Being Intercultural and the Pedagogy of Uncertainty: A Phenomenological Analysis of Intercultural Education Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:My PhD study explored how a group of migrant preservice teachers experienced the phenomenon of intercultural education in the Learning Area of Languages within the Australian school context. The study aimed to understand both preservice teachers’ perceptions of the intercultural capability and its implementation in their teaching practice. This study employed a hermeneutic phenomenological approach to explore the participating preservice teachers’ lived experiences of adopting an intercultural perspective in their classroom of Languages. Data were collected through individual in-depth interviews from a cohort of seven preservice teachers enrolled in a graduate Initial Teacher Education program and completing a qualification in teaching Languages at an Australian University in Victoria. By investigating preservice teachers’ interpretations of the intercultural capability; their experiences in the classroom of Languages (what they observed and how they acted during their teaching rounds and how they intend to act in the future); and their beliefs about the need for the development of the intercultural capability in their learners, it was possible to delve into the ways in which these prospective secondary school teachers of Languages engage with the intercultural project. This study focuses solely on practitioners and explores their engagement (or lack thereof) with the intercultural project, based on the rationale that ‘no education policy can operate successfully without the commitment of teachers’ (Starkey 2007, p. 60). This study posits that, for the intercultural project to succeed and become more than ‘good intentions’ (Gorski 2008, p. 516), there needs to be a move towards a more politically engaged approach (Tarozzi 2014). Teachers should see themselves as responsible for creating an inclusive and just society (see Crozet 2016). This study follows a Critical Intercultural Communication Pedagogy framework (Atay & Trebing 2018; Sobre 2017) coupled with an ethical paradigm based on the work of the philosopher Emmanuel Lévinas (Bossio 2018; Ferri 2014; Ben-Ari & Strier 2010). Critical Pedagogy aims to transform society through education by locating the place of change in schools (Guilherme 2002), where the development of ‘critical cultural awareness’ should be fostered (Byram 2008). This aspect is essential for the success of intercultural education because it turns it into a broader social project. Crosbie (2014, p. 97) considers that this ‘quest for social transformation […] begins with a language-learning classroom in which students are encouraged to deal with cosmopolitan ideals, giving rise to a possible scenario where engagement with the world is shaped by social justice’. The research findings, mainly deriving from individual in-depth interviews, indicate that both the critical and ethical paradigms appear as weak and uncertain, especially when it comes to translating ascribed meanings of the intercultural capability into the practice of teaching. This highlights the need for a strong theoretical (philosophical and epistemological) foundation for intercultural education to counteract neoliberal forces in the field. The critical turn in intercultural education scholarship is still far from being known and accepted outside the circle of those interested in it. In addition, the neo-social phenomenon in Australian education policy (Lingard, Sellar & Savage 2014) risks weakening the efforts made by critical intercultural communication scholars, since the social agenda is present in education policy. This ‘rejuvenated governmental interest in enabling healthy and positive social environments’, however, appears to exist ‘primarily for the sake of fostering greater economic productivity’ (Savage 2013, p. 187) instead of existing primarily for the benefit of all students, regardless of their linguistic, cultural, or socioeconomic background as proclaimed in the document underpinning the current Australian Curriculum. It is important to note that this well-documented and long-standing shift towards intercultural education is also typical to other countries, and its inception in Australian education policies mirrors developments internationally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on my PhD study, I reconceptualise intercultural education by adopting the philosophies of phenomenologists such as Martin Heidegger, Paul Ricoeur, and Emmanuel Lévinas. I will attempt to offer a stronger theoretical foundation for intercultural education, and to offer a methodology for doing research in the field. In particular, I wish to highlight the importance of interrogating the premise – and the meaning - of being intercultural in education, rather than focussing on providing answers. In a sense, the phrase intercultural education is tautological, for education can only be intercultural. In terms of reconceptualising intercultural education, I will present a model for theorising intercultural education in teacher education that joins critical pedagogy - needed to illuminate the shortcomings of existing intercultural education descriptions and models, and link issues of culture and communication to power issues - with the ethical paradigm based on Lévinas' phenomenology of alterity. In particular, Lévinas’ idea of ethics as the ‘first philosophy’ (Moran 2000, p. 320) can be utilised for an epistemological foundation for intercultural education, where ethics towards the Other, rather than knowledge of the Other, becomes the premise, not just of the intercultural capability, but of any form of education. In terms of research methodology, I will present my PhD methodology which allows to engage with issues of doubt and uncertainty that should never be excluded in intercultural scholarship. Grounded in phenomenology, this approach is nonetheless valid. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the participating preservice teachers subscribe to the general aims of intercultural education, they found it difficult to challenge fixed ideas of culture and the dominant narrative of a national culture associated with the languages they teach. Upon reflection, participants showed they understood culture as a complex and dynamic concept, and not necessarily tied to national borders. They recognised that the main aim of an intercultural pedagogical approach is to achieve a society where difference is an inherent feature of society, rather than a pigeonhole for those who do not conform to an ideal standard. Nevertheless, even when a more fluid view of culture was acknowledged in theory, they struggled to implement alternative pedagogies and address controversial topics in their classroom. They reported their intention to avoid stereotypes and harmful generalisations in their language classroom, however they seemed unsure about how this could be effectively achieved. Their commitment to the more engaged aspect of intercultural education might be explained by the fact that the preservice teachers who participated in this study were migrants and suffered some form of discrimination because of their difference. Yet, in their teaching practice, they could not escape the functional paradigm of culture (Martin & Nakayama 2010), possibly because of a lack of support and alternative models (see Young and Sachdev 2011). Relatedly, research participants admitted that they were not satisfied with their competencies in adopting an intercultural approach in their teaching. It is also possible that this is due to weak and ambiguous messages about what intercultural education is about, which impedes the impact of policy on practice. Based on these findings, I have developed a philosophical foundation for intercultural education. References Banks, JA & Banks, CM 2020, Multicultural Education: Issues and Perspectives, 10th edn, John Wiley & Sons. Barili, A & Byram, M 2021, ‘Teaching intercultural citizenship through intercultural service learning in world language education’, Foreign Language Annals, vol. 54, no. 3, pp. 776–799. Ben-Ari, A & Strier, R 2010, 'Rethinking cultural competence: What can we learn from Levinas?', The British Journal of Social Work, vol. 40, no. 7, p. 2155–2167. Bossio, F 2018, 'Intercultural education as a phenomenological paradigm of responsibility and care', Encyclopaideia, no. 50, p. 93–101. Crozet, C 2016, 'The intercultural foreign language teacher', in M Dasli & RA Diaz (Eds), The Critical Turn in Language and Intercultural Communication Pedagogy: Theory, Research And Practice, Routledge, London. Ferri, G 2014, 'Ethical communication and intercultural responsibility: a philosophical perspective', Language & Intercultural Communication, vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 7–23 Ferri, G 2018, Intercultural Communication: Critical Approaches and Future Challenges, Palgrave Pivot, Palgrave Macmillan. Gadamer, HG 1976, Philosophical Hermeneutics, University of California Press, Berkley/Los Angeles. Gorski, PC 2008, 'Good intentions are not enough: A decolonizing intercultural education', Intercultural Education, vol. 19, no. 6, pp. 515-25. Heidegger, M 1962, Being And Time / Martin Heidegger; Translated by John Macquarie & Edward Robinson, Harper & Row. Korthagen, F 2017, Inconvenient Truths About Teacher Learning: Towards Professional Development 3.0, Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, vol. 23, no. 4, pp. 387-405. Korthagen, FAJ & Vasalos, A 2010, Going to the Core: Deepening Reflection by Connecting the Person to the Profession, Springer US, Boston, MA. Korthagen, F 2004, 'In search of the essence of a good teacher: Towards a more holistic approach in teacher education', Teaching and Teacher Education, vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 77-97. Lévinas, E 1979, Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority. Translated by Alphonso Lingis. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. Sobre, MS 2017, 'Developing the critical intercultural class-space: Theoretical implications and pragmatic applications of Critical Intercultural Communication Pedagogy', Intercultural Education, vol. 28, no. 1, pp. 39-59. Starkey, H 2007, 'Language education, identities and citizenship: Developing cosmopolitan perspectives', Language and Intercultural Communication, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 56-71. Tarozzi, M 2014, 'Building an “Intercultural Ethos” in teacher education', Intercultural Education, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 128-142. Young, TJ & Sachdev, I 2011, 'Intercultural communicative competence: Exploring English language teachers’ beliefs and practices', Language Awareness, vol. 20, no. 2, pp. 81-98. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 09 B: Biographies, life stories, belongings and person-centred approaches to social justice studies in education Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Exploring Qualitative and Quantitative Differences in Learning Among Low-educated Adults: a Person-oriented Approach Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium Presenting Author:As lifelong learning (LLL) is a significant condition for employability, social inclusion and active citizenship, the European Council has been emphasizing the importance of adult learning for the last two decades (European Commission, 2001; 2016; 2019). While good-quality motivation and good-quality learning strategies are important determinants of continued learning in adulthood (European Commission, 2016; Lüftenegger et al., 2012), learning processes in adult education are an understudied terrain, especially among low-educated adults, who we can expect to be insufficiently developed in these learning skills. Educational psychological research agrees that learning is a complex interplay of motivation, regulation and cognitive processing and, regardless of the age of the studied population, individual differences in learning quality exist (Vermunt & Donche, 2017). It can therefore be expected that also low-educated adults should not be considered a homogeneous group of learners, but learner profiles, differing in the quality of learning motivation and use of learning strategies, may be present. In person-oriented research, motivation and learning strategies have so far mainly been studied separately, rather than as an integrated whole. Yet literature points to the strong reciprocal relation between the two components, in which neither motivation nor learning strategies are the protagonist (e.g., Alexander, 2017). For this reason, the current study seeks to answer the question of which qualitatively different learner profiles exist among low-educated adults, based on learning motivation and learning strategies used, investigating both components, relative to each other. Learning motivation is conceptualized in this study according to Deci and Ryan's (2000) Self-Determination Theory (SDT), in which quality is understood as the degree to which behaviour is self-determined. Amotivation is situated at the lower end of the SDT-continuum, which is the same as a lack of motivation. Next on the continuum are various forms of extrinsic motivation. The least self-determined form of extrinsic motivation is external regulation. This behaviour is initiated by external pressure, such as rewards or power. Introjected regulation refers to behaviour that is self-imposed, such as behaviour to avoid guilt or boost the ego. The third and most self-determined form of extrinsic motivation, is identified regulation. It refers to behaviour that is posed because the learner finds it valuable. At the very top of the continuum is intrinsic motivation which refers to behaviour that stems from inherent interest or pleasure. The distinction in quality for the component of learning strategies is conceptualized according to the Learning Patterns Model (LPM)(Vermunt & Donche, 2017). Students tending toward a meaning-oriented learning pattern process learning content in a deep way, combined with a high degree of self-regulation strategies. Students with an application-oriented learning pattern prefer to make connections to concrete situations and prefer both self- and external regulation strategies. Students with a reproduction-oriented learning pattern process in a surface manner and prefer strong external regulation by the learning environment. Students can be identified lacking any regulation strategies and using few to none processing strategies and whom the model labels as the undirected learning pattern. The former two patterns are considered good-quality patterns, while the latter patterns are considered poor-quality learning. Although both theories have a tradition of variable-oriented research, person-oriented studies have increasingly appeared to distinguish between individual quality. For each component of learning (motivation, regulation and processing strategies), typically, four profiles are found, differentiating between a high- versus low-quantity and a good- versus poor-quality profile (e.g., Cents-Boonstra et al., 2019; Shum et al., 2023). Based on the insights of earlier person-oriented research, we hypothesize learning profiles among low-educated adults to be distinct not only in terms of quality but also in terms of quantity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Context and participants The present study was conducted in six institutions for adult education in Flanders (northern part of Belgium). To reach the target population of low-educated adults, we compiled a convenience sample of 512 adults participating in a second-chance education program, allowing every participant to complete the survey during class hours. 2. Instrument and measurement Motivation, regulation and processing strategies were measured by means of a paper and pencil version of the LEarning and MOtivation questionnaire (LEMO, Donche et al., 2010), a 49-item self-report inventory including 15 items measuring learning motivation based on SDT (Deci, & Ryan, 2000) and 34 items measuring regulation and processing strategies, as conceptualized in the LPM (Vermunt & Donche, 2017). All items were measured on a seven-point Likert scale to reduce ceiling effects and ranged for motivation from one (totally disagree) to seven (totally agree) and for regulation and processing strategies from one (never) to seven (always). Inspection of the psychometric properties showed acceptable construct validity and reliability of the different scales (motivation (CFI = .92, RMSEA = .08, SRMR = .06)(.70<α<.89); regulation strategies (CFI = .87, RMSEA = .08, SRMR = .07)(.69<α<.78); processing strategies (CFI = .91, RMSEA = .06, SRMR = .06)(.66<α<.73). 3. Data analysis To distinguish learning profiles, a latent profile analysis was conducted. To evaluate how many groups best describe the data, typically, LPA uses several information criteria. As multiple information criteria can point to different conclusions, we mathematically combined different model fit criteria (AIC, AWE, BIC, CLC, and KIC) into a composite relative importance vector (C-RIV), with the highest value representing the model with the most optimal number of profiles (Akogul & Erisoglu, 2017). For LPA, inspection of missing data, outliers and normality of the distributions is recommended (Spurk et al., 2020). This resulted in the use of multiple imputation of missing values, removal of multivariate outliers using the Mahalanobis distance indicator and log-transformation of highly skewed scales. Key variables were standardized by rescaling to z-scores. All analyses were carried out in the statistical software R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analyses revealed for the motivational component the four expected profiles. A distinction was made between a high-quantity profile (25.14%), a low-quantity profile (18.08% ), a good-quality profile (40.11%) and a poor-quality profile (16.67%). For the variables measuring regulation strategies, a two-profile solution proved most optimal. Both profiles are particularly distinct in their scores on self-regulation strategies. The profiles were labelled self-regulated profile (62.15%) versus unregulated profile (37.85%). For the processing scales, the five-profile solution yielded the most optimal results. Of the profiles found, 4 of 5 are quantitatively distinct, scoring either relatively high or low on all processing strategies. We labelled these profiles active (21.47%), moderately-active (49.15%), moderately-inactive (19.21%) and inactive profile (4.80%). The fifth, but underrepresented profile was labelled deep profile (5.37%), because of its relatively low levels of surface processing strategies and relatively high levels of deep processing strategies. When integrating the three components of learning, five motivational-learning profiles could be retrieved. For the learning strategies component in these profiles there is little variation in quality: the mean scores are either relatively high, moderate or low. In other words, homogeneous subgroups of learners can only be discerned in the quantity of learning strategies used. A distinction in quality however, was made for the motivational component in these integrated profiles. Results showed that patterns found in this study are very similar to motivational-learning profiles identified among primary school students (Heirweg et al., 2019). Previous longitudinal person-oriented studies suggested that the high-quantity learning profiles have the potential to further evolve into good-quality profiles by gaining more learning experiences (e.g., Vanthournout et al., 2009). This developmental hypothesis may hold true for low-educated adults who often did not have had a trouble-free prior educational trajectory and where further development in good-quality learning strategies and motivation is possible. References Alexander, P.A. (2017). Issues of Constructs, Contexts, and Continuity: Commentary on Learning in Higher Education. Educational Psychology Review, 29(2), 345–351. Akogul, S., & Erisoglu, M. (2017). An Approach for Determining the Number of clusters in a Model-Based Cluster Analysis. Entropy, 19(9), 452. Cents-Boonstra, M., Lichtwarck-Aschoff, A., Denessen, E., Haerens, L., & Aelterman, N. (2019). Identifying motivational profiles among VET students: differences in self-efficacy, test anxiety and perceived motivating teaching. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 71(4), 600–622. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Donche, V., Van Petegem, P., Van de Mosselaer, H., & Vermunt, J. (2010). LEMO: een instrument voor feedback over leren en motivatie. Plantyn: Mechelen. European Commission (2001) Making a European Area of Lifelong Learning a Reality. European Commission COM 678 final. Available at: http://aei.pitt.edu/42878/1/com2001_0678.pdf (accessed January 30, 2024). European Commission (2016) on Upskilling Pathways: New Opportunities for Adults (2016/C 484/01). Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=OJ:JOC_2016_484_R_0001 (accessed January 30, 2024) European Commission (2019) Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office (2019) https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540 (accessed January 30, 2024) Heirweg, S., De Smul, M., Devos, G., & Van Keer, H. (2019). Profiling upper primary school students’ self-regulated learning through self-report questionnaires and think-aloud protocol analysis. Learning and Individual Differences, 70, 1555-168. Lüftenegger, M., Schober, B., Van de Schoot, R., Wagner, P., Finsterwald, M., & Spiel, C. (2012). Lifelong Learning as a goal - do autonomy and self-regulation in school result in well prepared pupils? Learning and Instruction, 22, 27-36. Shum, A., Fryer, L.K., Vermunt, J.D., Ajisuksmo, C., Cano, F., Donche, V., Law, D.C.S., Martínez-Fernández, J.R., Van Petegem, P., & Yu, J. (2023). Variable- and Person-centred meta-re-analyses of university students' learning strategies from a cross-cultural perspective. Higher Education. Spurk, D., Hirschi, A., Wang, M., Valero, D., & Kauffeld, S. (2020). Latent profile analysis: A review and “how to” guide of its application within vocational behavior research. Journal of Vocational behavior, 120, Article 103445. Vanthournout, G., Donche, V., Gijbels, D., & Van Petegem, P. (2009). Alternative data-analysis techniques in research on student learning: Illustrations of a person-oriented and developmental perspectives. Reflecting education, 5(2), 35-51. Vermunt, J. D., & Donche, V. (2017). A Learning Patterns Perspective on Student Learning in Higher Education: State of the Art and Moving Forward. Educational Psychology Review, 29(2), 269–299. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Differentiated Spaces- Negotiations of racialized Belonging and Inclusion in a Danish high school Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:When you enter the Southsea high school, you enter an open area called the “lounge”. The lounge is a place you pass through, but it also serves as a place to hang out, meet other students and to take a break and rest in the comfort of the sofas. Everybody knows and notices that the lounge is primarily populated by the racialized minoritized students. The white students hang out in the canteen. This resonates with Beverly Daniel Tatum’s classic and poignant question ‘Why are all the Black Kids sitting together in the cafeteria?’ (Tatum 1997). In this paper I wish to follow another but related question, investigating the internal logics and negotiations of the majoritized white students and the minoritized racialized students in how they make sense of the ways in which they can take up space in the high school - and in society in general. I conceptualize racialization as an affective process (Ahmed 2012, Zembylas 2015, Manning 2023) of differentiation (Deleuze 1990, Massumi 2009) to understand the affective, spatial and embodied experience of standing out, blending in or passing as a racialized Other. Educational contexts and inclusion are seen as connected to how spaces are able to embody some bodies and not others as naturally belonging (Puwar 2004, Ahmed 2012). Based on group interviews utilizing the creative methodology of identity mapping (Futch & Fine 2014, Jaffe-Walter & Khawaja 2022) with students from both the lounge and the canteen, I ask how they negotiate their sense of embodied and spatialized belonging in relation to each other and the spaces they can inhabit. The analysis shows how the students are actively engaged in creating inclusive spaces for themselves within and beyond the high school in a political and societal backdrop where high schools with high numbers of racialized minoritized students are seen as “ghetto schools” and problematized as less successful schools in terms of achieving integration and social cohesion. This paper sheds light on how the students themselves negotiate a sense of social cohesion and community and how it links to their sense of belonging in school and, more generally, in society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on group interviews utilizing the creative methodology of identity mapping (Futch & Fine 2014, Jaffe-Walter & Khawaja 2022) with students from both the lounge and the canteen, I ask how they negotiate their sense of embodied and spatialized belonging in relation to each other and the spaces they can inhabit. Identity mapping invites the subject into a space of active, projective and visual imaginary – imagining oneself in different spaces and relations. The students have a blank piece of paper and different coloured markers in front of them and are asked to draw and visualise spaces and relations they relate to and feel they belong in/with. The paper shows how this method especially is suitable to capture the embodied and affective experiences of (non)belonging, sense of inclusion and racialization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper sheds light on how both ethnic minoritized and majoritized students reflect on and negotiate their sense of belonging in the high school context - bringing a youth centered perspective on an issue that most often is problematized by school leaders and policy makers in regard to a concern of segregation, lack of integration and inclusion in schools. This paper shows how, what might seem as segregation, in fact is about creating a sense of social cohesion and community amongst the students. This links to the students ways of negotiating a sense of belonging in school and, more generally, in society. References Ahmed, S. (2012) On being included- Racism and diversity in institutional life, London, Duke University Press. Deleuze, G. (1990) Negotiations. New York, Columbia University Press Futch, V. A., & Fine, M. (2014). Mapping as a method: History and theoretical commitments. Qualitative Research in Psychology 11(1), 42–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2012.719070 Jaffe-Walter, R., & Khawaja, I. (2022). “Why Do I Live Here?”: Using Identity Mapping to Explore Embodied Experiences of Racialization . In (Re)Mapping Migration and Education: Centering Methods and Methodologies (pp. 112-133). Brill. Manning, E. (2023) The being of relation, eFlux journal, Issue #135, April 2023, retrieved May 2023 https://www.e-flux.com/journal/135/529855/the-being-of-relation/ Massumi, B. (2009) Micropolitics : Exploring Ethico-Aesthetics. Inflexions: A Journal for Research-Creation. No. 3. October 2009. www.inflexions.org Puwar, N. (2004). Space invaders: Race, gender and bodies out of place. Oxford and New York, NY: Berg Publishers. Tatum, B. D. (1997). "Why are all the black kids sitting together in the cafeteria?" Basic Books/Hachette Book Group. Zembylas, M. (2015) Rethinking race and racism as technologies of affect: theorizing the implications for anti-racist politics and practice in education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 18:2, 145-162, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2014.946492 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Exploring the Education of Newly Immigrated Students: A Qualitative Study on Organizational Approaches and Challenges in German Secondary Schools University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The intersection of education and immigration presents a multifaceted and dynamic landscape that significantly influences both individuals and societies. Schools serve as essential platforms, equipping immigrant students with the necessary linguistic, cultural, and academic skills. They play a crucial role in shaping a sense of belonging and civic engagement among immigrant youth. Despite these benefits, challenges such as language barriers and socio-economic disparities persist. Recognizing these challenges, inclusive educational policies are imperative to address the diverse needs of immigrant populations. Research into the impact of immigration on school systems is crucial for developing effective strategies and ensuring equitable educational opportunities for all. As global migration trends persist, understanding the interplay between schools and immigration is essential for building inclusive and culturally rich societies. Within the framework of this research project, the school organizational practices related to the establishment of preparatory measures for newly immigrated students and their transition into regular classes in secondary education are examined. Concerning the development of schools and school culture, the study delves into questions regarding the extent to which the establishment of preparatory classes for newly immigrated children and adolescents entails structural changes towards intercultural openness in the school. It also investigates whether a school with already implemented measures for intercultural school development shows different ways of organizing the education of newly immigrated students. Factors such as the criteria underlying past decisions on organizing the education of newly immigrated students are considered, and the possible explanations for differing processes and routines in the school are explored (Herrmann 2017). This includes examining the orientation patterns and positionalities of school management and teachers regarding migration-related heterogeneity and diversity in general. This research project also aims to investigate how teachers perceive dealing with diversity as a professional task. Secondly, it explores how appropriate conditions for this task can be achieved (Tillmann 2017). Understanding diversity as a pedagogical opportunity and enrichment as advocated by Trautmann and Wischer (2011) is a pedagogical attitude that has not yet been embraced by a majority of teachers (Solzbacher 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a qualitative exploratory approach, as the literature review revealed a lack of studies connecting the question of schooling models to fundamental issues of (intercultural) school development. Additionally, insights into the developed practices and routines at schools from the perspective of the stakeholders are lacking. Addressing this gap allows for mapping the characteristic features of pedagogical practice in this field and distinguishing specific questions related to the establishment and teaching in preparatory classes from those concerning school development and school culture more generally. Six schools, differing in their experience with classes for newly immigrated students and in terms of school type (Gymnasium and Stadtteilschule in Hamburg), were selected for interviews. Each school was represented by one person at the school leadership level such as the principal, one responsible teacher for the coordination of preparatory classes, and one teacher mainly involved in teaching preparatory classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interviews were analyzed using qualitative content analysis following Kuckartz (2018). Of particular interest was how schools addressed organizational challenges, the significance of school climate/school culture in this context, and in which areas there was room for improvement. Different typologies are expected to emerge, serving as a framework for further work in this area and for practical guidance in schools. The results are embedded within the framework of the trilemmatic inclusion theory (Boger 2017). The findings of this study contribute valuable insights to understanding how the trilemmatic inclusion theory operates in the context of education and immigration. By examining the interplay between these factors, I aim to provide a theoretical foundation for designing inclusive policies and practices that cater to the diverse needs of immigrant students, fostering a more comprehensive and effective approach to their educational journey. References Boger Mai-Anh (2017): Theorien der Inklusion – eine Übersicht. Zeitschrift für Inklusion Online 1. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/413/317. Herrmann, Joachim (2017): Discussion failed! Hinweise an die deutschsprachige Schulentwicklungsdiskussion zu „failing schools“ aus einer Hamburger Perspektive. In: Manitius, Veronika/ Dobbelstein, Peter (Hrsg.): Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen. Waxmann, Münster, S. 240-265. Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Cpmputerunterstützung. 4. Auflage, Beltz Juventa, Weinheim. Solzbacher, Claudia (2008): Positionen von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern zur individuellen Förderung in der Sekundarstufe I – Ergebnisse einer empirischen Untersuchung. In: Kunze, Ingrid/ Solzbacher, Claudia (Hrsg.): Individuelle Förderung in der Sekundarstufe I und II. Schneider Verlag Hohengehren, Baltmannsweiler, S. 27-42. Tillmann, Klaus-Jürgen (2017): Heterogenität – Ein Grundproblem der Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. In: Paseka, Angelika et al. (Hrsg.): Schulentwicklung zwischen Steuerung und Autonomie. Beiträge aus der Aktions-, Schulentwicklungs- und Governance-Forschung. Waxmann, Münster, S. 71-83. Trautmann, Matthias/ Wischer, Beate (2011): Heterogenität in der Schule. Eine kritische Einführung. VS Verlag, Wiesbaden. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Behind Bars and Beyond: Milestones and Important Events in Life Stories from Prison Education in Ireland and Greece University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:This presentation delves into the life stories of individuals engaged in education within the context of prison life, focusing on experiences in both Ireland and Greece. Positioned within a broader project on the lived experience of prison education, this research draws theoretical inspiration from key concepts in recognition theory, identity formation, and critical adult education, rooted in the works of Axel Honneth (1996, 2003, 2012) and Paulo Freire (2000, 2005). By interweaving these foundational theories, the overarching aim was to critically examine the multifaceted aspects of identity formation and the relationships created in the unique environment of prison education. Of particular interest is the lasting impact of these dynamics on individuals post-release. The theories of recognition and identity formation offer valuable insights into the development of self-awareness and the negotiation of identities within the prison education setting. Furthermore, critical adult education theories bring into sharp focus transformative learning, agency, and praxis, by viewing education as a means to address social inequalities and take action for social justice. The central research question guiding this exploration is: What are the significant events and milestones identified by individuals participating in prison education as learners in their narratives? This question is approached through the lenses of recognition and transformation, employing the theories above to deepen our understanding of the complex interplay within the prison education environment. Considering that all participants in both countries were early school leavers, examining key factors influencing early school leaving within the Irish context is essential. According to Tusla – the Child and Family Agency in Ireland (2007), some of these factors include: a) Sense of belonging: Students who feel alienated and have reduced participation in school are more likely to drop out, b) Attitude toward school: Beliefs and attitudes that students hold toward school significantly impact their likelihood of dropping out, more specifically, factors such as locus of control (feeling in control of one's actions and outcomes) and motivation to achieve are crucial predictors of dropout rates. And c) Stressful life events: Increased levels of stress and the presence of stressors, such as financial difficulty, health problems, or early parenthood, can be associated with higher rates of early school leaving. These challenges can negatively impact a student's ability to cope with school demands, leading to disengagement. Indeed, all these factors emerged in the participants’ narratives when reflecting on important events and milestones surrounding their re-engagement in education while serving their time. Overall, this presentation contributes to the growing discourse on social justice and intercultural education by shedding light on the nuanced experiences of individuals in prison education, by presenting their voice and their stories the way they narrated them and providing insights on education for social justice.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore these questions, a narrative inquiry approach was employed, conducting 14 life-story interviews in both Ireland and Greece. The participants were individuals who had spent time in prison and had re-engaged in education while incarcerated. All participants were post-release, with varying durations after release, ranging from a few weeks to more than 10 years. This diversity in post-release periods provided valuable insights into the various ways individuals acted on their educational outcomes. Thematic analysis and elements of the voice relational approach were employed in the analysis. For the narrative thematic analysis, the basis was formed by the work of narrative analysis scholars, such as Riessman (1993, 2008), Clandinin and Connelly (2000), and for the voice relational approach the framework relied on Clough, Goodley, Lawthom and Moore (2004). The use of life stories as a research tool will be explored and examined, emphasising its effectiveness in capturing the intricate and nuanced experiences of the participants. Issues that bring into focus positionality and reflexivity are also discussed. This discussion will also address pertinent issues related to positionality and reflexivity, shedding light on the researcher's stance and self-awareness in the process. It is important to note that the study does not aim to directly compare systems and institutions. Instead, it embraces a culturally sensitive approach. Consequently, insights into differences within the systems and structures of both countries emerged organically, only when necessary and prompted by the participants' narratives. The primary focus of this research is the stories and life trajectories of the individuals who participated in the fieldwork. By adopting a narrative approach, the study acknowledged the importance of stories in human thinking, meaning-making, and identity construction. Narrative inquiry was chosen as the most suitable method to capture and analyse the personal lived experiences of individuals who had experienced incarceration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed key themes, highlighting the significance of moments of recognition within educational encounters, as well as the process of self-transformation by emphasising agency and empowerment, and the influential role of significant others throughout the educational journey. This presentation focuses on one of the main themes that emerged from the analysis—this is the Milestones and Important Events in the participants' life trajectories. More specifically, within the prison system, the pursuit of education unfolds through narratives that reveal a series of turning points and milestones profoundly influencing participants' educational journeys. These pivotal moments play a critical role in shaping their perspectives on learning and sense of self, representing significant experiences where participants recognise their importance and the changes they bring to their life journeys. Within this theme of Milestones and Important Events, two subthemes are analysed. More specifically these subthemes include, firstly, the re-engagement in education and the transformative moment when motivation becomes genuine and sustainable. Secondly, there is an exploration of a different way to exist in the world, allowing participants to reclaim their educational potential. In addition to the exploration of this theme and subthemes, the conclusions link the findings to policy recommendations for adult education in prison. These experiences of the participants align with the principles of critical adult education, emphasising the importance of recognising adult learners as complete beings with valued previous experiences and viewing education as an act of love and empowerment (Freire, 2000). By valuing individuals' identities and perspectives, liberating education nurtures a transformative educational encounter where learners and educators collaborate in shaping the world through knowledge, understanding, and mutual respect. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Clough, P., Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., & Moore, M. (2004). Researching Life Stories: Method, Theory and Analyses in a Biographical Age (1st ed.). Routledge Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed. (30th Anniversary edition). New York: Continuum Freire, P. (2005). Education for critical consciousness. New York: Continuum. Honneth, A. (1996). The Struggle for Recognition: The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. Cambridge: The MIT Press. Honneth, A. (2003). Redistribution as recognition: A response to Nancy Fraser. In N. Fraser & A. Honneth, Redistribution or Recognition: A Political-Philosophical Exchange, 110-197. New York: Verso. Honneth, A. (2012). The I in we studies in theory recognition. Cambridge: Polity Press. Riessman, C. K. (1993). Narrative Analysis (Qualitative Research Methods) (1st ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc. Riessman, C.K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Tusla - Child and Family Agency (Ireland). (2007). The School Completion Programme: Guidelines on Identifying Young People at Risk of Early School Leaving. Dublin. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 08 SES 09 A: Understanding Wellbeing and Mental Health Promotion: Critical Perspectives Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Monica Carlsson Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Conceptualizations of Wellbeing in Schools: Insights from a Literature Review Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:While the idea that schools play a significant part in sustaining and promoting student wellbeing has a long history, the formulation of wellbeing as a specific and explicit goal of schooling is a relatively recent phenomenon (Carlsson, 2022; McLellan et al., 2022; Weare & Gray, 2003). A recent systematic review focusing on bibliometric and network analysis of the literature on wellbeing in school contexts during the period 1978–2018 points to a typical pattern of an emerging discipline, with an initial 15-year inception period followed by a 10-year consolidation period and then a decade of rapid exponential growth in the quantity of research (Hernández-Torrano, 2020). The notion of school-based wellbeing is typically construed as ‘being well’, or as having an optimal psychological experience and functioning, positively associated with students’ motivation, learning and academic achievement (Adler 2017; Bücker et al. 2018; Suldo et al. 2011). A decade ago, Huebner and colleagues (2014) synthesised the evidence of the key school factors connected with students’ wellbeing and concluded that interpersonal interactions, students’ sense of security, opportunities for participation, and various organizational practices all contribute to wellbeing. Typically, the emphasis of research has been on examining the effects of wellbeing programmes on students’ academic outcomes or mental health (e.g. Barry et al. 2017; Daniele et al. 2022). In contrast, in this systematic narrative literature review, we aimed to portray the broader spectrum of theoretical and empirical perspectives and ongoing debates related to wellbeing in primary and lower secondary schools (students aged 6-16 years). The review focused on the following questions: How is wellbeing in primary and lower secondary schools framed (conceptually) and addressed (methodologically) in the literature? What factors and dynamics within the school environment affect students’ school wellbeing? What characterises interventions /programmes/initiatives aimed at promoting students’ wellbeing at school? What are the perspectives on wellbeing of teachers and students? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted systematic search in international and Scandinavian research databases. The international databases included ERIC, PsychInfo and Scopus. The Nordic databases included Bibliotek.dk, Libris and Bibsys (Oria).The search terms were as follows (in English and translated/adapted into Danish, Norwegian and Swedish: Wellbeing* OR well-being* OR "quality of life*" OR thrive* OR "mental health*") AND lv("secondary education" OR "elementary education" OR "grade 2" OR "primary education" OR "grade 3" OR "grade 4" OR "grade 5" OR "grade 1" OR "grade 10" OR "intermediate grades" OR "grade 6" OR "grade 7" OR "middle schools" OR "grade 8" OR "junior high schools" OR "grade 9") AND PEER. The inclusion criteria were as follows: Publication year 2012-2022; Language: English, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian; Peer-reviewed; 'Grey literature' (Danish); Book chapters (available online); Wellbeing interventions targeted at students aged 5-16 years; Analyses of the concept of wellbeing in a school context; Methods for promoting wellbeing in school; The importance of the school environment for student wellbeing; Teacher perspectives on wellbeing; Student perspectives on wellbeing. We excluded the studies that did not fulfil the inclusion criteria. Furthermore, we excluded the studies where the school simply functions as a location for the research; Studies that aim to validate wellbeing scales and other measurement instruments; Studies that focus exclusively on particular groups or themes (e.g. ADHD diagnoses, migrants or refugees, minorities, LGBTEQ+, trauma, sport and physical activity, school gardens, COVID, special needs); Studies that primarily deal with the well-being of teachers or other professionals; External stakeholders' perspectives on school wellbeing; Clinical studies of mental health. The initial search resulted in 14836 papers, 11914 were screened after removing duplicates, 1966 were selected based on reading titles and abstracts, 319 were selected for full text reading, and finally, 159 studies met the inclusion criteria and were included in the narrative analysis and synthesis. Two researchers (the authors of this paper) validated the selection process, extraction and condensation of the data and the analysis. In addition, a practice advisory board provided feedback on the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the review we identified three central understandings of wellbeing at school: a) Wellbeing as skill and competence Wellbeing-promoting efforts in school that are based on this understanding can be social-emotional approaches (SEL), resilience-based approaches and approaches based on the regulation of emotions. The common element is that wellbeing is seen as a skill or competence that students can acquire or learn, and which can thus be made the subject of teaching and learning in school. b) Wellbeing as positive feelings and relationships Wellbeing initiatives based on this understanding emphasize wellbeing as joy of life, satisfaction, self-expression and mutual, strong relationships with others and the environment, including nature. Thus, wellbeing is understood as the ability to face and read difficult life situations, rather than as a competence or skill, and wellbeing can be cultivated as part of individual formation and development. c) Wellbeing as a socio-ecological concept Interventions based on this understanding operate from the premise that wellbeing arises from a complex interplay between the individual's sense of agency and purpose in life on the one hand and broader social, material, community-oriented, environmental or societal dynamics on the other. These can, for example, be interventions that work with holistic and whole-schools approaches. In addition the review indicates that the teachers view wellbeing as an important part of their professional practice, rather than as a politically imposed strategy aimed at preventing poor wellbeing and promoting mental health. The students place emphasis on the importance of the school's physical and psychosocial environment, where both physical and mental safety are emphasized together with aesthetic surroundings, good school facilities, and mutual respect among the students and between students and the school's professionals. References Adler (2017). Well-Being and Academic Achievement: Towards a New Evidence-Based Educational Paradigm. In White, M. A., Slemp, G. R., & Murray, A. S. (Eds.) Future Directions in Well-Being. (pp. 203-208) Cham: Springer. Barry, M. M., Clarke, A. M., & Dowling, K. (2017). Promoting social and emotional well-being in schools. Health Education, 117(5), 434-451. Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83-94. Carlsson, M. (2022) Reimagining Wellbeing in Neoliberal Times: School Wellbeing as an Adjunct to Academic Performance? In: McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (eds.) Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. Springer Nature 35-48. Hernándes-Torrano, D. (2020). Mapping Global Research on Child Well-Being in School Contexts: A Bibliometric and Network Analysis (1978–2018). Child Indicators Re-search 13: 863–884 Huebner, E.S., Hills, K.J., Jiang, X., Long, R.F., Kelly, R., Lyons, M.D. (2014). Schooling and Children’s Subjective Well-Being. In: Ben-Arieh, A., Casas, F., Frønes, I., Korbin, J. (eds) Handbook of Child Well-Being. Dordrecht: Springer. Daniele K., Gambacorti Passerinia, M.B., Palmieria C., and Zannini L. (2022). Educational interventions to promote adolescents’ mental health: A scoping review. Health Education Journal, Volume: 81 issue: 5, 597-613. Suldo, S. M., Thalji, A., & Ferron, J. (2011). Longitudinal academic outcomes predicted by early adolescents’ subjective well-being, psychopathology, and mental health status yielded from a dual factor model. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 6(1), 17-30. McLellan, R., Faucher, C., & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing and Schooling: Why Are Cross-Cultural and Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives Needed? In R. McLellan, C. Faucher, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Wellbeing and Schooling (Vol. 4, pp. 1–17). Springer International Publishing. Weare, K., & Gray, G. (2003). What works in developing children’s emotional and social competence and wellbeing? DfES Publications. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Wellbeing and Wellbeing Competence as Central Teaching Goals 1Åbo Akademi University, Denmark; 2University of Southern Denmark; 3University College Lillebælt Presenting Author:This paper argues that the concern for students’ wellbeing should be seen as integral to the main objectives of teaching and education. Although student wellbeing has become an increasingly growing concern, and although it is often related to “whole-person” and “whole-school”-approaches, it is still treated mostly as a separate aspect of school life.Wellbeing is crucially important for students’ motivation and learning, across the curriculum, and achieving sufficient wellbeing is a fundamental life goal that calls for cross- and transcurricular teaching. Recent discussions of Bildung have tended to overlook or downplay the importance of subjective wellbeing, though the classical conception emphasizes that acquisition of skills and knowledge must be personally and emotionally satisfying; this is also supported by contemporary theories of flow, self-efficacy and intrinsic motivation. Drawing in part on recent research on the impact of the Covid 19-restrictions on students’ wellbeing, the paper also introduces the notion of wellbeing competence, distinguishing its different components and giving suggestions for how to foster it in the classroom.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper combines philosophical and psychological wellbeing theory, especially theories of wellbeing as value fulfilment and emotional balance (and theories of wellbeing competence), with empirical research on students' well- and ill-being and its relationship to school performance and wider life goals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Apart from showing that the classical notion of Bildung embodies a concern for wellbeing, and making a general case for student wellbeing as a central, cross- and transcurricular teaching goal, and a integral part of all teaching activities, the paper also argues that stronger and more pervasive focus on student wellbeing need not be an additional, burdensome task for teachers, but can also help strengthening teachers wellbeing (which is also an important, and often neglected, concern). References Carroll A., York A., Fynes-Clinton S., Sanders-O’Connor, E., Flynn, L., Bower, J. M., Forrest, K. & Ziaei, M. (2021). The downstream effects of teacher wellbeing programs: Improvements in teachers' stress, cognition and wellbeing benefit their students. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.689628 Engelsen, S. (2022). Wellbeing competence. Philosophies, 7(2), 42. https://doi.org/10.3390/philosophies7020042 European Commission (2021). A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and wellbeing in schools in the EU – Executive summary. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/20872 European Commission (2023). Wellbeing at school. https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/school-education/wellbeing-at-school Haybron, D. (2008). The Pursuit of unhappiness. Oxford University Press Hemberg J, Östman L, Korzhina Y, Groundstroem H, Nyström L, Nyman-Kurkiala P. (2022a). Loneliness as experienced by adolescents and young adults: an explorative qualitative study. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 27(1), 362–384 Humboldt, W. v. (1967). Ideen zu einem Versuch, die Grenzen der Wirksamkeit des Staats zu Bestimmen. [Limits of state action]. Reclam. Klausen, S. H. (2018). Ethics, knowledge, and a procedural approach to wellbeing. Inquiry, 66(1), 31–47. https://doi.org/10.1080/0020174X.2018.1529619 Klausen, S. H., Engelsen, S. & Christiansen, R. (2022). Health, disease and wellbeing. In E. Di Nucci, J.-Y. Lee & I. A. Wagner (Eds.), Handbook of bioethics (pp. 16-26). Rowman & Littlefield Tiberius, V. (2008). The reflective life: Living wisely with our limits. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199202867.001.0001 Woolf, P. & Digby, J. (2021). Student wellbeing: An analysis of the evidence. Oxford Impact. https://oxfordimpact.oup.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/Student-wellbeing-impact-study-white-paper.pdf 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper WITDRAWN The ‘Gift’ of Mental Health Programmes to Schools: Charity, Philanthropy and Anti-politics University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Philanthropy and charity are increasingly positioned as efficient means to ‘solve’ a variety of public health and public education ‘crises’. This is a new type of neoliberal “social capitalism” (Ball, 2012, p. 66) where ‘new’ philanthropists (including individuals, ‘not-for-profits’, and corporations) collaborate and use business strategies to increasingly shape school-based solutions to public health imperatives. One such public health issue that has captured the interests of philanthrocapitalists is children’s mental health. This has resulted in a diverse range of mental health programmes and resources being implemented in schools across the globe, such as a mindfulness programme in New Zealand, resilience teaching resources in the United Kingdom, mental wellbeing tracking software in Australia, an app-based emotion education programme in Ireland, and numerous others forms of intervention and ‘education’. In this paper I draw on Foucault’s (1991) notion of governmentality and Li’s (2007a) practices of assemblage to shed light how a number of organisations employ charity and philanthropy as a means to govern themselves and others. Specifically, I demonstrate how disparate organisations, including charities, local businesses, multinational corporations, social enterprises, government agencies, and philanthropic foundations, have been able to forge alignments through a shared interest in children’s mental health. This is a profitable process for those with the ‘will to improve’ (Li, 2007b), especially when these authorities are simultaneously able to (re)produce the notion of a mental health ‘crisis’ and propose their own solutions. However, even though these types of multi-sector partnerships are becoming commonplace in education and are seen to be a ‘win-win’ for multisector players, they may also be ‘dangerous’ for schools, public education, and democratic social change. This paper demonstrates how the boundaries between multiple sectors continue to be re-drawn as new forms of governance, in particular philanthropic governance, re-shapes the provision of mental health programme in schools. This makes the work of charities and philanthropists highly visible (and acceptable, even desirable) in public education, while “surreptitiously embedding forms of privatization in education systems” (Srivastava & Baur, 2016, p. 434). As Bloom and Rhodes (2018) argue, “Philanthrocapitalism is about much more than the simple act of generosity it portrays itself as, instead involving the social inculcation of neoliberal values” (p. 192). The ‘gift’ of mental health programmes to schools represents new forms of ‘hidden’ and ‘creeping’ philanthropic privatisation in education (see Ball & Youdell, 2007; Powell, 2014) – yet another chapter in “the broader assault on public and critical education and the aspirations of a critical democracy” (Saltman, 2010, p. 13). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on data collected from a range of sources, including empirical investigation, academic commentary, government reports, media releases, and curricular materials, this theoretical paper conceptualises school-based mental health programmes and resources in line with Michel Foucault’s (1991) description of the nature and function of governmentality. The notion of governmentality enables us to view government as not the sole preserve of a repressive, coercive, controlling state, but rather a modern form of government that employs various techniques in order to work ‘at a distance’ on citizen’s conduct (Rose, 1999). Using governmentality as a theoretical lens, I cast children, as both current and future citizens of advanced neoliberal societies, as specific targets of this type of governmental intervention. Foucault (1991, p. 102) argued that government is undertaken by an ‘ensemble’ of institution, authorities, and agents, using a range of technologies, strategies and discourses, in an attempt to ‘conduct the conduct’ of individuals towards definite, albeit unpredictable, ends (Dean, 2010). Following Li (2007a) and the work of other governmentality scholars (e.g. Miller & Rose, 2008), I employ the concept of the ‘governmental assemblage’ as an analytical device to explore philanthropic governance (Ball & Olmedo, 2011) and the (re)shaping of mental health programmes in schools. To analyse this governmental assemblage, I also draw on Li’s (2007a) ‘practices of assemblage’: forging alignments, where I interrogate “the work of linking together the objectives of the various parties to an assemblage, both those who aspire to govern conduct and those whose conduct is to be conducted” (p. 265); rendering technical, which encompasses “extracting from the messiness of the social world, with all the processes that run through it, a set of relations that can be formulated as a diagram in which problem (a) plus intervention (b) will produce (c), a beneficial result” (p. 265); and, anti-politics. This latter practice is critical, and a key danger of philanthrocapitalism, where vital political questions are reimagined as simply “matters of technique” (p. 265). By critically examining how the governmental assemblage ‘works’ in the philanthropic provision of mental health programmes, I am able to demonstrate how interconnected notions of charity and philanthropy bring together an array of organisations and actors that are enabled to govern both the ‘problem’ of children’s mental health and market-based ‘solutions’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the significant ‘dangers’ of philanthropy and charity in the shaping of mental health programmes in schools is that essentially political questions are reduced to ‘simple’ matters of technique as non-political solutions. Drawing on Ferguson (1984), Li (2007b) refers to this practice of assemblage as anti-politics, a practice that may work to enable authorities to “exclude the structure of political-economic relations from the diagnoses and prescriptions” (Li, 2007b, p. 7). In the case of philanthropic mental health interventions in schools, socio-political forces (such as the determinants of children’s mental health) are rendered technical. This further ensures that any failures of proposed philanthropic solutions can be re-imagined by teachers, principals, students, external providers, CEO’s, charitable trusts, and children as superficial issues, rather than fundamentally political ones (see Li, 2007b). By rendering the problem of children’s mental health both anti-political and technical, authorities are able to close down challenges to dominant discourses of mental health; discussions about the place of charities (and their private ‘partners’) intervening in public education; and resistance against powerful determinants of children’s (ill)health, such as poverty, social inequities, consumerism, and capitalism, As James Davies argues, this is a "process by which suffering is conceptualized in ways that protect the current economy from criticism—namely, as rooted in individual rather than social causes, which means we must favor self over social reform’" (Garson, 2023, para. 12). Indeed, a main conclusion of this research is that the philanthrocapitalist efforts to ‘teach’ children about mental health acts as a new form of 'mental healthism' that is deployed to protect key authorities from critique. This disguises the social forces and processes that systematically promote ill-health ‘often for private advantage’ (Crawford, 1980, p. 368), and shifts the responsibility and blame for ill-health onto individuals, including children. References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.: new policy networks and the neoliberal imaginary. Routledge. Ball, S. J., & Olmedo, A. (2011). Global social capitalism: Using enterprise to solve the problems of the world. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 10(2-3), 83-90. https://doi.org/10.2304/csee.2011.10.2. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2007). Hidden privatisation in public education (preliminary report). Institute of Education. Bloom, P., & Rhodes, C. (2018). CEO society: The corporate takeover of everyday life. Zed Books. Crawford, R. (1980). Healthism and the medicalization of everyday life. International Journal of Health Services, 10, 365-388. Dean, M. (2010). Governmentality: power and rule in modern society (2nd ed.). Sage. Ferguson, J. (1994). The anti-politics machine: ‘development,’ depoliticization, and bureaucratic power in Lesotho. University of Minnesota Press. Foucault, M. (1991). Governmentality. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon & P. Miller (Eds.), The Foucault effect: Studies in governmentality (pp. 87-104). Harvester Wheatsheaf. Li, T. M. (2007a). Practices of assemblage and community forest management. Economy and Society, 36, 263-293. doi: 10.1080/03085140701254308 Li, T. M. (2007b). The will to improve: governmentality, development, and the practice of politics. Duke University Press. Miller, P., & Rose, N. (2008). Governing the present. Polity. Powell, D. (2014). Childhood obesity, corporate philanthropy and the creeping privatisation of health education. Critical Public Health, 24(2), 226-238. https://doi.org/10.1080/09581596.2013.846465 Rose, N. (2000). Government and control. British Journal of Criminology, 40, 321-339 Saltman, K. J. (2010). The gift of education: Public education and venture philanthropy. Palgrave MacMillan. Srivastava, P., & Baur, L. (2016). New global philanthropy and philanthropic governance in education in a post‐2015 world. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), Handbook of global education policy (pp. 433-448). John Wiley & Sons. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 09 A: Analyzing the Potentials of Digitalization in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ramona Lorenz Session Chair: Rolf Strietholt Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Analyzing the Potentials of Digitalization in an Age of Uncertainty Digitalization has altered almost all areas of life and has increasingly been established in schools. The expected potentials are manifold with regard to affective variables such as increased motivation to learn, the optimization of learning processes and the improvement of students’ competencies (Voogt et al., 2018). However, research does not consistently show positive correlations between the use of digital media (e.g. different tools, purposes or frequencies) and increased outcomes. In addition, the phase of interruption of regular teaching during the COVID-19 pandemic is noteworthy, as digitalization has maintained teaching processes in many places during this time. Research on disruption of schooling has mainly shown a decline in competencies, and indicated that digitalization has not been able to help prevent a drop in competencies to the same extent in all countries (Di Pietro, 2023; Kennedy & Strietholt, 2023; König & Frey, 2022). Against this background, the papers of the symposium will examine the overarching question of what potential the use of digital media has in the classroom in an international comparison and which factors are relevant for its effectiveness. The first presentation by Simon Skov Fougt and Katja Neubert will address the debates about digitization, especially in the Nordic countries after the latest results of PIRLS and PISA showing a decline in students’ competencies. In these rather digitized countries, the decline in the competencies measured could not be fully compensated for by digitization, which was the expectation on many sides. The paper discusses an explanatory approach based on PIRLS data with a special focus on Denmark amongst the Nordic countries to the question how digitalization can nevertheless be seen as a positively influencing factor on reading literacy in fourth grade during the pandemic. The second contribution by Ramona Lorenz, Ulrich Ludewig and Nele McElvany will broaden the perspective to several European countries. Given inconsistent findings on the effects of digital media depending on the purpose of use and differences according to the socio-economic background of the students, the paper explores the question of how digital schoolwork is related to reading literacy in fourth grade and if differences between countries and between European regions can be found. With data form PIRLS 2021 a multi-group two level model with cross-level interaction shows that no systematic negative relations between digital reading and reading literacy can be found but some positive relations at specific levels or in specific countries appear. Regional differences will be discussed in depth. The third contribution by Fazilat Siddiq and Ronny Scherer consistently provides insights in how digital media should be used in a purposeful way so that digitalization can have the desired effect on students` competencies. Even if education systems worldwide have integrated digitalization, there is still a huge need for teachers to gain a better understanding and professional knowledge for implementing digital media in a reasonable manner. A theory-driven and research-based teaching program was developed to support teachers in enhancing lower secondary students` 21st century skills. By means of thematic analysis and network analysis, learning experiences within this teaching program are examined. Important implications for digitalization in schools complete the contribution. The symposium concludes with a comprehensive discussion and thorough appraisal of the three contributions by Rolf Strietholt. References Di Pietro, G. (2023). The impact of covid-19 on student achievement: Evidence from a recent meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 100530. Kennedy, A. I., & Strietholt, R. (2023). School Closure Policies and Student Reading Achievement: Evidence Across Countries. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 35, 475–501. König, C., & Frey, A. (2022). The impact of covid-19-related school closures on student achievement¬ – a meta-analysis. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 41(1), 16–22. Voogt, J., Knezek, G., Christensen, R., & Lai, K.-W. (2018). Second Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-71054-9 Presentations of the Symposium Digitalization or not?
PIRLS 2021 and PISA 2022 showed significant declines in Danish students’ reading competence (Fougt et al. 2023; Gissel 2023), as well as we internationally have seen the largest decline ever.
One proven factor here is the covid 19-pandemic (Kennedy & Strietholt 2023); however the waste majority of the public debate in Denmark following PIRLS 2021 and PISA 2022 focuses on digitalization, also at governmental level. The Danish Minister for Culture argued to abandon digitalization in schools, our Prime Minister claimed that smartphones were the biggest threat towards our children, and The Minister for Education gave a public excuse for ‘the digital experiment’ in schools. Several opinions makers and some researchers argue for screen restrictions in education (eg. Ågård, 2021; Rashid et al. 2024).
This paper challenges this standing point with the hypothesis that the waste digitalization of Danish schools and the habituation of teachers and students might have helped to prevent a larger decline in Danish students’ reading competence during the pandemic, as schools relatively easy could transfer to online teaching. The paper mainly draws on PIRLS data and focuses on the comparable Nordic Countries with the following research question: How can digitalization be seen as a positively influencing factor on students reading competence during the pandemic?
In 2022, Denmark was world ranking no. 1 for the third successive time in the latest UN E-government survey on digitalization (UN 2022). PIRLS 2016-2021 data show that Danish schools have been more digitalized for a longer time compared to all other PIRLS participants, also the other Nordic countries. Both in PISA and PIRLS we see a minor decline in students’ reading competence in Denmark as compared to the other Nordic countries, and at the same time, Denmark was by far the most school-closed country within the Nordic countries during the pandemic.
This paper discusses this explanatory approach, and it is also including development in SES and in spoken language at home as other possible explaining factors.
References:
Fougt, S. S., Neubert, K., Kristensen, R. M., Gabrielsson, R., Molbæk, L., & Kjeldsen, C. C. (2023). Danske elevers læsekompetence i 4. klasse: Resultater af PIRLS-undersøgelsen 2021. Aarhus Universitetsforlag
Gissel, S.T. (2023). PISA 2022 LÆSNING. Delrapport. VIVE https://www.uvm.dk/-/media/filer/uvm/int/231204-pisa-2022-laesning-pdf-ua.pdf
Kennedy, A. I., & Strietholt, R. (2023). School Closure Policies and Student Reading Achievement: Evidence Across Countries.
Rashid, I., Bro, K. B. & Brixtofte, M. (2024). Skærmsund. En fire-ugers guide til sundere skærmvaner. Gyldendal
UN (2022). UNITED NATIONS E-GOVERNMENT SURVEY 2022. The Future of Digital Government.
Department of Economic and Social Affairs https://publicadministration.un.org/egovkb/en-us/Reports/UN-E-Government-Survey-2022
What is the Relationship between Digital Schoolwork and Reading Literacy? Findings from PIRLS 2021 for Primary Education in European Countries
Reading literacy is an important foundation for educational achievement, social participation, and professional life. Digitalization is expanding to a considerable extent the reading opportunities that students have in their everyday lives, but also in the school context. The use of digital media is considered to have a wide range of potential benefits for learning. Nevertheless, research does not consistently point out positive effects of digital tools and e.g. has shown that digital reading, at least during leisure time, does not necessarily add to reading comprehension (Altamura et al., 2023). Other studies indicated a negative relation of the amount of daily use of digital devices with reading comprehension that could be compensated by a supportive use by the teachers within digital reading projects (Salmerón et al., 2022). Overall, international large-scale assessments show that in some countries more digital reading time in school is associated with higher reading literacy. In some education systems, however, a negative correlation is found (Lorenz et al., 2023). Furthermore, there is an ongoing discussion about the use of digital media for reading instruction and how it`s use differs between students with different socio-economic backgrounds. This discussion is driven from findings of particularly large learning deficits among children from low socio-economic backgrounds while learning digitally during the COVID-19 pandemic and on country level a larger gap between middle-income countries relative to high-income countries (Betthäuser et al., 2022).
This leads to the question on digitization for school purposes in an international comparison: What relation of digital schoolwork with reading literacy can be found in fourth grade across European countries?
Results indicate an overall positive association of the amount of digital schoolwork (finding and reading information; preparing reports and presentations) and reading literacy at the country level for all considered European countries in PIRLS 2021. Regional differences are that Northern European countries have both a higher level of digital reading for schoolwork and reading literacy, whereas Western European countries have a lower level of digital reading along with lower reading literacy. A multi-group two level model with cross-level interaction revealed effects at the class level, primarily in Eastern and Southern European countries. However, no effects at any level remain statistically significant after controlling for socioeconomic background and spoken language at home (other than test language). Results show no evidence in support of a negative association between digital schoolwork and reading literacy. Inequality between European regions will be discussed.
References:
Altamura, L., Vargas, C., & Salmerón L. (2023). Do new forms of reading pay off? A meta-analysis on the relationship between leisure digital reading habits and text comprehension. Review of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231216463
Betthäuser, B.A., Bach-Mortensen, A.M., & Engzell, P. (2022). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the covid-19 pandemic. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(3), 375–385.
Lorenz, R., Goldhammer, F. & Glondys, M. (2023). Digitalisierung in der Grundschule [Digitalization in elementary school]. In N. McElvany, R. Lorenz, A. Frey, F. Goldhammer, A. Schilcher & T. C. Stubbe (Hrsg.), IGLU 2021 – Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre [PIRLS 2021 - Reading literacy of primary school children in an international comparison and trend over 20 years] (S. 197–214). Münster: Waxmann.
Salmerón, L., Vargas, C., Delgado, P., & Baron, N. (2022). Relation between digital tool practices in the language arts classroom and reading comprehension scores. Reading and Writing, 36, 175–194. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10295-1
Students’ Reflections and Experiences with a Novel Teaching Program on Computational Thinking and Collaborative Learning - A Design-based Research Study
In recent years, several countries have undergone major curriculum revisions, which has resulted in the inclusion of interdisciplinary competence areas such as digital competence, computational thinking, critical thinking, problem solving and collaborative learning into the compulsory K-12 curricula (Erstad & Siddiq, 2023). Such overarching competence areas are oftentimes labelled 21st century skills (Voogt & Roblin, 2012). Although the intentions in the curriculum are positive, there is currently little research-based knowledge about how such competences can be taught and assessed, and teachers report lack of access to professional development and teaching materials (Erstad & Siddiq, 2022; Kravik et al., 2022). To meet some of these challenges, the TEACH21st-project (Teaching and transfer effects of 21st century skills – collaborative problem solving in digital environments) was initiated in 2019 with the aim to develop teaching materials and practices that are knowledge- (theory-driven) and research-based. More specifically, applying a teacher design team approach (Becuwe et al., 2016) teachers, teacher educators, student teachers and researchers worked together to develop a teaching resource aimed at developing lower secondary students’ computational thinking and collaborative problem-solving competences. This program has been developed, piloted and revised through several iterations.
The final teaching program includes materials (games, charts, tasks etc.) for the teachers and students, and practices (e.g., use of analogue and computer programming in combination to teach computational thinking, how to teach collaborative learning and use it as a pedagogical approach). The program consists of four modules that are built on the principles of: relevance (target learning goals in the curriculum); inclusion (all students should be able to participate independent of their previous knowledge, and provide adaptive teaching); engagement and activity (include engaging and fun tasks, involving physical activity and hands-on assignments); collaborative learning (students need to learn to collaborate and the tasks require positive dependence); and progression (the tasks move towards more advanced levels). Finally, this program has been conducted in 32 classes by their teachers (N=16) after attending a one-day professional development workshop.
In this study, we will examine how the 9th grade students (N = 460) experience learning within this teaching program. The data consist of the students' reflection notes conducted after each of the four modules and observations (N = 24 classes). The data has been analyzed through a combination of thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2021) and network analysis (Epskamp et al., 2018). Results and implications will be discussed.
References:
Becuwe, H., Tondeur, J., Pareja, R. N., Thys, J., & Castelein, E. (2016). Teacher design teams as a strategy for professional development: The role of the facilitator. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3-4).
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. London: Sage
Epskamp, S., Maris, G., Waldorp, L. J., & Borsboom, D. (2018). Network psychometrics. In The wiley handbook of psychometric testing (pp. 953–986). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118489772.ch30.
Erstad, O., & Siddiq, F. (2023). Educational assessment of 21st century skills—novel initiatives, yet a lack of systemic transformation, Editor(s): Robert J Tierney, Fazal Rizvi, Kadriye Erkican, International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition), Elsevier, 2023, Pages 245-255, ISBN 9780128186299, https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.09038-2.
Kravik, R., Berg, T., & Siddiq, F. (2022). Teachers’ understanding of programming and computational thinking in primary education – A critical need for professional development. Acta Didactica Norden. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.9194
Voogt, J., & Roblin, N.P., (2012). A comparative analysis of international frameworks for 21st century competences: implications for national curriculum policies. J. Curric. Stud. 44 (3), 299–321. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2012.668938
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 09 B: Innovative Approaches to Educational Practice and Assessment Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Leonidas Kyriakides Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Exploring Implementation of Value Added Model in Slovenia NEC, Slovenia Presenting Author:Value-added indicators are a more accurate method of assessing school performance since they eliminate more non-school factors (Meyer et al., 2017). Slovenian upper secondary schools in the General education track finishing with General Matura have been able to assess value-added measures and track changes over time since 2014. The two time points in question are achievement at the end of Grade 9, just before entering upper secondary schools, and achievement at General Matura examinations. Lower secondary schools can similarly check value-added between Grade 6 and Grade 9 (finishing grade) in different subjects since 2018. These measures are not part of any accountability scheme and are provided for schools’ self-evaluation purposes along with other achievement results. There can be many reasons, and within this presentation, we will explore the following research questions: Could the observed negative average value be associated with school composition factors (primarily the size of the school)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the mentioned research questions, we will use simple regression techniques or hierarchical linear regression where needed. Data on external examinations and national assessments to calculate value-added measures will come from the National Examinations Centre, while the data on municipalities will originate from the Slovenian Statistical Office. We will use value-added measures for the last five years to demonstrate the stability of findings over time. Data will we used and analyzed in a responsible manner to protect individual privacy and adhere to legal requirements. This is especially important since the data on whole cohorts of students will be used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Value-added models can provide important information and identify underperforming schools, as demonstrated by Ferrão and Couto in the case of Portuguese schools (2014). We expect to provide insight into the problem and either identify the causes of constant negative averages or propose further steps needed to explore and resolve the issue. As value-added measures are also present in other European countries, this research will help other researchers evaluate their value-added models and contribute to a better understanding of the field. References Cankar, G. (2011). Opredelitev dodane vrednosti znanja (Izhodišča, primeri in dileme). In Kakovost v šolstvu v Sloveniji (str. 431). (2011). Pedagoška fakulteta. http://ceps.pef.uni-lj.si/dejavnosti/sp/2012-01-17/kakovost.pdf Ferrão, M., & Couto, A. (2014). The use of a school value-added model for educational improvement: a case study from the Portuguese primary education system. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 25, 174 - 190. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2013.785436. Koedel, C., Mihaly, K., & Rockoff, J. (2015). Value-added modeling: A review. Economics of Education Review, 47, 180-195. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.ECONEDUREV.2015.01.006. Meyer, R. (1997). Value-added indicators of school performance: A primer. Economics of Education Review, 16, 283-301. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0272-7757(96)00081-7. Papay, J. (2011). Different Tests, Different Answers. American Educational Research Journal, 48, 163 - 193. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831210362589. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Using the Dynamic Approach to Promote Formative Assessment in Mathematics: Αn Experimental Study 1Department of Education, University of Cyprus; 2Centre for Educational Research and Evaluation, Cyprus Pedagogical Institute; 3Department of Secondary General Education, Cyprus Ministry of Education, Sport and Youth Presenting Author:Teachers who use assessment for formative rather than summative purposes are more effective in promoting student learning outcomes (Chen et al., 2017; Kyriakides et al., 2020). Teachers appear to acknowledge the benefit of formative assessment. However, their assessment practice remains mainly summative oriented (Suurtamm & Koch, 2014; Wiliam, 2017). This can partly be attributed to the fact that teachers do not receive sufficient training in classroom assessment (DeLuca & Klinger, 2010). Teacher Professional Development (TPD) programs intended to improve assessment practice have so far provided mixed results regarding their impact on teachers’ assessment skills (Chen et al., 2017), whereas many studies do not provide any empirical evidence on the impact of student assessment TPD programs on student learning outcomes (Christoforidou & Kyriakides, 2021). In this context, this study aims to explore the impact of a TPD course in formative assessment on improving teachers’ assessment skills and through that on promoting student learning outcomes in mathematics (cognitive and meta-cognitive). During the first phase of the study, a framework that enables the determination and measurement of classroom assessment skills was developed. This framework examines assessment looking at three main aspects. First, skills associated with the main phases of the assessment process are considered (Gardner et al., 2010; Wiliam et al., 2004): (i) appropriate assessment instruments are used to collect valid and reliable data; (ii) appropriate procedures in administering these instruments are followed; (iii) data emerging from assessment are recorded in an efficient way and without losing important information; (iv) assessment results are analysed, interpreted, and used in ways that can promote student learning; and (v) assessment results are reported to all intended users to help them take decisions on how to improve student learning outcomes. The second aspect of this framework has to do with the fact that assessment skills are defined and measured in relation to teachers’ ability to use the main assessment techniques. Specifically, the framework looks at assessment techniques by considering two important decisions affecting assessment technique selection: a) the mode of response and b) who performs the assessment. Finally, the third aspect of the framework refers to the five measurement dimensions suggested in the Dynamic Model of Educational Effectiveness (Kyriakides et al., 2020): frequency, focus, stage, quality and differentiation. These dimensions allow us to better describe the functioning of each characteristic of an effective teacher (Scheerens, 2016). Based on the theoretical framework and its dimensions, a questionnaire measuring teachers’ skills in assessment was developed. A study provided support to the validity of the instrument. It was also found that assessment skills can be grouped into three stages of assessment behaviour. These stages were used to make decisions in relation to the content and design of the TPD course which was based on the main assumptions of the DA. First, the DA considers the importance of identifying specific needs and priorities for improvement of each teacher/group of teachers. Second, it is acknowledged that teachers should be actively involved in their professional development to better understand how and why the factors addressed have an impact on student learning. Third, the DA supports that the Advisory and Research Team has should support teachers in their efforts to develop and implement their action plans. Fourth, monitoring the implementation of teacher action plans in classroom settings is considered essential. This implies that teachers should continuously develop and improve their action plans based on the information collected through formative evaluation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the beginning of school year 2019-20, 62 secondary school teachers who taught mathematics in Grades 7, 8 and 9 in Nicosia (Cyprus) agreed to participate. These teachers were randomly split into the experimental (n=31) and the control group (n=31). Randomization was done at the school level to avoid any spillover effect. Students of Grades 7, 8 and 9 of the teacher sample participated in the study. All students of two classrooms per teacher were randomly selected. Our student sample was 2588 students from 124 classrooms. Teachers of the experimental group were invited to participate in a TPD course with a focus on student assessment. Teachers of the control group did not attend any TPD course. However, they were provided the opportunity to participate in the TPD course during the next school year. Data on teacher skills and student achievement were collected at the beginning and at the end of the TPD course. The instruments used were: (1) a teacher questionnaire, (2) a battery of curriculum-based written tests in mathematics (measuring cognitive skills), and (3) a battery of tests measuring metacognitive skills in mathematics. To measure the impact of the TPD course on improving teachers’ assessment skills the Extended Logistic Model of Rasch was used to analyse the data emerged from the teacher questionnaire. Data emerged from each measurement period. Then, the Mann Whitney analysis was used to search for any differences between the control and experimental group in terms of teachers’ assessment skills at the beginning and at the end of the intervention. To measure the impact of the TPD course on improving students’ cognitive learning outcomes, multilevel regression analysis was conducted to find out whether teachers employing the DA were more effective than the teachers of the control group in terms of promoting their students’ learning outcomes in mathematics. In addition, to search for the impact of the intervention on improving students’ metacognitive learning outcomes, three separate multilevel regression analyses, one for each scale measuring regulation of cognition (i.e., Prediction, Planning, Evaluation), were also conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Wilcoxon Signed Ranks test revealed that the mean scores of teachers’ assessment skills were higher at the end of the intervention compared to their scores at the beginning of the intervention (Z=4.80, p<0.001). On the other hand, no statistically significant improvement in the skills of the control group was identified (Z=1.21, p=0.23). The Mann Whitney test did not reveal any statistically significant difference between the control and the experimental group in terms of the stage that each teacher was found to be situated at the beginning of the intervention (Z= -0.57, p=0.57). A statistically significant difference at the end of the intervention (Z=2.53, p=0.011) was found. It was observed that none of the teachers of the control group managed to move from the stage he/she was found to be situated at the beginning of the intervention to a more demanding stage. A stepwise progression was observed in the experimental group since 13 out of 31 teachers managed to move at the next more demanding stage. Moreover, the results of all four multilevel analyses revealed that the DA had a statistically significant effect on student achievement in mathematics (in both cognitive and meta-cognitive learning outcomes). The DA considers the importance of designing a course according to the specific needs and priorities for improvement of each group of teachers, unlike most ‘one size fits all’ professional development approaches. This argument has received some support since it was found that teachers’ assessment skills can be grouped into three stages. This study also reveals that teachers can improve and ultimately progress to the next developmental stage of assessment skills, by undertaking appropriate trainings. Finally, this study has shown the impact of the TPD course based on DA on both cognitive and metacognitive learning outcomes. Finally, implications for research, policy and practice are discussed. References Chen, F., Lui, A. M., Andrade, H., Valle, C., & Mir, H. (2017). Criteria-referenced formative assessment in the arts. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 29(3), 297-314. Christoforidou, M., & Kyriakides, L. (2021). Developing teacher assessment skills: The impact of the dynamic approach to teacher professional development. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70, 101051. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101051 DeLuca, C., & Klinger, D. A. (2010). Assessment literacy development: Identifying gaps in teacher candidates’ learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 17(4), 419-438. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2010.516643 Gardner, J., Wynne, H., Hayward L., & Stobart, G. (2010). Developing Teacher Assessment. McGraw-Hill/Open University Press. Kyriakides, L., Creemers, B.P.M., Panayiotou, A., & Charalambous, E. (2020). Quality and Equity in Education: Revisiting Theory and Research on Educational Effectiveness and Improvement. Routledge. Scheerens, J. (2016). Educational effectiveness and ineffectiveness: A critical review of the knowledge base. Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Springer. DOI 10.1007/978-94-017-7459-8 Suurtamm, C., & Koch, M. J. (2014). Navigating dilemmas in transforming assessment practices: experiences of mathematics teachers in Ontario, Canada. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 26(3), 263-287. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-014-9195-0 Wiliam, D. (2017). Assessment for learning: meeting the challenge of implementation, Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 25(6), 686–689. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2017.1401526 Wiliam, D., Lee, C., Harrison, C., & Black, P. J. (2004). Teachers developing assessment for learning: Impact on student achievement. Assessment in Education: Principles Policy and Practice, 11(1), 49-65. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594042000208994 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Teaching Quality In Classrooms Of Different Compositions. A Mixed Methods Approach. University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Teachers’ instruction is at the heart of education, and previous research has shown that teaching quality is important for students’ learning outcomes (e.g. Charalambous & Praetorius, 2020; Seidel & Shavelson, 2007). However, teaching is a two-way process, and less is known about how the composition of the classroom affects teaching quality (TQ). Do for instance high socio-economic (SES) classrooms receive different TQ than low-SES classrooms? To examine this, one would first need to establish whether a so-called compositional effect exists. Compositional effect refers to the effects of, for instance the classroom’s socio-economic status (SES) on student learning outcomes, over and above the effect of students’ individual SES (Van Ewijk & Sleegers, 2010). Both compositional effects and unfair distribution of high-quality teachers have been found in previous studies in a number of countries (Gustafsson et al., 2018; Luschei & Jeong, 2018; Van Ewijk & Sleegers, 2010) However, in Norway, that for a long time was considered an egalitarian society (Buchholtz et al., 2020), there is a lack of such studies. At the same time, educational inequality has increased in Norway (Sandsør et al., 2021). Hence, the overarching aim of the present study is to examine whether a compositional effect exists, and how the composition of the classrooms affects TQ. We further aim to describe more in depth what characterizes the TQ in classrooms of different compositions in Oslo where the gaps between students are larger and there are more minority students than in the rest of Norway (Fløtten et al., 2023). The following research questions were asked: 1) What is the effect of the classroom composition (in terms of SES and minority status) on students learning outcomes in science, over and above students’ individual SES and minority status (i.e. the compositional effect)? How does this differ between Oslo and the rest of Norway? 2) What is the effect of the classroom composition on TQ in science, and how does this differ between Oslo and the rest of Norway? 3) What characterizes TQ in science classrooms of different compositions in Oslo?
Theoretical framework for teaching quality. We chose The Three Basic Dimensions (TBD) framework (Klieme et al., 2009; Praetorius et al., 2018) to conceptualize TQ as this framework is the most commonly used in Europe and by the international large-scale studies (Klieme & Nilsen, 2022). TQ is here defined as the type of instruction that predicts students learning outcomes, and includes the following three dimensions: 1) Classroom management refers to how teachers manage the classroom environment and includes, for instance, preventing undesirable behaviors and setting clear and consistent rules and expectations for student behavior. 2) Supportive teaching focuses on the teacher’s ability to support students both professionally and socio-emotionally, such as providing clear and comprehensive instruction and seeing and listening to every individual student. 3) Cognitive activation includes instruction that enables students to engage in higher-level cognitive thinking that promotes conceptual understanding. Such instruction is characterized by challenging and interactive learning. The TBD is a generic framework used across subject domains. To address research question 3, and further investigate more in depth the subject-specific aspect of TQ in science, a fourth dimension from the framework Teacher Education and Development Study–Instruct (TEDS-Instruct, e.g. Schlesinger et al., 2018) was included. This framework was adapted to the Norwegian context and to the subject domain of science, and validated. The fourth dimension is called Educational structuring and refers to subject-specific aspects of instruction such as inquiry or dealing with students misconceptions in science. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and sample. The project Teachers’ effect of student learning (TESO), funded by the Norwegian Research Council, collected data through an extended version of TIMSS 2019, including a representative sample of fifth graders in Norway, a representative sub-sample of Oslo, and video observations of grade six classrooms in Oslo. The students who participated in the video observations in sixth grade, also participated in TIMSS 2019 when they were fifth graders. All students answered questioners and the TIMSS mathematics and science tests. Measures. To measure the generic TQ in the second research questions, students’ responses to the questionnaire were used. In the questionnaire, Classroom management was measured by 6 items (e.g. “Students don’t listen to what the teacher says”). Cognitive activation was measured by 5 items (e.g. “The teacher asks us to contribute in planning experiments”. Both of these were measured using a 4-point frequency scale (from Never to Every or almost every lesson). Teacher support included 6 items on 4-point Likert scales (from Disagree a lot, to Agree a lot), e.g. “My teacher has clear answers to my questions”. To answer research question 3 and provide more in-depth descriptions of TQ, the more fine-grained TEDS-Instruct observation manual (including 21 items ratted from 1 through 4) was used to rate the videos. The manual measures the same three aspects as TIMSS conceptually, in addition to educational structuring. SES was measured by students’ responses to the number of books at home (the parents’ responses to their education had more than 40% missing and was hence excluded as a SES indicator). Minority status was measured by students’ answer to how often they speak Norwegian at home. Methods of analyses To answer research questions 1 and 2, we employed multilevel (students and classes) structural equation modelling (SEM), and a multi-group approach to examine differences between Oslo and the rest of Norway. To avoid multi-collinearity, each aspect of teaching quality was modelled separately and as latent variables. Compositional effects were estimated by subtracting the within level effects from the between level effects. To answer research question 3, the questionnaires, achievements, and ratings on the videos were linked and merged to one file. Descriptives were used to crate profiles of the ratings of the video observations to describe the characteristics of TQ in classrooms of different compositions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RQ1. Compositional effects The compositional effects were all significant (p< .05) and positive. The effect of SES was 0.44 for Norway, and the multigroup analyses yielded an effect of 0.57 for Oslo and 0.31 for the rest of Norway. The compositional effects of language were 0.45 for Norway, 0.76 for Oslo and 0.45 for the rest of Norway. In other words, the compositional effects for Oslo were very high, while the compositional effects for Norway overall were in line with other Scandinavian countries (Yang Hansen et al., 2022). RQ2. Relations between classroom composition and TQ High-SES, and especially low minority classrooms, had positive and significant associations to both classroom management and teacher support. These effects were stronger in Oslo than the rest of Norway. This indicates an unfair distribution of high teaching quality to advantaged classrooms. However, for cognitive activation, there were no significant results at the class level, but a negative association between high-SES, low-minority classrooms and students’ perceptions of cognitive activation. This indicates that advantaged students perceive less challenge and interactive learning. RQ3. Characteristics of TQ Results from the video observations showed that TQ in high-SES classrooms were characterized by better classroom management, teacher support, and educational structuring than low-SES classroom, albeit with less cognitive activation. Furthermore, high SES classrooms were characterized by fewer minority students and higher achievements than low SES classrooms. These findings are in line with the results from the questionnaires. Taken together, the findings from our three research questions points to a school that contributes to increase the gap between students. Classrooms with high shares of advantaged students have access to better teaching quality than classrooms with many disadvantaged students, thus generating unequal opportunities to learn. References Buchholtz, N., Stuart, A., & Frønes, T. S. (2020). Equity, equality and diversity—Putting educational justice in the Nordic model to a test. Equity, equality and diversity in the Nordic model of education, 13-41. Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2020). Creating a forum for researching teaching and its quality more synergistically. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 67, 100894. Fløtten, T., Kavli, H., & Bråten, B. (2023). Oslo er fortsatt en delt by [Oslo is still a divided city]. Aftenposten. Retrieved from https://www.aftenposten.no/meninger/kronikk/i/dw2z8o/oslo-er-fortsatt-en-delt-by Gustafsson, J.-E., Nilsen, T., & Hansen, K. Y. (2018). School characteristics moderating the relation between student socio-economic status and mathematics achievement in grade 8. Evidence from 50 countries in TIMSS 2011. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 57, 16-30. Klieme, E., & Nilsen, T. (2022). Teaching Quality and Student Outcomes in TIMSS and PISA. International Handbook of Comparative Large-Scale Studies in Education: Perspectives, Methods and Findings, 1089-1134. Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The pythagoras study: Investigating effects of teaching and learning in Swiss and German mathematics classrooms. The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom, 137-160. Luschei, T. F., & Jeong, D. W. (2018). Is teacher sorting a global phenomenon? Cross-national evidence on the nature and correlates of teacher quality opportunity gaps. Educational researcher, 47(9), 556-576. Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B., & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: The German framework of three basic dimensions. ZDM, 50(3), 407-426. Sandsør, A. M. J., Zachrisson, H. D., Karoly, L. A., & Dearing, E. (2021). Achievement Gaps by Parental Income and Education Using Population-Level Data from Norway. https://osf.io/preprints/edarxiv/unvcy Schlesinger, L., Jentsch, A., Kaiser, G., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2018). Subject-specific characteristics of instructional quality in mathematics education. ZDM, 50, 475-490. Seidel, T., & Shavelson, R. J. (2007). Teaching effectiveness research in the past decade: The role of theory and research design in disentangling meta-analysis results. Review of Educational Research, 77(4), 454-499. Van Ewijk, R., & Sleegers, P. (2010). The effect of peer socioeconomic status on student achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 5(2), 134-150. Yang Hansen, K., Radišić, J., Ding, Y., & Liu, X. (2022). Contextual effects on students’ achievement and academic self-concept in the Nordic and Chinese educational systems. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 10(1), 16. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 A: Creativity, Preparedness and Becoming a Teacher Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marie Conroy Johnson Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Social Science Teachers and Their Training in the Context of Philosophy Palacký University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The research problem of the study is undergraduate training and preparedness of social sciences teachers with a focus on philosophy. The main research objective is to analyze how future and beginning teachers of philosophy evaluate the benefits, content and sufficiency of their undergraduate training in the field of philosophy (as a partial social science discipline) in relation to their pedagogical practice. The paper is a partial output of the author's dissertation, where other objectives are to define key terms with regard to recently published professional theoretical and empirical studies from the Czech Republic and abroad. Furthermore, the aim is to map the form and content of undergraduate training at two types of faculties – education and philosophy, and to identify the variables that have an impact on the evaluation of the preparation. Additionally, undergraduate training is analysed from the point of view of developing desirable specific competencies. Last but not least, we synthesize recommendations to improve the training. According to the OECD definition (2024), a teacher is a person whose profession involves imparting knowledge, skills and attitudes (i.e. competencies) to students that are specified in a formal curriculum. In the Czech environment, the teaching profession is defined legislatively by Act No. 563/2004 Coll., on Pedagogical staff. Unlike abroad, in the Czech Republic, the teaching profession cannot be considered a full profession because it still does not exhibit certain characteristics of a profession (e.g. the existence of a professional chamber, high social prestige and economic status, ...) (Gore & Morrison, 2001; Guerriero & Deligiannidi, 2017). Spilková et al. even describe Czech education policy as de-professionalising and de-qualifying, despite the fact that trends of increasing professionalisation of teaching can be observed worldwide (Spilková, 2016, 2023; Spilková & Štech, 2023). Undergraduate training is understood as the first stage of the development of a teacher's professional career (Průcha, 2002) and is viewed as a process of developing professional competencies, which is in line with the document Competence Framework for Graduate Teachers (MŠMT, 2023). In the Czech Republic, future teachers are mainly prepared at pedagogical or philosophical faculties, and their (teachers of 2nd level of elementary school and grammar school) takes the form of a three-year Bachelor's degree and a two-year follow-up Master's degree. The goal of undergraduate training is to equip the graduate with pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills (European Commission, 2020), but going through a formal education process does not make a graduate a great teacher. In this paper, we see student preparedness as a subjective perception or feeling. According to the authors Janišová & Strouhal (2023), being prepared for the teaching profession means being prepared for the change and variability that accompany teachers on a daily basis and can be viewed from different perspectives. The research focuses both on students and their preparedness, but also on beginning philosophy teachers and their teaching. These are qualified teachers with a social sciences approbation with less than 3 years of experience teaching philosophy as a part of the school subject Basics of Social Sciences at grammar schools (Zhong, 2017; Chudý & Neumeister, 2014). Subject didactics of philosophy is only slowly developing in the Czech environment and foreign inspirations are very valuable (e.g. the competence-based approach by Tozzi or Tiedemann). Philosophy teaching in the Czech Republic takes place mostly in one year of studies at grammar schools and this issue is not a well-explored field in the world or in the Czech Republic, therefore we consider this study to be beneficial for both subject didactics of philosophy and subject didactics of social sciences, which is also not firmly anchored. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research answers the main research question: How do beginning philosophy teachers and future philosophy teachers evaluate the benefits, content, and sufficiency of undergraduate philosophy preparation in relation to practice through a mixed research strategy. The methods of data collection are in-depth semi-structured interview and questionnaire survey. Both methods are used in accordance with generally accepted principles (Švaříček & Šeďová, 2014; Chráska, 2016). The data obtained from the interviews are analysed using grounded theory procedures (in line with Strauss & Corbin, 1998). Open and closed data are collected simultaneously and compared continuously. Finally, the data will be subjected to correlation. The following two research hypotheses are set: H1: The measure of subjectively perceived preparedness is at least a level higher for beginning philosophy teachers than this measure is for students. H2: There is a statistically significant relation between the subjectively perceived level of career preparedness in the context of subject didactics (practical preparedness and philosophical competencies) of philosophy and the type of faculty preparing teachers. Before the actual implementation of the interviews and distribution of the questionnaires, another method was used: content analysis of the teaching study programmes of social sciences in the Czech Republic. Subsequently, the syllabi of philosophy courses were analysed in order to analyse the content of theoretical undergraduate training in philosophy. For the research, the research sample consists of students of social sciences and beginning teachers of philosophy. Data from students are collected through a questionnaire survey, and interviews are conducted with teachers. The questionnaire focuses on students' subjectively perceived preparedness (in both theoretical and practical terms), while the interview focuses more on the form of philosophy teaching and the benefits of undergraduate preparation in philosophy. Both instruments (questionnaire, interview) are of their own construction, but nevertheless build on existing instruments investigating the development of competencies or levels of preparedness. The interview is divided into the following areas: Identification and introductory questions; Undergraduate preparation with regard to philosophy; The discipline of philosophy and the teacher's expertise; Planning, leading and reflecting on teaching philosophy; Feedback and assessment in teaching philosophy; and Self-concept, professional development and collaboration. Research is based on the collection, processing and interpretation of rather subjective opinions and representation of respondents' attitudes, therefore the ethical dimension is an obvious and essential part of the work. Respondents sign an informed consent to voluntarily participate in the research, its nature, objectives and possible consequences of their participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of theoretical aspects and benefits for pedagogy, we expect the concept of professional preparedness to be established on the basis of current professional terminology and the results of empirical investigations. Furthermore, it is a review and analysis of the latest knowledge about the form and state of undergraduate preparation of future teachers, which will be led by a content analysis of currently valid accredited study programmes offering social science studies with an exclusive focus on the field of philosophy, and subsequently also individual philosophically oriented subjects. This step also provides a summary of programmes in the Czech Republic that could be useful for applicants of this type of study. As far as the application aspect is concerned, we see a huge potential of research in the possibility to reformulate, and thus improve, the undergraduate preparation at faculties that are focused on the preparation of future social sciences teachers, based on research findings, within the framework of the accreditation procedure. Another benefit is the enrichment of not only the subject didactics, but especially the subject didactics of philosophy itself, which is still looking for its anchoring and systematic development in the Czech environment (Šebešová, 2017; 2023). Last but not least, the conclusions of the thesis may inspire teachers in practice and facilitate their action in teaching philosophy. The research on this issue has not yet been supported by a sufficiently documented theoretical framework in the Czech Republic, mainly due to the unanchoredness of the discipline and subject didactics itself. References European Commission. (2020). Conference on supporting key competences development: Learning approaches and environments in school education: conference report. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/287701 Gore, J. M., & Morrison, K. (2001). The perpetuation of a (semi-) profession: Challenges in the governance of teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(5), 567–582. Guerriero, S. & Deligiannidi, K. (2017). ”The teaching profession and its knowledge base“. In Guerriero, S. (ed.). Pedagogical Knowledge and the Changing Nature of the Teaching Profession. OECD Publishing, Paris. Chráska, M. (2016). Metody pedagogického výzkumu. Základy kvantitativního výzkumu. Grada. Chudý, Š., & Neumeister, P. (2014). Začínajúci učiteľ a zvládanie disciplíny v kontexte 2. stupňa základnej školy. Paido. Janišová, M., & Strouhal, M. (Eds.). (2023). Učitelské vzdělávání a oborové didaktiky na Filozofické fakultě Univerzity Karlovy. Karolinum. MŠMT. (2023a). Competence Framework for Graduate Teachers. https://www.msmt.cz/file/61073_1_1/ (Accessed on 20 January 2024) OECD (2024). Teachers by age. doi: 10.1787/93af1f9d-en (Accessed on 29 January 2024) Průcha, J. (2002). Moderní pedagogika. Portál. Spilková, V. (2023). De-profesionalizační novela v mezinárodní perspektivě přístupů k učitelské profesi. Pedagogická orientace, 33, 12-45. Spilková, V. (2016). Přístupy české vzdělávací politiky po roce 1989: Deprofesionalizace učitelství a učitelského vzdělávání?. Pedagogika, 66(4), 368-385. Spilková, V., & Štech, S. (2023). Učitelství v ČR: ohrožená profese?. Pedagogická orientace, 33(1), 3-11. Šebešová, P. (2023). Hodnocení ve výuce filosofie jako výzva. In Janišová, M., & Strouhal, M. (Eds.). Učitelské vzdělávání a oborové didaktiky na Filozofické fakultě Univerzity Karlovy. Karolinum. Šebešová, P. (ed.). (2017). Proč a jak učit filosofii na středních školách. Antologie textů z německé didaktiky filosofie. Vydavatelství FF UK. Švaříček, R., & Šeďová, K. (2014). Kvalitativní výzkum v pedagogických vědách. Portál. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research techniques. Zhong, Y. (2017). Professional development of new teachers: the perspective of teacher learning. Teacher development research, 4, 56–61. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Investigate the Link between Psychological Capital and Teaching for Creativity in Urban and Rural Teachers 1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Teaching for creativity (TfC) is highlighted worldwide due to its crucial role in students’ learning motivation, creative performance, and academic achievement (Craft et al., 2008; Davies et al., 2013; Gajda et al., 2017). A line of research in the field of management has found that psychological capital (PsyCap) has a close relationship with individual creativity in many service settings (Huang & Luthans, 2015; Li & Wu, 2011; Rego et al., 2012; Sweetman et al., 2011). To date, few studies in education have explored whether and to what extent teachers’ PsyCap is related to their TfC behavior. To address the discussed research gaps, this study was designed to investigate the relationship between teachers’ PsyCap and their TfC behavior, by first examining the links between each of the four components of PsyCap—efficacy, hope, resilience, and optimism—and teachers’ TfC, and then by analyzing the differences in these links between urban and rural teachers. TfC emphasizes the development of creativity in students through their empowerment in the learning process. (Jeffrey & Craft, 2004; National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education, 1999). Luthans (2002) defines PsyCap as “positively oriented human resources strengths and psychological capacities that can be measured, developed, and effectively managed for performance improvement” (p. 59). From this perspective, Luthans, Avolio, et al. (2007) advanced four positive psychological resources as constituting PsyCap: efficacy, optimism, hope, and resilience. The relationship between efficacy and TfC can be addressed in three ways. Based on the previous literature, we postulated a positive relationship between efficacy and TfC. Conceptual work backed by empirical evidence indicates that hopeful individuals are apt to welcome creativity. Zhou and George (2003) argued that creativity-related performance at work requires a willingness to explore despite the possibility of failure. From this literature, we anticipated a positive association between hope and TfC among teachers. Resilience is the ability to adapt to changing contexts and life stressors, to bounce back from failure, uncertainty, and adversity, and even to move beyond resilience to achieve success (Luthans, Youssef, et al., 2007; Tugade & Fredrickson, 2004). Given that failures and challenges are inherent in creative tasks (Amabile, 1983) as well as the cultivation of student creativity (Bereczki & Kárpáti, 2018), feeling at ease in abnormal situations and persevering despite failure are prerequisites of creativity-related behavior. We postulated that the positive association between resilience and creativity found in this literature would be also applicable to TfC. Optimism refers to an individual’s generalized positive expectancy for, and attributions of, success (Scheier et al., 2001). Empirical studies have also found that optimism can enhance flexible cognition, trigger intrinsic motivation, and promote creative thinking and creativity-related performance (Fredrickson & Joiner, 2002; Sweetman et al., 2011). Based on the theory of optimism and the attendant empirical studies, we predicted that a positive association between optimism and TfC. In China, due to community poverty, isolation, and distance from the centers of political, economic, and cultural life (Sargent & Hannum, 2005), rural teachers in under-resourced schools may exhibit different features of PsyCap and face distinct challenges in TfC. we predicted that the structural relationships between efficacy, hope, resilience, and optimism to TfC are invariant across urban and rural teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample and Data Collection This study used a cross-sectional survey research design to investigate studied variables. The participants were 2,309 primary school teachers (86.6% females) in Chongqing, with a mean age of 36.18 years (SD = 8.98, ranging from 21 to 60 years) and mean years of teaching experience of 14.78 years (SD = 10.26, ranging from 1 to 40 years). An online self-reported questionnaire was used to collect the data. We contacted local educational administrators and teacher educators to obtain their approval to conduct the research in their districts, and to ask for their assistance in distributing the link and QR code of the online questionnaire to teachers. Measures PsyCap Teachers’ PsyCap was measured with the 12-item Psychological Capital Questionnaire (PCQ-12; Luthans, Avolio, et al., 2007; Luthans, Youssef, et al., 2007). TfC The items developed by Author (2021) were used to measure teachers’ TfC behavior. The participants responded to all items using a 5-point Likert scale (ranging from 1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). Data Analysis After data cleaning, descriptive statistics were computed for all the variables and Cronbach’s alpha scores were calculated to assess the internal reliability of the multi-item subscales. Independent sample T-test was used to compare differences in PsyCap and TfC between urban teachers and rural teachers. Repeated measures ANOVAs were used to examine difference in four components of PsyCap within all teachers, urban teachers and rural teachers respectively. Confirmatory factor analysis was then used to measure the construct, discriminant, and convergent validity of the scales. A measurement model was used to test the structural validity of the hypothetical model. Structural equation modelling (SEM) was performed to examine the hypothesized relationships among the studied variables, with the maximum likelihood method adopted for parameter estimation. The goodness-of-fit indices used for the model were the chi-square test (χ2), root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA; should be < .08), comparative fit index (CFI; should be > .90), Tucker–Lewis index (TLI; should be > .90), and standardized root mean square residual (SRMR; should be < .08) (Keith, 2014). To compare the relationships among the studied variables between the urban and rural groups, we tested the measurement invariance of the models. After confirming measurement invariance, the structural weights and latent means were compared. Mplus 8.0 was used for data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study mapped the associations between four components of PsyCap and TfC among urban and rural teachers. Four major findings emerged from the analyses: (1) teachers scored highest in optimism and lowest in hope, and urban teachers had higher levels of efficacy and hope than rural teachers; (2) Efficacy and Resilience were significantly related to both urbans’ and rural teachers’ TfC performance; (3) Hope was only positively associated with urban teachers’ TfC; (4) Optimism was only positively related with rural teachers’ TfC The results of this study showed that teachers reported different levels of the four components of PsyCap. Among the four components of PsyCap, hope scored the lowest and optimism the highest for both urban and rural teachers. This supports Synder’s (1994) claim that hope and optimism differ. Combining willpower with waypower, hope represents to what extent teachers are motivated and how many pathways teachers can identify for accomplishing tasks; optimism represents generally positive expectancy and attribution. The results revealed that both urban and rural teachers held a quite optimistic perspective on their work but had limited self-motivation and a relative lack of hope in terms of identifying different ways to solve problems. The present study found that urban teachers had higher levels of general efficacy and hope than their rural counterparts. Given their limited educational and social resources, poor working conditions, and worse student performance (Sargent & Hannum, 2009; Zhao et al., 2017), rural teachers may encounter more challenges and have limited access to the resources needed to solve problems; this might decrease their self-judgments of their abilities and motivation. In addition, limited teacher training and development opportunities commonly founded in the rural schools (Sargent & Hannum, 2005) may also lead to teacher constrained confidence in their abilities. References References (abridged) Amabile, T. M. (1983). The social psychology of creativity: A componential conceptualization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45(2), 357–376. Bereczki, E. O., & Kárpáti, A. (2018). Teachers’ beliefs about creativity and its nurture: A systematic review of the recent research literature. Educational Research Review, 23, 25–56. Craft, A., Chappell, K., & Twining, P. (2008). Learners reconceptualising education: Widening participation through creative engagement? Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 45(3), 235–245. Davies, D., Jindal-Snape, D., Collier, C., Digby, R., Hay, P., & Howe, A. (2013). Creative learning environments in education: A systematic literature review. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 8, 80–91. Gajda, A., Beghetto, R. A., & Karwowski, M. (2017). Exploring creative learning in the classroom: A multi-method approach. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 24, 250–267. Huang, L., & Luthans, F. (2015). Toward better understanding of the learning goal orientation–creativity relationship: The role of positive psychological capital. Applied Psychology, 64(2), 444–472. Jeffrey, B., & Craft, A. (2004). Teaching creatively and teaching for creativity: Distinctions and relationships. Educational Studies, 30(1), 77–87. Li, C. H., & Wu, J.-J. (2011). The structural relationships between optimism and innovative behavior: Understanding potential antecedents and mediating effects. Creativity Research Journal, 23(2), 119–128. Luthans, F. (2002). Positive organizational behavior: Developing and managing psychological strengths. Academy of Management Perspectives, 16(1), 57–72. Luthans, F., Avolio, B. J., Avey, J. B., & Norman, S. M. (2007). Positive psychological capital: Measurement and relationship with performance and satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 60(3), 541–572. Luthans, F., Youssef, C. M., & Avolio, B. J. (2007). Psychological capital: Developing the human competitive edge. Oxford University Press. Rego, A., Sousa, F., Marques, C., & Cunha, M. P. E. (2012). Retail employees’ self-efficacy and hope predicting their positive affect and creativity. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 21(6), 923–945. Sweetman, D., Luthans, F., Avey, J. B., & Luthans, B. C. (2011). Relationship between positive psychological capital and creative performance. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences, 28(1), 4–13. Tugade, M. M., & Fredrickson, B. L. (2004). Resilient individuals use positive emotions to bounce back from negative emotional experiences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86(2), 320–333. Zhou, J., & George, J. M. (2003). Awakening employee creativity: The rOole of leader emotional intelligence. The Leadership Quarterly, 14(4), 545–568. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Threshold to the Initial Embodiment of Becoming a Teacher Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:This research grew out of a change in pre-service teacher (PST) placement practice on one undergraduate Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programme in the Republic of Ireland because of changes made during the Covid-19 pandemic and as a response to Teaching Council policy and guidance documentation (2020a; 2020b, 2021) during that period. The Year 1 PST placement experience over the period from 2020-2022, moved from a video-recorded microteaching experience (Allen and Ryan, 1969; Arsal, 2014) teaching students from a local school in the University setting, followed by a primary school placement, to an online synchronous peer teaching placement experience (Teaching Online Programme 1 - TOP1). Post-Covid, the programme academic team re-evaluated the placement experience. Team research had found that while the TOP “offered …[a chance to build] knowledge in a safe environment where risks could be taken … with technology that might not be attempted in the classroom” (Doyle et al., 2021, p.61), it was also the case that “some student-teachers … missed the real encounter with pupils in the classroom” (Doyle et al, 2021, p.58). Considering these findings and research published in response to online teaching during Covid-19 (Donlon et al., 2022; Giner-Gomis et al., 2023; White and McSharry, 2021), the team designed and implemented a re-imagined form of PST placement practice in Year 1 of the academic year 2022-2023. The research question for this qualitative study asks: What is the process that led beginning pre-service teachers to the moment of embodiment in becoming a teacher? It is concerned with the threshold moment in the becoming of a PST as experienced in this re-imagined placement experience and how this might inform PST placement practice internationally. We acknowledge that there are many different types of PST experiences across the globe, however, this research will transfer to the becoming of a teacher whatever the format (Newman, 2023). The conceptual framework for this study comes from the concept of becoming as suggested in the work of Deleuze and Guattari (2003). They define becoming as “a threshold, a middle, when things accelerate” (p.25). We will argue that year one of ITE is such a threshold or middle. There is no beginning with becoming, only middles and muddles (St Pierre, 2013) as the PST already has images and ideas of who and what a teacher might be. However, becoming is a process in which any given multiplicity “changes nature as it expands its connections” (Deleuze & Guattari, 2003). Sellers (2013) clarifies that becoming involves a dynamic process, through/with/in which an assemblage (PST) is constantly changing through connections it is making. ITE offers a variety of spaces for the pre-service teacher to make and expand these connections both on site in the university, online and in the classroom. The concept of becoming offers the concepts of multiplicity and difference which are significant in this framework. They will help interrogate how the pre-service teacher becomes something new through the inter and intra-connections of these concepts. This understanding undercuts the importance of identity and being and disrupts the thinking of a human as stable and rational, who experiences change but remains the same person. It also undercuts the search for an “identity” for the pre-service teacher and points rather to process, movement, expansion, and confluence. Stagoll (2010) suggests “one’s self must be conceived as a constantly changing assemblage of forces, an epiphenomenon arising from chance confluences of languages, organisms, societies, expectations, laws and so on” (p.27). This study will map how teacher placement works for the first-year pre-service teacher and how it acts as a threshold for the initial embodiment of their becoming as teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following Institutional Ethical approval, data for this study were collected through the extraction of anonymous evaluations pertaining to one first year pre-service teacher professional placement module on a concurrent ITE programme in the Republic of Ireland. Pre-service teachers (N=123) submitted the evaluations after they completed a teaching online programme (TOP1) placement followed by an in-school micro-placement (MP1). The evaluation form included 29 open-ended questions that guided students to consider their overall experience of planning, preparation and practice throughout Year 1. After the removal of incomplete data, 92 evaluations remained for analysis. A reflexive thematic analysis (RTA) approach was deemed most appropriate for this study (Braun & Clarke, 2022). RTA is a valid and reliable “method for developing, analyzing and interpreting patterns across a qualitative dataset, which involves systematic processes of data coding to develop themes” (p.4). Preliminary coding involved reading all the data to get 'a sense of the whole' and then identifying initial codes (Tesch, 1990, p.96; Emerson et al., 1995). This allowed for the possibilities of patterns, themes and tentative analysis to emerge. Next, cluster coding allowed for the classification of considered patterns and inter dependency (Woods, 1986), which led to the identification of sub and core themes. In this study, a theme “captures something important about the data concerning the research question and represents some level of patterned response or meaning within that data set” (Braun & Clark, 2006, p.82). In line with the principles underpinning our thematic framework, the initial thematic map was shared with the research team. This peer-review process checked for bias, acknowledging the importance of reflexivity in the teacher-researcher role (Quinlan, 2011). Importantly, it allowed for the co-construction of final themes, which align with the authors' beliefs that analysis involves listening to many voices for collaborative meaning-making to occur (Stiggins, 1988; Van Maanen, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper proposes a new model of PST placement through a dual online and micro-placement experience for use on ITE programmes internationally. The model allows for the becoming of the PST in all their difference and singularity. The encounter with the secondary students and the context of the classroom in a school site, constructed a new awareness of who they are, a consciousness that didn’t emerge during the online experience. The process of online experience which developed their learning in planning, preparation and technology; the sharing of feedback by peers and tutors; and the adaptation and practice of lessons, provided the scaffolding for them to confront for the first time a classroom encounter with secondary students. The presence of the schoolteachers, teacher educators and tutors, to assist in their support and scaffolding, generated a safe space so that they could embody their new identity as teachers. The partnership of the university and school in building a safe environment allowed for this emergence to be visibly evident. Findings showed that this ITE programme interrupted PSTs' epistemological, ontological and axiological understanding of teacher identity. They experienced placement as a threshold, a space of new awakening in the becoming of their identity as a teacher. This becoming was encouraged through a multiplicity of experiences not only in the knowledge of planning and preparation for lessons but through their immersion into the teaching of students in classrooms in different contexts - teaching their peers online followed by teaching secondary students in two different school contexts. This threshold of TOP1 and MP1 offers the PST a moment of embodiment in their teacher becoming in which they recognized for the first time that teachers can be made. This teacher-making event generated a new respect for who and what they might become as teachers in the future. References Allen, D. W., & Ryan, K. (1969). Microteaching. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Arsal, Z. (2014). Microteaching and pre-service teachers’ sense of self-efficacy in teaching. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(4), 453–464. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage Publications Limited. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (2003). A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Donlon, E., Conroy Johnson, M., Doyle, A., McDonald, E., & Sexton, P. J. (2022). Presence accounted for? Student-teachers establishing and experiencing presence in synchronous online teaching environments. Irish Educational Studies, 41(1), 41–49. Doyle, A., Conroy Johnson, M., Donlon, E., McDonald, E., & Sexton, P. J. (2021). The role of the teacher as assessor: Developing student teacher’s assessment identity. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(12), 52–68. Emerson, R., Fretz, R., & Shaw, L. (1995). Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press. Giner-Gomis, A., González-Fernández, R., Iglesias-Martínez, M.J., López-Gómez, E. and Lozano-Cabezas, I. (2023). Investigating the teaching practicum during COVID-19 through the lens of preservice teachers, Quality Assurance in Education, 31(1), 74-90. Newman, S. (2023) What works in Initial Teacher Education? Journal of Education for Teaching, 49(5), 747-752. Quinlan, C. (2011). Business Research Methods. Cengage Learning. Sellers, M. (2013). Young Children Becoming Curriculum: Deleuze, Te Whāriki and Curricular Understandings. Routledge. St. Pierre, E. A. (2013). The posts continue: becoming. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education: QSE, 26(6), 646–657. Stagoll, C. (2010). Becoming. In A. Parr (Ed.), The Deleuze Dictionary (Revised Edition, pp. 25–27). Edinburgh University Press. Stiggins, R. J. (1988). Revitalizing Classroom Assessment: The Highest Instructional Priority. The Phi Delta Kappan, 69(5), 363–368. Tesch, R. (1990). Qualitative Research: Analysis Types and Software Tools. Falmer. The Teaching Council. (2020a). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/assets/uploads/2023/08/ceim-standards-for-initial-teacher-education.pdf The Teaching Council. (2020b). Guidance Note for School Placement 2020-2021. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/assets/uploads/2023/09/guidance-note-for-school-placement-2020-2021.pdf The Teaching Council. (2021). Guidance Note for School Placement 2021-2022. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/assets/uploads/2023/09/guidance-note-for-school-placement-2021-2022.pdf Van Maanen, J. (2011). Tales of the Field: On Writing Ethnography (Second Edition). Chicago University Press. White, I., & McSharry, M. (2021). Preservice teachers’ experiences of pandemic related school closures: anti-structure, liminality and communitas. Irish Educational Studies, 40(2), 319–327. Woods, P. (1986). Inside Schools: Ethnography in Educational Research. Routledge. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 B: Connecting Theory and Practice in Teacher Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stephen Heimans Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Facilitating Video-Based Discussion to Support the Transfer of Theoretical Knowledge into Practice in Initial Teacher Education. Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Global challenges and changes have an impact on education and increase the expectations of teachers. Supporting students with very different backgrounds, and navigating versatile learning environments require the teacher to be able to make evidence-based decisions in order to best support the learning of all students. In order to best prepare teachers to meet the demands of an ever more complex profession and ensure high quality teaching, teachers need strong theoretical knowledge and a good skill of transferring it into classroom practice. Student teachers often do not see the connection between evidence-based knowledge and its value for classroom practices (Knight, 2015), which might be the case due to their lack of transferring skills. The contextual model of teacher competences (Blömeke et al., 2015) describes teacher competence as a multidimensional construct, which consists of three facets: teachers' disposition (professional knowledge and affective-motivational aspects), situation-specific skills (perception, interpretation, decision-making, i.e PID-skills) and performance in the classroom. These three facets are in interaction with each other, where dispositions affect PID-skills and the visible behaviour in the classroom is dependent on both two. In other words, teacher PID-skills are of great importance for high quality teaching (Stahnke & Blömeke, 2021) as they function like a bridge between the teacher's knowledge and the transfer of that knowledge to classroom practices. Finding ways to support the development of teacher PID- skills is receiving more and more attention in the field of teacher education (e.g. Kleinknecht & Gröschner, 2016; Santagata et al., 2021). PID-skills are extensively researched in the field of mathematics and natural sciences (e.g. Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; Santagata & Yeh, 2016). However, studies that focus on supporting the development of PID-skills in the context of need-supportive teaching are lacking, even though supporting student motivation and engagement are important questions for every teacher (e.g. Reeve & Cheon, 2021). Thus this research provides a novel perspective on developing PID-skills in teacher education. Previous research has shown a lower quality of teacher education students interpretation and decision-making skills (e.g. Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023) referring to the inability to use theoretical knowledge in reasoning and decision-making. Student teachers primarily noticed aspects connected to teacher behavior, generalized and paid attention to less-important factors connected to need-supportive teaching, and had difficulties in basing their interpretations and decisions on theoretical foundations (Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023). Therefore the goal of our current study was to discover ways to support the development of student teachers´ interpretation and decision-making skills in the context of need-supportive teaching using video-based discussions. Previous research has confirmed that classroom videos are a suitable means for this purpose (e.g. Prilop et al., 2021). However, merely video-based observations are not sufficient for supporting skill development effectively (Estapa & Amador, 2023). It is important to guarantee targeted opportunities to practice theoretical reasoning and make decisions thereof through video-observations or case-studies (Santagata & Yeh, 2016; Stürmer, Königs & Seidel, 2013) and pay explicit attention to learning how to direct one´s reasoning based on noticed events (Barnhart & van Es, 2015). The study sought answers to the following research questions: 1. What are the levels of interpretation and decision-making skills before and after video-reflection activities in the lecture? 2. What are the connections between student interpretation and decision-making skills and their knowledge of need-supportive teaching strategies at the end of the course?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study was carried out during a TE course, where the focal topic was Self-Determination Theory (SDT) and supporting student learning and engagement. 45 first-year Master level teacher education students participated in the study. The intervention was carried out during the autumn semester of 2023/2024. Special attention was paid to giving opportunities to practice reasoning based on the noticed aspects and focusing on connecting the theory in question to practice. During 5 seminars, students had the opportunity to reflect on and discuss the videos on their own, in small groups and in a large group setting with expert feedback with the emphasis on highlighting the most important aspects in terms of the watched video-clip or providing more theoretical insight into the offered interpretations and decisions. A supporting reflection model with guiding questions was developed to better facilitate the discussions in the lecture. The data was collected in the lectures before and after interventions. A pre-intervention evaluation of interpretation and decision-making skills was carried out at the beginning of the course before SDT, and need-supportive teaching was thoroughly discussed. Coding schemes and procedures from previous research (e.g. Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; Barnhart & van Es, 2015; van Es, 2011) were adapted and validated to be used in the context of need-supported teaching (Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023). For the skills assessment, two authentic classroom videos with a length of 5 minutes each were shown to the participants, which they had to analyze based on given prompts. The analysis questions were formulated based on Chan & Yau (2021) and enabled to assess the level of their interpretation and decision-making. A post-intervention evaluation was carried out at the end of the theoretical course following the same model. In addition to the assessment of PID-skills, participants also completed a questionnaire to analyze their theoretical knowledge regarding basic psychological needs support and thwarting in the classroom created based on Ahmadi et al. (2023). Data analysis for evaluating PID-skills was carried out in several phases. First, data was coded based on the data item describing interpretation or decision-making. In the next phase, data was analyzed deductively, using coding protocols, which were created on the basis of previous research (Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; van Es, 2011). To evaluate changes in the interpretation and decision-making skills, the paired sample t-test is used and correlation analysis is carried out to find connections between student PID-skills and theoretical knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of the pre-intervention assessment shows that student teachers' interpretation and decision-making skills are of a rather low level, which corresponds to the results of the previous PID-skills assessment study (Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023). As the second round of data collection was carried out in December 2023 the data analysis is still in progress. A preliminary look at the data does reveal a shift in the levels of interpretation and decision-making, but further deep analysis is yet to be carried out. However, there is reason to be cautiously optimistic to see a better capability of teacher education students´ providing reasoning and decisions based on theoretical knowledge. Even though the study focuses on analyzing the development of PID-skills and its connections to theoretical knowledge, it is positive to see that 82% (N=37) teacher education students who participated in the study found that video-based discussions supported or significantly supported their skills in understanding the aspects of need-supportive teaching and transferring that knowledge into practice. The expected outcomes of this study provide an important insight into finding solutions to better support theory-practice transferability in teacher education, in order to ensure the implementation of evidence-based knowledge in supporting student learning and engagement. Furthermore, the study focuses on finding opportunities for facilitating video-based discussions in lecture settings and thereby offers an important addition to teacher education course development. References Ahmadi, A., Noetel, M., Parker, P., Ryan, R. M., Ntoumanis, N., Reeve, J., Beauchamp, M., Dicke, T., Yeung, A., Ahmadi, M., Bartholomew, K., Chiu, T. K. F., Curran, T., Erturan, G., Flunger, B., Frederick, C., Froiland, J. M., González-Cutre, D., Haerens, L., . . . Lonsdale, C. (2023). A classification system for teachers’ motivational behaviors recommended in self-determination theory interventions. Journal of Educational Psychology, 115(8), 1158–1176. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000783 Alwast, A., & Vorhölter, K. (2022). Measuring pre-service teachers’ noticing competencies within a mathematical modeling context – an analysis of an instrument. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 109, 263–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-021-10102-8 Barnhart, T., & van Es, E. (2015). Studying teacher noticing: Examining the relationship among pre-service science teachers' ability to attend, analyze and respond to student thinking. Teaching and Teacher Education, 45, 83-93. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.09.005 Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J., & Shavelson, R. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223, 3-13. http://dx.doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Georg, K., & Poom-Valickis, K. (2023). Noticing and analysing needs – supportive teaching – measuring student teachers’ situation – specific cognitive processing skills. Eesti Haridusteaduste Ajakiri. Estonian Journal of Education, 11(2), 40–67. https://doi.org/10.12697/eha.2023.11.2.03 Chan, K.K.H., & Yau, K.W. (2021). Using Video-Based Interviews to Investigate Pre-service Secondary Science Teachers’ Situation-Specific Skills for Informal Formative Assessment. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 19, 289–311. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-020-10056-y Estapa, A., & Amador, J. (2023). A qualitative metasynthesis of video-based prompts and noticing in mathematics education. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 35, 105–131. https://doi-org.ezproxy.tlu.ee/10.1007/s13394-021-00378-7 Knight, R. (2015). Postgraduate student teachers’ developing conceptions of the place of theory in learning to teach: ‘more important to me now than when I started’, Journal of Education for Teaching, 41:2, 145-160, DOI: 10.1080/02607476.2015.1010874 Reeve, J., & Cheon, S.H. (2021). Autonomy-supportive teaching: Its malleability, benefits, and potential to improve educational practice, Educational Psychologist, 56:1, 54-77, DOI: 10.1080/00461520.2020.1862657 Santagata, R., & Yeh, C. (2016). The role of perception, interpretation, and decision making in the development of beginning teachers’ competence. ZDM Mathematics Education 48, 153–165. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-015-0737-9 Stahnke, R., & Blömeke, S. (2021). Novice and expert teachers’ situation-specific skills regarding classroom management: What do they perceive, interpret and suggest? Teaching and Teacher Education, 98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103243 van Es, E. (2011). A framework for learning to notice student thinking. In M. G. Sherin, V. R. Jacobs & R. A. Philipp (Eds.), Mathematics teacher noticing. Seeing through teachers’ eyes (pp. 134–151). Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Strengthen Openness and Positive Emotions towards Educational Theories through Co-operative Course Concepts in Teacher Education. 1PH Steiermark, Austria; 2Paris-Lodron-University Salzburg, Austria Presenting Author:In uncertain times, teacher training is an important strategic initiative for overcoming challenges and actively shaping the future. In 2024, a reform of teacher training in Austria was announced, which, among other things, provides for better integration of practical elements into theoretical training. In addition to redesigning the curricula, it is therefore an important task to design courses that contextualise school practice more strongly in educational theory. This is where the study "OPENness for EDUcational Theories and socio-emotional COOPeration (OPEN EDU COOP)" comes in, by theoretically and empirically analysing central construct areas of the development and strengthening of professional action competence facets of teachers. The construct areas of teacher professionalism selected for the study are openness towards educational theories, the associated positive emotions and the development of social skills. For this purpose, co-operative learning environments are developed and their effectiveness with regard to the construct areas addressed, is empirically investigated. The importance of openness towards educational science theories is emphasised for the theory-based reflection of practical school experiences (Hascher & Hagenauer, 2016; Gastager et al., 2022). Students with this openness have more sustainable learning experiences in the school placement (Donche & van Petegem, 2009). However, students tend to have negative attitudes towards educational theories and prefer to receive practical tips from mentors (Allen & Wright, 2014). Positive emotions play a key role here, as they expand the thought-action repertoire, promote holistic thinking (Fredrickson, 2001) and can set in motion a positive spiral that leads to the development of personal resources (Kalchgruber et al., 2021). Several studies (Bach & Hagenauer, 2022; van Rooij et al., 2019; Hascher & Waber, 2020) confirm the positive effects of positive emotions on learning experiences in school internships. Social competences are multi-perspective constructs which Kanning (2015) categorises as perceptive-cognitive, motivational-emotional or behavioural. Kiel et al. (2012) found in an empirical study that prospective teachers experience an increase in competence in the areas of leadership skills, independence, cooperation skills, situational behaviour and sense of responsibility during the course of their studies. Nevertheless, the majority of prospective teachers show moderate leadership, organisational orientation and little interest in cooperation with colleagues and parents of pupils (Mayr, 2012). Rothland (2010) analysed the development of social skills in the first phase of teacher training and found a need for development in the area of conflict skills and social skills among prospective male teachers, and for dealing with sensitivity to social frustration, particularly among female students. The students were less satisfied with their self-assertion and showed an increased tendency towards confrontation in social conflict situations. A sample of the Potsdam Teacher Study (Schaarschmidt & Kieschke, 2007) lead to the conclusion that a quarter of those surveyed showed deficits in the area of social-communicative skills and in their experience of social support. The researched findings illustrate the great potential of teacher training to promote and support students in expanding their social competences. The didactic intervention of OPEN EDU COOP is based on the systematic use of cooperative elements in order to promote both social competences and the reflective examination of educational science theories in an emotionally positive way. The study thus aims to close previous research gaps regarding students' emotions when dealing with educational science theories. The central research question is derived from these theoretical considerations: What effects are achieved by a cooperative didactic course concept in the training of teacher students with regard to openness towards educational science theories, the associated positive emotions and the development of social competences? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The OPEN EDU COOP study, which is being conducted at the University College of Teacher Education Styria in cooperation with the University of Salzburg, is an intervention that makes cooperative teaching/learning environments available to teacher students and analyses them for the described effects (openness to educational theories, initiation of positive emotions and development of social skills) in a pre-post design. In the winter term 2023/24 (1), a quantitative survey instrument was developed and applied that includes teamwork scales, scales to measure openness towards educational theories, the associated emergence of positive emotions and the development of social competences. At the same time, the intervention programme was developed and tested in two seminar groups. In a further phase (2), the didactic intervention will be implemented in nine seminar groups (N = 252) and the effects will be determined in a pre-post test per term. At the end of each course, the subjective theories of two participating students will be examined using the dialogue-consensus method. In a subsequent phase (3), data will be analysed using statistical tests and content analysis methods to test the hypotheses. The findings are intended to contribute to increasing quality through the use of a cooperative university didactic teaching/learning setting (Wahl, 2020). This contribution is intended to focus on the intervention that the didactic concept depicts and is theoretically justified below. Wahl (2020) recommends a sensible alternation of direct, collective teaching-learning phases and active, participant-centred teaching-learning phases. The emphasis on the latter supports the achievement of sustainable learning success to a greater extent than receptive learning phases because they provide more support for the complex process of subjective acquisition. An innovative learning environment therefore focuses on subjective acquisition, in which students receive orientation in terms of content and learning strategy. From a learning psychology perspective, cooperative teaching/learning environments promote the use of suitable learning strategies and self-regulation. Cognitive conflicts and the experience of self-efficacy through task specialisation have a motivational effect and support a positive social climate. The intervention in OPEN EDU COOP therefore adopts the sandwich principle (Wahl, 2020), which provides for short teaching-learning sequences in which learners actively work in small teams on a joint task related to topics of an educational science course. In addition to the curricular content of educational research, the experiences of the student teachers in their practical educational studies are addressed in reflection cycles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The instrument developed in test phase 1 was used on a sample (N = 51) that received the intervention described. Analyses of the scales based on this sample show good reliability and can be presented as well as the first results of the main test phase (N = 75) which will take place in the summer term 24. It is expected that the pre-post comparison of the data will show significant positive changes in student teachers’ openness to educational theories, a strengthening of positive emotions when dealing with educational theories and the development of social competences. At the conference, the university didactic intervention will be presented and discussed with European experts. The researchers are interested in positioning OPEN EDU COOP discursively in current research in the European higher education didactics context so that future findings can be integrated into European educational research. References Allen, J., & Wright, S. (2014). Integrating theory and practice in the pre-service teacher education practicum, S. 136–151. Bach, A., & Hagenauer, G. (2022). Joy, anger, and anxiety during the teaching practicum: How are these emotions related to dimensions of pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 295-311. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00343-9 Donche, V., & von Petegem, P. (2009). The development of learning patterns of student teachers: a cross-sectional and longitudinal study. Higher Education, S. 463-475. Fredrickson, B. (2001). The role of positive emotions in positive psychology: The broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions. American Psychologist, S. 218-226. Gastager, A., Hagenauer, G., Moser, D., & Rottensteiner, E. (2022). Fostering pre-service teachers’ openness to educational theory and self-regulation as elements of their epistemic reflective competence: Results from a mixed-methods intervention study in Austria. International Journal of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2021.101918 Hascher, T., & Hagenauer, G. (2016). Openness to theory and its importance for pre-service teachers' self-efficacy, emotions, and classroom behaviour in teaching practicum. International Journal of Educational Research, S. 15-25. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2016.02.003 Hascher, T., & Waber, J. (2020). Emotionen. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Hrsg.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (S. 819–824). Klinkhardt. Kalchgruber, S., Hofer, M., Hagenauer, G., & Hascher, T. (2021). Offener, schülerorientierter und individualisierter? – Positive Lehreremotionen und Unterrichtsgestaltung. In C. Rubach, & Lazarides R. (Hrsg.), Emotionen in Schule und Unterricht (S. 88-107). Barbara Budrich. Kanning, U. (2015). Soziale Kompetenzen fördern. Hogrefe. Kiel, E., Pollak, G., Weiß, S., Braune, A., & Steinherr, E. (2011). Wirksamkeit von Lehrerbildung - Biografiemanagement und Kompetenzentwicklung in der dreiphasigen Lehrerbildung. Forschungsbericht. Open Access LMU. https://epub.ub.uni-muenchen.de/12292/ Mayr, J. (2012). LehrerIn werden in Österreich: Empirische Befunde zum Lehramtsstudium. In T. Hascher, & G. Neuweg (Hrsg.), Forschung zur (Wirksamkeit der) Lehrer/innen/bildung. Rothland, M. (2020). Soziale Kompetenz: Angehende Lehrkräfte, Ärzte und Juristen im Vergleich. Empirische Befunde zur Kompetenzausprägung und Kompetenzentwicklung im Rahmen des Studiums. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 582-603. https://www.pedocs.de/volltexte/2013/7161/pdf/ZfPaed_4_2010_Rothland_Soziale_Kompetenz.pdf Schaarschmidt, U., & Kieschke, U. (2007). Einführung und Überblick. In U. Schaarschmidt, & U. Kieschke (Hrsg.), Gerüstet für den Schulalltag. Psychologische Unterstützungsangebote für Lehrerinnen und Lehrer (S. 17-43). Beltz. van Rooij, E., Fokkens-Bruinsma, M., & Goedhart, M. (2006). Preparing science undergraduates for a teaching career: sources of their teacher self-efficacy. The Teacher Educator, 270–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2019.1606374 Wahl, D. (2020). Wirkungsvoll unterrichten in Schule, Hochschule und Erwachsenenbildung. Von der Organisation der Vorkenntnisse bis zur Anbahnung professionellen Handelns. Klinkhardt. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Capability Approach as a Reference Theory in Teacher Training KPH Vienna/Krems, Austria Presenting Author:The Capability Approach, developed by Amartya Sen and Martha Nussbaum and based on Aristotelian ethics, provides a theoretical framework for the discussion of fundamental social (in)equality and (in)justice. At its core is the question of the interaction between people's abilities and the resources available to them. To emphasise this analytically, a distinction is made between functionings and capabilities: „Functionings are people’s beings and doings whereas capabilities are the real or effective opportunities to achieve functionings“ (Potsi 2018: 243). This focus makes the Capability Approach particularly interesting for educational issues and is suitable with regard to transfer to school, teaching research and teacher training. With the central distinction between "functionings" (abilities) and "capabilities" (opportunities for realisation) this approach goes beyond the functional perspective of the widespread approaches widely used in the field of education, because it not only considers the internal-personal conditions of individuals (competences), but also the external-social conditions through which the potentials of learners can be turned into real possibilities (= capabilities). Accordingly, pedagogical action according to the Capability Approach means "paying careful attention to pedagogical and content-related issues and considering how lesson content and the nature of interactions in the classroom (for example, the role assigned to critical thinking and the ability to imagine things of different kinds in everyday teaching) realise the goals inherent in the approach" (Nussbaum 2015: 155). It should also be questioned which dimensions of school life (from the organisational structure to the concrete teaching activities, the spatial design and the work with parents) can be critically examined and further developed in this respect. Such considerations should already be an integral part of the knowledge and reflection canon in the training of prospective teachers in order to be able to guarantee a school education aimed at the realisation opportunities of the pupils and the necessary willingness of the teachers to do so. In order to explore the potential of the Capability Approach in the context of teacher training, a working group at the University College for Teacher Training Vienna/Krems is working on the question of how prospective teachers can be explicitly and systematically familiarised with this topic and thus be prepared for equity-sensitive pedagogical practice. In the presentation, the main theoretical features of the Capability Approach will be addressed and related to questions of educational equity in schools. Based on that, the work of the working group and first insights will be introduced. In concrete terms, this means the potential benefits for teacher education, implication for a curriculum as well as teaching material that is currently in progress. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The interdisciplinary working group, which has been meeting regularly for around three years, brings together colleagues from various subject areas (general education, educational sociology, inclusion education, subject didactics, etc.). Key questions such as "How fair is school?" or "How must school life be so that students can develop their abilities in the best possible way?" are discussed by this interdisciplinary composition from different perspectives and subject approaches, but always with reference to the Capability Approach. The methodological approach in the project consists firstly of theoretical analysis and secondly of the development of materials for university teaching. Ad 1) Theory work: This takes the form of a literature review on the Capability Approach with a special focus on the education sector with the aim of developing a common understanding of the core statements. In order to advance the discourse within the group, specialist publications were written jointly. In addition, the ideas of the Capability Approach were presented at various events (e.g. specialist group conferences, ...) and attempts were made to disseminate the topic within the university and invite colleagues to further participation. Ad 2) Material development: In addition to developing implications for the field of education, different didactic approaches and materials for use in teaching (primary and secondary education) will be developed. To this end, the working group will review already published teaching materials that deal with topics relevant to the Capability Approach. Building on this, suitable materials for teaching will be developed and tested in specific courses together with teacher students in a participatory process. The results of these tests will be incorporated into the further work of the working group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The practical aim of the project is to develop materials for use in university teaching, which can be used to develop the concept, the core terms and the relevance of the Capability Approach for the school sector with students. An essential basic element is the participation of the students in the didactic preparation of the theoretical principles in order to design the materials to be as target-grouporiented as possible. Documents for various methodological and didactic approaches are developed in interdisciplinary cooperation: Compilation of basic texts and further literature (differentiated according to level of difficulty), elements for impulse lectures, preparation of case studies, work assignments for individuals or student groups, various seminar activities such as role plays, group discussions, poster sessions and creation of cognitive maps, ... This should ensure that existing approaches (expertise of students and teachers) from the fields of migration pedagogy, inclusive pedagogy, sustainable learning, educational justice, etc. are fruitfully incorporated into the work. At the same time, they will be reflected on and evaluated through experimentation in various courses and linked to the concept of the Capability Approach. At the end of the project, a conference is planned to disseminate the materials on the Capability Approach as a reference theory in various subject areas of teacher training and to familiarize other teachers with it. The documents produced are to be made available in a materials pool via OER (open educational resources) at the University of Teacher Education. References Graf, Gunter, Kapferer Elisabeth & Sedmak, Clemens (2013) (Eds.). Der Capability Approach und seine Anwendung. Fähigkeiten von Kindern und Jugendlichen erkennen und fördern. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Nussbaum, Martha (2015). Fähigkeiten schaffen. Neue Wege zur Verbesserung menschlicher Lebensqualität (engl.: Creating Capabilities. The Human Development Approach). Freiburg: Alber. Otto, Hans-Uwe & Schrödter, Mark (2011): Kompetenzen oder Capabilities als Grundbegriffe einer kritischen Bildungsforschung und Bildungspolitik? In: Heinz-Hermann Krüger, Ursula Rabe-Kleberg, Rolf-Torsten Kramer & Jürgen Budde (Eds.), Bildungsungleichheit revisited. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-93403-7_9. Potsi, Antoanneta (2018). Early Childhood educational curricula. In: Hans-Uwe Otto & Melanie Walker (Eds.), Capability-Promoting Policies: Enhancing Individual and Social Development (pp. 237–258). Bristol: Policy Press. https://doi.org/10.1332/policypress/9781447334316.003.0013. Rosenberger, Katharina, Gitschthaler, Marie, Hemsing, Werner, Sattlberger, Eva & Wachter, Andreas (2022). Das Schaffen von Verwirklichungschancen für Schüler:innen als Thema in der und für die Lehrer:innenbildung (pp. 71-93). In: Thomas Krobath, Kerstin Schmidt-Hönig, Tanja Mikusch & Thomas Plotz (Eds.), Transformative Bildung. SDGs in Lehrer/innenbildung und Hochschulentwicklung . Lit Verlag. Störtländer, Jan Christoph (2019): Bildung und Befähigung. Eine qualitative Studie zu kritisch-konstruktiver Didaktik und Capabilities Approach. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 C: Teachers' Morality, Religion and Values Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: George Olympiou Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Exploring the Development of Pre-service Teachers’ Perceptions of Teacher Morality through Embodied Pedagogy: A Case Study 1University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2Beijing Normal University, China Presenting Author:The moral nature of teaching and teachers’ ethical responsibilities have been explored for decades (Schjetne et al., 2016). Nevertheless, the implementation of teacher morality remains challenging in practice. Teachers’ insufficient understandings of teacher morality has been identified as a significant contributing factor to this issue. For instance, many teachers rely on formal codes of professional ethics as the basis for understanding teacher morality. But this approach tends to be far from adequate when it comes to complex educational activities in practice (Campbell, 2008). Pre-service teachers are prone to be confused under such circumstances due of their limited practical educational experiences. Their perceptions of teacher morality heavily depend on what they have been taught. However, despite the inclusion of moral education in teacher education programmes worldwide, there is a lack of emphasis on the extent to which pre-service teachers are able to internalise and construct their personal understandings of teacher morality. Teacher educators tend to impart moral norms and theories relevant to the teaching profession, with relatively little attention to the cultivation of individual values and the resolution of ethical dilemmas (Willemse, Lunenberg, & Korthagen, 2005; Pantić & Wubbels, 2008). Therefore, there is need for exploring innovative approaches that can foster the development of pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality. Embodied pedagogy has emerged as an effective approach to enhancing learning. It emphasizes the integration of learners’ body, cognition and context, providing a new approach to developing pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality (Nguyen & Larson, 2015; Liu et al., 2022). Previous research has also revealed the impact of embodied experiences, such as physical actions, tactile sensations, and visual stimuli on cognitive activities relevant to morality (Schaefer et al., 2014, 2015; Gan, Fang, & Ge, 2016). However, most of the studies on incorporating embodied pedagogy into teacher education are theoretical studies, and there remains a lack of empirical evidence collected from educational practice. Therefore, this study aims to explore how do pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality develop through embodied pedagogy. The conceptual framework is constructed based on embodied cognitive theory and conceptual metaphor theory. Embodied cognitive theory emphasizes the integral role of body in cognitive processes, suggesting that our cognition is shaped by our bodily experiences within certain contexts (Wilson, 2002). Conceptual metaphor theory conceptualises cognition as a “mapping” process from a familiar and concrete “source domain” to an unfamiliar and abstract “target domain” (Lakoff, 2006). According to this conceptual framework, embodied pedagogy is interpreted as a transformative process where pre-service teachers actively engage their bodies in classroom activities, and therefore construct new understandings of teacher morality. They participate in various activities and gain direct embodied experiences, i.e., concrete source domain. Then teachers gradually go through the mapping process under the guidance of teacher educators, including connecting their present embodied experiences with past and future educational practices, as well as combining concrete activities with abstract theories. Consquently, they reach deeper and more comprehensive understandings of teacher morality, i.e., abstract target domain. Their perceptions of teacher morality are characterised through two dimensions: one focuses on the abstract concepts of moral values that the teaching profession requires, while the other involves teachers’ moral behaviours in educational practice. This research was conducted in a course on teacher morality where embodied pedagogy was utilised at B University in China. The study participants involve all the nine pre-service teachers enrolled in this course. Multiple qualitative data collection methods were employed, including classroom observations, focus group interviews, teachers’ written assignments and reflective reports. The data was analysed and compared to gain insights into the development of pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality through embodied pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research paradigm was employed to explore the development of pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality. This research was conducted in a course named “Theory and Practice of Teacher Morality: Based on Embodied Pedagogy” at B University in China. This course was offered during the autumn semester in 2023, spanning for 12 hours in total. It was an elective course for students pursuing a master’s degree in education. The research involved all the nine students who enrolled in this course. They were in their first year of postgraduate studies and expressed their intention to become secondary school teachers after graduation. Therefore, they are referred to as “pre-service teachers” in this study. It is worth noting that these pre-service teachers had some prior practical educational experiences. The teacher educator responsible for delivering this course is a professor at B university, with several years of research experience in the fields of teacher morality and teacher embodied learning. The research data was collected through multiple resources. Firstly, classroom observations served as the main source to uncover pre-service teachers’ experiences. The researcher was present during all classroom activities, capturing significant moments using field notes and video recordings. Secondly, teachers were requested to submit a series of written assignments, including analyses of a practical case relevant to teacher morality. Additionally, they also need to submit their reflective reports at the end of each session. Thirdly, two focus group interviews were conducted to learn about pre-service teachers’ experiences and understandings from their own perspective. One took place at the beginning of the first session, and the other after the course was completed. The guideline of the first interview involved some basic questions regarding their general views on teacher morality, while some questions were added to the second interview based on the observations and textual data described above. The collected data was organised and analysed aiming to derive meaningful insights. Different types of data were integrated to comprehend pre-service teachers’ experiences from different perspectives. Classroom observations and assignments provided valuable information for the research to interpret teachers’ perceptions, while interviews and reflective reports being employed to listen to teachers’ voices from their own perspective. Furthermore, a qualitative comparative analysis was conducted following a chronological pattern. This contributes to exploring how embodied pedagogy triggered changes before and after embodied pedagogy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results demonstrate that the changes in pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality triggered by embodied pedagogy are mainly reflected in three aspects. Firstly, embodied pedagogy contributes to the development of a cross-domain mapping from pre-service teachers’ concrete bodily experiences to abstract teacher morality. It begins with their embodied experiences during classroom activities, which serve as the basis for their perceptual development. The interactions between their bodies and the classroom environment, teaching and learning tools, and bodily interactions with other pre-service teachers and the teacher educator are also significant. Subsequently, they are able to construct embodied representations of abstract teacher morality based on their bodily experiences. Secondly, pre-service teachers tend to establish a double-directional connection between abstract concepts of moral values and practical moral behaviours. On one hand, they use practical moral behaviours in educational settings as a means to describe the performances and connotations of abstract moral values that teachers should possess. On the other hand, they identify, comprehend and explain the abstract concepts of moral values in practical behaviours in certain cases. Thirdly, through embodied pedagogy, pre-service teachers connect the acquired knowledge relevant to teacher morality with their past and future educational practices. More importantly, they construct their own personal understandings and individual meanings of teacher morality. With regards to the past, pre-service teachers interpret and analyse their existed educational experiences based on their understandings of teacher morality. In terms of the future, they are able to envision the values that they aspire to possess and anticipate their potential responses when faced with ethical dilemmas, respectively representing moral values concepts and practical moral behaviours. Here, they reproduce and re-interpret their prior and anticipated future experiences, facilitating a shift from a focus on the present moment to a consideration of future circumstances. References (1) Campbell, E. (2008). The ethics of teaching as a moral profession. Curriculum Inquiry, 38(4), 357-385. (2) Gan, T., Fang, W., & Ge, L. (2016). Colours’ impact on morality: Evidence from event-related potentials. Scientific Reports, 6(1), 38373. (3) Lakoff, G. (2006). Conceptual metaphor. Cognitive linguistics: Basic Readings, 34, 185. (4) Liu, Q., Wu, Y., Zhou, W., & Pei, M. (2022). The theoretical foundation of embodied teacher moral learning approaches. Teacher Education Research, 34(6), 10-15. (5) Nguyen, D. J., & Larson, J. B. (2015). Don’t forget about the body: Exploring the curricular possibilities of embodied pedagogy. Innovative Higher Education, 40, 331-344. (6) Pantić, N., & Wubbels, T. (2010). Teacher competencies as a basis for teacher education–Views of Serbian teachers and teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(3), 694-703. (7) Schaefer, M., Denke, C., Heinze, H. J., & Rotte, M. (2014). Rough primes and rough conversations: Evidence for a modality-specific basis to mental metaphors. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 9(11), 1653-1659. (8) Schjetne, E., Afdal, H. W., Anker, T., Johannesen, N., & Afdal, G. (2016). Empirical moral philosophy and teacher education. Ethics and Education, 11(1), 29-41. (9) Tang, H., Lu, X., Su, R., Liang, Z., Mai, X., & Liu, C. (2017). Washing away your sins in the brain: physical cleaning and priming of cleaning recruit different brain networks after moral threat. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 12(7), 1149-1158. (10) Willemse, M., Lunenberg, M., & Korthagen, F. (2005). Values in education: A challenge for teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher education, 21(2), 205-217. (11) Wilson, M. (2002). Six views of embodied cognition. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9, 625-636. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Career Choice Motivations among Israeli Teacher Candidates: a Question of Religion? University of Passau, Germany Presenting Author:This paper investigated whether there were variations in career choice motivations of Israeli teacher education students depending on their religious background. Given the division in society and the education system, the question arose whether religion might have a so far overlooked influence on the motives for choosing the teacher profession. The FIT-Choice framework served as a theoretical framework for the study. Motives were analysed looking at group differences by religion in the motivations for entering the teaching profession. While most motives were homogenous among religious groups in Israel, some exhibited significant differences affiliated to religious values. This indicates that by ignoring religious affiliation, voices of underrepresented groups might be silenced resp. not respected in their special views. This leads to conclusions for dealing with underrepresented (religious) groups within teacher education settings in ways that help to attract and retain them for the teacher profession.
Objectives and purposes The project from which this paper originated compared the career choice motives of future teachers from different countries, among them Israel. The Israeli cooperation partners decided to swap a descriptive item asking for the nationality of participants with one that asked to which religious group they belonged. As religion and the feeling of national belonging are reported to be strongly combined in Israel (Breit and Wolff, 2012) the initial oversight of religion's role in the international project may have been attributed to cultural bias. We took the chance of the unplanned coincidence and argued in line with Suryani et al. (2016) that it might be important to take religion into account as additional information for countries where religion plays a significant role in society. This could pose an opportunity to give a voice to specific religious groups within the Israeli education system which might have been underrepresented so far.
Theoretical framework In 2009, the Israeli population (7.55 million people) was made up of 74.5% Jewish, 20.3% Arab (Muslim, Christian or Druze) and 4.2% classified as ‘other’ (Breit and Wolff, 2012). Furthermore, religious affiliation encompasses more than mere religious beliefs in Israel as it stretches out into the educational system, where segregation takes place as there are different schools for different religious groups (ibid.). Breit and Wolff (2012) address the fact that there is a systemic difference in PISA and TIMMS performance when comparing Hebrew and Arab schools (ibid.). The Hebrew schools perform better than the national average and the nationwide exams show a significant better performance of Hebrew than Arab schools as well. Thus, the authors call Israel a “divided society with divided schools”. There are hints of systemic differences within the group of teachers in existing research as well: Garra-Alloush et al. (2021) addressed the question of career choice motives among female Arab students of EFL (English as a foreign language) in Israel. The authors combined the affiliation to a religious group with career choice motives in Israel by using FIT choice (Watt and Richardson, 2007) as a theoretical framework. The FIT- choice framework describes “factors influencing teaching as a career choice” (Watt and Richardson, 2007) and was validated first for Australian universities. It is based on the expectancy-value-model by Eccles et al. (2000) and differentiates between extrinsic and intrinsic higher-order factors. It has been widely used and validated in many countries, making it suitable to compare countries (Suryani et al., 2016). Suryani (ibid.) added in her Indonesian FIT-choice-study religious influences as an important factor to be considered (ibid, p. 180).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used a paper and pencil version of the FIT-Choice questionnaire by Watt and Richardson (2007) that was translated into Hebrew. The questionnaire consisted of Likert-scaled-items regarding study choice motivations (n=7), career choice motives (n=37), beliefs regarding the teaching profession (n=13) as well as sociodemographic information (n=12). For sociodemographic information, we knew the religious background of the participants, but not if they themselves visited a religious school as pupils. Regarding the Jewish participants, we did not know if they belonged to the group of orthodox or secular jews. We conducted descriptive, univariate analysis to describe data, Levene tests were used to test for variance homogeneity between groups using SPSS. Participation in the study was anonymous and voluntary. The participants consented to the use of their data for research purposes (informed consent). The items regarding the career choice of future teachers were grouped to form the factors already validated by Watt and Richardson (2007). We conducted reliability measurements for the given sample that showed acceptable reliability for most, but limited reliability for some scales (lowest α: expert career with 0.44). For group differences, values between 0.5 and 0.7 can still be accepted (Lienert et al., 1998). The low alpha scores are in concurrence with other studies that had issues to reproduce all FIT choice scales (Watt et al. 2012) and had to be taken into account as a limitation when interpreting the results. Data sources: We collected data from 106 freshmen teacher education students at a teacher training college in Israel in 2018. Our sample included students from the following religious backgrounds: The participants were 68% Jewish, 1.9 % Christian, 8.5 % Muslim and 16 % Druze. We aggregated the last three groups to the group “Arab” as this is also done for statistical reports in the country. The distribution seems to account for the country in general. Israel’s Arab population is further divided in 70% Muslim, 9% Druze and 21 % Christian. Thus, in our sample the Druze population is slightly over- and the Christian population slightly underrepresented (Central Bureau of Statistics, 2008). The underrepresentation of Muslim participants could be due to structural barriers that limit their access to tertiary education (Breit and Wolff, 2012). Almost all the participants were female. This is in accordance with other international data that depict teaching as a “female profession” (Drudy, 2008). Jewish participants were older due to the draft for mandatory military service. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We could identify six out of 12 motives with significant group differences (two-sided t-tests (Levene)) regarding to religion: “shape the future of children”, “social influence”, “teaching as a demanding job”, “status”, “pay” and “time for family”. The Jewish participants ranked the first three motives higher, whereas the Arab participants ranked the last three significantly higher than the Jewish ones. This can be related to different values or value rankings varying between religious groups. Family, for example, plays an important role among Muslims and can therefore influence career decisions, probably especially for women (Garra-Alloush, 2021). The motive “Teaching as a demanding job” is ranked higher among Jews although they rank status and pay lower in their career choice, at first view a puzzling result. However, due to the higher PISA performance of Jewish schools, the demand of teaching might be perceived higher, while at the same time due to the higher education level of Jewish students, teaching might not necessarily mean a social upward mobilty. But especially Muslims have limited access to tertiary education and possibly they regard teaching more than other groups as a high status job that is well paid. Scholarly significance of the study: Due to the sample size we can only draw conclusions carefully. Religion seems to play a role when examining motives to become a teacher. There could be different cultural or religious values and meanings behind concepts like status and pay. We recommend to consider cultural values when researching career choice motives among teacher students. To examine this further, research should be extended to qualitative investigation. To adress teacher education candidates more adequately, teacher education settings should respect their heterogeneity. This could be a means to first respect different cultures and minorities, fight teacher attrition within underrepresented groups and to enhance social equity. References Central Bureau of Statistics (2008): The arab population in Israel 2008. State of Israel Central Bureau of Statistics (2009): The population of Israel 1990-2009. Demographic characteristics. State of Israel Drudy, S. (2008): Gender balance/gender bias: The teaching profession and the impact of feminisation. Gender and education, 20(4), 309-323 Eccles, C. and Wigfield, A. (2000): Expectancy-Value Theory of Achievement Motivation. In: Contemporary Educational Psychology 25, 68-81 Garra-Alloush, I., Chaleila, W. and Watted, A. (2021): Close to the heart or close to the home? Motivational factors influencing EFL teaching as a career choice among female arab citizens of Israel students. In: English Language teaching. 14:1, p.48-57 Guri, S.-R. (1990): Four Models of teacher training in Israel: some lessons and implcations for teacher educators, Journal of education for teaching, 16:3, p. 225-233 Korb, K. A. (2010). Do Students in the Faculty of Education Choose Teaching as a Last Resort Career? Implications for Teacher Preparation Programmes. International Journal of Educational Studies, 1, 117-121. Kuttab, D. (2015): Israel's Christian schools demand equality with Jewish schools. AL-Monitor online: https://www.al-monitor.com/originals/2015/05/palestine-israel-schools-christian-jewish-orthodox-education.html#ixzz894LrcAam Lienert, G. A. and Raatz, U. (1998): Testaufbau und Testanalyse [Testconstruction and Analyses]. 6th edition, Psychologie VerlagsUnion: Weinheim, Germany Pacchiani, G. (2023): Jewish schools need staff, Arab teachers need jobs – but it’s not so simple. In: The Times of Israel. Online: https://www.timesofisrael.com/jewish-schools-need-staff-arab-teachers-need-jobs-but-its-not-so-simple/ Suryani, A., Watt, H.M.G. and Richardson, P.W. (2016): Students’ motivations to become teachers: FIT-Choice findings from Indonesia. Int. J. Quantitative Research in Education, Vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 179-203 Watt, H.M.G. and Richardson, P.W. (2007): Motivational Factors influencing teaching as a career choice: development and validation of the FIT-Choice scale. In: the Journal of experimental education, Vol. 75, No. 3, pp167-202 Watt, H.M.G. and Richardson, P.W. (2012): An introduction to teaching motivations in different countries: comparisons using the FIT-choice scale, in: Asia Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40:3, 185-197 Wolff, L. and Breit, E. (2012): Education in Israel: The challenges ahead. Research paper 8, The Joseph and Alma Gildenhorn Institute for Israel Studies, University of Maryland Zuzovsky, R. (1996): Practice in teacher education: an Israeli perspective. In: European Journal of Teacher education. 19:3, p. 273-285 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper “We’re not alone”: Building Communities of Practice in Rural/Regional Settings Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Helping early career teachers to develop professional competencies has been a central aim of developing a Multi-Provider Professional Practice Model in Rural/Regional Victoria, Australia. A component of this learning program sought to reassure teachers that they already possessed strong skills and that what they were experiencing in schools was normal for early career teachers. The shortage of teachers in rural and low socioeconomic schools (SES) in Victoria, Australia is a pressing issue affecting the quality of education. The recent wave of teacher shortages exacerbated by the Covid-19 pandemic has put unprecedented pressure on schools and teachers with more teachers leaving the profession than ever before. It has been recognised that partnerships between universities, local communities and government can impact teacher education and recruitment and strengthening these partnerships provides a strong basis for improving rural student outcomes. Since many were the only early career teacher in their school, they had nothing to compare their experience to. Too often this made them feel isolated and unsure of their capabilities. Our strengths-based mentoring approach sought to show early career teachers the benefits of interacting within communities of practice alongside peers at the same point in their career journey. This contrasted with other professional learning they had experienced, which they believed mostly provided generic teaching strategies or presenting methods to get the most from interactions with their more experienced mentors. For many participants, this professional learning provided a rare opportunity for them to connect with teachers at the same stage in their professional journey. In many cases, teachers made it clear they found this experience transformational in terms of their perception of their professional identity. Not least because it showed they were not alone. Another key strength of the program was that it provided a space for participants to interact and discuss a key problem of practice they had been experiencing with their fellow early career teachers. These problems of practice were generated by the teachers themselves. The teachers were asked to engage with the problem and explore the motives, influences, and perspectives that enable and constrain early career teachers' capacities. Teachers noted the commonalities encountered by early career teachers in rural schools around relationships, community, social justice, resources and well-being. Many pointed out that they felt uncomfortable raising these concerns with staff at their schools, as it might highlight their lack of experience and skills. As such, the exercise highlighted the benefits of a community of practice by the experience itself. This community of practice engaged with the experiences, constraints and enablers that contributed to understanding the unique circumstances faced by teachers in these remote settings, specifically in the development of capable teachers who could sustain working in rural and low SES schools, addressing the critical issue of teacher shortages in these areas. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The community of practice intervention was organised so that those running the professional learning would not know the nature of the problem of practice being discussed nor what advice was provided in response to this. This was an intentional feature of the exercise, since it was important for the participants to develop trust between themselves both in the types of problems they could bring to the group and in their own and their peers’ professional knowledge. Feedback from participants also did not ask for specific details of the problems of practice they discussed. Rather, participants were asked to discuss the general themes of their problem of practice, including relationships, community, social justice, resources and well-being. Being an early career teacher in a small, regional/remote school with students from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds, many of whom suffer intergenerational trauma, is challenging but crucial work. These early career teachers learning that they were not alone and that they had the skills necessary to make a difference provided them with the confidence to build their resilience. Providing the lived experience involved in interacting with a community of practice, especially the skills of careful listening, probing questioning for clarification and an openness toward alternative solutions to the problem was shown to provide these teachers with insights into the benefits of communities of practice with one’s peers and in developing their self-confidence in their already substantial skill sets. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Being an early career teacher in a small, regional/remote school with students from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds, many of whom suffer intergenerational trauma, is challenging but crucial work. These early career teachers learning that they were not alone and that they had the skills necessary to make a difference provided them with the confidence to build their resilience. Providing the lived experience involved in interacting with a community of practice, especially the skills of careful listening, probing questioning for clarification and an openness toward alternative solutions to the problem was shown to provide these teachers with insights into the benefits of communities of practice with one’s peers and in developing their self-confidence in their already substantial skill sets. References Lave, J. & Wegner, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge University Press. Shulman, L.S. & Shulman, J.H. (2004) How and What Teachers Learn: A shifting perspective. Curriculum Studies. 36/2, 257-271 Webber, E. (2016). Building Successful Communities of Practice: Discover how connecting people makes better organisations. Drew Publishing, London |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 D JS: Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Joint Research Workshop, NW 10, NW 12 & NW 22. Details in 12 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 D: Reform in Uncertain Times Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Minda Lopez Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Navigating Change: Exploring the Interplay between Teachers' Perceived Challenges in Curriculum Reform and Self-Efficacy Faculty of Education, University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:Curriculum reforms are demanding in terms of implementation since they require changes in many aspects that might challenge the existing beliefs and subjective realities deeply embedded in an individual and organizational context (Fullan, 2015; Tikkanen et al., 2020). Teachers are the foremost implementers of curriculum reform and their direct engagement with and enactment of the curriculum significantly shapes the outcomes of reform. According to Fullan (2015), curriculum implementation is the vehicle through which desired objectives are achieved, and for the new curriculum to yield results, it must be effectively translated into classroom practices. Furthermore, Fullan (2015) emphasizes that for the successful implementation of educational reform, a minimum of three dimensions of change should be addressed: materials, teaching approaches, and beliefs. Teachers' experiences with curriculum implementation can affect their efficacy beliefs during the implementation stage (Agormedah et al., 2022; Bennet, 2007). On the other side, the teachers' perceived self-efficacy can influence the way teachers will interact with the new curriculum (Barni, Danioni & Benevene, 2019; Gouëdard et al., 2020; Putwain & Embse, 2019). These studies emphasize the need for a holistic approach to understanding and supporting teachers during educational reforms. Teachers often make critical decisions regarding change early in the implementation process, potentially relying on limited information. Given that teachers can have notable concerns about curriculum reforms, failure to address these concerns could potentially influence how the change is implemented, thereby impacting the self-efficacy of teachers. According to Gordon et al. (2023), the successful execution of educational reforms significantly relies on the teacher's self-efficacy. Bandura's self-efficacy theory (1977), highlights that self-efficacy is crucial for teachers and has a direct impact on the quality of education. Teachers with high self-efficacy contribute positively to the educational environment, fostering resilience, adaptability, and a commitment to continuous improvement. Aim of the study This study investigates the intricate relationship between teachers' perceived challenges in the implementation of curriculum reform and their self-efficacy in teaching. Centered on uncovering the intricate dynamics of variables, the research seeks to identify specific challenges posed by curriculum reform and understand the connection of these challenges with teachers' beliefs and demographic factors such as gender, educational background, and teaching experience. Furthermore, this study investigates teachers' perspectives on the most effective approaches for enhancing motivation and fostering commitment to the new curriculum, as well as for promoting their self-efficacy beliefs. Research questions that guide this study are: - To what extent do teachers perceive the success of implementing the new curriculum in their school context? - Is there a statistically significant relationship between teacher self-efficacy and the perception of teachers regarding the implementation of curriculum reforms? - To what extent do individual characteristics, such as gender, teaching experience and educational background, mediate the relationship between teacher self-efficacy and their perception regarding the implementation of curriculum reforms? - What insights can teachers provide regarding the strategies and practices they find most effective in enhancing motivation, cultivating commitment to the new curriculum, and fostering their own self-efficacy beliefs? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods approach, blending quantitative surveys, to quantify the nature and extent of challenges faced by teachers during curriculum reform, with qualitative methods such as interviews to capture the depth of their self-efficacy experiences influenced by the implementation of the new curriculum reforms. As outlined by Rossman and Wilson (1985, 1994), adopting a multi-method approach in policy research offers promise for comprehending the intricate phenomena of the social world. This involves viewing the world from various perspectives and employing diverse methodologies that are more adept at addressing the diverse stakeholders involved in policy issues, as opposed to relying on a single method or approach to research. The quantitative phase involves the distribution of a standardized questionnaire to a random sample of primary and lower secondary teachers in public and private schools in Kosovo (n=400), assessing challenges across various dimensions and measuring the connection with self-efficacy beliefs. Moreover, interviews were conducted with 20 selected primary and lower secondary teachers to explore their experiences and gather their insights on the successful implementation of curriculum reform, as well as the development of their self-efficacy. Teachers were recruited from diverse schools across Kosovo using a purposive sampling technique that adhered to the criteria of variation sampling (Patton, 2002). The intent was to encompass a comprehensive range of perspectives within the research study. The survey instrument encompasses the following constructs: personal and professional background, teachers' perceptions of curriculum implementation and their perceived level of self-efficacy. The self-efficacy questionnaire (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001) adapted for the context of curriculum reforms will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of implementing the curricula. This questionnaire is tested and piloted to ensure it is a valid and reliable tool for use in this context. The gathered data will be subjected to statistical analysis, including inferential and correlation analyses. Themes and patterns extracted from the qualitative data provide depth and context to the statistical insights garnered from the quantitative analysis. The data underwent analysis through thematic analysis, utilizing an inductive coding approach. Themes were derived from the initial coding process to address the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcomes of this research offer a nuanced understanding of the multifaceted dynamics shaping teachers' responses to curriculum reform and its consequential impact on their self-efficacy beliefs. Additionally, the investigation aims to uncover teachers' perspectives on effective approaches for motivation, commitment, and self-efficacy in the context of the new curriculum. By identifying specific challenges and exploring their connections with demographic factors and self-efficacy beliefs, the research aims to provide valuable insights for policymakers, administrators, and initiatives focused on professional development. Furthermore, the examination of teachers' perspectives on effective approaches for curriculum implementation expected to inform strategies that can enhance their self-efficacy beliefs, ultimately contributing to the successful implementation of curriculum reforms in the educational landscape. This study has the potential to offer insights that extend beyond a specific local context, contributing to a broader international dialogue on curriculum reform challenges, teachers' self-efficacy, and effective strategies for motivating and fostering commitment among teachers worldwide. References Agormedah, E. K., Ankomah, F., Frimpong, J. B., Quansah, F., Srem-Sai, M., Hagan J. E. Jr., and Schack, T. (2022). Investigating teachers' experience and self-efficacy beliefs across gender in implementing the new standards-based curriculum in Ghana. Frontiers in Education, 7:932447. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2022.932447 Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The Exercise of Control, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York. Barni, D., Danioni, F., and Benevene, P. (2019). Teachers’ Self-Efficacy: The Role of Personal Values and Motivations for Teaching. Frontiers in Psychology, 10:1645. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01645 Bennett, D. Sh. (2007). Teacher Efficacy in the Implementation of New Curriculum Supported by Professional Development. Graduate Student Theses, Dissertations, & Professional Papers. 946. https://scholarworks.umt.edu/etd/946 Fullan, M. (2015). The New Meaning of Educational Change, Fifth Edition, Teachers College Press, https://books.google.fr/books?id=YxGTCwAAQBAJ. Gordon, D., Blundell, C., Mills, R. Bourke, T. (2023). Teacher self-efficacy and reform: a systematic literature review. The Australian Educational Researcher, 50, 801–821. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-022-00526-3 Gouëdard, P., Pont, B., Hyttinen, S., & Huang, P. (2020). Curriculum reform: a literature review to support effective implementation, OECD Working Paper No. 239. https://one.oecd.org/document/EDU/WKP(2020)27/En/pdf Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods. 3rd Sage Publications; Thousand Oaks, CA. Putwain, D. W., & von der Embse, N. P. (2019). Teacher self-efficacy moderates the relations between imposed pressure from imposed curriculum changes and teacher stress. Educational Psychology, 39 (1), 51-64. DOI: 10.1080/01443410.2018.1500681 Rossman, G. B., & Wilson, B. L. (1985). Numbers and Words: Combining Quantitative and Qualitative Methods in a Single Large-Scale Evaluation Study. Evaluation Review, 9(5), 627-643. https://doi.org/10.1177/0193841X8500900505 Rossman, G.B., & Wilson, B.L. (1994). Numbers and words revisited: Being "shamelessly eclectic.” Quality and Quantity, 28, 315-327. Tikkanen, L., Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J. & Soini, T. (2020). Lessons learnt from a large-scale curriculum reform: The strategies to enhance development work and reduce reform-related stress. Journal of Educational Change, 21, 543–567. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09363-1 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and teacher education, 17(7), 783-805. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching out-of-field in English: Understanding the Past, Analyzing the Present, & Hope for the Future Texas State University, United States of America Presenting Author:When teachers teach classes for which they are not licensed, they are teaching out of field (OOF) (du Plessis, 2015; Ingersoll, 1999; 2019). Out of field teaching is not a characteristic of the teacher but a description of the misalignment of a teacher’s qualifications and the subject they teach. It should be noted that out-of-field teaching is not due to a lack of academic degree or training on the part of teachers but instead represents a mismatch between teachers’ fields of training and their teaching assignments. When students take classes from teachers OOF, they show less academic growth and are less successful (Clotfelter, Ladd & Vigdor, 2010; Lankford, Loeb, & Wyckoff, 2002). This is an equity issue because the likelihood of being taught by a teacher OOF is higher for students of color and Emergent Bilinguals as well as those located in urban and rural schools (Beswick, Fraser, & Crowley, 2016; Nixon et al, 2017). In addition, teachers teaching OOF have been shown to have lower satisfaction rates and higher attrition rates (Donaldson & Johnson, 2010). There is growing concern about the negative effects of teachers teaching OOF across all subject areas and most parts of the globe (Hobbs & Porsch, 2022). In the USA, teaching OOF has been a challenge for decades, but rates have increased dramatically since the federal Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) became law in 2015 (Author, 2020). While one goal of ESSA was to provide increased local control by providing more flexibility on teacher qualifications, the result has been more teachers teaching outside of their areas of expertise. This phenomenon of teaching OOF is not new and impacts a wide range of students and subjects. Ingersoll found that one-fifth of all students in English, grades 7-12, were taught by a teacher who did not have at least a minor in English or English-related field (Ingersoll, 1998). While many think Math and Science are the fields primarily impacted by teachers who teach OOF, more English classes in Texas, USA, are taught by teachers assigned OOF than any other subject (Author, 2020). In addition, most prior studies have been limited because they used only one type of data (quant or qual), they used national assessment data that were not linked directly to the curriculum teachers were teaching, or they used state assessment data with small samples. In this study, we overcame some of these limitations by using a mixed methods approach where step one utilized quantitative statewide English language arts (ELA) assessment data that were linked directly to the English curricula that teachers were required to teach to identify successful teachers assigned OOF in secondary English. Once these successful English teachers were identified, step two included qualitative methods where teachers were interviewed, and their pedagogical approaches analyzed in order to find more details contributing to their students’ success. In this study we seek to answer the question, “What factors contribute to secondary ELA teachers’ success when assigned to teach at least one course OOF?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This mixed methods study takes place in Texas, USA, an ideal location for conducting research on teaching OOF because of several factors. The state education agency has collected rich data on large numbers of student, teacher, and schools since 1991 and these data are contained in a State Longitudinal Data System called the Education Research Center (ERC). Not only does Texas collect and store millions of data points regarding education, the state also has the second largest student enrollment in public education in the USA and is demographically diverse, making this context a rich and unique site for this kind of research. For this study, we expand on prior work and examine the characteristics of successful teachers who are teaching secondary English OOF. We identified the teachers through quantitative means, identifying teachers whose secondary students showed higher than predicted academic growth in ELA on the state’s secondary English assessments. We used three level hierarchical linear modeling and school fixed-effects ordinary least squares models to identify teachers who had students who showed greater increased in English achievement than was predicted based on their student demographic, teacher, and school characteristics. Growth was calculated by subtracting the student’s actual English assessment score from the student's predicted English scores. These student-level growth scores were then averaged at the teacher-level, and the highest performing teachers teaching secondary English OOF were selected. The sample included the 10 teachers with the top growth score averages and their associated schools were identified. We contacted the principals of these schools and arranged to interview the principal and the secondary English teachers. With the principal, we sought to identify any school-level, systematic approaches to supporting teachers teaching secondary English OOF (e.g., professional learning, classroom supports). With the teachers, we sought to identify their perception of teaching secondary English OOF, their perceptions of school-level support, and their sense of teaching self-efficacy. We also observed their pedagogical approaches during classroom observations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show teaching OOF was associated with 17.4% of a standard deviation (SD) lower achievement in English Language Arts in Grade 9 compared to teachers who were prepared and licensed to teach secondary English. These results indicate that students who were taught OOF experience less growth and achievement in English. There are substantial differences across school and student level characteristics. The negative effect of teaching OOF on student growth is twice that of student poverty. In other words, eliminating poverty in Texas would improve student learning by only half the rate of ensuring all teachers were teaching within their fields of expertise. We are processing the qualitative data and will provide details during the presentation. In general, two groups exist. First and least informative, was the group of principals who provided no systematic supports for their teachers, thus were unable to account for the positive outcomes beyond assuming the results were due solely to an individual teacher. Second, and actionable, were the schools that had implemented systematic supports and training for their teachers and discuss how professional learning opportunities were tailored to teachers teaching secondary English OOF. Examples of these systematic supports and the teachers’ perceptions of these supports will be provided. With increased teacher shortages and pressures to churn out more teachers, the OOF rates are likely to increase. The results of our study strongly indicate that teaching OOF is not a viable option for providing a high quality, equitable education to students. Given that Author (2020) showed Black students, male students, students in special education, from low-income families, and multilinguals are significantly more likely to be taught by a teacher OOF than their peers, all else being equal, the current findings may result in less equitable educational opportunities for students across the USA. References Author, 2020 Author, 2022 Beswick, K., Fraser, S., & Crowley, S. (2016). '“No wonder out-of-field teachers struggle!”: Unpacking the thinking of expert teachers, Australian Mathematics Teacher, vol. 72, p. 16 – 20. Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2010). Teacher credentials and student achievement in high school: A cross subject analysis with student fixed effects. Journal of Human Resources, 45(3), 655–681. Du Plessis, A. (2015). Effective education: Conceptualising the meaning of out-of-field teaching practices for teachers, teacher quality and school leaders. International Journal of Educational Research. 72, 89-102. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.005 Donaldson, M. L., & Johnson, S. M. (2010). The Price of Misassignment: The Role of Teaching Assignments in Teach For America Teachers’ Exit From Low-Income Schools and the Teaching Profession. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 32(2), 299–323. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40732422 Hobbs, L. & Porsch, R. (Eds). (2022). Out-of-field teaching across teaching disciplines and contexts. Springer. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-9328-1 Ingersoll, R. M. (1998). The problem of out-of-field teaching. The Phi Delta Kappan, 79(10), 773–776. Ingersoll, R. M. (1999). The problem of underqualified teachers in American Secondary Schools. Educational Researcher, 28(2), 26-37. Ingersoll, R. M. (2019). Measuring out-of-field teaching. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of ‘teaching out-of-field’: International perspectives on teaching as a non-specialist (pp. 21–52). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_2 Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2002). Teacher sorting and the plight of urban schools: A descriptive analysis. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(1), 37–62. Nixon, R. S., Luft, J. A., & Ross, R. J. (2017). Prevalence and predictors of out-of-field teaching in the first five years. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 54(9), 1197–1218. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21402 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 11 SES 09 A: Education for All: Treatment of Educational Diversity Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Teachers’ Attributes for Academic Optimism: Understanding its Development for Equity and Excellence 1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Atheneum Martinus Bilzen, Belgium Presenting Author:Individual teachers' academic optimism (TAO) is an important teacher characteristic that influences student achievement. Academically optimistic teachers believe they can make a difference, build trusting relationships with students and parents, and focus on learning (Woolfolk Hoy et al., 2008). Research confirms a strong correlation with student achievement, even after controlling for background variables such as SES and migration (Ates & Unal, 2021). At the same time, TAO is inherently malleable; pessimistic teachers can become optimistic (Hoy, 2012). Despite the essential importance of TAO, the academic community has so far had limited success in grasping how TAO is formed, how it evolves and – crucially – how it can be influenced. Therefore, understanding how teachers attribute their level of academic optimism to certain causes is an important step in expanding the knowledge base on TAO, as this can offer more insight into the mechanisms at play in creating academically optimistic teachers. Using attribution theory, we try to capture how teachers explain high or low levels of TAO. Attribution theory states that the perceived causes of past events determine what will happen in the future (Weiner, 2010). Depending on the underlying properties of causes (locus, stability, and controllability) that teachers attribute to their degree of academic optimism, causal attributions shape teachers' affective reactions, expectations, and behaviour (Tõeväli & Kikas, 2016). In other words, teachers who attribute internally and believe they exert control over student learning are more likely to take responsibility compared to teachers who attribute causes externally, uncontrollably, and stable (Wang et al., 2015). To promote favourable attribution patterns, it is therefore important to understand those causal attribution processes (Suter et al., 2022). Consequently, knowledge about the causes teachers name for high or low levels of academic optimism creates opportunities for understanding the development of TAO. In addition, this study examines the role of students' disadvantaged background and schools' level of academic optimism (SAO) regarding these attributions. After all, teachers' attribution process is not independent of the social (school) context (Murray et al., 2020). Previous research has already shown that school composition influences teachers' attribution processes regarding their students’ success or failure (Riley & Ungerleider, 2012). Despite good intentions, a common attribution error is over-reliance on information based on stereotypes (Reyna, 2008). These stereotypes lead to failure being internally, uncontrollably, and stably attributed to the student, negatively affecting expectations for future success. Because teachers can influence students through their attributions (Georgiou, 2008), it is important to know whether causes for high or low levels of TAO are attributed differently according to school composition. At the same time, we examine whether the degree of school-level academic optimism can be related to those attributional processes. School academic optimism (SAO) is a characteristic of the collectively shared school culture and is reflected in the degree of collective efficacy, the trust the team has in students and parents and the way a school-wide focus on learning exists (Hoy, 2012). As the degree of SAO influences normative culture and behaviour in schools (Wu & Lin, 2018), we also expect an influence on the mode of attribution. Schools with high levels of SAO believe they can make a difference, but whether this also trickles down into the way teachers attribute TAO is unknown. While that information could offer more insight into how schools can create an academically optimistic culture. This all leads to the following research questions: (1) How do teachers attribute causes for high or low levels of TAO? And (2) what role do the number of disadvantaged students and the level of SAO play in making these attributions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In an urban aera data were collected through semi-structured interviews with 16 teachers from eight secondary schools that participated in previous quantitative research on academic optimism. These schools were chosen through purposive sampling by the level of SAO (high/low) and the number of disadvantaged students (highest and lowest quartile). As academic optimism is a latent construct, our approach involved a detailed examination of its subcomponents. We explored the factors influencing teachers' perceptions of high or low levels within these components of academic optimism. To elicit insights, teachers were prompted to identify the causes and subsequently discuss their attributions. In addition to the interview guide, we employed a checklist to systematically address the internal/external locus of control and consider dimensions of stability and controllability for each component. Furthermore, we explicitly inquired about the connection between teachers' beliefs, and the potential influence of students' background characteristics, if respondents did not already raised these context factors themselves. Interviews were transcribed and analysed using Nvivo software, with a codebook developed based on academic optimism and attribution theory. Distinctions were made in attributions for high or low levels of academic optimism components, based on respondents’ positive or negative evaluations. The codebook, applied deductively, considered locus of control, stability, and controllability. Regular team discussions ensured coding accuracy. Each unique attribution received a separate code, with the repetition of the same attribution not included as a new code. The study classified interviews as cases, attaching school characteristics obtained from prior research. Quantifying attributions within each code facilitated comparisons based on school characteristics. This comprehensive process addressed research questions, offering insights into teacher attributions related to academic optimism subcomponents and background characteristics of students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that teachers attribute causes for high degrees of TAO both to themselves (internally) and others (externally), and they mainly perceive these causes as stable and controllable. Low levels of TAO are attributed exclusively externally and outside their control, but both stable and unstable. This is in line with previous research and confirms the self-serving attribution bias where people attribute success internally but failure externally (Cabanis et al., 2013). In addition, the degree of SAO seems to play a role in attribution, rather than school composition. Teachers in academically optimistic schools are more likely to attribute high levels of TAO to positive school characteristics that are stable and controllable. Moreover, they explain low levels of TAO less frequently with causes referring to students' disadvantaged backgrounds, compared to colleagues from less optimistic schools. The latter group attributes causes for low levels of TAO exclusively external and beyond their control. In conclusion, teachers in academically optimistic schools seem to speak differently about their students, their school, and themselves. In the way they attribute low or high levels for TAO opportunities are seen and responsibilities are recognised. This creates possibilities for increasing academic optimism by addressing teachers' perceptions and attributions. After all, academic optimism may be changeable, but if teachers are not willing to assign themselves a role in this process, this transformation will be little successful (Oakland & Tanner, 2007). As higher levels of TAO can lead to better performance for all students the importance of these insights come to the fore. More detailed results, insights, and consequences, as well as limitations, will be covered in the presentation. References Ates, A., & Unal, A. (2021). The relationship between teacher academic optimism and student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Psycho-Educational Research Reviews, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.52963/perr_biruni_v10.n2.20 Cabanis, M., Pyka, M., Mehl, S., et al. (2013). The precuneus and the insula in self-attributional processes. Cognitive, Affective and Behavioral Neuroscience, 13(2), 330–345. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13415-012-0143-5 Hoy, W. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40-year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078 Murray, R. M., Coffee, P. A., Calum, A. E., & Robert C. (2020). Social Identity Moderates the Effects of Team-Referent Attributions on Collective Efficacy but Not Emotions. Sport, Exercise, and Performance Psychology, 9(3), 322–340. Oakland, J. S., & Tanner, S. (2007). Successful change management. In Total Quality Management and Business Excellence (Vol. 18, Issues 1–2, pp. 1–19). https://doi.org/10.1080/14783360601042890 Reyna, C. (2008). Ian is intelligent but Leshaun is lazy: Antecedentsand consequences of attributional stereotypes inthe classroom. European Journal of Psychology of Education, XXIII(4), 439–458. Riley, T., & Ungerleider, C. (2012). Self-fulfilling Prophecy: How Teachers’ Attributions, Expectations, and Stereotypes Influence the Learning Opportunities Afforded Aboriginal Students. Canadian Journal of Education / Revue Canadienne de l’éducation, 35(2), 303–333. https://doi.org/10.2307/canajeducrevucan.35.2.303 Suter, F., Karlen, Y., Maag Merki, K., & Hirt, C. N. (2022). The relationship between success and failure causal attributions and achievement goal orientations. Learning and Individual Differences, 100, 102225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2022.102225 Tõeväli, P. K., & Kikas, E. (2016). Teachers’ ability and help attributions and children’s math performance and task persistence. Early Child Development and Care, 186(8), 1259–1270. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1089434 Wang, H., Hall, N. C., & Rahimi, S. (2015). Self-efficacy and causal attributions in teachers: Effects on burnout, job satisfaction, illness, and quitting intentions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 120–130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.12.005 Weiner, B. (2010). The development of an attribution-based theory of motivation: A history of ideas. Educational Psychologist, 45(1), 28–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520903433596 Woolfolk Hoy, A., Hoy, W. K., & Kurz, N. M. (2008). Teacher’s academic optimism: The development and test of a new construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(4), 821–835. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2007.08.004 Wu, J. H., & Lin, C. Y. (2018). A multilevel analysis of teacher and school academic optimism in Taiwan elementary schools. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(1), 53–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-017-9514-5 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Social Justice in Portuguese schools - New directions and approaches CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal Presenting Author:Globalisation has led to increasing diversity in school contexts, in terms of students' backgrounds and nationalities, cultures and languages (Rijkschroeff et al., 2005). This new reality poses unprecedented challenges to schools, in their attempt to achieve equity through teaching-learning environments, to improve contextualised, multicultural settings and student-centred strategies. It is also necessary to consider the perennial social and economic inequality structure, which continues to generate inequalities in academic achievement (Broer et al., 2019). Socioeconomic inequalities are evident in most European cities, segregation is increasing, and the gap between upper and lower classes is widening (Musterd et al., 2017). There is a clear danger that education may reflect this imbalance and once again become a platform for reproducing economic and social inequalities. To counter this tendency, schools are increasingly expected to innovate, to develop effective strategies and methods, and to redesign organisational changes. All these efforts aim at transforming diversity into an asset, increasing students' motivation and engagement in learning, and empowering the whole student community in the acquisition of knowledge. What we intend to bring to this presentation is a qualitative case study, conducted in two elementary schools in Portugal, that addresses how teachers and other members of the educational community regard interventions that are being implemented, for targeted, disenfranchised, groups of students. The selected schools depict a variety of socio-economic, ethnic and immigrant backgrounds. They face a number of challenges, dealing with low SES groups, as well as a wide range of new immigration arrivals, that present linguistic differences. These interventions, which aim at reducing both long-standing and recent inequalities, are described, analysed, and evaluated by the research participants.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used These case studies intend to understand the meaning and specificities of these interventions or measures in the perspective of the participants. The collection of data consists of fifteen individual interviews with teachers and headteachers, education staff (school psychologist and social workers) and parents. These materials have undergone content analysis, as systematic description of phenomena (Breakwell, 2012) allowing for the organization of content into several categories, that structure the strategies developed in these school contexts. More specifically, the research questions focus on: what has been created in this school over the last few years to achieve greater success for all pupils, particularly those from disadvantaged groups? What features seem to be producing more transformative teaching and learning? What does not seem to be working as expected? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Seeing that the research is ongoing, we still do not have many specific results on the perceived efficacy of these strategies. However, we expect to depict a vast array of interventions. The findings, so far, reveal different types of interventions, which can be organized into pedagogical, classroom tailored strategies, as well as school level organization policies, following the implementation of new legislation acts in education. These strategies connect with the research questions, in their description and evaluation of more or less effectiveness, in the participants perspective, that is, these discourses about strategies and measures are being subjected to a content analysis treatment of their perceived efficacy and barriers. Some concrete examples of innovative interventions implemented by these contexts are, considered by the participants as transformative, could be: the creation of interdisciplinary classes (DACS), coordinating several subjects in the same classroom; a project designed to teach the national language to immigrant students; new school organisation policies to improve attention and discipline (timetables, mobile phone use); strategies for closer links between family and school, among others. References Breakwell, M. G. (2012). Content analysis. Breakwell, Wright & Barnett (Eds). In Research methods in psychology. (p. 511-530). Sage Publisher. Broer, M., Bai Y. & Fonseca, F. (2019). Socioeconomic Inequality and Educational Outcomes Evidence from Twenty Years of TIMSS. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) Musterd, S., Marcińczak,S., van Ham, M. & Tammaru, T. (2017) Socioeconomic segregation in European capital cities. Increasing separation between poor and rich, Urban Geography, 38:7, 1062-1083, DOI: 10.1080/02723638.2016.1228371 Rijkschroeff, R., ten Dam, G. Duyvendak,J.W., de Gruijter , M. and Pels,T. (2005). Educational policies on migrants and minorities in the Netherlands: success or failure? Journal of Education Policy. 20, 4, pp. 417–435 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Making a Return to Education and Training: a Systematic Review of Literature (2010-2023) UNED, Spain Presenting Author:Early leaving from education and training (ELET) in the European Union has been a critical objective for the improvement of equity and quality of education systems in the region, at least since the Lisbon European Council (2000), in March 2000, defined the so-called Lisbon Strategy, with the objective for 2010 of making Europe the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with better and sustainable jobs and greater social cohesion, in which the reduction of ELET was established as an objective. This has been repeated throughout the subsequent education and training strategies that have been published. Reducing dropout remains a priority, however, the scientific literature is beginning to point to a gap in understanding how we can facilitate the return of those who have left education or training and subsequently return (Gilles & Misfud, 2016; Guerrero-Puerta, 2022; Psifidou et al., 2021). Awareness of this process can contribute to a broader integration of the school-work trajectories of young people and, at the same time, broaden the possibilities of support and accompaniment for those who decide to return (Nouwen and Clycq, 2019). In this framework, and due to the scientific literature is very diverse, we propose -as the main objective of the study- to analyze relevant research on the topic in order to present a thematic map of the state of the art on early leaving education and training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology adopted in this study will be a systematic review of the literature focused on the return to education or training after leaving education or training. To carry out this review, two major academic search engines, Scopus and Web of Science, will be used to identify related studies. Studies published between 2010 and 2023 were considered. This methodology will allow us to analyze and synthesize the most up-to-date findings and information on the return of individuals to education or training after having interrupted their educational trajectory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this line of research on the topic of returning to education or training after leaving, we can find different lines of literature development. On the one hand, De la Cruz & Ilinich (2019), Feito (2015), and Nieto, et al. (2018) focus on the students' return trajectory and explore the meanings they attribute to early school leaving, as well as their influence on the return process using a biographical approach. In addition, they examine the post-dropout period, motivation to return, and students' perceptions of the leaving and return process. These studies highlight the importance of considering factors that led to leaving before being consolidated, which can be projected onto the return process. These investigations also question the linearity of the trajectories and emphasize the importance of addressing the tension between individual agency and structure in the dropout and return processes. In addition, some authors, such as De la Cruz & Ilinich (2019), highlight the influence of individual factors on return, thus, they point out that young people's first contact with the labor market and precarious conditions may be triggers for return. Feito (2015) argues that the low demand of the Spanish productive system in terms of credentials and training has historically contributed to dropout and is now being reversed with an increase in educational return. In addition, another of the resulting lines highlights the importance of accompaniment processes in return transitions. Thiele et al. (2017) study the return of students from lower classes and the importance of guidance to make educational options visible. Emery et al. (2020) reaches similar conclusions when investigating the return trajectories of migrant students, emphasizing the relevance of accompaniment and guidance in this process. In conclusion, these studies highlight the complexity of leaving and returning processes in education, considering individual and structural factors, and emphasizing the importance of support and guidance to facilitate the successful return of students. References Cruz Flores, G. D. L., & Illich Matus Ortega, D. (2019). “¿ Por qué regresé a la escuela?” Abandono y retorno escolar desde la experiencia de jóvenes de educación media superior. Perfiles educativos, 41(165), 8-26. Feito-Alonso, R. (2015). La ESO de adultos. Trayectorias de abandono escolar temprano entre estudiantes con experiencia laboral. Profesorado, Revista de Currículum y formación del profesorado, 19(2), 351-371. Gillies, D. & Mifsud, D. (2016). Policy in transition: the emergence of tackling early school leaving (ESL) as EU policy priority. Journal of education policy, 31(6), 819-832. Guerrero Puerta, L. M. (2022). Jóvenes que Retornan al Sistema de Educación y/o Formación: Un Análisis de su Curso de vida. Nieto, J. M., Pruaño, A. P., & Soto, A. T. (2018). Del abandono educativo temprano al reenganche formativo: un estudio narrativo con biogramas. Educatio siglo XXI, 36(2 Jul-Oct), 93-114. Nouwen, W., & Clycq, N. (2019). The role of social support in fostering school engagement in urban schools characterised by high risk of early leaving from education and training. Social Psychology of Education, 22(5), 1215-1238. Psifidou, I., Mouratoglou, N., & Farazouli, A. (2021). The role of guidance and counselling in minimising risk factors to early leaving from education and training in Europe. Journal of Education and Work, 34(7-8), 810-825. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 12 SES 09 A JS: Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Joint Research Workshop, NW 10, NW 12 & NW 22. Details in 12 SES 09 A JS |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Research Workshop Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis 1DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education; 2University of Boras; 3Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Presenting Author:In its 30th year, the European Association of Educational Research (EERA) unites more than 40 national associations and encompasses around 30 various networks that cluster focal themes. The annual European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) draws the participation of more than 2,000 researchers, facilitating international exchange and academic socialization. This event plays a pivotal role in advancing the concept of a "European Educational Research Space" emphasizing the culturally specific intellectual and social practices of research (Lawn, 2002; Lawn & Keiner, 2006), while acknowledging the diversity arising from national frameworks, distinct disciplinary perspectives, and a wide array of theoretical and methodological approaches (Keiner, 2006; Knaupp et al., 2014). The rich diversity of ECER submissions is fundamental to the analysis of developments and various topics within educational research. On the occasion of EERA’s 30th anniversary, we aim to put the ECER submissions at the centre of the research workshop, delving into the potentials and limitations of this corpus and presenting insights into the evolution of ECER based on these submissions. The corpus is based on a data dump provided by the EERA office and consists of more than 35,000 submissions in various presentation formats delivered to the ECER from 1998 to 2024. While this corpus offers intriguing insights into geographical, topical, network-related and temporal aspects, continued enrichment and cleansing are imperative. Five short papers deal with the ECER submission corpus from different perspectives: The first paper describes in detail the ECER submission corpus, outlining necessary cleansing and enrichment, and presenting basic data, including networks and geographical aspects. Further, it discusses the feasibility of establishing an open and continuously updated corpus. The second presentation explores the potentials of natural language processing methods such as topic modelling (Griffiths & Steyvers, 2004) to identify underlying themes and the topical structure of large and heterogeneous corpora. By addressing the lack of content indexing of the submissions, it focuses these questions: Which key topics can be identified from the contributions to the ECER conferences in terms of (a) their subject of research, and (b) their applied methods? How are these topics distributed across (a) the ECER networks, (b) the affiliation countries of the first author and (c) time? The third presentation adopts a detailed network perspective to the corpus. Network 10, teacher education research, analyses submissions in the long term based on bibliographic data and the generated topics, theories and methods used of the network. Since teacher education is embedded in inherently regionally anchored forms of institutionalisation, it is interesting to examine how submissions create a European communication space and how it can be characterised. The fourth paper takes a critically-engaged perspective by discussing translations and national framings of main terms of European Educational Research. The fifth contribution invites to discuss the potentials and limits of the data sources regarding knowledge production at the ECER to analyse new practices, partnerships of research, cross-national work and new subjects. These five papers, each presenting a unique perspective, serve as the starting point for a lively discussion of the benefits of the corpus and potential outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The construction and analysis of the ECER submission corpus involves a multi-faceted approach. The first two papers focus on the collection and empirical work. The following three papers accompany and reflect these first works. The first paper is a comprehensive overview of the research corpus construction, utilizing a data dump from EERA that incorporates abstracts and bibliographic metadata, similar to the online programme search (https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/). The data set is limited by a high inconsistency of names and affiliations. The latter are addressed by a semi-automated approach to assign an explicit country to the affiliations of the researchers via Wikidata. In the second paper, the contributions were initially subjected to a pre-processing and cleaning process. Subsequently, after analysing the bibliographic parameters of all contributions (including affiliation countries, network, first author etc.), key topics regarding the subject of research and methods of all contributions were identified. For this purpose, one of the most widely used natural language processing methods was applied, i.e. topic modelling. Topic modelling enables the identification of underlying topics in large text corpora by simultaneously (a) determining clusters of words and word combinations – so called topics – frequently occurring together and (b) clustering documents of a corpus according to their similarity to these topics (Blei et al., 2003). The results of the text mining approach were then analysed cross-sectionally as well as longitudinally to determine focal points, desiderata and trends of research from 1998 to 2023. Differences or similarities in research foci for different ECER networks, years and affiliations were also determined by differentially analysing and visualizing the distributions of the topics across the aforementioned parameters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The occasion of the 30th anniversary of the EERA presents a significant opportunity to engage in an in-depth discussion and exploration of an open corpus derived from ECER submissions. While the ECER contributes to a "European Educational Research Space”, its corpus of submissions creates a basis for critical engagement. The research workshop explores the potentials and limits of this ECER corpus of submissions and discusses ways of continuous maintenance and open access. The findings from the five papers constitute a solid foundation in this regard. The first paper elucidates the schema of the basic data available from the ECER conference and provides a feasibility estimation for sustaining an open and updated corpus. The outcomes of the second paper inform the audience and EERA network members about trends, desiderata and focal points of interest over the last 25 years. The results will be openly made available as an interactive tool, allowing interested parties to explore the processed corpus subject to their individual interests. The outcome of the third paper is the network perspective on the analytical potentials of the corpus. A question for the discussion is, if the outcomes of the topic modelling enable to identify distinguished specific values on which teacher education in Europe (and beyond) is based? The fourth and fifth paper provide further context about the ECER, reflect the corpus and its analytical boundaries. We welcome researchers from different networks and fields to participate and reveal some of the processes needed to carry on a critical engagement with the ECER through its submissions. References Aman, V. & Botte, A. (2017). A bibliometric view on the internationalization of European educational research. European Educational Research Journal, 16(6), 843–868. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117729903 Blei, D. M., Ng, A. Y., & Jordan, M. I. (2003). Latent dirichlet allocation. Journal of machine Learning research, 3(Jan), 993-1022. Griffiths, T. L., & Steyvers, M. (2004). Finding scientific topics. Proceedings of the National academy of Sciences, 101(suppl_1), 5228-5235. Keiner, E. (2010). Disciplines of education. The value of disciplinary self-observation. In: Furlong, J. & Lawn, M. (eds.): Disciplines of education. Their Role in the Future of Education Research. London & New York: Routledge, 159-172. Keiner, E. & Hofbauer, S. (2014). EERA and its European Conferences on Educational Research: A Patchwork of Research on European Educational Research. European Educational Research Journal, 13(4), 504–518. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2014.13.4.504 Kenk, M. (2003). ECER's Space in Europe: In between Science, Research and Politics? A Research Report. European Educational Research Journal, 2(4), 614–627. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2003.2.4.9 Knaupp, M., Schaufler, S., Hofbauer, S. & Keiner, E. (2014). Education research and educational psychology in Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom – an analysis of scholarly journals. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 36(1), 83–108. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:10791 Lawn, M. (2002). Welcome to the First Issue. European Educational Research Journal, 1(1), 1–2. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2002.1.1.1 Lawn, Martin & Keiner, Edwin (2006): The European University: between governance, discipline and network (Editorial). In: European Journal of Education 41, 2, 155-167 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 13 SES 09 A: Post-Truth Politics, and Post-critical pedagogy Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elisabet Langmann Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Regimes of Post-truth as Politics of Subjectivity Polish Naval Academy, Poland Presenting Author:The argument I intend to present at ECER relates to the pedagogical significance of post-truth, primarily in terms of the construction of political subjects. In the following I intend to argue that post-truth is one of the most powerful and dangerous pedagogical invention shaping our contemporary political status quo. What I find particularly significant is that in order to be addressed as a conceptual and political problem we must abandon defining it in opposition to ‘factual truth’ within the classical understanding of the term (as correspondence).
Epistemological and ontological perspectives I employ in order to discuss the relationship between post-truth and the question of the development of political subjectivities, relate to post-structural notions of truth (Deleuze 1991, 1994) and to regimes of truth (Rancière 1991; Deleuze, Guattari 1994), as well as the conceptualisations of 'the political' and 'politics' that permeate the political writings of Hannah Arendt and Jacques Rancière (Arendt 1998, 2005, 2006; Ranciere 1999, 2007). Within such a theoretical constellation, truth appears as a phenomenon that cannot be expressed by the explanatory order of language, and hence, it is unable to be transmitted in some direct way; its relation to 'facts' and 'reality' requires constant translation, interpretation and mediation through individual and intersubjective experience. 'The political' - is understood as a necessary ontological condition for forming practices of living together, for constitution of human freedom, and for the creation of a community of citizens - different and yet equal, for politics itself. Such a theoretical background leads me to emphasise the two key concepts around which the presentation is organised: post-truth and political subjectivity.
Post-truth is a fairly vague and ambiguous category. From the perspective of 'non-binary', post-structural epistemologies, it seems difficult to radically contrast the concept of post-truth with the idea of so-called 'factual truth'. Instead of arguing that the essence of post-truth is constituted by a simple negation of the classical notion of truth (where we are dealing with an assumption of a 'truthfulness' of thinking and being (cf. Allen 1993,15), I focus on understanding post-truth in terms of a linguistic construct involving a form of ‘co-created fiction in which the distinction between truth and falsehood has become irrelevant’ (Kalpokas 2019). Moreover, I argue that the social and pedagogical means of transmitting both truth and post-truth refer to 'an explanatory form of social order that involves an absolute confidence in the linguistic accessibility of facts, opinions, feelings, ideas, logics and narratives' (Bingham, Biesta, Rancière 2010, 122). Thus, post-truth, along with 'truth', is located within the epistemology of clarity and certainty that goes along with the imaginary of a fully transparent language that in its arbitrariness imposes explicit meanings and narrows down the human capacity of critique. At this point I want to stress that similar epistemological connotations underlie Arendt's concept of the political lie - a lie that 'never comes into conflict with reason' (Arendt 1973).
The question of political subjectivity is understood here in terms of political potentiality: natality, i.e. the ability to re-create the common world and to initiate political action. It is also deeply connected to human freedom and its capacity for ethical judgement. In the light of Arendt's political writings, there is an inextricable and mutual connection between the social experience of living in a community - including open communication under conditions of diversity - and the formation of political subjectivities of its citizens. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I argue that the function of post-truth is essentially pedagogical in that it relates to the (de)construction or prevention of the constitution of political subjectivities. In other words, its function is to discipline and unify human identities, to separate and colonize life-worlds, to limit and unify the horizon of human experience, to reduce mental decentration as a tool of human reflexivity, and to devastate the capacity for judgment and critical sense as a result of obstructing awareness of the discursivity of knowledge. In order to explain the (pedagogical) significance of post-truth for the development of political subjectivities, I have organised my argument in four theses: 1/Explanatory regimes of post-truth and their inherent mechanics of the 'distribution of the perceptible' (Ranciere) impose semantic hierarchies that colonise human thought and make it incapable of 'thinking otherwise'. Regimes of post-truth seem to play a similar role in constituting obedient / disciplined subjectivities. This relates to Arend's account of the ideal subject of totalitarian rule and totalitarian education (Arendt 1973), her idea of the role of truth and lie in politics (Arendt 1968; 1973), as well as the importance that Ranciere assigns to the role of dissensus in politics. 2/ The dissemination of post-truth leads to epistemic isolation of political subjects and their loss of a sense of shared reality. This is because the construction of post-truth involves a self-contained explanatory system of knowledge, and its totalising foundations undermine the human need to seek out, investigate, wonder, i.e. to study. As a consequence, we deal with the phenomenon of epistemic circularity and echo chambers. I refer here to empirical observations on research on media ecosystems made by Marwick and Lewis (2016), as well as to the prophetic theory of the simulacra by Baudrillard (1994). 3/ Post-truth offers people the promise of clarity and certainty in a world saturated with ambivalence and opacity. It – therefore – seems to perform a therapeutic function (cf. Illuoz 2017). Post-truth thus brings the illusion of a re-enchantment of the world functioning as an analogy to the post-mythical moment described by Horkheimer and Adorno in Dialectics of Enlightenment (2016), together with its implications for reducing human identities to hordes of subservient proletarians. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 4/ Post-truth offers a form of affective investment in aspirational narratives (Kalpokas 2019) and tends to make people gather not according to a political order, but rather according to a herd assembly. Affective investment makes statements true if only the masses want them to be true. According to Arendt, masses united by mood rather than political purpose are capable of creating totalitarian movements, characterised as mass organisations of atomised, isolated individuals (Arendt 1973). Finally, I will conclude that post-truth offers a prosthesis of moral integrity to replace the sense of responsibility and moral obligation at the core of political subjectivities. References Adorno, Th., Horkheimer, M. (2016). Dialectic of Enlightenment. London: Verso Books. Allen, B. (1993). Truth in Philosophy. Cambridge. MA: Harvard University Press. Arendt, H. (2005). In The Promise of Politics. New York: Schocken Books. Arendt, H. (1998). The Human Condition. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Arendt, H. (1973). The Origins of Totalitarianism. NY: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Bingham Ch., Biesta G., Rancière J. (2010). Truth in Education. London: Continuum. Deleuze, G. (1991). The Logic of Sense. New York: Columbia University Press. Baudrillard, J. (1994). Simulacra and Simulation. University of Michigan Press. Deleuze, G. (1994). Difference and Repetition. New York: Columbia University Press. Deleuze, G., Guattari, F. (1994). What is Philosophy? New York: Columbia University Press. Illouz, E. (2017). Emotions as Commodities: Capitalism, Consumption and Authenticity. Routledge. Kalpokas, I. (2019). Post-truth: The Condition of Our Times. In: A Political Theory of Post-Truth. Palgrave Pivot. Lewis, B., Marwick A., E. (2016). Media Manipulation and Disinformation. Online: https://datasociety.net/library/media-manipulation-and-disinfo-online/ Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster. Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Rancière, J. (1999). Disagreement: Politics and Philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Rancière, J. (2006). The Politics of Aesthetics, Continuum. Rancière, J. (2007). Hatred of Democracy. London & New York: Verso. Rancière, J. (2015). The Concept of Anachronism and the Historian's Truth. InPrint 3(1). Online: https://arrow.tudublin.ie/inp/vol3/iss1/3 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Can Critical Thinking and Uses of Argument Support Active Citizenship in a World Where Power is Exercised Through Post-truth? 1University of Southampton; 2University of Nottingham Ningbo Presenting Author:One aspect of our times is how finely balanced we are between dictatorship and democracy. Commentators are keen to find a method of renewing democratic processes. Naim (2022) suggested autocrats gain and maintain power through the exercise of ‘3Ps’, populism, polarisation, and post-truth. While recognizing the significance of the ‘3P’ tools used by authoritarians the language used in relation to the 3Ps is contested. Authoritarian challenges presented as the 3Ps are not necessarily new. In the 1920s John Dewey noted the rise of nationalism, unfettered power, and rapid technological change, he argued we can only change the world for the better on the basis of verifiable knowledge that results in action taken in association with others (Dewey 1929:3). A similar view is presented in Toulmin (2001) who argued that we need to continuously experiment and re-evaluate experience as it evolves across time. Temporal factors underpin critical realist theories of social change and social reproduction such as Archer’s (1995) morphogenetic approach. These philosophical and social theories directly address contemporary issues and analyze the processes of social change. This paper explores the role of education in democratic change and re-asserts a need for critical thinking, deliberation and systematic verification of knowledge that changes over time. We argue it is time to re-visit ideas of Dewey’s (1915,1929) to strengthen peoples’ capability to verify the warrants for assertions.
Citizen assemblies have been held up as response to the ‘3Ps’ of popularism, polarisation and post-truth (Naim 2002:237) and (Stewart 2023). We argue that new forms of representation such as citizen assemblies require an education that enables people to verify and assess evidence that inform decision making. How can we enable citizens to make better judgements of evidence? Dewey asserted the need for education to prepare people for democratic participation. Dewey argued this was achieved through systematic assessment of evidence and testing theory in practice. Is there a need to reassert a theory of knowledge and action for the 21st century? That is, to consider the verification of information and warrants that underpin assertions. The paper will argue that Dewey’s, Toulmin’s and Archer’s accounts of social change can be used to build democratic capability that enables verification evidence which provides for warranted assertions in times of rapid social change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A conceptual paper directed specifically at the ECER as Education in an Age of Uncertainty. The presentation connects current social and political problems such as the ‘3Ps’ of authoritarianism and with a particular focus on ‘Post Truth’ to revisit philosophical and sociological theory as mechanisms to support critical thinking. The paper is based on the reading of literature from philosophy and sociology of education together with more contemporary commentary on democracy and authoritarianism. The presentation reviews the work of John Dewey related to the verification of knowledge and learning through collective action. These themes are updated and interweaved with the Critical Realist approach of Archer (1995, 2007, 2015) to provide a temporal account of social change that applies the morphogenic approach to the relationship between knowledge and learning. Connections are made between themes in pragmaticism, critical realism and finally Toulmin’s Uses of Argument to suggest an agenda for a renewal of democratic processes, such as citizen assemblies, based on verification of knowledge claims. The paper is directly linked to contemporary challenges to democratic processes. Garton Ash reports that there are fewer democracies than non-democracies amongst countries with over one million people (2020). Paradoxically the rise of authoritarianism might find its greatest expression in 2024 a year with a record-breaking number of elections involving 40% of the world’s populations (Tisdall 2023 Observer Sunday 17 Dec 2023). Naim argued we need to find ways in which to counter the ‘Big Lies’ within a ‘pandemic of post-truth’ (2002: 237-246). John Dewey witnessed the rise of fascism, unfettered corporate power and technological change in the 1930s. He argued that education must connect with the changing social economic situation. Dewey emphasized the factors of time and place, family, work, politics civil society where ‘the social and educational theories and conceptions must be developed with definite reference to the needs and issues which mark and divide our domestic, economic, and political life in the generation of which we are a part.’ (Dewey 1933:46). Dewey’s concerns are pertinent today. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Informed and responsive citizens are essential to challenging the ‘big lies’ of authoritarianism. Students need the tools to filter disinformation and verify the credibility of information. The foundations and grounds upon which people make decisions have been discussed throughout the history of education. With reformers from Montaigne, Bacon, through to Dewey denouncing opinions formed on hearsay or simple acceptance pronouncements of the powerful. Laudillard argued we must not confuse information with knowledge as ‘knowledge is information already transformed: selected, analysed, interpreted, integrated, articulated, tested evaluated.’ (1993:123). How we can equip students with these tools of verification that transform information into knowledge? In addition to consideration of Dewey and Toulmin we argue that Archer’s (1995) morphogenetic approach provides a temporal basis for considering social change and reproduction across time. that examines 1) the social structure that 2) people interact with and produce 3) structural elaboration. The interaction with social structure across time is a transformative process that underpins Archer’s theory of social change. Dyke (2017) suggested that the approach can be applied to the relationship between knowledge and learning where 1) existing knowledge and experience provides the basis for 2) transformative learning that produce 3) new emergent knowledge over time. Understanding these temporal processes of learning from experience is essential to critical engagement in deliberative democracy. There is a need to translate this process into critical thinking, deliberation, and uses of argument. That is transformative learning founded upon critical thinking and the verification of warranted assertions. We argue that Dewey’s approach to learning is relevant to establishing contemporary warrants for assertions. We extend the work of Dewey and consider Toulmin’s (1958, 2001) approach together with critical realism of Archer (2007) as approaches that can enhance critical thinking and the verification of knowledge that can strengthen critical thinking as education for democracy. References Archer, M 1995 Realist social theory: the morphogenetic approach. Cambridge University Press. Archer, M 2007 Making our Way through the World. Cambridge University Press Colm D. Walsh & Johan A. Elkink (2021) The dissatisfied and the engaged: citizen support for citizens’ assemblies and their willingness to participate, Irish Political Studies, 36:4, 647-666, DOI: 10.1080/07907184.2021.1974717 Donti, P Archer, M (2015) The Relational Subject. Cambridge University Press Dewey, J 1915 Democracy and Education New York. Macmillan Dewey, J (1929) The Quest for Certainty in Bodyston, A (1989) Volume 4 1929 Southern Illinois University Press. Dewey, J (1933) Essays and How we Think in Bodyston, A (1989) Volume 4 1929 Southern Illinois University Press. Dyke, M (2017) Paradoxes of a Long Life Learning: an Exploration of Peter Jarvis’s Contribution to Experiential Learning Theory, International Journal of Lifelong Education, 36:1-2, 23-34, DOI: 10.1080/02601370.2017.1269475 Dryzek, J. S., Bächtiger, A., Chambers, S., Cohen, J., Druckman, J. N., Felicetti, A., … Warren, M. E. (2019). The crisis of democracy and the science of deliberation. Science, 363(6432), 1144–1146. Garton-Ash (2020) The Future of Liberalism. Prospect Magazine 9th Dec 2020. Hazlett, W (1877) Essays of Michel Montaigne 1533-1592. https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/3600 Kolb, D. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. New Jersey, NJ: Prentice Hall Laudrillard, D (1993) Rethinking University Teaching. Taylor Francis. London. Naim, M 2022 How Autocrats are Reinventing Politics for the 21st Century: The Revenge of Power St Martin’s Press New York. Stewart, R 1923 Politics on the Edge: a memoir from within. London Jonathan Cape Tisdall, S (2023) Democracy’s Superbowl: 40 Elections that will shape global politics in 2024. Observer Sunday 17 Dec 2023 Tong D, He B. How democratic are Chinese grassroots deliberations? An empirical study of 393 deliberation experiments in China. Japanese Journal of Political Science. 2018;19(4):630-642. doi:10.1017/S1468109918000269 Toulmin, S (1958) The Uses of Argument. Updated edition (2003) Cambridge University Press Toulmin, S (2001) Return to Reason. Harvard University Press 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education for Education's Sake? Notes on Post-critical Pedagogy and the Relationship between Education and the Political Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:In connection with what has been described as a turn towards “a post-critical educational philosophy” (Hodgson/Vlieghe/Zamojski 2018) several philosophers of education have in recent years aimed at reaffirming the value of “education to be for education’s sake (rather than for extrinsic goals such as global citizenship)” (ibid.). Rather than wanting to imply that education is apolitical, this shift is defended as itself a necessary political move in the context of contemporary educational research and theory. We agree that there is a problematic tendency of instrumentalizing education for political and economic gain, and that the intrinsic value of education is a worthy aim in its own right. However, we argue that a more fine-grained and nuanced analysis is necessary in order to be able to distinguish between different political takes on education, as well as to sharpen the discussion of the consequences of different ways of understanding politics, philosophy and education, as well as their relationship with each other. We argue that not all ways in which education is described, analyzed or conceived of in political terms are equally problematic cases of instrumentalization and that there lies an immense danger in such over-generalization. We suggest distinguishing between instrumentalization and reification in order to avoid that a call for “education for education’s sake” turns into a naïve gesture of strengthening tendencies of the status quo which contribute to increasing social inequality and injustice. Particularly, we want to show which preconditions are necessary so that affirmatively focusing on the educational in education does not contribute to further covering over current injustices rather than providing us with the language to describe and, also in affirmative ways, position ourselves differently in relation to the political aims of education we consider worthy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Philosophical analysis is used as main method, drawing on the work of Honneth (2008; 2016), and others. Some sociological research results (Mijs 2019) as well as perspectives from gender studies are also taken into consideration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While we see some validity in the philosophical point of trying to keep "a critical distance" (Säfström 2020) between education and acute political issues, we believe that some of the arguments formulated in the call for "post-critical pedagogy" need to be reworked in order to not lose sight of the difficulty of ensuring and safeguarding the conditions of possibility of education to be for education’s sake. In a spin on Bernstein’s famous quote, we suggest that while education cannot compensate for society, we need society to compensate so that education can be for education’s sake. For this, we need an educational philosophy which can adequately and critically articulate and describe societal and political questions as they pertain to education.The philosophical discussion on the relationship between education and politics is of utmost relevance in the current climate of political attempts throughout Europe to redefine perspectives of hope connected to education. A thorough philosophical discussion of the premises on which we can criticize the "distributive paradigm of schooling" (Säfström 2020) is furthermore relevant in relation to recent studies which, relying on data from Sweden among other countries, show that, as inequality increases, so does the belief in meritocracy (Mijs 2019). References Hodgson, Naomi, Vlieghe, Joris & Zamojski, Piotr, Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy [Elektronisk resurs], 2018. Honneth, Axel, Butler, Judith, Jay, Martin, Geuss, Raymond. & Lear, Jonathan., Reification [Elektronisk resurs] a new look at an old idea, Oxford University Press, New York, 2008. Honneth, Axel, et al. Recognition or Disagreement: A Critical Encounter on the Politics of Freedom, Equality, and Identity. New York: Columbia University Press, 2016. Print. Mijs, Jonathan J.B., The paradox of inequality: income inequality and belief in meritocracy go hand in hand, Socio-Economic Review, 19/1, January 2021, pp. 7–35, https://doi.org/10.1093/ser/mwy051 Säfström, Carl Anders. A Pedagogy of Equality in a Time of Unrest: Strategies for an Ambiguous Future. New York, NY: Routledge, 2021. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 09 A: Rural Schools and Uncertainty: Leadership and Closures. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Anne Paterson Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Leading Rurally: Principles of Place-Serving Leadership from Beyond the Metropolis 1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology (RMIT), Australia; 3Montana State University, USA Presenting Author:Internationally, rural education leaders recognise the need to be attentive to their local and global context to lead effectively in and for their ever-changing communities (Brown et al., 2021; Wildy et al., 2014). While issues like the climate crisis, increased migration, and the pandemic are global, they manifest uniquely in every school-community. This paper considers a series of case studies from various contexts, in different types of rural areas, from different education and political systems to develop an adaptable toolkit for rural education leaders to become ‘place-serving leaders’ through these uncertain times. The paper adds to the international body of knowledge regarding the two fields of ‘rurality’ and ‘educational leadership’. It builds on the field of inquiry into the significance of ‘adding the rural’ (Green, 2013) to all aspects of education, furthering the collective work by education researchers worldwide (Green & Corbett, 2013; Gristy et al.,2020; Roberts & Fuqua, 2021; White & Corbett 2014; White & Downey, 2021) keen to consider the impacts rurality has on aspects of teaching, education, and research. Continuing this work is necessary as it sharpens the understanding of those who live beyond the metropolis, for all. We have taken an inclusive, collaborative definition of ‘leadership’, coining the term ‘leading rurally’ as an agentive stance to leadership in relation to what it might mean in, for and with rural contexts. To lead rurally is to be a ‘place-serving leader’, one who considers ‘place’ to be an active, equal partner. Considering place as an actor, highlights its many seasons and changing climate (physically, socially, and politically). Recognising place as sociologically, geographically, and politically contested is important for leaders in navigating these spaces; place-serving leaders need to understand and view their roles within these diverse socio-geo-political places. We explore two contexts (US and Australia) to provide insights for the wider rural education research community. While the US and Australia have differences regarding rural education, there are important similarities impacting what it means to ‘lead rurally’, creating important insights for broader international applicability. Both contexts have experienced population shifts and decline in nonmetropolitan areas shaped by global economic and technological changes, increased population mobility, the globalisation of production, limited rural labour market demand, and aging rural populations (White & Downey, 2021). Demographic changes have serious consequences for the survival of rural schools, for example, as enrolments decline, they face pressure to close or consolidate, and/or they become more culturally diverse (Brown et al., 2021; Deunk & Maslowski, 2020; Gristy et al., 2020; Tieken & Auldridge-Reveles, 2019). Like many countries, the US and Australia have challenges in staffing rural schools and students often experience fewer opportunities for further education and career opportunities (Alexander, 2022; Gristy et al., 2020; White & Downey, 2021). The purpose of this paper is to explore the concept of “leading rurally” through the stories of those who engage in this work providing insights, challenges, and innovations for others to consider. Rural leaders are witnessing and learning to navigate the increasing political and ideological divides occurring in rural contexts. As tensions are played out publicly in hyperlocal places, effective leaders need to be able to hold such tensions and listen to diverse perspectives, honouring different views and ways of being. Working collectively across many alliances and considering insider-outsider positionality are some of the strategies discussed to overcome such tensions. While the stories are American and Australian, we contend that the insights and strategies proposed are useful worldwide since they are shaped by their local versions of global challenges faced in many contexts – which are well-documented and pervasive internationally (Gristy et al., 2020; White & Downey, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws upon the concluding chapter to a forthcoming edited book ‘Sharing Leadership Stories in Rural Education: Leading Rurally across Australia and the United States’. It offers findings from a synthesis of rural education research from leaders who have conceptualised and led a range of rural education initiatives and research. This paper investigates the notion of educational leadership as ‘situated practice’ which is “best conceived as always located somewhere, socially, spatially and historically, and as always speaking from somewhere” (Green & Reid, 2014, p. 255). Data collection involved a deliberate approach to seeking contributing authors, conducting a peer review process, and we undertook a thematic analysis of all contributions to develop our conclusions. We sought out a range of different types of ‘leaders’ in a variety of rural education contexts. These included researchers and practitioners working in communities, schools, research institutions, and teacher education programs. Their stories were set in both centralised and de-centralised education systems. Additionally, First Nation scholars and studies offered deep insights into what leadership is required to understand, lead, and heal historical and generational trauma from colonisation. Authors were asked to share their stories about what ‘leading rurally’ meant to them in terms of leadership in the 21st century, leading schools, leading partnerships, leading in the research community, and/or leading through crises. The stories they chose to share, their interpretations of ‘leadership’ and ‘rurality’, and the strategies and advice they provided revealed the place-focused nature of their work. After each chapter was peer reviewed for academic rigour and clarity (specifically for readers outside of the author/s’ context) then finalised by authors, we conducted a thematic analysis looking for storylines and shared principles of practice. The storylines that carried across all chapters were: standpoint, collective leadership skills, working ‘out of place’, and adopting an intergenerational approach to leading in rural contexts. These form the foundations of a place-serving rural leader’s toolkit. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The advice to adopt a rural leadership standpoint of partnering ‘with the rural’ as a key principle for practice was rooted in the importance of rural leaders working with the community, acknowledging place ‘as’ the site for learning, to listen and learn from the place. Collective leadership skills are required for leading rurally with leaders needing to adopt a ‘joined-up’ approach in thinking about leading for and with communities. This requires working across various community groups, including Indigenous Elders. Leaders need to work ‘out of place’ which recognises that one’s position on the insider-outsider continuum is not fixed. While this can raise challenges of being an ‘outsider’, it can also bring fresh perspectives and space from hyper-localised issues. Finally, rural leadership demands an intergenerational, spatial approach with opportunities to support and work with the next generation of leaders and those who have come before. To best lead rurally, leaders must be open to new ways of working and thinking that may risk the entrenched social fabric of a place, but may be essential to help saving it. The uncertainties and challenges facing rural leaders that were uncovered through these stories are not limited to the American and Australian context. Uncertainty stemming from climate change, shifting political tensions, issues of recognition in and of rural places are affecting schools and communities worldwide. The advice for future place-serving leaders derived from the four main storylines can be essentialised as: become a community insider, build local coalitions for equity, engage in productive conflict, engage in positive public relations, and build coalitions that extend beyond your community. While it is easy to despair in these challenging times, the stories generously shared here provoke, encourage, and inspire – pointing the way forward as we seek to lead rurally in the days ahead. References Alexander, R. (2022). Spatialising careership: Towards a spatio-relational model of career development. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 44(2), 291–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2153647 Brown, M., Altrichter, H., Shiyan, I., Rodríguez Conde, M. J., McNamara, G., Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Vorobyeva, I., Vangrando, V., Gardezi, S., O’Hara, J., Postlbauer, A., Milyaeva, D., Sergeevna, N., Fulterer, S., García, A. G., & Sánchez, L. (2022). Challenges and opportunities for culturally responsive leadership in schools: Evidence from four European countries. Policy Futures in Education, 20(5), 580-607. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103211040909 Deunk, M., & Maslowski, R. (2020). The role of school boards and school leadership in small schools in the Netherlands. In C. Gristy, L. Hargreaves, & S.R. Kučerová (Eds.), Educational research and schooling in rural Europe: An engagement with changing patterns of education, space and place (pp. 237-257). IAP. Green, B. (2013). Literacy, rurality, education: A partial mapping. In B. Green & M. Corbett (Eds.). Rethinking rural literacies: Transnational perspectives (pp. 17-34). Palgrave Macmillan. Green, B., & Corbett, M. (Eds.) (2013). Rethinking rural literacies: Transnational perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan. Green, B., & Reid, J. (2014). Social cartography and rural education: Researching space(s) and place(s). In S. White & M. Corbett (Eds.), Doing educational research in rural settings: Methodological issues, international perspectives and practical solutions (pp. 26–40). Routledge. Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L., & Kučerová, S. R. (Eds.) (2020). Educational research and schooling in rural Europe: An engagement with changing patterns of education, space and place. IAP. Roberts, P., & Fuqua, M. (Eds.). (2021). Ruraling education research: Connections between rurality and the disciplines of educational research. Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6 Tieken, M. C., & Auldridge-Reveles, T. R. (2019). Rethinking the school closure research: School closure as spatial injustice. Review of Educational Research, 89(6), 917-953. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319877151 Wildy, H., Siguräardóttir, S. M., & Faulkner, R. (2014). Leading the small rural school in Iceland and Australia: Building leadership capacity. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42, 104-118. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213513188 White, S. & Corbett, M. (Eds.). (2014). Doing educational research in rural settings: Methodological issues, international perspectives and practical solutions. Routledge. White, S. & Downey, J. (Eds.). (2021) Rural education across the world: Models of innovative practice and impact. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-33-6116-4 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Remodelling and Developing National Leadership Provision During a Time of Uncertainty to Support Future Sustainable Leadership in Small Rural Schools University of the Highlands and Islands Presenting Author:Across Europe many small schools have been closed or amalgamated and there has been a move from schools being in local small settlements to larger centres (Ribchester & Edwards, 1999). This movement has been influenced by many sociocultural factors, including the physical geography, historical influences, and characteristics of population (Kucerova, Meyer and Trshorsch,2020) The demand for education is dictated by population size, age structure and demographics (Barakat,2015). This brings uncertainty and issues regarding the sustainability of small rural schools.
Scottish Education has seen similar trends. The 32 Local Authorities in Scotland are responsible for the education pattern in each of their areas. The Local Authorities are required to deliver the services within a financial package, and this has seen greater uncertainty for communities as the pressure on the budgets escalates. Whilst there are statutory legal requirements for school closures within the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 (Scottish Government, 2014) there continues to be uncertainty about the future of small rural schools. Scotland is currently going through a period of review of Education which has also caused a great deal of uncertainty.
In this difficult landscape it is important to understand the pressures for headteachers and leaders of small rural schools. Leadership is crucial. The researchers were involved in delivering a national programme (In Headship) for newly appointed headteachers in rural areas and were keen to ensure that the programme met the needs of small school leaders: to support school leadership during a time of uncertainty and provide hope and sustainability for the future. Within the Scottish context the importance of landscape, flexibility and sustainability were key to ensuring the development of the national programme for rural school leaders enabled “people to live well and create a world worth living in” (Edwards-Groves et al. 2020, p 126)
The researchers asked the question: What did the national leadership programme require to meet the needs of small schools in a time of uncertainty?
They undertook collaborative action research with local authority employers and programme participants (Coghlan and Brannick, 2014), drawing on their wider work with leaders in small rural schools, to examine practice and to remodel the programme to provide support for sustainable leadership. The reflective analysis presented here is framed through the conceptual work of Bottery (2016) where leadership sustainability and unsustainability links to world sustainability and unsustainability.
Leadership sustainability is key for rural schools across Europe and is linked to the notion of preserving something that is valued. It is therefore appropriate to explore uncertainty for leaders within rural schools not only through the lens of sustainability of the school in the community but also through what is valued and brings hope for the future. The Brundtland Report (1987, P. 8) defines sustainability as “meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs”. This reflects not only on the sustainability of the natural environment but also of the human world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents the outcomes of collaborative action research (Coghlan and Brannick, 2009) the researchers carried out while teaching a programme for newly appointed headteachers in rural schools in 2022-23. Scotland has a national leadership programme for newly appointed headteachers. The programme has a national framework but is designed and taught as a separate programme in three different universities. In reviewing the programme in 2023 it was apparent that the national programme did not fully meet the needs of the leaders in the rural areas. During the same period a National Review was taking place in Scottish Education. There was much uncertainty and through a collaborative approach with local authority leaders and headteachers the researchers remodelled the programme to provide opportunity to support and challenge the rural leaders within their unique locations. The online structure of the programme was reinforced and flexibility added to support the sustainability of rural leadership (Bottery, 2016). The researchers have strong connections with rural education which they brought to the developing of the national programme for leaders within rural contexts. Their knowledge of the field and being within the field has influenced their use of an ethnographic approach to the research and data handling. Their role is “part spy, part voyeur, part fan, part member” (Van Maanen, 1978, 346): their main aim being to observe and analyse how leaders interact with each other, communities and with their environment, in order to understand what is required for sustainable rural leadership. The data collected include the national framework, field notes from the collaborative action and responses from the participants to the programme activities. This initial data set is supplemented by focus group discussions with the group of participants in 2023 – 24. Analysis was carried out through structured reflection on programme content and individual responses, both approaches focusing on the development of sustainable strategic leadership (Davies, 2004) for rural schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research analysed the collaborative response to and development of a programme supporting newly appointed headteachers in rural schools. The programme , which is delivered digitally and remotely, was welcomed by participants and offers a pathway to improved leadership activities which would not be possible due to geographical isolation from the main central urban based universities. The work undertaken provided support for rural leadership in the current uncertain times. Recognition has been given at national level in Scotland that the remodelling of the programme and the development has been an important part of the overall programme in Scotland. Leadership in small rural schools requires strategic leadership which is embedded in context and understands the national requirements. To ensure the future of small rural schools these leaders need to have strong foundations in their own leadership journey (Davies, 2004). The research evidenced that in small schools headteachers often perform a middle leadership role concurrently with that of headship. Middle leaders have the potential to impact areas such as teacher capacity, school reform, teacher motivation, morale and most importantly, but less commonly reported, student learning (Lipscombe et al(2021). The researcher explores participant response to those concurrent roles. References Barakat,B.(2015). A “recipe for depopulation”? School closures and local population decline in Saxony. Population, Space and Place, 21(8),735-753. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp1853 Bottery,M. (2016) Educational Leadership For a More Sustainable World. London, Bloomsbury Academic Bruntland Report (1987):World Commission on Environment and Development (1987) “Our Common Future”. The Bruntland Report. Oxford, Oxford University Press Coghlan, D. & Brannick, T. 4thed. (2014) Doing Action Research in your own Organization, London, Sage Publications Ltd. Davies, B, Leading the Strategically Focused School: Success and Sustainability, 2004, London, Paul Chapman Publishing Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Mahon, K. (2020) Leading as shared transformative educational practice. In K. Mahon, C. Edwards-Groves, S.Francisco, M. Kaukko, S. Kemmis, & K. Petrie(Eds.) Pedagogy, education and praxis in critical times (pp117-140). Springer Nature. Kucerova,S.R, Meyer,P., & Trahorsch, P. (2020) Factors Influencing Elementary Education System in Selected European Countries. Gristy, C., Hargreaves,L. & Kucerova, S.( eds) Educational Research and Schooling in Rural Europe, Information Age Publishing Inc, USA Lipscombe, K., & Tindall-Ford, S. (2021). Middle leadership: A partnership in teaching and learning. Australian Educational Leader, 43(2), 14-17. Francisco, S., Kaukko, M., Kemmis, S. & Petrie, K. (eds). Pedagogy, education and praxis in critical times. Springer Nature Ribchester, C. & Edwards, B. (1999) The centre and the local: Policy and Practice in rural education provision. Journal of Rural Studies, 15 (1) pp. 49- 63 Scottish Government (2014) Children and Young People (Scotland ) Act 2014, https://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2014/8/pdfs/asp_20140008_en.pdf Van Maanen J. (1978) Epilogue: on watching the watchers In P. Manning and J. Van Maanen (eds.) Policing: a view from the street, pp. 309- 49. California, Goodyear |
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 09 B: Trauma, Coping Experiences and Schooling. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Heidi Omdal Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Family Memory and Official History About the Recent Past in Cyprus in Conflict. UCL Institute of Education Presenting Author:My paper unveils social tensions in the field of education as it explores the relationship of family memory and children’s history learning about the troubled events of 1974 in Cyprus. It explores how memories and beliefs of those who survived the traumatic events of 1974 in Cyprus are remembered and used to build self-narratives for communicating them to the younger generation. It shows that these survivors demand their own voice when talking about 1974 and are unwilling to let the state claim ownership of the past. It reveals that participants in my study see politics as a barrier to having an authentic representation of the past and undertake initiatives to help their children draw links between the troubled past and present. They regard the history textbook as vehicle transferring the State’s approach to 1974 and teachers as the public servants to distribute this official narrative and claim their own share when talking about the past. In this context, they undertake initiatives enabling them to link their past to their children’s present such as storytelling, witnessing funerals of missing persons and visiting places with certain meanings for their family histories. These memory-sites stage adults’ stories and are appreciated as enabling youngsters to inherit the family history and values while acknowledging their positionality in society. Based on data derived from the research I conducted for my doctoral thesis and supported by empirical research from the settings of Cyprus and especially of Northern Ireland, where the most salient research related to my research objectives is found, this paper seeks to answer these two research questions:
Memory and narrative permeate this research as theoretical concepts for understanding how the past influences the memories and beliefs of people and how they remember the past, construct self-narratives, and mediate these to their youngsters. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research approach and followed a purposive-sampling approach that encouraged the recruitment of participants who could contribute to the research aims and the thorough exploration of all relevant research issues. Research data were collected a.via one-on-one semi-structured interviews with 5 history educators, 23 parents or grandparents and 10 joint interviews with (grand) parents and their children, b. through the methods of document analysis on the history textbook and c. observing classes about recent Cypriot history. Narratives were explored as an experience and a construct, drawing on Labovian structural narrative analysis, which enabled me to follow the narrator’s stance. Content analysis was applied to textual data and provided a wider understanding on the knowledge conveyed to the reader through the narrative and sources of the history book. It yielded further information on how the state seeks to predispose readers towards the past through this master historical narrative. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research data reveal educational debates at different levels, between and within social groups in the field of education in Cyprus. They show that there is not a collaborative relationship or a shared understanding between families, teachers and schools about what children are expected to know about their recent past. Schools are seen by families as places to disseminate the official narrative of the past and the history textbooks and teachers as vehicles to do so. These findings lead us to understand why family members demand and try to be involved in their children’s learning. They indicate the need to enhance our knowledge about family-intergenerational memory and emotional issues in history learning in Cyprus and other conflict-ridden societies. Most importantly, these findings enable us to see the importance to further investigate intergenerational narratives as they may help children to assess the past and to become aware of social phenomena or they may distort their ideas about the past, adopting the adults’ beliefs (patriotic, political, social etc), memories and knowledge of the past. References Amadini, M. (2015). Transition to parenthood and intergenerational relationships: the ethical value of family memory, Ethics and Education, 10 (1), 36-48, DOI:10.1080/17449642.2014.998022 Andrews, M., Squire, C., & Tamboukou, M. (eds) (2011). Doing Narrative Research. London: Sage Publications. Assmann, A., (2006). Memory, Individual and Collective, In R. Goodin & C. Tilly, (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Contextual Political Analysis (pp.212-224). New York: Oxford University Press. Barton, K., & McCully, A. (2010). “You can form your own point of view”: Internally persuasive discourse in Northern Ireland students’ encounters with history. Teachers College Record, 112, 142–181. Bush, K. & Saltarelli, D. (2000). The two faces of education in ethnic conflict: Towards a peace building education for children. Florence: UNICEF (United Nations Children’s Fund) Innocenti Research Centre. Carretero, M. (2017). The teaching of recent and violent conflicts as challenges for history education. In History education and conflict transformation (pp. 341-377). London: Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. Carretero, M. (2018). Imagining the Nation throughout School History Master Narratives. In Demantowsky, M. (ed.) Public History and School: International Perspectives (p. 97-108), Berlin: De Gruyter. Christou, M. (2006). A double imagination: memory and education in Cyprus. Journal of Modern Greek Studies, 24(2), 285-306. Conway, M. (2004). Identifying the past: An exploration of teaching and learning sensitive issues in history at secondary school level. Educate, 4(2), 66-79. Fivush, R. (2008). Remembering and reminiscing: How individual lives are constructed in family narratives, Memory studies, 1(1), 49 – 58. Fivush, R. & Merrill, N. (2016). An ecological systems approach to family narratives, Memory Studies, 9(3), 305– 314. Foster, S.& Crawford, K. (2006). What Shall We Tell the Children? International Perspectives on School History Textbooks. Greenwich, CT: Information Age Publishing. Krippendorff, K. (2004). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Labov, W. (1997). Some Further Steps in Narrative Analysis, Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1-4), 395 – 415. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1075/jnlh.7.49som Leonard, P. (2014). Echoes from the Past: Intergenerational Memories in Cyprus. Children and Society, 28, 66–76. Merrill, N., & Fivush, R. (2016). Intergenerational narratives and identity across Development, Developmental Review 40, 72–92. Wertsch, J. (2008). The narrative organization of collective memory. Ethos, 36(1), 120-135. Wertsch, J. (2012). Texts of Memory and Texts of History, L2 Journal, 4, 9-20. Wertsch, J. (2021). How nations remember: a narrative approach. New York: Oxford University Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Longitudinal Associations between Child Behavior and Parental Depressive Symptoms: A Random Intercept Cross-Lagged Panel Model University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In past decades, a big number of research (e.g., Hanington et al., 2012; Reupert & Maybery, 2016; Vrolijk et al., 2023; Yamamoto & Keogh, 2018; Yang & Williams, 2021) related to both maternal and paternal depressive symptoms have been applied to examine their associations with not only child factors (child behavior, child development, child wellbeing etc.,) but also many other family functions (marital conflict, parenting practices, parenting self-efficacy etc.,). Likewise, child behavior, mainly behavior problems have been widely studied to broaden understanding of the related influence and interventions (Guajardo et al., 2009; Linville et al., 2010; Tømmerås et al., 2018). However, positive aspects, for example, to what extent child prosocial and parental wellbeing are associated with each other, have not gained enough attention (Gross et al., 2008; Putnick et al., 2018). Besides, there are rather a few studies examining the reciprocal associations between child behavior and parental wellbeing, compared with much previous unidirectional research (Davis & Qi, 2022); let alone extensive studies in investigating longitudinal effects between child behavior and both parents’ mental health systematically in the family context (Gross et al., 2008). In previous literature, the family has been widely believed as a crucial context in promoting both children and parents’ inclusive wellbeing. Because factors of family members in the family context, such as child behavior, child development, child wellbeing, parental competence, and parental wellbeing etc., are intertwined with each other intensively. (Blair et al., 2014; Berryhill, 2016; Bodenmann et al., 2008; Farmer & Lee, 2011; MacKinnon et al., 2018; Turner et al., 1987). In particular, many family system theorists (Beavers & Hampson, 2000; Bowen, 1966; Bronfenbrenner, 1977, 1979; Cox & Paley, 1997,2003) suggested that the family should be studied as systems to better understanding family function like family members’ development, wellbeing, and relationships. Extending the previous literature, we examine longitudinal associations between parental depressive symptoms and child behavior at three timepoints across pre-school age (4 and 6 years old) to school age (9-years-old) including both maternal and paternal depressive symptoms and child behavior problems (both externalizing and internalizing behaviors) and adaptive skills. In addition, we add an important methodological advancement, the usage of RI-CLPM model which distinguish between- and within- person variances to provide accurate results and correct interpretation of the correlations across age. The aims of the current study were twofold: 2. Do child’s behavior (externalizing behavior, internalizing behavior and adaptive skills) and parental depressive symptoms predict one another at the within-person level? That is, do increased parental depressive symptoms at the subsequent time point predict increased behavior problems/less adaptive behavior and vice versa? Hopefully, our multi-group, multi-level, and multi-time spots models may provide a better understanding of family dynamics, contextual influences, and bring together researchers, practitioners, policymakers to discuss some broader implications of possible intervention and prevention at various levels to support both child and parental well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants (n= 200; 106 boys, 94 girls) were followed from birth in the Jyvaskyla Longitudinal Study of Dyslexia (JLD) (Lohvansuu et al., 2021). The current analyses included data from children at age 4, 6 and 9. With the help of maternity clinics throughout the Central Finland, participating parents had taken skills test for the parental diagnosis in terms of reading, spelling, and vocabulary related cognition by paper and pencil at the university before the child’s birth. Half of the families with one or both parents diagnosed as dyslexia were set as at-risk for dyslexia group, and the other half belonged to the control group (Leinonen et al., 2001). All families were native Finnish speaking Caucasian. In addition, there were no significant differences in general mental, physical, or sensory assessments between all children when they were born. A Finnish translation (Parhiala et al., 2015) of Behavior Assessment System for Children (BASC) (Reynolds & Kamphaus, 1992) reported by parents was used to measure child behavior when the children were 4, 6 and 9 years old. Whilst, A Finnish translation (Aro et al., 2009) of the Beck Depression Inventory (Beck et al., 1961) was applied to measure parental depressive symptoms. Firstly, distributions of variables were examined by and Pearson correlations between child behavior and parental depressive symptoms were calculated using IBM SPSS Statistics 28 program. In order to handle measurement error, latent factors were used in further analysis. Each variable at each time point was divided to be three sub sums based on factor loadings to create the latent factor. Then the Mplus statistical package (version 8.10) was used to carry out the further Structural Equation Models modeling. To answer the research questions, random intercept cross-lagged models (RI-CLPM) were utilized (ref) to test autoregression and cross-lagged effects when the variation between individual levels (random intercepts) are controlled. Factorial invariance holds between control and comparison groups were tested as the first step in this research. Four models with full information maximum likelihood increasing hierarchically the invariance constraints were estimated. Second step is to test if groups covariance structure is equal between groups. Bayes method was utilized in estimation because model complexity increases considerably. At last, random intercept cross-lagged models were used to test autoregression and cross-lagged effect when the variation between individual levels (random intercepts) are controlled. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the increase trend in research examining not only unidirectional, reciprocal associations but also transitional mechanism between child behavior and parental wellbeing including parents’ stress, depressive symptoms etc., Nevertheless, few studies have considered family as a whole in promoting family wellbeing. Also, there are contradictory findings regarding how parents and children influence each other in different study circumstance like dataset from different countries. Hence, the current research examined the longitudinal associations between child’s behavior (externalizing, internalizing behavior and adaptive skills) and parental (both fathers and mothers) depressive symptoms systematically extended from family system theories in the Finnish context to broaden the understanding of family function under different national and social system. The results showed that there are significant between – person correlations between maternal depressive symptoms and child internalizing behavior, between maternal depressive symptoms and child adaptive skills, and between paternal depressive symptoms and child internalizing behavior. That is, a father or mother with higher depressive symptoms also have children with more internalizing behavior and vice versa, whilst a mother with higher depressive symptoms has children with less adaptive skills and vice versa. No significant within- person cross-lagged associations were found which indicated that increased parental depressive symptoms at the subsequent time point do not predict increased behavior problems/less adaptive behavior and vice versa. The findings thus suggested that besides mothers’ perspective and child behavior problems, other essential aspects such as fathers’ perspective, child positive adjustment, child-driven effects, positive effects on each other among family members, between- and within- person effects should also be considered into future investigations from a family system perspective in understanding family functioning and potentially promoting family well-being. References Aro, T., Poikkeus, A., Eklund, K., Tolvanen, A., Laakso, M., Viholainen, H., . . . Ahonen, T. (2009). Effects of Multidomain Risk Accumulation on Cognitive, Academic, and Behavioural Outcomes. Journal of clinical child and adolescent psychology, 38(6), 883-898. Beavers, R., & Hampson, R. B. (2000). The Beavers Systems Model of Family Functioning. Journal of family therapy, 22(2), 128-143. Beck, A. T., Ward, C., Mendelson, M., Mock, J., & Erbaugh, J. J. A. G. P. (1961). Beck depression inventory (BDI). Arch Gen Psychiatry, 4(6), 561-571. Bowen, M. (1966). The use of family theory in clinical practice. Comprehensive psychiatry, 7(5), 345-374. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American Psychologist, 32, 513–531. Cox, M., & Paley, B. (1997). Families as systems. Annual review of psychology, 48(1), 243-267. Reciprocal models of child behavior and depressive symptoms in mothers and fathers in a sample of children at risk for early conduct problems. Journal of family psychology, 22(5), 742. Hamaker, E. L., Kuiper, R. M., & Grasman, R. P. P. P. (2015). A Critique of the Cross-Lagged Panel Model. Psychological methods, 20(1), 102-116. Leinonen, S., Muller, K., Leppanen, P., Aro, M., Ahonen, T., & Lyytinen, H. (2001). Heterogeneity in adult dyslexic readers: Relating processing skills to the speed and accuracy of oral text reading. Reading & writing, 14(3-4), 265-296. Linville, D., Chronister, K., Dishion, T., Todahl, J., Miller, J., Shaw, D., . . . Wilson, M. (2010). A Longitudinal Analysis of Parenting Practices, Couple Satisfaction, and Child Behavior Problems. Journal of marital and family therapy, 36(2), 244-255. Lohvansuu, K., Torppa, M., Ahonen, T., Eklund, K., Hämäläinen, J. A., Leppänen, P. H. T., & Lyytinen, H. (2021). Unveiling the Mysteries of Dyslexia-Lessons Learned from the Prospective Jyväskylä Longitudinal Study of Dyslexia. Brain sciences, 11(4), 427. Parhiala, P., Torppa, M., Eklund, K., Aro, T., Poikkeus, A., Heikkilä, R., & Ahonen, T. (2015). Psychosocial Functioning of Children with and without Dyslexia: A Follow-up Study from Ages Four to Nine. Dyslexia (Chichester, England), 21(3), 197-211. Reynolds, C. R., & Kamphaus, R. W. (1992). Behavioral Assessment System for Children. Manual. Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service. Reupert, A., & Maybery, D. (2016). What do we know about families where parents have mental illness? A systematic review. Child & Youth Services, 37(2), 98–111. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Creating Parent Capacity in Cases of Selective Mutism. University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:Background Early intervention and close cooperation with parents is crucial to prevent serious mental health problems in children with selective mutism (SM) (Omdal, 2008). Without any guidance from professionals with SM expertise, parents and professionals are potential risk factors for the child’s progress (Omdal, 2014). This paper considers the innovation process in a parent guidance group with nine SM families phasing-in an authoritative parenting style (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002) in interactions with their SM child. Aim and conceptual framework The SM child’s constant withdrawal from speech interferes with learning and social communication and gets more and more ingrained the longer it lasts (Omdal, 2007). Previous research suggests that SM parents tend to overprotect the SM child (Omdal, 2014; Omdal & Galloway, 2008). Thus, this group of children may have few coping experiences in the environment. We started a parent guidance group with nine families having a child with SM in 2017, holding six meetings where parents exchanged experiences and received guidance from the researcher. This study investigates the possibilities and challenges in parents’ implementation of an authoritative parenting style. Authoritative parents prevent over-dependency in interactions with their child (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002). Egan’s skilled-helper model (Egan, 2014) was used as a framework in the parent guidance. The model is organized in three steps: (1) the current picture; (2) the preferred picture; and (3) the way forward. Participants are encouraged to be active during the entire process of implementing goals, decisions, and actions towards a changed situation. Continuous evaluation throughout the process is necessary to reach valued outcomes. The study questions whether Egan’s skilled-helper model is adequate in phasing-in the principles of the innovation. Fullan (2016) emphasizes that a strong collective orientation strengthens participants’ motivation for change. Thus, an effective collaborative culture and common learning processes among parents and parents and teachers might increase capacity (Hargreaves et al., 2018; Leithwood, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on the results gathered by the author during the first year of implementation. The results are gathered from: (1) focus group-interviews with the parents who were responsible for creating the capacity in each SM case in the parent guidance group; and (2) participating parents’ written answers to questions arising from Egan’s (2014) skilled-helper model in between the parent meetings. Content analysis (Patton, 2002) is used in the analysis. Common themes across cases are analyzed in NVivo (Richards, 2002). The parents gave their informed consent to participate, in accordance with the ethical guidelines given by The National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities (NESH, 2016). We search for the participants’ ‘real world experiences’ (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018) as objectively as possible. Our goal is to interpret the actions and social world from the interviewees’ own perspectives (Bryman, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A common theme among the families was how to find the right balance between supporting and challenging the SM child in communication with others. How to promote greater independence between the child and the parents is the main question from the project. The participants found it helpful to get support from other parents. They struggled at Egan’s (2014) third step, the action level. It was hard to implement the evidence-based principles of the innovation in their own situation. More supervision and support after the end of the project year was needed. Theoretical and educational significance In cases of selective mutism, capacity building is required to move from silence to speech. Parents are viewed as crucial change agents for the SM child. Practical implications for parent-teacher-cooperation are highlighted. References Baumrind, D. (1991). Parenting styles and adolescent development. In J. Brooks-Gunn, Lerner, R. M. & Petersen, A. C. (Eds.), The Encyclopedia of adolescence. (pp. 746-758.). New York: Garland. Bryman, A. (2016). Social Research Methods. (5th ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Denzin, N.K. & Lincoln, Y.S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.). Los Angeles, California: Sage. Egan, G. (2014). The skilled helper: a client-centred approach (10th ed.). Hampshire: Cengage Learning. Fullan, M. (2016). The new meaning of educational change (5th ed.). London: Routledge. Hargreaves, A., Shirley, D., Wangia, S., Bacon, C., & D’Angelo, M. (2018). Leading from the middle: spreading learning, wellbeing, and identity across Ontario. Toronto, Canada: Council of Ontario Directors of Education. Leithwood, K.A. (2019). Leadership Development on a Large Scale: Lessons for Long-Term Success. First edition. Thousand Oaks, California: Corwin, Sage Publications. Omdal, H. (2014). The child who doesn’t speak. Understanding and supporting children with selective mutism. Kristiansand: Portal Academic. Omdal, H. (2008). Including children with selective mutism in mainstream schools and kindergartens: problems and possibilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12(3), 301–315. DOI: 10.1080/13603110601103246. Omdal, H. (2007). Can adults who have recovered from selective mutism in childhood and adolescence tell us anything about the nature of the condition and/or recovery from it? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 22 (3), 237-253. DOI: 10.1080/08856250701430323. Omdal, H., & Galloway, D. (2008). Could selective mutism be re-conceptualised as a specific phobia of expressive speech? An exploratory post-hoc study. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 13 (2), 74-81. DOI: 10.1111/j. 1475-3588.2007. 00454.x. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications. Richards, L. (2002). Using NVivo in Qualitative Research. Melbourne: QSR International. Snyder, J., Low, S., Bullard, L., Schrepferman, L., Wachlarowicz, M., Marvin, C. & Reed, A. (2013). Effective parenting practices: Social interaction learning theory and the role of emotion coaching and mindfulness. In R. E. Larzelere, A. Sheffield Morris & A. W. Harrist (red.), Authoritative Parenting: Synthesizing nurturance and discipline for optimal child development (s. 189-210). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. The National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities (NESH). (2016). Guidelines for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences, Humanities, Law and Theology. Oslo: The Norwegian National Research Ethics Committees. Wentzel, K. R. (2002). Are Effective Teachers Like Good Parents? Teaching Styles and Student Adjustment in Early Adolescence. Child Development, 73(1), 287-301. doi:10.1111/1467-8624.00406. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 15 SES 09 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kathrin Paal Paper/Ignite Talk Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Consent as a Life Skill for Primary School Teachers and Students: Research Results from an Academic and Non-Academic European Partnership 1University of Education Freiburg, Germany; 2The Smile of the Child, Greece; 3iED, Greece; 4Gazi University,Turkey; 5Gazi University,Turkey Presenting Author:Violence against children transcends boundaries of age, race, gender, sexual orientation, educational background, and socioeconomic status, remaining widespread despite global efforts for recognition, elimination, and prevention (WHO, 2019). Consent and prevention education, as emphasised in the Australian Human Rights Commission's 2017-2018 report, should be introduced early to counteract a culture of (sexual) assault through violence, targeted incapacitation, or coercion. School-related gender-based violence (SRGBV), well-documented globally, necessitates early preventive measures, highlighting the importance of educators developing competencies to recognize and intervene in SRGBV situations (UNESCO and UN Women, 2016; UNESCO and UNGEI, 2023). The Gender Equality Strategy for 2020-2025 underscores gender-based violence as a significant challenge rooted in gender inequality, emphasizing prevention through early education and collaboration with men and boys in various fields (UN Women). The concept of 'consent' is defined as respecting one another’s boundaries to be and feel safe, develop healthy relationships, and preserve dignity, requiring respect, communication, freedom, and equality (Casby & Lyons, 2019). Educating children about consent from a young age is crucial for fostering better relationships and instilling an understanding that individuals have the right to decide what happens to their bodies (Quealy-Gainer, 2020). Consent education extends to online interactions and relationships, addressing cyberbullying, a pervasive issue affecting a growing number of young adults (Trucco, et al., 2020; Subaramaniam et al., 2022). Moreover, several studies highlight the importance of educating children about consent as a preventive measure against abuse (Rizos, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research paper addresses the urgent need for primary school education on consent as a life skill to fight the widespread issue of violence against children, transcending various demographics. Drawing on the principles of Human Rights Education (HRE) and a multi-country European partnership (https://messageconsent.eu/), the study examines existing policies and practices related to consent in primary teacher education. The methodology involves mapping education policies across Germany, Greece, Cyprus, Türkiye, Spain, Croatia, and Italy, identifying gaps, and developing comprehensive lesson plans and micro-lessons focused on communication skills, setting boundaries, and preventing gender-based violence. The paper aims to deliver research results at the national levels, present developed teaching materials, and offer insights into primary school education and consent issues from a Human Rights Education perspective at the European level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper responds to the evolving education landscape by providing a comprehensive guide, lesson plans, and micro-lessons on teaching consent as a crucial life skill to elementary school teachers and educators. Aligned with HRE principles, the research aims to equip trainers to impart communication skills, address personal boundaries, and prevent gender-based violence by fostering mutual respect and conflict resolution early in education. The paper targets three main objectives: deliver research results at the national level, present developed teaching material, and provide insights on primary school education and consent issues from an HRE perspective at the European level, emphasising collaboration between academic, non-academic and NGOs partners for quality standards and sustainability goals. References Australian Human Rights Commission (2018). Australian Human Rights Commission 2017-18 Complaint statistics. Retrieved from: https://humanrights.gov.au/sites/default/files/AHRC_Complaints_AR_Stats_Tables_2017-18.pdf Casby, C., & Lyons, B. (2019). Consent and children. Anaesthesia & Intensive Care Medicine, 20(1), 52-55. Committee of Ministers Recommendation CM/Rec. (2010). 7 on the Council of Europe Charter on Education for Democratic Citizenship and Human Rights Education. Retrieved from: https://rm.coe.int/16803034e5 Quealy-Gainer, K. (2020). [Review of the book Consent (for Kids!): Boundaries, Respect, and Being in Charge of YOU, by Rachel Brian]. Bulletin of the Center for Children's Books 73(5), 203. doi:10.1353/bcc.2020.0003. Resolution of the Committee of Minister on the youth policy of the Council of Europe, CM/Res (2008)23 United Nations, Plan of Action of the World Programme for Human Rights Education – First phase, Geneva, 2006 Rizos, Th. (2022). The importance of Sexual Education at school and its correlation to sexual assault prevention. (Publication No. 116102434)(Doctoral dissertation, Aegean University), http://hdl.handle.net/11610/24346 Subaramaniam, K., Kolandaisamy, R., Jalil, A. B., & Kolandaisamy, I. (2022). Cyberbullying Challenges on Society: A Review. Journal of Positive School Psychology, 6(2), 2174-2184. Trucco, D., Palma, A., & UNICEF. (2020). Childhood and adolescence in the digital age: A comparative report of the Kids Online surveys on Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica and Uruguay. UNICEF. (2023). A summary of the UN convention on the rights of the child. Retrieved May 04 2023, from https://www.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/UNCRC_summary-1_1.pdf United Nations. (2022). Human Rights Education and Training, Office of the High Commissioner. Retrieved from: https://www.ohchr.org/en/resources/educators/human-rights-education-training United Nations and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2022). Plan of Action for the Fourth Phase of the World Programme for Human Rights Education. Retrieved from https://www.ohchr.org/en/publications/human-rights-education-series/plan-action-fourth-phase-world-programme-human-rights UNESCO and UN Women (2016) ‘Global guidance on addressing school-related gender-based violence’ UNESCO and UNGEI (2023) ‘School violence: Why gender matters and how to measure school related gender based violence (SRGBV) World Health Organization. (2019). RESPECT women: Preventing violence against women. Geneva. Retrieved from: https://www.unwomen.org/sites/default/files/Headquarters/Attachments/Sections/Library/Publications/2019/RESPECT-Women-Preventing-violence-against-women-en.pdf 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Collaboration Across Boundaries: Sustainable Partnerships to Enable Young Children’s Place-Based Learning in the Community University of Plymouth, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Universities play a vital role in achieving the Sustainable Development Goals through knowledge generation, sharing and cooperation with other sectors (SDG 17) (Seth, 2023). Nevertheless, to address the global challenge of climate change, considerably larger partnerships with a variety of stakeholders outside of higher education are necessary (Ho et al., 2023). School-university partnerships are perceived to be able to close the gap between theory and practice (Green et al., 2020; Passy et al., 2018). Research shows many positive outcomes of schools' active engagement in research such as practice transformation and social change (Goodnough, 2011). Partnerships between universities and museums can offer opportunities for children from a wide range of backgrounds to cross boundaries and experience other times, places and cultures (Wright, 2020). We recently completed our 3-year Erasmus+ project ‘UPPScale - University Practice Partnerships: sustaining collaboration across learning environment’, where we investigated partnerships between HEIs and schools, early years settings and community groups. This led to the development of a set of Principles of Collaboration Across Boundaries to encourage effective partnership, in line with SDG 17.16 (UN General Assembly, 2015). As part of the project, we completed six Transnational Partnership Projects (TPPs) – one of them about ‘Place-based learning in the school surroundings’ with partners from Belgium, Czech Republic and England. Within this TPP, two groups of children in Belgium and the Czech Republic conducted their own place-based learning projects. Following the TPP, the English partners invited families and children to explore a local museum through the child-led approach. Supported by SDG 4.7 (UN General Assembly, 2015), children have the right for suitable and supportive education. Their voices and stands should be respected and hope for the future provided. In our research project, we advocate for children to be seen as capable members of society and explore ways to enable their right to be heard and their ‘views ... given due weight’ (UN General Assembly, 1989, p. 5). Investing in children and innovative learning approaches can prepare them to be future citizens that actively engaged in a sustainable society. Every child should have the chance to participate in real-world projects that span national and international borders and involve a variety of stakeholders (Ho et al., 2023 ). Place-based learning gives children a sense of their own agency and collective capacity (Smith, 2007), even at young age (Boyd, 2019). It helps to develop a stronger connection to the community, enhances appreciation for the natural world, and increases the commitment to be an active, contributing citizen (Sobel, 2004). With the place-based learning approach, learners are more autonomous. That means they get involved in their own learning agenda as they choose an area of their interest, the way to approach it, and they construct personally meaningful artifacts that are representations of their learning (Grant, 2002). The approach can also be used across the curriculum (Beames et al., 2012) and outside of institutional learning structures. Museums and galleries are ‘valuable places for learning with rich contexts and experiences for making sense of the world’ (Wright, 2020, p. 743). Our original TPP explored how place-based learning projects can be conducted with children in the Early Years and Primary school. Following the TPP, we explored how the place-based learning approach could be used by families and stakeholders in the wider community in a local museum. We also aimed to illustrate ways place-based learning projects can be scaffolded to empower teachers and museum educators to adapt this approach into their practice and engage in cross-sectoral partnerships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Within the TPP, with the support of teachers and university researchers, 12 Belgian primary school children (9 to 10 years old) and 22 Czech preschool children (4 to 5 years old) conducted their own place-based learning projects within school hours. The primary school children chose to explore a cemetery that was located next to their school. Preschool children explored a nearby hill they visit regularly with their teachers but also with parents in their spare time. Following the TPP, with support of their parents and university researchers, children (3 to 11 years old) explored a local museum during a half-term activity. We drew from the place- and inquiry-based learning approach (Van Helleputte & Cools, 2022), which was initially designed for primary school aged children. Within the TPP, teachers and researchers adapted the approach to be suitable for preschool children. Beyond the TPP, the approach was adapted to be used by families and educators in a museum. Children developed research questions, were data collectors, and were involved in data interpretation, analysis as well as dissemination. Within the TPP, both groups of children voted for the most interesting place in the neighbourhood of the school. Children then explored the place with the help of a ‘hand-exploration’ tool (Van Helleputte & Cools, 2022). They collected all questions they had about things they have seen or noticed, sorted the questions and selected the most interesting one for them. To answer their research questions, they looked up information online and in literature. Children also visited and interviewed members of the community such as undertakers and their parents. After compiling information to answer their research questions, children presented their findings to their peers and teachers. To disseminate their findings further and introduce their place and research to the other children in the transnational project, each group made a video. During the half-term activity, children chose the most interesting area or an artefact within a local museum. They explored with the help of the ‘hand-exploration’ tool and took photos. To answer their research questions, they consulted museum staff, exhibition guides and looked up information online and in literature. Children collated their photos and research findings in an individual scrapbook that was then presented by them to other children and families, museum staff and local stakeholders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings of this research project show that children had agency over every step of their project and activities helped to develop 21st century skills, such as critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, communication as well as information literacy. Our findings also show that the approach is adaptable to every age group, within the school curriculum and beyond. This indicates that children acquire skills for further collaborative action for sustainability. The international aspect of the project’s first phase helped children to connect across borders, explore other languages and connect across age groups. It also provided a further purpose to disseminate their findings beyond their peers and teachers. The second phase helped children to explore across times and cultures and share their research findings with local stakeholders. Overall, the findings of this transnational and cross-sectoral project provide a guide of place-based learning in the school surroundings for teachers in Early Years and Primary school to draw from as well as stakeholders such as museum educators to discover ways for a child-led exploration of an exhibition. The findings provide valuable information into the use of place-based learning approaches to foster caring partnerships between universities, schools, families and the wider community. Findings also provided the opportunity to apply the Principles of Collaboration across sectoral and geographical boundaries and align the expectations of the role of different stakeholders to sustain partnerships between different sectors. We illustrate how schools, universities and stakeholders from the wider community can collaborate between age groups, countries and sustainably engage in partnerships. Findings also show how the diversity of contributors helped to develop and implement an innovative approach into school practices and outside of institutional learning structures such as a museum. References Beames, S., Higgins, P., & Nicol, R. (2012). Learning outside the classroom: Theory and guidelines for practice. Routledge. Boyd, D. (2019). Utilising place-based learning through local contexts to develop agents of change in Early Childhood Education for Sustainability. Education 3-13, 47(8), pp. 983-997. Goodnough, K. (2011). “Examining the Long-Term Impact of Collaborative Action Research on Teacher Identity and Practice: The Perceptions of K-12 Teachers.” Educational Action Research 19 (1), pp. 73–86. Grant, M. M. (2002). Getting a grip on project-based learning: Theory, cases and recommendations. Meridian: A middle school computer technologies journal, 5(1). Green, C.A., Tindall-Ford, S.K. and Eady, M.J. (2020). ‘School-university partnerships in Australia: a systematic literature review’, Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 48 (4), pp. 403-435. Ho, S.S., Bowser, G., Templer, P. and Green, S.A. (2023) Learning for sustainability: partnerships for the goals. Sustainable Earth Reviews, 6(8). Passy, R., Georgeson, J., and Gompertz, B. (2018) Building learning partnerships between schools and universities: an example from south-west England. Journal of Education for Teaching: International Research and Pedagogy, 44(5), 1-17. Seth, N. (2023). SDG 17 and the Role of Universities Achieving Agenda 2030. In Cabrera, Á. and Cutright, D. (Ed.), Higher Education and SDG17: Partnerships for the Goals (Higher Education and the Sustainable Development Goals), Emerald Publishing Limited, Leeds, pp. 19-25. Smith, G. A. (2007). Place‐based education: Breaking through the constraining regularities of public school. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), pp. 189-207. Sobel, D. (2004). Place-based education: Connecting classroom and community. Nature and listening, 4(1), pp. 1-7. UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1. Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (Accessed: 25 January 2024). UN General Assembly (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577. Available at: https://downloads.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/UNCRC_united_nations_convention_on_the_rights_of_the_child.pdf (Accessed: 25 January 2024). Van Helleputte, G. and Cools, D. (2022). Methodology of place-based & inquiry-based learning. Available at: https://uppscaleeu.wordpress.com/ (Resources) Wright, D., 2020. Engaging young children and families in gallery education at Tate Liverpool. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 39(4), pp. 739-753. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) How to Incentivize Cultural Diversity in International Collaborations Regarding SDGs 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands; 2The Pennsylvania State University, Scranton Campus Presenting Author:Introduction UNESCO has been promoting Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) since 1992. The Sustainable Development Goals represent a guide for society toward being more accessible for social development, human dignity, and demanding justice at all stages (Emas 2015). The role of education is crucial for altering behaviors and promoting analytical thinking toward a more sustainable society (Kopnina, 2015; Frantz and Mayer, 2014). Throughout their education, students develop the abilities in a multidisciplinary manner to understand the paths to sustainability that have financial, environmental, and social components. During the Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL), American students and students from the Netherlands were given a safe environment to explore real issues in various contexts. According to the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA, 2014), a safe environment is a crucial tool in the development of appropriate professional behavior. For four years, we have been working on our COIL between The Hague University of Applied Sciences (THUAS) and Penn State University Scranton Campus (Penn- State). The courses were matched based on the similarity of course content. The Penn State Scranton students were enrolled in a Child Maltreatment Course. The students from THUAS were pursuing the Minor in Global Perspectives on Child Rearing and Family Support. During the development, evaluation and adjusting of this module we have been aware that one of the elements of education’s sustainable development is the use of innovative teaching methods (Kopnina 2015) and interactive education (Ghilardi-Lopes et al. 2013). The use of interactive education encourages students to apply what they have learned and to have a deeper understanding of how individual actions have implications.
Through the instruction we gave our students during this COIL, we ensured that students understood how sustainable living, gender equality and human rights are connected. The aim of this collaboration was a deeper understanding of global citizenship, respect for cultural diversity, and culture's role in advancing sustainability (United Nations, 2015). We were aware of the fact that behavior change is one of the traits of Education for Sustainable Development. This collaboration prepared our students to be more conscious, responsible citizens who can incorporate what they have learned into their future actions as a professional.
The students researched a non-governmental organization (NGO) in the US and in the Netherlands with an active role in advocacy of Children’s Rights. This was done via a review of current support/programs in their respective NGO’s in the US and the Netherlands. The students had to compare the two NGO’s based on how the image of a child in a country influences the work of the NGO’s with respect to SDG’s. Additionally, the students had to make clear correlations between the images on Child-Rearing, the rights of the child and to link them to sustainable development goals (SDG’s). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The aim of this collaboration was to learn how we are similar and different from those living around the world. To achieve this, we needed to be mindful of how our projects reflect the broader goal of intercultural communication. In order to be successful we encouraged the behavior of our students to be creative, logical, assertive, and independent (Steiner & Posch, 2006; Mingazova, 2014). To this end, we used google classroom as our learning platform for the collaboration. We let the students choose how they would be in contact with each other. We encouraged students to use a communication (messaging) application of their choice to establish meeting times with their group mates. To increase intercultural learning, we included the completion of mini assignments. The first of these mini assignments were icebreakers. A second mini assignment explored cultural differences and similarities in relation to child rearing practices. A third mini assignment encouraged students to gain a greater understanding of the importance of teaching younger generations about sustainable development goals. The students engaged actively in creating activities/exercises that could be used to teach children about the sustainable development goals in their future professions. These mini assignments were built towards strengthening their relationships with each other during the collaboration and increasing the students' understanding of NGO’s and their role in addressing the SDG’s. These mini assignments gave them the opportunity to not only get to know each other better but also spend more time to collaborate together on the final project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion COIL is defined by SUNY “‘as a way that students reflect with each other, thereby facilitating a cross-cultural dialogue that brings a global dimension to the course content. COIL contributes to internationalization at home in that it purposefully integrates international and intercultural dimensions into the formal curriculum. It is an inclusive internationalization strategy, which contributes to realizing the goal that all students should benefit from internationalization” ( http://coil.suny.edu/). As an international mixed group, this COIL was designed for students as an opportunity for both intercultural communication and an exploration of NGO’s around the world and how they address the SDG’s. The overarching goal of this collaboration over the past 4 years was to focus on "Partnerships for the Goals," which makes clear that a variety of actors, including the private sector, governments, civil society, educators, policy makers, local communities and more must be involved in order to realize all of the SDGs. References References Emas, R. (2015). The concept of sustainable development: definition and defining principles. Brief for GSDR, 2015, 10-13140. Kopnina, H. (2015). Sustainability in environmental education: new strategic thinking. Environment, development and sustainability, 17(5), 987-1002. Frantz, C. M., & Mayer, F. S. (2014). The importance of connection to nature in assessing environmental education programs. Studies in educational evaluation, 41, 85-89. QAA. (2014). Education for sustainable development: Guidance for UK higher education providers. http://www.qaa.ac.uk/en/Publications/Documents/Education-sustainable-development-Guidance-June-14.pdf. Silva, L., Braga, J. C., Ghilardi-Lopes, N. P., Pinhata, E., Simões, E., Ribeiro, T., ... & Shinohara, B. (2013). Educational game on global environmental changes: Collaborative design using a social network. Proceedings of SBGames. São Paulo: Sociedade Brasileira de Computação, 520-523. https://sdgs.un.org/goals Mingazova, N. M. (2014). Modification Of the active learning methods in environmental education in Russian universities. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 131, 85-89. Posch, A., & Steiner, G. (2006). Integrating research and teaching on innovation for sustainable development. International journal of sustainability in higher education, 7(3), 276-292. http://coil.suny.edu/ |
9:30 - 11:00 | 16 SES 09 B: Artificial Intelligence in Education Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stefanie A. Hillen Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper A Systematic Review of Empirical Research on Students’ ChatGPT Use in Higher Education University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:This review aims to synthesize empirical research evidence on student’s use of ChatGPT in higher education, emphasizing pedagogical possibilities and addressing emerging threats and challenges. Chat Generative Pre-Trained Transformer (ChatGPT) swiftly gained prominence as an open-access tool in higher education since its introduction in November 2022. It has rapidly become widely used across various domains, including higher education. The use of ChatGPT is still an emerging area, with a surge in studies reflecting its widespread adoption. As higher education institutions grapple with the integration of ChatGPT, concerns and opportunities abound. This review focuses on understanding the impact dimensions on students' use of ChatGPT, particularly considering the evolving landscape of their learning processes. While ChatGPT use is a relatively new practice, research into it is an emerging area for researchers. However, there are still several studies that have been published in such a short time, because of the substantial use of it across the world and in every domain of life including higher education institutions by teachers, students, and administrators. In our systematic review, we examine the impact dimensions on students’ use mainly because of the increasing concerns about how they use it and how this might influence their learning. Initial studies have also explored potential benefits of ChatGPT in language learning within higher education contexts (Baskara,2023). While educational technologies driven by artificial intelligence (AI) are progressively used to automate and provide support for various learning activities (Cavalcanti et al., 2021;), recent research has focused on the impact of ChatGPT, identifying challenges and opportunities in learning, but they have not examined this within the higher education sector (Lo, 2023). The ongoing debate surrounding ChatGPT's use in higher education presents varying perspectives. These concerns and benefits create different perspectives where some argue for its use freely and suggest that graders need to create more critical assigned tasks that require personalized and contextualized examples and justifications which may not directly be generated by ChatGPT, while others argue against its use or its use with caution by students (Tlili et al., 2023). Also, many higher education institutions have started to apply restrictions or ban ChatGPT’s use by students in their updated policy documents. On the other hand, a review of media news articles on how ChatGPT use can disrupt students’ learning and teaching in universities also revealed that the sentiment in media news is on more into the negative discourse than a positive one, hence highlighting the public discussions and university responses on such controversies about academic integrity (Sullivan et al., 2023). There are also those who believe we need to add new components in the process of assessment including verbal exams where students demonstrate their verbal ability to present the assignment that they generate (Rudolph et al., 2023). There are several issues that emerge in the first year of the use of ChatGPT reported and discussed in the published research. However, despite the increasing body of research on ChatGPT in higher education, there is no systematic review that provides a comprehensive overview of what research has found. Therefore, it is timely to present a consolidated overview of the impact dimensions of the ChatGPT’s use and the potential implications for higher education. More specifically, in this review, we sought answers to the following research questions: RQ 1: What are the defining characteristics of empirical research on ChatGPT in higher education? RQ 2: What pedagogical possibilities and insights can we gain from the students’ use of ChatGPT in the context of higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address our research questions, we employed a systematic review approach, following guidelines by Page et al., (2022). The methodological framework guided our process, involving literature search, study identification, data extraction/study coding, study quality appraisal, and thematic analysis. The literature search, conducted on November 10th, 2023, targeted three databases—ERIC, Scopus, and Web of Science—chosen for their extensive coverage of educational studies. The search string, incorporated terms such as "chat generative pre-trained transform*" OR "gpt*" AND "higher education*" OR "universit*" OR "college*." The following inclusion and exclusion criteria were used to identify relevant studies: • Population: Students in higher education. • Concept: Students' use of ChatGPT. • Context: Higher education settings. • Types of studies: Primary research with data. • Publication language: Studies presented in full text in English. • Time of publication: Studies published after the introduction of ChatGPT in November 2022. Studies addressing other aspects, like performance testing or comparisons between teacher and ChatGPT feedback, were excluded. After eliminating duplicates, a two-stage screening process involved reviewing titles and abstracts, followed by full-text examination, with disagreements resolved through discussion. Using EPPI-Reviewer Web, the second author extracted information about each study, including characteristics such as country, research question, study design, research method, study informants, field of study, and study purpose. Findings were also extracted to identify common themes, and the third author reviewed and updated the extracted data for accuracy. Thematic analysis facilitated data synthesis and theme derivation. The analysis team, consisting of three authors, undertook a stepwise process, beginning with data extraction, followed by inductive coding, and subsequent theme generation through co-author discussions. Rigor was maintained through continuous challenge and validation of assumptions and potential biases by the third author. The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT; Hong et al., 2018) in EPPI Reviewer assessed the methodological quality of each included article. This tool, designed for various study types, involved screening questions and additional criteria for assessing quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method studies. Ratings ('yes,' 'no,' or 'can't tell') were independently assigned by the second and third authors, with disagreements resolved through discussion. Studies with quantitative (randomized control trial), quantitative (non-randomized), and mixed-method designs were omitted from the MMAT's checklist as they were not present in the reviewed studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Eight studies were identified through a comprehensive literature search in three databases in October 2023, employing various research designs. The analysis revealed four overarching themes: 1) promoting students' learning and skill development; 2) providing content and immediate feedback; 3) activating motivation and engagement; and 4) addressing ethical aspects of ChatGPT use. The results in our review show that ChatGPT might function as an effective tool to provide timely scaffolding by offering precisely enough assistance to empower students to eventually complete their tasks autonomously. Consistently, studies highlight positive impacts, acknowledging ChatGPT for improving writing skills, promoting personalized learning, and facilitating self-directed learning. ChatGPT's role in providing feedback is essential, offering real-time assistance to enhance writing and deepen understanding. This feedback enriches the teaching and learning experience, fostering connection. Findings indicate students view ChatGPT as a motivational tool, recognizing its role in minimizing affective barriers, reducing stress during assignments. Positive perceptions encourage usage, emphasizing teachers' role in enhancing perceived usefulness. However, concerns include potential ethical issues, plagiarism, unauthorized information ownership, and the risk of impeding creativity and critical thinking. Some studies express concerns about blind reliance, potentially slowing actual learning progress. The systematic review suggests practical implications. Clear guidelines, workshops, and ethical ChatGPT use promotion in higher education institutions are recommended. Essential training programs for students and teachers, emphasizing responsible use, are crucial. Redefining assessment policies, aligning with the assessment for learning approach and incorporating multiple evaluation points throughout the course, is advised. In conclusion, the systematic review recognizes the evolving landscape of ChatGPT's integration into higher education and aims to provide a consolidated overview of its impact dimensions and potential implications. By addressing critical research questions, the review endeavors to contribute valuable insights for higher education decision-makers and policymakers navigating the complex terrain of AI-driven tools in the educational landscape. References Baskara, R. (2023). Exploring the implications of ChatGPT for language learning in higher education. Indonesian Journal of English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 7(2), 343-358. Cavalcanti, A. P., Barbosa, A., Carvalho, R., Freitas, F., Tsai, Y.-S., Gašević, D., & Mello, R. F. (2021). Automatic feedback in online learning environments: A systematic literature review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100027. Hong, Q. N., Pluye, P., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., Gagnon, M.-P., Griffiths, F., & Nicolau, B. (2018). Mixed methods appraisal tool (MMAT), version 2018. Registration of copyright, 1148552(10). Lo, C. K. (2023). What is the impact of ChatGPT on education? A rapid review of the literature. Education Sciences, 13(4), 410. Lo, C. K. (2023). What is the impact of ChatGPT on education? A rapid review of the literature. Education Sciences, 13(4), 410. Page, M. J., Moher, D., & McKenzie, J. E. (2022). Introduction to PRISMA 2020 and implications for research synthesis methodologists. Research synthesis methods, 13(2), 156-163. Rudolph, J., Tan, S., & Tan, S. (2023). ChatGPT: Bullshit spewer or the end of traditional assessments in higher education? Journal of Applied Learning and Teaching, 6(1), 342-363. Sullivan, M., Kelly, A., & McLaughlan, P. (2023). ChatGPT in higher education: Considerations for academic integrity and student learning. Tlili, A., Shehata, B., Adarkwah, M. A., Bozkurt, A., Hickey, D. T., Huang, R., & Agyemang, B. (2023). What if the devil is my guardian angel: ChatGPT as a case study of using chatbots in education. Smart Learning Environments, 10(1), 15. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper What do Teachers Think about the Use of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) in their Classrooms? 1Complutense University of Madrid, Spain; 2Cardenal Cisneros Higher Education Centre, Spain; 3Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Recently, the advent of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) has sparked significant interest and debate in the field of education. GAI technologies, characterized by their ability to generate new content and provide personalized learning experiences, are reshaping educational paradigms (Dai et al., 2023). These technologies, including advanced language models and adaptive learning systems, offer unique opportunities and challenges for teaching and learning processes (Lo, 2023). Despite the growing interest of GAI as educational tools, there is a lack of research focusing on teachers' perceptions and beliefs about using these technologies in educational settings. In a study conducted by Kaplan-Rakowski et al. (2023), the authors found that, in general, teachers hold favorable views toward the use of GAI in educational settings, irrespective of their individual teaching methodologies. The study revealed a correlation between the frequency of GAI usage by teachers and the positivity of their attitudes towards it. Similar results were found in a recent report with Spanish teachers and families (GAD3, 2024). Moreover, younger teachers hold a more positive view concerning the use of GAI in educational contexts than older ones. In another study conducted by Al-Mughairi and Bhaskar (2024), the factors affecting the adoption AI techniques in higher education were explored. Applying a thematic analysis, the authors found both encouraging and inhibiting factors for the adoption of GAI in educational settings. In particular, four key themes that drive teachers to integrate ChatGPT into their educational practices were identified: 1) The pursuit of innovative educational technologies, 2) Customization of teaching and learning experiences, 3) Efficiency in terms of time management, and 4) Opportunities for professional growth. Conversely, five factors that pose as barriers to adopting ChatGPT were found: 1) Concerns about the tool's reliability and accuracy, 2) A decrease in human-to-human interaction, 3) Issues related to privacy and data security, 4) The absence of adequate support from educational institutions, and 5) The risk of becoming overly dependent on ChatGPT. Teachers' beliefs play a crucial role in the adoption and effective integration of new technologies in teaching practices. Although there is a growing body of research in this regard, there is still a lack of evidence analyzing these views under theoretical lenses (i.e. to what extent are these beliefs more teacher or student-centred?). Understanding these beliefs is essential for developing strategies that support teachers in navigating the challenges posed by GAI and leveraging its benefits effectively. Purpose of Study This study aims to fill this gap by exploring Spanish teachers' beliefs about the use of Generative AI in educational contexts. To this end, we have developed a comprehensive questionnaire comprising 38 items, designed to explore what teachers think about how GAI could affect four dimensions of teaching/learning practices: (1) the kind of learning processes activated by students (more content o process centred) (2) the type of information management performed by students, (3) the evaluation processes designed by teachers and (4) the changes in teachers’ roles and identity as a consequence of the introduction of GAI. The objective is to validate this instrument and collect data from Spanish teachers, providing insights that could inform the development of pedagogical strategies and technological tools that align with teachers' perspectives and educational goals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the current stage of this research, we are focused on establishing the content validity of the instrument. Twelve subject matter experts, with extensive knowledge in the fields of education, technology, and psychometry, have been engaged to review the questionnaire. They have provided feedback on the relevance, clarity, and appropriateness of each item. Following this, we plan to assess the questionnaire's construct validity using Exploratory and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (EFA & CFA). EFA will be used to uncover the underlying structure of the questionnaire and to identify the interrelationships among the items. CFA will follow to confirm the structure and test our hypotheses about the underlying constructs that the questionnaire is intended to measure. To evaluate the internal consistency of the questionnaire, a reliability analysis will be conducted, employing appropriate methods such as Cronbach's Alpha and/or McDonald's Omega. These statistical techniques will measure the extent to which the items within each dimension are correlated, thus providing an indication of the reliability of the scales. Once the instrument has been piloted and refined based on feedback and statistical analysis, we aim to collect data from at least 200 teachers in higher education. This sample size is chosen to ensure a diverse and representative dataset, enhancing the generalizability of our findings. Both the validation process and the preliminary results will be showcased at the ECER 2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this study is twofold. On the one hand, it focuses on the validation of a new instrument designed to measure teachers' beliefs about Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) in educational contexts. On the other, it aims to present initial findings on these beliefs, shedding light on how Spanish educators perceive the integration of GAI into their teaching practices and the broader educational landscape. This research carries practical implications for the responsible and effective integration of GAI in educational contexts. For instance, increasing our understanding of teachers ‘beliefs may enhance educators' digital literacy and competency in using GAI for personalized learning. In a rapidly evolving educational landscape, understanding, and aligning with educators' perspectives are essential for harnessing the full potential of AI. References Al-Mughairi, H., & Bhaskar, P. (2024). Exploring the factors affecting the adoption AI techniques in higher education: insights from teachers' perspectives on ChatGPT. Journal of Research in Innovative Teaching & Learning. Dai, Y., Liu, A., & Lim, C. P. (2023). Reconceptualizing ChatGPT and generative AI as a student-driven innovation in higher education. https://doi.org/10.35542/osf.io/nwqju GAD3 (2024). El impacto de la IA en la educación en España. https://empantallados.com/ia/ Kaplan-Rakowski, R., Grotewold, K., Hartwick, P., & Papin, K. (2023). Generative AI and teachers’ perspectives on its implementation in education. Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 34(2), 313-338. Lo, C. K. (2023). What is the impact of ChatGPT on education? A rapid review of the literature. Education Sciences, 13(4), 410. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Artificial Intelligence Readiness in Education: the Student Teachers’ Journey 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2Queen's University Belfast, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Five key ideas exist in the area of Artificial Intelligence: Perception, Representation and Reasoning, Learning, Natural Interaction and Societal Impact. This research project aims to consider the contribution (positive and negative) of AI in the field of education and address the ‘readiness’ of Teacher Education to utilise AI as a tool for supporting student teachers’ development in teaching and learning. It is acknowledged that Generative-AI (GAI), such as ChatGPT, lacks the ability to provide criticality, depth and accuracy needed for Masters level writing on PME and PGCE programmes, however as a tool for providing formative feedback or acting as an ‘intelligent tutoring system’, AI could offer exciting opportunities in terms of supportive, personalised, ‘just-in-time’ assistance to student teachers if they were taught properly in how to use generative-AI tools. However this goal requires student teachers to be confident and comfortable in the ethical and effective use of AI. Luckin et al. (2022) refer to “AI Readiness” as the journey that students (and faculty) must take to move from a lack of understanding about the nature of AI and its potential, to comprehending AI’s capabilities and shortcomings, with an awareness of the ethical, social and legal implications of engaging with such a complex technology (Harvard Business Review, 2023). This research study addresses DigiComp 2.2 – the European Digital Competence Framework (Vuorikari et al., 2022) - which was updated in 2022 to include a competence focusing on knowledge, skills and attitudes related to citizens interacting with AI systems, as opposed to technical knowledge about AI itself. ● What are student teachers’ attitudes towards AI and GAI? ● What is the connection between AI anxiety and learning motivation? ● What AI is currently be utilised for educational purposes?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research project aims to investigate the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs, focusing on student teachers in two partner institutions in two neighbouring countries. The study will unfold in three phases, employing an exploratory sequential mixed methods approach. In Phase 1, a literature-based review will identify various types of AI implementation in curricula. The analysis will be aligned with the 5 key ideas of AI, guiding the development of materials for the AI Readiness Journey, intended for online delivery. Moving to Phase 2, the AI-Readiness Journey in ITE will commence with a survey gauging student teachers' attitudes towards AI before undertaking the journey. Building on previous work regarding Technology Readiness, the survey will incorporate an AI Attitude scale. This phase aims to correlate AI attitudes with measures of Technology Readiness, following research by Schepman & Rodway (2022). Participants will engage with AI-Readiness Journey materials to enhance their understanding of AI's potential in education. Phase 3 focuses on Generative-AI as an Intelligent Tutoring System (ITS). Student teachers will be trained in utilizing ChatGPT (or other Generative AIs) to support their knowledge development in teacher education. This phase specifically targets core terminology, theory-practice links, applications of Generative AI for planning, and reflection. Throughout the study, an analysis of survey data will be conducted using SPSS, while qualitative comments will undergo thematic analysis based on Braun & Clarke's framework (2020). Any patterns discerned across subject disciplines or between the two countries will be reported. Although the participant pool might not support robust inferential statistical analysis, this option remains open depending on uptake in Phases 2 and 3. The research aims to shed light on the integration of AI in teacher education and its impact on student teachers' attitudes and readiness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project's focus on identifying models of AI practice in schools across Northern Ireland (NI) and Ireland is expected to yield valuable insights into the diverse landscape of AI applications in curriculum-based learning. The cross-border cooperation among researchers is crucial in navigating the rapidly changing technological landscape and providing alternative perspectives. The AI-Readiness Journey materials will be instrumental in showcasing how Generative-AI (GAI) can serve as an Intelligent Tutoring System (ITS), supporting student teachers' pedagogical practices during school-based placements. Initial findings suggest the transferability of ITS processes across curricula in both regions and within Europe, emphasising the potential harmonisation of AI implementation in teacher education. The expected outcomes of the project include substantial capacity building in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs, primarily benefiting student teachers and potentially extending to teachers in placement schools. Measurable outcomes, such as exemplars of AI in the curriculum, an online AI-Readiness Journey toolkit, and examples of GAI as an ITS, will be shared electronically. These resources aim to modernise ITE programs, providing practical skills in AI and GAI for future educators. Student teachers stand to gain awareness and practical skills in AI and GAI usage, fostering a community of practice within their institutions. Policymakers, including Ireland's Teaching Council and NI's Education Authority, are positioned to receive valuable insights for policy formulation. Institutional benefits extend to the modernization of ITE programs, potentially impacting placement schools through capacity building. The project's outcomes are expected to be well-received, fostering interest and enthusiasm for experimenting with new AI technologies without fear of failure. This approach aligns with the overarching goal of enhancing AI literacy in teacher education, benefiting not only the immediate participants but also the wider academic community across the island of Ireland and Europe. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage Publications. Luckin, R., Pritchard, A., Ainsworth, S., Akpan, J., & Law, N. (2022). Artificial Intelligence and Education - A summary of the discussions at the Global Education Leaders’ Partnership AI in Education Symposium. Harvard Business Review. https://hbr.org/sponsored/2022/05/artificial-intelligence-and-education Schepman, A., & Rodway, P. (2022). Exploring the Relationship between Attitudes towards Artificial Intelligence and Technology Readiness. Journal of Technology in Human Services, 40(1), 55–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/15228835.2022.2068361 Vuorikari, R., Kankaanranta, M., Ala-Mutka, K., Bacigalupo, M., & Manganello, F. (2022). DigiComp 2.2 - The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens with eight proficiency levels and examples of use (Joint Research Centre Science for Policy Report). Publications Office of the European Union. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/JRC109361/jrc109361_2017%20digcomp%202.2.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 17 SES 09 A: Crises in Education and Educational Politics Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Merethe Roos Session Chair: Ingerid S. Straume Symposium Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Symposium Crises in Education and Educational Politics This symposium is concerned with crises in educational policy and rhetoric, both contemporary and historical. Education policy is defined broadly and can refer to political and/or public debates about schools, policy documents or political decisions that lead or have led to changes in schools and education. In the symposium we aim to identify motives, typical sites of thought, key patterns of argumentation and language use in different political regimes. We will also focus on practices that emerge from political rhetoric about education. Persuasion in education policy also involves control of the political process, exclusion or inclusion of parties in the design of governance, organisation and institutions for long-term and systematic influence. References Koselleck, R (2000): Critique and Crisis. Enlightenment and the Pathogenesis of Modern Society. MIT Press Presentations of the Symposium From Content to Crisis: The Shifting Landscape of the Geography Curricula in Norwegian Education
Geography was included as a mandatory and independent discipline in the Norwegian school system in late 19th century. At that time, geography served as a deliberate tool in crafting a distinct national narrative for a country that had yet to attain full independence and lacked the storied history of its European counterparts.
Geography was a school subject until the 1970s when a radical curricula reform merged subjects and constructed new interdisciplinary subjects for primary and secondary schools. In general (at least for secondary school), geography was one third of the subject social studies; history and civics being the two other disciplines.
This paper explores the evolution of geography content within the social sciences framework, tracing its negotiation and adaptation to contemporary policies and educational philosophies across four educational reforms since the 1970s. The focus is twofold: firstly, to elucidate the shifts in geography content influenced by political ideas and policies (national and international). Secondly, the study employs a analysis, drawing upon various conceptual frameworks of geographical thinking such as contextualization, scale and multiscale-thinking, relational thinking, spatial variation analysis, diverse perspective consideration, holistic and integrated thinking, meaningful creation, and the use of geographical imaginaries (Jackson 2006, Eidsvik 2022, Smith 2023).
The paper applies these conceptual lenses to categorize the content of geography in different curricula iterations, emphasizing a particular focus on dissecting the alterations introduced in the most recent curriculum in 2020. By doing so, this research contributes to understand the interplay between educational reforms, political landscapes, and evolving paradigms of geographical thinking within the Norwegian education system.
Conclusion:
Fragmentation of geographical content and learning in education is highly problematic. The geography discipline has a substantial potential for holistic system thinking, combining knowledge, values, and skills from a different knowledge system. This is of paramount importance in an educational future compass where interdisciplinarity is highlighted as one of the main keys for a more sustainable future (ie UNESCO and OECD educational compasses). Reduction of geography as a discipline in schools and in teacher education is a step in the wrong direction in the quest for a more holistic and improved way to address the sustainability crisis through education.
References:
Eidsvik, E. (2022). Geografisk danning og utdanning for berekraftig utvikling. I Geografididakikk for klasserommet. R. Mikkelsen og P. J. Sætre (red.). Oslo, Cappelen Damm Akademisk: 81-111.
Jackson, Peter (2006) Thinking Geographically, Geography, 91:3, 199-204, DOI: 10.1080/00167487.2006.12094167
Smith, J. S. (2023). Thinking geographically. I Teaching Human Geography. Theories and Practice in Thinking Geographically. E. H. Fouberg og J. S. Smith (red.). Cheltenham, Edward Elgar Publishing: 11-38.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Students’ Historical Consciousness in Response to Sites of Trauma and Commemoration
On July 22nd, 2011 a car bomb exploded in the government quarter in Oslo, Norway, killing eight people and injuring hundreds. The responsible terrorist then drove to Utøya, a small island about an hour drive from Oslo. There, he shot and killed 69 people, most of whom were participants at the annual labor youth party’s (AUF) summer camp. In the immediate aftermath, and in the years that have followed, different, and in part contradictory, narratives describing and explaining the terrorist attacks have emerged, the dominating one being that this was an attack on the Norwegian democracy. Consequently, the best way to heal and to prevent similar attacks in the future is to protect and strengthen democratic values within the Norwegian population.
Today, Utøya is a site of commemoration and education, as well as a social center for the youth labor party. Since 2016 thousands of Norwegian secondary and upper secondary students have visited the island to learn about the July 22nd terrorist attacks, to commemorate the victims, and to participate in educational activities aimed to strengthen their democratic agency. Both within the Norwegian social science curriculum, as well as the different public narratives, knowledge about the terrorist attacks of July 22nd, 2011 is considered important to prevent radicalization, extremism and terrorism. However, studies on school trips to former concentration camps in Poland and Germany question whether it is possible to learn about, and visit, sites of past atrocities as a means to empower students as democratic citizens.
This paper will study students’ reflections written shortly before, and a while after, visiting Utøya. Using a narrative analysis, I will explore students’ historical consciousness through the research question: In what way to students negotiate past, present, and future in their understanding of the July 22nd, 2011, terror attacks, and Utøya as a site of trauma, commemoration and education? As the educational activities they participate in is framed within the narrative context of empowering democratic citizens, the paper explores how the students place themselves as actors within this context.
References:
None references included
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 19 SES 09 A: Social Justice, inequality, and crisis: Ethnographic perspectives Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Dennis Beach Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Conducting Ethnographic Research in Minors’ Detention Centre in Poland - Looking for Social Justice in the Reality of Educational Practices 1University of Warsaw, Faculty of Education, Warsaw, Poland; 2University of Bialystok, Faculty of Education, Bialystok, Poland Presenting Author:Drug addict juvenile offenders are a particular group of young people in educational systems, especially for the actions taken in the social rehabilitation facilities. Managing minors educational resistance is the special aim of the work with youth. Their attitude toward education is shaped by the environmental habitus: poor resources, troubles and conflicts with local social service, masculinist toughness in relations or looking for excitements in everyday relations (Willis, 1997). Due to the specific nature of the 'minor' youth group, the educational process is complex. This results from their sociocultural experiences, shaped by socialization in the area of the underclass: origin from poor backgrounds and inheritance of a para criminal habitus leading to social exclusion. An additional educational challenge is the traumatic experiences of minors staying in social rehabilitation (total) institutions. Experiencing detention, the use of sanctions by the staff or para prison model of organization of the treatments in many countries cause youth from such institutions to have a sense of social exclusion and injustice. The research took into account in particular the social justice context specific to the research area, which is an ethnoreligious monolith and the source of social inequalities is primarily socioeconomic status (residence in the countryside or poor districts, inheritance of poverty, instability of employment and housing conditions) (Szafraniec, 2015). As a result, minors' educational strategies place them in sociocultural resistance, denial of education, and inclusive practices. The attitudes presented by minors, therefore, constitute a particular educational challenge in the spirit of social justice, which is intended not only to minimize risk factors (resulting in future reoffending) but, above all, to implement solutions for social justice: a sense of equality rights, minimizing the effects of discrimination based on origin, equal opportunities, but also respect for their rights and those of others. Social justice perceived in this way (following the Convention of the Rights of Child , UN Sustainable Developmental Goals or Tokyo Rules) aims at readaptation and reintegration with the open environment (society), minimizing the risk of exclusion and marginalization, which are carried out in conditions of detention resulting in limited contact with the open environment. The research is part of the ethnographic study of youth detention institutions according to M. Interbitzin proposal (2006). The author studied the location and appearance of the facility and dealt with the description of everyday life from the perspective of minors and staff, as well as the specificity of the relationship between them. She also paid attention to the readaptation process, analyzing the return of pupils to the open environment. In the presented project, an in-depth study of place and everyday life by this approach additionally aimed to analyze the journey of a minor in an institution from the first days of isolation to reentry, with particular emphasis on educational practices and activities to build a sense of social justice. The field research aimed to learn, through the methods of institutional ethnography Nichols, (2017), how relationships are shaped between minors and staff, enabling their inclusive presence in the social space. We included the research problem in the question: How are educational practices implemented in a juvenile detention institution (taking into account the assumptions of social justice)? A detention centre for minors is a place that has been stigmatized in the social and educational discourse, where educational and therapeutic interactions with minors are carried out in conditions of isolation. A paradoxical problem is working with minors in conditions of isolation, i.e. power relations, which is aimed at their social inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic research methodology allowed us to learn about the actual implementation of the goals and assumptions of social rehabilitation, i.e. a detailed understanding of the institution and a description of the educational practices implemented there. The use of a team model of ethnographic research in cooperation with trained students - future educators, places the project between interpretive paradigms (learning about the mechanisms of social construction of the reality of institutions) and critical paradigms (analysis of the educational and upbringing experiences of minors shaped in power relations aimed at their emancipation and transformation). Researchers conducted observations, interviews (Roulston, 2020, Harper, 2018), field diaries, and visual ethnography methods (Kharel, 2015) paying attention on their specificity during doing research in total institution (Gomes & Granja, 2021). In the chosen active model, researchers are people who not only observe and record but are also involved in the life of the studied community of young people and the life of the institution. This active involvement was carried out taking into account the awareness of the role that researchers play, constant reflection and self-reflection, and research mentoring, allowing for an objective, neutral positioning in the research field and interpersonal relationships (Bucerius, 2014). The use of ethnographic methodology in a closed institution, through which researchers and participants strengthened the research process by generating narratives of mutual transformation (Beach, Vigo-Arrazola, 2021), enabled a broader view of educational practices implemented there in the context of social justice (Arrazola & Tummons, 2023). Ethnographic research in a sensitive context (Markowska-Manista, Górak-Sosnowska, 2022)- with an emphasis on situationality and contextualism (Gewirtz, 2006) is associated with the social and moral responsibility of researchers, mainly doing research in detention centres (Inderbitzin, 2006, Hammersley, 2014, 2015). The research received a positive opinion from the university ethical committee. It was carried out based on the principles of ethical research with sensitive groups in the so-called sensitive contexts of their functioning (McCosker et al. 2001) and based on the ethics of ethnographic research (Goodwin et al. 2003). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The implementation of the project allowed, based on the chosen critical and narrative paradigms mentioned, to enrich the experience of the researchers involved in the project in two particular dimensions. First, doing institutional ethnographic research led to improved research skills of the field researchers in using observation, oral, and visual methods. Second, research activity in detention center based on direct contact with minors led to a better understanding of the effects of educational practices experienced by minors, their exclusive effects, entanglement in the categories of power and class complicating the empowerment and reentry of such youth with attention paid on the social justice issues. Research ethnographic studies have shown, among others, that the educational experiences of minors are based on various practices of resistance, e.g., negation, which results from school dropout and rejection. In the educational dimension, there is also resistance resulting from the experience of staying in total educational institutions and being under pressure from the hegemonic educational system. The use of ethnography in educational research also enabled a critical analysis of challenges and barriers to social justice in a total institution, revealing hidden ways of discrimination and exclusion in educational institutions, as well as customs and practices that usually remained unquestioned and which in the context of social rehabilitation are considered neutral and as such fair. In this study, by strengthening ethnographic reflexivity in words and images (Spickard, 2021), we saw the potential to promote social justice in education and society through team-based research. Moreover, recommendations and dissemination of research results carried out in cooperation with institution employees were crucial for further development and cooperation, facilitating the implementation of further cooperation for social justice. References Beach, D., and M. B. Vigo-Arrazola. (2021). “Critical Ethnographies of Education and for Social and Educational Transformation: A Meta-Ethnography.” Qualitative Inquiry 27(6), 677–688. Bucerius S.M., 2013, Becoming a „trusted outsider”: Gender, ethnicity, and inequality in ethnographic research, „Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 42(6), 690-721. Gewirtz, S. (2006). “Towards a Contextualised Analysis of Social Justice in Education.” Educational Philosophy and Theory 38(1): 69–81. Gomes, S., & Granja, R. (2021). (Dis)Trusted outsiders: Conducting ethnographic research on prison settings. Etnografica, vol. 25(1), 5–22. Goodwin, D., C. Pope, M. Mort, and A. Smith. 2003. “Ethics and Ethnography: An Experiential Account.” Qualitative Health Research 13(4): 567–577. Hammersley M., 2014, Methodological Ideas, [in:] Understanding research with children and young people, (eds.) A. Clark, R. Flewitt, M. Hammersley, M. Robb, SAGE, Thousand Oaks. Hammersley, M., 2015, Research ‘Inside’ Viewed from ‘Outside’: Reflections on Prison Ethnography [in:] The Palgrave Handbook of Prison Ethnography, (eds.) D.H. Drake, R. Earle, J. Sloan, Palgrave Macmillan, Londyn. Harper, D. (2018). People and Places. W C. Jerolmack & S. Khan (Red.), Approaches to Ethnography Analysis and Representation in Participant Observation (pp. 99–127). Oxford University Press. Inderbitzin, M. (2006). Guardians of the state’s problem children: An ethnographic study of staff members in a juvenile correctional facility. The Prison Journal, 86(4), 431–451. Markowska-Manista, U., & Górak-Sosnowska, K. (2022). Tackling sensitive and controversial topics in social research-sensitivity of the field. Society Register, 6(2), 7-16. McCosker, H., A. Barnard, and R. Gerber. 2001. “Undertaking Sensitive Research: Issues and Strategies for Meeting the Safety Needs of all Participants.” Forum: Qualitative Social Research 2 (1). Nichols, N. (2017). Technologies of evidence: An institutional ethnography from the standpoints of ‘youth-at-risk’. Critical social policy, 37(4), 604-624. Roulston, K. 2020. Ethnographic interviewing. London: SAGE. Spickard, J. 2021. Visual Ethnography: Why Reflexivity Matters. In La Sociologia Sovranazionale di Roberto Cipriani, ed. C. Cipolla, and F. Angeli, 132–143, Milan: Franco Angeli. Szafraniec, K. (2015). Rural-Urban, Central-Peripheral: Durability of Civilisation Divides from the Perspective of Youth. Agricultural Economics and Rural Development, 12(2), 143–156. United Nations (1990) United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for Non-custodial Measures Vigo Arrazola, B., & Tummons, J. (2023). Guest Editorial: Ethnographies of Education for Social Justice. Ethnography and Education, 18(1), 1-3. Willis, P. (1977). Learning to Labor: How Working Class Kids Get Working Class Jobs. New York: Columbia University Press. 19. Ethnography
Paper Worldwide Crises & Increasing Contingency. An Ethnographic Exploration of Twitter Discussions in View of the Full-Scale Invasion of Ukraine University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Our world has changed dramatically. We collectively experienced the COVID 19 pandemic, which drastically changed our lives and seriously impacted social, health and economic issues. Simultaneously, western lifestyle and the globalized economy cause massive environmental pollution and create climate change that threatens life on our planet. At the same time as we destroy the basis for human survival, we witness the erosion of established conventions for peace in Europe, as Putin’s regime carries out massive war crimes, cruelly killing innocent Ukrainians, and threating the world with nuclear war. Likewise, the reemergence of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict threatens stability across the Middle East and there is no end in sight. The current man-made catastrophes have in common that they unfold unprecedented destructive power, which shake the social structures of our communal coexistence (Heinlein & Dimbath 2020). This results in comprehensive social upheavals, social shifts, and dislocations, which leads us to fundamentally question our sense of integrity and trust in the security and continuity of our lifeworld. The social fragility and vulnerability of our everyday life circumstances require coping strategies to deal with crises, the occurring unpredictability, and increased contingency of our future horizons. What are the consequences of increased contingency for us as individuals and as members of a global community? We have to deal with potential risks of man-made disasters and consequent destruction as an expression of a future which cannot be controlled in full, and have to accept disasters as a constitutive part of our living conditions. Such conditions require us to develop social and biographical resilience in order to handle both known unknowns and unknown unknowns of our future horizons and develop our ability to attend to upcoming challenges of humanity (Bröckling 2008). This paper explores social responses to man-made disaster, with a specific focus on the Russian military invasion into Ukrainian territory, and the threat of a nuclear war. The exploration aims to highlight different strategies of dealing with the emotions of complete bewilderment, powerlessness, sadness and anger in view of war and tragedy in Ukraine. In particular, the analysis focuses on tweets and interactions of different hashtag and thread discussions on the online platform X (former Twitter) which are related to the Russian full-scale invasion. The comparative analysis of these online discussions explores social interaction and exchange of opinions, created images and expressed feelings, as well as strategies to overcome bewilderment and powerlessness in order to gain agency. Furthermore, the analysis is accompanied by an auto-ethnographic perspective, where the critical reflection and analysis of my online experiences as a researcher are at the center. In general terms we can say that social media and other internet-based platforms are intertwined with our political life and the formation of opinions. They play an important role in allowing people to design, consume and share information and news. But at the same time social platforms and new media are increasingly perceived as conducive to the creation of ideological “echo-chambers” eroding the space for public dialogue. Hence, they are seen as fostering polarisation, radicalisation, de-politicisation, spreading misinformation and subject to manipulation. Having this in mind the exploration pays specific attention to the formation of opinions, the development of critical media literacy and the related dynamics of social interaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ongoing research is based on Grounded Theory Methodology (e.g. Strauss 2004) as a research style, theoretical and methodological perspectives of biographical research (e.g. Pilch Ortega 2018 and 2020) accompanied with digital (auto-)ethnographic perspectives and methods. In the first stage, an open field exploration focused on basic characteristics and dynamics of interaction on the social media platform X (former Twitter) and the question of “what actually goes on” (Hammersley 2017). In the second stage, the active participation in different twitter discussions and the writing of a research diary as a method of critical self-reflection are central. In the third stage, it is planned to conduct narrative interviews with social media users (and activists) who are engaged in different Twitter discussions. Another methodological aspect is that I have taken the liberty to guide my research pathways with an auto-ethnographic approach: this offers the opportunity to include the appearance of emotions and a systematic self-reflection process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In general terms, social media interactions are seen as learning environments which increasingly gain importance, among other things due to waves of disinformation campaigns which threaten democracies across the globe. Preliminary research findings show that processes of “(political) positioning and opinion formation” play an important role for the engagement in different thread discussions. Another aspect, mostly observed at the beginning of the full-scale invasion by Russia, is the “herorisation and demonization” of the different collective actors involved, which has to be seen in the light of atrocious war crimes. Additionally, the research findings reveal that social actors seek to overcome feelings of bewilderment, powerlessness, sadness, and anger by sharing their emotions and (collectively) searching for pathways in order to gain agency. Hence, agency and the question of impacts of actions is an important issue for the engagement in different social media related activities. Furthermore, creativity and humour is an important resource to counter disinformation and hate speech. References Bröckling, U. (2008). Vorbeugen ist besser … Zur Soziologie der Prävention. Behemoth. A Journal on Civilisation 2008, 1 (pp. 38–48). Dimbath, O. & Heinlein, M. (2020). Einleitung: Soziale Gedächtnisse der Katastrophe. In M. Heinlein & O. Dimbath (Eds.), Katastrophen zwischen sozialem Erinnern und Vergessen, Soziales Gedächtnis, Erinnern und Vergessen – Memory Studies, (pp. 1–18). Springer VS. Hammersley, M. (2017). What is ethnography? Can it survive? Should it? Ethnography and Education, (pp. 1–17), DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2017.1298458. Pilch Ortega, A. (2018). Lernprozessen sozialer Bewegung(en). Biographische Lerndispositionen in Auseinandersetzung mit Erfahrungen sozialer Ungleichheit. Wiesbaden. Springer VS. Pilch Ortega, Angela (2020). Teaching Ethnographical Methods: Research Workshops for Students as a Space for Critical Reflection on Knowledge Production. In C. Wieser & A. Pilch Ortega (Eds.), Ethnography in Higher Education, (pp. 111–126). Springer VS. Strauss, A.L. (2004). Analysis through Microscopic Examination. Sozialer Sinn, 2, (pp. 160–176). |
9:30 - 11:00 | 20 SES 09 A: Innovation and new methodologies in research Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Sh-AI-ping Future Research. A New AI-based Research-Approach in Examining Trajectories and Student Drop-out in Higher Education. University of Tübingen, Germany (Methods Center) Presenting Author:In a rapidly changing world, it is not only the higher education system that is facing an era of uncertainty, characterised by recent geopolitical issues, social divisions, a significant increase in knowledge and a growing scepticism towards science (Gassmann et al., 2023, p. 1). In this context, recently developed new digital technologies such as generative artificial intelligence [GenAI] has unquestionably marked a noteworthy historical occurrence, offering the potential to transform the entire higher education sector (Bannister et al., 2023, p. 402; Gassmann et al., 2023). GenAI can be seen as a technology that enables industrial systems and devices to learn independently, process information and make decisions without human intervention (Quy et al., 2023, pp. 4–5). In contrast to other AI techniques, GenAI can also generate new and original content such as text, images, videos, audio, and 3D models (Escotet, 2023, p. 3). The potential benefits and hopes that these new applications could offer for enhancing education and research are considerable, but the growth also leads to new ethical considerations and potential risks that especially higher education institutions will need to address in the future (Meyer et al., 2023, p. 1; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019, pp. 1–2). Despite the rapid progress and increasing attention given to these new technologies in higher education, recent reviews have raised concerns about the low number of authors from education departments involved in research on them, underscoring the need for pedagogical research and research perspectives on these technological advances (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019, p. 22). Existing research on GenAI in higher education often focuses on academic integrity, institutional regulations, plagiarism concerns in specific applications, the benefits of using AI for educational innovation or students' attitudes toward AI. However, only a few studies have explicitly examined the use of GenAI as a methodology in research. As a result, this aspect is highlighted as an area for future research (Bannister et al., 2023). Building on this need, we present a recently in the context of higher educational research created, innovative approach to improve data collection and data analysis methods, integrating conventional and generative AI-assisted web-crawling techniques based on natural language models. Large Language Models [LLM] are a specific Natural Language Processing technology, trained on large text datasets derived from public and licensed third-party sources and are capable of producing human-like speech and performing a range of language processing tasks (Alqahtani et al., 2023). The project, in which we developed the method, aims to investigate patterns of social inequalities during the so-called postdoc phase, which is understood as the transitional phase from completing a doctorate to obtaining a first professorship (Krawietz et al., 2013; Roman, 2022). The analysis is based on specific data points extracted from the online profiles of all professors working in departments of Educational Science or Human Medicine at German state universities. These data include information about gender, age, number and type of career transitions, post-doctoral qualifications, and publication activity during the postdoc phase among a total sample size of N=7.204 professors. Until now, manual methods have been used to tackle the problem of different websites not having a standardised data display structure (Baader et al., 2017; Lutter et al., 2022). However, these manual methods are resource-intensive, time-consuming and error-prone. Our new AI-powered web crawling approach allows for the automated extraction and organization of crucial information from websites for research purposes. By this, our approach offers several advantages, primarily through its ability to automate processes and make them more efficient. Automation enables the collection of specific information from a variety of online sources, reducing time and effort while improving accuracy and efficiency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our dataset, we had to extract the unstructured CV-data and relatively structured publication data from 7,204 people working at more than 100 universities, each of them comprising a large number of personal pages with different web structures. Since manual approaches of data collection require extensive resources, are very time-consuming and tend to cause inaccura-cies and errors (Arasu & Garcia-Molina, 2003, p. 338), our approach on data extraction and structuring is primarily based on the use of Web Data Scraping [WDS]. WDS refers to the pro-cess of extracting data from websites by using automated techniques. In this method, a com-puter program accesses a website's markup languages such as HTML to code and retrieves specific information from it. Traditional WDS techniques can handle various data formats and accurately extract specific data points. They are a fast and efficient method for extracting structured data (Parvez et al., 2018), which is why we used them to extract the publication data from the databases GoogleScholar and PubMed. In contrast to prestructured platforms, which provide profile data in a uniformly predefined, standardized structure, accessing, structuring and analysing information on university websites is significantly more complex (Arasu & Garcia-Molina, 2003). This can be attributed to various aspects. The websites within and be-tween universities present for example diverse formats, unstructured content with semantic heterogeneity, dynamic information that can change based on user interaction, and the webpages content sometimes contain noise or errors requiring cleansing. Since conventional WDS breaks in these cases (Parvez et al., 2018), we used a generative AI-assisted WDS-approach to extract the CV-data from the university-websites. We therefore used the NLM GPT-4, which is based on its predecessor GPT-3 (Brown et al., 2020, p. 5). Introduced in 2023 by OpenAI (Angelis et al., 2023, p. 1), GPT-4 is the latest version and currently the most powerful LLM (Hao et al., 2023, p. 10), providing the ability to process both textual and visual inputs and generate text-based outputs (Alqahtani et al., 2023, p. 1237; OpenAI et al., 2023, p. 1). One of the main issues we are facing to solve in using GPT-4 was and still is to handle its tendency to hallucinate, which means to create content that is nonsensical or untrue (Alqahtani et al., 2023, p. 1237; OpenAI et al., 2023, p. 68). The data generated in this manner was consolidated in a shared database and uniformly structured with AI-supported techniques. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The field of higher education is currently undergoing a process of transformation due to the emergence of GenAI techniques. Given the opportunities and risks associated with the use of such technologies, particularly in their application in higher education research, it is crucial for educational researchers to catch up and bring their experiences and perspectives to bear in exploring their application as an empirical methodology in academic discourse. Our innovative method of data collection and analysis was pursued with a specific educational policy goal in mind - namely, to investigate social inequalities within the German higher education system. Thus, our work can be seen as a step towards integrating an educational science perspective into the discourse on generative AI research methods. The approach of GenAI, specifically the NLM GPT-4 in combination with conventional WSD techniques developed within the project enables a more efficient and precise automated extraction and organisation of unstructured internet data. As our approach is one of the first, if not the very first of its kind, future research efforts should focus on further improving these techniques to enable greater accuracy and efficiency in the automatic extraction of structured web-based information. For example, what has been done manually in our approach so far is the search for relevant websites, for which a solution still needs to be found. Additionally challenging remains the handling of hallucinations of GPT-4. As briefly outlined, hallucination, also known more precisely as confabulation, de-scribes the generation of plausible but factually incorrect information by an AI model without intent to deceive (Alqahtani et al., 2023, p. 1237). Despite existing challenges, our innovative approach offers promising areas of application for future research in the field of higher educa-tion. The possible application to other empirical research scenarios could thus be a key focus of future considerations. References Alqahtani, T. et al. (2023). The emergent role of artificial intelligence, natural learning pro-cessing, and large language models in higher education and research. Research in Social & Administrative Pharmacy: RSAP, 19(8), 1236–1242. Arasu, A., Garcia-Molina, H. (2003). Extracting structured data from Web pages, 337–348. Baader, M. et al. (2017). Equal opportunities in the post-doctoral phase in Germany? Europe-an Educational Research Journal, 16(2-3), 277–297. Bannister, P. et al. (2023). A Systematic Review of Generative AI and (English Medium Instruc-tion) Higher Education. Aula Abierta, 52(4), 401–409. Brown, T. et al. (2020). Language Models are Few-Shot Learners, 1–75. https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.14165 DeAngelis, L. et al. (2023). Chatgpt and the rise of large language models: The new AI-driven infodemic threat in public health. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1–8. Escotet, M. Á. (2023). The optimistic future of Artificial Intelligence in higher education. PRO-SPECTS, 1–10. Gassmann, O. et al. (2023). Universities in an age of uncertainty: 44 propositions on the future of universities.: [White Paper]. University of St. Gallen. Wissenschaftsmanagement, 21, 1–7. https://www.alexandria.unisg.ch/handle/20.500.14171/117981 Hao, Y. et al. (2023). E&V: Prompting Large Language Models to Perform Static Analysis by Pseudo-code Execution and Verification, 1–13. Krawietz, J. et al. (2013). Übergänge in der Hochschule. In W. Schröer, et al. (Eds.), Hand-buch Übergänge (651-687). Beltz Juventa. Lutter, M. et al. (2022). Gender differences in the determinants of becoming a professor in Germany. An event history analysis of academic psychologists from 1980 to 2019. Research Policy, 51(6). Meyer, J. et al. (2023). Chatgpt and large language models in academia: Opportunities and challenges. BigData Mining, 16(1), 20. OpenAI (2023). GPT-4 Technical Report, 1–100. Parvez, M. et al. (2018). Analysis Of Different Web Data Extraction Techniques, 1–7. Quy, V. et al. (2023). AI and Digital Transformation in Higher Education: Vision and Approach of a Specific University in Vietnam. Sustain-ability, 15(14), 1–16. Roman, N. (2022). Honeymoon is over? Strategien im Umgang mit Selbstpositionierungen in der Postdocphase. In S. Korff & I. Truschkat (Eds.), Übergänge in Wissenschaftskarrieren (pp. 73–94). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Zawacki-Richter, O., Marín, V., Bond, M., Gouverneur, F. (2019). Systematic review of re-search on artificial intelligence applications in higher education – where are the educators? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(1), 1–27. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Leading Innovation in Colleges of Education: Integration of Heutagogy Approach 1Levinsky-Wingate Academic, Israel; 2Kaye College, Israel Presenting Author:The heutagogy approach aims to overcome the crisis in Western world education and to change the contemporary education system, which faces Western society's multicultural, heterogeneous, dynamic, and evolving diversity. This is true for higher education institutions, where the prevailing teaching-learning paradigm no longer meets the learners' needs and society's demands. At the center of these requirements are self-management abilities, reflective and critical thinking, digital literacy, innovation, problem-solving, and collaboration and communication abilities (Blaschke, 2021). Heutagogy, or self-directed learning, is an approach to learning and inquiry in which learners conduct self-inquiry. They determine what to study and explore in each content area. They decide how to do this, what sources of information they will base themselves on, what the results of their research will be, and how these will be presented to others. The learners wander between human knowledge spaces and Internet knowledge spaces when the purpose of this wandering movement is to satisfy their curiosity and bring them to understand the object of their research. Also, the learners are central partners in evaluating the research they have carried out themselves. They are the ones who determine whether and to what extent they have achieved the learning objectives (Glassner & Back, 2020; Hase & Kenyon, 2000). The Self-inquiry journey of the heutagogy learners is integrally accompanied by self-thought, reflective and critical writing about the progress of their research, their attitude to their study, and teamwork within which the questions that interest them are investigated (Blaschke & Hase, 2021). The Heutagogy changes the known and accepted education orders. In this study and investigation, the teachers or lecturers are no longer the primary sources of knowledge. Their traditional role changes, and they become mentors and advisors. Learning through heutagogy is no longer subject to a linear and uniform curriculum "imposed from above," to know and predetermined patterns, or exclusive reliance on academic information sources. The ways of learning are diverse, and there is no one way of knowledge suitable for all learners. Learning and reflection about learning bring learners to an understanding of their preferred learning style. This understanding will help them to continue learning throughout their lives, satisfy their curiosity, and strengthen their autonomy to choose what to learn and how (Moore, 2020; Blaschke, 2021). Teacher training colleges are an effective anchor in the development of the teacher's professional personality and the formation of his image as an educator who knows how to integrate students from different cultures in a multicultural environment not out of paternalism of a majority group, but out of social solidarity, eradicating the feeling of foreignness and hostility and implementing teaching methods that mobilize personal capital (Butler & Milley, 2020; Ratnam, 2020). The study presents insights regarding possible achievements, challenges, and changes required when implementing the heutagogy approach in two colleges of education in the center and one in south Israel. The diversity in the number, age, education, and academic abilities of the students in each course, as well as the unique characteristics of the colleges and the differences in their disciplinary affiliations, allow for observing the heutagogy approach from a broad perspective. Research questions: 1. How do the students and teacher-teachers who participated in these courses perceive the heutagogy approach? 2. What are the challenges your teachers faced in these courses? 3. What are the characteristics of the change required in teacher training so that it will be possible to incorporate learning in the way of heutagogy? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research approach is a case study in a qualitative constructivist centered on a categorical content analysis of the four heutagogy courses taught in four teaching colleges in Israel. The analysis examined the achievements, challenges, and actions of the investigated cases (Merriam, 2009; Adler & Adler, 1994; Kawulich, 2005). The research tools include the students' learning diaries, the lecturers' written responses to the learning diaries, correspondence between the learners and the lecturers, and reflections written by the learners at the end of the course. The research's use of these sources received the approval of an institutional ethics committee, and all the students whose diaries and correspondence were studied approved their use for the research. In the process of analyzing and determining the categories, the course researchers - based themselves on an inductive approach in which the texts were divided into units of analysis and through a "constant comparison" (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) of the various branches of research, we looked for similarities, differences, and connections between the diverse references. Thus, in the process of conceptualization (coding), we identified themes and concepts that were gathered into categories and subcategories, through which we sought to find meanings that lie in the course data and relate to the answers to the research questions (Creswell et al., 2018). The participants were asked to create interest groups according to the chosen research topic derived from the course topic. They researched topics they chose for learning in pairs or groups and set common goals to maintain the research quality. They decide how to present the study and evaluate themselves according to the criteria while building an evaluation scale. Each course lecturer had given regular and continuous guidance and accompaniment. The four courses: (1) Leadership, policy, and Organization in Early Childhood Education Systems took place in the second and last year of a hybrid program for early childhood education as part of the 33 students' master's degree curriculum at a religious state college. (2) English online course: "Learn to write, write to learn." 13 students in their second year of studies majoring in English to improve their written expression skills; (3) "New teacher" courses in primary and secondary schools - 62 teachers participated in face-to-face learning and at Zoom; (4) Education course for social activism - an asynchronous course for 64 students within the framework of academic retraining for teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research offers a unique and innovative approach to assimilating the heutagogy approach as a teaching method adapted to the learner and lifelong learning. The lecturers and learners must be active references (Glassner & Back, 2020). According to the heutagogy approach, the lecturers should provide detailed explanations, personal conversations, close monitoring of the learning progress, and a quick response to write in the "journey diaries."These may help the facilitators calm the learners and bring them to cooperation and productivity already in the first stages of the courses. There is a change in the role of the lecturers in these courses to assimilate the heutagogy. They are asked to have an open and in-depth institutional dialogue that will allow them to consult and share. This approach encourages the lecturers to think personally about their personal and professional identity and the inevitable change in their role and status in the educational institution. The lecturers have shown satisfaction with teaching according to the heutagogy approach, and they are interested in continuing this way and even expanding it to additional courses in their colleges. By implementing this way of learning, they seek to propose an innovative change in which the learner also has an appropriate place. However, it should be noted that the realization method differs in the degree of freedom and independence students have been allowed in each course. One student wrote: "I hope that this approach will be able to enter other places in the academy, into other courses where it can be integrated and will awaken in people thoughts that are worth arousing" (course 4). This pedagogy approach may develop learners' literacy and intercultural skills based on activism for inclusion, tolerance, and initiative to promote response to social-cultural diversity and learning achievement. References Adler, P. A. & Adler, P. (1994). Observation techniques. In Norman K. Denzin & Yvonna S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp.377–392). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Blaschke, L.M. (2021). The dynamic mix of heutagogy and technology: Preparing learners for lifelong learning. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52, 1629-1645. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.13105 Blaschke, L. M. & Hase, S. (2021). So, you want to do heutagogy: principles and practice. In S. Hase & L.M. Blaschke (Eds.), Unleashing the power of learner agency. EdTech Books. https://edtechbooks.org/up/pp Butler, J., & Milley, P. (2020). Teacher Candidates' Policy Agency to Reframe the Meaning of Citizenship in the Ontario Secondary School Curriculum. Canadian Journal of Education, (4), 1131–1159. Creswell, P., Cheryl N. author, & Hall, Molly Indexer. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). Sage Publications, Inc., Thousand Oaks. Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research 3e. Sage. Glassner, A. & Back, S. (2020). Exploring Heutagogy in Higher Education: Academia meets the Zeitgeist. Springer. Hase, S., & Kenyon, C. (2000). From andragogy to heutagogy. Ultibase Articles, 5(3), 1–10. https://webarchive.nla.gov.au/awa/20010220130000/http://ultibase.rmit.edu.au/Articles/dec00/hase2.htm. Hase, S. & Blaschke, L.M. (2021). So, you want to do Heutagogy: Principles and Practice. In: Unleashing the Power of Learner Agency (pp. 13-33). EdTechBooks.org. Hordvik, M., Fletcher, T., Hauge, A.L., Møller, L. & Engebretsen, B. (2021). Using collaborative self-study and rhizomatics to explore the ongoing nature of becoming teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101. 103318. Kawulich, B. B. (2005). Participant Observation as a Data Collection Method [81 paragraphs]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(2), Art. 43, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0502430. LaBoskey, V. K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J. J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. L. LaBoskey, & T. Rusell (Eds.), International Handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 817-870). Kluwer. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Moore, R. L. (2020). Developing lifelong learning with heutagogy: Contexts, critiques, and challenges. Distance Education, (3), pp. 381–401. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2020.1766949 Pithouse-Morgan, K. (2022). Self-study in teaching and teacher education: Characteristics and contributions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 1038. Ratnam, T. (2020). Provocation to Dialog in a Third Space: Helping Teachers Walk Toward Equity Pedagogy. Frontiers in Education 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.569018 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Digital Learning Environments for Transformative Education and Intercultural Learning Friedrich Schiller University, Germany Presenting Author:In the postdigital globalized society, the digital realm seamlessly intertwines with our analog lives, becoming an integral extension of our lifeworld, reminiscent of Negroponte's foresight that "like air and drinking water, the digital will be noticed just by its absence and not its presence" (Negroponte 1998). This hyperdigitalization has significantly impacted the way we perceive and engage in learning, calling for innovative educational design (Bolten 2024). The need for a transformation in education is also linked to the “time of complexity” (Ceruti, 2018), in which we live. It requires citizens who can constructively cope with various challenges and create new, sustainable cultures. In this historical context, education takes on the imperative role of being transformative, offering an experience that goes beyond imparting knowledge and actively shaping individuals with the capacity to consciously transform the reality they live in (UN 2015). This ignite talk aims to provide insights into two innovative learning environments that leverage digitalization to promote intercultural dialogic learning, placing learners, their diversity, equal rights, and their lifeworld at the center (Author 2022). The first format is a multilingual platform fostering peer-learning (buddy system) and experiential learning; the second is a simulation game that brings students from different countries together and promotes their collaboration. Drawing from previous experiences with this format, I expect the ignite talk to facilitate a sharp focus on how these learning environments successfully transform education into an intercultural, transformative experience. It allows for concise highlighting of the core characteristics that led to their success as well its weaknesses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative methodology has been employed to assess the potential of the two learning environments in the two different projects. The main research methods applied are: non-participant observation and interviews for both of them, in the second project we also used content analysis of participants' reflection sheets and conversation analysis of their dialogues. This paper aims to compare the results derived from their evaluations and integrate them into a model for digital transformative education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary outcome of this paper is the development of a model that synthesizes the characteristics making digital learning concepts promising for transformative education and intercultural learning. Researchers participating in the ignite talk may request a more in-depth exploration of specific findings related to the various projects that led to the experimentation with these distinct learning environments. I will bring therefore also the specific data emerged in the different projects. References Author (2022). Inklusion durch Dekonstruktion. Der dialogische Ansatz zur Verwirklichung von Inklusion im pädagogischen Bereich. Habilitationsschrift. Bolten, J. (2024). Scimification Holistic Competence Scenario Development and the Example of Virtual Intercultural Escape Rooms and Strategy Games. In Author & Fergal Lenehan (eds.): Lifewide Learning in Postdigital Societies. Shedding Light on Emerging Culturalities, 29-56. transcript. Ceruti, M. (2018). Il tempo della complessità. Raffello Cortina. Negroponte, N. (1998). Beyond Digital. Wired Columns 6(12), retrieved 10.4.2022 from http://web.media.mit.edu/~nicholas/Wired/WIRED6-12.html. UN (United Nations General Assembly). A/RES/70/1 - Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 A: Employability and Entrepreneurship Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gernot Herzer Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper PROMOTING EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS TRHOUGH AUTHENTIC LEARNING SCENARIOS: Three Examples from Higher Education in Europe Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines three interventions in three professional programmes in higher education in Europe. The aim of the study is to evaluate the implementation of three learning scenarios that use authentic learning theory to improve professional competence and students’ employability skills. The data come from an Erasmus+ project involving three countries and 120 students. A design-based research approach is used for the first iteration of interventions. The results show how the authentic learning framework was realised in the three contexts and which elements of the framework were challenging. The key findings are that authenticity is not realised in one element of the model in isolation, but through the interaction between several elements, and that some elements of the theoretical model are crucial for realising others. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a design-based research approach that frames the research design of the study (McKennie & Reeves, 2019; van den Akker et al., 2006). This approach is defined by its intention to develop theoretical insights and practitioner solutions to real problems identified in educational contexts. The research design of this study is more specifically an evaluation study within the field of design research (Plomp, 2013). In this study, the educational challenge is how learning is achieved in real life and how students in HE settings learn theoretical, decontextualised knowledge. The intention of this study is to design learning environments in order to validate authentic learning theories (Herrington et al., 2010; Plomp, 2013) and how learning environments can be designed in three different professional HE contexts in Europe. The methodological steps follow the iteration of the systematic design cycles (Plomp, 2013). The problem to be solved is making HE settings more relevant and able to better prepare students for the transition from education to workplace. The study is based on the Erasmus+ Skill Up project’s analysis, which resulted in the development of a taxonomy of employability skills required for new graduates (Ornellas et al., 2019). With its point of departure in interventions using state-of-the-art practices and different theoretical frameworks, the Erasmus+ Skill Up project designed a prototype (here called a ‘learning scenario’) in a professional HE course in Spain, Germany and Sweden. In total, 120 students took part in the three different courses. The focus of this study is on the evaluation of the three learning scenarios in the first iteration cycle. The evaluation is based on the three courses’ syllabuses and documentation about the implementation of the learning scenario. The focus of the analysis is on how the theoretical framework of authentic learning (Herrington et al., 2010) was used in order to design an authentic learning scenario where the students got the opportunity to learn in a more contextualised real-life environment. The analysis is deductively performed (Bingham & Witkowsky, 2022), with the point of departure in the nine characteristics of authentic learning (Herrington et al., 2010.) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows the importance of the dynamic interactions (Barab et al., 2000) and relations between the different elements of the authentic learning model (Herrington et al., 2010), and some of these elements seem to be of high importance for others. For the next iteration of the three contexts, it would be wise to focus on three elements – two of which seem to be crucial – since the interaction between the elements was shown to be key. The first element that can be improved is the authentic context, which has implications both for authentic activities and multiple roles and perspectives. The second crucial element to be improved is collaboration, which has implications for both reflection and articulation. Thirdly, the element of assessment can also be improved, which has implications for the element of articulation but is essential in order to reflect a real-world assessment. Further detailed studies are recommended on the interactions between the different elements of the model in order to promote employability skills and increase the quality of HE settings. References Barab S A, Squire K D and Duebe W (2000) A Co-Evolutionary Model for Supporting the Emergence of Authenticity. Educational Technology Research and Development 48(2): 37–62. Bingham, A.J., & Witkowsky, P. (2022). Deductive and inductive approaches to qualitative data analysis. In C. Vanover, P. Mihas, & J. Saldaña (Eds.), Analyzing and interpreting qualitative data: After the interview (pp. 133-146). SAGE Publications. Herrington, J., Reeves, T.C. and Oliver, R. (2010), A Guide to Authentic E-learning, Routledge, London. Ornellas, A., Falkner, K., & Edman Stålbrandt, E. (2019). Enhancing graduates’ employability skills through authentic learning approaches. Higher education, skills and work-based learning, 9(1), 107-120. Plomp, T. (2013). Educational design research: An introduction. Educational design research, 11-50. Reeves, T.C. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In J. Van den Akker, K. Gravemeijer, S. McKenney& N. Nieveen (Eds.), Educational design research (pp. 52-66). London: Routledge. Van den Akker, J., Gravemeijer, K., & McKenney, S. (2006). Introducing educational design research. In Educational design research (pp. 15-19). Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Classifying Responsible Management Education: Adapting the About/For/Through (AFT) Framework from Entrepreneurship Education Liverpool John Moores University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In today’s rapidly evolving business landscape, marked by a heightened focus on social responsibility and sustainability, management education stands at a crucial juncture (Tahmassebi and Najmi, 2023). Addressing the conference theme, “Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future,” this paper introduces an innovative approach to conceptualise and categorise Responsible Management Education (RME) by adapting the ‘About/For/Through’ (AFT) framework from Entrepreneurship Education. Following the principles outlined by O’Connor (2013) in “A Conceptual Framework for Entrepreneurship Education Policy: Meeting Government and Economic Purposes” and integrating insights from Lozano et al.’s (2013) “Conceptions of Responsible Management Education,” this adaptation aims to provide a multi-dimensional lens for analysing and structuring RME initiatives, thereby enhancing their efficacy and alignment with global sustainable development goals. RME, in the context of rapidly changing societal expectations (Laasch and Conaway, 2015; Tahmassebi and Najmi, 2023), confronts the challenge of developing educational strategies that are both practically relevant and theoretically robust. The existing literature on RME, while diverse, often lacks a unified framework for systematic classification and assessment (Nonet at al., 2016), hindering the effective design and evaluation of RME programmes by educational institutions and policymakers. The AFT framework, with its proven success in Entrepreneurship Education as detailed by Fayolle and Gailly (2008) and its potential adaptability to RME emerges as a suitable tool, offering a structured approach to navigate these uncertainties. It categorises education into three dimensions: ‘For’ emphasises practical skills, ‘About’ focuses on theoretical knowledge, and ‘Through’ involves experiential learning and personal development. Reviewing the current state of RME underscores the need for a structured framework that captures the multidisciplinary nature of responsible management. The AFT framework’s versatility lies in encompassing RME’s diverse facets, including ethical decision-making, sustainability, corporate social responsibility, and stakeholder engagement. In this regard, the ‘About’ dimension is foundational, offering a deep understanding of theories related to responsible management. The ‘For’ dimension translates this knowledge into competencies for responsible management practices. The ‘Through’ dimension, perhaps the most innovative, emphasises transformative learning via methods like service-learning and community engagement, aligning with the conference theme by fostering a future-oriented approach in management education. This paper asserts that this tripartite framework can serve as a valuable tool for educators and institutions in designing, implementing, and evaluating RME initiatives. It aids in identifying current programme strengths and weaknesses and provides guidance for future development. Moreover, it fosters a nuanced understanding of integrating RME across different educational levels, in line with broader sustainability and ethical leadership goals in business education as emphasised in the United Nations Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) initiative. This adaptation of the AFT framework promises significant contributions to RME’s evolution, providing a coherent, adaptable, and impactful structure for educators and policymakers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines, as outlined in Moher et al.’s (2010) “Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement.” PRISMA’s structured approach ensures a transparent, replicable research process, essential for synthesising existing research comprehensively. The systematic literature search is conducted across multiple academic databases, including Web of Science, Scopus, and Google Scholar, covering publications from 2014 to 2024. Keywords include “Responsible Management Education,” “Sustainability in Management Education,” “Ethical Leadership Education,” and “About/For/Through Framework.” Inclusion criteria are articles centred on RME, studies discussing integrating sustainability and ethics in management education, and research exploring educational frameworks, especially the AFT model. PRISMA’s standardised approach is pivotal in capturing the diverse and interdisciplinary nature of RME. This methodical review is vital for identifying common themes, gaps, and potential applications of the ‘AFT’ framework in RME. It lays a foundation for meta-analysis, standardising data extraction, quality assessment, and synthesis processes, enabling effective comparison and consolidation of findings. This methodology will enhance the credibility and academic rigor of the paper, ensuring robust conclusions that contribute both meaningfully and responsibly to RME in an age of uncertainty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Employing the PRISMA guidelines to review literature on RME and its potential alignment with the AFT framework from Entrepreneurship Education, this study anticipates four key outcomes that would significantly contribute to business education’s evolving landscape in these uncertain times. Firstly, the systematic review is expected to offer a comprehensive overview of RME’s current state, highlighting how sustainability, ethics, and corporate responsibility are integrated into management education. This includes identifying strengths, weaknesses, and variations in existing approaches. Secondly, a major anticipated outcome is that the AFT framework is adaptable and relevant for RME, providing a novel perspective for (re)viewing RME. This framework emphasises theoretical (‘About’) and practical (‘For’) aspects and transformative learning experiences (‘Through’), crucial in shaping future-oriented responsible leaders. Thirdly, the paper aims to identify innovative RME approaches and best practices for each of the AFT component, offering valuable insights for educators and administrators. Fourthly, the outcomes include guidelines for effectively integrating the AFT framework into RME curricula, thus aligning RME with future-focused educational goals. More broadly, the paper expects to conclude that the adapted framework offers a nuanced understanding of RME’s impact, shaping attitudes towards responsible management and competence in sustainable practices, pivotal in an age of uncertainty. The findings will have significant implications for educational institutions and policymakers, guiding the development and evaluation of comprehensive, effective RME programmes. References Fayolle, A., & Gailly, B. (2008). From craft to science: Teaching models and learning processes in entrepreneurship education. Journal of European industrial training, 32(7), 569-593. Laasch, O., & Conaway, R. N. (2015). Principles of responsible management: glocal sustainability, responsibility, ethics. Cengage. Lozano, R., Lukman, R., Lozano, F. J., Huisingh, D., & Lambrechts, W. (2013). Declarations for sustainability in higher education: becoming better leaders, through addressing the university system. Journal of cleaner production, 48, 10-19. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & Prisma Group. (2010). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. International journal of surgery, 8(5), 336-341. Nonet, G., Kassel, K., & Meijs, L. (2016). Understanding responsible management: Emerging themes and variations from European business school programs. Journal of business ethics, 139, 717-736. O’Connor, A. (2013). A conceptual framework for entrepreneurship education policy: Meeting government and economic purposes. Journal of business venturing, 28(4), 546-563. Tahmassebi, H., & Najmi, M. (2023). Developing a comprehensive assessment tool for responsible management education in business schools. The International Journal of Management Education, 21(3), 100874. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 B: Perceptions about Teaching and Learning Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Julien-Pooya Weihs Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper “This Is How You Learn Best, when You're Active Instead of a Passive Participant”: HE Student Engagement and Motivation. University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Recent technological advancements have significantly impacted higher education, expanded access, and created new learning opportunities. This transformation is reflected in the changing demographics of university students, as seen in the consistently rising enrolment numbers and the emergence of more diverse student groups (EUROSTUDENT, 2018; Ólafsdóttir & Jónasson, 2017). In conjunction with the Ladder, the MUSIC model of motivation identifies five key elements—eMpowerment, Usefulness, Success, Interest, and Caring—that collectively contribute to a motivational learning experience. Thus, by incorporating these elements into course design and teaching practices, educators can enhance student motivation (Jones, 2009; 2018; 2019). Addressing these aspects of curriculum design and implementation calls for teachers’ continuous development of academic knowledge and teaching skills. The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) ideology integrates teaching and research, providing a framework to cultivate these competencies (Gurung and Swartz, 2013). Thus, SoTL assists higher education teachers in meeting the increasing demands of teaching quality for diverse student groups (Ólafsdóttir & Geirsdóttir, 2022). SoTL encompasses concepts, research, and knowledge defining professional teaching, involving theoretical framework development, reflective practices, and dialogues with colleagues and students about teaching and learning (Boyer, 1990; Groccia, 2023; Potter & Kustra, 2011). The study aligns with international trends in research on learning and teaching development in higher education, emphasizing the active involvement of students in the curriculum design process. It contributes to the understanding of how collaboration between students and teachers positively impacts the quality of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a case study design, focusing on three courses within a teacher education program which focuses on the digitalization of education. Participants: The study involved students enrolled in the three courses, with varying attendance levels—some attended all three, others two, and some only one course. The researchers were responsible for designing the study program, managing the courses, and teaching most of the study material. This collaborative effort also engaged the students in the process. Data Collection and Implementation: In the first course, data were collected using a rating scale for online and mixed courses. The scale assessed various components, including teaching practices, learning assessment, innovation, digital technology use, individual contribution, and feedback. The second course utilized focus group interviews at its conclusion, employing a semi-structured question framework to best capture students' perspectives on their course experiences. In the final course, students wrote a reflection journal throughout the period, following Gibb's model of reflection, which encompasses elements such as description, feelings, evaluation, analysis, conclusion, and action plan. Additionally, the researchers themselves had regular reflection meetings where they discussed the students' experiences and implications for further development. Data Analysis: The datasets from the three courses were analyzed using the MUSIC model of motivation as analytical tool. The model comprises five key components: eMpowerment (students' sense of control over the learning process), Usefulness (understanding the study's benefits in both short-term and long-term goals), Success (strategies fostering belief in students' ability to succeed with effort), Interest (methods promoting student participation and long-term interest in the subject), and Caring (emphasizing students' role in a professional learning community, both in teacher-student and student-student communication). Ethical Issues: Prior informed consent was obtained from the students. Ethical precautions included safeguarding participant identities and assigning an external interviewer to conduct focus group interviews, as to minimize potential researcher-induced bias in students' openness during the interview process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the data revealed that the adopted approach to the design and implementation of the courses appeared to have a positive impact on the five key components outlined in the MUSIC model. The primary findings indicate that students felt a sense of empowerment (eMpowerment), attributing it to active participation in the courses’ projects. Their ability to choose and influence the learning process contributed to feelings of control and ownership. Students conveyed that they found the courses highly useful (Usefulness). The freedom to shape tasks and program sessions was seen as beneficial, providing practical and applicable skills. Students appeared to believe in their ability to succeed (Success), crediting the active participation encouraged by the teacher in this context. Positive attitudes towards fellow students and the impact of shared learning experiences contributed to their sense of success. The courses seemed to foster a high level of interest (Interest) among students, who appreciated the diverse group dynamics and peer teaching. Students perceived care (Caring) in interactions with both teachers and peers. Support and encouragement, with an emphasis on the importance of experienced students helping newer ones, and the teachers addressing individual needs as well as fostering a sense of community among students, were evident in their responses. In conclusion, the findings indicate that including students as co-creators in designing and implementing the curriculum for the examined courses had a positive effect on their motivation, participation, activity, and overall learning experiences. Additionally, it can be inferred that the MUSIC model, although solely employed as analytical tool for the data in this study, has proved its value for educators in identifying strategies to enhance student motivation and engagement in learning, hence suggesting its potential as a valuable resource in the context of professional development in higher education. References Bovill, C. & Woolmer, C. (2019). How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creation in and of the curriculum. Higher Education, 78, 407–422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8 Boyer, E. L. (1990). Scholarship reconsidered: Priorities of the professoriate. The Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C. & Felten, P. (2014). Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: A guide for faculty. Jossey Bass. EUROSTUDENT. (2018). EUROSTUDENT VI Database (Data Reporting Module). http://database.eurostudent.eu/ Groccia, J. E. (2023). The similarities and difference between scholarly teaching and the scholarship of teaching and learning. Estonian Journal of Education, 11(2), 23−39. https://doi.org/10.12697/eha.2023.11.2.02b Gurung, R. A. R. & Schwartz, B. M. (2013). Optimizing teaching and learning: Practicing pedagogical research. Wiley-Blackwell. Jones, B.D. (2009). Motivating students to engage in learning: The MUSIC Model of Academic Motivation. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 21(2), 272–285. The MUSIC®Model of Motivation. http://www.theMUSICmodel.com Jones, B. D. (2018). Motivating students by design: Practical strategies for professors (2nd ed.). CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform. Jones, B. D. (2019). Testing the MUSIC model of motivation theory: Relationships between students’ perceptions, engagement, and overall ratings. The Canadian Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 10(3). https://doi.org/10.5206/cjsotl-rcacea.2019.3.9471 Ólafsdóttir, A. & Geirsdóttir, G. (2022). „Þetta getur opnað dyr“: Reynsla háskólakennara sem rannsakenda eigin kennslu. [“This can open up doors”: University teachers’ experiences of Scholarship of Teaching and Learning]. Netla − Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun [Netla – Journal of pedagogy and education]. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2022.88 Ólafsdóttir, A. & Jónasson, J. T. (2017). Quality assurance in a small HE system: Is the Icelandic system in some ways special? In S. Georgios, K. M. Joshi & S. Paivandi (Eds.), Quality assurance in higher education: A global perspective (pp. 203–226). Studera Press. Potter, M. K. & Kustra, E. K. (2011). The relationship between scholarly teaching and SoTL: Models, distinctions, and clarifications. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.20429/ijsotl.2011.050123 Thijs, A. & van den Akker, J. (Eds.). (2009). Curriculum in development. Netherlands Institute for Curriculum Development (SLO). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Mentor Perceptions on Role and Practice in a Professional Development Program Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Higher education institutions are increasingly developing professional development (PD) programs for university academics as part of an increased international focus on teaching and learning (Hundey et al., 2020). In this regard, research has called for approaches addressing theories of social learning, experiential learning and collaborative learning for professional growth (Laksov, 2022). In the same manner Mentorship in PD is equally gaining attention (Ince, 2017, Cree-Green et al., 2020). Despite recognition of its benefits, the literature has not conclusively defined the theoretical foundations, duration, or approaches and outcomes of optimal mentorship in PD (Hallman et al., 2020). While several studies have discussed mentorship for early career academics (ECAs), few have been embedded in a context of institutionalized approaches focusing on pedagogical development, and most studies are based on small sample sizes or conducted with no subsequent empirical analysis (Hundey et al., 2020; Pleschova & McAlpine, 2015). Recent literature has thus called for further research to explore mentorship using diverse methodologies, larger samples, and longer-term studies (Pleschova & McAlpine, 2015). In the higher education literature, several terms such as mentoring, coaching, tutoring, facilitating, and supervising refer to a similar goal of supporting inexperienced educators. Rather than trying to distinguish between these concepts, we find that they all share a common set of imbedded beliefs and practices. Thus, this study adopts the operationalized definition of mentoring used in Pleschova and McAlpine (2015), which emphasises long-term cooperation between teachers and colleagues with more teaching experience and expertise with the aim of educational development and the enhancement of teachers’ pedagogic practice. The study took place at a Danish University, that provides an institutionalized long-term (12 month) PD program for ECAs. The program is multi-tiered, based on social constructivist theories of adult learning, and follows principles of problem and project-based learning. It comprises participant-centred workshops, collaborative teamwork, individual project work, and mentorship. Uniquely, it employs a collaborative approach to mentorship through a two-mentor setup: a subject mentor from the mentees’ close environment, and a pedagogical mentor from the Centre for Teaching and Learning. While the pedagogical mentor supports the ECA by providing generic pedagogical knowledge, the subject mentor provides support regarding discipline-related teaching and interaction within the immediate work environment (the study program or department). Considering the unique structure of mentorship, this study explores how both mentors perceive their roles by drawing on their experiences, guided by the research question: What are the views of mentors—both subject-focused and pedagogy-focused—on their role of supporting ECAs in a long-term academic development program? Conceptual framework Recent literature calls for a systems-thinking approach to supporting academics’ professional learning (Arnesson & Albinsson, 2017; Hundey et al., 2020; Hallman et al., 2020; Ince, 2017). On this basis, this study conceptualizes the mentor’s role as a situated, contextualized, erratic, enacted, and practiced along three interrelated dimensions: the mentor’s individual characteristics, dynamic relations through collaboration, and contextual interaction. The individual characteristics dimension describes the congruence between values and practices (Ince 2017). The relational dimension focus on how mentors engage with relationship dynamics in groups. Relationship-oriented mentoring is increasingly being reported as an effective PD approach, underlining mutual respect and reciprocal learning (Arnesson & Albinsson, 2017). The contextual dimension involves mentors’ constant interactions with their environment. Mentorship is recognized as a sustainable resource for ECAs with mentors coordinating organizational activities and supporting community building, facilitating a common language, and building cultures of trust (Laksov 2022). The proposed framework serves as a conceptual foundation driving the research design and the process of exploring mentors’ subjective views. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used With institutional ethical approval, 17 pedagogy and 32 subject mentors (N=49) participated in the study. The participants, 25 females and 22 males, served in various disciplines, including humanities, social sciences, engineering, natural sciences, and health and medicine, and had between one and 35 years of mentorship experience. Q-methodology (henceforth Q) was adopted. This approach aims to capture and contrast individual and collective subjectivity (Brown, 2019). Q enables researchers to explore subjective beliefs, perceptions, and viewpoints before identifying shared perspectives within participant groups. Using abductive inquiry, Q integrates qualitative and quantitative techniques to systematically explore the complexity of subjectivity (Watts and Stenner, 2012), revealing insights less accessible through other methods (Watts and Stenner, 2012). Following Watts and Stenner (2012) and in line with the suggestions of Lundberg et al. (2020), our Q-procedures comprised three steps: Step 1: Developing the Q sample through concourse construction and condensation. - Through several rounds of piloting and discussion, the research team condensed the initial concourse of 79 statements to a final Q sample comprising 33 statements. Step 2: Q sorting and post-sorting activities for participants. - The Q sorting activity was administered face-to-face as an individual reflection activity with the research team members. Participants reflected on their experiences while considering the sorting question: Based on your own experience, what do you believe to be the most useful aspects regarding your role as a supervisor in the University Pedagogical program (UP) for assistant professors in 2019-2022? They were then asked to rank 32 statement cards on a grid ranging from ‘most useful’ to ‘least useful’. Step 3: Q factor analysis and interpretation. - A principal component analysis provided an initial overview of extracted factors with eigenvalues above 1.00 and identified “the point at which the line changes slope” (Watts and Stenner, 2012: 108). Centroid factor analysis was used for formal data analysis to recompute and compare the judgmental rotation screen and varimax rotation, with both the factor loading data and a scatter plot of the two factors displayed as rotated (Brown, 1980). Subsequently, the research team compared different factor solutions through several rounds of calculating and discussing the Q sorts, following principles widely employed as statistical criteria (Brown, 1980; Watts and Stenner, 2012). A three-factor solution was chosen, with no significant factor inter-correlations identified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study explored mentors’ views on their roles in a PD program. Q methodology identified three significantly distinguishing collective interpretations on what constitutes good mentorship: 1. Providing advice based on one’s own teaching experience 2. Promoting mentee self-reflection and self-regulation 3. Co-creating and mediating. While the study identified a few statistically supported consensuses mentors also reported opposing perspectives. In particular, subject mentors promoted a pedagogical strategy of providing direct advice based on their own experience and academic status (Kamyounias et al., 2008; Mathias, 2005). We argue that there is a risk that PD activities based on this pedagogical strategy becomes stagnant and reproductive since ECAs are encouraged to “do the same as their mentors”. A mechanism which could be one of the reasons behind the fact that universities are quite resistant to pedagogical change (Goffe & Kauper, 2014). The findings open for a debate on the types of mentorship knowledge needed to become an effective mentor within PD (Ince, 2017). This may be particularly salient for those without prior experience in PD, such as subject mentors, who struggle in their roles and may risk taking contradictory strategies and approaches (Mathias, 2005). The results also reflect concerns about identifying and choosing mentors, a topic debated in the literature (Bean et al., 2014). Based on the study the following conclusions are drawn: - The combination of subject and pedagogical mentors represents a holistic approach to PD, as mentors provide distinct different kinds of feedback. - Subject mentors should not defer to providing advice solely based on own experiences but should act as organizational connectors treating mentorship as a peer-learning opportunity - creating room for personal growth and organizational change. - Mentors need to be educated to secure effective and holistic PD in mentor driven programs. References Arnesson, K., & Albinsson, G. (2017). Mentorship: A pedagogical method for integration of theory and practice in higher education. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(3), 202–217. Bean, N. M., Lucas, L., & Hyers, L. L. (2014). Mentoring in higher education should be the norm to assure success: Lessons learned from the faculty mentoring program, West Chester University, 2008-2011. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 22(1), 56–73. Bickerstaff, S., & Cormier, M.S. (2015). Examining faculty questions to facilitate instructional improvement in higher education. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 46, 74-80 Brown SR (2019) Subjectivity in the human sciences. Psychological Record 69: 565–579. Cree-Green, M., Carreau, A. M., Davis, S. M., Frohnert, B. I., Kaar, J. L., Ma, N. S., ... & Nadeau, K. J. (2020). Peer mentoring for professional and personal growth in academic medicine. Journal of Investigative Medicine, 68(6), 1128-1134. Goffe, W. L., and Kauper, D., (2014). A survey of principles instructors: Why lecture prevails. Journal of Economic Education, 45 (4), 360-375. Hallman, S., Massoud, L., & Tomiuk, D. (2020). An integrating model for excellence: Mentorship to enrich the three pillars of education. Journal of e-Learning and Higher Education, 1–8. Hundey, B., Anstey, L., Cruickshank, H., & Watson, G. P. (2020). Mentoring faculty online: a literature review and recommendations for web-based programs. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(3), 232-246. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2020.1731815 Ince, A. 2017. Managing Risk in Complex Adult Professional Learning: The Facilitator’s Role. Professional Development in Education 43 (2): 194–211. Kamyounias, P., McGrath‐Champ, S., & Yip, J. (2008). ‘Gifts’ in mentoring: Mentees’ reflections on an academic development program. International Journal for Academic Development, 13(1), 17–25. Laksov, K.B,, Elmberger, A.., Liljedahl, M. & Björck, E. (2022). Shifting to team-based faculty development: a programme designed to facilitate change in medical education. Higher Education Research & Development, 41(2), 269-283. Lundberg, A., de Leeuw , R., & Aliani, R. (2020). Using Q methodology: Sorting out subjectivity in educational research. Educational Research Review, 31, Article 100361. Mathias, H. (2005). Mentoring on a programme for new university teachers: A partnership in revitalizing and empowering collegiality. International Journal for Academic Development, 10(2), 95-106. Pleschová, G., & McAlpine, L. (2015). Enhancing university teaching and learning through mentoring: A systematic review of the literature. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 4(2), 107-125. Watts S and Stenner P (2012) Doing Q Methodology: Theory, Method and Interpretation. London: Sage. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Global Competence Integration: Teaching Strategies in SDG-Aligned University Courses 1Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, China, People's Republic of; 2University of Strasbourg, France Presenting Author:Introduction Global competence is essential for equipping future citizens to effectively participate in sustainable development activities and contribute to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (OECD, 2019). Recognizing the importance of fostering responsible action towards sustainable development, modern higher education institutions are increasingly incorporating it into their educational agendas(Auld & Morris, 2019). Traditionally, higher institutions have focused on providing specialized,professionally-oriented majors meet the professional skill demands of students (Huang & Chen, 2013). However, developing courses oriented towards fostering students’ global competence, which demand interdisciplinary approaches and embrace diversity, poses a significant challenge (Mossman, 2018). While there is extensive literature on developing global competence among university students, most of it is based on Western contexts, with limited research and practice reflecting an oriental perspective. This gap highlights the need for a more inclusive and diverse exploration that incorporates Eastern educational contexts and practices, offering a broader, more balanced insights into how to foster undergraduates’ global competence effectively. Research objective This paper introduced an exploratory action research study focused on identifying university-level course design strategies that could substantially elevate the global competence of students from diverse cultural backgrounds. The objective of this research is to explore the pedagogical ways in which the student learning goal of developing global competence can be diffused effectively into the SDG-focused courses. By doing this, this study hopes to offer both theoretical and practical insights into the understanding on the instructional design of university courses, which with a specific focus on addressing undergraduates’ learning needs on global competence. Theoretical framework: Global competence emerged as a concept in the context of globalization to address the needs of international cooperation. At the end of the 20th century, the concept of global competence was first introduced from the perspective of enhancing international understanding (CIEE, 2014). Since then, academic discourse on global competence has intensified, with scholars proposing theoretical frameworks to elucidate it. For instance,Olson and Kroeger (Olson & Kroeger, 2001) divided global competence into three dimensions: knowledge, attitudes, and skills.Subsequently, Asia Society suggested adding a dimension of behavioral capability to these three dimensions. Later, the OECD proposed a framework for assessing students’ global competence in its 2018 Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA).It defines global competence as a multidimensional lifelong learning goal, encompassing an individual’s capacity to examine local, global, and intercultural issues; to understand and appreciate different perspectives and worldviews; to respect others and interact effectively; and to take responsible action for collective well-being.
The 'Integrated Course Design' model, is a globally recognized framework in the field of instructional design, and widely adopted by educators (Fink, 2005; Branch & Dousay, 2015). This model encompasses three key design elements: (1) Learning Goals, which are the expected student learning outcomes; (2) Teaching and Learning Activities; and (3) Feedback/Assessment. The latter involves both students and teachers using appropriate evaluation methods to ascertain whether the anticipated learning objectives have been met. This includes teachers gathering feedback on student learning outcomes, as well as students receiving feedback based on the teacher's feedback. These elements create a closed loop and establish a mutually supportive relationship. This study references the conceptualization of global competence as proposed by the OECD and employed the 'Integrated Course Design' model as a focused theoretical framework to guide the instructional design in this study. global competence is adopted as one of the learning objectives, integrated with subject-specific goals within the framework of course designs. The design of teaching activities is meticulously structured around the the four dimensions of global competence. Throughout the instructional process, formative assessments are utilized as the evidences for evaluating the course design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Guided by the action research paradigm, this study follows a systematic research process that includes identifying problems, implementing actions, evaluating the results, and then undertaking subsequent actions for continuous improvement. Three lecturers at XXX University, tasked with the instruction of the 'Gender in Development and Education' course, which is pertinent to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), engaged in comprehensive pre-course dialogues. These discussions culminated in the development of a refined instructional model. This model serves as a guiding framework for the meticulous planning of learning objectives, the structuring of teaching activities, and the formulation of student assessment strategies. Prior to starting the course, the researchers administered an online survey to assess the global competence levels of 57 students in the class. Students participating in this course come from 10 different countries. Adopted from the international competence scale for postgraduate students (Hu,2017), the researchers developed the “Self-assessment Questionnaire for International Competence Development Experiences” as a tool to survey students' international experiences prior to commencing the course. Midway through the course, the researchers gathered student feedback using an online open-ended questionnaire to identify the course's strengths and pinpoint areas needing enhancement. Following the completion of the course, the researcher recruited 15 students for an in-depth semi-structured interviews. The interview prompt was designed based on the conceptualization of the global competence. The aim was to investigate students' learning experiences and to evaluate their global competence following the completion of the course. By triangulating the data gathered from various strands, the researchers sought to more precisely uncover the specific pathways by which the course contributed to enhancing the students' global competence levels. Both mid-term and post-course qualitative data were analyzed using thematic analysis, following these steps: familiarization with the data, initial coding, identifying themes, adjusting and refining themes, defining and naming themes, and finally, writing the report, as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that before the course, students’ levels of global competence were relatively low. Graduate students scored significantly higher than undergraduates on the items related to academic exchanges with foreign scholars and students (p<0.05). This may be attributed to the fact that some graduate programs mandate oral presentations at high-level conferences. Furthermore, students from overseas universities scored significantly higher on all items compared to students attending local universities (p<0.05). References The findings suggest that prior to the course, students' levels of global competence were comparatively low.sinor students scored significantly higher than freshmen and sophomores on the items related to international exchanges with foreign teachers and peers (p<0.05). This may be attributed to the fact that senior students had more opportunities and time to participate in international exchange activities.Furthermore, students from overseas universities scored significantly higher on all items compared to students attending Chinese mainland universities (p<0.05). By synthesizing the mid-term feedback with the results from the post-course interviews, the researchers identified that this course, incorporating SDGs, primarily enhanced students’ levels of global competence through the following pathways: 1. Integrating a project-based assignment focused on actual Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) challenges significantly bolstered students' capabilities in comprehending global issues and initiating action. This approach facilitated the development of their skills in critical analysis, problem-solving, and strategic planning. 2. The course content, featuring lectures from project leaders from international organizations, substantially enriched students' knowledge about both global and local issues. 3. By encouraging students to share challenges, practices, and other issues related to Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) within their communities, the course helped mitigate initial unease and inactivity in group discussions. Furthermore, this strategy enabled students to embrace a range of perspectives and appreciate the diversity of individuals from various cultural backgrounds. This study also identified two challenges that require further attention: 1. Developing students' global competence requires teachers to adopt diverse, inclusive, and participatory teaching formats (Richter&Kjellgren, 2023). The single online model in this study limited the opportunities for students from diverse backgrounds to further communicate and collaborate, negatively impacting their global competence. 2. Some Chinese students expressed opposition to group discussions, citing the challenge of articulating divergent opinions as a key concern.This may be related to the traditional culture norms,which encourage remaining silent as a means to avoid potential awkwardness or conflict with others (Harumi,2011). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Unpacking the link between Service-Learning and the Sustainable Development Goals in Higher Education: A systematic review of literature 1University Pablo de Olavide; 2Jaén University; 3Castilla-La Mancha University Presenting Author:From a perspective of social responsibility, Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) cannot remain on the sidelines of the profound changes which are taking place on the planet, such as poverty, inequality, climate change and environmental degradation, among others. Consequently, HEIs have a pivotal role in promoting The United Nation’s 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and Social Transformation (UN, 2019) with its 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) as universities have the ethical duty to train committed citizens, with social awareness and capacity for critical analysis to make appropriate decisions and clearly provide pathways to achieve a better future (Rodríguez-Izquierdo and Lorenzo Moledo, 2023). In this sense, Service Learning (SL) is anchored in the strategic projects of many universities internationally, committed to enhance students’ academic learning, social responsibility, and citizenship skills, while developing community capacity through service (Rodríguez-Izquierdo, 2021). It is specifically this experiential learning and its ethic and civic dimensions that render SL as a suitable approach to work in the same direction as the SDGs (Rodríguez-Izquierdo, 2023; Ruiz-Corbella and García-Gutiérrez, 2023; Sotelino-Losada et al. 2023). It is worth noting that the SL approach seems to go against the present neoliberal, performative, market driven culture of HE based on other types of indicators such as the labour market and the ranking systems. This paper seeks to identify and examine the scientific literature (2015–2023) on the interconnectedness between SL and the SDGs in HEIs, to provide knowledge of the state of the art and the advances that have been made in this field. The specific questions that guided the study were defined as follows: How interest in this topic has evolved? What is being researched about SL and SDGs? How do researchers approach the topic? What are the contributions of SL towards the development of SDGs in HEIs? Further, the study will expand the existing literature in sustainability education and provide insights into the impact on the expansion of SDGs through the implementation of SL courses in HE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, a systematic literature review was developed, understood as the systematic process of developing and extending theory through the review and analysis of relevant sources in a given field of knowledge (Newman and Gough, 2020). The procedure performed in the systematic literature review was based on the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) statement (Page et al., 2021). Following Alexander (2020) guidelines the present study was organized in four phases: 1) The research questions were defined. 2) The search for the selected terms was carried out in the fields "article title, abstract and keywords” according to the terms defined by the searches and focusing exclusively on articles published in peer-reviewed journals. In this review, we cross-searched ‘higher education’ terms with ‘service learning’ OR ‘service-learning’ AND ‘sustainable development goals’. 3) The searches were conducted in November and December 2023 using the main databases in social sciences: Web of Science (WOS) and SCOPUS both in English and Spanish. 4) The search procedure focused on review articles, published from 2015 to 2023. It is worth emphasizing that the starting date corresponds to the intersection between the SDGs and the former Millennium Development Goals, an alignment already identified and anticipated at the Conference on Sustainable Development held previously in Rio (United Nations, 2012). The first search yielded 107 possible articles (WOS (n=15); SCOPUS (n=92)). Before processing the data, we removed duplicates reaching a total of nearly one hundred journal papers (n = 87). The articles were again assessed through the application of the selection criteria searching for relevance, thus records retrieved were screened through the reading of the abstract, thus the articles that either did not focus on SDGs or did not consider the link with SL in HEIs were also eliminated. After refining the results of the search, the study finally included 31 articles. The selected documents were analysed from a qualitative perspective of thematic analysis using the software Nvivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The publication dates of the articles identified indicate that the subject has been active throughout the period examined. However, research on the subject is not evenly distributed by country. The interest in this subject is highly noticeable in papers published in Spanish-by-Spanish authors who seem to produce the most academic literature on this topic (Sotelino-Losada et al., 2021) followed by USA and UK. Regarding the types of studies and research methods used, the vast majority are qualitative (74% of the works analysed), compared with only 17% quantitative and 11% that used a mixed design with a predominance of assessment of programs and results. The latter examines the influence of SL on the development of the SDGs with several papers pointing at SL as a tool to develop competencies related to the challenge of sustainability allied with the SDGs. These papers claimed SL as a useful tool to align instructional methods with the SDGs to transform awareness into commitment as SL seems to be an optimal methodology that questions the structural causes of impoverishment, inequality, or various forms of domination. However, authors described factors and barriers that impede the development of both SL and SDGs in HEIs. Finally, the studies reviewed show several limitations. Their findings are not generalizable as they are very local and mainly qualitative. Further, there is a predominant number of studies done in courses taught at teacher education leaving other degrees unexplored. However, given the increasing attention being paid to SDGs within HEIs it was an appropriate time to contribute to the debate of connecting HEIs instructional methods with SDGs. We also see this review as potentially initiating a wider conversation about sustainability and responsible pedagogies in HE and call for serious attention to the teaching strategies used. References Alexander, P. (2020). Methodological guidance paper: The art and science of quality systematic reviews. Review of Educational Research, 90(1), 6-23. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319854352 Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application. Systematic reviews in educational research, 3-22. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International Journal of Surgery, 88, 105906. Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. (2021). Does service learning affect the development of intercultural sensitivity? A study comparing students’ progress in two different methodologies. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 82, 99-108. Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. (2023). Aprendizaje-Servicio (Aps) como metodología catalizadora para la consecución de los Objetivos de Desarrollo Sostenible en Educación Superior. Organización y Gestión de Instituciones Educativas en Momentos de Cambio: Avances y Desafíos, 47. Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. & Lorenzo Moledo, M. (2023). El giro comunitario en el aprendizaje-servicio universitario: inclusión y sostenibilidad. Octaedro. Ruiz-Corbella, M., & García-Gutiérrez, J. (Eds.) (2023). Aprendizaje-Servicio. Escenarios de aprendizajes éticos y cívicos. Narcea. Sotelino-Losada, A., Arbués-Radigales, E., García-Docampo, L., & González-Geraldo, J. L. (2021). Service-learning in Europe. Dimensions and understanding from academic publication, Frontiers in Education, 6, 604825. Sotelino-Losada, A., Sáez-Gambín, D. & Lorenzo Moledo, M. (2023). El aprendizaje-servicio y los objetivos de desarrollo sostenible: un binomio de transformación social. Edited by R. M. Rodríguez-Izquierdo & M. Lorenzo Moledo (coord.), El giro comunitario en el aprendizaje-servicio universitario: inclusión y sostenibilidad, 49-66. Octaedro. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. United Nations (2012). Future We Want. UN. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 C: Rethinking Internationalization Issues Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jarkko Impola Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Rethinking Academic Curriculum through Embedded Mobility. A Structural Approach University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:The freedom of learning and the possibility for students to access a much wider educational offer are key elements for reshaping the European higher education landscape. Students are more mobile than ever, and new formats for teaching and learning readdress the need to rethink how academic curriculum is designed and developed. New tendencies and innovative approaches to education, such as micro-credentials, embedded mobility, digital credentialing, and flexible learning pathways open the way for true ‘universities without walls’ (EUA, 2021) across Europe. The global academic community is constantly changing; cooperation among universities grew in the past 20 years, facing a significant increase in student mobility, in Europe mainly due to Erasmus+ funding and mobility schemes and other Bologna Process tools (de Wit & Hunter, 2015, p. 1). Moreover, European universities intensified cooperation not only with partners from other European countries, but at an international level also, with partner from other continents (Claeys-Kulik, 2020, p. 10). In such a global educational context, universities and policy makers can ask whether the increase in mobility can represent a tool for designing new curricular models, creating new educational programmes in which mobility and cultural exchanges become functional components and in which all graduates become international students. Such an approach could be done through academic degrees and programmes where mobility is embedded in the curriculum, in the shape of small mobility windows (up to one semester), taking advantage of new mobility schemes such as the Blended Intensive Programmes (European Commission, 2022, p. 49) or modular approaches, such as the ones proposed by some European Universities Alliances (Iucu et al., 2022, p. 26), based on a `micro-credentials philosophy`. While setting up such a process can require significant changes in legislation, funding, pedagogical design, and administrative practices, the real impact of these changes need to be addressed to the potential beneficiaries, the students. In fact, the importance and relevance of physical mobility has been several times mentioned by students, stating the “physical mobility should be accessible to all students, and should not exclude certain groups” (ESU, 2020, p. 2), emphasising that reaching the 50% mobile students need to remain a constant desiderate of higher education policies across Europe. In this regard, our research aims at understanding what is the students’ perception on embedded mobility in higher education programmes. The research proposes an exploratory analysis on how students view mobility as part of their educational pathway and possible downsides of transforming mobility as an opportunity to mobility as a necessary experience. Motivations for studying abroad by European exchange students have been addressed in a range of studies (Bryntesson et al., 2018; European Commission, 2017; Hovdhaugen & Wiers-Jenssen, 2021; Krzaklewska, 2008; Lesjak et al., 2015; Maiworm & Teichler, 2002; Murphy-Lejeune, 2002), the present research aiming to see, on top of motivational aspects, if differences appear when changing the scope of mobility and its relation with the degree. Different types of students will be included in the research, both junior students prior any mobility experience during their academic studies, as well as students who already participated in different mobility opportunities during their studies. Also, the research will focus on understanding what students value most in a mobility experience, to understand what aspects need to be intensified further in developing new mobility models and opportunities for higher education students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The dependent variable of the analyses will be a 20-30 item survey battery, starting from a similar version had been used in a previous study (Wiers-Jenssen, 2003), with items ranging from `very important` (4) to `not important` (1). The model will not be a Likert scale, but a scale measuring the importance of a particular item, in relation with personal perceptions of the respondents. The data collected will be used in descriptive analyses and analyses of average scores. Other variables will be collected thorough the survey, such as the students’ gender, level of study, field of study, parents’ level of education (highest graduated level), foreign language proficiency, and mobility capital (differentiating from students with previous foreign travel / living experience and those with none). For data analysis, three statistical methods will be used: factor analysis or correlations between items to explore latent variables influencing motivation for studying abroad, t-tests to investigate statistical significance between group means on summative indexes based on the factor analysis, and linear regression analysis on the factors extracted from the factor analysis, to investigate the influence of several background variables at the same time. For in-depth qualitative information on the students’ perception on embedded mobility, several focus-groups will be conducted with several students that responded to the survey. For organising the focus-groups, students will be asked to mention if they are open to take part in further discussions on the topic and accept to be contacted by the research team after filling the survey. The focus-groups will consist of 10-12 participants which will be guided in discussions based on a set of 5-7 open questions. The meetings will be recorded, and the data will be coded, and the information will be corroborated with the results of the survey. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Considering the novelty of mobility embeddedness in academic curricula and the mobility gap caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to foresee what will the students’ perceptions will be, as well as what are the motivations for students’ participation to learning mobilities and new educational experiences. Whereas the academic mobility numbers constantly increased before the pandemic, we are now witnessing a new start, in which students’ expectations and needs are changing, and new models for designing mobility opportunities appear. The present research will provide a valuable input in the discussions on reshaping academic curricula through embedded mobility, bringing the perspectives of potential beneficiaries, the students, and a clearer image on what is expected and needed from their side. Such information is valuable for any decision-maker and any decision in this direction must be built to respond to the needs of students and society at its whole. References Bryntesson, A., Börjesson, M., & Haru, A. (2018). From Sweden with ERASMUS+: The experiences, practices and preferences of outgoing exchange students (UHR Report Series 13). Swedish Council of Higher Education. http://uu.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A1297943&dswid=6655 Claeys-Kulik, A-L., Jorgensen, T., & Stöber, H. (2020). International strategic institutional partnerships and the European Universities Initiative. Results of the EUA survey. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/925:international-strategic-institutional-partnerships-and-the-european-universities-initiative.html de Wit, H., & Hunter, F. (2015). The Future of Internationalization of Higher Education in Europe. International Higher Education, 83, 2-3. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2015.83.9073 ESU. (2020). New European Universities and the old challenges. European Students’ Union. https://esu-online.org/?policy=new-european-universities-and-the-old-challenges European Commission. (2022). Erasmus+ Programme Guide. Version 2 (2023). Publications Office of the European Union. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-01/ErasmusplusProgramme-Guide2023-v2_en.pdf European Commission. (2017). The Erasmus impact study: effects of mobility on the skills and employability of students and the internationalisation of higher education institutions. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/75468 EUA. (2021). Universities without walls: A vision for 2030. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/957:universities-without-walls-%E2%80%93-eua%E2%80%99s-vision-for-europe%E2%80%99s-universities-in-2030.htm Hovdhaugen, E., & Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2021). Motivation for full degree mobility: analysing sociodemographic factors, mobility capital and field of study. Educational Review. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1912712 Iucu, R., Ciolan, L., Nedelcu, A., Zus, R., Dumitrache, A., Carțiș, A., Vennarini, L., Fernández de Pinedo, N., & Pericică, A. (2022). Digitally enhanced mobility. CIVIS Handbook on Virtual Mobility. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6090251 Krzaklewska, E. (2008). Why study abroad? – An analysis of Erasmus students’ motivations. In M. Bryam & F. Dervin (Eds.), Students, staff and academic mobility in higher education (pp. 82-98). Cambridge Scholars Press. Lesjak, M., Juvan, E., Inteson, E. M., Yap, M. T. H., & Axelsson, E. P. (2015). Erasmus student motivation; Why and where to go. Higher Education, 70(5), 845-865. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9871-0 Maiworm, F., & Teichler, U. (2002). The students’ experience. In U. Teichler (Ed.), Erasmus in the Socrates programme (pp. 83–116). Lemmens. Murphy-Lejeune, E. (2002). Student mobility and narrative in Europe. Routledge. Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2003). Norwegian Students Abroad: Experiences of students from a linguistically and geographically peripheral European country. Studies in Higher Education, 28(4), 391-411. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0307507032000122251 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper An Evaluation Model Building for Internationalization of Higher Education Institutions 1Department of Educational Studies, Ghent University, Belgium; 2Institute of Education, National Sun Yat-sen University, Taiwan; 3National Academy for Educational Research, Taiwan Presenting Author:In the context of globalization, the concept of "internationalization of higher education" is a broad and evolving phenomenon with diverse interpretations (De Wit & Altbach, 2021). At the institutional level, it involves integrating international, cross-cultural, or global dimensions into the purposes, functions, and implementation processes of higher education. This integration aims to enhance the quality of student education and the research output of academic staff, serving as a strategic approach and practice for academic systems, institutions, and individuals in the globalized academic environment worldwide, including in the European educational context (Altbach & Knight, 2007; De Wit, Hunter, Howard, & Egron-Polak, 2015; Knight, 2003; Knight & De Wit, 2018). Moreover, internationalization also helps institutions improve efficiency and aids government, stakeholders, and higher education units in understanding institutional performance (Mandinach & Gummer, 2013). On a personal level, internationalization contributes to cultivating the global competitiveness and employability of local students, providing opportunities for cross-cultural communication and a global perspective. The International Association of Universities (IAU) (2006) defines the internationalization of higher education as a process that combines transnational and cross-cultural perspectives, atmospheres, and functions within higher education. This involves internal and external changes within universities, encompassing the implementation of policies through bottom-up and top-down approaches and shifts in institutional policy orientations. Over the past 25 years, internationalization is considered a strategic response to the inevitable impact of globalization on higher education, transforming from a marginal micro-level element into a mainstream global factor (Knight & De Wit, 2018). This evolution has shifted the concept from national-level international, cross-cultural, and global dimensions to factors within higher education, such as the diversity of educators and students' nationalities, research quality, and the quality of student education. Internationally renowned university rankings, such as THE (Times Higher Education) and QS (Quacquarelli Symonds), also include "internationalization" as one of the evaluation criteria. This makes internationalization a crucial part of the development of higher education institutions. Current institutional research in Taiwan covers academic, student, and administrative aspects. In the main educational data bases, “(Higher Education) Course Information website (CIW)”, “Information Platform for College and University Institute Research (IPCUIR)”, “Academic Statistics Database of Ministry of Science and Technology (ASDMST)”, and “Scopus”, the wide-ranging scope of institutional research topics, including student admission, performance during the study period, post-graduation performance, and related administrative or university environmental aspects is evident. However, the previous research has touched upon international exchange aspects, yet there has been a lack of an investigation for the link between domestic education databases and internationalization indicators, and the exploration into the internationalization models of higher education applying existing national-level education database resources. Hence, the present research aims to consolidate diverse dimensions and manifestations of internationalization from existing research, to integrate data from different cross-institutional databases and explore relevant variables in internationalization of higher education institutes, and to establish a broader evaluation model for internationalization. Based on above, the research questions are: 1. Through the integration of cross-platform database indicators and linking with relevant internationalization indicators from sources like THE and QS, what variables are pertinent to internationalization of higher education institutes? 2. What are including in the evaluation model for internationalization constructed based on the cross-platform database? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aims to enhance the objectivity and comprehensiveness of the model related to the internationalization of higher education institutions by utilizing various local higher education-related public databases. 1. Data collection The databases include the “(Higher Education) Course Information website (CIW)”, “Information Platform for College and University Institute Research (IPCUIR)”, “Academic Statistics Database of Ministry of Science and Technology (ASDMST)”, and “Scopus” in Taiwan. In the meanwhile, the research also analyzes the results of higher education internationalization evaluations by comparing them with widely recognized international higher education ranking institutions such as QS World University Rankings and THE World University Rankings. 2. Sample Description Due to variations in weighting based on different school backgrounds in the QS World University Rankings, reflecting diverse levels of internationalization, this study classifies institutions by their establishment type (public and private). 3. Variables Description Following Knight's (2006) definition, "Internationalization Abroad" encompasses all forms of cross-border education, including subsidies for students and faculty to go abroad. In this study, applications for the Ministry of Science and Technology's projects, such as "Subsidies for Ph.D. and Postdoctoral Researchers to Conduct Research Abroad," "Domestic Graduate Students Attending International Academic Conferences," and others, are considered as part of internationalization abroad. The former two pertain to student internationalization, while the latter four are related to faculty internationalization. Additionally, indicators include the Scopus database's "Proportion of Internationally Co-authored Papers" and "Impact of Internationally Co-authored Papers." For "Local Internationalization," indicators include "Proportion of International Teachers," "Proportion of International Students," "Proportion of Courses Taught in English," "Hosting International Academic Conferences in the Country," and "Inviting Technological Professionals for Short-term Visits." 4. Analysis This study initially employs descriptive statistics to explore the distribution and range of different indicators, deleting inappropriate variables based on their characteristics. Subsequently, a correlation analysis, specifically the Pearson correlation coefficient, is conducted to examine the correlation between various variables. Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) is then applied to understand the structure of internationalization preliminarily. Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) is utilized to validate the model structure of these indicators, providing evidence for the construct validity of internationalization measurement. Additionally, factor scores are computed and compared with the indicators' scores in world university rankings. Considering the limited number of Taiwanese universities participating in global rankings, a non-parametric Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test is used to test the difference between the domestic ranking and the university's ranking in the internationalization model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research distinguishes itself from previous research by pioneering the integration of cross-platform higher education-related databases. It delves into a more thorough exploration of an international evaluation model to comprehend the current state of internationalization of higher education institutions. The integration of multiple databases yields a prototype framework for international and comprehensive model for university internationalization: a model with four indicators (“university internationalization environment construction (domestic) ”, “internationalization of academic environment (domestic)”, “international academic exchange (abroad)”, and “international academic cooperation and exchange”) to help explore the status quo of internationalization, and a preliminary probe on the internationalization of domestic higher education institutions. This endeavor seeks to render more robust evaluation models along with adequate information required for decision making in higher education institutions with reference to internationalization. Based on the study's findings, it is recommended that academic researchers and decision-makers in higher education institutions avoid solely relying on university ranking survey indicators. Instead, they should broaden their scope by extensively collecting information from various sources, defining specific internationalization indicators, and validating them with multiple stakeholders. This approach ensures a nuanced understanding of the internationalization in higher education. Therefore, when addressing university affairs-related issues and making decisions, supplementing World University Rankings indicators with data from diverse databases can help formulate a more comprehensive view of the higher education institutes' international profile, establishing relevant internationalization indicators. The findings will be the considerable value for reference for EU countries which attach the importance to higher education policies in the context of internationalization. References Altbach, P. G., & Knight, J. (2007). The internationalization of higher education: Motivations and realities. Journal of studies in international education, 11(3-4), 290-305. doi:org/10.1177/1028315307303542 De Wit, H., Hunter, F., Howard, L., & Egron-Polak, E. (2015). Directorate-General for Internal Policies, Policy Department B: Structural and Cohesion Policies: Culture and Education. Internationalisation of Higher Education. Retrieved from http://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2015/540370/IPOL_STU(2015)540370_EN.pdf De Wit, H., & Altbach, P. G. (2021). Internationalization in higher education: global trends and recommendations for its future. Policy Reviews in Higher Education, 5 (1), 28-46. DOI: 10.1080/23322969.2020.1820898 International Association of Universities (2006). Towards a century of cooperation: Internationalization of higher education IAU statement. Retrieved form http://www.unesco.org/iau/tfi_statement.html Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International higher education, 33, 2-3. doi:10.6017/ihe.2003.33.7391 Knight, J., & De Wit, H. (2018). Internationalization of higher education: Past and future. International Higher Education, 95, 2-4. doi:10.6017/ihe.2018.95.10715 Kovács, I. V., & Tarrósy, I. (2017). The Internationalisation of Higher Education in a Global World. In R. Egetenmeyer, P. Guimaraes & B. Németh (Eds.), Joint Modules and Internationalisation in Higher Education (pp. 39-52). Frankfurt am Main, Germany: Peter Lang. Mandinach, E. B. & Gummer, E. S. (2013). A systemic view of implementing data literacy in educator preparation. Educational Researcher, 42(1), 30-37. doi:10.3102/0013189X12459803 Quacquarelli Symonds (2020). QS World University Rankings: Methodology. Retrieved from https://www.topuniversities.com/qs-world-university-rankings/methodology Times Higher Education (2020). THE World University Rankings 2020: Methodology. Retrieved from https://www.timeshighereducation.com/world-university-rankings/world-university-rankings-2020-methodology Tóth, J. & Tarrósy, I. (2002). Co-operation between science and economy in Hungary: The place and role of universities. Der Donauraum, 42(4), 62-72. doi:10.7767/dnrm.2002.42.4.62 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Migrant Students in European Higher Education: An Anti-genealogy of the Im/Possible Students and the Present/Future University University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This paper maps and questions the discursive limits of current debates about student migration in postcolonial global context and the challenges this poses on the definition and self-fashioning of the university as autonomous, inclusive and open to new kinds of students (Derrida, 2002). The standpoint for the mapping and questioning of discourses and the genealogical critique of the institution of the university is from the positionality of those whose lives have been mostly affected by intersecting axes of migration and race, namely, migrant students’ precarious lives. It is argued that despite their seeming discontinuity, the discourse of unconditional endorsement of global student mobility, on the one hand, and the harsh critique on institutional/educational policies and practices, on the other hand, both participate and interlock in rendering invisible or inconsequential the kinds of racialization and securitization they produce or reproduce (Stein & Andreotti, 2017) Student mobility across state borders is not a new phenomenon. What transforms, and not just increases, student mobility is large-scale processes that invested in the attractiveness of European higher education and repositioned it within, (a) the global economy of educational and psychic life of power (Butler, 1997) in a precarious world, and (b) the globalization of scapes of (post)modernity (Appadurai, 1990) within and across which student migration takes place. Attracting the most talented foreign students has been perceived by receiving countries as beneficial for both the governments and educational institutions. However, beneficial aspects have not been accepted without cautioning voices. The scholarly conversation about the risks involved in the growing numbers of migrant students is usually bound by concerns about the commodification of higher education and the decline and compromise of the quality of the education provided. On the one hand, those against the entrepreneurial character of higher education express their concerns about the weakening role of higher education as a public good and the undermining of its democratic character (Brown, 2015; Giroux, 2003). On the other hand, even those who, despite and beyond market rationalities, acknowledge the positive effects of student mobility and higher education internationalization for students, institutions and societies, they stressed from early on that this would backfire and warned of “unintended consequences” and “worrisome trends” (Knight, 2012). Cautionary discourse revolves around “diploma mills” and “sham students”. Diploma mills, as a by-product of the growing demand for university degrees and implicitly associated with less privileged and mostly migrant students, are considered a threat that needs to be combated. What is at risk is not only the quality of education but also the excellence and earned entitlement of those “who have worked hard for years to obtain their degrees” (Odou & Ogar, 2022). This seeming deregulation of quality and equality (among the excellent) is alleviated through new lines and borders, such as the line between highly appreciated ‘genuine’ students, and unwelcomed ‘bogus’ students. The latter are perceived to abuse student visa in order to secure entrance to and residency in the country of studies, sidestepping the reach of immigration policies and compromising the very integrity of the universities (Brooks, 2018). As argued in the paper, academic discourse on migrant students, despite its discontinuities and even fundamentally opposing views on the marketization of higher education, reenacts the colonial zero-point perspective to the world (Mignolo, 2010) and reproduces an elitist conception of the institution of the university. Failing to consider the racialization and precarization of migrant students through migration control apparatuses, but also the politics and epistemologies of resilience migrant students develop, we fail to grasp the complexities and the im/possibilities embedded in the ways migrant students navigate through and transform the landscapes of European higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper uses critical discourse analysis to bring in juxtaposition the discourses of academic articles and the narratives of migrant students. The qualitative data analyzed and discussed in the paper were collected through interviews with migrant students in higher education institutions in Cyprus. The migrant students who participated in the research come from Nigeria, Uganda, Nepal and India, and they study in either public or private higher education institutions. The paper adopts a decolonial methodological framework that is complicit with the recognition that racial and colonial violence provided the material and conceptual conditions of possibility for modern higher education institutions and the need to disrupt the epistemological, structural and normative colonial legacies (Andreotti, Stein, Ahenakew, & Hunt, 2015). The analysis is also informed methodologically by Foucault’s critical problematization, a method of critical inquiry that evades high theory and turns to specificities and complexities rather than totalities and universalities (Koopman, 2018). This is of particular importance as it enables a way of thinking that does not slip into the impasses of predetermined dichotomies and inevitable contradictions (e.g., ‘bogus’ Vs. ‘genuine’ student). Instead, it offers a view ‘from below” (Haraway, 1988), from “all the in-between spaces” (Halberstam, 2011) that leave space for alternative possibilities of living, being and knowing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis highlights the limits of academic discourses around global student mobilities. It is suggested that a view from below, from the marginalized, from those who are a priori considered “bogus” until they prove otherwise, but they still remain attached to life and to their object of desire (Berlant, 2011), could provide different frames from which we would be able to attend to the University as a place of vulnerability but also as a place of hope and potentiality. References Andreotti, V. d. O., Stein, S., Ahenakew, C., & Hunt, D. (2015). Mapping Interpretations of Decolonization in the Context of Higher Education. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 4(1), 21-40. Appadurai, A. (1990). Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Economy. Theory, Culture & Society, 7, 295-310. Berlant, L. (2011). Cruel Optimism. Durham: Duke University Press. Brooks, R. (2018). Higher Education Mobilities: A Cross-National European Comparison. Geoforum, 93, 87-96. Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the Demos: Neoliberalism's Stealth Revolution. Zone Books. Butler, J. (1997). The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Derrida, J. (2002). The University Without Condition. In P. Kamuf (Ed.), Without Alibi (pp. 202-237). Stanford: Stanford University Press. Giroux, H. (2003). Selling Out Higher Education. Policy Futures in Education, 1(1), 179-200. Halberstam, J. (2011). The Queer Art of Failure. New York: Duke University Press. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575-599. Knight, J. (2012). Student Mobility and Internationalization: Trends and Tribulations. Research in Comparative and International Education, 7(1), 20-33. Koopman, C. (2018). Problematization in Foucault's Genealogy and Deleuze's Symptomatology: Or, How to Study Sexuality Without Invoking Oppositions. Journal of the Theoretical Humanities, 23(2), 187-204. Mignolo, D. W. (2010). Introduction: Coloniality of Power and De-colonial Thinking. In D. W. Mignolo, & A. Escobar (Eds.), Globalization and the Decolonial Option (pp. 1-11). London: Routledge. Odou, R. S. M., & Ogar, J. O. (2022). Degree Mills and the Question of Educational Quality. Management of Higher Education Systems (pp. 405-415). University of Calabar Press. Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. d. O. (2017). Higher Education and the Modern/Colonial Global Imaginary. Cultural Studies, 17(3), 173-181. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 D: Discussing Curriculum and Skills Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Magdalena Fellner Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Knowledge and Knowers in Higher Music Education Curriculum 1Uniarts Helsinki, Finland; 2Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines university teachers’ notions of knowledge and knowers in higher classical music education during a curriculum renewal process in a Finnish higher education context. Knowledge in music has been distinguished between theory and technique already from Greek philosophers such as Aristotle (McPhail, 2022). This divide is still visible in music education. It is also claimed that higher music education has been based on the conceptions of craftsmanship and artistic skill (Moberg & Georgii-Hemming, 2019). More recently, the process of academization has raised the question of knowledge and knowledge practices in higher music education especially in the European context (Johansson & Georgii-Hemming, 2021). It is argued the traditional knowledge of music is not enough in the future society (Gaunt & Westerlund, 2021; López-Íñiguez & Bennett, 2020), the future of classical musicians is unclear and employment conditions are changing (Moberg & Georgii-Hemming, 2019). Higher music education institutions are asked to redefine their work and consider “how they engage with students in changing societies” (Gaunt & Westerlund, 2021). Knowledge of craft in classical music is traditionally taught and learnt in master-apprentice relationship that is a hierarchical relationship between a master and student (Angelo et al., 2019; Gaunt, 2011). In this process, a student acquires some of the master’s knowledge and skills and becomes part of the musical community (Angelo et al., 2019). It is argued the tradition is based on imitation and reproduction as ideals (Georgii-Hemming et al., 2020). Consequently, the individuals involved in the learning process, both the ‘master’ and the student, hold a distinct significance in the acquisition of knowledge practices within the realm of arts. In arts education students are deeply engaged with the context where the knowledge is processed (Shay & Stayn, 2015). It is described that knowledge in the arts exists in individuals, communities, networks, bodies, objects (Orr & Shreeve, 2018) and in tools and materials (Addison, 2014; Sennett, 2008). In this study, we approach curriculum renewal as a process where knowledge practices are negotiated in the academic community (see e.g., Annala, 2022; Bovill & Woolmer, 2019). This context enables us to explore the underlying conceptions of knowledge and knowers in the contemporary higher music education. The research questions are: What is viewed as legitimate educational knowledge in higher music education? How the relationships between knowledge and knowers are depicted? The theoretical and methodological framework in the study is based on Karl Maton’s (2014) Legitimate Code Theory (LCT). Maton continued Bernstein’s (1996) theory of knowledge structures. It describes a way of developing and producing knowledge. In the humanities and arts, the knowledge structure is said to be horizontal. Knowledge is described as a series of parallel but strongly delimited approaches. Knowledge develops by adding a new approach alongside existing ones. However, according to McPhail (2022), knowledge in music theory is hierarchical which means the concepts must be obtained in successive order, but, on the other hand, approaches to composition and performance in music are more horizontal. Maton (2014) claims that focusing only on knowledge and the knowledge structure may simplify and overlook the strengths of some fields. Attention should also be paid to knowers and knower structure. Although knowledge structure is horizontal in the arts, knower structure is claimed to be hierarchical. Hierarchically structured knowers are organized in relation to the ideal knower. Therefore, in this study we build on the so-called Specialization code in the LCT theory (Maton 2014), which includes both knowledge and knower structures as analytical perspectives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The context of the research is a Finnish higher arts education institution where the fields of music, performance arts and fine arts meet in three academies. There are nearly 2000 students and 81 programs (bachelor’s, master’s, doctoral) of which 52 are in the music academy. Curriculum renewal was conducted at the university in 2020-2023 and the new curricula will be implemented in August 2024. It was the first joint curriculum process of the academies. It meant they renewed their curricula simultaneously, and they followed the same guidance approved by the university management. The first author collected data from all academies during the renewal process as part of her doctoral thesis. This presentation focuses only on music education. Data consists of ten semi-structured interviews (n = 2 professors, n = 5 lecturers, and n = 3 program leaders) and documents (curriculum guidelines, written curricula). All interviewees were active participants in the curriculum renewal process, and they represented five programs in the music academy. The interview data was collected between June 2022 and May 2023. The interviews lasted 57–95 minutes and they included three themes: core content analysis in the program level, curriculum renewal process and students and studies on the program. The interviews were recorded, transcribed and the data were encoded using the Atlas.ti software. Maton’s (2014) specialization code was applied as an analytical tool. In the analysis, we aimed to distinguish between epistemic relations (ER) to knowledge structures and social relations (SR) to knower structures. These relations may be more strongly or weakly bounded and controlled. Two continua, epistemic relations (ER±) and social relations (SR±), generate specialization codes. They reveal if the legitimacy in the field is based on specialized knowledge or knower attributes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results and conclusions are preliminary since the analysis is still in process. However, the results and conclusions are expected to be ready by the summer 2024. Seemingly the academization of higher music education and the generic working life demands challenge the traditional knowledge structures that appear hierarchical. References Addison, N. (2014). Doubting Learning Outcomes in Higher Education Contexts: From Performativity towards Emergence and Negotiation. The international journal of art & design education, 33(3), 313-325. https://doi.org/10.1111/jade.12063 Angelo, E., Varkøy, Ø. and Georgii-Hemming, E. (2019). Notions of Mandate, Knowledge and Research in Norwegian Classical Music Performance Studies. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 3(1), 78-100. https://doi.org/10.23865/jased.v3.1284 Annala, J. (2022). Disciplinary knowledge practices and powerful knowledge: a study on knowledge and curriculum structures in regions. Teaching in Higher Education. 27(8), 1084-1102. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2022.2114340 Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: theory, research, critique. Taylor & Francis. Bovill, C. & Woolmer, C. (2019). How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creation in and of the curriculum. Higher Education 78, 407–422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8 Gaunt, H. (2011). Understanding the one-to-one relationship in instrumental/vocal tuition in Higher Education: comparing student and teacher perceptions. British Journal of Music Education, 28(2), 159-179. Georgii-Hemming, E.; Johansson, K. & Moberg, N. (2020). Reflection in higher music education: what, why, wherefore? Music Education Research, 22:3, 245-256, https://doi-org.libproxy.tuni.fi/10.1080/14613808.2020.1766006 López-Íñiguez, G. & Bennett, D. (2020). A lifespan perspective on multi-professional musicians: does music education prepare classical musicians for their careers? Music Education Research, 22:1, 1-14, https://doi-org.libproxy.tuni.fi/10.1080/14613808.2019.1703925 Johansson, K., & Georgii-Hemming, E. (2021). Processes of academisation in higher music education: the case of Sweden. British Journal of Music Education, 38(2), 173–186. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051720000339 McPhail, G. (2022). A discipline in search of episteme. pp. 48-62. In Graham McPhail (2022). Knowledge and Music Education: A social realist account. Routledge. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and knowers: towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. Moberg, N. & Georgii-Hemming, E. (2019). Musicianship – Discursive constructions of autonomy and independence within music performance programs. In S. Gies and H. Sætre (eds.), Becoming Musicians – Student Involvement and Teacher Collaboration in Higher Music Education (pp. 67–88). The Norwegian Academy of Music. Sennett, R. (2008). The craftsman. Yale University Press. Orr, S. a., & Shreeve, A. (2017). Art and design pedagogy in higher education: Knowledge, values and ambiguity in the creative curriculum. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315415130 Westerlund, H., & Gaunt, H. (2021). Expanding professionalism in music and higher music education: A changing game. Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Investigating Learning Gains of Generic Skills among Finnish and American Higher Education Students 1Council for Aid to Education, United States of America; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Perspective(s) or theoretical framework Research on generic skills has been taking on increased importance in higher education over the last decade (Tuononen et al., 2022; Van Damme & Zahner, 2022). Generic skills refer to universal expert skills applied across different disciplines and contexts of jobs (Tuononen et al., 2022). These skills together with domain-specific knowledge enable students to draw on their field-specific knowledge in a variety of situations (Ursin et al., 2021). There is no one definitive list of generic skills; instead, this is a unifying term under which sets of skills belong. While remarkable variation in concepts and operationalization of generic skills have been found (Braun et al., 2012; El Soufi & See, 2019; Tuononen et al., 2022), researchers have acknowledged the importance of learning generic skills in the context of higher education. For example, there is evidence that generic skills are related to adjustment and adaptation to higher education (Kleemola et al., 2022; Van der Zanden et al., 2019) and progress in studies and study success (Tuononen & Parpala, 2021). Additionally, earlier research has suggested that a student’s background—both educational and socioeconomic—has a strong influence on the level of generic skills (Arum & Roksa, 2011; Kleemola et al., 2022; Ursin et al., 2021). Since generic skills research is mainly conducted using self-assessments, the research field has stressed the need for more performance-based research (Tuononen et al., 2022). Performance-based assessment aims to evoke authentic performance, covering aspects of generic skills through situations that resemble the real world (Hyytinen et al., 2023; Van Damme & Zahner, 2022). Previous research on performance-based assessment has shown that test-taking effort and engagement have a substantial impact on test performance (Hyytinen et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2016). Objectives Generic skills of higher education students have been assessed through the CLA+ (Collegiate Learning Assessment) in a number of countries, including the United States (where it is used extensively) and Finland. CLA+ is a performance-based assessment of generic skills such as critical thinking and written communication, directed particularly to higher education students. The assessment is accompanied by a survey of students’ demographic background, attitudes, and fields of studies. Comparisons of the assessment results of entering and exiting higher education students in Finland and the US have shown that while students from both countries exhibited learning gains in generic skills (i.e., there was a significant difference in the overall gain of these skills between entering and exiting students), this overall gain was clearly larger among the American students (Ursin et al., 2021). The purpose of this study is to further investigate a reason behind this finding. We consider variables measuring students’ effort and engagement in the CLA+ as well as sociodemographic variables such as students’ gender and parental level of education, and whether students’ primary home language is the same as the instructional language of the institution. This research attempts to answer two questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Measures The CLA+ is a 90-minute performance-based assessment of critical-thinking and written-communication skills comprising a 60-minute performance task (PT) and a 30-minute set of 25 selected-response questions (SRQs). The PT measures performance in three areas: Analysis and Problem Solving (making a logical decision and supporting it by analyzing, evaluating, and synthesizing the appropriate information); Writing Effectiveness (constructing an organized and cohesive essay with support for positions); and Writing Mechanics (demonstrating command of Standard Written English). The SRQ section is aligned to the same construct as the analysis and problem-solving subscore of the PT. Ten items measure Data Literacy (e.g., making an inference); ten measure Critical Reading and Evaluation (e.g., identifying assumptions); and five measure Critiquing Arguments (e.g., detecting logical fallacies). Both the PT and SRQ sections are document based. The supporting documents include a range of information sources, such as letters, memos, photographs, charts, and newspaper articles. After completing the CLA+, the students answer a questionnaire pertaining to their background. Sample Since the participating Finnish institutions were all research universities, a subset of only competitive (Schmitt, 2009) higher education institutions were selected for this study in the United States. For this study, approximately 51,000 students across 185 institutions of higher education in the United States were included in the analyses. Similar to the US, 18 participating higher education institutions from Finland tested entering first-year students in the fall semester and exiting third-year students in the spring semester. The Finnish sample consisted of 2,384 students (1,524 entering and 860 exiting students) from the 2019–2020 academic year. Two translated and adapted versions of the CLA+, one in Finnish and the other in Finland Swedish, were used for the Finnish students. Data sources The data presented in the results section are from 29,187 entering and 22,109 exiting American students, and 1,524 entering and 860 exiting Finnish students. All analyses were performed on the scaled and equated CLA+ Total score, which is a composite of the PT and SRQ subscores. The data were analyzed with descriptive statistics and two-level regression models. In calculating standard errors and, consequently, significance tests, the clustering of students within institutions was considered by introducing a random institution effect in the models, to avoid overly liberal inference. Measured with intra-cluster correlation (ICC), the homogeneity of students within an institution was considerable: the value of ICC estimate was 0.17 in the Finnish data and 0.23 in the American data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and Discussion This study investigated entering and exiting higher education students’ performance on the CLA+ in Finland and the United States. Overall, exiting students significantly outperformed entering students, but the overall learning gains were greater for the American students, despite entering Finnish students having a higher average score than their American counterparts. The literature suggests that effort and engagement might be factors that influence performance (e.g., Hyytinen et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2016). However, we found that test-taking effort and engagement did not explain the observed differences in learning gains. Other demographic variables such as gender, primary home language, and parental level of education also did not explain the observed difference. One possible explanation is that the exiting students in the United States are fourth-year students as opposed to third-year students in Finland (Ursin et al., 2021). This could have been further investigated by comparing third-year students to each other. However, one of the limitations of this comparative study is that the model for assessing student learning gains at almost all participating higher education institutions is to compare entering and exiting students, so we do not have a dataset containing any third-year students in the United States. The results of this study are puzzling because individually within country, the variables we investigated such as effort and engagement and the other demographics were predictive and explain the variance in CLA+ performance. However, none can explain why the American students had a larger average difference on CLA+ between entering and exiting students than the Finnish students. A second study, which includes a longitudinal component, is forthcoming. Future studies should assess students in the United States in their third year of studies as well as collect additional common demographic variables. References Arum, R., & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically adrift: Limited learning on college campuses. University of Chicago Press. Braun, E., Woodley, A., Richardson, J. T. E., & Leidner, B. (2012). Self-rated competences questionnaires from a design perspective. Educational Research Review, 7(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2011.11.005 El Soufi, N., & See, B. H. (2019). Does explicit teaching of critical thinking improve critical thinking skills of English language learners in higher education? A critical review of causal evidence. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 60, 140–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2018.12.006 Hyytinen, H., Nissinen, K., Kleemola, K., Ursin, J., & Toom, A. (2023). How do self-regulation and effort in test-taking contribute to undergraduate students’ critical thinking performance? Studies in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2227207 Kleemola, K., Hyytinen, H., & Toom, A. (2022). Critical thinking and writing in transition to higher education in Finland: Do prior academic performance and socioeconomic background matter? European Journal of Higher Education, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2022.2075417 Liu, O. L., Mao, L., Frankel, L., & Xu., J. (2016). Assessing critical thinking in higher education: The HEIghtenTM approach and preliminary validity evidence. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 41(5), 677–694. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2016.1168358 Schmitt, C. M. (2009). Documentation for the restricted-use NCES-Barron's Admissions Competitiveness Index data files: 1972, 1982, 1992, 2004, and 2008. National Center for Education Statistics, Institute for Education Sciences, US Department of Education. Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education—Enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917 Tuononen, T., & Parpala, A. (2021). The role of academic competences and learning processes in predicting Bachelor’s and Master’s thesis grades. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101001 Ursin, J. (2020). Assessment in higher education (Finland). In J. Kauko & J. W. James (Eds.), Bloomsbury Education and Childhood Studies. Bloomsbury Academic. Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., & Silvennoinen, K. (Eds.). (2021). Assessment of undergraduate students’ generic skills in Finland: Findings of the Kappas! Project (Report No. 2021: 31). Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture. Van Damme, D., & Zahner, D. (Eds.). (2022). Does higher education teach students to think critically. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/cc9fa6aa-en Van der Zanden, P., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A., & Meijer, P. (2019). Patterns of success: First-year student success in multiple domains. Studies in Higher Education, 44(11), 2081–2095. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2018.1493097 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 H JS: Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Joint Research Workshop, NW 10, NW 12 & NW 22. Details in 12 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 09 A: Policy Elites and the Interplay of Global Actors in Education Programs Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Lejf Moos Session Chair: Romuald Normand Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Policy Elites and the Interplay of Global Actors in Education Programs
This symposium will highlight the role of European policy elites (experts, consultants, advisers, etc.) by showing that they wield significant power and legitimacy in shaping educational reforms during last decades at global level, while at the same time its illustrates the social and political features of these reforming groups and networks in national spaces. By charaterising these European elite groups and networks by their positions within the State and/or International Organizations, the symposium will display the circulation of ideas and knowledge, beliefs and assumptions, between individuals and groups, but also their relations of dependence as well as their technocratic and/or ideological connivance that shape a doctrinal puzzle. Often referred to as neo-liberalism versus welfarism, these ideas, discourses, and prescriptions are more a complex combination of personal experience, adoption of scientific and expert statements, formulation of values or principles of justice, but also political expediency in front of public opinion and interest group pressures. Far from considering educational reforms and decision-making as linear, sequential, or incremental processes, the symposium will emphasize authoritarian, sometimes nationalistic stances, but also uncertain dimension of power facing the uncertainty and complexity inherent to policy-making at global scale. It will underly the incoherence and cognitive dissonance of decision-making, the tacit and shared knowledge on which justifications are based, or the story-telling that legitimizes changes in political rhetoric Therefore, the symposium will help to better understand ongoing and endogenous transformations of the educative State, in characterizing interactions within national, European and global elites, but also their resources and capacities for action in framing public action programmes and delivering political discourses, through games of competition and rivalry, according to specific professional, administrative, managerial cultures and ethics. Beyond mapping national, Europaen and global links, which demonstrate also some affinities and proximities between these elites, the symposium also will intent to characterize the more or less structured, more or less formal policy networks that shape the European reformist agenda in education through recommendations and prescriptions leading to lasting and relatively irreversible changes in policy-making. Based on the comparison between several European countries, bringing together different authors specialized in education policies, the symposium will seek to answer the following questions - How do these elites exercise their power, their authority, by mobilising different resources and capacities to influence the decision-making process? - How are these elites structured in networks or groups, epistemic communities or coalition of causes, in relationships that facilitate the sharing of knowledge, ideas, representations and beliefs on educational policies at national and global level? - What is the role of cognition, values, beliefs, representations and the strategy in these alliance games and power relationships? What is the impact of public action instruments and their interpretation (laws, indicators, data, etc.)? - How is it possible to characterize the type of proximity or affinity maintained by these elites within State, in other institutions or networks, or in International Organizations? From a methodological perspective, policy makers will be chosen for their membership in a ministerial cabinet, as heads of a ministerial directorate or as experts/advisers for the Ministry of Education, or for their relationships with global networks and organisations, etc. Whenever possible, their socio-professional career and their various positions in education or elsewhere will be established. Analyses would developed from the study of different expert groups, national conferences, representative institutions, and parliamentary hearings in which this elite has intervened with important effects on implementing reforms. References Anderson, K. T., & Holloway, J. (2020). Discourse analysis as theory, method, and epistemology in studies of education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 35(2), 188-221. Cousin, B., Khan, S., & Mears, A. (2018). Theoretical and methodological pathways for research on elites. Socio-Economic Review, 16(2), 225-249. Genieys, W., & Joana, J. (2015). Bringing the state elites back in?. Gouvernement et action publique, 4(3), 57-80. Genieys, W. (2017). The new custodians of the state: Programmatic elites in French society. London, Routledge. Hodge, E., Childs, J., & Au, W. (2020). Power, brokers, and agendas: New directions for the use of social network analysis in education policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 117-117. Honig, M. I. (2004). The new middle management: Intermediary organizations in education policy implementation. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 26(1), 65-87. Jones, B. D., Thomas III, H. F., & Wolfe, M. (2014). Policy bubbles. Policy Studies Journal, 42(1), 146-171. Lubienski, C. (2018). The critical challenge: Policy networks and market models for education. Policy Futures in Education, 16(2), 156-168. Ozga, J., Seddon, T., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (2013). World yearbook of education 2006: Education, research and policy: Steering the knowledge-based economy. Routledge. Smyrl, M., & Genieys, W. (2016). Elites, ideas, and the evolution of public policy. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Knowledge Brokers in the Intersections between the OECD and Denmark during the Reign of PISA
The key insight from state-of-the-art literature on global governance in education is that it is necessary to study the interactions and overlaps between international, national, and local contexts and the entanglements of a host of actors to acquire an adequate understanding of education policy (Robertson 2018). From this starting point the paper addresses the following research question: How can we understand the role and significance of the knowledge brokers and infrastructure facilitating movement between global and national policy-making arenas? Using Denmark as an analytical case, it is the purpose of this paper to explore the complex intermeshing and interactions between and among knowledge brokers operating in the infrastructural space between the OECD and the Danish Ministry of Education in the period 2001 when a new right-wing government took office and up until today. More specifically, the paper investigates the formal and informal, institutionalized and not institutionalized connections and channels between the OECD and Denmark in the development of education politics and policy. For instance, since 2017, the OECD has increased its support for strengthening the analytical capacity of National Centres and Ministries of Education more generally, as well as that of municipalities and other education stakeholders at the national level, through its PISA Lead Analysts programme (Auld et al., 2020). A constructive angle to explore in this connection are also the shifting consortia tasked with conducting the PISA surveys which perform the boundary work that goes on between the organizations, the national political arenas, and sometimes even in the public debates and news landscape. Theoretically, the paper conceptualizes knowledge brokers as ‘key intermediaries who facilitate the exchange of knowledge between individuals or organizations (…)’ (Weber & Yanovitzky, 2021, p. 1), but also as motivated agents that are themselves changed by their brokerage activities, at the same time as they seek to change others. Such a framework improves analytical purchase on knowledge brokerage beyond the current research paradigms, revealing the purposeful mobilization by international organizations inside what can best be conceptualized as a multi-level governing complex that changes over time (Ydesen 2019). Empirically, the chapter draws on interviews with knowledge brokers operating in the OECD-Denmark space as well as archival documents harvested in the Danish National Archives and the OECD archive in Paris.
References:
Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank. Educational Governance Research Series (Series Eds. S. Carney & L. Moos). Dordrecht: Springer.
Reder, T. J., & Ydesen, C. (2022). Policy Borrowing and Evidence in Danish Education Policy Preparation: The Case of the Public School Reform of 2013. In B. Karseth, K. Sivesind, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (eds.), Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy (pp. 77–114). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91959-7_4
Weber, M. S., & Yanovitzky (2021). Knowledge brokers, networks, and the policymaking process. In M.S. Weber & I. Yanovitzky (Eds.), Networks, knowledge brokers and the public policymaking process (pp. 1-25). Palgrave.
Ydesen, C. (2021) Globalization and Localization in the Shaping of the Danish Public Education System – Discursive Struggles in Four Historical Educational Reforms, In: Zhao, W. & Tröhler, D. Globalization and Localization: A Euro-Asia Dialogue on 21st-Century Competency-Based Curriculum Reforms, Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 85-109,
Ydesen, C., Kauko, J., & Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (2022). The OECD and the Field of Knowledge Brokers in Danish, Finnish, and Icelandic Education Policy. I B. Karseth,
Political-administrative Elites at Work: Politics and Knowledge in the making of a major educational Programme
This presentation examines the intervention of political-administrative elites in the conception and implementation of national education policies and programs. The study addresses the involvement of high-ranking officials from the Ministry of Education, policymakers, and experts from national higher education institutions and international organizations; and the focus is on their participation in developing and implementing a national pilot program that has served as the main instrument for a policy aimed at promoting curricular differentiation in Portuguese schools. The significance of this program, known as the "Project for Curricular Autonomy and Flexibility in Primary and Secondary Education," lies in its consistent implementation and generalization during recent years under the current government.
The pilot program took place in 2017 and 2018 under the auspices of the Directorate-General for Education (DGE), the central organization responsible for implementing policies related to the pedagogical and didactic components of education, as well as providing technical support for policy formulation. Key actors involved in the program include high-ranking officials of the DGE, members of the cabinet of the Secretary of State for Education, a specialized committee (a body of national consultants from the academy with conception and monitoring roles), two national experts on curriculum studies, OECD officers, and members of the Working Group on Schools, which is part of the EU's European Education Area strategic framework.
Therefore, we will present these elites at work, focusing on their interdependencies throughout the creation and implementation of the pilot program. It analyses two dimensions: the social dimension, which captures the actors' social characteristics, status and professional trajectories, their formal roles, and their political strategies, i.e., how they construct their power relations by mobilizing different resources to influence decision-making and implementation processes; and the cognitive dimension, which examines the main categories they use to make sense of the education sector and the role of knowledge and beliefs in shaping educational policies. Main methods include documental analysis and interviews with key actors. Additionally, tacit knowledge from authors generated from involvement in the project or created from experience in central management bodies will be mobilized.
References:
Carvalho, L. M., Costa, E., & Sant’Ovaia, C. (2020). Depicting the faces of results-oriented regulatory processes in Portugal: National testing in policy texts. European Educational Research Journal, 19(2), 125-141.
Carvalho, L. M., & Viseu, S. (2023). New philanthropy in education in Portugal: fabricating social inclusion as policy, knowledge and practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 1-13.
Viseu, S., & Carvalho, L. M. (2021). Policy networks, philanthropy, and education governance in Portugal: the raise of intermediary actors. Foro de Educación, 19(1), 81-104.
When External Actors Shape Education Policy: The inclusion of programming in the Swedish curriculum.
Since the mid-2010s, an education policy agenda emerged in curricula across the world projecting the need to teach computer programming in schools. This chapter discusses the insertion of programming into the Swedish compulsory curriculum and argues that this change was shaped and promoted by an assemblage of external actors and their political configurations in municipal, national and international policy spaces. To frame the context of this study, an overview of the Swedish context and the emergence of the programming agenda is going to be presented. Through network ethnography analysis, actors are identified and their interpersonal links are mapped.
This allows for a discussion of how the Swedish programming agenda was governed by a politico-administrative elite which features an assemblage of diverse actors. Programming was promoted by governmental and inter-governmental agencies, national and multinational corporations, as well as for-profit and non-profit organizations. These promotions occurred in schools serving their own aspirations and interests by, among other things, forming alliances, sharing their beliefs via public media and mobilizing a variety of resources. The findings demonstrate both the networks and relationships between the members of the political-administrative elite, as well as the discourses that shaped and justified the formulation of the programming agenda within the context of Sweden. These findings highlight the role of private actors in particular, and their influence in education policymaking processes, while illustrating the positions they hold within the policymaking field.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(3), 306–313.
Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, new governance and education [Electronic resource]. Policy. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008). Hidd
Barnett, M., & Finnemore, M. (2004). Rules for the World: International Organizations in Global Politics. Cornell University Press; JSTOR.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 09 B: Education Governance Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: João Cruz Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Digital Governance of Education: A Systematic Literature Review 1CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal; 2CIPES/FPCEUP, Portugal; 3CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal Presenting Author:The discourses on digital transition discourses have a prominent position in the political agendas of both transnational and national governance institutions. For instance, the European Commission and the European Council, emphasise the role of digital transition as a key driver of Europe's social and economic development and essential to ensuring better jobs (European Commission, 2018, 2020; European Council, 2019). The importance, intensity and reach of the digital transition into all sectors of society has led to it being called the fourth Industrial Revolution (Lima, 2021) or technological revolution. According to António Magalhães (2021), education has been incorporating digitalisation into teaching and learning processes and the CoViD-19 pandemic has accentuated the discourse on the need of this, making it urgent. The pandemic has thus served as a catalyst for a political agenda that was already underway, "placing the digitalisation of education and the development of digital skills at the heart of the education policy agenda" (Magalhães, 2021). By digitalisation of education, we mean the "configuration of teaching and learning, their materials and their methods and techniques in digital language" (Magalhães, 2021, p. 6). This configuration has led to changes in education, educational relations and forms of governance of education which, according to Ben Williamson (2016), should currently be understood as the digital governance of education. This is precisely the subject of our work. The purpose of this paper is to present a Systematic Literature Review (SLR) on the digital governance of education, developed as part of an ongoing doctoral project entitled "public education policies in a context of digital transition", which aims to study the mandates addressed to the Portuguese education system, specifically compulsory education, by the digital transition discourses delivered by transnational and national institutions. We identified educational governance as one of the dimensions to be studied when analysing these mandates. The digitalisation of education governance processes accentuates a political grammar of public administration - New Public Management - characterised by the adoption of performance measurement strategies and the promotion of markets to take over the provision of public services. It is an approach to the governance of public services that, , according to Radhika Gorur (2020) or Jenny Ozga (2016),is dominated by the emphasis on numbers.. This perspective of governance, combined with the efficiency and precision of digitalisation, enables the collection and provision of information in the form of data, thereby informing the governance decisions of the state., constituting what Foucault (1991) calls "governmentality". The advance of the digital in the governance of educational systems favours the emergence of a new technological industry that is leading the most significant changes in educational policies and, consequently, in the ways of learning and teaching in the classroom. Geo Saura (2021) argues that, in the continuity of forms of governance marked by the growing influence of transnational actors and the opening up of the state to service providers and the private sector, governance is carried out through political networks of digital governance. These networks are made up of political actors, software, digital technologies and large technology companies, which play an important role in shaping and developing education policies. Despite its increasing prominence, the digital governance of education has been little studied (Williamson, 2016). This SLR aims to report on the scientific literature produced in this field, seeking to systematise knowledge and open up possibilities for discussion in the less studied dimensions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this section, we briefly present how we carried out the Systematic Literature Review (SLR). This is the initial stage of the doctoral project and aims to gather existing knowledge on what has been called digital governance of education in the scientific literature. The first step of the SLR was to formulate a question or guiding theme for the review (Denyer and Tranfield, 2009; Xiao and Watson, 2019). Our question was: what knowledge exists about the influence of digitalisation on educational governance? We then searched, using the Boolean operators (AND, OR, NOT), for the combination of keywords "Digital Governance of Education NOT Higher Education" in four databases: EBSCO, B-on, Web of Science and Scopus. We considered scientific articles, books and book chapters, in Portuguese, English and Spanish, between 2000 and April 2023, when the review began. This first search yielded a total of 257 texts. The next step of the SLR was to analyse these texts by title and abstract, leaving 120. Finally, these 120 texts were fully read and 69 were considered for the SLR. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We now present some of SLR's conclusions, as well as further research suggestions. The first conclusion relates to the importance of different educational contexts, which digital governance of education, according to the studies presented, seems to ignore. Political governance networks operate at a global level, influencing the education agenda that is implemented in schools in different countries. However, this implementation does not take into account the tensions that may exist in different countries and education systems, demonstrating that there is no linearity or universality in the implementation of this agenda (Takayama & Lingard, 2018; Maguire, 2019). The second conclusion concerns the relationship between the digital governance of education and digital capitalism, as well as the emergence of new actors in the field of education. In the most recent forms of public administration, the State has been removed from its central role in the governance of education, opening it up to the influence of transnational actors and the private sector. More recently, technology companies have gained prominence because of the possibility they offer of collecting digital data, which is the product of their business. It follows that these companies are profiting from the education of children and young people at a global level, since they are part of the aforementioned transnational governance networks. It is essential to emphasise this relationship between the various educational actors and their interests in defining educational agendas, to confront the idea that we are talking about an inevitable and neutral path. Finally, the scientific literature on the topic has mostly focused on digital platforms, companies and schools, but less on the discourses of political institutions, which put digitalisation on the agenda for education as a political instrument of governance legitimising it as a project for society. References European Commission (2018). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on the Digital Education Action Plan. Brussels. European Comission (2020). Shaping Europe’s Digital Future. Luxembourg. European Council (2019). A New Strategic Agenda 2019-2024. Brussels. Denyer, David & Tranfield, David (2009). Producing a systematic review. In: David Buchanan & Alan Bryman (Ed.) The SAGE handbook of organizational research methods (pp. 671-689). SAGE. Foucault, Michel (1991). Governmentality. In Graham Burchell, Colin Gordon and Peter Miller (orgs.), The Foucault effect, studies in governmentality (pp. 87-104). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Gorur, Radhika (2020). Afterword: embracing numbers? International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29 (1-2), 187-197. DOI: 10.1080/09620214.2020.1720518 Lima, Licínio (2021). Máquinas de administrar a educação: Dominação digital e burocracia aumentada. Educação e Sociedade, 42, 1-16. Magalhães, António M. (2021). Caminhos e Dilemas da Educação Superior na Era Digital. Educação e Sociedade 42, 1-16. Maguire, Laura Høvsgaard (2019). Adapting to the test: performing algorithmic adaptivity in Danish schools. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40 (1), 78-92. DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2018.1549705 Ozga, Jenny (2016). Trust in numbers? Digital Education Governance and the inspection process. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 69–81. Saura, Geo (2021). Redes políticas y redes de datos de gubernamentalidad neoliberal en educación. Foro de Educación, 19 (1), 1-10. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.14516/fde.924 Takayama, Keita & Lingard, Bob (2018). Datafication of schooling in Japan: an epistemic critique through the ‘problem of Japanese education’. Journal of Education Policy. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1518542 Williamson, Ben (2016). Digital education governance: An introduction. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 3–13. Xiao, Yu & Watson, Maria (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39, 93–112. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Swedish National Professional program: A critical policy analysis 1Dalarna University, Sweden; 2Linnaeus University, Sweden; 3Uppsala University, Sweden; 4Karlstad University, Sweden; 5Jönköping University, Sweden; 6Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:In 2023, the Swedish government submitted a policy proposal for a National Professional Program (NPP) for principals, teachers and preschool teachers. The purpose of the reform was to develop teaching quality, strengthen the attractiveness of these professions and increase equity for students in Swedish education (Prop. 2022/23:54). The NPP follows the international trend of evidence-based practice with policy techniques, such as certification standards for teachers and teacher proficiency (Holloway & Larsen Hedegaard, 2021) which also applies for school leaders (Møller, 2009). Pettersson (2008) points to how new actors, such as transnational institutions and regimes, have come to play a central role in exerting pressure to increase the national reform agenda, and how these affect Swedish national politics. During the 21st century, international organisations such as OECD, have influenced educational systems, and PISA has taken on an increasingly prominent position as an authoritative measurement of knowledge, functioning as a regulatory mechanism (Lingard et al., 2013). The driving role of the OECD is viewed as a consequence of the neoliberal ideology rooted in the 1980s (Baltzer, 2020). Around the globe, a crisis discourse has emerged, which legitimises educational reforms (Nordin, 2014). Based on the declining performance of Swedish students in PISA 2012, the OECD (2015;216) recommended a comprehensive and system-wide national school improvement strategy in Sweden. One aim was to improve the attractiveness of teaching and school leadership, and professionalism was highlighted as a central concept, characteristic of high-performing countries. The OECD (2015) also pointed to insufficient coherence in Sweden’s recent career reform efforts: There is a lack of clarity in responsibilities of education priorities at various levels of administration as well as varying capacity at local level. Further, they draw attention to an imbalance between accountability and local autonomy. OECD’s concrete policy recommendations were to design a career structure including national professional standards. In line with the OECD:s recommendations, the Swedish government suggests introducing a national structure for professional development in Sweden, as well as a national qualification system for teachers and school leaders. This implies a continuous professional development (CPD) of teachers and school leaders, which will increasingly become a state concern (Prop. 2022/23:54, 2022/23:UbU13), contrary to the system from 1991 where local authorities have been responsible. From an international perspective, the Swedish case is an example of transnational policy trends, carried by powerful agents such as OECD, including key elements of what Ball (2003) refers to as policy technologies and performativity. Professionals’ in-service training can be considered as part of state regulation, producing new professional roles and subjectivities. By the NPP, professional performance and excellence, but also the life-long learning discourse, has been put high on the Swedish political agenda, as in many other countries. This can be seen as a part of an accountability regime that keeps a constant gaze on teacher performance, and also the life-long learning discourse (Heffernan, 2016; Rizvi & Lingard, 2009). The aim of the present study is to visualise the discourses underlying the proposed policy. We will critically examine the intentions and the effects of the NPP policy. The study is inspired by Bacchi’s (2009) Foucault-influenced analytic strategy. Drawing on Bacchi’s methodological framework, ‘What’s the problem represented to be?’ (WPR), the following research questions guide our study: - What problem representations can be identified in the policy proposal of a National Professional Program? - What presuppositions or assumptions underpin these problem representations and how have they come about? - What effects for Swedish school leaders are produced by problematizing the policy proposal of a Swedish National Professional Program for principals, teachers and preschool teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on our research questions, the study is designed as a text analysis. A selection of official education policy documents constitutes the empirical data and includes a total of four documents in the policy process that led to the proposal for the NPP. The first document is the 2015 School Commission's report with proposals for a national strategy for knowledge and equality (SOU 2017:35). That proposal led to the appointment of a special investigator to prepare a framework for the professional development of teachers and principals (SOU 2018:17). The proposal culminated in the government's proposal for a national professional program for principals, teachers and preschool teachers (Prop. 2022/23:54). The following parliamentary committee report (2022/23:UbU13) of the bill is also included in the empirical material. To give perspective on the context, another report has been used, however without per se being included in the analysis; on the municipalization of the Swedish school (SOU 2014:5). Following Ringarp and Waldow (2016), we argue that reports by government committees, such as Swedish Government Official Reports (SOU), constitute the indicators for education policy-making discourse. In the analysis, a selection of Bacchi’s WPR-questions have been applied, as part of an integrated analysis (Bacchi, 2015). Bacchi’s Foucault-influenced poststructural analytic strategy makes it possible to open up policy proposals for critical scrutiny. According to Bacchi, policy proposals can be considered as prescriptive texts, setting out practices based on specific problematisations, having governing effects (Bacchi, 2012). By a close analysis of policy documents, the identified problem representations may reveal discourses on what can be talked about ‘as possible or desirable, or as impossible and undesirable’ (Bacchi, 2016, p.1). The problem representations will not only have discursive effects, but also subjectification and material effects (Bacchi, 2009). The preliminary analysis of the documents started with a screening followed by an identification of the problem representations. Thirdly, the underlying discourses and possible effects were analysed. The analysis is in progress and a more in-depth analysis will be presented at the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A number of problem representations have been identified in the initial analysis of the documents. The most prominent are the NPP as a governance problem, a profession problem, an equity problem as well as a quality problem. Formulations regarding the profession problem are teacher deficiency, low status of the teaching profession, and difficulty in recruiting teachers. The NPP proposal can be viewed as an answer to rectify previous career reforms that have not been as successful as anticipated, for example the career teacher reform. Various examples claim that the state must take a clearer responsibility pointing to a steering problem. It is argued that there are system weaknesses, including the failing capacity and responsibility of many local governing bodies. Problems associated with students' results and equity are most palpable as narratives of a crisis discourse. The documents highlight that teaching is not of sufficiently high quality in all classrooms, and the quality of education varies within and between preschools and schools. Across the documents, overlapping discourses of neoliberalism, lifelong learning and the equity discourse can be seen underpinning these problem representations. For teachers and principals to be "really successful in their profession, continuous competence development is required throughout their professional life" (SOU 2018:17, p. 22). Through "standards", the professional skills need to be strengthened as well as the status of the profession itself. By increasing the attractiveness of the profession, the student results will improve. Many of the problem representations and underpinnings, found in documents stem from the OECD (2015) recommendations, point to the policy influence by international actors. The effects produced by the NPP proposal for Swedish local school actors are both an undermining of the school leaders’ local decision making regarding professional development, and a responsibilisation of the local actors for what can be perceived as system failures. References Bacchi, C. (2016). Problematizations in health policy: Questioning how “problems” are constituted in policies. Sage Open, 6(2), 1-16. Bacchi, C. (2015). Problematizations in alcohol policy: WHO’s “alcohol problems”. Contemporary Drug Problems, 42(2), 130-147. Bacchi, C. (2012). Why study problematizations? Making politics visible. Open journal of political science, 2(01), 1. Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing Policy: What ́s the problem represented to be? Pearson. Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of education policy, 18(2), 215-228. Baltzer, C. (2020). Lärarlegitimation som facklig professionsstrategi: En analys av den svenska legitimationsreformen som argument för lärares (re)professionalisering. [Doktorsavhandling, Åbo Akademi]. En bättre skola genom mer attraktiva skolprofessioner. (Dir. 2016:76). Regeringskansliet. Holloway, J., & Larsen Hedegaard, M. L. (2021). Democracy and teachers: the im/possibilities for pluralisation in evidence-based practice. Journal of Education Policy, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.2014571 Lingard, B., Martino, W., & Rezai-Rashti, G. (2013). Testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: Commensurate global and national developments. Journal of Education Policy, 28(5), 539–556. Møller, J. (2009). School leadership in an age of accountability: Tensions between managerial and professional accountability. Journal of Educational change, 10, 37-46. Nordin, A. (2014). Crisis as a discursive legitimation strategy in educational reforms: A critical policy analysis. Education Inquiry, 5(1), 24047. OECD (2015). Improving Schools in Sweden: An OECD Perspective. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/Improving-Schools-in-Sweden.pdf Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing education policy. Routledge. Med undervisningsskicklighet i centrum – ett ramverk för lärares och rektorers professionella utveckling. Slutbetänkande av Utredningen om en bättre skola genom mer attraktiva skolprofessioner (SOU 2018:17). Utbildningsdepartementet. Prop. 2022/23:54. Nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare. Utbildningsdepartementet. Pettersson, D. (2008). Internationell kunskapsbedömning som inslag i nationell styrning av skolan. (Uppsala Studies in Education, 120). Doktorsavhandling, Uppsala: Uppsala universitet Ringarp, J., & Waldow, F. (2016). From ‘silent borrowing’ to the international argument–Legitimating Swedish educational policy from 1945 to the present day. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 2016(1), 29583. Schleicher, A. (2016). Teaching excellence through professional learning and policy reform: Lessons from around the world, International summit on the teaching profession, OECD. Staten får inte abdikera - om kommunaliseringen av den svenska skolan. Betänkande av Utredningen om skolans kommunalisering (SOU 2014:5). Utbildningsdepartementet. 2015 års skolkommission (U 2015:03). Utbildningsdepartementet. Utbildningsutskottets betänkande (2022/23:UbU13). Nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare. Utbildningsdepartementet. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Big problems - Small policies A Comparison of Two Initiatives to Combat Social Inequalities in Education in France and Germany Hertie School & Sciences Po Paris Presenting Author:France and Germany are among the European countries where a pupil's performance at school depends most on his or her social background. According to the 2023 PISA international survey, the difference in performance on mathematics tests between the most socially advantaged and the most socially disadvantaged students was 113 points in France and 111 points in Germany, both well above the OECD average of 93 points(OECD, 2023b, 2023a). Numerous measures have been taken in Germany and France to address the 'big problem' of the strong correlation between social background and educational outcomes. The European Eurydice report on equity in education distinguishes several types of policy aimed at reducing this correlation(Eurydice, 2020).These are: support measures, which grant aid to socially disadvantaged schools and pupils; stratification policies, which modify the structure of the education system by reforming the number of secondary school streams, for example ; and, finally, standardisation policies, which determine the standards set in the school system, such as the level of autonomy of schools and the type of diplomas awarded. I focus on two recent support policies: Schule macht stark (school makes you strong) (SchuMaS) developed in Germany in 2019 and Les contrats locaux d'accompagnement (local support contracts) (CLA) launched in France in 2020. These policies share an experimental format with an implementation in a limited number of schools (with option to be extended) and a limited budget. I am intrigued by the deliberately restricted format of these two policies. I want to explore the relationship that these 'small' policies have with other measures in France and Germany that also tackle the 'big' problem of social inequalities in education. I ask the question: to what extent are SchuMaS and CLA bringing about change in the way social inequalities in education are dealt with in France and Germany? To answer this question, I choose a neo-institutionalist approach(Scott, 2014). The institution I am interested in here is 'addressing social inequalities in education'. In France, the treatment of social inequalities in education is essentially thought of in terms of support policies. For the past forty years, the French have sought to reduce the impact of social origin on school results mostly by granting additional resources to schools with a high proportion of socially disadvantaged pupils (Heurdier, 2023). In Germany, the treatment of social inequalities is essentially thought of in terms of stratification policies. Debates about the advantages of a tiered school system drew the attention of politicians and impacted their approach to tackling social inequalities (Maaz, 2020). The German way of addressing social inequalities in education has traditionally focused on (de-)stratification measures. These two different ways of looking at the same problem inside Europe make the Franco-German comparison particularly relevant. I put forward two hypotheses: H1 (self-reinforcement mechanisms)(Mahoney, 2000): CLA and SchuMaS do not break with the policies that developed before them. They confirm the path dependence of the way social inequalities are tackled in France and Germany. The ‘smallness’ of the policies would be a sign that they are being launched for political reasons, to give the impression that measures are being taken to combat social inequalities in education, but without really changing what was being done before. They would be "small" measures taken on the surface to avoid changing the education system in depth. H2 (layering)(Mahoney & Thelen, 2010): CLA and SchuMaS bring about a gradual institutional change and are deployed alongside or on top of the other measures dealing with social inequalities in France and Germany. The restricted operating mode would make it possible to introduce innovation without making a sudden political break. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I follow a case study research design based on qualitative analysis. My empirical data collection takes place within the temporal framework of these policies. From 2021, the year SchuMaS and CLA were launched in schools, to 2024, when the first phase of both ended. I conducted 34 semi-structured interviews (Rathbun, 2008): 20 in France and 14 in Germany. My interview guides focused on questions about the characteristics of the CLA and SchuMaS and the relationship between these policies and what already existed in terms of the fight against social inequalities in education. I adapted a common questionnaire to the specific institutional features of each country. I also adapted the questionnaire to each interviewee. I interviewed people from the world of politics, such as the Federal Minister for Education, members of ministerial cabinets, and people from the national and regional administrations. I also interviewed trade unions, experts, and researchers from the SchuMaS research consortium. To have a glance of the reception of the policy at the local level, I also interviewed head teachers and teachers. The interviews took place face-to-face or remotely. Before each interview, I sent interviewees a consent form to take part in a research interview. The interviews lasted one hour on average. I transcribed the interviews using Noota software. I made a distinction in the processing of interviews that were conducted with public figures such as the former Federal Ministry of Education in Germany or the three rectors of the three CLA experimentation academies, for example, and interviews whose data could compromise the situation of the interviewees. In the latter case, I have anonymised the content of the interviews. To guarantee this anonymity, I coded my interviews. My analysis is also based on primary sources of various types: content collected from official websites: the French and German Ministry of Education websites, for example, or trade union websites. Also, tweets from politicians or videos of parliamentary sessions. I also used documents, including official, public documents or technical documents given to me personally. In the case of technical documents, I have anonymised certain elements where necessary. I also collected newspaper articles relevant to my analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In Germany, the experimental form of SchuMaS was meant to overcome an institutional constraint: in educational matters, the federal state is limited to funding research. In France, the experimental form of CLA is used as a political tool to gain acceptance for a new way of thinking about support policies in a context of highly influential veto players. The ‘smallness’ was thus in both cases a strategy to deal with a deeply entrenched institution. Albeit with different outcomes. CLA brings a shift from support policies based essentially on social criteria to project-based funding. This change in the orientation of support policies seems to validate hypothesis 2 of an institutional change of the layering type. However, this result needs to be put in perspective, since CLA remains a support policy and reaffirms the traditional way of thinking about the treatment of social inequalities in France (H1). In Germany, SchuMaS is the first support policy launched at federal level to combat social inequalities in education. In this sense, it represents an institutional change of the layering type (H2): moving from stratification measures to support policies. I, thus, show that the apparent 'smallness' of the policies reinforced the institution of treating social inequalities in education in France, but led to institutional change through layering in Germany. Given the economic weight of France and Germany in Europe, how and whether they deal with social inequalities in education will have repercussions for other economies and is likely to influence other states’ practices. Just as the ‘small’ policies can lead to institutional change (as in Germany), these big players in Europe would do well to learn from ‘smaller’ states but that are more successful at dealing with social inequalities in education. My study thus calls for further European comparison. References Becker, R., & Lauterbach, W. (2016). Bildung als Privileg. Erklärungen und Befunde zu den Ursachen der Bildungsungleichheit. 5. Auflage. Springer VS. Eurydice. (2020). Equity in school education in Europe: Structures, policies and student performance. Felouzis, G. (2020). Les inégalités scolaires. Presses Universitaires de France. Frandji, D. (2008). Pour une comparaison des politiques d’éducation prioritaire en Europe. In M. Demeuse, D. Frandji, D. Greger, & J.-Y. Rochex (Eds.), Les politiques d’éducation prioritaire en Europe, Conceptions, mises en oeuvre, débats. Institut national de recherche pédagogique. Heurdier, L. (2023). Regards historiques sur 40 ans de politique d’éducation prioritaire en France (1981-2021). Histoire de l’éducation, 1(159), 9–43. Maaz, K. (2020). Mehrgliedrigkeit versus Eingliedrigkeit – eine unnötige Debatte? Die Problematik der Vielgliedrigkeit der Schulformen in Deutschland im Lichte internationaler Vergleiche der Schulleistungsforschung und Bildungsbenachteiligung. Lehren & Lernen, 46(2), 13–20. Mahoney, J. (2000). Path Dependence in Historical Sociology. Theory and Society, 29(4), 507–548. Mahoney, J., & Thelen, K. (2010). A Theory of Gradual Institutional Change. In J. Mahoney & K. Thelen (Eds.), Explaining Institutional Change, Ambiguity, Agency and Power (pp. 1–38). Cambridge University Press. Miethe, I., Wagner-Diehl, D., & Kleber, B. (2021). Bildungsungleichheit, Von historischen Ursprügen zu aktuellen Debatten. Verlag Barbara Budrich. OECD. (2023a). Country Note, France, Results from PISA 2022. OECD. (2023b). Country Note, Germany, Results from PISA 2022. Rathbun, B. C. (2008). Interviewing and Qualitative Field Methods: Pragmatism and Practicalities. In J. M. Box-Steffensmeier, H. E. Brady, & D. Collier (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Political Methodology (pp. 685–701). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and Organizations. Ideas, Interests, and Identities. 4th Edition. SAGE Publications Inc. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 09 C: Standardisation, Diversity and Decolonisation: Enactment of Global Policies around Teaching Quality in Different Nations Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Standardisation, Diversity and Decolonisation: Enactment of Global Policies around Teaching Quality in Different Nations Provide a clear outline of your research question and your theoretical framework. Bear in mind that the European/international dimension is vital to the success of your submission. up to 600 words Topic: Standardisation, Diversity and Decolonisation: Enactment of Global Policies around Teaching Quality in Different Nations. Research Question: How are teacher educators dealing with the tensions between different policy discourses which standardise quality teaching and the uncertainties which arose in struggles to decolonise curricula and pedagogies in universities? Objectives: To develop theoretical and methodological resources to explore the enactment of global policies around quality teaching on teacher education programs and practices. The theoretical resources will include concepts from disciplinary fields such as decolonial studies (Critical Indigenous Studies, Asia as Method, Colonial Matrix of Power), as well as critical policy studies drawing on post-Foucauldian and post-Bernsteinian scholarship. Conceptual Framework: The neoliberal educational scenarios projected by international organisations such as the OECD, World Bank and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) has ‘led to a new way of thinking about how schools, technical colleges, universities and educational systems should be governed’ (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010, p. 117). National governments and the bureaucratic administrative state are no longer the only source of policy authority when it comes to teacher education. Increasingly international organisations, such as the OECD (2005, 2018), with their assemblage of measurement instruments, survey tools, online professional engagement videos, databases, and platforms govern teachers’ work and determine what constitutes ‘quality’ of teachers, teaching, and teacher education programs (Singh et al., 2021). Globalising discourses operate both hierarchically and heterarchically (Ball, 2016). Hierarchically, national governments may take the brunt of negative evaluation arising from publication of comparative test scores. Heterarchical effects mean that school leaders, class teachers and teacher educators can also be attacked directly through various media, including social media platforms. Moreover, the teaching workforce (including teacher educators) are held accountable and responsible for improving student performance outcomes and directed through the bureaucratic arms of the state to reform curriculum and pedagogies accordingly. The purposes of education are reconfigured in narrow instrumentalist terms, and so is the work of teachers and teacher educators, leading to the deprofessionalisation of the teaching workforce (see Robertson & Sorenson, 2018). At the same time, there are fewer people enrolling in teacher education programs and retention of teachers, particularly in schools situated in high poverty, culturally and linguistically diverse contexts is difficult. Moreover, there are increasing calls to decolonise university curriculum, which at a basic performative level, equates to a demand for more diversity in the teacher education workforce and inclusion of research by non-white scholars. In this symposium, each of the papers deals with the contradictory issues of standardisation and decolonisation of teacher education programs. The former aims to create uniform standards or norms, the latter seeks recognition for increasing cultural and linguistic diversity within nation states, and reconciliation for ongoing colonial injustices. References Ball, S. J. (2016). Subjectivity as a site of struggle: refusing neoliberalism? British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(8), 1129-1146. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1044072 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/education/school/34990905.pdf Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2018). Effective Teacher Policies: Insights from PISA. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264301603-en Robertson, S. L., & Sorensen, T. (2018). Global transformations of the state, governance and teachers’ labour: Putting Bernstein’s conceptual grammar to work. European Educational Research Journal, 17(4), 470-488. https://doi:10.1177/1474904117724573 Singh, P., Hoyte, F., Heimans, S., & Exley, B. (2021). Teacher Quality and Teacher Education: A Critical Policy Analysis of International and Australian Policies.. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4). http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2021v46n4.1 Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Educational Policy. Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Decoloniality as a Counter Discourse. Challenging the Certainty of Standardisation and Quality Policy Agendas
Reforms in initial teacher education in Australia have been driven by several interconnected global trends in education: standardisation, measurement, and processes of accountability. An increasing emphasis on standardisation in the global education reform movement (GERM) has led to the development and enactment of teacher professional standards, benchmark standards for literacy and numeracy, and national curriculum standards (Singh et al., 2021). Standardisation has been coupled with another trend, that of a growing determination to measure outcomes and to create publication league tables based on such measurements. We propose that these global policy trends, initiated by policy agencies such as the OECD, are a continuation of the colonial project of education. In this paper we outline key debates and intellectual trajectories that have shaped the field of decoloniality studies in education for the purposes of synthesising these concepts with the discipline of critical global policy studies. Decoloniality has been linked to the triad modernity /coloniality/decoloniality, which Mignolo and Walsh (2018) describe as the colonial matrix of power (CMP). The CMP commenced with the project of European expansion and imperialism, often described as modernity from the 1500s onwards, and was integrally connected to colonialisation of other lands and peoples. Despite the different trajectories of scholarship within decolonial studies, emanating from different disciplinary fields and geographic spaces, we identify the following key concerns within this corpus: (1) L/land, Lore, and Country and Relationality of Epistemology-Ontology-Axiology (see Tuck & Yang, 2012; Moreton-Robinson, 2020); (2) Situated Strategic Universalisms as Movements of Solidarity (Haraway, 1988; Kapoor & Zalloua, 2022); and (3) Anti-Racism including projects around Racisms/Sexisms against the resurgence of white supremacy (Garba & Sorentino, 2020; Le Grange, 2023). We suggest that a threshold of disciplinary knowledge around the above three concerns is central to any decolonising project in teacher education (Moodie, 2019). Such a project calls for the deconstruction and reconstruction of disciplinary knowledges, and the inclusion of marginalised voices and knowledges from the global South. We ask - what contributions can decoloniality studies make to the critical policy studies literature on quality teaching, standardisation and measurement, all core to the OECD’s policies and part of the global education reform movement? We review literature in decoloniality studies to outline key debates and emergent concepts relating to teacher education. In addition, we illustrate how we have made use of decoloniality concepts in our own teacher education program work in Australia.
References:
Garba, T., & Sorentino, S.-M. (2020). Slavery is a Metaphor: A Critical Commentary on Eve Tuck and K. Wayne Yang’s “Decolonization is Not a Metaphor”. Antipode, 52(3), 764-782
Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575-599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066
Kapoor, I., & Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal politics. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1093/oso/9780197607619.003.0001
Le Grange, L. (2023). Decolonisation and anti-racism: Challenges and opportunities for (teacher) education. The Curriculum Journal, 34, 8–21. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.193
Majavu, M. (2023). Toppling the Racist Anglo-Saxon Politics of Cecil Rhodes. In B.
Mignolo, W., & Walsh, C. (2018). On Decoloniality. Concepts, Analytics, Praxis. Duke University Press.
Moodie, N. (2019). Learning about knowledge: threshold concepts for Indigenous studies in education. The Australian Educational Researcher, 46(5), 735-749. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-019-00309-3
Moreton-Robinson, A. (2020). Incommensurable sovereignties. Indigenous ontology matters. In B. Hokowhitu, A. Moreton-Robinson, L. Tuhiwai-Smith, C. Andersen, & S. Larkin (Eds.), Routledge Handbook of Critical Indigenous Studies (pp. 257-269). Routledge.
Singh, P., Hoyte, F., Heimans, S., & Exley, B. (2021). Teacher Quality and Teacher Education: A Critical Policy Analysis of International and Australian Policies.. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4). http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2021v46n4.1
Tuck, E., & Yang, K. W. (2012). Decolonisation is not a metaphor. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society 1(1), 1-40.
Professional Discretion, Inclusion and Counter-Hegemonic Knowledges
This paper explores the potential to teacher education, of drawing lines between professional discretion, ethics of care and inclusion as a decolonial (indigenous) practice (Gaudry & Lorenz, 2018). In the face of accountability demands, increasing diversity, and teachers expressing powerlessness, professional discretion is challenged. Inclusion understood as decentring of dominant knowledges and world views and prioritizing experiences of marginalised groups may, reveal a potential for, and possibly contribute to, change through disrupting existing power structures.
The context: Norwegian teacher education has been described as existing in a field of tension between policy and research (Brevik & Fosse 2016), and between responsibility and accountability (Smith 2018). A revised national curriculum was issued in 2017, emphasising a research-based foundation and expanding the length to include a masters’ degree. The teaching profession is, despite a comparably soft version of control, similarly described as positioned between accountability and autonomy (Lennert da Silva & Mølstad 2020), and professional ethics as mired in paradox of choice between two ethical positions of which one protests the accountability system but offers no support for action, and the other offers guidance in action whilst accepting the system (Afdal & Afdal 2019).
Teachers’ professional discretion (no: “skjønn”), described as making good choice in the face of uncertainty, is seen as developed in the nexus between theory and experience emphasising the intertwining of differing knowledges and contextual sensitivity (Grimen & Molander 2008), though in practice to a lesser extent found to emphasise value-based reasoning (Suzen 2024). Recent developments in initial teacher training prioritizing scientific knowledge, can be expected to prioritize research to experience and structural demands to ethical reflection.
Through a document analysis of current policy documents on, and a recent evaluation of, teacher education, we uncover the understandings of, and conditions for promoting professional discretion in teacher education in a Norwegian context. Our preliminary results suggest a lack of emphasis on experiences, values, or world views within teachers' education in Norway, and professional competence as based on scientific knowledge. We discuss the findings considering research on decolonial movements in Norwegian teacher education. Building on bell hooks ideas about theory, love and dialogue (hooks 2014) we then explore the potential of a predominant ethics of care (Afdal & Afdal 2019) as a site of resistance, providing an opening to a wider set of epistemologies and counter-hegemonic ideas promoting thinking against the grain.
References:
Afdal, H. W., & Afdal, G. (2019). The making of professional values in the age of accountability. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 105-124.
Brevik, L.M., & Fosse, B.O. (2016). Lærerutdanning i det 21. år hundre – Tradisjoner, Utfordringer, Endringer [Teacher education in the 21st century. Traditions, challenges, and changes]. Acta Didactica Norge, 10(2), 1-10.
Gaudry, A., & Lorenz, D. (2018). Indigenization as inclusion, reconciliation, and decolonization: navigating the different visions for indigenizing the Canadian Academy. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous Peoples, 14(3), 218-227.
hooks, b. (2014). Teaching to transgress. Routledge.
Lennert da Silva, A. L., & Mølstad, C. E. (2020). Teacher autonomy and teacher agency: A comparative study in Brazilian and Norwegian lower secondary education. The Curriculum Journal, 31(1), 115-131.
Grimen, H. & Molander, A. (2008). Profesjon og skjønn [Professions and professional discretion]. In: Profesjonsstudier, 179–196. Universitetsforlaget.
Smith, K. (2018). Accountability in Teacher Education in Norway: A Case of Mistrust and Trust. In: Wyatt-Smith, C., Adie, L. (eds) Innovation and Accountability in Teacher Education. Teacher Education, Learning Innovation and Accountability. Springer,
Suzen, E. (2024). Vurdering for å lære - en skjønnsmessig vurdering som gir føringer for lærerprofesjonalitet. [Assesment for learning - a discretionary assessment that provides guidance for teacher professionalism] I: T. Werler og H. Sæverot (red). Pedagogiske handlinger. Fagbokforlaget
Erasmus+ Teachers Academies as a New Transnational Space of Standardisation for ‘Quality Teaching’ in Europe
Quality teaching in school education has increasingly become central policy topic of the European Union (EU) stressing quality and equity in education and training, while it is closely linked to high-quality competences for in service and future teachers (Sarakinioti & Tsatsaroni, 2015). In 2020 (European Commission, 2020), teacher education policy for quality and inclusive, digital and green education was planned to be supported by Erasmus+Teacher Academies. The 27 Teacher Academies competitively funded today offer a range of collaboration, capacity building, network and learning activities, modules and toolkits for teachers and student teachers (Galvin et al., 2024).
The paper problematises the emerging mode of transnational governance of partnerships among schools, teacher education institutions, universities, NGOs, etc in the framework of Erasmus+Teachers Academies, questioning the changes it introduces in the broad field of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in Europe. The analysis adopts a topological genealogy approach that focuses on governing practices unfolding through the spatial/temporal operation of continuity and change, repetition, and difference in the emerging relations of transnational European governance of Erasmus+Teachers Academies and their productive effects for ITE (Martin & Secor, 2014, Decuypere & Lewis, 2023). A starting point of the topological approach is that “the spatiotemporal scales are not considered as being nested in one another (e.g., past-present-future as linearly and chronologically unfolding; micro-meso-macro as differing in size and scope), but rather in ‘the agential enfolding of different scales through one another'” (Barad 2007, 245, in Decuypere & Lewis, 2023, 4). Bernstein’s theoretical idea that social space and time are demarcated by symbolic and material boundaries which, as ‘tacit metaphors’, define the inside/outside, now/then, near/far, us/them regulating the knowledge/ power and control relations in different sites of practice (2000: 206), informs the topological analysis of the 27 Academies.
The analysis conceives of Teacher Academies as governmental space(s) in/ through/ as change for ITE (Decuypere & Lewis, 2023). The paper describes the processes of stabilization of Teacher Academies’ policy/pedagogic interventions- how they “are being produced, enacted, facilitated and sustained” and what kinds of instruments, infrastructures etc, they utilise (“relations in change”). Also, it discusses the productive effects and standardisations of these interventions in/on the field of ITE (“relations through changes”). Finally, it reflects on the entire educational-infrastructural assemblage of Erasmus+Teachers Academies, whether they are becoming a “prototype” in the field of European ITE and about their footprint on teachers/ teacher educators’ work and professionalism (ibid, Robertson & Sorensen, 2018).
References:
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique. Revised edition. Rowman & Littlefield.
Decuypere, M. & Lewis, S. (2023) Topological genealogy: a methodology to research transnational digital governance in/through/as change, Journal of Education Policy, 38:1, 23-45, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2021.1995629
European Commission. (2020). COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS on achieving the European Education Area by 2025. COM(2020) 625 final
Galvin, C., Madalinska-Michalak, J. & Revyakina, E. (2024). The European Union Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Action. Complementing and Supplementing European Teacher Education and Teacher Education Research? In V. Symeonidis, (2024) (Ed) Enhancing the Value of Teacher Education Research. Implications for Policy and Practice (170-197). Brill. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Martin, L. & Secor. A. J. 2014. “Towards a Post-mathematical Topology.” Progress in Human Geography 38 (3): 420–438. doi:10.1177/0309132513508209.
Robertson, S.L., & Sorensen, T. (2018). Global transformations of the state, governance and teachers’ labour: Putting Bernstein’s conceptual grammar to work. European Educational Research Journal, 17(4), 470-488. https://doi:10.1177/1474904117724573
Sarakinioti, A. & Tsatsaroni, A. (2015). European education policy initiatives and teacher education curriculum reforms in Greece. Education Inquiry (EDUI), 6(3): 259-288. http://dx.doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.28421
Difficult Decoloniality: Recontextualising Policy Studies and Sociological Theory in Postcolonial Hong Kong
What does the decolonial turn mean to a postcolonial policy context like Cyprus and Hong Kong? In recent times, there has been a plethora of literature in the English-using scholarly community, on the need to decolonise curriculum, knowledge, and research. This sentiment is prevalent and widely shared amongst scholars, particularly in the West. Decoloniality has intersected with important research themes such as race, gender, climate justice, Indigenous studies, to name just a few common examples. In this paper, I offer a slightly different angle on the decolonial turn and what it might mean and be practised differently, based on a partial perspective from/in Hong Kong. I outline three tasks which constitute what I call difficult decoloniality: 1) the need to problematise existing research discourse about Hong Kong education policy studies published in flagship academic journals in the West; 2) the demand for a language of description to scratch beneath the surface of complex problems underlying politics and policy of education in non-Western context; and 3) a faithful and subversive extension of sociological theory that goes beyond the Western hermeneutical horizons. I draw on a couple of research articles published in Western journals and recent policy changes in relation to teacher professionalism in post-2019 Hong Kong, to illustrate these three points.
While sociological knowledge produced by/in the West such as the ‘classics’ by Durkheim, Marx, and Weber has long been subjected to criticism by decolonial scholars, I focus instead on the fecundity of descriptions that theoretical enterprises and valid concerns expressed by sociologists such as Basil Bernstein, have enabled. More specifically, I turn to recent policy instruments related to teacher quality such as Professional Standards for Teachers of Hong Kong, Guidelines on Teachers’ Professional Conduct, and Guidelines for Handling School Complaints, all of which are connected to the post-2019 political crisis and complex problems such as teacher bashing, doxxing, online abuse, complaints against schoolteachers. Contrary to prevalent literature in the West on terrors of performativity and ambivalence arising from policy enactment, I argue that it is equally important to address what these policy instruments have done and enabled. In other words, two issues arise from the decolonial perspective on an Asian policy context: 1) the importance of historicity and contextuality in which theory produced in the West might speak otherwise; and 2) social and epistemic conditions under which a theory from the West is still rendered valid in the postcolonial context.
References:
Ball, Stephen J., Meg Maguire, and Annette Braun. 2012. How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Oxford: Routledge.
Bernstein, Basil. 2000. Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. Rev. Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Education. New York City, NY: Rowman & Littlefield.
Bhambra, Gurminder K. 2016. “Postcolonial Reflections on Sociology.” Sociology 50 (5): 960–66. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038516647683.
Carusi, F. Tony, Peter Rawlins, and Karen Ashton. 2018. “The Ontological Politics of Evidence and Policy Enablement.” Journal of Education Policy 33 (3): 343–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1376118.
Chen, Kuan-Hsing. 2010. Asia as Method: Toward Deimperialization. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Mignolo, Walter D, and Catherine E Walsh. 2018. On Decoloniality: Concepts, Analytics, Praxis. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Singh, Parlo. 2015. “Performativity and Pedagogising Knowledge: Globalising Educational Policy Formation, Dissemination and Enactment.” Journal of Education Policy 30 (3): 363–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2014.961968.
———. 2017. “Pedagogic Governance: Theorising with/after Bernstein.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38 (2): 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1081052.
Takayama, Keita, Arathi Sriprakash, and Raewyn Connell. 2017. “Toward a Postcolonial Comparative and International Education.” Comparative Education Review 61 (S1): S1–24. https://doi.org/10.1086/690455.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 24 SES 09 A: Integrating AI and Technology in Mathematics Education Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katarina Mićić Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Killing Two Birds with the One GenAI Stone: Using GenAI in PD for Maths Teachers Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Issues in mathematics education are wide-ranging, with the subject often perceived as hard, formulaic, and consisting of a series of unrelated abstract concepts, with a strong focus on assessment (Bray & Tangney, 2017). Historically an over-reliance on skills and procedures has led to a lack of mathematical fluency and conceptual understanding, with problem solving viewed as little more than worded calculations (Schoenfeld, 2016). The main drivers of reforms in mathematics curriculum internationally focus on efforts to address these issues by, at least in part, giving greater considerations to the student at the centre of the learning. Maths students should be supported to develop a positive disposition towards the subject, by highlighting connections between the different mathematical strands (NCCA, 2017) and teaching for robust understanding (Schoenfeld, 2017) to ensure maths becomes more relevant for school and society in general. Recent iterations of maths education reforms continue to show that changing how we teach mathematics is difficult, teachers struggle to find time to engage with reform or create new resources and as a result tend to rely heavily on textbooks (O’Meara & Milinkovic, 2023). Although various technological advances have been heralded as a “silver bullet” that will solve the issues with student engagement with mathematics, take-up and implementation of such resources by teachers has often remained at the periphery (Bennison & Goos, 2010). Many reasons have been cited as barriers to teacher uptake of new technological developments, including systemic issues such as class-size, timetabling and cost (Bray & Tangney, 2017), as well as access and logistical problems. However, another pressing issue, is a need for professional development (PD) for teachers (OECD, 2015). There is consistent evidence indicating that a sustained and experiential approach to PD is essential to support teacher change (Desimone, 2011). It is essential that practitioners are provided with opportunities to develop their own understanding of the value and relevance of any proposed change, as well as to recognise the impact that it might have on their practice and on student outcomes (Kärkkäinen, 2012). The latest technological advancement that is predicted to have a significant impact on our societies and futures is generative AI (GenAI). Many questions have arisen about its potential impact on education, which are speculated to be both positive and negative (Giannini, 2023). While there are ethical concerns about the black box nature around the understanding of the AI processes, and the veracity of the information which it provides (Kaplan-Rakowski et al., 2023), there are also significant fears around cheating and plagiarism. However, when used appropriately, GenAI offers many opportunities, with UNESCO suggesting it can be used for activities ranging from idea generation to a reflection aid (Sabzalieva & Valentini, 2023). Of relevance to this work is the potential for GenAI to support teachers in the generation of, and reflection upon, lesson plans and resources that address the issues in mathematics education highlighted above. Hence the “two birds” reference in title – teachers are learning how to engage with GenAI while creating lessons which aim to meet the goals of curriculum reform. However, in order to support this, appropriate PD must be provided. Constructivism and constructionism are the theoretical frameworks that underpins this research, acknowledging an approach in which both the technology and the user are constructing knowledge (Ackermann E., 2001). As part of a wider PD engagement with schools experiential GenAI workshops are being designed and delivered. The workshops support teachers through an immersive, iterative experience, to create and reflect upon lesson ideas, lesson plans and rich learning experiences, that give context and purpose to their lessons. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is following an action research methodology where an iterative series of workshops will be used to support maths teachers to engage with, and reflect on the potential of, GenAI to assist with the planning of lessons and materials which are contextualised to the needs and interests of their own cohort of students. Versions of the workshops are being rolled out in a number of different contexts including an PD intervention as part of the university’s outreach programme (Presenter, 2024) an Erasmus+ project spanning four countries – Ireland, Czech Republic, Austria, and Sweden – and in TCD teacher training courses. The workshops will initially look at supporting teachers to engage in a collaborative dialogue with GenAI. The GenAI will be used to develop learning experiences by situating questions, tasks, and series of lessons within culturally significant contexts that are likely to interest students. The teachers will then be asked to reflect upon the generated materials to determine how useful they are perceived to be. Using Guskey’s five levels of effective PD evaluations as a framework (Guskey, 2002), participants will be asked to evaluate each workshop’s effectiveness, demonstrate their understanding of the material by beginning a dialogue with the GenAI and reflect on any materials with their colleagues to promote teacher efficacy. Hattie lists collective teacher efficacy as the greatest influence on student attainment (Donohoo et al., 2018), and it is hoped that teacher collaboration and reflection, supported by this intervention, will increase through the collective use of GenAI to develop materials for the classroom. While determining direct student outcomes from this research will not be possible, we aim to generate qualitative and quantitative data to measure teacher’s perceptions of the effects on students, as well as their own self-efficacy in the use of GenAI to plan and create mathematics lessons that are relevant and engaging for their learners. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is in its early stages and to date only one PD workshop supporting teachers to engage with GenAI has been delivered to a small number of participants (<20). Feedback from the group has been very positive, with a satisfaction rating of 8.5 out of 10, with an obvious appetite for further PD. The workshop materials have also been integrated into an undergraduate mathematics education module for prospective teachers and a postgraduate course in initial teacher education. GenAI has shown to be excellent at linking mathematics to real-life topics and giving multiple explanations in simple language. An example of this was the use of ChatGPT 4 to create questions that frame a series of maths lessons to give meaning and context. It was also used to convert questions into scenarios that might interest different groups of students, changing a question about party planning to one situated in the context of hurling (a popular Irish sport) or Fortnite (a popular computer game) in seconds. There are apparent gender biases evident already from using the technology, the GenAI creates baking and flower examples when asked for a female context, sport and computer games when asked for a male context. This will be highlighted going forward along with any other issues which arise. This is a rapidly changing field both in terms of capability and the range of platforms becoming available which will focus solely on education. Ongoing research will be needed to ensure education stays relevant. References Ackermann E. (2001). Piaget’s constructivism, Papert’s constructionism: What’s the difference. Future of learning group publication, 5(3), 438. Bennison, A., & Goos, M. (2010). Learning to teach mathematics with technology: A survey of professional development needs, experiences and impacts. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 22(1), 31-56. Bray, A., & Tangney, B. (2017). Technology usage in mathematics education research–A systematic review of recent trends. Computers & Education, 114, 255-273. Desimone, L. M. (2011). A primer on effective professional development. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(6), 68-71. Donohoo, J., Hattie, J., & Eells, R. (2018). The power of collective efficacy. Educational leadership, 75(6), 40-44. Giannini, S. (2023). Generative AI and the future of education. ADG; UNESCO: Geneva, Switzerland, 2. Guskey, T. R. (2002). Does it make a difference? Evaluating professional development. Educational leadership, 59(6), 45-51. Kaplan-Rakowski, R., Grotewold, K., Hartwick, P., & Papin, K. (2023). Generative AI and teachers’ perspectives on its implementation in education. Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 34(2), 313-338. Kärkkäinen, K. (2012). Bringing about curriculum innovations. In OECD Education Working Papers, No. 82. OECD Publishing (NJ1). NCCA. (2017). Junior cycle mathematics syllabus. Dublin: Department of Education and Skills O’Meara, N., & Milinkovic, J. (2023). Learning from the past: Case studies of past ‘local’curriculum reforms. In Mathematics Curriculum Reforms Around the World: The 24th ICMI Study (pp. 67-85). Springer International Publishing Cham. OECD. (2015). Students, Computers and Learning. https://doi.org/doi:https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264239555-en Presenter, E. B., Presenter, A. B., Presenter, B. T., Presenter, E. B. (2024, Aug 27-30). Expectancy-Value Theory in professional development for math teachers in areas of low SES European Conference on Educational Research, Nicosia, Cyprus. Sabzalieva, E., & Valentini, A. (2023). ChatGPT and artificial intelligence in higher education: quick start guide. Schoenfeld, A. H. (2016). Learning to think mathematically: Problem solving, metacognition, and sense making in mathematics (Reprint). Journal of education, 196(2), 1-38. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Use of Learning Analytics in K-12 Mathematics Education – Systematic Scoping Review of Impact on Teaching and Learning Linnaeus University, Sweden Presenting Author:The generation and use of digital data and analyses in education comes with promises and opportunities, especially where digital materials allow use of Learning Analytics (LA) as a tool in Data-Based Decision-Making (DBDM). LA implies, analysing educational data to understand and optimise learning and learning environments (Siemens & Baker, 2012). In this paper we discuss LA as “a sophisticated form of data driven decision making” (Mandinach & Abrams, 2022, p. 196) as we explore how LA is used to support mathematics teaching and learning with digital materials in classroom practice. Data driven decision making or DBDM has been defined by Schildkamp and Kuiper (2010) as “systematically analyzing existing data sources within the school, applying outcomes of analyses to innovate teaching, curricula, and school performance, and, implementing (e.g., genuine improvement actions) and evaluating these innovations” (p. 482). DBDM is a key for the interpretation of LA, and can use any form of data, but in this review, the term DBDM is restricted to digital data. Using LA as a tool for DBDM could streamline data, making it more readily interpretable. However, questions remain about how usage can translate into practice (Mandinach & Abrams, 2022). Quality of technology integration is not merely about technology use, but also about pedagogical use (Ottestad & Guðmundsdottir, 2018), about transformation and amplification of teaching as well as learning through use of technology (Consoli, Desiron & Cattaneo, 2023). LA within Digital Learning Material (DLM) can offer learners adaptive functions seamlessly embedded in DLMs or, provide learners (and teachers) compiled student assessments in relation to learning goals extracted from learning activities (Wise, Zhao & Hausknecht, 2014). The role of the teacher in student learning is clearly of central importance (Hattie & Yates, 2013; Yackel & Cobb, 1996), and teachers have a key responsibility to make digital technology a recourse in teaching to support student learning (Scherer, Siddiq & Tondeur, 2019). This paper present findings from an exploratory systematic scoping review which was conducted regarding the use and impact of LA and DBDM in classroom practice to outline aspects related to Digital Learning Material (DLM), teacher usage, and student learning in the context of K-12 mathematics education. A scoping review was deemed most appropriate since it can be performed even if there is limited number of published primary research (Gough, Oliver & Thomas, 2017), fitting new research areas such as LA, as it provides “a technique to ‘map’ relevant literature in the field of interest” (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005, p. 20), as well as combine different kinds of evidence (Gough, et al., 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology used the five-stage framework (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005), identifying the research question, identifying relevant studies, study selection, charting the data, collating, summarizing, and reporting the results. The databases ACM Digital Library, ERIC, PsycINFO, Scopus and Web of Science were chosen as they cover a wide range of topics within both technology and educational science to answer: RQ1: How are analyses of digital data from DLM used in mathematics education? RQ2: How do analyses of digital data from DLM impact teaching and learning? The key elements of the research questions, Participants, Phenomena of Interest, Outcome, Context, Type of Source of Evidence (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005) were used to create the eligibility criteria. Publications that were included reported qualitative and/or quantitative data and were connected to the use of DLM and LA based on digital data involving students (between 6–19 years old) and teachers in mathematics K-12 education. The search was limited to papers published from 2000 up-to-date (March 2023) in English, Swedish or Norwegian. Exclusion criteria were developed to ensure consistency within the selection process. Each record was screened by two reviewers and the relevance were coded according to the inclusion criteria. An independent researcher outside of the review group was consulted to design and validate the results of an inter-rater reliability test. The calculated inter-rater reliability score was 0.822, greater than 0.8, indicating a strong level of agreement (McHugh, 2012). After further screening 57 records were assessed to be eligible. At this stage the review pairs swapped batches and preformed data extraction showing, authors, year, title, location, aim, population, digital technology, method, intervention, outcomes, and key findings was performed for each record. The final selection of 15 articles was made by group discussion and consensus. Discussions mainly centred around four components (use, analysis, learning and teaching). The heterogeneity in our sample demanded a configurative approach to the synthesis to combine different types of evidence (Gough et al., 2017). A thematic summary provided the analysis with a narrative approach to answer RQ1. To explore RQ2 more deeply, a thematic synthesis was performed (Gough et al., 2017). The analysis focused on LA-usage based on digital data for student learning, for teaching, and for teachers’ DBDM. PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMAScR) (Tricco, Lillie, Zarin, O'Brien, Colquhoun, Levac et al., 2018) was used as guidelines for reporting the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 3653 records were identified whereof 15 studies were included. Results show that LA-research is an emerging field, where LA-applications is used across many contents and curricula standards of K-12 mathematics education. LA were mainly based on continuously collected individual student log data concerning student activity in relation to mathematical content. Eight of the studies included embedded analytics and all 15 studies included extracted analytics, but accessibility varied for students and teachers. Overall, extracted analytics were mainly mentioned as a function for teacher-usage, available as tools for formative assessment, where analytics need to be translated by teachers into some kind of pedagogical action (i.e., into teaching). LA-usage supports a wide variety of teachers’ data use, and while mathematics teachers seemed to have a positive attitude towards LA-usage, some teachers were unsure of how to apply it into their practice. The thematic synthesis yielded two themes regarding teaching, which showed that teaching by DBDM focused on Supervision and Guidance. Results indicate extracted analytics is more commonly used for Supervision than Guidance. Results regarding learning suggest that LA-usage have a positive effect on student learning, where high-performing students benefit most. The included studies examine students’ digital learning behaviour, by describing sequences of actions related to LA, learning outcomes and student feelings. Hereby, through the thematic synthesis, we capture parts of students’ studying-learning process and how it can be affected by LA usage. Finally, we suggest a definition of an additional class of LA, which we introduce as Guiding analytics for learners. Going forward, research on using LA and DBDM is essential to support teachers and school leaders to meet today’s demands of utilising data, to be aware of possible unwanted consequences, and to use technology to enhance active learners and students’ ownership of learning. References Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32. Consoli, T., Desiron, J., & Cattaneo, A. (2023). What is “technology integration” and how is it measured in K-12 education? A systematic review of survey instruments from 2010 to 2021. Computers & Education, 197, Article 104742. Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (red.) (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews. (2nd edition). Los Angeles, Ca.: SAGE. Hattie, J., & Yates, G. (2013). Visible learning and the science of how we learn. Routledge. Mandinach, E. B., & Abrams, L. M. (2022). Data Literacy and Learning Analytics. In Lang, C., Siemens, G., Wise, A. F., Gašević, D. & Merceron, A. (Eds.). Handbook of Learning Analytics (2nd. Ed., pp.196-204). SoLAR, Vancouver, BC. McHugh M. L. (2012). Interrater reliability: the kappa statistic. Biochemia medica, 22(3), 276–282. Ottestad, G., & Guðmundsdóttir, G. B. (2018). Information and communication technology policy in primary and secondary education in Europe. In J. Voogt, G. Knezek, R. Christensen, & K.-W. Lai (Eds.), Handbook of information technology in primary and secondary education (pp. 1–21). Springer. Scherer, R., Siddiq, F., & Tondeur, J. (2019). The technology acceptance model (TAM): A meta-analytic structural equation modeling approach to explaining teachers’ adoption of digital technology in education. Computers & Education 128, 13–35. Schildkamp, K., & Kuiper, W. (2010). Data-informed curriculum reform: Which data, what purposes, and promoting and hindering factors. Teaching and Teacher Education 26(3), 482–496. Siemens, G., & Baker, R. S. J. d. (2012). Learning analytics and educational data mining: towards communication and collaboration. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Learning Analytics and Knowledge (LAK '12). Association for Computing Machinery, New York, NY, USA, 252–254. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMAScR): Checklist and Explanation. Ann Intern Med, 169(7), 467–473. Wise, A. F., Zhao, Y., & Hausknecht, S. N. (2014). Learning Analytics for Online Discussions: Embedded and Extracted Approaches. Journal of Learning Analytics, 1(2), 48‐71. Yackel, E., & Cobb, P. (1996). Sociomathematical Norms, Argumentation, and Autonomy in Mathematics. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 27(4), 458–477. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 25 SES 09 A: Transdisciplinarity and Participatory Research: Children as Co-researchers to Research Children’s Rights in Educational Contexts Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sarah Zerika Session Chair: Zoe Moody Symposium |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Symposium Transdisciplinarity and Participatory Research: Children as Co-researchers to Research Children’s Rights in Educational Contexts Rooted in the transdisciplinary approach to research as outlined by Darbellay (2015) that aims to include interested parties’ viewpoints, understandings and knowledge throughout the research process, our symposium draws upon the work of Moody (in press), which foregrounds the significance of children’s participatory roles as co-researchers, recognizing them as agentic and knowledgeable stakeholders in research processes. It emphasizes that children’s participation in research is an ethical choice that acknowledges their agency and rights, thus aligning with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, particularly articles 12 and 13, which assert children’s rights to be heard and express their opinions freely. A project by Moody et al. (2021) exemplifies how children can enrich research with their expertise, especially regarding their experiences of school journeys. This illustrated the potential of transdisciplinary research to yield original contributions to our understanding of childhood and children’s rights. Their work emphasized the need for research that genuinely reflects the lived experiences of children, viewing them as active social agents. James (2007) highlights issues of representation, authenticity, and the diversity of children’s experiences, stressing that children's voices in research should not merely confirm established views but rather offer fresh, authentic perspectives based on their unique social roles. The model of “children’s research advisory groups” (‘CRAG’) (Lundy et al., 2011) emphasizes how their active involvement in addressing concepts and analyzing data enhances the validity and applicability of research findings. Gillett-Swan (2018) supports this view, arguing that including children’s insights in data analysis processes fortifies the quality of results. Incorporating insights from a recent systematic review of research with and by children (Bakhtiar et al., 2023), our symposium will explore the nuanced roles of children in research, reflecting a shift towards recognizing their agency and expertise. This aligns with Thomas's (2021) arguments, which advocate for the validity and necessity of child-led research within the broader scope of childhood studies. Our symposium proposes to extend the concept of CRAGs by embedding it within a transdisciplinary framework, emphasizing how they can be designed and implemented. While participatory approaches have been a cornerstone of children’s rights research, transdisciplinarity offers a broader, more cohesive strategy, treating participatory methods as a subset of its inclusive philosophy which fosters integration of children’s voices into research and policymaking, ensuring their perspectives are not merely included but are instrumental in shaping outcomes. Our sessions will highlight how children can influence research questions and designs, refining methodological tools and engaging in data analysis, thereby actively participating in the co-creation of knowledge. However, we will not shy away from discussing the challenges, such as power differentials, the complexities of adult facilitation, and achieving genuine participation. We will delve into the roles and ethical elements regarding varied questions like: How can researchers strike a balance between encouraging participation and respecting a child’s choice not to engage, particularly in settings like schools where the concept of voluntariness may be blurred, while being mindful of the different levels of understanding and competence across varying ages? During this symposium, we will also discuss the challenges and opportunities inherent in these approaches, considering the diversity of European contexts through experiences from Switzerland, Germany, and the UK. Each presentation within this symposium will concentrate on methodological aspects of participatory research, from conception to implementation, in educational contexts. By uniting the theoretical and practical dimensions, we aspire to create a transdisciplinary space where children’s voices are not just included but are instrumental in shaping the research paradigm and where specific limitations arise. References Bakhtiar, A., Lang, M., Shelley, B. & West, M. (2023). Research with and by children: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 11(1). Darbellay, F. (2015). Rethinking inter- and transdisciplinarity: undisciplined knowledge and the emergence of a new thought style. Futures, 65, 163-174. Gillett-Swan, J.K. (2018). Children’s analysis processes when analysing qualitative research data: A missing piece to the qualitative research puzzle. Qualitative Research, 18(3), 290-306. James, A. (2007). Giving Voice to Children’s Voices: Practices and Problems, Pitfalls and Potentials. American Anthropologist, 109(2), 261-272. Lundy, L., McEvoy, L. & Byrne, B. (2011). Working with young children as co-researchers: An approach informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early education & development, 22(5), 714-736. Moody, Z. (2023, in press). Children as Co-Researchers. In F. Darbellay (Ed.) Handbook of Interdisciplinarity. Edward Elgar Publishing. Moody, Z., Darbellay, F., Camponovo, S., Berchtold-Sedooka, A. & Jaffé, P. D. (2021). Children as Co-researchers: A Transdisciplinary and Participatory Process. In Ethics and Integrity in Research with Children and Young People (p.151-165). Emerald Publishing Limited. Thomas, N. P. (2021). Child-led research, children’s rights and childhood studies: A defence. Childhood, 28(2), 186-199. Presentations of the Symposium Exploring Children’s Agency and School Climate: A Participatory Approach with Children as Researchers in Alternative Educational Settings
This doctoral study, grounded in the principles of children’s rights in education, investigates the role of children as co-researchers in exploring the school climate within alternative educational settings. Building on Moody’s (2019) emphasis on involving children in rights-respecting educational environments, this study explores alternative schools as examined by Zerika et al. (2022), revealing environments that adapt curricula to the interests of children and incorporate practices like class and/or school councils, reflecting an indirect approach to fostering child agency. These settings prioritize children’s holistic development, intertwining socialization and learning as key elements of educational experience.
The research adopts a case-based, comparative approach across three alternative schools in French-speaking Switzerland, employing multi-informant and multi-method strategies to capture the dynamic nature of school climate, as suggested by Wang & Degol (2016). This includes observations, interviews with teachers, headmasters, and parents, and participatory activities with children (4 to 12). Emphasis is placed on the children’s perspectives on school climate, as elaborated by Cohen et al. (2009), examining how relationships, safety, pedagogical approaches, and the institutional environment contribute to the overall experience of learning and socialization in these schools.
An insightful facet of this study is the active participation of children aged 10-11 as co-researchers. Drawing inspiration from Gillett-Swan’s work (2014, 2018), our research employs not only involves children in the development and analysis of data but also places significant emphasis on their insights.
This participatory research with children highlighted the need to consider practical, organizational, and temporal aspects for child co-researchers. Balancing the power dynamic and ethically navigating the willingness of children and parents to participate were interesting challenges in these classroom and school settings. Reflections from the study underscore the importance of designing activities that accommodate the logistical and temporal realities of children’s lives. Building trust with participants, being prepared to adapt to the unexpected, and continuously reflect on and adjust methods to suit the needs and preferences of child participants were important. One of the main advantages was the authentic engagement with students, fostering a reciprocal learning environment and enriching data through their creative contributions. This involvement not only provided valuable data but also empowered the children as active participants in the research process.
References:
Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers college record, 111(1), 180-213.
Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2014). Investigating Tween Children’s Capacity to Conceptualise the Complex Issue of Wellbeing. Global Studies of Childhood, 4(2), 64–76. https://doi.org/10.2304/gsch.2014.4.2.64
Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2018). Children’s analysis processes when analysing qualitative research data: a missing piece to the qualitative research puzzle. Qualitative Research, 18(3), 290–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794117718607
Moody, Z. (2019). Droits de l’enfant et école : diversité, participation et transformation sociale. In J. Zermatten & P. D. Jaffé (dir.), 30 ans de droits de l’enfant: un nouvel élan pour l’humanité (p. 174-183). Sion, Suisse : Université de Genève, Centre interfacultaire en droits de l’enfant.
Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School Climate: a Review of the Construct, Measurement, and Impact on Student Outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315-352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9319-1
Zerika, S., Moody, Z., & Darbellay, F. (2022). Les pédagogies « alternatives » au prisme de trois études de cas. Recherches & Éducations. https://journals.openedition.org/rechercheseducations/12353
Children’s Interpretation of Child(hood): A Participatory Research Project
Inscribed in the UN-CRC and in other conceptualisations of children's rights are constructions of children (Storck-Odabaşı & Heinzel, 2019, p. 236). In my dissertation study I am looking at this particular aspect that lies 'underneath' and therefore I want to focus on children's interpretations of child(hood). The UN-CRC, in particular Article 12, also plays a central role in the study design, as my dissertation study is linked to a participatory research project about children’s rights that I am currently conducting with two academic research colleagues and 12 children aged 6-12 in Germany. We all meet once a month from March 2023 after school and sometimes on Saturdays to follow child-led questions. We are also providing workshops addressing children’s rights, research ethics and methods.
In order to approach my question, the participating children posed in self-assembled groups still images and photographed themselves, adapting the impulse on the second day. Following the still images, we had a group discussion about the photos based on photo-voice method (Wang, 1999) and also with an impulse that took up a quote from the children given in a previous meeting. Especially at this point it can be seen how the children co-formed the research design. During the discussions, two children left the situation, saying afterwards that they were bored, which provides an interesting point of discussion for the symposium, as it particularly emphasizes the points of voluntary participation and self-determination in the research situation (Lundy, McEvoy & Byrne, 2011, p.719-720).
For analysis and interpretation of the data I plan to view and discuss central video segments with the children. I want to use elements of concept mapping for visualization and following convergent interviewing techniques to ask for exceptions and explanations (Dick, 2007). By involving the children in this stage of the research process it is taken into account that the data interpretation is a moment directly affecting children (Lundy, McEvoy & Byrne, 2011).
Difficulties and advantages of the study arose specifically from taking place outside school or any other institutional environment, like on the one hand building an intense, voluntary relationship or the possibility to take the time everyone needs for certain steps along the way but on the other hand finding time slots and making sure that the children can attend, which mostly meant, that parents had to drive them and pick them up afterwards.
References:
Dick, B. (2007). What Can Grounded Theorists and Action Researchers Learn from Each Other? In A. Bryant & K. Charmaz (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of grounded theory (pp. 398–416). Sage.
Lundy, L., McEvoy, L., & Byrne, B. (2011). Working With Young Children as Co-Researchers: An Approach Informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early Education & Development, 22(5), 714–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2011.596463
Storck-Odabaşı, J., & Heinzel, F. (2019). „Findest du Kinderrechte sind gut und wenn ja, warum?“ Partizipative Methoden der Kindheitsforschung im Kontext von Schulentwicklung zu Kinderrechten. In C. Donie, F. Foerster, M. Obermayr, A. Deckwerth, G. Kammermeyer, G. Lenske, M. Leuchter, & A. Wildemann (Eds.), Grundschulpädagogik zwischen Wissenschaft und Transfer (pp. 233–238). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26231-0_30
Wang, C. C. (1999). Photovoice: A Participatory Action Research Strategy Applied to Women's Health. Journal of Women's Health, 8(2), 185-192.
Developing a Healthy and Sustainable Food Programme with a Team of Expert Children: the UMAMI Project
Eating habits have social, ecological and health influences, and most of them develop during childhood. As article 24 of the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC) states, children must receive information on health and nutrition. Schools therefore have a duty to offer all pupils fair access to sustainable food, with a view to transforming the situation and helping to reduce social inequalities. The Swiss curriculum includes this education as a theme, without allocating a specific hour in the timetable for pupils aged 4 to 12 years old. In practice little time is devoted to it, and studies show that parents and teachers have little discussion on the subject (Aydin et al., 2022). Faced with these implementation challenges, the project to develop a food education programme for primary schools emerged at the intersection of several Swiss institutions.
In this context, several partners were mobilised to reflect on these issues. In addition to scientists, teachers and experts on the subject, a class of 9-10 years old pupils was appointed as a team of expert children, enabling the expertise of the main people involved - the pupils - to be taken into account. A participatory, cross-disciplinary methodology was put in place (Camponovo et al., 2020) to gather the pupils' opinions on the entire development of the programme, from the definition of the themes to the development of the monitoring tools, as well as the graphic design and running of the sessions. A range of innovative methodological tools tailored to children (visual methods, diamond ranking, focus groups, etc.) were used to ensure that children's participatory rights were respected across the 4 dimensions of Lundy's model (2007) (voice, space, audience, influence). This consultation phase will take place during the 2023-2024 school year.
This contribution, based on some empirical results gathered during the process, aims to highlight both the advantages and the challenges encountered in our approach. How did the idea of integrating a team of expert children into the project emerge? How was this approach received by the members of the interdisciplinary team working on the project? What conditions and precautions were put in place? In order to draw lessons that can be transferred to another project, we will use field notes taken throughout the process and feedback from team members and children to formulate our thoughts on the effective participation of children in this project.
References:
Aydin, G., Margerison, C., Worsley, A., & Booth, A. (2022). Parents’ communication with teachers about food and nutrition issues of primary school students. Children, 9(4), 510.
Camponovo, S., Moody Z., Darbellay F., Berchtold-Sedooka A., & Jaffé, P.-D. (2020). Une approche transdisciplinaire du chemin de l’école : les enfants comme co-chercheuses et co-chercheurs. Dans I. Côté, K. Lavoie, R.-P. Trottier-Cyr (eds), La recherche centrée sur l’enfant. Défis éthiques et innovations méthodologiques (pp. 247-273). Presses de l’Université Laval.
Lundy, L. (2007). «Voice» is not enough: conceptualising article 12 of the United Nation convention on the rights of the child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942.
Education in ASEAN: A Children’s Rights Analysis of Children’s School Protests
This doctoral research explores the intersection between children's educational rights and their civil and political rights, with a focus on the role of teachers as duty-bearers. The study examines the examples of school protests in Thailand in 2020-2021 as an exercise of civil and political rights in defence of a child's educational rights, as well as other children’s rights under the UNCRC. The original methodology proposed to work alongside a group of Thai secondary school students as co-researchers; however, ethical factors led to the exclusion of children from the research design. Instead, the child rights-based approach (CRBA) developed by Lundy and McEvoy (2012) has been adapted for use with a group of "recent adults" who were in school at the time of the protests but are now over the age of 18.
The CRBA is based on a foundation of children's rights and incorporates the concepts of Article 12 and children's ‘right to be properly researched’ (Ennew & Plateau, 2004). The study recruited a YPRAG (young person's research advisory group) (Lundy, McEvoy & Byrne, 2012) of five young people, who were supposed to collaborate throughout the substantive stages of the research project to explore how best to examine teachers’ roles in the implementation of civil and political rights in schools. The collaboration with the YPRAG was intended to mitigate some of the researcher's European bias, reduce the risk of tokenistic examination of the data, and ensure that the research was culturally appropriate (Datta et al., 2014; Hart, 1992). Despite many mitigations explored, COVID-19 presented a substantial challenge, as participatory research relies on sustaining relationships between the researcher, gatekeepers, and the advisory group (Loveridge et al., 2023). The research faced other challenges as well, such as the flux in young peoples’ lives, making it difficult to maintain consistent participation, and after the research design stages, the YPRAG withdrew before data collection had begun.
The discussant offers reflections and lessons learned from their doctoral study, suggesting that the CRBA is an ideal standard to maintain, but it should not be used in place of stringent and thoroughly considered ethical decision-making. The participation of children in doctoral research should be thoroughly considered, and researchers must be open to exploring other avenues. The study offers advice for researchers in similar sensitive contexts and emphasizes the need to prioritize ethical considerations and adaptability in decision-making.
References:
Datta, R., Khyang, N., Khyang, H., Kheyang, H., Khyang, M. & Chapola, J. (2014). Participatory action research and researcher’s responsibilities: an experience with an Indigenous community. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. 18. 1-19.
Ennew, J. and Plateau, D.P. (2004) How to Research the Physical and Emotional Punishment of Children. Bangkok: Keen Publishing (Thailand) Co., Ltd., International Save the Children Southeast, East Asia and Pacific Region Alliance.
Hart, R. (1992). Children’s Participation: From tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF. International Child Development Centre.
Loveridge, J., Wood, B. E., Davis-Rae, E., & McRae, H. (2023). Ethical challenges in participatory research with children and youth. Qualitative Research. https://doi-org.queens.ezp1.qub.ac.uk/10.1177/14687941221149594
Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. Childhood, 19(1), 129-144. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568211409078
Lundy, L., McEvoy, L., & Byrne, B. (2011). Working With Young Children as Co-Researchers: An Approach Informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early Education & Development, 22(5), 714–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2011.596463
United Nations (1989). UN Convention on the Rights of the Child.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 09 A: The Role of Inspection and Superintendents in Educational Leadership Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Meng Tian Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Embracing Complexity: Rethinking Education Inspection in England University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In England, the Office for Standards in Education, Children’s Services and Skills (OfSTED) introduced a new Education Inspection Framework in 2019. Consequently, 3000 previously exempt 'Outstanding' schools are re-inspected from 2021 to 2025. In January 2023, Ruth Perry, a primary school headteacher, committed suicide following her school's downgrade from ‘Outstanding’ to ‘Inadequate’. Headteachers’ and teachers’ unions criticised OfSTED's judgments and their detrimental impact on people’s mental health. Eventually, Perry's school was re-inspected and upgraded to 'Good.' An inquest tied Perry's suicide partly to the initial inspection. A Coroner urged OfSTED to provide a detailed response and timetable, outlining the actions taken or planned to prevent future deaths. In response, OfSTED organised emergency training for inspectors to identify signs of stress and anxiety among school staff and leaders, indicating a belated acknowledgement of inspection-induced fear. Amid the ongoing debates about OfSTED’s fitness for purpose and effectiveness, this paper employs complexity theory to examine why OfSTED has evolved into a rigid, powerful regime and how to lead meaningful changes if we envision a more humane, just and reliable inspection system. This paper answers three research questions: (1) What constitutes a complex inspection system in England? (2) How do the underlying power dynamics lock the education inspection system in? (3) How to strategize for a new education inspection system? Through the lens of complexity theory, educational inspection operates as an open system in which various agents—inspectors, schools, parents, teachers’ unions, education policymakers and implementers—exchange information and engage in self-organised interactions, independent of external control (Turner & Baker, 2019). Some interactions adhere to established rules outlined in the Education Act 2005, inspection frameworks and handbooks, while others evolve organically, adapting to the dynamic environment. Over time, the system displays new properties that cannot be derived from its original components. This phenomenon is referred to as emergence (Morrison, 2008; Turner & Baker, 2019). For instance, despite being instructed not to undertake specific preparations, schools have learned to purchase and exchange information about specific inspectors’ personalities and their preferred data collection methods, aiming to appease inspectors and secure favourable inspection results (Author, 2023). This exchange of information and resources among agents has given rise to a new consultancy market selling inspection solutions. Meanwhile, agents use imperfect knowledge to make choices and decisions. They co-evolve with the system, potentially adapting their agendas, beliefs and preferences over time. For example, after researchers discovered that Her/His Majesty’s Inspectors (HMIs) (full-time OfSTED employees) appeared harsher than OfSTED Inspectors (OIs) (freelancing inspectors paid a day rate) in assessing schools, both groups consciously adjusted their judgments in the opposite direction, inadvertently creating new forms of bias (Bokhove et al., 2023; Jerrim et al., 2023a). Another study indicates that schools employing OIs are more likely to receive an ‘Outstanding’ or ‘Good’ rating and significantly less likely to receive an ‘Inadequate’ or ‘Requires improvement’ result (Jerrim et al., 2023b). These findings can influence school recruitment strategies and teachers’ professional development plans. In summary, education inspection in England represents a complex system wherein interdependent agents exchange information and resources in a self-organised manner. These agents learn, adapt and co-evolve with the system, utilising information acquired from and feeding new information into the system (Davis, 2008). Initial conditions, history and the sequence of events have established a path, impacting the future development of the system (Boulton et al., 2015). Given these inherent characteristics, addressing challenges faced by the current inspection system necessitates complexity thinking. Superficial changes—such as removing a few problematic inspectors, altering inspection frameworks or increasing inspector training—will prove inadequate if we leave the underlying power dynamics unexamined (Biesta, 2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This theoretical paper employs a critical lens to examine secondary data from the following sources. Firstly, it reviews articles on complexity theory and complexity thinking, applying them to illustrate the constituents of the complex education inspection system. Furthermore, underpinned by the theoretical framework, it explains why OfSTED has grown more powerful over the past three decades and how they employed complexity reduction (Biesta, 2010) and self-revitalisation (Boulton et al., 2015) approaches to lock the system in and block challenges from other agents. Secondly, this paper reviews the most recent research publications on the effectiveness of OfSTED to debunk some long-standing beliefs held by OfSTED and the public. For instance, the 2023 Working in Schools report revealed correlations between inspections and teachers’ reduced involvement in decision-making, less control over working hours, weaker support from line managers and increased difficulty in taking time off (Felstead et al., 2023). Another report highlighted the limited range of subjects assessed during the two-day inspection, casting doubt on OfSTED’s judgment regarding the overall breadth and balance of the curriculum (Walker, 2023b). According to ParentKind’s (2023) survey results, 39.34% of parents do not read schools’ OfSTED reports and 59.04% do not find these reports useful. Additionally, a student-led project on reviewing inspection practices concluded that “OfSTED as an entity does more harm than good” (Shahbaz & Perez, 2023, para. 5). Thirdly, this paper examines and compares inspection frameworks and policies from Scotland (Education Scotland, 2023) and Wales (Estyn, 2023) with those of England, providing valuable lessons and potential pathways for OfSTED. Key differences can be found in the high- or low-stakes nature of inspections, the inspection cycle and sampling approach, the role of school self-evaluation, the relationship between inspectors and school practitioners, the composition of inspection teams, the format of inspection results and the post-inspection follow-up activities. Lastly, after obtaining permission from the survey initiator, the author analysed over 3000 entries about teachers’ OfSTED inspection experiences collected via a Twitter survey. With the protection of anonymity, this survey presents an authentic picture of how school teachers and leaders perceive inspections, contrasting with their performativity during high-stakes inspections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Complexity theory suggests there are multiple pathways leading to the future. Some agents may prefer a more gradual approach to improving the current inspection system. Other agents who have experienced more adverse effects may advocate for a radical revolution of the system or even its abolition. The value of complexity thinking lies “between finding what works and yet catalysing innovation and change, between intention and responsiveness” (Boulton et al., 2015, p. 167). To lead and strategize for a new inspection system, change agents can consider the following recommendations. Firstly, reducing the high-stakes nature of inspections by replacing the one-word headline grading with an informative report. The grading scale, being a reductionist tool, oversimplifies complex educational activities, thereby distorting the educational progress it aims to monitor (Donaldson, 2018). Secondly, utilising school self-evaluation as a starting point to customise the inspection process, foster professional dialogues and facilitate cross-pollination of ideas. Importantly, both inspectors and school practitioners should unlearn the decades-old practice of using school self-evaluation as a compliance tool. Thirdly, separating schools’ compliance with legal requirements from their improvement capacity. The former requires school leaders’ immediate responses and follow-up checks. In contrast, underperforming schools, often due to inadequate resources and capacity, should be afforded an opportunity to internally address these issues and undergo re-inspection before OfSTED publishes the results to the public. Fourthly, paying switching costs while incentivising early change adopters. Transitioning a complex system into a new era demands considerable switching costs—such as financial, temporal, procedural, cognitive, psychological and relational costs. It is crucial to allocate contingency costs to offset unforeseen risks (Wigmore, 2019). Early change adopters play a pivotal role by sharing successful stories and encouraging others to join the change process. Their engagement should be incentivised through free training, public recognition and early access to resources and networks. References Biesta, G. (2010). Five Theses on Complexity Reduction and its Politics. In Complexity Theory and the Politics of Education (pp. 5–13). Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789460912405_003 Boulton, J., Allen, P. M., & Bowman, C. (2015). Embracing Complexity: Strategic Perspectives for an Age of Turbulence. Oxford University Press. Davis, B. (2008). Complexity and Education: Vital simultaneities. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 50–65. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00402.x Donaldson, G. (2018). A Learning Inspectorate: Independent review of Estyn. Education Scotland. (2022). Evaluating quality and improvement in Scottish education. https://education.gov.scot/inspection-and-review/what-we-do-and-how-we-do-it/standards-and-evaluation-framework/01-evaluating-quality-and-improvement-in-scottish-education/ Estyn. (2023b). Inspection explained. https://www.estyn.gov.wales/inspection-process/inspection-explained Fazackerley, A. (2023, May 1). Teachers asked to chip in £1 each for legal case against Ofsted. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/education/2023/may/01/teachers-asked-to-chip-in-1-each-for-legal-case-against-ofsted Felstead, A., Green, F., & Huxley, K. (2023). Working in Schools: Job quality of educational professionals before and after the pandemic. National Education Union. https://neu.org.uk/latest/library/working-schools Jerrim, J., Sims, S., & Bokhove, C. (2023a). How do Ofsted inspection judgements vary between OIs and HMIs? IOE Blog. https://blogs.ucl.ac.uk/ioe/2023/02/07/how-do-ofsted-inspection-judgements-vary-between-ois-and-hmis/ Jerrim, J., Sims, S., & Bokhove, C. (2023b, October 20). Do schools that employ an Ofsted inspector get better inspection grades? [FFT Education Datalab]. https://ffteducationdatalab.org.uk/2023/10/do-schools-that-employ-an-ofsted-inspector-get-better-inspection-grades/, https://ffteducationdatalab.org.uk/2023/10/do-schools-that-employ-an-ofsted-inspector-get-better-inspection-grades/ Morrison, K. (2008). Educational Philosophy and the Challenge of Complexity Theory. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00394.x Ofsted Experiences (Responses). (2023). [dataset]. https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DaHKr1kGaku5fssX592hp2UW47uXTUQMZ-gc-tlE0Rc/edit?usp=embed_facebook Parentkind. (2023). School inspections Parent poll. Parentkind. https://www.parentkind.org.uk/assets/resources/School-inspections-parent-poll-summary-July-2023.pdf? link_id=1&can_id=06fef4c3c848aa868e8f96fa74f693e3&source=email-beyond-ofsted-update-2&email_referrer=email_2012316&email_subject=beyond-ofsted-latest-update Shahbaz, H., & Perez, G. (2023, June 22). Hungry for change. National Education Union. https://neu.org.uk/latest/blogs/hungry-change Turner, J. R., & Baker, R. M. (2019). Complexity Theory: An Overview with Potential Applications for the Social Sciences. Systems, 7(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.3390/systems7010004 Walker, A. (2023b, July 18). Ofsted reveals most common subjects for deep dives. Schools Week. https://schoolsweek.co.uk/ofsted-reveals-most-common-subjects-for-inspection-deep-dives/ Walker, A. (2023d, December 15). Ofsted: Inside its emergency training for inspectors. Schools Week. https://schoolsweek.co.uk/ofsted-inside-the-emergency-inspector-training/ Wigmore, I. (2019). What is contingency budget (cost contingency)? WhatIs.Com. https://www.techtarget.com/whatis/definition/contingency 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Cooperation Between the Superintendent and the Principal to Improve Principals' Working Situation. 1Centre for Principal Development, Umea University, Umea, Sweden; 2Department of Psychology, Lund University, Lund, Sweden; 3Division of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, Lund University, Lund, Sweden Presenting Author:In Sweden, as in many countries, the work of school principals has become increasingly complex due to both changed political prioritisations and the societal developments in general (e.g., digitalisation, segregation, and changes in the demographical composition of students). Principals often experience conflicts in their role as they are facing strong expectations being accountable for students results, responsible for the staff in combination with extensive administrative tasks. While the Swedish Education Act highlights the autonomy of school principals in matters of school organization, finances, and improvement initiatives, it simultaneously underscores the Local Education Authorities' (LEAs) responsibility for school outcomes and ensuring equity. This duality introduces ambiguity and illustrates the challenges faced by actors within local school organizations (Adolfsson & Alvunger 2020). Initiatives from the LEA and superintendent are experienced as administrative by the principals and perceived as interfering with daily work and contributing to an overload of duties. More communication involving long-term visions, frames and interpretations of directives and research are needed in relation to the local context (Norqvist & Ärlestig 2020) We have in previous epidemiological (Persson, et al., 2021a) and interview studies (Leo et al., 2020) observed that the work conditions of school principals often are overlooked, forgotten, or simply not prioritized by politicians and the superintendents, which are the school principals’ superiors. For example, in a survey that had a nationwide reach, and which entailed more than 2000 school principals and assistant principals, we observed that the principals rated a supportive management as the least supportive factor in comparison with four other factors (i.e., cooperating coworkers, supportive management colleagues, supportive private life and supportive organisational structures) (Persson et al., 2021a). In addition, and when data was broken down further, we observed that only 17% of the school principals and assistant principals agreed with the statements that assessed their trust that superiors had a genuine interest in their job and when needed would help them solving work environment problems for the co-workers (Persson et al., 2021b). Furthermore, when interviewed, the principals explained that the superintendent was the link between the school board (i.e., the political level) and the principals. They also reported that they sometimes experienced opposite expectations from the superintendent and the local school management that caused them to feel that the “gas” and the “break” was applied simultaneously (Leo et al., 2020). There seems to be disconnect between school principals and their superiors that hinders effective cooperation and management. Presumably, dealing with this disconnect will create knowledge that may unlock unused capacity and make the governance of schools more effective and in the end improve student outcomes. Research on the LEA level give insight of the sometimes challenging relationship between superintendents and principals (Honig & Rainey, 2019; Hakansson & Adolfsson, 2022). However, few (if any) studies have adopted a dual perspective by interviewing both school principals and their immediate superiors within the same organisation to capture their unique perspectives on the same issue. Hence, to gain insight and to improve our understanding of this understudied relation, we decided to conduct an interview study that simultaneously addressed both the school principals and the superintendent’s perspective. Thus, the overall objective of the present study was to identify circumstances that were perceived as facilitating the cooperation between school principals and their immediate supervisors. Specifically, we aimed to answer the following research questions: Research questions 1. How do school principals and the school principals’ closest managers (often superintendent) describe their collaboration and work relationship? 2. What opportunities and/or potential pathways for improving their collaboration and work relationship are proposed by school principals and their closest managers (often superintendent)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In total, we examined eight organizations (seven municipalities and one independent school) in which we interviewed eight school principals and their associated superintendents (N=16). The informants comprised nine females (six principals and three superintendents) and seven males (two principals and five superintendents). The eight organizations were situated in both small municipalities (i.e., less than 4000 inhabitants) and large municipalities (i.e., more than 200.000 inhabitants). The organizations and informants came from various geographical regions from all over Sweden and the schools showed a lot of variation as regards both students and their parents’ socio-economic backgrounds. The informants were identified as presumably working in well-functioning organizations that had a focus on the principals’ work environment (i.e., positive examples). The selection of organizations was driven by suggestions from worker unions (six organizations) and by self-referrals (two organizations) that responded to our request for help identifying positive examples during a large national conference. Thus, the organizations and schools were selected by reputation from others, or from having an own understanding as working in a functioning school. The first contact occurred via the superintendent who were asked to select suitable school principals with at least three years of work experience in the same school. The data was collected via individual interviews on zoom and lasted about one hour. There were always two interviewers (one led the interview and the other observed and asked supplementary questions when needed). The sound files were transcribed verbatim and subsequently subject to a content analysis using the Nvivo 14 software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Cooperation between the principal's closest manager and the principal The preliminary analyses suggest that both school principals and their closest managers think that the quality of communication and having a good dialogue is important. The principals want easy and quick access to their superiors to get advice and feedback on urgent matters. The preferred main channel for communication is phone complemented by digital platforms. Only a few of the superintendents visit the schools on a regular basis. The structures for the formal meetings with the superintendent and all principals in the local organization differ a lot from some hours online to one full day a week. It is also common to mix shorter meetings online with information and longer physical meetings when there is a need for discussions concerning educational development, policy, budget etc. Opportunities and potential pathways for improving collaboration Division of responsibilities at the leadership level is a key to reduce role conflicts. In most cases administrative tasks, responsibility for facilities, and physical work environment are delegated to others giving principals more time and energy to focus educational leadership. The support is different in the organisations, however principals talk about a mind shift in HR-, and economic departments in favour of seeing teaching and learning as the core of the organization where feeding data to the HR- and economical systems used to be the main priority. Local support and a direct contact between the principal and an expert at the LEA are seen as success factors. The importance of having colleagues at leadership level as support is crucial. Some of the principals work in leadership teams and the ones who are alone at their school have close relations with colleagues in other schools. References Adolfsson, C.-H. & Alvunger, D. (2020). Power dynamics and policy actions in the changing landscape of local school governance, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, Vol. 6 No. 2, pp. 128-142, doi: 10.1080/20020317.2020.1745621. Honig, M. & Rainey, L. (2019). Supporting principal supervisors: what really matters?, Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 57 No. 5, pp. 445-462, doi: 10.1108/JEA-05-2019-0089 Leo, U., Persson, R., Arvidsson, I., & Håkansson, C. (2020). External Expectations and Well-Being, Fundamental and Forgotten Perspectives in School Leadership: A Study on New Leadership Roles, Trust and Accountability. In L. Moos, E. Nihlfors, & J. M. Paulsen (Eds.), Re-centering the Critical Potential of Nordic School Leadership Research: Fundamental, but often forgotten perspectives (pp. 209-229). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-55027-1_12 Norqvist, L. & Ärlestig, H. (2021). Systems thinking in school organizations – perspectives from various leadership levels. Journal of educational administration. 59(1), pp.77–93. Persson, R., Leo, U., Arvidsson, I., Nilsson, K., Osterberg, K., & Hakansson, C. (2021a). Supportive and demanding managerial circumstances and associations with excellent workability: a cross-sectional study of Swedish school principals. Bmc Psychology, 9(1). https://doi.org/ARTN 10910.1186/s40359-021-00608-4 Persson, R., Leo, U., Arvidsson, I., Nilsson, K., Österberg, K., Oudin, A., & Håkansson, C. (2021b). Svenska skolledares arbetsmiljö och hälsa: En lägesbeskrivning med förslag på vägar till förbättringar av arbetsmiljön. [Swedish school leaders' work environment and health: A description with suggestions for ways to improve the work environment]. (4). (AMM Rapport 4/2021, Issue. A.-o. M. Syd. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Effect of External Inspection on Headteachers in England UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Accountability and its negative effects on teachers’ working lives and retention is internationally recognised as a problem in education (Buchanan, 2015; Holloway, Sørensen, & Verger, 2017; Teltemann & Jude, 2019), with school evaluation and inspection being a particular issue. Teachers’ working lives are being increasingly affected by the rise in the neo-liberal performativity / accountability culture in schools, as internationally, schools are increasingly preoccupied with policies of achievement, particularly test results. This has led many schools to adopt a results-driven approach, with a plethora of strategies aimed at improving results. This is evidenced by what is commonly referred to as ‘box-ticking’, as teachers’ work is increasingly directed towards assessment, exams, progress measures and preparation for review and inspection, and away from the more individualistic and creative aspects of the job (Perryman 2022). A performative accountability culture can particularly affect the agency of headteachers, as Evans (2001:151) explains: ‘At the same time as heads are being trained for leadership and vision and a mission for the school, they are simultaneously in receipt of education policies that are extremely instrumental and interrupt their own agency as head’. In England, the inspection regime Ofsted is seen as placing a particular pressure on Headteachers. Page (2017:5) writes ‘with Ofsted giving almost no notice of inspection, head teachers commit to continual Ofsted-readiness within their schools, a perpetual state of inspection anxiety that aims for good-or-outstanding practice throughout every day, every week and every year’. Ball et al (2012) found that senior management employed techniques such as ‘learning walks’, training and observation to improve teaching and learning and ensure a state of perpetual inspection-readiness. This shows how inspection creates ‘a marvellous machine’ (Foucault, 1977:202) in the quest for constant improvement. Courtney agrees, particularly with the effects on leadership; ‘Compliance is woven so tightly into the regime’s fabric that head teachers are unaware that performance ‘on the day’ is thereby replaced by a longer-lasting and more deeply affecting fabrication. Thus rather than being controlled and disciplined externally, senior leaders and teachers position themselves in particular ways to change their behaviour and practices in order to ‘fit’ the system, and adapt to changing policy contexts such as changing inspection frameworks’ which is ‘the self working on the self, the self shaping its own conduct’ (Gillies, 2013:79). These studies relate to the effect of Ofsted on Headteacher agency between inspections, but during inspections the pressure intensifies as they are held accountable for the performance of their school and can face dismissal if there is a negative outcome. Leaders of smaller schools, who may be more isolated, are particularly vulnerable and more frequently seek support (Headrest, 2023). In December 2023 a government inquiry concluded that Ofsted had ‘contributed’ to the death of a Headteacher, Ruth Perry, who had committed suicide whilst awaiting publication of an inspection report downgrading her previously ‘outstanding’ school to ‘requires improvement’ (Clarke, 2023). This paper examines data from a recent research project ‘Beyond Ofsted’ (2023). This was an Inquiry commissioned by the National Education Union. The scope of the Inquiry centred around answering the key question of what a better inspection system in England could look like. Underlying this, we wanted to find out what the principles that make a good inspection system are, and how these translate into inspection processes and practice. One of the main themes of the data was the particular impact of inspection on Headteachers, which this paper will explore, with our reserch question being 'What is the effect of inspection on headteachers in England'. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the central questions, the Inquiry needed to understand key changes to school inspection in England over time; strengths and weaknesses of the current approach; how inspection operates at school level; and the impact on the culture and ways of working of a school. To inform an alternative, the Inquiry sought to identify the factors within the inspection system that contribute to its strengths and weaknesses, and the changes needed to address the negative or ‘unintended consequences’ identified. In terms of scope, the Inquiry primarily looked at inspection in primary and secondary schools in England, and the extent to which these differed. It also explored the specific impacts of inspection on schools serving the most disadvantaged pupils. The international literature was explored, to gather evidence on how inspection systems operate in other countries. The review of international systems examined how inspection systems in high performing education nations operate differently from England, the role of accountability and school improvement in these models, and how any positive outcomes from different models could be used to inform an alternative approach to inspection in England. The Inquiry engaged closely with the education profession, asking questions about the principles they think are needed to underpin a better inspection system, and potential solutions they see as being effective in tackling the problems they identify. It also explored how parents/carers and governors interact with the current inspection system; how they feel about, and understand, school inspection; and what they want to see changed. We took a mixed methods approach, involving a large-scale survey of teachers and school leaders, supplemented by focus groups with teachers, parents/carers, governors, and 5 with headteachers. The aim was to gather a wide range of views on both the current system and potential alternatives. The survey had over 6,000 responses and produced both quantitative and qualitative data. Headteachers made up 15% of our sample. Descriptive and inferential analyses of the quantitative data were carried out using Qualtrics inbuilt tool set, utilising the relate function to explore differences between groups. This function performed Chi and ANOVA analyses producing a p value and an effect size. The inclusion of open questions resulted in over 500,000 words of written responses. These were analysed thematically, based on the key aims of the inquiry. The twelve focus groups were analysed in a similar manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research conducted for the Inquiry took place in the weeks and months after Ruth Perry’s death and it is perhaps unsurprising that concerns about this issue are foremost in the data and throughout the report. One of questions we asked was if participants thought that their role in school affected how they experienced inspection, and 70% agreed that it did. Headteachers reported they felt under huge amounts of pressure, with comments such as ‘your career hangs in the balance’ and reporting being in tears and even resigning. One summed it up saying ‘The Ofsted inspection was brutal (despite the good overcome), staff were in tears. In 26 years of education this was the worst two days in my career. I felt like giving up the job. It has impacted on my wellbeing and family life’. These effects of inspection should not be tolerated by the profession. As part of the Inquiry we conducted a review of global inspection systems which indicated that alternative systems are possible (Ehren et al 2010, Hwa, 2020, NCEE, 2021, OECD, 2015 Zheng and Thomas, 2022). Seven countries in Europe do not even have any formal external inspection system (European Education Culture Executive Agency et al., 2016). There are a diverse set of inspection regimens in place internationally, ranging from none to those conducted at a distance with limited consequences to those that are intrusive and high stakes, but none more so than in England. (Grek & Lindgren, 2015) This is potentially a time of change for inspection. With a UK election in 2024 it is possible that reform may be on the agenda and it is hoped that this paper will contribute to the discussion on how changes can be made, and contribute to international policy debates on inspection, evaluation and accountability References Ball, S., Braun, A., & Maguire, M. (2012). How Schools Do Policy. London: Routledge. Beyond Ofsted Inquiry Inquiry (2023). Final Report of the Inquiry. https://beyondofsted.org.uk/ Buchanan, R. (2015). Teacher identity and agency in an era of accountability. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 700-719. doi:10.1080/13540602.2015.1044329 Clarke, V. (2023). Ruth Perry: Ofsted must act following head's suicide - coroner. BBC. European Education Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice, De Coster, I., Birch, P., Czort, S., Delhaxhe, A., & Colclough, O. (2016). Assuring quality in education: policies and approaches to school evaluation in Europe: Publications Office. Evans, L. (2001). Developing Teachers in a Performance Culture - is performance pay the answer? In D. Gleeson & C. Husbands (Eds.), The Performing School: Managing Teaching and Learning in a Performance Culture. London: Routledge. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison (A. Sheridan, Trans.). Harmondsworth: Penguin. Gillies, D. (2013). Educational Leadership and Michel Foucault London: Routledge. Grek, S., & Lindgren, J. (Eds.). (2015). Governing by Inspection. Abingdon: Routledge. Headrest. (2023). Annual Headteacher Wellbeing Report. Retrieved from https://www.headrestuk.co.uk/blog/headteacher-wellbeing-report-2023 Holloway, J., Sørensen, T. B., & Verger, A. (2017). Global perspectives on high-stakes teacher accountability policies: An introduction. education policy analysis archives, 25. doi:10.14507/epaa.25.3325 Hwa, Y.-Y. 2020. Contrasting approaches, comparable approaches? How macro-level trust influences teacher accountability in Finland and Singapore. In: Ehren, M. & Baxter, J. (eds.) Trust, Accountability and Capacity in Education System Reform London: Routledge. OECD 2015. Education at a Glance 2015. Page, D. (2017). The surveillance of teachers and the simulation of teaching. Journal of Education Policy, 32(1), 1-13. doi:10.1080/02680939.2016.1209566 Perryman, J. (2022). Teacher retention in an age of Performative Accountability: Target Culture and the Discourse of Disappointment. London: Routledge Teltemann, J., & Jude, N. (2019). Assessments and accountability in secondary education: International trends. Research in Comparative & International Education, 14, 249-271. Zheng, H. & Thomas, S. 2022. The challenges of school inspection practice in demonstrating and improving education quality: stakeholder perceptions in China. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 34, 391-422. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 09 B: Promoting Aspects of Sustainability in School Leadership Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Irene Lampert Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Implementing ESD in Schools through Leadership: Insights from a Systematic Literature Review Teacher University Zurich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Education is seen as a key instrument for overcoming global challenges and contributing to the sustainable development of society (Ibisch et al. 2018). The United Nations has also recognized the potential of education and emphasizes its relevance with Goal 4 "Quality Education" of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (UNESCO, 2021). However, the number of schools focussing on sustainability - so-called ECO schools or green schools - is only slowly increasing (Hedefalk et al., 2015). Principals are important in achieving sustainability goals and are multipliers of sustainable development (Rieckmann, 2018). ESD is a leadership issue: School management has a key role to play in the comprehensive anchoring of ESD (Müller, Lude, & Hancock, 2020). Müller, Lude, and Hancock (2020) emphasize that despite extensive literature on ESD, the role of school leaders has been neglected to date. Mogaji and Newton (2020) conducted an analysis revealing that school leaders frequently possess a limited comprehension of ESD, typically interpreting it primarily through environmental perspectives (Mogaji & Newton, 2020), and therefore find it difficult to implement ESD in their schools. Accordingly, the authors point out the following research gap: There is a need to investigate what specific knowledge and skills (competencies) school leaders need to implement ESD in their schools (Mogaji & Newton, 2020). The second review on the topic by Laurie, Nonoyama-Tarumi, Mckeown, and Hopkins (2016) also found similar findings. In their review, which consisted of a literature synthesis of studies from 18 countries, they discussed that 1) the implementation of ESD in the school as a whole has a positive effect on teaching, but that teachers need professional support and 2) it requires school management that has an understanding of ESD and competences in the field of sustainability management (Laurie, Nonoyama-Tarumi, Mckeown & Hopkins, 2016). Empirical studies such as the one from Bottery, Wright and James (2012) emphasize the need to rethink the understanding of leadership in educational institutions to integrate ESD. Zala-Mezö, Strauss, and Müller-Kuhn (2020) confirm that schools with distributive leadership strategies experience more effective ESD transformation processes. Leo and Wickenberg (2013), Mogren and Gericke (2019), and Verhelst, Vanhoof, and Van Petegem (2021) emphasize that specific sustainability management skills are crucial for the successful implementation of ESD. Based on the findings of the two literature reviews (Laurie, Nonoyama-Tarumi, Mckeown & Hopkins, 2016; Mogaji and Newton, 2020) and empirical studies (Bottery, Wright & James, 2012; Leo & Wickenberg, 2013; Müller, Lude, & Hancock, 2020; Verhelst, Vanhoof & Van Petegem, 2021), there is a clear research-gap on the question of what competences school leaders need to be able to implement ESD in schools. In this context, Verhelst, Vanhoof and Van Petegem (2021) emphasizes the urgency of further developing school leadership education. Accordingly, this research project examines the role of school leaders in the implementation of ESD in schools as part of a comprehensive systematic literature review: RQ: What sustainability-specific competencies do principals need to implement Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in schools? The hypothesis is that targeted promotion of knowledge and skills on the topic of ESD among school leaders will lead to improved implementation of ESD in schools. The education of school leaders plays a key role in this. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic literature review follows the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) procedure, whereby individual steps are adapted according to the guidelines for a systematic review in the social sciences (Petticrew & Roberts, 2006). The systematic review is conducted using DistillerSR software (DistillerSR, 2023). The most important steps of the systematic literature review according to Page et al. (2021) and Petticrew and Roberts (2006) are summarised below: 1. Formulation of the research question and definition of the review protocol: The research question was developed based on the PRISMA criteria for systematic literature reviews. Furthermore, the PICo framework (Mogaij & Newton 2020) is used to promote an effective search. 2. Definition of inclusion and exclusion criteria: The criteria set the boundaries for the review and determine which studies are included in the analysis and which are not. 3. Search strategy: Relevant databases (e.g., ERIC, Web of Science) were identified, followed by defining key terms in German and English (e.g., "Schulleitungen", "Education for Sustainable Development"). The strategy involves creating and implementing database-specific searches (e.g., school management AND education for sustainable development OR ESD). 4. Selection of relevant studies: The studies found are selected based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria. The selected articles are read independently by the research team and a selection is made, which is justified based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria. In the event of differences of opinion, a consensus is reached through discussion. 5. Data extraction from the selected studies: The data from the studies are extracted and recorded in the data extraction form which contains important information about the study (e.g. study design, information about the sample, results). 6. Assessment of quality, safety, and bias: The assessment of study quality in a systematic literature review is important to avoid bias and to promote the plausibility and accuracy of conclusions. We suspect that the selected studies are not randomized. For this reason, the Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (CASP) (n.d.) can be used to assess the risk of bias in non-randomized studies. 7. Analysing and interpreting the results: The studies are too heterogeneous to be statistically summarised in a meta-analysis. For this reason, a narrative synthesis of the data is made (Petticrew, & Roberts, 2006). The analysis and interpretation process is supported by the Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (CASP) to promote the accuracy and plausibility of conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The systematic literature review conducted to identify the competencies school leaders need for effective implementation of ESD reveals a complex landscape. Primary findings indicate that school leaders often possess a limited understanding of ESD, frequently interpreting it primarily through an environmental lens. However, ESD is a comprehensive educational approach that encompasses a wide range of subjects, including sociology, economics, and cultural studies. ESD aims to empower people with the essential knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to confront global challenges, extending beyond climate change and biodiversity loss to also address critical issues like poverty and inequality. The results show that the narrow perspective of school leaders regarding the scope of ESD hinders its full integration into school curricula. Empirical studies, such as those by Bottery, Wright and James (2012), Zala-Mezö, Strauss, and Müller-Kuhn (2020) and others, highlight the necessity of rethinking leadership in educational settings to incorporate ESD successfully. The results of this study show that distributive leadership which includes teacher leadership is particularly conducive to ESD implementation. Involving teachers and distributing leadership responsibilities, appear to foster more ESD integration. Furthermore, raising awareness and understanding of sustainability topics is important for the implementation of ESD in schools. The results highlight the necessity for school leaders to be well-informed about ESD, pointing to a shortfall in existing leadership training. It underscores the importance of improved educational programs designed to equip school leaders with the competencies to be able to integrate sustainability. This review highlights the importance of school leadership in ESD implementation and identifies a gap in leaders' understanding and skills. It suggests distributive leadership for better ESD integration and stresses the need for reform in leadership education to include sustainability. Promoting ESD knowledge among leaders is essential for effective implementation, aligning with the SDGs of the United Nations' 2030 Agenda. References - Bottery, M., Wright, N., & James, S. (2012). Personality, moral purpose, and the leadership of an education for sustainable development. Education 3-13, 40(3), 227-241. - Critical Appraisal Skills Programme. (n.d.). CASP Checklisten. Verfügbar unter https://casp-uk.net/casp-tools-checklists/ - DistillerSR. (n.d). DistillerSR [Computer-Software]. Evidence Partners. Verfügbar unter https://www.evidencepartners.com/products/distillersr-systematic-review-software/ - Hedefalk, M., Almqvist, J., & Östman, L. (2015). Education for sustainable development in early childhood education: A review of the research literature. Environmental Education Research, 21(7), 975-990. - Ibisch, P. L., Molitor, H., Conrad, A., Walk, H., Mihotovic, V., & Geyer, J. (2018). Der Mensch im globalen Ökosystem. Eine Einführung in die nachhaltige Entwicklung. München: Oekom Verlag. - Laurie, R., Nonoyama-Tarumi, Y., Mckeown, R., & Hopkins, C. (2016). Contributions of education for sustainable development (ESD) to quality education: A synthesis of research. Journal of Education for Sustainable development, 10(2), 226-242. - Leo, U., & Wickenberg, P. (2013). Professional norms in school leadership: Change efforts in implementation of education for sustainable development. Journal of Educational Change, 14, 403-422. - Mogaji, I. M. & Newton, P. (2020). School leadership for sustainable development: A scoping review. Journal of Sustainable Development, 13(5), 15-30. - Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders’ experiences of implementing education for sustainable development: Anchoring the transformative perspective. Sustainability, 11, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11123343 - Müller, U., Lude, A., & Hancock, D. R. (2020). Leading schools towards sustainability. Fields of action and management strategies for principals. Sustainability, 12(7), 3031. - Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 - Petticrew, M. & Roberts, H. (2006). Systematic reviews in the social sciences: A practical guide. Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing. - Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: Key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Hrsg.), Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. (S. 39-60). Paris: UNESCO. - UNESCO (2021). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Eine Roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. - Verhelst, D., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2021). School effectiveness for education for sustainable development (ESD): What characterizes an ESD-effective school organization?. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 502-525. - Zala-Mezö, E., Bormann, I., Strauss, N. C., & Müller-Kuhn, D. (2020). Distributed leadership practice in Swiss “eco-schools” and its influence on school improvement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 19(4), 673-695. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Sustainable School Leadership: Researching the Recruitment, Training and Retention of School Leaders in UK 1University of Nottingham, United Kingdom; 2University of Warwick, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Leading schools has become more challenging in recent years as the role of headteacher or principal has evolved and unprecedented challenges have arisen. Research in England, during and after the lockdowns in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, revealed the intensity of the experience for headteachers and the longer-term impact on their well-being and career intentions (Thomson et al., 2023, Greany et al., 2022). The research brought the sustainability of school leadership into sharp focus. This paper draws on early findings from an ongoing, comparative study of sustainable school leadership across the UK, which seeks a deeper understanding of i) how the UK nations recruit, train and retain school leaders, ii) how well these approaches take account of individual, local and systemic needs and sustainability. The focus of this paper is to introduce the conceptual framework for the study. We show how we are exploring leadership sustainability alongside the ideas of identity and place, by highlighting each of these aspects with early findings from the first locality case studies we have conducted in Northern Ireland, Scotland and England. We approach the study recognising that the way leadership and leadership development are defined reflect understandings of what education is ‘for’. We see leadership as culturally situated and context specific (Torrance and Angelle, 2019), distributed, and a process of influence geared towards the achievement of shared goals (Northouse, 2021). Leadership development we understand as a process of individual career-long growth involving the development of knowledge, understanding and abilities as well as shifts in aspirations, beliefs, values and/or identity. We thus see the sustainability of school leadership as multi-dimensional and plans for realising it as reflective of values and ethics (Hargreaves and Fink, 2006). An understanding of supply is required but also consideration of diversity, equity, quality and fitness for the future, reflecting understandings of the purpose of education. Seeing leadership as context-specific means considering place. We take place-related issues – e.g. school catchment, history, staffing and community resources – to mean that every school is unique, and requiring specific leaders/leadership. While the local can be understood as a boundaried place, place is also a site of power, which exists in time/space, through which information, people, things, and discourses flow. Place operates at different scales - national, regional, local – which intersect and interact. Identity is the third aspect of the conceptual framework. While individual identities are important, we also recognise collective identities that can be organisational and/or place-based. We thus understand professional identities as dynamic and changing over time - shaped by individual, school, local, national and global dimensions. Identities are individual and collective, socially constructed, and influenced by multiple factors (biography, history, culture, emotions, and professional norms). Identities are negotiated at micro and macro levels (e.g. school and policy), and bound up with values, power and legitimacy. We illustrate each of these aspects with data from one of the locality case studies we have conducted, providing insights into the current experience of leadership in specific contexts in each country. We conclude by drawing out themes and issues that arise from applying our understanding of sustainable leadership, place and identity to the cases. In so doing we contribute to the conference theme by exploring and characterising current reality and beginning to draw out implications and indications for future development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Case Studies The larger mixed methods study includes seven locality case studies – two each in Northern Ireland and Scotland, and three in England in total. In this paper we will draw on 3 of these, one each from each country. Each locality case study includes: i. documentary and data analysis to develop a picture of the locality based on publicly available sources, ii. local leader interviews with formal system leaders and providers of leadership development to develop an understanding of local succession/development priorities, approaches and issues; iii. employer interviews with individuals involved in recruiting and performance managing heads to understand approaches and issues; iv. serving and potential heads; extended interviews probing leaders’ careers, work, well-being, aspirations, identities and development experiences; v. Where possible, observations of training sessions, recruitment panels, and/or network meetings to build a rich picture of local norms and practices; vi. Where possible, focus groups to explore recruitment, training and retention with a wider sample. This is a comparative study and the approach we take is to consider each case not simply as a pre-defined entity which we describe, compare and contrast, but also to pay attention to ongoing processes. We attend to three ‘axes’ in our comparison (Bartlett and Vavrus, 2017): horizontal (across a case), vertical (levels of influence), and transversal (change over time). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The early findings from this comparative study in the UK nations show the current reality and intense pressure of leadership in an individual school, the way this is manifested differently in the various contexts and the relevance of considering place and identity in an exploration of sustainable leadership. Some common trends are evident, the increased care role of schools for instance and a changing relationship with parents and families. The comparative approach also demonstrates the way different histories, cultures and contexts generate unique manifestations of the trends. References BARTLETT, L. & VAVRUS, F. 2017. Comparative Case Studies: An Innovative Approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 1. GREANY, T., THOMSON, P., COUSIN, S. & MARTINDALE, N. 2022. Leading in Lockdown: Final Report. Nottingham: University of Nottingham. HARGREAVES, A. & FINK, D. 2006. Sustainable leadership, San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. NORTHOUSE, P. G. 2021. Leadership: Theory and practice, Sage Publications. THOMSON, P., GREANY, T., COUSIN, S. & MARTINDALE, N. 2023. Vox Poetica: bringing an arts-based research method to school leaders’ lockdown experiences. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 55, 215-230. TORRANCE, D. & ANGELLE, P. S. 2019. The Influence of Global Contexts in the Enactment of Social Justice. In: ANGELLE, P. S. & TORRANCE, D. (eds.) Cultures of Social Justice Leadership: An Intercultural Context of Schools. Cham: Springer International Publishing. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The knowledge of educational leaders on the Sustainable Development Goals University of Alicante, Spain Presenting Author:There is a persistent debate on the meaning of management and leadership, as it is assumed that people in management positions are leaders, but not all managers lead (Bush, 2020). The truth is that management and leadership are distinct but entirely complementary actions. While leadership is concerned with managing change and nurturing shared vision, management deals with complexity and advocates for stability and preserving established routines (Leal-Filho et al., 2020; Mogren et al., 2019) (e.g. it is concerned with organisation and staffing). Leadership for sustainability refers to the processes that leaders, policymakers and academics undertake to implement sustainable development policies and other initiatives within their organisations. It, therefore, encompasses systemic approaches, methods and solutions to solve problems and drive institutional policy towards a more sustainable organisation. In leadership for sustainable development, the aim is to create current and future benefits while improving the lives of stakeholders (Verhelst et al., 2023; Broman et al., 2017). Academia has identified the importance of leadership of management teams in education for successfully implementing the 2030 Agenda (Kuzmina et al., 2020; Mogren & Gericke, 2019; Persaud & Murphy, 2019). Integrating the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in education depends critically on their knowledge and skills (Abidin et al., 2023). It is, therefore, a priority that the people who are part of these teams have a deep understanding of sustainability. However, research on this specific training of school leadership teams has not received much attention. The breadth of the SDGs, their targets and indicators, as well as the lack of specificity and clarity in the definition of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), continue to deter school leaders from understanding and implementing this pedagogical approach in schools (Hadjichambis et al., 2020; Rieckmann, 2017). Mahat et al. (2016) attribute this lack of interest of these school leaders to their low level of knowledge about the SDGs and ESD. Fullan (2005) also recognised the complexity of being a sustainable leader and identified some attributes needed for sustainable leadership, including persistence, knowledge of sustainability, emotional intelligence, receptiveness to new visions and concepts, commitment to working collaboratively and the ability to transform the school. In addition, Müller et al. (2022) highlight the communication skills, change management, and in-depth knowledge of the staff working at the centre. Abidin et al. (2023) point to the importance of lifelong learning and optimising the use of resources. Against this background, leadership training on the SDGs and ESD should not only be based on educational legislation, as has been the case so far but on how to transform schools and the lives of children and young people. The issues facing Europe and the world today call for more pragmatic, realistic leadership that addresses local and global challenges. Knowing and understanding the training needs of management teams could offer alternatives to effectively manage and implement ESD in the initial training of future teachers and their professional development. Based on this framework, the following research question is posed:
In order to address these questions, the study has the following objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to achieve the objectives set out, a quantitative methodological approach was adopted, and an exploratory-descriptive study was carried out. The sample was configured using non-probabilistic purposive sampling. Specifically, 152 members of the management teams of public pre-schools and primary schools in Alicante (Spain) participated in the study. Of these, 69.7% were women. About age, 81.5% were between 35 and 56, and there were no participants under 24 years of age. Regarding their education, 48% had a Diploma, 25% had a Bachelor's Degree, 15.1% had a Master's Degree, and only four participants (2.6%) had a Doctorate. Regarding years of experience, 41.4% were between 11 and 20 years old, and 40.1% were between 21 and 30. Only 9.9% had between 31 and 40 years of experience and 8.6% between 0 and 10 years. Most of the participants (83.3%) belonged to public schools. The instrument used for data collection was the Questionnaire on Educational Leadership for Sustainable Development (CLEDS). It consisted of 13 questions, which revolved around the following dimensions: 1. Training of management teams for the integration of the SDGs in schools, 2. Training needs and preferences of school leaders about the SDGs, 3. Strategies and actions developed to promote the achievement of the SDGs and 4. Proposals to promote the action of management teams. This study analysed the first dimension (training of school leadership teams). It consisted of (1) an assessment of the degree of knowledge of school leadership teams about the SDGs (eight items), (2) the agents responsible for this training (eight items), and (3) the nature of the training (theoretical, practical or theoretical-practical). Responses were constructed on a Likert scale, from 1=strongly disagree to agree 5=strongly. The research team members initially contacted the schools by telephone to explain the study's objectives to the school management. After obtaining their consent to participate in the study, the questionnaire designed in Google Forms was sent out. The estimated response time was 15-20 minutes. The results were analysed using simple descriptive statistics with the help of SPSS v. 26 software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main findings show that 68.4% of the education leaders knew by when (what date) the SDGs are set to be achieved (X̅=4.43), and 67.1% of them indicated that they knew the meaning of the SDGs (X̅=4.45). On the other hand, 47% said they knew the background of the SDGs (X̅=3.38), and 46.7% indicated that they knew the number of SDGs that exist (X̅=4.01). 39.5% indicated that they were able to recognise the issues that the SDGs are about (X̅=4.02), and the same percentage of participants indicated that they could explain their purpose (X̅=3.94), followed by 38.2% who felt able to propose a definition of the SDGs (X̅=3.63). On the other hand, it is noteworthy that 46.7% stated that they had yet to receive training on the 2030 Agenda and the SDGs. Regarding the type of training received, 66.3% of participants stated that they had taken training courses offered by the Training and Educational Resources Centre of the Valencian Community (Spain), 46.1% stated that they had self-trained using bibliographic material, social networks and the media, and 30.3% stated that they had received peer-to-peer training in their educational institution. Regarding the nature of this training, 61.4% stated that it was theoretical-practical and 33.7% that it was eminently theoretical. Based on the analysis of the findings, the training of management teams is still insufficient, as more than half of the participants in the study had fundamental and scarce knowledge of the SDGs. In addition, a considerable group of academic leaders have yet to have access to in-depth training. Bearing that the lack of specific training is a barrier to implementing Education for Sustainable Development in schools (Abidin et al., 2023), educational administrations and universities must promote training programmes aimed at training management teams to exercise leadership for sustainable development. References Abidin, M. S. Z., Mokhtar, M., & Arsat, M. (2023). School leaders’ challenges in education for sustainable development: A scoping review. International Journal of Academic Research in Progressive Education and Development, 12(1), 401–420. Broman, G., Robèrt, K. H., Collins, T. J., Basile, G., Baumgartner, R. J., Larsson, T., & Huisingh, D. (2017). Science in support of systematic leadership towards sustainability. Journal of Cleaner Production, 140, 1-9. Bush, T. (2020). Theories of educational leadership and management. Sage. Fullan, M. (2005). Leadership and sustainability. Corwin Press. Hadjichambis, A. C., P. Reis, D. Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, J. Činčera, J. Boeve-de Pauw, N. Gericke, & M. C. Knippels (2020). Conceptualizing environmental citizenship for 21st Century Education, 261. Springer Nature. Kuzmina, K., Trimingham, R., & Bhamra, T. (2020). Organisational strategies for implementing education for sustainable development in the UK primary schools: A service innovation perspective. Sustainability, 12(22), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12229549 Leal-Filho, W., Eustachio, J. H., Caldana, A. C., Will, M., Lange-Salvia, A., Rampasso, I. S., ... & Kovaleva, M. (2020). Sustainability leadership in higher education institutions: An overview of challenges. Sustainability, 12(9), 3761. Mahat, H., Saleh, Y., Hashim, M., & Nayan, N. (2016). Model Development on Awareness of Education for Sustainable Schools Development in Malaysia. Indonesian Journal of Geography, 48(1), 39–48. https://doi.org/10.22146/indo.j.geog,12446 Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2017). ESD implementation at the school organization level, part 1—Investigating the quality criteria guiding school leaders’ work at recognized ESD schools. Environmental Education Research, 23, 972–992. Mogren, A., Gericke, N., & Scherp, H. Å. (2019). Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: A model that links to school improvement. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 508-531. Müller, U., Hancock, D. R., Wang, C., Stricker, T., Cui, T., & Lambert, M. (2022). School leadership, education for sustainable development (ESD), and the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic: Perspectives of principals in China, Germany, and the USA. Education Sciences, 12(12), 853. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12120853 Persaud, A., & Murphy, Y. G. (2019). School leadership and education diplomacy. Childhood Education, 95(2), 20-28. Rieckmann, M. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO Publishing. Verhelst, D., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2023). School effectiveness for education for sustainable development (ESD): What characterizes an ESD-effective school organization?. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 502-525. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 09 C: Mapping Resilience, Interruption, Frustration and Vulnerability in Educational Leadership Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Thomas Blom Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Interruption in Educational Leadership: Subjective Meanings and Sources Tel Aviv University Presenting Author:Workplace interruptions are a pervasive challenge, reducing performance, evoking negative emotions, and impacting relationships (Zide et al., 2017). Definitions of interruptions have evolved from Jett and George’s (2003) definition of interruptions as “any disruptive event that impedes progress toward accomplishing the organizational task.” Brixey et al. (2007) added the dimension of the suspension of goal-directed action. Later, Werner and Holden (2015) considered interruptions through a systems-based lens rather than as a single “event.” Recently, Puranik et al. (2020) added the unexpectedness of its occurrence to the definition of a “work interruption.”. Interruptions interfere with performance by moving the attentional focus from the planned work task (Puranik, 2020) and can engender negative emotional responses (Poirel et al., 2014). Although School principals are “eminently interruptible” (Philips 1991), there is in general a conspicuous lack of specific research on interruptions experienced by educational leaders. Based on the literature regarding interruptions (Jett & George, 2003; Brumby et al., 2019; Puranik et al., 2020), one might presume school principals’ responses to interruptions would be similar to those of other types of managers. Even though interruptions potentially expose educational leaders to short- and long-term deleterious effects, school principals often view interruptions as time invested (Hunter et al., 2019). The goal of this study was to map the patterns and sources of interruptions that school principals face and to explore the typical responses to those interruptions. The study focused on how school principals perceive an interruption in terms of the source of the interruption. The study explores how principals perceive the various sources of an interruption and how their perceptions can influence the interpretation of an unexpected event. Given this aim, the following research questions were proposed. (1) What do principals define as an interruption event in their job? (2) Who are the key stakeholders who are the source of these interruption events? (3) How does the source of the interruption affect the principals' interpretation of the event? (4) What determines whether a stakeholder or event is considered an interruption? Principals are interrupted by various stakeholders (such as students, parents, teachers, and officials from the local municipality). The study shows that these stakeholders can be divided into extrinsic and intrinsic categories. Principals categorize interruptions based on how they align with or contradict their role definition, evaluating the event and the stakeholders based on their affinity to the principals’ core goals. Extrinsic sources not aligned with these core goals are most likely to be considered interruptions. For example, when the Ministry of Education makes an ad hoc request for data it is always considered an interruption as the principals perceived this request as not advancing their goal of concern for student welfare. By contrast, stakeholders aligned with their core goals are mostly considered an intrinsic source. For instance, parents asking for an emergency meeting to unexpectedly help a student would be considered intrinsic stakeholders because of their strong affinity to principals' core goals - such an event would not be considered an interruption. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology was based on constructivist grounded theory, which offered the most significant way to understand principals’ subjective definition of interruptions. The data was collected in semi-structured, in-depth interviews. The study applied a qualitative paradigm selected to gain insight into the principals’ internal attributions (Denzin & Lincoln, 2006), and what constitutes an interruption for them within their specific organizational frameworks. This method facilitated an open-ended dialogue instead of merely attempting to confirm predetermined themes. The study mapped the sources of interruptions defined by school principals with regard to their workday experiences and how they responded to these interruptions. The Specific methodology was as follows: Twelve school principals were carefully identified through criterion sampling, The following criteria were utilized for this study: 1. Currently an elementary, middle, or high school principal. 2. A school principal for at least five consecutive years. 3. Principals from various educational subsystems in Israel. The participants represented the education school system from first grade through 12th grade. Their experience as principals ranged from five to 27 years (an average of 12 years). Due to the multi-cultural nature of Israeli society, schools are divided into three groups within the national system: secular and religious state schools in which the language of instruction is Hebrew and schools for Arab students in Arabic language of instruction. Principals were interviewed from all three types of schools to provide a more comprehensive and diverse perspective on how the school principals perceive the sources of interruptions. The data was collected through semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in 2021-2022. The structured component of the interview explored how principals view their job description, define their job as a metaphor, define interruptions, their sources, and their reactions to them in different environments. An Iterative protocol was applied: (1) interviews were transcribed and coded in an open coding, including an initial marking of topics, emotions, metaphors, and ideas that recurred within each interview (2) Interview was re-examined in its entirety to identify metaphors, repetitive words as well as similar types of descriptions between interviews and other key themes that emerged from each interview (3) the topics to emerge from the interviews were repeated and re-classified into different categories. All ethical considerations were approved by the ethics committee. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study reveals several insights regarding how school principals interpret the source of an interruption. Principals experience interruptions like other managers as abrupt, unexpected, and extraordinary workflow disruptions with similar cognitive and affective implications to other managers. But Principals consider the source of the interruption in terms of both the interruption event and the stakeholders who generated the event. Stakeholders are evaluated based on their affinity to the principals' core goals. Interruptions by extrinsic stakeholders (not aligned with the core goals) are likely to be considered an interruption. Stakeholders can become differentiated over time; students, teachers, and parents are generally intrinsic stakeholders, whereas the Department of Education is consistently considered an extrinsic stakeholder. At initial perusal, this study seems to follow the same concept, considering stakeholder types as modifiers. However, whereas Puranik views an external interruption source as unchanged, with only the outcome being influenced by the mediator, this study suggests that the interruption event, i.e., the source itself, may be reclassified as not an interruption when there is an alignment between the surprise event and the core goals of the principal. This finding appears to depart from studies that show that events are consistently perceived as interruptions when they have interruption characteristics. The contribution of this study is that it sheds light on how principals evaluate whether an unexpected event is considered an interruption. A principal may not consider an event to be an interruption—even though it has interruption-like characteristics—provided the stakeholder who is the source of the interruption is strongly aligned with the principal’s core goals. References Brixey, J. M., Walji, M., Zhang, J., Johnson, T. R., & Turley, J. P. (2004, June). Proposing a taxonomy and model of interruption. In Proceedings: 6th International Workshop on Enterprise Networking and Computing in Healthcare Industry–Healthcom 2004 (IEEE Cat. No. 04EX842, pp. 184–188). IEEE. Brumby, D. P., Janssen, C. P., & Mark, G. (2019). How do interruptions affect productivity? Rethinking productivity in software engineering, 85-107. Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., & Giardina, M. D. (2006). Disciplining qualitative research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 19(6), 769-782. Hunter, E. M., Clark, M. A., & Carlson, D. S. (2019). Violating work-family boundaries: Reactions to interruptions at work and home. Journal of Management, 45(3), 1284–1308. Jett, Q. R., & George, J. M. (2003). Work interrupted: A closer look at the role of interruptions in organizational life. Academy of Management Review, 28(3), 494–507. Phillipps, D. M. (1991). Interruptibility: A descriptive and analytical study of primary school principals’ administrative performance [Doctoral dissertation, University of New England, (Armidale, New South Wales)]. Poirel, E., & Yvon, F. (2014). School principals' emotional coping process. Canadian Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 37(3), 1-23 Puranik, H., Koopman, J., & Vough, H. C. (2020). Pardon the interruption: An integrative review and future research agenda for research on work interruptions. Journal of Management, 46(6), 806–842. Werner, N. E., & Holden, R. J. (2015). Interruptions in the wild: Development of a sociotechnical systems model of interruptions in the emergency department through a systematic review. Applied Ergonomics, 51, 244–254. Zide, J. S., Mills, M. J., Shahani-Denning, C., & Sweetapple, C. (2017). Work interruptions resiliency: Toward an improved understanding of employee efficiency. Journal of Organizational Effectiveness: People and Performance, 4(1), 39–58. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Being resilient: Case Studies of School Principals to Thrive at Work in China Zhejiang International Studies, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Based on the findings of the Principals Leadership Behaviour Project in two provinces in China, this paper provides empirical evidence from three school principals that contributes to the understanding of the factors that influence the resilience of school principals in their profession. Resilient leadership is one that is able to sustain an organisation or group's competitive advantage over time through its ability to perform two tasks simultaneously: to adapt and adjust effectively to rapid, turbulent change, and to thrive and prosper successfully against current goals (Dartey-Baah, 2015, Robb, 2000; Masten, 2012; Vera et al.,2020). If educational leaders fail to manage adversity, not only will the leaders themselves suffer psychological disorders, but students and teachers will also suffer as a result of the dysfunctional climate for all concerned.
Resilience research has been around for 50 years, but has been greatly intensified in the last 20 years (Förster & Duchek, 2017). The origins of this field of research lie in developmental psychology in the context of children at risk, suggesting that it is the protective factors with the individual, family and community that allow children at risk in adverse living conditions to thrive in their lives (Werner, 1996; Luthar, 1991). After that, resilience in the context of education is widely applied to children and teachers (Luthar, 2015; Beltman, Mansfield & Price, 2011).
Resilience in the context of education has been studied from a number of approaches to its definition. Firstly, resilience is seen as an important psychological trait associated with optimism, perseverance, adaptability, responsibility, courageous decision-making, personal ethical values, personal efficacy, personal well-being, etc. (Bennis, 2007; Lazaridou, 2020; Olmo-Extremera, Townsend and Segovia, 2022), which help individuals to bounce back from the challenges, disappointments and adversities they face. Secondly, resilience is considered as a socially constructed concept that is relative, developmental and dynamic and influenced by contexts or scenarios (Rutter, 1990; Bernard, 2002; Luthar, Cicchetti, & Becker, 2000; Henderson & Milstein, 2003; Gu & Day, 2007; Day, Johansson & Møller, 2011). In this case, resilience develops over time and is influenced by situational and personal factors and determined by individuals’ capacities to manage context-specific factors (Day, Johansson & Møller, 2011; Sarkar and Fletcher, 2014; Rutter, 2006). Apart from the two understandings mentioned above, there is another approach to explore resilient leadership. It is considered as a kind of transformational capability to demonstrate how to use resources (Dartey-Baah, 2015; Teo, Lee & Lim, 2017). Specifically, the capability perspective believes that resilient leadership is the use of social capital and financial, structural or technological resources to achieve the institution's goal so that it can thrive even in the face of adversity. (Vera et al., 2020).
Although the need and importance of resilient leadership is known, only a limited number of empirical studies have involved school principals. Some studies believe that resilience is static and resilient leadership is related to personality traits (Lazaridou & Beka, 2015; Olmo-Extremera, Townsend & Segovia, 2022), while others argue that resilience is dynamic and resilient leaders are influenced by positive and negative circumstances and are able to manage these context-specific factors (Day, Johansson & Møller, 2011). However, there is little evidence on which relevant factors, the trait variables or the context-specific variables, are more justified in Chinese principals and how such variables relate to success in the principalship.
This paper aims to portrait three resilient principals to demonstrate the range of internal and external protective factors impacting on leaders’ work which, together contribute to exercise leadership that resilience plays in enabling them to thrive, flourish and sustain their effectiveness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Principals Leadership Behaviour Project is an ongoing qualitative study involving 115 principals in two provinces in eastern China. The study was conducted in two phases. In the first phase, a total of 103 principals were interviewed in 11 counties of Fujian Province, including 33 principals whom we visited and interviewed in their schools and 70 principals whom we interviewed in focus groups. The second phase, currently underway, has so far visited 5 schools and interviewed 12 school leaders in three counties in Zhejiang province. The interviews mainly focus on the professional work of principals, including challenges and solutions at work, the role and values of principals, school leadership, etc. During each interview, with the consent of the interviewee, recordings were made and automatically transcribed at the same time. An initial memo and summary were written immediately after each school visit or headteacher interview. Drawing on data from the above-mentioned research project, this paper aims to explore how some school leaders are resilient to thrive in their daily work and profession. 1) Three characteristics of resilient leadership (inner motivation, academic optimism and courage to change) were summarized by reviewing the literature on resilient leadership. 2) The three characteristics are compared with the interview data in an attempt to identify resilient school leaders. Finally, three headteachers are identified, and the details can be found in Table 1. Table 1 profile of three headteachers Principals Gender Working years as a headteacher Teaching subject School location A Male 30 Chinese county B Female 18 English city C Male 5 Art village I then searched for them and their schools online and tried to find more information. I also arranged a second interview based on the following questions. 1) What difficulties or challenges are you facing or have faced and how do you deal with them? 2) What motivates you to make such a contribution? 3) What are your educational values and beliefs? Do you put those values and beliefs into practice? Constant comparative method was used to compare data from two interviews, memos and summaries and online news, and three storylines were emerged after coding and categorising. Finally, three stories were written with the subtitles of "Principal A-a retiring principal: turning days into decades with a vocational calling", "Principal B-a female principal: chasing for high standards of change with a global eye", "Principal C-a rising star: 'methods are always more than difficulties'". Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Resilience plays a key role in helping principals become successful school leaders, and that trait factors contributes more to influencing resilience than contextual ones for three participants. Firstly, intrinsic motivation combined with resilient leadership underpins the steadfastness of them. The three participants consistently responded with one word, 'interesting', when asked about their work motivation as headteachers. In other words, to persevere over a long professional life requires considerable intellectual and emotional commitment (Palmer, 2017). Secondly, self-demand associated with resilient leadership generates the pursuit of excellence and success in school. The high self-demands are illustrated by three participants with different stories. As mentioned by Day (2014), leading at your best over time requires everyday resilience, which includes 'toughness', resolute persistence, hope and commitment. Thirdly, change is accompanied by resilient leadership that puts the headteacher's educational beliefs into practice. The principals made full use of local materials, resources and relationships to specialise their school, and they also combined their professional strengths to revitalise the school environment. The study also found that contextual factors had a limited impact on the resilience of the participants. For example, Principal C, who works in a village primary school, expressed that he sees few difficulties as he believes that there are always solutions as long as one wants to make a difference. The findings differ from those of Gu and Day (2007), who focused on how balance is achieved in personal, situational and professional scenarios. They suggest that the more extreme the context, the more energy an individual needed to cope, and the more likely it was to test their resilience. However, based on the research, headteachers do not simply adapt to their work; instead, they thrive by actualising their beliefs through their positional power, regardless of the context, whether it presents an opportunity or adversity. References Beltman, S., Mansfield, C., & Price, A. (2011). Thriving not just surviving: A review of research on teacher resilience. Educational research review, 6(3), 185-207. Benard, B. (2002). Applications of resilience: Possibilities and promise (pp. 269-277). Springer US. Bennis, W. (2007). The challenges of leadership in the modern world: Introduction to the special issue. American psychologist, 62(1), 2. Dartey-Baah, K. (2015). Resilient leadership: A transformational-transactional leadership mix. Journal of Global Responsibility, 6(1), 99-112. Day, C. (2014). Resilient principals in challenging schools: The courage and costs of conviction. Teachers and Teaching, 20(5), 638-654. Day, C., Johansson, O., & Møller, J. (2011). Sustaining improvements in student learning and achievement: The importance of resilience in leadership. How school principals sustain success over time: International perspectives, 167-181. Förster, C., & Duchek, S. (2017). What makes leaders resilient? An exploratory interview study. German Journal of Human Resource Management, 31(4), 281-306. Gu, Q., & Day, C. (2007). Teachers resilience: A necessary condition for effectiveness. Teaching and Teacher education, 23(8), 1302-1316. Lazaridou, A. (2020). Personality and resilience characteristics of preschool principals: an iterative study. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(1), 29-46. Luthar, S. S. (1991). Vulnerability and resilience: A study of high‐risk adolescents. Child development, 62(3), 600-616. Masten, A. S. (2012). Resilience in individual development: Successful adaptation despite risk and adversity. In Educational resilience in inner-city America (pp. 3-25). Routledge. Olmo-Extremera, M., Townsend, A., & Domingo Segovia, J. (2022). Resilient leadership in principals: case studies of challenged schools in Spain. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-20. Palmer, P. J. (2017). The courage to teach: Exploring the inner landscape of a teacher's life. John Wiley & Sons. Rutter, M. (1987). Psychosocial resilience and protective mechanisms. American journal of orthopsychiatry, 57(3), 316-331. Sarkar, M., & Fletcher, D. (2014). Ordinary magic, extraordinary performance: Psychological resilience and thriving in high achievers. Sport, Exercise, and Performance Psychology, 3 (1), 46–60. Teo, W. L., Lee, M., & Lim, W. S. (2017). The relational activation of resilience model: How leadership activates resilience in an organizational crisis. Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management, 25(3), 136-147. Vera, D., Samba, C., Kong, D. T., & Maldonado, T. (2020). Resilience as thriving: The role of positive leadership practices. Organizational dynamics. Werner, E. E. (1996). Vulnerable but invincible: High risk children from birth to adulthood. European child & adolescent psychiatry, 5, 47-51. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Relational Vulnerability and Trust in School Leadership Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Trust is crucial in many areas and levels of society. School is a place for children and students’ learning that promotes personal development to become active, creative and responsible individuals and citizens. Trust between principals and teachers is important regarding collaboration, professional learning and the quality of teaching. Results from various international studies suggest that the interaction between the principal and teachers and the teachers' trust in the principal is closely connected to a school climate that is favorable to students' learning (Price, 2015; Tschannen-Moran & Gareis, 2015).
Trust is crucial for leadership. It is a part of caring for and loving of others, and the way a leader use experience, imagination and empathy that makes life of the other person as eliberating as possible (Løgstrup, 1994, 2007). To create trust is not only something for the other person, rather trust in a relationship makes it possible for both lives to flourish. This is also the case in a principal-teacher relation. To show trust is to completely open oneself up (Løgstrup, 1994) and contains a willingness to make yourself vulnerable for the other and to take a risk, believing, that the other will meet your needs (Blom, 2022; Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 2000; Løgstrup, 1994).
Vulnerability has an important role in a trusting relation and to be open in contributing to the life of the other. This natural vulnerability and responsiveness to one another is an important part of leading in schools, for example in collaborations, professional learning and teaching. Relational vulnerability can be understood as the “intrinsic ability of humans to be open to their experiences, reflect upon their physical and mental states of existence, and navigate their lives” (Satama, Garcia-Lorenzo & Seeck, 2023, p. 4).
Vulnerability can be seen as both positive and negative, but is traditionally understood as being related to weakness, dependency, and powerlessness (Gilson, 2014). Positive vulnerability can be seen in the willingness to be honest and open to learning by accepting our not knowing everything and the possibility of being wrong (Mayer, La Fevre & Robinsson, 2017). As Gilson (2014) states “epistemic vulnerability is what makes learning, and thus a reduction of ignorance, possible” (p. 93). Negative vulnerability can for example be the possibility of embarrassment, emotional pain or feelings of powerlessness, which can result in defensive or ineffective behavior (Lasky, 2005). This affects the trusting relationship between a principal and teacher and may cause negative consequences on students learning. Leaders and those who hold positional power need to model the courage it takes to confront and discuss difficult issues, especially if these can evoke emotional reactions (Mayer, La Fevre & Robinsson, 2017). For principals this can be issues regarding the cooperation within the school, professional learning and school development. Thus, this includes that vulnerability is also about being sensitive and responsive towards the other. The notion of vulnerability is important when thinking about how leaders can build more trusting relationships (Mayer et.al., 2017). Previous research focuses on the broader concept of trust and this study aims at examining how school leaders and teachers think about relational vulnerability and how it manifests in their everyday school life.
Purpose The purpose of the study is to examine how principals show vulnerability and responsiveness in their leadership in schools as a part of trust, with a particular focus on the principal-teacher relationship.
Research questions How do principals describe their actions that involve vulnerability and responsiveness to other persons? What are the possible reasons for principals’ willingness to be vulnerable to others? How do teachers experience principals’ actions in regards to vulnerability and responsiveness? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study has a qualitative approach. Principals will be in-depth interviewed about how they show vulnerability and responsiveness in their everyday leadership. From an interpersonal perspective and to gain a greater understanding about principals’ leadership, teachers will also be interviewed. It is necessary to take into account both the actions of the leader and the receptivity of the other. Using qualitative analysis, focus is to explore the meaning in the participants descriptions (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2014). Løgstrup’s (1994) theory of the ethical demand and his view on trust will be used to achieve a deeper analysis. Interviews will be conducted with 5-10 principals and 5-10 teachers. The study will focus on schools with students at the age of approximately 13-15 years old and in small to large schools with a number of 300 – 600 students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research aims to contribute to a greater understanding of vulnerability and the concept of trust in principals’ everyday leadership and to further research. Results will be communicated through publications in peer-reviewed journals and presentations at research conferences. While it is difficult to determine prior to data collection, expected outcomes from the interviews with principals and teachers will hopefully contribute to a deeper understanding of the concept of trust and vulnerability. This will perhaps further give an opportunity to explore what may enable and constrain vulnerability and trust in leadership and what attitude that lays behind the way principals lead. References Blom, T. (2022). Time for trust:Critical moments in principals´everyday work. Karlstad University Studies. https://www.divaportal.org/smash/get/diva2:1653929/FULLTEXT01.pdf Gilson, E. C. 2014. Beyond Bounded Selves and Places: The Relational Making of Vulnerability and Security. Journal of the British Society for Phenomenology 49 (3): 229–242. Hoy, W.K. & Tschannen-Moran, M. (2000). A multidisciplinary analysis of the nature, meaning, and measurement of trust. Review of Educational Research. 70(4) 547-593 Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun (3 uppl.). Studentlitteratur. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and Teacher Education 21(8) 899-916, doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003. Løgstrup, K. E. (1994). Det etiska kravet. Daidalos. (Original 1956) Løgstrup, K. E. (2007). Beyond the Ethical Demand. University of Notre Dame Press. Meyer, F., Le Fevre, D.M. and Robinson, V.M.J. (2017). How leaders communicate their vulnerability: implications for trust building, International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 31 No. 2, pp. 221-235. https://doi-org.bibproxy.kau.se/10.1108/IJEM-11-2015-0150 Price, H. E. (2015). Principals’ social interactions with teachers. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(1), 116-139. https://doi.org/10.1108/jea- 02-2014-0023 Satama, S., & Seeck, H., & Garcia-Lorenzo, L. (2023): Embracing relational vulnerabilities at the top: a study of managerial identity work amidst the insecurities of the self, Culture and Organization, DOI: 10.1080/14759551.2023.2291696 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Gareis, C. (2015). Faculty trust in the principal: an essential ingredient in high-performing schools. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(1), 66-92. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2014-0024 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 09 A: Connecting with Cypriot Research in Didactics Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Anke Wegner Round Table |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Panel Discussion Round table: Connecting with Cypriot Research in Didactics Universität Trier, Germany Presenting Author:The round table invites everyone to discuss research in didactics with colleagues from the host country. Four papers will be presented: Irene Drymiotou: Promoting Open Schooling: Partnerships Between Schools, Academia, the Community, and Industry for Science Learning Kyriakos Demetriou: Teachers and students co-creating short animation films for the promotion of the values of inclusion Agni Stylianou-Georgiou: XILOMATA: Deconstructing art and reconstructing multimodal spaces for embodied inquiry in an art gallery Agni Stylianou-Georgiou, Maria Hadjianastasi, Maria Vrikki: Fostering social perspective taking through dialogue and ‘radiant reading’ of wordless short animated films. References ... Chair Wegner Anke |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 09 A: How Can Schooling, Teacher Agency and Inclusion be Reimagined and Operationalised as Hopeful Practices for Plural, Sustainable and Participatory Futures? Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stephen Chatelier Panel Discussion |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Panel Discussion How Can Schooling, Teacher Agency and Inclusion be Reimagined and Operationalised as Hopeful Practices for Plural, Sustainable and Participatory Futures? 1NHL Stenden University of, Netherlands, The; 2University of Sterling, Scotland Presenting Author:This Panel engages the question: How can schooling, teacher agency and inclusion be reimagined and operationalised as hopeful practices for plural, sustainable and participatory futures? Within the field of education, there is growing interest in futures discourses. Issues including the future of the planet, the opportunities and fears presented by technological developments in AI, and rising nationalisms have resulted in speculation on the future of education and its role in global society. A recent example is UNESCO’s “Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education” report (2021). While education does aim to offer responses to societal crises, as a field it is arguably ‘subsumed under a market logic that prioritizes the development of human capital and economic growth’ (Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022, p.3). As such, its orientation towards the future is too often considered to be a ‘known territory to be mapped and conquered and fought over’ (Facer, 2016, p. 70) resulting in little more than perpetuating a crisis-ridden status quo. Through this panel, we wish to (re)orient ourselves, together with others, in relation to the field of education and to society more broadly by offering ways of being, thinking and doing that ‘not only help reveal structures and systems of violence, exploitation and domination’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 85), but also by supporting ‘people’s capacity to imagine and forge paths beyond them’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 85). To this end, we reimagine the concepts of schooling, teacher agency and inclusion, and the practices that underpin them. Through perspectives centered around plurality, participation and sustainability we wish to create ‘a space where an awareness of difference can lead to new ideas, alliances, solidarities and possibilities’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 244). The first project presents a reimagined perspective on schooling via a research study conducted in 2024 with a group of about 40 educators in various roles, with different levels of experience and located in diverse contexts across the globe. They applied utopia as method, a speculative and imaginative practice that goes beyond critical scholarship and requires ontological inquiry and direct action (see Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022), in order to generate a shared imagination of a genuinely alternative future for schooling that is better equipped to respond to society’s most pressing challenges. The second project focuses on reimagining teacher agency. A recent research project, rooted in Actor-Network-Theory (Latour, 2005), shows how teacher agency is entangled with and often restricted by the agency of things (Oosterhoff et al, 2023). Human agency, decision making and taking action, ‘cannot be realized without an in-depth understanding of education “in its becoming”, as it unfolds and emerges’ as complex more-than-human practices (Gourlay, 2021, p. 165). This study supports educational professionals in gaining insight into the influence of objects in action that shape their profession. Through this insight, they develop a wider sense of response-ability that helps them to critically navigate increasingly complex educational practices. The third project focuses on inclusive educational practices that are driven by a pedagogy of hope, or, in the words of Webb (2019): pedagogical tact for alternative futures. Ten teacher trainers with leadership roles and expertise in pedagogy participated in a phenomenological study (Middendorp, 2015; Van Manen, 2014) wherein they used the mirror letter as a phenomenological method (Middendorp 2015, 2023) to investigate their experiences with and perspectives on hope in inclusive practices. The mirror letter creates awareness of one's (inclusive) actions and helps to make explicit values of individuals and communities. This Panel offers opportunities to discuss educational practices, and propose ways of thinking and doing that help offset dominant powers, whilst embracing complexity and uncertainty. References Facer, K (2016). Using the future in education: creating space for openness, hope and novelty. In Lees, H.E. & Noddings, N. (Eds.), The Palgrave international handbook of alternative education (pp. 63–78). Palgrave. Gourlay, L. 2021. Posthumanism and the Digital University: Texts, Bodies and Materialities. Bloomsbury Academic. Haiven, M. & Khasnabish, A. (2014). The radical imagination. Fernwood Publishing. Latour, B. 2005. Reassembling the Social. An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Manen, M. van (2014). Phenomenology of Practice Meaning-Giving Methods. In Phenomenological Research and Writing. Left Coast Press. Middendorp, J. (2015). Relatie voor leer-kracht Pedagogisch tactvol handelen van leerkrachten in het basisonderwijs. De Weijer Uitgeverij. Middendorp, J. (2023). Een hoopvolle toekomst. Hoe dan? (Inaugurele rede) Oosterhoff, A., Thompson, T.L., Oenema-Mostert, I., & Minnaert, A. (2023). En/countering the doings of standards in Early Childhood education. Drawing on Actor-Network Theory to trace enactments of and resistances to emerging sociomaterial assemblages. Journal of Education Policy. DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2022.2161639. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707 Van dermijnsbrugge, E. & Chatelier, S. (2022). Utopia as method: A response to education in crisis? Asia Pacific Journal of Education. DOI: 10.1080/02188791.2022.2031870 Webb, D. (2019). Utopian pedagogy: possibilities and limitations Hope, Utopia and creativity in higher education: pedagogical tactics for alternative futures, by Craig Hammond (book review) Pedagogy, Culture, & Society Volume 27, issue 3, p. 481 484. Chair Stephen Chatelier schatelier@unimelb.edu.au University of Melbourne, Australia |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 09 B: Sociologies of the Future in Everyday Educational Contexts Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Louise Phillips Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Sociology of the Future(s) in Small Schools 1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2INDIRE, Italy Presenting Author:Temporality and its conceptions are fundamental to educational discourse, policy, and practices. More specifically, education is often and ubiquitously put about a specific kind of temporality, i.e., the future and ideas about possible and/or (un)desirable futures (e.g., Arendt, 1954). While (the concept of) future is often put in relation to education in rhetorical, tokenistic, or even instrumental ways, there are indeed different aspects of this bond that have been recognized and analyzed from diverse ontological and epistemological perspectives. For instance, we may think about how education will look like in the future, how it concurs in building the future or how it prepares students for the future, on the other hand, we may invert the relationship and ask ourselves how ideas and attitudes towards the future affect educational thinking, practices, and policies today. Here, for instance, ideas about technology and their role in future societal settings – so-called sociotechnical imageries (Jasanoff and Kim, 2013) – inform and define present discourses, practices and policies pertaining to education. This often happens in normative, preparative, or even speculative ways. In fact, as Facer (2021) summarizes, in the educational sector ‘the future’ can be subject to many diverse activities following heterogeneous aims: prediction, imagination, speculation, (adaptive or agentic) preparation, critique, emancipation, suspension, reflection and even repair. These activities, and the effects they induce upon present and future schooling, also depend upon which actors (students, teachers, policymakers, tech companies, financial speculators), interests (pedagogical, economic, political, … ), and generations participate in the construction of specific ideas, attitudes and conceptions of the future, but also upon how near or far the imagined future may be conceived. In this paper, we are interested in discussing and confronting educational futures (and of futures in education) of small and rural schools. Education and educational practices are always embedded within broader territorial systems that define geographically specific needs, desires, constraints and grammar of school. Subsequently, educational conceptions of the future – and their influences and effects on the present – may also vary depending on territorial differences and specificities (Boix et al., 2015). Small and rural schools have specific features, needs, and grammar of school when compared with bigger schools in urban areas, for instance, regarding student numerosity and heterogeneity, classroom organisation or integration with other territorial actors and institutions. In this regard, one of the many questions arising is where, for which areas, and with which consequences educational futures are imagined, perceived, produced, built, or speculated upon. By drawing on the current interest in the future in sociology (see the special issue in Sociological Review, 2016; New Media and Society, 2021; Qualitative Inquiry, 2022; Levitas, 2013; Urry, 2016) and on the ongoing investigation in small schools in Italy resulting from a collaboration between CNR-IRPPS and INDIRE, we will present social imageries of small schools emerging from participatory research with three schools aiming at stimulate bottom-up projects that makes operational the idea of the school as a learning hub. Our idea is to propose to work with the concept of ‘school as learning hub’ as a possible future scenario of the future grammar of the school in well-known OCDE scenarios of schooling to understand: a) how the idea of ‘school as learning hub’ may give a name to their schooling practices, and act as concrete (what could or ought to be), an abstract (core principles to engage critically with the present), or latent future (future in the making, but yet to materialise) (Halford & Southerton, 2023) for the three cases; c) to what extent this exercise of the future may help small schools stimulate their singularity and creativity in a bottom-up way. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since the pandemic, CNR-IRPPS and INDIRE has started a joint program of research on the school of the future: a) the first investigation concerned the adaptation of Latour’s inventory and led to a report called ‘La scuola che verrà’ (School yet to come) (CNR-IRPPS & INDIRE 2021); b) the second investigation is regarding OCDE’s Scenario of the School Future (202x) in three pilot schools. This presentation focuses on the scenario of ‘School as a Learning Hub, proposed by the OECD, is defined as follows: '...Open school walls, connect schools to their communities, foster ever-changing forms of learning, civic engagement and social innovation'. In a perspective of collaboration with schools and with the actors of the educational community, a research protocol is framed in a participatory pilot research design, in which research activities alternate with educational activities that will involve managers, teachers, students and actors of the context in which the school operates. For this purpose, the small schools included in the path will be called to organise '7 days on the future of small schools'. In seven days, the schools involved will be invited to think, narrate, and rethink, using the idea of the school as a learning hub as a guideline. Leveraging the combination of inventive methods for social research and 'traditional' qualitative techniques (such as semi-structured interviews and focus groups), the seven days on the futures of small schools will create a path of reconnaissance-participatory research and co-codesign. The route includes a) the creation of a school-territory group (teachers, parents, students, outsiders, etc.); b) the involvement of the school and the territory through digital storytelling (or video-participatory); c) the development of projects to give shape to the school as a learning hub. Three cases in the country's North and South have been selected through an open call oriented to schools that could give information on some of the characteristics of the definition of ‘School as Learning Hub.’ The open call circulated in the ‘Movement of Small Schools’ list, a movement supported by INDIRE, including small and rural schools. ‘Small schools’ here regard schools in rural and suburban areas, often at risk of closure or aggregation to bigger schools. In Italy, school policy implicitly considers schools of big cities as the dominant model. Accordingly, small schools are seen as exceptional or peripheral. Nevertheless, there are not a few small schools numerically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research intends to map the practices, experiences and organisational processes that can be approached to the concept of ‘school as a learning hub’ and to intercept their local translations, possibly enriching the concept. Through a phase of creative-participatory research focused on developing video stories developed by the school-territory group, it is intended to encourage small schools to be involved in processes of self-narration and self-reflection oriented to a definition from below of the concept of School as a Learning Hub. Secondly, through the experiences narrated and the reflections, we intend to illustrate how schools live in multiple temporalities that escape the simple and dominant linear past-present-future logic. In that sense, we expect to describe multiple forms of futures at the stake. Finally, we want to illustrate how methods matter in studying educational futures. Deterministic and positivist orientations risk limiting the mapping of future-making activities. Engaging in new methods helps silent or marginal voices to be heard in the public debate. A participatory approach may permit the voices of small schools to be considered and not made peripheral in dominant discourses that reinforce the vision of the school’s future as taken for granted. References Arendt, H. (1954). The crisis in education. Between past and future. Six exercises in political thought. Boix, R., Champollion, P., & Duarte, A. M. (2015). Territorial specificities of teaching and learning. Sisyphus—Journal of Education, 3(2), 7-11. Facer, K. (2021). Futures in education: Towards an ethical practice, UNESCO. Halford, S., & Southerton, D. (2023). What Future for the Sociology of Futures? Visions, Concepts and Methods. Sociology. https://doi.org/10.1177/00380385231157586 Jasanoff, S., & Kim, S. H. (2013). Sociotechnical imaginaries and national energy policies. Science as culture, 22(2), 189-196. Levitas R (2013) Utopia as Method: The Imaginary Reconstitution of Society. London: Palgrave Macmillan Lupton D and Watson A (2022) Research-creations for speculating about digitized automation: Bringing creative writing prompts and vital materialism into the Sociology of futures. Qualitative Inquiry 28(7): 754–766. Markham A (2021) The limits of the imaginary: Challenge to intervening in future speculations of memory, data and algorithms. New Media and Society 23(2): 382–405. Pink S (2022) Methods for researching automated futures. Qualitative Inquiry 28(7): 747–753. Poli R (2017) Introduction to Anticipation Studies. New York, NY: Springer. Urry J (2016) What Is the Future? Cambridge: Polity 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Being Present (Past and Future): The Salience of Time for LGBT Teachers within UK Schools Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Schools in the UK are currently at a disjuncture with regards to LGBT inclusion. In England, ‘LGBT content’ has been added to the curriculum for Relationships and Sex Education (RSE). Within this, government advice is tenuous, with notions of age appropriateness and parental consultations dominating guidance. These polices are also framed within a neoliberal climate, where structural inequalities are masked, and individualised solutions are favoured (Woolley, 2017). The resulting implementation of LGBT practices, and policies has been variable, both within and between schools (Llewellyn & Reynolds 2021). This picture sits alongside a rise in opposition to LGBT inclusion in schools (Nash & Brown, 2021). In light of these contending notions, it is important to be sceptical of universal and linear narratives of progress which permeate modernity (Brown, 2001), education and research (Facer, 2023). However, linear narratives are only one of several possible “temporal framings” (Lazar, 2019) that are experienced. Indeed, education itself is often caught between competing conceptions of progress and conservatism. Both advocate a desired future, but each has a different relationship to the past, the former to discard and the second to preserve (Decuypere & Maarten, 2020). These ideas are adjoined to discourses of the desired child through a projected future (Lesko & Talburt, 2012). Arguably, nowhere are the lines between progress and conservativism more keenly drawn than with regards to LGBT inclusion in schools. Within this, conceptions of the desired child are used to advocate for, and notably against, LGBT inclusion. The moral rhetoric of “let kids be kids” (Bialystok & Wright, 2019) regularly appears in campaigns against LGBT inclusion, which can be seen more globally. One group of people who are at the centre of these contestations are LGBT teachers, who are, to some extent, living their identities, and responding to the presence (or absence) of LGBT within their workplace. Identity formation in general has a relationship to time (du Gay, 2007). For teachers, they operate with the present, yet their work is centred around educational narratives of progress, and of their children’s future. However, teachers have a relationship to schooling through their own experiences, thus there is a recollected past that may impact their practices, perceptions, and identity formation. More broadly, for any individual, a “perception of their past, present and especially their future(s), is inextricably connected to psychological well-being” (Clancy, 2014, p. 36). For LGBT teachers temporalities have even more significance, as often their own schooling has been harmful. UK schools have historically operated a homophobic relationship to LGBT content and people, with particular significance placed upon the legacy of Section 28 - this stated local authorities shall not “intentionally promote homosexuality” (DES, 1988). The impact of Section 28 has arguably led to decades of silence around sexuality in UK schools. Whilst present day schools may be less overtly homophobic, the inclusion of LGBT content, and treatment of LGBT people is variable, with emphasis often placed upon antibullying strategies, which construct a limiting victim narrative (Monk, 2011). Within this, schools are places that overwhelmingly reproduce heteronormativity; therefore, it is possible, LGBT inclusion is largely present through a “discourse of accommodation” (Omercajic and Martino, 2020). Alongside this, ‘LGBT people’ are also bounded by narratives of inevitable progress. This is demonstrated through public discourses such as the “it gets better” campaign, launched in 2010 in the US, and popularised through celebrities and online video content (West et al. 2013). Whilst these videos offer examples of hope and resistance, it is also possible that that they create a singular hero narrative, that streamlines an acceptable LGBT experience. Again, there is a separation into hero and victim. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This article thus asks, what is the work done by dominant narratives of time and progress, when LGBT teachers begin to experience LGBT inclusion in (heteronormative) schools. Furthermore, what does this mean within a neoliberal education system where there is expectation upon the entrepreneurial self, and structural inequalities are concealed (Woolley, 2017). This discursive study aligns to feminist standpoint theory, where personal experiences are foregrounded and positioned as “the starting point in the production of knowledge about the structures that perpetuate privilege” (Neary, 2013, p. 587). Hence, to explore these ideas, the article draws from data with 50 LGBT teachers past and present, who conducted individual online interviews during July and August of 2020. Teachers were recruited via social networks, through a combination of targeted, snowball, and respondent-driven sampling, which is commonplace in critical LGBT research (Bell, 1997). The online interview topics were broad in scope, but purposefully active (Holstein & Gubrium, 2004). Hence, there was some attempt to disrupt any asymmetrical interview relationship. Interviews lasted on average for 67 minutes. Intended topic areas included: being out or not; inclusion; the participants role; school curriculums and change. Further topics that arose included: being a parent; Section 28 and intersectionality. All interviews were audio recorded and transcribed. Conceptions of time was not a specific question, but instead a salient theme that arose from the analysis. This analysis was conducted through multiple readings and immersion in the data. Moreover, there was a movement between codes and interviews, thus avoiding fragmentation of the data (Hollway & Jefferson). A further level of reflexivity was employed as, to some extent, I was an insider within the project, being both LGBT and a former schoolteacher. Each participant was given consent forms, privacy notices and information sheets – they were informed of their rights to withdraw from the project at any stage, The research was also given ethical approval by my institution. The 50 participants varied in age experience, gender, phase, and teaching role. The majority taught in English schools, six in Scottish schools, three had experience of teaching in Wales and two had experience in Northern Ireland. The majority identified as homosexual (gay/lesbian) with some preferring queer, with a small number as bi/pansexual; four identified as non-binary and/or trans. The vast majority were white British or Irish, whilst a small number identified themselves with further intersectional categories, such as disability, ethnicity, and religion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, I demonstrate that notions of linear and singular time, and an inevitable progress, are vital to the present neoliberal project of LGBT inclusion – however they are also problematic, regulating and restricting. Specifically, for LGBT teachers it is the relationship to the past and future that drives and justifies their conception of inclusion. Namely, that their work on LGBT inclusion is able to fix their harmful pasts and simultaneously project a more hopeful future for their students. However, these past experiences are not readily acknowledged within school communities or institutions. Instead, the LGBT teacher is expected to use their knowledge and wisdom yet be neutral. This can lead to uneven practices and expectations in schools, where the LGBT teacher is often the “gay tsar” yet also experiences added emotional labour (Llewellyn, 2023). Throughout this, expectations of the professional neoliberal teacher are embedded. These findings reflect that “temporal frames that disconnect narratives of the future from stories of the past are a prime source of conflict around the world” (Facer, 2020, p. 61). The highlighting of LGBT teachers (and LGBT content) is novel within research concerning temporalities. Moreover, these findings are important as for LGBT inclusion in schools to succeed, there needs to be a reconsideration of the relationships with time, and with the allure of an ‘inevitable’ progress. Furthermore, that neither time nor teachers are neutral in their practices, and this has consequences for all, including schools and LGBT practices. There are particular consequences for LGBT teachers who are caught within projects of temporalities, and within expectations of the neoliberal self. References Bialystok, L., & Wright, J. (2019). ‘Just say no’: Public dissent over sexuality education and the Canadian national imaginary. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(3), 343–357. Bell, D. (1997). Sex lives and audiotape: Geography, sexuality and undergraduate dissertations. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 21(3), 411–417. Brown, W. (2001). Politics out of history. Princeton. Clancy, C. (2014). The Politics of Temporality: Autonomy, Temporal Spaces and Resoluteness. Time & Society, 23(1), 28–48 Decuypere, M. & Maarten, S. (2020). Pasts and futures that keep the possible alive: Reflections on time, space, education and governing, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 640-652, Du Gay, P. 2007. Organizing identity: Persons and organizations after theory. Sage. Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), 60-66 Hollway, W., & Jefferson, T. (2000). Doing qualitative research differently: Free association, narrative and the interview method. Sage. Holstein, J., & Gubrium, J. F. (2003). Active interviewing. In J. Holstein & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Postmodern Interviewing (pp. 67-80). Sage. Lazar, N. C. (2019). Out of joint: Power, crisis, and the rhetoric of time. Yale. Lesko, N., & Talburt, S. (2012). Enchantment. In N. Lesko & S. Talburt (Eds.), Keywords in youth studies: Tracing affects, movements, knowledges (pp. 279–289). Routledge. Llewellyn, A. & Reynolds, K. (2021). Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: Narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools. Sex Education, 21(1), 13-26. Llewellyn, A. (2023). “Because I live it.”: LGB teacher identities, as professional, personal, and political. Frontiers in Education. 8, 1-12 Monk, D. (2011). Challenging homophobic bullying in schools: The politics of progress. International Journal of Law in Context, 7, 181–207. Nash, C. J. & Browne, K. (2021). Resisting the mainstreaming of LGBT equalities in Canadian and British Schools: Sex education and trans school friends. EPC: Politics and Space, 39(1), 74-93. Neary, A. (2013). Lesbian and gay teachers’ experiences of ‘coming out’ in Irish schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(4), 583-602. Omercjic, K., & Martino, W. (2020). Supporting transgender inclusion and gender diversity in schools: A critical policy analysis. Frontiers in Sociology, 5, 27. West, I., Frischherz M., Panther, A., & Brophy, R. (2013). Queer worldmaking in the “It Gets Better” campaign. QED: a journal in GLBTQ worldmaking 1, 49-86 Woolley, S. W. (2017). Contesting silence, claiming space: Gender and sexuality in the neo-liberal public high school. Gender and Education, 29(1), 84-99. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 29 SES 09 A JS: JS NW29 & NW30. Arts and environment in educational research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 30. Full details in 29 SES 09 A JS |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Imagination Agents: Pedagogy for Imagination, Metacognition and Agency, driven by Environmental Concern 1University of Dundee, United Kingdom; 2Queen Margaret University, United Kingdom; 3Newcastle University; 4Glasgow University Presenting Author:This paper explores the implementation of and findings from Imagination Agents, a mixed-methods case-study, funded by a Royal Society of Arts Catalyst grant. This took place in an inner-city, Glasgow secondary school, with young people aged 12-13. The approach taken was intended to be ‘grassroots’ in addressing local, environmental degradation and issues relating to young people’s sense of agency. The project was co-created by researchers, parents, artists, artist-researchers, teachers and to a lesser extent, by the young people themselves. The conceptual foundation for the project was grounded in a flexible hypothesis that imagination enables the necessary originality for creativity, enabling learners to construct personal understandings of their own learning which equate to metacognition, with this enabling the self-awareness and confidence for personal and in turn, social/democratic agency. We propose that, life in a posthuman (Braidotti, 2013) world where we are living with a ‘convergent crisis’ of complex issues, necessitates the creation of new understandings, which can be produced through the application of imagination and agency, towards the conceptualisation and facilitation of positive change. Such change is more likely to be sustained if it emerges from and is meaningful within its relevant communities. Supporting learners to develop imagination and understand it metacognitively can result in personal agency which better-equips them as participants within and activators of healthy environments.
While highly regarded in arts education contexts, imagination is often perceived to be some kind of magical force, implying that it is unlearnable and unteachable. Based on Burns’ (2022) models of cognitive/metacognitive imagination and on Atkinson’s (2017) notion of ‘the force of art’ as enabling possibilities for new worlds, we investigated how to support young people’s imagination and agency in relation to their local environment. Artists and researchers, some of whom were also parents of young people within the school, developed conceptual models of imagination (Burns 2022) and agency (Priestly et al. 2015) into highly visual, self-completion ‘handbooks’ which acted as ‘catalytic tools’ (Baumfield et. al., 2009) in simultaneously supporting pedagogy and data production. Pedagogically, they provided an artistic space which complemented artist-led activities to encourage metacognition of imagination and agency. In terms of research, the handbooks enabled the visualisation of participant’s often tacit, reflective understandings of imagination and agency in relation to artist-led activities, allowing researchers to gain process-insights into participant’s developing imaginative, cognitive and metacognitive capacities. The application of the models within axial, visual, evaluation tools, enabled a quantitative reporting of impact which is less-usual in art-based projects and could be considered as a means of measuring imagination. We discuss the potential relevance and ethical implications of this within neoliberal contexts for art education. By combining young people’s self-reports with teacher, artist and researcher journal entries, this paper also reflects on how and to what extent the project was successful in supporting imagination and agency. The authors conclude that there was a positive impact but that this was hindered by multiple challenges inherent within the school environment. We go on to ask whether this school and by extension, others, are currently equipped, philosophically and practically, to support imagination and agency, discussing the implications of this for positive, social and environmental transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Action Research resulted in the production of a mixed methods, case study. Findings emerging from the perspectives of ten young people, two teachers, two artists and four researchers, was triangulated and cohered through a thematic analysis. Teachers, artist educators and researchers produced reflective journals, shared by email as data. This was used to generate the pedagogic content of subsequent research cycles, along with young people’s responses captured within visual research tools. The research incorporated artist-produced research tools, constructed in collaboration with teachers, embedded within the pedagogy and aligned with the artistic focus of the project, along with the collective journal, practitioner diaries, researcher observation, photographic and video documentation of the action research cycles. Research tools were often ‘catalytic’ and pedagogical, engaging learners in self-reflective processes which helped them to develop their understanding of their own learning while simultaneously providing data. Research tools for capturing the development of imagination were based on cognitive and metacognitive, theoretical models of imagination, produced by Burns (2022). In part, the project aimed to develop and trial these tools, designed to provide insight, for researchers and participants, into young people’s metacognition, particularly in relation to their developing imagination and agency. We intended, by working in this way with these ‘catalytic tools’ (Baumfield et al. 2009) and using art-based pedagogies which are designed to nurture autonomy, to blur the edges of where the research begins and ends and the distinctions between researcher and the ‘researched’, in a pedagogic setting which attempted to remove the hierarchical role of adults as ‘experts’ and encouraged the democratic and collaborative pursuit of emergent learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Rather than seeing the art- based pedagogy as a ‘product’, ready for transfer to other schools and areas, we sought to understand what made the work successful and sustainable. We will attempt to identify factors which enable, or hinder, high quality, grass-roots development which has art and environmental regeneration as a subject focus but seeks to develop imagination, agency and democratic participation within a grand vision of sustainability and positive transformation. This learning should provide transferable knowledge which will enable us to develop relationships with further schools, in different areas, to undertake related projects which are relevant to their specific, self-identified needs. Ultimately, we aspire to enabling a network of schools, engaged in grass-roots activities which enable students to transform themselves and influence their local environments. Currently at the stage of data analysis, we are able to speculate that many/most of the young people developed imagination, agency, metacognitive understanding and metacognitive strategies for applying these, to some extent. We hope to be able to isolate aspects of the pedagogy which were effective in developing these cognitive and metacognitive capacities and to be able to grow our understanding of the relationships between the capacities, in relation to art experience. We seek to be able to elaborate on or question our hypothetical model that imagination enables creativity, which enables metacognition, which enables agency. We often presume that art experience is good for our imagination but with this research, we hope to deepen knowledge of exactly how it helps us to become more imaginative and in turn, more empowered. With this established, we can turn to comparing the value of art experience to other kinds of educational experience and develop understanding of best practice for supporting capacities which are vital for learners to thrive in a challenging world. References Atkinson, D. (2017) Without Criteria: Art and Learning and the Adventure of Pedagogy, International Journal of Art and Design Education, 36:2, p.141-152 Baumfield, V., Hall, E., Wall, K. (2013) Action Research in Education, Sage Biesta, G. and Burbules, N. (2003) Pragmatism and Educational Research, Rowman and Littlefield Braidotti, R. (2013) The Posthuman. Polity Burns, H. (2022) Imagining Imagination: Towards cognitive and metacognitive models. Pedagogy, Culture and Society. Priestly, M., Biesta, G., Robinson, S. (2015) Teacher Agency: an ecological approach. Bloomsbury 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Documentary Theatre Practice Contribution to Teachers Transition Institut Agro, France Presenting Author:First, we would like to consider this action-research in the post-Covid pandemic time, during which relations within or out of schools have suffered (Franck & Haesebaert, 2023) and the climate change time which both stimulate us to think of where we want to land ! (Latour 2017). The specific aim of this proposal is to consider the documentary theatre practice experienced through a workshop on the aim of Agro-Ecological Transition (AET). It took place a week in December 2023 in the National Support Disposal in charge of experiencing and educators’ formation. Benefitting from last year experience mixing 2 teachers and 5 students, this experiment has been realized with 8 teachers of the French Agricultural Training System and organised in the Institut Agro (Montpellier, Florac campus). This theatre practice was chosen in order to teach AET differenty (out of traditional sessions) and understand the skills development. Its capacity of embodying the AET through artistic sensitive practices (Covez, 2023, 2018) has been shown. But, the French Agricultural Education encounters some difficulties to transform the written AET priority into reality, as this means not only technical but also professional posture changes. This can be observed when the Otherwise Producing Teaching program n°2 is being reconsidered and evolving into what should be a more efficient plan on transitions. Besides, the Institut Agro has recognized the quality of the documentary theatre practice (ecoanxiety and bifurcation decline, empowerment in transformative actions) and expressed the wish to realize it at a national level towards engineers students. We also notice that the higher education school uses the Socio-Ecological Transition as a major concern which enlarges the approach. Therefore, the evolutions showed on both sides encourage us to take into consideration the transition notion as at the centre of concerns, practices and praxis. The European Green Transition skills and knowledge concepts and Sharon Todd thoughts (2016) helps us move on our action-research. It seems important now to question transition itself in relation to education, formation and transformation. Therefore, we refer to her work on the fragility of transition (if related only to a link between past and future) and rather consider it as a process that relies on the present. Finally, when transition, education and transformation seem so much layered, the documentary theatre practice by teachers represents an educational and pedagogical opportunity to experiment in order to question their relationships. A nationwide project has then been proposed and is waiting for subsidiary to study the documentary theatre practices carried out by teachers on a voluntary basis with their students. As Michèle (one of last year’s workshop teachers) has received a regional creativity prize for her students’ performance on textile transition, this encourages us to consider it on a long term in the reality of the agricultural highschools, where the project is spreading. So: does a documentary theatre practice contribute to teachers’transition? This workshop based on the previous experience is to consider learning it as an emotionally, bodily, individual and collective creating activity put to the service of the understanding and communication of transition. The hypothesis is that it represents a tool for educational change in respect to transition, regarding the educators’ status and professional identity. As, we learnt that the coherent mix way of cognitive and bodily activities brought an improvement in well-being and empowerment, we wish to understand what the impacts of this active pedagogy are, relaunching the arts education value first in aim of teachers. The coherent form that the documentary theatre practice represents, would help teachers move their personal and professional posture spreading the transition education capabilities within the highschools towards other educators and students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic action-research methodological approach consists in interviews with the 8 adults and the artist Théo actor, dramatist and director, with whom we prepared this renewed project, so as to adapt to the adults participants. The approach is also nourished with participative observation, meetings minutes, field journals, and small filmed interviews. To analyse and better understand the whole process, from exchanging to performing, we also have to take into consideration the artist/trainer partnership. The trainer was participating to activities as any participant and would also intervene in groups so as to bring new ideas, calm down the tension/stress or stimulate the creation. While Théo was concentrating on the artistic forms of creation, legitimizing and assuring the ideas, the research-trainer would help accompanying the sensitive change (Barbier, 1997) demanding change of posture. Both of these positions are valuable to understand the formation process. The research is not finished yet, as the interviews and analysis are going on. On the theatre perspective, it is very important to specify the methodology used by the documentary theatre. Different types exist (Magris & Ali, 2019), and this one is defined by its designer, in Florac, Théo as a récit fictionnel type. This means that creation made of debates from personal experiences and documents, growing shared concepts and problematics leads to the definition and conception of scenes (through mise à plat methodology enriched by theatre and improvisation exercises). Subjects that emerged from reflexions and postures were: patriarchy, symbiotic relationships, traditional farmers, living creatures, hyper-consuming postures and countryside exile in the mountains! The last point is very much assumed by the Institut Agro, as trainees like to come to the mountains of southern France, in the middle of nowhere so as to get some physical and psychological fresh air! Quality research is used so as to get a comprehensive view on the expectations/representations at work from drama, cultural, life skills, psycho-social competencies, to eight core competencies (Robinson & al, 2022) or green transversal competencies (ESCO, 2022). None of the competencies were predefined as the field journals were used to express oneself freely. The formation in the mountains was conceived as a tense and demanding experience (Jeffrey & al, 2004). The interconnected materials intend to embrace the context, process and participants position, and is to be interpreted at best as a living experience in transition education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop lasted 4 days. We saw a strong need for each of the participants to express oneself, on the cognitive, socio-economical, agricultural, but also political point of view in the field of transition. Eco-anxiety emotion was expressed, mostly by the youngest ones. Their participation came from the wish to discover a new way that would be useful to make the complex transition lived by their students (stuck to ecoanxiety or anger and who feel unable to apply this transition in their agricultural context) back to their own highschool. The running analysis shows several turning points : accepting and expressing one’s point of view in front of others; exposing oneself on the scene for exercises and representation; opening and accepting other’s status and concerns (technical/general/intellectual matters); accepting living emotions when coming out of the self; working and agreeing together for the creation (subject and theatre style). To put it into a shell, they had to stick strongly to the necessity of performing which means, not fixing to the self but accepting co-creating in emergency. So they found that situation quite stimulating and quite coherent with the climate society change context. Moreover, this workshop has been lived as a personal transformation as all these dimensions stimulate the self and professional efficiency back to work. As each of the highschool has an agricultural exploitation (pets, livestock farming, landscaping…), it represents an encouraging impact. Transformation was put to the service of transition which is still a non-stable notion for them going from a never ending transition, passing by a cycle, to a paradigmatic change, including feminism. Embodying their imagined story allowed them getting out of a kind of confusion. Feeling reassured, they affirmed that only an active pedagogy, such as the theatre practice, can achieve making living the transition education. References Barbier, R. (1997). L’approche transversale, l’écoute sensible en sciences humaines. Paris : Anthropos. Benhaiem, J-M. (2023). Une nouvelle voie pour guérir. Paris: Odile Jacob. Boal, A. (1996). Théâtre de l’opprimé. Paris: La découverte. Covez, C. (2023), «Documentary Theatre Practice to the Service of Engineers-Students Agro-Ecological Transition Education”. congrès “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université Glasgow, 21-25 août. Covez, C. (2022),”Theatre Practice Partnership Contribution to Ancrochage”. congrès “Education in a Changing World : the impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Yérevan, 22-26 août. Covez, C. (2018), Des pratiques artistiques vers le développement humain, par le vivre. Actes du colloque «La recherche, la formation, les politiques et les pratiques en éducation, 30 ans d’AFIRSE au Portugal» de l’Association Francophone de Recherche et Sciences de l’Éducation section Portugal, 1 au 3 février. Delcuvellerie, J. (2000). Rwanda 94, une tentative de réparation symbolique envers les morts à l’usage des vivants. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wO06-qa1ffc Franck, N. & Haesebaert, F. (2023). Protéger sa santé mentale après la crise. Paris: Odile Jacob. Jeffrey, B. & Troman, G. (2004). Time for Ethnography. British Educational research Journal, vol. 30, n°4, p.535-548. Latour, B. (2017), Où atterrir? Comment s’orienter en politique. Paris: La découverte. Laurent, E. (2019). Et si la santé guidait le monde? Paris: éditions les liens qui libèrent. Lévy, I., Martin-Moreau, M. & Ménascé, D. (2022). From ecological transition to ecological transformation: consensus and fault lines. The Journal of Field actions https://journals.openedition.org/factsreports/6853 Magris, E. & Picon-Vallin, B. (2019). Les théâtres documentaires. Montpellier : Deuxième époque. Plénard, A. (2023). Construction identitaire et engagement, quel lien? In L’année de la recherche en sciences de l’éducation n°2023. Paris: L’harmattan. Pp111-128. Robinson, K. & Robinson, K. (2022). Imagine if creating a future for us all. London: Penguin books. Rosa, H. (2022). Accélérons la résonance ! Entretien Wallenhorst. Paris: le Pommier/Humensis. Todd, S. (2016). Facing uncertainty in education: Beyond the harmonies of Eurovision education. European Educational Research Journal, 15 (6). pp. 617-627. Centre National du Théâtre (2014). Comment le documentaire devient théâtre.https://theatre-contemporain.net/video/Rencontre-Comment-le-documentaire-devient-theatre European commission(2022) .Green skills and Knowledge Concepts, technical reportESCO: https://esco.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2023-07/Green%20Skills%20and%20Knowledge%20-%20Labelling%20ESCO.pdf Les compétences psychosociales : définition et état des connaissances (2015). https://www.santepubliquefrance.fr/docs/les-competences-psychosociales-definition-et-etat-des-connaissances |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 09 A JS: Joint Session of NW 04 and NW 30 Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Joint Paper Session NW 04 and NW 30. Full informationin 30 SES 09 A JS |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Towards a Decolonised Curriculum: Fostering Inclusivity and Intercultural Understanding for a Sustainable Future University Of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Amid a global shift toward decolonisation in education, this research aims to identify evidence-based strategies for developing a sustainable, inclusive, and culturally responsive curriculum. As universities advocate for inclusivity in curricula, it remains crucial to scrutinise the impact of these strategies on educational spaces. Although educators acknowledge the move towards sustainable intercultural and inclusive education, challenges persist in integrating these practices effectively (Greer, 2020; Stentifod & Koutsouris, 2022). Recent studies highlight the transformative nature of decolonising sustainability in education, challenging dominant narratives, fostering cultural sensitivity, and promoting equity (Hutchinson et al, 2023). Creating an environment that allows learners the freedom to explore innovative and ‘disruptive’ ideas facilitates the development of critical perspectives, encouraging reflection on individual values, attitudes, behaviours and lifestyle choice. Recognising the interconnectedness of social, cultural and environmental dimensions is essential in shaping sustainable solutions (Sorkos & Hajisoteriou, 2020). The Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) Framework emphasises the urgency of instilling sustainability principles across policies, curricula and practices (UNESCO, 2020). However, a critical reflection is needed as ESD tends to be treated as a thematic topic rather than adopting a systemic approach. To address this, the study explores how education can empower the younger generation to make informed decisions for environmental integrity, economic viability, and cultural diversity (Ajmal et al, 2017). In what ways can we shift the global education agenda’s primary focus from solely assessing access and quality through learning outcomes to placing greater emphasis on the educational content’s role in promoting a sense of responsibility towards sustainable practices? This paper delves into these transformative processes, aiming to improve stakeholders’ readiness towards ESD by 2030. This includes empowering students and training staff through a holistic approach, encompassing the whole student lifecycle. Inclusive involvement of all stakeholders, from educational leadership to administrative professionals, and fostering student partnerships is emphasised. Research Questions:
Grounded in critical pedagogy, postcolonial theory, and sustainability education, the research explores cultural biases and historical perspectives that shape sustainability education (Shahjahan et al, 2022). Emphasising an interdisciplinary approach, the research investigates how decolonial thinking can inform the development of inclusive and intercultural sustainability education. The aims and objectives include integrating sustainable development principles into teaching, learning, and curriculum. The research seeks to foster cohesion, enhance understanding on culturally relevant sustainability education, address the intersectionality of social, cultural, and environmental issues, and engage marginalised groups in the development and implementation of sustainability education initiatives. Ultimately, evidence-based recommendations will inform policy changes, initiatives, and strategic developments across educational institutions and communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper used a mixed method approach, utilising both qualitative and quantitative methods to gather comprehensive data. The qualitative aspect involved in-depth interview and focus group discussion, and document analysis. Participants included students, educators, policymakers, local community stakeholders exploring their perspectives on the integration of cultural diversity and sustainability within education. Additionally, content analysis of sustainability education curricula, policies and materials were conducted. The quantitative component included surveys to assess the impact of educational interventions on students’ attitudes towards cultural diversity, equality, inclusivity and sustainability. This multi-faceted approach aims to capture diverse voices and experiences, ensuring a nuanced understanding of the challenges and possibilities associated with decolonising sustainability in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to offer valuable insights into the development of educational practices that incorporate sustainable principles in teaching, learning and curriculum. Anticipated findings will contribute to the design of curricula that address the evolving needs of a rapidly changing world while promoting values of inclusivity, global citizenship and sustainability. By exploring the perspectives of various stakeholders, the research seeks to identify common challenges and successful strategies for integrating inclusive and intercultural elements into sustainability education. With an emphasis on international dimensions, this study seeks to provide a foundation for cross-cultural comparisons and the identification of best practices that can be implemented globally. The overarching objective is to offer practical, actionable recommendations for transforming educational policies, curricula, and pedagogical practices to better reflect the diverse cultural and historical contexts in which sustainability is taught. The expected outcomes include providing evidence-based strategies wherein students are encouraged to explore ethical dimensions of sustainability challenges and solutions, while academic staff implement teaching methods that foster inclusivity, intercultural dialogue, and critical thinking. Decolonising an inclusive curriculum is an intricate and ongoing process that requires collaboration, openness and a commitment to equity and justice. The ultimate goal is to encourage all students and staff to develop “intercultural competence,” enabling effective interactions across diverse cultures. The aspiration is to create educational environments that empower students to critically engage with the world, appreciate diversity, and actively contribute to positive social change. References Ajmal, M. M., Khan, M., Hussain, M., & Helo, P. (2017). Conceptualizing and Incorporating Social Sustainability in the Business World. International Journal of Sustainable Development and Word Ecology. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2017.1408714 Greer, S. (2020). What does decolonising the curriculum actually mean? https://www.timeshighereducation.com/blog/what-does-decolonising-curriculum-actually-mean Hutchinson, Y., Arturo Cortez Ochoa, A., Paulson, J., & Tikly, L. (2023). Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures (1st ed.). Bristol University Press. Shahjahan, R. A., Estera, A. L., Surla, K. L., & Edwards, K. T. (2022). "Decolonizing" Curriculum and Pedagogy: A Comparative Review Across Disciplines and Global Higher Education Contexts. Review of Educational Research, 92(1), 73–113. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211042423 Stentiford. L, & Koutsouris, G. (2022). Critically considering the ‘inclusive curriculum’ in higher education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43(8), 1250-1272. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2122937 Sorkos, G. & Hajisoteriou, C. (2020): Sustainable intercultural and inclusive education: Teachers’ efforts on promoting a combining paradigm, Pedagogy, Culture & Society. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2020.1765193 UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap? https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Developing Teacher Education for Inclusion, Social Justice and Sustainability: Situating Relationalities of the Global and Local in Internationalization at Home 1Leibniz University Hannover, Germany; 2Technical University Braunschweig, Germany; 3Purdue University, USA Presenting Author:Reference to the Sustainable Development Goals (UN, 2015), especially SDG 4 on ensuring “inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all”, is more frequent in discourses on inclusive education (Resch et al., 2021). However, Heigl et al. (2022, p. 19) emphasize the need for further research on the intersections of inclusion and sustainability. Based on their situational analysis on these intersections in schools in Austria, teachers are in a central position between the school structure and teacher training, which are interrelated with regard to the curriculum. On the policy level, teachers are positioned as “powerful change agents” with regard to the SDGs (UNESCO, 2017, p. 51). Previous work on teacher agency underlines the need for taking into account the situatedness (e.g. Riveros et al., 2012), for instance, with regard to teachers’ way of negotiating restrictive policies in their daily “on-the-ground decisions” in classrooms (Wessel Powell et al., 2019, p. 171). As with regard to different understandings of inclusive education, their specific situatedness on local levels (Clairborne & Balakrishan, 2020) as well as “backlash against this idea(l)” (Powell, 2023, p. xxii) emphasize the need for „critical reflection and engagement in dialogue about complex social issues that are intertwined between the local and the global“ (Niemczyk, 2019, p. 4). Linking inclusion to the overall aim which is also reflected in the SGDs of “achieving equity and attaining social justice in divergent contexts” (Powell 2023: xxii), we understand inclusive education as “a commitment to critical pedagogy” (Erevelles, 2014, p. x). Drawing on a theoretical framework based on social justice-oriented teaching, critical literacy, diversity and inclusive education (e.g. Everelles, 2014; Ortaçtepe Hart 2023; Vasequez et al., 2019; Zygmont & Clark, 2015), this paper focuses on exploring the intersections of inclusive education, social justice education and sustainability education in teacher education. Situated in specific contexts, developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability needs to consider the global issue of the “lack of diversity within the teaching profession” (Heinz et al., 2022, p. 229). This implies addressing exclusion and (missing) representation while opposing essentialisation by building “critical awareness of teacher education and schools as sites of cultural practice” (Heinz et al., 2022, p. 229-230). This can be linked to Catarci’s (2021) perspective on “an educational approach to sustainability for everyone” which emphasizes the need for critical reflection, especially among those who represent majority positions to “allow them to become aware of the major critical issues of the contemporary world (migratory dynamics, armed conflicts, climate change, etc.) through a perspective of global citizenship” (p. 4-5). This paper aims to explore challenges and possibilities in developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability focusing on relationalities of the global and local or the ‘glocal’ (Luke, 2004) in the field of internationalization at home and digital learning formats. With an increased focus on shifting to digital or hybrid learning formats following the Covid-19 pandemic (Li & Xue, 2023), the relevance of internationalization at home (e.g. Beelen & Jones 2015) is emphasized in terms of sustainability. Focusing on possibilities of internationalization at home in teacher education is important for making international experiences accessible to all teacher candidates, particularly those who often face barriers to participating in a study-related stay abroad based on their financial or care-related situation (Rachbauer & Plank, 2021, p. 125). Based on an interdisciplinary research and teaching collaboration between scholars from midwestern US and German universities in the field of literacy and language education, social studies education, English language teaching and inclusive education, this paper aims to contribute to understanding overall “complexities of ‘situatedness’” (Clarke, 2005, p. xxviii). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on situational analysis (Clarke, 2005; Clarke et al., 2018, 2022) as a ‘starting and connecting point’ (Keller, 2012, p. 13) to explore challenges and possibilities of developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability, particularly focusing on relationalities of the global and local in the field of internationalization at home and digitalization. With regard to the interpretative approach, Clarke et al. (2018, p. 349) claim to move „toward rather than away from differences and complexities” and, therefore, they argue for “tools that enable us to see differences clearly, handle them analytically, and represent them in fathomable ways that can travel”. In accordance with Grounded Theory approaches by Charmaz (2006) as “relentlessly critical and oriented towards social justice” (Clarke et al., 2021, p. 357), situational analysis aims for an enhanced understanding concerning the “varied perspectives” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 20), bringing together different kinds of data. Along these lines, we analyze intersections of inclusion, social justice and sustainability in teacher education with particular focus on internationalization at home and digital learning formats by drawing on policy papers, on global (e.g. UNESCO, 2017) and local level (e.g. for different national contexts: Springob et al., 2023), research papers and papers reporting on curricular or course development in this field. Situational analysis highlights “sustained and enhanced reflexivity of the researcher“ (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 20), by thus, including critical reflections on the researcher’s situatedness and positionality. This focus seems particularly promising with regard to the intersectional, interdisciplinary approach of this paper as well as to the research and development of teacher education, as we are involved not only as scholars researching on the topic ‘teacher education’, but also as teacher educators. For our analysis of complex relationalities of the global and local, this allows us to acknowledge and discuss the situatedness of attempts of developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability, particularly in the field of internationalization at home. The relevance of considering this situatedness becomes evident, for instance, with regard to the use of sustainability as an umbrella term across faculties: While this strengthens transdisciplinary approaches, challenges for critical approaches arise in neoliberal university contexts (e.g. Campbell, 2020) and in the light of current reactionary responses. Therefore, we draw on shared experiences, students’ products and written feedback from a transcultural collaborative online seminar, while situating these experiences in the broader global and local discourses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present results of our ongoing situational analysis (Clarke et al., 2018, 2022) on developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability in the field of internationalization at home and digital learning formats, focusing on discourses based on policy, research and conceptual papers. Discussing relationalities of the global and local (conceptualized as ‘glocal’), we take a closer look at relevant positions (not) taken as well as differences in the situation. Our findings refer to overlaps as well as missing links between policies and initiatives focusing on inclusion and social justice, sustainability, internationalization and digitalization. Concerning internationalization at home, potentials of tackling barriers for students’ international experiences (Rachbauer & Plank, 2021, p. 125), as well as challenges in the context of digital divides and different experiences of digital learning formats (Iwen et al., 2021) arise. Referring to the intersection of inclusion and sustainability, Heigl et al. (2022, p.19) point to the need for further knowledge and development of teacher training, emphasizing “a way that encourages (future) teachers to deal with both topics tailored to their own school structures”. By thus, “(future) teachers will be enabled to see that their action matters” (Heigl et al., 2022, p. 19). In the joint transcultural online seminar, we noticed a discrepancy between an overall awareness of social justice issues and a tendency of ‘reverting’ to a focus on the ‘mechanics’ of teaching. In this case, the situatedness of specific course requirements of teacher education curricula (Pugach et al., 2020) raises further questions for developing teacher education across the continuum and (our) roles as/of teacher educators in strengthening critical pedagogy and reflective practice based on “intersectionality-driven instruction” (Pugach et al. 2021: 237) across disciplines. Following on this perspective, this paper strengthens transdisciplinary perspectives on inclusive, social justice and sustainability education. References Beelen, J. & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining Internationalization at Home. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi & P. Scott (Eds.), The European Higher Education Area. (pp. 59–72 ). Campbell, F. K. (2020). The violence of technicism: Ableism as humiliation and degrading treatment. In N. Brown & J. Leigh (Eds.), Ableism in Academia. (pp.202–224). Catarci, M. (2021). Intercultural Education and Sustainable Development. Social Sciences, 10(1), 24. Clarke, A. E., Friese, C. & Washburn, R. S.(2018). Situational analysis. Clarke, A. E., Washburn, R. & Friese, C. (2022). Introducing Situational Analysis.In Eaed. (Eds.), Situational Analysis in Practice (pp.5-36). Erevelles, N. (2014). Forword. In D. Lawrence-Brown & M. Sapon-Shevin (Eds.), Condition Critical. (pp. ix-xi). Heigl, J., Müller, M., Gotling, N. & Proyer, M. (2022). Justice, What a Dream! Mapping Intersections of Sustainability and Inclusion. Sustainability, 14(9), 5636. Heinz, M., Keane, E., & Mc Daid, R. (2022). Charting Pathways towards a More Diverse, Equitable and Inclusive Teaching Profession. In E. Keane, M. Heinz, & R. Mc Daid (Eds.), Diversifying the Teaching Profession (pp.226–240). Iwen, I., Fritsche, K., & Schroth, E. (2022). Digitale Hochschullehre und soziale Ungleichheit. Zeitschrift für Diversitätsforschung und -Management, 7, 77–81. Keller, R. (2012). Vorwort. In Clarke, A. E. (2012). Situationsanalyse. (pp.11–14). Li, J., & Xue, E. (2023). Exploring the Epistemology of Internationalization at Home: A Scoping Review Approach. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(3), 356–365. Ortaçtepe Hart, D. (2023). Social Justice and the Language Classroom. Powell, J. W. (2023): Foreword. In B. Amrhein & S. Naraian (Eds.), Reading Inclusion Divergently (pp. xxi–xxiii). Pugach, M. C., Matewos, A. M. & Gomez-Najarro, J. (2021). Disability and the Meaning of Social Justice in Teacher Education Research. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(2), 237–250. Resch, K., Proyer, M., & Schwab, S. (2021). Aktuelle Beiträge zur inklusiven Schule in Österreich, Deutschland und der Schweiz. In K. Resch, K.-T. Lindner, B. Streese, M. Proyer, & S. Schwab (Eds.), Inklusive Schule und Schulentwicklung (11-18). Springob, J. et al. (2023). Sustainability in teacher education around the world. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22099.45609 UNESCO (2017). Education für Sustainable Development Goals. Learning Objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 Vasquez, V. M., Janks, H., Comber, B. (2019). Critical Literacy as a Way of Being and Doing.Language Arts 95, 5, 300-311. Wessel Powell, C., Buchholz, B. A. & Brownell, C. J. (2019). Polic(y)ing time and curriculum. English Teaching: Practice & Critique, 18(2), 170–187. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper What Trees Have to Tell us About Hopes and Belongings of Migrant Children Manchester Metropolitan University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The ‘Voices of the Future’ project was jointly funded across environmental science, arts and humanities and social science (NERC NE/V021370/1]. It aimed to explore children’s relation to treescapes with a focus on belonging and hope. It brought together a number of disciplines including the science of tree-measuring, childhood studies and human geography. There was a particular focus on belonging and hope for treescapes in the project, and it is this focus that we will address in this presentation. The future of treescapes belongs to children and young people (CYP). Despite increasing child and youth led environmental activism, CYP voices are still rarely heard in policy and practice. In our project, we worked with school children in a number of schools across the North-West of England, with both primary and secondary age children. Employing an innovative co-production approach, we draw together arts, humanities, social and scientific methods, and knowledge to imagine future treescapes that meet the interdependent needs of humans and the environment. In the contexts where we worked, we were working with a mix of children and young people who had migrated from a number of different countries, including India, China and Pakistan, over a number of years, also, more recently, Afghanistan, Sudan and Somalia. Our team were diverse, and we focused very much on multilingual children and families. The experience of working in schools was a multilingual one, with many languages represented, particularly in central Manchester in the North-West of England. Many of the children were third, fourth or even fifth generation of migrant families who had moved to the North West of England to work in the many factories there in the 1950’s and 1960’s (Werbner 1990). They settled in small-scale terraced housing, often from the Victorian era in the UK, and their community life was close knit and involved many languages, including Urdu, Punjabi, Mandarin and Arabic. Our focus in the presentation will be how trees afford opportunities to migrant children to engage dialogues to negotiate their national identities referencing their biographical and migrating histories (Savage et al 2010). We include stories from “being with trees in the school forest” opening dialogues about trees and children’s relations with the place in a transnational context. Here, we see stories which do not just represent but also make worlds. We see children’s stories as a messy mix of temporalities whereby story layers pile up and create the possibility of turn and return (Hohti and Tammi 2023, p 10). We also discussed the value of creating relational and democratic conditions for children to enable them to engage open dialogues about their belonging (ness) (Nunn 2022) as part of learning about their environments. We see these research encounters as potential space developing an emergent sense of belonging (Nunn 2022) among children. Children in these encounters are enabled to see themselves as co-researchers to document/record encounters of about trees and their environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The talk will cover our work in one semi-rural school, which was located adjacent to a town in the North West of England. Here, we developed, with the children, a project called “Trees n’Us” which was concerned with trees and their role in mitigating climate change. In partnership with Manchester City of Trees, a tree-planting charity and with the support of the year 3 and 4 teachers in the school (children aged 7-8) we worked intensively in the school to support a tree-planting and tree-exploring project. Alongside tree planting, we worked with a trained Forest School teacher, who encouraged the children to encounter trees through free play in a series of Forest school sessions within the school day as part of environmental/outdoor education. We documented these sessions and from these, developed an understanding of a relational sense of belonging which was both multilingual and sensory, experienced through action and experience. This sense of belonging was actively constructed through the interaction with the woodlands. Our team included tree scientists, who were interested in measuring trees, ethnographers and childhood studies academics, as well as tree planting practitioners and a philosopher and an artist. This multi-disciplinary team spent several days in the school, recording and documenting tree planting, tree measuring and the forest school activities. Ipads were given to children to record the activities, and we collected over 300 photographs and films by the children. We also worked with a film-maker, Steve Pool, to develop our thinking with film. We interviewed the forest school practitioner and spent time listening to the stories that the children told us about their experience of the forest school. In this presentation, we focus particularly on two multilingual children’s experience of the forest school. The dialogues between the children started about a tree, its thorny branches, rope with knots and reading places under trees. During these conversations, children talked about their personal relationships with the country of their and their parents’ origin (India). The conversations then led us to trace the complexity and multiplicity in children’s dialogues about their national belonging and (non) belonging (Nunn 2017). In doing so, we also look at the children and their relational agency to negotiate their possible national identities dialogically based on their experiences of living and moving into multiple transnational contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our understandings of the concept of belonging and space are shaped by our encounters with the young people, who inhabited a fluid and complex world of language-ing (Badwan 2020). In this work, we theorise belonging as a fluid and complex space of practice, drawing on Nunn (2022). Seeing belonging as negotiated across nation states and spheres of influence, and dynamically constructed within families as well as across communities enables a more open and porous concept of belonging as both place-based and affectively attuned. We explore tree-planting, and tree-relating as offering possibilities for belonging within spaces that themselves can be co-constructed and developed by children and young people. Treescapes, as complex, living, adaptive landscapes, shedding leaves and branches and offering opportunities for climbing, living within and experiencing, offer complex spaces of belonging for migrant children as co-existing within and amongst them. References Badwan, K. (2020). Language in a globalised world: social justice perspectives on mobility and contact. United Kingdom: Springer Palgrave Macmillan. Nunn, C. (2022). The participatory arts-based research project as an exceptional sphere of belonging. Qualitative Research, 22(2), 251 268. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794120980971 Nunn. C. (2017) Negotiating national (non)belongings: Vietnamese Australians in ethno/multicultural Australia, Identities, 24:2, 216-235, DOI: 10.1080/1070289X.2015.1096273 Hohti, R., & Tammi, T. (2023). Composting Storytelling: An Approach for Critical (Multispecies) Ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/10778004231176759 Savage, M., Chris, A.C., Atkinson, R., Burrows, R. Méndez, M. L., & Watt, P. (2010) The Politics of Elective Belonging. Housing, Theory and Society, 27:2, 115-161, DOI: 10.1080/14036090903434975 Werbner, p. (1990). The Migration Process: Capital, Gifts, and Offerings Among British Pakistanis. New York: Berg Print |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 09 B Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Paul Vare Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Environmental Literacy Development and the Role of Environmental Elective Elementary School Course: Case of Serbian Education 1University of Belgrade, Faculty of Education, Serbia; 2Institute for Educational Research, Belgrade, Serbia; 3University of Belgrade, Faculty of Chemistry, Serbia Presenting Author:The environmental performance of the Republic of Serbia is unsatisfactory, and the consequences of environmental degradation reflect on the population's health and quality of life. Taking into account that children and young people are future decision-makers, it is necessary to provide them with an opportunity to acquire knowledge, skills, and develop attitudes that will help them to act in environmentally responsible way, both locally and globally. This paper is part of the ELIPS project which aims to investigate environmental literacy (EL) and the environmental identity among the 7th grade students in Serbia. EL is operationalized comprehensively, encompassing four components: (1) knowledge, (2) affect, (3) cognitive skills, and (4) behavior (Marcinkowski, 1991, 2004; McBeth et al., 2008; Wilke, 1995). The testing of EL among elementary school students was conducted in several countries around the world applying an international instrument for determining the level of environmental literacy, the Middle School Environmental Literacy Survey (MSELS) (McBeth et al., 2008). In the USA, EL was tested on a sample of sixth-graders (age 11-12) and the eighth-graders (age 13-14). The total EL score on a total sample was 144.83 (out of 240) (McBeth et al., 2008). As far as separate EL components are concerned, the students from the USA achieved the following results: knowledge – 40.34; affect – 38.05; cognitive skills – 25.56, and 36.84 for behavior. Students from Thessaloniki (Greece), age12-15, had a total score of 123.31 (Nastoulas et al., 2017). The scores for EL components for the students from Thessaloniki were: knowledge – 35.18; affect – 35.43; cognitive skills – 17.2, and 36.5 for behavior. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researchers applied a survey methodology using the MSELS questionnaire (McBeth et al., 2008). The MSELS measures four EL components, with maximal score 60 per each, which means that the total number of the score points was maximum 240. The instrument contains the basic environmental knowledge items (N=17). The tasks related to cognitive skills (N=17) consist of texts presenting environmental problems in real-life situations. Students are expected to identify and analyze the problems given in the texts and then choose the best ecological strategies as solutions to the problem. The items measuring affect (N=25) refer to environmental sensitivity, students’ verbal commitment, and their intentions to preserve the environment. Pro-environmental behavior was measured in the tasks investigating students’ genuine commitment to protecting the environment in everyday situations (N=12). The instrument also includes the questions related to the socio-demographic characteristics of the students (age, gender, parents' level of education), and the electives the students have attended. The applicability of the MSELS (for the population of the 14-year-old students) in Serbian context was confirmed in a pilot study (Marušić Jablanović et al., 2022). The testing of the EL level of Serbian students was conducted on students of age 13-14 (N=877). The sample is stratified according to the regions and the urbanization level of the settlements in Serbia. The collected data were processed by using descriptive statistical procedures (for measuring students’ achievement on MSELS questionnaire, in total, and per EL component). The scores of students who attended the GN course from grades 1-4 were compared to the scores of students who have attended this course from the 5th grade, using an Independent-samples T test. The same test was applied for comparison of students who have not attended the course and those who have attended it since the 1st grade until now. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the total average score of students is 147.93. The average scores for EL components are 37.85 for knowledge, 44.11 for affect, 25.97 for cognitive skills, and 40.01 for behavior. The students from Serbia obtained higher scores than American (McBeth et al.) and Greek students (Nastoulas et al., 2017), both in total EL score and in components affect and behavior. The students who attended GN elective subject/optional activity in both educational cycles have a more pronounced affect relative to students who did not attend the course (Sig = .009; df= 370; t= 2.636). The students who attended the course from grades 1-4 performed better on cognitive skills, compared to those attending it from the 5th grade (t=2.026, Sig=.043). Given that in Serbian educational practice teachers influence children’s subject/activity selection (Cvjetićanin et al., 2011), we may assume that GN contributed to students increased interest in nature, their decisiveness to change behavior and become more pro-active. The results speak in favor of the GN course, in terms of attitudes towards the environment, as well as in favor of the practice of teachers teaching grades 1-4. Nonetheless, the fact that students who attended this course did not have higher scores in other EL components raises concern. The results show that there is potential for improving the levels of EL in all domains, especially the cognitive skills domain. Although the elective subject/optional activity GN positively impacts the development of some EL components among children from Serbia, there are still indicators that the implementation of this course needs to be improved. In addition, some possible ways of developing students’ EL include development of teachers’ environmental competencies, enrichment of compulsory subjects with environmental contents and activities, as well as greater support of school for outdoor learning, cooperation with local community. References Cvjetićanin, S., Segedinac, M., & Segedinac, M. (2011). Problems of teachers related to teaching optional science subjects in elementary schools in Serbia. Croatian Journal of Education, 13(2), 184-216. McBeth, B., Hungerford, H., Marcinkowski, T., Volk, T. & Meyers, R. (2008). National Environmental Literacy Assessment Project: Year 1, National Baseline Study of Middle Grades Students Final Research Report (192). National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Retrieved January 10, 2022. from https://www.noaa.gov/sites/default/files/legacy/document/2019/Jun/Final_NELA_minus_MSELS_8-12-08.pdf Marcinkowski, T. (1991). The relationship between environmental literacy and responsible environmental behavior in environmental education. Methods and Techniques for Evaluating Environmental Education. UNESCO. Marcinkowski, T. (2004). Using a Logic Model to Review and Analyze an Environmental Education Program. In Volk, T. (Ed.), NAAEE Monograph Series, Volume 1. NAAEE. Marušić Jablanović, M., Stanišić, J. & Savić, S. (2022). Еnvironmental Literacy of Students in Belgrade Schools: Results of a Pilot Research. Teaching Innovations, 35(4), 28–46. DOI: 10.5937/inovacije2204028M Nastoulas, I., Marini, K. & Skanavis, C. (2017). Middle school students’ environmental literacy assessment in Thessaloniki, Greece. In Anwar, S., El Sergany, M. & Ankit, A. (Eds.). Health and Environment Conference Proceedings (198–209). Dubai: Hamdan Bin Mohammed Smart University. Retrieved January 10, 2022. from https://www.hbmsu.ac.ae/downloads/massmail/2017/august/HBMSU_Innovation_Arabia_Health_and_ Environment_Conference_Proceedings_2017.pdf#page=203 Pravilnik o nastavnom planu i programu za prvi i drugi razred osnovnog obrazovanja i vaspitanja [The Rulebook on the Curriculum for the first and second grades of elementary school] (2004). Službeni glasnik RS - Prosvetni glasnik, br. 10. Pravilnik o dopunama Pravilnika o planu nastave i učenja za prvi ciklus osnovnog obrazovanja i vaspitanja [The Rulebook on amendments to the Rulebook on teaching and learning plan for the first cycle of elementary school] (2018). Službeni glasnik RS - Prosvetni glasnik, br. 15. Pravilnik o planu i programu nastave i učenja za peti i šesti razred osnovnog obrazovanja i vaspitanja [The Rulebook on teaching and learning plan for the fifth and sixth grades of elementary school] (2018). Službeni glasnik RS - Prosvetni glasnik, br. 15. Stevenson, K. T., Peterson, M. N., Bondell, H. D., Mertig, A. G. & Moore, S. E. (2013). Environmental, Institutional, and Demographic Predictors of Environmental Literacy among Middle School Children. PLOS ONE, 8 (3), e59519. Retrieved Jun 22, 2022. from https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0059519 Wilke, R. (Ed.). (1995). Environmental Education Literacy/Needs Assessment Project: Assessing Environmental Literacy of Students and Environmental Education Needs of Teachers; Final Report for 1993–1995 (30–76). (Report to NCEET/University of Michigan under U.S. EPA Grant #NT901935-01-2). University of Wisconsin – Stevens Point. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Ecological Knowledge, Environmental Cognitive Skills and Affect in Predicting Pro-environmental Behavior among 7th Grade Students in Serbia 1Institute for Educational Research, Belgrade, Republic of Serbia; 2Florida Institute of Technology; 3Centre of Excellence in Environmental Chemistry and Engineering, ICTM – University of Belgrade, Republic of Serbia; 4University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Sciences, Novi Sad, Republic of Serbia Presenting Author:According to the Environmental Performance Index that estimates climate change performance, environmental health and ecosystem vitality, Serbia takes rank 79 out of 180 countries (Wolf et al., 2022). Environmentally irresponsible behavior in Serbia is demonstrated both at the individual and institutional level (uncontrolled crops burning, lack of waste water treatment, using low quality coal and oil derivatives for power plants and individual heating systems, unsanitary landfills, massive deforestation etc.) and requests urgent changes of practice and finding solutions. Several authors underline the role of environmental education in raising awareness and changing behavior of young generations (Coyle, 2005). The main goal of environmental education is creating environmentally literate citizens, capable for lifelong learning (Coyle, 2005). “The environmentally literate citizen, let us imagine, will have a blend of ecological sensitivity, moral maturity and informed awareness of natural processes that would make her or him unlikely to contribute to further degradation of natural processes at either individual or corporate levels. This is an ideal, for it would never be expected that all citizens could really attain such competence” (Brennan, 1994: 5). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample (N=877) was stratified according to the regions of the country and the type of the settlement (urban/rural). It consisted of seventh-grade students (aged 13-14), with boys and girls equally represented. The data were collected after obtaining the Ethics Committees approvals, and the consents of the schools' principals, parents and the participants themselves. For the measurement of the Environmental literacy components, the Middle School Students’ Environmental Literacy Survey or MSELS (McBeth & Volk, 2010; Hungerford& Peyton, 1980; Stern, 2000) was applied, which has been utilized in different cultures, after the USA national study (McBeth et al., 2008). The Instrument consists of: (a) questions on demographic characteristics; (b) a multiple choice test of ecological knowledge; (c) two scales, one pertaining to environmental sensitivity (feelings towards and activities in nature) and one to willingness to participate/act, each of which were measured using a 5-pointLikert-type environmental affect scale; (d) a multiple choice test of cognitive skills; and (e) a self-reported behavior scale (referring to saving resources, recycling, communication regarding environment etc) which also was measured using a 5-point Likert-type scale. The cognitive skills tasks include descriptions of real-life situations and demand: the identification of the problems described, the identification of the values contained in the stories of the actors, offering their perspective on the environmental problems, and the identification of the best strategies for solving the problem presented. In order to prevent missing data due to participants’ fatigue, the order of the tasks was changed. The cognitive skills tasks were placed after the knowledge test. The four components of the environmental literacy (knowledge, cognitive skills, affect, behavior) have the same weight, with the maximal value 60. The overall literacy score is obtained by adding the component scores, leading to the maximal environmental literacy score of 240. The instrument was addressed personally by the researchers, and the students needed 60 to 75 minutes to fill in all sections. To identify the extent to which ecological knowledge, environmental affect and cognitive skills were predictive of pro-environmental behavior, a regression analysis was applied. In order to determine if the suspected mediating role of the affect is significant, we have applied the Sobel test. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that ecological knowledge covered by school curricula has a negligible power in predicting affect (0.5%) and statistically insignificant power in predicting behavior. Nevrtheless, these results should be interpreted cautiously, and further study would be needed to determine if, when, and how students make use of their knowledge when preparing for and/or taking specific any action(s) in real-world situations. Cognitive skills were a weak predictor of affect (3% of variance explained) and an insufficient predictor of behavior (1.4%). However, when environmental affect was introduced into the regression model as an independent variable, cognitive skills lose the ability to predict behavior and the complete predictive power (54%) belongs to affect. The mediating role of affect was confirmed using a Sobel test. It can be interpreted that even if certain cognitive skills are developed, a change in the way children feel about nature seems necessary, as this appears to help create a level of affective readiness for environmental learning in and out of school, community engagement, and changes in behavior in private and public settings. Regarding the affect prediction, when both knowledge and cognitive skills are added as predictors, the observed small predictive power (2.9%) belongs to cognitive skills only. The assumed relationship is bidirectional. These results draw attention to curricular goals, which largely emphasize the cognitive dimension of environmental literacy (especially knowledge), and neglect affective dimension, while expecting a change in the behavior in the population of students in school and after they graduate. These results are consistent with those reported in similar studies (e.g., McBeth et al. 2014). We assume that providing opportunities for outdoor learning, research in the surrounding nature, engaging in local environmental activities, planting a school garden and personal contact with damaged nature site could facilitate establishing positive environmental affect and the corresponding pro-environmental behavior. References Brennan, A. (1994). Environmental Literacy and Educational Ideal, Environmental Values, 3 (1) :3-16. Coyle, K. (2005). Environmental Literacy in America. Washington, DC: The National Environmental Education and Training Foundation. Hungerford, H.& Peyton, R. (1980). A paradigm for citizen responsibility: Environmental action. In A. Sacks, et al. (Eds.), Current Issues VI: The Yearbook of Environmental Education and Environmental Studies (pp. 146-154),Columbus, OH: ERIC/SMEAC. Marcinkowski, T.& Reid, A. (2019). Reviews of research on the attitude–behavior relationship and their implications for future environmental education research. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 459-471. McBeth, W., Hungerford, H., Marcinkowski, T., Volk, T., & Meyers, R. (2008). National Environmental Literacy Assessment Project: Year 1, National baseline study of middle grades students. Final report. McBeth, W, Marcinkowski, T, Giannoulis, C., Hungerford, H., Volk, T., and Howell, J. (2014). Secondary analysis of the National Environmental Literacy Assessment: Phase I and II student, teacher, program and school surveys. McBeth, W., & Volk, T. L. (2009). The national environmental literacy project: A baseline study of middle grade students in the United States. The Journal of Environmental Education, 41(1), 55-67. McBride, B, Brewer, C., Berkowitz, A., &Borrie, W. (2013). Environmental literacy, ecological literacy, and ecoliteracy: What do we mean and how did we get here? Ecosphere, 4(5), 1-20. Nastoulas, I., Marini, K. &Skanavis, C. (2017). Middle school students environmental literacy assessment inThessaloniki, Greece. In: Anwar, S., El Sergany, M. & Ankit, A. (Eds.). Health and Environment Conference Proceedings (198–209). Dubai: Hamdan Bin Mohammed Smart University. Negev, M., Sagy, G., Garb, Y., Salzberg, A. & Tal, A. (2008) Evaluating the Environmental Literacy of Israeli Elementary and High School Students, The Journal of Environmental Education,39:2, 3-20. Simmons, D. (1995). Developing a framework for national environmental education standards [Working paper]. In D. Simmons (Ed.), The NAAEE standards project: Papers on the development of environmental education standards (pp. 9–58). Troy, OH: North American Association for Environmental Education. Stern, P. (2000). Toward a coherent theory of environmentally significant behavior. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 407-424. Wilke, R. (Ed.). (1995). Environmental Education Literacy/Needs Assessment Project: Assessing environmental literacy of students and environmental education needs of teachers; Final Report for 1993-1995. Stevens Point, WI: University of Wisconsin - Stevens Point. Wolf, M. J., Emerson, J. W., Esty, D. C., de Sherbinin, A., Wendling, Z. A., et al. (2022). 2022 Environmental Performance Index. New Haven, CT: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. epi.yale.edu |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 09 C JS: JS NW29 & NW30. Arts and environment in educational research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 30. Full details in 29 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 31 SES 09 A: NW 31 Network Meeting Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari Network Meeting |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper NW 31 Network Meeting University of Stockholm, Finland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 11:00 | 32 SES 09 A: Un-Certain, Anti-Emancipatory, Deep-X-Conspiracy Times. Meeting up for Research in Counter-Spaces of Democracy? Implications for Research Methodologies. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dirk Netter Research Workshop
|
|
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop Un-Certain, Anti-Emancipatory, Deep-X Conspiracy Times. Meeting up for Research in Counter-Spaces of Democracy? Implications for Research Methodologies Philipps-Universität, Germany Presenting Author:Amidst the challenges of our contemporary crises, there exists a pervasive crisis of trust in collective knowledge, coupled with a seemingly waning faith in democratic principles. This uncertainty has become particularly pronounced as populist solutions no longer remain a peripheral concern in Western industrialized nations; rather, they have become an integral facet of political landscapes (Hiller, 2023, p. 1). The emergence of Post-Truth as the operational modus operandi for far-right political parties (Van Dyk, 2022, p. 30) exacerbates this crisis, casting a shadow over democratic foundations. Within the context of this pervasive uncertainty, the methodological an empirical focus of our workshop is positioned to delve into the ongoing establishment of this deficit in truth. Our objective is to unravel the intricacies of how this loss of trust perpetuates itself and, more crucially, to discern viable solution strategies through the lens of educational research. In navigating this exploration, questions arise regarding the uncertainties embedded in the research process. These concerns extend beyond the immediate considerations of researchers' personal safety to encompass broader uncertainties related to the epistemological and methodological frameworks that underpin our research endeavors. Notably, the explicit normative orientation of this workshop is guided by a compelling impetus—to fortify democratic structures and actively counteract the resurgence of anti-emancipatory and anti-democratic impulses. This normative focus positions our collective inquiry as not merely an academic pursuit but a meaningful contribution to the broader societal discourse on safeguarding democratic values. It calls for a critical examination of the forces that challenge democratic principles and seeks to chart a course towards their fortification. As we grapple with the multifaceted challenges presented by these uncertainties, the workshop aims to cultivate discussions that extend beyond mere acknowledgment. It seeks to illuminate the varied dimensions of this complex landscape—shedding light on the ethical considerations, methodological intricacies, and pragmatic solutions that lie at the heart of our collective pursuit. By actively fostering dialogue around these challenges, we endeavor to pave the way for a comprehensive understanding of the intricacies inherent in organizational education research within uncertain and contested terrains. Looking ahead, our workshop's concluding call resonates with a forward-looking vision. It advocates for the establishment of a collaborative network, uniting like-minded researchers. This envisioned network, dedicated to addressing challenges, sharing methodological insights, and collectively navigating ethical nuances, aims to be a transformative force in the ongoing exploration of hostile and potentially anti-democratic populations. In embracing these challenges, methodologies, and practices, our collective journey into uncertainty positions us not merely as researchers but as advocates for thoughtful, ethical, and democratic organizational education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Strategies & Methodologies & in Post-Truth & Conspiracies Movements Initial impulses introduce exemplary research settings and methodologies in order to discuss common methodologies, practices, and challenges. We explore and compare a conspiracy belief milieu and an extreme right-wing youth organization (the Anastasia-Movement and the 'Junge Alternative') using an integrative ethnographic approach. It aims to capture the complex manifestations of conspiracy beliefs and their intersection with right-wing ideologies across online and offline realities through constructivist grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2014). The research focuses on three thematic complexes: 1) the interplay between conspiracy beliefs/right-wing ideologies and identity constructions, 2) the social organization of these groups, and 3) the appropriation and distribution of these stocks of knowledge (Berger & Luckmann, 2016). Unlike most comparable ethnographies, this work emphasizes both individual and organizational learning processes, highlighting their dialectical relationship. A second context refers to problematic of high violence against communal politicians and a third impulse adresses online research methodologies for analyzing hate speech and cyberbullying. Focusing on the investigation of hostile-minded groups, uncertainty in these research projects manifests in manifold forms: 1) The described issues pose risks to modern democracies on their own, 2) these risks significantly impact education itself, where education typically aims to empower individuals to address these problems, and 3) researchers also find themselves in an uncertain situation when studying corresponding anti-democratic populations. In addition to the evident uncertainty surrounding personal safety and well-being, a multitude of unanswered questions arises in the context of the research. How does one successfully obtain access to closed and clandestine groups? What ethical considerations come into play when a researcher's role necessitates undercover investigations? Establishing and maintaining reliable research relationships poses its own set of challenges. Furthermore, how do we effectively address the 'values gap' that may exist between researchers and those being studied? These complex issues underscore the intricate nature of the research process and demand thoughtful consideration and ethical reflection. After entering the field, the question arises regarding the validity and reliability of the data uncovered. How can one trust the data when interviewing individuals who may harbor a general hostility towards science? Ultimately, we ponder the role organizational research can play in safeguarding democratic institutions and how successful knowledge transfer can occur. This research explicitly positions itself in the service of society, aspiring to propose practical solutions to address the crisis of truth and democracy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research workshop concludes , that it seems very necessary to reflect the challenges, methodologies, and practices inherent in our collective pursuit. Driven by the overarching theme of uncertainty, our workshop aims to present, elaborate, and discuss the multifaceted aspects that demand our (methodological) attention. There are numerous obstacles we encounter in examining specific groups, particularly those marked by hostile tendencies. Navigating access to closed and covert communities and addressing the 'values gap' that separates researchers from subjects pose intricate and multifaceted challenges in our endeavors. These hurdles underscore the imperative for thorough consideration and ethical scrutiny throughout the entire research process. Our collaborative efforts will not only highlight challenges but also aim to spark discussions around suitable methodologies. The exploration of (for example) integrative ethnographic approaches, grounded theory methodology, and the careful consideration of epistemological foundations is intended to enrich our methodological focus. The diversity of perspectives presented during the workshop aims to encourage us to embrace a range of paradigmatic claims in addressing uncertainty in organizational education research. As we delve into the complexities of our research, the importance of discussing research ethics becomes necessary. The uncertainties surrounding personal safety, ethical considerations on undercover investigations, and the values inherent in our research relationships demand ethical scrutiny. Our commitment to safeguarding democratic institutions necessitates a thorough exploration of the ethical dimensions entwined in our work. Looking forward, our concluding call is to consider the formation of a network of like-minded researchers. Together, we can collaboratively develop answers to important questions, share insights into effective methodologies, and collectively address the ethical nuances that shape our research on hostile and possible anti-democratic populations. In embracing the challenges, methodologies, and practices, our collective journey into uncertainty positions us not only as researchers but as advocates for thoughtful, ethical, and democratic organizational education. References Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (2016). Die gesellschaftliche Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit: Eine Theorie der Wissenssoziologie (26th ed.). Fischer. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory (2nd Edition. Revised). SAGE Publications Ltd. Hiller, T. (2023). The rise of right-wing populism and voting power distribution in German state parliaments. Applied Economics, 0(0), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00036846.2023.2277701 Van Dyk, S. (2022). Post-Truth, the Future of Democracy and the Public Sphere. Theory, Culture & Society, 39(4), 37–50. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276422110351 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 32 SES 09 B: Organizational Learning in Networks and Clusters Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Line Revsbæk Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Managing Uncertainties in Science Teacher Education Networks Through Organizational Routines 1UCSYD & SDU, Denmark; 2UCSYD, Denmark; 3SDU, Denmark Presenting Author:A core focus in Organizational Education is on organizational learning (Göhlich et al., 2018). We believe, that to understand learning in, by and between organizations it is also of significance to understand the dynamics of organizational routines (Becker, 2018; Kallemeyn, 2014). Early conceptualizations of organizational routines have concentrated on members following rules or standard operating procedures allowing organizations to cope with uncertainty and enable effective decision-making. As Elkjær (2018, p. 156) says about this position on learning through routines: “These standardized procedures are a central element in organizational learning, because it is through the search for solutions to problems that the standardized procedures may change and make ways for new routines. It is when organizations are able to rely on their routines without initiating search and learning processes that the organization has learned”. For more than 20 years there has been a development in the research field now described as Routine Dynamics. Many researchers in this tradition build on practice theory and process theory (Feldman et al., 2021; Howard-Grenville & Rerup, 2016). It is still limited how much the insights from Routine Dynamics have been applied in educational research in general and in research on educational organizations more specific, but we find some great potentials here (Merki et al., 2023; Wolthuis et al., 2022). The purpose of our paper is to discuss this potential applied to the understanding of how a national network of science teacher educators between different organizations is emerging and stabilizing. The creation of routines can be viewed as a “quest for certainty” or a way to manage and absorb the uncertainties emerging between organizations. Organizational routines establish expectations and anticipations for future actions (Feldman et al., 2022). Routines are dynamic and ongoing accomplishments. When routines break down or the unexpected happens members of the organization find ways to make sense of the situation in their performances and recreate the routines. We find it especially interesting to understand how this kind of organizing and coordination of such complex educational networks is done in practice. The background of the paper is a 4-year longitudinal study (2023-2026) of an emerging interorganizational network of professional learning communities (PLCs) in the field of science teacher education in Denmark called Naturfagsakademiet (NAFA) (English translation: Danish Academy of Natural Sciences: https://nafa.nu/about-nafa/ ).The main objective of NAFA is to enhance knowledge sharing and knowledge creation among science teaching professionals at different educational levels, both teacher education and primary and lower secondary schools. A central part of this is the organizing of national and local PLCs at all the teacher education institutions on the six university colleges in Denmark. In NAFA a PLC is defined as a committed and systematic inquiring community between a group of educators, who share experiences and knowledge from practice through inquiry and reflective dialogues centered on students’ learning. We will use NAFA as a case to investigate the role of routines in managing uncertainties in network collaboration using concepts from Routine Dynamics as analytical lenses. The research question we want to explore in this paper is: How can the application of concepts from Routine Dynamics contribute to the analysis and understanding of the management of uncertainties between educational organizations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project is a longitudinal study and consists of an ethnographic part and social network analysis (SNA) part. The ethnographic part is investigating how routines in NAFA are enacted in different settings such as PLC meetings both online and physical (Neale, 2021; Ybema et al., 2009). The SNA part of the study examines the network structure of the PLCs in and between the university colleges. It is informed by both qualitative and quantitative data (Froehlich et al., 2020). Data from surveys are used in the SNA and will focus on observing analytical themes such as centrality, relationships between weak and strong ties, and holes within networks (Borgatti & Halgin, 2011). The SNA will zoom in on the collaboration within the network of PLCs in NAFA. The empirical data we analyze in our presentation on the conference will be in the form of snapshots from this longitudinal study. We have collected different empirical data since the beginning of 2023 focusing, among other things, on the PLC meeting routines. In our presentation we will especially analyze and discuss videorecorded online meetings on the Teams platform to identify communication concerning the management of uncertainty and the negotiations of routines. From a process theoretical perspective we analyze how the members reflect on both the distant past and the distant future in the situated activity of the meeting as part of making sense of the network routines (Hernes & Schultz, 2020). The concepts from Routine Dynamics we will apply in our study for analyzing how members of NAFA are managing uncertainties in the network are part of a broader framework for understanding routines as an interplay between patterning and performing (Feldman et al., 2022). The concept of patterning means the process of reinforcing old and creating new patterns by taking action (p. 4). The way this process is performed will have implications on the expansions or contractions of future possible paths. Using the analytical concepts of repairing routines, expanding routines and striving for change proposed by Feldman (2000) and the corresponding concepts of flexing, stretching and inventing of routines developed by Deken et al. (2016) we show how change and continuity – and the unexpected and the expected – are part of NAFA and the way uncertainties between the participating organizations are managed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some of our preliminary results from our study show the following: In the NAFA network there has been decided to work with core themes in science education in and between the participating university colleges. In the NAFA program six themes are predefined over the whole period. Each year in May a new theme is launched, e.g. evaluation or technological ‘Bildung’. The theme period ends in March, where all PLCs meet on a network meeting and present their different ways of working with the theme. The themes are points of orientation and each PLC should be working with this theme and not others. Uncertainties emerge here in the form of how to finish and continue with elements from one theme in the transition to a new theme. This creates a need for expanding and stretching existing routines. In our analysis we find different forms of artifacts used in the NAFA network to absorb uncertainty. These artifacts influence and represent the different PLC-routines in NAFA. They are circulating between the six university colleges. We find examples of how artifacts – such as reports and documents – are used to repair routines when something breaks down, because these are used as a kind of collective memory to show what has been decided earlier in the distant past. On the other hand, new artifacts are developed in the network in form a written agreements pointing to expectations for actions taking place in the distant future. In such cases artifacts help in the striving for change and the invention of new routines in the network. Artifacts are also paramount for enabling the PLC meetings between the university colleges such as the Microsoft Teams platform that limits uncertainties on where to meet. References Becker, M. C. (2018). Organizational Routines and Organizational Learning. In L. Argote & J. M. Levine (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Group and Organizational Learning (pp. 507-520). Oxford University Press. Borgatti, P. S., & Halgin, S. D. (2011). On Network Theory. Organization Science, 22(5), 1168-1181. Deken, F., Carlile, R. P., Berends, H., & Lauche, K. (2016). Generating Novelty Through Interdependent Routines: A Process Model of Routine Work. Organization Science, 27(3), 659-677. Elkjær, B. (2018). Pragmatist Foundations for Organizational Education. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer, & S. M. Weber (Eds.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 151-161). Springer. Feldman, M. S., Pentland, B. T., D'Adderio, L., Dittrich, K., Rerup, C., & Seidl, D. (Eds.). (2021). Cambridge Handbook of Routine Dynamics. Cambridge University Press. Feldman, M. S., Worline, M., Baker, N., & Bredow, V. L. (2022). Continuity as patterning: A process perspective on continuity. Strategic Organization, 20(1). Feldman, S. M. (2000). Organizational Routines as a Source of Continuous Change. Organization Science, 11(6), 611-629. Froehlich, E. D., Waes, V. S., & Schäfer, H. (2020). Linking Quantitative and Qualitative Network Approaches: A Review of Mixed Methods Social Network Analysis in Education Research. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 244-268. Göhlich, M., Novotny, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. Hernes, T., & Schultz, M. (2020). Translating the Distant into the Present: How actors address distant past and future events through situated activity. Organization Theory, 1(1). Howard-Grenville, J., & Rerup, C. (2016). A Process Perspective on Organizational Routines. In A. Langley & H. Tsoukas (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Process Organization Studies (pp. 323-337). SAGE. Kallemeyn, M. L. (2014). School-level organizational routines for learning: supporting data use. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(4), 529-548. Merki, M. K., Wullschleger, A., & Rechsteiner, B. (2023). Adapting routines in schools when facing challenging situations: Extending previous theories on routines by considering theories on self-regulated and collectively regulated learning. Journal of Educational Change, 24(3), 583-604. Neale, B. (2021). The Craft of Qualitative Longitudinal Research. SAGE. Wolthuis, F., Hubers, M. D., Veen, K. v., & Vries, S. d. (2022). The Concept of Organizational Routines and Its Potential for Investigating Educational Initiatives in Practice: A Systematice Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 92(2), 249-287. Ybema, S., Yanow, D., Wels, H., & Kamsteeg, F. (Eds.). (2009). Organizational Ethnography: Studying the Complexities of Everyday Life. SAGE. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Functioning of Multi-Academy Trusts (MATs) in England: Evidence from the field UCL IOE, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Since 2002 the UK government has pursued a policy of granting ‘academy’ status to state-funded schools in England to become independent and free of local authority (LA) control. The original idea, formulated by the New Labour government elected in 1997, was to improve the quality of schools in deprived urban areas by establishing academies answerable directly to the Secretary of State for Education. Although there had been previous attempts to liberate state-funded schools from local government, notably the establishment of Grant Maintained Schools by the Education Reform Act 1988, LAs remained in control of governance. The notion of an ‘academy’ broke that mould and gave licence for alternative modes of provision and governance.
Academies are established as charitable (not-for-profit) companies, limited by guarantee, with a stated intent to be independent and autonomous. Each academy’ s governance structure included Members (who act in a similar way to the shareholders of a company and invested with the power to change the name of the company or wind it up). It is the role of members to endorse and safeguard the trust’s Memorandum of Association, to have an overview of the governance arrangements, to appoint other members and to add or remove trustees from the trust board. ‘Trustee’ is the name given to a member of the board of directors with responsibility for directing the trust’s affairs, for ensuring that it is solvent, well-run and delivering the expected charitable outcomes. The day-to-day management of an academy was to be conducted by the headteacher and their senior management team.
Despite concerted efforts to promote this policy through three successive Labour governments, there were only 207 academies in England in 2010 at the time a new coalition government was elected. The incoming Secretary of State for Education, Michael Gove, was determined to end the latent power of LAs and sanctioned academisation as a fundamental principle of state-funded schooling. Rapid growth followed and by November 2023 there were 10,553 open academies, a total which included Free Schools, Studio Schools, University Technical Colleges, Special Schools and Pupil Referral Units (DfE, 2023).
The academisation process made a substantive shift during the following years away from single academy trusts to the establishment of multi-academy trusts (MATs) which lead groups of academies. Within MATs one academy trust is responsible for a master funding agreement, typically with a supplemental funding agreement for each academy. MATs have subsequently become a core feature of policy for state-funded school provision in England with governmental ambition still set at full academisation of the school systems, ideally by 2030. By November 2023 there were 1178 MATs, the vast majority of which have over three schools/settings, which manage 89 per cent of all academies.
One consequence of this process is a radical change in the relationships between stakeholders. Academies in MATs no longer have the right a governing body as the legal decision-making forum which is representative of their locality, headteachers are no longer the key actor on individual academy resources and practices and the influence of the local authority has been severely curtailed. Prior to 2002 each state-funded school In England was required to have its own governing body which demonstrated a balance between LEAs, parents and the teacher workforce. Their devolved budget from the local authority at that time included most recurrent expenditure, including staffing. The MAT now has total control over governance, with trustees determining policy and resource allocation. The reality if often not so stark, however, with most MATs having democratic approaches to individual academy provision. Nevertheless, relationships and the roles have been fundamentally changed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The purpose of this research undertaken and reported here is to investigate how MATs function and, in particular, the relationships between those not only prominent in the governance structure (Members, Trustees and employed senior leaders), but also school governors and individual academy staff. Two research questions were developed from previous research by the author (Male, 2017, 2018 & 2019). 1. What operating structures and systems are evident in MATs? 2. How do participants (members, trustees, trust employees and local governing committees) perceive the effectiveness, efficacy and equity of those structures? The data to be reported to this conference comes from the use of a questionnaire developed on Microsoft forms. The process of developing and trialling the survey began with a series of interviews undertaken with stakeholders during March 2023. Nine participants from MAT #1, including a Member, a trustee, two central trust employees, three headteachers and a school governor engaged in a semi-structured interview, conducted via Microsoft Teams, to questions developed through extensive literature reviews and previous author research. Analysis allowed for the development of a questionnaire which was piloted in June 2023 in MAT #2 with a trustee, two central trust employees (including the CEO), three headteachers and a school governor. The pilot questionnaire and subsequent versions employed single answer questions for demographic data and Likert style questions with a standard five-point scale for the agree-disagree continuum (with a neutral point) which explored opinions of MAT operations and communications. After feedback from participants in Trust #2, amendments were made to the questionnaire which was then issued to four further MATs. MAT#1 had 135 total responses; MAT#2 had 126 total responses; MAT#3 had 106 total responses; MAT#4 had 105 total responses. In all four sets it was clear that further amendments were needed as some respondents misunderstood the position of Member. Nevertheless, valid remaining survey responses were analysed and fed back to the four MATs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of this proposal being submitted the revised final survey is now being circulated to multiple MATs across England. The emerging data will be analysed and first reported to the ECER Conference in Nicosia. This will be the first set of independent data which explores the functioning of MATs in England. Until now, the move to academisation (and MATs) has been based on an ‘ideological stance’ and not on secure evidence (Male, 2022: 332). Various, often disputed, claims have been made by the Department for Education about the efficiency, efficacy and equity of MATs, but there has been no independent enquiry. The research to be reported here may bring some light to the situation experienced in practice by stakeholders in MATs. References Department for Education (DfE), 2023 (November). Open academies, free schools, university technical colleges (UTCs) and studio schools and academy projects awaiting approval. Accessed 17 January 2024. Male, T. (2017). Leadership issues in emerging multi-academy trusts (MATs). Paper presented to European Conference for Educational Research, Copenhagen (August). Male, T. (2018). School governance and academisation in England. Paper presented to Commonwealth Council for Educational Administration and Management (CCEAM) conference – Malta, November Male, T. (2019). Governance in multi-academy trusts (MATs) - Evidence from the field. Paper presented at European Conference for Educational Research, Hamburg, September. Male, T. (2022). The rise and rise of academy trusts: Continuing changes to the state-funded school system in England. School Leadership and Management, 42(4), 313-333. Ofsted. (2019). Multi-academy trusts: Benefits, challenges and functions. Accessed 17 January 2024. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 33 SES 09 A: Understanding Gender Stereotypes, Students Self Perceptions and Well Being. Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Johanna F. Ziemes Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper LGBTIQ+ Wellness in Compulsory Schools in Rural Areas University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Schools exert pressure to conform with heterosexual and heteronormative understandings of gender by reinforcing and sustaining categories of gender identity that marginalise students who do not fit into the heterosexual matrix (Allard, 2004; Cushman, 2012; Kjaran, 2017; Pascoe, 2007; Sveinbjörnsdóttir et al., 2010; Woolley, 2017). Schools as regulative institutions thus contribute to the construction of gender and sexuality, often limiting the practices and performances of gender and/or sexuality available to subjects. By performing gender and/or sexuality outside of the intelligible norms, subjects risk becoming unintelligible to the codes of their social system, which then can reduce their expectations of living a liveable life (Butler, 2004). As Butler (1990) has argued, intelligibility is connected to the concept of liveability, which is assigned to those who adopt dominant gender norms and pursue life within the frame of the heterosexual matrix. Excluding the possibility of different sexualities and gender performativities and upholding heteronormative institutional values can lay the foundation for homophobic attitudes and marginalises students who do not align with the gender script.
Schools as highly gendered institutions where the ideology of gender as a binary category is strong and persistent (Bragg et al. 2018), reflect and recreate the gender binary in societies (Jones et al., 2020). Most schools practice binary gender segregation reflected in official documents, gendered school uniforms, and gender-segregated facilities such as toilets and changing rooms (Davies et al., 2019). Students are divided into gendered study groups, spaces are gender divided and various school practices (Kjaran, 2017; Mayeza, 2015; Menzies & Santoro, 2017; Paechter 2007). Non-binary students tend to become invisible beings as they are non-existent in the binary institutions. At the same time, they are visible due to their un-categorisability (Paechter et al., 2021). The binary understanding of gender has been persistent but is being resisted with reference to multiple gender performativities, sexual orientations, gender expressions, and more.
While Nordic countries have been recognized as progressive in promoting legislation and welfare to improve LGBTQI+ rights, there has been some regression with increasing hate speech, prejudice and violence in the school environment. In Iceland increased discussion about the wellbeing of LGBTQI+ students followed findings of a national survey conducted among teenagers, based on GLSEN national school climate survey. Findings suggested that queer youth’s well-being was significantly worse than their non-queer peers (Samtökin 78, 2020). In the spring of 2022, news about trans and non-binary teenagers being cruelly bullied appeared on national television. The teenagers spoke to reporters about their insecurities and how difficult it is to be different in the compulsory school environment (Ragnarsdóttir, 2022). The survey and the experience of teenagers repeatedly under attacks surely calls for schools to be responsible for questioning and troubling the understanding of gender as binary and interfering in prejudice discourses when they appear in schools. Research has shown that a gender binary environment at school results in anxiety among non-binary students, affecting their school attendance and quality of life (Jones et al., 2019). Students should be aided in standing against or questioning the understanding of gender as binary in school regimes, giving them discursive space and insurance to contribute to and transform their environments for the better for all students. In addition, compulsory schools should provide students with gender and sexuality education and thus comply with their duties according to the Icelandic Gender Equality Act. In this paper I ask how teachers experience their school environment regarding the safety and well-being of LGBTQI+ students and how the school environment, school practices and social relations can promote or add to their well-ness and safety. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following a small survey sent to 19 compulsory schools (6-16y) in rural areas in Iceland interviews were conducted with 12 teachers working in some of these schools. The survey consisted of 30 multiple choice questions with the possibility to write short answers. Questions were about teachers´ school environment, school practices, study material and students´ relations during recess in connection to LGBTQI+ students and issues. The purpose of the interviews was to deepen the knowledge provided by the findings of the survey and ask teachers to reflect on school practices in relation to LGBTQI+ students and discuss possible practices that would promote their well-ness and security. The interviews took place on Teams and in spaces that the teachers preferred to meet with the researcher. Each interview lasted from 50–70 minutes. The interview transcripts were read several times. Notations were written, and texts were coded using an inductive approach. The first coding was open and focused on getting to know the participants’ ideas and experiences. The codes were assembled to identify repeated patterns of meaning across the data (Braun & Clarke, 2013). The teachers’ narratives were continually compared to attain conformation of their accounts and reduce possible limitations of the study in line with social construction of validity (Kvale, 1994). In the presentation, gender is seen as a social construction, as humans are actively performing gender and at the same time schools are seen as vibrant spaces and agents constructed in social relations, space and time and thus always in the process of being made (Massey, 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Main findings from the interview data indicate that schools support heteronormative understanding of sex and gender without applying the recent counter-actions in society in terms of the rights of LGBTQI+ individuals. This results in certain gender roles applied to students within a traditional gender hierarchy and lack of transformative school practices that would increase security and the well-ness of LGBTQI+ children and teenagers. The schools react positively to instances where LGBTQI+ students begin in school and information is provided from NGOs but further specialist guidance to students and their families is lacking in the schools . The findings further indicate that schools are powerful spaces when it comes to supporting gender inequalities and the necessity to prepare teachers and urge schools to provide gender and queer education. References Allard, Andrea C. (2004). Speaking of gender: Teachers’ metaphorical constructs of male and female students. Gender and Education, 16(3), 347–363. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540250042000251489 Braun, Virginia, & Clarke, Victoria. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage. Butler, Judith. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminisms and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Butler, Judith. (2004). Undoing gender. Routledge. Bragg, Sara, Renold, Emma, Ringrose, Jessica, & Jackson, Carolyn (2018). ‘More than boy, girl, male, female’: exploring young people’s views on gender diversity within and beyond school contexts. Sex Education, 18(4), 420–434. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2018.1439373 Cushman, Penni. (2012). “You’re not a teacher, you’re a man”: The need for a greater focus on gender studies in teacher education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 16(8), 775–790. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.516774 Jones, Bethany, A., Bauman, Walter Pierre, Haycraft, Emma, & Arcelus, Jon. (2019). Mental health and quality of life in non-binary transgender adults: A case control study. International Journal of Transgenderism 20(2–3), 251–262. https://doi.org/10.1080/15532739.2019.1630346 Kjaran, Jón Ingvar. (2017). Constructing sexualities and gendered bodies in school spaces: Nordic insights on queer and transgender students. Palgrave Macmillan. Kvale, Steinar. (1994). Validation as communication and action: On the social construction of validity. Paper presented at meeting of the AERA in New- Orleans Massey, Doreen. 2005. For Space. London: Sage. Mayeza, Emmanuel. (2015). Exclusionary violence and bullying in the playground: Football and gender ‘policing’ at school. Journal of Injury and Violence Prevention, 13(1), 49–70. https://hdl.handle.net/10520/EJC178542 Menzies, Fiona G., & Santoro, Ninetta. (2017). “Doing” gender in a rural Scottish secondary school: An ethnographic study of classroom interactions. Ethnography and Education, 13(4), 428–441. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2017.1351386 Paechter, Carrie, Toft, Alex, & Carlile, Anna. (2021). Non-binary young people and schools: Pedagogical insights from a small-scale interview study. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 29(5), 695–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2021.1912160 Pascoe, Cheri Jo. (2007). “Dude, you’re a fag”: Masculinity and sexuality in high school. University of California Press. Ragnarsdóttir, Sólveig Klara. (2022, 25. May). „Segja okkur að hengja okkur og drepa okkur“ [“Tell us to hang us and kill us”]. RÚV. https://www.ruv.is/frettir/innlent/2022-05-25-segja-okkur-ad-hengja-okkur-og- drepa-okkur Samtökin 78 [The National Queer Organisation of Iceland]. (2020). The 2017 Iceland National School Climate Survey Report. The Author. https://k3r6k4a9.rocketcdn.me/wp- content/uploads/2020/08/Skolakonnun_GLSEN_FINAL.pdf Sveinbjörnsdóttir, Sigrún, Bjarnason, Þóroddur, Arnarsson, Ársæll M., & Hjálmsdóttir, Andrea. (2010). The happiness of queer teenagers in 10th grade. The Icelandic Psychological Association Journal 15, 23–36. Woolley, Susan, W. (2017). Contesting silence, claiming space: Gender and sexuality in the neo-liberal public high school. Gender and Education, 29(1), 84–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2016.1197384 33. Gender and Education
Paper Longitudinal Relationships Between Ability Grouping, Subject Liking and Academic Self-concept: An Irish National Study of Primary Schooling 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University College London, UK Presenting Author:Children in primary schools in Ireland are often placed in within-class ‘ability’ groups (Sloan et al., 2021), despite well-documented issues with this as a pedagogical approach (Francis et al., 2016). Recent studies have considered the longitudinal impact of ability grouping in UK samples at both primary (e.g., Boliver & Capsada-Munsech, 2021; Papachristou et al., 2022) and secondary levels (e.g., Francis et al., 2020; Hodgen et al., 2023), however similar evidence within the Irish context is lacking. Research with Irish primary school children through in-depth qualitative case studies has documented how ability grouping shaped children’s interactions and peer networks (McGillicuddy, 2021), with children in high ability groups attaining a higher social status. Longitudinal studies within the UK have shown that children placed in lower ability groups at age 7 years are less likely than their peers in high ability groups to enjoy maths at age 7 or 11 years, after controlling for maths ability at age 7, sex and social class (Bolvier & Capsada-Munsech, 2021). Other longitudinal studies, again, set within the UK context, have suggested a causal link between ability grouping and academic self-concept (Campbell, 2021) and emotional and behavioural problems (Papachristou et al., 2022), factors which are also associated with poorer academic outcomes. Taken together, these findings suggests that ability grouping practices may perpetuate social inequalities in education through an impact on a range of outcomes associated with school success. Building on the existing research conducted primarily outside of the Irish context, the current analysis seeks to explore, for the first time, longitudinal associations between ability grouping in reading and maths in an Irish primary school sample. Further, given the mixed empirical findings of evidence of gender differences in misallocation to ability groups (Muijs & Dunne, 2010; Connolly et al., 2019) and gender differences in relation to school engagement, academic self-concept and subject liking, we explored whether gender as a potential moderator in relationships between ability grouping and outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data collected over two waves of a national, longitudinal cohort study of primary education in Ireland, the Children’s School Lives (CSL) study (Devine et al., 2020). CSL involves approximately 200 schools and follows 4,000 children, their teachers, school principals, and families. This mixed methods study captures data annually using quantitative surveys, classroom observations, and case study qualitative approaches. The study involves two distinct cohorts: Cohort A followed children for 4 annual waves of data collection, from their first year in primary school (Junior Infants class; age 4-5 years) until to 2nd class (age 8-9 years). Cohort B followed children for 5 annual waves of data collection from 2nd class (age 8-9 years) until the final year in primary school, 6th class. The current analysis focuses on ability grouping practices within Cohort B. For both cohorts, the first wave of data collection began in 2019 which means that the 2020 wave of data collection were impacted by Covid-19 school closures. For this reason, the current analysis focuses on two waves of data from Cohort B: wave 3 (Spring 2021) and wave 4 (Spring 2022). Wave 3 involved 99 primary schools, recruited following stratified random sampled from a national database to reflect the school population in relation to school size, designated disadvantaged status, and school gender mix. Teachers reported their use of ability grouping for reading and for maths, and in classes where ability grouping was used, teachers reported whether each child was in a low, middle or high ability group. Other variables were measured using child report through a self-completed questionnaire administered by trained fieldworkers on a whole class basis. Questionnaires consisted of validated measures, selected following a review of the literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At wave 3, for reading, 10% of the sample were not taught in ability groups, with a similar proportion not taught in ability groups for maths (11%). For reading, 34% of the sample were placed in high ability groups, 37% in middle ability groups, and 19% in low ability groups. The proportions were similar for maths, with 31% in high ability groups, 40% in middle ability groups, and 18% in low ability groups. There was a high level of consistency between ability group placements across subjects, with 72% to 74% of those in the low, middle or high ability group for reading also in the same ability group for maths. Analysis is currently underway using multilevel linear regression to account for the clustered nature of the data (children within schools). These models will assess the relationship between ability group status in wave 3 and change in a number of outcomes over time including: child academic self-concept, school engagement, school belonging, subject interest. Preliminary analysis to date suggests that overall, children in middle and low ability groups for maths at wave 3 have significantly lower interest in maths at wave 4, while for reading, a significant difference was only found for children in low ability groups. After controlling for subject interest at wave 3, this pattern remained for maths, but not for reading. When the models were split by gender, girls in low ability groups had significantly lower liking for reading in wave 4, however there was no difference between boys by ability group status. For math, boys in low ability groups, and girls in both low and middle ability groups, had lower liking in wave 4. References Boliver & Capsada-Munsech, 2021 Does ability grouping affect UK primary school pupils’ enjoyment of Maths and English? Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 76, 100629. Campbell, 2021. In-class ‘ability’-grouping, teacher judgements and children’s mathematics self-concept: evidence from primary-aged girls and boys in the UK Millennium Cohort Study. Cambridge Journal of Education, 51(5). Connolly et al., 2019. The misallocation of students to academic sets in maths: A study of secondary schools in England. British Educational Research Journal, 45(4). 873-897. Francis et al., (2017). Attainment Grouping as self-fulfilling prophesy? A mixed methods exploration of self confidence and set level among Year 7 students. International Journal of Educational Research, 86, 96-108. Francis et al., (2020). The impact of tracking by attainment on pupil self-confidence over time: demonstrating the accumulative impact of self-fulfilling prophecy. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(5). Hodgen et al., (2023). The achievement gap: The impact of between-class attainment grouping on pupil attainment and educational equity over time. British Educational Research Journal, 49(2), 209-230. McGillicuddy, 2021. “They would make you feel stupid” - Ability grouping, Children’s friendships and psychosocial Wellbeing in Irish primary school. Learning and Instruction, 75, 101492. Muijs & Dunne, (2010). Setting by ability – or is it? A quantitative study of determinants of set placement in English secondary schools. Educational Research, 52(4), 391-407. Papachristou et al., (2022). Ability-grouping and problem behavior trajectories in childhood and adolescence: Results from a U.K. population-based sample. Child Development, 93(2), 341-358. Sloan, S., Devine, D., Martinez Sainz, G., Symonds, J. E., Crean, M., Moore, B., Davies, A., Farrell, E., Farrell, J., Blue, T., Tobin, E. & Hogan, J. (2021). Children’s School Lives in Junior Infants, Report No.3. University College Dublin. https://cslstudy.wpenginepowered.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/CSL_Annual-Report-_30.11.21.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 34 SES 09 A: Strengthening Education for Democracy Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Leif Kalev Panel Discussion |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Panel Discussion Strengthening Education for Democracy 1Tallinn University, Estonia; 2University of Barcelona, Spain; 3Foundation for Global Governance and Sustainability, Belgium; 4Tallinn University, Estonia; 5Dublin City University, Ireland; 6University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The panel will discuss new perspectives for strengthening the education for democracy in contemporary European context based on the 1,5 years of work in the Horizon Europe Democrat project. We examine both the conceptual and empirical aspects of education for democracy, with case studies in six EU countries, with a special attention to responsible democratic citizenship and the possibilities to achieve change through educational interventions. Strengthening education for democracy has become an increasingly urgent need due to several recent and ongoing crises in Europe. Challenges such as mediatization, technocratization, disenchantment, radicalization, populism, securitization, digitalization, illiberalism and others (e.g. Hay 2007, Papadopoulos 2013, Guillaume, Huysmans 2013, Moffitt 2016, Bigo, Isin, Ruppert 2019, Keane 2020, Schäfer, Zürn 2021, Sajo, Uitz, Holmes 2021) put pressure on the democratic system and citizens. An autonomous, constructive and effective citizen agency is under threat as citizens increasingly turn to either extreme ideologies or feel alienated and withdraw from civic life. How to better use education in supporting responsible democratic citizenship is nowadays a very relevant question. The discussion will be based on but not limited to the EU Horizon Europe Democrat project that aims to strengthen liberal democracy in the European Union by supporting its embedding and sustainability through participatory redesign and implementation of innovative and context-sensitive Education for Responsible Democratic Citizenship curricula and learning methods. Both content- and process- related aspects can support the development of citizens as reflexive, autonomous and constructive democratic agents and address the challenges outlined above. Contemporary digital tools for learning and participation are taken into account, as are aspects of democracy and responsible democratic citizenship that include the individual’s relation to the natural environment and sustainability in its interconnected environmental, social, economic and governance dimensions, as per the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. The Democrat project includes both conceptual and empirical work, both supported by national and transnational living labs. The conceptual work is based on relevant academic literature and policy documents from Europe and beyond that is used to develop an approach to facilitate responsible democratic citizenship building into education content and pedagogies that respond to today’s requirements. The empirical work includes statistical analysis, targeted research on specific key topics and educational interventions. Statistical analysis focuses on identifying the contextual factors relevant to education for democracy. Targeted research identifies i.a. the educational arrangements, aims, objectives and measures, competences, and the key agents and their discourses on education for responsible democratic citizenship. The educational interventions are designed and implemented, and their results reflected on and discussed in the project network. The living labs offer a key channel for reflection and including the perspectives of key stakeholders in education for democracy and responsible democratic citizenship. Altogether ca. 40 living lab events will be conducted at various stages of the Democrat project. The panelists will discuss key conceptual and empirical aspects based on the first 1,5 years of the work of the Democrat project, including initial results and designs for further work. References Banks, J. A., (2004). Teaching for Social Justice, Diversity, and Citizenship in a Global World, The Educational Forum, 68:4, 296-305, DOI: 10.1080/00131720408984645 Biesta, G., & Lawy, R. (2006). From teaching citizenship to learning democracy: Overcoming individualism in research, policy and practice. Cambridge journal of education, 36(1), 63-79. Biesta, G., Lawy, R., & Kelly, N. (2009). Understanding young people's citizenship learning in everyday life: The role of contexts, relationships and dispositions. Education, citizenship and social justice, 4(1), 5-24. Didier Bigo, Engin Isin, Evelyn Ruppert (2019, eds.). Data Politics: Worlds, Subjects, Rights. London, New York: Routledge. Hay, Colin (2007). Why We Hate Politics? Cambridge, Malden: Polity Press. Janette Hughes, Jennifer A. Robb and Molly Gadanidis (2023). Educating for a Just World: Empowering K-12 Students as Global Democratic Digital Citizens. JD Life & Learning, 3(2): Special Issue - Social Media & Education. Guillaume, Xavier; Huysmans, Jef (2013, Eds.). Citizenship and Security. The Constitution of Political Being. London, New York: Routledge. Jakobson, Mari-Liis; Eisenschmidt, Eve; Kalev, Leif (2019). Democratic citizenship in scarce conditions: educating citizens in neoliberal Estonia. In: Andrea Raiker, Matti Rautiainen, Blerim Saqipi (Ed.). Teacher Education and the Development of Democratic Citizenship in Europe. London: Routledge. John Keane (2020). The New Despotism. Cambridge, MA, London: Harvard University Press. Benjamin Moffitt (2016). The Global Rise of Populism. Performance, Political Style, and Representation. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Papadopoulos, Yannis (2013). Democracy in Crisis? Politics, Governance and Policy. Houndmills, New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Park, E. L., & Choi, B. K. (2014). Transformation of classroom spaces: Traditional versus active learning classroom in colleges. Higher Education, 68(5), 749-771. Quaynor, L. J. (2012). Citizenship education in post-conflict contexts: A review of the literature. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 7(1), 33-57. András Sajó, Renáta Uitz, Stephen Holmes (2021, eds). Routledge Handbook of Illiberalism. New York: Routledge Armin Schäfer, Michael Zürn (2021). Die demokratische Regression. Suhrkampf Verlag. Thornberg, R., & Elvstrand, H. (2012). Children's experiences of democracy, participation, and trust in school. International Journal of Educational Research, 53, 44-54. Westheimer, Joel (2015). What Kind of Citizen? Educating Our Children for the Common Good. New York, London: Teachers College Press. Chair Leif Kalev, leif@tlu.ee, Tallinn University, Estonia |
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 14: ECER Coffee Break |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 A: Keynote Zembylas: Educating for Anti-Complicity in the Era of Global Crises: An Affective Response to Political Violence Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Zembylas: Educating for Anti-Complicity in the Era of Global Crises: An Affective Response to Political Violence Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This talk addresses the thorny issue of complicity in recent global reckonings of political violence (structural racism; histories of colonialism, slavery and genocide; populism; extremism etc.) and asks: What does it mean to educate students for anti-complicity and resistance, when they are embedded in institutions and practices that engage in political violence, as perpetrators, collaborators or bystanders? What are the risks of a pedagogy and politics that cultivate affective practices of anti-complicity in the classroom? Drawing on recent insights from affect theory and political thought, this talk focuses on affect and its role in facilitating critical and political engagement of students and educators with violence. In particular, it interrogates how thinking about complicity through an affective and political lens can help address past and present instances, practices and structures of political violence. It is argued that the development of an anti-complicity pedagogy and politics provides a nuanced way to teach and learn about political violence and its entanglement with histories of suffering and injustice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 B Stream: Keynote Papastephanou: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Live Stream from Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1, Mic: Yes ] |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Live Stream: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors N.N. Presenting Author:This is a live stream for the keynote "Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors". |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 B: Keynote Papastephanou: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Papastephanou: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The thematic description of this forthcoming ECER conference emphasizes the responsiveness of educational research to societal change and turbulent times across the world. We are invited to acknowledge epochal “challenges and uncertainties” and to rethink prospects for a future of better promise and hope. We are summoned to understand ourselves as inhabitants of a new age. The theme of this conference sets the “age of uncertainty” as the ultimate context of educational theory and practice. This reflects a broader tendency of educational studies in our times to use temporal metaphors that predicate our circumstances as exceptional: “critical times”, “pandemic age”, “precarious times”, “times of shipwreck”, “years of upheaval”, etc. However, most educational research employs such metaphors without exploring the politics of doing so. Lack of meta-theoretical, self-reflective attention to the operations of “the age of uncertainty” rhetoric reproduces the use of this metaphor as a stopgap, a cliché, or a modish slogan with possibly pernicious political effects. This keynote lecture aims to retrieve the neglected educational-philosophical task of disclosing the ambiguous politics of the “age of uncertainty” metaphor. More awareness of, or vigilance about, such politics is needed for: giving historical memory its due; noticing deeper connections of education with diverse causalities of adversities related to “our current realities”; and avoiding some risks that accompany the uncritical overuse of “crisis” and “uncertainty” epochal metaphors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 C Stream: Keynote Padeliadu: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia Location: Room B204 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Live Stream: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia N.N. Presenting Author:This is a live stream for the keynote "Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia". |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 C: Keynote Padeliadu: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Eddie Denessen Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Padeliadu: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece Presenting Author:Inclusive education practices have significantly increased in the last three decades and lately, equity and inclusion initiatives have also been gradually adopted. These have become key elements of educational discourse specifically regarding disability. Furthermore, in the broader social context, disability definitions can no longer be conceptualized as synonymous with impairment. By embracing the social model in the dyslexia case, problems experienced by students with dyslexia in education reflect structural inequalities, functioning as disabling barriers. Hence, identification and removal of these disabling barriers is instrumental to ensure inclusive education and progress for students with dyslexia. Within the field of dyslexia and reading disabilities research, serious concerns have been raised globally that the traditional IQ-Achievement discrepancy identification model is a “wait-to-fail” approach, which leads to more barriers for students with dyslexia. Several reasons have led to these concerns: a) there have been psychometric limitations for students coming from minorities or low socio-economic backgrounds b) receiving adequate and appropriate instruction before the diagnosis, is not required c) traditional diagnostic testing does not provide information for the needed instruction and most importantly, d) the mean age at which the students are identified as having dyslexia is over 10 years, after they have experienced significant failure in school. Furthermore, previous early research focusing on the identification of children with dyslexia, revealed a significant relationship between time of diagnosis and socio-economic status; that is, the poorer the students the later the diagnosis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:00 - 13:30 | 90 SES 10.5 Paper Session |
12:30 - 13:45 | 00 SES 10.5: EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper ***CANCELLED*** EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet ESAI Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:The Educational Studies Association of Ireland (ESAI) is a voluntary, non-political body, dedicated to the advancement of educational research in Ireland. This link will bring you to the ESAI website: http://esai.ie/about-esai/ A primary aim of the ESAI is to ensure, as far as possible, that educational discourse in Ireland remains grounded in perspectives which are adequately acquainted with the evidence from the various disciplines of educational research and that educational policy-making at all levels remains similarly informed by arguments which are educationally sound. Irish Educational Studies (IES) is the official international journal of the Educational Studies Association of Ireland, with a current Impact Factor of 1.8. This link will bring you to the IES website page: http://esai.ie/journal/ The ESAI Annual Conference 2025 will be held on April 10th to 12th, inclusive. The call for papers will open in September 2024 until October 31st. See here for an overview of our last annual conference: https://esai.ie/esai-conference-2024-a-review/ The ESAI supports a network of Special Interest Groups listed on this link: http://esai.ie/sigs/ It has a dedicated Early Career Researcher (ECR) strand and an annual award for the best ECR paper at the annual conference. Membership is open to all with a research interest in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . 00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Spotlight on the ECER 2025: Charting the Way Forward: Education, Research, Potentials and Perspectives University of Belgrade, Serbia Presenting Author:We are excited to announce a promotional event for the upcoming European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) 2025, which will be held in Belgrade, Serbia, from September 8 to 12, 2025. This event will feature engaging discussions with Serbian educational researchers, who will share insights into recent developments in Serbian educational research, the establishment of the National Association of Educational Researchers in Serbia, and offer a preview of ECER 2025. Attendees will also have the opportunity to explore Serbian culture and education through short films, quizzes, and interactions with local researchers. Join us for an informative and engaging preview of ECER 2025 in Belgrade! Hosting EERA Member of ECER 2025: The Educational Research Association of Serbia (ERAS), established in 2013, focuses on building and nurturing the educational research community in Serbia while enhancing its international visibility. The Association brings together experts from diverse fields with a shared interest in educational research. Since its inception, ERAS has concentrated on improving educational practices and advocating for equitable educational policies. Situated at the crossroads of various cultures and historical contexts, the Serbian education system and its research community have long been engaged in exploring the role of education in crises, interpreting significant social events, constructing collective narratives, and bridging diverse perspectives. Researchers within ERAS leverage available resources to address the unique characteristics and limitations of their context. Current research projects within the Association cover a broad spectrum of topics, including collaborative learning, inclusive and multicultural education, early literacy, digital skills, civic competence, and the assessment of social, emotional, and cognitive competencies. References . |
12:30 - 13:45 | Break 15: ECER Lunch Break |
12:45 - 13:30 | 01 SES 10.5 A: NW 01 Network Meeting Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ken Jones Session Chair: Mihaela Mitescu Manea
Network Meeting
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper NW 01 Network Meeting West University of Timisoara, Romania Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 03 SES 10.5 A: NW 03 Network Meeting Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Network Meeting |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper NW 03 Network Meeting Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 06 SES 10.5 A: NW 06 Network Meeting Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Network Meeting |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper NW 06 Network Meeting Zurich University of Teacher Education (PH Zürich), Switzerland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 07 SES 10.5 A: NW 07 Network Meeting Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Network Meeting |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper NW 07 Network Meeting RPTU, Germany Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 08 SES 10.5 A: NW 08 Network Meeting Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Network Meeting |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper NW 08 Network Meeting Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 09 SES 10.5 A: *** Postponed *** NW 09 Network Meeting new time to be confirmed Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monica Rosén Network Meeting |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper NW 09 Network Meeting University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 10 SES 10.5 A: NW 10 Network Meeting Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist Network Meeting |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper NW 10 Network Meeting University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 12 SES 10.5 A: NW 12 Network Meeting: Open Research in Education Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Session Chair: Christian Swertz Network Open Research in Education invites all interested to the topic to join the network meeting and discuss, imagine and realise ideas and furture activities. Current ideas range from establishing a proceedings collection until practice or ERC workshops. |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper NW 12 Network Meeting DIPF | Leibniz Institute for...Education, Germany Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 13 SES 10.5 A: NW 13 Network Meeting Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ian Munday Network Meeting |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper NW 13 Network Meeting University of Stirling, Ireland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 15 SES 10.5 A: NW 15 Network Meeting Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Laing Network Meeting |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper NW 15 Network Meeting Newcastle University, UK Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 19 SES 10.5 A: Ethnography network speed-dating Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Network Speed-Dating |
|
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop Getting to Know Fellow Educational Ethnographers: A Speed-dating Session in the Ethnography Network 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Danish School of Education, Kopenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:We are using this workshop as an exchange format, drawing on the successful interactive ethnographic speed dating from last year's network meeting in Glasgow. We meet, get to know participants in the network who are also conducting ethnographic research in one form or the other and exchange ideas about the how, why and what of doing ethnography in educational fields. Come and join us! Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After a short introduction we will meet up in pairs or small groups for exchange. There will be several rounds. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We hope to have fun, learn a lot about different ways of doing ethnography and meet new and interesting people! References - No references |
12:45 - 13:30 | 20 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting NW 20 Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper NW 20 Network Meeting University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 21 SES 10.5 A: NW21 Convenors and Co-convenors Meeting Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Session Chair: Patrick Geffard |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Meetings/ Events NW21 Convenors and Co-convenors Meeting Rouen University, France Presenting Author:This is a meeting for the Link Convenors and Co-convenors of NW 21. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 23 SES 10.5 A: NW 23 Network Meeting Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Xavier Rambla Network Meeting |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper NW 23 Network Meeting Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (UAB), Spain Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 24 SES 10.5 A: NW 24 Network Meeting Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Network Meeting |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper NW 24 Network Meeting KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 26 SES 10.5 A: NW 26 Network Meeting Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Network Meeting |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper NW 26 Network Meeting Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 27 SES 10.5 A: NW 27 Network Meeting Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas Network Meeting |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper NW 27 Network Meeting University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 28 SES 10.5 A: NW 28 Network Meeting Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Eszter Neumann Network meeting |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper NW 28 Network Meeting HUN-REN CSS, Hungary Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 30 SES 10.5 A: NW 30 Network Meeting Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Network Meeting |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper NW 30 Network Meeting University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 33 SES 10.5 A: NW 33 Network Meeting Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Branislava Baranović Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Network Meeting |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper NW 33 Network Meeting University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 A: Professional Learning Research: Fit for Purpose in an Age of Uncertainty? Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ken Jones Session Chair: Ken Jones Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Professional Learning Research: Fit for Purpose in an Age of Uncertainty? We not only live in an age of uncertainty, but in obviously dangerous times. It is nearly a hundred years since Antonio Gramsci wrote ‘the old is dying and the new cannot be born; in this interregnum a great variety of morbid symptoms appear’ (Gramsci, 1971, p. 276), but these words seem as relevant as ever. It is not a time of crisis, but an age of many crises that often combine and collide in ways that amplify their impact. Educators are at the sharp end of these developments: having to keep abreast of rapid change, manage increasingly complex environments and preparing learners with both the skills and dispositions that will help them navigate these turbulent times. Supporting educators in this work is the task of professional learning and development (PLD), but as the task of the educator becomes more complex, so too must the purposes and forms of PLD adapt. Historically much professional learning has been focused on developing the technical skills required to ‘perform’ the task of teaching, and much PLD research has been concerned with establishing ‘what works’ - where and in what circumstances. If such an approach was ever appropriate, it is clear that it is not appropriate now. Old models and traditional practices appear unable to cope with the world as it is and much professional learning, and professional learning research, appears no longer fit for purpose in an age of crises (Stevenson, 2023). This symposium seeks to explore these issues, with a particular focus on the implications for professional learning research and those engaged in such research. The intention is to ‘look forward’, to reflect on the professional learning of the future and the research that will be required to support it. The approach adopted is to examine critically three recent Special Issues of Professional Development in Education (PDiE). PDiE is now in its 50th year, and for all that time it has provided a focus for research in this important sub-field within the wider Education discipline. As with other scholarly journals, PDiE publishes Special Issues and these publications can be significant for what they say about a field and its future trajectory. Special issues are intended to bring together a range of contributors with a specialised focus to construct new knowledge and deepen collective understanding. As such they perform an important ‘agenda setting’ role by identifying new issues and charting new directions. This symposium will focus on three special issues Leading Professional Learning to Navigate Complexity (vol 49:6), Beyond Reproduction: the Transformative Potential of Professional Learning (vol 49:4) and The Place of Professional Growth and Professional Learning in Leading Socially Just Schools (vol 47:1). Each individual contribution will be presented by a PDiE editorial board member closely involved with the curating of the relevant SI, and presentations will be framed around a set of common questions:
The intention is to use the Special Issues to raise critical questions about current and future trends in professional learning research. The session will be constructed to maximise discussion. Presenters are located in Ireland, the USA and England. The discussant is from Scotland. Articles in the SIs are drawn from a wide range of European and non-European contexts. References Antonio Gramsci (1971) Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci (Q. Hoare & G. Nowell-Smith, Eds.). Lawrence and Wishart. Howard Stevenson (2023) Professional learning and development: fit for purpose in an age of crises?, Professional Development in Education, 49:3, 399-401, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2207332 Presentations of the Symposium The Place of Professional Growth and Professional Learning in Leading Socially Just Schools.
The special issue of Professional Development in Education, guest edited by Deirdre Torrance and Christine Forde (2021) with a Foreword by Associate Editor PDiE Fiona King (2021) sought to explore the perspectives and practices of leaders who advocate for social justice. Against the backdrop of the global Covid-19 pandemic, the expansion of the Black Lives Matter Movement, and the OECD's emphasis on Excellence and Equity, this special issue highlights the notable disparity between privileged and underprivileged communities. It underscores the urgent need to address issues of inequity. School leaders' professional learning and development (PLD) and how they support the PLD of others to build socially just schools was an important question underpinning this special issue.
Torrance and Forde classified the submissions in this special issue into three overarching themes: Leadership development and leading socially just schools; Leading in socially just schools and; teacher development to build practice in socially just schools. The content primarily comprises empirical studies conducted in diverse contexts, complemented by a critical review of the literature and two conceptual papers.
This presentation will explore the conceptualization of social justice in the featured articles. A prominent theme throughout the special issue revolves around the interchangeable use of terms (inclusion, equity, equality, diversity) in research, writing, and the practice of social justice. While acknowledging the absence of a universally agreed-upon definition for these terms, there is a concern about ensuring clarity in meanings to enhance understanding of the associated challenges.
Whilst recognizing the significance of context in shaping these concepts and practices, this paper will make the case for explicitly defining what we mean by social justice within our professional learning environments. It will also contend that critically reflecting on the various factors that shape our beliefs and practices as educators—such as social, economic, political, and personal influences—is equally crucial. Professional learning that fosters such awareness represents only an initial phase, with calls for leaders and teachers to become more political and agentic in their roles. Social justice leadership calls for a reflective, activist and transformative stance, proposing that leadership learning should be integrated into all professional development. Additionally, we are compelled to unite in addressing the voices of those marginalised, aiming to enact positive changes and transform both schools and society.
References:
Christine Forde & Deirdre Torrance (2021) The place of professional growth and professional learning in leading socially just schools, Professional Development in Education, 47:1, 3-6, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1848491
Fiona King (2021) Foreword, Professional Development in Education, 47:1, 12, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1848492
Leading Professional Learning to Navigate Complexity
This special issue, published in December 2023 and edited by Phil Poekert and Fiona King (2023), emanates from a symposium sponsored by the journal and hosted at Dublin City University in June 2022, the latest in a series of biannual symposia. The issue comprises 17 papers and an afterword, and it showcases contributions from authors representing 12 countries across 4 continents, ranging from Italy and Qatar to China and New Zealand.
These contributions include a conceptual meta-model developed by the editors (King et al, 2023), exploring the constructs of Context, Experience, and Outcomes (CEO) as a framework applicable at individual, school, and systems levels. The editors reflect that all research on professional learning and development, including contributions in the special issue, explores the interaction among contextual influences, experiences of teachers and leaders, and outcomes of professional learning on students, educators, schools, and systems. All papers in the special issue also acknowledge the increasing complexities within the implementation of professional learning. Drawing inspiration from Bogotch's (2021) call for shared awareness and actionable plans to achieve socially just schools in another special issue, the issue aims to advance the field from acknowledging complexity to offering actionable guidance on operationalizing complexity in both research and practice.
Collectively, the papers make four key points about the nature of leadership for professional learning. Firstly, they emphasize leadership as a shared practice, transcending traditional roles and positions. Secondly, the leadership of professional learning goes beyond mere management. Thirdly, a deep understanding of complex networks of influence is crucial for effective translation of professional learning into teaching experiences. Finally, they research approaches aiming to optimize the impact of professional learning on student outcomes while ensuring equity in education.
A selection of papers in the special issue focus on conceptual and practical tools for navigating complexity. Examples include a conceptual framework for understanding the role of agency in professional learning, insights into how accomplished teachers navigate challenges, and the importance of fostering a culture that values enquiry as a way of facilitating meaningful professional learning.
The remaining papers showcase examples and illustrations of navigating complexity in professional learning practice and research. From headteachers navigating the pandemic to collaborative inquiry models supporting teacher professional learning, these real-world cases offer insights into advancing professional learning approaches and addressing complex challenges in education.
Together, these papers contribute to ongoing dialogue on navigating uncertainty in education, fostering hope for the future.
References:
Ira Bogotch (2021) Afterword: inserting social justice into professional development, Professional Development in Education, 47:1, 191-196, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1848490
Philip Poekert & Fiona King (2023) Leading professional learning to navigate complexity, Professional Development in Education, 49:6, 953-957, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2277572
Fiona King, Philip Poekert & Takeshia Pierre (2023) A pragmatic meta-model to navigate complexity in teachers’ professional Learning, Professional Development in Education, 49:6, 958-977, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2248478
Beyond Reproduction: the Transformative Potential of Professional Learning
This special issue of Professional Development in Education, edited by Aileen Kennedy and Howard Stevenson (2023) explicitly sought to encourage a critique of much mainstream professional learning and development (PLD), while also offering a more optimistic vision of what genuinely transformative professional learning can, and should, look like.
Several contributions explored the limitations of much current professional learning provision, but the main focus was on the development of the notion of ‘transformation’ at a theoretical level. An interesting feature of the SI is the broad range of conceptual frameworks that contributors drew on, often working with more than one approach and seeking interesting ways to meld different frameworks. Many of the contributors utilised Jack Mezirow’s work (1997), but a range of approaches rooted in critical pedagogy and radical adult education were also evident. The work often highlighted the importance, but also the limitations, of these valuable intellectual traditions.
This presentation will offer an overview of how ‘transformation’ is conceived across all the articles in the Special Issue. While conceptual pluralism can be a value, it can also reflect an element of incoherence when considering what is being ‘transformed’, how and by whom. Such uncertainty can then contribute to the term being denuded of any real meaning, as happens frequently in those contexts where ‘transformation’ appears to denote little more than ‘substantial change’.
This paper will make the case for a deeper theorising of the notion of transformative learning in a PLD context. It is an approach that sees personal transformation as nested within a wider collective transformation and, in turn, offering the prospect of a transformation of social relations (Stevenson 2024). Such an approach is necessary if those who position themselves as engaged in ‘critical professional learning’ (Parkhouse et al, 2023) are able to navigate the unavoidable tensions and contradictions that flow from working simultaneously ‘in and against’ work contexts that are exploitative and unjust (Mayo, 2005). This is a form of professional learning that goes beyond learning for work, or even learning about work, but takes seriously the notion of learning against work.
References:
Aileen Kennedy & Howard Stevenson (2023) Beyond reproduction: the transformative potential of professional learning, Professional Development in Education, 49:4, 581-585, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2226971
Peter Mayo (2005) ‘In and against’ the state: Gramsci, war of position and adult education. www.um.edu.mt/library/oar/bitstream/123456789/1463/1/War_of_Position-Mayo-libre-1.pdf
Jack Mezirow (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New directions for adult and continuing education, 1997(74), 5-12.
Hillary Parkhouse, Jesse Senechal & Elizabeth Severson-Irby (2023) Laying a foundation for critical professional development through a research–practice partnership, Professional Development in Education, 49:4, 725-738, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2193198
Howard Stevenson (2024) Educational Leadership and Antonio Gramsci: The Organising of Ideas, Routledge.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 B: Can Lecturers Talk Themselves Into Better Teaching? Investigating The Impact Of Collegial Critical Reflection In Academic Development Programmes In Universities Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Molly Sutphen Panel Discussion |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Panel Discussion Can Lecturers Talk Themselves Into Better Teaching? Investigating The Impact Of Collegial Critical Reflection In Academic Development Programmes In Universities 1Roskilde University, Denmark; 2University of Oslo, Norway; 3University of Oslo, Norway; 4Zürich University of Teacher Education, Schwitzerland; 5University of Oslo, Norway; 6Roskilde University, Denmark Presenting Author:Background This international research project views critical reflection on teaching practice as a vital capability for university lecturers. Critical reflection supports continuous development of teaching academics as facilitators of learning experiences who manage the constant change and complexity of the teaching profession (Mathisen & Bjørndal, 2016, p. 230). We use the term ‘Collegial Intervision[1]’ to synthesise the practices of peer observation, collegial discussion, and critical reflection that occur within professional development programs for lecturers at the three universities. The terminology emphasises that participants work together to gain clarity and insight into their practice and philosophy of teaching. The aim is to foster horizontal rather than hierarchical relations between peers (Wenger, 2011), where participants are positioned as co-learners who reflect together. Comparisons and continuities – three international cases Our three universities in Denmark, Norway, and Switzerland are connected through offering peer group collegial dialogues as foundations for professional development of university teachers. This study investigates structured dialogues aim to promote critical reflection as a common practice, seeking to elaborate previous research that documents a variety of beneficial outcomes from peer mentoring groups (de Lange and Wittek, 2023; Gardner et al, 2022). The effects may include professional unity and supportive collegiality, which can stimulate reflective discussions around teaching and supervision in addition to participants’ own peer discussions, informed by different peer mentoring frameworks (de Lange and Wittek, 2023, p. 187). Despite the benefits, empirical research evaluating learning and development in structured collegial dialogue in academic development programmes is scarce. In our project we focus on participants’ experiences of change in their daily teaching practice – considering if they experienced any change. We are interested in how they themselves experience the learning and possible change. Our work is guided by the following research questions:
These questions were explored through interviews and focus groups in the three countries. At each of the universities, individual and focus-group interviews have been conducted with participants who attended the programmes one to three years ago. The data analysis is informed by Mezirow’s concepts of critical reflection and thoughtful action with reflection (Mezirow, 1991, p. 109). Currently, we envisage a convergent approach, where data from each country will be interwoven into a nuanced understanding of critically reflective practice.
Proposed panel discussion – untangling unresolved tensions in academic development The concluding discussion aims to focus on some of the key tensions and questions that recur in our research group conversations:
[1] The meaning of Collegial Intervision is directly translated as ‘collegial shared clear sight’ References de Lange, T., Wittek, L. (2023). Experiences from the PeTS Project: What Lessons Have We Learned, and How Should We Proceed?. In: de Lange, T., Wittek, L. (eds) Faculty Peer Group Mentoring in Higher Education. Higher Education Dynamics, vol 61. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37458-6_10 Gardner, F., Southall, A. & Baxter, L. (2022) Effectively supporting teachers: a peer supervision model using reflective circles, Teachers and Teaching, 28:3, 369-383, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2062727 Mathisen, P., & Bjørndal, C. (2016). Tablets as a digital tool in supervision of student teachers’ practical training. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 11(4), 227–247. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-943x-2016-04-02 Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco. Wenger, E. (2011) Social learning capacity: Four essays on innovation and learning in social systems. In A Boddington and J Boys (Eds) Re-shaping learning: A Critical Reader. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers:193-210. Chair Molly Sutphen, Professor, University of Oslo, Norway, m.p.sutphen@iped.uio.no |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 C: Digital Learning (Part 1) Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carolyn Julie Swanson Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 01 SES 12 C |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Gap in Teachers' Awareness of the Use of ICT in Classroom Practice at Schools. Kansai University, Japan Presenting Author:This study attempts to clarify how using ICT and educational data in schools have been promoted since 2020 through case reports. From a survey of elementary school teachers in one city, it became evident that there were some differences in teachers' understanding of the relationship between ICT and educational data use. It is argued that this result is a problem, and an issue to be discussed when considering the potential use of ICT in education. We used the database to analyze how elementary and secondary education had been facing COVID-19 since 2020, while using technology. The Education Resources Information Center (ERIC), an online library sponsored by the Institute of Education Sciences of the U.S. Department of Education, was used to search for relevant articles from 2020 that included "COVID-19," "Elementary and Secondary Education," and "Technology Use in Education" in their abstracts. Peer-reviewed articles were surveyed. As a result, 110 articles were retrieved. Among the 110 articles, 57 dealt with distance education, 41 with barriers, 35 with teacher attitudes, 28 with access to computers, 23 with the teaching method, 15 with learner engagement, 14 with equal education, and 11with educational change. For instance, Yanoski et al. (2021) and White et al. (2022) demonstrated how an ICT environment can contribute to the safety and security of students when they have been stopped from learning. They identified what was required of schools, administrators, and teachers, as well as what responses were effective in bridging these regional gaps. Burgin et al. (2022) pointed out the importance of examining student engagement in distance learning and bringing needs and voices into consideration in lesson design. Naff et al. (2022) found that the home environment, socioeconomic status, and previous mental health or disability diagnosis had an impact while addressing the effects of COVID-19 on the mental health of PK-12 students. Administrators should focus on well-being of children and teachers, carefully examine their emotions, and be agile in advancing policies with teachers on how to respond to crisis situations (Kwatubana & Molaodi 2021; Wilson, 2021; Farhadi & Winton 2022). Yıldız and Göçen (2022) examined teachers' opinions on leadership and guidelines for teachers' behavior to survive in turbulent times and attempted to identify what teachers should do in response to the new normal. Thus, the articles published over the past three years confirm that elementary and secondary education, through its response to COVID-19, has become more confronted with the digital divide and the students' mental health care that exists in the region and the importance of the attitude and role of principals and teachers in facing these issues. Through our research with ERIC, we found that since COVID-19 started, the use of ICT in schools has been discussed in detail as a response to various problems, with references to ICT as a tool for guaranteeing learning and close communication. However, we did not find many references to the use of ICT for data application in solving various problems. The research question for this study is: In relation to the use of ICT in schools, do teachers consider the use of ICT in the classroom and the use of educational data as two separate things? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We discuss the results of this research on the current state of ICT use in schools and classrooms, including efforts in 2022, when face-to-face instruction were the norm. The participants in the survey were elementary school teachers from City A. Elementary school teachers have made more progress in using ICT in their classes than secondary school teachers. We selected teachers with three years of experience working for the school because we wanted them to respond to the question about their experience since 2020, when the school environment changed. We decided that it was necessary for the purpose of this study to identify how teachers were using ICT, so we asked elementary school teachers to cooperate. City A is a large city that includes mountainous and urban areas, and we requested their cooperation because we believed that, as a city in Japan, the location of its schools was unbiased and representative. All study participants provided informed consent and the study design was approved by the appropriate ethics review board. Forty teachers in leadership positions and 177 teachers in their third year of service who accepted to participate in the survey were requested to complete the questionnaire in early June 2023. However, only 20 teachers in leadership positions and 80 in their third years of service responded to this deadline. At the end of June, we requested 177 teachers in their third year of employment who had already participated in the survey to self-evaluate their use of ICT. Consequently, 132 teachers responded to the deadline. A survey was conducted on the use of ICT in schools using the following 8 questions among teachers in leadership positions during teacher training and in their third year of employment. Participants were asked to respond to the questions rated on a 5-point scale, with five being very positive and one being very negative. Q1.Teachers' use of ICT in the lessons. Q2.Students' use of ICT in the lessons. Q3.Teachers' use of ICT in school affairs. Q4.Utilizing various survey information on students to understand students. Q5.Utilizing various survey information on students to improve lessons. Q6.Need for teacher training on the use of educational data. Q7.Conducting self-designed surveys to understand how students are doing in order to improve lessons. Q8.Conducting self-designed surveys to understand how students are doing for classroom management. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that teachers in the two positions rated the school in the same way regarding the use of ICT by teachers and students in the classroom in Q1. and Q2. However, in Q4 through Q6, teachers in both positions gave lower ratings to the school's efforts to use educational data than in Q1 and Q2. Teachers in leadership positions were willing to consider the need for training in the use of educational data in schools, but teachers in their third year of service were somewhat reluctant to actively promote such training. There was a difference between the school's efforts and one's own efforts in Q2, " Student's use of ICT," and Q5, "using survey information to improve lessons," and that there was variations in the responses. Looking at the results of Q7 and Q8, it could be identified that the respondents were more negative, on average, to conduct their own surveys to improve their lessons and classroom management than the results of the other question items. The standard deviation was also larger than that of the other questions, so it could be interpreted that there was a tendency for variation in response among teachers. According to the "free answers" of teachers in their third year of employment, it was evident that they tend to consider the "use of ICT in teaching as well as learning activities" and the "use of educational data using ICT" to be two different things. The tendency has become evident that "ICT use in teaching and learning activities" was understood as an initiative that contributes to the improvement of teaching and learning, and "ICT use of educational data" is considered as an initiative to evaluate students. References Brushwood R., C., & Bimm, M.(2021). Children, schooling, and COVID-19: What education can learn from existing research. Journal of Teaching and Learning, 15(2), 3–20. Burgin, X. D., Daniel, M. C., & Wasonga, T. A. (2022). Teachers’ perspectives on teaching and learning during the pandemic in the United States. Educational Process: International Journal, 11(3): 122-140. Farhadi, B., & Winton, S. (2022). Ontario teachers’ policy leadership during the COVID-19 pandemic. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 200, 49-62. Huck,C., & Zhang,J. (2021). Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic on K-12 Education: A Systematic Literature Review. Educational Research and Development Journal, 24(1), 53–84. Kwatubana, S., & Molaodi, V. (2021). Leadership styles that would enable school leaders to support the wellbeing of teachers during COVID-19. New Challenges to Education: Lessons from Around the World. BCES Conference Books 19, 106-112. Naff, D., Williams, S., Furman-Darby, J., & Yeung, M. (2022). The mental health impacts of COVID-19 on PK–12 students: A systematic review of emerging literature. AERA Open, 8(1), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584221084722 White, S., Harmon, H., Johnson, J., & O'Neill, B. (2022). In-the-moment experiences of rural school principals in the COVID-19 pandemic. The Rural Educator, 43(2), 47-59. Wilson, A. (2021). Emotionally Agile Leadership Amid COVID-19. School Leadership Review: 15(2). https://scholarworks.sfasu.edu/slr/vol15/iss2/1 Yanoski, D. C., Gagnon, D., Schoephoerster, M., McCullough, D., Haines, M., & Cherasaro, T. L. (2021). Variations in district strategies for remote learning during the COVID-19 pandemic (REL 2021–118). U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Regional Educational Laboratory Central. Retrieved September 18, 2023, from: http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/edlabs Yıldız Ş., S., & Göçen, A. (2022). Teachers' views on leadership in the new normal. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 17(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5979709 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper An Ethnographic Study of Digital Workplace Learning Through Crowdwork Practices Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The digital transformation has a profound impact on how we live, learn, and work while information, knowledge, and learning become increasingly important (Castells, 2017). In this context, learning is not only characterised by an acquisition of knowledge but rather by the continuous creation and recreation of knowing and learning in practice (Gherardi, 2008). To meet the associated demands employees often rely on workplace learning, a concept that has attracted practical and scientific attention in recent years. However, there remains a scarcity of empirical evidence in digital contexts (Ifenthaler, 2017). This study explores how learning and knowing are enacted in digital work practices in crowdwork. Crowdwork describes “paid crowdsourced work [mediated through platforms] where the delivery of service occurs entirely online” (Margaryan & Hofmeister, 2021, p. 44). It combines various trends in digital work like flexibilization, marketisation, individualisation, and the dissolution of boundaries (Ashford et al., 2018; Frey et al., 2004; Kleemann et al., 1999; Rump & Eilers, 2017). Learning in the workplace is based on the “holistic nature of performance […] [and] requires several different types of knowledge and skill” (Eraut, 2004, pp. 256–257). Unlike formal education learning in the workplace is often unintentional, contextual, and collaborative. It produces situation-specific explicit and tacit knowing through cognitive and physical activities (Eraut, 2004; Tynjälä, 2008). The separation between performance and learning is much less evident (Billett, 2010). To consider the holistic and complex character of workplace learning, this study builds on a practice-based approach. Summarizing different praxeological perspectives, Schatzki (2001, p. 2) defines practices as “arrays of human activity centrally organized around shared practical understandings”. Most practice theories agree that practices are human mental and physical activities, mediated through artefacts and objects. However, practice theories disagree on the relationship between knowing, learning, and practice (Gherardi, 2008; Schatzki, 2001). Building on the concept of knowing-in-practice by Gherardi (2019), knowing and learning cannot be separated as they are constantly produced and reproduced in practice. This makes knowing and learning part of everyday routines which are socially shared as “something people do together” (Gherardi, 2008, p. 517). These everyday routines are not mindless automatic acts. Rather they combine intentionality, cultural norms, and unpredictability (Billett, 2010; Reckwitz, 2003). A praxeological analysis of workplace learning, therefore, comprises carefully examining working practices and how learning and knowing are enacted (Gherardi, 2010). In 2020, there were more than 500 digital labour platforms in Europe, comprising online crowdwork and offline services (Groen et al., 2021). Crowdworkers mainly work part-time and self-employed (Mrass & Peters, 2017; Piasna et al., 2022). Crowdwork tasks require various skill levels. Microwork asks for low to medium-level skills, online freelancing requires specialised professional skills (Margaryan & Hofmeister, 2021). Findings on learning are ambivalent. On the one hand, opportunities for personal and professional development seem limited, as most tasks can be carried out with low to medium-level skills (Groen et al., 2021) and Altenried (2017, p. 176) even defines crowdwork as “digital taylorism” (Altenried, 2017, p. 176). On the other hand, crowdwork offers informal workplace learning opportunities (Margaryan, 2017) and supports crowdworkers with learning skills for the “new world of work” (Ashford et al., 2018, p. 23). This study aims to contribute to a better understanding of how learning and knowing are enacted in crowdwork practices that reflect digital workplace learning. Therefore, this study’s research question is:
This study will explore the finding’s implications for future educational research and policies in crowdwork and digital workplace settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a Netnographic approach. Netnography describes a methodology which encompasses ethnographic and qualitative research methods and is deployed in online environments (Kozinets, 2020). Going beyond its original use for social media research, Netnography has become an accepted approach to many digital contexts (Kozinets & Gambetti, 2021). Like other ethnographic approaches it implies an iterative research process in which data generation and evaluation alternate and researchers are in close contact with the research field (Breidenstein et al., 2020; Kozinets, 2020). Netnography is characterized by investigative, interactive and immersive data operations, meaning exploration of the research field, interacting with research participants, and keeping a research diary (Kozinets, 2020). It can also encompass autoethnography, in which the researchers “immerse themselves in an interpretive exploration of their own participation”(Howard, 2021, p. 218) in a certain research field. Ethnographic approaches like Netnography are particularly useful for workplace learning studies (Eraut, 2004, p. 248). This study employs qualitative methods to examine the work and learning practices of crowdworkers on two platforms from a holistic, explorative point of view. One platform offers hardware and software testing tasks requiring low to medium level skills and one is a freelancing platform offering more complex tasks. The fieldwork combines three phases. First, an autoethnographic study was conducted from June until August 2022 to gain first-hand insights into crowdwork practices. Then, a diary study comprising 24 crowdworkers was conducted consisting of a pilot and a main study phase. The pilot was carried out from February until April and the main study from Mai until June 2023. Over a period of up to six weeks participants submitted voice messages in which they described crowdwork tasks. Furthermore, they answered questions about learning practices and the recreation of knowing in practice. Following the diary study, they participated in online interviews. Among the 24 participants, 12 were testers and 12 were freelancers who work on the platform between a few weeks and more than eleven years. The crowdworkers have been contacted through the work platforms and voluntarily participated based on the ethical principles of Netnography including informed consent and data protection agreements. The resulting screenshots, documents, transcripts and research diary entries were analysed following the recommendations of Netnography combining coding and interpreting data analysis (Kozinets, 2020). In addition to netnographic principles the coding follows Kuckartz's (2016) qualitative content analysis. The interpretation of data was based on the Bohnsack et al.'s (2013) documentary method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results suggest that crowdwork practices comprise more than “digital taylorism” (Altenried, 2017, p. 176). Crowdworkers do not only process paid orders. Beyond that, they interpret digitally mediated social indices, integrate tasks into complex work and life arrangements, practice self-guidance, deal with uncertainty, and navigate the digital, market-based sphere. Crowdworkers categorise their digital practices in between work and leisure. The knowing incorporated includes, for instance, an understanding of the digital interconnectedness of the world, the navigation of contradicting life spheres and self-governance. Unlike most work and learning practices in permanent employment, crowdwork practices comprise more self-regulated learning techniques and the use of digital artefacts. Activities typically associated with workplace learning, like interactive activities (Eraut, 2004) are less evident. Crowdworkers often are amateurs who learn even basic skills through practice. Their learning has an implicit and reactive character which can imply the risk of making false assumptions. Despite this risk, some crowdworkers overcome limitations and even manage to pursue personal learning goals. This study shows that digital work contexts, such as crowdwork, are more contextualised and connected to other areas of life than in permanent employment. Altough further research is required, the findings also imply that workplace learning theory could benefit from a more holistic and inclusive perspective on professional learning. This comprises, for instance, targeting people who are not fully trained before engaging in a task and considering their work and life contexts. It also implies educational interventions in crowdwork such as supporting reflection on learning and offering opportunities for social exchange. In the long term, this could facilitate the utilisation of the advantages of the “new world of work” (Ashford et al., 2018, p. 23) and mitigate its disadvantages such as a shortage of skilled labour. References Altenried, M. (2017). Die Plattform als Fabrik. PROKLA. Zeitschrift für kritische Sozialwissenschaft, 47(187), 175–192. https://doi.org/10.32387/prokla.v47i187.140 Ashford, S. J., Caza, B. B., & Reid, E. M. (2018). From surviving to thriving in the gig economy: A research agenda for individuals in the new world of work. Research in Organizational Behavior, 38, 23–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.riob.2018.11.001 Billett, S. (2010). Learning through practice: models, traditions, orientations and approaches. Scholars Portal. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3939-2 Bohnsack, R., Nentwig-Gesemann, I., & Nohl, A.‑M. (2013). Die Dokumentarische Methode und Ihre Forschungspraxis: Grundlagen Qualitativer Sozialforschung (3., aktualisierte Aufl age). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften GmbH. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-19895-8 Eraut, M. (2004). Informal learning in the workplace. Studies in Continuing Education, 26(2), 247–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245 Gherardi, S. (2008). Situated Knowledge and Situated Action: What do Practice-Based Studies Promise? In D. Barry & H. Hansen (Eds.), SAGE handbook of new approaches in management and organisation (pp. 516–525). SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849200394.n89 Gherardi, S. (2019). How to conduct a practice-based study: Problems and methods (Second edition). Edward Elgar E-Book Archive. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://www.elgaronline.com/view/9781788973557/9781788973557.xml https://doi.org/10.4337/9781788973564 Groen, W. P. de, Kilhoffer, Z., Westhoff, L., Postica, D., & Shamsfakhr, F. (2021). Digital labour platforms in the EU: Mapping and business models. European Commission. https://www.ceps.eu/ceps-publications/digital-labour-platforms-in-the-eu/ Howard, L. (2021). Auto-Netnography in Education: Unfettered and Unshackled. In R. V. Kozinets & R. Gambetti (Eds.), Netnography unlimited: Understanding technoculture using qualitative social media research (pp. 217–240). Routledge. Ifenthaler, D. (2017). Digital Workplace Learning: Bridging Formal and Informal Learning with Digital Technologies (1st ed. 2018). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-46215-8 Kozinets, R. V. (2020). Netnography: Redefined (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Kozinets, R. V., & Gambetti, R. (Eds.). (2021). Netnography unlimited: Understanding technoculture using qualitative social media research. Routledge. Kuckartz, U. (2016). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (3., überarbeitete Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Margaryan, A. (2017). Understanding Crowdworkers’ Learning Practices. In Proceedings of 2017 Conference. European Association for Research in Learning and Instruction (EARLI). https://research.cbs.dk/en/publications/understanding-crowdworkers-learning-practices Margaryan, A., & Hofmeister, H. (2021). The Life Course: An interdisciplinary framework for broadening the scope of research on crowdwork. Human Computation, 8(1), 43–75. https://doi.org/10.15346/hc.v8i1.124 Schatzki, T. R. (2001). Introduction: Practice Theory. In T. R. Schatzki, K. Knorr Cetina, & E. von Savigny (Eds.), The practice turn in contemporary theory (pp. 1–14). Routledge. Tynjälä, P. (2008). Perspectives into learning at the workplace. Educational Research Review, 3(2), 130–154. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2007.12.001 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Role of ICT in Teacher Collaboration and Leadership Penn State University, United States of America Presenting Author:Information and computer technology (ICT) is expanding rapidly. Whether in the form of virtual assistants like Alexa (Dousay and Hall 2018), generative artificial intelligence (AI) like ChatGPT (Jeon and Lee 2023) or social robots (LeTendre and Gray 2023), teachers must now contend with multiple new technologies. While educational technology corporations promote the advantages of these technologies as improving student achievement, the actual impact on teachers is unclear. In some cases, teachers may find themselves spending less time on instruction and more time on dealing with failing technology (Serholt, Pareto et al. 2020). We know that inclusion of ICT in teacher education has important effects on teachers’ use of ICT (Davis, Preston et al. 2009, Davis and Loveless 2011). Teacher characteristics also play a critical role in the use of ICT (Gil-Flores, Rodríguez-Santero et al. 2017). However, little research has been conducted on how ICT is related to teacher collaboration or teachers ability to enact leadership in schools via professional learning. Collaboration is crucial to the teaching profession and is linked with teacher’s ability to enact leadership (Woo, LeTendre et al. 2022). Professional cooperation has been identified as a central element in major reviews of teacher leadership. (York-Barr and Duke 2004, Wenner and Campbell 2017, Nguyen, Harris et al. 2018). Does training or professional development in ICT promote teacher collaboration? To address this lack of research, we undertook a study to examine how the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in professional development (PD) for ICT skills for teaching are related to teacher collaboration and cooperation. Using the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018, we looked at two composite measures of collaboration and cooperation. In TALIS 2018, teacher collaboration was measured with a scale that includes: “teaching jointly as a team in the same class; observing other teachers’ classes and providing feedback; engaging in joint activities across different classes and age groups (e.g. projects); taking part in collaborative professional learning.” On the other hand, teacher cooperation was measured with a scale that includes: ““exchanging teaching materials with colleagues; engaging in discussions about the learning development of specific students; working with other teachers in this school to ensure common standards in evaluations for assessing student progress; and attending team conferences.” Our fixed-effects estimation showed that both the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal teacher training and participation in PD for developing ICT skills were significantly and positively associated with teacher collaboration and coordination across a broad range of societies including many European countries (e.g., Austria, Finland, Italy), even after controlling for other variables. In addition, we found that both the inclusion of ICT in formal teacher training and participation in PD were positively associated with professional collaboration in almost all societies only with a few exceptions. Together, our findings suggest that systematic training or access to ongoing PD in ICT appears to be a promising area to improve teacher’s ability to collaborate and cooperate, and thus enhance teacher’s leadership capacities. It is likely that teachers who have access to high quality training and PD are more likely to be aware of the positive aspects of new technologies and better able to navigate their pitfalls. We argue that the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in PD regarding ICT skills for teaching will become even more salient in the future as the explosion of ICT continues. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data and Sample Our data source was the 2018 TALIS administered by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). Beginning in 2008, TALIS has been collecting various information on teachers in mainstream schools in 24 OECD member countries, as well as other partner countries, every five years to assist countries in developing teacher-level policies aimed at promoting high-quality teaching and learning (OECD, 2019). The 2018 TALIS is the most recent survey conducted for this study. The target population includes teachers and school leaders in lower secondary education (OECD, 2019). The intended sample size is 200 schools per country, with 20 teachers and one school leader participating (OECD, 2019). For the 2018 TALIS, 47 economies participated. We excluded regional participants, such as Alberta (Canada), Buenos Aires (Argentina), and Shanghai (China), while including England (UK). Measures Dependent variables. Our dependent variables were (1) teacher collaboration and (2) teacher cooperation. Due to space limitations, a detailed description of the items measuring teacher collaboration and teacher cooperation is provided in Appendix Table 2. For both variables, TALIS generated a composite score with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 2. Independent variables. Our independent variables of interest were (1) the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and (2) participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching. The inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education was measured by a dichotomous variable indicating whether the use of ICT for teaching was included in teachers’ formal training. Participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching was also measured by a dichotomous variable indicating whether ICT skills for teaching was included in teachers’ PD activities during the last 12 months. Controls. We controlled for gender, age, educational levels, teaching as the first choice as a career, and full-time employment status when estimating the models predicting teacher collaboration and teacher cooperation. Analytic Strategies We performed descriptive analyses to examine cross-national differences in the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching. We also estimated the fixed-effect model to examine whether the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching were related to teacher collaboration and cooperation, controlling for other variables. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that, on average, about 60% of lower secondary school teachers in 41 nations indicated that that ICT was included in their formal training (see Figure 1) or that they participated in ICT-related PD during the past 12 months (see Figure 2). There was considerable cross-national variation with many European countries (e.g. Austria, Czech Republic, Belgium and Denmark) falling in the low end of the distribution. For example, only 37.8% of teachers in Sweden indicated that the use of ICT for teaching was included in their formal training, but the corresponding percentage in Viet Nam was 96.3%. Only 39.4% of teachers in England indicated that they participated in PD for developing ICT skills for teaching during the past 12 months, whereas the corresponding percentage in Viet Nam was 92.8%. Our fixed-effects estimation showed that the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal teacher training was significantly and positively associated with teacher collaboration and coordination in many societies, even after controlling for other variables. We found that participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching was positively associated with professional collaboration in all 41 societies. Similarly, we found a positive relationship between the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal education and teacher cooperation in 28 out of 41 societies. Given the positive relationships between the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal education and teacher collaboration in 29 out of 41 societies, countries with low levels of ICT intergration in teacher education and PD should carefully consider the impact this may have on teacher’s collaboration and coordination. Improved access to high quality training in ICT may play a role in promoting the conditions for more active teacher leadership via increased professional collaboration. References Davis, N. and A. Loveless (2011). "Reviewing the landscape of ICT and teacher education over 20 years and looking forward to the future." Technology, Pedagogy and Education 20(3): 247-261. Davis, N., et al. (2009). "ICT Teacher Training: Evidence for Multilevel Evaluation from a National Initiative." British Journal of Educational Technology 40(1): 135-148. Dousay, T. and C. Hall (2018). “Alexa, tell me about using a virtual assistant in the classroom”. EdMedia + Innovate Learning. Amsterdam, NC, Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE). Gil-Flores, J., et al. (2017). "Factors that explain the use of ICT in secondary-education classrooms: The role of teacher characteristics and school infrastructure." Computers in Human Behavior 68: 441-449. Jeon, J. and S. Lee (2023). "Large language models in education: A focus on the complementary relationship between human teachers and ChatGPT." Education and Information Technologies: 1-20. LeTendre, G. K. and R. Gray (2023). "Social robots in a project‐based learning environment: Adolescent understanding of robot–human interactions." Journal of Computer Assisted Learning. Nguyen, D., et al. (2018). "A review of the empirical research on teacher leadership (2003-2017)." Journal of Educational Administration 58(1): 69-80. OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results: An international perspective on teaching and learning, TALIS. OECD Publishing. Serholt, S., et al. (2020). "Trouble and Repair in Child–Robot Interaction: A Study of Complex Interactions With a Robot Tutee in a Primary School Classroom." Frontiers in Robotics and AI 7(46). Wenner, J. and T. Campbell (2017). "The Theoretical and Empirical Basis of Teacher Leadership: A Review of the Literature." Review of Educational Research 87(1): 134-171. Woo, H., et al. (2022). "Teacher leadership – Collective actions, decision-making and well-being." International Journal of Teacher Leadership 11(1). York-Barr, J. and K. Duke (2004). "What Do We Know about Teacher Leadership? Findings from Two Decades of Scholarship." Review of Educational Research 74(3): 255-361. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 02 SES 11 A: General Skills in VET Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Henriette Duch Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Pedagogy in Vocational Education with General and Vocational Perspectives – Democracy as an Example VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Teaching in and with democracy (Stray & Sætra, 2017) can be seen as an example of the balance between theory and practice since it is addressed in some general subjects; it is an educational obligation to educate democratic citizens, and stakeholders expect the future labour force to be able to take part in vocational decisions and discussions (Nylund, Ledman, Rosvall & Rönnlund, 2020). However, there is limited knowledge about how this can be done in VET, but the IEA, International Civic and Citizenship Education Study shows the need to focus on pupils at VET (Bruun & Lieberkind, 2023). Challenges to teaching democracy can be found in the structure of VET as an alternating education (Akkerman & Bakker, 2012), the division into general subjects and vocational subjects, and in the multiple perspectives in the Danish Vocational Education and Training Act (Ministry of Children and education, 2023). Danish VET is a youth education aiming for pupils' “interest in and ability to actively participate in a democratic society”; it must give a “foundation for future working life” and “meet the labour markets needs for vocational and general qualifications”. This research addresses teachers´ pedagogical choices in such balances between general and vocational perspectives teaching democracy based on the quotation from the law. Internationally, some countries have a policy and interpretation of the pedagogical approach to democracy and research tradition (Stray & Sætra, 2017). However, in Denmark, research and discussions about democracy are found in public schools and the gymnasium, but they are still new at VET, and few policy documents are found (Duch & Skov, 2023). Furthermore, the colleges and the training have different approaches to and understanding of democracy (Duch, 2023). The paper aims to contribute to democracy in VET by addressing the pedagogy. The research question is how teachers' pedagogy of democracy is based on the formulations in the law. The theoretical framework is Bernstein's notion of recontextualisation. The pedagogic device has “internal rules which regulate the pedagogic communication which the device makes possible” (Bernstein, 2000, p. 27). Recontextualisation takes place at different levels since “there are an official recontextualising field (ORF) created and dominated by the state and its selected agents and ministries, and a pedagogical extualising field (PRF). The latter consists of pedagogues in schools and colleges, and departments of education” (Bernstein, 2000, p. 33). The PRF can have more or less autonomy. Since there are only weak formulations from the ORF about democracy, the regulations are indirect and related to the structure of VET and the subjects. Hence, it is assumed that the teachers pedagogise democracy based on their understanding of framing and classifications. “Classification refers to what, framing is concerned with how meanings are to be put together, the forms by which they are to be made public, and the nature of the social relationships that go with it” (Bernstein, 2000 p 12). In the analysis Illeris´ (2006) model for learning and working patterns are used to observe and operationalise the framing. Solhaug’s (2021) characteristics of different understandings of democracy are used to operationalise the classification. Furthermore, the division of the general and the vocational aspects of democracy are part of this classification. The findings contribute to didactic discussions at VET (Gessler & Herrera, 2015), democracy from the perspective of other agendas at VET (Nylund, Ledman, Rosvall & Rönnlund, 2020), and teacher training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research in this presentation is the last part of a project about democracy at VET. The educational context is a social and healthcare college. The project is initiated with dialogues with managers at a college, followed by interviews with 12 pupils (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). Pupils´ experiences and future expectations in participating in democracy are the focus. Based on results and perspectives from the pupils, the managers at three colleges and three representatives from the training are interviewed. The focus is on democracy-related activities and understanding the educational task mentioned in the law. Then, a group of teachers were followed in 2023 based on action research (Laursen, 2012). Eight teachers, a manager, and the researcher have four meetings in spring. Reflective dialogues are inspired by professional learning (Hargreaves & O´Connor, 2018), and the teachers develop teaching with democracy from an inductive approach. Field notes are taken during the dialogues. Four teachers are observed while they try the chosen approach to democracy. This is done from a complete observer position based on the relation to pupils but more likely an observer-as-participant based on the relation to the teachers (Gold, 1958). The teachers were interviewed immediately following the observations. Field notes and brief transcriptions are taken. In the autumn, the group of teachers changed slightly, with one new teacher and three teachers leaving the group due to other obligations at the college. Four meetings were planned using a more deductive approach. The participants made logbooks twice, and at the end of the action research, four teachers and the manager were interviewed. The interviews lasted 30 to 45 minutes and were transcribed. The analyses are based on the field notes from observations and meetings, the logbooks, and the interviews. In the spring, the analytical approach was inductive and informed the planning of meetings in autumn. However, due to the democratic approach to action research, the plans for the last two meetings changed to a more dialogue-based direction with collegial reflections. The hermeneutic-inspired analysis of the material strives to go across the different kinds of data supported by the questions in the final interviews, stressing the teachers' chosen pedagogical approaches to democracy and the views on the general and vocational aspects at VET. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interviews with pupils in the initial phase of the research show the need for teachers to focus on democracy since some pupils seem at risk of exclusion from participating in discussions at college and in their future working lives, as well as representative democracy. The interviews with managers and representatives from the training show a variation in awareness and understanding of democracy; however, some groups of pupils got a special intention. Hence, there is a need to focus on how teachers pedagogise democracy based on the formulations in the law. The action research shows that the teachers did not know about the obligations to teach with democracy. However, all of them develop and try out new initiatives. The teachers understand democracy differently, but the main approach can be categorised as variations of participatory democracy. There is a tension in the difference between general subjects and vocational subjects. The recontextualisation of democracy in classrooms is mostly explained as important based on VET as a youth education in combination with a vocational perspective. Teachers find a close connection between the two, and the majority argue that starting with experiences with democracy in the college is important to train for participation in democracy in training and working life. The observations show a variation in framing. Teachers chose different ways of introducing democracy and steering in the classroom, giving pupils different roles and responsibilities. This connects to teachers' approach to learning. Some teachers focus on VET perspectives connecting to older people or children; some focus more generally on the pupils' ability to participate and express opinions. To sum up, all teachers recontextualise the formulations of democracy in the law to teaching. However, since there is no official recontextualisation, teachers' beliefs, positions, and context play a crucial role. References Akkerman, S. & Bakker, A. (2012). Crossing Boundaries Between School and Work During Apprenticeships. Vocations and Learning, 5(2), 153–173. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12186-011-9073-6 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Bruun, J. & Lieberkind, J. (2023). Viden, engagement og demokratisk dannelse i en krisetid - hovedresultater af ICCS 2022. Aarhus Universitet. Duch, H. (2023). Demokrati - Potentialer og udfordringer i en social- og sundhedsuddannelse. Utbilding & Demokrati, 32 (1), 27–45. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v32i1.2103 Duch, H., & Kidde Skov, T. (2023). Demokrati på erhvervsuddannelser med afsæt i social- og sundheds-uddannelser: [Democracy at vocational education based on social and health care programmes]. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 13(1), 1–27. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.231311 Gessler, M., & Herrera, L. M. (2015). Vocational didactics: core assumptions and approaches from Denmark, Germany, Norway, Spain and Sweden. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 2(3), 152-160. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:11552 Gold, R. L. (1958). Roles in sociological field observations. Social Forces, 36(3), 217–223. Hargreaves; A. & O´Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative professionalism: when teaching together means learning for all. Corvin Illeris, K. (2006). Læring (2.udgave). Roskilde Universitetsforlag. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interview: Introduktion til et håndværk. Hans Reitzel Laursen, E. (2012). Aktionsforskningens produktion af viden. I G. Duus, M. Husted, K. Kildedal, E. Laursen & D. Tofteng (red.) Aktionsforskning. En grundbog (s. 97-112). Samfundslitteratur. Ministry of children and education (2023). Erhvervsuddannelsesloven [law of vocational education and training). Nylund, M., Ledman, K., Rosvall P.-Å. & Rönnlund, M. (2020). Socialisation and citizenship preparation in vocational education: Pedagogic codes and democratic rights in VET-subjects. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2019.1665498 Solhaug, T. (2012). Demokratibegrepet i skolen. I T. Solhaug (red.). Skolen i demokratiet. Demokratiet i skolen (33-46). Universitetsforlaget. Stray, J. & Sætra, E. (2017). Teaching for democracy: Transformative learning theory mediating policy and practice. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 3(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v3.555 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Integrated and explicit Training of Genre Writing in Vocational Education and Training. Institutt for yrkesfaglær, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction
Both projects test writing templates in specific genres to develop students' skills in writing professional relevant texts. The use of writing templates indicates explicit training in genre writing that through various actions, in the form of action research approaches (Hiim, 2010), is adapted to the specific requirements of texts and to students with inadequate writing skills. The research question for this studyt is: How to develop students' competence in genre writing relevant for learning and working life? Purpose One project (Project 1) deals with log writing specifically aimed at bilingual pupils as an interdisciplinary collaboration between Norwegian subject and vocational subjects/program in technological and mechanical subjects. The goal of this project is to integrate writing instruction into the program subjects, where Norwegian as second language (SNO) is realized as part of the program subjects and to increase students' motivation for writing and develop students' competence in using precise terminology. The teachers have developed a template consisting of various content elements expressed with different key words or headlines relevant to students working tasks. Furthermore, teachers have implemented sentence starters to guide students on relevant writing. This project was carried out in six classes with a total of about 65 students. The second project (Project 2) deals with documentation in the form of report writing in health work, Health and childhood-program. The teachers have developed a template for the health science report, which consists of five content elements, all of which will ensure focused and objective reporting on patients' health status. This template was developed on basis of teachers' own experiences as former nurses. The project was carried out in three multicultural classes with a sample of 12 students in total who participated in the trial. The goal of this project was to increase students' competence in writing health science reports that working life requires with emphasis on patient safety and quality. Objective, conceptual or theoretical framework Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitive study based on two different methodological approaches. One relates to text analysis of the exam report (two in total). The reports are group reports, by respectively two and five vocational teachers. The other source of information is on basis of group interviews of teachers within the two educational programs and their experiences with integrated and explicit genre training (altogehter seven teachers). Analysis of these two sources of information is triangulated by some thematic perspectives: background for integrated and explicit genre writing, experiences with teachers' choices, teaching methods, and teachers' assessments of the impact of integrated and explicit genre writing. Action research as a research approach will be presented and assessed in light of the implementation of the two projects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are discussed in relation to the theoretical basis related to genre pedagogy (the Sydney School), sociocultural learning theory and functional language learning, with emphasis on the text types descriptive, explanatory and argumentative texts, but also formal and transferable language competence. This project indicates that explicit genre training in form of templates or schemes aimed at professional life do motivate students to write, students write longer texts, and they learn to use precise terminology. But they do not increase their general language writing competence in form of correct spelling and syntax.This is mainly consistent with teachers' intention to have a pragmatic and functional perspective on writing in light of students´ working life in the future. But in a long term, more writing will probably develop students fomal writing skills too. According to the teachers, the use of writing forms made it easier for teachers to teach text writing and to evaluate students' texts. References Barton, D. (2007). Literacy: An Introduction to the Ecology of Written Language (2. utg.). Blackwell Publishing. Berge, K. L. & Ledin, P. (2001). Perspektiv på genre. Rethorica Scandinavica, 18, 4-16. Dahlström, M. & Gannå, L. (2019). En didaktisk modell för integrering av yrkes- och sfi-undervisning inom YFI-projektet. Nationellt centrum för svenska som andraspråk, Stockholms Universitet 1-30. https://www.su.se/polopoly_fs/1.647179.1684318025!/menu/standard/file/En%20didaktisk%20modell%20fo%CC%88r%20integrering%20av%20yrkes-%20och%20sfi-undervisning%20inom%20YFI-rojektet%202018.pdf Eikeland, O. (2012b). Action research and organisational learning—a Norwegian approach to doing action research in complex organisations. Educational Action Research Journal, 20(2), 267–290. DOI: 10.1080/09650792.2012.676303 Freedman, A. (1987). «Learning to Write again: Dicipline-Specific Writing at University» i Charleton Papers in Applied Language Studies IV (1987) (s. 95-115) Giltrow, J. & Valiguette, M. (2007). Genres and Knowledge: Students Writing in the Diciplines. I A. Freedman & P. Medway (Red.), Learning and Teachin Genre (s. 47.63). Boynton/Cook Publishers Halliday, M.A.K (1998). «Språkets funksjoner» og «Registervariasjon» i Berge, K.L., Coppock, P. & Maagerø, E. (red) (1998) Å skape mening med språk. Oslo: Landslaget for norskundervisning (LNU) og Cappelen Akademisk Forlag as (s. 80-118) Harris, K. R. & Graham, S. (2016). Self-Regulated Strategy Development in Writing: Policy Implications of an Evidence-Based Practice. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciencies 3(1), 77-84. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/2372732215624216 Hedeboe, B & Polias, J. (2008). Genrebyrån: en språkpedagogisk funktionell grammatikk i kontext. Stockholm: Hallgren & Fallgren. Hedeboe, B. (2009). Kan en eksplisitt genrepædeagogisk undervisning udvikle elevers læse- og skriveferdigheter? Tidsskriftet viden om læing, 6, 1-6. Hertzberg, F. (2001). «Tusenbenets vakre dans. Forholdet mellom formkunnskap og sjangerbeherskelse» i Rhetorica Scandinavica. Tidsskrift for norsk retorikforskning18 (2001) (s. 17-26) Hertzberg, F. (2008). Sjangerskriving i ungdomsskolen: Fortelling er ikke nok. I L. Bjar (Red.), Det er språket som bestemmer! - læring og språkutvikling i grunnskolen (Bd. 171). LNUs skriftserie. Hertzberg, F. (2011). «Oppskrift for god skriving» i Bedre Skole nr. 2 (2011) Hentet fra: http://www.uv.uio.no/english/research/groups/SISCO/pdf-files-ofpublications/hertzberg-(2011).-oppskrift-for-god-skriving..pdf (nov. 2016) Hiim, H. & Hippe, E. (2001). Å utdanne profesjonelle yrkesutøvere. Yrkesdidaktikk og yrkeskunnskap [Gyldendal Norsk Forlag Akademisk]. Oslo. Hiim, H. (2010). Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning [Educational action research]. Gyldendal Akademisk. Hoel, T. L. (1997). «Innoverretta og utoverretta skriveforskning og skriveteorier» i Evensen, L.S. & Hoel, T. L. (1997) Skriveteorier og skolepraksis. (s.3-44) Ledin, P. (2001). Genrebegreppet - en forskningsöversikt. Maagerø, E. (1998). «Hallidays funksjonelle grammatikk» i Berge, K.L., Coppock, P. & Maagerø, E. (red) (1998). Å skape mening med språk. Oslo: Landslaget for norskundervisning (LNU) og Cappelen Akademisk Forlag as (s. 33-66) (Dahlström & Gannå, 2019) 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Bridging Gaps in Illicit Drug Addiction VET programmes: insights from the CARE4SUD Project CIIE/FPCE Univeristy of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:Illicit drug addiction stands as a pressing concern affecting millions across the European Union (EU) and worldwide. The European Drug Report 2023 highlights that approximately 83 million adults in the EU, constituting 28.9% of the adult population, have experimented with illicit drugs at least once in their lifetimes. Drug addiction is a sensible issue that demands a comprehensive approach encompassing prevention, treatment, and professional capacity building. The European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA) emphasizes the need to enhance the professionalism of the drug prevention workforce across Europe. This imperative is also underscored in the EU Drugs Action Plan (2021-2025), which aims to mitigate the proliferation of drug use within EU Member States. Nevertheless, numerous challenges persist, including inadequate curricula on addiction medicine and vocational education and training (VET) programmes and a shortage of trained professionals.
While it is widely recognized that VET plays a crucial role in equipping the general workforce with practical skills and knowledge (Brockmann, Clarke & Winch, 2008), its application and effectiveness vary from country to country, and this variability extends to the work developed with individuals with substance use disorder (SUD). Across diverse healthcare systems, there has been a resounding call to enlarge local, non-stigmatizing services to meet better the needs of individuals grappling with substance use disorders (Triliva et al., 2020). This encompasses information dissemination, service organization, staff attitudes, significant others' involvement, and personal disposition (Gilchrist et al., 2014). Several studies have emphasized the imperative of enhancing psychosocial interventions and customizing them to cater to diverse risk groups (Molina et al., 2020; Schäfer et al., 2023), but methodological challenges persist considering the psychosocial treatments for substance misuse (Luty, 2015; Hunt et al., 2019; Sulaman, Hartley & Elvins, 2023). Healthcare workers frequently report feeling ill-equipped to address the complex needs of SUDs, exacerbating the stigma surrounding drug addiction. The World Health Organization (WHO) has identified deficits in global training programmes for SUDs, emphasizing the imperative of building workforce capacity to achieve sustainable development goals related to health and well-being (SDG 3). Moreover, the prevalent stigma associated with drug addiction delays prevention and treatment efforts, hindering access to care for affected individuals. COVID-19 has further exposed vulnerabilities in the EU healthcare system, particularly in addressing the comorbidities of SUDs among patients.
To address these challenges, the CARE4SUD project “Vocational training in illicit drug addiction: equipping health care practitioners with addiction treatment competencies and techniques” (2022-1-LT01-KA220-VET-000086077) emerges as an important initiative. Developed by Klaipėdos Ernesto Galvanausko Profesinio Mokymo Centras (Lithuania) in partnership with Inštitut za raziskave in razvoj Utrip (Slovenia), Sosu Ostjylland (Denmark), University do Porto (CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal), Direcția de Asistență Socială și Medicală Cluj-Napoca (Romania) and Institute of Social Solidarity and Wellbeing: Social Mind (Greece), this project aims to enhance the professionalism of healthcare practitioners in the field of illicit drug addiction, both nationally and across Europe. The target participants of the CARE4SUD project include healthcare practitioners in the primary health sector, addiction professionals, VET educators, and policymakers. By empowering healthcare practitioners with the essential knowledge and skills, CARE4SUD aims to improve the standard of care provided to individuals with illicit drug addiction by creating a VET programme. Drawing upon evidence-based practices and collaborative partnerships (Mulder, 2017), this programme seeks to bridge existing professional training and service delivery gaps, ultimately striving for improved health outcomes and social well-being within affected communities. Through a holistic approach informed by research, the CARE4SUD project aims to promote a more inclusive and competent healthcare workforce capable of effectively addressing the complexities of illicit drug addiction in contemporary society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on the CARE4SUD project - which aims to provide healthcare practitioners an opportunity to enter the addiction field and enhance the knowledge and skills required for their further professional development - and informed by a qualitative approach (Bryman, 2001; Lewin & Glenton, 2018), our research procedures consist, mainly, of conducting interviews (Burton et al., 2014; Cohen et al., 2000) and focus group discussions (Krueger & Casey, 2009). In this sense, and to clarify the lack and requirements in healthcare training connected to illicit drug addiction, we conducted interviews with individuals who have a history of or are currently engaged in illicit drug use. A total of 27 individuals were interviewed, comprising seven women and 20 men aged between 24 and 67 years old, from Portugal (n=4), Greece (n=5), Slovenia (n=5), Lithuania (n=5), Romania (n=5) and Denmark (n=3). These interviews aimed to identify the needs and gaps within the practical context and the prospective skills required for addiction health training across the six participating countries. Furthermore, we conducted focus group discussions comprising ten addictologists and ten healthcare professionals from each partner country, a total of 120 participants. These focus groups included a diverse range of healthcare workers with expertise in the illicit drug addiction field, such as psychiatrists, nurses, general practitioners, psychologists, social workers, and addiction counselors. The overarching aim of these focus groups was to gather insights concerning drug use from several perspectives and identify knowledge gaps in drug prevention and treatment education. We aimed to develop a core set of competencies tailored to address the specific needs of healthcare professionals. The data collected was analyzed through thematic content analysis (Bardin, 2011). In all the cases, participants were above 18, participated voluntarily, and provided informed consent before involvement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis revealed a knowledge gap in illicit drug addiction education and training across the six different countries. Besides the prominent focus of all participants on the importance of promoting health services that are non-stigmatizing, aiming to address better the needs of individuals coping with SUD (Triliva et al., 2020), the data uncovered several needs concerning professional training in this area, namely: (a) the absence of targeted training courses in university studies, with existing ones often outdated; (b) insufficient promotion and adaptation of existing courses to meet the practical needs of people with drug addiction; and (c) the necessity for models of best practice and collaboration among professionals in the field. Proposed areas for inclusion in an illicit drug addiction VET programme include fundamental knowledge of psychopathology, pharmacology, and psychotherapeutic techniques, particularly family therapy in addiction contexts. The curriculum should also cover motivational interviewing, screening tools for addiction assessment, mental health first aid, referrals to primary illicit drug addiction services, enhancement of communication skills, and ethical and legal considerations. To address these challenges and develop a comprehensive VET training program, it is imperative to integrate a thorough examination of the social, psychological, and physiological ramifications of drug addiction, incorporating detailed insights into addiction pharmacology and neurobiology. Collaborative efforts involving key stakeholders—such as healthcare professionals, educators, policymakers, and individuals with lived experiences of addiction—can help to identify potential obstacles and formulate strategies to overcome them, resulting in more impactful and practical training for healthcare professionals working with illicit drug addiction. Including experts with lived experiences in the programme development process is also crucial, as their insights can enrich its effectiveness and offer a deeper understanding of the specifics of addiction and recovery. References Brockmann, M., Clarke, L. & Winch, C. (2008). Knowledge, skills, competence: European divergences in vocational education and training (VET)—the English, German and Dutch cases, Oxford Review of Education, 34:5, 547-567, DOI: 10.1080/03054980701782098 Bryman, A. (2001) Social Research Methods, Oxford: Oxford University Press Gail Gilchrist, Jacek Moskalewicz, Rachel Nutt, John Love, Evi Germeni, Ivana Valkova, Alexander Kantchelov, Tsvetana Stoykova, Michal Bujalski, Tonka Poplas-Susic & Alex Baldacchino (2014). Understanding access to drug and alcohol treatment services in Europe: A multi-country service users’ perspective, Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 21:2, 120-130, DOI: 10.3109/09687637.2013.848841 Hunt GE, Siegfried N, Morley K, Brooke-Sumner C, Cleary M. Psychosocial interventions for people with both severe mental illness and substance misuse. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2019 Dec 12;12(12). doi: 10.1002/14651858 Lewin, S., Glenton, C. (2018). Are we entering a new era for qualitative research? Using qualitative evidence to support guidance and guideline development by the World Health Organization. Int J Equity Health 17, 126 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12939-018-0841-x Luty, J. (2015). Drug and alcohol addiction: Do psychosocial treatments work? BJPsych Advances, 21(2), 132-143. doi:10.1192/apt.bp.114.013177 Molina A, Saiz J, Gil F, Cuenca ML, Goldsby T. Psychosocial Intervention in European Addictive Behaviour Recovery Programmes: A Qualitative Study. Healthcare (Basel). 2020 Aug 13;8(3):268. doi: 10.3390/healthcare8030268. PMID: 32823779; PMCID: PMC7551656. Mulder, M. (2017). Competence-based Vocational and Professional Education. Bridging the Worlds of Work and Education. Springer Cham. Schäfer SK, Kunzler AM, Lindner S, Broll J, Stoll M, Stoffers-Winterling J, Lieb K. Transdiagnostic psychosocial interventions to promote mental health in forcibly displaced persons: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur J Psychotraumatol. 2023;14(2):2196762. doi: 10.1080/20008066.2023.2196762. Sulaman, I., Hartley, S. and Elvins, R. (2023). Therapeutic alliance in the treatment of adolescent substance misuse: a systematic review. Child Adolesc Ment Health. https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.12671 Triliva, S., Ntani, S., Giovazolias, T. et al. (2020) Healthcare professionals’ perspectives on mental health service provision: a pilot focus group study in six European countries. Int J Ment Health Syst, 14. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13033-020-00350-1 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 02 SES 11 B: Transitions and trajectories in VET Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Panagiotis Arsenis Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper An Emerging Innovation for Further Specialisation of VET Graduates in the Spanish IVET System: the Case of VET Specialisation Courses 1CaixaBank Dualiza Foundation, Spain; 2Orkestra–Basque Institute of Competitiveness, University of Deusto Presenting Author:The smart specialisation of countries and regions is one of the challenges at Spanish and European levels for their economies to become more competitive and sustainable in a global context. The aim is for regions to ‘be more specialised’ in order to become ‘smarter’, identifying their assets and strengths in terms of innovation and articulating priorities that concentrate their efforts in order to maximise results (REDIDI, 2021; European Commission, 2020; Foray et al., 2018). This concept of specialisation has been introduced in the European framework mainly through the Cohesion Policy (2014-2020), which has evolved into the current programme (2021-2027). In this programme, the role of talent has been strengthened as one of the key elements for the innovative process, not only in the scientific and technological field but also in the business and organisational field. Indeed, one of its specific objectives is to foster capabilities for smart specialisation, industrial transition and entrepreneurship (Fontana et al., 2023). Within this framework of specialisation, the role of the Vocational Education and Training (VET) system in developing skills for absorhing and socialising of technological and organisational innovations is recognized. Thus, it is a catalyst for the acceleration of applied innovation processes in companies (Hazelkorn & Edwards, 2019), especially in Spanish SMEs. It is from a combined approach to innovation that includes both the DUI (learning by doing, using and interacting) and the STI (science and technology-based innovation) approaches (Jensen et al., 2007), that the specialisation of VET professionals becomes increasingly valuable. The role of VET is strengthened because it is a key system for providing professionals to the surrounding enterprises, which can accelerate the transfer of skills needed to implement new technologies and/or systems in SMEs (Navarro & Retegi, 2018; Albizu et al., 2017). To identify how important is the VET system in fostering SMEs innovation process, two contextual factors must be taken into account: On the one hand, Spain has a moderate innovative performance, according to the European Innovation Scoreboard (European Commission et al., 2023), the specialisation of SMEs professionals can be a catalyst for improvement. The hybridisation of professional profiles and the specialisation of curricula and qualifications are key in this respect. On the other hand, more than 99% of the Spanish enterprises are small and medium-sized. The most recent normative developments in Spanish VET, the Organic Law 3/2022, of 31 March, on the organisation and integration of Vocational Training (BOE, 2022) and the Royal Decree 659/2023, of 18 July, which develops the organisation of the Vocational Training System (BOE, 2023), propose different mechanisms for VET specialisation. These are the so-called ‘specialisation courses’, the curricular innovation in the basic provision of the different levels of VET, the development of applied innovation projects, the specialisation of vocational training centres, the creation of integrated centres (providing both IVET and CVET), and the creation of smart specialisation networks, among others. In this paper the novel VET figure of the “specialisation courses” is analysed in the context of smart specialisation from a territorial and business perspective. It is important to point out that specialisation courses are an innovative lifelong learning tool that facilitates the professional development of VET graduates. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this paper is to present a case study of an emerging innovation in the design and format of vocational training curricula in terms of specialisation. The methodology used is both qualitative and quantitative. On the one hand, the figure of specialisation courses is analysed through a review of scientific literature that combines studies of innovation and specialisation in vocational training systems, highlighting the Smart Specialisation approach (Albizu et al., 2017; Hazelkorn & Edwards, 2019; Navarro & Retegi, 2018; Rosenfeld, 1998; Toner & Wolley, 2016). Subsequently, a normative documentary analysis is carried out at the Spanish level around the figure of ’specialisation courses’ in the Spanish strategic and planning framework (BOE, 2023; 2022). On the other hand, a quantitative analysis of the development of specialisation courses and the attraction of professionals is carried out, using data from both the Spanish Ministry of Education and Vocational Training (2023) and the CaixaBank Dualiza VET Observatory (2023). To this end, the enrolment is analysed in terms of occupational fields and other variables such as educational levels, occupational groups, gender and age. It also examines the main competence focuses of the specialisation courses, from the main forms of innovation (STI/DUI) (Jensen et al., 2007). Finally, it is relevant to highlight the novelty of this study, and its initial character, given the lack of data on the efficiency and effectiveness of educational and employment outcomes up to now. Therefore, in the future it is necessary to evaluate the results of the scope of the figure of specialisation courses, and the innovative effect in their immediate environment, mainly in SMEs. It would also be necessary to evaluate the results of specialisation courses in terms of labour market insertion in the short and medium term. Although the scientific literature points out to their positive effect in terms of skills transfer, which accelerates the absorption of new technologies in small and medium-sized enterprises, the promotion of product and process innovation through specialization courses requires a more in-depth analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings - Technologically-based competence sophistication: The analysis shows that the specialisation courses are focused on increasing the level of competence regarding 4.0 Technologies and related digital systems of Intermediate VET graduates and, especially, of those from Higher VET. Therefore, specialisation is taking place primarily in technology-based professional families (STEM) and with a strong industrial component. - Orientation towards applied innovation, mainly procedural innovation: Applied innovation is the main focus of the specialisation courses offered, including both product and process innovation, both of which are highly relevant for Spanish SMEs. - Higher participation in specialisation courses in the moderate innovating Autonomous Regions: Those regions considered as moderate innovators have a higher enrolment in specialisation courses than those territories that are strong or emerging in innovation. - Gender gap: As women are under-represented in the enrolment in occupational groups with a strong technological and industrial component, the same is true for the enrolment in specialisation courses. - Need for balance between training cycles and specialisation courses: The debate on the balance between polyvalence and specialisation of Intermediate and Higher VET Levels, and their convergence with specialisation courses, arises. Moreover, the cross-cutting nature of certain technologies raises the question of whether the creation of hybrid courses could provide balance of versatile and specialised skills in VET training. This is relevant only around 33% of the professional groups have developed specialisation courses. - Need for impact evaluation of specialisation courses: There is a need to evaluate the results of the scope of specialisation courses, and the innovative effect on their immediate environment, mainly SMEs. It would also be necessary to evaluate the results of specialisation courses in terms of job placement in the short and medium term. References Albizu, E., Olazaran, M., Lavía, C., & Otero, B. (2017). Making visible the role of vocational education and training in firm innovation: Evidence from Spanish SMEs, European Planning Studies, 25(11), 2057–20175. doi: 10.1080/09654313.2017.1281231 BOE (2022). Ley Orgánica 3/2022, de 31 de marzo, de ordenación e integración de la Formación Profesional. https://www.boe. es/eli/es/lo/2022/03/31/3/dof/spa/pdf BOE (2023). Real Decreto 659/2023, de 18 de julio, por el que se desarrolla la ordenación del Sistema de Formación Profesional. https://www.boe.es/eli/es/rd/2023/07/18/659 European Commission. (2020). Europe 2020: A European strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth. Publications Office of the European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/COMPLET%20EN%20BARROSO%20%20%20007%20- %20Europe%202020%20-%20EN%20version.pdf European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2023). European Innovation Scoreboard 2023 – Country profile Spain. Publications Office of the European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/assets/rtd/eis/2023/ec_rtd_eis-country-profile-es.pdf European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation., Hollanders, H., & Es-Sadki, N. (2023). Regional Innovation Scoreboard 2023, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/70412 Fontana, S., Bisogni, F. & Renwick, R. (2023). The future of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies: Sustainable, Inclusive and Resilient. Commission for the European Committee of the Regions. doi: 10.2863/89427 Foray, D., Morgan, K., & Radosevic, S. (2014). The role of Smart Specialisation in the EU research and innovation policy landscape. Regional and Urban Policy, 1–20. https://ec.europa.eu/regional_poli-cy/sources/docgener/brochure/smart/role_smartspecialisation_ri.pdf Hazelkorn, E., & Edwards, J. (2019). Skills and Smart Specialisation; The role of Vocational Education and Training in Smart Specialisation Strategies. Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2760/828852 Homs, O. (2022). Cambios en los perfiles profesionales y necesidades de Formación Profesional en España. Perspectiva 2030. CaixaBank Dualiza. https://www.caixabankdualiza.es/recursos/doc/portal/2019/07/08/estudio-publicacion-junio-2022.pdf Jensen, M. B., Johnson. B., Lorenz, E., & Lundvall, B. A. (2007). Forms of knowledge and modes of innovation. Research Policy, 36, 680–693. Moso-Díez, M. (2020). VET and Regional Innovation Strategies in Spain: An analysis of the Public Agenda. In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, & N. Kersh (Eds.), Trends in vocational education and training research, Vol. III. Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET), 220-229. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4008027 Navarro, M., & Retegi, J. (2018). Los centros de formación profesional ante los retos de las RIS3. El caso de Navarra. Ekonomiaz. Revista Vasca de Economía, 94(2), 56–77. https://www.euskadi.eus/web01-a2reveko/es/k86aEkonomiazWar/ekonomiaz/downloadPDF?R01HNoPortal=true&idpubl=90®istro=7 REDIDI. (2023). Estrategias de Especialización Inteligente en España (2021-2027). Red de Políticas de I+D+I. https://www.redpoliticasidi.es/system/files/repositorio-archivos/Estrategias%20Especializaci%C3%B3n%20Inteligente%20Espa%C3%B1a%202021-2027_Red%20IDI.pdf Rosenfeld, S. (1998). Technical colleges, technology deployment and regional development. OECD. Schwab, Klaus. (2016). The Fourth Industrial Revolution. World Economic Forum. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper University-to-Work Transition and Work Placements: Evidence of Heterogeneous Pay Dynamics 1University of Surrey, United Kingdom; 2National College of Ireland, Ireland Presenting Author:While work placement is widely considered as a popular approach to fostering employability among higher education institutions, surprisingly little is known about the mechanisms through which placements can support students’ transition from university to the labour market. The aim of this study is to provide a dynamic understanding of students’ transition from work placement to the graduate labour market, with a focus on graduate earnings differentials due to heterogeneous job transitions. Using data collected from three waves of economics graduates of a UK university who did a work placement, this study examined three hypotheses: the gain of a pay premium for graduates who remained with their placement employer, also termed `foot-in-the-door' or employer-persistence effect; the persistence of low pay as students transition from work placement to graduate employment, in short, low-pay persistence effect; the pay progression as students transition from low-pay work placement to higher paid graduate employment, in short, low-pay stepping-stone effect. Our empirical investigation is underpinned by a conceptual model that builds on the movement capital framework, a conceptualisation of career mobility that is based on turnover literature. Specifically, we present a model that links the movement capital that students develop while on placement with their internal and external perceived employability. Correspondingly, these two types of perceived employability are linked to internal and external job transitions, which, in our context, translate into working for the placement or a different employer, respectively, upon graduation. Finally, the type of transition graduates make may lead to differential earnings (salaries). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our data set consists of three cohorts (2016/17, 2017/18 and 2018/19) of economics graduates with work placement from a UK university. Students can either enrol in the standard three-year programme or the four-year programme with work placement (also known as ‘sandwich’ degree). Students opting for the work placement programme, typically gain full-time work experience with an organisation for 10-12 months, under a fixed-term and paid employment contract. We collected information on students’ demographic characteristics, academic achievement, participation in the work placement programme, extracurricular achievements and previous job experience (from CVs submitted in the context of the placement programme), and graduate earnings and job characteristics. We utilised two sources to collect these data: the University's administrative records and the annual graduate surveys conducted by the Higher Education Statistics Agency. Our methodology consists of three specifications. We start with a Mincer log-earnings specification, that includes the log of real graduate earnings (salary) as a response variable and a dummy variable indicating whether the student completed a work placement and secured a graduate job with the placement employer or not as key explanatory variable. We also control for a wide set of factors that were outlined above. Next, we employ a quantile model to explore changes in our regressors across different points of the earnings distribution, with a particular interest in the top end (90th percentile) of the distribution, as this includes the most competitive graduate jobs. To study the low-pay persistence and low-pay stepping-stone effects, we first define three salary levels for the graduate earnings distribution as well as the placement earnings distribution. These are low, medium, and high salary level. Next, we use an ordered logit model to estimate the probability that a graduate’s salary is low, medium or high. Finally, we use this model to estimate transitions from the three placement salary levels to the three graduate salary levels, especially focusing on the low-low (low-pay persistence) and low-high combinations (low-pay stepping stone). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find evidence confirming a foot-in-the-door effect. Graduates who transition to the labour market and remain with their placement employer (instead of transitioning to a different employer) earn on average a salary premium of 10.2%. Moreover, the premium increases to 12.4% at the top 10% of the salary distribution, meaning that the foot-in-the-door effect is stronger among highly paid graduates who remained with their placement employer. We also find evidence that supports the hypotheses of low-pay persistence and low-pay stepping-stone effects. In addition, there is heterogeneity in these effects, favouring those graduates who continued working for their placement employer. References •Cai, L., Mavromaras, K., & Sloane, P. 2018. Low paid employment in Britain: Estimating state-dependence and stepping stone effects. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 80(2): 283-326. •De Vos, A., Jacobs, S., & Verbruggen, M. 2021. Career transitions and employability. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 126, 103475. •Delva, J., Forrier, A., & De Cuyper, N. 2021. Integrating agency and structure in employability: Bourdieu's theory of practice. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 127, 103579. •Harari, M. B., McCombs, K., & Wiernik, M. 2021. Movement Capital, RAW model, or circumstances? A meta-analysis of perceived employability predictors. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 131, 103657. •Fok, Y. K., Scutella, R., & Wilkings, R. 2015. The Low-Pay No-Pay Cycle: Are There Systematic Differences across Demographic Groups? Oxford Bulletin of Economics & Statistics, 77(6): 872-896. •Forrier, A., Sels, L., & Stynen, D. 2009. Career mobility at the intersection between agent and structure: A conceptual model. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 82: 739-759. •Forrier, A., Verbruggen, M., & De Cuyper, N. 2015. Integrating different notions of employability in a dynamic chain: The relationship between job transitions, movement capital and perceived employability. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 89: 56-64. •Fugate, M., Kinicki, A. J., & Ashforth, B.E. 2004. Employability: A psycho-social construct, its dimensions and applications. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 65, 1438. •Inceoglu, I., Selenko, E., McDowall, A., & Schlachter, S. 2019. (How) Do work placement work? Scrutinizing the quantitative evidence for a theory-driven future research agenda. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 110(B): 317-337. •Jackson, D., Riebe, L., & Macau, F. 2022. Determining factors in graduate recruitment and preparing students for success. Education + Training, 64(5): 681-699. •Lindley, J., & McIntosh, S. 2015. Growth in within graduate wage inequality: The role of subjects, cognitive skill dispersion and occupational concentration. Labour Economics, 37: 101-11. •Uhlendorff, A. 2006. From No Pay to Low Pay and Back Again? A Multi-State Model of Low Pay Dynamics. IZA, Discussion Paper No. 2482. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 03 SES 11 A: Curriculum making and teachers' professional practice Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Intellectual Task of Teaching: Engaging with a ‘Reservoir’ of Knowledge-for-Recontextualisation, Navigating Curricula Boundaries and Questioning Practice 1IOE, UCL's Faculty of Education and Society; 2Department of Education, University of Oxford Presenting Author:This research aims to understand how geography teachers recontextualise knowledge for students. In doing so, it addresses two overarching themes: recontextualisation of knowledge, and teachers’ professional practice. Bernstein’s (1990/2003, 1996/2000) pedagogic device provides the theoretical model where the concept of recontextualisation is used to conceptualise the movement of knowledge into school subjects for pedagogic communication. The existing body of research on recontextualisation suggests the value of incorporating other approaches, such as subject didactics, to examine the movement of knowledge from disciplines (or regions) to school subjects (Deng, 2020, 2021; Gericke et al., 2018; Hordern, 2021). However, since these approaches originate from different contexts and traditions of curriculum, they have been judiciously drawn upon in this research. The notion of ‘powerful knowledge’ (Young, 2008) and the heuristic of the ‘three scenarios for the future’ of education (Young & Muller, 2010) offer different approaches to view knowledge within school subjects. As part of a Future 3 curriculum scenario, teachers need capacity to sustain knowledge of the parent discipline to their school subject. However, within Bernstein’s (1990/2003, 1996/2000) pedagogic device, teachers are principally positioned within the field of reproduction. Existing accounts of recontextualisation lack clarity about the actions teachers take to recontextualise knowledge for students and the extent to which teachers can and do draw upon the disciplinary resource. This research explores how teachers’ recontextualise knowledge as a part of their professional practice. The term ‘professional practice’ is used to encompass teachers’ intellectual work within and beyond the classroom (Clandinin & Connelly, 1995), and capture the interconnected nature of educational practices (Schatzki, 2003, 2005; Kemmis et al., 2014). The research themes are brought together in this research to develop an understanding of teacher’s curriculum work through engagement with each teacher’s “doing” of curriculum work (Schwab, 1970, p. 31). Through adopting a case study approach, this research provides capacity to render visible each case teacher’s curricular decision-making as it is contextualised within the site of their professional practice. In the context of a research study that examines the recontextualisation of knowledge, this papers foreground geography teachers’ professional practice, and the professional expertise and knowledge teachers draw upon as they recontextualise knowledge. This is examined through the research question of: what forms of intellectual work are involved in how geography teachers recontextualise knowledge? This paper addresses the ways in which knowledge-for-recontextualisation can be conceived as form of “powerful professional knowledge” (Furlong & Whitty (2017, p. 49) to support teachers’ intellectual work as they recontextualise knowledge for their students. This brings a curricular perspective to how teachers’ education and professional learning influences the intellectual work teachers do. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overarching aim of the underpinning research was to take a view of recontextualisation that starts from the teacher and foregrounds insights about the nature of the journey that teachers, as knowledge workers, take to recontextualising knowledge for students. To meet this aim, the research questions were designed to start from teachers’ professional practice but take account of the epistemic communities (discipline, teacher, and students) involved in the recontextualisation of the knowledge: 1. How do geography teachers recontextualise knowledge? 2. What ways do geography teachers work with context as they recontextualise knowledge? 3. What forms of intellectual work are involved in how geography teachers recontextualise knowledge? The research design was developed with due consideration for British Educational Research Association (BERA)’s (2018) ethical guidelines and ethical approval was gained from University College London (UCL). The project, an interpretive case study, collected data through a series of lesson observations and interviews, to examine how three geography teachers in England recontextualised knowledge for a specific curricular sequence and class of students. With each teacher, the first interview was used to understand what was being taught within the lesson sequence and who was being taught. The lesson observations provided a basis to explore how knowledge was recontextualised by teachers within a lesson sequence and offered a window into teachers’ classroom practice in action where the subject, teacher and students are present. Discussions within the interviews enabled the teacher to be able to talk though their lesson sequence, so that some of the unobservable parts of their curricular thinking and professional decision making were rendered visible. Video and audio recordings were used to enable teachers to focus their reflections on specific aspects of their classroom practice and reflect on their teaching from a different perspective. The data was analysed thematically, and a hybrid approach combined working deductively (theory-driven) and inductively (data-driven). The analysis was undertaken through use of an analytical framework, which was informed by Bernstein’s (1990/2003, 1996/2000) pedagogic device and Kemmis et al.’s (2014) theory of practice architectures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Cross-case analysis identified the approaches taken as the teachers recontextualised knowledge, practices, and texts from the field of production to (i) support decision-making for curricula design and teaching, and (ii) use as a resource or as a practice with students in the classroom. Building on this, the paper addresses how case teachers make sense of the practice of recontextualisation, illuminating the intellectual task of geography teaching and setting out three ways that the intellectual work of the case teachers is rendered visible as they: (i) engage with a ‘reservoir’ for practice (ii) work with boundaries, and (iii) reflect on and question practice. This paper argues that the case teachers’ intellectual work can be enabled and constrained by the ‘reservoir’ that the teachers have access to; however, they also draw upon this ‘reservoir’ for practice with an understanding of the ways in which they can use their own professional judgement to account for the specificity of their context (Bernstein, 1999). The teachers’ work with boundaries connected to their curricula context and the particularities of geography as discipline and school subject. This illuminates the ways in which teachers develop a ‘repertoire’ and can draw upon a ‘reservoir’ to recontextualise knowledge with intellectual integrity (Bernstein, 1999). As the case teachers’ recontextualising occurs over time and space, teachers’ enactment of recontextualisation is constantly refined in connection to the pedagogical site. This research also indicates the possibilities for developing teachers’ knowledge of the foundation disciplines (Hordern, 2023), in order to broaden and deepen teachers’ ‘reservoir’ of knowledge-for-recontextualisation. References BERA. (2018). Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research. London: BERA. Bernstein, B. (1990). The Structuring of Pedagogic Discourse. London: Routledge. Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. London: Taylor Francis. Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and horizontal discourse: An essay. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 20(2), 157-173. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1995). Teachers' Professional Knowledge Landscapes. New York: Teachers College, Columbia University Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and didaktik: Beyond social realism. Abingdon: Routledge. Deng, Z. (2021). Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652-1674. Furlong, J., & Whitty, G. (2017). Knowledge traditions in the study of education. In G. Whitty & J. Furlong (Eds.), Knowledge and the study of education: An international exploration (pp. 13–57). Oxford: Symposium. Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C., & Stolare, M. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. London Review of Education, 16(3), 428-444. Hordern. J. (2021). Recontextualisation and the teaching of subjects. The Curriculum Journal, 32, 592–606. Hordern, J. (2023). Specialized Educational Knowledge and Its Role in Teacher Education. In I. Mentor (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research (pp. 299-231). Cham, Switzerland: Springer International Publishing. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. London: Springer Science & Business Media. Schatzki, T. R. (2003). A new societiest social ontology. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 33(2), 174–202. Schatzki, T. R. (2005). The sites of organizations. Organization Studies, 26(3), 465– 484. Schwab, J. J. (1970). The practical: A language for curriculum. Washington: National Education Association Center for the Study of Instruction Young, M. (2008). Bringing Knowledge Back In: From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. London: Routledge. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2010) Three Educational Scenarios for the Future: lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11- 26. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Teachers’ Understandings of Transversal Competencies in a Global Context Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Transversal Competencies have been at the center of one of the largest educational policy and curriculum changes of the past 25 years, and most governments in Europe and worldwide now include them in their education policies (Care & Luo, 2016; Kim, Care, & Ditmore, 2017; UNESCO, 2016). These skills – initially called 21st century skills – have long been seen as essential for students’ future success in our rapidly changing world. Originally promoted in part as a response to the then-emerging Knowledge Economy (Drucker, 1969; Powell & Snellman, 2004), they are seen now as even more important in an age of uncertainty. It is argued that understanding transversal competencies and meaningfully integrating them into curricula can provide students with the tools to navigate and thrive in the society and economy of the future. Though no single, definitive list of transversal competencies exists, most frameworks agree on the importance of creativity, critical thinking, collaboration, and communication – the so-called 4Cs. However, these 4Cs have been shown to be less empirically distinct than other transversal competencies (e.g., self-direction and using ICT for learning), indicating that the 4Cs may be difficult concepts to clearly define (Ravitz, 2014). In terms of the barriers to implementing transversal competencies in curricula worldwide, this definitional deficit compounds the operational-systemic (lack of resources and expertise) challenges faced by teachers (Care & Luo, 2016; UNESCO, 2015). From a global equality perspective, it is known that major gaps exist for traditional skills in reading and mathematics between countries with different income levels. It is therefore not surprising that a gap also exists for transversal competencies (World Economic Forum, 2015). Furthermore, there is a gap in the literature as to how teachers in diverse global contexts understand transversal competencies in the first place. Thus, the focus of this research is to explore teachers’ understandings of transversal competencies in diverse global contexts. The theoretical framework adopted is pragmatism, highlighting what really works in the context that teachers find themselves in. This study centers specifically on an explorative case study with teachers from Europe and South Asia. From a methodological perspective, there is a further focus on the use of the “World Café” brainstorming method as a data collection mechanism. Various methods were considered for this research, which undertook the complex task of eliciting and capturing understandings of difficult-to-define concepts. The World Café (Brown, 2002) offers a research activity in which participants can co-construct conceptualizations of amorphous ideas. It also provides a structure which is simple and flexible enough for use in diverse global contexts where cultural differences, language, resources, and access can all prove barriers to generating and collecting data. These advantages align with the theoretical framework of pragmatism, mentioned above, and the World Café matched as a promising method that might really work in the abstract and physical contexts of this research. Thus, the research questions posed are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The work reported on here focuses on qualitative data collection using the World Café method, a group brainstorming activity (Brown, 2002) which produces written artifacts. During each World Café session, teachers work in small groups, writing together on large posters, systematically rotating around the room to different posters. In this way, the groups see and expand on what previous groups have written. In this explorative case study, which is part of a larger piece of research, four posters were used in each of 16 World Café sessions. Teachers wrote down definitions and examples of the 4Cs, thereby co-constructing and capturing a snapshot of their understandings. 212 teachers from Europe (127) and South Asia (85), representing two embedded cases, participated in World Café sessions within the context of a larger continuing professional development workshop. These primary and secondary teachers came from public and private schools in the Czech Republic (43), India (17), Ireland (34), Nepal (68), and Spain (32). This sample is not generalizable, but it is illuminative as a case study, as it provides a diverse range of teachers’ understandings. The resulting artifacts were transcribed and, when necessary, translated to English. The resulting text was subjected to several rounds of directed content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) coding using NVivo software. The first round focused on deductively matching teachers’ definitions and examples against an existing set of descriptors of transversal competencies (Ravitz, 2014). Anything that did not match these descriptors was subjected to several rounds of inductive coding, where emerging codes were iteratively assigned and reassigned. The results of each embedded case were then analyzed using Excel to identify emerging trends. The World Café method engendered and helped capture fruitful brainstorming, yielding 1014 codes over 16 sessions (~63 codes per session) with European teachers (E) writing about twice as much as South Asian teachers (SA) on the posters. The data analysis revealed several findings: 1) Three key themes for describing the 4Cs emerged: skills for social interaction (SSI), student-centered learning (SCL), and teacher-directed learning (TDL). 2) All teachers strongly associated SCL with creativity (E-90%, SA-91%) and critical thinking (E-87%, SA-85%). 3) All teachers somewhat strongly associated SCL with collaboration (E-70%, SA-67%) and communication (E-51%, SA-66%). 4) SSI was also associated with collaboration (E-29%, SA-35%) and communication (E-42%, SA-18%). 5) TDL was somewhat associated with communication (E-9%, SA-18%). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study seeks 1) to provide insight into how teachers in diverse global contexts understand transversal competencies, and 2) to concurrently explore the World Café method for group brainstorming as a means for eliciting and capturing teachers’ understandings. The findings to date point to several key trends in teachers’ understandings of transversal competencies in diverse global contexts. There is much common ground across the understandings of the teachers who participated, especially in associating student-centered learning with the 4Cs, most strongly for creativity and critical thinking. This common understanding is in spite of fears raised about definitional deficits (UNESCO, 2015). The main exceptions to the broad consensus were that 1) European teachers more strongly associated communication with skills for social interaction, and that 2) South Asian teachers somewhat associated teacher-directed learning with communication. These outliers might reflect cultural and/or socio-economic differences, which might be illuminated with participant validation and further research. Finally, the World Café appears to have been a compelling research method for eliciting and capturing teachers’ understandings of a complex and nebulous concept, in this case transversal competencies. European teachers wrote at a rate double that of their South Asian colleagues, which calls for participant validation to investigate cultural factors. Even so, the activity stimulated a great deal of brainstorming and discussion across the diverse contexts of the case study. References Brown, J. (2002). The World Café: Living knowledge through conversations that matter: Fielding Graduate Institute. Care, E., & Luo, R. (2016). Assessment of Transversal Competences. Policy and Practice in Asia-Pacific Region. Bangkok, UNESCO Bangkok. Drucker, P. F. (1969). In The Age of Discontinuity (pp. iv): Butterworth-Heinemann. Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Kim, H., Care, E., & Ditmore, T. (2017). New data on the breadth of skills movement in education. Retrieved from https://www.brookings.edu/blog/education-plus-development/2017/01/24/new-data-on-the-breadth-of-skills-movement-in-education/ Powell, W., & Snellman, K. (2004). The Knowledge Economy. Annual Review of Sociology, 30, 199-220. doi:10.1146/annurev.soc.29.010202.100037 Ravitz, J. (2014). A survey for measuring 21st century teaching and learning: West Virginia 21st Century Teaching and Learning Survey. Charleston, WV UNESCO. (2015). 2013 Asia-Pacific Education Research Institutes Network (ERI-Net) regional study on transversal competencies in education policy and practice (phase 1): regional synthesis report. In: UNESCO Bangkok Pacific Regional Bureau for Education. UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. World Economic Forum. (2015). New Vision for Education: Unlocking the Potential of Technology. Retrieved from https://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEFUSA_NewVisionforEducation_Report2015.pdf 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The making of an “erasmian curriculum”: The “Erasmus” European Program through teachers’ narratives University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The modern globalized educational context constantly presents challenges and imperatives, which take place simultaneously, locally and internationally, "imposing" new tasks and roles on teachers (Hargreaves, 2000 ∙ Swann et al., 2010 ∙ Evans, 2011). These new professional requirements create new conditions for the teaching profession which produce different teacher subjectivities. This occurs in numerous sites, however a key one is professional development, through which teachers are expected to engage in a continuous effort to acquire additional knowledge and skills in new fields or forms of education that appear in global agendas, leading them to re-evaluate and modify their practices, including the national or school curriculum enacted in schools (e.g. Draper et al., 1997˙ Day, 2002 ˙ Geijsel & Meijers, 2005 in Parmigiani et al., 2023). At the same time, teachers’ professional subjectivity evolves through constant connections between their personal and professional experiences (Parmigiani et al., 2023). One such supra-national policy entangled with schooling has been the European Program "Erasmus," described by the Commission as a program that contributes to the professional development (PD) of teachers through experiences of participation in projects with European partners (2023). In this study “Erasmus” is explored as a case of an educational policy produced at the supra-site of the EU that is recontextualized to the macro-site of the education system in Cyprus, acquiring specific meanings in the process, while at the same time “encouraging” teachers to acquire PD experiences of a specific European character as professionals. I argue that, in turn, this produced new meanings of curriculum as it is being enacted in their schools and classrooms within and beyond their national settings. Drawing on Priestley et al. (2021), curriculum making is understood as a social practice that occurs in supra-, micro- and nano- sites i.e. in international, school and classroom settings respectively. Therefore, the paper investigates through teacher life histories how the curriculum, as intention and as enactment, changes due to/through both students’ and teachers’ participation in "Erasmus" projects. Specifically, the experiences, actions, practices, program themes, activities, and collaborations Greek-cypriot primary school teachers narrate as having developed for and with their students, colleagues and partners in their life histories are investigated, exploring how the supra-national site is recontextualized at the micro and nano-sites of their schools and classrooms. According to Pinar (2004, in Tsafos, 2021), the "curriculum" in its traditional form refers to a predetermined trajectory, the same “subject-matter” for all, a standardized procedure, without acknowledgement of its political, institutional, and biographical assumptions. However, by theorising curriculum as a biographical text through its verb formulation "currere", Pinar and colleagues re-conceptualised it as an active process of all educational/formative experiences throughout life as a complex, dynamic, ongoing process of "conversation" and dialogue inside and beyond schools, emerging in formal both and informal contexts (Doll, 1993∙ Tsafos, 2021) . To conclude, it is not considered merely as an institutional text that includes instructions and procedures to be strictly implemented, but rather as a process, a social practice made through the interactions and actions of the teachers and students between them and other texts and materials in schools and classrooms: how was Erasmus involved in these, is the key question this paper aims to address. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopted a biographical approach and developed the life histories of 8 primary school teachers. In this study teachers were asked to narrate their experiences of the Erasmus program and more specifically the nature of curriculum making it entailed in their schools and classrooms. Teacher life histories, their narrations, the composition of the narrative episodes, and the analysis carried out by the researcher, depending on the context studied can be a tool for investigating the educational experience from within, from the perspective of those involved in the process (Smith, 2013 ˙ Tsafos, 2021). While at the same time of connecting the social construction of this experience with the wider social context (Goodson, 2019). Eight teachers who had multiple experiences of Erasmus project participation as teachers were selected through purposive convenience sampling. Their participation was voluntary, and their informed consent was secured with the assurance of anonymity and confidentiality, following the relevant national bioethics authority procedures. Data collection involved two biographical narrative interviews with each teacher based on semi-structured interview protocols between November 2021–April 2022. During these interviews, teachers narrated their lives before focusing on Erasmus to investigate the reasons they sought these experiences, to narrate them in detail and to describe the nature of curriculum making that emerged for students and other teachers during their participation. The transcribed texts of both interviews were sent to the teachers to make changes or additions to their narratives, since member-checking enhances the trustworthiness of the results (Creswell & Miller, 2000). After participants checked, approved, and returned the data, data analysis followed. A combination of analysis methods was used to analyze the data, specifically thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) and content analysis (Franzosi, 2004). First, the transcripts of the two interviews were read several times to develop familiarity with the data and to conduct an initial coding of teachers’ narrations. Next, salient patterns across the collected data were determined, and initial themes were generated, including those pertaining to curriculum making, before finalization of the coding in Atlas.ti. Finally, the themes and codes were reviewed with sample quotations and interpretations, allowing comparisons between the teachers' narratives for similarities and differences between them with regards to the identified themes and codes. In this paper the emphasis codes were ‘Erasmus and the official curriculum’ and ‘Erasmus and curriculum making in classrooms and schools’ that were used to analyze the data and draw conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The teachers' narratives point to how curriculum was made through participation in ‘Erasmus’ projects. Teachers narrated a number of their own and their students’ experiences which pointed to how the program became a condition for the enriching of the existing official curriculum, while at the same time a condition of ‘new’ curriculum making which would not have otherwise occur. Both these instantiations of curriculum making are viewed as fueling the making of an ‘erasmian curriculum’. A strong pattern in teachers’ narrations was that during these projects they developed contacts/relationships/school policies/curriculum materials, knowledge/skills, which each adopted/applied/modified for their own micro- and nano-sites. Firstly, the ‘erasmian curriculum’ was narrated as curriculum content being made mostly in the subject-areas of Greek Language, Art-Music, Sciences, Life-Education, History-Geography and Physical Education. Secondly, the narrated ‘erasmian curriculum’ included a range of interdisciplinary, thematic emphases beyond the official curriculum that appeared frequently, either singularly or in combination: culture, ecology-environment, technology, sports. The teachers described how they enriched the official curriculum through the actions of each Erasmus project by connecting these emphases with multiple existing subject-areas. Thirdly, teachers narrated Erasmus as providing conditions for changing the pedagogy by implementing examples of good practices used by their European partners (e.g. student evaluation, classroom organization-management, cooperation, integration of technologies); the latter was particularly salient in their narrations, which stressed the greater use of digital tools, such as tablets and digital books. These projects demanded alternative ways of working with students from other countries (e.g. distance or live attendance of lessons by partner-teachers, online connection with students from partner-schools, exchange of opinions). Moreover, teachers narrated their Erasmus activities as cultivating their students’ open-mindedness, cultural horizons, communication and collaboration skills and intercultural awareness. The paper concludes with a discussion of how this emerging ‘erasmian curriculum’ complemented, informed, or challenged the official curriculum. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77– 101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper (Eds.), APA Handbook of Research Methods in Psychology (pp. 51-77). American Psychological Association. Carlson, D. (2005). The Question Concerning Curriculum Theory. Journal of the American Association for the Advancement of Curriculum Studies, 1, 1-13. Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. L. (2000). Getting good qualitative data to improve educational practice. Theory into Practice, 39(3), 124-130. Day, C. (2002). School reform and transitions in teacher professionalism and identity. International Journal of Educational Research, 37, 677-692. Draper, J., Fraser, H. & Taylor, W. (1997). Teachers at work: Early experiences of professional development. British Journal of In-Service Education, 23(2), 283-295. Doll, W.E. (1993). A Post-modern Perspective on Curriculum. Teachers College Press. Evans, L. (2011). The “shape” of teacher professionalism in England: Professional standards, performance management, professional development and the changes proposed in the 2010 White Paper. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 851-870. Franzosi, R. (2004). Content Analysis. In Μ. Hardy, & Α. Bryman (Eds.), The Handbook of Data Analysis (pp. 547-565). Sage. Goodson, I. F. (2019). The Policy of the Analytical Program and Education. Investigating the Life and Work of Teachers. (Ed.) M. Ioannidou-Koutselinis, S. Philippou & L. Kleridis). Gutenberg. Hargreaves, A. (2000). Four ages of professionalism and professional learning. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 6(2), 151-182. Hatzigeorgiou, G. (2003). Proposal for a Modern Analytical Program. A holistic – ecological perspective. Atrapos. Parmigiani D., Maragliano, A., Silvaggio, C. & Molinari, A. (2023) Trainee teachers abroad: reflections on personal and professional teaching identity during international mobility. European Journal of Teacher Education, (46)4, 605-620. Pinar, W. F., Reynolds, W. M., Slattery, P., & Taubaum, P. M. (1995). Understanding curriculum: An introduction to the study of historical and contemporary curriculum discourses. Peter Lang. Smith, B. (2013). Currere and Critical Pedagogy. Think Critically about Self-Reflective Methods. Transnational Curriculum Inquiry, 10 (2), 1-16. Swann, M., McIntyre, D., Pell, T., Hargreaves, L. & Cunningham, M. (2010). Teachers’ conceptions of teacher professionalism in England in 2003 and 2006. British Educational Research Journal, 36(4), 549-571. The Erasmus+ Programme Guide (2024). European Commission.https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-11/2024-Erasmus%2BProgramme-Guide_EN.pdf Tsafos, V. (2021). Αφηγήσεις και Βιογραφίες: Οι «φώνες» των εκπαιδευτικών μέσα από τις ιστορίες ζωής τους. Το Αναλυτικό Πρόγραμμα ως Αυτοβιογραφικό Κείμενο.[Narratives and Biographies: The "voices" of teachers through their life stories. The curriculum as an Autobiographical Text] GUTENBERG. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 A: Inclusive Practices and Values Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Annalisa Ianniello Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring Inclusive Practice in Practice NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:Despite the widespread recognition of inclusion as a fundamental value in education over the past three decades (UNESCO, 1994), schools worldwide continue to struggle with the practical implementation of this ideal (Keles et al., 2022). In Norway, the introduction of the new Education Act in August 2024 further emphasizes the value of inclusion by highlighting that all students have the right to a safe and positive learning environment that promotes health, inclusion, well-being, and learning (Opplæringslova, 2023). However, a recurring challenge persists in determining whether the broad political support actually translates into tangible outcomes in practice (Ainscow, 2020). Haug (2022) raises the question of whether this lack of impact can be explained by the concept of "frozen ideologies" coined by Liedman (1997), suggesting that ingrained mentalities, regulations, and practices hinder progress. The concept of inclusion can be understood in the light of what Røvik & Pettersen (2014) refer to as a master idea. A characteristic of master ideas is that over time they have gained great legitimacy and spread across sectors and countries. Furthermore, they have the power to trigger a number of reforms and initiatives and being more or less self-justifying. The fact that the ideas are self-justifying can be positive in the sense that one does not need to spend time and effort arguing for inclusion. At the same time, the danger is that a lack of argument leads to skipping important discussions which also identify challenges and dilemmas when translating the idea into educational practice (Øen et al., 2024). Mhairi et al. (2021), therefore call for a new approach to professional learning for inclusion that "takes as its starting point the complex professional dilemmas that educators articulate rather than viewing them as discrete issues that can be addressed separately" (p. 2166). According to Dignath et al. (2022), schools often prioritize structural and organizational changes in their efforts towards inclusion. While these aspects are crucial, organizational change ultimately relies on professionals’ ability to change their own practices. Therefore, schools are advised to consider teachers' individual perceptions of reality when implementing reforms, particularly in the context of inclusive education. This aligns with research suggesting that significant improvements to practice necessitate discussions surrounding the underlying understandings or theories that inform practice (Robinson, 2018). Mhairi et al. (2021) emphasizes the importance of collaborative learning within the professional community as a key factor in developing inclusive practices. The Norwegian Core Curriculum consequently clarifies the significance of schools functioning as professional communities where all employees engage in reflective dialogues about value choices and developmental needs (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017). The development of inclusive practices involves the engagement of the schools' external support services within the professional community. In this paper, the external support services will be limited to the Educational and psychological counselling service (EPS). This entails collaborating with professional groups who have; varying mandates, perspectives, concept of knowledge, and results in offering alternative solutions (Haug, 2022). Within this dynamic, there exists the potential for the emergence of innovative practices. However, for effective collaboration to take place, curiosity, a willingness to learn, humility, and respect must prevail. Without these qualities, differing mandates, legal bases, and perceptions of reality may hinder productive collaboration (Øen & Mjøs, 2023). This could potentially lead to a situation known as the "Blame Game" (Hood, 2002), where parties attribute problems, solutions, and need for expertise to external sources rather than taking personal responsibility (Mjøs & Øen, 2022). The research question for this paper is: How can a survey contribute to exploring and challenging existing practice and collaboration in terms of developing a more inclusive practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach in this paper is based on research carried out in the SUKIP project (Mjøs & Øen, 2022). Here quantitative surveys were used as a catalyst for qualitative exploratory discussions in the study’s initial phase. The paper reports on a larger collaboration between NLA university college and several municipalities in Norway as part of the national initiative “The competence boost for special needs education and inclusive practice” (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2021). In addition to forming the basis for this paper, the survey therefore also aims to provide the municipalities with a platform of knowledge, or a baseline in their understanding and knowledge of inclusive practices in schools. During the spring of 2024, a total of 20 schools from three different municipalities in western Norway will carry out a survey. This survey aims to examine how schools and the EPS look at their own and each other’s level of knowledge, competence, needs and collaborative culture. We also want to investigate the schools and the EPS's insight and understanding of each other's mandate and everyday work. The survey is digital, consisting of just under 50 statements. These are measured using the Likert-type scale, which has a range from 1 (completely disagree) to 4 (completely agree). It is also possible to answer "don't know" to all the statements. After completion, data is transferred to Excel/SPSS for statistical analyses. Some of the statements are taken from the inclusion handbook (Booth & Ainscow, 2001), whilst others have been adapted from previous studies (Mjøs & Øen, 2022; Øen et al., 2024). In this paper, we have chosen to explore the informants understanding of students who struggle in school, attitudes to inclusion, inclusive practice, and the relationship between general and special needs education. It is important to emphasize that these statements do not seek to map the extent to which the teachers' attitudes are compatible with the ideal of an inclusive practice. They primarily seek to underline different ways of understanding inclusive practice, as well as the dilemmas this entails. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper is based upon data collected in the spring of 2024. It is therefore only possible to highlight at this time, a few areas that are likely to be addressed. Our analysis will focus on the “typical” dilemmas and/or barriers which can arise within/between schools, those occurring between schools and external support services, in addition to differences between municipalities. The paper seeks to illustrate what Mhairi et al. (2021), calls a new approach to professional learning for inclusion where the complex professional dilemmas form the hub of professional collaboration. Recognition of the complexity becomes particularly important in an age of uncertainty where pandemics, migration and economic crises challenge the ideal of inclusion. This raises more dilemmas than ever when translating the ideal into practice. We argue that such an approach is particularly important for identifying local dilemmas and challenges, as schools and municipalities, both nationally and abroad, are affected differently by the uncertain times in which we live. Our research hopes to shed lights on some of the blind spots within inclusion research, as there is a lack of knowledge on how to facilitate the development of inclusive practices locally (Florian, 2014). In facilitating discussions within the professional community, along with identifying and acknowledging the many dilemmas of inclusion, this ultimately gives hope to the school of the future by encouraging inclusive practices which take the real world as a starting point, and not the ideal world. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2001). Inkluderingshåndboka. Oplandske bokforl. Dignath, C., Rimm-Kaufman, S., van Ewijk, R., & Kunter, M. (2022). Teachers’ Beliefs About Inclusive Education and Insights on What Contributes to Those Beliefs: a Meta-analytical Study. Educational psychology review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09695-0 Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 286-294. Haug, P. (2022). Ingen kan alt – tverretatleg samarbeid om spesialundervisning og inkluderande praksisar i skulen. In M. H. Olsen & P. Haug (Eds.), Tverretatlig samarbeid. (pp. 11-43). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Hood, C. (2002). The Risk Game and the Blame Game. Gov. & oppos, 37(1), 15-37. https://doi.org/10.1111/1477-7053.00085 Keles, S., ten Braak, D., & Munthe, E. (2022). Inclusion of students with special education needs in Nordic countries: a systematic scoping review. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2022.2148277 Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper Regjeringen]. https://www.regjeringen.no/. Liedman, S.-E. (1997). I skuggan av framtiden. Modernitetens historia. Albert Bonniers Förlag. Mhairi, C. B., Stephanie, T., Sarah, C., Rachel, L., Quinta, K., & Susanne, H. (2021). Conceptualising Teacher Education for Inclusion: Lessons for the Professional Learning of Educators from Transnational and Cross-Sector Perspectives. Sustainability (Basel, Switzerland), 13(4), 2167. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13042167 Mjøs, M., & Øen, K. (2022). En felles spørreundersøkelse skole-PPT som utgangspunkt for samarbeid om inkluderende praksis. Psykologi i kommunen, 4. Opplæringslova. (2023). Lov om grunnskolen og den vidaregåande opplæringa. https://lovdata.no/dokument/LTI/lov/2023-06-09-30 Robinson, V. (2018). Reduce change toincrease improvement. Corwin. Røvik, K. A., & Pettersen, H. M. (2014). Masterideer. In K. A. Røvik, T. V. Eilertsen, & E. M. Furu (Eds.), Reformideer i norsk skole. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Need Education. Paris Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2021). Tilskuddsordning for lokal kompetanseutvikling i barnehage og grunnopplæring. Utdanningsdirektoratet. Retrieved 01.03.22 from https://www.udir.no/kvalitet-og-kompetanse/lokal-kompetanseutvikling/tilskuddsordningene-for-lokal-kompetanseutvikling-i-barnehage-og-grunnopplaring/ Øen, K., Krumsvik, R. J., & Skaar, Ø. O. (2024). Development of inclusive practice – the art of balancing emotional support and constructive feedback [Original Research]. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1281334 Øen, K., & Mjøs, M. (2023). Partnerskap mellom forskere og praktikere som innovasjonsstrategi – et utfordrende mulighetsrom. In M. Mjøs, S. Hillesøy, V. Moen, & S. E. Ohna (Eds.), Kompetanse for inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PP-tjeneste (pp. 47-69). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.186.ch2 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Lessons Learned from Norway: A Values-Based Formulation of Inclusive Education 1Norwegian University of Science and Technology; 2University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:In 1994, the UNESCO Salamanca Declaration stated that inclusion should be an issue of concern for all countries, and in 2015, the UN Sustainable Development Goals also marked inclusive and equitable quality education for all children in one of the 18 sustainability goals (goal no. 4 Quality Education) as a prerequisite to realise a sustainable development of the society. Despite political agreements, legislation and great effort in research and practices, the realisation of inclusive education (IE) has continued to prove challenging (Nilholm 2021). Among several explanations, a lack of a unified understanding of IE (ibid.) and a clash between IE values and values aimed at students’ academic achievements (Ainscow & Messiou 2018) are suggested to be two main obstacle. In order to advance the field of IE, researchers have explored inclusion as a multifaceted phenomenon that requires contemporaneous analysis on macro, meso, and micro levels (Schuelka &Engsig 2022, 449). Macro aspects such as ideologies, policy and laws, meso aspects such as school contexts and teachers’ practices and micro aspects such as psychological and learning dimensions must be considered and understood by focusing on their mutual interaction (A. Qvortrup and Qvortrup 2018; Messiou 2006). Qvortrup & Qvortrup (2018) further argue that we should avoid thinking about IE in an either-or-perspective, and they develop ‘…a framework for understanding and working with inclusion in schools that take into account the dynamic relationship between inclusion and exclusion and the fact that inclusive work will never reach a stable state of total inclusion’ (810). The framework relates to the broader trend of viewing the concept of special educational needs (SEN) from a perspective focusing on individual factors (the individual approach) but also focusing on the school’s failure to accommodate human diversity, which in turn necessitates a focus on the school context and its conditions for inclusion (social-contextual approach) (Skidmore, 1996). To meet these requests, holistic approaches have emerged, in which the shortcomings of previous approaches are highlighted, as they ‘[…] share common limitations of reductionism’ (Skidmore 1996, 33). As also suggested in Amartya Sen’s capability approach (2009), attention caused should be placed on both human diversity (we are all different), impairment and disability (as specific variables of human diversity) and barriers and inequalities by the social environment (see e.g. Reindal, 2009). In this way the contradictions and practical dilemmas of IE become visible: While on the one hand, IE involves identifying students’ differences to meet their individual needs, on the other, it is also about maintaining a sense of normality and treating all the same (Norwich 2002). Additionally, an enrichment approach arose, arguing that experiences with human diversity as crucial for students’ understanding and respect for others and themselves. Thus, this approach is about preparing for a future life in heterogeneous society (Befring 1997, 184).
In line with Kiuppis (2014) the development of different and apparently conflicting perspectives in the field of IE reflects ambiguities about the values of inclusion in the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO 1994). Thus, this paper aims to contribute to the advancement of the field by providing a deeper understanding of the complexities surrounding the implementation of IE from the ideological/political level, to the practical and individual one (inclusionary outcome for the student). The following research question was formulated to guide our study:
How should one understand the phenomenon of IE when analysing the dynamic interaction between the ideological value of IE, inclusive practices, and students’ inclusionary outcomes in schools?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on analyses of the connections between inclusive education, student diversity and the concept of special educational needs, and the current state of the field. Additionally, Norway has been chosen as case, since it has been shown that the so-called ‘PISA-shock’ and the following ‘Knowledge Promotion Reform’ have challenged the realisation of IE (Imsen, Blossing, &Moos 2017). There was a noticeable increase in students who received special education and who were moved to segregated settings during this period (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training 2022-23). In an interview study with 12 special educators, it became clear that they often found themselves isolated with the responsibility for students receiving SE (Uthus 2020). They reported that despite the students’ legal entitlement to receive SE as part of what is called adapted education in regular classrooms, the students were placed in segregated groups alongside peers with widely varying needs. The special educators associated the situation with the growing attention on educational efficacy, economic stresses, and teacher accountability. Additionally, they raised concerns with the principal about the undignified situation of students with SEN. Then they were met with the argument that striving for inclusion meant minimising SE as much as possible, aligned with guidelines rooted in the social-contextual approach and a complementary theory (Bachmann & Haug 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By analysing existing approaches to IE we show how they are not sensitive to the distinction between inclusion as an educational value and inclusion at the practical and individual (inclusionary outcome) level. Schools face the complexity of managing multiple educational values and other codes like law, economics, and ethics, but do not have sufficient concepts to describe this complexity. The Norwegian case exemplifies how the value of IE understood in terms of the social-contextual approach to SEN, undermined students’ legal entitlements to SE. Additionally, when economic considerations in terms of ‘knowledge promotion’ are prioritised over IE, and this is subtly legitimised by the same social-contextual approach, ethical issues are involved as well. At the practice (meso) level and the individual (mikro) level inclusion refers to completely different codes than at the other levels. To provide a deeper understanding of the complexities surrounding the implementation of IE, we delve into inclusion as an educational or ideological value, as articulated in the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO 1994). We suggest operationalising the three core values of inclusion articulated in the Salamanca Declaration: welcoming communities, combating discriminatory attitudes, and education for all into the following institutional practice principles: participation, human diversity, and differentiation. The values and their alignment with the principles of practice are explored. We discuss the interplay among these values and their corresponding practice principle, emphasising the need for awareness when prioritising one over others. In line with Qvortrup & Qvortrup (2018), we suggest that ‘how do we make inclusion happen’ is a professional task, relying on organisational conditions as well as on teacher-student interactions and student experiences of inclusion/exclusion in local schools with diverse populations (micro level) (Qvortrup &Qvortrup 2018). Without a sufficient concept for the complexity they experience, there is a risk of reductionism and stagnation in the field of IE. References Ainscow, Mel, and Kyriaki Messiou. 2018. "Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education." Journal of Educational Change 19 (1): 1-17. Bachmann, Kari, and Peder Haug. 2006. "Forskning om tilpasset opplæring." Høgskulen i Volda. Befring, Edvard. 1997. "The enrichment perspective: A special educational approach to an inclusive school." Remedial and special education 18 (3): 182-187. Imsen, Gunn, Ulf Blossing, and Lejf Moos. 2017. "Reshaping the Nordic education model in an era of efficiency. Changes in the comprehensive school project in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden since the millennium." Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 61 (5): 568-583. Kiuppis, Florian. 2014. "Why (not) associate the principle of inclusion with disability? Tracing connections from the start of the ‘Salamanca Process’." International Journal of Inclusive Education 18 (7): 746-761. Luhmann, Niklas. 1995. Social systems. Stanford University Press. Messiou, Kyriaki. 2006. "Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children." European Journal of Psychology of Education 21 (3): 305-318.. Nilholm, Claes. 2021. "Research about inclusive education in 2020 – How can we improve our theories in order to change practice?" European Journal of Special Needs education 36 (3): 358-370. Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. 2022-23. GSI statistics. Information from primary and lower secondary school. Norwich, Brahm. 2002. "Education, Inclusion and Individual Differences: Recognising and Resolving Dilemmas." British Journal of Educational Studies 50 (4): 482-502. Qvortrup, Ane, and Lars Qvortrup. 2018. "Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education." International Journal of Inclusive Education 22 (7): 803-817. Reindal, Solveig M. 2009. "Disability, capability, and special education: towards a capability‐based theory." European Journal of Special Needs Education 24 (2): 155-168 Schuelka, Matthew J., and Thomas Thyrring Engsig. 2022. "On the question of educational purpose: complex educational systems analysis for inclusion." International Journal of Inclusive Education 26 (5): 448-465. Sen, Amartya. 2009. "Capability: reach and limits." In Debating global society: Reach and limits of the capability approach, edited by Cortona Colloquium, Enrica Chiappero M. and Amartya Sen, 15-28. Milan: Fondazione Giangiacomo Feltrinelli. Skidmore, David. 1996. "Towards an integrated theoretical framework for research into special educational needs." European Journal of special needs education 11 (1): 33-47. UNESCO. 1994. The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. Paris. Uthus, Marit. 2020. "'Det har sine omkostninger'. Spesialpedagogens trivsel og belastninger i arbeidet i en inkluderende skole: En intervjustudie " Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk 6 (0): 14. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper It’s US! Cultivating Fellowship in a Primary School Classroom. What Role Do the Teacher-Student Interactions Play? University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:The concept of participation in educational research comprises a complex field which involves issues of democracy, children’s rights and inclusion in schools, and it is a field “in search of definition” (Percy-Smith & Thomas, 2010, p. 1). Although there is no unifying definition of children’s participation, most definitions contain the elements of the child as a subject or agent, engaging with others around tasks or issues of concern to them (Malone & Hartung, 2010, p. 27). Drawing on Bae’s (2009) notion of mutual recognition, emphasising that “partners in interactions are of equal worth” (Bae, 2009, p. 397), leads the attention to how to create mutual conditions for everybody’s participation in joint activities. In a Norwegian context, although building a safe learning environment for everybody is not a specific part of a particular subject, it is clearly articulated in the Education Act, (1998, § 9 A-2) and in the overall part of the curriculum (Udir, 2017). Hence, in this study, participation is understood as linked to the three perspectives, the student, interactions with others, and what they do to collaborate in “shared learning experiences” (Booth & Ainscow, 2002, p. 3). Further, in their “framework for participation”, Florian et al. (2017) refer to how students’ participation is linked to the dimensions of access, collaboration, achievements and recognition and acceptance of all students, by students and teachers in a way that fosters a sense of belonging to the class as a learning community (Florian et al., 2017, p. 54). This paper reports on teacher-student interactions’ role in promoting students’ participation in singing as a joint start-up routine in a 5th grade classroom. The main objective is on exploring why and how the students participate in classroom singing when the activity is conducted as a joint start-up routine. The purpose of the article is to gain insight about the role of the students’ and the teacher’s participation in a joint activity. Conducting singing activity as a routine at the beginning of the day may imply that the content and the form of singing promote students’ participation, since routines consist of both “structure and agency” (Feldman & Pentland, 2003, p. 95). In this way, conducting singing as a classroom activity might reinforce relationships (Savage et al., 2021, p. 2) and contribute to shape a learning environment where every student can belong, since “participation is part of belonging” (Lansdown, 2010, p. 11). Further, Savage (2021) argues that human musicality is a coevolved system for social bonding, where the phrase “social bonding refers to the formation, strengthening, and maintenance of affiliative connections” (Savage et al., 2021, p. 2) that brings forth the bonded relationships that underpin prosocial behaviour. As such, musical activities like group singing can enhance students prosocial behaviours towards others as well as their social inclusion in school (Barrett et al., 2019). To investigate the students’ and the teacher’s participation in singing as a start-up routine, the following research questions will be answered: How can the teacher’s and students’ participation in the singing activity be described, and how can the descriptions contribute to increased understanding about the appearance and significance of participation in the joint activity? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The exploration of the students’ and the teacher’s participation in singing as a start-up routine in a primary classroom draws from data within a larger eight-week case study (Stake, 1995) in a 5th grade classroom in a Norwegian school. The data construction is based on observations of 25 lessons, three interviews with the teacher, a focus group interview with students, and a video recording of a lesson in the classroom. The field notes were written each day throughout the entire eight-week case study during the lessons without discussing the experience with anyone else, to avoid diluting memory. The teacher interviews were semi-structured (Brinkmann, 2018, p. 1002), following the three-interview series (Seidman, 2006, p. 16) to get rich and in-depth information regarding the teachers’ view and experiences with participating in the singing activity. The focus group interview used open questions allowing the researcher to take on the role of a moderator. Audio- and video recordings enabled facial expressions and body language to become an integrated part of student interactions and meaning construction. The video recording of the singing activity was viewed several times and led to the construction of a narrative and a point-to-point analysis following a timeline spanning every ten seconds. The field notes and the interviews with the teacher and the students were analysed following a reflective thematic analytical approach (Braun & Clarke, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The significance of participation in the joint activity is connected to the students’ possibilities to suggest songs and to choose how they participate in the activity as well as the teachers’ support and recognition of their contributions. When the students engage in the singing activity as a start-up routine, they are encouraged to participate in ways that they are comfortable with. Most students listen and follow the lyrics on the screen while some of them sing along, others follow the rhythm nodding their head, waving their feet, or they beat the rhythm with their fingers or hands on their desk. All the different ways of participation is recognised as legitimate by the teacher and the peers, and yet, when the teacher stands still and sings along with the students, more students sing along, as if her participation promotes the students participation as well. Further, during the focus group interview, the students suddenly started to sing together, interpreted as an expression of them feeling safe, trusting each other, and that the song had become a part of their shared repertoire within the culture of the class. Conducting the singing activity as a joint start-up routine may be understood as a familiar space for the teacher and the students, participating together with a shared focus of what the teacher calls “a sense of being US”. In this way, the teachers’ support in recognising and promoting the students different ways of participating in singing as a start-up routine may be understood as an approach that supports cultivating fellowship. References Bae, B. (2009). Children’s right to participate – challenges in everyday interactions. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 17(3), 391–406. https://doi.org/10.1080/13502930903101594 Barrett, M. S., Flynn, L. M., Brown, J. E., & Welch, G. F. (2019). Beliefs and Values About Music in Early Childhood Education and Care: Perspectives From Practitioners. Frontiers in Psychology, 10. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00724 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Brinkmann, S. (2018). The Interview. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (Fifth edition, pp. 997–1038). SAGE. Danbolt, I., Hagen, L. A., Balsnes, A. H., Haukenes, S., Knigge, J., & Bergesen Schei, T. (2022). ‘Det finnes en sang for alt!’ Ansattes begrunnelser for sang i barnehage og skole—En empirisk studie. In Samsang gjennom livsløpet (pp. 29–65). CAPPELEN DAMM AKADEMISK N. Feldman, M. S., & Pentland, B. T. (2003). Reconceptualizing Organizational Routines as a Source of Flexibility and Change. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48(1), 94–118. https://doi.org/10.2307/3556620 Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), Article 5. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five Misunderstandings About Case-Study Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219–245. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800405284363 Graham, L. J. (2016). Reconceptualising inclusion as participation: Neoliberal buck-passing or strategic by-passing? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 37(4), 563–581. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1073021 Lamont, A., Daubney, A., & Spruce, G. (2012). Singing in primary schools: Case studies of good practice in whole class vocal tuition. British Journal of Music Education, 29(2), 251–268. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051712000083 Lansdown, G. (2010). The realisation of children’s participation rights. In B. Percy-Smith & N. Thomas (Eds.), A handbook of children and young people’s participation: Perspectives from theory and practice (pp. 11–23). Routledge. LK20. (2020). Tverrfaglige temaer—Læreplan i musikk (MUS01-02). https://www.udir.no/lk20/mus01-02/om-faget/tverrfaglige-temaer?lang=nob Percy-Smith, B., & Malone, K. (2001). Making children’s participation in neighbourhood settings relevant to the everyday lives of young people. PLA Notes, 42, 18–22. Savage, P. E., Loui, P., Tarr, B., Schachner, A., Glowacki, L., Mithen, S., & Fitch, W. T. (2021). Music as a coevolved system for social bonding. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 44, e59. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0140525X20000333 Seidman, I. (2006). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences (3rd ed). Teachers College Press. Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage Publications. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 B: Examining Parental Views About Education of Their Child with a Disability: a Global Cross Comparison Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Umesh Sharma Session Chair: Stuart Woodcock Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Examining Parental Views About Education of Their Child with a Disability: a Global Cross Comparison There is an international trend towards increased placement of students with disabilities in regular schools. Research has shown that students educated in inclusive classrooms tend to perform better academically and socially when compared to students who are educated in specialist settings (Hehir et, al, 2016). This research has largely focussed on students with students who have low support needs. A large majority of students with disabilities who have high support needs continue to be educated in specialist settings. Researchers, inclusion advocates and policymakers have emphasised the need to include all learners irrespective of the level of needs of students with disabilities. Surprisingly the voices of parents and students who have high support needs are missing from this debate. There is also hardly any research that has made cross-country comparisons. This current research was being undertaken to examine why parents/carers choose to enrol their child(ren) in regular and/or special schools. The study will also explore factors that influence their decisions to move their child, if they do move them, from one setting to another. We are keen to identify factors that influence parents'/families' decisions about choosing a placement option (inclusive VS special) for their child. Theoretical Framework This research is about exploring parental motivation to send their children to either special or inclusive settings. We plan to use the “Theories of Motivation in Education: an Integrative Framework” by Urhahne and Wijnia (2023) to provide a conceptual foundation for the project. The theoretical framework helps us understand the motivation of a person about important decisions. Parents/families may make placement decisions considering many factors (e.g. parental self-efficacy, Matthews, et.al, 2022; satisfaction with the placement option, Sharma, et.al, 2022). The framework would allow us to examine parental motivations across different country contexts. It may allow us to extend Urhahne & Wijnia's framework as it is not applied across multiple country contexts in the inclusive/special education field. The data for this study is being collected from Australia, Switzerland, Canada, Italy, Greece, Germany, and the UK (and other countries). Our group is conducting a longitudinal study using quantitative and qualitative data with the aim to understand why and how parents decide to enrol their children in one or the other setting. In this symposium, we will present cross-country comparisons and individual country data from some of the participating countries about parental perspectives and factors that influenced their decisions. The first paper will report parental data from a study conducted in Plymouth, UK, the second paper will report data from Norway which examined the relationship between parental perceptions about inclusion with their demographic variables, and the final presentation will examine parental perspectives about the quality of their child's education in Italy. The research will have significant implications for researchers, policymakers, educators, and families and carers of students with a disability who are keen to learn about how best the schools and systems be reformed to provide high-quality education to all children
References Hehir, T., Pascucci, S., & Pascucci, C. (2016). A summary of the evidence on inclusive education. Retrieved from http://alana.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/A_Summary_of_the_evidence_on_inclusive_education.pdf. Matthews, J., Millward, C., Hayes, L., & Wade, C. (2022). Development and validation of a short-form parenting self-efficacy scale: me as a parent scale (Maaps-SF). Journal of Child and Family Studies, 31(8), 2292-2302. Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F. & Subban, P. (2022). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. Front. Educ. 7:907742. DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2022.907742 Urhahne, D., Wijnia, L. Theories of Motivation in Education: an Integrative Framework. Educ Psychol Rev 35, 45 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09767-9 Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Loreman, T. (2018). Are we included? Secondary students' perception of inclusion climate in their schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 31-39. Presentations of the Symposium Are We Included? Parents responses to a place-based research project on Inclusion in the southwest of England 2021-2023
This paper presents research findings from a cross-sector study: Are We Included? This project began in 2021 in the city of Plymouth, UK. It is the 2nd largest city in the southwest of England with a population of approximately 265,000.
A primary objective of this research was to understand parental perspectives about the inclusion of their child in Plymouth. Research on this topic in the UK and globally is limited (Blandford, et.al, 2023; DfE, 2022; Holland & Pell, 2017) Plymouth is an area of considerable deprivation impacting on student, parent and carer participation in mainstream education compounded by the 2020 – 2022 pandemic. At this time, national policy aimed at improving outcomes for all students had created system-led changes - increased Academisation, the bringing together of Alternative Provision and Special Education Needs, emphasis on English and maths, a one-size fits all behaviour model, and increased powers for Ofsted. This nationally funded levelling-up project aimed to both determine and improve inclusion in all 19 city secondary schools– as reflected by stats on student attendance, participation, and attainment.
The data was collected using a series of questionnaires and interviews with students, teachers, and parents. This research will only report on the findings of the survey from parents. A total of 398 parents responded to the survey that examined their Perceptions about inclusion (Sharma et.al, 2022). The interview question examined their responses to these three questions.
1- How do you define or what do you understand by effective inclusive education for your children in this city?
2- What are the challenges you and your children have faced when accessing inclusive practice in schools?
3- How and/or in what way do you as key stakeholders in the delivery of inclusive education to your children, think these challenges can be addressed?
Data were analysed using descriptive statistics and thematic analysis. We discovered the majority of parents felt teachers were doing their best to include all children in school but thought more could be done to establish better relationships and communications with families. Many felt their school had a preference for defaulting children with behavioural and/or SEND needs to the school SEND hub, rather than supporting them to continue attending their classes. There was also much concern expressed about the systems’ overreliance on referring children with behavioural needs to the city’s already overstretched Pupil Referral Unit (PRU), rather than providing behavioural support in-house.
References:
Blandford, S., Casson, W., Gibson, S., Munn, G., and Shute, J. (2023). Schools Collaborate To Make Inclusion Work. Teaching Times. Available at: https://www.teachingtimes.com/schools-collaborate-to-make-inclusion-work/
DfE (2022), SEND Review: Right support. Right place. Right time. Department for Education London: HM Stationery Office.
Holland, J. & Pell, G. (2017) Parental perceptions of the 2014 SEND legislation, Pastoral Care in Education, 35:4, 293-311, DOI: 10.1080/02643944.2017.1392587
Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F., & Subban, P. (2022, July). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 7, p. 907742). Frontiers.
Parental Perception on Well-being of Students with Disabilities in Regular and Special Schools
Inclusion is a complex concept that ranges from placing students in mainstream classrooms to changing entire educational systems. While inclusive education is often simplified as the place where students are educated, it is much more than just the mere placement. In inclusive classrooms, all students irrespective of diversities are welcomed and schools make adjustments to ensure that the needs of all students are met. Research has shown a positive impact of inclusive practices on all students including those who have additional needs (Artiles et al. 2006). There has been some debate that inclusion mandates across most countries are driven by policymakers, and researchers and the voices of parents/carers and students with disabilities and their siblings are not given due attention. The perspectives of those who are the actual recipients of inclusion policies and how they experience them should not be overlooked. In Norway, the basic principle of special education is that the student should be taught in mainstream schools (also referred to as inclusive schools), still 9% of students are educated in permanent special education units (NDET, 2023).
The current project investigated the potential relationship between the type of placement of students with additional needs with the perception of students' well-being. In this context, relevant factors in measuring the quality of the inclusion climate in schools are students' social participation and acceptance among friends, happiness, and belonging in the school community (Schwab et al., 2018; Sharma et al., 2022).
Objective
The objective of this paper is to investigate parental reports about the well-being of students receiving special education in regular schools, special schools and special education groups.
Method and preliminary findings
Through an internet-based survey, we collected data about parental perspectives about inclusion [Parental Perception of Inclusion Climate Scale (Sharma et al., 2022)] and compared it between parents of children who were attending regular schools and special schools/groups as dichotomous independent variables. We used individual items and three sub-factor scores on the Parental scale (Sharma et al., 2022)] related as dependent variables. The findings of the study will be discussed with possible implications for the special and inclusive education sectors in Norway and other countries.
References:
Artiles, A. J., Kozleski, E. B., Dorn, S., & Christensen, C. (2006). Chapter 3: Learning in inclusive education research: Re-mediating theory and methods with a transformative agenda. Review of research in education.
McConachie, H., Mason, D., Parr, J. R., Garland, D., Wilson, C., & Rodgers, J. (2018). Enhancing the Validity of a Quality of Life Measure for Autistic People. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 48(5), 1596–1611. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3402-z
Nordahl-Hansen, A., Fletcher-Watson, S., McConachie, H., & Kaale, A. (2016). Relations between specific and global outcome measures in a social-communication intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder. Research in Autism Disorders, 30, 19–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rasd.2016.05.005
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training (NDET).2023. “Fakta om grunnskolen 2023-2024” https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/statistikk/statistikk-grunnskole/analyser/2023/fakta-om-grunnskolen-20232024/spesialundervisning/
Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Loreman, T. (2018). Are we included? Secondary students' perception of inclusion climate in their schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 31-39.
Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F., & Subban, P. (2022, July). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 7, p. 907742). Frontiers.
Parents and Caregivers’ Perceptions regarding the Quality of Inclusive Practices in Schools
Despite widespread recognition in recent global educational policy agendas (UNESCO, 2015) that inclusive and equitable education is pivotal for ensuring quality education, a contentious debate persists regarding the effectiveness of truly inclusive learning and social contexts (Ainscow, 2020; Hehir, Pascucci, & Pascucci, 2016; Stephenson & Ganguly, 2021). This has lately been particularly pronounced in Italy in a newspaper article which asserted that notwithstanding the country's 50-year history of promoting integration and, subsequently, inclusion since the early 2000s, the system is purportedly failing. Naturally, this has sparked diverse reactions among academics, journalists, teachers and other stakeholders. However, scant attention has been given to the voices of parents and caregivers who, along with their children, directly experience inclusive practices and policies in Italy. Taking into account that in Italy the vast majority of students with disability attend mainstream/inclusive schools, the overarching aim of the research being presented is to provide parents with an opportunity to make their voices heard regarding their preferences towards mainstream/inclusive schools and special schools. This is especially important when considering that research on parents’ perceptions is still not that copious (Sharma et al., 2022; Zanobini et al., 2018). Specifically, this work addresses the question: “Which variables predict positive or negative perceptions towards inclusive education?” The initial data related to the Italian context that will be presented as part of an international study in nine different countries exploring the perceptions of parents and caregivers regarding school provision for students with special educational needs. The data collection tool comprises the “Parental Perception of Inclusive Climate Scale” (Sharma, et al. 2022), the “Me as a Parent Scale” (Short Version) (Matthews et al., 2022), and four open-ended questions. These findings will contribute to the ongoing discourse on global educational policies and the practical implementation of inclusive education strategies, filling a crucial gap in understanding parental perspectives.
References:
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16, DOI:10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587.
Hehir, T., Pascucci, S., & Pascucci, C. (2016). A summary of the evidence on inclusive education. Retrieved from http://alana.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/A_Summary_of_the_evidence_on_inclusive_education.pdf.
Matthews, J., Millward, C., Hayes, L., & Wade, C. (2022). Development and validation of a short-form parenting self-efficacy scale: me as a parent scale (Maaps-SF). Journal of Child and Family Studies, 31(8), 2292-2302.
Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F. & Subban, P. (2022). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. Front. Educ. 7:907742. DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2022.907742
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 C: Inclusive Curricula and Policies Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Tobias Buchner Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Is This an Inclusive Curriculum? The Cautionary Case of 35 Years Curriculum Policy Development in Cyprus and Australia 1The University of Sydney, Australia; 2University of Cyprus Presenting Author:This presentation is a conceptual and empirical examination of the tensions that inform the development of curriculum policy for students with disability. The role of the curriculum in the education of children with disabilities has been an area of interest for scholars operating within the theoretical framework of Inclusive Education and Disability Studies (Erevelles, 2005; Duke et al., 2016), who have identified a number of issues that need to be considered. A recurring dilemma countries face is the decision to develop a common curriculum for all children that will be part of inclusive education policies, or maintain a parallel curriculum for children with disabilities, usually referred to as special curriculum. Although special curricula have been criticized for acting as ‘diet curricula’ for children with disabilities and informing Individual Education Plans (IEPs) that act as another form of curriculum that excludes children instead of including them (Eilers, 2023), special curricula are in place in many countries. At the same time, countries following a common curriculum do not necessarily safeguard equal opportunities for all children (Graham et al., 2020). In addition, countries are recipients of external forces suggesting the need for inclusive education and common curricula, and internal forces that consider this path difficult or even impossible to follow. European and international bodies call for inclusive education for all children and for children with disabilities in particular (e.g. Article 24 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, UN, 2006 and SDG 4 on inclusive and equitable education, UN, 2015). Countries are expected to provide equal opportunities and quality education for all, while at the same time special education systems run parallel to mainstream systems for years. Developing common curricula that truly serve all children may be extremely difficult in such contexts. The colonial mindset, which is prevalent in some countries, acts as a barrier for the development of curricula that include. These countries tend to seek advice from other countries which they consider more developed, without considering the critique of their systems which is recorded in the literature (Duke et al., 2016). It has been argued that ableist thinking guides policy developments in different areas (Campbell 2001). Ableist thinking guides curricula that aim to serve primarily children without disabilities because they are considered essential for the national economy. In this context, there is a shared understanding that the role of education is to prepare children for high-stakes exams, which at the same time act as pillars of evaluation of the education system that is in place. Children with disabilities and children who belong in other vulnerable groups are often judged as incompetent and therefore, eligible for other ‘less demanding’ curricula. Ableist thinking also influences the content of the curriculum and the process of its implementation. Many countries establish a rigid link between children’s age and content. In such curricula, differentiation can be a stated national priority, but cannot be implemented. Children with disabilities are then characterised as ‘unable to follow the curriculum’ and they are excluded to receive specialist support in special settings. Last but not least, decisions around the implementation of the curriculum are taken by special education professionals and this is justified by the prevalent view that general teachers do not have the knowledge and skills to educate children with disabilities (Florian, 2015) In light of these tensions, our study was concerned with the ways curriculum policies in Australia and Cyprus disables children with disabilities despite the proclamations of inclusion. Using a comparative analysis, this presentation maps these tensions in the curriculum policy documents and proposes a critical understanding of what constitutes inclusive curriculum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilises comparative analysis to identify how similar tensions between competing objectives inform curriculum policy. We are interested in the diachronic analysis of the historical development of these tensions and the changes in the emphasis of the objectives evident in policy. Such analysis identifies the uniqueness of each context, the influence and interpretation of international developments within each context, and the way that policy addresses tensions in the documents under examination. The methodology is informed by a comparative case study approach (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2016) using the horizontal (multiple case studies of policy implementation), vertical (micro, meso and macro levels), and transversal (time and space) axes for comparative data collection and analysis. For each country, Cyprus and Australia, key documents were identified covering the period 1990-2023. While the broad categories were the same, there are differences in the type of documents to account for the differences in the system organisation, curriculum models, and levels of actors involved. Documents include a) policy, legislation and procedures documents related to the curriculum with references to students with disability, b) curriculum documents, and c) reports and reviews or other policy-related documents that inform policy. In addition, international policy and documents produced by international organisations related to students with disability and curriculum supplemented the analysis. While we agree with Fulcher’s (1989) perception that all educational encounters produce policy, we focus only on document analysis in this study. The analysis firstly involved the identification of key drivers, competing objectives and tensions within each context separately. Then, these were mapped in terms of the tensions identified in the documents, the way that they are prioritised and justified, and those that were omitted. This mapping was done for each document allowing for a diachronic analysis of continuity and change. The mapping exercise was initially conducted separately for each context, followed by a comparative analysis across the two contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis has identified that despite the historical, cultural and sociopolitical differences of Cyprus and Australia, similar competing objectives and tensions are evident. Anxieties around national identity, performance in international testing regimes and economic competitiveness dominate discussions of excellence and equity in the documents under analysis, reducing inclusion to a buzzword or a special concern for specific students. Over time in both contexts there is an increased rhetorical emphasis on a common curriculum for all students. Nevertheless, the design principles of a unified curriculum do not translate to an inclusive curriculum that is accessible by all students, and calls demanding the (re)introduction of special curricula are persistent. In terms of the common curriculum, there is a clear tension in what is taught and how it is taught and who makes decisions about them. Control and autonomy at all levels of the educational systems impact on the ability of teachers, students and their families to imagine, let alone realise an inclusive pedagogy, which is perceived as subordinate to what is taught (content) of the curriculum. The possibility for an inclusive pedagogy is furthered curtained by an emphasis on individualised provision, within a special education administration system, with adaptations and goals set for students with disability separately from the rest of the students. As it is argued in this presentation, while the analysis identifies how these tensions limit the inclusive potential of the curriculum, it is an opportunity to conceptualise the conditions that can expand this potential. References Bartlett, L., and Vavrus, F. 2016. Rethinking case study research: A comparative approach. Taylor & Francis. Campbell, F. K. 2001. “Inciting legal fictions – disability’s date with ontology and the ableist body of the law.” Griffith Law Review 10 (1): 42–62. https://research-repository.griffith.edu.au/handle/10072/3714 Duke, J., H. Pillay, M. Tones, J. Nickerson, S. Carrington, and A. Loelu. 2016. “A case for rethinking inclusive education policy creation in developing countries.” Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 46 (6): 906–928. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2016.1204226 Eilers, N. 2023. “Individualized education program development in early childhood education: a disabled children’s childhood studies perspective.” European Early Childhood Education Research Journal 31 (1): 22–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2022.2147974 Erevelles, N. 2005. “Understanding curriculum as normalizing text: disability studies meet curriculum theory.” Journal of Curriculum Studies 37 (4): 421–439. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022027032000276970 Florian, F. 2015. “Inclusive pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences.” Scottish Educational Review 47 (1): 5–14. https://www.research.ed.ac.uk/en/publications/inclusive-pedagogy-a-transformative-approach-to-individual-differ Fulcher, G. 1989. Disabling policies? A comparative approach to educational policy and disability. The Falmer Press. Graham, L., M. Medhurst, H. Tancredi, I. Spandagou, and E. Walton. 2020. Fundamental concepts of inclusive education. In Inclusive Education for the 21st Century. Theory, Policy and Practice, edited by L. Graham, 27–54. London and New York: Routledge. UN. 2006. Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. New York: UN. UN. 2015. Sustainable Development Goals. New York: UN. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Space, Ability and Education Policies: Exploring the Ableist Territories of Curricula 1University of Education Upper Austria, Austria; 2Universität Tübingen Presenting Author:The New Middle School-Reform can be considered as the most ambitioned education policy in the last decade in Austria. In order to dissolve the institutionalized sorting of students between the upper track of Austrian secondary education, manifesting in grammar schools (‘Allgemeine Höhere Schulen’), and the lower track, the modern general school (‘Hauptschule’), this policy aimed to create a new school type; the new middle school. Thus, former modern general schools were thought to be transformed in new middle schools (NMS) – but grammar schools remained as choice, including an own curriculum. However, new middle schools as "new school for all" (BZLS, 2015, p. 22; authors’ translation) were supposed to cater for all students, regardless to their levels of academic abilities. Thus, NMS were thought to become a space of education in which all students are educated ‘under one roof’ (BMUKK, 2011, p. 3) - in an individualized, differentiated way (BMUKK, 2011). Accordingly, the newly introduced New Middle School Curriculum frequently referred to the principles of flexible differentiation, individualization and inclusion (BMUKK, 2012). Furthermore, this new curriculum foresaw teachers to reduce learning barriers to participation by teaching students with certified special educational needs (SEN) according to the didactic objectives of the NMS curriculum. In our paper, we combine space theory with an ableism-critical perspective. In particular, we refer to a relational understanding of space, as it was developed by various authors of spatial sociology (e.g. Massey, 2005; Löw, 2001). The term ‘relational’ refers to the interrelatedness of materiality and sociality in the production of space. Accordingly, space is socially constituted and constructed by subjects - in relation to material conditions (Löw 2006). Studies of ableism focus on the significance of ability for social orders - as well as the associated processes of inclusion and exclusion (Campbell, 2009; Wolbring, 2012). For example, notions of normality are linked to specific expectations of ability, which go hand in hand with practices of belonging, participation, the distribution of resources and other forms of de/privileging (Campbell, 2009). In specific, these notions of ability-based normalcy create the dichotomy dis/ability and the associated 'great divide' (Campbell, 2003). Next to this binary structure, ableist orders are characterized by a fundamental hierarchy by which subjects are categorised and sorted (Buchner, 2022). In our presentation we employ this theoretical framework for what has been termed a ‘small scale policy analysis’ (Thomson et al., 2010) – in relation to the Austrian New Middle School Policy and Inclusion. Doing so, we ask to what extent teaching practices produce educational spaces that enable all students in an individualized way - or whether rather traditional practices of ‘doing ability’ continue to shape the educational spaces under the surface of the new school form NMS. As we argue, educational practices always go hand in hand with an ability-related placing and synthesizing, producing what has been termed as ‘ability-space-regimes’ (Buchner, 2021). Following this line of thoughts, it can be reconstructed who is placed where on the basis of which ability expectation(s) and what qualities the specific arrangements of subjects, things and educational practices exhibit. Do such practices create spaces of a more just ablement or of exclusion? Consequently, teaching settings can be interrogated concerning to what extent ability grouping and the homogenizing placements that go with it, are avoided – as aimed for by the NMS-policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our analysis, we refer to data produced during the IBIRUZ-project. The project aimed to reconstruct the interplay of space, difference and inclusive education in a longitudinal perspective. In the course of this explorative research, the initially broad focus condensed and the analysis of spatialised practices in relation to ability moved into the center of interest. An ethnographic multi-case-study design was chosen for analysis (Bollig et al., 2017), with cases representing differing ability-space-regimes (cf. Buchner, 2021). Thus, we refer to an ethnographic approach understood as a ‘methodological plural contextual research strategy’ (Breidenstein et al., 2013) that helps to discover new and unknown things ‘about society’ (Breidenstein, 2006, p. 21). This meant for our research to explore the spatial constructions in relation to ability that take place during lessons in NMS. In the first phase of research, comprehensive ethnographic lesson observations were conducted over a period of 6-8 weeks in spring 2018 at so-called integration classes of NMS in Vienna. Five classes from three NMS were studied during this period of fieldwork. Participant observation stood at the core of the empirical analysis. In addition, problem-centered interviews with teachers and students were conducted. In total, 279 observation lesson protocols were produced, as well as 73 interviews with students and 22 interviews with teachers were facilitated. As mentioned, by this design of research, diverse data material that was generated and analyzed in an ongoing process. Hypotheses were developed in a reflexive interplay of theory and empiricism, deepened and, if necessary, discarded or adapted in the course of data collection. In the process - in the sense of theoretical sampling (Glaser & Strauss, 2010). - focal points were set that were deemed meaningful, e.g. the spatial constructions in certain school subjects or also ability-oriented practices in specific instructional settings. In this way, different readings of the meanings of ability for space and vice versa were generated. Doing so, we followed the aim to give validity to the different perspectives inscribed in the data material, in order to relate data to each other and to link interpretations. With regard to the multi-case-study design pursued in IBIRUZ, this meant deepening the developing analytical concepts on a case-by-case basis and, at the same time, systematically contrasting them successively with other cases (Bollig & Kelle, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our paper, we reconstruct what we consider as ability space-regime of a so-called ‘inclusion class’ at a NMS. As we will show, lessons in main subjects are structured by strict placings that are related to ability and curriculum. In this way, the ability-based placings of students and the specific addressing as well as educational practices create spaces of curricula, which are characterized by specific atmospheres and ability expectations. Thus, the ostensibly ‘inclusive’ teaching, taking place under the ‘surface’ of a NMS, is permeated by spatialized, ability-based hierarchies. Indeed, four curricular spaces are constructed during mathematics lessons: the spaces of the curriculum of the grammar school, for modern secondary education school, for students with high support needs and the so called general special school – all seem to co-exist under the umbrella of the NMS. These local implementation of the reform ultimately points to the path dependency and the interlinked persistence of the ableist grammar of Austrian schooling. Hence, the historically grown structures of the Austrian three-part education system have a strong influence on the formation of educational spaces of the NMS. The marking of students as 'not normal' via the classification as having SEN, which has not been left untouched by the NMS-reform, and the associated co-existence of old and new curricula, ultimately manifests itself in corresponding ability-based, spatialised arrangements in the mainstream school. As we will discuss, our heuristic approach of relating spatial theory with an ableism-critical perspective proves to be a productive matrix for research on teaching and education policies - especially in relation to the (re)production of social inequality. Furthermore, this approach can help to empirically realise the claim formulated in the literature of disability studies to use Ableism as a profitable theoretical concept that goes beyond the investigation of the construction of dis/ability (e.g. Wolbring, 2012). References Buchner, T. (2021). On “integration rooms”, tough territories, and “places to be”: The ability-space-regimes of three educational settings at Austrian secondary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1950975 Campbell, F. K. (2003). The great divide: Ableism and technologies of disability production [Doctoral dissertation, Queensland University of Technology]. Campbell, F. K. (2009). Contours of ableism: The production of disability and abledness. Palgrave Macmillan. Löw, M. (2006). The social construction of space and gender. European Journal of Women’s Studies, 13(2), 119–133. Massey, D. (2005). For space. SAGE. Wolbring, G. (2008). The politics of ableism. Development, 51(2), 252–258. Wolbring, G. (2012). Expanding ableism: Taking down the ghettoization of impact of disability studies scholars. Societies, 2(4), 75–83. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Policy Variance in the Four Home Nations of UK: the Case of Pupils with Additional Needs 1University Of Exeter, United Kingdom; 2Ulster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:“In many areas of public life—including education—the UK [is] a federal state and in key respects had been for many years” (Furlong and Lunt, 2016, p.251). This paper sets out to demonstrate the differing policy approaches taken to the education and schooling practices of children with additional needs in the four home nations of the United Kingdom (UK). This is particularly timely given the upcoming UK general election. Each of the four home nations of the UK – England, Northern Ireland, Scotland, and Wales - have devolved power over education policy. There are, and have been, even prior to devolution, differences in policy in all aspects of education in the four nations (Booth, 1996; Furlong and Lunt, 2016; Knight et al. 2023). Examples of policy divergence include: the prevalence of grammar schools in Northern Ireland; the lack of publication of school performance data in Wales; different qualifications in Scotland; approaches to school autonomy in England. The concept of and policy around additional needs is of a particular interest as two of the home nations have policies to encompass “additional learning needs” (Wales) and “additional support needs” (Scotland). In this paper the term “pupils with Additional Needs” is used, in recognition of the different policy approaches to certain pupils taken in each of the home nations, but also to move discussion beyond a focus on children with special educational needs (SEN). “Additional needs” was used in the 2005 ‘Every Child Matters’ initiative in England (DSCF, 2009) to cover those who are protected by statutory education/care services and those on the edge of these services; this overlaps with the Scottish term “additional support needs” and Welsh term “additional learning needs”, and, in NI only, the term “additional educational needs”, used for those who may face additional barriers to education and learning, beyond SEN. This paper’s definition – pupils in each of the four nations of the UK who have educational needs beyond that of “normal/typical” children, which means additional educational provision is made for them. This paper will set out differences and similarities in policy, examining the legislation and statutory guidance of the different policies. It will report on a pilot which seeks to present how concepts such as “disability”; “additional needs”; “special educational needs” and “vulnerable children” are framed in the different parties manifestoes produced and publicised for the upcoming UK general election (expected by end of 2024). It will also describe a project under development to make use of data collection in each of the four home nations to describe the characteristics of this group of children and patterns in who they are and where they go to school. The first stage of the project will be to map what data are collected and collated by the departments of education in each of the jurisdictions. This will result in a comparison of the different policies and data and the impact these might have on the numbers of children labelled as having additional needs. Such analysis will afford unique opportunities to compare and contrast the impact of different policies on the inclusion and education of children with additional needs, beyond SEN. It will draw attention to the need to recognise (and critique) the assumption that English policy is synonymous with UK policy (Furlong and Lunt, 2016; Raffe et al 1999), and will help reposition the other home nations to a more central role in policy debate and research (Power, 2016). It will also be a model for ways of exploring other federal policy variation in international contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper will set out the background of a developing study, laying out the context of the study, and outlining its proposed methods. It will present the results of a pilot study which involves documentary analysis of UK political parties’ manifestoes (pending announcement of date of the UKs upcoming general election/publication of manifestoes.) The study under development aims to: • Compare and contrast policy documentation in each of the four home nations of the UK with regards to children with Additional Needs. • Map what data are collected with regards pupils with additional needs by departments responsible for education in each of the four home nations. A discussion of the proposed methods will be presented. These include: Documentary analysis of legislation and briefing papers in each context, building on work of Knight et al (2023) who undertook a critical policy analysis of how the four UK nations articulate and portray their inclusive education policies. The focus of our study will be on pupils with additional needs (rather than inclusion). The documentary analysis will include: identifying and analysing national legislation, policy documents and associated resources (Eg. National Assembly for Wales (2015) Research paper Special Educational Needs/ Additional Learning Needs; DfE (2015). SEND Code of Practice). A key word search for terms associated with additional needs – eg, needs, vulnerable, looked after children. The process is expected to be iterative – as polices are engaged with it is expected different groups of pupils with additional needs will be alluded to and named/examples given, which will in turn be searched for in other documents. This approach will be piloted on manifestoes published by political parties in the run up to 2024 general election – the process and findings of this will be presented at ECER if such documents are available at the time of conference. Desk-based exploration of the publicly available data in the four home nations. A mapping exercise will take place to understand what data is currently available online with regards children with additional needs. Interview conversations with representatives in the departments responsible for education/any data-gathering bodies in the 4 home nations, for example the Administrative Data Research Centre - Northern Ireland. These interviews will have two main foci – i/to explore the participants’ conceptualisations of pupils with additional needs; ii/to understand what data collected on such pupils. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper will be focused on giving the context and describing the methods of the proposed study, and will not be reporting on empirical data (unless the pilot study has been carried out). It will raise attention of the different policy contexts and approaches to education, and to pupils with additional needs taken in each of the home nations of the UK, establishing that education policy is not the same across the UK. It will highlight the need for exploration of educational issues at a level between country and region, particularly in similar federal systems. It may also form the basis for future comparative studies with regards children with additional needs. The study could also be the starting point for relational analysis (Power, 2016), helping establish “processes of interdependence and mutual influence” (p. 19) between the different nations. Discussion may also occur around the limitations of future comparative studies (Power, 2016), for example differences in scale which make simple comparisons unsound (to compare a country with a population of nearly 55 million with one of 3 million). Another limitation is the political context of each home nation and issues such as pressure on public services, including special schools. A brief report on the pilot study may be made, presenting how concepts such as “disability”; “additional needs”; “special educational needs” and “vulnerable children” are framed in the different parties’ manifestoes produced and publicised for the upcoming UK general election (expected by end of 2024). It is hoped it will lead to broader theoretical understandings of the inclusion/exclusion of children who may benefit from support, beyond the deficit lens adopted by some policy definitions of special educational needs (Knight et al., 2023). References •Booth, T.(1996).A perspective on inclusion from England. Cambridge Journal of Education,26(1),87-99. •DfE/DoH (2015). Special Educational Needs and Disability Code of Practice. DfE. •Furlong, J., & Lunt, I. (2016). Education in a Federal UK. Oxford Review of Education, 42(3), 249-252. •Knight, C., Conn, C., Crick, T., & Brooks, S. (2023). Divergences in the framing of inclusive education across the UK: a four nations critical policy analysis. Educational Review, 1-17. •National Assembly for Wales (2015) Research paper Special Educational Needs (SEN)/ Additional Learning Needs (ALN)). National Assembly for Wales •Power, S. (2016). The politics of education and the misrecognition of Wales. Oxford Review of Education, 42(3), 285-298. •Raffe, D., Brannen, K., Croxford, L., & Martin, C. (1999). Comparing England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland: the case for 'home internationals' in comparative research. Comparative Education, 35(1), 9-25. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 E: Exploring Inclusive Data & Cases Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marcela Pozas Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring Distinctive Dimensions of PAX Good Behavior Game Program Implementation: A Qualitative Cross-Case Analysis within the Estonian Educational Context Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Evidence suggests that school-based Social-Emotional Learning (SEL) programs have a positive impact on both children's academic and social-emotional skills (Corcoran et al., 2011; Durlak et al., 2011; Cipriano et al. 2023). These programs, particularly, prove highly beneficial for students at risk of educational setbacks (Jones et al., 2011), and have proven an effective tool for inclusive education (Mitchell & Sutherland, 2020). Notably, the impact of these programs is intrinsically tied to the quality of their implementation by educators (i.e. program implementation fidelity, Durlak & Dupre, 2008; Humphrey et al., 2018). Despite extensive research identifying teacher and school context-related factors that influence the quality of SEL program implementation (Domitrovich et al., 2008; Durlak & Dupre, 2008; Kam et al., 2003), a consensus on which contextual factors are most pivotal or warrant the greatest emphasis remains elusive. Achieving such clarity is essential for addressing these factors with a concerted and informed approach, thus creating a more supportive context for implementing SEL programs effectively within schools and today’s inclusive reality. In 2023, Ulla and Poom-Valickis (2023) published a systematic review and identified four categories of contextual factors that can influence implementation quality: program support, school, teacher, and student level factors. Their analysis focused on the relative importance of these factors and found that the most frequent statistically significant factors included modeling activities during coaching and teacher-coach working relationship. The PAX Good Behavior Game (PAX GBG, Embry et al.., 2003) is an evidence-based prevention program implemented by teachers on the classroom level, which has been recognized by the Wallace Foundation as one of 33 leading SEL programs (Jones et al., 2021). PAX GBG is an SEL program implemented worldwide (Australia, Estonia, Ireland, Sweden, United States). The current study takes on a qualitative approach and focuses on two distinct groups of teachers, categorized by the level of implementation quality (fidelity) of PAX GBG as assessed through an observer-rated checklist over the course of the school year in Estonia. The cases under examination consist of teachers with high fidelity and low fidelity in implementing the PAX Good Behavior Game. Those cases were selected to investigate the conditions and experiences that shape a context, determining varying degrees of positive impact on children within an inclusive classroom setting. Given that previous research exploring contextual factors influencing the quality implementation of evidence-based SEL programs has predominantly been quantitative in nature (Ulla & Poom-Valickis, 2023), the qualitative cross-case study aims to elucidate, validate, or challenge the theoretical assumptions advanced in prior research, to determine the relevant conditions for carrying out inclusion through this classroom level toolkit that is utilized worldwide. The study thus seeks to add to the discussion about the relevance and conceptualization of SEL program implementation quality (Berkel et al., 2011; Dane & Schneider, 1998; Durlak, 2016) and the teacher and school related factors that may contribute to that (Domitrovich et al., 2008; Durlak & DuPre, 2008).
Research questions: RQ1: What are the characteristics of high and low fidelity cases? RQ2: In what ways do the high and low fidelity cases differ in terms of their implementation experience (including contextual factors), and how do these differences contribute to variations in the quality of implementation of the PAX Good Behavior Game program? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sampling and data collection: In the academic year 2022/2023, all teachers participating in the PAX Good Behavior Game implementation cohort in Estonia were extended an invitation to partake in this study. The invitation requested their consent for the research team to access their implementation quality (fidelity) observation data, resulting in a potential sample of 129 eligible teachers. Remarkably, 28 teachers (constituting 22% of the population) consented to participate. To establish a selection criterion, all 129 teachers were quantitatively ranked based on their fidelity scores, derived from the observational scoring sheets, from highest (score=6.00) to lowest fidelity (score=-4,45). Subsequently, a final sample of 7 teachers was chosen, representing the top 33.33 percentile of implementation quality ranking, with scores ranging from 4.51 to 5.85. Additionally, 7 teachers were selected from the lower 20 percentile of implementation fidelity, where scores ranged from -1.00 to -2.1. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with all 14 teachers to capture their perspectives and insights on their implementation experiences. The interviews are analyzed using Qualitative Cross-Case analysis method (Miles & Huberman, 1994), as it allows to examine the similarities and differences across cases to reinforce validity, support generalizability, and promote theoretical predictions. The analysis is currently ongoing and will be finished by the time of the presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings will either validate or refute the hypotheses derived at through previous quantitative studies (Ulla & Poom-Valickis, 2023), namely that certain contextual characteristics, such as teacher-coach alliance or modeling of program activities are related to higher quality program implementation. As Proctor et al (2011) have stated: "Qualitative data, reflecting language used by various stakeholders as they think and talk about implementation processes, is important for validating implementation outcome constructs." The results of the current study may, thus, elucidate teachers' professional development choices or personal values that may predict a high or low fidelity program implementation process. Such factors may have not been previously operationalized or hypothesized in the quantitative study designs prevalent in the current literature. The results should offer a more profound understanding of teachers' SEL program implementation experiences that could lead to more quality inclusion of students in the classroom. References Cipriano, C., et al. (2023). The state of evidence for social and emotional learning: A contemporary meta-analysis of universal school-based SEL interventions. Child Development, 94(5), 1181-1204. Corcoran, R.P., Cheung, A.C.K., Kim, E., & Xie, C. (2017). Effective universal school-based social and emotional learning programs for improving academic achievement: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 50 years of research. Educational Research Review, 56-72. Domitrovich, C. E., et al. (2008). Maximizing the implementation quality of evidence-based preventive interventions in schools: A conceptual framework. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 1(3), 6–28. Embry, D., Staatemeier, G., Richardson, C., Lauger, K., & Mitich, J. (2003). The PAX good behavior game (1st edn). Center City, MN: Hazelden. Durlak, J.A., Dupre , E.P. (2008). Implementation Matters: A Review of Research on the Influence of Implementation on Program Outcomes and the Factors Affecting Implementation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 31, 327-350. Durlak, J.A., et al. (2011). The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: A meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Development, 82, 405-432. Humphrey, N., Barlow, A., & Lendrum, A. (2018). Quality Matters: Implementation Moderates Student Outcomes in the PATHS Curriculum. Prevention Science, 19, 197-208. Jones, S.M., Brown, J.L., & Aber, J.L. (2011). Two-Year Impacts of a Universal School-Based Social-Emotional and Literacy Intervention: An Experiment in Translational Developmental Research. Child Development 28(2), 533-554. Jones, S.M., et al. (2021). Navigating SEL from the Inside Out. Looking Inside and Across 33 Leading SEL Programs: A Practical Resource for Schools and OST Providers. Preschool & Elementary Focus. Revised & Expanded Second Edition. Kam, C-M., Greenberg, M., & Walls, C.T. (2003). Examining the Role of Implementation Quality in School-Based Prevention Using the PATHS Curriculum. Prevention Science, 4(1), 55-63. Miles, M.B., & Huberman, A.M. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis. Second Edition. SAGE publications. Mitchell, D., & Sutherland, D. (2020) What Really Works in Special and Inclusive Education : Using Evidence-Based Teaching Strategies. Third Edition. Taylor & Francis Group. Proctor, E., et al. (2011). Outcomes for implementation research: Conceptual distinctions, measurement challenges, and reserch agenda. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 38, 65–76. Ulla, T. & Poom-Valickis, K. (2023a). Program support matters: A systematic review on teacher- and school related contextual factors facilitating the implementation of social-emotional learning programs. Frontiers in Education. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teachers’ Use of Learning Management Systems to Differentiate Instruction: A Mixed-Methods Study Humboldt-Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:The presumed uncertainty in current education derives from a variety of recent changes and challenges in the educational sector. Therefore, it seems necessary to address these challenges in combination rather than viewing them as separate topics. Two of the current issues contributing to complexity arise from (1) a growing heterogeneity of students and (2) the increasing digitalization of the education system. The aim of this research is to combine these fields by analyzing teachers’ use of learning management systems to differentiate instruction through a mixed methods approach. With the increasingly diverse student population in schools, the establishment of inclusive classrooms has become a top international policy priority, emphasizing “concepts of efficiency, effectiveness, equity, and inclusion as a means of ensuring quality education for all” (Watkins, 2017, p. 1). In the sense of a broader understanding of inclusion that celebrates the diversity of all learners (ibid.), schools must become “more responsive to children with a diverse range of abilities, cultures, gender, religions, and other situations and issues that present in the classroom” (Loreman, 2017, p. 2). Differentiated instruction (DI) is considered as vehicle to achieve inclusive education that aims to meet students’ individual learning needs by maximizing learning opportunities. DI is defined as the intentional, systematically planned and reflected practices that enable teachers to meet the needs of all learners in heterogeneous classrooms (Letzel et al., 2020). Teachers can implement DI through a variety of instructional activities or didactical strategies such as, tiered assignments, student grouping, tutoring systems, staggered nonverbal material learning aids such as checklists, mastery learning and forms of open education like station-based work, interest-based centers, project-based learning, or portfolios. Digital technologies, such as learning management systems (LMS), have the potential to improve, facilitate and support teachers in differentiating their instruction to the various learning needs of students (Cha & Ahn, 2014; Edmunds & Hartnett, 2014). LMS serve as digital communication platforms supporting processes of teaching and learning by providing and organizing learning material, offering direct and indirect forms of online communication, allowing for data-based diagnostics and assessment as well as personalized and cooperative learning (Brägger & Koch, 2021). LMS, if used sensibly, can foster an inclusive, effective learning environments and fuel processes of school and classroom. LMS, as a basic educational infrastructure, have a long history and thus a more prevalent use in universities than schools. However, literature on the application of digital technologies and resources for DI in general education settings appear to be on the rise. Considering the potential that LMS can have to support the differentiating of teaching, there has been multiple literature outputs that serve as guidelines or practical examples for teachers (Cha & Ahn, 2014; Palahicky, 2015). Furthermore, empirical studies have also been undertaken to explore how LMS fosters the establishment of student-centered learning environment (Edmunds & Hartnett, 2014) and support the differentiation of instruction (Vargas-Parra et al., 2018). Despite this body of scientific literature, there is still little research that focuses on investigating the specific differentiation practices that teachers use within online learning environments such as LMS (Beck & Beasley, 2021). Against this background, the present study tackles this research gap and aims to examine how distinct DI practices are applied using LMS. The research question guiding this study is: Which DI practices do teachers apply within LMS and how often? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the purpose of the study, a mixed-methods concurrent single-phase design, where both quantitative and qualitative data were simultaneously collected, was implemented (Creswell & Zhang, 2009). A total of 223 primary and secondary school teachers (62% female; mean age = 47.46 years; mean teaching experience = 17.10 years) participated in the study. The participants completed a voluntary online survey, which took approximately 15 to 20 minutes. Data were collected from February till April 2023. To quantitatively measure teachers’ differentiated practice using LMS, a questionnaire was developed based on the DI taxonomy by Pozas & Schneider (2019): tiered assignments, intentional composition of student groups, tutoring systems, staggered nonverbal learning aids, mastery learning and open education. The items could be responded by teachers using a 4-point Likert scale (1 = rarely to 4 = frequently). Qualitative data was collected through the following open-ended question: Could you please provide examples of how you have implemented differentiated instruction through the use of LMS? Quantitative data was analyzed using SPSS 27, whereas teachers’ (open) responses were analyzed using MAXQDA and following qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2018). The tests of within-subject effects showed significant variations within the single use of DI practices in LMS, F(6.84,1217.07) = 14.95, p < 0.001, partial η2 = 0.08. In detail, teachers use LMS to differentiate their instruction predominantly using open education, tiered assignments (according to the difficulty of complexity level and differences in the task representation) as well as student grouping (e.g. cooperative learning). In contrast, teachers hardly differentiate their instruction by means of tutoring systems within LMS. However, when observing the overall means of the single DI practices, it becomes evident that teachers rarely differentiate their instruction in LMS. Qualitative data analysis was performed by using a category system following a deductive approach based on the six DI categories (Pozas & Schneider, 2019) as well as an inductive approach through data material. A total of 113 content units were coded from the material. After coding 25% by three individual researchers and reflecting upon the categories together, an inter-rater agreement of .88 (Cohen’s Kappa) was achieved. For the category of open education, a total of 72 codes segments were revealed. This category is followed by tiered assignments with 25 codes segments. For the case of tutoring systems, no segments were revealed for this category. Thus, the results from the qualitative analyses appear to confirm the quantitative results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Evidence from both studies reveal a similar trend, teachers use LMS to mainly differentiate their instruction using open education, tiered assignments and cooperative learning. In detail, the qualitative data shows that through the use of LMS teachers are able to open their instruction by establishing project-based learning, station learning, weekly plans and foster students’ autonomy. Moreover, through LMS, teachers can provide additional material and activities to students or design tasks with different complexity level. However, it is also clear that both studies in combination reveal that teachers hold a rather low variance of DI practices and rarely make use of LMS for differentiation purposes. This becomes even more interesting given the fact that teachers report that LMS provides more flexibilization of teaching and design in a differentiated manner. Results are further consistent with previous research that show that teachers mainly differentiate their instruction by means of tiered assignments (Smit & Humpert, 2012) and open education (Letzel & Otto, 2019) and have a low implementation of DI (Pozas et al., 2020). However, compared to studies were DI is implemented in an analog manner, it is clear there is a big room for improvement in digital learning environments. Given that DI is already a complex teaching task (Van Geel et al., 2019), it could be possible that teachers consider differentiating using LMS as even more challenging (Pozas et al., 2022). Thus, the results from this study not only serve as a basis for understanding teachers’ use of LMS for DI, but it also provides insights into the specific needs for professional development of teachers. In order for digital technologies and resources such as LMS to be able to support the academic outcomes of all students, it is imperative that teachers are able to use it effectively. References Beck, D. & Beasley, J. (2021). Identifying the differentiation practices of virtual school teachers. Education and Information Technologies, 26, 2191–2205. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-020-10332-y Brägger, G. & Koch, F. (2021). Potenziale von Lern- und Arbeitsplattformen für die Unterrichtsentwicklung [Potentials of learning and working platforms for teaching development]. In G. Brägger & H.-G. Rolff (Eds.), Pädagogik. Handbuch Lernen mit digitalen Medien [Pedagogy. Handbook on Learning with Digital Media] (p. 130–164). Beltz. Cha, H. J., & Ahn, M. L. (2014). Development of design guidelines for tools to promote differentiated instruction in classroom teaching. Asia Pacific Education Review, 15, 511-523. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-014-9337-6 Creswell, J. & Zhang, W. (2009). The application of Mixed Methods Designs to trauma research. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22(6), 612-621. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.20479 Edmunds, B., & Hartnett, M. (2014). Using a learning management system to personalise learning for primary school students. Journal of Open, Flexible and Distance Learning, 18(1), 11-29. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Auflage). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Letzel, V., & Otto, J. (2019). Differentiated instruction and its concrete implementation in school practice—a qualitative study. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 9, 375-393. Loreman, T. (2017). Pedagogy for Inclusive Education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Palahicky, S. (2015). Utilizing learning management system (LMS) tools to achieve differentiated instruction. In Models for improving and optimizing online and blended learning in higher education (pp. 12-33). IGI Global. Pozas, M., Letzel, V., & Schneider, C. (2020). Teachers and differentiated instruction: exploring differentiation practices to address student diversity. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 217-230. Pozas, M., Letzel-Alt, V. & Schwab, S. (2022). The effects of differentiated instruction on teachers' stress and job satisfaction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103962 Pozas, M. & Schneider, C. (2019). Shedding light into the convoluted terrain of differentiated instruction (DI): Proposal of a taxonomy of differentiated instruction in the heterogeneous classroom. Open Education Studies, (1), p. 73-90. https://doi.org/10.1515/edu-2019-0005 Smit, R., & Humpert, W. (2012). Differentiated instruction in small schools. Teaching and teacher education, 28(8), 1152-1162. van Geel, M., Keuning, T., Frèrejean, J., Dolmans, D., van Merriënboer, J., & Visscher, A. J. (2019). Capturing the complexity of differentiated instruction. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 51-67. Vargas-Parra, M. A., Rodríguez-Orejuela, J. A., & Herrera-Mosquera, L. (2018). Promotion of differentiated instruction through a virtual learning environment. Folios, (47), 165-177. Watkins, A. (2017). Inclusive Education and European Educational Policy. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Retrieved 9 Dec. 2021, from https://oxfordre.com/education/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-153. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Infra-Data: Exploring the Untapped Educational Evidence from the Global South 1University of Glasgow; 2Taleemabad Presenting Author:As we gear our collective efforts towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals, the notion of 'missing data' in education recurs throughout, especially in the context of the Global South. We are often unaware of the learning situation in many resource-constrained settings even as global data regimes continue to proliferate. In response, this paper introduces the concept of 'infra-data', based on our practice in Pakistan, to identify the often-overlooked wealth of educational evidence that lies beneath the surface of traditional metrics for education. Drawing from theoretical frameworks like James C. Scott's 'hidden transcripts' and Aníbal Quijano's 'coloniality of knowledge', this study illuminates infra-data as a window into the 'unseen' yet impactful educational practices that emerge from localized knowledge, pedagogies, and ways of thinking. Infra-data would allow us to explore the epistemic frames in which these practices are encoded. Utilizing Shaffer’s quantitative ethnography, we dive into infra-data, providing a window into diverse pedagogical approaches across the Global South. In this research, we delve into the case of Siyani Sahelian Program by Idara-e-Taleem-o-Aagahi, a second chance education program on accelerated learning reaching 50 thousand out-of-school adolescent girls across Punjab, Pakistan. By analyzing secondary data from Siyani Sahelian program, we aim to shed light on the definition, measurement, and integration of learning impact from the learner communities. This approach not only offers insights specific to the Pakistani context but also contributes to a broader understanding by providing a comparative perspective on localized vs global mainstream education narratives and perspectives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach for this research is anchored in Shaffer's quantitative ethnography, which allows for a rich, data-driven understanding of educational contexts. We will apply this methodology to identify and analyze infra-data from a sample of 20,000 learners within the Siyani Sahelian program. This infra-data is not a mere collection of numbers; it is a rich tapestry that weaves together various educational elements into a holistic narrative directly from the learner communities. Within the scope of the Siyani Sahelian program, our analysis will delve into a diverse range of infra-data components. This includes: • Demographic Information Recognizing the heterogeneity of learner populations, our methodology incorporates a detailed examination of Demographic Information. This aspect of infra-data collection encompasses an array of variables, including age, gender, socio-economic status, language, cultural background, and geographical location. The customization of education based on demographic insights ensures that interventions are not only contextually relevant but also equitable and inclusive, thereby contributing to the overarching goal of educational equality. • Student Learning Outcomes Our infra-data framework emphasizes the critical importance of Student Learning Outcomes, expanding beyond the limitations of standardized testing to encompass a spectrum of qualitative and quantitative data. This includes, but is not limited to, classroom-based assessments, project-based learning evaluations, and progressive, informal feedback mechanisms that capture the evolving academic and practical skill mastery of students. • Perceptions and Attitudes Perceptions and Attitudes form a qualitative component of infra-data that captures the subjective experiences and levels of satisfaction among students, educators, and parents. Through tools such as surveys, structured interviews, and focus group discussions, this data illuminates stakeholders' views on the educational interventions they experience • Enrollment Data Enrollment Data provides quantitative measures of student engagement with educational interventions, functioning as a proxy for the relevance and effectiveness of these initiatives. This encompasses attendance records, participation in educational activities, interactions with digital content, and completion rates of courses or assignments. • Practice Data The infra-data component of Practice Data entails a comprehensive documentation of the implementation of educational interventions, detailing the pedagogical strategies, curriculum adaptations, instructional materials, teacher training, and the integration of technology in the teaching and learning processes. This exhaustive record provides an overarching view of the educational landscape, offering insights into the efficacy of different teaching approaches and the contextual factors that contribute to or hinder the success of educational initiatives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, we intend to explore the critical role of infra-data in enabling sustainable and meaningful education systems in the Global South. Infra-data stands as a vital resource in addressing specific challenges such as high out-of-school rates, gender disparities, and resource constraints prevalent in these regions. By embedding this data, deeply rooted in local contexts and practices, into educational policymaking, we can develop strategies that are not only informed by empirical evidence but also attuned to cultural and contextual nuances. This approach aligns closely with the aspirations of Sustainable Development Goal 4, emphasizing inclusive and equitable quality education. The integration of infra-data into educational planning and implementation promises to enrich the conceptual understanding of education in the Global South, leading to policies and practices that are truly inclusive and equitable. References UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS). (2020). The World Needs Almost 69 Million New Teachers to Reach the 2030 Education Goals. Scott, J. C. (1990). Domination and the Arts of Resistance: Hidden Transcripts. Yale University Press. Shaffer, D. W. (2017). Quantitative Ethnography. Cathcart Press. Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of Power and Eurocentrism in Latin America. International Sociology, 15(2), 215-232. https://doi.org/10.1177/0268580900015002005 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 06 SES 11 A: Adult Education and Open Learning Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jelena Joksimovic Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Media Perceptions of Adult Education Practitioners – a Closer Look at a Neglected Framework for Professionalization Processes 1University of Paderborn, Germany; 2University of Cologne, Germany; 3Euro-FH University of Applied Sciences Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Media and in particular digital media play an important role within the discussion unfold around the professionalization of practitioners in adult education as a heterogeneous target group (e.g. Rohs & Bolten 2017; Breitschwerdt et al. 2022). On one hand the focus of this debate is the identification of different necessary skills and knowledge resources adult educators have to develop in order to deal with the challenges and opportunities of a digital world. On the other hand, the research interest lies in the analysis of formal, but especially informal and non-formal learning processes in order to develop these skills and knowledge resources (ibid.). Looking at the documents of current EU education initiatives in this context (e.g. Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020), digitalization is stylized as a turbulent, dark, and opaque sea in which adult education actors are called upon to navigate the European society as a global competitive player (Bellinger & Dehmel forthcoming – 2024). Consequently, adult education is an extremely heterogeneous field whose stakeholders can hardly be reduced to a common denominator, while at the same time European education policy attaches enormous strategic importance to it. Against this background, the associated professionalization processes of adult educators to acquire (digital) media related skills and knowledge resources become a very complex and simultaneously crucial element in order to ensure a successful “education in an age of uncertainty” in European society. While the discussion about the necessary media related skills has now progressed very far and has produced a variety of knowledge based on empirical research (e.g. Schmidt-Hertha et al. 2020), there is surprisingly still an important gap in the question of what “media” actually are from the perspective of adult educators. Of course, most – if not all! – studies on media related professionalization define a concrete concept of media from media theory on which the analysis is based on. However, this is always a procedure that is naturally made by researchers with a view on adult education practice and practitioners. As far as we know, there have been no studies yet that explicitly deal with the latent ideas and associations that practitioners in adult education themselves have towards the question what media can be. This question seems to be particularly important because these ideas and associations frame their specific efforts of media related professionalization and an in-depth analysis will help to understand them better. Our submission aims to fill this gap and will analyze excerpts from interviews with various planning and teaching adult education staff as further explained in the methods section. We deliberately base our study on a heterogeneous sample in order to do justice to the diversity of adult education. First, we will examine which latent perceptions and associations of the interviewed practitioners regarding the concept of media are concealed in the qualitative data material. Secondly, we reflect on our research results against the background of educational media theory. In doing so, we focus on theoretical deliberations that suggest a broader view on media beyond technologies as entities that decisively shape the way we perceive the world and how we relate to the world (Bettinger 2021). In the third step, we relate our media theoretical findings back to the discourse on media related professionalization in adult education and consider what significance they have with regard to a successful “education in an age of uncertainty” in perspective of EU adult education policy (e.g. Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Against the background of this conceptual approach, we re-analyze a sample of 15 interviews with teaching and planning adult education staff from different institutions located in Germany. These interviews were conducted in the context of various studies on media related professionalization in general adult and continuing education as well as further vocational training contexts. The sample was selected in a way that it contains as different individual cases as possible and a maximum contrast within the data set is ensured. In an initial walk-through analysis, we describe these interviews and our first approximate insights towards the media term within. In a second in depth analysis step, we identify the most important segments related to our research interest and interpret them with the help of Objective Hermeneutics (Wernet 2013). In connection to this empirical approach, we understand the analyzed interviews as an expression of a specific social practice in which the adult education staff members reflect on their professional activities in and with (digital) media. In this view these documents become empirically accessible for our investigation (ibid.). We assume that there are certain latent orders and social attributions in the interviews concerning the conceptualization of media and their pre-structuring function for media related professionalization processes which are figured out in our analysis. Afterwards, we compare our findings on all interview analysis with each other and come to a final conclusion. As already mentioned, our submission reflects these outcomes with reference towards a broad media understanding from educational media theory (Bettinger 2021) and will relate them towards the imaginations of a media related EU adult education policy perspective (e.g. Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our first look at the data material shows a focus on digital media among adult educators. Media perceptions are conceptualized as technical actors mostly, which at first seems to be reductive against the background of educational media theory (Bettinger 2021). However, a closer look reveals that media are described as a technically conceptualized space of opportunities that reorganizes human experiences. With focus on adult educational practices, it changes the relationships between teachers and learners and between learners and leaning objects. On a latent level of meaning, media in a sense of digital technologies are thus ascribed their own agency within adult educational practices by the interviewees. This perspective corresponds with the approaches of educational media theory (ibid.). At the same time, the interviews show attitudes that conceptualize digital technologies as a threat towards established teaching routines and reveal a negative and dismissive view. With reference to the perspective of EU adult educational policy on media related professionalization (Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020; Redecker & Punie 2017) our findings show that media concepts have to be thought in a much broader way. It is not sufficient to understand them as neutral techniques in adult educational contexts for which operating skills and knowledge resources must be acquired. Our findings will show that it is important to include approaches to media education in the discourse unfold around media related professionalization that refer to a changing human mode in relating to a mediatized world (e.g. Bettinger 2021). This approach is a significant and at the same time necessary expansion of the economically orientated and functionalistic EU perspective. As our findings suggest, such a broader view is important to achieve a successful and sustainable adult "education in an age of uncertainty" – especially considering the fast development of digital media. References Bellinger, F., & Dehmel, L. (forthcoming – 2024). Europäische Bildungsinitiativen als Rahmen medienpädagogischer Professionalisierung. Rekonstruktive Analysen zum Medien(bildungs)begriff. In Bellinger, F., Thon, C., & Wischmann, A. (Eds.), Bildung in Europa. Perspektiven außerschulischer Bildung in, aus und durch Europa. Münster: Waxmann. Bettinger, P. (2021). Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Introduction. In: Bettinger, P. (Eds.): Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Discourse, Power and Analysis. Palgrave Macmillan, 1-19. Breitschwerdt, L., Beu, V., Egetenmeyer, R. & Grafe, S. (2022). Digital Media in Adult and Continuing Education in Germany. Excellence And Innovation In Learning And Teaching, 7(2), 5-22. Council of the European Union (2021). New European Agenda for Adult Learning 2021-2030. Online: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32021G1214%2801%29 [January 26, 2024]. European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. Verfügbar unter: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0624 [January 26, 2024]. Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators. DigCompEdu. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the EU. Online: https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC107466 [January 26, 2024]. Rohs, M., & Bolten, R. (2017). Professionalization of adult educators for a digital world. An European perspective. European Journal of Education Studies, 3(4), 298-318. Schmidt-Hertha, B., Rott, K. J., Bolten, R. & Rohs, M. (2020). Messung medienpädagogischer Kompetenz von Lehrenden in der Weiterbildung. ZfW 43, 313–329. Wernet, A. (2013). Hermeneutics and Objective Hermeneutics. In: Flick, U. (Eds.): The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis. London: SAGE Publications, 234-246. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Navigating Careers in a Virtual Realm: The Application of Virtual Reality in Guiding Adult Refugees University of Education Weingarten, Germany Presenting Author:The educational landscape has undergone fundamental changes in recent years due to the rapid development of digital technologies. One innovative technology gaining increasing importance in this context is Virtual Reality (VR) technology. With the capability to immerse learners in interactive learning environments, VR technology offers unique opportunities to expand and enrich traditional learning approaches (eg. Burdea & Coiffet, 2003; Butt, Kardong-Edgren & Ellertson, 2018; Herrington & Tacy, 2020). In the realm of career orientation, the study conducted by Spangenberger and Freytag (2020) suggests that the utilization of Virtual Reality (VR) technology can serve as a valuable complement, enhancing various facets of the career orientation process. This technology facilitates immersive and authentic experiences, offering participants profound insights into diverse professional domains. Moreover, VR technology establishes a secure environment for the evaluation of intricate tasks and scenarios, enabling individuals to assess their aptitude for technical and manual professions, as well as explore diverse career pathways. This is particularly beneficial for refugees who are not yet familiar with the German job market and available options. While the use of VR in educational and professional contexts has been extensively researched, the application of VR technology in literacy courses with a focus on career orientation has not been specifically addressed. In 2023, within the framework of the "Educational Year for Adult Refugees with Limited or No Language and Literacy Skills" (BEF Alpha) project, VR technology was introduced into the context of career orientation at two selected educational institutions. This implementation underwent scientific monitoring, and some of the findings will be presented in the upcoming session. BEF Alpha courses are designed to provide adult refugees in Germany, who have limited language skills, with the means to attain a solid understanding of the German language and acquire a foundational education necessary for successful integration into the society. This initiative is funded by BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research) and involves a collaboration between the federal government and the state, and the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports of Baden-Wuerttemberg. The target group of BEF Alpha courses are refugees between the ages of 20 and 35. About half of the participants are either people who have not previously attended school, or they are only literate in their native language. BEF Alpha aims to provide the refugee participants with sustainable competencies to manage their integration into society and their entry into the workforce. In 35 weeks (28 lessons per week), participants receive literacy and language training, basic digital education, as well as everyday life skills and basic civics education, and career orientation (Koppel, 2020). The presentation centers on the domain of career orientation facilitated by Virtual Reality (VR) technology within the BEF Alpha program. The primary inquiry is framed as follows: "What success factors and design principles contribute to the proficient implementation of VR technology in adult career orientation, with a specific emphasis on literacy and basic education?" To address this query comprehensively, the presentation will commence with theoretical perspectives, followed by an exploration of practical insights derived from the 2023 implementation of VR technology within the BEF Alpha program. Specifically contextualizing within the realm of career orientation and emphasizing literacy and basic education, the presentation aims to identify and discuss key success conditions and design principles emerging from the utilization of VR technology. These insights are intended to shed light on how VR technology enhances engagement and effectiveness in the career orientation process for adult learners. Furthermore, the findings will offer valuable guidance for educators, policymakers, and practitioners seeking to integrate VR technology into similar educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the presentation is to explore the success factors and design principles contributing to the effective implementation of Virtual Reality (VR) technology in adult career orientation, with a specific emphasis on literacy and basic education within the "Educational Year for Adult Refugees with Limited or No Language and Literacy Skills" (BEF Alpha) program. To achieve this, we employed a triangulation approach, combining course observations, interviews with instructors, and focus group sessions with course participants. The methodology involved a systematic combination of qualitative data methods to enhance the reliability and validity of our findings (Flick, 2018; Santos, Ribeiro, Queiroga, Silva & Ferreira, 2020; Carter, Bryant-Lukosius, DiCenso, Blythe & Neville, 2014). Course observations (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017) provided insights into the practical application of VR technology in the classroom setting. Concurrently, problem-centered expert interviews (Döringer, 2021) with course instructors offered valuable perspectives on the planning, execution, and challenges encountered during the integration of VR into the curriculum. Exploring the learner experience, we conducted in-depth discussions through focus group sessions (Stewart & Shamdasani, 2015) with course participants, allowing us to gather nuanced insights into the impact of VR technology on their engagement and learning outcomes. The data analysis employed qualitative content analysis following the methodology outlined by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023), assisted by Maxqda software (Rädiker & Kuckartz, 2020; Loxton, 2021). This systematic approach facilitated a comprehensive exploration of themes, patterns, and key insights derived from the triangulation of course observations, instructor interviews, and participant focus group sessions. By employing qualitative content analysis, our aim was to uncover nuanced perspectives, identify emerging themes, and draw meaningful conclusions regarding the success conditions and design principles influencing the effective use of VR technology in adult career orientation, specifically within the context of literacy and basic education in the BEF Alpha program. This triangulation of data sources contributed to a holistic understanding of the implementation of VR technology in adult education, providing a well-rounded perspective that enhances the robustness of our findings and recommendations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this presentation delves into the transformative potential of Virtual Reality (VR)-supported career orientation within the "Educational Year for Adult Refugees with Limited or No Language and Literacy Skills" (BEF Alpha) program, guided by the research question: "What are the success factors and design principles contributing to the effective implementation of VR technology in adult career orientation, with an emphasis on literacy and basic education?" The study highlights the profound assistance VR technology offers participants in their orientation process but emphasizes the necessity of a nuanced, multifaceted approach for successful implementation. Conducive conditions, including financial allocations for high-quality VR headsets and tailored software addressing linguistic and content-related needs, are crucial for effective VR-supported career guidance. Advocating for structured and accessible VR application formats to support instructor preparation, the presentation underscores the pivotal role of educational institutions. It emphasizes the need for targeted training extending beyond technical skills to encompass pedagogical concepts for meaningful integration into career orientation instruction. Continuous monitoring and feedback collection emerge as paramount, offering dynamic mechanisms for identifying strengths and weaknesses, facilitating ongoing improvements, and fostering a lively exchange of innovative ideas, experiences, and desires among stakeholders. In summary, the research provides substantial insights into challenges, opportunities, and success conditions related to VR technology integration in BEF Alpha courses. By considering these conditions, educational institutions and instructors can enhance the efficacy of this innovative teaching method. The incorporation of VR headsets in literacy and basic education courses not only transforms knowledge transfer but also signals a forward-looking approach, enabling personalized career orientation in the digital age. References Burdea, G. C. & Coiffet, P. (2003). Virtual Reality Technology. (2. ed.). Wiley. Butt, A. L., Kardong-Edgren, S. & Ellertson, A. (2018). Using Game-Based Virtual Reality with Haptics for Skill Acquisition. Clinical Simulation in Nursing, 16, 25–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecns.2017.09.010. Carter, N., Bryant-Lukosius, D., DiCenso, A., Blythe, J. & Neville, A. J. (2014). The use of triangulation in qualitative research. Oncol Nurs Forum. 2014 Sep;41(5):545-7. doi: 10.1188/14.ONF.545-547. PMID: 25158659. Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2017). Observation. In Research methods in education (pp. 542-562). Routledge. Döringer, S. (2021). ‘The problem-centred expert interview’. Combining qualitative interviewing approaches for investigating implicit expert knowledge. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24(3), 265-278. Flick, U. (2018). Triangulation in data collection. The SAGE handbook of qualitative data collection, 527-544. Herrington, A. & Tacy, J. (2020). Crossing the Power Line: Using Virtual Simulation to Pre-pare the First Responders of Utility Linemen. Informatics, 7(3), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.3390/informatics7030026. Koppel, I. (2020). Global citizenship education in adult learning and education. Addressing learning needs of migrants: Lessons from the BEF Alpha Scheme (Germany). Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE. Loxton, M. H. (2021). Analyzing focus groups with MAXQDA. MAXQDA Press. Rädiker, S. & Kuckartz, U. (2020). Focused analysis of qualitative interviews with MAXQDA: Step by step. https://www.maxqda-press.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/978-3-948768072.pdf. Santos, K. D. S., Ribeiro, M. C., Queiroga, D. E. U. D., Silva, I. A. P. D. & Ferreira, S. M. S. (2020). The use of multiple triangulations as a validation strategy in a qualitative study. Ciencia & saude coletiva, 25, 655-664. https://doi.org/10.1590/1413-81232020252.12302018. Spangenberger, P. & Freytag, S. C. (2020). Career Choice of Adolescents: Can occupational VR 360-degree Videos Facilitate Job Interest? In CSEDU (1) (pp. 552-558). Stewart, D. W. & Shamdasani, P. N. (2015). Focus groups: Theory and practice. Sage publications. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Implementing an Open Learning Center for All. A Case-Study Focussing Challenges for Professionals in Adult Education. Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:As researchers in the field of media education and adult education, we were invited to support the implementation process of a local open learning centre for all - called DoLE. The aim was to support the implementation process actively with our educational expertise in self-directed learning (Faulstich & Grell 2005) and to gain reliable insights through evaluation. Therefore, we followed an action research approach. The local "Volkshochschule" (a traditional, non-commercial adult education organisation providing adult education in all regions of Germany) was in charge of the process; three academic staff members were part of the board and our core group. The board engaged ten new learning coaches paid on an honorarium for the work with the learning community. The qualification plan and process for the learning coaches to support open learning Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participatory action research, case study Data collection: Field observation, notes and memos of all meetings with the board, 3-hour workshop including group discussion and creative expressions (Grell 2013) with learning coaches Data analysis/interpretation: thematic analysis (Brau & Clarke 2019, 2021) The "case workshop" used for data collection in the DOLE project is a variation of the "research-based learning workshop" (Grell 2005, 2013), which was developed as a participatory research instrument for educational research in the "Self-directed learning and social milieus" project (Faulstich/Grell 2005). This form of participatory data collection uses visual stimuli (picture cards, collages) in addition to various forms of verbal expression (oral language and writing) in order to depict the most complex structural relationships and decision-making processes possible. The research-based learning workshop consists of: 1. opening phase and work agreement, 2. picture card round for thematic introduction, 3. group discussion, 4. metaplan cards for situation analysis, 5. collage creation in groups and guided discussion of the collages in the whole group, 6. final agreement and data release. The workshop is recorded (audio or video), the objects created are analysed together in the workshop and systematically evaluated afterwards. Adjustments were made in particular with regard to the intended target group (learning guides) and the time frame (shortened workshop duration: three hours). To contrast the findings, the identified "themes" from the case workshop, the minutes and memos from the project meetings were also evaluated in terms of content using the "thematic analysis". Seven 60- to 90-minute project meetings were held with the project team, in which current challenges of the project were discussed with the scientific support team. The minutes document the challenges mentioned by the team in each case. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We were able to bundle the results of the case workshop with the learning coaches into six key "themes": Theme 1: Positive (self-)image, Theme 2: Tenacity, Theme 3: Reactivity, Theme 4: Project not tangible, - Theme 5: Individual interaction, Theme 6: Communication and negotiation. The theme "tenacity" summarises statements in which the project or individual processes in the project are described as laborious, lengthy or initiated but not completed. It is mentioned in passing that a lack of feedback on completed work assignments also contributes to this issue. "Having this patience also pushed me to my limits at times." (FW, item 103) Confronting the results of the analysis of the learning coaches' perspective with the board's perspectives leads to further insights in this case study. The themes of "tenacity" and "intangible" are cross-cutting issues that extend beyond all level. Factors outside have an impact. In this respect, the tenacity of implementation was not the responsibility of just one group of actors. However, there was the expectation that the tenacity could be overcome through (better) interventions. The findings available in adult education on the discussion about the "change in learning culture" (Arnold/Schüßler 1998, Schüßler/Thurnes 2005) and the question of how framework conditions can be created that can support the design of regional transformation processes (Schüßler 2016, Dörner et al. 2016) can provide good impulses for understanding this. To clarify the theme of "non-tangible," the discourses of adult education on learning culture change can be fruitful. There was a constant desire from multipliers to be told what they or learners could "do" in the centre. The desire for transparent offer formats conveys the need to overcome the open situation's vagueness and uncertainty. References Arnold, R./Schüßler, I. (1998): Wandel der Lernkulturen. Ideen und Bausteine für ein lebendiges Lernen. Darmstadt. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360 Dresing, T., & Pehl, T. (2013). Praxisbuch interview, Transkription & Analyse. Anleitungen und Regelsysteme für qualitativ Forschende, 5, 813-829 Dyrna, J., Riedel, J., Schulze-Achatz, S., & Köhler, T. (Hrsg.). (2021). Selbstgesteuertes Lernen in der beruflichen Weiterbildung. Ein Handbuch für Theorie und Praxis. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. Faulstich, P., & Grell, P. (2005). Die „Forschende Lernwerkstatt“. Zum Umgang mit Lernwiderständen. In S. Dietrich & M. Herr (Hrsg.), Support für neue Lehr- und Lernkulturen. (S. 115–132). W. Bertelsmann Grell, P. (2013). Forschende Lernwerkstatt. In B. Friebertshäuser & A. Prengel (Hrsg.), Handbuch qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft (4. Aufl., S. 887–896). München: Juventa Schüßler, Ingeborg (2016) Lernkulturen in Transformationsgesellschaften. Paradoxien, Herausforderungen und Gestaltungsoptionen. In: Dörner, Olaf; Iller, Carola; Pätzold, Henning; Roback, Steffi (Hrsg.): Differente Lernkulturen – regional, national, transnational. Opladen, S. 15-26. Schüßler, Ingeborg; Thurnes, Christian M.(2005): Lernkulturen in der Weiterbildung |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 11 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30) Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Evaluation of a Mentoring Programme to Prevent Early School Leaving 1Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:The European Commission (2020a) and the Council of the European Union (2021) recommend that promoting quality and inclusive education and combating early school leaving will remain a priority in education and training in the coming years and decades. The new strategic framework calls for reducing the early school leaving rate to below 9% at EU level by 2030. According to Eurostat data (2023), the average rate in the EU in 2022 was 9.6%, compared to 12.4% in Hungary. However, the average rate varies significantly by region and ethnicity, almost doubling in rural areas of the country and with the rate of early school leavers among Roma youth being several times higher than in the majority population. According to research (Bocsi et al.), the early school leaving rate among Roma youth is 65%, which is worse than the European average. In the EU, 44% of Roma pupils are in segregated education. 28% of Roma young people have completed upper secondary education, compared to 83.5% in the majority population (European Commission 2020b). Education, the attainment of at least upper secondary education, has an impact on life chances, with a number of studies showing a link between employment and health and well-being and early school leaving (Gitschthaler & Nairz-Wirth, 2018). Hungarian research (Paksi et al. 2023) describes the causes of early school leaving in harmony with international studies. In Hungary school factors play only a minor role in preventing early school leaving, with individual characteristics and family background factors being the most important determinants of early school leaving. Hungary is consistently among the countries with the highest explanatory power of the SES index in student performance (OECD 2019). Success in entering and progressing to secondary school, and thus preventing early school leaving, depends on informed career choices, which are often lacking for young people of lower social status and Roma youth (Bereményi, 2022). Intersectionality is a perpetual situation in which multiple categories of inequality interacting with each other manifest as a new social category, in which the causes of oppression cannot be separated (Asumah-Nagel, 2014). It is characterised by being situated, with factors of social division interacting continuously and their significance strongly dependent on context (place and time) (Yuval-Davis, 2015). According to Howard and Vajda (2017), the most persistent forms of group-based disadvantage are linked to identities of origin (minority), with one form of inequality promoting or deepening another. The devaluation of cultural identity is more likely to be associated with economic and territorial disadvantage, resulting in persistent intergenerational poverty. In Hungary too, social disadvantage and its complexity (school exclusion, settlement disadvantage), as well as belonging to the Roma community and the negative social prejudice associated with it, are the most frequently intertwined categories (Forray-Pálmainé Orsós, 2010). Our development programme was designed to increase the impact of school factors in preventing early school leaving, for the reasons outlined above. The focus of the four-year programme is to foster an inclusive learning environment (Varga, 2015) through targeted career guidance and close family contact with teachers and peer mentoring. The three main content dimensions of the programme are to develop the student's self-awareness and self-image, to foster parental involvement, and to learn about careers and related further education pathways. The mentoring programme targets one class in each of ten primary schools with a majority of Roma pupils and supports pupils from 6th grade for three years until they enter secondary school. The presentation will report on the first results of a research component accompanying the evaluation of the mentoring programme, the longitudinal student questionnaire. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Four student questionnaires will be carried out during the development. The questionnaires are comprehensive, i.e., they are completed by all students participating in the development. To ensure traceability, the questionnaires are provided with a student ID. The first data collection took place in September 2022 and the second in May 2023. A total of 130 pupils participated in these data collections. The presentation will analyse the results of these two questionnaires. In line with the objectives of the programme, the questionnaire-based student data collection is based on previous data collection (HBSC, ISCWeB, PISA, UNICEF) and measurement tools (Rosenberg Self-Assessment Scale, 10-point Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale, Cantril Ladder) and examines 6 dimensions and themes: 1. family, family support (family structure, number of siblings, parents' education and labour market status); 2. School well-being, school-classroom environment (climate, teacher support, bullying); 3. Student well-being, self-image, self-awareness, resilience; 4. Academic engagement, academic effort; 5. Vision, career orientation, further education; 6. Individual and family background characteristics (family financial situation, student's nationality, health status). Starting with the second data collection, we also measure satisfaction with development. The ethnicity of the students was measured in two ways, one based on the students' self-report and the other based on the teacher mentor's assessment. The student questionnaire data were combined with the student's semester and end-of-year grades by subject, as well as their grade point average. The research has an institutional research ethics licence, which details the information and rights of participants. All participants are involved in the development and research process with parental consent. The data was collected in a face-to-face format, with the assistance of the university's Roma students. The research questions are the following: How did students' self-concept change as a result of the intervention and how are these related to individual, family and school background factors? How did the intervention change students' goals for further education and how are these related to individual, family and school background factors? How did the intervention change the students' vision of their future and how are these related to individual, family and school background factors? Descriptive and multi-variable (correlation and regression) statistical methods were used to analyse the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among the results, it can be highlighted that the students' goals for further education have changed significantly between the two measurements, and these are fully in line with parents' opinions and expectations. Compared to the first data collection, the proportion of those who were uncertain about their career goals decreased significantly, i.e., the majority of pupils are more aware of their further education. Among the possible learning paths, the proportion of those who chose a training leading to a secondary school leaving certificate has increased significantly. This is an important benefit for the programme, as the target group concerned tends to underestimate themselves and this is also a feature of teachers' attitudes towards them. As regards future work, students' perceptions of what is most important is that they love what they do, and perceptions of this changed significantly between the two study dates. It is important to highlight that students' perceptions of their future success were significantly lower in the second data collection, which needs further explanation. The result is intended to be explored through qualitative research. The hypothesis is that this may be due to a more realistic perception of their situation, which may also help them to set more realistic goals. The results so far have identified several (sub-)areas (teacher support, school climate, bullying, academic engagement, further learning, self-evaluation, resilience) that need improvement and support. Further analysis of the results of the second data collection will provide an opportunity to evaluate the development programme, monitor the development focus and adjust it where necessary. References Asumah, S. N.& Nagel, M. (2014). Preface, In: Asumah, S. N. Nagel, M. (szerk.). Diversity, Social Justice, and Inclusive Excellence – Transdisciplinary and Global Perspectives, New York, USA: State University of New York Press, Albany, 9-13. Bereményi, B. Á. (2022). Between choices and “going with the flow”. Career guidance and Roma young people in Hungary. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-022-09536-0 Bocsi V, Varga A, Fehérvári A. Chances of Early School Leaving—With Special Regard to the Impact of Roma Identity. Education Sciences. 2023; 13(5):483. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050483 Cerna, L., Mezzanotte, C., Rutigliano, A., Brussino, O., Santiago, P., Borgonovi, F., Guthrie., C. (2021). “Promoting inclusive education for diverse societies: A conceptual framework”. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 260, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/94ab68c6-en Council of the European Union (2021). Council Recommendation of 12 March 2021 on Roma equality, inclusion and participation 2021/C 93/01 Eurostat (2023). https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Early_leavers_from_education_and_training European Commision (2020a). Europe 2020. A European strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth https://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/COMPLET%20EN%20BARROSO%20%20%20007%20-%20Europe%202020%20-%20EN%20version.pdf European Commission (2020b). EU Roma strategic framework for equality, inclusion and participation for 2020 – 2030 https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2021-01/eu_roma_strategic_framework_for_equality_inclusion_and_participation_for_2020_-_2030_0.pdf Forray, R. K., & Pálmainé Orsós, A. (2010). Hátrányos helyzetű vagy kulturális kisebbség–cigány programok. Educatio, 19(1), 75-87. Gitschthaler, M. & Nairz-Wirth, E. (2018). The individual and economic costs of early school leaving. In: Van Praag, L., Nouwen, W., Van Caudenberg, R., Clycq, N. & Timmerman, C. (szerk). Comparative Perspectives on Early School Leaving in the European Union. London: Routledge. 59-73. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315170404-5 Howard, J. – Vajda, V. (2017). Navigating Power and Intersectionality to Address Inequality. IDS Working Paper, 504. OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed, Paris: OECD Paksi B, Széll K, Fehérvári A. (2023). Empirical Testing of a Multidimensional Model of School Dropout Risk. Social Sciences, 12(2): 50. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci12020050 Varga, A. (2015). The theory and practice of inclusion. Pécs, Magyarország : Pécsi Tudományegyetem Bölcsészet- és Társadalomtudományi Kar Neveléstudományi Intézet (2015) , 209 p. Yuval-Davis, N. (2015). Situated Intersectionality and Social Inequality. Raisons politiques, 58, 91–100. https://doi.org/10.3917/rai.058.0091 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper How do Student Teachers Perceive Education for Sustainable Development and Intercultural Education? Initial Findings from a Survey Conducted in Germany RPTU Rheinland-Pfälzische, Germany Presenting Author:Sustainable development and societal approaches to migration-related diversity are crucial for shaping our future. Various education policy documents at the international and national level address this challenge, including those of the UNESCO (2006, 2020), KMK/BMZ (2016) and KMK (2013). Additionally, several pedagogical concepts have emerged within the context of education for sustainable development (ESD) and intercultural education that are based on different societal views and goals. Approaches to intercultural education in German-speaking countries range from "assimilation/foreigner pedagogy" to "classical intercultural pedagogy", and more recent approaches include migration pedagogy, intercultural pedagogy of belonging and intersectional post-migration and postcolonial approaches (Nohl 2014; Allemann-Ghionda 2009). In the context of the environment and sustainability, ESD has replaced traditional environmental education and includes key aspects of global learning (Gräsel 2018). However, the understanding of sustainability (strong and weak sustainability) and the concept of ESD varies (Sinakou/Boeve-de Pauw/Van Petegem 2019; Vare/Scott 2007). As teachers are regarded as “change agents” for developing awareness of sustainability, intercultural aspects and racism in schools in pluralistic societies (Koskela/Kärkkäinen 2021; Leeman/van Koeven 2019), teacher training increasingly emphasizes ESD and intercultural education. However, although sustainability and migration-related diversity are seen as central cross-cutting issues within the German school system (KMK/BMZ 2016; KMK 2013), they are rarely discussed together. The few discussions on both issues focus on social sustainability (Garcia-Arias/Corbetta/Baronnet 2023; Lasonen 2009), which ignores the interplay between social, economic and ecological sustainability, as conceptualised under "weak" and "strong" sustainability. This is not only the case in Germany, but also internationally (Catarci 2021; Pusch 2023a). Consequently, it is not surprising that these two future-oriented educational focuses are seldom considered together and linked in teacher education. This paper explores the perspectives of student teachers at the University of Kaiserslautern-Landau (RPTU) on sustainable development and ESD, migration and intercultural education. The presentation is divided into six sections, beginning with a brief introduction, followed by an outline of the relevant ESD concepts (Section 1) and approaches to intercultural education (Section 2) in the German discourse. Section 3 summarises the current state of research on ESD and intercultural education in teacher education in Germany and relates it to findings from international comparative studies. In this context, the paper highlights the lack of consideration of these two cross-cutting issues together. Building upon this background, Section 4 presents the research question, outlines the study design and explains the methodology. Section 5 presents the preliminary research findings, which form the main body of the proposed paper. Finally, Section 6 provides a brief summary and outlook. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of the proposed paper is based on an online survey conducted with student teachers at the University of Kaiserslautern-Landau. The survey is part of a larger study called "Towards an intercultural ESD: Approaches for future-oriented teacher training". The first sub-project, which is the focus of the presentation, consists of an online survey investigating the knowledge and perspectives of student teachers on ESD and intercultural education. The survey will consist of 32 open and closed questions/items and will be conducted at the beginning of the summer semester in 2024 using the web application SoSci Survey. All student teachers (around 5,000) in the 96 teacher education programmes at the University of Kaiserslautern-Landau will receive an invitation to participate via the university's internal mailing list. With an anticipated participation rate of 20 to 30 percent, we will gain insights into the attitudes of 1,000 to 1,500 students with regard to ESD and intercultural education as well as the meeting point where ESD and IC intersect. The questionnaire is divided into four thematic blocks: (1) personal information and field of study, (2) student teachers' understanding of sustainable development and ESD, (3) student teachers' attitudes towards migration-related diversity and intercultural education and (4) student teachers' knowledge and attitudes related to ESD and intercultural education. The questions in Blocks 1 to 3 are based on previous quantitative studies, namely Grund/Brock 2018, 2022; Brock/Grund 2018; Merten/Yildirim/Keller 2014; and Funk 2017. The questions in Block 4 are based on the preliminary research results of two qualitative pilot studies (Pusch 2021, 2023a) and a small survey on ESD in extracurricular education programmes (Pusch 2023 b). The collected data will be analysed using descriptive statistics, specifically frequencies and cross-tabulations with the IBM SPSS Statistics software platform. Group discussions with student teachers will provide the empirical foundation for the second sub-project, which aims to reconstruct the interconnected realms of student teachers’ experience related to ESD and the migration society using the documentary method (Bohnsack 2021). Drawing on the empirical findings from the first two sub-projects, the aim of the third sub-project is to develop potential areas for future-oriented teacher training related to ESD and the migration society. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The online survey aims to provide new insights into the nexus of ESD, intercultural education and teacher education, an area that has not been extensively explored yet. We hope to gain a statistical overview of the attitudes and knowledge of student teachers related to ESD and intercultural education. With these findings, we aim to contribute to the development of multidimensional and forward-looking teacher education in the light of the climate crisis and of the growing intercultural challenges in pluralistic societies arising from increasing migration-related diversity. References Allemann-Ghionda, C. (2009): From intercultural education to the inclusion of diversity: Theories and policies in Europe. In: J. A. Banks (eds.), The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education. Routledge: 134-145. Bohnsack, R. (2021): Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Budrich. Brock, A./Grund, J.(2018): Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings-Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings-Befragung von LehrerInnen. https://www.ewi-psy.fu-berlin.de/erziehungswissenschaft/arbeitsbereiche/institut-futur/aktuelles/dateien/executive_summary_lehrerinnen.pdf Catarci, M. (2021). Intercultural Education and Sustainable Development. Social Sciences (10/24). https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10010024 Funk, B. (2017): Migrationssensible Lehrkräfteausbildung durch Praxiselemente an der Universität Bremen. https://media.suub.uni-bremen.de/bitstream/elib/4491/1/FUNCK_Migrationssensible_Lehramtsausbildung_durch_Praxisprojekte_Evaluation_Uni_Bremen_Mai_2017bb.pdf Garcia-Arias, J./Corbetta, S./Baronnet, B. (2023): Decolonizing education in Latin America: critical environmental and intercultural education as an indigenous pluriversal alternative: British Journal of Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2023.2234088 Grund, J./Brock, A. (2018): Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings – Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings – Befragung junger Menschen. https://www.bne-portal.de/bne/shareddocs/downloads/files/nationales-monitoring_quantitative-studie_lehrerinnen.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=1 Grund, J./Brock, A. (2022): Formale Bildung in Zeiten von Krisen – die Rolle von Nachhaltigkeit in Schule, Ausbildung und Hochschule. http://dx.doi.org/10.17169/refubium-36890 Gräsel, C. (2018). Umweltbildung. In: R. Tippelt/B. Schmidt-Hertha (eds.), Handbuch Bildungsforschung (S. 1093–1109). Springer VS. Koskela, T./ Kärkkäinen, S. (2021): Student Teachers’ Change Agency in Education for Sustainable Development. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability (23/1): 84-98. Lasonen, J. (2009): Intercultural Education: Promoting Sustainability in Education and Training. In: Fien, J. et al. (eds.), Work, Learning and Sustainable Development. Springer: 186-202. Leeman, Y. /van Koeven, E. (2019): New immigrants. An incentive for intercultural education?. Education Inquiry (10/3): 189-207, DOI: 10.1080/20004508.2018.1541675 Merten, M./Yildirim, D./Keller, C. (2014): Einstellungen zu Heterogenität und Unterrichtskriterien bei Lehramtsstudierenden. https://kobra.uni-kassel.de/handle/123456789/12588 Nohl, A.-M. (2014): Konzepte interkultureller Pädagogik. Klinkhardt. Pusch, B. (2021). Pädagogische Ansatzpunkte in der Umweltbildung für Zuwanderer/-innen. Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik (44/2), 17-26. https://www.pedocs.de/volltexte/2021/23728/pdf/ZEP_2_2021_Pusch_Paedagogische_Ansatzpunkte.pdf. Pusch, B. (2023a): Umwelt- und Nachhaltigkeitsorientierungen von Wiener Jugendlichen mit Migrationshintergrund? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung (13): 87–107. Pusch, B. (2023b): Zusammenfassung der Online-Umfrage „BNE in der Migrationsgesellschaft“. https://zenodo.org/uploads/10254906. Sinakou, E./Boeve-de Pauw, J./Van Petegem, P. (2019). Exploring the concept of sustainable development within education for sustainable development. Environ Dev Sustain (21): 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-017-0032-8 Ständige Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland/ Bundesministerium für wirtschaftliche Zusammenarbeit und Entwicklung (KMK/BMZ) (2016): Orientierungsrahmen für den Lernbereich Globale Entwicklung. Bonn: Engagement Global. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2015/2015_06_00-Orientierungsrahmen-Globale-Entwicklung.pdf Ständige Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (KMK) (2013): Interkulturelle Bildung und Erziehung in der Schule https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/1996/1996_10_25-Interkulturelle-Bildung.pdf UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap? https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 UNESCO. 2006. UNESCO Guidelines on Intercultural Education. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000147878 Vare, P./Scott, W. (2007): Learning for a Change. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development (1/2): 191–198. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Designing an Innovative Professionalization Program for Social Justice Education: Exploring the Needs of Teachers AP University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Belgium Presenting Author:The notion persists that children are too young to notice diversity en consequently, causing adults to hold back in engaging in conversations about identity, diversity and social justice (Beneke & Cheatham, 2019; Husband, 2012). Contrary to these expectations, babies as young as 6-9 months old perceive ethnic-racial differences (Kelly et al., 2005), still showing a preference for the ethnic-racial characteristics of their primary caregiver (Kelly et al., 2007). However, preferences start to shift as young children begin to associate socialized value judgments with specific ethnic-racial features. From the age of three years old, children use racial and gender categories to include or exclude peers (Raabe & Beelman, 2011; Van Ausdale & Feagin, 2001). Three- to five-year olds also show a preference for thinner individuals and manifest negative attitudes towards individuals with a larger body size (Birbeck & Drummond, 2005; Su & Aurelia, 2012). These evolvements have a (negative) impact on both self image (‘how should I look’ or ‘where do I fit in’) as on children’s perspectives on (super)diversity (‘what is ‘normal?’). Hence, (early) childhood appears to be a crucial period to support positive intergroup attitudes and lay foundations for a strong self image (Birtel et al., 2019). Social justice education Research indicates that (Flemish) teachers encounter difficulties in comprehending and addressing diversity and social justice within their classrooms (Agirdag et al., 2012; Slot et al., 2019; Banjeree & Luckner, 2014; Dierickx, Luyckx, & Ben Sliman-Ghomari, 2023). Educators frequently hesitate to engage in conversations about equality, values, and diversity due to a lack of confidence, personal beliefs or knowledge, often exacerbated by limited available resources (Beneke & Cheatham, 2019; Boutte et al., 2011 ; Husband, 2012). When educators avoid discussions of identity, difference or (in)justice, this can be called a ‘diversity silence approach’ (Dierickx et al., 2023), thereby (unconsciously) creating an atmosphere in which the unique histories, cultures, values, and experiences of minoritized groups are overlooked or disregarded (Schofield, 2007). Supporting teachers in social justice education through video coaching To promote a confident self-image, an open and respectful worldview, it is important to prioritize supporting teachers’ general and pedagogical diversity knowledge and skills (Dursun, Claes, & Agirdag, 2021; Sheridan et al., 2009). Previous professional development initiatives focus mostly on knowledge development and personal beliefs. However, changes in teachers' belief systems do not always result in an improved teaching practice (Romijn, Slot, & Leseman, 2021). For this purpose, we are co-constructing a professional development program that enhances in-practice learning and reflection through videocoaching. This innovative method for professional development deepens the understanding of (implicit) beliefs, offers schoolteams a methodology to strengthen a culture of reflection (Verschaeve et al., 2020) and supports sustainable professionalization within an embedded and contextual approach (Merchie et al, 2016; Romijn et al., 2021). Research goals The main goal is to investigate the effects of the videocoaching program on the competencies of early childhood teachers and primary education teachers in social justice education. As this program will be designed starting from research as well as opportunities and needs of the field of practice, a subgoal –and focus of this paper- is to have an overview of the current opportunities and needs for professionalization within social justice education in Flanders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The videocoaching program is developed following the framework of Educational Design research (EDR, McKenney & Reeves, 2018). EDR focuses on dissemination throughout the whole process and incorporates an iterative process, consisting of three phases: analysis-exploration, design-construction and evaluation-reflection. In the analysis and exploration phase, we gathered data to gain insight into current educational practices, exposing opportunities and needs of teachers that need to be addressed in the program. First, we conducted literature research on anti-racism education, social justice education, anti-bias education and about professional development programs and videocoaching. Second, to explore Flemish teachers’ needs, attitudes and competences on social justice education, we conducted a widespread survey, focusing especially on: anti-racism, body positivity, gender sensitivity and antiableism. Third, as the questionnaire only provides insights into perceived competences and needs, the data were completed with in-classroom observations and interviews. 10 early childhood teachers and 6 elementary school teachers participated through informed consent. A classroom activity was observed, in which they engaged in conversations about identity, diversity and social justice, related to one of the four main topics within social justice education. To increase reliability, each lesson was observed separately by two researchers. After the lesson observation, an interview took place where learning opportunities, doubts and difficulties were discussed in more detail. Finally, a focus group also took place, in which six teacher-experts offered good practices about social justice education and identified educational needs. A qualitative thematic analysis on all data was conducted; the survey was statistically analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that teachers are willing to broaden their diversity specific knowledge, critically examine their own social positions and strengthen their didactic competences in social justice education. However, they seem insecure to critically engage in conversations with pupils about diversity and social justice, thereby mainly starting from a ‘diversity silence approach’ and finding it difficult to adequately address these topics. Based on these results, design principles for a professionalization program focusing on social justice education and implementing videocoaching are: (a) a focus on diversity pedagogical and diversity content knowledge (Dursun et al., X) (b) focusing on skills (c) providing resources (d) ensuring a community of learners (e) the central position of guided critical reflection (f) taking into account the conditions of school policy and vision. The results are integrated in the aforementioned phases of the EDR cycle, making sure the professionalization program fills the current research needs as well as practice-oriented needs in Flanders. References Agirdag, O., Loobuyck, P., & Van Houtte, M. (2012). Determinants of attitudes toward Muslim students among Flemish teachers: A research note. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 51(2), 368–376. Banerjee, R., & Luckner, J. (2014). Training needs of early childhood professionals who work with children and families who are culturally and linguistically diverse. Infants & Young Children, 27(1), 43-59. Birbeck, D., & Drummond, M. (2005). Interviewing, and listening to the voices of, very young children on body image and perceptions of self. Early Child Development and Care, 175(6), 579-596. Birtel, M. D., Di Bernardo, G. A., Stathi, S., Crisp, R. J., & Cadamuro, A.,(2019). Imagining contact reduces prejudice in preschool children. Social Development, 28(4), 1054–1073. Dierickx, E., Luyckx, K., & Windzak, Z. (2023). Sssst... dat mag je niet zeggen. Hoe we jonge zonder vooroordelen kunnen opvoeden en waarom dat dringend nodig is. Borgerhoff & Lamberigts. Dursun, H., Claes, E., & Agirdag, O. (2021). Diversity pedagogical content knowledge: a new conceptual framework and assessment across different teacher education programmes. Multicultural Education Review, 13(4), 303-322. Feagin, J. R., & Van Ausdale, D. (2001). The first R: How children learn race and racism. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. New York: Routledge. Kelly, D. J., Quinn, P. C., Slater, A. M., Lee, K., Ge, L., & Pascalis, O. (2007). The other-race effect develops during infancy: Evidence of perceptual narrowing. Psychological science, 18(12), 1084–1089. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Merchie, E., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Hoe kan je de impact van professionalisering voor leraren in kaart brengen?. Departement Onderwijs en Vorming. Raabe, T., & Beelmann, A. (2011). Development of ethnic, racial, and national prejudice in childhood and adolescence: A multinational meta‐analysis of age differences. Child development, 82(6), 1715-1737. Romijn, B. R., Slot, P. L., & Leseman, P. P. (2021). Increasing teachers’ intercultural competences in teacher preparation programs and through professional development: A review. Teaching Education, 98, 103236. Su, W., & Aurelia, D. S. (2012). Preschool children’s perceptions of overweight peers. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 10(1), 19-31. Verschaeve, S., De Mets, J., Van Avermaet, P., Ślusarczyk, M., Rościszewska-Woźniak, M., Majerska, U., & Furieri, L. (2020). Toolbox: outlines for using video analysis and video coaching as a tool for professionalizing ECEC workforce and training future ECEC professionals: outcome of the TRACKs project. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 11 B: Multicultural and Socially Equitable Learning Environments: Ethos, trust and social mobility Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Opportunities for Social Mobility of Pupils in the Private Pedagogical Theories of Early Childhood Education Teachers University of Lower Silesia, Poland Presenting Author:The objective of this presentation is to discuss the results of a research project on early childhood education teachers’ awareness of social classes and its consequences for their views on education, and in particular on the possibilities for pupils to change their social position. Although there are attempts to talk about the death of classes (Mikiewicz, 2014: 43), the topic of class inequality is still relevant and debated, and educational inequalities are not decreasing (Blandford, 2017; Eribon, 2019; Kulz, 2017; McGarvey, 2017; Reay, 2017). Bourdieu and Passeron's theory of socio-cultural reproduction speaks of the reproduction of the social class by the school system. Related to this is the division into inheritors, i.e. children from the upper classes who possess the qualities that the school system values, and les miracules, children from the lower classes who, despite objectively difficult conditions, experience social mobility (Kłoskowska, 2006: 25). This division is related to two modes of cultural acquisition: total learning and methodological learning. Total learning begins with primary socialisation and is followed up within schooling; in other words, it is early and imperceptible to the child. Methodological learning takes place as part of secondary socialisation and schooling. It is characteristic of pupils with a low-class background and is associated with uncertainty and difficulties in acquiring cultural competence, among other things required by teachers. In addition, pupils with a lower-class background have to deculturate, which is, de facto class eradication or liberation from what has been acquired during primary socialisation and is considered inappropriate by the school system (Bourdieu, 1984: 66-68). Pupils entering school have different inherited capitals, yet the school does not seem to take this into account and treats pupils as if they all had the same starting position. As a result, children's knowledge and experiences other than those desired by the school are excluded (Grochalska, 2009: 63). According to Szkudlarek, pupils who have undergone total learning find it easier to find their way around the school requirements and use what they have already been equipped with at home (Szkudlarek, 2007: 35). The different class backgrounds of pupils, and the different ways of acquiring culture, while promoting the culture of the privileged classes and excluding what is incompatible with it within the school system, leads to the differentiation of an individual's educational and life chances already at the earliest stages of education. By making the educational establishment culturally unfamiliar and inaccessible to pupils of low-class backgrounds, the school system, of which teachers are a part, contributes to the self-exclusion of pupils from the path leading to a change in life trajectory. At the same time, the neoliberal narrative seems to overlook the objective difficulties faced by pupils from underprivileged classes. Instead, it speaks of poverty of aspiration, laziness, and parental responsibility for the (poor) choices of educational institutions for their children (Hursh, 2014). My aim was to explore early childhood education teachers’ openness to the pupils’ social mobility, their awareness of class differences and social inequalities, and ideas for overcoming them. Teachers, along with pupils' resistance (Giroux, 2018), academic resilience (Smulczyk, 2019), and happy coincidences (Mikiewicz, Sadownik, 2014), are the factor that has a major impact on potential changes to pupils’ life situations. In my presentation, I will provide a preliminary typology of teachers' pedagogical convictions that contribute to either social reproduction or changes to pupils' social position. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material that this presentation draws on comes from a research project in which I explored whether ECE teachers are aware of the existence of class divisions and whether this (un)awareness is visible in their work with pupils. 14 ECE teachers of varying seniority working in the Polish education system took part in the study. The teachers differed in terms of the geographical location of their schools (eight of them worked in large cities, two – in small towns, and four – in rural areas) and their experience with working in a class-diverse environment. Among those in large cities, teachers worked: in a school in a neighbourhood with a bad reputation (1); perceived to be affluent (4); in a socially diverse environment (2); both in a neighbourhood with a so-called bad reputation and also in a private school in a neighbourhood with an affluent location (1). Interviewees from small towns and villages had worked in areas with high economic deprivation (1), in a place that formed an enclave by being a private institution for parents with high economic capital (1) and in places that were so-called urban bedroom communities (2). Two did not define the location of their schools in social terms. I used the grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2009) and a bricolage of interpretive approaches in the research project (Kvale, 2012). The narrative and semi-structured interviews were used to collect data. The opening question during the narrative interview was about family relationships, especially from childhood and educational experiences up to the time the interviewee entered university. The semi-structured interview questions focused on four areas: the teacher's workplace, the teacher's vision of the child, the perception of pupils' educational opportunities, and social inequalities. Most of the interviews were conducted in two sessions, one for the narrative part, and the other for semi-structured. They lasted from 45 minutes to 2 hours. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. The responses were coded inductively; the analysis itself was divided into two stages: the identification of teachers' awareness of social class and the analysis of teachers' private pedagogical theories, resulting in a middle-range theory of a preliminary typology of teachers' private pedagogical theories of the possibilities for pupils to change their social trajectories. The research was carried out in line with the principles of ethical research conduct, with consent obtained from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I aimed to establish whether ECE teachers identify the social inequalities experienced by pupils, caused by their families’ insufficient economic capital as well as the low level of cultural capital. My second aim was to analyze whether the social (un)awareness of social classes affects teachers’ attitudes towards their pupils. First of all, most of my interviews had an intuitive perception of the social class concept, but the class narrative was very limited. Based on the data collected, I distinguished two types of private pedagogical theories of the teachers who participated in my research. The first has emancipatory potential, while the second has adaptive character. Within the types of identified theories, I also distinguished a number of subtypes. Only two teachers’ narratives demonstrated the potential to change the social position of students, and among these, one theory was action-oriented, and the other one was reflection-oriented. Twelve teachers’ narratives had adaptive character. Among those, I distinguished six subtypes: of colonising helplessness character (4), soaking into the structure of the institution (2), upholding the social order (2), escaping the system (2), being in the service of the neoliberal narrative (1) and making educational change without social change (1). I distinguish one more private pedagogical theory, one which has critical potential but has not emerged during my research. This theory is present in literature (Blandford, 2017; McLaren, 2015; Reay, 2017). The results indicate that there might be little or no opportunity for pupils with low-class backgrounds to change their educational and social trajectories. While being one of the factors that can support pupils in making such change, the teachers in my research emerge as the guards of the social order with its social structure. References Blandford, S. (2017). Born to fail? Social mobility: A working class view. John Catt Educational Ltd. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Harvard University Press. Charmaz, K. (2009). Teoria ugruntowana. Praktyczny przewodnik po analizie jakościowej. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Eribon, D. (2019). Powrót do Reims. Karakter Giroux, H. A. (2018). Reprodukcja. Opór i akomodacja. In: H. A. Giroux, L. Witkowski (ed.), Edukacja i sfera publiczna. Idee i doświadczenia pedagogiki radykalnej (p. 111–147). Impuls. Grochalska, M. (2009). Między pożądaną równością a nieuniknioną różnicą. In: A. Męczkowska-Christiansen, P. Mikiewicz (ed.), Idee—Diagnozy—Nadzieje. Szkoła polska a idee równości (p. 61–80). Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Hursh, D. (2014). Market Ideologies and the Undermining of Democracy, Education, and Equality. In: J. Hall (ed.), Underprivileged School Children and the Assault on Dignity (p. 97– 109). Routledge. Kłoskowska, A. (2006). Teoria socjologiczna Pierre’a Bourdieu. Wstęp do wydania polskiego. In: P. Bourdieu, J.-C. Passeron, Reprodukcja. Elementy teorii systemu nauczania (p. 11–52). Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Kulz, C. (2017). Factories for learning. Making race, class and inequality in the neoliberal academy. Manchester University Press. Kvale, S. (2012). Prowadzenie wywiadów. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. McGarvey, D. (2017). Poverty safari: Understanding the anger of Britain’s underclass. Luath Press Limited. McLaren, P. (2015). Życie w szkołach. Wprowadzenie do pedagogiki krytycznej. Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Mikiewicz, P. (2014). Kapitał społeczny i edukacja. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Mikiewicz, P., Sadownik, A. (2014). Szczęśliwy traf. Edukacja w procesie adaptacji migrantów z Polski w Wielkiej Brytanii. Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Reay, D. (2017). Miseducation. Inequality, education and the working classes. Policy Press. Smulczyk, M. (2019). Przezwyciężenie statusowej determinacji karier szkolnych. Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego. Szkudlarek, T. (2007). Edukacja i konstruowanie społecznych nierówności. In: J. Klebaniuk (ed.), Fenomen nierówności społecznych. Nierówności społeczne w refleksji humanistycznej (p. 31–52). ENETEIA Wydawnictwo Psychologii i Kultury. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Let’s Talk About the Elephant in the Room: Good Intentions! Niagara University, Canada Presenting Author:Benevolence is driven by an innate human behaviour giving hope to others. People respond to many tragedies with compassion, often stepping up to help others in different ways—assisting others, donating funds, or giving their time. Over the past decade, global charity, and humanitarian efforts to help others have been staggering. According to the Charities Aid Foundation, World Giving Index (2024), in 2022, Americans, the leading global donors, gave $499.3 billion to charity. These statistics, however, exclude unregistered, not-for-profit, or non-profit organizations and the small-scale charitable acts performed by individuals or groups. Despite the substantial financial resources and good intentions, increasing evidence suggests that advancement for individuals experiencing severe financial instability has yet to show consistent progress. Lupton (2011, 2015) argues that while people are very generous in charitable giving, much of their money is wasted or harms the people it is targeted to help. While the intention behind charitable giving and acts of kindness seems noble, its impact on broader societal improvement still needs to be investigated. Furthermore, there is a risk of perpetuating adverse outcomes, inadvertently turning good intentions into bad. Chang (2008) refers to these well-meaning but potentially harmful groups as "bad Samaritans" (p.19) who unconsciously support neo-liberal colonizer/colonizing dichotomies and are more generally defined as "helping behaviours from developed countries" (Pinazo et at., 2010, p. 393). This study was grounded in Niehaus's (2020) theory of good intentions, stating that "altruists' effectiveness often falls short of their intentions" (p.1). This research tested this theory based on the above arguments and the researcher's extensive work in a developing country that receives much small-scale charity. This research explored the behaviours, motivations, and initiatives of these good-intentioned, small-scale individuals and groups, assessing the perceived impact of their endeavours. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study research method was chosen because of the qualitative methods of combining extensive personal experience with investigating individuals and groups of people in a localized area. (Yin, 2018). The terms unauthorized non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and charity groups were deliberately chosen to represent smaller-scale altruistic entities, distinct from the more prominent, authorized NGOs like the United Nations or Red Cross. Participant selection initially targeted a few known individuals and then employed the snowball technique. Criteria for participation included: i) involvement in charitable actions within the area over the past decade (2013-2023) and ii) not being affiliated with an NGO or registered charity group. Ten participants were interviewed, conducted both virtually and face-to-face in three months. The interview questions were designed to target participant demographics, how and why they started their charitable work in the area, the motivations behind their actions, the nature of their charitable acts, and their perceived impact. Following Yin's approach (2018) to data analysis, the data was examined and categorized. The primary focus was identifying recurring themes from participants' reflections and personal insights to offer empirically grounded conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this case study confirmed Niehaus's (2020) theory of good intentions, highlighting the frequent failure to achieve the intended goal of assisting others, often resulting in the giver feeling more fulfilled than the receiver. Additionally, the responses of most participants aligned with similar studies, indicating that well-intentioned individuals and their actions supported neoliberal helping imperatives (O'Sullivan & Smaller, 2023) and perpetuated dominant colonial ideologies. While these acts may offer short-term hope, they have unintended consequences. Reflecting on these findings and my work with marginalized people striving for a better future, I concluded that many well-intentioned efforts require more intentional purpose and direction for positive effectiveness and more sustainable and decolonizing change. Also, they are often driven by individuals unknowingly supporting dominant neoliberal agendas. Overall, good intentions lack sustainability and the development of the receivers' human skills to advance the betterment of their lives, often causing more harm than good. Rather than fostering economically self-reliant citizens and societies, these actions foster reliance on external aid, perpetuating colonization. The culmination of these findings underscores the urgent need for action: a call for all individuals engaging in well-intentioned behaviours to critically reflect on their beliefs, values, and actions to support shifts of consciousness (Gorski, 2008) and develop the capacity to identify any colonizing implications of their good intentions. This approach aligns with the principles of transformative learning (Mezirow, 2000, 2006) and transformative leadership (Shields, 2013). Extending this approach beyond educational boundaries is critical because of the growing global population of small-scale, well-intentioned charity groups and individuals. References Chang, H. J. (2008). Bad Samaritans: The guilty secrets of rich nations and the threat to global prosperity. Random House. Charities Aid Foundation. (2022). World giving index: A global view of giving trends. https://www.cafonline.org/docs/default-source/about-us-research/caf_world_giving_index_2022_210922-final.pdf Gorski. P. G. (2008) Good intentions are not enough: a decolonizing intercultural education, Intercultural Education, 19:6, 515-525, DOI:10.1080/14675980802568319 Lupton, R. D. (2011). Toxic charity: How churches and charities hurt those they help (and how to reverse it). HarperOne. Lupton, R. D. (2015). Charity detox: What charity would look like if we cared about results (First edition.). HarperOne. Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning as transformation: Critical perspectives on a theory in progress. Jossey Bass. Mezirow, J. (2006) An overview of transformative learning. In P. Sutherland & J. Crowther (Eds.), Lifelong learning: Concepts and contexts (pp. 24–38). Routledge. Niehaus, P. (2014). A theory of good intentions. San Diego, CA: University of California and Cambridge, MA: NBER, 111. Pinazo, D., Peris, R., & Gámez, M.-J. (2010). Lay beliefs about developing countries in relation to helping behaviors. The Journal of Social Psychology, 150(4), 393–415. https://doi.org/10.1080/00224540903366685 Shields, C. M. (2013). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: design and methods (Sixth edition.). SAGE. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 08 SES 11 A: Supporting Teacher Wellbeing, Emotional and Trauma-Informed Competencies Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Venka Simovska Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Co-Design as a Trauma Informed Process for the Design of Trauma Informed Practices in Schools Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Childhood trauma is pervasive and can have devastating consequences for the health and wellbeing across the lifespan (Felitti et al., 1998; Felitti and Anda, 2009). Hence, there is growing interest in the adoption of trauma-informed practice to help ameliorate the impacts of trauma (O’Toole, 2021). However, the embedding of trauma-informed practice in schools is not a simple, standard, or linear process. If we are to embed trauma-informed practices in schools, the means by which we do so, must also adhere to trauma-informed principles such as those proposed by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Association (2014) - (1) safety, (2) trustworthiness and transparency, (3) peer support, (4) collaboration and mutuality, (5) empowerment, voice and choice, and (6) cultural, historical and gender issues (SAMHSA 2014). It is not sufficient to develop a programme for schools to follow without taking into consideration the context of the school, as well as, the needs, experience, expertise and expectations of the staff and students in the school. Co-design has been used in many different arenas, from business to architecture. Co-design in trauma-informed care is a process that considers the impact of trauma and the negative operation of power, while prioritising building safe, trusting and collaborative relationships, thus addressing many of the principles of trauma informed care. It is a person-centred method which foregrounds the experiences of people who are centrally involved in or impacted by a situation. In this research project, the people involved are the staff and students working in two specific schools, at a particular point in time. Co-design is a method that can be placed under the rubric of participatory action research or community-based research, both of which are related. One of the tenets of participatory or community-based research is “no research about us, without us!”, and co-design addresses that by either working directly with the people involved or handing the power over to the people so that they develop their own solutions to the issue at hand” (McTaggart, 1997).
Co-design is not possible without building relationships with those others involved in the co-design process. As steps are taken the researcher must always question whether the actions taken, are inclusive and facilitate power sharing and capacity building. The process therefore necessitates deep and sustained reflective practice on behalf of the researcher to ensure the inclusion in decision making of those who may be coming in from the margins. Unless attention is paid to building strong relationships based on trust their involvement may remain tokenistic. Thus, those with more power should create the conditions of safety and hospitality to make it possible for people with less power to speak and to be heard. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Taking a case study approach, this paper describes the co-design process underway in two urban primary schools that are working to become trauma-informed. The process included the creation of core teams, one in each school, consisting of a cross section of staff in varied roles in the schools. The core teams were formed by seeking volunteers from the whole school staff and were first convened in October 2022. Each team met with the researcher and discussed local issues in their school as well as looking at the existing frameworks available for use to develop as a trauma informed school. Each core team worked closely in a research-practice partnership (Penuel and Gallagher, 2017) with the researcher to develop a bespoke programme of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) for their school, taking their local issues into consideration. Both schools developed a programme of eight sessions of CPD with some overlap and some differences in the courses. The delivery of the eight modules was dictated by the schedule of time available in each school, with the core team determining the order in which sessions would be delivered and providing feedback to the researcher after every session. Such feedback informed the development of the next, and further, sessions so that the programme that was envisaged at the beginning of the work was not necessarily exactly as predicted by the end. This programme of CPD has now been delivered in both schools. At the time of writing, the core teams are continuing their work with the researcher to develop their schools as settings that adhere to trauma informed principles. Both core teams meet regularly to review policy documents as well as discuss strategies that are in use throughout the school. In addition, both schools have indicated that they wish to share what they have learned during the process with other schools. To that end, both core teams are engaging with the researcher to write a short handbook for school staff that will reflect the content of their CPD modules, with a view to publication online. The research project has thus empowered these two groups of school staff to develop a resource that may be useful to other schools in similar situations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that the co-design process fosters staff engagement, collaboration and the sharing of ideas and good practice suggestions. However, it can be time consuming and requires a high level of flexibility as well as a willingness to relinquish control. The programmes of CPD have been well received in the two schools, with staff reporting that they see the programme as being relevant to their setting. Staff have reported that they have experienced barriers to in-class implementation of some of the strategies proposed as part of the programme of CPD, and this feedback has been taken on board with strategies modified accordingly. Staff appear to feel a level of ownership of the programme and an eagerness to impart information to their colleagues in other local schools. This project commenced in two schools in October 2022 and is ongoing with an upcoming process evaluation focus group, which will consist of staff who have not been involved in the core team, so as to minimise bias. In addition, an arts-based activity, using Photovoice (Wang and Burris, 1997) will be undertaken with a small group of students in each school investigating what they like/dislike about school. Concurrently, data is being collected annually to determine whether the introduction of trauma informed principles and practices in the schools has any impact on staff and student wellbeing and their relationships. Overall, the preliminary data from this research project suggests that despite the challenges, co-design helps develop a better understanding of local context, ensuring that initiatives are tailored to the specific needs of students, teachers and local community. It also allows for greater innovation and fosters a sense of ownership, which can lead to improved engagement and sustainability in the long-term. Ultimately the study highlights the importance of co-design in health and wellbeing interventions in schools. References Felitti, V.J., Anda, R.F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D.F. Spitz, A.M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., and Marks, J.S. (1998) Relationship of Childhood Abuse and Household Dysfunction to Many of the Leading Causes of Death in Adults. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14 (4), 245-258. Felitti, V.J., and Anda, R.F., (2009) ”The Relationship of Adverse Childhood Experiences to Adult Medical Disease, Psychiatric Disorders and Sexual Behaviour: Implications for Health Care” in Lanius, R. and Vermetten, E., Eds. (2009) The Hidden Epidemic: the impact of early life trauma on health and disease. Cambridge University Press, UK. McTaggart, R. (1997) “Guiding Principles for Participatory Action Research” in McTaggart, R., ed. (1997) Participatory Action Research: International Contexts and Consequences. SUNY, Albany. Penuel, W. R. and Gallagher, D.J. (2017) Creating research-practice partnerships in education. Harvard Education Press, Cambridge, MA. O’Toole, C. (2021) Why Schools Need Resources to Support Traumatised Children. Retrieved from https://www.rte.ie/brainstorm/2021/0309/1202896-childhood-trauma-adversity-schools-covid-19-ireland/ SAMHSA (Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration) (2014), SAMHSA’s Concept of Trauma and Guidance for a Trauma Informed Approach. Retrieved from https://ncsacw.samhsa.gov/userfiles/files/SAMHSA_Trauma.pdf 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Design Thinking, a Method to Help Create Wellness Practices for Early Career Principals 1Université du Québec en Outaouais, Canada; 2HEP- Vaud- Suisse; 3Université de Montréal, Canada; 4Université Laval, Canada Presenting Author:A healthy, positive school culture is created by passionate and committed school principals who are emotionally stable and have a positive sense of well-being (SWB). While the primary responsibility of school principals is to ensure the health of students and staff, it is essential that they consider their own WB in order to cope with the changes and stresses that disrupt their daily tasks, relationships with the school team and priorities (Woo and Steiner, 2022). For Seligman (2011), an individual's well-being is associated with positive emotions, commitment, interpersonal relationships, achievements and meaning in life. People with high levels of well-being more often experience pleasant emotions (Diener, 2000), easily form relationships with others and use their skills in the service of their professional environment (Kutsyuruba et al., 2019). In the studies by Drago-Severson (2012) and Hadchiti et al. (2021), school principals indicated the need to take care of their well-being by devoting more time to personal and emotional care and developing positive relationships with their team. For Poirel and Yvon (2014), principals’ well-being is threatened by changing working conditions, including a greater variety of roles and tasks. In this sense, the presence of principals in poor psychological health increases the risk of all school staff feeling the same way. In addition, they are more likely to leave their jobs, which can have significant organizational consequences like burn out or intention to quit (Dodge et al., 2012). The threat to their well-being is also likely to have wider pedagogical consequences in terms of teaching effectiveness and student learning (Poirel & Yvon, 2014). School principals have long been shown to be one of the key elements contributing to teacher success and, consequently, student achievement (Leithwood et al., 2000). According to the literature, existing research has mainly focused on the elements that interfere with school principals' well-being (unhappiness and its negative effects) (Boyland, 2011; Silbaugh et al., 2021) or the link between well-being, productivity and sense of self-efficacy (Kansky & Diener, 2017; Zessin et al., 2015). Conversely, few studies have examined the strategies and practices favoring school principals' well-being (Eloma et al. 2021; Lyubomirsky & Layous, 2013; Wang, Pollock & Hauseman, 2018), and even fewer in a Francophone context. It is therefore important to examine the strategies and practices that could be put in place to support the basic needs of school principals in terms of well-being. Closely related to action research, design thinking is a qualitative method that allows for a process of reflection and the search for innovative solutions by participants (Braun and Clarke, 2022). Through this methodology, the researchers intend to co-create and develop well-being practices in the workplace with school principals. This paper presents the design thinking methodology applied to educational sciences in a school administration context. It will be illustrated by preliminary results obtained during the first stages of design thinking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As this is an exploratory study, the non-probability sampling method will be used, specifically voluntary sampling. The project will therefore involve the joint work of researchers and participants (approx. 30 school principals). This research method requires an empirical inquiry that is part of a qualitative, reflexive and creative approach based on the design thinking method, and calls on researchers and practitioners to work together with the aim of bringing about change (Catroux, 2002). Closely linked to action research and practice change, this method will enable participants to create solutions themselves from the knowledge gained from research (Jonas, 2018). The design thinking method will be applied by the researcher and practitioners according to Ambrose & Harris’ (2010) seven steps: 1) problem definition, 2) solution research, 3) brainstorming, 4) prototyping, 5) selection, 6) implementation and 7) learning. These seven steps rely on continuous feedback, thinking and the ability to find solutions based on the needs of stakeholders in the field (Platner et al., 2015). The project includes three three-hour meetings per year between the participants and the researcher to co-develop the tool (the well-being practices). A preparatory and a final meetings are also planned, for a total of five meetings per year. These meetings will take the form of focus groups to collect specific data, drawn from the participants' personal experiences and interactions. Between each meeting, participants will also be given specific tasks designed to nurture their well-being practices and help them achieve the project's objectives. In this way, participants create their own well-being practices while referring to phases of scientific research and systematic inquiry (Jonas, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are, however, a number of limitations may emerge that merit close examination. Firstly, one of the main constraints is the small size of the study population. When the number of participants is small, it becomes difficult to extrapolate results to the entire population of school principals. This limitation compromises the generalizability of the conclusions and may lead to overly specific interpretations. Secondly, another major challenge in the present research on the well-being of school principals lies in the potential presence of biases such as the exclusive composition of the study population. For these preliminary steps, all participants were women. This restriction may limit the representativeness of the results, as men's experiences and perspectives could differ significantly. Gender diversity is crucial for obtaining a complete and nuanced picture of school principals' wellness practices. The absence of male participants could result in a partial view of reality and restrict the scope of the findings. This study offers points for consideration on practices that can be put in place to promote the well-being of school principals. If the goal is to have healthy, positively productive schools, the well-being of school principals needs to be addressed. An effective school starts with committed and passionate leaders who have a positive sense of their well-being enabling them to meet the demands of everyday life in their workplace and have an impact on the success of the whole school team. References Ambrose, G., Harris, P., & Ambrose, X. (2010). Design thinking. AVA Academia. Avolio, B. J., & Gardner, W. L. (2005). Authentic leadership development: Getting to the root of positive forms of leadership. The Leadership Quarterly, 16(3), 315-338. Biétry, F., & Creusier, J. (2013). Proposition d’une échelle de mesure positive du bien-être au travail (EPBET). Revue de gestion des ressources humaines, 87(1), 23-41. Boyland, L. G. (2011). Job stress and coping strategies of elementary principals: A statewide study. Current Issues in Education, 14(3), 1-11. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3. Campbell, S. M. (2016). The concept of well-being. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Well-Being. Routledge. Dodge, R., Daly, A. P., Huyton, J., & Sanders, L. D. (2012). The challenge of defining wellbeing. International Journal of Wellbeing, 2(3), 222-235. Drago-Severson, E. (2012). The need for principal renewal: The promise of sustaining principals through principal-to-principal reflective practice. Teachers College Record, 114(12), 1-56. Diener, E., Wirtz, D., Tov, W., Kim-Prieto, C., Choi, D. W., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2010). New well-being measures: Short scales to assess flourishing and positive and negative feelings. Social Indicators Research, 97(2), 143-156. Hadchiti, R., Frenette, E., Dussault, M., Deschênes, A. A., & Poirel, E. (2021). Processus d’élaboration et de validation d’un questionnaire portant sur le développement des compétences émotionnelles lors du mentorat. European Review of Applied Psychology, 71(4), 100651. Jonas, W. (2018). Systems Design Thinking: Theoretical, Methodological, and Methodical Considerations. A German Narrative. In Systemic Design (pp. 89-117). Springer. Kutsyuruba, B., & Godden, L. (2019). The role of mentoring and coaching as a means of supporting the well-being of educators and students. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 8(4), 229-234. Liedtka, J. (2015). Perspective: Linking design thinking with innovation outcomes through cognitive bias reduction. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 32(6), 925-938. Poirel, E., & Yvon, F. (2014). School principals' emotional coping process. Canadian Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 37(3), 1-23. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Contextual Support for Social and Emotional Competencies and Diversity Awareness as a Predictor of Teachers' Emotional Self-Efficacy and Burnout Pedagoški inštitut, Slovenia Presenting Author:Teachers across Europe face a multitude of challenges associated with the characteristics of their profession, e.g., new skills requirements and rapid technological developments, and challenges associated with their teaching and classroom interactions, e.g., discipline and increasing social and cultural diversity.The challenges faced by teachers are adding to the frequency and intensity of their emotional problems and increased levels of stress that are potentially leading to burnout. One mechanism for supporting teachers lies in promoting their social and emotional competencies as well as diversity awareness (SEDA). Possessing and developing teachers’ SEDA has proved to be important, both for the teachers themselves and for those with whom they are in close contact (e.g., students, colleagues, parents). The support for SEDA is especially important as SEDA competencies and teacher well-being have been recognised as a critical factor affecting teachers’ work motivation and the quality of their teaching (Odak et al., 2023), as well as a key element of the whole-school approach to the promotion of mental health (Cavioni et al., 2020). As shown in research (Roeser, 2016), emotional competencies lead to stress reduction via a) lowered stress reactivity by cultivating self-regulatory processes and coping mechanisms; and b) non-judgement and compassion in stressful situations. In recent years, several policy documents have been accepted on the EU level that focussed on teachers’ competencies and professional development. The Council Conclusions on European Teachers and Trainers for the Future (Council of the EU, 2020) stresses that the nature of teachers’ work may lead to physical and emotional exhaustion, stress and burnout, affecting their mental and physical health. On the highest political level, the Council Resolution on a Strategic Framework for European Cooperation in Education and Training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021–2030) (Council of the EU, 2021) establishes Enhancing competencies and motivation of the education profession as one of the five strategic goals. It exposes that attention needs to be paid to the well-being of teachers, trainers and educational staff more than ever. The Council of the EU (2021) locates teacher well-being as one of 12 priority areas in the field of teachers and trainers in the period 2021–2025, referring to the need for “developing measures and establishing mechanisms to improve working conditions and to address occupational stress, in order to foster the well-being of teachers, trainers and pedagogical and education staff”.The teachers’ perception of policy and social support has been recognised as an important factor of their well-being (e.g., Casely-Hayford et al., 2022). The contextual (policy and social) support for SEDA development is therefore the focus of our attention. In the current study, we will, using structural equation modeling, analyse the path leading from contextual support (operationalised as perceived support for SEDA competencies from a) initial teacher education, b) continuous teacher training, c) school policies, and d) national policies) for the teachers’ emotional self-efficacy and their well-being (operationalised as burnout). The results of the study will be comprehensively contextualized with data on the Slovenian national policy, and cultural and educational context, considering different factors, that scientific discussions already identified as indicative of teacher support for emotional competencies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Participants The data from the Slovene sample of the “HAND IN HAND: Empowering teachers across Europe to deal with social, emotional and diversity-related career challenges (HAND:ET)” project (N = 264; 253 females; 207 teachers, 20 principals, 29 other school staff, 8 trainers) is used. On average, they were 41,98 years old (SD = 7,67) and had 15.27 years of experience teaching (SD = 8.91). Instruments The teachers involved in the project were provided with a battery of measurement tools focusing on their social, emotional and diversity awareness competencies. In this paper, we will use the data from: Emotional Self-Efficacy Scale (Muris, 2001) was used as a measure of self-management. The scale is a part of the self-efficacy questionnaire for children (SEQ-C) and consists of 8 items evaluating the ability to regulate unpleasant emotions. Participants answered how well they were coping with the given situations during the pandemic (1 = not at all to 5 = very well). The reliability and validity of the instrument have been well documented for children and adolescents (i.e., Tan & Chellappan, 2018), and it has been previously used with adults (Vieluf et al., 2020). Cronbach's α in our study was 0.90. Shirom-Melamed Burnout Questionnaire (SMBQ) (Melamed, et al., 1992) is composed of 14 items and measures three dimensions of burnout: physical fatigue, cognitive weariness, and emotional exhaustion on a scale from 1 = never or almost never to 7 always or almost always. Cronbach's α in our study was 0.93. Contextual SEDA Support (Štremfel, 2024). For the HAND:ET project 4 questions were developed asking teachers how much they agree with the statements that SEDA are important part of a) initial teacher education, b) continuous teacher training, c) school policies, and d) national policies (1 = strongly disagree to 4 = strongly agree). Cronbach's α in our study was 0.68. Procedure This study is a part of the “HAND IN HAND: Empowering teachers across Europe to deal with social, emotional and diversity-related career challenges (HAND:ET)” project which included field trials in five EU countries (Croatia, Slovenia, Portugal, Austria and Sweden). In September 2022, teachers completed a battery of questionnaires tapping into social, emotional, diversity awareness, and demographic information using online tools. Informed consents were gathered beforehand. For this study, we only present data from Slovenia for the selected measures. The original scales were translated into Slovenian using a committee approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that 69% of teachers in Slovenia responded to the statement “The development of teachers’ SEDA competencies is an important part of education policies in my country” by strongly agreeing or agreeing. Most teachers in Slovenia, 80 %, also agree with the statement “The development of teachers’ SEDA competencies is an important part of the policy of my school”. In response to the statement, “I had an opportunity to develop SEDA competencies in my initial teacher education”, only 20% of teachers agree or strongly agree with the statement. As regards continuing professional development, 86% of teachers in Slovenia, agree or strongly agree with the statement “I have an opportunity to develop SEDA competencies in programmes of continuing professional development”. Further on we investigated the role perceived support play in emotional competencies and the level of teacher burnout. The final SEM model fit the data adequately: χ2(194) = 425.363, p < .001, CFI = .995, RMSEA = .043, 90% CI [.034, .052], SRMR = .040. The findings show a significant positive path leading from contextual support to emotional self-efficacy and a significant negative path leading from emotional self-efficacy to all three dimensions of burnout. The findings support the important role of contextual support for emotional competencies and the prevention of teachers' burnout. The increase in reported emotional difficulties reflected in increased levels of stress and burnout in teachers across Europe adds to the importance of co conceptual understanding of the underlying processes as well as support mechanisms for teachers’ well-being. And, as the results show the contextual support especially needed in Slovenia is support for SEDA competencies in teachers’ initial education. References Casely-Hayford, J., Björklund, C., Bergström, G., Lindqvist, P., & Kwak, L. (2022). What makes teachers stay? A cross-sectional exploration of the individual and contextual factors associated with teacher retention in Sweden. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103664. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103664 Cavioni, V., Grazzani, I., & Ornaghi, V. (2020). Mental health promotion in schools: A comprehensive theoretical framework. International Journal of Emotional Education, 12(1), 65–82. https://www.um.edu.mt/library/oar/handle/123456789/55039 Council of the EU (2020). Council conclusions on European teachers and trainers for the future. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2020.193.01.0011.01.ENG Council of the EU (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32021G0226(01) Hair, J. F., Jr., Anderson, R. E., Tatham, R. L., & Black, W. C. (1998). Multivariate data analysis. Fifth Edition. Prentice-Hall Hu, L., & Bentler, P. M. (1999). Cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: Conventional criteria versus new alternatives. Structural Equation Modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118 Muris, P. (2001). A brief questionnaire for measuring self-efficacy in children with affective problems. Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioural Assessment, 23(3), 145–149. doi:10.1023/A:1010961119608 Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2017). Mplus User’s Guide. Eighth Edition. Muthen and Muthen. Odak, I., Marušić, I., Matić Bojić, J., Puzić, S., Bakić, H., Eliasson, N., Gasteiger Klicpera, B., Gøtzsche, K., Kozina, A., Perković, I., Roczen, N., Tomé, G., & Veldin, M. (2023). Teachers’ social and emotional competencies: A lever for social and emotional learning in schools. Sociologija i prostor, 61(1), 105–122. https://doi.org/10.5673/sip.61.1.5 Štremfel, U. (2024). Teachers Social, Emotional, and Diversity Awareness Competencies: from Policy Experimentation to Policy Recommendations. In A. Kozina (Ed), Empowering Teachers: The Role of Social and Emotional Competencies and Diversity Awareness in European Context (Volume 1 Experimentation Perspectives). Waxmann. Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L. S. (2006). Using multivariate statistics. Fifth Edition. Pearson. Tan, S. K., & Chellappan, K. (2018). Assessing the validity and reliability of the Self-Efficacy Questionnaire for Children (SEQ–C) among Malaysian adolescents: Rasch model analysis. Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development, 51(3), 179–192. doi:10.1080/07481756.2018.1435192 Vieluf, S., Rožman, M., & Roczen, N. (2020). The HAND in HAND Programme Evaluation Report. Retrieved from http://handinhand.si/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/EVALUATION_REPORT_final_version.pdf ... |
13:45 - 15:15 | 09 SES 11 A: Bridging Gaps and Improving the Future: Transforming Challenges into Opportunities through Large-Scale Assessments Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monica Rosén Network Keynote |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 A: Symposium: Making the Implicit Explicit Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Tanja Sturm Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Making the Implicit Explicit. The Documentary Method in Research on and in Schools School actors, especially teachers and pupils, are faced with the challenge of meeting different demands associated with various functions that a school as an institution fulfills (Fend, 2006). This does not always work smoothly. Teachers have to deal with structural tensions and constantly make decisions, such as in which situations they are more likely to follow a subject logic or turn to the needs of the pupils (Helsper, 2021). Pupils must find a way to deal with the demands they are confronted with while they go through processes of identity development, learning and Bildung, in which peer milieus have an effect (Breidenstein & Jergus, 2008). Neither teachers nor pupils are determined how they will deal with such tensions. However, they have to make decisions and thereby have to deal with uncertainty, or, in Luhmann’s term, with double contingency (Vanderstraeten, 2002). Uncertainty is a central feature of communication and interaction in the classroom. On the one hand, when teaching contents and skills, teachers cannot predict with certainty what consequences their actions will have for their pupils. On the other hand, dealing with topics and requirements that are new to them includes the potential for uncertainty for pupils and they must learn to deal with the freedom of choice they are given. Research shows that teachers and pupils develop routines and habits that enable them to deal with uncertainty and contingency (Hinzke, 2018). Routines are characterised by the fact that no decisions have to be made. Instead, established solutions to problems are used, which is often based on implicit, habitualised knowledge (Kramer & Pallesen, 2019). At the same time, it is a requirement of the professionalism of teachers to constantly reflect on routines for their appropriateness. Routines are also evident in the classroom when a stable social practice is formed through repeated procedures and a more or less fixed organisational framework. The Documentary Method is a research method allowing to analyse empirically this mixture of uncertainty on the one hand and routines and habitus on the other. This method is based on the Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge (Bohnsack, 2018) – a methodology that goes back to Karl Mannheim's Sociology of Knowledge but is also based on Harold Garfinkel’s Ethnomethodology, Pierre Bourdieu's concept of habitus and theorems of System Theory of Niklas Luhmann. Against this background, the Documentary Method distinguishes between communicative and conjunctive knowledge. While the former can be explicated, e.g. by teachers, conjunctive knowledge cannot be explicated so easily. This knowledge is implicit, has partly sunk into the body and structures the thoughts and actions of school actors. The Documentary Method makes it possible to reconstruct implicit knowledge via the interpretation steps of formulating and reflecting interpretation (Bohnsack et al., 2010). In the context of school research, one of the questions of interest is which implicit knowledge underlies the perception of uncertainty and how school actors and prospective teachers deal with it. The aim of the symposium is to present the Documentary Method and the Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge, as it has been increasingly developed for school research in recent years, especially in German-speaking countries (Hinzke et al., 2023), to a European audience, to demonstrate the opportunities and limitations of the method using exemplary research projects in the field of school research and to discuss connections to other (qualitative) research strategies used in Europe. To this end, a basic introduction to the methodology and method of the Documentary Method will be given before three current research projects demonstrate the results that the method can produce in the field of school research. The discussant opens a transnational conversation. References Bohnsack, R. (2018). Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge and Documentary Method. In D. Kettler & V. Meja (eds.), The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim (p. 199-220). Anthem Press. Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (eds.) (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Budrich. Breidenstein, G., & Jergus, K. (2008). Doing Pupil among Peers. In H.-H. Krüger et al. (eds.), Family, School, Youth Culture (p. 115-132). Lang. Fend, H. (2006). Neue Theorie der Schule. VS. Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns. Budrich/UTB. Hinzke, J.-H. (2018). Lehrerkrisen im Berufsalltag. Springer VS. Hinzke, J.-H., Gevorgyan, Z., & Matthes, D. (2023). Study Review on the Use of the Documentary Method in the Field of Research on and in Schools in English-speaking Scientific Contexts. In J.-H. Hinzke, T. Bauer, A. Damm, M. Kowalski & D. Matthes (eds.), Dokumentarische Schulforschung. Schwerpunkte: Schulentwicklung – Schulkultur – Schule als Organisation (p. 213-231). Klinkhardt. Kramer, R.-T., & Pallesen, H. (2019). Der Lehrerhabitus zwischen sozialer Herkunft, Schule als Handlungsfeld und der Idee der Professionalisierung. In R.-T. Kramer & H. Pallesen (eds.), Lehrerhabitus (p. 73-100). Klinkhardt. Vanderstraeten, R. (2002). Parsons, Luhmann and the Theorem of Double Contingency. Journal of Classical Sociology, 2(1), 77-92. Presentations of the Symposium Originating the Dialogic Teaching: Documentary Interpretation of the Narratives of Teachers Participating in the Wroclaw Tutoring Programme
Dialogic teaching is more than talk; it embodies a unique dialogic approach to knowledge, learning, social relationships, and education (Alexander, 2020). In this line, Wegerif (2016) argues that educational theory should transcend the dictionary and epistemological level of dialogue analysis and expose the ontological status of the dialogue as a mutual transformation of the person and the world. Nevertheless, the reconstruction of dialogic teaching is still dominated by the analysis of classroom talks and interactions (Calcagni et al., 2023; Hennessy et al., 2021).
The presented reconstruction of dialogic teaching exceeds the analysis of situationally separated and interactively explicit dialogues. The documentary reconstruction of teachers' praxeological knowledge (Bohnsack, 2017; Bohnsack et al., 2010; Krzychała, 2019) made visible the dialogical structure of pedagogical performance extending over a long-time process of teacher-student interaction. The dialogical structure arises primarily from the sociogenesis of the interplay of teaching and learning processes rather than the mere fact of conducting a discussion.
The study included narratives (12 group discussions and 54 individual in-depth interviews) collected in an already completed research that addressed the implementation of the Wroclaw Tutoring Programme between 2008 and 2016 (Krzychała, 2020). Dialogical teaching was not the subject of the study, but in the reflecting interpretation of the interviews, the initially latent polyphonic structure of pedagogical activity became explicitly evident. Two categories of descriptions of tutor-tutee interactions can be distinguished in the data: (1) interactions in the short term, related to working on a specific problem or goal set by the student; (2) relationships developed in the long term, covering the entire school period.
In all cases, as will be shown in the presentation, dialogicity is not readymade from the beginning, even when teachers and students are already talking and interacting. A germ form of dialogic teaching emerges when educators experience a tension between their own professional perspective and the revealing perspective of their tutees. The teachers remain aware of the separateness and insufficiency of these perspectives and create space for a new transformative experience: "The dialogic relation of holding two or more perspectives together in tension at the same time always opens up an unbounded space of potential perspectives" (Wegerif, 2007, p. 26).
In the 2023/2024 school year, the results of this analysis are tested in a pilot study by two physics and mathematics teachers for designing and evaluating classes.
References:
Alexander, R. (2020). The dialogic teaching companion. London: Routledge.
Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeological sociology of knowledge and documentary method. In D. Kettler & V. Meja (eds.), The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim (199–220). Anthem Press.
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (ed.) (2010). Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. Budrich.
Calcagni, E., Ahmed, F., Trigo-Clapés, A. L., Kershner, R., & Hennessy, S. (2023). Developing dialogic classroom practices through supporting professional agency. Teaching and Teacher Education, 126, 104067.
Hennessy, S., Kershner, R., Calcagni, E., & Ahmed, F. (2021). Supporting practitioner‐led inquiry into classroom dialogue with a research‐informed professional learning resource. Review of Education, 9(3), 85.
Krzychała, S. (2019). Professional Praxis Community in a Dialogical Perspective: Towards the Application of Bakhtinian Categories in the Documentary Method. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 20(1), Art. 17.
Krzychała, S. (2020). Teacher Responses to New Pedagogical Practices: A Praxeological Model for the Study of Teacher-Driven School Development. American Educational Research Journal, 57(3), 979-1013.
Wegerif, R. (2007). Dialogic Education and Technology: Expanding the Space of Learning. Springer.
Wegerif, R. (2016). Dialogic Education. In R. Wegerif (ed.), Oxford research encyclopedias. Oxford University Press.
Professional Cooperation in the Field of Tension: Reconstructive Case Comparisons in Swiss Primary Schools
As Luhmann (2002, p. 149 [transl. KP]) points out, pedagogical practice contours as an unspecific "mediating role" which centers around an intended transformation through learning – "from uneducated to educated". Against the background of a lack of direct intervention, this takes place under conditions of uncertainty. In consequence, the knowledge of the professions consists less in rules than in the availability of a sufficiently large number of complex routines (ibid.). It is precisely that underdetermination which characterises professional practice and which creates the space for appropriate actions with a view to the pupils’ (learning) needs. Herein the interaction system of teaching gains its complexity.
As Bohnsack (2020, p. 38 [transl. KP]) exposes, this interactive practice is contoured in difference to its environment with its norms. On the other hand, however, these norms are brought back into the interactive system – as an "orientation framework in the broader sense". While the handling of the tension between norm and interactive practice, between propositional logic and performative logic, is a characteristic of every situation, this is exacerbated in areas with the claim of professionalised pedagogical action, since here – in addition to the general norms and expectations – the programs codified by school as well as the identity and role expectations processed therein must also be dealt with (ibid., p. 39). Further intensification arises when teaching practices are organised in the co-presence of two or more professionals. For this case, Bohnsack (2020, p. 21 [transl. KP]) highlights the challenge that "in cooperation in the area of professional acting with its compulsion to decide, there can ultimately only be one joint practice that routinely 'enforces' junctions".
The present contribution uses the empirical data collected within the Swiss National Science Foundation (SNF) supported project "Primary Schools Caught between Inclusion and Educational Standards” (“Primarschulen im Spannungsfeld von Inklusion und Bildungsstandards”) (2020-2024) to analyse how this (cooperative) practice takes shape. Based on classroom video recordings, which are being analysed as part of a dissertation project (Papke, 2021) and using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, Pfaff & Weller, 2010; Sturm, Wagener & Wagner-Willi, 2024), the aim is to examine how (regular) teachers, special needs teachers and social pedagogues jointly deal with the above-mentioned tension in situ. This will be pursued against the background of the programs of educational standardisation and inclusion/integration implemented in the area of Northwestern Switzerland (Köpfer, Wagner-Willi & Papke, 2021; Papke & Wagner-Willi, 2024).
References:
Bohnsack, R. (2020). Professionalisierung in praxeologischer Perspektive. Zur Eigenlogik der Praxis in Lehramt, Sozialer Arbeit und Frühpädagogik. UTB.
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (eds.) (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Budrich.
Köpfer, A., Wagner-Willi, M., & Papke, K. (2021). Dokumentarische Methode und inklusive Schulentwicklung. In E. Zala-Mezö, J. Häbig & N. Bremm (eds.), Die Dokumentarische Methode in der Schulentwicklungsforschung (p. 77-96). Waxmann.
Luhmann, N. (2002). Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft. Suhrkamp.
Papke, K. (2021). ‚Organisierte Inklusion?‘ Description of the dissertation project. Available under https://bildungswissenschaften.unibas.ch/de/phd/doktorierende/katharina-papke/
Papke, K., & Wagner-Willi, M. (2024). Professionalisierte Unterrichtsmilieus. Zur Herstellung und Bearbeitung einer konstituierenden Rahmung in unterrichtlichen Kooperationen. In R. Bohnsack, T. Sturm & B. Wagener (eds.), Konstituierende Rahmung und professionelle Praxis. Pädagogische Organisationen und darüber hinaus (p. 135-162). Budrich.
Sturm, T., Wagener, B., & Wagner-Willi, M. (2024). Inclusion and Exclusion in Classroom Practices: Empirical Analyses of Conjunctive Spaces of Experience in Secondary Schools. In G. Rissler, A. Köpfer & T. Buchner (eds.), Space, education, and inclusion. Interdisciplinary approaches (p. 142-160). Routledge, Taylor & Francis.
WITHDRAWN The Development of an Inquiring Attitude among Student Teachers: Reconstructions in the Context of German Teacher Education
Teachers in Europe are faced with a variety of tasks: migration and flight of refugees, multilingualism, digitalisation and education for sustainable development are some of the current challenges that require a change in teaching. One condition for being able to tackle the new and the uncertain in a productive way is the development of an inquiring attitude among teachers.
Inquiry-based learning is a didactic concept that is increasingly being implemented in university teacher training programmes in Germany and internationally (Pedaste et al., 2015). At its core, it is about "learners (co-)designing, experiencing and reflecting on the process of a research project [...] in its essential phases" (Huber, 2009, p. 11 [transl. JHH]). Various goals are associated with inquiry-based learning, including the development of an inquiring attitude. Such an attitude can be summarised as a critical questioning stance, which represents a disposition that must be acquired and is effective in the long term (Huber & Reinmann, 2019). There are connections to the structural theory of professionalism, in which an inquiring attitude is associated with a scientifically reflective habitus. Such a habitus is part of the professional habitus and refers to the systematic acquisition of knowledge and reflection on professional practice (Helsper, 2008).
Previous research produced ambivalent findings. Several studies indicate that some student teachers show aspects of an inquiring attitude, others not (e.g. Feindt, 2007; Artmann, 2020; Paseka et al., 2023; internationally Smith, 2005; Han et al., 2017). However, there is a lack of studies analysing the development of an inquiring attitude in a longitudinal way by comparing different university locations. Such studies would provide a better understanding of the conditions under which an inquiring attitude develops.
Against this background, the results of a study will be presented that examines the extent to which an inquiring attitude develops throughout inquiry-based learning courses. The study is based on the ReLieF study, funded by the German Research Foundation, in which 15 group discussions were conducted at the universities of Hamburg and Bielefeld at two points in time.
The results, generated by using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack et al., 2010), revealed three orientations at the beginning of the courses and two orientations at the end of the courses in terms of how the student groups negotiate research and inquiry-based learning. The types exhibit different relationships to an inquiring attitude, which can be defined in more detail by, among others, forms of reflection.
References:
Artmann, M. (2020). Forschen lernen im Forschenden Lernen. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 15(2), 69-88.
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N. & Weller, W. (eds.) (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Budrich.
Feindt, A. (2007). Studentische Forschung im Lehramtsstudium. Budrich.
Han, S., Blank, J. & Berson, I. R. (2017). To Transform or to Reproduce: Critical Examination of Teacher Inquiry within Early Childhood Teacher Preparation. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 38(4), 304-321.
Helsper, W. (2008). Ungewissheit und pädagogische Professionalität. In Bielefelder Arbeitsgruppe 8 (eds.), Soziale Arbeit in Gesellschaft (p. 162-168). VS.
Huber, L. (2009). Warum Forschendes Lernen nötig und möglich ist. In L. Huber, J. Hellmer & F. Schneider (eds.), Forschendes Lernen im Studium (p. 9-35). UVW.
Huber, L. & Reinmann, G. (2019). Vom forschungsnahen zum forschenden Lernen an Hochschulen. Springer VS.
Paseka, A., Hinzke, J.-H. & Boldt, V.-P. (2023). Learning through Perplexities in Inquiry-Based Learning Settings in Teacher Education. Teachers and Teaching.
Pedaste, M. et al. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47-61.
Smith, M. S. (2005). Helping Preservice Teachers Develop Habits of Inquiry: Can It Be Done? Reading Research and Instruction, 45(1), 39-68.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 B: Teachers' Views, Sensemaking and Tolerance Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Dealing with Sensemaking in the Classroom. Theory and Practicalities of History Teaching 1Unit of Research in Education, Romania; 2University of Bucharest Presenting Author:The current presentation is following an initial research phase in which the perceptions of two groups of History teachers (experienced versus teachers in induction phase) concerning sense making (SM) in their activity was analysed. The topic of SM is relevant for many countries (Fitzgerald, M. S., Palincsar, A. S., 2019; Sakki, I., Pirttilä-Backman A.-M., 2019), considering the debate over the relation between contents and skills. Both commonalities and differences between the two groups of teachers were identified. One of the common points was that SM is important when designing teaching activities focused on the student learning. The topic is of interest in the Romanian setting also because the National Curriculum is supporting classroom applications of its provisions by promoting a new format for designing learning activities for students. The format is focused on identifying the steps taken by students when training for the development of the competences formulated in the National Curriculum. Following the previous research, teachers were asked to design learning activities that are relevant for the development of SM (e.g., explaining technical terms, learning a procedure or technique). Research question The focus of our research is the degree to which sensemaking is part of Romanian teachers’ rationale when reflecting on their own teaching practice. That is, if and how sensemaking – as a concept – becomes a tool for organising students’ learning experiences (in terms of selecting relevant historical content, teaching approaches, and assessment instruments). The second research question was to try to identify whether sensemaking in the teachers’ practice is dealt with in isolation or is linked with other concepts that act as a criterion for the selection of contents and teaching approaches. This approach follows the analysis proposed by Ketelaar and colleagues when analysing teacher professional experiences in relation to ownership, sensemaking, and agency (Ketelaar et alii, 2014). Theoretical background The first theoretical pillar is Shulman’s analysis of the various types of knowledge that are part of the teachers’ qualification (1986, 1987). The model was upgraded over time to include elements related to SM (e.g., as in Van Boxtel & Van Drie, 2008). The increase in the amount and diversity of knowledge that students, and teachers, have to cope with is among the significant factors that influence teaching. Moreover, teaching is always situated. Material conditions, cultural patterns, educational ethos, the way in which a subject is expected to be taught, all these have an influence on the way in which the teacher reflects on his/her classroom practice. The second theoretical pillar is Weick, Sutcliffe & Obstfeld (2005: 409) and the process of making a discipline meaningful ‘sense-making’. Sensemaking involves the ongoing retrospective development of plausible images that rationalize what people are doing. Viewed as a significant process of organizing knowledge, SM becomes crucial in History teaching. More than creating representations and ordering them in an explanatory sequence, sensemaking implies also that it enables the creation of links between pieces of information, and that these connections inform future action (to anticipate and act effectively). The problem seems to be both practical and theoretical – to what degree competences (which are aimed much more at educational results that transcend individual school subjects) influence subject-related elements, such as understanding the processes of enquiry and historical concepts and whether this is more meaningful as parts (nodes) in a network of concepts or learned in isolation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based mainly on qualitative instruments (learning activities projects, students’ learning products, interviews). Given the relatively small number of participating teachers (11), a statistical approach was considered to be less than relevant. However, statistical data was used when analysing students’ learning products. Documentary research included the analysis of the National Curriculum, and the textbooks used by teachers participating in the research. Data was collected from a number of teachers (experienced and in the induction phase) concerning their methods in designing learning activities, and the way in which they reflect on the efficiency of the proposed activities. The data include the analysis of the proposed learning activities (designed for 20-30 minutes of classroom teaching), the analysis of the results of the students’ activity, individual interviews with the teachers to explore the way in which they reflect on the experience and how they evaluate if the proposed activities have attained their intended outcome. For each category of information, a protocol of procedure was developed (including checklist for the design of the learning activities; quality criteria for students’ learning products; the transcript, coding, and analysis of the interviews with the teachers). The data was analysed in accordance with the two groups of teachers, and commonalities and differences were identified. The results were compared with international data available, and with the theoretical models developed over time concerning SM (e.g., from Van Drie & Van Boxtel, 2008 to Ketelaar et alii, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers seemed interested in the use of sensemaking as a tool for organising learning experiences for their students. Sensemaking is also considered to be useful when selecting primary sources, using digital media, and when establishing links with the present, but also when combining different categories of knowledge during their teaching. In fact, the latter (sensemaking as a designing instrument) seems to be in the forefront of teachers’ considerations concerning the concept. We consider that this situation is also the result of the teachers balancing their beliefs about History as a field of knowledge and History as a school subject. Clear statements about their beliefs are in the background. Another interesting spin-off is that SM in isolation seems to loose its epistemic value. Interviews seem to indicate that teachers – at least History teachers – are more attuned to another important concept, that of powerful knowledge. One of the conclusions is that instead of focusing on individual concepts, teachers view their epistemic position as a network of concepts that organize their practice at epistemic level. References Fitzgerald, M. S., Palincsar, A. S. (2019). Teaching Practicies That Support Student Sensemaking Across Grades and Disciplines: A conceptual review. Review of Research in Education, 43(1) Feucht, F. C., Brownlee, J. L. & Schraw, G. (2017). Moving Beyond Reflection: Reflexivity and Epistemic Cognition in Teaching and Teacher Education. Educational Psychologist, 52 (4), 234-241 Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C. & Stolare, M. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations, and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. London Review of Education, 16(3), 428–444 Ketelaar, E., Koopman, M., Den Brok, P. J., Beijaard, D. & Boshuizen, P. A. (2014). Teachers’ learning experiences in relation to their ownership, sense-making and agency. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 20(3), 314-337 Klein, G., Moon, B. & Hoffman, R. R. (2006). Making Sense of Sensemaking 1: Alternative Perspectives. IEEE Intelligent Systems, 21(4), 70-73. IEEE. 21. 70 - 73. 10.1109/MIS.2006.75 Sakki, I., Pirttilä-Backman A.-M. (2019). Aims in teaching history and their epistemic correlates: a study of history teachers in ten countries. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 27(1), 65-85 Shulman, L. (1986). Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15 (2), 4-14. Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching: Foundations of the New Reform. In Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-21 Van Drie, J., van Boxtel, C. (2008). Historical Reasoning: Towards a Framework for Analyzing Students’ Reasoning about the Past. Educational Psychology Review, 20, 87–110. van de Oudeweetering, K., Voogt, J. (2018). Teachers’ conceptualization and enactment of twenty-first century competences: exploring dimensions for new curricula. The Curriculum Journal, 29(1), 116-133, Vansledright, B. A., Hauver James, J. (2015). Constructing ideas about history in the classroom: The influence of competing forces on pedagogical decision making. Social Constructivist Teaching: Affordances and Constraints, 263-298 Weick, K., Sutcliffe, K. & Obstfeld, D. (2005). Organizing and the Process of Sensemaking. Organization Science, 16, 409-421 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Researching in Uncertain Times: Exploring the Potential of Actor-Network Theory in Teacher Education Research York St John university, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This theoretical paper explores the potential of actor-network theory and its later form as [NET] (in Latour's AIME project) in teacher education research. The political, environmental and economic uncertainty of our current time has implications for teacher education that are yet to be fully grasped. Perhaps as an effort to harness teacher education in the service of social stability, many national governments increasingly seek to define and standardise the work of teacher educators — their professionalism, knowledge, practices, behaviours and beliefs— through policy. These attempts are often challenged by research which offers a more holistic, dynamic and contextually divergent view of (teacher) education, inviting us to view the work of teachers and teacher educators as necessarily uncertain (Stronach et al., 2002), rooted in dynamism and difference through its relational formation within the cultures, societies and physical worlds of different collectives (Braun et al., 2011; Nespor 1994). Moreover, against a backdrop of normative universality effected by political globalisation rooted in capitalist ideals, an argument has been made for research contributing to negative universality based in social antagonism (Kapoor and Zalloua, 2022): for researching teacher education from the perspective of the (uncertain, fluid) spaces outside of strong normative (policy and social) discourses (Rüsselbæk Hansen et al., forthcoming). Building on the latter discourse, this paper sets out from the perspective of teacher education as a social construct and education as a discernible, yet fluid, mode of existence (Tummons, 2021). From this perspective is argued the value of ANT in its AIME form [NET] in teacher education research, as a way of coming to know education through description of all actors- normative and divergent- in its ongoing establishment, and the networked activity that holds them temporarily together. [NET] and AIME are explored in terms of the ontological and epistemological tenets by which they are characterised and the potential (and challenges) of these to the researcher of teacher education. The concept of reality as existing in a state of continuous performance and establishment offers researchers in uncertain times an approach that can encompass teacher education as a temporarily stabilised construct, explorable in terms of dynamism, fluidity and situationally dominant/ silenced/ co-opted differences (Unsworth, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretical paper: towards an applied sensibility to data in teacher education research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings If we can a view the relational and discursive creation of situated iterations of teacher education, constituent actors and the interplay(s) between them, we can comprehend its creation and inform discussion of its future in a rapidly changing, uncertain world. As a relatively underused approach to the study of teacher education, ANT and AIME offer an alternative view of teacher education, in which the human and non-human hold equal importance and in which can be encompassed dynamism, fluidity and the ‘otherness’ which comes to light more frequently in times of increased social uncertainty. References Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse, 32(4), 585–596. Rüsselbæk Hansen, D., Heck, D., Sharpling, E., and McFlynn, P. (forthcoming) ' Resisting positive universal views of the OECD politics of teacher education: From the perspective of ‘negative’ universality'. In Eds. Magnussen, G., Phelan, A., Heimans, S., and Unsworth, R: Teacher Education and its Discontents: Politics, Knowledge and Ethics. Routledge. Kapoor, I., & Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal Politics. Oxford University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. Oxford university press. Latour, B. (2013). An inquiry into modes of existence. Harvard University Press. Nespor, J. (1994). Knowledge in motion - Space, time and curriculum in undergraduate physics and management Stronach, I., Corbin, B., McNamara, O., Stark, S., & Warne, T. (2002). Towards an uncertain politics of professionalism: teacher and nurse identities in flux. Journal of education policy, 17(1), 109-138. Tummons, J. (2021). Ontological pluralism, modes of existence, and actor-network theory: Upgrading Latour with Latour. Social Epistemology, 35(1), 1-11. Unsworth, R. (2023). A new mode of control: an actor–network theory account of effects of power and agency in establishing education policy. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 1-15. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper To Promote Tolerance of Ambiguity in Sustainability Education 1PH Wien, Austria; 2KPH Wien, Austria; 3HAUP Wien, Austria; 4HAUP Wien, Austria Presenting Author:Sustainable education requires cognitive processes in which learners, as constructors of their learning reality, relate implicit ideas of facts to the knowledge of others. Kattmann (2005, p. 60) describes this process as "conceptual reconstruction", which causes changes to previous cognitive concepts through a "reflexive abstraction" (Weinberger, 2017, p.10). In this context, Schneidewind (2018) speaks of the development of a "transformative literacy", to be understood as the development of skills in order to capture the dimensions and context of change dynamics and to implement them in contributions to sustainable development. With this theoretical background, teachers are faced with the challenge of dealing with transformations, uncertainties and unmanageable ambiguities in the teaching and learning processes. It requires the development of resilient controllability for challenging and unforeseeable circumstances and the ability to adapt flexibly in order not to counteract unexpected situations with devaluation or rejection. Dealing with ambiguity therefore requires self-reflection as a core skill, which makes it possible to become aware of unpredictable and ambiguous experiences and develop them further. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical considerations presented initiated a research project at three teacher-training colleges in Austria (period 2020-2024).The aim of the project is the development of a valid measuring instrument for surveying the personality construct of ambiguity tolerance in student teachers. This is seen as a basic dispositional dimension for teachers of sustainability education. Ambiguity tolerance is understood as a tendency to perceive contradictions, inconsistencies or ambiguous information in all its complexity and to evaluate it positively (e.g. Reis, 1996; Müller-Christ & Weßling, 2007; Radant & Dalbert, 2006). The areas of ambiguity are extracted quantitatively from existing concepts and also collected in more detail in a qualitative process based on a cross-case analysis according to Creswell (2007). Various multidimensional scales can be used to develop an empirical measuring instrument for assessing the degree of ambiguity tolerance. Reis (1996): Inventory for measuring tolerance to ambiguity (IMA), Radant & Dalbert (2006), Schlink & Walther (2007): German short scale for assessing the need for cognitive closure (NCC). A text vignette is used as a qualitative element to capture facets of the respondents' tolerance for ambiguity. This describes a problem situation from everyday school life that is intended to provoke insecurity and stress. When constructing the text, we ensured that the situation is compact, realistic, and concrete, but not too specific, that it can be grasped quickly even by first-year students, that several behavioral variants are permitted, and that the answers formulated can be compared (Paseka & Hinzke, 2014, p. 52). The pretest took place in March 2021 with students from the participating universities of teacher education and the University of Vienna (N = 149). The questionnaire was then factor-analytically evaluated using SPSS and comprised 80 items for the pretest, the statements of which were assessed in six-level answer categories (from “does not apply at all” to “applies very much”). The statement that applies to the test person is to be ticked for each item. Five areas of ambiguity (subscales for certain areas of life) are differentiated. The questionnaire is evaluated in several steps. After repeated analysis, some items were deleted; the final measurement instrument consists of sociodemographic data and five consistent scales for a total of 59 items, with reliabilities being satisfactory. The computer-assisted evaluation of the qualitative data (vignette) using MAXQDA was carried out inductively in the sense of a paraphrasing and summarizing qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some results of the pretest are presented below. This was mainly used for scale formation, but there were also some interesting results here as well. The four dimensions of ambiguity can be established very satisfactorily with reference to factor analysis. The validity of the measuring instrument for the construct ambiguity tolerance is given and the scales can be used accordingly in the main test. After the first review of the answers to the vignette, obvious peculiarities, passages that appeared essential and ideas for evaluation were recorded and transformed. After generalization and bundling, four categories were formed across all cases. By evaluating this casevignette, rough distinctions can be made regarding ambiguity. However, the four dimensions of ambiguity, which emerged from the factor analysis of the quantitative survey, cannot be explicitly and sufficiently contrasted. Therefore, for the main test, four specified case vignettes were constructed covering the categories of openness, social security, problem awareness and dealing with routine. These vignettes should be checked deductively on a case-by-case basis. The open questions challenge the respondents to write down hypothetical subsequent actions. Thus, each dimension can be recorded in its form (Paseka & Hinzke, 2014, p. 60). Results will be presented at the conference. The aim of this project is to develop a valid, reliable, and objective measuring instrument for the assessment of the personal characteristic of ambiguity tolerance, which can be used in the training of student teachers as a basis for self-reflection. The results of the main survey (2021/22) are intended to provide a basis for critical awareness-raising and further methodological and didactic considerations beyond green pedagogy. Dealing with ambiguity is an opportunity for teacher education to stimulate personal development and professionalization. Learners can be encouraged to question attitudes and behaviour by self-reflectively examining concepts from divergent perspectives and provoking friction surfaces. References Arnold, R., Schüßler, I. (2003) (Hrsg.). Ermöglichungsdidaktik. Erwachsenenpädagogische Grundlagen und Erfahrungen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider. Creswell, J. (2007). Qualitative inquiry & research design. Choosing among five traditions (2nd Edition). Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications. Forstner-Ebhart, A., Linder, W. (2020). Changing the mindset – Anforderungen an Lernsettings für berufsbildende Schulen. (S. 237 – 247). In C. Sippl, E. Rauscher & M. Scheuch (Hrsg.), Das Anthropozän lernen und lehren. Innsbruck: Studienverlag. Forstner-Ebhart, A., Katschnig, T., Poterpin, E. & Schroll, C. (2022). Zur Förderung von Ambiguitätstoleranz in der Nachhaltigkeitsbildung. R&E-Source, Sonderausgabe 22. Verfügbar unter https://doi.org/10.53349/resource.2022.iS22.a1039. [9.8.2023]. Forstner-Ebhart, A., Katschnig, T., Poterpin, E. & Schroll, C. (2024). Zum unerfüllbaren Wunsch nach Eindeutigkeit - Ambiguitätstoleranz in der Lehrer*innenbildung. Zeitschrift Erziehung & Unterricht 1-2/2024 ,18-26. Frenkel-Brunswik, E. (1949). Intolerance of Ambiguity as an Emotional and Perceptual Personality Variable: Interrelationships Between Perception and Personality: a Symposium, Pt. 1. Inst. of Child Welfare. Kuckartz, U. (2016). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (3., überarbeitete Auflage). Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa. Leppert K., Koch B., Brähler E., Strauß B. (2008). Die Resilienzskala (RS) – Überprüfung der Langform RS-25 und einer Kurzform RS-13. In Klinische Diagnostik und Evaluation 2, 226–243. Müller-Christ, G. & Weßling, G. (2007). Widerspruchsbewältigung, Ambivalenz- und Ambiguitätstoleranz. Eine modellhafte Verknüpfung. In: G. Müller-Christ, L. Arndt & Ehnert, I. (Hrsg.), Nachhaltigkeit und Widersprüche. Eine Managementperspektive (S. 179–198). Hamburg: Lit-Verlag. Paseka, A., Hinzke, J-H. (2014). Fallvignetten, Dilemmainterviews und dokumentarische Methode: Chancen und Grenzen für die Erfassung von Lehrerprofessionalität. In Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand 7(1), 46–63. Paseka, A., Keller-Schneider, M., Combe, A. (2018). Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Radant, M., Dalbert, C. (2006). Dimensionen der Komplexitätstoleranz: Ergebnisse einer Synopse von Persönlichkeitskonstrukten. Vortrag gehalten auf dem 45. Kongress der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Psychologie, Nürnberg. Reis, J. (1996). Inventar zur Messung der Ambiguitätstoleranz (IMA). Manual. Heidelberg: Asanger. Rosenzweig, S. (1938). Frustration as an experimental problem. VI. General outline of frustration. Character & Personality; A Quarterly for Psychodiagnostic & Allied Studies. , 7, 151–160. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6494.1938.tb02285.x. Schlink, S., Walther, E. (2007). Kurz und gut: Eine deutsche Kurzskala zur Erfassung des Bedürfnisses nach kognitiver Geschlossenheit. In Zeitschrift für Sozialpsychologie (38)3, 153–161. Schneidewind, U, (2018). Die große Transformation. Eine Einführung in die Kunst gesellschaftlichen Wandels. Frankfurt am Main: Fischer. Schratz, M., Schrittesser, I. (2012). Kompetenzorientierung in der Lehrerbildung. In F. Sauerland, F. Uhl (Hrsg.), Selbständige Schule: Hintergrundwissen und Empfehlungen für die eigenverantwortliche Schule und Lehrerbildung (S. 107–122). Köln: Wolters Kluwer. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 C: Restructuring Teacher Education Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ainat Guberman Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Towards Curriculum Coherence in Secondary Teacher Education: A Leadership Perspective Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Curriculum coherence as a process Internationally, there is a movement toward more stringent accountability demands concerning the quality of teacher education (Hökkä et al., 2019; Murray et al., 2019), which is one of the reasons teacher education programs need useful frameworks to examine the quality of the learning experiences they provide (Hammerness & Klette, 2015). One way to approach the quality of teacher education programs is through the concept of curriculum coherence, which refers to the extent to which the various components within the teacher education curriculum are aligned (Hammerness, 2006). Herein, the curriculum is not reduced to the list of program courses. It includes the full range of aims, content, activities, and organizational aspects that are embedded within the educational program (Walker & Soltis, 1997). A term that is very closely related to coherence is ‘alignment’. Derived from the definition of Canrinus and colleagues (2017), teacher education programs should address three types of alignment to be considered coherent: (1) alignment between courses and the program’s vision, (2) mutual alignment between courses, and (3) alignment between courses and field experiences of student-teachers. These types of alignment should not be regarded as ‘a fixed end-stage of curriculum development’, as curriculum coherence should be approached as a complex process of collaboration, compromise, and intense social interaction between faculty members (Cavanna et al., 2021; Richmond et al., 2019). This interpretation implies that alignment is not a finite process, but instead an ongoing one that requires consistent maintenance and sustained efforts from the team of teacher educators. The potential role of program leaders Together with a focus on the process-oriented and social nature of coherence in teacher education, there is an increasing recognition of the potential role of program leaders in striving for more curriculum coherence (Cavanna et al., 2021). This is not surprising, given that coherence seems to be situated in processes of collaboration and interaction and previous research has already demonstrated the importance of leadership in fostering these processes (e.g., Branson et al., 2016). Berdrow (2010), for example, states that developing and maintaining productive information flow and relationships between people in the department is one of the requisite skills of department chairs. Branson and colleagues (2016) even consider the pursuit of a deeper sense of relational connection and interdependence throughout the organization to be the most important leadership skill. A closer examination of the literature regarding leadership in higher education reveals further connections with literature concerning coherence in teacher education. For example, Bryman (2007) found that having a ‘clear sense of direction/strategic vision’ has consistently been found to be an effective leadership quality in higher education. Interestingly, having a ‘clear vision of teaching and learning’ and ‘explicitly aiming for curriculum coherence’ are considered to be important for fostering curriculum coherence (Canrinus et al., 2019; Hammerness & Klette, 2015). In total, Bryman (2007) identified 13 forms of effective leadership behavior in higher education and at least four of these are conceptually connected to coherence in teacher education: (1) having a clear sense of direction/strategic vision, (2) preparing department arrangements to facilitate the direction set, (3) communicating well about the direction the department is going, and (4) creating a positive/collegial work atmosphere in the department (Cavanna et al., 2021; Hermansen, 2020). Despite the recognition of the potential importance of leadership for curriculum coherence in teacher education, little is known about how program leaders aim to address curriculum coherence in practice (Cavanna et al., 2021; Hermansen, 2020). Therefore, this study considers the following research question: ‘How do program leaders in (secondary) teacher education foster curriculum coherence?’ Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this multiple case study, six secondary teacher education programs were examined in depth through thematic analysis of interviews and complementary documents. These teacher education programs are based in Flanders and are classified at levels 6 (Bachelor) and 7 (Master) of the European Qualifications Framework (EQF; Ministry of Education and Training, n.d.). They are provided in two types of higher education institutions: universities of applied sciences and universities. Teacher education programs must consider some government guidelines when developing their curricula (e.g., ‘framework of teacher competencies’, Nusche et al., 2015), but overall, they are granted a relatively high degree of curricular autonomy. Data collection The data collection took place from January to June 2023. Semi-structured interviews were conducted in six teacher education programs for secondary education in six different higher education institutions; three universities (focus on academic education; EQF level 7) and three universities of applied sciences (focus on professional education; EQF level 6). This choice was made to ensure variation in program visions. For each program, interviews were conducted with program leaders and teacher educators in all curricular components: general education courses, subject didactics courses, field experiences, and the research component. In addition, documents were collected regarding the program's vision, quality assurance system, curriculum, and organizational structure. Data analysis The interviews and documents were coded in NVivo and analyzed using the thematic analysis method of Braun and Clarke (2006). This method consists of six steps: (1) becoming familiar with the data, (2) generating codes, (3) generating themes, (4) reviewing themes, (5) defining and naming themes, and (6) locating exemplars. The initial coding process was followed by the compilation of a case summary for each of the six programs. These summaries or ‘conceptually ordered displays’ provide a thematic overview of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994). Each summary includes information about the program’s institutional context (e.g., the institution’s educational vision), the program’s vision, the program’s curriculum, practices aimed at fostering curriculum coherence, and influential contextual factors. Further analyses resulted in the identification of seven leadership practices aimed at enhancing curriculum coherence. The validity and reliability of the data and research findings were strengthened through triangulation. In each case, we included the perspectives of multiple participants: program leader(s) and teacher educators within various curricular components (data triangulation). In addition, we analyzed both interviews and documents to substantiate findings from various sources (method triangulation). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses confirm the role of program leaders in promoting curriculum coherence in teacher education programs. Across the six programs, program heads had a substantive role in the development and implementation of a coherent curriculum. Despite varying approaches, program visions, curriculum emphases, and institutional contexts, similar coherence-enhancing practices were identified. Program leaders employed the following practices to foster curriculum coherence: (1) establishing a clear and supported program vision, (2) leveraging the program vision, (3) investing in networks of partner schools, (4) facilitating curriculum-related communication and collaboration among teacher educators, (5) prioritizing a coherent curriculum design, (6) managing human resources to enhance curriculum coherence, and (7) involving students in promoting and evaluating curriculum coherence. These findings show that focusing on curriculum coherence does not only involve the initial development of a coherent curriculum structure and a clear program vision but also the work carried out by the program leader – and by extension also the team of teacher educators – once the initial development phase has passed. Managing human resources, involving students, leveraging the program vision, investing in networks, and facilitating communication and collaboration are all practices that require continuous attention. In other words, a coherent curriculum design and a clear program vision are a favorable foundation for a coherent curriculum, but a considerable portion of the effort lies in the continuous attention to coherence in daily curriculum implementation. Finally, it is interesting that various program leaders referred to the influence of contextual factors on their efforts to enhance curriculum coherence. For example, various program leaders indicated that the culture of autonomy among educators made a focus on curriculum coherence challenging. Future research could examine how the institutional context influences curriculum coherence and how program leaders could address this. References Berdrow, I. (2010). King among Kings: Understanding the Role and Responsibilities of the Department Chair in Higher Education. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(4), 499-514. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143210368146 Branson, C. M., Franken, M., & Penney, D. (2016). Middle leadership in higher education: A relational analysis. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 128-145. https://doi.org/10.1177/174114321455857 Bryman, A. (2007). Effective leadership in higher education: A literature review. Studies in Higher Education, 32(6), 693-710. Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2017). Coherent teacher education programmes: taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), 313–333. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2015.1124145 Cavanna, J. M., Molloy Elreda, L., Youngs, P., & Pippin, J. (2021). How Methods Instructors and Program Administrators Promote Teacher Education Program Coherence. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(1), 27–41. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119897005 Hammerness, K. (2006). From coherence in theory to coherence in practice. Teachers College Record, 108(7), 1241–1265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00692.x Hammerness, K., & Klette, K. (2015). Indicators of quality in teacher education: Looking at features of teacher education from an international perspective. In G. K. LeTendre & A. W. Wiseman (Eds.), International Perspectives on Education and Society (Vol. 27, pp. 239-277). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920140000027013 Hermansen, H. (2020). In Pursuit of Coherence: Aligning Program Development in Teacher Education with Institutional Practices. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(6), 936–952. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1639815 Hökkä; P., Rautiainen, M., Silander, T., & Eteläpelto, A. (2019). Collective Agency-Promoting Leadership in Finnish Teacher Education. In J. Murray, A. Swennen & C. Kosnik (Eds.), International Research, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education (pp. 15-21). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01612-8 Ministry of Education and Training. (n.d.). Level of qualifications | What is the FQF? | The Flemish Qualifications Framework. Retrieved January 25, 2024, from https://vlaamsekwalificatiestructuur.be/en/what-is-fqf/levels-of-qualifications/ Murray, J., Swennen, A., & Kosnik, C. (2019). How lay theories (or mindsets) shape the confrontation of prejudice. In J. Murray, A. Swennen & C. Kosnik (Eds.), International Research, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education (pp. 1-13). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01612-8 Nusche, D., Miron, G., Santiago, P., & Teese, R. (2015). OECD Reviews of School Resources: Flemish Community of Belgium. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264247598 Richmond, G., Bartell, T., Carter Andrews, D. J., & Neville, M. L. (2019). Reexamining Coherence in Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 70(3), 188–191. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119838230 Walker, D. F., & Soltis, J. F. (1997). Curriculum and aims. Teachers College Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Strong Beginnings for ITE Students Through Quality Teaching University of Newcastle, Australia Presenting Author:Globally, teachers have increasingly been recognised as the most important in-school influence on student outcomes (Hattie & Yates, 2014; Rockoff, 2004). Correspondingly, governments worldwide have made concerted efforts to ensure the quality of teachers, with a particular focus on initial teacher education (ITE) (Mayer, 2021). Mirroring changes to ITE in UK, reforms in Australia focus primarily on regulation and standardisation rather than pursuing innovations or interventions to enhance the quality of ITE programs. These efforts have included greater prescription of course content, new teacher accreditation schemes, new minimum literacy and numeracy standards, and new ‘classroom readiness’ assessments for graduating teachers (Rowe & Skourdoumbis, 2019). ITE curricula are now more crowded and fragmented than ever before, making it hard for students to integrate theory with practice (Dyment et al., 2015). Indeed, some of the greatest challenges in ITE include program coherence, student confidence to enter the workforce, and feeling prepared to enter the classroom (Willis et al., 2022). Within this context, there is an opportunity to improve ITE through interventions that support and empower students as they transition into early career teaching. One such intervention is the Quality Teaching (QT) model (NSW Department of Education, 2003). This model of pedagogy has been used in Australia for the past 20 years, however has not been systematically applied in ITE. Derived from the work of Authentic Pedagogy (Newmann et al., 1996) and Productive Pedagogies (Lingard et al., 2003), the model has the potential to support, empower and build the confidence of ITE students as they transition into the teaching workforce. The QT Model provides a shared language and set of concepts that teacher educators can use to underpin and articulate what constitutes quality teaching for their students. Linking theory to practice, the QT Model provides a means to connect theoretical content and the rigorous practical needs of teaching. It is applicable across multiple disciplines and has the adaptability to accommodate diverse teaching situations. The model highlights three dimensions of pedagogy:
Teaching that aligns with this model has consistently been linked to improved outcomes for teachers and students (Gore et al., 2017, 2021). Used in Quality Teaching Rounds (QTR) professional development (Bowe & Gore, 2017), the model has demonstrably empowered and built the confidence and efficacy of beginning teachers (Gore & Bowe, 2015). We hypothesised that it could help build the confidence of ITE students in ways that positively impact completion rates and the quality of graduates. In this paper, we explore a potential missed opportunity amid the plethora of ITE reforms – an intervention that has the ability to enhance the quality and coherence of ITE programs while providing students with the confidence to transition into early career teaching. To explore the impact of such an approach, we conducted a pilot study designed to increase final year ITE students’ understanding of quality teaching and address its impact on their classroom practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The purpose of the pilot study was to investigate impact of a QT workshop for ITE students on their experience of entering the teaching profession. The intervention consisted of a two-day tailored workshop for ITE students focused on the QT Model as it relates to both classroom and assessment practice and on the processes of QTR. Workshops were held online and face to face, involving a combination of facilitator-led sessions, independent work, and collaborative work in groups or breakout rooms. ITE students from one Australian university were recruited to participate in 2022 (n=33) and 2023 (n=23), with insights gleaned through a mixed-methods research design consisting of surveys and interviews. Surveys were completed at four time points (immediately before the two-day QT workshop, immediately after the workshop, immediately after the students’ 10-week internship, and 12 months after completion of their internship). Survey items focused on teacher efficacy, confidence, stress and intentions to continue in the profession. Interviews were conducted after the two-day workshop, after the 10-week internship, and again at the completion of the first year of teaching. Interview discussions focused on teacher preparedness, perceptions of QT and ITE, reflections on internship and the first year of teaching. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics. Qualitative data, including open-ended survey responses, were analysed using standard protocols for inductive and deductive coding (Fereday & Muir-Cochrane, 2006) to identify key themes derived from the perspectives of participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings More than 3,000 classroom teachers have participated in QTR professional development to date; however, the approach has not yet been applied systematically in the ITE environment. The data from this pilot study sheds light on how participation in the QT workshop impacted students in their first year of teaching. We found that: 1) participants felt overwhelmingly positive about participating in the QT workshop; 2) the QT Model helped them understand important links between theory and practice that were previously missing; and 3) participation in the workshop produced a measurable increase in their confidence for undertaking their internship and during their first year of teaching. We argue that the QT Model provides a shared language and set of concepts that helps ITE students to understand, articulate and practise quality teaching. Linking theory with practice, the QT Model provides a bridge between the vast theoretical material and demanding practical requirements of teacher education programs while building program quality and coherence. Although a relatively small-scale study, the results presented in this paper establish the workshop as impactful for the ITE student experience. This innovative approach applies a highly evidenced, efficient, and targeted intervention to ITE programs, offering an alternative to current approaches which focus on regulation and standardisation. Our pilot study provides a solid foundation for undertaking larger-scale studies and for more fully integrating QT into ITE to improve beginning teacher practice, confidence and retention. References Bowe, J., & Gore, J. M. (2017). Reassembling teacher professional development: the case for Quality Teaching Rounds. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23(3), 352–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2016.1206522 Dyment, J. E., Hill, A., & Dyment, J. E. (2015). You mean I have to teach sustainability too? Initial teacher education students’ perspectives on the sustainability cross-curriculum priority Recommended Citation. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 40. https://doi.org/10.3316/INFORMIT.072057830271190 Fereday, J., & Muir-Cochrane, E. (2006). Demonstrating rigor using thematic analysis: A hybrid approach of inductive and deductive coding and theme development. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(1), 80-92. Gore, J. M., & Bowe, J. M. (2015). Interrupting attrition? Re-shaping the transition from preservice to in-service teaching through Quality Teaching Rounds. International Journal of Educational Research, 73, 77–88. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.006 Gore, J. M., Lloyd, A., Smith, M., Bowe, J., Ellis, H., & Lubans, D. (2017). Effects of professional development on the quality of teaching: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 68, 99–113. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.08.007 Gore, J. M., Miller, A., Fray, L., Harris, J., & Prieto, E. (2021). Improving student achievement through professional development: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103297. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103297 Hattie, J., & Yates, G. C. R. (2014). Visible Learning and the Science of How We Learn (1st ed.). Routledge. Lingard, B., Hayes, D., & Mills, M. (2003). Teachers and productive pedagogies: Contextualising, conceptualising, utilising. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 11(3), 399–424. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681360300200181 Mayer, D. (2021). Teacher Education Policy and Research. Global Perspectives (D. Mayer, Ed.). Springer Link. Newmann, F. M., Marks, H. M., & Gamoran, A. (1996). Authentic pedagogy and student performance. American Journal of Education, 104(4), 280–312. https://doi.org/10.1086/444136 NSW Department of Education. (2003). Quality Teaching Model. https://education.nsw.gov.au/teaching-and-learning/professional-learning/quality-teaching-rounds Rockoff, J. E. (2004). The Impact of Individual Teachers on Student Achievement: Evidence from Panel Data. The American Economic Review, 94(2), 247–252. http://econwpa.wustl.edu:8089/ Rowe, E. E., & Skourdoumbis, A. (2019). Calling for ‘urgent national action to improve the quality of initial teacher education’: the reification of evidence and accountability in reform agendas. Journal of Education Policy, 34(1), 44–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1410577 Willis, L. D., Shaukat, S., & Low-Choy, S. (2022). Preservice teacher perceptions of preparedness for teaching: Insights from survey research exploring the links between teacher professional standards and agency. British Educational Research Journal, 48(2), 228–252. https://doi.org/10.1002/BERJ.3761 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Collaborative Networks in Education: Opening Spaces for another Training and Another School Universidad de Málaga, Spain Presenting Author:If we metaphorically think of the school as a social and political hologram, the educational space can be seen as a reconstruction of society through the information that each school agent embodies, knows and generates (Dewey, 1938, Garcés, 2013). This idea warns us that we cannot continue to develop educational processes that do not take into account what happens outside the educational space and in turn indicates that the classroom can be a space to promote the construction of individual and collective meanings to contribute to a critical and inclusive society (Hargreaves and O'Connor, 2020). Accordingly, the focus of this communication is on the collaborative networks that are generated between schools and universities as centres of teacher education. The project is based on an assumption legitimised by different research (Penuel, et,al.,2020, Martín Barbero, 2003; Rivas, Márquez, Calvo and Martagón, 2022; Novoa, 2019) which states that the creation and development of collaborative work networks between school and university are facilitators of processes in which training, research and transfer are articulated, while at the same time allowing for the development of transformative educational actions. In the search for connections between school, society and university, we have been developing different collaborative projects (Leite, Márquez and Rivas, 2018; Rivas Leite and Cortés, Garcia; 2015; Márquez, Kirsch and Leite, 2020) that seek to advance in other teacher training and in the generation of links, relationships and co-productions between them. From the University we have the responsibility, as teachers and researchers, to explore and promote other training models that include dialogical and collaborative practices in which fragmentation is not the dominant line. Instead, we propose that knowledge can be generated from a collaborative process. From these previous experiences we present the first advances of a research project called "Collaborative networks in education. Critical teaching for an inclusive society (ReDoC)" awarded by the Ministry of Science and Innovation of the Government of Spain (PID2022-138882OB-100). This project aims to recognise, analyse, strengthen and create collaborative networks between school and university. We are interested in transformative projects linked to critical teaching for the development of an inclusive society. In this sense, we analyse initiatives that articulate the dialogue of disciplinary, practical and experiential knowledge between professionals in schools (infant, primary, secondary and adult), entities and associations that collaborate with schools, research professionals, teachers in training and all those experiences that configure spaces, collaborative networks around training and school. It also analyses the experiences of different groups that contribute to education in urban and rural contexts. The project is deployed in different universities in Spain (Granada, Cantabria, Extremadura, Valladolid and Malaga). The idea is to contribute, through analysis and reflection, to teacher training and the promotion of inclusive projects in educational centres with the support of the community . Service learning programmes, learning communities, pedagogical laboratories, observatories, etc., are some of the proposals that are being worked on and which will be further developed (Gao, 2015; Korthagen, 2017; Rivas, Márquez and Leite, 2021) We understand that these projects offer trainee teachers a real experience in inclusive education by interacting with teachers, students, families and the community in general (Yurén, 2013; Rivas, Leite and Cortés, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is based on an interpretative, situated, contextualised and collaborative approach in relation to a plurality of experiences-cases that occur in different educational contexts (formal education, early childhood education, primary, secondary, adult education and non-formal education). Therefore, the research design is planned as a multi-case study (Stake, 2005). Each case is understood as a community of practice (Wenger, 2002) in which a series of interactions take place, learning and knowledge are exchanged, and relationships and links are established through collaborative work. Likewise, the cases are approached from a biographical-narrative perspective (Rivas Flores, 2007; Cortés, et al., 2020) based on the stories, accounts, cartographies, conversations and debates between participants. Emphasis is therefore placed on the investigation of experiences in their educational, socio-cultural and political environments. The research team brings together 26 researchers from various Spanish universities who have already taken part in joint research projects in the past. This confluence of experiences and knowledge from different sites, scenarios and disciplinary fields (music, physical education, education) constitutes a collaborative dimension within the project itself that we want to highlight. The project is configured in three phases that will be assembled according to the process followed in the different cases: Phase I: Biographical-documentary cartographies. The aim is to identify the different experiences, both those with which we have already participated, as well as other emerging ones. It also generates spaces for research on the state of the art of collaborative networks in education. Phase II: Analysis of the cases. Work will be carried out on the previously defined cases. It is planned to analyse 10 cases of collaborative experiences taking into account some dimensions: scope of application (educational centres, universities), geographical area (rural, urban), participating population (teachers, students, families, neighbours, entities, etc.) and types of projects in terms of their promoters (universities, educational centres, subjects, groups, associations). In all cases we will work with public schools and universities. Some structuring axes of the cases are: community collaboration, gender identities, citizenship training, inter-institutional networks, etc. Phase III: Transfer and Dissemination. This phase runs through the entire project and refers to the public discussion of the progress made, through open forums, networks, assemblies or other participatory channels. Finally, and within the framework of the biographical-narrative perspective, voices and shared dialogue will be the basis of all the strategies developed: interviews, focus groups and discussion groups, analysis of documentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is in the first phase in which relationships and synergies are being established between the five participating research groups. The previous experience in collaborative research processes of most of the researchers has allowed for a debate on the referential, theoretical, epistemological, methodological and ethical frameworks of the project. At the same time, the experiences-cases that will constitute the objects of study have been identified. At the moment there are three work scenarios in which progress is being made: -A scenario centred on experiences of collaboration between the University and educational centres at all levels in order to learn about the collaboration processes underway and to systematise those dimensions and effects that intervene in the development of such practices. -A scenario centred on experiences of collaboration with teaching collectives on problems that affect teaching work and that allow us to know the support matrices to generate collaborative proposals (teacher discomfort, coexistence). -A scenario centred on networks of collectives that are born inside and outside educational environments and that address somewhat marginal issues (such as gender diversity issues) but that are fundamental for breaking away from linear and standardised conceptions of educational organisation, curriculum, learning and training in order to transform current school and academic contexts. The results of the work in the aforementioned scenarios will be disseminated in different citizen forums, created for this project and debated with the entire educational community. The creation of collaborative research networks with educational centres, working groups and repositories will also be encouraged. References Cortés, P., Leite, A.E, Prados, M.E. y González, B. (2020). Trayectorias y prospectivas metodológicas para la investigación narrativa y biográfica en el ámbito social y educativo. En J. Sancho, F. Hernández, L. Montero, J. De Pablos, J. Rivas, & A. Ocaña (coords.), Caminos y derivas para otra investigación educativa y social. Octaedro. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. MacMillan. Gao, X. (2015). Promoting experiential learning in preservice teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 41(4), 435-438. Garcés, M. (2013). Un mundo común. Ediciones Bellaterra. Hargreaves, A., y O´Connor, M. T. (2020). Profesionalismo colaborativo. Cuando enseñar juntos supone el aprendizaje de todos. Morata. Korthagen, F. (2017). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 23(4), 387–405. Leite, A. E., Márquez, M. J., y Rivas, J. I. (2018). Aprendizajes emergentes y transformación social. Transformando la Universidad desde las Comunidades de Aprendizaje. En J. B. Martinez y E. Fernández (comps.), Ecologías de Aprendizaje: educación expandida en contextos múltiples, 209-228. Morata. Márquez, M.J., Kirsch, W., y Leite, A. (2020). Learning and collaboration in pre-service teacher education: Narrative analysis in a service-learning experience at Andalusian public school. Teaching and Teacher Education, 96, 1-10. Martín-Barbero, J. (2003) Saberes hoy: diseminaciones, competencias y transversalidades.Revista Iberoamericana de Educación, 32, 17-34 Rivas, J. I., Márquez, M. J., Calvo, P. y Martagón, V. (2022). Relación comunidad y escuela una propuesta contrahegemónica desde la universidad. Revista Izquierdas, 51. Penuel, W. R., Riedy, R., Barber, M. S., Peurach, D. J., LeBouef, W. A., y Clark, T. (2020). Principles of Collaborative Education Research with Stakeholders: Toward Requirements for a New Research and Development Infrastructure. Review of Educational Research, 90(5), 627-674. Rivas, J. I., Leite, A., y Cortés, P. (2015). La escuela como contexto de la formación inicial del profesorado: aprendiendo desde la colaboración. Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 19(1), 228-242. Rivas-Flores, J. I., Márquez-García M. J., y Leite-Méndez A. (2021). Una mirada política en la relación escuela y comunidad. Temas de educación 24(1), 35-52. Rivas-Flores, J.I.; Márquez-Garcia, Mª J.; Calvo-León, P.; Martagón Vázquez, V. (2022). Relación comunidad y escuela: una propuesta contrahegemónica desde la universidad. Revista Izquierdas, 51, 1-12 Rivas, J.I. (2007) Vida, experiencia y educación: la biografía como estrategia de conocimiento, en I. Sverdlick, (ed.) La investigación educativa. Una herramienta de conocimiento y de acción. Noveduc. 111-145 Yurén, T. (2013). Ciudadanía y Educación. Ideales, dilemas y posibilidades de la formación ético-Política. Juan Pablos Editor. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 D: Engagement, Reflection and Emotional Labour Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Anne Phelan Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Learn to Acting: Emotional Labor of Student Teachers in Teaching Practicum in China Faculty of Education, East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to investigate the emotional experience of student teachers in teaching practicum by means of qualitative research, to construct a theoretical model of student teachers' emotional labor during educational practicum by applying grounded theory, to clarify the motivation, process, influencing factors, and main effects of student teachers' emotional labor during educational practicum, to explore the significance of emotional labor for student teachers' career choices, and to put forward suggestions to promote the professional development of student teachers. This study responds to four main questions: (1) What are the motivations for student teachers’ emotional labor in teaching practicum? (2) What are the manifestations and strategies of student teachers’ emotional labor in teaching practicum? (3) What are the influencing factors of student teachers’ emotional labor in teaching practicum? (4) How to enhance the professional development of student teachers in their emotional ability? Objective This study aims to constructs a theorical model, and provides a theoretical framework of student teachers in teaching practicum. To propose suggestions for student teachers to use emotional labor and improve their emotional regulation ability; To explore the emotional factors of student teachers’ sense of efficacy and promote their professional development. Perspectives or theoretical framework Emotional labor is a “third kind of labor” that is different from mental and physical labor, which requires one to induce or suppress feeling in order to sustain the outward countenance that produces the proper state of mind in others. And it is defined by Hochschild as the management of feeling to create a publicly observable facial and bodily display. Teachers have frequent interpersonal interactions with students, colleagues, parents, etc., and need to manage their feelings in order to display emotions that are consistent with public expectations and the educational system. In China, student teachers, as future teachers, are required to take part in a three-month teaching practicum before they can be certified as teachers. Student teachers learn how to be a teacher through teaching practicum, of which emotional labor is a significant part. In the sociological perspective, the general mechanism of emotional labor tends to extend Hochschild's argument for emotional labor. Grandey argues that the general mechanism of emotional labor is a model that encompasses the situational cues, the emotional regulation process, and the long-term consequences, and it is one of the theoretical frameworks that is currently being widely used. This study combines Hochschild's classification of the characteristics of emotional laborers and Grandey's proposed framework of general mechanisms of emotional labor, with the overall framework consisting of three parts: motivation, process, and consequence. In the motivation part, Grandey's proposed model of emotional labor in which the motivation of emotional labor is considered to be composed of many emotional events with various emotional rules, is the situational cues of emotional labor. This study believes that emotional adjustment is a dynamic process. According to Hochschild's classification, there are three types of teachers' emotions: the emotion of need, the emotion of feeling, and the emotion of performance. The motivation of emotional labor comes from the conflict between the three types of emotions. This study divides the emotion regulation process into two parts: performance and strategy. In terms of the performance, Hochschild argues that there are two main ways of performing emotional labor: surface acting and deep acting. According to Grandey, the strategies were divided into antecedent-focused emotion regulation and response-focused emotion regulation according to the time of emotion occurrence. In terms of consequence, the short-term effects were explored because the short duration of the teaching practicum made it difficult to obtain long-term consequence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology or Methods The empirical material reported on here is drawn from a study into student teachers in China, engaged 8 student teachers in formal and informal interviews and included field observation. The present article represents this empirical material, comprising interviews undertaken in a school in east China. Specifically, the interest was in emotional experience of student teachers. The interviews lasted between 45 minutes and 2 hours. The objectives of each interview were to explore the emotional labor of student teachers, whether as articulated by the student teachers themselves or as seen by another. The author, a former student teacher, has participated in the whole process of teaching practicum and conducted observation as an insider. In the teaching practicum, the student teachers’ behavior in interacting with different subjects such as teachers and students was observed. In terms of research ethics, the researcher ensured that all subjects were aware of the intention and form of the study, and that the process of carrying out and recording was carried out in which the subjects were always aware of the researcher’s working methods. Meanwhile, the lesson is an important context for the emotional labor of the student teachers, and it was difficult for them to describe in detail the behavior and body language verbally in the interviews. Therefore, this study collected lessons’ videos recorded by student teachers. Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on in-depth interviews, this study obtained first-hand information. Based on grounded theory, NVivo 12 was used to analyzed the empirical material in the sequence of Opening coding, Axial coding and Selective coding. Pre-interviews were first conducted with two student teachers, and the outline of the interviews was further refined in accordance with the interviews. Then, a further seven student teachers were interviewed, and at the end of coding, two more student teachers were interviewed to verify theoretical saturation. For field observation and video analysis, an observation outline was developed, which was categorized into five sections: teacher discourse, facial expressions, body languages, student feedback, and observer conjecture. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion 1 (in response to question 1): The motivation is the fluctuation caused by the imbalance of the emotion of need, feeling, and performance. The discrepancy between the emotion of feeling and need is emotional dissonance, which is caused by the gap between inside and outside; the discrepancy between the emotion of feeling and performance is emotional disguise, which is teaching strategy; and the discrepancy between the emotion of performance and need is emotional deviation, which is displaying emotions that do not meet the requirements. Conclusion 2 (in response to question 2): The performance of student teachers’ emotional labor is surface acting, deep acting, and natural behaviors. The strategies of emotional labor of student teachers were able to be consistent with the motivations. The strategies were categorized into antecedent-focused emotion regulation strategies and response-focused emotion regulation. Antecedent-focused emotion regulation strategy is a pre-judgement of the situation, and is a reflection of the accumulation of experience by the student teachers; Response-focused emotion regulation strategy is a common way of reacting promptly to emotional fluctuations. Conclusion 3 (in response to questions 3 and 4): The influencing factors of student teachers emotional labor mainly include individual, organizational, and socio-cultural factors. Fei Xiaotong believes that the micro network relationship between people is full of egoistic spirit of “self” as the center of “the differential mode of association”, like a stone dropped into the water to launch the ripples, the more you push the thinner. The Chinese context emphasizes that society is a flat network of relationships. Student teachers are learning how to deal with the “relationships” in the educational field, and how to play the “teacher's role” as defined by social norms. Student teachers’ emotional labor is shaped by their exploration of relationships, in which they exercise subjectivity to create and grasp relationships. References Hochschild A R.. The Managed Heart: Commercialization of Human Feeling[M]. Berkely, CA: University of California Press,1983:6-7. Grandey A A.. Emotion regulation in the workplace: a new way to conceptualize emotional labor.[J]. Journal of occupational health psychology, 2000, 5(1) : 95-110. Grandey A A. & Melloy R C.. The state of the heart: Emotional labor as emotion regulation reviewed and revised.[J]. Journal of occupational health psychology, 2017, 22(3) : 407-422. Fei Xiaotong. Native soil, The Foundations of Chinese Society [M]. Beijing: Peking University Press,2016:37-45. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pre-service Teachers' Reflections in Practice Placement: Balancing Pedagogy and Subject Didactic OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:This study examines the characteristics of pre-service teachers’ (PST) reflection logs throughout practice placement (PP) in year one and four of their initial teacher education. More specifically, we investigate the themes, topics, knowledge, and skills that PST focus on in their logs, and what language is used to describe these elements. The reflection logs are written at the end of each week of PP and contain PST’s reflections on their own development during that week, as well as areas to focus on during the following week(s). The focus points for reflection are given by the PST’s practice teacher, and are addressed in guidance sessions during PP. The following research questions guide our investigation. 1) What language do pre-service teachers use to reflect over learning and development in practice placement? 2) What themes, topics, knowledge and skills do pre-service teachers focus on in their reflection logs?
3) What are the similarities and differences between reflections at years one and four?
The Norwegian initial teacher education system for primary and lower secondary teacher education (compulsive education) promotes a holistic teaching and learning approach. This comprehensive system is structured into two distinct five-year master's programs, preparing teachers for either grades 1-7 (pupils’ ages 6-12) or grades 5-10 (pupils’ ages 10-16). Both study programs encompass a blend of subject knowledge, pedagogical skills, subject didactics, research literacy, and professional ethics. Our study focusses on the grade 5-10 training program. Teachers in this program are typically subject specialists, as the complexity of subjects increases at these grades. They are expected to possess a deeper understanding of a smaller selection of subjects (Skagen & Elstad, 2023).
An integral part of these programs is in-school PP under the supervision of experienced practice teachers, providing PSTs with practical experience (110 days divided into 5-6 weeks per year in the first 4 years of studies). The aim of such integration is to link in-school PP and campus-based learning, bridging the gap between theory and practice (Allen & Wright, 2014). PSTs write reflective logs during their practice placement, documenting their experiences, reflections and learning process. These logs, used by practice teachers for feedback, are also potential research resources. They provide insights into individual PSTs' growth, challenges, teaching methods, and the application of theoretical knowledge. Comparing logs across PSTs can identify patterns and differences in experiences and reflections and the development of their teacher identity and professional competencies. The theoretical framework for analysing PST logs includes Teacher Cognition, Teacher Professional Knowledge, and Aristotle's phronesis, techne, and episteme:
The reflective logs provide a rich source of data for exploring these dimensions. This comprehensive approach allows for a deep understanding of the processes involved in becoming a teacher. The reflective logs can reveal how PSTs are applying their professional knowledge in real-world teaching situations, and how this knowledge evolves over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is a two-pronged document analysis of PST reflection logs consisting of a content analysis and a collocation analysis. Participants and data sets The participants are PSTs in years one and four of their five-year teacher training. The first-year PSTs (estimated N=20) all have English as a second language as their subject, while the fourth-year PSTs (estimated N=50) have 14 different subjects. In addition, all PSTs have pedagogy as a subject. Each PST writes one reflection log per week, giving an estimated data set of up to 800 logs (5 logs per PST in first year and 6 in fourth). Analytical approaches First, we conduct a collocation analysis where various word combinations are extracted from the reflection logs, including clusters, N-grams and collocations based on Mutual Information, t-score and Log-Likelihood, using the AntConc software (Anthony, n.d.). The purpose of this analysis is to identify recurring, similar formulations in the texts. Combining measures that include statistical significance (Log-Likelihood and t-score) and effect size (MI-score) ensures that we extract both frequent word combinations and rarer ones that may nevertheless be strong predictors of central text features. Second, the collocation analysis is used as a starting point for a content analysis (Krippendorff, 2004) which allows us to study the meanings of a text and its relation to the context in which it is written (Gheyle & Jacobs, 2017). The purpose is to identify the themes, topics, knowledge, and skills that are prominent in the logs. The unit of analysis is the entire log, where words/word clusters are thematised and categorised according to their focus area (pedagogy, subject, subject didactics etc.). Our content analysis is mainly qualitative, seeking to identify what the PSTs focus on and how they relate this to their professional development in the context of PP. Thus, this two-pronged approach allows for a seamless combination of qualitative and quantitative analyses. Anonymity/ethics The study complies with data protection legislation as assessed by the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research. No sensitive data is gathered, and the texts are anonymised after collection. References to the material and the analysis of the data is conducted without referencing any identifiable informant information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This is a planned study, as data collection is carried out March- April 2024, thus the following is a description of expected outcomes. The combination of the content analysis and collocation analysis will give us insight into the characteristics and thematic content of the texts. Furthermore, they will provide opportunities to understand the context of PP. First, we expect to be able to pinpoint if and how the logs’ content balances between pedagogy and subject didactics, i.e., do the PST focus on both pedagogical skills such as classroom management, teacher-student relationship, planning etc, and subject didactics such as choice of teaching materials, subject content, learning aims, subject-specific assessment etc. As both pedagogy and subject didactics are equally central in the study program, the expectation is that they will feature equally in PP reflections. At the same time, research shows (Amdal & Willbergh, 2020) that newly-educated teachers find the non-subject related aspects of the profession, such as classroom management and teacher-student relationships, more challenging, which would suggest that they would take up more space in their PP reflections. Second, the analysis will give insight into how PSTs and their practice teachers connect theory (campus curriculum) and practice. These findings will further our understanding as teacher educators of the link between campus and school learning arenas. Such connections are vital for the PSTs professional development and learning during their teacher education (Allen & Wright, 2014). Fragmentation and lack of coherence across sites of learning and forms of knowledge has long been pointed out in research on teacher education in Norway (Hammerness, 2006; Hermansen, 2020). Together these findings will serve to give valuable knowledge about how to improve coherence in teacher education with a focus on a specific tool used in PP, the reflection log. References Allen, J. M., & Wright, S. E. (2014). Integrating theory and practice in the pre-service teacher education practicum. Teachers and teaching, 20(2), 136-151. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.848568 Amdal, I. I., & Willbergh, I. (2020). Det produktive praksissjokket: Nyutdannede læreres fortellinger om lærer-elev-forholdet i overgangen fra lærerutdanning til lærerarbeid [The productive transition into teaching: Novice teachers’ narratives of the teacher-pupil relationship]. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(3). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8421 Anthony, L. (n.d.). AntConc software. https://www.laurenceanthony.net/software/antconc/ Borg, S. (2003). Teacher cognition in language teaching: A review of research on what language teachers think, know, believe, and do. Language teaching, 36(2), 81-109. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444803001903 Gess-Newsome, J. (2015). A model of teacher professional knowledge and skill including PCK: Results of the thinking from the PCK summit. In A. Berry, P. Friedrichsen, & J. Loughran (Eds.), Re-examining pedagogical content knowledge in science education (pp. 28-42). Routledge Press. Gheyle, N., & Jacobs, T. (2017). Content Analysis: a short overview. Internal research note, 10. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.33689.31841 Hammerness, K. (2006). From coherence in theory to coherence in practice. Teachers College Record, 108(7), 1241-1265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00692.x Hermansen, H. (2020). Knowledge discourses and coherence in professional education. Professions and Professionalism, 10(2), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.7577/pp.3713 Krippendorff, K. (2019). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071878781 Lea, K. (2021). Hva må en kyndig lærer kunne? [What makes a competent teacher?] In L. T. Hilt & L. P. S. Torjussen (Eds.), Grunnspørsmål i pedagogikken [Core issues in pedagogy]. (1. utgave. ed., pp. 319-341). Fagbokforlaget. Skagen, K., & Elstad, E. (2023). Teacher Education in Norway. In E. Elstad (Ed.), Teacher Education in the Nordic Region: Challenges and Opportunities (pp. 175-193). Springer International Publishing Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-26051-3 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Thinking with a Bookcase – Diffracting Student Teachers’ Reflections 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:In this study, we think with theory and adopt a diffractive lens in engaging with student teachers' reflections. The focus is on exploring glowing moments in student teachers' reflective texts, recognising becoming as an ongoing, dynamic process that goes beyond static definition (Massumi, 1992; Rubin, 2022). By asking what might be produced if student teachers embrace the material dimension, particularly a bookcase and children's literature, the research seeks to reimagine teacher education as relational, material, and affective. The following questions took shape during the study: What can thinking-with diffraction and student teachers’ reflections on the bookcase produce and enable in teacher education? What difference did the literature make for the students’ teacher-becoming? The empirical material for this study comprises reflections from early childhood education student teachers enrolled in the blended course "Children’s Literature and Drama" at a university in Finland. We approach the empirical material as diffractive engagements in practice (Murris, 2021) presented as companions for thinking, seeing, and feeling with rather than as representational examples (Vintimilla et al., 2021). The study employs non-representational and postqualitative methodologies to explore the transformative potential of reflections and relationality in teacher training. By approaching reflections diffractively, we discuss the impact of the course on students' reflective practices and explore speculative avenues such as diffractive didactics in teacher education. The study delves into what might be produced when student teachers reflect on literature, including the theoretical course literature and children’s literature, and practice during a course. We became intrigued by how student teachers engaged with an assignment analysing children's books in the early childhood education centres where they worked. These reflections were part of a blended course designed to accommodate students working full or part-time as early childhood education teachers. As the student teachers interacted with the bookcase, they diffracted their previous professional experiences, highlighting elements in the course that influenced their becoming as teachers, such as literature and spaces for reading. The inquiry began with a focus on the empirical material—student course reflections. We identified events that made a difference by actively prompting student teachers to consider changes in their practice. Often rooted in humanist assumptions, reflections are commonplace in teacher education, offering students opportunities to engage with personal and professional experiences. However, we argue that such reflections frequently neglect or underestimate the impact of material-discursive dimensions. Further, this research calls for re-evaluating teacher education practices by incorporating diffractive perspectives and emphasising the material-discursive dimensions that significantly influence the transformative learning experiences of student teachers. The study encourages educators to consider the broader implications of diffractive didactics and to explore the potential of embracing material relations and entanglements in teacher education alongside human relations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a post-qualitative and non-representational approach, aligning with the principles of thinking-with research materials, theories, and collaborative discussions to reimagine teacher education (Jackson & Mazzei, 2013; Murris, 2021; Vannini, 2015). Thinking with the concept of diffraction, we study the transformative potential of student teachers' reflections. Here, diffraction allows us to pay attention to delicate details and differences that matter rather than focusing on coding, categorising, or comparing (Jackson & Mazzei, 2013; Murris & Bozalek, 2019). Diffraction, an optical metaphor introduced by Donna Haraway and developed by Karen Barad (Geerts, 2019), serves as the theoretical framework. For Haraway, diffraction is about making a (material) difference in the world by paying attention to how differences and power materialize. Barad further situated the researcher and research materials in an intimate co-existence by suggesting they are created through one another. To Geerts (2019) diffraction offers ways to reimagine higher education without falling back on either nostalgic humanist assumptions that exclude Otherness and ignore the material realities of students or neoliberal discourses that instrumentalise education and make students actors on a global market, profit-focused, ready to self-develop and forever deemed to prove their worth. Similarly, Taylor (2019) sees diffraction as respecting the relationality of humans and non-humans by offering a holistic approach to the purpose of higher education, fostering creative and meaningful engagements with the knowledge that makes a difference to students. Diffraction invites materialities into the discussion about the purpose of higher education, specifically teacher education. In that sense, diffraction is an approach that constantly moves between ontological, epistemological, and ethico-political implications of humans and non-humans co-existing side by side and together, creating differences that matter (Geerts, 2019). We carefully read the reflective texts multiple times, attending to words, ideas, and thoughts that 'glow' (MacLure, 2013). We also embraced the notion that our ideas about and orientations towards research were inevitably present alongside—and with—us in this process. The non-representational methodology creates opportunities to encounter empirical material as dynamic, fragmented and entangled in unexpected and remarkable ways (Barad, 2007; Hultman & Lenz Taguchi, 2010). By thinking through and engaging with glowing moments, the focus is on the relational and material becoming rather than separate pieces of data (Sheridan et al., 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study of students' reflections, we embraced a diffractive lens to understand the dynamic, ongoing process of becoming teachers. We aim to reimagine teacher education as a relational, material, and affective endeavour, focusing on the glowing moments in reflective texts and the influence of literature on the teacher-becoming process. The diffractive engagements and glowing moments discussed in the study offer a potentially novel perspective for thinking, seeing, and feeling with the empirical material rather than relying on representational and prescriptive examples. This shift in perspective allowed us to explore the transformative potential of reflections and delve into speculative realms, contemplating diffractive didactics in teacher education. The study's empirical material, drawn from reflections of early childhood education student teachers, provides insights into the impact of literature on their development as teachers. Here, we emphasise the empirical material's dynamic, fragmented, performative, and entangled nature (Vannini,2015). The assignment involving the analysis of children's books in early childhood education became a diffractive lens through which students could reconsider their previous professional experiences and imagine new ways of reading-with the children rather than to the children. For example, the student teachers sometimes created new relational and material teaching practices involving book-talks, drama (puppets, role-playing, props, scenery) and dramatic effects (sounds, visual prompts, music) connected to the children’s embodied sensations and affects. The bookcase assignment inspired the students to reimagine the spaces for reading-with children and they considered different places indoors (floors, tents, sleeping bags) and outdoors (hammocks, the forest) and unscheduled reading-with sessions that followed the children’s sense of time and spatial choices. By attending to delicate details and differences that matter, the study encourages educators to consider the creative and transformative potential of reflective practices. Through the student teachers' reflections, the bookcase, literature, children, and teachers become reimagined differently through multiple material-discursive entwinements. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke university Press. Geerts, E. (2019). Re-vitalizing the American feminist-philosophical classroom: Transformative academic experimentations with diffractive pedagogies. Posthumanism and higher education: Reimagining pedagogy, practice and research, 123-140. Hultman, K., & Lenz Taguchi, H. (2010). Challenging anthropocentric analysis of visual data: A relational materialist methodological approach to educational research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 23(5), 525-542. Jackson, A. & Mazzei, L. (2013). Plugging one text into another: Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry 19(4): 261–271. MacLure, M. (2013). The wonder of data. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 13(4), 228-232. Massumi, B. (1992). A User's Guide To Capitalism and Schizophrenia: Deviations from Deleuze and Guattari. Cambridge: MIT Press. Murris, K. (ed.) (2021). Navigating the Postqualitative, New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain across Disciplines: An Introductory Guide. New York: Routledge. 2021. Murris, K. & Bozalek, V. (2019). Diffracting diffractive readings of texts as methodology: Some propositions. Educational Philosophy and Theory 51(14): 1504–1517. Rubin, J. C. (2022). “We felt that electricity”: writing-as-becoming in a high school writing class. Literacy, https://doi.org/10.1111/lit.12306. Sheridan, M. P., Lemieux, A., Do Nascimento, A., & Arnseth, H. C. (2020). Intra‐active entanglements: What posthuman and new materialist frameworks can offer the learning sciences. British journal of educational technology, 51(4), 1277-1291. Taylor, C. A. (2019). Diffracting the curriculum: Putting “new” material feminism to work to reconfigure knowledge-making practices in undergraduate higher education. In Theory and method in higher education research (pp. 37-52). Emerald Publishing Limited. Vannini, P. (Ed.). (2015). Non-representational methodologies: Re-envisioning research. Routledge. Vintimilla, CD, Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., & Land, N. (2021). Manifesting living knowledges: A pedagogists’ working manifesto. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy: 1–10. Epub ahead of print. https://doi.org/10.1080/15505170.2021.1955051. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 100 SES 11: Reserved Working EERA Treasurer Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Working Meeting |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Reserved Working EERA Treasurer University of Fribourg, Switzerland Presenting Author:. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 11 SES 11 A: Higher Education: Student Needs and Skill Development Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Daiga Kalniņa Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Revolutionizing Learning with The Next-Gen LMS (Scrole) Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:In the 21st century where educational organizations are harnessing their skill sets with the help of information and technology, the Knowledge transfer from pedagogy to information and communication technology (ICT) plays a vital role (Reding, 2003). Therefore, in real-life situations, it's crucial to pay attention to what stakeholders of learning organizations need even before we create a product or service. We can make better decisions by understanding their needs and comparing them with what we can offer (Madzík.et.al, 2019). The Kano Model of Satisfaction (1984) is extensively employed by numerous educational and training institutions to assess the impact of individual service components on overall student satisfaction within broader service domains, particularly concerning academic advising or the intended digital learning outcomes (IDLO) of stakeholders in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs). (Mcdowall, 2016) In digital learning, ICT is an important medium. Therefore, designing an LMS to satisfy the needs of stakeholders of HEIs is one of the crucial factors. This study prominently incorporates the theory of attractive quality (Kano model) to analyze the needs of stakeholders for digital learning tools. Kano analysis can offer a better understanding of how stakeholders of HEIs evaluate a product and assist the development of new LMS by focusing on the most important attributes that need to be improved. (Hsu.et.al, 2019) 81 The newly designed LMS will offer 22 new functional factors namely from F1 to F22. These factors comprise various LMS attributes such as ease of use, interactivity index, interconnectivity, design, and layout, (Application Programming Interfaces) API integration, compatibility with various mobile devices, monitoring learners’ performances as well as Human Resource and Accounts Modules integrated. This paper highlights the Kano Method research findings and analysis for the Ph.D. research paper of the author. The 21st century today demands an educational structure that caters to the demands and skills of the new generation in this digital age (OECD, 2019). As per Ferri and colleagues (Ferri.et.al, 2020, pp. 2-3) it is mentioned that a digital learning system implemented properly acts as a very crucial support structure for the delivery of modern constructive coaching. 58 Even though LMS’s have been popular and are widely adopted for their vast offerings that aid digital learning & education. Several authors Umar & colleagues (Umar.et.al, 2017) Brandford (2017) & Naufal (2017) have argued that LMS’s still have limitations that cannot be overlooked. Umar & colleagues highlighted some of the drawbacks of the LMS’s and one of the major factors is that they figured out the primary acceptance and endorsement of the stakeholders that means (teachers/ trainers/ educators/ students/ course designers/ administrative & management personnel as well as owners and managers of the educational institutions or organizations). As per Anderson & Dron (Anderson & Dron, 2017) majority of LMSs are restricted to authorized users deliberately so that the higher authorities of the educational organizations can govern them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To measure the satisfaction level, of the stakeholders with the newly planned LMS named “Scrole” the author has used Kano analysis for this purpose. The analysis is based on the feedback received by the stakeholders of HEIs in Latvia according to the questionnaire prepared and distributed randomly. The survey Google form was drafted to suffice the Kano principles such as functional and dysfunctional ones accordingly. Moreover, self-importance ratings were also taken for the particular product feature codes that comprise 22 features. Analysis was done both continuously and discretely, and results were summarized accordingly. The Technology Pedagogy Content Knowledge (TPACK) (Mishra.et.al, 2017) and Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), (Ros.et.al, 2015) were the main models and frameworks used in framing qualitative and quantitative question sets. It substantiated that those various aspects of the criteria demand the incorporation of various paradigms. Survey analysis highlights almost all 20 out of the 22 features of the “Scrole” are accepted by the stakeholders of HEIs in Latvia. That is except Feature (F12 & 16) yield a value of (P) in the category which according to Kano rules means Positive. It is not always the same and however, things can even change whilst the product is in the pilot testing stage as it is observed that people’s needs, wants and minds change according to the product's versatility and changing trends. (Rust, 2020) Research question: Will the newly designed LMS model fulfill the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) criteria? Research methods: 1) data collection – stakeholders’ survey (closed-ended questions with functional & dysfunctional and urgency of importance attributes for Kano analysis), stakeholders’ structured observation done by 5 structured Interviews from stakeholders of HEIs from Latvia. Among the Interviewees were three professors from the International College of Cosmetology, the head of the Department of Tourism of Turiba University, and a lecturer of the English Language at the University of Latvia. Mixed-methods data analysis strategies – data interpretation and comparison. For qualitative data analysis, content analysis was applied – the basic analytic method of interpretivism. For quantitative data – descriptive analysis and frequency calculations were carried out. Research process: Stakeholders’ who participated in the "Scrole" survey were specifically targeted according to the HEIs in Latvia. Respondents answered questions that highlighted limitations with LMS, preference factors, daily struggle, inclusion of artificial intelligence for digital learning, and connection of a personal touch with digital modes of learning. Research period: November 2021 – December 2023. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Stakeholders consider specially designed software Like Moodle in HEIs, is not easy! Teachers find limitations in terms of time management for training, special software is staggeringly complicated to understand as most teachers don’t have IT backgrounds. The major issue with special digital LMS tools is stakeholders need to depend upon the technical or IT administrator to troubleshoot the problems causing valuable time loss. Other issues highlighted by the stakeholders are generation trends & characteristics, stakeholders have a common opinion that technology should not be the starting point but pedagogy should be, and to practice or implement any new LMS the involvement of all the stakeholders is a must. The biggest concern stakeholders of HEIs raised was about data security. The Attractive Value (A): - When it comes to product attractiveness the value field (A) in discrete analysis gives some of the feature’s percentages below 10% in terms of attractiveness and those are the points the product needs to be worked upon to make it more attractive amongst the stakeholders of HEIs. To overcome the reverse value (R) value for “Scrole” it is important to see what features are being rejected, in this case, it is (F12&F16) that integration with social media and other platforms is not welcomed by the stakeholders of HEIs. The discrete analysis gives a broader overview of every feature accepted or rejected by the stakeholders of HEIs. The Performance Value (P) field shows that all the 22 features of "Scrole" have gained above 50% in terms of Performance features, except F12 & F16, which means that is highly desirable and will be widely accepted by the stakeholders of HEIs in Latvia once developed and launched. "Scrole" LMS has good possible strengths to attract stakeholders to achieve their intended digital learning outcome (IDLO). References Anderson, & Dron. (2017. gada 15. December). Integrating learning management and social networking systems. Integrating learning management and social networking, 25, 5-19. doi:10.17471/2499-4324/950 Ferri.et.al, F. (2020. gada August). Online Learning and Emergency Remote Teaching Opportunities and Challenges in Emergency Situations. MDPI Journals, 10(4), 1-18. doi:10.3390/soc10040086 Hsu.et.al, J.-Y. (2019). Discover Users’ Needs in e-Learning by Kano Analysis and Decision Trees. IEEE 6th International Conference on Industrial Engineering and Applications (ICIEA). Tokyo, Japan: EEE. doi:10.1109/IEA.2019.8714873 Madzík.et.al, P. (2019. gada 28. January ). Application of the Kano Model for a Better Understanding of Customer Requirements in Higher Education—A Pilot Study. MDPI Journal, 1-18. doi:10.3390/admsci9010011 Mcdowall, M. P. (2016). Applying The Kano Model To Higher Education: Moving Beyond Measuring Student Satisfaction. University of North Dakota UND Scholarly Commons. North Dakota : University of North Dakota. Ielādēts 2023. gada 5. Nov no https://commons.und.edu/theses/1931 Mishra.et.al, P. (2017. gada 4. December ). What is Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK)? Journal of Education, Computer Science, Engineering, 193(3). Ielādēts 2023. gada 18. Jan no https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741319300303 OECD. (2019. gada Oct). Educating 21st Century Children. Emotional Well-being in the Digital Age(Educational Research and Innovation), 7081-7092. Riga, Latvia: OECD. doi:http://www.oecd.org/education/educating-21st-century-children-b7f33425-en.htm Rahman.et.al, M. (25. gada 25. Novemeber). Learning Management System (LMS) in Teaching and Learning. International Journal of Academic Research in Business & Social Sciences, 9(11), 1529-1535. doi:10.6007/IJARBSS/v9-i11/6717 Reding, V. (2003). e-learning for Europe. European Council, Education & Culture. Brussels: Publications.eu.int. Ielādēts no http://europa.eu.int Ros.et.al, S. (2015). On the use of extended TAM to assess students' acceptance and intent to use third-generation learning management systems. British Journal of Education & Technology, 46(6), 1250-1271. Ielādēts no https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12199 Rust, R. T. (2020. gada 5. March). The future of marketing. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 37(1), 15-26. Ielādēts 2023. gada 2. Dec no https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijresmar.2019.08.002 Umar.et.al, I. N. (2017. gada 18. August). A Decade of LMS Acceptance and Adoption Research in Sub-Sahara African Higher Education: A Systematic Review of Models, Methodologies, Milestones and Main Challenges. EURASIA Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 7270-7286. doi:1305-8223 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Competence-based Approach for Educational Improvement of Biology I Programme: the Case of Latvia University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Competence-based education (CBE) was broadened at the beginning of the 21st century in the context of discussions on the challenges and ways of modernising education, emphasising that it is innovative education: not only a new way of teaching, but also a new way of thinking (Makulova et al., 2015).CBE impacts Europeanisation on national curriculum reforms. The curriculum as a content concept has a continental European tradition and specific Anglo-American roots. It includes a detailed description of the curriculum content that teachers should transmit to students when teaching (Nordin & Sundberg, 2016). At the same time, it can be considered that CBE is a systems-change approach intended to re-shape traditional understandings of what, when, where, an d how students learn and demonstrate academic knowledge and skills (Evans, et al., 2020). This means that developing CBE must simultaneously focus on curriculum, teaching and learning. Nowadays, CBE is being integrated into more and more schools every year It essentially focuses on the development of a student's skills, knowledge (cognitive component), attitudes (affective component) and behaviour (behavioural component) (Cuyacot, E. & Cuyacot, M., 2022). Important elements of competence education are personalized learning, higher student engagement, clear learning objectives, flexibility, adaptation to diverse learners needs, strategies to ensure equity, real-world skills, and continual assessment (Levine & Patrick, 2019; Lorente, 2023). In general, CBE can be considered to be characterised by 5 dimensions: 1) learners progress after demonstrating mastery; 2) there are clear, measurable and achievable outcomes; 3) assessment is meaningful and provides positive learning experiences for learners; 4) learners receive timely, differentiated support based on their individual learning needs; and 5) learning outcomes emphasise competences that involve applying and creating knowledge as well as developing important skills and dispositions (Evans et al., 2019). However, there are also problems in the implementation of CBE, which are related to (1) a lack of standardization - difficult to assess and compare the performance of students across different schools or regions; 2) narrow focus on specific skills or competencies, potentially overlooking the broader development of students in areas such as critical thinking, creativity, and problem-solving; 3) too much emphasis on standardized testing to measure specific competencies; 4) inflexibility not always accommodate individual differences among students; and 5) reduced emphasis on content knowledge (Boritz & Carnaghan, 2003; Lassnigg, 2015; Edwards, 2016; Bowden, 2000; Hodge, et al., 2020). This is particularly true for STEM education (UNESCO, 2019). According to Chalmers et al. (2017) schools face practical difficulties in integrating STEM disciplines in the implementation of Big Ideas (Harlen, 2015). This is attributed to timing, teacher skills, differing curriculum requirements and assessment criteria, and the fact that some STEM disciplines are optional. In general education an improved competence-based education content was fully introduced by 2023. Curriculum reform in Latvia will require a change in teaching and pedagogical approaches (OECD, 2020). The big ideas is central themes or key concepts that guide the teaching and learning of biology, aiming to ensure that students achieve specific learning outcomes related to understanding and engaging with the subject (Skola2030, 2019). The reform of biology content in Latvian schools aims to modernize and enhance the teaching of biology in Latvian schools. It involves changes in the curriculum, teaching methods, and assessment practices to ensure that students gain a deeper understanding of biological concepts and develop critical thinking skills. The aim of the article is to find out how the implementation of CBE approach in Latvian schools improve the learning of biology. To do this, the research question was stated: What are the opinions of biology teachers on the implementation of the Biology I curriculum developed by Skola2030? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In 2023 the Faculty of Biology of the University of Latvia implemented the sub-project "Digital Authoring Solutions for the Development of Learning Strategies for STEM Content Acquisition to Mitigate the Impact of Pandemic Biology I" (Identification No VISC 2023/2) of the project "Support for the Development of Individual Competences of Learners" (No 8.3.2.2/16/I/001) financed by the European Social Fund of the Ministry of Education. The aim of the project was to develop a curriculum and 105 interactive lessons for the optimal level of the core course Biology I. In order to achieve the project objectives, a pilot-survey of Latvian secondary school biology teachers was carried out to find out about the implementation of the previous Biology I programme developed by Skola 2030. The survey contained 6 demographic items, 40 Likert-style items with a 5-point scale (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree), and 3 open-response items. It was structured in 3 parts. The first part identified the respondent's profile (gender, age, type of school, length of service and subject taught). The second part was an evaluation of the Biology I Curriculum in the context of the competence approach, focusing on the relevance of the content to the core principles of the competence approach. The third part of the study focused on the institutional, professional and personal factors influencing teacher performance. The questionnaire was placed on the QuestionPro e-platform and the snowball sampling method was used to collect respondents. 67 secondary school biology teachers participated in the pilot study (by seniority 1/2 year to 10 years - 8; 11-20 years - 14; 21-30 years - 20; 31-45 years - 25), of whom 12% were male and 88% female, predominantly aged 48% 51-65 years. As this is a pilot study and the number of respondents to the survey will increase, only descriptive statistics are offered in the data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Content of Biology I Curriculum. Teachers consistently rate the relevance of the programme's learning outcomes (M=3.45, SD=0.80) and the use of recommended teaching methods (M=3.33, SD=0.98). Science literacy achieved (M=3.17, SD=1.10), all Big Ideas are included (M=3.14, SD=1.24) in the content of the programme. The logical sequence of biology topics and subtopics are rated average (M=2.55-2.76, SD=1.22-1.13), but below average - the total number of teaching hours is not sufficient to flexibly adapt the curriculum to students' individual needs and that the number of teaching hours is not sufficient (M=2.19, SD=1.09) for students to acquire research skills. Institutional factors. The school has a wide range of ICT facilities (M=3.55, SD=0.95), facilities for laboratory work (M=3.38, SD=1.00) and facilities for microscopy laboratory (M=3.32, SD=1.08). The distribution of responses shows that not all schools have such facilities, which is also reflected in the question on the use of sensors and computers (M=2.97, SD=1.12).There is a need for improvement of resources and materials in order to achieve all the program's results. Professional factors. Teachers lack time to develop lessons (M=2.45, SD=1.03) because they have to look for a lot of additional information (M=4.35, SD=0.72). Teachers have no problems with ensuring classroom discipline (M=4.09, SD=0.72) and they regularly conducts formative assessments (M=4.01, SD=0.76) and provides effective feedback (M=3.57, SD=0.79). Personal factors. A teacher's well-being is determined by the conditions in which they work. They receive support from the school administration and from their colleagues, both in collaborating with other teachers on cross-curricular topics, in observing their own lessons and in observing the lessons of other colleagues. Conclussion. Study confirms that teachers are successfully implementing the competence approach in Biology I, but there is a need to improve the content of Biology I curriculum and provide teachers with teaching materials and resources. References Boritz, J. E., & Carnaghan, C. A. (2003). Competency‐based education and assessment for the accounting profession: A critical review. Canadian Accounting Perspectives, 2(1), 7-42. Bowden, J. A. (2000). Competency-based education–neither a panacea nor a pariah. In Technological Education and National Development conference. Chalmers, C., Carter, M., Cooper, T., & Nason, R. (2017). Implementing “big ideas” to advance the teaching and learning of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 15, 25-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-017-9799-1 Cuyacot, E. P., & Cuyacot, M. T. (2022). Competency-based education: Learner’s new process for success. International Journal of Research, 11(4), 89-101. Edwards, R. (2016). Competence-based education and the limitations of critique, International Journal of Training Research, 14:3, 244-255, DOI:10.1080/14480220.2016.1254366 European Council. (2024). European Education Area. https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/education-area/ Evans, C. M., Graham, S. E., & Lefebvre, M. L. (2019). Exploring K-12 competency-based education implementation in the Northeast States. NASSP Bulletin, 103(4), 300-329. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365198774 Evans, C. M., Landl, E., & Thompson, J. (2020). Making sense of K‐12 competency‐based education: A systematic literature review of implementation and outcomes research from 2000 to 2019. The Journal of Competency‐Based Education, 5(4), e01228. Harlen, W. (2015). Towards big ideas of science education. School Science Review, 97(359), 97-107. Hodge, S., Mavin, T., & Kearns, S. (2020). Hermeneutic dimensions of competency-based education and training. Vocations and Learning, 13, 27-46. Lassnigg, L. (2015). Competence-based education and educational effectiveness. A critical review of the research literature on outcome-oriented policy making in education. HS Sociological Series. Working Paper 111 Levine, E. & Patrick, S. (2019). What is competency-based education? An updated definition. Vienna, VA: Aurora Institute Lorente, L. M. (2023). Competency-Based Curriculum As A Strategy For STEM Education In The 21st Century. Journal of Namibian Studies: History Politics Culture, 36, 1310-1328. Makulova, A. T., Alimzhanova, G. M., Bekturganova, Z. M., Umirzakova, Z. A., Makulova, L. T., & Karymbayeva, K. M. (2015). Theory and practice of competency-based approach in education. International Education Studies, 8(8), 183-192. Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (2016). Travelling concepts in national curriculum policy-making: The example of competencies. European Educational Research Journal, 15(3), 314-328. OECD (2020), OECD Skills Strategy Implementation Guidance for Latvia: Developing Latvia’s Education Development Guidelines 2021-2027, OECD Skills Studies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ebc98a53-en. Skola2030 [School 2030]. (2019). Retrieved from https://www.skola2030.lv/lv (in Latvian) UNESCO (2019). Exploring STEM competences for the 21st century. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Social skills of University Students according to Labor Market Needs: Results of a Survey 1Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand; 2Latvian Academy of Sports Education, Latvia; 3Surindra Rajabhat University, Thailand Presenting Author:In contemporary workplaces, employers increasingly value soft skills such as effective communication, teamwork, and adaptability, making it imperative to explore and understand the social skills cultivated during university education (Sa-Nguanmanasak & Khampirat, 2019; Poláková et al., 2023). Social skills, identified as pivotal employability skills for graduates, extend beyond the confines of academic knowledge, playing an instrumental role in shaping successful trajectories (Owusu et al., 2022; Thomas et al., 2023).
Recognizing their significance, higher education institutions (HEIs) have adopted a holistic approach, emphasizing the concurrent development of social skills alongside academic skills (Arhuis-Inca & Ipanaqué-Zapata, 2023; Khampirat, 2021). This strategic emphasis aligns with the multifaceted nature of success, not only in the labor market but also in personal life and future careers, as asserted by García-Álvarez et al. (2022). Within the sphere of employability, the essence of social skills lies in their transformative impact on graduates' ability to navigate a rapidly evolving professional landscape. The capacity to motivate others, a key facet of these skills, translates into effective team collaboration and leadership (Ćurlin et al., 2020; Garrote & Moser, 2021). The ability to build and maintain relationships, as highlighted by Ćurlin et al. (2020) and Garrote & Moser (2021), serves as a cornerstone for networking and collaborative endeavors. As the labor market continues to demand a workforce equipped with a diverse skill set, the trajectory of higher education is marked by an imperative to produce well-rounded individuals. Social skills, therefore, emerge as catalysts for success, influencing personal and professional growth (Shen & Wang, 2023). This comprehensive skill set becomes a hallmark of graduates prepared not only with academic proficiency but also with the interpersonal acumen and adaptability necessary for a dynamic world (Lee et al., 2024; Narimani et al., 2023; Poláková et al., 2023). The evolving landscape of work and career trajectories underscores the enduring relevance of social skills, positioning them as a linchpin in the paradigm of contemporary education and employability (Aliu & Aigbavboa, 2023). Therefore, the objective of this research proposal is to assess social skills in alignment with the requirements of the labor market. To address this objective, the study formulates the following research questions:
Q1: Which social skills align with the demands of contemporary labor markets? Q2: What is the proficiency level of social skills among Thai students? Q3: Is there a difference in social skill levels between students who have experienced internships and those who have not? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study's design was meticulously developed, grounded in the background, problems, and objectives. It initiated from preliminary work and progressed through the five crucial stages of Social Skills Scale (SOSS) development and analysis. These stages encompassed the creation of a new scale, sample recruitment, item reduction, data collection, and the assessment of reliability and validation. An additional facet involved scrutinizing mean differences across variables such as gender, family average income, types of internships or work experiences, and duration. In Stage I, focused on items generation and selection, the primary objective was to craft a tool for assessing social skills. This phase was firmly grounded in the study's theoretical framework, an extensive literature review, and prior instruments. Utilizing insights from existing studies covering a broad spectrum of competencies, the research constructed 59 initial positive-question items. To ensure suitability for measuring SOSS for labor market needs, existing items from previous studies were selectively chosen. Stage II involved expert reviewing and a pilot study. Seven experts evaluated the initial 59-item SOSS, bringing significant workplace assessment experience. They assessed each item's quality and provided feedback to enhance appropriateness and clarity. Content validity, as judged by experts, was analyzed using the index of item-objective congruence (IOC). The final iteration of the SOSS comprised 59 items rated on a 5-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree, 5 = strongly agree), available in both English and Thai. The research included 955 participants from 15 universities across Thailand, presenting a diverse demographic profile. 20% were males and 80% were females. Their ages ranged mostly from 19-22 years. Ethical approval was obtained from the Ethics Committee at the University. Data collection was conducted anonymously through the use of Google Forms. Descriptive statistics were employed to understand central tendencies and variabilities in the responses, and exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses were conducted to establish construct validity. Additionally, an independent t-test was utilized to examine differences in social skills across internship experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, the research systematically addressed three pivotal inquiries, offering invaluable insights into the social skills landscape among Thai students and their alignment with contemporary labor markets. Firstly, the study meticulously identified a comprehensive set of social skills crucial for success in today's dynamic work environments through an extensive literature review and scale development process. Secondly, by surveying 955 participants from 15 universities in Thailand, the research not only illuminated the current state of social skills but also contributed to the ongoing discourse on the role of education in fostering these competencies. Thirdly, the study investigated the impact of internships on social skill levels, revealing whether practical experiences significantly contribute to students' social skill development—a crucial aspect for educational institutions and employers alike. The expected outcomes include a detailed understanding of demanded social skills, serving as a roadmap for curriculum development, proficiency level benchmarking, and insights into the impact of internships. Importantly, the research is beyond the Thai context, with implications applicable to other countries, including European nations. Recognizing the universal value of social skills in the global job market, the identified competencies resonate across diverse cultural and economic contexts. The findings provide guidance for international educational institutions and policymakers to tailor curricula and strategies to match the social skill requirements of their respective labor markets, with specific insights into the impact of internships. References Arhuis-Inca, W., & Ipanaqué-Zapata, M. (2023). The Relationship Between Social Skills, Psychological Well-Being, and Academic Performance in University Students in Chimbote, Peru. Revista Electrónica Educare, 27(2), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.15359/ree.27-2.15848 Aliu, J., & Aigbavboa, C. (2023). Key generic skills for employability of built environment graduates. International Journal of Construction Management, 23(3), 542-552. https://doi.org/10.1080/15623599.2021.1894633 Ćurlin, T., Pejic Bach, M., & Miloloža, I. (2020). Presentation skills of business and economics students: Cluster analysis. Croatian Review of Economic, Business and Social Statistics, 6, 27-42. https://doi.org/10.2478/crebss-2020-0009 García-Álvarez, J., Vázquez-Rodríguez, A., Quiroga-Carrillo, A., & Priegue Caamaño, D. (2022). Transversal competencies for employability in university graduates: A systematic review from the employers’ perspective. Education Sciences, 12(3), 204. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030204 Garrote, H. A., & Moser, O. E. (2021). The social relationships of students with intellectual disabilities in inclusive classrooms. Empirische Sonderpädagogik 13(3), 201-215. https://doi.org/10.5167/uzh-209713 Khampirat, B. (2020). The relationship between paternal education, self-esteem, resilience, future orientation, and career aspirations. PLoS One, 15(12), e0243283. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0243283 Khampirat, B. (2021). The impact of work-integrated learning and learning strategies on engineering students’ learning outcomes in Thailand: A multiple mediation model of learning experiences and psychological factors. IEEE Access, 9, 111390-111406. https://doi.org/10.1109/ACCESS.2021.3055620 Lee, Y. A., Park, H. G., Cheon, J. E., Rice, K. G., & Kim, Y.-H. (2024). Mediating role of social skills in the longitudinal relationship between intrapersonal perfectionism and psychological well-being of preadolescents. Journal of School Psychology, 102, 101257. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2023.101257 Narimani, M., Sahebgharan fard, M., & Nokhostin Goldoost, A. (2023). Comparing the effectiveness of the model based on progress motivation and social skills training on academic self-efficacy in students with learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 12(3), 91-81. https://doi.org/10.22098/jld.2023.12901.2095 Owusu, J., Hayat, N., Oppong, P. K., & Owusu-Ansah, W. (2022). Achieving entrepreneurial intention through entrepreneurial orientation, social network ties, and market intelligence generation perspectives. International Journal of Research in Business and Social Science, 11(6), 86-97. https://doi.org/10.20525/ijrbs.v11i6.1901 Pagnoccolo, J., & Bertone, S. (2021). The apprentice experience: The role of interpersonal attributes and people-related generic skills. Education + Training, 63(2), 313-327. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2020-0116 Peng, R., Abdul Razak, R., & Hajar Halili, S. (2023). Factors influencing in-service teachers' technology integration model: Innovative strategies for educational technology. PLoS One, 18(8), e0286112. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0286112 Shen, H., & Wang, M. (2023). Effects of social skills on lexical alignment in human-human interaction and human-computer interaction. Computers in Human Behavior, 143, 107718. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2023.107718 Thomas, S., Kågström, A., Eichas, K., Inam, A., Ferrer-Wreder, L., & Eninger, L. (2023). Children’s social emotional competence in Pakistan and Sweden: Factor structure and measurement invariance of the Social Competence Scale (teacher edition). Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 1020963. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 12 SES 11 A: OER, Transfer and Openness Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Paper Session |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Modelising Scientific Mediation Processes: a Key to Facilitate Knowledge Brokering in Educational Practices and Policies? Institut français de l'Éducation - ENS DE LYON, France Presenting Author:Knowledge produced by research has a social value. Much of it can serve as a guide to more effective behaviours and practices for users whether practicing professionals or decision-makers. Furthermore, the use of research to improve educational practices has become a lively political and scientific debate since the concepts of evidence-based education or evidence-informed education were developed in Europe and the United States, then within international organizations (Gaussel, et al., 2017). Thus, for the past twenty years, the IFÉ (Institut français de l’Éducation) has been developing a mediation activity between research and educational practices. In this context, IFÉ’s Veille et Analyses team has been focusing its work on the role of intermediaries in the transfer of research knowledge through a mediation or transformation process (Gaussel, 2014). In this presentation, we propose to explore a conceptual framework for a mediation process for knowledge to be disseminated in the field of educational research and address some specific issues raised in the research literature on the matter: - RQ1: What does characterize a mediation process? - RQ2: processed in perspective, what implications could emerge for intermediaries and mediators in terms of brokering competencies?
Theoretical framework: In Europe and other parts of the world, it has long been accepted that educational research can be very useful in improving educational policy and practice (Farley-Ripple, 2018; Godfrey & Brown, 2018; Weiss, 1979) ; at the same time, educational research is criticized for not being sufficiently in tune with practice (Malin & Brown, 2019; Cooper & Shewchuk, 2015), while teachers show great resistance in implementing research findings (Draelant & Revaz, 2022). The gap between research and practice has many causes, and at its root lie deep social, cultural and structural fractures, particularly when research dissemination is perceived as linear, unidirectional and potentially disempowering for practitioners – asking researchers to better disseminate work or teachers to better engage with research has not been particularly successful to date (Rycroft-Smith, 2022) –and therefore ineffective (Farley-Ripple & Grajeda, 2019; Malin & Brown, 2019). Previous work on knowledge transfer – an interdisciplinary concern about how to disseminate knowledge created by research – has indeed shown that the development of a scientific mediation process between research producers and users (whether field actors or policy-makers) could be relevant to bridging the gap between these two communities (Cooper & Shewchuk, 2015; Hering, 2016; Turnhout, et al., 2013; Ward, 2017) and reinforce the usability of scientific knowledge. However, knowledge transfer goes through a mediation process that goes beyond a simple push towards those concerned (from researchers to decision-makers, from researchers to practitioners, from researchers to the general public). A mediation process actually involves a number of tasks that complement each other. It is a composite interface that includes searching for information, evaluating that information, cross-referencing and interpreting the results, identifying emerging issues or, on the contrary, blind spots related to the studied subject; It means making knowledge appropriable, exploitable and usable (Meyer, 2010). This idea is echoed by many researchers, for whom mediation contexts play a key role: it is not enough for teachers to be aware of research that has proved its value, the conditions must be provided for them to change their practices as well (Gaussel, et al., 2017). The requirement to develop a simple and effective means of promoting research knowledge is reinforced by the need to find a way of translating scientific results and, consequently, to strengthen the operational links between education professionals and research producers through a mediation process, one of which is knowledge brokering. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing from previous work (Gaussel 2014, 2017, 2020), we used key words such as knowledge transfer, knowledge mobilization, brokering process, mediation context, research transformation, etc. to find key publications. We also took into account the scientific authority of the authors on the subject which included various academic fields – ranging from medical sciences to communication sciences, educational sciences and political sciences. We gathered about 150 articles from the English-speaking literature as a foundation for our research. Fueled by reflections from scientific seminars on brokering processes (the seminars consist of a series of joint workshops led by the IFÉ’s Veille & Analyses team members since 2022, the aim of which is to establish the team’s mediation productions on a solid theoretical and methodological foundation), we then selected and evaluated, through a content analysis method, three conceptual frameworks identified in literature – the ‘use triangle’ (Levin, 2013), ‘connections between research and practice’ (Farley-Ripple, et al., 2018) and ‘knowledge mobilization at the interface of research, practice and policy’ (Cooper, et al., 2017) to work on a model of a mediation process. Those seminars enabled us to problematize the issue from two different yet linked angles. The first one regards knowledge transfer through the mediation process (independently of the contents) and the second one leads, in perspectives, to the issue of the required competencies of brokers in a social context and more specifically in an educational context (Gaussel et al., 2017). Based on those observations, we were able to modelise – if still a work in progress – a mediation process designed to facilitate the transfer of scientific knowledge in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In analysing the impact of knowledge transfer through mediation in education, we found that open research cannot be a mediation process in itself – making science available doesn’t just mean making knowledge available (Rycroft-Smith, 2022). This knowledge must be reconstructed and mobilized in the specific context of use. We also note that science mediation does not yet seem to be an essential factor for most researchers (in the sense that they don’t always factor the importance of mediation in their work). Nevertheless, some see it as an crucial task (Malin & Brown, 2019), and the activities and roles of knowledge brokers are being more and more closely studied to promote the use of research in education (Shewchuk & Farley-Ripple, 2022). These results open up the possibility of working further on a modelised mediation process based on these findings as part of our seminars. In response to RQ1, we found that what characterized a mediation process was the necessity to: - apprehend mediation as a process for transforming/translating research; - set clear objectives regarding the benefits for the intended users; - emphasize the dynamic, relational, contextual and interactive dimension of mediation; - qualify the nature of the various mediation productions. Regarding RQ2: different observations linked to mediation processes emerged as for what kind of competencies should brokers develop (whether an individual or a dedicated infrastructure such as ours) based on what we found: - knowledge is brokered to develop solutions to practical problems, to change practices and behaviours, to improve professional skills; - brokers assume a vast variety of identities and activities; - brokers should be able to identify research that can be mobilized to respond to the holistic nature of an educational situation; - brokers should be able to produce synthetic reviews or research knowledge to provoke engagement with research on the users ’side. References - Cooper, A. (2017). How are Educational Researchers Interacting with End-users to Increase Impact? Engaged Scholar Journal: Community-Engaged Research, Teaching, and Learning, 3(2), 99-122. - Draelants, H. et Revaz, S. (2022). L’évidence des faits : la politique des preuves en éducation. PUF - Farley-Ripple, E., Grajeda, S. (2019). Avenues of influence: An exploration of school-based practitioners as knowledge brokers and mobilizers. In The role of knowledge brokers in education: Connecting the dots between research and practice (pp. 65-90). Routledge. - Farley-Ripple, E., May, H., Karpyn, A., Tilley, K. and McDonough, K. (2018). Rethinking Connections Between Research and Practice in Education: A Conceptual Framework. Educational Researcher, 47(4), 235-245. - Gaussel, M. (2014). Production et valorisation des savoirs scientifiques sur l’éducation. Dossier de veille de l’IFÉ, n° 97, décembre. ENS de Lyon - Gaussel, M., Gibert, A.-F., Joubaire, C. et Rey, O. (2017). Quelles définitions du passeur en éducation ? Revue française de pédagogie, n° 201(4), 35-39. - Gaussel, M. (2020). Les pratiques enseignantes face aux recherches. Dossier de veille de l’IFÉ, n°132, février. ENS de Lyon. - Hering, J. G. (2016). Do we need “more research” or better implementation through knowledge brokering? Sustainability Science, 11(2), 363 369. - Levin, B. (2013). To know is not enough: research knowledge and its use. Review of Education, 1(1), 231. - Malin, J. et Brown, C. (2019). The Role of Knowledge Brokers in Education: Connecting the Dots Between Research and Practice. Routledge. - Rycroft-Smith, L. (2022). Knowledge brokering to bridge the research-practice gap in education: Where are we now? Review of Education, 10(1), e3341. - Shewchuk, S. et Cooper, A. (2015). Knowledge brokers in education: How intermediary organizations are bridging the gap between research, policy and practice internationally. education policy analysis archives, 23(0), 118. - Shewchuk, S. et Farley-Ripple, E. (2022). Understanding Brokerage in Education: Backward Tracking from Practice to Research. Center For Research Use in Education CRUE), University of Delaware. - Turnhout, E., Stuiver, M., Klostermann, J., Harms, B. et Leeuwis, C. (2013). New roles of science in society: Different repertoires of knowledge brokering. Science and Public Policy, 40(3), 354-365. - Ward, V. (2017). Why, whose, what and how? A framework for knowledge mobilisers. Evidence and Policy, 13(3), 477‑497. - Ward, V. L., House, A. O. et Hamer, S. (2009). Knowledge brokering: exploring the process of transferring knowledge into action. BMC Health Services Research, 9, 12. - Weiss, C. H. (1979). The Many Meanings of Research Utilization. Public Administration Review, 39(5), 426. 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Educational Information Systems: Intermediaries for Knowledge Transfer DIPF, Germany Presenting Author:The importance of sharing knowledge research, practice and policy in education is well recognized. Still, a notable gap among these areas in the field of education has been observed (Rycroft-Smith 2022, Levin 2013). Researchers and decision makers addressing this situation, are faced with a complex problem that spans from agreeing on a mutual understanding of knowledge and its application, to navigating the boundaries between diverse domains, and includes the identification, implementation, and evaluation of effective transfer methods (Levin 2013, McMahon, Legget & Carroll 2022). Intermediaries such as individuals, teams, organizations and initiatives have been identified as crucial in facilitating knowledge transfer by connecting researchers, practitioners and decision makers (Malin & Brown 2020, MacKillop, Quarmby & Downe 2020). Digital platforms can also act as intermediaries by creating a centralized space where different communities are brought together. Their basic function in the transfer process is to provide access to knowledge, structuring knowledge and interlinking it (Bernhard-Skala, Sonnenmoser & Tombeil 2023). Furthermore, they have the potential to offer new communication channels and complementary mediated types of transmission, enabling alternate access to knowledge (Bernhard-Skala, Sonnenmoser & Tombeil 2023). Their function in the transfer process is at the same time limited to the features they provide for their users thus setting boundaries to the production, dissemination and use of knowledge (Hartong & Decupere 2023).In our research, we tap into the intermediary role of a specific set of digital platforms in Europe in the context of knowledge transfer. We focus on infrastructures that disseminate information on education that is open and freely accessible to all. We consider this openness a prerequisite for their role as intermediaries - in contrast for example to digital learning platforms which are typically available only to a selected group of users, thereby establishing an initial barrier to knowledge transfer. Our investigation concentrates on ducation servers which we define as state-initiated platforms with a national scope. They were established to collect, produce, organize and distribute educationally relevant information, making it available to a broad public (Kühnlenz et al. 2012, Ramsayer & Lorenz 2001/02). Over time they have expanded their services to include specific portals, e.g. for learning materials, for training or for specific educational formats as well as incorporating new communication formats and channels, enhancing their intermediary capabilities. The German Education server is an example of such an approach. It primarily curates web resources in the field of education and instructional materials created by different agents. Educational research is presented in terms of interviews, podcasts and blog entries as well as curated lists of links including research publications. All of these information objects are open and freely accessible to scholars, educational professionals, educators, students, and the general public. Thus, the portal primarily forges connections between different communities via the presentation of information objects. In its function as a referatory and repository, the portal is a boundary object in itself. Boundary objects enable individuals from diverse backgrounds to utilize or draw from the collective resource pool for their own purposes thus connecting different communities (Monod-Ansaldi, Vincent & Aldon, Wenger 1998, Star & Griesemer 1998). By analyzing education servers and other information portals that act as intermediaries, we seek to understand how the European information landscape adapts to the growing demand for knowledge transfer. Our investigation will shed light on the practices of digital platforms that connect educational communities in Europe, underlining the potential and the limitations of these platforms as promoters of knowledge transfer in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study is rooted in online content analysis. Following this approach, websites are treated as documents but structural specifications such as vastness, links, multimedia content, and elements for user interaction are taken into consideration in the analysis (Herring 2009). We limit our data collection to the education servers in Switzerland, Germany, and France since we estimated their contribution to be significant for deriving concepts and patterns for knowledge transfer in European information systems on education due to their tradition. After having established the core portal for each country (Germany: www.bildungsserver.de, France: www.reseau-canope.fr, and Switzerland: https://www.zebis.ch) we added their connected (sub-)portals to the list of data. In the case of Switzerland, we had to search the internet for governmental information systems since there exists no longer a centralized education server. In reference to the principles of theoretical sampling (Glaser & Strauss 1967), we expected to add more portals to the data collection until saturation for our concepts was achieved, however the over 30 portals connected to the education servers were sufficient. We developed a preliminary model of analytical categories based on information transfer frameworks. We therefore drew on the 17 activities of knowledge mobilization that Rycoff-Smith (2022) identified from research literature in a narrative literature synthesis of knowledge brokering, Cooper’s functions of knowledge brokering (2014), and Wards’ framework for knowledge mobilisers (2017). We were challenged by the setup of analytical units. Analysing the entire content of the portals was not possible due to their vastness. The German Education Server for example refers to roughly 65,000 resources. We focused on larger analytical units instead. First, we analysed the homepage, then the main subpages, and thirdly we conducted an exemplary thematic search on all portals and analysed the first page of results. We validated this data with specific searches for the knowledge transfer categories that did not yield any results when analysing the websites. After analysing the first data set, some additional categories emerged inductively and were included in the model. For example, the preliminary model did not account for aspects of open access. Two coders then examined the collected data using a code manual to ensure consistency. We limit the interpretation of our findings to emerging functions of knowledge transfer in the educational information portals as well as to differences between the various subportals and countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that education servers shape a vast information landscape in education. Although Germany, France and Switzerland still have national education servers in a narrow sense, defined as portals disseminating information on many different aspects of education, their offers go far beyond and fulfil a wide set of transfer functions. Besides offering information, they provide learning material, trainings and workshops, or develop specific tools for users. The portals are mainly open access focussing on referencing and storing resources that are accessible to everyone without login or payment. Their main function is to provide selected good quality content, created by a variety of stakeholders, thus generating a pool of diverse knowledge types. A main focus is placed on practice and instructional knowledge. Research in education is also presented, mostly transformed into syntheses or podcasts. Knowledge transfer functionalities with a social component such as facilitating the discussion of knowledge or building capacity for collaboration take place in the form of trainings online and present. They are often incorporated into infrastructural projects such as subportals and special features. The issue with the project status is that its longevity and sustainability is not guaranteed. Portal-based solutions for that type of transfer, such as moderated discussion forums or collaborative work environments, have been developped by the Swiss portal but may also be taken on by other education servers. We intend to transfer the data we have collected to a database, a web dossier or similar formats on the German Education Server, thus transforming our research, since we too want to facilitate knowledge transfer with our study by presenting best practice examples across countries and by pointing different educational communities to portals for transfer in their respective countries. References Bernhard-Skala, C., Sonnenmoser, A., & Tombeil, A.-S. (2024). Digitale Plattformen als Enabler für hybriden Wissenstransfer: Das Entwicklungsprojekt Connect & Collect als Beispiel aus der Arbeitsforschung. In J. Schuster (Hrsg.), J. Hugo, N. Bremm, N. Kolleck, & E. Zala-Mezö (Hrsg.), Wissensproduktion, Wissensmobilisierung und Wissenstransfer: Chancen und Grenzen der Entwicklung von Wissenschaft und Praxis (S. 176). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:28302 Cooper, A. (2014). Knowledge mobilisation in education across Canada: a cross-case analysis of 44 research brokering organisations. Evidence & Policy, 10(1), 29-59. Retrieved Jan 25, 2024, from https://doi.org/10.1332/174426413X662806 Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Sociology Press. Hartong, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing digital transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis, 29(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.31244/tc.2023.01.01 Herring, S.C. (2009). Web Content Analysis: Expanding the Paradigm. In J. Hunsinger, L. Klastrup, & M. Allen (Eds.), International Handbook of Internet Research (pp. 233-249). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-9789-8_14 Kühnlenz, A., Martini, R., Ophoven, B., & Bambey, D. (2012). Der Deutsche Bildungsserver – Internet-Ressourcen für Bildungspraxis, Bildungsverwaltung und Bildungsforschung. Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(44), 23-31. URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-opus-54199. DOI: 10.25656/01:5419 Levin, B. (2013). To know is not enough: research knowledge and its use. Review of Education, 1(1), 2–31. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3001 ] MacMahon, S., Leggett, J., & Carroll, A. (2022). Partnering to learn: A collaborative approach to research translation for educators and researchers. Mind, Brain, and Education, 16(2), 79–88. https://doi.org/10.1111/mbe.12317 Malin, J. R., Brown, C., & Șt. Trubceac, A. (2020). Educational brokerage and knowledge mobilization in the United States: Who, what, why, how? In J. R. Malin & C. Brown (Eds.), The role of knowledge brokers in education: Connecting the dots between research and practice (pp. 13-26). Routledge. Monod-Ansaldi, R., Vincent, C., & Aldon, G. (2019). Objets frontières et brokering dans les négociations en recherche orientée par la conception. Educationdidactique, 13(2), 61–84. https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.4074 Ramseyer, L., & Romagna, M. (2000/2002). www.educa.ch: Der Schweizerische Bildungsserver. Bündner Schulblatt, 6-7. Rycroft‐Smith, L. (2022). Knowledge brokering to bridge the research‐practice gap in education: Where are we now? Review of Education, 10(1), Artikel e3341. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3341 Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional Ecology, “Translations” and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley’s Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420. http://www.jstor.org/stable/285080 Ward, V. (2017). Why, whose, what and how? A framework for knowledge mobilisers. Evidence and Policy, 13(3), 477-497. Retrieved Jan 25, 2024, from https://doi.org/10.1332/174426416X14634763278725 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Conception and Initial Results of a Systematic Mapping of OER Stakeholders in German Education DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany Presenting Author:This paper presents the theoretical and methodological approach of a stakeholder mapping study in the field of open educational resources (OER) in Germany. The study is a component of the OERinfo project, which is funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research as the central information office for OER in Germany (www.o-e-r.de). The objective of the mapping study is to identify new actors and communities in diverse educational domains that have limited prior engagement with OER. These groups are later to be introduced to the discussion and communities surrounding OER and Open Educational Practices (OEP) through information and advisory services by OERinfo its partners. Overall, this approach aims to promote the mainstreaming of OER and OEP across all educational sectors. OER are essentially defined as openly available and reusable, mainly digital learning, teaching and research materials (UNESCO, 2019; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2023), while OEP are defined „as practices which support the (re)use and production of OER through institutional policies, promote innovative pedagogical models, and respect and empower learners as co-producers on their lifelong learning path“ (Ehlers, 2011, p. 6). The assumed benefits of OER are that the improved accessibility, adoption and adaptability of learning materials increase the quality and efficiency of education (Janssen et al., 2023). Learning settings and educational programs can thus be better adapted to the needs of different learners, collaboration between and within institutions is promoted, and educational innovation is encouraged (Janssen et al., 2023). On the level of educational processes, OER stand for an ecosystem-focused approach in which the learner's learning environment is given special consideration (Janssen et al., 2023). It is also assumed that OER help to develop collaborative and participatory learning arrangements (Otto, 2020). On a global level, OER are seen as an important prerequisite for building inclusive knowledge societies and achieving UNESCO Sustainable Development Goal 4, which aims to "ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all" (UNESCO, 2019, p. 4). Despite these expectations, and despite the boost of digitalization in education in many countries caused by the COVID 19-pandemic, OER have not yet spread in education systems and educational practice to the extent hoped for – both globally (Janssen et al., 2023), but especially in Germany (Orr et al., 2018). The following reasons are cited as the main obstacles: Users being overwhelmed by legal issues (Otto, 2019), lack of appropriate OER policies, funding problems, lacking knowledge and skills about using, developing and publishing OER, worries about additional time investment (Janssen et al., 2023), and uncertainty over the quality and appropriateness of the content (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2023). The OERinfo project attempts to help break down these barriers with its information and advisory measures. However, in order to reach the right target groups, the mapping of OER stakeholders presented here is planned. There are already various mapping and overview studies on the status of the adoption and use of OER by educational stakeholders in Germany (Ebner et al., 2015; Orr et al., 2018) as well as a comprehensive collection of people, projects, organizations and offers in the field of OER through the OER World Map (Neumann & Muuß-Merholz, 2017; Mollenhauer & Grimm, 2023). However, these studies and sources concentrate primarily on presenting active players and existing offers in the OER sector, so that they provide only few clues for the identification of specific desiderata groups. Since such groups are not explicitly visible through activities, projects or publications in connection with OER, a comprehensive and up-to-date view on educational institutions and actors in Germany is necessary. This is what the presented mapping study aims to achieve. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the systematic mapping is to provide a structured representation of the field of educational institutions, organizations and stakeholders in Germany based on their connection to the topic of OER. The methodological approach of the study is based on methods of stakeholder analysis and stakeholder mapping, using specific approaches aligned to the areas of digitalization and OER (Benjamin & Levinson, 1993; Wang & Wang, 2018). First step of the analysis is an examination of individual stakeholders with regard to factors like influence on the respective professional community, specific interest in OER, potential benefits through OER, field-specific challenges, and existing activities related to OER (Wang & Wang, 2018). The next step is to cluster the stakeholders into communities, taking into account the analyzed characteristics, and to identify key stakeholders of the desiderate groups for the subsequent placement of information and advisory measures by the OERinfo information office. In order to obtain a systematic overview of the relevant educational institutions and stakeholders, the database for the analysis is compiled from data from the German Education Server, the OER World Map, data sets from cooperation partners and supplementary research. At the time of submission, the mapping study is in the preparatory phase, which includes the conception of the framework and the compilation of the database. The next step is to finalize the analysis criteria and test them on the data, in order to start implementing the analysis and mapping process from mid-2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Purpose of the presented stakeholder mapping study in the field of Open Educational Resources (OER) is to identify desiderate groups with regard to OER in various areas of education in Germany, and to address them with information and advisory services in a subsequent step. The overarching aim of the study and the subsequent measures is to promote OER in all areas of education. The result of the mapping study should therefore be a comprehensive and systematically generated overview of professional communities in the field of education on a national level, that indicate potentials and needs regarding the utilization and production of OER. In addition, the results and the generated data set can provide a basis for other mapping studies with comparable objectives in other regions and with different specific questions. At the conference, the aims of the study, the theoretical and methodological design and initial interim results will be presented and discussed. References Benjamin, R. I. & Levinson, E. (1993). A framework for managing IT-enabled change. MIT Sloan Management Review, 34(4), 23-33. Ebner, M., Köpf, E., Muuß-Merholz, J., Schön, M., Schön, S., & Weichert, N. (2015). Mapping OER. Ist-Analyse zu freien Bildungsmaterialien (OER). Die Situation von freien Bildungsmaterialien (OER) in Deutschland in den Bildungsbereichen Schule, Hochschule, berufliche Bildung und Weiterbildung im Juni 2015. Wikimedia Deutschland e.V. Ehlers, U.-D. (2011). Extending the territory: From open educational resources to open educational practices. Journal of Open, Flexible and Distance Learning, 15(2), 1–10. Janssen, B., Schuwer, R., & Orr, D. (2023). Key Policy Issues in Open Educational Resources. Paper commissioned for the 2023 Global Education Monitoring Report, Technology in Education. UNESCO. Mollenhauer, L. & Grimm, S. (2023, October 16–18). From Grassroot to Government: The Case of OER Policy in Germany and the Re-Emergence of the OER World Map [Conference presentation]. Open Education Global Conference, Edmonton, Canada. Neumann, J. & Muuß-Merholz, J. (2017). OER Atlas 2017 Open Educational Resources – Deutschsprachige Angebote und Projekte im Überblick. Hochschulbibliothekszentrum des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen (hbz)/Zentralstelle für Lernen und Lehren im 21 . Jahrhundert e. V. Orr, D., Neumann, J., & Muuß-Merholz, J. (2018). OER in Deutschland: Praxis und Politik. Bottom-Up-Aktivitäten und Top-Down-Initiativen. UNESCO/hbz. Otto, D. (2019). Adoption and diffusion of open educational resources (OER) in education: A meta-analysis of 25 OER-projects. International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 20(5), 122–140. https://doi.org/10.19173/irrodl.v20i5.4472 Otto, D. (2020). Grosse Erwartungen: Die Rolle von Einstellungen bei der Nutzung und Verbreitung von Open Educational Resources. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 2020 (Occasional papers), 21–43. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/00/2020.02.26.X. UNESCO (2019). Recommendation on Open Educational Resources (OER). https://www.unesco.org/en/legal-affairs/recommendation-open-educational-resources-oer Wang, S. & Wang, H. (2018). Sustainable open educational re-sources (OER) in higher education: A stakeholder analysis approach. Journal of Teaching and Education, 8(2), 119–128. Zawacki-Richter, O., Müskens, W., & Marín, V. I. (2023). Quality Assurance of Open Educational Resources. In O. Zawacki-Richter & I. Jung (Eds.), Handbook of Open, Distance and Digital Education (pp. 1–19). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-0351-9_43-1 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 13 SES 11 A: Resilience, Supportive Environments and the Art of Governing Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marie Hållander Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper ‘Good enough’ Supportive Classroom Environments: Mood and Affect in Education for Sustainable Development Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:The importance of sustaining an open and supportive classroom environment for students' academic achievements and socio-emotional development is well documented in educational research. Relying on ecological and metrological metaphors, classroom environment is generally defined as the climate, atmosphere, ambiance, or prevailing mood that is experienced directly and intuitively when we are in a classroom. Much like the natural environment of the planet, the pedagogical and socio-emotional environment of the classroom is characterized as perceptible, lingering, and as affecting ‘everyone within its influence’ (Evans et al., 2009, 4).
As most teachers known, however, cultivating an environment that is both open and supportive when addressing difficult ethical and existential issues in the classroom is not an easy task. One of the most difficult issues to address in education today is the climate crisis and the planetarian situation we are in. Since the climate crisis is also an existential crisis, education for sustainable development (ESD) inevitably includes questions of loss and nonexistence, such as the uninhabitability of the planet, the potential extinction of humanity, the loss of biodiversity, the abandonment of our current ways of living (in the wealthier parts of the world), and the loss of hopes and dreams in face of an uncertain future. Moreover, research studies indicate that worry is one of the main emotions related to climate change, and that negative feelings of pessimism and hopelessness are common, especially among children and young people. At the same time, there seems to be a growing indifference to sustainability issues in the public sphere. While a language of crisis and emergency is used to emphasize the seriousness of the situation, the public concern of climate change has been declining in many countries, including the European ones (Stoknes). Hence, far from being a neutral educational space, the ESD-classroom is a dynamic pedagogical environment that accommodates different and conflicting emotions, ideas, and imaginaries about our present situation. As educational researchers, we can ignore or try to overcome this dissonance, but we cannot deny its influence on educational practice.
Against this background, the overall aim of the paper is to offer a way of analyzing the 'relational landscape' that constitutes the microcosmos of the pedagogical and socio-emotional environment of the ESD-classroom. Drawing on feminist theory of embodiment and the growing field of sensory-phenomenological studies (Todd), the more precise purpose of the paper is to offer an educational language about open and supportive classroom environments that takes the existential, affective, and embodied (rather than psychological, emotional, and cognitive) dimensions of education for sustainable development seriously. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To this end, the paper unfolds as a philosophical argument in two parts. In the first part, I am reading Bonnie Honig’s political notion of ‘holding environments’ as a pedagogical notion, taking my micro-ethnographic studies of lessons in ESD in a Swedish high school classroom as an empirical example. Inspired by Donald Winnicott’s theory of holding environments as the process by which children grow favorably under the support of ‘good enough’ caregivers, Honig argues for the need of creating supportive environments in the public sphere in democratically troubling times. Such environments have two functions: they ‘hold’ citizens together in consent and contestation around common issues, and they collectively transform feelings of loss and anxiety into a mode of curation and repair. When moved to the context of the ESD-classroom, I suggest, the pedagogical notion of holding environments has similar potential: such environments can hold teachers and students together in consent and contestation around common sustainability issues, and they can offer ‘good enough’ support for collectively transforming climate anxiety or indifference into a mode of curation and repair. Drawing on the work of Rita Felski and Martin Heidegger, in the second part of the paper I am introducing the notion of ‘educational mood’ (German Pädagogische Stimmung) as a way of analyzing the ‘good enough’ supportive aspect of educational holding environments. In underscoring the existential and affective dimensions of classroom life, educational mood is here defined as the collective process of being affectively and sensory attuned to the subject matter. However, since attunement through moods implies an ontological openness between self and the world, I argue, mood is not a personal feeling about the world but feeling with the world, not an affect among others but a shared state of affectedness. Returning to the empirical ESD-classroom, I show how educational moods are detectable in small things, such as in the air of the lesson, the tone of the teacher, the atmosphere in the room, or in the rhetorical pitch of the curriculum. Moreover, the ontological openness of educational moods implies that students may be affected and transformed by sustainability issues (here: subject matter) in ways they cannot always imagine or anticipate beforehand (Biesta). Hence, I argue, while embodied and perceptible, there is no certain way of knowing how the educational moods of holding environments will turn out in teaching – it may affect and touch some students, while leaving others indifferent and untouched. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By way of conclusion, I sum up my argument, returning to the main contributions of the paper. In finding the right pitch between the mundane everydayness of classroom life and the state of exception of the climate crisis, I suggest, there are classroom arrangements that can resonate with the mood of educational holding environments– that is, ‘good enough’ supportive environments that can accommodate the dissensus and existential anxiety or numbness of climate change while, at the same time, leaving room for the students’ own questions, hopes, and dreams in a mode of curation and repair. Such classroom arrangements, moreover, can allow students in the ESD-classroom to become affectively attuned – or differently attuned – to sustainability issues that once left them feeling anxious or indifferent, so they may experience new things or see familiar things with new eyes. In this sense, I suggest, education for sustainable development is not just about knowledge acquisition and the development of competences, but also about world-disclosure, about shaking up preferences, and about finding once’s place in the exceptional planetarian situation that we are all in. References Bergdahl, L. & Langmann, E. (2022). Pedagogical publics: Creating sustainable educational environments in times of climate change. European educational research journal EERJ, 21 (3): 405-418. Biesta, G. J. J. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. London/New York: Routledge. Evans; I. M., et. al. (2009). Differentiating classroom climate concepts: Academic, management, and emotional environments, Kōtuitui: New Zealand Journal of Social Sciences 4(2):131-146. Felski, R. (2020). Hooked. Art and Attunement. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Freeman, L . (2014). Toward a Phenomenology of Mood. The Southern Journal of Philosophy 52(4): 445-476. Heidegger, M. (1993/1927). Being and time. Trans. John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Honig, B. (2017). Public Things: Democracy in Disrepair. New York: Fordham University Press. Huang, Y. & Chuin, H. (2023). Promoting adolescent subjective well‑being: a classroom environment approach. Learning Environments Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-023-09488-4 Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Winnicott on the Surprise of the Self. The Massachusetts Review, 47(2): 375-393. Stoknes, P. E. (2014). Rethinking climate communications and the ‘psychological climate paradox’. Energy research & social science, 1(1): 161-170 Todd. S. (2023). The Touch of the Present: Educational Encounters, Aesthetics, and the Politics of the Senses. New York: SUNY Press. Vlieghe J. & Zamojski P. (2020). Teacherly gestures as an ontological dimension of politics: On the need of commonising in an age of pervasive privatization. Revista de Educación (Madrid) December 2021. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education as Fostering Partners and Adversaries in the Art of Governing: A Foucauldian Challenge to Dewey's Robust Trustees Institute for Educaton, Malta Presenting Author:In this presentation I examine the possibilities that Foucault’s notion of parrēsia offers to educational theory in addressing the tension between individuation and enculturation. The presentation starts by offering a Foucauldian critique of the enduringly valuable liberal aims of education, particularly as developed by John Dewey in Democracy and Education. Through the use and application of Foucault’s often misapprehended illiberal lens,1 I aim to demonstrate how overtly liberal frameworks, such as those proposed by Dewey, lack a theory of power. This deficiency inadvertently grants concessions to the social body to impose its unwarranted architectonic principles of being in the world over subjects, diagramming the way they are to experience and interact with the world they have at hand. Subsequently I will turn to Foucault's later works,234 in which he presents us with a more pronounced, yet consistently cautiously liberal stance. I will argue that the notion of parrēsia which he develops therein could offer valuable insights for educational theory, addressing the limitation inherent in Dewey’s idealist framework, and providing a more nuanced approach to cultivating critical subjects who are socially responsible citizens.
Dewey conceives the human being as inherently social. In an almost poetic manner, he depicts the interdependence between the development of a community over time and that of the individual members. These individuals engage in its growth by absorbing what society would have presented them with and subsequently contributing to its development by critically and/or creatively using that knowledge to progress its evolution, simultaneously growing in their own right. Dewey is of the opinion that democracy, by which he means a genuine openness for every member to contribute critically and creatively to the communal knowledge of the group under the scrutiny of its fellow members, is key for the continuous growth of that very group, and that schooling institutions ought to be areas for such democratic processes. While Dewey accurately recognises the social nature of human beings, he errs in rendering the social evolution akin to biological evolution, and the subsequent reverence to an idealistic democracy that is meant to protect this trajectory. This error blindsides Dewey from acknowledging that unlike Darwinian evolution, the evolutionary trajectory of the social body of knowledge, and the logic it makes possible, is affected by power pressures that derail its evolution to territories of its own dictates.5 From this lens, Dewey’s call to become “robust trustees”6 of the “achievements” of the group which in turn provide us with a guide as to how we experience the world, becomes naïve at best, or outright dangerous at worst.
While the critique above which draws heavily from Foucault may be suggestive of fatalism as well as epistemological relativism, in his later works, Foucault draws up the concept of parrēsia which offers a path to creative, critical, and agentic selves who can challenge the power structures that his earlier works sought to expose. Interestingly, this sense of agency which Foucault deems possible precisely through a practice that runs counter to the handmaiden of relativism and that is the practice of rhetoric, and this counter practice is frank speech. In this context, agency however is not inherent in our very existence but something that we must actively pursue and develop, thus rather that “robust trustees” agency would require us to be “both […] partner[s] and adversar[ies] of the arts of governing.”7 In this presentation I contend that the notion of parrēsia can help transform the theory and practice of schooling education into a tool that fosters healthier individual-society interaction that can better address social, political, and economic uncertainties than liberal frameworks like that of Dewey’s ever could. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation is being proposed for the Philosophy of Education network, drawing on Michel Foucault's middle works, to critically examine the assumptions and limitations of liberal education as articulated in John Dewey's Democracy and Education. Through a close reading of Dewey’s text, his arguments concerning individualism, knowledge transmission, and democratic citizenship will be deconstructed. Subsequently drawing on Foucault's later work, particularly his focus on parrēsia, I will develop a counter-discourse that suggests alternative ways of conceptualizing and practising education within a democratic framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By employing Foucault's notion of parrēsia, I argue that educational theory could navigate the tension between individuation and enculturation by fostering critical, agentic subjects who through engaging in “frank speech” can challenge power structures, ultimately contributing to stronger democracies. References 1. Foucault, M. (1991). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. London: Penguin Books. 2. Foucault, M. (1988). Technologies of the Self. In L. H. Martin, H. Gutman, & P. H. Hutton, Technologies of the Self: A seminar with Michel Foucault (pp. 16-49). Amherst: University of Massachusets Press. 3. Foucault, M. (2019a). Parrēsia. Lecture at the University of Grenoble May 18, 1982. In H. P. Fruchaud, & D. Lorenzini, "Discourse and Truth" & "Parrēsia" (pp. 1-38). Chicago: University of Chicago. 4. Foucault, M. (2019b). Discourse and Truth: Lectures at the University of California at Berkeley, 1983. In H. P. Fruchaud, & D. Lorenzini, "Discourse and Truth" & "Parrēsia" (pp. 39-228). Chicago: University of Chicago. 5. Biesta, G. (2010). ‘This is My Truth, Tell Me Yours’. Deconstructive Pragmatism as a Philosophy for Education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 42(7), 710-727. 6. Dewey, J. (2018). Democracy and Education. Gorham: Myers Education Press. 7. Foucault, M. (2024). What is Critique? In H. P. Fruchaud, D. Lorenzini, & A. I. Davidson, “What Is Critique?” and “The Culture of the Self” (pp. 19-61). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 14 SES 11 A: Communities and Rural Schools. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Clare Brooks Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Using Visual Narratives to Explore Community Participation and ‘Cynefin' Within the Curriculum Swansea University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Based upon a belief that sharing narratives and histories can help people feel ‘known’ (Evangelou et al, 2009) and engender a community of practice. This paper will present the initial stages of a research project wherein the lived experience and narrative histories of school staff are used to create a ‘provocation’ (Malaguzzi, 1993) to co-construct opportunities to embed child and family ‘stories’ into the curriculum. Focused in Welsh curricula developments but drawing on International School practice, wherein high levels of diversity are the norm, this research aims to develop a research network between an international and Welsh school to explore the potential for community participation in the curriculum. Welsh education has recently undergone significant educational reform with the development of the new Curriculum for Wales (Welsh Government, 2022a). The Curriculum for Wales, (CfW) is designed to be a responsive and flexible curriculum based around a broad framework centered on the ‘Four Purposes’, six ‘Areas of Learning and Experience’ and the ‘Cross Curricular Skills’. Within the parameters of this framework, schools are encouraged to co-construct their own curriculum according to the needs of their community, engaging with, listening to and acting upon the voice of the community within its development. Thus, the CfW has community involvement and participation at its very heart. Central to this aim is the concept of ‘Cynefin’. This concept has been noted by many authors as difficult to define (Adams & Beauchamp, 2022; Chapman et al, 2023) but it is closely related to the concept of place and belonging. Within the Curriculum for Wales (CfW), it is defined as “Though often translated as ‘habitat’, cynefin is not just a place in a physical or geographical sense: it is the historic, cultural and social place which has shaped and continues to shape the community which inhabits it” (Welsh Government, 2022). Each school is encouraged to embrace and respond to their unique ‘cynefin’, both within the co-construction of their curriculum. Consequently, when considered in conjunction a long-standing commitment to children’s rights by the Welsh Government (2021), the development of the Curriculum for Wales (CfW) (2022) may be a perfect opportunity for Wales to embed participative rights and community involvement in education. Nevertheless, this aim may be dependent on a deep understanding of each community and the recognition that participation depends on giving children and communities Space, Voice, Audience and Influence (Lundy, 2007). There is a possibility that a school’s interpretation of ‘cynefin’ could be dictated by dominant views of what it means to be Welsh, based on only a certain number of ‘histories’. However, this is not the agenda of the Welsh Government, which wants to emphasise the diverse histories within Welsh communities (Welsh Government 2022b, Williams, 2020). Furthermore, it necessitates an open mind to how children and communities view ‘cynefin’, which can be unexpected (Chapman et al, 2023) Finally, it requires a commitment to reflection, responsiveness and ongoing curricula change. Previous teaching experience indicates that the exploration of children’s and family narratives may satisfy only three out of Lundy’s four categories, in that, children may be given space, voice and an audience with their stories, but the potential to influence pedagogy may not be fully embedded within curricula design, a point supported by (Murphy et al, 2022). As an essential element of CfW, embedding responsiveness within the curricula is crucial, but may require additional scaffolding for it to become a reality. Following a successful pilot study, wherein visual timelines were used to engender a shared ‘cynefin’ within the teaching staff of a climbing gym, the paper will explore the extension of this project into school settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Influenced by Hedegaard’s (2012) supposition that an individual’s ‘motives and competencies’ (p.130) may provoke change in the specific plane of interaction, this research uses a participatory action research approach (Genat, 2009). The researcher will collaborate with educational practitioners to explore possibilities for engaging with, and responding to, the lived experience of children and their families. The methodology draws on previous experience of developing successful networks to enhance practice within international schools, wherein community diversity is high (Hayden, 2006). Using case study approach (Denscombe, 2021) two primary schools- a British International school and a Welsh Primary School, will take part in the study. Within Phase 1, each school will engage with the research separately. After Phase 1 is complete, the schools will work together within a shared research community to share good practice. This project will be developed over multiple phases across several years. The first phase will be presented within this paper. Based upon a social constructivist approach to meaning making (Wells 1986, Wertsch, 1985), the intention is to explore with practitioners their own concepts of cynefin and community, prior to investigating potential methods for use with children, families and communities. The approach is based on using an adult led (in this case, researcher led) ‘provocation’ (Magaluzzi, 1993) as a catalyst for further thought. Within Phase 1, the researcher will use a visual and narrative method - that of an individually created timeline - to explore with staff their personal journeys into the education and this particular school. By responding to participants unique narratives, the potential for a shared narrative and sense of cynefin and community will be explored. The sharing of personal narratives takes place in three distinct, carefully scaffolded stages, which maximise the potential for sustained shared thinking (Siraj-Blatchford et al, 2008) with the aim of enhancing relationships and creating a shared sense of cynefin. At the end of the ‘provocation’, participants will reflect on the process and its impact on relationships within the school community through a semi structured interview. This will be analysed using Reflective Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) and will form the basis for reflecting on the ‘theory’s adequacy’ (Cole, 1996). Once this phase is complete, further participatory action research will be undertaken with practitioners, to co-construct opportunities to embed child and family ‘stories’ into the curriculum. This stage will be the basis of further papers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Final conclusions will be presented at the conference. However, as the research is ongoing, at the point of abstract submission initial expectations will be outlined. Within the pilot study, three stages were used to share narrative timelines with the teaching staff of a climbing gym. First, visual timelines outlining each individual journey into teaching climbing were produced. These were then shared with other members of staff before a final community timeline was produced, highlighting shared values and experiences drawn from each individual story. Initial findings from this pilot study indicated the potential of this process to enhance participant understanding of their own values and history in relation to the community, increase their feeling of being ‘known’ (Evangelou et al, 2009), build relationships with others within that community and create a shared sense of ‘cynefin’. These findings are cautious due to the small sample size within the pilot study but supported the initial motivation, that an individual’s ‘motives and competencies’ (Hedegaard, 2012, p.130) may provoke change in the specific plane of interaction and prompted the desire to expand the research into school settings. It is hoped that expanding the research will enhance and refine the researcher’s and participant’s understanding of engaging with and responding to the multiplicity of narratives within any community and, through dialogue and co-construction between Welsh and International School educators, provoke further thought on methodologies with which to do so. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Chapman, S., Ellis, R.,Beauchamp,G., Sheriff,L., Stacey,D., Waters-Davies,J., Lewis,A., Jones, C., Griffiths, M., Chapman, S., Wallis,R., Sheen, E., Crick, T., Lewis, H., French, G. & Atherton, S. (2023) ‘My picture is not in Wales’: pupils’ perceptions of cynefin (Belonging) in primary school curriculum development in Wales, Education 3-13, 51:8, 1214-1228, DOI: 10.1080/03004279.2023.2229861 Cole, M., 1996. Cultural psychology: a once and future discipline. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Belknap/Harvard University Press. Genat, B., 2009. Building emergent situated knowledges in participatory action research. Action Research, 7(1), pp.101–115. Denscombe, M. (2021). The good research guide: For small-scale social research projects. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Evangelou, M.; Sylva K.; Kyriacou, M.; Wild, M. and Glenny, G., 2009. Early years learning and development literature review. London: DCSF (Research Report DCSFRR176). Hayden, M., 2006. Introduction to international education. London: Sage. Hedegaard, M. (2012) Analysing children's learning and development in everyday settings from a cultural-historical wholeness approach. Mind, Culture and Activity, 19(2), pp.127- 138. Lundy, L. (2007) ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal 33(6): 927-942. Malaguzzi, L., (1993) The Hundred Languages of children, Norwood, NJ: Albex. Murphy, A., Tyrie, J., Waters-Davies, J., Chicken, S., & Clement, J. (2022). Foundation Phase teachers' understandings and enactment of participation in school settings in Wales. Inclusive Pedagogies for Early Childhood Education: Respecting and Responding to Differences in Learning, 111. Siraj-Blatchford, I.; Taggart, B.; Sylva, K.; Sammons, P. and Melhuish, E., 2008. Towards the transformation of practice in early childhood education: the effective provision of pre-school education (EPPE) project. Cambridge Journal of Education, 38, pp.23-36. Wells, G. (1986). The meaning makers; children learning language and using language to learn. London: Hodder and Stoughton. Welsh Government (2021) Raising Awareness of Childrens Rights: Your rights, your voice, your Wales Children’s Rights Wales https://www.gov.wales/sites/default/files/publications/2021-11/raising-awareness-of-childrens-rights.pdf Welsh Government (2022,a), Curriculum for Wales Education Wales https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales Welsh Government (2022,b) Annual report on implementation of the recommendations from the Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic Communities, Contributions and Cynefin in the New Curriculum Working Group report. Welsh Government https://www.gov.wales/sites/default/files/pdf-versions/2022/6/3/1655886053/annual-report-implementation-recommendations-black-asian-and-minority-ethnic-communities.pdf Wertsch, J. (1985) Vygotsky and the social formation of mind. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Social Educational Contract and Community Educational Pacts: Formats and Impact Indicators in the Context of Italian Schools INDIRE, Italy Presenting Author:
UNESCO (2021) advocates for the need for a new educational contract that calls on civil society to become capital serving the school, as an indispensable tool to counter educational poverty and school dropout. Already in 1972, the UNESCO report Learning to be: the world of education today and tomorrow, identified in the concepts of lifelong education (éducation permanente) and educational city (cité éducative) (Aglieri and Locatelli, 2022; Cannella and Mangione, 2023) the basis of a new pedagogy of the contract whose intention was to collaborate all the parties involved in order to facilitate a responsible and autonomous appropriation of knowledge. This new social contract must strengthen education as a public commitment and common good, therefore make use of “pedagogical approaches that also cultivate the values and principles of interdependence and solidarity” and that connect “the assumptions of students” with wider systems, processes, and experiences, beyond their personal experiences" (UNESCO, 2021, pg. 54). In Italy, the social contract takes the form of “Community or territorial education Pacts” tools to realize the social contract and to establish proximity alliances between the school and its community. The alliances between school and territory are “privileged” mechanisms to address social and educational fragility and inequalities (Nast and Blokland, 2013; Valli et al., 2018) and can be attributed to different Constructs: Construct 1. School as a stronghold of “social justice and cultural identity” also defined in terms of “reconciliation”. The school is understood as a “social glue”, as a space for the participation of the local community, as a consolidation of identity to promote actions that strengthen belonging to a community. Construct 2. School as an expanded training system in which the territory is a “social artifact” in which to graft the space of educational experience (De Bartolomeis, 2018; Cerini, 2020). Construct 3. School as an amplifier of “Societal Challenges” (Vranken, 2015), single actions oriented towards the generation of value that become participated territorial pacts and, generative of community (Equitable, Ethical, Sustainable) Construct 4. School as a “regenerator of the territory” outpost for maintenance strategies in view of a community school. The evolutionary scenarios shift attention from the building heritage to the areas of relevance, to the spaces of proximity and context (Chipa et al, 2023) Construct 5. School that feeds the “pedagogy of common action” (Puig, 2022) and overcoming its own isolation, multiplies educational experiences making them sustainable through attention to the partnership of a new “local educational ecosystem”. INDIRE, through the realization of the National Observatory on Educational Pacts, has been analyzing this strategic tool for over a year and promotes moments of training and information to support schools and communities (Bartolini et al., 2022). In this contribution, through a pilot case in the territory of the city of Verona, the constituent elements of an educational pact will be presented, and some experiences will be re-read in the light of impact indicators built starting from the dimensions considered priority for a school that opens up and takes care of its community. The proposed case has the peculiarity of being born from the clear awareness on the part of the administration of the Municipality of Verona that the territorial problems concern the entire community and must be addressed in a synergistic way to try to find adequate and effective solutions. Thus, an alliance is structured at several levels: between the Municipality and other institutional actors (territorial pact); between the school institutes of the city of Verona and the institutions of the neighborhoods to which each belongs. The community educational pact is part of a systemic action on a large scale that embraces an entire territory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The need to investigate and describe the proximity alliances built through Educational Pacts led the INDIRE research group to identify a pilot context and define an interpretive qualitative research path aimed at understanding the forms that the pacts take in the territories. In a first phase, the researchers prepared a project format of the Pact to be compiled by the involved school realities: 12 Comprehensive Institutes, 80 teachers, and 12 school managers have benefited from a training course as a guide to the drafting of Pacts for proximity alliances. The collected data are subjected to content analysis, identifying a series of essential categories for the constitution of the pacts: educational visions of a community ecosystem (Teneggi, 2020); needs and objectives that the pact aims to satisfy; actors and roles within the pacts with attention to the interprofessionalism provided by the alliance (Cannella, Mangione 2023); types of educational spaces used (classrooms extended to the territory, unconventional indoor and outdoor spaces, etc.) and teaching situations provided therein. Subsequently, to the drafting and sharing of the Pacts, it is proposed to the schools and the staff in training the monthly compilation of a documentation notebook (logbook) to return, from an educational point of view, the experiences put into practice. The logbooks are analyzed through a coding process based on categories considered as priorities for the territory by the same actors signatories of the pact: students who participate in the expansion of training activities; families who participate in training activities; opening of schools in the afternoon; spaces used in the afternoon. The further development of categories and subcategories is developed deductively, selecting in the texts significant units of description (Mortari, 2010, p. 50): the resulting system of categories and subcategories is a codebook that guides the reading of the texts. Only by way of example, regarding the analysis of the Pacts, the subcategories of the ‘educational vision’ category will be developed directly based on the data, combining the development of categories deductively (without data) and inductively (with empirical data). For content analysis, the QCAmap software will be used, an open-access web application for systematic text analysis in scientific projects based on qualitative content analysis techniques (Mayring, 2022). These instruments allow collecting information about educational design through the Pact and understanding the impact with respect to some priority dimensions for the community, guiding its future developments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Educational Pact can be the tool used by educating communities to create equitable and inclusive education systems that are participatory and the result of social responsibility. The research conducted both nationally and in the context of intervention in the Veneto region aims to validate the Educational Pacts as a reification of a social educational contract (UNESCO, 2023) that allows for a new vision of a school capable of reading the needs of the educating community. In particular, the research will allow understanding the level of complexity of the Pacts constituted in the proximity alliances of the schools of the Municipality of Verona and how the realized Educational Pacts will be able to respond to the identified priorities: increase in the number of students who participate in the expansion of training activities; increase in the number of families participating in training activities; increase in the number of school opening hours in the afternoon; 4) increase in the number of spaces used. The reading made through the result indicators will allow monitoring the implementation of the Proximity Pacts and understanding through longitudinal research the impacts in the medium and long term. The study will also allow us to return different forms of “network management” between the school and the actors of the proximal alliance. The interpretive research on the pilot case will not only allow validating an “experimental model” of a community educational pact to be promoted on a large scale through coordinated training and information actions within the National Observatory on Educational Pacts but also dialogue with UNESCO proposing the ways in which Italy is able to realize forms of social educational contract for community schools. References Bartolini R., De Santis F., Tancredi A. (2020), Analisi del contesto italiano. Piccole scuole: dimensioni e tipologie. In: Mangione G.R.J, Cannella G., Parigi L., Bartolini R. (a cura di) Comunità di memoria, comunità di futuro. Il valore della piccola scuola. Roma: Carocci. 77-93. Cannella, G., Chipa, S., & Mangione, G. R. J. (2021). Il Valore del Patto educativo di Comunità. Una ricerca interpretativa nei territori delle piccole scuole. GRJ Mangione, G. Cannella e F. De Santis (a cura di), Piccole scuole, scuole di prossimità. Dimensioni, Strumenti e Percorsi emergenti. I Quaderni della Ricerca, (59), 23-47. Chipa S., Mangione G. R. J., Greco, S., Orlandini, L., Rosa A. (a cura di), 2022, La scuola di prossimità. Dimensioni, geografie e strumenti di un rinnovato scenario educativo, Brescia: Schole' – Morcelliana. ISBN 978-88-284-0513-9 De Bartolomeis, F. (2018), Fare scuola fuori della scuola. Roma: Aracne Editrice. Labsus-INDIRE, Le scuole da beni pubblici a beni comuni. Rapporto Labsus 2022 sull'amministazione condivisa dell'educazione, Labsus, ISBN 979-12-210-3123-2 (https://www.labsus.org/rapportolabsus-2022/) Locatelli, R. (2023). Renewing the social contract for education: Governing education as a common good. PROSPECTS: Comparative Journal of Curriculum, Learning, and Assessment.Springer, 1-7. Mangione, G.R.J., Cannella, G., Chipa, S. (2022), Il ruolo dei terzi spazi culturali nei patti educativi territoriali. Verso una pedagogia della riconciliazione nei territori delle piccole scuole. Milano: Franco Angeli, in press Mayring, P. (2022). Evidenztriangulation und Mixed Methods in der Gesundheitsforschung. In Gesundheitswissenschaften (pp. 137-145). Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg. Teneggi, G. (2020), Cooperazione. In: Cersosimo D., Donzelli C. (a cura di) Manifesto per riabitare l’Italia. Roma: Donzelli Editore. 103-107. Toukan, E. (2023). A new social contract for education: Advancing a paradigm of relational interconnectedness. Education Research and Foresight Working Paper 31. UNESCO. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Report from the International Commission on the Futures of Education. Paris, UNESCO. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 14 SES 11 B: Parental Decision and Schooling. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Beatriz Rodriguez Ruiz Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Roles of Shadow Education in Parental Responses to Their Dissatisfaction with Schooling Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Private tutoring for students in academic school subjects, known as shadow education (SE), is on the rise globally and in Europe (Bray, 2021). Recent evidence shows its growth even in countries where it was previously rare, such as Scandinavian countries (Cristensen & Zhang, 2021), and it is most prevalent in southern and eastern Europe. In post-socialist European countries, studies indicate significant parts of lower-secondary student cohorts have direct experience with private tutoring, exceeding 50% in Slovakia, Poland, Croatia, or Ukraine (Silova, 2010). In the Czech Republic, the focus of this study, 47% of lower-secondary students indicated taking private lessons or courses during their studies (Šťastný, 2023). These figures indicate that shadow education is a major phenomenon in many European countries. Research on this phenomenon unveiled its potential negative implications for educational inequalities, as it poses a financial burden to families, and pointed to corruption risks and unethical practices when provided by teachers to their own students (Bray, 2021). Drivers of the demand for shadow education include factors related to pupils, parents, schools, education policy, and/or society. Parents, who typically pay for the service, play a crucial role in the decision to arrange private tutoring (Kazimzade & Jokić, 2013). An important parent-related factor is their (dis)satisfaction with schooling and the perceived quality of school instruction. For example, Bregvadze’s (2012) study of Georgian parents found that lower perceived quality of mainstream education was related to a higher probability of procuring private tutoring for their children. However, in China, Liu and Bray (2017, p. 214) found no correlation between satisfaction about schoolteacher and the use of private tutoring. Liu and Bray concluded that “without deeper understanding of teacher’s behaviour and students’ and/or parents’ decision-making processes about seeking tutoring, the relationship between students’ satisfaction with school teacher and the demand for tutoring is difficult to identify” and suggested that it “remains a question for further study, especially through qualitative research.” A study from the Czech Republic found that the worse students perceive the school quality of instruction in Mathematics or national language, the more likely they are to take private tutoring, but there is no such association in English (Šťastný & Chvál, 2023). The quantitative data could not satisfactorily explain the identified relationship, therefore, the present study addresses this research gap and aims to scrutinize the relationship between shadow education and parental (dis)satisfaction with schooling leading to their decision to buy shadow education. The overall aim of the study is to identify different roles shadow education plays in parental responses to dissatisfaction with schooling. Two research questions guide the study: RQ1: What are the reasons for parental dissatisfaction leading them to employ private tutoring for their child? RQ2: What roles does private tutoring play for parents who voice concerns, wish to exit, or remain loyal despite their dissatisfaction with their child's schooling? The study adopts Hirschmann’s (1970) theory of Exit, Voice, and Loyalty that explains individual and collective responses to dissatisfaction within an organization or system. Exit refers to individuals leaving the organization or system in response to dissatisfaction, seeking alternatives elsewhere (school choice and transferring the child to another school). Voice involves expressing concerns, grievances, or suggestions to bring about positive change from within the organization (the child's school). Loyalty is the inclination of individuals to remain committed to the organization (the school) despite dissatisfaction, often in the hope that issues will be addressed over time. The study contributes to shadow education literature by offering a nuanced view of how parents who are dissatisfied with the school education employ shadow education in situations when they choose to exit, voice or remain loyal. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a part of a larger research project whose main aim was to analyze the views, attitudes, and opinions of parents in relation to arranging private tutoring for their children, to scrutinize the processes of their decision-making and their dynamics, and to identify key factors affecting these decisions (e.g., types, modes, subjects or providers of private tutoring etc.). Sampling and data collection The present study draws on qualitative data collected through semi-structured interviews from 65 parents from February 2022 to December 2023 in the Czech Republic. A maximum variation sampling strategy was employed to gain insights from different types of parents of lower secondary pupils who intended to procure or already procured shadow education for their child. These parents found themselves in various life contexts, including those living in urban and rural areas, living solo or in full family, with lower as well as higher incomes and education levels, to achieve theoretical saturation of the sample. Interviews were conducted both in person and using online tools. After each interview, a quick survey was administered to collect more systematic data about the families’ socio-economic, educational, and cultural background. With 25 parents, follow up interviews were conducted several months after the original interview to capture how the situation evolved. Interview structure corresponded with overall project’s research questions and thematic foci and included sections about parents’ motivation to procure private tutoring, choices about private tutoring attributes, and evaluation of private tutoring impacts. Data analysis Every audio recording was transcribed and then analyzed using NVivo 12 software. The coding and subsequent analysis proceeded in several steps. First, open coding, inspired by grounded theory approach (Corbin & Strauss, 2015) was conducted inductively on the interview transcripts. At the same time, deductive codes (Braun & Clarke, 2006) were applied to segments that corresponded with a predefined coding frame derived from the thematic sections of the interview protocol. Further, theoretically driven coding was applied after the identification of a suitable theoretical framework to account for themes in data segments related to the Exit, Voice and Loyalty behavior of parents. The coded materials were then analyzed, with a usage of analytical memos and matrices as a support, and general patterns in the dataset were identified to produce the research report (Gerson & Damaske, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Shadow education plays different roles in parents’ responses to their dissatisfaction with the current schooling experience of their child. First, shadow education is a supportive measure that facilitates the parental attempts for exit from the current school, when the transfer to new desired school is conditioned by entrance examinations. For example, in the dataset, a group of parents was unsatisfied with the student composition of the classroom in the regular track, and sought their children to switch to a parallel academic track school that required success in entrance examinations. Second, dissatisfied parents also voiced their concerns when they felt the school could or should be able to address them and when they felt that their voice would not have negative consequences for their child. In such case, shadow education assumes a role of a supportive argument when voicing parental dissatisfaction. In communication with schools, parents were mentioning the private tutoring costs incurred “involuntarily” to them due to the inability of school to provide high quality education and satisfy their child’s educational needs. One parent even complained at the school inspectorate and used materials from private tutoring of her child to support her cause. Third, parents remained loyal despite their dissatisfaction with the school, hoped for the improvement of the situation, but at the same time did not voice their concerns for various reasons. Shadow education played a supplementary role compensating for the shortcomings at school, and was a price to pay for the loyalty of dissatisfied parents. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Bray, M. (2021). Shadow education in Europe: Growing prevalence, underlying forces, and policy implications. ECNU Review of education, 4(3), 442–475. Bregvadze, T. (2012). Analysing the shadows: Private tutoring as a descriptor of the education system in Georgia. International Education Studies, 5(6), 80–89. Christensen, S., & Zhang, W. (2021). Shadow education in the Nordic countries: An emerging phenomenon in comparative perspective. ECNU Review of Education, 4(3), 431–441. Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research. 4th edition. Sage. Gerson, K., & Damaske, S. (2020). The science and art of interviewing. Oxford University Press. Hirschman, A. O. (1972). Exit, voice, and loyalty: Responses to decline in firms, organizations, and states. Harvard university press. Kazimzade, E., & Jokić, B. (2013). The roles of parents in the decision concerning the use of private tutoring services. In B. Jokić (Ed.), Emerging from the shadow: A Comparative Qualitative Exploration of Private Tutoring in Eurasia (pp. 209–238). Network of Education Policy Centers (NEPC), Zagreb. Silova, I. (2010). Private tutoring in Eastern Europe and Central Asia: Policy choices and implications. Compare, 40(3), 327–344. Šťastný, V. (2023). Shadow education in the context of early tracking: between-track differences in the Czech Republic. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 53(3), 380–398. Šťastný, V., & Chvál, M. (2023). Different subjects, different incentives: Private tutoring and perceived instructional quality in Czech lower-secondary schools. International Journal of Educational Development, 98, 102737. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Fathers’ Sense of Competence for Positive Parenting University of Oviedo, Spain Presenting Author:Children are socially perceived with need of protection and support (UNICEF, 2022). Parents as reference figures try to provide them with opportunities and resources to develop their full personal potential. However, their parenting role is conditioned by many factors, as parenting competences. According to Masten & Curtis (2000), these competences can be understood as skills, abilities and attitudes to educate their children according to their needs and developmental stage, as well as family circumstances. Parenting competences make it easier for adults to organize family life, develop positive educational styles and promote the full development of their children (Ponzetti, 2016). However, performing the parenting role may generate some extend of uncertainty amongst parents (Martínez-González et al, 2016), as evidenced when they look for advice to school or social services and other entities. In this way, the Council of Europe Recommendation 2006/19 on policies to promote positive parenting in Europe suggest that European Union states support parents for upbringing and educating their children. Álvarez et al. (2020) analyze how positive parenting is linked to the attachment theory, parental parenting practices of self-regulation, sense of parental competence, family stress and social support, all of these being key factors for parenting and socialization during childhood. These are key issues to promote positive family relationships through assertive communication, coherent norms and limits to children's behavior, positive strategies for conflict resolution, thus avoiding any kind of violence and children maltreatment. These skills should be expected in both parents to be put into practice since the early childhood developmental stage of their children. Previous theoretical and empirical studies show that mothers are traditionally more involved in the upbringing and education of their children (Nunes & Ayala-Nunes, 2017). Research conducted by Martínez-González et al. (2021) indicate that mothers tend to show greater communication competence than fathers when interacting with children and in fostering their self-esteem. On the other hand, the maternal sense of competence is an important predictor of mothers’ abilities to provide an adaptive, stimulating, and nurturing child-rearing environment (Locke & Prinz, 2002). This sense of parenting competence should be also expected on the part of the fathers as well (Petch & Halford, 2008). According to Schoppe-Sullivan et al., 2008), fathers’ sense of parenting competences is related with their involvement in children rearing practices. Fathers who perceive themselves as competent in their role are likely to be more effective in the care of their children (Gilmore & Cuskelly, 2008). According to these ideas, this study focuses on analyzing emotional and social parenting competences of fathers with 6-12 years old children considering educational and contextual factors which could influence them. These competences being Self-regulation, Self-esteem, Communication and Non-imposition taking into account previous studies conducted by the authors (Martínez-González et al., 2021). The specific research questions addressed were: Does the fathers' educational level influence their parenting skills, and do these skills differ according to their children's school level and the family rural or urban background? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research sample was composed of 760 Spanish fathers with children between 6 to 12 years old who lived in urban (73%) and rural areas (27%). Compulsory, high school and higher education levels were considered regarding their literacy standards. The distribution of these categories in the sample was: 32.4% higher education; 41.1% high school; and 26.6% compulsory education. According to the children's school level, 36.6% attended the first or second year of primary education (Primary I), 30.1% attended the third or fourth year (Primary II), and 33.3% attended the fifth or sixth year (Primary III). An exploratory study was carried out collecting information with the Scale of Emotional and Social Parenting Competences for Parents of Adolescents (ECOPES-P) (Martínez-González et al., unpublished) to analyze 4 factors: Emotional Self-Control, Self-Esteem, Imposition, and Communication. Questions were followed by a Likert type scale of four categories: 1-never to 4-always. Skewness and kurtosis [−1; +1] were calculated to check variables normality (DeCarlo, 1997). The average and the standard deviation were calculated. Socio-demographic variables on children' school level, father' educational background and rural/urban context were considered to identify potential statistical differences in the four factors of the scale. To identify significant statistical differences on fathers' parenting skills according to their literacy level (Compulsory, High School and Higher Education) and according to children’ school level, ANOVA analysis was performed, as well as post-hoc pairwise comparisons through Scheffe's (p<.05). To check contextual (rural and urban) significant statistical differences on parenting skills Students' t (p<.05) was calculated. The analyses were performed with SPSS 27.0. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate a medium-high level of parenting sense of competence of the fathers in the sample. This being higher regarding their self-esteem. Children's school level made significant differences in three items of the scale: "I know how to relax and control my emotions in front of my children" (Selg-Regulation) (p = .005), "When my children disobey me, I impose to solve the situation" (Imposition) (p = .042) and "On a daily basis I usually tell my children the positive things I see in them" (Communication) (p = .29), showing that these behaviors are more frequent among fathers of younger children (Primary I). The fathers´ educational level also showed significant differences in Imposition (p = .000). Fathers with lower levels of education (Compulsory Education) were more likely to use imposition parental styles with their children. Regarding the background (rural or urban) no significant differences were observed in any factors or in any of the items of the scale. The results suggest that the fathers in the sample tend to perceive themselves with self-confidence in their parenting competences. However, those with less academic background and older children might need to reinforce them as protective factors for children’s upbring. Thus, it seems necessary to support fathers in promoting their skills to gain better quality in fathers-children’s relations. This could be addressed through positive parenting programs and taking into account a gender approach. References Álvarez, M., Byrne, S., & Rodrigo, M. J. (2020). Patterns of individual change and program satisfaction in a positive parenting program for parents at psychosocial risk. Child & Family Social Work, 25(2), 230–239. https://doi.org/10.1111/.cfs.12678 DeCarlo, L. T. (1997). On the meaning and use of kurtosis. Psychological Methods, 2(3), 292–307. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.2.3.292 European Council (2006). Recommendation Rec(2006)19 of the Committee of Ministers to member states on policy to support positive parenting. Explanatory Report. European Council. Gilmore, L., & Cuskelly, M. (2009). Factor structure of the parenting sense of competence scale using a normative sample. Child: care, health and development, 35(1), 48-55. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2214.2008.00867.x Locke, L. M., & Prinz, R. J. (2002). Measurement of parental discipline and nurturance. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 895–929. Martínez González, R. A., Rodríguez Ruiz, B., & Iglesias García, M. T. (2021). Comparación de competencias parentales en padres y en madres con hijos e hijas adolescentes. Aula Abierta, 50(4), 777-786. https://doi.org/10.17811/rifie.50.4.2021.777-786 Martínez-González, R. A., Rodríguez-Ruiz, B., Álvarez-Blanco, L., & Becedóniz-Vázquez, C. (2016). Evidence in promoting positive parenting through the Program-Guide to Develop Emotional Competences. Psychosocial intervention, 25(2), 111-117. Masten, A. S., & Curtis, W. J. (2000). Integrating competence and psychopathology: Pathways toward a comprehensive science of adaption in development. Development and Psychopathology, 12, 529-550. Nunes, C., & Ayala-Nunes, L. (2017). Parenting sense of competence in at psychosocial risk families and child well-being. Bordon. Revista de Pedagogía, 69(1), 155-168. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2016.48589 Petch, J., & Halford, W. K. (2008). Psycho-education to enhance couples' transition to parenthood. Clinical Psychology Review, 28(7), 1125-1137. Ponzetti, J. J. (2016). Evidence-based parenting education: A global perspective. Routledge. Schoppe-Sullivan, S. J., Brown, G. L., Cannon, E. A., Mangelsdorf, S. C., & Sokolowski, M. S. (2008). Maternal gatekeeping, coparenting quality, and fathering behavior in families with infants. Journal of Family Psychology, 22(3), 389–398. https://doi.org/10.1037/0893-3200.22.3.389 UNICEF (2022). Derecho a la participación de niños, niñas y adolescente. UNICEF. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 15 SES 11 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Franz Rauch Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper The Role of Open Schooling in Community Efforts to Tackle the Silent Pandemic of Antimicrobial Resistance University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Globally, in the past two decades, societies have grappled with intricate societal challenges, such as the threats to public health and the repercussions of climate change, prompting an urgent need for citizens to actively pursue sustainability (UNESCO, 2020). Recent findings from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD] (2021) underscore that, in navigating a post-truth era, individuals require not only cognitive skills but also transversal skills and attitudes acquired through lifelong learning to thrive. Addressing these pressing issues necessitates the cultivation of scientifically literate citizens capable of participating in public discourse, employing evidence-based reasoning, and making informed decisions to enhance the overall quality of life. Scientific thinking is identified as a means to develop these skills within the context of science education (Hazelkorn et al., 2015). However, a persistent global concern revolves around the declined interest in science among students, with repercussions extending to the percentage of graduates in STEM education (26%), notably in Europe (OECD, 2019). Prior research (Drymiotou et al., 2021a) suggests that fostering students' interest in science and encouraging the pursuit of STEM careers can be achieved through active engagement in scientific practices with experts, establishing connections between STEM careers and curriculum topics, and contextualizing science concepts in real-life, personally relevant scenarios. Consequently, educational institutions play a pivotal role in providing such opportunities to students, nurturing them into responsible citizens. To explore avenues for enhancing students’ interest in science, the present study focuses on investigating the potential of Open Schooling as part of the MULTIPLIERS project (https://multipliers-project.org/). Open Schooling, as conceptualized in this project, involves schools opening up to society through bidirectional collaboration with various stakeholders. This collaboration aims to (a) improve community well-being by raising awareness and co-creating solutions to both personal and socially relevant problems; (b) engage in inquiry processes, knowledge construction, creative action, and dissemination at local and global levels; and (c) enrich school curricula and pedagogical approaches while promoting meaningful learning and competence development (Constantinou & Papadouris, 2012). This conceptualization is based on a systematic review of good practices, including EU Open Schooling Calls, EU-funded projects, initiatives in partner countries, and relevant articles, coupled with a needs analysis conducted through focus group interviews with 45 stakeholders. Guided by this theoretically and empirically rooted conceptualization, the study developed a framework for an Open Schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) (Papadouris & Constantinou, 2016, 2017). Consequently, the study aims to investigate the potential of open-schooling educational actions in enhancing students’ interest in science and their understanding of science careers. The research question guiding this investigation is: Do open schooling educational actions influence: (a) students' interest in science? (b) students' career awareness? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situated within the 'Design-Based Research' (DBR) paradigm (Brown, 1992), the study adopts a design-driven and intervention-focused approach. Collaboration among researchers, teachers, STEM experts, and civil society organizations is integral to the study, operating within the classroom environment and extending to the broader community. The research unfolds based on the open-schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) framework, centering on the socio-scientific issue of Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) within the teaching unit of 'Microbes and Disease' (Drymiotou & Constantinou, 2023). AMR poses a significant threat to health around the globe, placing lives at risk. Compelling evidence indicates that the escalating use of antibiotics, over-prescription, and overconsumption contribute to the rise of resistant bugs (European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control [ECDC], 2022). In the specific context of Cyprus, where this study is situated, the country ranks among the EU/EEA nations with the highest antibiotic consumption (ECDC, 2022). Education and informed action are crucial steps in addressing this critical issue. In this study, we present the implementation of the TLS which was collaboratively developed by researchers, teachers, and biology experts in classroom settings. The implementation involves 20 sessions, each lasting 50 minutes, excluding after-school hours, conducted in a secondary school in Cyprus with a group of 74 8th graders (13-14 years old) and two science teachers. To explore the impact of open schooling on students' interest and career awareness, a mixed-methods approach was employed, encompassing both quantitative and qualitative data collection methods. Quantitative data were gathered using a modified version of the Scenario Evaluation with Relevance and Interest (SERI) instrument developed by Kang et al. (2021). Complementary qualitative insights were obtained through semi-structured interviews with students after the intervention, focusing on the perceived value of their experience with the open schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) in terms of enhancing their interest in science and their awareness of science careers. These student interviews were conducted post-intervention. Quantitative data were analysed using a pre- and post-data comparison to provide an overall indication of students’ interest in science and awareness about science careers. Qualitative data from the interviews with the students were analysed using open coding concerning the features that seemed to enhance interest and career awareness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research indicate that open schooling educational initiatives when compared to traditional school science, contribute to students' perception of genuine science as more enjoyable, interesting, relevant, and informative, particularly when these initiatives emphasise novelty, knowledge, and social connections. This preliminary study highlighted specific characteristics that heightened students' interest in science and awareness of potential careers, aligning with prior research (Drymiotou et al., 2021b). These include: (a) organising open schooling events in the broader community; (b) engaging with experts in an authentic setting; (c) participating in scientific practices; (d) promoting and disseminating knowledge, both in general and concerning societal challenges; and (e) encouraging group work and social interaction. These findings carry significant implications, offering valuable insights to: (a) shape the design of teaching and learning activities within open schooling; (b) advance the open schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) framework; and (c) offer practical recommendations for curriculum design and classroom practices, aiming to enhance school science curricula and pedagogical approaches for increased student interest in science and awareness of science careers. It can be contended that these activities served as a gateway for students into authentic scientific experiences, establishing meaningful connections between theoretical knowledge and practical application. References Constantinou, C. P. & Papadouris, N. (2012) Teaching and Learning about Energy in Middle School: An Argument for an Epistemic Approach. Studies in Science Education, 48(2), 161-186. Drymiotou, I. & Constantinou, C. P. (2023). Antimicrobial Resistance Toolkit. MULTIPIERS project. Nicosia. Accessed in https://multipliers-project.org/resources/. Drymiotou, I., Constantinou, C. P., & Avraamidou, L. (2021a). Enhancing students’ interest in science and understandings of STEM careers: the role of career-based scenarios. International Journal of Science Education, 43(5), 717-736. Drymiotou, I., Constantinou, C. P., & Avraamidou, L. (2021b). Career-based scenarios as a mechanism, for fostering students’ interest in science and understandings of STEM careers. International Journal of Designs for Learning, 12(3), 118–128. Brown, A. L. (1992). Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 141–178. European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control [ECDC] (2022). Antimicrobial Resistance in the EU/EEA - A One Health response. Solna, Sweden: ECDC. Kang, J., Keinonen, T., Simon, S., Rannikmäe, M., Soobard, R., & Direito, I. (2019). Scenario evaluation with relevance and interest (SERI): Development and validation of a scenario measurement tool for context-based learning. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 17(7), 1317–1338.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-018-9930-y Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2021), OECD Skills Outlook 2021: Learning for Life, OECD Publishing, Paris. doi. 10.1787/0ae365b4-en Papadouris, N. & Constantinou, C. P. (2017) Integrating the epistemic and ontological aspects of content knowledge in science teaching and learning. International Journal of Science Education, 39(6), 663-682. DOI: 10.1080/09500693.2017.1299950. Papadouris, N. & Constantinou, C. P. (2016) Investigating middle school students' ability to develop energy as a framework for analyzing simple physical phenomena. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 53(1), 119–145. DOI: 10.1002/tea.21248 UNESCO (2020). Education for Sustainable Development - A Roadmap, ESD for 2030; UNESCO Publishing: Paris, France. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Science_Link - a Research Co-operation that Forms Partnerships in Education 1Carinthian University of Applied Sciences, Austria; 2UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Carinthian Nockberge, Austria; 3University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 4E.C.O. Institute of Ecology, Austria Presenting Author:Partnerships in education are essential in order to achieve certain educational goals, especially, when it comes to linking the two aspects of education and practice. The UN Sustainable Development Goals 2030 (UN, 2015) emphasise the central importance of partnerships in achieving the global sustainability goals. After all, the current challenges globally, regionally and locally require the joint efforts of all. It is important that partnerships take place on an equal level, as this gives everyone involved the opportunity to learn from each other. UNESCO biosphere reserves are one setting in which these partnerships between education and practice are realised and further developed. As model and future regions for sustainable development, UNESCO biosphere reserves also strive to work in partnerships to make the region more sustainable. Education plays an important role as the context of a more complex and globalised world places new demands on educational theory and practice. An understanding of education that goes beyond the mere transfer of knowledge should therefore be established. An essential task of education is to enable people to develop an awareness of global, regional and local interrelations. Critical reflection on these interrelations plays a central role as well. In this context, it is essential to interpret economic, social, political and cultural processes as developments that can be shaped in order to enable individuals to recognise the opportunities for social participation, co-creation and co-responsibility in society (Wintersteiner et al., 2014). This paper focuses on a biosphere reserve that not only imparts knowledge, but also fulfils an educational and research mission (Zollner et al., 2015). The Carinthian part of the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Salzburger Lungau & Carinthian Nockberge launched the research co-operation SCiENCE_LINKnockberge in 2013. As part of this co-operation, the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve puts its research and educational mission into practice by working together with the University of Klagenfurt and the Carinthian University of Applied Sciences. The private Institute of Ecology (E.C.O.) co-ordinates the partnership SCiENCE_LINKNockberge. As part of the research cooperation, students from the two educational institutions mentioned are given the opportunity to carry out applied research in the context of a scientific thesis on Bachelor- Master- and Doctoral levels. In this way, science is realised cooperatively in a region of experimentation, learning and research. Through these learning processes, the students involved investigate issues in the biosphere reserve region in diverse areas like nature conservation, tourism, education, law, technical innovations, regional and economical development. The participating universities can offer students current and applied topics for qualification theses. In the international landscape, SCiENCE_LINKnockberge is one of the very few structured and contractually organised partnerships between a biosphere reserve and universities in the sense of co-operative research work and partnership-based knowledge transfer (Falkner & Rauch, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Over the past ten years, the results of the research collaboration are evaluated continuously. This includes documenting the student work completed to date (Gruber et al., 2022) and conducting guided interviews with stakeholders. Actors involved in the SCiENCE_LINKnockberge research collaboration are interviewed. Guided interviews targeted members of the management team of the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve, including the manager and managing director, along with the head of the Institute E.C.O. Additionally, three participating students were interviewed to capture diverse perspectives. The interview guidelines played a crucial role in structuring the interviews, ensuring a focus on research-relevant questions and incorporating the valuable knowledge of the interviewees (Helfferich, 2009). The introductory question aimed to elicit descriptions of the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve as a model region for sustainable development from the respondents. Overarching key questions delved into milestones, obstacles, and personal experiences. The interviews were transcribed and subjected to content analysis using the approach outlined by Mayring (2022). Throughout the research process, a commitment to maintaining openness to phenomena found in the research field was upheld. This approach ensured a nuanced understanding of the collaborative efforts within the biosphere reserve and highlighted both achievements and challenges encountered in the pursuit of sustainable development goals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Main outcomes of the development and research process are as follows. While biosphere reserve management applies practice-orientated concepts, the culture at universities are more theory-led (Egner et al., 2017). Strong regional anchoring, practicality, usefulness, implementation and action-orientation are the central development parameters in the Biosphere Reserve. The culture at a university, on contrast, is based on academic research and teaching. Additionally, the institutions involved have a different time rhythm, i.e. annual operation and seasonal reference at the biosphere reserve versus semester operation at the universities. The predominant motivation for participating in the SCiENCE_LINKnockberge collaboration among the students interviewed was the intention to be able to reflect and apply the knowledge they got at the university programs into practice. When asked about learning and knowledge gained participation in SCiENCE_LINKnockberge the students mention learning through experience, a creative, open atmosphere, the relevance of informal exchange opportunities and the joint search for solutions. The interviewees see well-founded research experience at an international level as well as multidisciplinary research approaches and perspectives as a strength of the universities. Curiosity, mutual respect and appreciation as well as the courage to try out new things were seen as supporting factors for the collaboration by all partners involved. The research cooperation produced some helpful tools, like a catalogue of research questions and an online database (NockoThek), in which scientific literature relating to biosphere reserves and completed theses are collected. Since the start of SCiENCE_LINKnockberge, a total of 26 student theses have been successfully completed, published in the newsletter of the Biosphere Region and many of them are incorporated into the practice of the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve. Plans for more in-depth research and evaluation projects are underway to explore current developments, including the integration of digital technology into biosphere reserve management. References Egner, H., Falkner, J., Jungmeier, M., & Zollner, D. (2017). Institutionalizing cooperation between biosphere reserves and universities – the example of Science_Linknockberge. eco.mont, 9(2), 77–80. Falkner, J. & Rauch, F. (2020). SCIENCE_LINKnockberge – kooperativ Forschen, Lehren und Lernen. In A. Borsdorf, M. Jungmeier, V. Braun & K. Heinrich (Hrsg.), Biosphäre 4.0 - UNESCO Biosphere Reserves als Modellregionen einer nachhaltigen Entwicklung (S.161-170). Dortrecht: Springer. Gruber, V., Macheiner, G., Schaflechner, M., Mayer, H., Rossmann, D., Wolf, L., Schäfer, I., Köstl, T., Piiroja, R., & Huber, M. (2022). Evaluierungsbericht 2012-2022 UNESCO Biosphärenpark Salzburger Lungau und Kärntner Nockberge. Biosphärenpark Salzburger Lungau und Biosphärenparkverwaltung Nockberge, Mauterndorf und Ebene Reichenau. Helfferich, C. (2009). Die Qualität qualitativer Daten: Manual für die Durchführung qualitativer Interviews (3., überarbeitete Auflage). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. (13. Aufl.). Beltz. United Nations. 2015. Transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. https://sdgs.un.org/goals Wintersteiner, W., Grobbauer, H., Diendorfer, G., & Reitmair-Juarez, S. (2014). Global Citizenship Education: Politische Bildung für die Weltgesellschaft. Österreichische UNESCO-Kommission: Wien. Zollner, D., Huber, M., Jungmeier, M., Rossmann, D., & Mayer, H. (2015). Managementplan 2015–2025. Biosphärenpark Salzburger Lungau & Kärntner Nockberge – Teil Kärntner Nockberge. 61 p. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Transference and Transformation: Agricultural Industry Partnerships for Educational Development and Professional Learning for Teachers Southern Cross University, Australia Presenting Author:Abstract This research explores the co-design, co-development and implementation of a Regenerative Agriculture Mentoring Program (RAMP) that was co-produced in consultation with the agricultural industry and delivered to farmers. The program was highly successful in applying robust educational theory and practice into the agricultural industry in Australia to enhance farmers’ knowledge about approaches to agriculture that encourage greater resilience of the land given the current pressures of climate change. In addition, the program was then used to create a professional learning program for teachers to upskills in regenerative agriculture principles and practices to improve their teaching and learning in the classroom.
Research question How can industry-based projects be used in educational contexts to enhance teacher knowledge and practice?
Objectives or purposes
Perspective(s) or theoretical framework
There is a rapidly growing body of research that is demonstrating an urgent and "fundamental transformation in agriculture is needed" (Gosnell, Gill & Voyer, 2019, p. 2); primarily because the industry contributes an estimated 15 - 30% of greenhouse gases (GHG) (IPCC, 2019; OECD, 2016). It is projected that this could become 50% by mid-century without a targeted effort towards reducing the impact of agricultural practices. Key recommendations from extensive research, point to regenerative agriculture to address these issues for the future resilience of the planet (Gosnell, Gill & Voyer, 2019; Lal, 2020; Massy, 2020; Toensmeier, 2016). Regenerative agriculture is earmarked to effectively adapt to and mitigate the impacts of climate change. It adopts a systems framework to farming that extends beyond "minimising and reducing negative impacts" (Massey, 2020, p.10) to focus on "restoring, improving and enhancing the biological vitality, carry capacity and ecosystem services" (Electris et al., 2019) of the land, and our regions.
Principally in line with Sustainable Development Goals number 2: Zero Hunger and number 13: Climate Action, this paper accepts that "Australian farmers produce enough food to feed 80 million people, including 93 per cent of food consumed in Australia" (Stimpson et al., 2019, p.69). As a significant pillar of the national economy, the agricultural sector also makes a heavy footprint on the natural environment; from changing land and water practices to enhancing the impacts of climate change (OECD, n.d.). Agricultural contributions to climate change are estimated at approximately 25 per cent climbing to a forecasted 50 per cent by mid-century unless urgent and immediate action is taken (OECD, 2019). Furthermore, conventional agricultural practices have been found to be responsible for devastating, large scale global environmental problems and degradation including land use changes resulting in soil erosion, desertification, and climate change. "Transitions to more climate-friendly forms of agriculture [such as regenerative agriculture] have the potential to support ecosystem based adaptation to climate change as well as mitigation through soil carbon sequestration" (Gosnell, Gill & Voyer, 2019, p. 3; see also NGS, 2020; OECD, 2019). Further research affirms that, "global agriculture is already producing enough food to feed 10 billion people. However, about 30% of all food produced is wasted. It is thus important to break the vicious circle of produce, waste, degrade, pollute, and produce more. Therefore, the goal of RA [regenerative agriculture] is to apply the concept of more from less" (Lal, 2020, p.1A). Regenerative agriculture offers an alternative to traditional farming practices which addresses many of the environmental impacts described here. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological approach and research design To align with the regenerative agriculture theory underpinning this paper, a participatory action research (PAR) approach has been adopted. PAR is grounded in collaboration approaches to undertaking research where participants are involved in experiential and transformative practice to address a known problem or issue (Conish et al., 2023). In this study, Australian farmers from two states were invited through email and social media networks to be involved in a program designed to enhance their knowledge of principles and on-farm practices in regenerative agriculture. The application and registration process included a consent form and a 5-point Likert scale questionnaire (Luke et al., 2021) to determine the baseline data of farmers current principles and practices across a range of different topics such as ground cover, rotational grazing, species diversity and soil structure. Participants who completed the survey were grouped into region-based groups of approximately 6 mentees (participants) and allocated a local and highly qualified and experienced mentor. The program was founded on the educational practice of mentoring; where group mentoring was enacted following a 6 or 12 month education-based outline. The program was co-designed and co-developed with education academics and experienced, well-known experts in regenerative agriculture and holistic management. Depending on the length of the program (6 or 12 months), mentoring groups met fortnightly or monthly on Zoom to discuss the topic presented in a purposefully created workbook. In addition, the program facilitated a number of expert webinar sessions and supported on-farm field days in collaboration with local government services such as local councils and land services. On completion of the program, participants were invited to complete the same questionnaire to find out how their thinking had changed around the principles and on-farm practices had changed as a result of the program. This was determined to be the measure of the transformational changes. The questionnaire had additional evaluative questions to determine the success of the education-based model too. The program was then used to create a professional learning program for teachers in regenerative agriculture – a topic yet to be covered in the national or state curriculum, but one that teachers are highly interested in. The program attracted 120 teachers registered and approximately 60 teachers completing the 6-week online program. The professional learning program did not form part of the formal research, but the evaluative data demonstrated the highly successful nature of the program. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The data from the RAMP program was qualitatively analysed using thematic analysis. Six themes emerged from the data which demonstrated the success of the program in effectively and positively facilitating transformative change for farmers in regenerative agriculture principles and practices. In addition, the RAMP model of co-design and co-development with industry resulted in a successful approach for transferring the program into educational contexts for professional learning for teachers. The six emergent themes from the RAMP were: Regenerative Agriculture overall The results of knowledge change, represented as the percentage of participants with sound or very sound knowledge of the topic before and after the program, show significant improvements. Confidence Participants expressed confidence in making changes towards regenerative agricultural practices and principles. Practice change The program successfully influenced participants to embrace regenerative and sustainable agricultural practices, particularly in the realms of soil health and land management. These substantial shifts underscore a growing awareness among participants of the importance of environmentally conscious farming practices and a resolute commitment to long-term sustainability. Knowledge change The program has significantly enriched participants’ knowledge across various facets of regenerative agriculture, emphasizing the importance of biodiversity, grazing management, natural cycles, soil health, and ecological sustainability. Principles The results indicated participants’ average ratings on various regenerative agriculture principles before and after the program. Some principles saw a slight decreases in average ratings, suggesting participants’ perceptions may have shifted slightly in these areas. Program enjoyment Participants in the project found enjoyment and value in a combination of factors, including their interactions with peers, access to knowledgeable mentors, diverse learning opportunities, and the ability to apply regenerative agriculture principles to their unique contexts. The program’s supportive environment and practical approach were instrumental in promoting learning and instigating positive changes in participants’ farming practices. References References Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U. et al. Participatory action research. Nat Rev Methods Primers 3, 34 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1 Electris, C., Humphreys, J., Land, K., LeZaks, D., and Silverstein, J. 2019. Soil Wealth: Investing in regenerative agriculture across asset classes. Croatan Institute, Delta Institute, The Organic Agriculture Revitalization Strategy. General Mills. 2020. Regenerative agriculture. Accessed from: https://www.generalmills.com/en/Responsibility/ Sustainability/Regenerative-agriculture Gordon, L. & Gordon, E. (2020). What are the principles of regenerative agriculture? The Land. Retrieved from: https://www.theland.com.au/story/6912797/what-are-the-principles-of-regenerative-agriculture/ Gosnell, H., Gill, N., & Voyer, M. (2019). Transformational adaptation on the farm: Processes of change and persistence in transitions to ‘climate-smart’regenerative agriculture. Global Environmental Change, 59, 101965. Kughur, Gyanden & Audu, O. (2015). Effects of Intensive Agricultural Production on the Environment in Benue State, Nigeria. CAB Reviews Perspectives in Agriculture Veterinary Science Nutrition and Natural Resources. 8. 7-11. 10.9790/2380-08810711. Lal, R. (2020). Regenerative agriculture for food and climate. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation, 75(5), 123A-124A. Luke, H., Baker, C., Allan, C., McDonald, S., & Alexanderson, M. (2021). Agriculture in the northern wheatbelt: Rural landholder social benchmarking report 2021. Southern Cross University. https://soilcrc.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Northern-Wheatbelt-Social-Benchmarking-Report_16_05.pdf Massy, T. (2020). Blueprint for Impact: Regenerating agriculture across the Great Barrier Reef catchments. Report commissed by Sustainable Table. Mózner, Z., Tabi, A., & Csutora, M. (2012). Modifying the yield factor based on more efficient use of fertilizer—The environmental impacts of intensive and extensive agricultural practices. Ecological Indicators, 16, 58-66. Rhodes, C. J. (2017). The imperative for regenerative agriculture. Science Progress, 100(1), 80-129. Rogers, Everett M. (2003). Diffusion of Innovations (5th ed.). New York, NY: Free Press. pp. xv–xxi. Stimpson, K., Luke, H., & Lloyd, D. (2019). Understanding grower demographics, motivations and management practices to improve engagement, extension and industry resilience: a case study of the macadamia industry in the Northern Rivers, Australia. Australian Geographer, 50(1), 69-90. Toensmeier, E. (2016). The carbon farming solution: a global toolkit of perennial crops and regenerative agriculture practices for climate change mitigation and food security. Chelsea Green Publishing |
13:45 - 15:15 | 16 SES 11 A: NW 16 Network Meeting Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Wood Network Meeting |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper NW 16 Network Meeting Kingston University, UK Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 17 SES 11 A: Avenues Opening/Closing: Histories of Educational Thought and Experiment Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Pieter Verstraete Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Just Memories or Hopes for the Future? A Comparative Study on Receptions and Discussions of Makarenko's Pedagogy 1University of Kaiserslautern-Landau; 2Poltava V.G. Korolenko National Pedagogical University Presenting Author:In 1988 UNESCO ranked Anton Semenovich Makarenko (1888 – 1939) as one of four educators who most significantly determined the world's pedagogical thinking in the 20th century. This is not only because his concept of Collective Education was the official educational theory of socialist countries, but also because numerous educators in non-socialist countries were inspired by his ideas. Attitudes towards Makarenko’s works in each context, however, range from a derogatory rejection of his ideas to a glorified appreciation of his pedagogical work. The rise and fall of scientific and pedagogical interest in Makarenko were not only influenced by the ideological battles of the Cold War, but also other pedagogical conflicts such as between theory and practice, traditions and innovations, and romantic idealism and pragmatism. After the collapse of the U.S.S.R., the number of research papers on Makarenko generally decreased while in many “Western” countries Makarenko's ideas, especially the socialist education methods, seem to have lost their relevance and been relegated to the past. Nonetheless, research on Makarenko continued, albeit with different research focuses. It was carried on not only by researchers in the post-Soviet states such as Frolov (2006), Dichek (2018), Oksa and Karpenchuk (2008), but also in countries like Germany and Japan (e.g. Mannschatz 2002; Schubert 2019; Dreier-Horning 2022). While the above-mentioned research mainly focuses on discussions in the former U.S.S.R., our research project highlights the comparative aspects. Although Makarenko's concepts circulated transnationally and were received, (re)interpreted and implemented in different contexts, there are only a few works (e.g. Frolov 2006) that examine the transnational aspect of Makarenko's ideas across the Iron Curtain. Thus, in this project, we aim to investiage how Makarenko was remembered (or forgotten) in three countries – namely, in Ukraine, where Makarenko was born and worked; in East Germany (and Germany after the reunification), where Makaranko’s pedagogy was once regarded as the official educational principle; and in Japan, which is one of the capitalist countries strongly influenced by Makarenko's ideas (Fujii 1988). Our research focuses on the time frame from the late 20th Century to the beginning of the 21st Century, especially around 1988 since in this year, shortly before the collapse of the U.S.S.R, the 100th Anniversary of Makarenko was celebrated internationally. In our comparison and analysis we utilize secondary literature, pedagogical journals, and reports on educational conferences in three countries. The starting point of this research project is a manuscript of the book, Basics of Modern Makarenko Studies (ОсновиСучасного Макаренкознавства), written by the second author of this proposal and his colleagues. The main audience of the book are Ukrainian students in teacher-training. The manuscript was almost ready for publication; however, due to the Russian invasion, it has not yet been possible to publish the book. Furthermore, in this new age of uncertainty the authors are now forced to rethink the question of whether and how Makarenko's pedagogy, which itself emerged in an age of uncertainty in the middle of post-WW1 Ukraine, should or can be remembered. We also seek to answer the question of whether his pedagogy has any significance for education in the future, not only in Ukraine, but also in other parts of the world. This research is still in its early stages and we would like to present our first outcome and discuss it with other participants to further develop our research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research question of how and whether Makarenko has been remembered, we analyze secondary literature, pedagogical journals, and reports on educational conferences in three countries published around 1988. We adopt the method of qualitative content analysis (a.o. Mayring 2010) and examine how Makarenko was discussed in the sources. Based on our literature analysis, we developed three analytical categories for this process - namely, A) Representation/Symbol of values; B) Pedagogical technology; and C) Teacher-training. Analysis category A is applied to articles and documents in which Makarenko’s name represents a certain value. Depending on the context, Makarenko's name symbolizes a wide range of values and concepts, such as self-sacrifice, discipline, pedagogical optimism, productive work, rehabilitation of criminal adolescents, Stalinist ideology, authoritarian pedagogy, masculinity, proletariat, etc (Schubert 2012). Category B is applied to articles and documents which attempt to put pedagogical techniques suggested by Makarenko into practice, such as industrial labor and children's self-government. Category C is applied to articles and documents related to teacher-training. Since the early 1980s, a new teacher-training program based on Makarenko’s pedagogy, which focuses on the formation of teachers’ personalities, had been actively implemented in the former U.S.S.R. This program was developed at the Poltava V. G. Korolenko National Pedagogical University and had been used widely both in Ukraine and the USSR (Zyazyun, Kramushchenko, Krivonos, Myroshnyk, Semichenko, & Tarasevych, 2008). Documents from the program will be included this category. The main sources for this research are following pedagogical journals and newspapers, as well as archived documents in the following archives. <<Journals>> „Die Unterstufe: Zeitschrift für sozialistische Bildung und Erziehung in den ersten vier Schuljahren“ (1954-1991) „Pädagogik. Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der sozialistischen Erziehung“ (1956 - 1990). „Deutsche Lehrerzeitung“ (1954-1990) „Polytechnische Bildung und Erziehung“ (1959 – 1990) „Seikatsushidō (Educational Guidance)“ (1959-) „Gendai Kyōiku Kagaku (Modern Educational Science)“ (1958-2011) <<Archives>> The Makarenko-Archive / the Poltava V. G. Korolenko National Pedagogical University Research Library for the History of Education in Berlin (BBF) The Library of Japanese Teachers’ Union, Tokyo Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through our comparative analysis we present how Makarenko has been discussed and remembered since the late 20th Century. Even after the collapse of the U.S.S.R., the legacy of Makarenko has been discussed in different contexts. In some cases, Makarenko’s pedagogical ideas and Makarenko as a person were criticized or admired as a symbol of certain values. In other cases, certain aspects of Makarenko’s pedagogy have been reinterpreted and survived the age of uncertainty after the collapse of the U.S.S.R.. We also argue that Makarenko’s pedagogy, which emerged in the age of uncertainty following the First World War and the collapse of the Russian Empire, should be remembered, has relevance in teacher-training, and should be critically discussed in the future, both on the theoretical and practical level. Furthermore, we highlight the possibility and the need for further transnational dialogue and research. On one hand, it enables us gain new insights into the history of Ukrainian education within the European and the global context. On the other hand, a transnational perspective (Roldán Vera & Fuchs, 2019) that considers the plurality of contexts in which Makarenko’s pedagogy was received, (re-)interpreted and applied in practice, can open fresh perspectives both on questions of Makarenko's legacy and on fundamental pedagogical issues. References 1.Dreier-Horning, A. (2022). Wie Anton S. Makarenko ein Klassiker der Pädagogik wurde. Zum Stand der Makarenkoforschung in Deutschland. Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag. 2.Frolov A. (2006), А. С. Макаренко в СССР, России и мире: историография освоения и разработки его наследия. 1939–2005 гг., критический анализ (А. S. Makarenko in the USSR, Russia and the World: Historiography of the Development of his Legacy. 1939-2005, Critical Analysis). Volga-Vyatka Academy Press. 3.Fujii, T. (1988). 「世界のマカレンコ研究の動向とマカレンコ教育学の評価の問題 (The Trend in International Makarenko Research and the Problem of Assessing Makarenko's Pedagogy) 」. In: Makarenko, Anton S., Fujii, T. & Iwasaki, S. (Translation). 『科学的訓育論の基礎 (Basics of Educational Science) 』. Meiji. 4.Hillig, G. (1994) (ed.) Stand und Perspektiven der Makarenko-Forschung. Minerva. 5.Dichek N. (2005). А. Макаренко і світ: аналіз англомовних студій (A. Makarenko and the World: An Analysis of English-Language Studies). Naukoviy svіt. 6.Dichek N. (2018) "Нове-старе в сучасній зарубіжній макаренкіані (New-Old in Modern Foreign Makarenko Studies)." Pedagogical sciences: theory, history, innovative technologies, 2 (76). p. 221-235. 7.Mannschatz, E. (2002). Gemeinsame Aufgabenbewältigung als Medium sozialpädagogischer Tätigkeit. Denkanstöße für die Wiedergewinnung des Pädagogischen aus der Makarenko-Rezeption. Trafo. 8.Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz Juventa. 9.Oksa M. & Karpenchuk S. (2008), Макаренкознавство в Україні: аспекти історії, теорії, практики (Makarenko studies in Ukraine: aspects of history, theory, practice). RSU. 10.Roldán Vera, E. & Fuchs, E. (2019). “Introduction: The Transnational in the History of Education”. In: Fuchs, E. and Roldán Vera, E. (ed.). The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and perspectives. Palgrave. p.1-37. 11.Schubert, V. (2012). Männliche Erziehung bei Makarenko?. In: Baader, M.S., Bilstein, J., Tholen, T. (ed.) Erziehung, Bildung und Geschlecht. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. 12.Schubert, V. (2019). Der Pädagoge als Ingenieur. Erziehungswissenschaft bei Bernfeld, Makarenko und Dewey, Beltz Juventa. 13.Zyazyun I.A., Kramushchenko L.B., Krivonos I. F., Myroshnyk O.H., Semichenko В. А., & Tarasevych Н. М. (2008). Pedagogical Skills: A Textbook K ( Педагогічна майстерність: підручник. К. SPD Bogdanova A. M. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Building Hope Through Education. Peace, Nonviolence, and Anti-authoritarianism in the Thought of Lamberto Borghi. 1University of Urbino "Carlo Bo", Italy; 2University of Urbino "Carlo Bo", Italy Presenting Author:With this contribution, we aim to investigate the thought of Lamberto Borghi to show how, in his works, he emphasises a strong conviction that through education, it is possible to cultivate hope in building a future of peace.
Antonio Borghi (1907-2000) was one of Italy's most influential 20th-century pedagogists. He graduated in philosophy, specialised in German literature and taught for several years in various Italian high schools. In 1938, following the promulgation of the fascist racial laws, he was dismissed and left the country for the United States. Attending universities and intellectual circles, he came into close contact with leading figures on the international cultural scene, including Salvemini, Cassirer and Dewey. Returning to Italy as a full professor of Pedagogy at the University of Florence, he became one of the main disseminators of Dewey's thought. In his work, he establish a 'secular' paradigm of pedagogical investigation with a strong civil and political commitment.
With this study, we aim to investigate, in particular, the themes of peace, non-violence and anti-authoritarianism. These aspects, which we will highlight, are present in many of his most prominent works. This contribution will emphasise how the author tried to keep these values alive, even in his everyday life. Through unpublished correspondence kept, in part, at the INDIRE (National Institute for Documentation, Innovation and Educational Research) archive in Florence, we will try to introduce the reader to a more private side of the author, showing how his commitment to these values led him to maintain contacts and relations not only with the academic world but also with non-violent activist groups. We will particularly emphasise the author's relationship with anarchist and non-violent groups operating in Italy at that time, contributing to the commitment and dissemination of those values that he supported from a theoretical point of view. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The hermeneutic approach we will use for reading and interpreting the texts is historical-critical. We will read the facts and data emerging from the texts and documents in their historical context, trying, as far as possible, to authentically bring out the author's thought, his relationship with the intellectuals of the time and the issues he wanted to raise with his writings. In particular, we will use unpublished materials and writings preserved in the INDIRE (National Institute for Documentation, Innovation and Educational Research) archives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With this contribution, we expect to highlight the importance Borghi reserved for education as a living source of hope for the possibility of building a better future for all. In particular, we expect to show how the importance of peace, non-violence and anti-authoritarianism were not only theoretical nuclei that he examined and linked to pedagogical thought but also something that he strove to live out on a daily basis. We expect to show how Borghi was not only a teacher but also a witness of these values in daily life, maintaining personal, as well as professional, contacts with different worlds that may seem contradictory. From the Marxist and secular world to the Catholic world, Borghi succeeded, through his dialectical criticism, in constructing a pedagogical synthesis that was not only abstract but which he strove to live, giving shape to that hope for the emancipation of women and men to which education can give form. References C. Allemann-Ghionda, Dewey in Postwar-Italy: the Case of Re-Education. Studies in Philosophy & Education, 19(1/2), 53-67, 2000. L. Borghi, Educazione alla sopravvivenza, in «Scuola e città», 1984/3. L. Borghi, Educazione e Autorità nell’Italia Moderna, Bergamo, Junior 2021 (1950). L. Borghi, Educazione e sviluppo sociale, Firenze, La Nuova Italia, 1962. L. Borghi, Il presente e il futuro della nonviolenza, in «20 Anni di azione nonviolenta», gennaio 1984. L. Borghi, Personalità e pensiero di Aldo Capitini, in «Annali della Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa», Serie III, vol. V, 1975. L. Borghi, Scritti e fogli inediti dall’archivio INDIRE, Firenze. F. Cambi, La scuola di Firenze, Napoli, Liguori, 1982. F. Cambi, P. Orefice (edd.), Educazione, libertà, democrazia. Il pensiero pedagogico di Lamberto Borghi, Napoli, Liguori, 2005. F. Cambi, John Dewey in Italy. The Operation of the New Italian Publishing: Including Translation, Interpretation and Interpretation and Dissemination, in «Espacio, Tiempo y Educación», 2016, 3 (2), 89-99,. C. Cardelli, G. Cives, F. Codello, G. Fogi, In memoria di Lamberto Borghi, in «La Domenica della nonviolenza», 2007, n. 119. T. Pironi, Lamberto Borghi e Danilo Dolci. Spunti di indagine su una feconda interazione, in F. Cambi, P. Orefice (a cura di), Educazione, libertà, democrazia. Il pensiero pedagogico di Lamberto Borghi, Napoli, Liguori Editore, 2005. F. Susi, École et démocratie en Italie: de l’unité à la fin du XXème siècle. XXX: Editions L’Harmattan, 2015. G. Tassinari (ed.), La pedagogia italiana nel secondo dopoguerra: atti del Convegno in onore di Lamberto Borghi, Firenze, Le Monnier, 1987. M. Venuti, Antiautoritarismo e non violenza nella riflessione filosofico-pedagogica di Lamberto Borghi, in F. Cambi, P. Orefice (edd.), Educazione, libertà, democrazia. Il pensiero pedagogico di Lamberto Borghi, Napoli, Liguori Editore, 2005. 17. Histories of Education
Paper “Stepping into the Unknown:” Vkhutemas as an Experimental Educational Laboratory for Mass Creativity UIDEF, Institute of Education, University of Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:Since the establishment of the first state-supported art academies in the second half of the sixteenth century, the elaborate and schematic pedagogical principles set forth by the founding Mannerist artists were subsequently assimilated by the French Academy and instilled across Europe as a dominant model of art education. This traditional academic, pedagogical doctrine “has determined the character and the destiny of academies of art down to the twentieth century” (Pevsner, 1973, p. 66). In the nineteenth century, reinforced by the Romantic narratives of genius, the paramount view on artistic creation was still a reflection of the Kantian position that “beautiful Art is only possible as a product of Genius” (1790/2000, para. 46). The author of a work of art, “does not himself know how he has come by his Ideas;” thus the artist has no power “to communicate it to others in precepts that will enable them to produce similar products” (1790/2000, para. 46). On the one hand, art, as a property of genius, cannot be taught. On the other, the founding principle legitimising the existence of art academies lies precisely in the belief that artistic genius must be educated. Progressive early twentieth-century art and design schools resolved the aporia of nineteenth-century traditional art academies. Design education proposed a radical solution – a unity between art and technology, producing thus not only the possibility of teaching art but a new paradigm of education – in which everyone can learn to be creative. The argument of this presentation is that modernist and vanguard art trends, together with the foundation of design schools such as Bauhaus and Vkhutemas, evidence the departure from the traditional academic model of art education and introduce a fundamentally different approach to teaching creative skills as something that anyone can acquire. To examine this premise, I will discuss the pedagogies of some of the most progressive art schools of the early twentieth century – Svomas (1918-1920) and Vkhutemas-Vkhutein (1920-1930). These institutions were a result of the first reform of art education in Soviet Russia, carried out after the October Revolution. The traditional system of art academies was abolished – all artistic schools in the country (Academies of Fine and Applied Arts) were dissolved and converted into Free State Art Workshops (Svomas) (Khan-Magomedov, 1995). This new organisation was not only a complete break from the previous conservative model – for the first time, art education in Russia became organised on principles of freedom (Adaskina, 1992). Students had a right to elect a master of the workshop of their liking and even to enrol to a workshop without any supervisor. Moreover, admission to Svomas required no exams, no previous diplomas of completing other courses or secondary education and was free of charge. In 1920, a second reform was carried out – merging the First and Second Svomas in Moscow and resulting in the creation of Vkhutemas (Higher Artistic-Technical Workshops). The establishment of Vkhutemas coincided with the time when vanguard artistic movements in Russia gained momentum - the most progressive leftist artists were given the task of creating their studios within Vkhutemas as well as defining the foundational course (so-called propaedeutics) obligatory for all students. The new system was conceived to open possibilities of artistic education to hitherto marginalised groups – youths from rural and working-class family backgrounds. Vkhutemas was an institution of mass education – in 1922, there were 2,222 students enrolled (in contrast to 119 students at the Bauhaus) (Bokov, 2020). The most urgent pedagogical difficulty to overcome was how to train students en masse, many without any previous contact or training in art. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a selection of sources which could be divided into three categories: i) texts written by artists teaching at Vkhutemas, which include memoirs, journal publications, reviews and reports; ii) a selection of documents from the Ministry of Education (Narkompros and IZO Narkompros) – decrees, instructions, statutes and reports – written by the ministry officials (such as its Commissar Anatoly Lunacharsky or the head of its Arts Department David Shterenberg); iii) institutional publications – catalogues of students work and schools self-advertising publications. Additionally, it is supplemented by materials contained in monographs and studies on the institution by Russian (Khan-Magomedov, 1995; Adaskina, 1992, 1997) and international scholars (Fitzpatrick, 1970; Bokov, 2020; Lima & Jallageas, 2020) – which reflect the most recent renewed interest in Vkhutemas and its pioneering pedagogies. This presentation is not a tentative of another study of the institution – in this analysis, I propose to examine the school within the scope of a broader argument – the universalisation of creativity and art education and the role of design schools in this process. To this end, a history of the present approach (Foucault, 1991, p. 178) is adopted insofar as it aims to discuss how revolutionary and controversial these new pedagogies were in the early twentieth century (ultimately leading to the dissolution of Vkhutmeas and the return to the traditional system of art education) and how the same ideas are promoted and accepted as natural in the present day discourse on art education and education in general. Vkhutemas focus on mass education and the intense reflection produced by the leading vanguard artists on possible experimental pedagogies led to the adoption of methods whose main objective was de-mystification of creativity – in the words of one the pedagogues the goal was “to raise the mysterious veil of ‘creativity’” (Bokov, 2020, p. 276). In doing so, these pedagogues were hoping to teach large numbers of students from different artistic disciplines in a unified but interdisciplinary way – and with satisfying outcomes. Therefore, the selection criteria for sources described above are based on a theoretical framework that allows identifying narratives that promote the universalisation of creativity and naturalise creative processes. By mobilising the past-present gaze, it becomes possible to look at the history of Vkhutemas as a rich source of insight and a fertile ground of reference in the present-day debate on education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This proposal is a result of an ongoing study – the aim is to analyse and discuss available sources in order to understand how the shift from the conservative and elitist system of Art Academies to the universal model of education in an institution like Vkhutemas facilitated the naturalisation of creativity and artistic talent. This argument is based on the confluence of several factors: i) the early twentieth century was a moment of rapid and dynamic appearance of modernist and vanguard art theories and currents; ii) the foundation of progressive art schools, which set in practice the heterodox ideas proposed by the leading artists of these movements; iii) constitution of a new discipline in art education – modern graphic and product design, which consequently demanded and proposed novel pedagogical methodologies; iv) in the post-Revolutionary context of Soviet Russia, the necessity of mass education. In the short history of Vkhutemas, all of the above circumstances converge or overlap. The arising pedagogical challenges resulted in a quest for the so-called objective method, in the conviction that everyone can learn artistic disciplines. During the decade of Vkutemas functioning, its artists-turned-pedagogues (many of whom had never taught before) responded with a variety of novel procedures in teaching art – for instance, Ladovsky’s “psychoanalytical” method or Rodchenko’s rigorous Constructivist approach. It was an unprecedented educational experiment – “stepping into the unknown” (Krinsky, 1975, p. 125) as one of the pedagogues described it – which allowed for the trying out and implementation of an array of different pedagogies, which are, at present, considered mainstream. References Adaskina, N. (1992). The Place of Vkhutemas in the Russian Avant-Garde. In J. Bobko & S. Dzhafarova (Eds.), The Great Utopia: The Russian and Soviet Avant-Garde (1915-1932) (pp. 282-293). Guggenheim Museum. Adaskina, N. (1997). RAKhN, VKhUTEMAS, And The Graphic Arts. Experiment, 3(1), 76-124. Bokov, A. (2020). Avant-Garde as Method: Vkhutemas and the Pedagogy of Space, 1920–1930. Park. Fitzpatrick, S. (1970). The Commissariat of Enlightenment: Soviet Organization of Education and the Arts under Lunacharsky. Cambridge University Press. Foucault, M. (1991). The Body of the Condemned. In P. Rabinow (Ed.), The Foucault Reader. Pantheon. Kant, I. (2000). Critique of the Power of Judgment. Cambridge University Press. Khan-Magomedov, S. O. (1995). VkHUTEMAS (Vol 1). Ladia. Krinsky, V. (1975). Iz Doklada “Novoye V Obuchenii Kompozitsii” [From the Report “New In Composition Teaching”]. In M.G. Barkhin, et al. (Eds.), Mastera Sovetskoy Srkhitektury Ob Arkhitekture [Masters of Soviet Architecture On Architecture] (Vol. 2). Iskusstvo. Lima, C., & Jallageas, N. (2020). Vkhutemas: Desenho de uma Revolução. Kinoruss. Pevsner, N. (1973). Academies of Art, Past and Present. Cambridge University Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 18 SES 11 A: Marginalised Youth and Sport Clubs (Part 1) Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Oliver Hooper Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 18 SES 12 A |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Examining Sport Clubs as 'Missing Spaces' for Care-Experienced Young People in England 1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2Leeds Beckett University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Internationally, there has been growing interest in the lives of care-experienced youth and literature has highlighted the more significant needs and vulnerabilities of this population (Mannay et al., 2017). Care-experienced youth are routinely identified as among the most disadvantaged within society and ‘at risk’ of negative outcomes (e.g. relating to health, education, and life chances). Research shows that care-experienced young people are likely to have been exposed to greater incidents of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) – including physical and sexual abuse, and neglect – and that those who have experienced such trauma can suffer poorer physical and mental health (Denton et al., 2016; Dye, 2018). Such concerns are exacerbated by the fact that the number of young people being placed in the care of the state is increasing internationally (UNICEF, 2023). Concerns regarding the challenges care-experienced youth face have also led to a growing interest in activities that can better support their positive development, including sport/PA. However, there remain concerns about the piecemeal nature of such opportunities for care-experienced youth at a local level and, notably, their capacity to access formal, organised sport activities (Sandford et al., 2020). This paper presents early findings from an ongoing study that seeks to examine care-experienced young people’s engagements with sport clubs. The Right to Be Active ‘Clubs and Coaches’ project (also referred to as R2BA2), builds on a previous study – the Right to Be Active project (R2BA) - which focused more broadly on the sport and physical activity (PA) experiences of care-experienced young people (see Sandford et al., 2021). Findings from the first R2BA project highlighted the complex social landscapes that care-experienced youth navigate on a day-to-day basis and noted the significance of people, places, and activities in shaping these engagements (Sandford et al., 2020; Sandford et al., 2021). For care-experienced youth to have ‘good’ experiences of sport/PA there needed to be an intersection of these key factors. However, the complex structure of the care context in England resulted, often, in a shifting landscape where opportunity and access to activities were problematic (Sandford et al., 2021). Consequently, some ‘missing spaces’ were evident for many care-experienced young people – with a notable example being sport clubs. Indeed, it was apparent that for many individuals the transient nature of their lives meant that it was difficult to both access and maintain connections with these more formal sporting contexts. However, those who were able to successfully engage with them often noted positive outcomes, such as personal growth, skill development and the acquisition of social capital. Thus, there is significant support for sport clubs to potentially aid positive youth development (e.g. Holt, 2016; Morgan et al., 2019) but these benefits are only available if young people can access these spaces. Sport clubs are key spaces that are well placed to provide care-experienced youth with a sense of stability that is often absent from their lives and to facilitate valuable opportunities for developing positive relationships with peers and trusted adults, such as coaches (Quarmby et al., 2022). However, while there is a growing evidence base to draw on in relation to care-experienced youths’ engagements with sport/PA and physical education (O’Donnell et al., 2020; Sandford et al., 2021), there is currently a dearth of literature focusing on sport clubs and/or the role of coaches in supporting potential development. In focusing on sports clubs and the policies that shape practice within these, as well as the knowledge, perspectives and experiences of both coaches and care-experienced young people, it is intended that the R2BA2 ‘Clubs and Coaches’ project can help to address some of these gaps in knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the R2BA2 (Clubs and Coaches) project is to explore sport clubs as ‘missing spaces’ for care-experienced youth. This is considered to be important given the developmental potential of sport clubs and the difficulties reported by care-experienced youth in accessing and maintaining connections to these contexts. To this end, the project seeks to address the following questions: 1. What can we learn from the limited existing research about care-experienced young people’s engagements with sport clubs?; 2. What do sport clubs/coaches both know and need to know about care-experienced young people in order to shape positive sport/PA experiences?; and 3. What can we learn from care-experienced youth about their engagements with sport clubs that could shape future practice within these contexts? To address these questions, a mixed methods approach comprising a scoping review of relevant policy documents, online surveys, interviews/focus groups and interactive workshops has been designed. This presentation will present data only from the first phase of the project, which was the scoping review of policy documents relating to provision for care-experienced young people’s engagements with sports clubs. Drawing on information from Sport England (a non-departmental public body with responsibility for encouraging and supporting participation in sport), a database was generated of recognised sport National Governing Bodies (NGBs) responsible for delivery within England (n=200). The website for each NGB was accessed and searched for relevant policy documents that might inform practice with care-experienced youth, focusing, in particular, on issues of equality, diversity and inclusion, safeguarding and welfare. These documents then underwent a qualitative content analysis (Flick, 2009), aided by utilising keywords for searching such as ‘care-experienced’, ‘children in care’, ‘looked-after children’ (a legislative term often used to identify care-experienced young people in England), ‘trauma’ and ‘duty of care’. Documents containing these terms were then read for contextual detail, with relevant information being transferred to the Excel spreadsheet detailing all entries. A further analysis of data within this spreadsheet was then undertaken to draw out key themes and ideas of relevance to the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that the vast majority of NGB policies (n=162, 82%) have no overt reference to provision for care-experienced young people, with only 9 (4.5%) NGBs specifically making reference to this youth population. Instead, care-experienced young people are more likely to be visible as part of a broader efforts to recognise marginalised groups, address known disadvantage and ensure the inclusion of those with protected characteristics. Where this is the case, most references to care-experienced youth come via safeguarding policies and speak to the ‘duty of care’ that organisations have for those young people that they work with. Within these, there is some (limited) reference to recognising trauma and understanding the potential impact of this on young people, though this is largely framed within reporting structures. This scoping review raises some interesting points for further consideration. Firstly, it is notable that where NGBs specifically refer to care-experienced young people, these are often sports that would not be considered ‘mainstream’ or those typically accessed by/accessible to care-experienced youth (e.g., motorsports, aquathlon, fencing and skiing). Secondly, it is evident that few NGBs have bespoke policies but rather that there is some sharing of generic policy (e.g., around safeguarding and inclusion), which perhaps contributes to the lack of specific recognition of populations - such as care-experienced young people – with specific needs (e.g., related to the impact of trauma). Finally, the identification of protected characteristics as a key factor influencing efforts towards inclusion is interesting. While some local authorities in England have moved towards identifying care status as a protected characteristic (see MacAlister, 2022), this is not yet a standardised approach – though the analysis would suggest that it could help to facilitate care-experienced young people’s access to sports clubs. These points of interest will help to inform further phases of the study. References Denton, R., Frogley, C., Jackson, S., John, M. & D. Querstret. (2016). “The assessment of developmental trauma in children and adolescents: a systematic review”. Child Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry. 2: 1-28. doi:1359104516631607. Dye, H. 2018. “The impact and long-term effects of childhood trauma”. Journal of Human Behaviour in the Social Environment, 28 (3): 381-392, doi:10.1080/10911359.2018.1435328 Flick, U. (2009). An introduction to qualitative research (4th ed.). Sage Holt, N. (2016) Positive Youth Development through Sport (second edition). London, Routledge. Morgan, H., Parker, A., Meek, R. & Cryer, J. (2019) Participation in sport as a mechanism to transform the lives of young people within the criminal justice system: an academic exploration of a theory of change, Sport, Education and Society, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1674274 Mannay, D., Evans, R., Staples, E., Hallett, S., Roberts, L., Rees, A. and Andrews, D. (2017). The consequences of being labelled ‘looked-after’: Exploring the educational experiences of looked-after children and young people in Wales, British Educational Research Journal, 43(4): 683-699. MacAlister, J., (2022). The independent review of children’s social care. The independent review of children's social care. Available at https://hubble-live-assets.s3.amazonaws.com/birth-companions/file_asset/file/491/The-independent-review-of-childrens-social-care-Final-report.pdf Accessed 31.01.24 O’Donnell, C., Sandford, R. and Parker, A., (2020). Physical education, school sport and looked-after-children: Health, wellbeing and educational engagement. Sport, Education and Society, 25(6), pp.605-617. Quarmby, T., Sandford, R., & Hooper, O. (2022). Coaching care-experienced children and young people in sport. In Toms, M. & Jeanes, R. (Eds.), Routledge Handbook of Coaching Children in Sport. (pp 204 – 212). London: Routledge Sandford, R., Quarmby, T., Hooper, O., & Duncombe, R. (2020). Right to be active: Final project report (Adult/Youth versions). Loughborough/Leeds: Loughborough University/Leeds Beckett University. Sandford, R., Quarmby, T., Hooper, O. & Duncombe, R. (2021) Navigating complex social landscapes: Examining care experienced young people’s engagements with sport and physical activity, Sport, Education and Society, 26(1) 15-28. UNICEF (2023) Children in Alternative Care. Available at https://data.unicef.org/topic/child-protection/children-alternative-care/. Accessed 31/01/24. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Coaching for "Fitting In": Coaches, Soccer, and Education in Professional Sports Clubs in Low-SES Towns in Israel 1Ono Academic Collage, Israel; 2Haifa University, Israel Presenting Author:One of the strongest cultural ideals in many Western countries is that education is the great equalizer, a panacea that can resolve socioeconomic and personal ills caused by structural inequality. At the same time, considerable evidence underpins the durability of inequality (Tilly, 1998). These include reports about the persistence of disparities between rich and poor, the increase in the Gini Index in many democratic countries, low socioeconomic (SES) mobility rates (Rivera & Tilcsik, 2016), and differences in the academic achievements of groups from different ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic backgrounds (Lareau, 2015). In the context of this decline in the plausibility of the neoliberal assumptions about equal educational opportunity, educational anthropologists and sociologists have addressed at length the question of how to reconcile the promise of formal equity in schools with the stubbornness of class inequality. In this context, many education studies have shown how formal education in schools has a central role in the transmission of social inequality and privilege through practices such as specific discourses, structural practices (such as tracking), pedagogies, and student-teacher relations (Calarco, 2018; Tyson, 2011). Only few studies have examined how these stratificational dynamics are manifest in informal spaces (Friedman, 2013). For example, some studies have described how enrichment programs, competitive after-school activities, and organized sports are closely associated with children's and parents' SES backgrounds (Andersen & Bakken, 2019). The current study proposes examining the linkage between SES and informal education through in-depth interviews with professional soccer coaches who coach high school students living in underprivileged urban neighborhoods in Israel. Two main questions are explored in this paper: How do coaches who work in professional soccer clubs with low-SES youth perceive their role, their values, relations with the youths' parents, and the imagined future of the youth? Do the coaches' perceptions of their roles operate to perpetuate social inequality, and if so, how? The findings revealed five primary themes reflecting the coaches' descriptions and explanatory accounts: a description of the youth athletes' life spaces, the coaches' perceptions of their own roles, the core values to which the coaches subscribe, the relationships between the coaches and the youth athletes' parents, and a description of the youth athletes' future orientation. These findings contribute to a discussion of the linkage between education, sport and SES or the implications of SES in informal education spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 15 male soccer coaches from low SES localities were interviewed. All the coaches attended official training institutions for trainers and coaches in Israel and, at minimum, held a certificate of soccer counselor (the first level of coaching certification in Israel), which enables the certificate holder to coach children and youth. Half of the coaches held a coaching certificate (the second level in Israel), which authorizes them to coach youth and adult teams up to the amateur leagues level. Most of the coaches were not employed as full-time soccer coaches, working in at least one additional job during the workday for their primary source of income. They coached soccer as a part-time job in the afternoon and evening. The participants were chosen through purposeful sampling (Patton, 2002). The primary criterion was their being coaches in competitive clubs and coaching teams of players aged 12–16. Appropriate interviewees were located through acquaintances at various clubs (team managers, coaches, directors). The first author had been a soccer player and now works as a field activity manager for a sports-related educational organization. These connections helped greatly in cultivating conversations with the coaches by utilizing concepts from their world, thereby gaining their trust. The research method adopted for this qualitative study was semi-structured interviews. The interviews, lasting about an hour, consisted of several parts: coaches' background details; main values; parents’ expectations; working in various life spaces; and future orientation. All the interviews were analyzed through grounded theory methodologies (Strauss & Corbin, 1998). First, transcripts were read openly to identify various themes freely mentioned by the coaches, independent of the research questions. For the next stage, focused reading was conducted per the research questions: the perception of the coach’s role; the primary values the coaches transmit to the players through coaching and play; parents’ expectations; and the youths’ future orientation. For the final stage, the transcripts were read to examine whether the coaches addressed various themes and issues other than those identified in the previous readings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a linkage between position and disposition, highlighting that sports activities (or extracurricular education) are part and parcel of the endurance of inequality and intergenerational class replication (Bourdieu, 1978). The findings describe how the coaches expressed their role based on family-oriented metaphors, such as “father figure,” “father substitute,” and viewed themselves as providing their charges with a proper education not imparted to the youth by their parents. The coaches also emphasized the "parental" aspects of their work, (“to raise them”). Moreover, the coaches frequently applied the perspective of deficit (Atkins, 2010), which is based on the numerous deficits and hardships affecting their youth (“economic poverty,” “cultural poverty”). They view their charges as “at-risk youth” who should be thwarted from “getting into trouble” and “engagement in criminal activity” by guiding them to take “the straight path”. The future the coach-educators imagined for their students expressed a pedagogy of low expectations (“only few of them will succeed”). The coaches described the “regular” future path awaiting their students, including military service (compulsory in Israel for Jewish citizens), work, and family. Consistent with studies of the linkage between education and class (Calarco, 2018; Lareau, 2015; Tyson, 2011), these findings have consequences for the maintenance of educational stratification, and how class operates in informal educational spaces. The coaches’ engagement with instilling discipline and obedience to the ideal norms, a product of specific social construction, comprises a hidden curriculum (Perry-Hazan & Birnhack, 2018). we assert that the soccer coaches, who work with high school students at professional soccer clubs in low-SES towns in Israel, view their professional identity as characterized by good intentions, benevolence, and caring. However, this identity is prone to perpetuate social inequality. References Andersen, P. L., & Bakken, A. (2019). Social class differences in youths’ participation in organized sports: What are the mechanisms? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 54(8), 921–937. Atkins L. (2010). Opportunity and aspiration, or the great deception?” The case of 14-19 vocational education. Power and Education, 2 (3), 253–265. Bourdieu, P. (1978) Sport and social class. Social Science Information, 17(6), 819-840 Calarco, J. M. (2018). Negotiating opportunities: How the middle class secures advantages in school. Oxford University Press. Friedman, H. L. (2013. Playing to win: Raising children in a competitive culture. University of California Press. Lareau, A. (2015). Cultural knowledge and social inequality. American Sociological Review, 80(1), 1–27. Patton, M. Q. (2002) Two decades of developments in qualitative inquiry: A personal, experiential perspective. Qualitative Social Work, 1(3), 261-283. Perry-Hazan, L., & Birnhack, M. (2018). The hidden human rights curriculum of surveillance cameras in schools: Due process, privacy, and trust. Cambridge Journal of Education, 48(1), 47–64. Rivera, L. A., & Tilcsik, A. (2016). Class advantage, commitment penalty: The gendered effect of social class signals in an elite labor market. American Sociological Review 81(6), 1097–1131. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research techniques. Sage. Tilly, C. (1998). Durable inequality. University of California Press. Tyson, K. (2011). Integration interrupted: Tracking, black students, and acting White after Brown. Oxford University Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 19 SES 11 A: Network Meeting for NW19 Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Network Meeting |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper NW 19 Network Meeting 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 21 SES 11 A: Research Workshop 2: Giving Voice: the Group as a Way of Coping with Imbalance and Uncertainty Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandrine Jullien Villemont Research Workshop |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Research Workshop Giving Voice: the Group as a Way of Coping with Imbalance and Uncertainty Inspé-UPEC, France Presenting Author:My proposal deals with the issue of uncertainty not in terms of its societal aspect, heightened by the socio-political contexts to which subjects are submitted, but as the precariousness inherent in the subject's perpetual psychological task of keeping the internal and external worlds in continuous motion. So it's more a question of 'dealing with' uncertainty, of working on the ability to accept doubt, surprise and the unforeseen despite the challenge it can represent for narcissism. In fact, the over-emotional injunctions that teachers may be subjected to in a professional situation sometimes weaken the very structure of their narcissism - based on "a certain image that the subject acquires of himself on the model of others" and which founds the ego as a "psychic unity" (Laplanche and Pontalis, 1981). This feeling of perpetual imbalance, which the clinical position based on a psychoanalytical orientation may seem to maintain for the subject-teacher, would paradoxically be a source of reassurance and construction of a certain internal security ensured by the work of psychic elaboration in the work of thought that uncertainty imposes. Keeping thought moving requires doubt, uncertainty and imbalance, so that thought is creative and not inward-looking. Janine Puget said: « tenemos que aprender a vivir en un desequilibrio permanente » (Puget, 2020). In the field of secondary education, the observation of practice analysis groups conducted in group settings in which writing and reading aloud are used, leads me to conceive that making sense, based on the linking of experiences and secondarised thoughts, is made possible by the 'containing function' (Bion, 1962) provided by the members of the group in their psychological and physical dimensions. The psychic support provided by the group seems to offer the teachers who take part in these schemes an affirmation of their subjectivity as well as a legitimisation of their pedagogical action through the ability to welcome the unexpected and to 'remain open' within their class. It is by becoming aware of the unconscious movements and transfers that drive them within the class groups that this work of elaboration can be established, and also by the stability that the group of teachers brings to each of its members. "Lo vincular", the "psychoanalysis of the link" - as conceptualised by Puget and Berenstein - makes it possible to observe what "is between" and to think of groups as psychic spaces that provide the subject with possible stability. Jeanine Puget explains: "Parto de la idea de que lo común, que nos hace miembros momentáneos de una situación, se crea y recrea sin cesar, pero los sujetos suelen tener la ilusión de que la pertenencia conlleva un para siempre que les aseguraría un lugar en el mundo en cuanto sujetos sociales. (...) La ilusión es la de construir conjuntos duraderos, basados en contratos inamovibles y en la armoniosa conjunción de las diferencias" (Puget, 2015). For the teachers, these practice analysis groups are breathing spaces - where they can look back on experiences that are often enigmatic, sometimes painful - and they are times for elaboration, where the group becomes a psychic support that underpins, in that it connects the subjects while providing this function of "illusion de pertenencia" that facilitates the expression of subjectivity. This is built on the sharing of stories, metaphors and words, which often reflect the experiences of the group with the pupils, which resonate in the experience within the group of teachers: the "between" - which the group generates - generates a creative potential that invites us to move forward with others, inhabiting different spaces at the same time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As a foreign language teacher, I attach a great deal of importance to words, their symbolic dimension and the imaginary associations they convey. The uncertainty therefore lies in the language itself, and group work based on the written word is what would be put to work and observed as part of a workshop. Although language enables us to communicate and connect with others, it often remains opaque because of its polysemic nature and its ability to express the ambivalence that inhabits every subject. Producing free writing (narrative, poetic, philosophical, etc.) in a group situation could be an opportunity to have an "exploratory clinical experience" based on what has been shared during the conference. Producing a free text would provide an opportunity to move away from conventional communication and reconnect with the evocative power of language: the world of sound, polyphony, polysemy and the imaginary. Together, we could observe the effects that writing in the presence of other bodies and giving voice to personal texts can produce within the group, and perhaps perceive how reading aloud through sensitive experience not only highlights the resonance of bodies and psyches, superimposing different times for each member of the group. The workshop has not yet been fully defined : it could be based on an initial period of sharing words in different languages (one word in English and one in another language of the group's choice), a period of free writing (narrative, argumentative text, poetic form, tract, manifesto, dialogue, etc.) in which English would be used as the main language. A time for reading aloud by the author, immediately followed by writing down key words or exchanging on what was felt, thought or associated at the end of each reading, then a time for group discussion to observe what is common or not, what has been circulated and on what elements these movements have been built. We could observe how the imaginary images conjured up meet or are transformed and combine common experiences in the present of the conference and in the past of each of the members of the group. The reworking will then be carried out in English in order to facilitate exchanges between the various members around the associations and mental images conjured up in the listeners, even if the writing of the texts will be multilingual due to the make-up of the group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Beyond the concept of the construction of subjectivity based on the observation of intrapsychic life, we could, thanks to the contributions of Argentinian psychoanalysis, essentially Berenstein and Puget, observe how the "psychoanalysis of the link" in the observation of group dynamics is based in particular on the signifiers that circulate in the present situation between the psyches of each person. In the sharing of words and personal texts, symbolic representations are conveyed. They are open to the imaginary and each member of the group can grasp them in the here and now through the voice that reads and can generate sensory sensations, emotions and physical movements when receiving the texts. The expression of poetic subjectivity within the group might make it possible to perceive and think about the extent to which the logic of the "between" goes beyond the logic of the "One", as proposed by Puget with his concept of a subjectivity that is constructed in different superimposed spaces (Puget, 1982). References Bion, W. R. (2014). The Complete Works of W. R. Bion. Volume I. London : Karnac Books. Berenstein, I. & Puget, J. (1997). Lo vincular. Buenos Aires: Paidós. Bréant, F. (2014). Écrire en atelier, Pour une clinique poétique de la reconnaissance. Paris : L’Harmattan. Cadoux B. (2003). « Le groupécriture : une petite fabrique de subjectivité », Revue de psychothérapie psychanalytique de groupe, 2003/2 no 41, p. 139-150. DOI : 10.3917/rppg.041.0139 Geffard, P., & Dubois, A. (2013, août 1). Monographies et approche clinique d’orientation psychanalytique en sciences de l’éducation. Congrès de l’Actualité de la recherche en Éducation et Formation (AREF – AECSE), Montpellier. Kaës, R. (2004). Le groupe et le sujet du groupe. Éléments pour une théorie psychanalytique des groupes. (1993). Paris: Dunod. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.-B. (1981). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris: PUF. Puget, J. (1987). En la busqueda de una hipotesis. El contexto social. XXXV Congreso IPA. Montréal. Puget, J. (2015). Subjetivación discontínua y psicoanálisis. Incertidumbre y certezas. - 1a ed. - Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires : Lugar Editorial, 2015. Puget, J. (2020). Aprendiendo a vivir en desequilibrio permanente. Fronteras. 33º Congreso Latinoamericano de Psicoanálisis. Primer Congreso virtual FEPAL 2020. Puget J., Wender L. (1982), Analista y paciente en mundos superpuestos, Psicoanalisis, vol. IV, no 3, p. 502-532, « El Mundo Superpuesto entre paciente y analista revisitado al cabo de los años », Revista Asociación Escuela Argentina de Psicoterapia para Graduados, 30, 2005-2006, Buenos Aires, août 2007, 69-90. Schlemminger, G. & Boulouh, F. (2019), « Entrer en écriture dans une autre langue: la voie poétique », Horizonte — Neue Serie • Nuova Serie [En ligne], http://hdl.handle.net/21.11108/0000-0007-DA55-4. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 A: Distance Education and Inclusion Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Chris Kubiak Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Impacts of Class Size on Students’ Learning Outcomes in College Online Courses 1Peking University, China, People's Republic of; 2Central University of Finance and Economics Presenting Author:Synchronous online courses gained popularity during the pandemic and have since become the predominant course delivery format for online courses due to their ability to reduce educational cost while preserving real-time communication and immediate feedback (Bailenson, 2021). The rapid growth of synchronous course prompts questions about improving the quality of online courses at scale (Bettinger et al., 2017; Lowenthal et al., 2019; Russell & Curtis, 2013; Xu & Xu, 2020).. One area of intense debate in this context is the role of class size in online courses. However, limited research has quantitatively examined the effects of class size on student learning outcomes in college synchronous online courses. Assessing these effects is a pertinent issue: If increasing class size in synchronous online courses does not compromise student learning outcomes, it opens up the possibility for departments to consider offering larger synchronous online classes. This approach could help reduce educational costs and enhance accessibility without sacrificing student engagement. This study addresses this gap by answering three main research questions. First, what is the impact of class size on students’ academic performance and course satisfaction? Second, what are the mechanisms through which class size effects operate? Third, how do class size effects vary along the distribution of class sizes (Non-linear effects)? We analyzed data from an anonymous research university (ARU hereafter) in China. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, all courses in the spring semester of 2020 in ARU were delivered online synchronously, with approximately 82% delivered via ClassIn, which was a popular platform for online course delivery in China at the time. This study focused on undergraduate students enrolled in synchronous online courses for the duration of the semester. Furthermore, this study examined courses categorized as “lecture” sections, excluding physical education and lab courses. As a result, our sample comprised 6,603 undergraduate students enrolled in one of the 638 synchronous online classes offered by 30 departments. We obtained data from two sources: (1) administrative data, which includes students’ and instructors’ demographic characteristics, class enrollment size, students’ academic performance, and instructors’ teaching evaluation, etc., and (2) clickstream data generated by the ClassIn platform, which captured information such as the length of time students were assigned to interact with their peers and instructors, as well as their time spent in the virtual classroom. We began by estimating the effects of class size on students’ academic outcomes and course satisfaction. Our analyses indicate that class sizes negatively affect course grades and course satisfaction in synchronous online courses. Drawing on the rich clickstream information generated by the online platform, we examined two channels through which class size effects may operate: (i) students’ course attendance and (iii) course interaction opportunities. Our findings suggest that reduced course interaction opportunity is the most robust channel through which larger classes negatively affect students’ academic outcomes and course satisfaction. In addition, we explore non-linearities in the class size effect and heterogeneity by students’ academic preparation, grade level, and course credits. Our findings indicate a consistent negative effect across the entire spectrum of class sizes, with larger class sizes exhibiting increasingly detrimental effects. We also found that the negative relationship between class size and student outcomes is highly robust across different types of students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We analyzed the effects of class size on students’ outcomes, using within-student variation in class sizes: yicm= αi + βm + γCScm + δXcm + θPcm + φTcm + εicm (1) where yicm is an outcome, such as course grade for student i in class c in department m. αi represents student fixed effect, which allows for comparisons among different classes taken by the same student, thereby mitigating bias associated with students’ self-section into different classes. βm represents department fixed effects, enabling comparisons among different classes within the same field of study. CScm captures the class size in class c of department m, defined by the number of students enrolled in the classes and the average number of students presenting in the class over the semester. Xcm represents control variables on class c in department m, such as course credits and course classifications. To account for the peer group composition within a class, we controlled for Pcm, including the share of male students, the proportion of students with average grade points in the lowest quartile, and the proportion of seniors. Tcm captures the characteristics of teachers in a course, such as their gender, job title, age, educational attainment, etc. However, considering that more than one faculty member can teach a class, the term Tcm represents the faculty composition of class c. This term includes the number of faculty involved in teaching the particular class, the proportion of male faculty, the proportion of professors, the ratio of overseas returning faculty, the average age of teachers, and the average teacher evaluation score. Finally, the error term εicm was clustered by course to capture common unobservable shocks to students’ outcome variables. We further calculated the implied effect size. The measure estimates the proportion of the within-student standard deviation in outcome variables that can be explained by a one standard deviation increase from the mean class size. We then examined whether there were any nonlinear class size effects using Equation (2). To do so, we categorized students into four quantiles based on the distributions of both class enrollment sizes and actual class sizes. yicm= αi + βm + ∑ γqCSqcm + δXcm + θPcm + φTcm + εicm (2) where CSqcm equals to one if the class size is in the qth quantile of class size distribution, and zero otherwise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There is robust evidence of a negative class size effect on students’ academic achievement. Our study also revealed evidence of nonlinear class size effects on course grades in synchronous online courses. Specifically, we observed a negative impact between the first two quantiles and the last two quantiles. The results indicate that there were beneficial effects when moving both from mid-sized to smaller classes and from the very large to large classes. Our analysis also sheds light on the negative impact of class sizes on student course satisfaction. Unlike the nonlinear effects observed on course grades, the impact on course satisfaction showed a distinct pattern. It became more significant when moving from the first to the second quantile (class sizes ranging from 2 to 15 students and 16 to 24 students). However, there seems to be no further detrimental effect when moving from the second to the third quantile or from the third to the fourth quantile. Therefore, it appears that the class size range of 16 to 24 students was where the negative class size effect on course satisfaction reached its highest magnitude. In terms of the mechanisms, our findings suggest that, on average, class size did not have a significant association with class attendance. However, we did observe nonlinear effects where the course attendance rate began to decline when class sizes exceeded 24 students. Additionally, we consistently observed notable negative correlations between class size and student course interaction opportunities. In conclusion, our study highlighted the importance of considering class size as a factor influencing student attendance and course interaction opportunities. References Bettinger, E. P., Fox, L., Loeb, S., & Taylor, E. S. (2017). Virtual Classrooms: How Online College Courses Affect Student Success. American Economic Review, 107(9), 2855–2875. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20151193 Lowenthal, P. R., Nyland, R., Jung, E., Dunlap, J. C., & Kepka, J. (2019). Does class size matter?: An exploration into faculty perceptions of teaching high-enrollment online courses. American Journal of Distance Education, 33(3), 152–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/08923647.2019.1610262 Russell, V., & Curtis, W. (2013). Comparing a large- and small-scale online language course: An examination of teacher and learner perceptions. The Internet and Higher Education, 16, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2012.07.002 Xu, D., & Xu, Y. (2020). The ambivalence about distance learning in higher education: Challenges, opportunities, and policy implications. In L. W. Perna (Ed.), Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research (Vol. 35, pp. 351–401). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-31365-4_10 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Metaphorical Conceptualizations of Undergraduate Students during Uncertain Times: Insights from an International Higher Education Institution Middle East Technical University Northern Cyprus Campus Presenting Author:Although much has been written on emergency remote teaching occasioned by the circulation of the COVID-19 virus around the world, existing studies tend to hold a somewhat single-dimensional perspective by paying attention solemnly in the initial stages of the pandemic or the post-pandemic period when education started to “normalize”. Moreover, directing more attention towards the unprecedented factor of the situation, existing studies seem to overlook the extent to which students were prepared for education during unexpected pandemics, wars, natural disasters, such as earthquakes, or navigating ethical concerns raised by generative AI, creating blind spots where higher education institutions are not critically evaluated. Departing from this premise, our paper puts a spotlight on the problematic nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and its implications for higher education as a vantage point.
To gain an in-depth understanding of how COVID-19 affected instruction so far and what it brought with it, we believe there is a need to consider both periods (switching to ERT and reverting to face-to-face) simultaneously. Considering the current wars and the possible outbreak of a similar pandemic where education has and might be disrupted again, it becomes much more important to conduct research in this area utilizing metaphorical images that students use to conceptualize themselves during online teaching and face to face teaching. Metaphors are useful in gaining a nuanced understanding of students’ experiences as they offer insight into the process participants go through by providing a conceptual framework through which we can perceive and interpret their experiences in relation to other familiar concepts or ideas (Saban, 2010). Moreover, metaphors can be used for reflection (e.g. Lynch & Fisher-Ari, 2017) as they are a powerful means to reify previous experiences (Zhao, Coombs & Zhou, 2010) or to explore participants' cognition, including identities (e.g. Thomas & Beauchamp, 2011) beliefs (Ulusoy, 2022), as well as experiences (e.g. Craig, 2018) because they not only add a new perspective, generate a discussion of a certain topic (Saban, 2010), also “tease out connections which might not be made use of by direct questions” (Leavy, McSorley, & Bote, 2007, p. 1220).
In this study, we captured undergraduate students’ metaphorical conceptualizations of themselves during COVID-19 not only during online teaching but also in times of face-to-face teaching periods while the pandemic was ongoing. By exerting attention towards understanding university students' cognitive constructs through the use of metaphors, it is hoped that the study will help university students situate their learning context, in this case, ERT, and switch back face-to-face into their own reality. In this sense, it will also guide educators and teacher trainers in designing programs to support university students' learning process and help them be ready for similar scenarios. The findings from this study will also build upon the growing literature on ERT within an international higher education English Medium University (EMI) context and thus shed light on perceptions and needs of undergraduate students particularly during uncertain times and new steps to be taken in designing effective educational programs.With this in the background, the following research questions were developed according to Saban’s (2010) metaphor research question structure:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We collected the data using two metaphor-generation method prompts. We developed the prompts in English using Saban, Kocbeker, and Saban’s (2007) metaphor-generation method. We then revised and modified the writing prompts based on expert opinion from three faculty members. Our prompts were: An undergraduate student during the COVID-19 online teaching period is like…because… An undergraduate student during the COVID-19 face-to-face teaching period is like...because… We conducted our study on the North Cyprus campus of an internationally recognized English-medium university located in Turkey. We sent an invitation email to all undergraduate students in the university. The email included information about our study and a link to the Google form we developed to collect the data. The form included three parts: (a) an informed consent form approved by the University’s Ethics committee, (b) demographic questions (i.e., gender, age, major, class level, and nationality, as well as accommodation status while attending online classes during ERT) and (c) the metaphor prompts. Undergraduate students who agreed to participate in the study responded to the questions anonymously. The data collection lasted around three weeks. We ended up with 114 well-formed metaphors from undergraduate students from different year groups (76 male 37 female and 1 non-binary) enrolled in different programs, including Economics and Administrative Sciences, Education and Humanities, and Engineering programs. 87 participants were Turkish and Turkish Cypriots and 27 were international students. International students were from Azerbaijan (n=3), Kenya (n=4), Bangladesh (n=1), Egypt (n=2), India (n=1), Kazakhstan (n=2), Nigeria (n=4), Pakistan (n=5), RW (n=1), United Arab Emirates (n=1), Saudi Arabia (n=1), and Syria (n=1). One participant did not prefer to share citizenship information. Participants’ ages ranged between 17 and 28 years. Data was exposed to inductive content analysis. We coded the participants' metaphorical images in their responses for each metaphor prompt (e.g., fish in an aquarium, prisoner). We eliminated the student responses that included a metaphorical image without metaphorical reasoning as recommended by Saban (2010), and that did not include a metaphor but general views about students or education during the pandemic (e.g., An undergraduate student during the Covid-19 online teaching period is depressed and hopeless because it was awful not to know when we will go to the campus). We double-coded the data to categorize the codes under the themes and eliminate overlapping and redundant codes (Creswell, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results revealed three major themes regarding students’ conceptualizations of themselves during the COVID-19 online teaching period: (a) students as absolute complaints (among some representative metaphorical images were a prisoner, being trapped in an untidy room, fish in an aquarium, wings of a hummingbird trapped in a slow dream); (b) students as controllers of their own learning (among some representative metaphorical images were someone in heaven, a time controller, and an artist in an album zone); and (c) students as overwhelmed beings (among some representative metaphorical images were torture, fish out of the pond, punching a wall, and fitting everything in a room). The results revealed three major themes regarding students’ conceptualizations of students during the COVID-19 face-to-face teaching period: (a) Students enjoying a long-awaited reunion (among some representative metaphorical images were having undergone a beautiful struggle, watching a slow-moving river, drinking cold water in a hot summer); (b) students experiencing discomfort (among some representative metaphorical images were a beast in a struggle, nightmare, a teenager navigating high school, and torture); and (c) students with mixed experiences (among some representative metaphorical images were astronaut returning to earth from space, and being a stranger). Our results showed that students’ major, class level, and where they lived while attending online classes may have influenced their metaphorical images during COVID-19 online and face-to-face instruction. Although conducted with a small sample size, this study has important implications for fostering student resilience and sustainability of education during uncertain times. Our results suggest that undergraduate students need their voices to be heard. In occasions such as emergencies where new policies need to be implemented, it is necessary to include undergraduate students in the decision-making process. Educators need to revisit their teaching practices and adapt them according to students’ current needs particularly during emergent times. References Craig, C. J. (2018). Metaphors of knowing, doing and being: Capturing experience in teaching and teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 300-311.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.09.011 Creswell, J. W. (2011). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Pearson Education. Leavy, A. M., McSorley, F. A., & Boté, L. A. (2007). An examination of what metaphor construction reveals about the evolution of preservice teachers’ beliefs about teaching and learning. Teaching and teacher education, 23(7), 1217-1233.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.07.016 Lynch, H. L., & Fisher-Ari, T. R. (2017). Metaphor as pedagogy in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 66, 195-203.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.03.021 Saban, A., Kocbeker, B. N., & Saban, A. (2007). Prospective teachers' conceptions of teaching and learning revealed through metaphor analysis, Learning and Instruction, 17(2), 123-139. doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.01.003 Saban, A. (2010). Prospective teachers' metaphorical conceptualizations of learner. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26 (2), 290-305. doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.03.017 Thomas, L., & Beauchamp, C. (2011). Understanding new teachers’ professional identities through metaphor. Teaching and teacher Education, 27(4), 762-769.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.12.007 Ulusoy, M. (2022). A metaphorical journey from pre-service to in-service years: A longitudinal study of the concepts of the student and the teacher. Teaching and Teacher Education, 115, 103726. doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103726 Zhao, H., Coombs, S., & Zhou, X. (2010). Developing professional knowledge about teachers through metaphor research: Facilitating a process of change. Teacher Development, 14(3), 381-395.doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2010.504024 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 B: Changes in Academic Profession Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Christine Teelken Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Personal cost: Reduction in Research Output of Program and Department Heads in Academia Following uncertain times TEL HAI ACADEMIC COLLEGE, Israel Presenting Author:Academic Programs and Department Heads The position of a Program or Department Head is among the most crucial and challenging roles in the higher education systems (Buller, 2012; Tietjen-Smith et al., 2020). However, it is also often characterized by its lack of clear definition and ambiguity (Aitken & O’Carroll, 2020; Maddock, 2023). These heads act as key middle managers, essential for the smooth operation of academic institutions. Despite their importance, there has been relatively little research conducted on the wide range of their duties and their effectiveness (Gmelch et al., 2017; Reznik & Sazykina, 2017; Wald & Golding 2022). Department heads guide their academic units, overseeing daily operations, setting strategic objectives, and ensuring efficiency. They manage budgets, allocate resources, and make key program decisions (Machovcova et al., 2023; Maddok, 2023). Heads are pivotal in shaping and updating the curriculum, designing new courses, revising existing ones, and aligning them with institutional goals and diverse student needs (Bobe & Kober, 2015). They are involved in recruiting, hiring, and evaluating faculty, promoting their professional growth, and participating in tenure and promotion decisions (Buller, 2012; Wald & Golding, 2020). They collaborate with internal and external stakeholders to enhance interdisciplinary studies and research partnerships (Aitken & O’Carroll, 2020; Freeman et al., 2020). Heads advise students on academic planning and course selection, address related concerns, and innovate to meet student needs. They are responsible for maintaining academic standards, and they ensure programs comply with accreditation and reflect current educational practices (Erkkilä & Piironen, 2020; Maddock, 2023). They represent their departments, and they secure resources and funding within their limited authority (Kruse, 2022).
The Heads’ academic outputs Heads of academic departments play a pivotal role in shaping the efficiency and effectiveness of educational institutions (Maddock, 2023; Lizier, 2023). Their expected outputs, influenced by their institutions` mission, encompass various aspects. In leadership and administration, they manage operations, strategic planning, and resource allocation, as Kekäle (1999) noted. They're instrumental in curriculum development, aligning it with institutional goals and student needs (Bobe & Kober, 2015). Their management role extends to staff recruitment, hiring, and evaluation, ensuring academic quality and standards (Buller,2012; Wald & Goldring, 2020; Saunders & Sin, 2015). Heads also advise and support students, and engage in vital collaboration and networking, as described by Erkkilä & Piironen (2020). Despite limited institutional authority (Kruse, 2022), they handle conflict resolution (Lizier, 2023; Taggart, 2015) and balance administrative duties with research (Wald & Goldring, 2022; Machovcova et al., 2023). Research success relies on institutional support and personal motivation, and a conducive research environment (Hoang & Dang, 2022). They navigate institutional policies and are influenced by institutional prestige (Way et al., 2016). Balancing research and administrative tasks (Reznik & Sazykina, 2017) is crucial, especially in challenging times. In many academic settings, department heads often serve temporarily in managerial roles, usually returning to their primary roles as researchers and lecturers after a set period. Their main career focus is consistently publishing research while handling administrative duties, as research is a key part of their professional identity. These leaders are expected to keep producing and publishing research to progress in their academic careers. Their research output often measures their performance (Reznik & Sazykina, 2017). Even on regular days, middle-level academic leaders face the challenge of balancing their scholarly work with their leadership roles, often finding little time for research (Aitken & O’Carroll, 2020; Machovcova et al, 2023). Understanding how they manage their research activities, especially during prolonged crises, is vital and discussed in this research. Research question: how do academic program and department leaders manage their research during an extended crisis?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study, conducted from July 2021 to January 2022, consisted of two parts: Study-1, with 27 semi-structured interviews, and Study-2, involving a targeted quantitative survey with 113 participants, all of whom were academic Heads. For Study-1, the interviews were conducted via Zoom. Each session ranged from 45 minutes to 1.5 hours. The interview questions focused on the nature of research during the pandemic, topics explored, and personal research influences. Participants included 27 Heads from 21 Israeli colleges and universities, with a majority in social sciences (59%), followed by humanities (15%), natural sciences and medicine (15%), and exact sciences and engineering (11%). The gender distribution was 56% female and 44% male, ages 35 to 80 (Mean = 53.2, SD = 8.55). These interviews informed a 37-question survey for Study-2, aiming to understand how Heads managed the crisis and its impact on their research, examining links to rank and gender. The survey sampled 113 different Heads, 46% female and 54% male, ages 30 to 80 (Mean = 57.35, SD = 9.23). Their academic ranks varied: 5% lecturers, 45% senior lecturers, 24% associate professors, and 26% full professors. They oversaw faculties ranging from 5 to 200 members (Mean = 27.41, SD = 28.12), covering social sciences (51%), exact sciences and engineering (14%), humanities (13%), life sciences and medicine (9%), and other disciplines (13%). The interviews were analyzed using Marshall and Rossman's (2014) framework, involving data organization, categorization, theme identification, hypothesis exploration, and category comparisons. The survey, structured based on Greene, Caracelli, and Graham’s (1989) protocol, aimed to validate, enhance, and expand upon the qualitative findings. It sought to uncover contradictions and broaden the investigation scope. Quantitative analysis of the Heads' self-reports prompted questions about measuring publication volume pre- and post-crisis. However, this approach might need to pay more attention to quality variations and timing issues, as articles published during the study period could have been submitted earlier. Additionally, assessing publications years after the crisis could lead to loss of contextual accuracy and recall difficulties. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study underscores the central challenge faced by academic leaders, particularly pronounced during extended crises: the delicate balance between their administrative roles and ongoing research responsibilities. This equilibrium is pivotal to their professional identity and is gauged by their research output. The research has revealed three primary themes. The first highlights obstacles that have curtailed the research output of both heads and doctoral students under their guidance. The second delves into factors hindering research productivity, including heavy student-related workloads, administrative duties, family responsibilities, and limited research facility access. The third theme contrasts this by spotlighting academic heads who, despite these challenges, have innovatively maintained or even increased their research output. Research is integral to the professional lives of academic heads who must manage institutional expectations for research production amidst limited resources, inadequate training, and leadership skills. The COVID-19 crisis exacerbated these challenges. Professors were more active in publishing during the crisis compared to junior academics due to established publishing skills, extensive networks, and job security through tenure, allowing them to prioritize research. Academic heads excelling in research productivity during the crisis did so by effective task allocation, smoothly transitioning between administrative and research roles, and benefiting from reduced travel. Their adaptability significantly boosted their output. The prolonged crisis left academic leaders to their own devices, although research remains an essential output for their professional progression, and their academic institutions require it for prestige and attracting students and skilled research staff. In conclusion, crises can jeopardize academic leaders' research efforts. Recognizing their pivotal role in research and providing support, particularly for non-professors, is crucial for sustaining an institution's research output and reputation. Proactive support and investment in fostering a resilient research environment yield long-term benefits for academic institutions. References Aitken, G., & O’Carroll, S. (2020). Academic identity and crossing boundaries: The role of the programme director in postgraduate taught programmes. Higher Education Research & Development, 39(7), 1410–1424. Bobe, B. J., & Kober, R. (2015). Measuring organisational capabilities in the higher education sector. Education & Training, 57(3), 322-342. Buller, J. L. (2012). The essential department chair: A comprehensive desk reference (Part of Jossey-Banks Resources for Department Heads, 6 books). John Wiley & Sons. Erkkilä, T., & Piironen, O. (2020). Trapped in university rankings: bridging global competitiveness and local innovation. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29(1-2), 38-60. Freeman, S., Karkouti, I. M., & Ward, K. (2020). Thriving in the midst of liminality: Perspectives from department-chairs in the USA. Higher Education, 80, 895-911. Gmelch, W. H., Roberts, D., Ward, K., & Hirsch, S. (2017). A retrospective view of department chairs: Lessons learned. The Department Chair, 28(1), 1-4. Hoang, C. H., & Dang, T. T. D. (2022). A Sociocultural Perspective on Scholars Developing Research Skills via Research Communities in Vietnam. Minerva, 60(1), 81-104. Kekäle, J. (1999). Preferred’ patterns of academic leadership in different disciplinary (sub)cultures. Higher Education, 37(3), 217–238. Kruse, S. D. (2022). Department chair leadership: Exploring the role’s demands and tensions. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(5), 739-757. Lizier, A. L. (2023). Middle leaders in higher education: the role of social-political arrangements in prefiguring practices of middle leading. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 1-17. Maddock, L. C. (2023). Academic middle leaders, middle leading and middle leadership of university learning and teaching: A systematic review of the higher education literature. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 1-36. Machovcova, K., Kovats, G., Mudrak, J., Cidlinska, K., & Zabrodska, K. (2023). (Dis)continuities in academic middle management career trajectories: a longitudinal qualitative study. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management. 1-18. Reznik, S. D., & Sazykina, O. A. (2017). Head of a university-department: Competence and new activity priorities. European Journal of Contemporary Education, 6(1), 126-137. Tietjen-Smith, T., Hersman, B., & Block, B. A. (2020). Planning for succession: Preparing faculty for the kinesiology-department head role. Quest, 72(4), 383-394. Wald, N., & Golding, C. (2020). Why be a head of department? Exploring the positive aspects and benefits. Studies in Higher Education, 45(11), 2121-2131. Way, S. F., Morgan, A. C., Larremore, D. B., & Clauset, A. (2019). Productivity, prominence, and the effects of academic environment. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(22), 10729-10733. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Narrated International Academic Identity: How do International Academics position themselves University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In an age of increased mobility, there are increasing numbers of university teaching and research staff working in countries other than their birthplace, i.e., International Academics (IAs). These academics have been identified as one of the main players in the internationalisation of HE (Tekeen, 2006; Trahar and Hyland, 2011). Yet, the specific experiences and roles in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) has only recently started to receive focused attention in internationalisation research. Current research suggests a potential gap between the idealised role of IAs in HE and their actual experiences. The mobility of IAs from the Global South to the Global North raises the issues of inequities and inclusion (Morley et al., 2018), for instance. In the context of the UK, the role of IAs is particularly significant. Universities UK’s argument for the importance of internationalisation is supported by data showing a considerable presence of non-UK academics, with 74,070 international staff recorded in the academic year 2021-2022 (Universities UK, 2023). Despite this significant number, research exploring how IAs contribute to internationalisation within UK higher education institutions, beyond what is apparent, is limited (Minocha et al., 2018). This paper explores how IAs position themselves in their personal narratives focusing on their storylines at a Russell group University in the UK. The study aims to answer two main research questions: (1) What are the narrativised experiences of IAs at a UK Russell Group University? and (2) How do IAs position themselves in their narrations? The One specific institutional context was selected aligning to the understanding that internationalisation processes of HEIs vary widely, influencing the contexts in which IAs operate (Lomer et al., 2023). The study explores the construction of narrated international academic identities through the interplay of self-positioning and external positioning by others. In doing so, the study aims to voice individual experiences, reflecting the diverse personal and social reality of IAs, rather than generalisation of findings to all IAs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The starting point of this study was the narrativised experiences of IAs in the UK. Narrative interviews were conducted with eight non-UK academics, five from EU and three Non-EU countries. The participants were from a variety of disciplines, including STEM, business and social sciences in different career stages, all teaching and/or researching in a UK university. Most interviews, except one, were conducted online on zoom due to Covid-19 lockdown. The interviews were transcribed verbatim, and the data was analysed in two layers: narrative content (Lieblich et al., 1998) and positioning analysis (Harre et al., 2009; Kayi-Aydar, 2018). Narrative content analysis was used to understand IAs experiences and what meanings they ascribe to them. Lieblich et al’s holistic approach to content analysis was utilised to see the story as a whole considering the context and voice of the narrator. Through narrative content analysis, each IA's storylines were identified. Categorical content analysis was then used to identify the broad themes or categories in each storyline. Finally, the positioning triad- storylines, narrations and positions- were employed to identify the positionings of IAs. Narratives and positioning served as an analytical lens for understanding how IAs construct their identities, involving a process where they position themselves and are positioned by others, intentionally or unintentionally, in relation to self and the other, e.g. colleagues and the institution. Positions, as opposed to roles, are dynamic and emerge during narration. This positioning entails beliefs about themselves and others, often contradictory as they shift their way of thinking (Harre & van Langenhove, 1999). In the analysis, conflicts and contradictions helped the researcher to understand and interpret the narrations of IAs. Contradictions have been understood as IA’s way of constructing their narrated identities through negotiation of their positions. Through negotiation, IAs constructed their narrated identities by subtly or overtly resisting or conforming different narratives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial findings offer a discussion, for instance, where an academic can overtly reject their international positioning by the institution and reposition themself as an IA to construct their narrated IA identity. These findings contribute to the discussion around envisioned internationalisation of institutions and the reality of those involved in the process. This study also contributes to the evolving discourse by acknowledging IAs not as part of significant statistics, but as individuals with unique and rich narratives. It echoes the ongoing efforts in the field that voices behind the numbers are heard, and nuanced realities are explored enriching the understanding of internationalisation in HE. References References Harré, R., & Van Langenhove, L. (1999). Positioning Theory: Moral Contexts of Intentional Action (R. Harré & L. van Langenhove, Eds.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers Ltd. Harré, R., Moghaddam, F. M., Cairnie, T. P., Rothbart, D., & Sabat, S. R. (2009). Recent Advances in Positioning Theory. Theory and Psychology, 19(1), 5–31. Kayi-Aydar, H., & Miller, E. R. (2018). Positioning in classroom discourse studies: a state-of-the-art review. Classroom Discourse, 9(2), 79–94. Lieblich, A., Tuval-Mashiach, R. & Zilber, T., 1998. Narrative research: Reading, analysis, and interpretation (Vol. 47). Sage. Lomer, S., Mittelmeier, J. & Courtney, S., 2023. Typologising internationalisation in UK university strategies: reputation, mission and attitude. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(5), pp.1042-1056. Minocha, S., Shiel, C., & Hristov, D. (2018). International academic staff in UK higher education: campus internationalisation and innovation in academic practice. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 43(7), 942-958. Morley, L., Alexiadou, N., Garaz, S., González-Monteagudo, J. & Taba, M., 2018. Internationalisation and migrant academics: the hidden narratives of mobility. Higher Education, 76, pp.537-554. Teekens, H., 2006. Internationalization at home: A background paper. Internationalization at Home: a Global Perspective. The Hague: Nuffic, pp.7-18. Trahar, S. & Hyland, F., 2011. Experiences and perceptions of internationalisation in higher education in the UK. Higher Education Research & Development, 30(5), pp.623-633. Universities UK. 2023. International Facts and Figures. [Online] Available at https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/universities-uk-international/insights-and-publications/uuki-publications/international-facts-and-figures-2023 [Accessed Jan 15, 2023] |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 C: Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Education - Challenges and Opportunities Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ragnhild Sandvoll Panel Discussion |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Panel Discussion Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Education - Challenges and Opportunities 1UiT The Arctic University, Norway; 2Ørebro University; 3University College Dublin; 4University of Oslo Presenting Author:Background The world is grappling with complex and multi-dimensional challenges on an unparalleled scale (Markauskaite et al., 2023). These significant societal issues are characterized by their vague boundaries and their intricate often contradictory and evolving nature, making them difficult to resolve. Rittel and Webber (1973) have described these types of issues as “wicked problems.” There is mounting pressure on higher education institutions to equip students with the skills necessary to navigate and address these problems (Cantor et al., 2015; McCune et al., 2023). Given that wicked problems have no clear-cut solutions and involve multiple stakeholders, interdisciplinary education is increasingly promoted as a generative means of surmounting these problems (McCune et al., 2023). The last fifty years have therefore seen an increasing number of national and international policy-makers champion interdisciplinarity. However, productive, ongoing interdisciplinary collaboration is easier said than done (Chandramohan & Fallows 2009; Lyall et al. 2015). Yet universities must prepare their graduates well for it (Lindvig et al. 2019), and educational leaders, teachers, students and administrators need to find ways to work interdisciplinarily in education. Interdisciplinary education involves harnessing and integrating insights from various disciplines to form a more holistic understanding (Newell, 2013). The aim is often to create insights that are integrative or synthetic, rather than merely additive (McCune et al., 2023). This complexity necessitates a need to negotiate and reconcile the often implicit and conflicting epistemological positions, values, and practices inherent to different disciplines (Di Giulio and Defila, 2017; Ripley et al., 2023). There is often a struggle to overcome both structural and cultural obstacles to interdisciplinary collaboration. Even though many academic leaders signal the importance of interdisciplinary education in their university’s strategic plans, they are silent on how to support it (Stensaker et al., 2019; Sutphen et al., 2019). So how then can we do interdisciplinary education that works? Is it even possible? Three cases In this panel, researchers from Norway, Sweden and Ireland will present empirical cases that look at collaboration in interdisciplinary education. The cases presented have come out of the international research project Academic Hospitality in Interdisciplinary Education (AHIE), led by Molly Sutphen at the University of Oslo, who is also the proposed chair for this panel. The presentations will also draw on the extensive literature review coming out of the AHIE project. At each of the three universities, focus-group interviews have been carried out with different stakeholders involved in interdisciplinary education. The presentation of preliminary results will lead into a discussion of challenges to collaboration in interdisciplinary education and how to overcome these. The international perspective will contribute to a fuller contextual understanding of the findings. Discussion The concluding discussion will focus on ways of addressing challenges to collaboration in interdisciplinary education. Here, we would like to discuss and receive feedback on some of the central ideas in the AHIE project, not least the potential of what Phipps and Barnett (2007) have termed academic hospitality. Phipps and Barnett (2007) argue that working within different disciplines requires a hospitable academic practice, adapting to the evolving dynamics and demands of academic life. The concept of academic hospitality involves demonstrating generosity towards peers, students and other university staff in daily academic interactions. Phipps and Barnett delineate four distinct types of academic hospitality – epistemic, linguistic, material and touristic – which we would like to discuss with colleagues attending the panel in relation to their research or experiences and to the cases presented by the panel. We also draw on concepts of affective hospitality (Imperiale et al., 2021; Zembylas, 2019) as a means for understanding hospitality as a relational, embodied and entangled mode of being. References Cantor, A., DeLauer, V., Martin, D. & Rogan, J. (2015). Training interdisciplinary “wicked problem” solvers: applying lessons from HERO in community-based research experiences for undergraduates. Journal of Geography in Higher Education 39(3): 407–419. Chandramohan, B. & Fallows, S. (2009). Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: Theory and Practice. London: Routledge. Di Giulio, A., and R. Defila. 2017. Enabling University Educators to Equip Students with Inter- and Transdisciplinary Competencies. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education 18(5): 630–647. Lindvig, K., Lyall, C. & Meagher, L. R. (2019). Creating interdisciplinary education within monodisciplinary structures: the art of managing interstitiality. Studies in Higher Education 44(2): 347–360. Imperiale, M. G., Phipps, A., & Fassetta, G. (2021). On Online Practices of Hospitality in Higher Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education 40(6): 629–648. Lyall, C., Meagher, L., Bandola-Gill, J. & Kettle, A. (2015). Interdisciplinary provision in higher education. Higher Education Academy: Current and future challenges. Markauskaite, L., Goodyear, P., Wrigley, C., Swist, T., and Mosely, G. (2023). Consultation paper: Developing teachers’ interdisciplinary expertise. Sydney: The University of Sydney and the University of Queensland. McCune, V., Tauritz, R., Boyd, S., Cross, A., Higgins, P., & Scoles, J. (2023): Teaching wicked problems in higher education: ways of thinking and practicing, Teaching in Higher Education 28(7): 1518–1533. Newell, W. H. (2013). The state of the field: Interdisciplinary theory. Issues in Interdisciplinary Studies 31: 22–43. Phipps, A., & Barnett, R. (2007). Academic Hospitality. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education 6(3): 237–254. Stensaker, B. et al. (2019). Stratified University Strategies: The Shaping of Institutional Legitimacy in a Global Perspective. Journal of Higher Education 90(4): 539–562. Sutphen, M., Solbrekke, T. D. & Sugrue, C. (2019). Toward articulating an academic praxis by interrogating university strategic plans. Studies in Higher Education 44(8): 1400–1412. Ripley, D., Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2023). A phenomenographic exploration of course leaders’ understandings of interdisciplinarity. Studies in Higher Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2293932 Rittel, H. W., & Webber, M. M. (1973). Dilemmas in a general theory of planning. Policy Sciences 4(2): 155–169. Zembylas, M. (2020). From the ethic of hospitality to affective hospitality: Ethical, political and pedagogical implications of the lens of affect theory. Studies in Philosophy and Education 39(1): 37–50. Chair Mary Preston Sutphen, m.p.sutphen@iped.uio.no, University of Oslo |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 D: Passion or Pain? How Have the Academics Experienced Themselves at the University? Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Larissa Jõgi Research Workshop |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Research Workshop Passion or Pain? How Have the Academics Experienced Themselves at the University? 1Tallinn University, Estonia; 2Tampere University, Finland; 3Malta University, Malta Presenting Author:The focus of this workshop is to analyse the experience of academic staff, and the impact of the changes taking place at the university on their teaching practices, professional identity, well-being and career paths in three different European universities. This workshop is based on the findings from an international research project “Pathways of academics in the context of educational innovations and institutional changes. Exploring professional lives, identities, experiences and well-being” (2021-2023). This project is the result of the international research collaboration with researchers from Malta University and two research groups: ÕPPES TECH-METH (Tallinn University) https://eduspace.tlu.ee/en/learn/ and Higher Education in Transition (HET) research group https://research.tuni.fi/het/ from Tampere University. Higher education institutions across Europe have been the subject of continuous transformation. Many higher education reforms, institutional innovations, and revised institutional focus have produced profound changes to academic roles and work (Deem & Lucas 2007). Higher education institutions and academic staff are being continuously challenged due to these kinds of changes to re-define their roles, practices and identities. The socio-cultural paradigm (James and Biesta 2007) explains the development of identity and experience concerning environments and relations between people and groups. Contextual factors may strengthen or constrain academic development possibilities. For example, Lankveld et al. (2017) have identified various levels of contextual effects in their review, ranging from students, the direct work environment, and staff development activities, to the wider context of higher education. Adapting to these changes and new roles always involves re-considering and re-constructing professional identities. What it is to be an academic is at risk in a changing environment when there is no automatic respect for academic values, especially when they have not been articulated clearly (Blackmore 2009, 3). The changes taking place at universities are affecting the well-being of academic staff, entrenching existing professional identities and thus teaching and learning cultures and practices. At the same time, identities are variable and evolve in parallel with teaching practices. Teaching practices are mainly formed through experience and are part of both the professional identity of the university teachers and the institutional culture of learning and teaching in the university. The professional identity influences how academic teachers teach and support student learning. Academic staff need to meet high standards of academic excellence and professionalism, to understand how to support student learning, be able to do this in real teaching practices, and use novel educational and technological approaches. The theoretical-conceptual framework of our study is based on neo-institutional (Scott 2008) and socio-cultural approaches (James et al. 2007), learning culture theory (James & Biesta 2007), and the cognitive model of change (Spillane et al 2002). Forming the identity means becoming aware of what matters most in their professional practice and what experience, values, relations, and interests shape the development of identities (Trede, Macklin & Bridges 2012). There is tension between personal identities and the university environment surrounding it. The significance of the identity of academic staff is related to how their identity may contribute to their teaching and research practice, and how they experience the university environment, relations and well-being. The interplay between the identity, teaching-researching practice and the university environment has not been much explored in an international context (Jõgi et al 2020). As researchers, we are interested in the comparative aspect of this problem. Therefore, the purpose of this workshop is to critically reflect on the interplay between the experience, identity and teaching-researching practice of university teachers and the university environment in the context of three European universities: Tallinn University, Estonia; Tampere University, Finland and Malta University, Malta. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically we are based on a phenomenological understanding of experience, highlighting the participant’s interpretations of the lived experiences (Webb & Welsh 2019). Phenomenology is a methodological starting point of research, which is used to study the essence of human experience (Adams & van Manen 2008). From the point of view of interpretations, the interplay between identity, experiences and teaching-researching practice became central in the studied diverse university contexts. The guiding research questions were: How did academic teachers experience themselves at the university? How did they experience changes in the university environment, teaching and research activities, relations, and well-being? What were the future selves and how did they construct their future perspectives? The sample group consisted of 40 academic staff from different disciplines, career stages, and fields of studies. Altogether, 20 academic teachers from Tallinn University and 10 teachers from Tampere and Malta universities were in the sample group. Data was collected through in-depth semi-structured interviews with narrative and thematic questions to understand the personal meanings and perceptions regarding the experience of the academic work at three European universities. The data collected through the interviews was analyzed using the thematic content analysis (Braun & Clark 2006) by each national research team. In the later stages, the major themes were compared reflecting similarities and differences in becoming and being an academic and negotiating one's identity in different institutional contexts and changing forces of higher education in different countries. Organisation of the workshop The workshop will be structured in three parts, which will be facilitated in interactive and dialogical ways: I. Introduction. We will start with an introduction to the topic of the workshop and give an overview of the major findings of the research project. II. Discussion. We welcome participants to discuss their professional and academic work experiences using the learning cafe approach which allows dialogues, sharing experiences, listening to others, and reflecting on the joint experiences. III. Reflection. We will share the main highlights from the study, and discuss with the participants of this workshop the ethical issues of such type of research. Finally, we pose the questions for future research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Universities are unique and complex places of change. Adaption to the change requires a system for supporting the professional development of academic staff (Barnett 2003, 179) and active support for innovation from the management level (Ümarik & Jõgi, 2021). Three European universities that were a basis for the empirical data collection are dynamic and modern higher education institutions with different environments and focuses in their missions and visions. But there are some common meanings that we found in the findings. The findings highlight that the beginning of the academic career is inspirational, but also demanding, related to the academic environment, to the formation of academic roles and identity. In the process of adaptation and formation of identity, academic staff have to cope with the contradictions, and uncertainties of dual roles, and the high workload. Identity construction is a complicated, never-ending, sense-making process in a personal and social context. The constant need to negotiate identities can bring frustration, resistance, peaceful reconciliation, and quiet quitting. Academics are looking for a balance in terms of personal and professional life; between different work roles, and required meaningful tasks. University environment and academic requirements, dual roles and personal experiences create emotional and social tensions and identity traps. Research and teaching activities require a greater focus on renewing and developing teaching practices, and thus on self-analysis and professional identity. References Adams, C., & van Manen, M. (2008). Phenomenology. In L. M. Given (Ed.), The Sage Encyclopedia of Qualitative Research Methods (Vol. 2) (pp. 614-619). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781412963909.n317 Barnett, R. (2003). Beyond all reason: living with ideology in the university. Society for Research into Higher Education and Open University Press. Billot, J. (2010). The imagined and the real: Identifying the tensions for academic identity. Higher Education Research & Development, 29(6), 709–721. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, Nt. 2, 77–101. Blackmore, P. (2009). Framing Research Community For Academic Future. Academic Future: Inquiries into Higher Education and Pedagogy, 1–14. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Deem, R. & Lucas, L. (2007). Research and teaching cultures in two contrasting UK policy contexts: Academic life in Education Departments in fice English and Scottish universities. Higher Education, 54, 115-133. James, D. & Biesta, G. (2007). Improving learning cultures in Further Education. London: Routledge. Jõgi, L., Ümarik, M., Pata, K. (2020). University as a space for educational innovations, changes in teaching and learning. Teaching and learning at the University. Practices, developments, transformations (9-16). Cambridge Scholar Publishing. Lankveld, T., Schoonenboom, J., Volman, M., Croiset, G,, & Beishuizen, J. (2017). Developing a teacher identity in the university context: A systematic review of the literature. Higher Education Research and Development, 36 (2), 325–342. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2016.1208154 Scott, R.. (2008). Institutions and Organizations: Ideas and Interests, 3rd edition. Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore: Sage Publications. Shams, F. (2019). Managing academic identity tensions in a Canadian public university: The role of identity work in coping with managerialism. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(6), 619–632. Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B.J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research 72(3), 387–431. Trede, F., Macklin, R. & Bridges, D. (2012) Professional identity development: a review of the higher education literature. Studies in Higher Education, 37:3, 365-384, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2010.521237 Webb, A. S., & Welsh, A. J. (2019). Phenomenology as a methodology for scholarship of teaching and learning research. Teaching & Learning Inquiry, 7(1), 168-181. Yang, S., Shu, D. & Yin, H. (2021). Teaching, my passion. Publishing, my pain: unpacking academics’ professional identity tensions through the lens of emotional resilience. Higher Education, 84, 235–254. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00765-w |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 11 A: The Global School-Autonomy-with-Accountability Reform and Its National Encounters (Part 1) Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Gita Steiner-Khamsi Session Chair: Glenn Savage Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 23 SES 14 A |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium The Global School-Autonomy-with-Accountability Reform and Its National Encounters (part I) The two-part symposium presents conceptual, comparative as well as single-country studies that examine the neoliberal reform wave which most governments bought into over the past thirty years. In concert with Verger, Fontdevila and Parcerisa (2019), we refer to this reform package as School-Autonomy-with-Accountability (SAWA). The objective of the studies presented is to move beyond the simple documentation that neoliberalism spread worldwide and instead examine who the political coalitions were that bought into, or resisted, respectively the reform wave, what features of the reform resonated and why they held appeal, what features were repealed and how national policy actors translated key policies into the varied national contexts. These type of research questions are prototypical for research interchangeably labeled policy borrowing, policy transfer, policy mobility, or policy circulation research (Steiner-Khamsi, 2021). The panel attempts to advance both policy transfer research as well as comparative public policy studies by inserting a transnational lens into the analysis of policy processes.
The unit of analysis of all presentations is the SAWA reform. We consider SAWA to be a coherent, pervasive, and controversial reform package that (i) claimed to ensure quality improvement, (ii) advocated for (or at least aligned with) policies to set in motion competition among schools and differentiation in the school offer, such as school-based management and school choice (iii) instated a bundle of policies that strengthened school autonomy under the condition of pervasive accountability, and (iv) advanced a set of preferred policy instruments to trigger and sustain organizational change such as continuous standardized testing and other forms of external supervision. The panelists use this quadruple differentiation of fundamental reforms—their mission, mechanisms of change, bundle of policies, and policy instruments—to reflect the vernacularization or translation of the reform package, that is, what exactly was adopted by which political actors and in which particular political context, and why some features of the reform packaged resonated more than others.
In this panel, the presenters draw on the policy instrument approach which has triggered a lively debate within public policy studies more broadly (Lascoumes and Le Galès 2007; Béland et al. 2018; Capano and Howlett 2020) as well as more narrowly in policy studies related to the education sector (Verger et al. 2019). Several aspects of that approach are appealing for policy transfer research, notably, the insight that the choice of policy instrument is deeply political and has repercussions in who is empowered and who disempowered. Drawing on that approach, we differentiate between the reform goal, reform elements, and the instruments to achieve the goal.
References Béland, D., M. Howlett, and I. Mukherjee. “Instrument Constituencies and Public Policy-making: An Introduction.” Policy and Society 37, no. 1 (2018): 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1375249. Capano, G., and M. Howlett. “The Knowns and Unknowns of Policy Instrument Analysis: Policy Tools and the Current Research Agenda on Policy Mixes.” SAGE Open 10, no. 1 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244019900568. Lascoumes, P., and P. Le Galès. “Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments. Special Issue.” Governance 20, no. 1 (2007): 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007,00342.x. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2021). Externalisation and structural coupling: Applications in comparative policy studies in education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(6), 806–820. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120988394 Verger, A., C. Fontdevila, and L. Parcerisa. “Reforming Governance through Policy Instruments: How and to What Extent Standards, Tests and Accountability in Education Spread Worldwide.” Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 40, no. 2 (2019): 248-270. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2019.1569882. Presentations of the Symposium As Time Goes By: A Comparative Analysis of International Trends in Assessment Policy
Since the turn of the century, the number of countries conducting large-scale learning assessments (LSAs) has been rising steadily - to the point that today LSAs are perceived as a fixture of modern education systems. This trend has been extensively analyzed with a focus on the uptake of LSAs across countries, and the drivers behind the globalization of such policy instruments (Benavot & Koseleci, 2015; Furuta, 2022).
The seemingly unstoppable entrenchment of LSAs within education systems should not lead us to assume that such policies have remained fixed entities or that they unfold predictably. LSAs in many countries are continuously adjusted and recalibrated, and even put at the service of policy agendas different from those that motivated their adoption. On occasion, LSAs have evolved following a ‘bottom-up’ pattern through unexpected uses by local actors, the emergence of instrument constituencies interested in LSAs survival, or the mix of LSAs with other policies (Sewering et al., 2022; Simons & Voß, 2018).
It follows from the above that, far from linear, the policy trajectories experimented by LSAs are complex and vary significantly across countries. Yet the evolution of LSAs has not been systematically examined from a cross-country perspective, with much research focusing on the origins of assessment systems but leaving unaddressed their renegotiation over time. The limited empirical engagement with the evolving nature of LSAs may lead to an unproductive reification of this policy instrument.
In light of this, this paper aims to map the recent evolution of LSAs - including their design (frequency, scope, coverage, etc) but also their uses (i.e. the purposes and stakes associated with them and their combined use with other policy instruments), as well as to examine the drivers and enablers of such changes. Drawing on the analysis of policy documents, we rely on recent advances in policy feedback theory to make sense of the change and continuity in the instrumentation of LSAs (Sewerin et al., 2020). Specifically, we pay attention both to self-reinforcing mechanisms leading to the perpetuation of LSA policies, and self-undermining mechanisms behind the revision or even termination of some features (Jacobs & Weaver, 2015), and identify those social, political and educational conditions conducive to their activation. In so doing, our paper contributes to a refined understanding of the diverging trajectories of the LSA program, and sheds light on the potential of those analytical perspectives going beyond early logics of instrument choice, and engaging with policy development over time.
References:
Benavot, A, & Koseleci, N. (2015). Seeking quality in education: The growth of national learning assessments, 1990-2013. Background paper prepared for the Education for All Global 2015.
Furuta, J. (2022). The Rationalization of “Education for All”: The Worldwide Rise of National Assessments, 1960–2011. Comparative Education Review, 66(2), 228-252.
Jacobs, A. M., & Weaver, R. K. (2015). When policies undo themselves: Self‐undermining feedback as a source of policy change. Governance, 28(4), 441-457.
Sewerin, S., Béland, D., & Cashore, B. (2020). Designing policy for the long term: agency, policy feedback and policy change. Policy Sciences, 53(2), 243-252.
Sewerin, S., Cashore, B., & Howlett, M. (2022). New pathways to paradigm change in public policy: combining insights from policy design, mix and feedback. Policy & Politics, 50(3), 442-459.
Simons, A., & Voß, J. P. (2018). The concept of instrument constituencies: Accounting for dynamics and practices of knowing governance. Policy and Society, 37(1), 14-35.
Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms. Educational Review, 71(1), 5-30.
Producing Accountability with Autonomy: A Comparative Analysis of Quality Assurance and Inspection in the Educational Assemblages of Denmark and England
School accountability with autonomy (SAWA) reforms have developed in diverse forms in Northern Europe. Indeed, Denmark and England have both legislated SAWA reforms in various configurations and at different stages over the past thirty years. Following processes of educational decentralization to the municipalities, and the implementation of free school choice and per capita funding, municipal quality assurance reports became key to the test-based accountability agendas of education policymakers in Denmark (Dovemark et al., 2018; Moos 2006). By contrast, in England, as a result of decentralization to the school level (Gewirtz et al., 1992; Rayner et al., 2018), and a significantly reduced role for local authorities, school accountability for educational standards has been increasingly tied to two regulatory instruments: performance league tables and inspection (Ydesen et al., 2022). While changes to the development and enactment of these accountability systems over time mean that SAWA reforms in these two contexts could be described as a moving target, research suggests that social systems often exhibit active resistance to radical transformation (Milner et al., 2021). Assemblage theorists tend to explain this phenomenon through the conceptual lenses of deterritorialization and reterritorialization. However, certain scholars argue that the postmodernist emphasis on fluidity neglects sufficient treatment of the stability of structures and have therefore attempted to combine assemblage theory (Deleuze and Guattari, 1972/1983, 1980/1987) with critical realism (Bhaskar, 1975; Archer, 1995; Collier 1999; Sayer, 2000). Inspired by this theoretical development, we employ a hybrid framework created by Martyn and Galvin (2022) to analyze the ‘production stories’ of quality assurance reports and inspection in Denmark and England. Drawing on data from an international comparative research project, and more recent policy analyses, we examine the arrangement of social entities that led to the development of these specific forms of accountability within these particular educational assemblages. With concern for the stability of structures, we explore the underlying logics to these assemblages and the latitude of teachers and school leaders to challenge them. We argue that pauses to the development enactment of accountability mechanisms are the result of distinct arrangements of social entities at distinct times within the social system. Additionally, the possibility for ‘rupture’ is limited by the resilience of underlying market and managerial logics supported by discourses of quality in education which appeal to key actors – government policymakers and parents.
References:
Archer, M. (1995). Realist social theory. The morphogenetic approach. Cambridge University Press.
Collier, A. (1999). Being and worth. Routledge.
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1980/1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizo- phrenia. Translated by Brian Massumi. University of Minnesota.
Dovemark, M., Kosunen, S., Kauko, J., Magnúsdóttir, B., Hansen, P., & Rasmussen, P. (2018). Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: Social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 122–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429768
Gewirtz, S., Whitty, G., and Edwards, T. (1992). City technology colleges: Schooling for the Thatcher generation? British Journal of Educational Studies, 40(3), 207-217.
Milner, A.L, Mattei, P., and Ydesen, C. (2021). Governing education in times of crisis: State interventions and school accountabilities during the COVID-19 pandemic. European Educational Research Journal, 20(4), 520-539.
Rayner, S.M., Courtney, S.J., and Gunter, H.M. (2018). Theorising systemic change: learning from the academization project in England. Journal of Education Policy, 33(1), 143-62.
Ydesen, C., Milner, A.L., Aderet-German, T., Gomez Caride, E., and Ruan, Y. (2022). Educational assessment and inclusive education. Palgrave Macmillan.
From Studying the Timing of Policy Adoption to Examining the Lifespan of SAWA Policies: A Multilevel Analysis
In Switzerland, the neoliberal reform package was selectively adopted in two waves: a general New Public Management (NPM) reform and a few years later the SAWA reform. The two reform waves were inextricably linked and in fact advanced by the same politicians (Appius & Nägeli, 2017). The study consists of a multilevel analysis of one canton in Switzerland (Zürich) and investigates two aspects: changes in the governance structure as a result of the reform and the temporal dimension of policy enactment. The authors also reflect on the reform outcomes, which SAWA elements were actually implemented, and which were discarded in the political process.
Similar to other countries, (i) school-based management was introduced, (ii) the decision-making authority of the local governance level was strengthened, and the (iii) central level (in Switzerland: the cantonal level) was charged with standard-setting and quality control by means of external school evaluation and standardized testing of students. Strikingly, one of the signposts of Swiss direct democracy - involvement of laypersons into quality assurance of public institutions at the district level - was, abolished to shorten the accountability route between the local and central level. In terms of the temporal dimension, the study shows that focusing on the timing of policy adoption may be misleading because in some cases policy enactment was—due to resistance, lack of financial resources, capacity shortcomings—short-lived or “hollowed out” over time (Zahariadis, 2003 & 2007; Pierson, 2004; Rüb, 2009; Morais de Sá e Silva & Porto de Oliveira, 2023).
The study draws on empirical research carried out by Appius and Nägeli in three cantons (Lucerne, St. Gallen, Zürich) in which over 1,200 relevant policy documents were analyzed and interviews were conducted with policy actors and practitioners at different governance level within the three cantons. The empirical study was revisited in 2023 and reframed in terms of the new interpretive framework that draws attention to the complexity of a reform wave, explained in the introductory section of this panel, and takes into the consideration a multi-dimensional definition of time. The main findings of the recent study were published in 2024 (Steiner-Khamsi, Appius, Nägeli, forthcoming).
References:
Appius, S. and Nägeli, A. (2017). Schulreformen im Mehrebenensystem. Eine mehrdimensionale Analyse von Bildungspolitik. Wiesbaden: Springer, 2017.
Morais de Sá e Silva, M., and O. Porto de Oliveira. “Incorporating Time into Policy Transfer
Studies: A Comparative Analysis of the Transnational Policy Process of Conditional Cash Transfer and Participatory Budgeting.” Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice 25, no. 4 (2023): 418-438. https://doi.org/10.1080/13876988.2023.2193961.
Pierson, P. (2004). Politics in time: History, institutions, and social analysis. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Rüb, F. W. (2009). Multiple-Streams-Ansatz: Grundlagen, Probleme und Kritik. In K. Schubert & N. C. Bandelow (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch der Politikfeldanalyse 2.0 (2. Aufl.) (S. 348-376). München: Oldenbourg.
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Appius, S., and Nägeli, A. forthcoming). School-autonomy-with-accountability: Comparing two transfer spaces against the global script.
Zahariadis, N. (2003). Ambiguity and choice in public policy: Political decision making in modern democracies. Washington, D.C: Georgetown University Press.
Zahariadis, N. (2007). The Multiple Streams Framework. In P. A. Sabatier (Hrsg.), Theories of the Policy Process (S. 65-92). Boulder: Westview Press.
China’s Compulsory Education Reform Phases: An Empirical Investigation of Reform Frequency and Reform Content, 1978 - 2023
The study draws inspiration from the World Education Reform Database (WERD) and utilizes the same research questions, notably the investigation reform activity and reform content, over a longer period of time. In addition, it draws on Chinese scholarship that specified reform waves or phases, respectively in the Chinese context. What is more, the presentation presents a typology of the different types of legislative documents at the level of the State Council as well at the level of line ministries, notably the Ministry of Education. A corpus of over 10,000 policy documents were identified, of which the study narrowed the number by focusing on laws, regulations, and normative directives both at the level of the State Council and the Ministry of Education. The findings suggest that there was no School-Autonomy-with-Accountability reform wave in China. Instead, the data compiled suggests that China had its own trajectory of reform phases, informed by themes that were crucial at this stage of China educational development: expansion of compulsory education, national language issues, and private sector involvement in the education; just to name a few topics that emerged over the period 1978-2023. In conclusion, the presentation emphasizes the importance to make a differentiation between policy place and policy space. Different from OECD countries or countries dependent on the Washington Consensus and other donors, China’s reform trajectory reflects economic, political, and social developments in the country itself rather than international developments.
References:
Broomley, et al. 2021. World Education Reform Database (WERD)
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 11 B: Philanthropy Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Sofia Viseu Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Philanthropy Enactment in Portuguese Public Schools: An Empirical Study on a Digital Education Program Promoted by a Private Foundation Universidade de Lisboa Presenting Author:This presentation aims to explore how interventions by non-state actors are received, adopted, and ultimately enacted in public schools. Specifically, the paper presents an empirical study focused on the perceptions of school actors in public schools in Portugal regarding a digital education program promoted by a private foundation. According to previous literature, there has been a growing emphasis on the involvement of private political actors, such as philanthropists, think tanks, and edu-businesses, in education governance worldwide and in Portugal (Lubienski et al., 2022; Viseu & Carvalho, 2021). These actors have been active in using new strategies, including networking and knowledge brokerage to influence education policies (Avelar, 2021; Fontdevila et al., 2019; Viseu, 2022). However, the study of the actions and effects of private political actors within schools continues to be an underexplored field. To address this gap, this study use “policy enactment” (Ball et al., 2012) as a starting point to capture the different positions of school actors in “doing school” (Maguire et al., 2015). With this theoretical approach, we seek to highlight the non-deterministic nature of interventions by private political actors in public schools, focusing on the different translations, interpretations, and recontextualizations by school actors. To this end, the study focuses on the enactment by public Portuguese public schools to DigitALL program from the Vodafone Portugal Foundation. This program started in 2020 and so far evolved 7,000 students and 1,300 teachers. After applying for the program, the selected schools benefit from a comprehensive package that includes a digital platform, digital curriculum, student kits containing electronic circuits and motherboards, in-person teacher training, and weekly 50-minute classes guided by trained monitors. DigitALL program design confirms the argument of Spreen and Kamat (2018), in which non-state actors “are not only beginning to control curriculum content and testing in countries, they also make decisions about who teaches and under what conditions” (p. 111). The government, as a privileged ally of the new philanthropy, endorsed the institutional partnership established with the Vodafone Portugal Foundation, as the DigitALL program aims to develop digital and social skills; provides teacher training and “quality scientific and pedagogical digital educational resources” (Director of Directorate-General for Education available at Fundação Vodafone Portugal, 2022b). In this scenario, we aim to contribute to discuss the interventions made by non-state actors in public schools as signs of privatization (Ball, 2007; Quilabert & Moschetti, 2022). Furthermore, we seek to identify how these initiatives align with an educational reform agenda that emphasizes performance policies, assessments, platformization and public-private partnerships (Verger et al., 2022; Williamson, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a qualitative, exploratory and descriptive approach to understand the representations of individuals involved in the interpretation, translation and recontextualization of DigitALL in participating schools. To this end, data collection involved documentary scrutiny, and interviews. Among the 12 school clusters participating in the DigitALL program between 2022-2023, 9 agreed to collaborate with the research. The school clusters selected the interviewees who would best contribute to our research objectives. Consequently, each interview session had the participation of different actors, including the school principal or vice-principal, the program coordinator or ICT teacher and other teachers directly involved in the program, totaling 15 interviewees. The interviews focused on the reasons for enrolling the program and the initial expectations that justify adherence to the DigitALL program and the perceived effects resulting from the program intervention (translation and recontextualization). The semi-structured interviews followed this script in a flexible and informal way, allowing interviewees to address issues they considered most relevant or introduce new topics. With the consent of the participants, the interviews were recorded, transcribed, and sent to the interviewees for verification. The names of interviewees and school groups were kept confidential. We also conducted an interview with the manager of the Portugal Vodafone Foundation. This interview aimed to explore various aspects of the program, including its structure, operationalization, relationships with schools and other partners, expected results and future perspectives, helping to understand the documents we gathered in the previous phase. The documentary analysis centered on primary sources involved the ‘Action Plan for School Digital Development’ and the ‘Educational Project’ of the 9 participating school clusters and the main reports, websites, and social media of the program in Portugal and its equivalents in Europe. We also analyzed the ‘Curriculum programs’ planned for the 6 years of the DigitALL program. Data analysis was carried out using different approaches. Initially, we examined data relating to the characteristics of schools and the institution’s infrastructure. Subsequently, we systematically organized the data according to the research objectives. This method allowed us to gain a comprehensive understanding of relevant information related to program enactment in schools. Simultaneously, we carried out a sequential analysis of the interviews, preserving the school contexts and seeking to identify unique ways of appropriating and reinterpreting the program within and in relation to school environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The ongoing study indicates that there are comprehensive aspects that explain the processes of reception (and receptivity) of DigitALL in schools, as well as the processes of translation and interpretation of the program in its most operational dimensions. However, the data also showed that there are different translation and interpretation processes, especially regarding schools’ representations of the meaning of interventions by non-state actors in school life and management. The analysis revealed that schools adhered to the DigitALL program to improve the provision of public education, considering local needs and resources, and aligning teaching with the digital era. Thus, most interviewees view positively the involvement of non-state actors (including their focus on performance, sustainability, and outsourcing) in education. However, although the program is seen as a way of guaranteeing the provision of public education, the interviewees presented different conceptualizations (institutional elaborations) about the role of philanthropic intervention in their schools. For some, these interventions seem to be understood mainly as a way for the school to acquire more human and material resources; for others, implementing the program at school seems to be perceived more in terms of the potential to improve their competitive position in their territory. The study of the DigitALL program in Portugal reveals both the promise and complexity of incorporating philanthropic digital education initiatives into public schools. Although the program is viewed positively, its uniform design encounters diverse local interpretations and enactments. To date, this research highlights the importance of understanding the intricate dynamics of policy enactment in education, particularly as it relates to the role of private actors in the public domain. References Avelar, M. (2021). Disrupting education policy: How new philanthropy works to change education. Peter Lang. Ball, S. (2007). Education plc: Understanding private sector participation in public sector education. Routledge. Ball, S., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Fontdevila, C., Verger, A., & Avelar, M. (2019). The business of policy: A review of the corporate sector’s emerging strategies in the promotion of education reform. Critical Studies in Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2019.1573749 Lubienski, C., Yemini, M., Maxwell, C., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Orgs.). (2022). The rise of external actors in education: Shifting boundaries globally and locally. Policy Press. Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Ball, S. (2015). ‘Where you stand depends on where you sit’: The social construction of policy enactments in the (English) secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(4), 485–499. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2014.977022 Quilabert, E., & Moschetti, M. C. (2022). ‘Most Likely You Go Your Way (and I’ll Go Mine)’: School-level enactment of an educational innovation policy in Barcelona. European Educational Research Journal, 147490412211214. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221121477 Spreen, C. A., & Kamat, S. (2018). From billionaires to the bottom billion: Who’s making education policy for the poor in emerging economies? Em A. Draxler & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Orgs.), The state, business and education: Public-private partnerships revisited. Edward Elgar Publishing. Verger, A., Maroy, C., & Grek, S. (2022). World yearbook of education 2021 accountability and datafication in the governance of education (First edition). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Viseu, S. (2022). New philanthropy and policy networks in global education governance: The case of OECD’s netFWD. International Journal of Educational Research, 114, 102001. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.102001 Viseu, S., & Carvalho, L. M. (2021). Policy Networks, Philanthropy, and Education Governance in Portugal: The Raise of Intermediary Actors. Foro de Educación, 19(1), 81–104. Williamson, B. (2019). Policy networks, performance metrics and platform markets: Charting the expanding data infrastructure of higher education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(6), 2794–2809. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12849 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Practices of New Philanthropy: Reconfiguring Power and Legitimacy in Educational Governance 1University of Copenhagen, Denmark; 2Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Corporate private foundations with vast financial resources are taking on an increasingly proactive and influential role in shaping educational aims, practices, and institutions around the world (Srivastava & Oh, 2010; Ball and Olmedo, 2011; Lubienski et al. 2022; Parreira de Amaral et al. 2019). While the concrete involvement of foundations reflects the historical specificities of different contexts, the increasing entanglement of private foundations in public education and state schooling has been interpreted as reflecting a broad shift in the work of foundations toward new forms of “hands-on” or “new” philanthropy in which foundations move from a contributory to a disruptive role (Horvath & Powell, 2016; Wilson, 2014). Framed in terms of educational governance and politics, this shift places major pressure on the conceptual and practical boundaries of conventional democratic control, delegations of responsibility, and framings of legitimacy. The shifting grounds for articulating and enacting democratic control and legitimacy is especially salient in the context of European education and the region’s historical forms of welfare governance. While private foundations in the US and other contexts are, by now, an established (if controversial) part of educational governance, recent scholarship emerging across Europe points to important problematics regarding the effects of current philanthropic practices on the conventional divisions of power and democratic practices of accountability characteristic of European welfare states (Rasmussen, 2022; Avelar & Ball, 2019). Such effects pose a significant challenge to the notion of legitimacy as grounded in a chain of delegation, accountability, and trust, where voters authorize politicians to make decisions – on the priorities of public education, for example – and politicians then delegate the responsibility for implementing policies to civil servants (Strøm 2000). This is obviously different when it comes to private foundations: While foundations are legal actors attributed a status as charitable organizations by the political system, they do not themselves hold a role in the processes that make up the political system. In this paper, we set out to explore empirical changes and reconfigurations of power and legitimacy in educational governance as corporate private foundations take on a proactive label of “change-makers” in public education. Situating our work within the historical context of the Danish welfare state, we set out to explore how legitimacy in public education is (re)constructed and altered through the practices of “new philanthropy” as a set of practices marked by increasing amounts of money, extended public-private partnerships, and new forms of educational knowledge production. We ask: How do corporate private foundations describe their responsibility for the change they aim at? And through what kind of practices are their investments in systematic change articulated and implemented? In the paper, we respond to these questions through a case-based analyses focused on situating the practices of the two largest Danish foundations currently involved in the education sector: The Lego Foundation and the Novo Nordisk Foundation. Drawing on theoretical approaches that can help approach reconfigurations of power and control in educational practices (Alaimo & Hekman, 2008; Brøgger, 2018; Deleuze, 1992; Foucault, 1977; Powell & Menendian, 2011), we are interested in extrapolating the broader historical and governmental dynamics at play in how foundations shape ideas of legitimacy by actively transgressing conventional governance arrangements and hierarchies. Theoretically, this includes perspectives that open to discuss the soft power of seduction and affectivity (Dernikos et al., 2020) as important factors when it comes to understanding new philanthropic practices. Through in-depth case analyses, the paper highlights the performative effects of enacting new philanthropy in relation to three interrelated practices: 1) new constructions of actors, 2) emerging forms of affective control, and 3) new forms of knowledge production. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper we address the practices of private foundations in the field of school and education. With a particular interest in questions of governance and legitimization in European contexts shaped by a strong tradition for welfare governance and public educational values, we build our problematization on a selective case study of two recent projects launched within the Danish educational field by private foundations. These are, respectively, the Playful Learning initiative by the Lego Foundation and the LIFE project developed by the Novo Nordisk Foundation. Through an extrapolative reading of the two projects, the paper aims to hypothesize novel tendencies and provocations in the practices of private foundations that point to radical changes in the established order of how educational governance and pedagogical development are to take form. Concretely, the paper builds on a gathering of empirical material generated through 2023 and Spring 2024 involving interviews, observations, website data, promotional material, and a survey of actors engaged in or affected by the increasingly large and long partnerships that characterize the two foundations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper’s findings highlight three interrelated practices emerging through our analyses of new philanthropy in Denmark with implications for the European educational research field. First, we show how foundations are involved in new constructions of actors, i.e. how they connect with, create expectations for, and partner with actors (Brunsson & Sahlin 2000). Building on examples from the LEGO Foundation and Novo Nordisk Foundation, we question how different actors and their conditions of possibility are themselves performatively configured through the discursive-material work of foundations. This involves for instance appointing and connecting with relevant partners, naming and appointing ambassadors, creating career paths for professional teacher. Second, we explore emerging forms of control found in the increasingly proactive and affective practices of foundations. Drawing on different theorizations of power and control in contemporary forms of governance (Deleuze 1992; Dernikos 2020; Rose & Miller, 2010; Foucault, 1991; Thorup, 2013), we question how the current practices of the two foundations indicate a move away from practices of goal-setting, evaluation, and institutionalised discipline toward a broad valuation of innovation and potentiality that transgress the established national-political frameworks of education policy. This shift, we suggest, opens possibilities for both scaling up through conceptual control and scaling down through new forms of modularization. Third, we examine how the two foundations draw on different sources of legitimacy in their positioning as changemakers that seek to look further and deeper than conventional forms of educational governance. By comparing the work of the Lego and Novo Nordisk foundations with other foundations involved in shaping public education, we discuss the implications of the two foundations’ practices as knowledge producers and brokers that seek to generate futures and solutions rather than situate their contributions within or as compensations for established political goals. References Alaimo, S., & Hekman, S. (Eds.). (2008). Material Feminisms. Indiana University Press. Avelar, M., & Ball, S. (2019). Mapping new philanthropy and the heterarchical state: The Mobilization for the National Learning Standards in Brazil. International Journal of Educational Development, 64, 65–73. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2017.09.007 Brunsson, N., & Sahlin-Andersson, K. (2000). Constructing organizations: The example of public sector reform. Organization studies, 21(4), 721-746. Brøgger, K. (2018). The performative power of (non)human agency assemblages of soft governance. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 31(5), 353–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2018.1449985 Deleuze, G. (1992). Postscript on the Societies of Control. October, 59(Winter, 1992), 3–7. https://www.jstor.org/stable/778828 Dernikos, B. P., Lesko, N., Mccall, S. D., & Niccolini, A. D. (2020). Feeling Education. In B. P. Dernikos, N. Lesko, S. D. Mccall, & A. D. Niccolini (Eds.), Mapping the Affective Turn in Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003004219 Foucault, M. (1977). The confession of the flesh. In C. Gordon (Ed.), Power/Knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings, 1972-1977 (pp. 194–240). Pantheon Books. Horvath, A., & Powell, W. W. (2016). Contributory or Disruptive: Do New Forms of Philanthropy Erode Democracy? In R. Reich, C. Cordelli, & L. Bernholz (Eds.), Philanthropy in Democratic Societies: History, Institutions, Values (pp. 325–239). University of Chicago Press. Powell, J. A., & Menendian, S. (2011). Beyond Public/Private: Understanding Corporate Power. Poverty & Race, 20(6), 5–8. http://search.proquest.com.libproxy.edmc.edu/docview/910930192?accountid=34899 Rasmussen, P. (2022). Educational research – public responsibility, private funding? Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(1), 65-74, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2021.2018786 Rose, N., & Miller, P. (2010). Political power beyond the State: Problematics of government. British Journal of Sociology, 61(SUPPL. 1), 271–303. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-4446.2009.01247.x Strøm, K. (2000). Delegation and accountability in parliamentary democracies. European Journal of Political Research, 37, 261–290. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1007064803327 Wilson, J. (2014). Fantasy Machine: Philanthrocapitalism as an Ideological Formation. Third World Quarterly, 35(7), 1144–1161. https://doi.org/10.1080/01436597.2014.926102 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Non-State Actors' Self-Imaging in Educational Governance: Philanthropy Building a Public Image Through Media in Portugal IE-ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:This presentation focuses on the participation of new non-state actors in educational governance in Portugal, seeking a new analytical perspective: how these actors build their public image through the media. This focus stems from the interest in education policy studies in non-state actors over recent decades, recognizing their expanding role in reshaping education governance (Ball, 2012; 2016; Lubienski et al, 2022). These include firmly established global political actors such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO, the European Union, the International Monetary Fund, and the World Bank, as well as governmental cooperation organizations, non-profit organizations, edu-businesses, think tanks and philanthropic foundations (Brent Edwards et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a qualitative approach, using document analysis and focusing on two actors: EPIS - Entrepreneurs for Social Inclusion, a corporate philanthropy established in 2006, positioning itself as a pivotal figure in fostering social inclusion and academic success in Portugal; and EDULOG, a self-title think tank, operating since 2015 within the philanthropic endeavours of a private foundation, with the mission of contributing to the improvement of education policies. These actors were chosen because a) earlier empirical-based research already showed how they perform as intermediary actors in education governance in Portugal (Viseu & Carvalho, 2021), which led us to the expectation that the way these actors construct their public image through the media would have differentiated contours justified by the nature of their intervention, as data subsequently demonstrated; b) both provide on their websites an area that includes the "copy of an article about an organization or company that has appeared in the media," i.e., the clipping (Heath, ed. 2013). Therefore, the documentary corpus consists of clippings disclosed on the websites until 2022, corresponding to 206 news articles. For content analysis purposes, we followed a deductive and inductive strategy where the following categories were considered: frame, issue, solution, who we are/what we do/evoked relationships and knowledge mobilization. For the categorization and analysis of data, investigator triangulation was employed (Archibald, 2016; Bans-Akutey & Tiimub, 2021). This methodology was suitable for two main reasons: 1) through triangulation, we compared the information to determine its validation and corroboration; in other words, it is a qualitative cross-validation process involving the three investigators (Wiersma 2000); 2) validation provides the elimination of biases that might skew the research results (Onwuegbuzie, 2000). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical work is still ongoing, but we will discuss this media presence as one of the intervention strategies that these actors activate to legitimize their presence in the public sphere (alongside networking, knowledge brokerage, etc.), assuming that their ability to intervene -and ultimately their existence- is dependent on constructing a public image. So far, data pointed to three main results. First, since their creation, EPIS and EDULOG had a regular presence in the press over the years, more regarding EPIS (173) than EDULOG (33). Second, there are differences in how both present themselves in the media, regarding the: a) status and scope of the media (national and leading press vs. local and alternative press); b) nature of these actors' intervention (more oriented towards problem construction and diagnostics vs. orientation towards practice and problem-solving). Thus, these data confirm that for these actors to exist in the public scene, they need to be in the media, and their presence in the media constructs and reinforces the image they want to be known for: in the case of EDULOG as a "diagnostics maker" on education; in the case of EPIS as a "solution maker", leading by example; c) clipping appears to be a good place to analyze how these actors strategically want to be recognized, influencing the public perceptions constructed about them, asserting themselves as political actors who can contribute to solving the problems in schools and the crisis in the education system. References Anderson, G. L. (2007). Media’s Impact on Educational Policies and Practices: Political Spectacle and Social Control. Peabody Journal of Education, 82(1), 103–120. Archibald, M. M. (2016). Investigator Triangulation: A Collaborative Strategy With Potential for Mixed Methods Research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 10(3), 228–250. Bans-Akutey, A., & Tiimub, B. M. (2021). Identifying Research Gaps in Schorlarly Work. Academia Letters. Baroutsis, A., & Lingard, B. (2017). Counting and comparing school performance: An analysis of media coverage of PISA in Australia, 2000–2014. Journal of Education Policy, 32(4), 432–449. Baroutsis, A., & Lingard, B. (2023). Exploring Education Policy Through Newspapers and Social Media: The Politics of Mediatisation. Taylor & Francis. Blach-Ørsten, Mark & Kristensen, Nete Nørgaard. (2016) Think tanks in Denmark – Media visibility and Network Relations, Politik Nummer 1 Årgang 19, 21-42. Blackmore, J., & Thorpe, S. (2003). Media/ting change: The print media’s role in mediating education policy in a period of radical reform in Victoria, Australia. Journal of Education Policy, 18(6), 577–595. Dixon, R., C. Arndt, M. Mullers, J. Vakkuri, K. Engblom-Pelkkala, and C. Hood. (2013). A evel for Improvement or a Magnet for Blame? Press and Political Responses to International Educational Rankings in Four EU Countries. Public Administration 91 (2): 484–505. Gautreaux, M., & Delgado, S. (2016). Portrait of a Teach for All (TFA) teacher: Media narratives of the universal TFA teacher in 12 countries. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24, 110. Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2000). Framework for Internal and External Validity. AAER, 62. Santos, Í., Carvalho, L. M., & Melo, B. P. (2022). The media’s role in shaping the public opinion on education: A thematic and frame analysis of externalisation to world situations in the Portuguese media. Research in Comparative and International Education, 17 (1), 29-50. Viseu, S. & Carvalho, L. M. (2021). Policy Networks, Philanthropy, and Education Governance in Portugal: The Raise of Intermediary Actors. Foro de Educación, 19(1), 81-104. https://www.doi.org/10.14516/fde Wiersma, W. (2000). Research methods in education: An introduction. Allyn and Bacon. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 11 C: European Adult Learning Systems in Context Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Jan Kalenda Panel Discussion |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Panel Discussion European Adult Learning Systems in Context 1Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3German Institute for Adult Education – Leibniz Centre for Lifelong Learning (DIE) Presenting Author:Adult Learning Systems (ALS) represent a mass of organised learning opportunities available to adults along with their underlying structures and stakeholders that shape their organisation and governance (Desjardins, 2017, 2023; Desjardins & Ioannidou, 2020). This analytical framework includes not only participants (demand side) and providers (supply side) of adult education and training but also institutions and stakeholders, e.g., states, trade unions, professional associations and firms, as well as policy measures more or less aiming to regulate interactions between them. Finally, the framework contains fundamental coordination problems and constraints connected to adults’ access to organised learning opportunities that are responsible for efficacy, efficiency and inequality inside these systems. Well-developed, open and flexible ALS able to solve coordination problems are considered a precondition for wide and equal participation of adults in organised forms of learning (Lee & Desjardins, 2021), which is a key policy aim of many international organisations (e.g., EC, 2020, OECD, 2019; UNESCO, 2022) and national governments. While the subject of ALS has garnered growing scholarly interest in the past decade (Boeren, 2019; Desjardins, 2017, 2023; Desjardins & Ioannidou, 2020; Rees, 2013; Saar et al., 2013; Schemman et al., 2020; Verdier, 2018), there is a gap in the literature regarding a comprehensive examination of the current, post-COVID-19 status and historical development of ALS in Europe since the 1990s. In other words, how are they responding to current societal challenges? Relatively little theoretical and empirical work has been done on the diachronic/historical perspective of ALS (Saar et al., 2013; Schemman et al., 2020; Verdier, 2018), specific institutional patterns of these systems and their recent development during the 2010s and the early 2020s. Although the period of the “Eurozone crisis” after 2010, and the recent COVID-19 pandemic have brought new societal challenges, like austerity measures, disruption of job markets and new directions within political economies of European states (Garritzmann et al., 2022; Hall, 2022), we have limited knowledge of how they have affected the institutional setting of ALS. Following this research gap, this discussion panel propose a presentation and discussion of the key institutional changes and current developments in three European ALS: (1) the United Kingdom, (2) Germany and (3) the Czech Republic. These three countries are considered paradigmatic representatives of three different models of ALS: (a) liberal, market-oriented (UK), (b) continental/Christian-democratic, stakeholder-oriented (Germany) and (3) post-socialist, mix-model (Czechia). The panel discussion will provide an overview of the evolution of these three diverse ALSs throughout the last three decades (the 1990s to the early 2020s), showing their unique paths of institutional building and how they face current societal challenges. References Boeren, E. (2019). Being an Adult Learner in Europe and the UK: Persisting Inequalities and the Role of the Welfare State. In E. Boeren. & N. James. (Eds.). Being an Adult Learner in Austere Times. Exploring the Contexts of Higher. Further and Community Education (pp. 21–45). London: Palgrave Macmillan. Desjardins, R. (2017). Political economy of adult learning systems. Comparative study of strategies, policies, and constraints. Bloomsbury. Desjardins, R. (2023). Lifelong Learning Systems. In: K. Evans, J. Markowitsch, W. O. Lee & M. Zukas, M. (Eds.), Third International Handbook of Lifelong Learning. Springer International Handbooks of Education (pp. 353–374). Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-67930-9_18-1 Desjardins. R, & Ioannidou. A. (2020). The political economy of adult learning systems - some institutional features that promote adult learning participation. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschungm, 43(1), 143–168. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-020-00159-y European Commission. (2020). European skills agenda for sustainable competitiveness, social fairness and resilience. Brussels: European Commission. Garritzmann, J. L., Häusermann, S., Kurer, T., Palier B. & Pinggera, M. (2022). The Emergence of Knowledge Economies In J. L. Garritzmann, S. Häusermann & B. Palier (Eds.), The World Politics of Social Investment (Volume I) (pp. 251–281) Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197585245.003.0008 Hall, P. A. (2022). How Growth Strategies Evolve in the Developed Democracies. In: A. Hassel and B. Palier (Eds.), Growth and Welfare in the Global Economy: How Growth Regimes Evolve. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Available at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/sites/scholar.harvard.edu/files/hall/files/hall2020_growthstrategies.pdf Lee, J. & Desjardins, R. (2021). Changes to adult learning and education (ALE) policy environment in Finland, Korea and the United States: implications for addressing inequality in ALE participation, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 51(2), 221–239, http://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2019.1610356 OECD (2019). Getting Skills Right: Engaging low-skilled adults in learning. Paris: OECD Publishing Rees, G. (2013). Comparing Adult Learning Systems: an emerging political economy. European Journal of Education, 48(2), 200–212. Saar, E., Ure, O. B., & Holford, J. (2013). Lifelong Learning in Europe. National Patterns and Challenges. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. Schemmann, M., Herbrechter, D. & Engels, M. (2020). Researching the political economy of adult learning systems. Theoretical amendments and empirical findings. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 43(2), 259–273. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-020-00163-2 UNESCO (2022). 5th Global Report on Adult Learning and Education. Citizenship education: Empowering adults for change. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning. Verdier, E. (2018). Europe: Comparing Lifelong Learning Systems. In M. Milana et al. (Eds.), The Palgrave International Handbook on Adult and Lifelong Education and Learning (pp. 461-483). Palgrave Macmillan. Chair Jan Kalenda, kalenda@utb.cz, Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic |
13:45 - 15:15 | 24 SES 11 B JS: A Didactic Framework for Crosscurricular Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mårten Björkgren Session Chair: Ramsey Affifi Joint Symposium, NW 24 and NW 27. Details in 27 SES 11 A JS |
13:45 - 15:15 | 25 SES 11 A: Methods and research tools in children's rights research Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lotem Perry-Hazan Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Exploring Teacher Attitudes Regarding Student Voice and Pupil Participation in Primary Education Saxion UAS, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:It has been 35 years since the Convention on the Rights of the Child was ratified (CRC; United Nations, 1989). This convention protects the rights of children. Article 12 addresses specifically students' voices and participation: “Children have the right to be listened to and taken seriously in matters affecting their daily lives and that the child’s view is given due weight to the evolving capacities of the child”. Under the terms of the CRC, governments must ensure that all children are actively included and listened to when decisions are made that affect the daily lives of children (United Nations, 1989). Schools are part of the daily lives of children and therefore, according to the CRC, teachers and school staff should also actively involve children in the decision-making process (Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth, 2021; Thompson, 2011). The daily school lives of children include what pupils will learn and how things are organized at school. Article 12 states that “the child’s view is given due weight to the pupils’ age and capacity” (United Nations, 1989). This is mostly interpreted as age-appropriate activities to facilitate student voice and teachers, in the educational context, decide which suggestions are rejected and acted upon (Bron & Veugelers, 2014; Lundy, 2007). Providing guidelines to support the interpretation of age-appropriate or “given due weight” in decisions is challenging. There are significant developmental variations among children (Bron & Veugelers, 2014). Children’s capacities are not merely determined by development but also by life- and social experiences (Thomson, 2011). However, there are multiple theoretical frameworks (e.g. Hart, 1992; Lundy, 2007; Shier, 2001) which support researchers, practitioners and school staff in the understanding of what student voice and pupil participation entail and how this could translate to educational practices (de Leeuw et al., 2020; Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth, 2021). An implementation report on the CRC shows that the level of implementation, regarding student voice and pupil participation, varies per country (UNICEF, 2012). Notwithstanding, the enactment of student voice and pupil participation also depends on determinants such as teachers' beliefs and attitudes (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Huić, 2022; Zorec, 2015) and teachers’ perceptions regarding which capacity and agency a pupil encompasses (Gillet-Swan & Sargeant, 2019; Huić, 2022). Research on teacher-related determinants and the enactment of student voice and pupil participation in specific is scarce. Existing materials regarding teacher attitudes and beliefs focus on general child rights. Research indicates that there is a discrepancy between positive teachers’ attitudes towards student voice and pupil participation and the enactment in the classroom (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Huić, 2022). Explanations for this discrepancy are that teachers’ responses on questionnaires are socially desirable (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021). Another explanation, which is provided in the literature, is that teachers lack the skills to implement student voice and pupil participation activities, which match their pedagogical and didactical visions (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Huić, 2022; Zorec, 2015). The question is if and how student voice and pupil participation are realized at primary schools. To explore these questions and establish if there are relations and mediating effects between teacher determinants, attitudes and enactment, a reliable and valid instrument is critical. The aim of our study is threefold: first, to develop and assess the reliability of a newly designed questionnaire which assesses teacher determinants concerning student voice and pupil participation in primary education, second, to explore what teacher attitudes are and if these attitudes differ from pupil age, and third to map and analyze how student voice and pupil participation are translated and enacted upon in Dutch primary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 90 primary school teachers participated voluntarily in this pilot study, data was collected from March to November 2023. A convenience sample technique was applied. Participants were contacted via pre-service teachers conducting an internship. All participants gave active consent to participate in our study. Instrument Development A scoping review of related literature was conducted. Via content analysis, items were selected from existing teacher attitude questionnaires (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Bron et al., 2018; Huić, A., 2022; Karaman-Kepenekci, 2006; Ozturk & Doganay, 2017; Zorec, 2015). Most scales were focused on children’s rights education regarding the CRC in general and not specifically focusing on student voice and pupil participation (CRC, 1989). The selected items were rephrased and translated into Dutch. Questionnaire The Teacher Attitudes Questionnaire on Student Voice and Pupil Participation is a self-reporting digital questionnaire and consists of three components. The first component commences with active informed consent and questions about participants' backgrounds. The second part of the questionnaire contains 16 statements assessing teachers' attitudes towards students' voices and whether pupils are capable of voicing their needs and wishes regarding educational and curriculum decisions. Example item: “Pupils are competent to actively think about suited learning activities”. Each statement is rated with a 5-point Likert scale, per level (in Dutch bouw): “early level” (kindergarten; age range 4 to 5 years), “middle level” (grade 1-3; age range 6 to 9 years) and “upper level” (grade 4-6; age range 9-12 years). These levels represent the three stages of primary education, which are commonly used in the Dutch primary education system to cluster grades. The third part contains two components. The first component consists of 13 statements evaluating pupils' frequency of sharing their voices and participating in educational decisions. Each statement is rated per level with a 5-point Likert scale. The second component is a semi-structured inventory, collecting examples of student voice and pupil participation. Participants list which forms of pupil participation are implemented and specify per implementation which pupils participate, who the audience is, and enactment on the input. The reliability of the questionnaire was assessed by calculating Cronbach’s reliability per level. Analyses Descriptive statistics will be calculated from the teacher attitude scale and one-way within-subjects ANOVA will be conducted to assess if teachers' attitudes differ per level. The open responses in the third part of the questionnaire will be analyzed using content analysis to map forms of pupil participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings of the analysis, regarding the reliability of the newly developed questionnaire, indicate that the Teacher Attitudes Questionnaire on Student Voice and Pupil Participation is reliable with Cronbach’s Alpha values ranging between .73 and .89 (values above .70 are considered sufficient). In addition, the preliminary analysis of the mean scores per level shows an increase towards the capabilities of pupils: early level M= 3.20, SD= .57, middle level M= 3.95, SD= .45 and upper level M= 4.26, SD= .49. This indicates that teachers’ attitudes are influenced by pupils' age and that the enactment of student voice and pupil participation will differ throughout grades. These findings are in line with empirical findings (Huić, 2022; Lansdown, 2005). The preliminary findings request further analysis of the data and explore if there are correlations between teacher determinants and teacher attitudes concerning student voice and pupil participation in primary education. In addition, the psychometric properties of the questionnaire need to be further evaluated. Because the data is not yet fully analysed, it is not possible to report findings regarding the forms of pupil participation in Dutch primary schools. We intend to present and discuss the results of the pilot study and the validation data at the ECER 2024 because the next data collection is planned for February to June 2024. References Banko-Bal, C., & Guler-Yildiz, T. (2021). An investigation of early childhood education teachers’ attitudes, behaviours, and views regarding the rights of the child. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy, 15(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40723-021-00083-9 Bron, J., & Veugelers, W. (2014). Why we need to involve our students in curriculum design: Five arguments for student voice. Curriculum and Teaching Dialogue, 16(1), 125-139. Bron J., Emerson N, & Kákonyi, L. (2018). Diverse student voice approaches across Europe. European Journal of Education, (53), 310–324. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12285 de Leeuw, R.R., Little, C., & Rix, J. (2020). Something needs to be said. Some thoughts on the possibilities and limitations of ‘voice’. International Journal of Educational Research, 104, 101694. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101694 Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth. (2021). Participation Framework: National Framework for Children and Young People’s Participation in Decision-making. Government of Ireland. Gillett-Swan, J.K., & Sargeant, J. (2019). Perils of perspective: Identifying adult confidence in the child’s capacity, autonomy, power and agency (CAPA) in readiness for voice-inclusive practice. Journal of Educational Change, 20(3), 399–421. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09344-4 Hart, R.A. (1992). Children’s participation: From tokenism to citizenship. Innocenti Essays no. 4. International Child Development Centre. Huić, A. (2022). Children’s participation rights in schools—teachers’ beliefs and practices. Criminology & Social Integration, 30(2), 145-166. https://doi.org/10.31299/ksi.30.2.1 Karaman-Kepenekci, Y. (2006). A study of university students' attitudes towards children's rights in Turkey. The International Journal of Children's Rights, 14(3), 307-318. http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/157181806778458095 Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701657033 Lundy, L. (2019). A lexicon for research on international children’s rights in troubled times. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 27(4), 595–601. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02704013 Ozturk, A., Doganay, A. (2017). Development of a Scale for the Attitude Towards Children’s Rights Education. Educational Process: International Journal, 6(3), 26-41. http://dx.doi.org/10.22521/edupij.2017.63.3 Shier, H. (2001). Pathways to participation: Openings, opportunities and obligations. Children & Society, 15(2), 107-117. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/chi.617 United Nations. (1989). Convention of the rights of the child. United Nations, Treaty series. UNICEF (2012). The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child: A Study of Legal Implementation in 12 Countries. United Kingdom. Thomson, P. (2011). Coming to terms with ‘voice’. In G. Czerniawski, & W. Kidd (Eds.), Student voice handbook: Bridging the academic/practitioner divide, 19–30. Emerald Group Publishing. Zorec, M.B. (2015). Children’s Participation in Slovene Preschools: The Teachers’ Viewpoints and Practice. European Education, 47(2), 154-168, http://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2015.1039878 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Ethical Reflections on Interviews with Children as a Balancing Act - Implications for Children's Rights in Research and Professional Development 1Alice Salomon University of Applied Science, Germany; 2Cath. University of Applied Science NRW, Germany Presenting Author:When examining the participation of children in educational institutions, it is widely accepted that the children themselves should be included in the research, at least in a consultative manner. This is justified by children's rights and various considerations on how these rights can be implemented and acknowledged both in educational institutions and schools, as well as in the research itself (Lansdown & O'Kane, 2014; Lundy & McEvoy, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The contribution is based on a re-analysis of selected sequences of interviews from two previous studies, each examining children's perspectives on the degrees of freedom afforded to them in terms of participation in institutional contexts (Höke, 2020; Velten, 2021). The first study, conducted in June and July 2016, involved seven interviews with 11 first graders following Fuhs´ (2012) Lifeworld Interview framework, as part of a school accompanying research project at a German participatory primary school (Höke, 2020). The interviews were conducted as a school tour, with the children tasked to show the interviewer the "places that are significant from their perspective." The relatively open research design allowed children to choose whether to participate alone, in pairs, or collectively, as well as the order in which different school locations would be visited. The interviews were videotaped and later transcribed based on the spoken content. In the second study, conducted from March to November 2013 in German Kindergarten and primary schools, interviews with 22 five- to seven-year-old children were conducted using Fuhs' (2012) approach and the Mosaic Approach (Clark and Moss, 2011). These interviews took place approximately four months before and after starting school (Velten, 2021). At both data collection times, children were asked to take photos in advance of “actions or situations where they felt participating and competent”. The photos then formed the focal point of the interviews. All interviews were recorded on video to capture not only verbal but also facial, gestural, and body language expressions of the children. Interview transcripts were primarily based on spoken words, with additions regarding facial expressions, gestures, and body language enclosed in square brackets. Both previous studies were based on the research ethics considerations (Alderson & Morrow, 2020). Using a sequential analysis following Schütz et al. (2012), interview sequences were re-analysed under the described focus on the balancing act of professional researchers. Situations were selected which were previously marked as conflicting or unusable in terms of research questions, due to perceived unsuccessful communicative processes and were thus either not considered or not fully considered. This included sequences where, for example, non-response to interview questions, introduction and ignoring of topics, or refusal and (threatening) termination of the interview became visible. In total, 10 interviews were identified, each containing critical sequences. These sequences were re-analysed. Interpretive bias of the re-analysis was addressed through independent coding by the two authors and joint moderation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The re-analysis of selected interview sequences has revealed a spectrum of ad hoc practices, intricately tied to the perpetual balancing act undertaken by professional researchers (and children) during interviews. Interviewers employ diverse ad hoc practices to shape negotiations around topics, duration, and the pathways to engagement available, or not, to the interlocutors. These practices, categorized as either 'affirmation practices', 'ordering and structuring practices' or ‘practices around actual or threatened abandonment of the interview’, extend beyond mere interactional strategies intended to navigate the delicate equilibrium among the three emphasized key motifs in research with children; they, in themselves, generate or perpetuate assumptions of positions or roles between the interviewer and interviewee (Velten & Höke, 2023). Upon reflection on the interview sequences, it becomes apparent that the seemingly perplexing actions of professional researchers gain clarity within the delicate balancing act among the three key motifs. The reflection highlights how complex the requirements for "appropriate" actions can be for researchers in a specific research situation. What we have sequentially analysed afterwards the original research projects unfolds simultaneously in the ad hoc research scenario, demanding ad hoc actions while concurrently balancing the three key motifs of research with children that we have pointed out. Based on these findings, we propose a reflective tool to offer guidance in comprehending both research designs and the actions of a professional researcher, as well as the decisions made in specific research situations (Velten et al., 2024). In this way, appropriateness in research practice can be regarded as a phenomenon situationally constructed in the balancing act between different guiding principles. Furthermore, this re-analytical perspective on interactions between professional researchers and children provides points of reference for examining interactions in educational contexts. References References Alderson, P., & Morrow, V. (2020). The ethics of research with children and young people: A practical handbook (2. ed. // Second edition). SAGE. Clark, A., & Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The mosaic approach (Second edition). ncb. Fuhs, B. (2012). Kinder im qualitativen Interview: Zur Erforschung subjektiver kindlicher Lebenswelten. In F. Heinzel (Ed.), Kindheiten. Methoden der Kindheitsforschung: Ein Überblick über Forschungszugänge zur kindlichen Perspektive (2., überarbeitete Auflage, pp. 80–103). Beltz Juventa. Höke, J. (2020). "Und die Kinderkonferenz, die haben wir abgeschafft" - Möglichkeiten kindlicher Beteiligung im Zusammenspiel von Handlungsstrategien der Erwachsenen und Kinderperspektiven einer partizipativ arbeitenden Grundschule. Die Deutsche Schule, 112(2), 229–244. Lansdown, G. (2018). Conceptual Framework for Measuring Outcomes of Adolescent Participation. https://www.unicef.org/media/59006/file Lansdown, G., & O'Kane, C. (2014). A Toolkit for Monitoring and Evaluating Children’s Participation: A 10-step guide to monitoring and evaluating children’s participation. https://resourcecentre.savethechildren.net/pdf/me_toolkit_booklet_4_low_res1.pdf/ Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. Childhood, 19(1), 129–144. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568211409078 Mayne, F., Howitt, C., & Rennie, L. (2016). Meaningful informed consent with young children: looking forward through an interactive narrative approach. Early Child Development and Care, 186(5), 673–687. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1051975 Schütz, A., Breuer, A., & Reh, S. (2012). Sequenzanalysen von Kinder-Interaktionen: Zu den Möglichkeiten einer sozialwissenschaftlichen Hermeneutik. In F. Heinzel (Ed.), Kindheiten. Methoden der Kindheitsforschung: Ein Überblick über Forschungszugänge zur kindlichen Perspektive (2., überarbeitete Auflage, pp. 190–204). Beltz Juventa. Spriggs, M., & Gillam, L. (2017). Ethical complexities in child co-research. Research Ethics(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1177/1747016117750207 Strübing, J., Hirschauer, S., Ayaß, R., Krähnke, U., & Scheffer, T. (2018). Gütekriterien qualitativer Sozialforschung. Ein Diskussionsanstoß. Zeitschrift Für Soziologie, 47(2), 83–100. https://doi.org/10.1515/zfsoz-2018-1006 Velten, K. (2021). Self-efficacy experiences in day care and primary school from the children’s perspective: A starting point for the reflection of didactic and methodological competences of adult educators. Journal of Early Childhood Research. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718X211051192 Velten, K., & Höke, J. (2023). Adults’ ad hoc practices in interviews with children - Ethical considerations in the context of adultness and generational ordering. Childhood, 30(1), 86-103. https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682221149615 Velten, K., Höke, J., & Walther, B. (2024). What the Hell is „Angemessenheit“ in der Forschung mit Kindern? Eine Annäherung an einen strapazierten Begriff. In A. Flügel, I. Landrock, J. Lange, B. Müller-Naendrup, J. Wiesemann, P. Büker, & A. Rank (Eds.), Grundschulforschung meets Kindheitsforschung. Reloaded. Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung (Vol. 1). Klinkhardt. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Using Digital Technologies to reveal Student Views of Outdoor School Space: Methodological and Ethical Possibilities and Uncertainties Newcastle University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Although there is agreement on the contribution that students make to the totality of the school environment (e.g. Gislason, 2010), user evaluations of school space often centre on teacher experiences (Frelin & Grannas, 2022). Further, outdoor spaces in schools are used much more by students than by teachers (Woolner et al., 2010) and, while assumptions are made about positive impacts on wellbeing and health, it is less clear how students actually feel about and use these spaces. Responding to such an oversight, this exploratory project, collaborating with England’s Department for Education (DfE), investigated the use of digital technology to understand how outdoor space is being perceived and used by students in a sample of secondary schools (students aged 11-16 or 11-18).
Digital approaches were developed to reveal student use and views. Three tools, which could be used in any combination, were trialled: Tool 1: Online questionnaire The aim was to collect views on specific outdoor locations but also to enable respondents to express ideas about other places. The questionnaire’s five outdoor locations included the entrance area, a sports area and three circulation/social spaces. Photographs of these locations were supplied by the schools and a series of questions were replicated for each location. The questionnaires were designed to be completed independently by students and were accessible for all ages. Tool 2: PosterVote PosterVote is a low-cost electronic voting system for communities and activists (Vlachokyriakos et al., 2014). The approach allows questions to be asked through a poster at a specific location. The system collects votes for each answer electronically, and the results can be downloaded using a mobile phone. Posters were designed in collaboration with the schools. The final structure of the poster was the same in each location and at each school. Tool 3: QR codes QR codes can be used to collect views at specific locations, but also enable more discursive commentary about the place. Codes were placed in the locations and scanned by students using their mobile phones. This directed them to a website which collected open text responses. The pupil could leave comments about the location and respond to previous comments linked to that location.
In this paper, we present our experiences of developing digital approaches, including a participatory approach with students in two schools, then trialling and evaluating these three tools across four schools. Our particular concern is to problematize the optimism of assumptions about student participation and to contribute to ongoing discussions of power in schools. We consider whether revealing more about student experiences enables ‘student voice’ in school decision-making, so empowering students (Coelho et al., 2022), or if instead this increased visibility of outdoor spaces, where students have traditionally had more agency (Holt, 2004), is extending the surveillance of schooling (Gulson and Symes, 2007) and is therefore disempowering.
We use our experiences with the students and school leaders when planning the digital approaches, the data we collected through the digital tools, and the tendency for the students to subvert our intentions. In common with other researchers (Gallagher, 2008; Holt, 2004) dealing with the practical reality of researching in schools, we recognise the complexity of power and discuss our positioning within the system: seeking to empower the students through offering communication tools while being beholden to school leaders for access and cooperation. The student responses can be seen as contributing, on the one hand, to increased understanding of their experiences, which could be beneficial for them if their views are acted on, but also demonstrating some resistance to heightened visibility and a desire to keep some privacy within the surveillance of schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We worked with the DfE to establish four partner schools: two in northeast England (NE1 and NE2) and two in Birmingham (BM1 and BM2). Data were collected from headteachers, and school staff (including teachers, IT support and site management staff) through interviews and observations (during site visits and via video conferencing and email). Focus groups were conducted with students before and during trialling. Initial inquiry To investigate what approaches to collecting student views appeared viable for schools, we met headteachers and education and technology experts across all four schools. Three student focus groups were held at NE1 and NE2 in December 2022, focused on identifying questions about outdoor spaces and ideas on use of digital technology. These were run separately with students from Years 7-8, 9-11 and 12-13 (aged 11-13, 13-16 and 16-18) using site plans, visual prompts and, in the case of Years 7-8, a poster design session. The focus groups had three parts: (i) outdoor locations (dis)likes; (ii) digital technology use and options to gather opinions; (iii) development of poster designs. Focus groups are useful in generating rich understandings of participants’ experiences (Gill et al, 2008: 293) and visual methods can be helpful (Woolner et al., 2010). Care was taken to conduct the focus groups in an art classroom known to most of the participants, with a known art teacher in the room. Data gathered through the focus groups (audio recordings of discussions; observer fieldnotes; annotated plans; poster designs) were analysed and the findings were used to inform development of the tools. The two northern schools were more actively involved in this, through the student focus groups and staff offering suggestions on the poster design and wording of the online questionnaire. All the schools provided photographs of locations for the questionnaire, and supplied additional information such as how it would be distributed. Trialling tools (Feb – April 2022) All four schools opted to trial the online survey and the posters, but only one school (BM2) chose to use the QR codes. The tools were mainly rolled out in stages to schools due to development issues and school requirements. An online link to their questionnaire was provided to each school, while the posters were either delivered in person or posted, and the QR codes were emailed to the school trialling these. In all schools, the questionnaires were made available at around the same time as the posters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project demonstrates the basic viability of using digital tools to generate data about student use and views of school outdoor spaces, therefore developing understanding of student experiences. Yet, the tools in use and the data they collected also reveal some methodological and ethical uncertainties. They confirm the importance of outdoor space to young people, and the possibilities for students to ‘express their social and cultural worlds within schools’ (Holt, 2004: 22), while simultaneously threatening to make these more private spaces of school more visible to staff. Some of the ways that students subverted our intentions (voting low on the poster stars; failing to finish the questionnaire or adding joke answers; mainly ignoring the QR codes), are reassuring to ethical concerns about intrusion, suggesting that students still have agency to block our prying and resist ‘the spectre of unrelenting inspection and surveillance’ (Gulson and Symes, 2007: 105). Other researchers have noted these apparently limited resistances by students in school settings (Ralph and Levinson, 2019) and the challenges they can produce for researchers (Gallagher, 2008). Herein lies the accompanying concern for our digital tools as their subversion results in methodological uncertainty: apparent threats to the validity of the data produced and the meaning that can be developed. Clearly this is problematic to a narrow view of ‘collecting’ views, but if the tools are understood more as ways to start conversations (Vlachokyriakos et al., 2014) than as producing pure data, then they have promise. However, to function in this way, the wider ecology of the school must be open to student collaboration and distributions of power. Our own experiences as researchers dealing with the partner schools revealed limits to power-sharing, but that need not mean that using the digital tools to include students in understanding outdoor spaces is always impossible. References Coelho, C.; Cordeiro, A.; Alcoforado, L.; Moniz, G.C. (2022) Survey on Student SchoolSpaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392 Frelin, A. & Grannäs, J. (2022). Teachers’ pre-occupancy evaluation of affordances in a multi-zone flexible learning environment: – introducing an analytical model. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30:2, 243-259. Gallagher, M. (2008) ‘Power is not an evil’: rethinking power in participatory methods, Children's Geographies, 6:2, 137-150 Gill, P., Stewart, K., Treasure, E. Chadwick, B. (2008) Methods of data collection in qualitative research: interviews and focus groups. British Dental Journal 204, 291–295 Gislason, N. (2010) Architectural design and the learning environment: A framework for school design research, Learning Environment Research, 13:127–145 Gulson, K.N. & Symes, C. (2007) Knowing one's place: space, theory, education, Critical Studies in Education, 48:1, 97-110 Holt, L. (2004). The ‘voices’ of children: de‐centring empowering research relations. Children's Geographies, 2:1, 13–27 Ralph, T. & Levinson, M. (2019) Survival in the badlands: anexploration of disaffected students’ uses of space in a UK secondary school, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 40:8, 1188-1203 Vlachokyriakos, V., Comber, R., Ladha, K., Taylor, N., Dunphy, P., McCorry, P., Olivier, P. (2014) 'PosterVote: Expanding the Action Repertoire for Local Political Activism,' DIS 2014, June 21–25, 2014, Vancouver, BC, Canada Woolner, P., Hall, E., Clark, J., Tiplady, L., Thomas, U. and Wall, K. (2010). Pictures are necessary but not sufficient: using a range of visual methods to engage users about school design Learning Environments Research 13(1) 1-22. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 11 A: Supportive School Leadership in Enhancing Teacher Workplace and Professional Support (Part 3) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helen Goode Paper Session Part 3/3, continued from 26 SES 06 B |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Fostering Pre-service Teachers’ Educational Leadership through Storytelling: A Pedagogical Approach Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China Presenting Author:Introduction
Effective leadership is an important factor in teacher development. In recent years, teacher leadership has become the centre of educational research on improving educational practices (Beycioğlu & Aslan, 2010; Kilinç, 2014). Teacher leaders serve a variety of roles such as discovering their potential to influence student learning, improving teaching ability, influencing peer teachers and impacting policy decisions (Berg et al., 2014; Wenner & Campbell, 2017). In today’s information age, the advent of generative artificial intelligence has affected education profoundly (Hui, 2020). The challenges of the times call for teachers to cultivate teacher leadership, facilitating professional development and collaborative efforts to collectively confront digital challenges.
Storytelling is a novel educational method that facilitates knowledge obtaining (Scott et al., 2013). Storytelling has potential for enhancing teacher education, including as a means for exploring moral commitments and beliefs and for generating theories about teaching and learning (Bullough, 2010). Storytelling can encouraged novice teachers to think more like experts, to recognize an instructional event as an instance of a known category of problems. However, there are still relatively few studies that are set out from the pre-service teachers’ perspective and explore how storytelling can cultivate their teacher leadership.
Review of the teacher leadership literature shows that little is known about how teacher leadership manifests itself in action, especially in pre-service teachers (Muijs & Harris, 2006; Lai & Cheung, 2015). This gap leads to the focus of this study, which sets out to examine how to utilize storytelling to cultivate teacher leadership among pre-service teachers. To do this, this study built on the model of “the four Dempsey images” and uses grounded theory as an empowerment approach, to encourage teacher educators to design educational storytelling activities to foster pre-service teachers’ leadership. This study provides an instructional investigation into fostering pre-service teachers’ educational leadership through university-based teacher training. By using storytelling as the pedagogical method, this study demonstrates how to integrate the objective of building pre-service teacher leadership into the teacher education practices through pedagogical innovation. It is hoped that this case study can provoke theoretical discussions on how to harness the instructional pedagogy of educational storytelling as a meaningful practice in fostering pre-service teacher leadership.
Theoretical Framework
Dempsey (1992) offers a conceptual framework concerning teacher leadership, which consists of four images. In this study, Dempsey’s framework is also used to support the pre-service teachers’ leadership course design and as a data analysis tool for interpreting results. Image 1: Teacher as Fully Functioning Person suggests that teacher leaders must possess the ability to adapt, change, and grow. They must be fully committed to education while also continuing to strengthen their beliefs. Image 2: Teacher as Reflective Practitioner suggests that teacher leaders need to be reflective practitioners in order to foster substantial change when needed. Image 3: Teacher as Scholar notes that teacher leaders must be continual and flexible learners who apply knowledge both inside and outside of the classroom. Image 4: Teacher as Partner in Learning implies that teacher leaders take up the challenge of making collaborative communities of learning where not only students learn, but also where teachers, administrators, and parents learn.
Pre-service teachers need the ability to learn and adapt to new ways to teach their content. They need to enhance their skills to support the development of students’ learning needs. Meanwhile, they must collaborate with colleagues and parents to improve teaching practices. The four Dempsey images with adaptations to pre-service teachers served as the model of this research: pre-service teacher as fully functioning person, pre-service teacher as reflective practitioner, pre-service teacher as scholar, and pre-service teacher as learning partner. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design stems from a university curriculum named “Ethics of Education and Social Responsibility”, which aims to develop pre-service teachers’ leadership. A teacher educator from Shanghai Jiao Tong University participated in the design of this course programme. The teacher educator and one master student also worked as researcher and participated in the data collection and data analysis in this study. The participating pre-service teachers in this study are master students in a national degree named “Educational Professional Master”, which is the mainstream track to prepare students to enter the teaching profession in China. In total, 50 pre-service teachers participated in this programme. In this program, pre-service teachers engaged in a comprehensive project-based learning activity that spanned the entire course duration. They were tasked with conducting interviews with an educator whom they considered to have a model effect on their development, aiming to capture and share impactful educational stories from a uniquely personal perspective. This task not only provided them with practical teaching experience but also encouraged a profound exploration of the teaching philosophies employed by exceptional educators. The interviews and written materials presented by pre-service teachers during their reports were systematically collected. In addition, semi-structured interviews were conducted with eight students teachers to collect information concerning their reflections on enhancing teacher leadership through storytelling in the course. To complement the data above, this study also collected the artefacts that the teacher educator and pre-service teachers have produced throughout this course programme. Artefacts can convey many messages in which the cultural and contextual dynamics are manifested (Schein, 1992). These artefacts include the training materials that teacher educator designed on her own; the personal reflective writings provided by pre-service teachers; the textual feedback and exchanges among the participating teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this paper are summarized into three strands. Firstly, the paper shows that by integrating the theoretical framework of teacher leadership, educational storytelling is an effective approach for pre-service teachers to support the cultivation of these multifaceted leadership qualities. The art of crafting educational stories serves as a dynamic tool in addressing the diverse roles expected of teacher leaders. Through storytelling, pre-service teachers absorb theoretical knowledge, engage in reflective practices, adapt to the changing educational situations as well as forging dynamic partnerships for collective learning. In this way, they are able to establish a relatable framework for effectively grappling with complex educational scenarios in the future, which is a significant aspect of effective teacher leadership. Secondly, this paper reveals that the impact of educational storytelling extends beyond conventional instructional methods by creating a more immersive and engaging learning experience. The narrative format captivates the attention of pre-service teachers and allows them to connect emotionally with the interviewed teachers, making it more likely for them to internalize essential educational concepts, apply the acquired knowledge in practical teaching situations and strengthen their educational beliefs. With this emotional resonance, pre-service teachers are better equipped to foster a deeper understanding of their roles and responsibilities as future teacher leaders. Thirdly, this paper observed that the collaborative learning in storytelling contributes to the professional development, which aligns with the multifaceted nature of teacher leadership. By analyzing and sharing stories from excellent teachers, pre-service teachers engage in a collective exploration of educational strategies and philosophies. This collaborative aspect enhances their capacity to lead by example, influence their peers positively, and contribute collectively to the improvement of teaching practices. References Beycioglu, K., & Aslan, B. (2010). Öğretmen liderliği ölçeği: Geçerlik ve güvenirlik çalışması. İlköğretim Online, 9(2), 2-13. Kilinç, A. Ç. (2014). Examining the Relationship between Teacher Leadership and School Climate. Educational Sciences: Theory and Practice, 14(5), 1729-1742. Berg, J. H., Carver, C. L., & Mangin, M. M. (2014). Teacher leader model standards: implications for preparation, policy, and practice. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 9(2), 195–217. Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134–171. Luan, H., Geczy, P., Lai, H., Gobert, J., Yang, S. J., Ogata, H., ... & Tsai, C. C. (2020). Challenges and future directions of big data and artificial intelligence in education. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 580820. Scott, S.D., Brett-MacLean, P., Archibald, M., Hartling, L., 2013. Protocol for a systematic review of the use of narrative storytelling and visual-arts-based approaches as knowledge translation tools in healthcare. Syst. Rev. 2 (1), 1–7. Bullough, R. V. (2010). Parables, Storytelling, and Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 153-160. Muijs D and Harris A (2006) Teacher led school improvement: Teacher leadership in the UK. Teaching and Teacher Education 22(8): 961–972. Lai, E., & Cheung, D. (2015). Enacting teacher leadership: The role of teachers in bringing about change. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(5), 673-692. Dempsey, R. (1992). Teachers as leaders: towards a conceptual framework. Teaching Education, 5(1), 113–120. Schein, E. (1992). Organizational culture and leadership. San francisco: CA: Jossey-Bass. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Exploring the Leadership Demands on Early-Career Teachers: Securing Hope for the Future University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Schools are increasingly complex organisations and research on leadership in schools is capturing this complexity (Harris & Jones, 2017, 2022). Whilst leadership from principals remains important and continues to be studied (Grissom, et al. 2021research on teacher and middle leadership has accelerated in recent years (Arar & Oplatka, 2022;De Nobile, 2021 ; Harris & Jones, 2017; Lipscombe et al. 2023; Schott et al., 2020). Whilst there is considerable research about the work of early career teachers (Watt & Richardson, 2023), and teacher preparation programs are beginning to include leadership training (Acquaro, 2019), there is almost no empirical research focussed on the leadership work of early career teachers. Given the current Australian, and now global, growing teacher and principal shortages, is timely to consider the leadership work and expectations, as well as the leadership demands on early career teachers.
This study sought to explore and answer the following research questions: Main research question:
Sub-questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study sought to understand the leadership demands new teachers face through their first four years of their teaching career through exploring what these educators are asked to do, and actually do, in terms of leadership practices, and any influence this may have on their career aspirations. This study employed a qualitative methodology where data were collected through semi-structured individual interviews of 20 recent graduates of teacher education programs from one Australian university in Melbourne. Individual interviews lasting 45-60 minutes were conducted online, transcribed and later coded to build thematic understandings. Early-career teachers were chosen through purposeful selection, with the conditions being that they were in their first to fourth year of their teaching career and currently employed in a school. Participants represented a diverse range of attributes such as sex, age, years in the profession, school system, school type, employment status and whether they held a leadership role in the school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the study highlight three important external antecedents that play in early-career teachers’ interest towards leadership roles, namely: previous leadership experience, personal characteristics and any educational leadership studies as part of their initial teacher training. Once employed in schools, if and how they take on leadership roles appears to be directly affected by a number of demands associated to their roles, such as the type of leadership demands imposed by the school, the level of support they receive together with the culture and climate of the school. There also seem to be a strong relationship between the leadership demands and teachers’ employment status (e.g., permanent or fixed-term). Consequently, the way in which these demands converged with the external antecedents determined to an extent their job satisfaction and their personal outlook towards remaining in the profession and their likelihood to seek leadership roles in the future. Finally, findings also revealed that by the time early-career teachers (ECTs) were in their third or fourth year, they had already been asked to apply for a formal leadership role, or were already acting in one. As a result of fragile work security in the sector, those ECTs who had been or were on contracts described how they accepted leadership roles in the hope that this would lead to more secure and permanent work. The study has also captured the leadership work that ECTs self-initiated as part of their desire to support students and their schools. A new model has been designed to understand the leadership demands on early-career teachers. References Acquaro, D. (2019). Preparing the next generation of educational leaders: Initiating a leadership discourse in initial teacher education. International Studies in Educational Administration, 47(2), 107-124. Arar, K. & Oplatka, I. (2022). Advanced Theories of Educational Leadership, Springer. De Nobile, J. (2021). Researching middle leadership in schools: The state of the art, International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(2), 3-27. Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J. & Lindsay, C. A. (2021). How Principals Affect Students and Schools. A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research. The Wallace Foundation. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: Reflections, recognition, and renaissance. School Leadership and Management, 37(3), 213-216. Harris, A. & Jones, M. (2022). Leading during a pandemic - What the evidence tells us. School Leadership and Management, 42(2), 105-109. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management, Administration and Leadership, 51(2), 270–288. Schott, C., van Roekel, H. & Tummers, L. G (2020). Teacher leadership: A systematic review, methodological quality assessment and conceptual framework, Educational Research Review, 31, 24. Watt, H.M.G., & Richardson, P.W. (2023), Supportive school workplaces for beginning teachers' motivations and career satisfaction. In, T. Urdan &. E.N. Gonida (Eds) Remembering the Life, Work, and Influence of Stuart A. Karabenick (Advances in Motivation and Achievement, Vol. 22) (Leeds: Emerald), pp. 115-138. Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134-171. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Impact of School Leadership on Teacher Retention: Where Teachers Stay and How They Thrive 1University College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:The important role of a high-quality teaching profession in raising standards, reducing achievement inequalities, and transforming educational outcomes cannot be better emphasised in research papers. This four-year longitudinal research – upon which this paper is based – investigates the effects of the Early Career Framework (ECF) programme, within the context of school-related and individual factors, upon teacher retention decisions. The purpose is to fill an important evidence gap on the impact of related programme-level and school-level factors on the professional dispositions, perceived effectiveness, and retention decisions of early career teachers. In this paper we report results of the structural equation modelling (SEM) analysis of the Year 1 teacher survey which explored the impact of school leadership on the learning and retention decisions of early career teachers. Context Investing in teachers’ career-long professional learning and development has been regarded by policy makers, researchers and thinktanks as a cost-effective approach to retaining committed and capable teachers for the profession (Department for Education (DfE), 2019; EPI, 2020, 2021a and 2021b; RAND, 2021; PBE, 2022; Perry et al., 2022). It remains the case, however, for diverse and complex socio-economic and political reasons, that retaining committed and effective teachers is a real challenge. Conceptual framing The framing of the conceptual framework is informed by the social ecological theory of human development and other research about employee turnover and persistence (e.g., March & Simon, 1958; Peterson & Seligman, 2004; Porter & Steers, 1973) and variation in teacher turnover (e.g., T. D. Nguyen & Springer, 2023). The socio-ecological interpretation of human development provides a useful lens for investigating how multilevel contexts of the environments in which teachers work impact on their learning, growth and development over the course of their professional lives. This theoretical underpinning emerged from Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ground-breaking work on human development which is, in essence, concerned with the interconnectedness and interactions between multilevel systems and the ways they shape the course of human development throughout the life span.
Within this socio-ecological interpretation of human development, we have encompassed ideas from Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT), especially the work of Lent and his colleagues (e.g., Lent et al., 2002). Exemplifying many of the features of positive psychology (Seligman, 2002), SCCT is rooted in constructivist assumptions encompassed in Bandura’s general social cognitive theory (1986) about the agency of individuals in shaping their own behaviour. According to such theory, a considerable proportion of human behaviour can be explained by an array of beliefs about oneself, influenced by the contexts in which one finds oneself.
Taken together, such conceptual framing places the focus of our investigation on the reciprocal interaction between the capability development of the individual teacher and the quality of multiple reciprocating systems in which their careers are located. Personal goals and outcomes are therefore seen as nurtured by the environments in which they work.
Research questions RQ.1: What have been the impact of early career teachers’ learning on the Early Career Framework (ECF) (induction) programme on their learning and retention decisions? RQ.2: What are the main factors leading to teachers’ decision to stay? RQ.3: How does school leadership impact – if at all – on early career teachers’ learning on the ECF programme and retention?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and procedure Survey invitations were sent to all early career teachers (ECTs) in their first year of the ECF programme between June and October 2023. A total of 904 ECTs responded representing 15% response rate. Demographics of our sample appear to be broadly representative of national figures for ECTs regarding gender, ethnicity, and contract types (e.g. full time permanent), as well as school phase. Thus, we are confident about the external validity of the research findings in that they are highly relevant to the experiences of the ECT population nationally. Instruments The survey comprised 96 questions plus demographic data. School context data was added to include national school inspection judgement outcomes, percentage of pupils eligible for Free School Meals (a key indicator for school socioeconomic disadvantage), and region (Department for Education, 2022). Responses were rated on a Likert scale of 1-6, with 1 the least positive response and 6 the most positive response. The survey assessed programme satisfaction, mastery and implementation of learning, leadership practices, school culture, professional growth opportunities, teacher self-efficacy, resilience, job satisfaction, wellbeing. The outcome variable was teacher destinations (recoded into 1=staying, 2=moving, 3=leaving teaching). Data analysis Survey scales were tested for construct validity using confirmatory factor analysis. Scales were adjusted and factor scores were created from remaining items and tested for correlation with teacher destination. Missing categorical outcome data (n=6) were deleted list-wise, leaving a final sample of n=898 for analysis. Factors significantly associated with destination were analysed using a structural equation model (SEM) in R Studio (Rstudio Team, 2020) using the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). All variables significantly associated with the outcome were included in the initial structural model. Non-significant or confounding pathways were trimmed. The final SEM model was applied separately to each imputed data set in R Studio and parameter estimates pooled using Rubin’s rules (Rubin, 1976). Model fit indices were considered separately for each imputed dataset using established cut-off values, with the caveat that cut-off values are frequently based upon ML estimation and not well established for DWLS estimation (Xia & Yang, 2019), thus cut-offs are treated with some caution. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results We used a structural equation model to test the effects of programme-related factors (programme satisfaction, mastery of learning, implementation of learning), school-related factors (successful leadership practices, professional growth opportunities, collaborative culture) and personal dispositions (self-efficacy, resilience, satisfaction and engagement in teaching, job satisfaction in school, wellbeing in teaching, and wellbeing in school), upon teacher destinations. Model fit was assessed as good across twenty imputed data sets, with the range of model fit indices: CFI (.97-.98), TLI (.97-.98), RMSEA (.044-.049) and SRMR (.068 -.072). Three key takeaway messages are as follows: Message 1: ECTs’ satisfaction with the ECF programme is closely associated with leadership practices in their school. The statistically significant iterative association between programme satisfaction and leadership practices indicates close connections between ECTs’ learning experiences on ECF and the influence of in-school leadership practices. Message 2: ECTs’ satisfaction with their learning experiences on the ECF programme impact directly on their mastery of the programme content and use of the learning in their teaching practice (i.e. ‘implementation’). It is the use of learning in context that improves ECTs’ ‘self-efficacy’ and subsequently enhances their ‘resilience’, ‘satisfaction and engagement’ and ‘wellbeing in teaching’. Message 3: Professional growth opportunities – created by leadership practices – are a necessary in-school condition that enables ECTs to use their learning from the ECF programme to improve their self-efficacy, resilience, engagement and wellbeing in teaching. As importantly, ECTs’ experience of professional growth opportunities provided by their schools also has a significant and direct impact on their decisions about retention. Scholarly significance Evidence suggests that by focussing narrowly on building individual teachers’ learning entitlements, knowledge and skills, many UK-wide teacher development initiatives have largely ignored the integral role of the school organisation in enabling (or constraining) teacher learning and thus failed to bring about the desired results. References Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Department for Education. (2019). Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. Department for Education. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/786856/DFE_Teacher_Retention_Strategy_Report.pdf Department for Education. (2022). Get Information about Schools—GOV.UK. https://get-information-schools.service.gov.uk/Establishments/Search/PrepareDownload?SelectedTab=Establishments&SearchType=EstablishmentAll&SearchType=EstablishmentAll&OpenOnly=true&TextSearchModel.AutoSuggestValue=&f=true&b=1&b=4 Education Policy Institute. (2020). The effects of high-quality professional development on teachers and students: A rapid review and meta-analysis. London: Education Policy Institute. Education Policy Institute. (2021a). Policy analysis: Teacher recruitment and retention in the eye of the pandemic. London: Education Policy Institute. https://epi.org.uk/publications-and-research/recruitment-and-retention-in-the-eye-of-the-pandemic/ Education Policy Institute. (2021b). The cost of high-quality professional development for teachers in England. London: Education Policy Institute. Lent, R. W., & Brown, S. D. (2002). Social cognitive career theory and adult career development. In S.G. Niles (Ed.), Adult career development: Concepts, issues and practices (pp. 76–97). National Career Development Association. March, J. G., & Simon, H. A. (1958). Organizations. Wiley. Nguyen, T., & Springer, M. (2021). A conceptual framework of teacher turnover: a systematic review of the empirical international literature and insights from the employee turnover literature. Educational Review, 75(5), 993-1028. Perry, E., Halliday, J., Higginson, J., & Patel, S. (2022). Meeting the Challenge of Providing High-quality Continuing Professional Development for Teachers. London: Wellcome. Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification. Oxford University Press; American Psychological Association. Porter, L. W., & Steers, R.M. (1973). Organizational, Work, and Personal Factors in Employee Turnover and Absenteeism. Psychological Bulletin, 80, 151-176. Pro Bono Economics (PBE) (2022). Learning to Save: Teacher CPD as a Cost-Effective Approach to Improving Retention. London: Pro Bono Economics. RAND (2021). Understanding Teacher Retention: Using a Discrete Choice Experiment to measure Teacher Retention in England. Cambridge: Office for Manpower Economics. RStudio Team. (2020). RStudio: Integrated Development Environment for R. RStudio, PBC. http://www.rstudio.com/ Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. Rubin, D. B. (1976). Inference and Missing Data. Biometrika, 63(3), 581–592. JSTOR. Seligman, M. E. P. (2002). Authentic happiness: Using the new positive psychology to realize your potential for lasting fulfilment. New York: Free Press. Xia, Y., & Yang, Y. (2019). RMSEA, CFI, and TLI in structural equation modeling with ordered categorical data: The story they tell depends on the estimation methods. Behavior Research Methods, 51(1), 409–428. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper What Keeps Teachers in Teaching? Evidence from a Systematic Review of Research Reviews 1University College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Introduction This paper presents a systematic review of research reviews on teacher retention. The purpose is to identify knowledge claims about why teachers stay in teaching and through this, establish a nuanced conceptual account of how school systems improve teacher retention. Although the literature associated with teacher retention has been investigated and mapped in various ways in existing research reviews, as our analysis in this paper shows, most previous attempts have focussed on exploring effects of discrete factors despite many factors exercise interconnected effects on teachers’ decision to stay or leave the profession.
Context Improving teacher retention is a priority in many countries across the globe as it has direct and indirect effects on student learning. Investing in teachers’ development has been seen by researchers, thinktanks and policy makers as a cost-effective approach to improving retention (e.g., Burge et al., 2021; Fletcher-Wood & Zuccollo, 2020; Pro Bono Economics (PBE), 2022; Van den Brande & Zuccollo, 2021). However, despite extensive investment in teachers’ human capital, it remains the case, for diverse and complex personal, socio-economic and political reasons, that retaining and developing committed, resilient and effective teachers is a real challenge. In the world of high-income countries, such as the USA, the UK and many European countries, shortage of teacher supply tends to be a particularly pressing problem for core subject areas such as maths, modern foreign languages and science (European Commission, 2012; Katsarova, 2020) and for schools serving socio-economically deprived and marginalised communities (Allen & McInerney, 2019; Boyd et al., 2008; Guarino et al., 2006; Ingersoll, 2001).
New conceptual framing to understand teacher retention The framing of the conceptual framework is informed by the social ecological theory of human development and other research about employee turnover and persistence (e.g., March & Simon, 1958; Peterson & Seligman, 2004; Porter & Steers, 1973) and variation in teacher turnover (e.g., T. D. Nguyen & Springer, 2023). The socio-ecological interpretation of human development provides a useful lens for investigating how multilevel contexts of the environments in which teachers work impact on their learning, growth and development over the course of their professional lives. This theoretical underpinning emerged from Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ground-breaking work on human development which is, in essence, concerned with the interconnectedness and interactions between multilevel systems and the ways they shape the course of human development throughout the life span.
Within this socio-ecological interpretation of human development, we have encompassed ideas from Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT), especially the work of Lent and his colleagues (e.g., Lent et al., 2002). Exemplifying many of the features of positive psychology (Seligman, 2002), SCCT is rooted in constructivist assumptions encompassed in Bandura’s general social cognitive theory (1986) about the agency of individuals in shaping their own behaviour. According to such theory, a considerable proportion of human behaviour can be explained by an array of beliefs about oneself, influenced by the contexts in which one finds oneself.
Taken together, such conceptual framing places the focus of our investigation on the reciprocal interaction between the capability development of the individual teacher and the quality of multiple reciprocating systems in which their careers are located. Personal goals and outcomes are therefore seen as nurtured by the environments in which they work.
Research questions The following research questions were used to guide our review: RQ.1: What are the most significant school-related factors positively influencing teacher retention? RQ.2: How do those factors, individually and in combination, influence teacher retention? RQ.3: How best can we conceptualise existing evidence about factors that influence teacher retention?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Search strategy We reviewed existing reviews conducted from 2013 to 2023, which cover the topic of teacher retention. To identify those reviews, we searched the databases Scopus, EBSCOhost, ProQuest and Web of Science using the following set of keywords: “teacher retention” or “teacher attrition” or “teacher turnover” or “teacher supply” or “teacher shortage” or “teacher leav*” or “teacher stay*” or “teacher mov*” or “teacher mobility” or “teacher quit*” or “teacher dropout” and literature review or research review or systematic review or meta-analysis. We searched within the document title, abstract and keywords in August 2023. We have also conducted a manual search in key journals publishing reviews as well as a manual search in the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. For a study to be included in our analysis, it had to meet the following criteria: • Review of empirical research (any type of research – quantitative, qualitative and/or mixed), • Published in English language, • Published between 2013 and 2023 to cover reviews published during the last 10 years, • Peer-reviewed journal article, • Teachers in schools as a population of interest, • Focus on factors influencing teacher retention and attrition, • Description of a search strategy (e.g., keywords) and inclusion criteria for the evidence reviewed. Screening A two-step screening was conducted to identify the relevant reviews to answer our research questions. After the removal of duplicates, we first screened papers based on their title and abstract and then based on full text. A total of 17 reviews were deemed relevant and therefore included in our review. Quality assurance We used the type of publication (i.e., peer-reviewed journal articles) for quality assurance purposes. In addition to that, the quality of the included papers was taken as face value and the different quality assurance/appraisal approaches adopted by the papers were reviewed. Analytical approach To map existing evidence, we first coded the 17 reviews based on the following descriptive characteristics: type of destinations, population of interest, review aim(s), review period, review sample size, sources of evidence, types of evidence, and quality assessment. To identify factors that influence teacher retention and attrition, we coded the evidence presented as part of the results of the reviews, often organised in conceptual frameworks/models. Coding of factors was guided by our conceptual framework. Based on the quality assurance/appraisal approaches adopted by the papers, we conducted coding of the influential factors using 9 reviews out of the 17. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Taken together the reviews cover a considerable time frame from 1980 to 2022. Teachers in schools were the target population of the reviews, with some cases focusing on more specific groups of teachers, e.g., special educators, career-changers, and teachers in rural schools. Regarding the types of departures (i.e., leaving a school, leaving the profession) examined in the studies, it was found that eight reviews focussed on both types of “leavings” without making a distinction between them in the presentation of their results. Leaving the profession was the focus of eight reviews, while leaving a school was the focus of one review. A total of 103 factors were identified across the 9 review papers analysed. Informed by the existing research on school leadership and educational improvement, the identified factors were grouped into categories, or conceptual building blocks, based on a more nuanced conceptualisation of the connection between these factors as presented in our conceptual framework. The following six conceptual categories describe the identified factors – external policy context, school leadership, teacher working conditions, school characteristics, personal dispositions, and teacher personal characteristics; and using the ecological conceptual framing, the interconnections between the categories show how they influence each other in educational settings to impact teacher retention. Scholarly significance Many existing reviews present retention factors in a list-like manner, without making conceptual connections between those factors. Although some review papers have produced their own conceptual frameworks, they address only part of the conceptual framing that we have produced. An important contribution of our paper is the development of a research-informed, more nuanced approach to understanding how leadership and the school organisation improve teacher retention. References Allen, B., & McInerney, L. (2019). The Recruitment Gap: Attracting Teachers to Schools Serving Disadvantaged Communities. In Sutton Trust. Sutton Trust. https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/The-Recruitment-Gap.pdf Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Boyd, D., Grossman, P., Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2008). Who Leaves? Teacher Attrition and Student Achievement [Working Paper]. National Bureau of Economic Research. https://doi.org/10.3386/w14022 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Harvard University Press. Burge, P., Lu, H., & Phillips, W.D. (2021). Understanding Teaching Retention: Using a discrete choice experiment to measure teacher retention in England. RAND Corporation. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RRA181-1.html European Commission. (2012). Key data on education in Europe 2012. Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/documents/3217494/5741409/978-92-9201-242-7-EN.PDF.pdf/d0dcb0da-5c52-4b33-becb-027f05e1651f?t=1414776824000 Fletcher-Wood, H., & Zuccollo, J. (2020). The effects of high-quality professional development on teachers and students: A rapid review and meta-analysis. Education Policy Institute. https://epi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/EPI-Wellcome_CPD-Review__2020.pdf Guarino, C.M., Santibañez, L., & Daley, G.A. (2006). Teacher Recruitment and Retention: A Review of the Recent Empirical Literature. Review of Educational Research, 76(2), 173–208. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543076002173 Ingersoll, R.M. (2001). Teacher Turnover and Teacher Shortages: An Organizational Analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 38(3), 499–534. Katsarova, I. (2020). Teaching careers in the EU: Why boys do not want to be teachers. European Parliamentary Research Service. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/BRIE/2019/642220/EPRS_BRI(2019)642220_EN.pdf Lent, R.W., Brown, S.D., & Hackett, G. (2002). Social Cognitive Career Theory. In D. Brown (Ed.), Career Choice and Development (4th ed., pp. 255–311). Wiley. March, J.G., & Simon, H.A. (1958). Organizations. Wiley. Nguyen, T.D., & Springer, M.G. (2023). A conceptual framework of teacher turnover: A systematic review of the empirical international literature and insights from the employee turnover literature. Educational Review, 75(5), 993–1028. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1940103 Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. (2004). Character Strengths and Virtues: A Handbook and Classification. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association; New York: Oxford University Press. Porter, L.W., & Steers, R.M. (1973). Organizational, work, and personal factors in employee turnover and absenteeism. Psychological Bulletin, 80(2), 151–176. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0034829 Pro Bono Economics (PBE). (2022). Learning to save: Teacher CPD as a cost-effective approach to improving retention. Pro Bono Economics. https://www.probonoeconomics.com/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=3d3c088c-8804-46fe-a04d-e67f0d4ae76f Seligman, M.E.P. (2002). Authentic Happiness: Using the New Positive Psychology to Realize Your Potential for Lasting Fulfillment. Simon and Schuster. Van den Brande, J., & Zuccollo, J. (2021). The cost of high-quality professional development for teachers in England. Education Policy Institute. https://epi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2021-Cost-of-quality-teacher-cpd_EPI.pdf |
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 11 B: Enhancing School Improvement in Underperforming Schools/Schools Facing Challenging Circumstances through Effective Leadership and Interventions Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Stephan Huber Session Chair: Stephan Huber Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Enhancing School Improvement in Underperforming Schools/Schools Facing Challenging Circumstances through Effective Leadership and Interventions This symposium aims to explore the contemporary evidence and insights surrounding the improvement of underperforming schools and those facing challenging circumstances, with a particular focus on the critical role of leadership and the effectiveness of interventions. Underperforming schools and those facing challenging circumstances often require local or national interventions due to difficulties in meeting acceptable performance levels, managing school development processes and facing scrutiny. Due to their location and the composition of the student body, schools in challenging circumstances face more difficult conditions and are particularly challenged. Serving a high proportion of students from non-privileged family situations (usually measured by the educational attainment and financial circumstances of the parents), these poorer socio-economic circumstances are often associated with special compensatory services provided by the school. In addition, schools in challenging circumstances have different organizational quality characteristics (e.g., Author, 2020). When quality characteristics differ, schools need external support. To be able to face these different problem and stress constellations of particularly challenged schools, it is therefore necessary to take a differentiated view of the stress characteristics as well as different school development and support approaches, which are based on the specific needs of the schools (e.g., Author, 2017). The necessary additional support from the system can be provided within the framework of professionalization and advisory services. The range of support measures can vary, including leadership development through training and further education, process consulting and coaching offers, and providing additional resources in the form of time, equipment, and funding. The symposium addresses this complex issue through four papers from the UK, the USA and Germany. The first paper examines the importance of school leadership in the turnaround process of underperforming schools and explores its influence on school improvement through a review of evidence from 2010-2020. The paper provides insights on current research and generates seven key themes based on the selected evidence, that related specifically to the leadership in the improvement of underperforming schools. The second paper examines school improvement planning in the context of underperforming schools in the United States. It investigates the mechanisms and effectiveness of the University Leadership Development Program (ULDP) which is an in-service program that partners with school districts to provide both district-level leaders and school principals of underperforming schools with joint professional learning services. The third paper investigates the development and implementation of leadership pipelines in the United States which operate to identify and prepare candidates for school leadership positions to address shortages in the education profession, especially hard to staff schools. The mixed methods study provides insights on the effectiveness and the relevancy of leadership pipelines. The fourth paper presents a mixed methods longitudinal study assessing the quality and benefits of a support program for schools facing challenging circumstances. The study assesses the impact of interventions on school leadership, development, and overall quality and highlights the importance of coherent and persistent interventions which also consider the school context for successful changes in the school quality. The symposium will discuss the role of leadership for school turnaround, the effectiveness of school development programs, necessary conditions for successful implementation, and practical implications with the plenary. Overall, this symposium seeks to contribute valuable insights into enhancing school improvement efforts in underperforming schools and those facing challenging circumstances. By focusing on effective leadership and evidence-based interventions, attendees will gain a deeper understanding of the strategies and approaches necessary to drive positive change and foster educational success in challenging contexts. References Author. (2017). Author. (2020). Presentations of the Symposium Leading the Improvement of Underperforming Schools: Reviewing the Contemporary Evidence
The international evidence base concerning the improvement of schools considered to be underperforming is diverse and wide-ranging. Schools that fail to meet acceptable levels of performance, often measured in standardised ways, regularly fall under scrutiny and frequently are in receipt of local or national interventions (Brown & Malin, 2022). This paper reviews the contemporary evidence (2010-2020) to ascertain how far leadership remains a critical factor in the turnaround process. This paper draws upon a selected evidence base to explore the influence of leadership on the improvement of underperforming schools. The review process involved identifying, screening, and selecting 19 articles, 16 books, and 10 reports related to the topic. The findings emphasise the critical role of leadership in addressing the complex issues faced by underperforming schools as the key resource for improvement. The paper offers a current lens on leading the improvement of underperforming schools and adds to the knowledge base by providing seven new themes based on the evidence considered. Collectively, these seven themes reflect the way that leadership is understood and enacted within schools that are underperforming. Based on the evidence, implications for policy, research, and leadership practice are derived and discussed.
References:
Brown, C., & Malin, J. R. (Eds.). (2022). The Emerald Handbook of Evidence-Informed Practice in Education: Learning from International Contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited.
Lessons Learned from the Joint Work of District Leaders and School Principals on School Improvement Planning
School turnaround and related policy in the United States have emphasized school improvement planning as a key mechanism for the leaders of underperforming schools to radically improve their organizations and increase student performance (Mintrop et al., 2001). Principals have developed school improvement plans (SIPs), however, mostly to comply with federal and local policy (Author, 2022), resulting in satisficing behaviors (Simon, 1957) in which they do enough to meet reporting expectations but not to engage in authentic efforts to change (Author, 2019). The University Leadership Development Program (ULDP) is an in-service program that partners with school districts to provide both district-level leaders and school principals of underperforming schools with joint professional learning services spanning approximately 2.5 years. Despite evidence of impact on student achievement (Herman et al., 2019; Player & Katz, 2016), the mechanisms of ULDP remain understudied. Combining multiple strands of research on ULDP, I draw on more than 300 SIPs, 50 interviews, and 100 hours of observations of district leaders and school principals to report on how successfully partnering district and school leaders effectively leverage SIPs together to build cohesion across levels; strategically identify, garner, and leverage resources and supports for underperforming schools; and incorporate leader coaching and guidance through a shared focus on achieving SIP goals. I conclude that for SIPs to be a lever to improve underperforming schools, district leaders and school principals must intentionally and collaboratively develop SIPs and maintain focused, ongoing coaching relationships centred on completing them and making necessary, ongoing adjustments to them.
References:
Author. (2019).
Author. (2022).
Herman R., Gates, S. M., Arifkhanova, A., et al. (2019). School leadership interventions under the every student succeeds act: Evidence review. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1550-3.html
Mintrop, H., MacLellan, A. M., & Quintero, M. F. (2001). School improvement plans in schools on probation: a comparative content analysis across three accountability systems. Educational Administration Quarterly, 37(2), 197-218.
https://doi.org/10.1177/00131610121969299
Player, D., & Katz, V. (2016). Assessing school turnaround: Evidence from Ohio. The Elementary School Journal, 116(4), 675–698. https://doi.org/10.1086/686467
Simon, H.A. (1957), Models of man, Wiley.
Pathways to the Principalship: Principal Pipelines in the Face of Teacher Shortages
Teacher shortages, exacerbated and heightened by the pandemic, not only impact classrooms but have implications for the future of school leadership as well. Leadership pipelines operate to systematically identify and prepare candidates who are equipped to step into the principalship (Gates, et al, 2019). The objective of this paper is to examine the development and implementation of leadership pipelines to address shortages in the education profession, especially hard to staff schools. Leadership pipelines typically work towards alignment among seven domains: leader standards, high quality pre-service principal preparation, selective hiring and placement, on the job evaluation and support, principal supervision, leader tracking data systems, and systems and capacity to support and sustain principal pipelines.
The paper is rooted in the literature on distract capacity for complex change that articulates the capacity for ongoing learning in central office settings, staffing expertise, and strategic leadership (Russell & Sabina, 2014, Farrell & Coburn, 2017; Honig, 2018).
Mixed methods are used to analyze the development of leadership pipelines in a sample 60 districts across the United States who participated in an initiative to plan, develop and implement principal pipelines. We collected and analyzed survey data from 376 central office and interview data from 86 central office leaders.
Findings suggest that district leaders viewed pipelines as critical for school effectiveness and school improvement, providing districts with multiple avenues to identify, hire, develop, and support future leaders. Pipelines not only included pathways for future principals, but assistant principals, teacher leaders, and others. Second, we found that many district leaders noted the importance of using pipelines as a strategy to address equity and diversity, through the recruitment and retention of leaders of color. Third, we found that a range of factors inhibited or supported the development and sustainability of leadership pipelines, such as superintendent support and stability, central office culture and structures, communication and collaboration across departments, and the larger context of a district.
References:
Farrell, C. C., Coburn, C. E., & Chong, S. (2019). Under what conditions do school districts learn from external partners? The role of absorptive capacity. American Educational Research Journal, 56(3), 955–994.
Gates, S. M., Baird, M. D., Master, B. K., & Chavez-Herrerias, E. R. (2019). Principal pipelines: A feasible, affordable, and effective way for districts to improve schools. (RR-2666-WF). ERIC.
Honig, M. I., & Hatch, T. C. (2004). Crafting coherence: How schools strategically manage multiple, external demands. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 16–30.
Russell, J. L., & Sabina, L. L. (2014). Planning for principal succession: A conceptual framework for research and practice. Journal of School Leadership, 24(4), 599-639.
Interventions for School Quality Improvement: The Quality, Benefits, and Effects
This paper examines the quality and benefits of a support program for schools offering various interventions and their impact on school leadership, school development and school quality in schools in challenging circumstances.
This five-year longitudinal mixed methods study is based on a sample of around 150 schools in North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany. Over a period of three years, half of the schools experienced further measures to professionalize school leadership (e.g., coaching of school leaders, continuous professional development program) and support school development (additional financial resources, school development consultancy).
The analyses are built on two different surveys of staff and school leaders on the work situation and on the interventions assessed each program year. In addition to a descriptive evaluation of the quality assessments of staff and school leaders, regression analyses are conducted to examine the impact of specific program components on selected school quality characteristics during the program period. Since the program was implemented at the school level, the analyses were conducted accordingly. Using a comparison group design, it is possible to compare the changes in project schools and comparison schools and relate them to the program components. To capture changes in schools based on questionnaire data, the effect size Cohen's d (Cohen, 1988) was calculated, which relates to the practical relevance of the results.
The results of the study show the very positive assessment of the program’s quality and benefits and its positive consequences on the organization’s quality. The regression analyses demonstrate that positively perceived outcome qualities of the interventions are associated with improvements in numerous dimensions of school quality, such as cooperative leadership. For example: The school members’ positive perception of the benefits (β = .26**) and achieved goals (β = .28**) as well as their perception of an increase in competence development (β = .25**), behavioral (β = .27**) and organizational (β = .15*) change through the school’s work with a process consultancy for school development is associated with an improved coordination of action of the steering group as perceived by the employees. Furthermore, the effect sizes indicate that most schools involved in the program showed better development over time than the comparison schools.
Overall, the findings provide evidence for the effectiveness of school development programs on school leadership and school improvement. Based on these results, the interventions will be discussed in terms of their effects and the necessary conditions for successful implementation, along with their practical implications.
References:
Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203771587
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 11 C: Innovative Learning and Educational Environments, and Shared Leadership Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helma Oolbekkink-Marchand Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Shared Leadership - the Assistant Principal´s Role in Swedish Schools University of Umeå, Sweden Presenting Author:The task of principals in schools and preschools is complex and far reaching and thus hard to handle by one single person. Yet, in Sweden the law states that the principle is solely responsible for leading and coordinating the activities at schools and preschools (SFS 2010:800). However, to strengthen the school leadership and support the principal many Swedish schools have hired assistant principals. In fact, the number of assistant principals in Swedish schools have increased fourfold in the last ten years (skolverket 2022). These developments can be understood through the developing research field of shared leadership (Döös & Wilhelmson, 2021). In shared leadership research the understanding of leadership practice goes beyond traditional, singular ways of organising leadership functions. Instead, leadership is seen as a collective endeavour including multiple individuals with different forms and functions. In the international literature there is an expanding acknowledgement that issues surrounding schools and education in general is becoming increasingly complex (Yada & Jäppinen, 2022). This, in turn, have spurred the question of whether principals can, or should, tackle diverse organisational problems alone (Leithwood & Mascall, 2008). Indeed, many researchers suggest that school leadership is better understood as a shared phenomenon that requires collective actions to address and manage issues at hand (Hallinger & Heck, 2011; Harris, 2003). In this study, I take my point of departure in shared leadership research and apply it to the Swedish case. I find the Swedish case of particular interest to investigate shared leadership for two reasons. First, the increase of assistant principals in recent years indicate an increased focus on shared leadership in Sweden. Second, the mission of the principal is clearly elaborated in the education act and other relevant steering documents, but the mission of the assistant principal is less defined. This means that the role and function of the assistant principal can differ greatly between school contexts. In addition, the role of the assistant principal as well as the relationship between the principal and the assistant principal is contested and up for negotiation since the Swedish education act and other steering documents provide none or limited guidance to these issues. To further investigate how leadership in schools work, other leader functions than primary leaders such as principals needs to be investigated. In this paper assistant principals in the Swedish school system are investigated to further develop the understandings of how shared leadership can be understood in a Swedish context. The questions for this study are; What perceptions do assistant principals have about their role and responsibility in the cross-municipal management organization? What perceptions do assistant principals have about their role and responsibility in the school-specific management organization? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The selection in this study was six assistant principals who participated in the principal training program in Sweden. The assistant principals who participated in the study work at schools located in five different municipalities in different parts of Sweden. The size of the municipalities varied greatly in both area and number of inhabitants. All of the schools are public schools and consist of leisure center, preschool classes, grades 1-9 and compulsory school for pupils with intellectual disabilities. All of the participants had before becoming assistant principals’ a background in school as licensed teachers and had participated in various management functions such as first teachers, work team leaders, process leaders or other special development assignments. For two of the assistant principals in this study, this was their second assistant principal job, for the other four assistant principals’ it was the first time they had the role of assistant principal. One of the participants in the study has acted as an assistant principal for 11 years, but the majority of the participants in the study have acted as assistant principals for 4-6 years. For 5 of the schools, the number of students and staff was similar, from 340 students to 470 students, and the schools have about 70 employees. One of the schools is significantly larger and has 660 students and 80 employees. The respondents in the study are a relatively homogeneous group based on professional background, number of years as assistant principal, and size of school. Six assistant principals were interviewed from the end of January to the beginning of February 2022. The material was analyzed using thematic analysis because the purpose of the study was to make visible the assistant principals' perceptions of roles and responsibilities (Bryman 2018). The material was categorized based on Döös, Wilhelmsson, and Backström's (2013) three perspectives on shared leadership: organisational structure, task and responsibilities and manager´s experience. In the organisational perspective, the question is answered about what perceptions assistant principals have about their roles and responsibilities in the cross-municipal management organization. In the perspective task and responsibility, the question is answered about what perceptions assistant principals have about their roles and responsibilities in the school-specific management organization. The perspective manager´s experience includes the important components that assistant principals believe should be present for good collaboration in the school's management group are described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the participants in the study were introduced to their new job as assistant principals by the administration. The administration didn´t take into account the needs of the respective school’s management organization or the context in which the schools’ management organizations are located. The study also shows that most assistant principals have an unclear role in both the cross-municipal management organization and the school-specific management organization. In the cross-municipal management organization, the assistant principal is not included and their competence in the operational work is not utilized. Decisions are made in the cross-municipal management group on operational issues without the assistant principal having the opportunity to contribute with their operational competence. This leads to frustration among the assistant principals. The work as an assistant principle at different schools can include widely different assignments, ranging from shared leadership to working with delegated individual tasks. The roles were unclear for the participants in the management groups at most schools, which leads to a high workload because several people can be involved in the same matter without knowing about each other. The success factors that can be seen in the study are the local management organizations where the assistant principal’s role complements the principal. They can utilize that there is a good mix of experiences where often the principal stands for long experience and the assistant principal has good operational competence. The assistant principal can work closely with the teachers and support them in their teaching-related work. For this to be possible, the principal needs to take responsibility for clarifying the roles of the principal and assistant principal. Cross-municipal delegation orders and job descriptions exist for assistant principals, which are not used school-specifically as they do not reflect what the assistant principal does in practice. References Bryman, A. (2018) Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder [Social science methods] (3:e uppl.). Malmö: Liber Döös, M., Wilhelmsson, L., Backström, T. (2013). Delat ledarskap. Om chefer i samarbete [Shared leadership. Managers in collaboration] (2 rev.uppl.). Stockholm: Liber Döös, M., & Wilhelmson, L. (2021). Fifty-five years of managerial shared leadership research: A review of an empirical field. Leadership, 17(6), 715–746. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2011). Collaborative Leadership and School Improvement: Understanding the Impact on School Capacity and Student Learning. I T. Townsend & J. MacBeath (Red.), International Handbook of Leadership for Learning (s. 469–485). Springer Netherlands. Harris, A. (2003). Teacher Leadership as Distributed Leadership: Heresy, fantasy or possibility? School Leadership & Management, 23(3), 313–324. Leithwood, K., & Mascall, B. (2008). Collective leadership effects on student achievement. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(4), 529–561. SFS 2010:800. The education act Skolverket (2022). https://www.skolverket.se/skolutveckling/statistik. (20221003) Yada, T., & Jäppinen, A.-K. (2022). Principals’ perceptions about collective competences in shared leadership contexts. Teaching and Teacher Education: Leadership and Professional Development, 1, 100012. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Construction of Collective Agency in the Implementation of educational Innovations: A Case Study in Different Innovative Contexts 1HAN, University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The; 2Department of Learning and Instructional Sciences, Faculty of Education, University of Haifa, Israel; 3Beit Berel College, Israel Presenting Author:Objective and Research Question In this paper we explore the construction of collective agency in the context of educational innovations employing a dual case study approach. Specifically our research question was: How is collective agency constructed when implementing top-down and bottom-up educational innovations in schools? We build on the literature regarding agency and construction of agency as a theoretical foundation for our study.
Theoretical framework Agency refers to teachers’ conscious ability to influence their work through their actions (Imants & Van der Wal, 2020), resulting in impact on both the school context and/or their professional identity (Etelapelto et al., 2013). Teacher agency is increasingly recognized as a crucial capacity in the context of educational innovations and educational quality (Vähäsantanen, 2015). Educational innovations are integral to every school and thus a part of teachers’ professional lives. Society and policymakers require schools to address aspects such as equal opportunities for students and educational quality by introducing innovations that improve their practices. Although the significance of teacher agency in the context of educational innovations is acknowledged, it concurrently faces threats from policies emphasizing school and teacher accountability, resulting in the perceived lack of space and perceived agency (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 2017). This pressure of policies can lead to weak or bounded teacher agency (Vahasantanen, 2015; Oolbekkink et al. 2022). In such instances, teachers perceive themselves as passive rather than active subjects, lacking influence on their work conditions in schools and in the policy decisions being made. To foster a strong or extensive sense of agency among teachers and enable them to utilize this agency in the context of innovations, a stimulating interplay of personal and social resources is essential. Support from a school leader and a strong commitment to their work can empower teachers to experience a robust sense of agency and drive changes in their professional practice (Oolbekkink et al., 2022). In the context of schoolwide educational innovations, the need for not only individual agency but also collective agency becomes paramount, Collective agency “is manifested when a group of people share and pursue a common interest in order to improve their own lives and to affect larger contexts, for example by transforming structures and cultures” (Hökkä et al. 2019). Collective agency can be manifested when a group of teachers collaboratively develops new professional practices, or reaches a shared understanding of what is important in school and their classes, defining who they want to be as teachers in this context. Despite this importance, little is known about the construction of collective agency in the professional practice of teachers and school leaders in the context of educational innovations. We assume that the ‘type of innovation’ (top-down or bottom-up) may influence the construction of collective agency in schools. Top-down innovation is initiated by school leaders sometimes in response to districts or nationwide policies, while bottom-up innovation originates from teachers often in response to perceived needs in classrooms or their subject matter department. The literature indicates that neither top-down nor bottom-up innovations are inherently superior; however, fostering interaction between bottom-up and top-down processes is crucial. This requires actors and activities that integrate these processes to establish collective agency for collaborative educational innovations aimed at improving educational quality (Fullan, 1994; Saari et al., 2015). This study focuses on examining top-down and bottom-up educational innovations in school practice and the construction of collective agency in these cases.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore the construction of collective agency in the context of educational innovations, we utilized a multiple case study approach involving two cases: one in the Netherlands where school-based innovations originated from teacher agency (bottom-up), and the other in Israel where school-based innovation was initiated by the school-leader's agency (top-down). This methodology involves in-depth examination of multiple cases, providing a multifaceted perspective. Case study analytic techniques facilitate pattern identification and explanation building. It requires examining data both within each case and across cases for comparative purposes (Yin, 2014). Participants, data collection and analysis In the Netherlands, participants included 20 teachers and their school-leaders from different schools implementing diverse bottom-up innovations. Data collection methods involved semi-structured interviews for teachers and their school-leaders, with storylines as the basis for teacher interviews focusing on developing agency in the context of educational innovations. In Israel, participants included 24 teachers and one school-leader implementing a Project-Based Learning initiative (PBL) at a public middle school. The PBL was initiated top-down by the school-leader. Data collection methods included two focus group conversations with 6 teachers each, addressing teachers’ experiences and attitudes toward PBL implementation, and a reflective questionnaire distributed to 24 teachers exploring their implementation and attitudes towards PBL. Within-case and cross-case analysis We employed a case study approach to conduct within-case and cross-case analyses (Yin, 2014). Within-case analyses facilitated a detailed examination of collective agency construction within each case, revealing processes and challenges in implementing school innovation. The cross-case analysis compared the two cases and aimed to integrate findings from individual cases and draw conclusions. In the initial stage, we generated case summaries for each case. Adopting an inductive qualitative content analysis methodology (Hsieh & Shannon, 2015), we conducted open coding for the data of each case separately. To ensure trustworthiness, two researchers independently abstracted categories. Comparing notes, discussing disparities, and revising the coding scheme led to an agreement on the categorization scheme, with each researcher providing examples from the data to support it. This process facilitated the creation of categories illustrating how collective agency is constructed in the implementation of both top-down and bottom-up educational innovations in schools. In the second stage, for the cross-case analysis, we used the categories abstracted from the within-case analysis as starting points for further analysis. This allowed us to compare and construct the cases, leading to conclusions regarding the construction of collective agency in the context of educational innovation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results from both within and cross-case analyses reveal similarities and differences in the ways collective agency is constructed in the two cases. In the top-down case in Israel, the school leader experienced individual agency in introducing the innovation to the school but faced challenges in building collective agency. There appeared to be a deficiency in shared dialogue, and the top-down structure of the innovation overlooked aspects related to teacher autonomy. Teachers involved in the implementation reported inadequate collaborative learning structures, and felt that the innovation was imposed on them, resulting in a lack of ownership and motivation to pursue innovative goals for school development. In the bottom up case individual teachers experienced individual agency but faced challenges in building collective agency, particularly due to their informal role within the school. The struggle to construct collective agency among fellow teachers was evident. While there was some shared dialogue, it was not always sufficient in order to promote ownership and motivation to collaboratively pursue innovative goals and promote school development. Furthermore, there was a high dependency on support from the school leader, such as appreciation and facilitations of the innovations in schools. In some cases circumstances for teachers changed when school leaders departed and new school leaders arrived with sometimes a different perspective on the innovation. Overall, these two case studies underscore the significance of constructing collective agency and highlights the challenges faced by both teachers and school-leaders in establishing shared dialogue for collaborative ownership of the innovations. It is possible that there is a deficiency in competencies on the part of both parties to effectively engage in and facilitate this dialogue, suggesting a need for professional development. Implications for the construction of collective agency in future research and in school practice will be discussed. References Fullan, M. (1994). Coordinating top-down and bottom-up strategies for educational reform. Systemic reform: Perspectives on personalizing education, 7-24. Hökkä, P., Rautiainen, M., Silander, T., & Eteläpelto, A. (2019). Collective agency-promoting leadership in Finnish teacher education. International research, policy and practice in teacher education: Insider perspectives, 15-29. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., van der Want, A., Schaap, H., Louws, M., & Meijer, P. (2022). Achieving professional agency for school development in the context of having a PhD scholarship: An intricate interplay. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103684. Saari, E., Lehtonen, M., & Toivonen, M. (2015). Making bottom-up and top-down processes meet in public innovation. The Service Industries Journal, 35(6), 325-344. Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers' professional identities. Teaching and teacher education, 47, 1-12. Yin, R.K., (2014). Case Study Research Design and Methods . Canadian Journal of Program Evaluation, 30(1), 108-110. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 27 SES 11 A JS: A Didactic Framework for Crosscurricular Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mårten Björkgren Session Chair: Ramsey Affifi Joint Symposium, NW 24 and NW 27. Details in 27 SES 11 A JS |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium A Didactic Framework for Crosscurricular Education Education in an age of uncertainty cannot be confined to individual school subjects. To prepare for the future and respond to the current environmental and societal crises, teaching must move across and beyond the subjects, highlighting relationships between different topics and fostering students’ ability and readiness to act (cf. Savage, 2011). Yet despite a widespread recognition of this on a policy level, there is a profound lack of theoretical foundations and practical guidelines for cross- and transcurricular teaching. The newly published anthology Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects (Routledge, 2023) attempts to fill this gap, based on a contemporary version of the Bildung tradition. The symposium presents key contributions to the book, covering both the general didactic principles and particularly important topics like education for democratic citizenship, the integration of bodily movement in education across the curriculum, and how to unfold the potential for Bildung and crosscurricular teaching of the often-neglected subject of craft. Acknowledging that crosscurricular teaching might be challenging and controversial, the symposium will also facilitate an open discussion about which didactics is most appropriate for crosscurricular teaching in this age of uncertainty and how to handle the practical challenges it gives rise to. References Goodlad, J. I., Klein, M. F. & Tye, K. A. (1979). The domains of curriculum and their study. In J. I. Goodlad (Ed.), Curriculum inquiry. The story of curriculum practice (pp. 43–76). McGraw-Hill. Huovila, R., & Rautio, R. (2008). Käsiksi käsityönopetukseen – nelikenttä käsityönopettajan ja opettajankouluttajan työvälineenä [Grasp craft teaching – the four-fielder as a teacher's and teacher-educator's tool]. In P. Kaikkonen (Ed.), Työ haastaa tutkimaan opettajien arkihavainnoista kokonaisuuksien ymmärtämiseen (125–140). Jyväskylän yliopisto. Klausen, S. H. & Mård, N. (Eds.), (2023). Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching. Routledge Research in Education. Krogh, E., Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. T. (Eds.), (2021). Didaktik and curriculum in ongoing dialogue. Routledge. Lindström, L. (2012). Aesthetic learning about, in, with and through the arts: A curriculum study. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 31, 166–179. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2012.01737.x Romar, J-E., et al., (2020). Preservice secondary subject teachers incorporating movement integration into classroom practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 94, August 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103119. Savage, J. (2011). Cross-curricular teaching and learning in the secondary school. Routledge. Young, M. (2014). What is a curriculum and what can it do? The Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 7–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2014.902526. Presentations of the Symposium Rationale, Aims, and Conceptualization of Crosscurricular Teaching and Learning
This presentation outlines the theoretical basis for an inclusive and flexible approach to crosscurricular teaching. It demonstrates how the classical conception of Bildung and its more recent developments can support a wide range of aims and goals of teaching and show them to be interrelated. Specifically, it argues that the concern for fostering competences, meeting societal needs, and answering societal challenges is compatible with ideals of self-cultivation and critical and non-conformist thinking. It uses the idea of Bildung to strike a balance between the need to relate to students’ personal interests and lifeworld and the importance of observing transpersonal constraints grounded in disciplinary knowledge and societal norms and challenges.
Grounded on the idea of crossing curricular boundaries to enhance the overall cultivation of students, and being sensitive to the conditions of schools and teachers, we suggest the terms crosscurricular and transcurricular as a conceptual framework for education across and beyond school subjects. The commonly used concepts multi-, inter-, and transdisciplinarity, are problematized as being more related to disciplinary collaboration than school teaching. Since our framework is based on the tradition of Bildung-centred Didaktik, we use the term curriculum in a broad and neutral sense (cf. the tradition of curriculum studies). We use it to refer to the totality of school subjects – for example, mathematics, history, English, foreign languages, music, arts, and social studies – in a given institutional context. Hence the terms crosscurricular and transcurricular designate different ways of teaching across or beyond the institutionalized or traditional school subjects. This is not only in line with a common usage of the term curriculum (Goodlad et al., 1979; Young, 2014), but also reflects recent developments within educational research and practice (Krogh et al., 2021).
References:
Goodlad, J. I., Klein, M. F. & Tye, K. A. (1979). The domains of curriculum and their study. In J. I. Goodlad (Ed.), Curriculum inquiry. The story of curriculum practice (pp. 43–76). McGraw-Hill.
Klausen, S. H. & Mård, N. (2023). Rationale and aims of crosscurricular teaching and learning: For life, knowledge, and work. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 19-32). Routledge Research in Education.
Krogh, E., Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. T. (Eds.), (2021). Didaktik and curriculum in ongoing dialogue. Routledge.
Mård, N. & Klausen, S. H. (2023). Speaking and thinking about crosscurricular teaching: terms, concepts, and conceptions. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 7-18). Routledge Research in Education.
Young, M. (2014). What is a curriculum and what can it do? The Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 7–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2014.902526
Crosscurricular work and Bildung – Empowering the students
This presentation examines the prerequisites for Bildung-oriented and crosscurricular, taking the experiences from Denmark over the past 20 years as the starting point. What didactical challenges do these experiences point to, and how can they be understood from a theoretical perspective? To answer these questions, the intentions behind the 2005-reform of the Danish Upper Secondary School-system is presented. Then three cases are presented and analyzed and discussed based on a theoretical reflection on Bildung-oriented and crosscurricular teaching. It is argued that Bildung-oriented teaching must be crosscurricular, that it must be nonaffirmative, and that it must position students as actors who construct knowledge about epochal key problems. This type of teaching will enable students to empower themselves and be authoritative citizens in a democratic society.
References:
Hobel, P. (2023). Crosscurricular work and Bildung: Empowering the students. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 33-46). Routledge Research in Education.
Mathematics Beyond and Across the Curriculum
We address the issue of cross-curricular teaching and learning in mathematics education from different viewpoints and base our discussion on both theoretical perspectives and empirical evidence. A pivotal question is why school mathematics is frequently conceived as difficult to integrate with other subjects, sometimes even consciously left out when teachers plan for cross-curricular activities. We argue that the marginal position of mathematics within cross-curricular teaching and learning can be explained by the dominance of an instrumental view on mathematics and its learning. If mathematics education is instead viewed from a complementary perspective, from a relational view, we argue that a cross-curricular educational context could provide a meaningful, realistic setting in which to engage in doing mathematics and making learners’ mathematical knowledge less inert.
References:
Braskén, M, Hemmi, K., Kurtén, B. (2019). Implementing a multidisciplinary curriculum in a Finnish lower secondary school – The perspective of science and mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(4), 1–17.
Doig, B., & Jobling, W. (2019). Inter-disciplinary mathematics: Old wine in new bottles? In B.
Doig, J. Williams, D. Swanson, R. Borromeo Ferri & D. Drake (Eds.), Interdisciplinary mathematics education, (pp. 245–255). Springer.
Doig, B., Williams, J., Swanson, D., Borromeo Ferri, R., & Drake, D. (Eds.). (2019). Interdisciplinary mathematics education. Springer.
McPhail, G. (2018). Curriculum integration in the senior secondary school: A case study in a national assessment context. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(1), 56–76.
Meier, S. L., Cobbs, G., & Nicol, M. (1998). Potential benefits and barriers to integration. School Science and Mathematics, 98(8), 438–445.
Röj-Lindberg, A-S., Braskén, M. & Berts, K-E. (2023). Mathematics across and beyond the curriculum. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 106-118). Routledge Research in Education.
Analyzing Domains of Learning for Crosscurricular Teaching —Educational Crafts in Focus
This presentation explores how craft as a school subject can contribute to learning in a broader sense. The artifact sometimes overshadows the more abstract learning of the process (Borg, 2009). In the general discussion, it is often the practical benefits that are discussed, while craft teachers and researchers have a broader view of the subject’s learning potential. Different models and terminology have been developed to capture the breadth of learning, such as material and intangible learning, practical benefit and general knowledge, along with a focus on product and/or process. We present two models for learning, one for aesthetic subjects (Lindström, 2012) and one for crafts in teacher education (Huovila & Rautio, 2008). By analyzing the similarities and differences between the two models, a developed model for analyzing domains of learning for crosscurricular teaching takes shape. The new model is discussed with the help of a craft case. The aim of the model is to give the individual teacher and teaching team that works with crosscurricular teaching a tool helping them systematically analyze and make visible how learning in crafts, both on its own and in crosscurricular teaching, can contribute to Bildung.
References:
Hartvik, J. & Porko-Hudd, M. (2023). Analyzing domains of learning for crosscurricular teaching —Educational crafts in focus. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 144-160). Routledge Research in Education.
Huovila, R., & Rautio, R. (2008). Käsiksi käsityönopetukseen – nelikenttä käsityönopettajan ja opettajankouluttajan työvälineenä [Grasp craft teaching – the four-fielder as a teacher's and teacher-educator's tool]. In P. Kaikkonen (Ed.), Työ haastaa tutkimaan opettajien arkihavainnoista kokonaisuuksien ymmärtämiseen (125–140). Jyväskylän yliopisto.
Lindström, L. (2012). Aesthetic learning about, in, with and through the arts: A curriculum study. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 31, 166–179. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2012.01737.x
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 27 SES 11 B: Promoting Reading Competence Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Anke Wegner Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Impact of Some Critical Reading Strategies on Upper-intermediate Students' Comprehension of Expository Texts Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Aktau Presenting Author:Reading is an essential skill for foreign and native speakers that enables their professional development (Wallace, 2006). This is in line with the submission of Habermas and Nielsen (1990), that reading ability is requisite to participate in and interpret the complex discussion of texts. Subsequently, developing students’ reading skills is essential for their future career success, as the modern job market and employers are looking for professionals who can read, understand, and interpret texts. Critical reading (CR) is the way students and teachers interact in the classroom to practice a higher form of comprehension. Combs (1992) emphasized that CR is an interactive process that uses multiple levels of thought simultaneously. In discussing and interpreting data, students practice critical thinking. This is also reinforced by Salisbury College (2008), which states that in reading comprehension, students not only absorb the knowledge of the passages they read, but also assess and evaluate the author’s arguments, tone, and bias.
According to some experts (Sweet, 1993; Wallace, 2003;) CR means the ability to read between the lines, i.e. to find the hidden meaning of texts and to read beyond the lines by using their analytical and evaluative skills that require higher order thinking. Arici (2012) refers to CR as “ideal reading” and states that it is the only way to help retain knowledge in the long term. Sweet (1993) and Wallace (2003) agree to some extent, referring to critical readers as "living readers" who can evaluate, question, interpret, recognize, and analyze evidence. As it helps students retain knowledge in the long term, it could even be useful in tests and exams. Although this is one of the skills that students need to acquire in this study, the compulsory and assessed internal and external examination tasks do not reflect the tasks that require critical thinking skills. However, the observational exams, i.e. the ungraded exams held to determine students' strengths and weaknesses, have tasks that require the use of critical thinking. The two aforementioned exams are common in High School Educational programs in Kazakhstan. Nonetheless, the structural difference in tasks puts additional pressure on teachers’ shoulders who struggle to juggle the preparations for two exams.
Nevertheless, Özdemir(2007) emphasizes that CR can be conducted by “intellectual students”, which could indicate that this could only be beneficial to students whose level of English proficiency is high.
Although it is not required in assessed examinations, the aim of this research is to develop student’s reading skills on expository texts through critical reading strategies so as to prepare them for further studies in higher institutions. According to Lwai (2007), expository texts are written to convey, describe, or explain non-fictional information. Ozensoy (2021) had previously studied the effect of cultivating critical reading skills on students' academic progress in social studies courses. He reported that there was a noticeable difference in learners’ academic achievement who trained CRS compared with another class who did not. The current study therefore aims to investigate the impact of some critical reading strategies on upper- intermediate students’ comprehension of expository texts. For quantitative analysis, pre and post-tests (derived from Critical reading test in English classes and from National exam tests in Kazakh) four science/industry and four nature related texts (ESL Brain, Critical Reading club) were covered during the study. Researchers conducted a survey and semi-structured interviews for qualitative analysis to study the learners’ perception according to the practiced strategies. This study was carried out in one of the intellectual schools of Kazakhstan. The participants were tenth grade students of class A, experimental and F, control groups. The study lasted 10 weeks. After taking pretest, teachers presented
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used CR strategies such as annotating/questioning/charting/inferencing/summarizing and evaluating of texts as it is used at Salisbury University (SU, 2009) in experimental group. Both groups are familiar with previewing and predicting. In every lesson, teachers provided a more explicit guidance for a specific strategy or a combination of two or more, showed demonstration, and extended whole class discussion using the chosen texts. Students use the previously practiced strategies in the ongoing texts with a new strategy together. In pre- and reading stages, students annotate the text by circling the title and identifying the author, the source, and other basic details. In subsequent lessons, learners practice marking the text, underlining the thesis, highlighting if it has parallel structure, rhetorical question(s), or repetition(s). It is advised to underline cue words such as cause/effect’, ‘comparison/contrast’ and ‘issue/decision’ as the given texts have one or combination of these elements. For context, when students previewed their first reaction to the author’s opinion that a nuclear power plant will be built in their country, they confidently expressed their responses by giving a two-way point of view. Some students expressed through emotions indicated the reason for their fear of a previous catastrophic historical fact in the country, and the students who supported the construction of the power plant attributed the reason for job opportunities, development of safety technology. When they read the experts’ viewpoints on the possible nuclear power plant construction in local area, compared previous tragic accidents, stated cadre deficiency as a reason and counterargument not to build nuclear plants. A few supported the author’s idea of a nuclear station construction to save natural resources connecting it with their real lives. Learners visualized ideas, drew images of those thoughts to clarify unfair concepts asking what the writer wants the readers to understand. Some scholars (Collins, Brown, & Larkin, (1980), Hilton (1990), suggest that generating questions is crucial in mental process that operates at profound theoretical levels like reading for comprehension. Moreover, Salisbury University posited that learners would comprehend the material quicker and restore it longer if they write a question for every paragraph. Learners practice how to clarify ideas by rereading; analyzing statements and asking questions about the meaning of words and why this idea is vital in this case. Then learners responded to the writer’s claims with provocative and emotional arguments. While reading ‘Clean air or Clean hair?’, student questioned why writer starts the text with ‘shower’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Arguments about ‘palm oil producers burning the forests instead of cutting’ was also made, which further helps students to understand the texts explicitly. Anderson-Medius (1990) and Biano McCormick (1989) argue that being able to outline a text is a high degree of ability to notice the connection relate to real life. While charting the text, readers distinguished what the author says and does in each paragraph. Learners tried to relate texts to their own lives and other texts. Findings For English class, students did a pre and post-test from 501 Critical Reading Questions for the same test. Chapter Seven contains material on science and nature, which is appropriate for unit’s theme. It contains three short and six longer reading passages. In pre-test, only 3 students could cover 65 percent of the task, 11 students managed only 35-40% of the task responding to 20-22 questions. The remaining part (3) could answer only 13-15 questions out of 56, though excepting 2 students usually cover FCE tasks for B and A levels. After 10 weeks, high-level readers achieved between 87 and 92 %, and more students were able to almost double their scores by mastering deducing hidden meaning, summarizing, relating texts to real life, identifying the authors’ tone, purpose well. However, they wrote in their learning log that sometimes it was harder to recognize words related to science than nature and figuring out the main idea. For Kazakh class, as it was their native language, after all training for CRS, teacher takes the national test for reasoning which consists of 30 questions. 78 % of students outperformed the task getting A level. interview and learning log revealed, the urgency of using annotation in their long expository texts. They emphasized divergent questions that ask students to preview, interpret, redesign, solve an issue, or create a product. References . In English class interviews, students accentuated the value of summary/paragraph writing, it assisted in determining needed thoughts and consolidating vital elements. They added that summary enables to focus on main ideas that are worth remembering and present a more straightforward explanation. They distinguished the role of convergent questions that ask to describe, express differently, state connections, compare/contrast, resolve a challenge. Analysis of results showed that there is a significant difference in the performance of students’ post-intervention, suggesting that the strategies employed in this study were effective, particularly for English class. Quantitatively, the difference between pre- and post-intervention in Kazakh class is small. However, documented reflections from students showed that there was an increase in their level of critical thinking and ability to annotate and summarize long texts. The disparity between the two group could be explained by the fact that students in Kazakh class were being exposed to such reading strategies for the first time, even though they might have used them for their native texts.. Following the statistical analysis, it was discovered that there was no significant difference between pre-test control group and pre-test experiment group of English class. Similarly, no significant difference was observed between post-test control group and post-test experimental group. However, a significant difference was observed post-intervention in the experimental group, validating that CR strategies were effective. Significant improvement of 21% was observed in results of English class experimental group’s pre-test and post-test, while Kazakh class demonstrated average improvement of about 7 % data from pre and post tests comparison. Habermas J, Nielsen T, Habermas (1990) Society and Ethics – an Interview with Nielsen, Torben, HVIID, pp. 93-114. Wallace C Critical reading in language education, 1st edn. (Palgrave Macmillan, New York, 2006), 217 p. . Collins, A., Brown,J.S. & Larkin, K.M. (1980). Inference in text understanding. In R. J. Spiro, B. C. Bruce, & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension (pp. 385-407). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum Handayani, Fitriyanti Agil, et al. “The Effect of Critical Reading Strategy on Students’ Reading Ability in Comprehending Expository Text.” Jadila: Journal of Development and Innovation in Language and Literature Education, vol. 2, no. 2, 15 Nov. 2021, pp. 170–179, https://doi.org/10.52690/jadila.v2i2.194. Anderson-Medius, L. (1990). Cognitive mapping as a ―bridge‖ activity. Paper at the Annual Meeting of the International Reading Association (35th, Atlanta, GA, May 6-11, 1990) (ERIC Document Reproduction 11.Salisbury University (2009). 7 Critical Reading Strategies. Retrieved from: http://www.salisbury.edu/counseling/new/7_critical_reading_strategies.html 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Effects of a Subject-Integrated Reading Training on the Reading Performance of Third Graders in Austria PPH Augustinum, Austria Presenting Author:There is no doubt that the ability to read is a fundamental skill without which participation in today's society seems almost impossible. This is precisely why numerous studies point to the key role of reading skills acquired in primary school (Maitz et al., 2018) for later educational and career opportunities (Bachinger et al., 2021).Additionally, the results of the latest Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) show that the acquisition of the readingskill is often not crowned with success: In Austria, 20% of the primary school pupils read at literacy level 1 or below and are therefore at risk (Schmich et al., 2023). However, in order to show a long-term improvement in reading, preventative measures and consistent reading promotion based on evidence are required. This refers in empirical educational research to the proof and legitimization of the effectiveness of a specific measure. Moreover, according to the National Reading Panel (2000), reading fluency is one of the key factors in effective reading promotion. The development of this skill is generally regarded as a central task of German lessons. However, the results of more recent research (Michalak & Feigenspan, 2022) indicate that fluency and subject-related learning are closely linked. Accordingly, reading promotion and reading comprehension must be seen, conceived and implemented as a task for all subjects. It should not be the isolated focus of German lessons at primary school as a subject-specific vocabulary requires basic interpersonal communication skills. Thus, reading promotion measures are needed that focus on and support subject-specific reading in addition to general reading comprehension. For this reason, the FLEDI Project (Subject-integrated Reading Promotion in Mathematics, German and Subject teaching) focuses on promoting reading skills at primary school level. The term subject-integrated reading promotion focuses on reading measures that are not detached from their problem contexts, but rather imply a mental networking of what has been read in subject lessons. In this context, non-fiction texts play a central role in subject lessons, as pupils use them to deal with certain topics and facts on the one hand and to learn new content on the other. Ultimately, it is always about a lesson design that is not primarily constituted by the subject areas, but is based on the promotion of reading, in which subject matter plays an essential role. In addition, non-fiction texts meet children's need to understand the world and, according to the Erfurt-study, are among the most popular types of text for primary school children of both genders (Richter, 2003). Despite these studies, however, Križan (2014) criticizes the lack of reliable findings, particularly in German-speaking countries, as to which support approaches are fruitful under which conditions. The FLEDI-Project attempts to address this criticism from the third grade onwards by using a longitudinal design to investigate the development of reading fluency in reading comprehension, taking particular account of pupil-related background characteristics (special educational needs, family migration background, ethnicity). The aim is to find out whether the FLEDI-Reading intervention is particularly beneficial for a specific level group of children. The developments of four different level groups are considered separately. These levels result from the initial reading fluency skills. Based on the children's performance in the Salzburger Reading Screening 2-9 (SLS) at the first test time, they were divided into four level groups one based on the quartiles of the overall sample. Accordingly, the research question is: How do the basic reading skills and reading comprehension of pupils with different reading performance levels develop in the context of subject-integrated reading promotion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present quantitative study is based on a quasi-experimental design, i.e., a non-randomized two-group plan with pre-test, treatment and post-test. Rost (2006) also refers to this procedure as a non-equivalent comparison group design. The first group represents the intervention group who trained with FLEDI for six weeks, the second group forms the comparison group, who received conventional reading lessons during the same period. In order to measure the effects of subject-integrated reading training on reading skills, the children's reading skills were assessed in a longitudinal design before the start (April 2023) and after the end of the intervention (June 2023) in a test window of two weeks each. The Salzburg Reading Screening (2-9) (Mayringer & Wimmer, 2014) was used to measure basal reading skills, while the Progressive Diagnostic of Sense Comprehension Reading (VSL) (Walter, 2013) intended to measure reading comprehension. Personal data on the children (e.g., gender, L1, L2, etc.), in this case special educational needs, were filled in by the teachers using class lists. As the socio-economic status of the parental home is a predictor of educational success, this was also assessed by asking the children to rate their parents' more income holdings (Bos, Lankes, Prenzel, Schwippert, Walther et al, 2003; OECD, 2017). The sample of this study consists (N=821) 659 pupils from the Upper Styria West educational region (intervention group) and 161 children from the educational region of Eastern Styria (comparison group), who received conventional reading lessons served. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results of a repeated measures ANCOVA on basal reading skills showed a significant main effect for time (F(1,688)=19.69, p<.01, ƞ2=.030). Accordingly, significant changes in basal reading skills in favour of the intervention group can be determined. An ANCOVA with repeated measures for reading comprehension also revealed a significant main effect over time (F(1,670)=16.18, p<.01, ƞ2=.024), which can be interpreted as a significant change in reading comprehension between the intervention group and the comparison group. Calculations are still pending to check whether the FLEDI-Reading Training particularly promotes or supports a specific level group of children. The developments of four different level groups are considered separately. These levels result from the initial abilities in reading fluency. According to the performance that the children showed in the SLS at the first test time, they are divided into level groups 1 (lowest quartile) to 4 (highest quartile) based on the quartiles of the overall sample aiming to find out for which group of children the training is most effective. By introducing the recommended subject-integrated reading promotion, there is, on the one hand, the opportunity to offer reading promotion measures in the classroom in accordance with the current state of German didactics and on the other hand to create specific world access to different subjects. In addition, the great potential of non-fiction texts as a starting point for reading promotion should be clarified. This results added value for all subjects, so that pupils recognize that reading forms a basis for all subject areas. This gives rise to the well-founded hope that reading can be experienced as a key competence in the classroom and in society, thus creating the basis for learning in all subjects. References Bachinger, A., Bruneforth, M., & Schmich, J. (2021). Lesekompetenz und Leseunterricht in Österreich – Ergebnisse, Entwicklungen und Forschungsinteressen aus fachdidaktischer und aus bildungspolitischer Perspektive. In Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 532). Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. http://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021 Bos, W., Lankes, E.-M., Prenzel, M., Schwippert, K., Walther, G. & Valtin, R. (2003). Erste Ergebnisse aus IGLU. Schülerleistung am Ende der vierten Jahrgangsstufe im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann. Križan, A. (2014). Evidenzbasierte Leseförderung in der Grundschule. Vergleich der Wirksamkeit eines Phonics- und eines Leseflüssigkeitstrainings in der zweiten und vierten Grundschulklasse. Verfügbar unter http://geb.uni-giessen.de/geb/volltexte/2014/10863/pdf/KrizanAna_2014_04_28.pdf [15.01.2024]. Maitz, K., Paleczek, L., Seifert, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2018). Zusammenhang der Leseverständnisleistungen mit sozialen Herkunftsfaktoren bei SchülerInnen der dritten Schulstufe. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 11(1), 147–160. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-018-0012-6 Mayringer, H., & Wimmer, H. (2014). Das Salzburger Lesescreening 2-9 (SLS 2-9). Hogrefe. National Reading Panel (2000). Teaching children to read: An evidence-based assessment of the scientific research literature on reading and its implications for reading instruction: Reports of the subgroups (NIH Publication No. 00-4754). DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Michalak, M., Feigenspan, K. (2022). Zum Zusammenspiel von fachbezogenem und sprachlichem Lernen. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung 16, 95–111 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-022-00163-w. OECD (2000). Literacy in the information age: Final report of the international adult literacy survey. Paris: OECD Richter, K. (2003). Die Entwicklung von Lesemotivation und der Literaturunterricht in der Grundschule. In: B. Hurrelmann & S. Becker (Hrsg.), Kindermedien nutzen (S. 115-132). Juventa Verlag. Rost, D.H. (2006). Handwörterbuch Pädagogische Psychologie (3. überarbeitete und erweiterte Aufl.). Beltz PVU. Schmich, J., Illetschko, M., & Wallner-Paschon, C. (2023). PIRLS 2021—Die Lesekompetenz am Ende der Volksschule—Erste Ergebnisse (S. 154). Institut des Bundes für Qualitätssicherung im österreichischen Schulwesen. http://doi.org/10.17888/pirls2021-eb.2 Tippelt, R. & Reich-Claassen, J. (2010). Stichwort: Evidenzbasierung. DIE Zeitschrift für Erwachsenenbildung. Abgerufen 17.01.2014, von www.diezeitschrift.de/42010/tippelt1001.pdf Walter, J. (2013). VSL. Verlaufsdiagnostik sinnerfassenden Lesens (1. Aufl.). Hogrefe. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 28 SES 11 A: Social Imaginaries of Crisis and Uncertainity Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Julie Lüpkes Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Crisis and Engaged Scholarship in Education Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:We live in a fractured world—a time of 'polycrisis' (Tooze, 2021). A sense of anxiety, instability, and rupture marks a crisis. Fassin (2021) defines crisis as 'dramatic ruptures into the normal course of things that […] call for urgent solution' (p.265). The present perpetual crisis has many faces. Recurring shocks contribute to heightened economic uncertainty—the surging prices of food and energy have substantially elevated the overall cost of living. War has engulfed millions. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic linger. Ecological breakdown threatens life on the earth. With the rise of extreme nationalism, democracy is in trouble. Advances in artificial intelligence have pushed us all into a moment of disjuncture.
In the context of education, crises can manifest as significant disruptions or challenges that impact the normal functioning of educational systems. In education systems, crises may stem from natural disasters, public health emergencies, economic downturns, or political instability and affect the regular teaching and learning process. The COVID-induced school lockdowns have had profound implications for learning loss, particularly among disadvantaged communities. Limited access to technology, a lack of a conducive learning environment, and a lack of resources exacerbated existing educational inequities. Extended school closure has exacerbated educational disadvantage, as reflected in the evidence of 'learning deficits' in Europe (De Witte & François, 2023) and 'learning loss' internationally (World Bank, UNESCO & UNICEF, 2021).
Crisis marks a crucial decision point (Molla & Cuthbert, 2023; Molla et al., 2023). It erodes confidence in the status quo, resulting in the urgency to return to regularity and making drastic reforms possible and difficult decisions acceptable. However, as Prudham (2005) notes, 'there is no crisis without someone to call it one [and] how it is named will influence how it is addressed' (p.21). Without persistent and timely advocacy, governments often adhere to the status quo. We need advocacy efforts grounded in evidence to prompt policymakers to tackle the adverse outcomes of crises, such as the widening achievement gap due to school closures. The following research question guides this paper:
How can engaged scholars capitalise on crisis to cause the right change in education?
To answer this question, I draw on a range of theoretical resources, including Bourdieu's (2003) idea of 'scholarship with commitment', Taylor's (2004) concept of 'social imaginaries', and Sen's (2009) call for 'public reasoning'. For Bourdieu (2003), scholarship with commitment entails intervening in "the political field" while adhering to the "rules that govern the scientific field" (p.24). Those who have evidence of the effects of the crisis in society should not shy away from being political—they should raise difficult questions and provide alternative policy ideas. Becoming political means being committed to raising difficult questions and contributing to public reasoning, which combines 'participatory discussions with public decision-making' (Sen, 2009). The desire to make contributions to public reasoning is guided by the assumption that public-facing scholarly engagement can create and shape collective narratives, which entail shared stories, beliefs, and perspectives that form a shared understanding within society. Collective narratives, thus formed, wield considerable influence, extending their impact to the realm of social imaginaries and public policies. Here, social imaginaries encompass the ways individuals envision their social existence—how they perceive their connections with others—and the underlying normative notions and images that shape these expectations at a profound level (Taylor, 2004). Imaginaries take roots through narratives (e.g. causal analysis and moral claims) that anchor shared concerns and framing devices (e.g. metaphors and catchphrases) that represent desired futures and orient actions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a multifaceted methodology, combining a theoretical synthesis drawing on the works of Bourdieu, Taylor, and Sen with reflective insights derived from personal experiences in public-facing scholarly engagement. The convergence of these approaches offers a comprehensive exploration of how engaged scholars strategically leverage crises to advocate for transformative change in society. The literature review serves a dual purpose: firstly, to establish a comprehensive understanding of the key concepts and debates within each theoretical framework, and secondly, to identify gaps and nuances that warrant further exploration. Drawing on Bourdieu's insights into the dynamics of engaged scholarship, Taylor's exploration of social imaginaries, and Sen's examination of public reasoning, this study establishes a theoretical scaffold to comprehend the intricate ways engaged scholars navigate crises as opportune moments for advocating meaningful societal change. The synthesis of these theoretical perspectives allows for a holistic understanding of the intellectual, cultural, and ethical dimensions of strategically using crises for advocacy. I drew on reflexive engagement to complement the theoretical underpinning. I specifically reflect on how I used the findings of my equity studies to advocate for improved refugee education. In Australia, educational disadvantage—as assessed in terms of who gets access to what kind of education and with what experiences and outcomes—is a significant factor of social inequality among refugee-background African communities. Using this insight, I write newspaper articles, participate in community radio discussions, pen blog commentaries, prepare policy submissions, and serve on government advisory committees. My experiences in public-facing scholarly engagement in the space of refugee education bring a real-world dimension to the theoretical exploration. The personal narratives serve as illustrative examples of the instruments and challenges of engaged scholarship. The reflexive component enriches the study by grounding it in the practical realities of engaged scholarship. The synthesis of theoretical literature and empirical accounts aims to provide a nuanced understanding of the intersection between crisis and engaged scholarship. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Engaged scholarship is transformative in intent. In this paper, I argue that engaged scholars, by leveraging their collaborative, critical, and imaginative capacities, can contribute significantly to addressing societal challenges, including persisting educational disadvantage. The paper set out to answer one central question: How can engaged scholars capitalise on crisis to cause the right change in education? I posit that engaged educational scholars can capitalise on moments of crisis to help build more equitable education systems by critiquing the status quo, creating new social imaginaries, and contributing to public reasoning. Let me briefly discuss each of these points in turn. 1. Problematising the status quo to unveil structural forces underpinning unjust inequality in education. By delving into the complexities of societal structures during times of crisis, scholars can identify and expose systemic flaws that perpetuate educational inequalities in society. For instance, our recent study (Molla et al. 2023) revealed how the digital divide in Australia contributed to the widening achievement gaps during the COVID-19 school lockdowns. 2. Cultivating new social imaginaries that influence policy. A profound critique of the status quo should contribute to envisioning alternative futures. The collective construction of aspirational narratives that transcend existing paradigms benefits from widely shared new knowledge and narratives (Taylor, 2004). By actively conceptualising these alternatives, engaged scholars become architects of change, influencing the foundations upon which future policies are built. 3. Contributing to public reasoning. One way to create new social imaginaries is by directly engaging in public conversations. Active participation in the media and community services can be ideal for contributing to public reasoning (Sen, 2009). By effectively communicating research findings to the public, engaged scholars contribute to democratic dialogue and informed discourse. The assumption is that participatory debates and informed decisions pave the way for societal progress. References Bourdieu, P. (2003). Firing back: Against the tyranny of the market. New York: Verso. De Witte, K. and François, M. (2023). 'Covid-19 learning deficits in Europe: analysis and practical recommendations', EENEE Analytical report. doi: 10.2766/881143. Fassin, D. (2021). Crisis. In V. Das & D. Fassin (Eds.), Words and worlds: A lexicon for dark times (pp.261-276). Duke University Press. Molla, T., Cuthbert, D. (2023). Crisis and policy imaginaries: higher education reform during a pandemic. Higher Education, 86, 45–63. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00899-5 Molla, T., Zaini, A., Shokouhi, H., & Arber, R. (2023). 'It's out of my hands': Migrant parents' challenging experiences of home-schooling during the COVID-19 lockdowns. Australian Journal of Education. DIO: https://doi.org/10.1177/00049441231220101 Prudham, S. (2005). Knock on wood. Routledge. Sen, A. (2009). The idea of justice. Harvard University Press. Taylor, C. (2004). Modern social imaginaries. Durham Tooze, A. (2021). Shutdown: How COVID shook the world's economy. Viking World Bank, UNESCO and UNICEF (2021). The State of the Global Education Crisis: A Path to Recovery. Washington D.C., Paris, New York: The World Bank, UNESCO, and UNICEF World Bank. (2020). Education in Times of Crisis: Evidence and Policy Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Author. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Identifying Greek Primary Education Students’ Transferability of Knowledge to Action in Disastrous Events University of Thessaly, Greece Presenting Author:In September 2023 the region of Thessaly in Greece was struck by two different floods within 20 days. Both floods had a sever effect on infrastructures, social life and schooling. Drawing from a disaster education (Preston, 2012) theoretical framework, this research focuses on the effects of disaster education regarding preparedness to Greek primary education students. In particular, it explores the role of acquired knowledge on preparedness in addition to the role of information as coefficients for action during a disastrous event. According to (Clausen, Conlon, Jager, and Metreveli, 1978 cited in Preston, 2012, p. 3) ‘whether human or anthropogenic in origin the designation of ‘threat’ or ‘disaster’ implies a discontinuity with previous social relations’ and the notion of ‘disaster’ is perceived predominately as a social category. Within this framework disaster education can be ‘delivered’ via diverse pedagogies (Preston, 2012, p. 3). Recently it is observed the increase of a set of diverse natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes, extensive fires etc. Based on this the United Nations (UN) (United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, 2023) intensified its efforts aiming to raise public awareness of natural disasters and to increase and improve information and education. Within context Prevention and early warning systems were strengthened, as were emergency response, damage recovery and reconstruction procedures (Yusuf et al., 2022). In terms of education, previous research has indicated that children who have been taught about the phenomenon of disasters and how to react to these situations have been shown to be able to respond promptly and appropriately to the specific disaster context, to be able to warn others and to protect themselves in times of emergency (Shaw et al., 2011, Torani et al., 2019). Even though in 2006 the UN launched a campaign promoting disaster education in school curricula (UN/ISDR, 2006) in Greece disaster education is mainly focused to earthquakes. In Thessaly prior to the two flooding events in September 2023, the region also faced an extensive fire that lasted four days and led to the explosion of military ammunition. All three instances affected and destroyed infrastructures, family homes and cultivations, farms and businesses. All events led to invacuations, and during the floods a large amount of population was left without drinking water, electricity and access to communications (internet and land line telephone). The population was largely unprepared, and both adults and children had to respond to unknown circumstances. Social life was interrupted and the schools year in the area begun with a two-week delay than the rest of the country. These events led to the exploration of possibilities of disaster education for diverse events within primary education starting with the exploration of knowledge and understandings of the students in affected and non-affected areas. The aim is to identify disaster education pedagogies (Preston 2012, Kitagawa, 2021) that are locally targeted and specific event orieneted as the means to enhance students and schools prepardness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this research follows an ethnographic approach utilising Focus group interviews with Greek primary education students in school years four and six and individual interviews with their teachers. The data collection is conducted in schools in two different regions Thessaly and Achaia. The selection of areas is based on the diversity in the experiences of disastrous events. In Thessaly, the schooling population has experienced floods though Achaia is one of the most earthquake affected areas in Greek mainland. Both areas have experiences of fire events. The data collection is taking place in four primary schools in Thessaly and two schools in Patras, aiming to identify possible differences in students understanding of disaster events and their preparedness based on their prior skills developed through the national curriculum. The research instrument is focused on a) key words used during the disastrous event and b) students’ actions and reactions to those key words. It aims to identify knowledge and understandings but also to explore the skills to set that knowledge into action during a critical event. This research has been approved and follows the ethical guidelines of the University of Thessaly Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Even though the research is currently ongoing, initial findings point to fact that knowledge about disasters is not easily, or not at all, transferred to everyday life context and it is not translated into action. Children may theoretically know what is appropriate to do before and during a critical event and they act accordingly while being at the school classroom, they do employ that knowledge and skills outside the classroom. Further to this, the data present that primary school students may know a specific term used in a critical event, such as ‘evacuation’, in terms of their meaning however when they are asked regarding specific guidelines for evacuations e.g. the text message: you need to evacuate, they are not clear as to what they have to do or how are expected to act. Finally, school and other social parties offer to students’ different approaches to specific critical events leading to confusion regarding their appropriate reaction. References Kitagawa, K. (2021). Conceptualising ‘disaster education.’ Education Sciences, 11(5). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11050233 Preston, J. (2012) Disaster Education. Race, Equity and Pedagogy. Chapter 1: What Is Disaster Education? Sense Publishers, Netherlands. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-873-5 Shaw, R., & Kobayashi, M. (2004). The role of schools in creating an earthquake-safer environment. Educational Facilities and Risk Management: Natural Disasters, 9789264028, 41–48. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264028340-en Shaw, R., Takeuchi, Y., Gwee, Q. R., & Shiwaku, K. (2011). DISASTER EDUCATION: AN INTRODUCTION. Community, Environment and Disaster Risk Management, 7, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2040-7262(2011)0000007007 Torani, S., Majd, P., Maroufi, S., Dowlati, M., & Sheikhi, R. (2019). The importance of education on disasters and emergencies: A review article. In Journal of Education and Health Promotion (Vol. 8, Issue 1). Wolters Kluwer Medknow Publications. https://doi.org/10.4103/jehp.jehp_262_18 Yusuf, R., Razali, Sanusi, Maimun, Fajri, I., & Gani, S. A. (2022). Disaster education in disaster-prone schools: A systematic review. IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 1041(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1755-1315/1041/1/012034 UN General Assembly, Resolution 44/236, International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction, A/Res/44/236 (March 1990), https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/82536. UN/ISDR. (2006). World disaster reduction campaign. Disaster risk reduction begins at school. Available at http://www.unisdr.org/eng/public_aware/world_camp/2006-2007/pdf/ WDRC-2006-2007-English-fullversion.pdf United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, 2023, https://www.undrr.org/publication/undrr-work-programme-2022-2023 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 28 SES 11 B: Commons, Community, Philantrophy Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Hoping for Community in a Technologically Decelerated World 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Universität Oldenburg, Deutschland; 3Universität Göttingen, Deutschland; 4Universität Kiel, Deutschland Presenting Author:Each phase of accelerated growth within a society also brings with it desires for deceleration. In view of technology-driven social transformations such as digitalisation, datafication or platformisation, critical perspectives on the role of technologies in society have been gaining traction, with the desire for a more just, humane and less technology-centred degrowth society becoming more widespread (e.g. Guenot & Vetter, 2019). These perspectives interweave critique of contemporary, technology-driven social transformation, with an interest in futures and futurity (e.g. Appadurai, 2021). Against the backdrop of the Covid-19 pandemic, austerity, right-wing populism and technological acceleration, there is increased uncertainty today about many things in everyday life that could previously be taken for granted. Against this backdrop, this paper addresses how grassroots educational practitioners’ hopes for the future articulate a critique of the present and construe (im)possible futures. The paper is contextualised in recent work on futures-making (e.g. Knox et al., 2020; Selwyn, 2021; Swist & Gulson, 2023). This research, sometimes based in empirical research, other times as social science fiction, critically reflects on the impact of technological change on society, creating versions of utopias and dystopias. Informed by the notion that a “historical retrospective” is necessary for the formulation of futures (Zierer, 2021, p. 13f), these studies engage with the (im)possible futures of education against the background of technological change. Drawing on the past to shape the future can, however, also restrict thought and practice (Macgilchrist et al., 2024). During the Covid-19 pandemic, this became apparent when, for example, key stakeholders took recourse to long-cherished concepts for how schooling should be transformed, rather than going beyond the already-known and well-rehearsed arguments for, e.g., more personalisation, better technology in schools or more effective leadership (Burgos et al., 2021; Zepeda & Lanoue, 2021). Drawing on Bloch's "principle of hope" (1995), Appadurai's "traces of future" (2021) and Levitas’ "utopia as method" (2013), we utilize a critical utopian approach inspired by Muñoz (2009). The contribution adds insights to what Levitas refers to as “political pragmatism” which “prioritises short-term fixes for problems within the current system” while placing “questions of the viability or justice of that system itself, and certainly radical alternatives […] outside legitimate political debate” (Levitas, 2013, p. 132). Drawing on well-known, pragmatic concepts and approaches can inadvertently render the future smaller and less possible, rather than expanding future possibilities. As Appadurai (2021) argues, the more we think of technological futures, the less space is there for non-technological futures. Based on interviews with school principals, teachers, (school) social workers and other educational professionals who worked with young people in school and out-of-school settings during the pandemic, this contribution explores which futures they consider desirable. The aim is to illustrate hopes for more socially just, sometimes utopian, futures using concrete, current examples from the reflection of educational practice. After (i) presenting the theoretical-methodological framework and (ii) discussing the central findings, the paper (iii) reflects on the interviewees' wishes for more solidarity with one another in relation to research on convivial technologies in degrowth societies, debates on technological acceleration and deceleration and contemporary thinking about small revolutions and radical actions in everyday life. The contribution (iv) concludes with methodological reflections for future studies. Overall, the findings provide, we suggest, traces of futures otherwise as they are articulated in the present. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on three sets of inspiration from future studies (e.g. Danaher, 2021; Leahy et al., 2019; Facer & Sandford, 2010, Sardar, 2010), this paper draws on interviewees' situated articulations of the present and their hopes for alternative futures. With Bloch (1995) and Appadurai (2013), we thus aim to study hopes as traces into futures. In total, we spoke with 65 school social workers, teachers, school administrators, education policy makers and other people from institutions that provide formal and informal education for children and young adults in Germany. We conducted the semi-structured interviews during and after the pandemic school closures from May 2020 to April 2022. The interviews comprised three sections: first, interviewees’ narratives about their experiences of technology use and social inequality during the school closures; second, their accounts of how they met the challenges they experienced during the pandemic lockdown; third, their reflections on how they imagine a future otherwise. What would society look like if it were in a "utopian enclave" (Jameson, 2007) where the social inequalities they had mentioned had been alleviated? The interviews, which lasted about one hour, were transcribed and rich points identified, i.e., moments that use the interviewer as a research instrument and follow the traces of what seems confusing, unclear, unusual or otherwise requiring explanation and in-depth exploration (Agar, 2006). For this paper, the interview responses to the third section of the interview, i.e., the questions about futures and hopes for society in a utopian enclave, were coded thematically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The contribution identifies three contemporary themes articulating our interviewees’ hopes for technologically decelerated futures: 1) participation in decision-making, which is linked to the wish for more visibility for young people in the future; 2) mutual care, which is interwoven with the wish for support in the young people’s lives to be more reliable; 3) appreciation for other groups, opinions and ways of life, which is linked to the wish for more future interpersonal understanding. Together they point to the overall yearning for solidarity in community which needs time, occasions, role models and spaces of encounter. Community and solidarity are well-known desires and aims in activism and critical theory. Drawing on recent political theory (e.g. von Redecker, 2023), we will, however, argue that these are radical acts in educational practice that constitute tiny revolutions in contemporary (Global North) societies. While educational policy throughout the pandemic and in the post-pandemic ‘new normal’ has continued to prioritise modernist technological acceleration, these interviews articulate a longing for deceleration. They create visions of the future without a focus on high tech use. If we assume that educational research needs to move "beyond the school to the community, home and workplace" (Facer & Sandford, 2010, p. 74) then, these findings suggest, future research and interventions need to bring together actors from these educationally relevant domains to shape futures otherwise that may or may not elaborate further on enacting solidarity in community. References Agar, M. (2006). An Ethnography By Any Other Name ... Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, Vol 7, No 4 (2006): Qualitative Research in Ibero America-. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-7.4.177. Appadurai, A., Marco, A., Neresini, F., & Sassatelli, R. (2013). The future as cultural fact: Essays on the global condition. Rassegna Italiana Di Sociologia, 54, 651–673. Bloch, E. (1995). The principle of hope. MIT Press. Burgos, D., Tlili, A., & Tabacco, A. (Eds.). (2021). Radical Solutions for Education in a Crisis Context: COVID-19 as an Opportunity for Global Learning. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-7869-4 Danaher, J. (2021). Axiological futurism: The systematic study of the future of values. Futures, 132, 102780. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2021.102780 Facer, K., & Sandford, R. (2010). The next 25 years?: Future scenarios and future directions for education and technology. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 26(1), 74–93. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2009.00337.x Guenot, N., & Vetter, A. (2019). Digital Konvivial. Digitale Technologien für eine Postwachstumsgesellschaft. In A. Höfner & V. Frick (Eds.), Was Bits und Bäume verbindet: Digitalisierung nachhaltig gestalten (pp. 100–106). oekom verlag. Jameson, F. (2007). Archaeologies of the future: The desire called utopia and other science fictions. Verso. Knox, J., Williamson, B., & Bayne, S. (2020). Machine behaviourism: Future visions of ‘learnification’ and ‘datafication’ across humans and digital technologies. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 31–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1623251 Leahy, S. M., Holland, C., & Ward, F. (2019). The digital frontier: Envisioning future technologies impact on the classroom. Futures, 113, 102422. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2019.04.009 Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method: The imaginary reconstruction of society. Palgrave Macmillan. Macgilchrist, F., Jarke, J., Allert, H., & Cerratto Pargman, T. (2024). Design Beyond Design Thinking: Designing Postdigital Futures when Weaving Worlds with Others. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-023-00447-z Muñoz, J. E. (2009). Cruising utopia: The then and there of queer futurity. New York University Press. Redecker, E. von. (2023). Revolution für das Leben: Philosophie der neuen Protestformen. FISCHER Taschenbuch. Sardar, Z. (2010). The Namesake: Futures; futures studies; futurology; futuristic; foresight—What’s in a name? Futures, 42(3), 177–184. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2009.11.001 Selwyn, N. (2021). Critical data futures. 225522 Bytes. https://doi.org/10.26180/15122448.V1 Swist, T., & Gulson, K. N. (2023). Instituting socio-technical education futures: encounters with/through technical democracy, data justice, and imaginaries. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(2), 181-186. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2205225 Zepeda, S. J., & Lanoue, P. D. (2021). A leadership guide to navigating the unknown in education: New narratives amid COVID-19. Routledge. Zierer, K. (2021). Ein Jahr zum Vergessen: Wie wir die drohende Bildungskatastrophe nach Corona verhindern. Herder. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Educational Commons and the State. Lessons from a Popular Education Experience in the City of Buenos Aires Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Bachilleratos Populares (BPs) are popular education (Freire, 1970/2005) experiences for young and adults created by grassroots social organizations in the context of the social uprisings of 2001 in Argentina. Guided by a utopian and anticapitalist view, organized horizontally, assembly-led, and autonomous from the state, they constitute an example of educational commons. Since their creation, the number of BPs has continued to grow to reach the number of 86 BPs in 2015 (GEMSEP, 2016). Drawing upon the neo-Marxist approach on the commons (De Angelis, 2017; Federici, 2019; Laval & Dardot, 2005), we consider the BPs a main example of commons in the field of education. The notion of the commons designates the setting up of horizontal, assembly-based, and anti-capitalist social initiatives organized by civil society —chiefly social movements— to respond to the social needs of communities and to resist the dynamics of enclosure (privatization) promoted by the capital-state alliance, especially in the neoliberal phase of capitalism. In coherence, these initiatives vindicate their autonomy, distancing themselves from the notion of ‘the public’, understood as ‘what is owned, managed, controlled, and regulated by and for the state’ (Federici, 2019, p. 96). However, the BPs do not understand their autonomy as just a withdrawal from the state, which according to Hardt and Negri (2012) seems to be the defining strategy of the common. In response to the need for an educational diploma expressed by their students, the first BPs decided to take on the form of a secondary school and initiate a process of dispute before the state (Moñino, 2021) for symbolic resources (official recognition to issue degrees) and material resources (such as scholarships and teacher salaries) that the state accumulates. In this way, the BPs unfold as a contradictory experience marked by a tense relationship with the state. On the one hand, state resources have enabled their sustainability and growth. On the other hand, obtaining these resources comes into tension with their declared autonomy (Wahren, 2020). These tensions are the result of a radical contradiction in the foundation of the BPs, between the stabilizing rationale of state policies (that grant their recognition and material resources) and the destabilizing rationale of their autonomous politics, typical of the commons (Gutiérrez Aguilar, 2017, p. 59). This work reconstructs the experience of the BPs in the City of Buenos Aires from an institutionalist and strategic perspective through two types of qualitative materials: 42 comprehensive interviews with BPs’ teachers and state managers, and a set of policy documents that have granted official recognition to 29 BPs in the city of Buenos Aires. Our analysis of this material is based on the works of Bob Jessop (2016) and Erik Olin Wright (2010). Wright’s work lays the ground for studying radical democratic and egalitarian institutional designs or ‘real utopias’, i.e., experiences of social power led by emancipatory movements, such as is the case of the BPs. While Wright turns his attention to the key role social movements, Jessop’s strategic-relational approach (SRA) provides a plural set of tools for unravelling the complexity of relations with and within state institutions. Our analysis gives response to two main tasks proposed by Wright to address real utopias: (1) to explore their enabling or facilitating conditions, and (2) to delve into their contradictions, limits, and dilemmas. In this way, this work seeks to contribute to the debates on non-state-centric educational experiences promoted by social movements. This paper is part of the research project EduCommon. This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie grant agreement No 101027465. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution examines the main features of the institutional arrangement of the BPs in the city of Buenos Aires, lurking in that interplay of policies —state interventions that have granted recognition to BPs— and politics of the commons that found the BPs. We do so by taking a strategic and institutionalist approach committed to the Marxist-based works of Erik Olin Wright (2010) and Bob Jessop (2016). Wright’s work lays the ground for studying radical democratic and egalitarian institutional designs or ‘real utopias’, i.e., experiences of social power led by emancipatory movements, such as is the case of the BPs. While Wright turns his attention to the key role social movements, Jessop’s strategic-relational approach (SRA) provides a plural set of tools for unravelling the complexity of relations with and within state institutions. Thus, our analysis delves into the conditions that enabled or facilitated BPs state recognition, and the ensuing set of contradictions, limits, and dilemmas that make the BPs an example of radical institutional arrangement inevitably marked by instability. This work draws chiefly on two types of source materials: (1) 42 comprehensive interviews (Kaufmann, 2020) held with teachers in the BPs and 4 state managers (politicians and officers) from the CABA Ministry of Education; (2) a set of public policy documents that grant recognition to the BPs in CABA. Considering that the interviews do not provide access to ‘the truth’, but allow us to access the native sense of the people interviewed (Guber, 2011), we trace in the interviews the discursive-ideological stances and strategic rationale of BPs’ activists. This way, their voices let us distill the ideological and strategic reflexivity of the actors comprising this institutional arrangement, that is, ‘agents' capacity to engage in learning and to reflect on institutional context’ (Jessop, 2001, p. 1230). Furthermore, the analysis of these materials has been enriched by the active involvement of the author of this work as a committed teacher at a BP in the south of the city of Buenos Aires since March 2023. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings. Two main elements made possible or facilitated the BPs’ official recognition in the city Buenos Aires in 2008: (1) their pressure actions before the Ministry (marches, pickets, street closures, public classes), and (2) the pedagogic background of some state managers, including the then minister, that allowed them to assess positively BP’s activity. This second element reveals the key role of the ‘withinputs’ (Jessop, 2016, p. 61) of the state. We have identified a set of ‘contradictions, limits and dilemmas’ (Wright, 2010, p. 151). Firstly, BPs are forged in a radical contradiction between the stabilizing rationale of the state policies that grant their recognition and the desestabilizing rationale of their autonomous politics, typical of the commons, and rooted in their horizontal and assembly-based format. From this radical contradiction, the relationship between state institutions and the BPs is marked by contradiction and conflict. Secondly, the liberal governmentality (Foucault, 2008), which is at the foundation of the modern state, is the main limit to recognise the particularities of the BPs, as educational commons. Liberal governmentality classifies the social world according to the dichotomy ‘public’ (state) versus ‘private’ (civil society, including the market). From this dichotomy, the state cannot recognise the emancipatory and desestabilizing rationale of the BPs, which cannot just be assimilated to the private sphere, nor to the public-state sphere. Thirdly, these tensions pose a dilemma for the BPs, which seek to obtain state resources without risking their autonomy. Thus, within the BPs, we identify a plurality of responses to this dilemma, which translates into separations within the movement of BPs. References De Angelis, M. (2017). Omnia Sunt Communia. Principles for the Transition to Postcapitalism. Zed Books. Federici, S. (2019). Re-enchanging the world. Feminism and the Politics of the Commons. PM Press. Freire, P. (1970/2005). Pedagogy of Oppressed. Continuum. Foucault, M. (2008). The Birth of Biopolitics. Palgrave MacMillan. GEMSEP. (2016). Relevamiento Nacional de Bachilleratos Populares de Jóvenes y Adultos. Informe 2015. Obtained in: https://www.academia.edu/40720491/Relevamiento_Nacional_de_Bachilleratos_Populares_de_J%C3%B3venes_y_Adultos Gluz, N. (2013). Las luchas populares por el derecho a la educación: experiencias educativas de movimientos sociales. CLACSO. Guber, R. (2011). La etnografía. Método, campo y reflexividad. Siglo XXI. Gutiérrez Aguilar, R. (2017). Horizontes comunitario-populares. Producción de lo común más allá de las políticas estado-céntricas. Traficantes de Sueños. Hardt, M., & Negri, A. (2000). Empire. Harvard Univesity Press. Jessop, B. (2001). Institutional re(turns) and the strategic-relational approach. Environment and Planning A, 33(7), 1213-1235. https://doi.org/10.1068/a32183 Jessop, B. (2016). The State: past, present, future. Polity Press. Kaufmann, J.-C. (2020). La entrevista comprensiva. Dado Ediciones. Laval, C., & Dardot, P. (2015). Común. Ensayo para la revolución en el siglo XXI. Gedisa. Moñino, I. (2022). El movimiento de los bachilleratos populares y su interpelación en la EDJA: logros, actualidad y perspectivas. Encuentro de saberes, 10, 36-53. Wahren, J. (2020). Bachilleratos populares en Argentina: educación desde movimientos sociales. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 33(47), 89-109. Wright, E. O. (2010). Envisioning Real Utopias. Verso. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Emerging New Philanthropic Actors in the European Education Policy-scape University of Strasbourg, France Presenting Author:In these last few years, we have seen the emergence of private actors in the field of education. International advisory firms, non-profit organizations, Corporate Social Responsibility divisions of commercial enterprises, individual consultants and a growing number of philanthropic foundations entered the field of education that was almost exclusively government domain. At the same time, we are observing a shift in education philanthropy. Hence, as philanthropic investment in education is on the rise, increasingly critical questions are being asked about the impact of the activities of private actors on educational systems. New corporate donors have entered the scene, using large amounts of financial resources and employing new and ambitious approaches even as their commitments to educational philanthropy raise critical questions of accountability and legitimacy. According to Ball (2016), some trans-national policy actors in the field of global education policy are well researched, such as the OECD, the World Bank and the European Union. Educational businesses, Ed-Tech companies and philanthropies compared have received much less attention from researchers, despite their significant impact on the reshaping of teaching and learning and on the conceptualization of education policy and governance within and across national jurisdictions (Hogan, 2015). This presentation seeks to expand a body of research within policy sociology dealing with changes in the policy process and new methods of governing society (Ball, 2008), and to contribute to the conceptualization of policy networks in the field of education. The term “network” is used here as a theoretical device to represent a set of changes in the forms of governance of education, both nationally and globally, and as a method and an analytic technique for looking at policy communities and their social relationships (Ball, 2012,). The popularity of the concept of “network” is an adequate methodological response to the change in governance and forms of the state. That is, the network as a device for both researching and representing policy allows policy researchers to shape their methods and analytic practices in relation to the global shift from government to governance (Rhodes, 1995, Ball & Youdell, 2008, Cone & Brøgger, 2020), or what is sometimes called “network governance”. This shift involves a move away from the administrative, bureaucratic, and hierarchical forms of state organization and the emergence of new “reflexive, self-regulatory and horizontal” spaces of governance: the heterarchies. The heterogeneous range of organizations and practices that constitute these heterarchies contributes to, reflects, enable, and require the semiotic and technical re-articulation of education and educational governance (Ball et al., 2017). In the presentation, drawn from my doctoral research, I will introduce the reasoning behind the empirical investigation that allowed me to answer the research question on how new philanthropic organizations promote social investment in European education by mobilizing their resources and present the policy-scape” in which such organizations carry out their strategies of social investment. Therefore, understanding how these actors operate in education governance fits in wider efforts of understanding European trends of education policy towards education advocacy. Moreover, network analysis responds to the need for new methods and new research sensibilities to better understand the new organizations, forms of participation and relationships engaging in education policy and, more generally, in the expansion of neoliberal ideas (Ball, 2012). Network analysis is appropriate here both as a method for the analysis of educational governance, and as a representation of the actual social relations and sites of activity within which the work of governing is done (Ball & Thawer, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to Marcus (1995), in “following” as a research method, researchers are not just to follow people, but also things, metaphors, stories, and conflicts as mobile research objects. Whether working “forward” from where a policy originates or “backwards” from where it has arrived, this approach consists of tracing the places a policy has travelled through and questioning how the policy has changed or transformed along the way (McCann & Ward, 2012). My research is interested in how networks work (Ball et al., 2017). The methodological approach of network ethnography is best suited to the attempt of my study to specify the exchanges and transitions between participants in global education policy networks, and the resources of the different actors involved (Ball, 2012; Ball & Junemann 2012). As Ball et al. (2017) put it, while there is a constant reference to the role of money in education policy literature, both at the national level and in relation to the investment strategies from private donors at the international one, these are usually passing reference, to illustrate a wider issue or problem, but the actual focus of such studies is not on money itself. Therefore, the aim of this contribution is to bring money to the forefront. Given this context, I have sought to bring ethnographic sensibilities to bear on the study of the global education policy networks, which has meant a direct engagement with network participants and activities, but also adaptability and flexibility (Ball, 2017). In particular, the different methods carried out in the various stages of the research will be introduced in the presentation. Network ethnography involves mapping, visiting, questioning and following, that is following people, conflicts and money through four main activities (Ball and Junemann, 2012): internet searches, interviews, field observation and graph building. First, extensive internet searches around the primary actors of the studied network. Second, interviews conducted with individuals and institutions identified as highly connected, or influential. Third, participative observation of events conducted at key sites of network continuation, involving Internet visiting and meeting attending (Ball et al., 2017). Throughout the three activities, network graphs are built as tools to identify relevant individuals, institutions and relationships in relation to specific networks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although my study covered a research question focused on how new philanthropic organizations promote social investment in education by mobilizing their resources, the most important findings concerned the democratization of education through social investment. Indeed, new philanthropic organizations, that seemed to offer the most potential to positively shape the future of education governance, provided opportunities for students to engage with education in new ways, including improving access to educational services, supporting youth action and promoting their involvement in decision-making. The empirical analysis was important to understand the mechanisms that encourage collaboration between public, private and non-profit actors and that help transform educational systems to enrich students’ learning experience. At the same time, it contributed to the understanding of the ways in which social investment strategies can drive change in education and can thus be useful for regional and local policy-makers and practitioners to explore new ways to foster cooperation between different actors from various social and economic spheres in education governance. Different network graphs will be shown in the presentation in relation to topological dimensions highlighting the different roles of these organizations inside networks of social investment in education. Moreover, the empirical analysis will be presented to illustrate the fundamental activities of boundary actors, linking peripheral entities to central nodes in social investment networks in education. Several advocacy strategies implemented through the promotion of social investment in education classified in four categories will also be illustrated in the framework of the European and Italian legislation in the field of social investment in education. Finally, particular attention will be paid to the financial resources used by new philanthropic organizations to carry out social investment strategies in education by introducing some examples of projects and the resources assigned to them in the form of grants, subsides or non-refundable donations. References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc: New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Routledge. Ball, S. J. (2016) Following policy: networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities. Journal of Education Policy. Vol. 31(5), pp. 549-566, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2015.1122232. Ball, S. J. & Junemann, C. (2012) Networks, New Governance and Education. The Policy Press. Ball, S. J., Junemann, C. & Santori, D. (2017) Edu.net. Globalisation and education policy mobility. Routledge. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008) Hidden Privatisation in Public Education. Education International, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802419474. Ball, S. J., Junemann, C. & Santori, D. (2017) Edu.net. Globalisation and education policy mobility. Routledge. Ball, S. J. & Thawer, S. (2019) Nodes, Pipelines, and Policy Mobility. The Assembling of an Education Shadow State in India. In Edited by Saltman, K. J.& and Means, A. J. (eds) The Wiley Handbook of Global Educational Reform. Wiley Blackwell. Cone, L., & Brøgger, K. (2020) Soft privatisation: mapping an emerging field of European education governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education. Vol. 18(4), pp. 374-390, https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2020.1732194 Hogan, A. (2015) The role of edu-business in new global education policy networks. School of Education. University of Queensland. PhD. Marcus, G. E. (1995) Ethnography in/of the world system: the emergence of multi-sited ethnography. Annual Review of Anthropology. Vol. 24(1), pp. 95–117. McCann, E., & Ward, K. (2012) Assembling urbanism: following policies and “studying through” the sites and situations of policy making. Environment and Planning A. Vol. 44(1), pp. 42–51. Rhodes, A. W. R. (1995) The new governance: Governing without government, in Osborne, S., Public Management. Critical Perspectives. Routledge. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 29 SES 11 A: Special Call: Care in Arts-Education Research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Culturally Responsive and Care-Based Methods Incorporating 21st Century Digital Tools in the Theoretical Teaching of Dance University Students Hungarian Dance University, Hungary Presenting Author:The earlier low level of scholarly attention on care in higher education (Walker & Gleaves, 2016) has seen a recent rise in the era of uncertainty due to wars, environmental threats and pandemics, as we are re-formulating the concept of knowing and living in the „Anthropocene” (Malone & Young, 2023). In light of the growing diversity among university students in terms of culture, social background, and language, there is a demand for transformative pedagogies (Lopez & Olan, 2018). These pedagogies require educators who establish compassionate relationships, fostering learner well-being. In this respect, we are viewing compassion in a positive light, as it has always been seen by non-Western cultures (White, 2017). This approach aligns with the novel methods in intercultural education (Kawalilak & Lock, 2018; Tongori, 2023) as well as the pedagogy of care. Both emphasize mutual respect and fostering genuine dialogue (Barek, 2023) along with „making kin”, which translates as experimenting within a shared student-teacher environment with a more “symbiotic” relationship (Duraiappah, 2018, p. 1; Malone & Young, 2023). Caring, and being culturally responsive [as well as interculturally competent] as an educator could also be regarded as identical approaches in that teaching builds on ethnically diverse students’ own cultural experiences to avoid inflicting on them a cultural dominance with unfavourable or even debilitating effects (Gay, 2018). Incorporating the principles of culturally responsive pedagogy and the pedagogy of care, the objective of the activities to be introduced was to create educational spaces where learners feel seen as individuals and cared for, fostering reciprocal care for others. The integration of indispensable 21st-century digital and AI-powered tools provided avenues for creativity and developing critical thinking. The aim of the presentation is to reflect on the care-based practices proposed. In addressing the need for transformative pedagogies, the research questions formulated are as follows: Is it possible to achieve the development of student engagement, collaboration, research skills, critical thinking, and creativity through cultural information exchange in a caring environment? Additionally, do care-based, culturally responsive methods contribute to the well-being of the dance university students involved? These questions aim to explore the effectiveness of the implemented pedagogical approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Care could take various forms, from course design to ways of offering help during the teaching-learning process, to the manner of interacting with students, to what extent and how regularly interest in their well-being is expressed (Bali, 2020). The presentation explores activities conducted with a diverse multinational group of students attending the practical courses for training 'ballet artist' and 'dancer and coach' students, however, also taking theoretical courses relating to host country culture and the dance culture of students’ country of origin as well as English as a Foreign Language (EFL) classes. The students were encouraged to make their own choices in their research, enjoying the benefits of a supportive environment, including the teacher and the student body. Cultural immersion in the classes did not only serve to acquaint them with the host country's culture but also fostered a shared environment, promoting equality, homeliness, and a sense of belonging. This shared foundation also facilitated the exchange of their respective cultural heritages through digital products, characterized by mutual interest, appreciation, and respect. In EFL classes, eliciting the subtopics from students to match their cultural interests and providing culturally appropriate materials to make students feel comfortable and base their own learning experiences on were the key elements of culturally responsive pedagogy. The project methodology comprised several steps within the 90-minute time frame. The structure of a class was dependent on the nature of the course (culture- or language-related). However, project-like activities had the following steps: (1) initial instruction and demonstration of basic knowledge and skills by the teacher; (2) independent research by students using their digital devices; (3) creation of a product using various digital tools; (4) presentation and communication of the product; and (5) assessment of products by peers and the teacher. The pre-teaching step involved introducing the new topic, demonstrating the use of suggested digital platforms or tools, and presenting a sample product. During subsequent sessions, students showcased their products, ranging from storyboards to slide-show-supported presentations, from virtual museums to posters and videos to peers and the teacher. Evaluation followed a pre-agreed criterion-referenced assessment rubric (also fostering student well-being), rating categories such as content accuracy, content depth, organization, and style on a 1-5 point scale. Learner feedback was also invited in the form of digital sticky notes to allow the students to reflect on the processes and what they took away with them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Looking back at our research questions, taking into account the teaching-learning processes studied based on the literature discussed as well as student feedback, we can make the following observations: The outcomes observed from the flexible exchange of conventional teacher-student roles to collegial and interdependent ones resulted in heightened student engagement and the fostering of collaboration. By incorporating digital and/or Ai-powered tools, enhancement of research skills, stimulation of critical thinking and creativity also took place, together with the practical application of skills through the exchange of cultural information. Based on student feedback and teacher observation, the classes made the participants feel engaged, relaxed and cared for. References Anderson, V., Rabello, R. C. C., Wass, R., Golding, C., Rangi, A., Eteuati, E., Bristowe, Z., & Waller, A. (2019). Good teaching as care in higher education. Higher Education, 79(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-019-00392-6 Bali, M. (2020, May 29). Pedagogy of Care: COVID-19 Edition. Reflecting Allowed. https://blog.mahabali.me/educational-technology-2/pedagogy-of-care-covid-19-edition/ Barek, H. (2023, August). Pedagogies of Care in Precarity — SAGE Research Methods Community. Sage Research Methods Community. https://researchmethodscommunity.sagepub.com/blog/pedagogies-of-care-in-precarity Duraiappah, A. K. (2018). Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Education. The Blue Dot, 9(18), 1. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000366389.locale=en Gay, G. (2018). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Tongori, A. (2023). Ki a mester és ki a tanítvány? / Who is the Master and Who is the Student?: Interkulturális szerepcsere a nemzetközi táncos hallgatók “elméleti” képzésében / International Role Reversal in the “Theoretical” Training of International Dance Students. In D. E. Szente (Ed.), IX. Nemzetközi Tánctudományi Konferencia - Műfajok, módszerek, mesterek a táncművészetben - Programok és Absztraktok / 9th International Conference on Dance Science - Genres, Methods, Masters in Dance - Programme and Abstracts. Magyar Táncművészeti Egyetem. https://mte.eu/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Absztraktkotet.pdf White, R. (2017). Compassion in Philosophy and Education. In P. Gibbs (Ed.), The Pedagogy of Compassion at the Heart of Higher Education (Vol. 1, pp. 19–31). Springer. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Compassionate Inquiry: Digital Storytelling and the Ethics of Care in Higher Education Durham University Presenting Author:This paper reports on the use of Digital Storytelling (DS) as a mode of pedagogy in a year one Education Studies undergraduate module. Building on Bozalek et al’s (2016) research into how an ethics of care may be used to analyse the dialogic aspects of feedback, we consider how DS, as summative assessment, may foreground care ethics such as ‘attentiveness, responsibility, competence, responsiveness and trust’ (826). Our interest in this topic stems from concerns shared by the authors over the impact on staff and students of the massification of higher education, defined as the rapid increase in student enrolment from the end of the twentieth century onwards (Hornsby & Osman, 2014). Although the expansion of higher education (HE) has been broadly welcomed, international research on the massification of HE has noted numerous concerns including changes to the content and delivery of courses that negatively affect course outcomes (Monks & Schmidt, 2011); the diminishment of interaction between staff and students (Wang & Calvano, 2022); a reduction in the variety of teaching and assessment methods (Msiza, Ndhlovu & Raseroka, 2020), and an increase in ‘work-related stress, burnout, and mental health difficulties’ amongst staff (Brewster et al, 2022, 549). Research indicates that overworked staff often provide generic and superficial feedback to students who are ‘fixated on grades’ (Jones et al, 2021, 446) and who sometimes resort to plagiarism ‘to find the shortest and least stressful way to complete their coursework or program requirements’ (Fatima et al, 2020, 35). Massification presents several challenges to the ethics of care. First, exponents of the ethics of care reject the utilitarian tendency to think of the ‘moral good in terms of acts that produce the greatest good for the greatest number’ (Noddings, 2013, 154). Second, exponents of the ethics of care reject traditional theories about ethics that place justice as the foundation of morality (Gilligan, 1982), arguing instead that care should be the foundation of ethics, with justice as the superstructure (Noddings, 2013). This approach requires us to establish a ‘sensible, receptive, and responsive’ relationship with individuals (Noddings, 2013, 42) rather than ‘abstract away from the concrete situation those elements that allow a formulation of deductive argument’ (42) about the optimal way to interact with them. Under massification, ‘engrossment, or “feeling with”’ (Diller, 2018, 327) students is often difficult for staff, as it is seemingly impossible for a large cohort of students to fill our ‘field of attention’ (327) in the same way that a smaller group might. Arguably, the widespread use of student satisfaction surveys exemplifies the shift towards the formulation of deductive arguments about the optimalisation of staff-student interactions under massification (see for example Winstone et al, 2022). Third, if diligent teaching staff attempt to implement an ethics of care on massified programmes they may compound their ‘work-related stress, burnout, and mental health difficulties’ (Brewster et al, 2022, 549) by going “above and beyond” already unrealistic performance expectations. Mindful of these concerns, this study asks if DS has the potential to facilitate compassionate enquiry grounded in the ethics of care in the context of a large, international cohort of first year undergraduate students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Digital Storytelling (DS) is an educational practice informed by the belief that ‘narrative is one of the fundamental sense-making operations of the mind’ (Lodge, 1990, 4). For DS, this sense-making has two salient dimensions: (i) by telling stories about our lives, we become aware of the dynamic forces that shape our values, behaviours, and motivations (Ward, Mazzoli Smith & Dragas, 2023); (ii) by combining these stories with digital media such as images, audio, and video, we create multimodal vignettes that help other people “walk in our shoes”. At the end of the Education Studies module, students attended three lectures on the purpose and method of DS and two seminars in which they (i) viewed and discussed examples of DS; (ii) shared their stories about a learning experience that was of value to them. As part of their summative assessment, the students were asked to (i) combine their personal narrative with voice recording, text, and music to create a DS that could be uploaded to the online assessment portal; (ii) write a 500–1000-word Reflection on their DS, exploring connections between their personal experience and theories/theorists encountered on the module. Our analysis of the students’ work was informed by Noddings’ (2013, 186) rejection of the deification of abstract goals such as ‘“critical thinking, “and “critical reading,” and “critical reasoning”’, which often feature as intended learning outcomes on undergraduate modules. In asking students to create a DS and reflect on it, our aim was to help them think deeply about educational theory, and to care about it, through dialogue that enabled them to ‘come into contact with ideas and to understand, to meet the other and to care’ (Noddings, 2013, 186). This approach required us to acknowledge that whenever we describe ourselves or our actions to others, we are creating a story about ourselves (Parry, 1997). A reflection on how we came to create a DS is, then, a story about a story, so instead of asking if the students’ Reflections were authentic accounts of their storytelling process, we assessed their ability to articulate how a real-world experience (e.g., exam anxiety) finds expression in/is explained by educational theory, and why we should care about this. To discover how the classroom helped this process, we held a teaching-team focus group to share our experiences of working with the students as they developed their personal narratives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The images used in the DS ranged from bleak to humorous: some students created animations or still images to convey their emotions, and many of the students used their Reflection to articulate alignment between their DS’s audio-visual content and the module content. Many of the students’ personal narratives invoked experiences of constraint and release, and collectively the DS and Reflections tell a story of oppressive educational practices that young people are subjected to internationally. As noted by Sykes and Gachago (2018, 95), we are always ‘entangled in each other and in the world’, and the students used their storytelling to respond to this entanglement with compassion, often thanking people who had helped them at school or college and promising to help others. We began our focus group discussion with our most pressing concern, which was the lack of continuity with seminar attendance that made it difficult for seminar leaders and students to build rapport. Although some of our students seemed unable or reluctant to engage consistently with their designated seminar group, they were willing to ‘become a witness to the other’ and to themselves (Ellis, 2017, 439) in their DS seminars. Personal storytelling seems, therefore, to help overcome some of the issues around massification identified in this paper. Educators who care for many students risk becoming exhausted (Brewster et al, 2022), and the wellbeing of our teaching team on this module is an important consideration. However, in our focus group we agreed that the use of DS was not onerous, and that it afforded us pleasure to view and read the students’ work. Arguably, the DS and Reflections helped our students to discover how their lived experiences fuse with educational theory and helped them to find community in the classroom. References Bozalek, V., Mitchell, V., Dison, A., & Alperstein, Mgg. (2016). A diffractive reading of dialogical feedback through the political ethics of care. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(7), 825-838. Brewster, L., Jones, E., Priestley, M., Wilbraham, S. J., Spanner, L., & Hughes, G. (2022). ‘Look after the staff and they would look after the students’ cultures of wellbeing and mental health in the university setting. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46(4), 548-560. Diller, A. (2018). The ethics of care and education: A new paradigm, its critics, and its educational significance. In The gender question in education. Abingdon: Routledge, pp. 89-104. Ellis, C. (2017). Compassionate Research: Interviewing and storytelling from a relational ethics of care. In: Goodson, I. (Ed.) The Routledge International Handbook on Narrative and Life History. Abingdon: Routledge, 431-445. Gilligan, C. (1982). In A Different Voice: Psychological Theory and Women's Development. Harvard: Harvard University Press. Hornsby, D. J., & Osman, R. (2014). Massification in higher education: Large classes and student learning. Higher education, 67, 711-719. Jones, E., Priestley, M., Brewster, L., Wilbraham, S. J., Hughes, G., & Spanner, L. (2021). Student wellbeing and assessment in higher education: The balancing act. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(3), 438-450. Lodge, D. (1990). Narration with words. In: H. Barlow, C. Blakemore & M. Weston-Smith (Eds.) Images and Understanding. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral Education. Second Edition, Updated. London: University of California Press, Ltd. Parry, A. (1997). Why We Tell Stories: The Narrative Construction of Reality, Transactional Analysis Journal, 27:2, 118-127. Sykes, P., & Gachago, D. (2018). Creating “safe-ish” learning spaces‒Attempts to practice an ethics of care. South African Journal of Higher Education, 32(6), 83-98. Ward, S., Mazzoli Smith, L. and Dragas, T. (2023). Discovering your philosophy of education through Digital Storytelling. In: Pulsford, M., Morris, R. & Purves, R. (eds.) Understanding Education Studies: critical issues and new directions. Abingdon: Routledge. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper The Art of Coexistence: Towards Pedagogies of Care and Solidarity in times of uncertainty Graz University, Austria Presenting Author:In this contribution I try to explore pedagogies that support the creation of a collective imagination of interdependence based on care and solidarity. With the art of coexistence, I mean a collective co-creation of new narratives and values that are based on the interbeing of all life. We are always involved, embedded and in interaction and therefore we need a new understanding of being, knowing and community. These are not moral imperatives but rather a relational understanding of subjectivity that is based on the experience of belonging and being part of this world. An ethic of care starts from the understanding that all beings need care. It is the realization that all life is related and connected (Bozalek, Zembylas & Tronto, 2021; Barad, 2007; Braidotti, 2006). How can we understand the world as relational and entangled instead of focusing on the dominant reductionism of life? I argue that we are currently experiencing a crisis that is characterized by the worldmaking practices of Western modernity that are based on exploitation and separation including modes of knowing and being that cause violence (e.g. Escobar, 2007; Quijano, 2007; Hall, 1992; Mignolo, 2011; Maldonado-Torres, 2008; Zembylas, 2017). The imperial mode of living pervades our institutions and understanding of education. These hierarchical and separating modes of being are not life-sustaining for the world and future generations (Andreotti, 2021; Akomolafe, 2017; Brand & Wissen, 2017). Given the complex social and ecological challenges as well as the uncertainties that we currently face, we need new and varied ways to engage with the world and tap into our collective creativity. Interdependence as a process of reconnecting to self, others and the world, cannot be done just sporadically or on a purely intellectual level. Rather, instead the practice and awareness of the interconnectedness of all life are part of a continuous process of remembering. Such reconnection relies on tapping into the intelligence that lies beyond our thinking minds and includes the wholeness of human experience. I argue that arts-based approaches are crucial to disrupt habitual linear and rational ways and engage with embodied and sensory experiences to open up new ways of seeing, being, doing, and knowing? (Bishop & Etmanski, 2021, p. 133; Adams & Owens, 2021). The aim of this contribution is to recognize the transformative potential of arts-based approaches as a practice to reimagine, interrupt, insist and resist as we engage collectively to better understand societal issues (Adams & Owens, 2021). I will provide examples, photo voice and zining/collage for perspective change, care and solidarity from a higher education class I facilitated. These approaches were particularly effective at opening up new ways of being, knowing and doing as well as perspective change, realizing plural realities, and multiple systems of knowing and being. Learners move from individual to collective meaning-making and start connecting inner worlds with outer realities. The students created photos on their understanding of peace and showed them to the class, promting various perspectves from the group and afterwards the phototaker provides his/her perspective on it. We live in a century that is full of images, but we do not really see them. To create a caring coexistence, it is crucial to see things from a deeper perspective and with a deeper awareness. Another form to express oneself beyond text is zining. Historically, zines have been a form of expression for marginalized communities to share their stories and organise (French & Curd, 2022). I will give examples from zining as collage work to highlight the possibility to express political thoughts about solidarity with nature via zines. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this contribution I will firstly reflect theoretically on the onto-epistemological premises of modernity and coloniality, considering them through the lens of postcolonial and decolonial theory (e.g. Said, 1978; Quijano, 2000; Hall, 1992; Mignolo, 2011; Maldonado-Torres, 2008) as well as a feminist/posthumanist approach (e.g. Bozalek, Zembylas & Tronto, 2021; Haraway, 1988; Barad, 2007; Braidotti, 2006) to highlight relational and caring understandings of the word. Further, I will look at pedagogical approaches to reflecting on and transforming the violences of modernity (e.g. Andreotti, 2011; Zembylas, 2018; Castro Varela, 2007) and highlight especially the potential of arts-based methods towards a co-existence of solidarity and care. I introduce art-based teaching methods (Photovoice and Zining/ Collage Woork) and give examples of the students art and their experiences. Photovoice is a participatory community method to create social change. Wang and Burris (1997) describe Photovoice as a method by which people can identify, represent, and enhance their community through photography. Theoretically it draws on feminist theory (Collins, 1990) and critical pedagogy (Freire, 1990) and the call for the co-creation of knowledge and community-based social action. Members of the community create visual material on a socially relevant topic that impacts the community and policy-makers (Liebenberg, 2018). Similarly, to photo voice, zines can be used for participatory community work to create social change. I will show zines as collage work from students that show art as advocacy for solidarity and ecological awareness (French & Curd, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With this contribution I tried to formulate an arts-based teaching and learning approach that enhances learners’ ability to think, feel and act interdependently, allowing for the coexistence of different worlds and realities. This means to re-envision strategies for education that encourage relational ways of knowing and being in a more-than-human world, and thus open up the collective imagination to interdependence beyond a dualistic and separatist ontology that is based on dominance and suppression. The arts-based approaches photo voice and zine/collage work were particularly effective at opening up new ways of being, knowing and doing as well as perspective change, realizing plural realities, and multiple systems of knowing and being. Students realized that universally prevalent narratives about peace and a good life for all are always imperfect, contradictory and uncertain, but we do need new narratives about care and solidarity. The students experienced collective meaning-making and the potential of imagination for a peaceful coexistence. References Adams, J. & Owens, A. (2021). Beyond Text. Learning through Arts-Based Research. Intellect. Andreotti, V.d. O. (2021). Hospicing Modernity: Facing Humanity's Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism. North Atlantic Books. Andreotti, V.d. O. (2011). Actionable Postcolonial Theory in Education. Palgrave Macmillan. Akomolafe, B. (2017). These wilds beyond our fences. Letters to my daughter on humanity’s search for home. North Atlantic Books. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. Duke University Press. Bishop, K. & Etmanski, C. (2021). Down the rabbit hole: Creating a transformative learning environment. Studies in the Education of Adults, 53(2), 133–145. Bozalek, V., Zembylas, M. & Tronto, J.C. (2021). Posthuman and Political Care Ethics for Reconfiguring Higher Education Pedagogies. Routledge. Braidotti, R. (2006). Transpositions: On nomadic ethics. Polity Press. Brand, U. & Wissen, M. (2017). Imperiale Lebensweise. Zur Ausbeutung von Mensch und Natur im globalen Kapitalismus. Oekom. Castro Varela, M. d. M. (2007). Verlernen und Strategie des unsichtbaren Ausbesserns. Bildung und Postkoloniale Kritik. Bildpunkt. Zeitschrift der IG Bildende Kunst, 4–12. Collins P. H. (1990). Black feminist thought: Knowledge, consciousness and the politics of empowerment. Unwin Hyman Escobar, A. (2007). Worlds and Knowledges Otherwise, Cultural Studies, 21(2-3), 179–210. Freire, P. (1990). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum Press. French, J. & Curd, E. (2022). Zining as artful method: Facilitating zines as participatory action research within art museums. Action research, 20(1) 77–95 Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges. The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective, Feminist Studies 14(3), 575–599. Hall, S. (1992). The West and the Rest. Discourse and Power. In S. Hall & B. Gieben (Eds.), Formations of Modernity (pp. 275–321). Polity Press. Liebenberg, L. (2018). Thinking Critically About Photovoice: Achieving Empowerment and Social Change. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 17(1). Maldonado-Torres, N. (2008). Against War. Views from the Underside of Modernity. Duke University Press. Mignolo, W. D. (2011). The darker side of Western modernity: Global futures, decolonial options. Duke University Press. Quijano, A. (2007). COLONIALITY AND MODERNITY/RATIONALITY, Cultural Studies, 21(2-3), 168–178. Said, E. W. (1994). Culture and imperialism.Vintage Books. Wang, C. & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment, Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387 Zembylas, M. (2017). The quest for cognitive justice: towards a pluriversal human rights education, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 15(4), 397–409. Zembylas, M. (2018). Con-/divergences between postcolonial and critical peace education: towards pedagogies of decolonization in peace education, Journal of Peace Education, 15(1), 1–23. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Recording what’s out there: Video Documentary as an Arts Educative Practice in Youth Work University College Leuven Limb, Belgium Presenting Author:Context Rationale Goals and research questions Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this project, we have chosen to adopt a flexible methodology to pragmatically accommodate the operational differences among various organizations. More importantly, we view this project as an explorative and foundational study on the significance of ethnographic documentary in youth work, where specific results and recommendations were unknown at the project's inception. From the outset, our clear decision was to focus on ethnography as a broad direction for the documentaries. Similar to ethnographic or ethno-fictive writing, ethnographic documentary making possesses the unique ability not only to provide a voice for the author/documentary makers but also to highlight this voice (or voices) within the local environment. The makers, in this case, the youngsters, are featured on camera as they move and interact within their community. Consequently, documentary making becomes more than just a creative practice; it becomes a visual representation of the connections between the artistic medium (video documentary) and the context, environment, and day-to-day activities in which it unfolds. In the first phase of this project, we sought to emphasise experimentation and learning through doing. Youngsters were sent outside to make short video fragments without any clear instructions on filming technique, duration, subject, etc. It all started with the question to simply record what is out there, as short, fragmented diaries. These initial experiments serve as inspiration for the production of more comprehensive documentaries in the subsequent phase. A total of six documentaries will be created and showcased in the three participating countries. Following the presentation of these documentaries, we will develop a qualitative guide that delves into the various challenges and opportunities inherent in such a documentary project. Consequently, the activities and documentary work undertaken by the different partners serve as test case studies, mapping and analysing both the practical and artistic elements of documentary making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our presentation at ECER 2023 , which marked the halfway point of this project, we hypothesised that the medium of documentary making could act as an in-between instrument in which both forms of creativity and forms of reflection, and both forms of expression and forms of experience, could be integrated. As we are reaching the end of the project, we find that especially in the latter, in the reflective outward-looking element of documentary making, there is a great arts educative potential. It is the directness of videography, similar to photography, that affords an attitude of adaptiveness and sensitivity to the surroundings and the material that can be translated to other art forms as well. Moreover, there was great value in the collaborative aspect of making a documentary together, giving agency to the youngsters as groups with mixing roles. References Adams, T.E., Holman Jones, S., & Ellis, C. (Eds.). (2021). Handbook of Autoethnography (2nd ed.). Routledge. Barbash, I., & Taylor, L. (1997). Cross-cultural filmmaking: A handbook for making documentary and ethnographic films and videos. University of California Press. Causey, A. (2017). Drawn to see: Drawing as an ethnographic method. University of Toronto Press. Kelly, P. (2016). Creativity and autoethnography: Representing the self in documentary practice. Screen Thought: A journal of image, sonic, and media humanities, 1(1), 1-9. Lee-Wright, P. (2009). The documentary handbook. Routledge. Lin, C. C., & Polaniecki, S. (2009). From Media Consumption to MediaProduction: Applications of YouTube™ in an Eighth-Grade Video Documentary Project. Journal of Visual Literacy, 28(1), 92-107. Pyles, D. G. (2016). Rural media literacy: Youth documentary videomaking as a rural literacy practice. Journal of Research in Rural Education (Online), 31(7), 1. Sancho-Gil, J. M., & Hernández-Hernández, F. (Eds.). (2020). Becoming an educational ethnographer: The challenges and opportunities of undertaking research. Routledge. Trivelli, C., & Morel, J. (2021). Rural youth inclusion, empowerment, and participation. The Journal of Development Studies, 57(4), 635-649. VanSlyke-Briggs, K. (2009). Consider ethnofiction. Ethnography and Education, 4(3), 335-345. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 30 SES 11 A: Citizenship and Values in ESE in Schools Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Jordan Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The EDUCLIMAD Project: School Climate Assemblies to Foster Sustainability Competences amongst Youngsters Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:France and the United Kingdom pioneered the organisation of citizens' climate assemblies to involve a broad representation of citizens in proposing measures and recommendations to address climate change at the national level (Climate Assembly UK, 2020). The EDUCLIMAD project aims to explore the innovative potential of climate assemblies, by contextualising and adapting it to the school context. Thus, this investigation presents school climate assemblies, conceived as an innovative educational tool for the co-creation of climate change and sustainability solutions within educational institutions and communities. An intervention research project has been designed and piloted in 24 Primary and High Education Schools in the region of Tarragona (Spain). This study is situated in a qualitative-interpretative research paradigm (Bisquerra, 2019) and is an Intervention Based Research (Tricket et al, 1996), which consists of designing and carrying out interventions to study the effects of the implementation of school climate assemblies. The study emphasizes the potential of co-creation methods in the educational context and underscores the critical role of education in fostering sustainability citizens and empowering students to become active change agents in their local community. The main objectives of EDUCLIMAD are: 1) Design, validate and pilot an instrument to assess the sustainability competences of primary and secondary school students, 2) Assess the influence of school climate assemblies on environmental awareness on the development of sustainability competences in primary and secondary school students, and 3) Design, test and develop a methodological framework and recommendations for conducting school climate assemblies. The activities foreseen in this project are organized in 3 phases: A first preparatory and design phase of educational and methodological materials and resources, including the design of an assessment instrument aligned with European competence framework on sustainability Greencomp (Bianchi et al, 2022). This instrument is adapted to primary and secondary education and consists of a questionnaire related to sustainability knowledge, attitudes and behaviors, with 4 Likert-type response possibilities and 4 contextualised situations, following the pre-test and post-test design with the aim of measuring the level of competence among the students before and after implementing the school climatic assemblies. The second phase of the project involves the organization and development of school climate assemblies in 24 schools and the elaboration of an action plan and policy recommendations by the participating educational communities, and the third phase consists of evaluation and dissemination of the results, the educational resources derived from the project will be disseminated to agents of the territory, including political representatives and other educational centers in the area. The organization of a fair is foreseen in which the proposals can be presented to the different educational agents, entities of the territory and policy makers. The results suggest policy implications for integrating co-creation approaches into school curricula, aiming to empower students and drive sustainable action. This project is considered of scientific relevance because it presents the methodological conceptualisation for implementing climate assemblies in schools and the results of a pilot with primary and secondary school students, establishing a framework that can be replicated in different contexts and educational levels, which makes it adaptable and scalable.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Europe, citizens' climate assemblies have been organised in different countries such as Finland, Ireland, Scotland, Denmark, Germany, Austria and Spain (Stack & Griessler, 2022). Based on these existing experiences of citizen climate assemblies, the school climate assemblies adopt a three-phase process related to their design and implementation and guided by facilitators (Grewin, 2018; Ferejohn, 2008). The first phase is preparatory and material design, including the design of an assessment instrument aligned with the European Commission's GreenComp sustainability competency framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). This instrument is adapted to both educational stages and consists of a questionnaire related to sustainability knowledge, attitudes and behaviors, with 4 Likert-type response possibilities and 4 contextualised situations, each of them related to one of the competence areas that structure the European GreenComp framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). Also, this instrument is applied following the pre-test and post-test design with the aim of measuring the level of competence among the students before and after implementing the school climatic assemblies. As for the post-test, the students have to qualitatively evaluate the process of the assemblies including its positive and negative aspects. The second phase consists of the organization of school climate assemblies in Primary and High schools and the elaboration of an action plan and policy recommendations. The last phase contemplates the dissemination of the project results and the educational resources designed. The specific phases of the school climate assemblies were carried out in the following steps: in the first step, students share their different perspectives related to a topic related to climate change proposing its challenges, positive and negative aspects in a conceptual map. Afterwards, 10 actions that are favorable to climate change are discussed and agreed upon collectively and written down in a decalogue. Then, each group presents its actions to the rest of the group and students must vote for the actions they prioritize according to their interests and needs. Once these decalogues are rigorously categorized by the team of technicians, the students are given feedback on the most voted actions so that they can reach a broader consensus with other members of the assembly in a critical manner to produce action plans, with the help of the team of facilitators. Finally, students will present their chosen policy recommendations at a fair where the educational community, families and political representatives will be invited to listen to their proposals and give feedback to the students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected impacts of EDUCLIMAD project respond to real social and scientific challenges, which recognise the importance of promoting the active participation of citizens in climate action and sustainability, which include: increasing environmental awareness and development of GreenComp sustainability competences in primary and secondary school students through the school climate assemblies; design, implementation and validation of a GreenComp competencies assessment instrument that can be replicated in other schools and contexts; the co-creation of climate change adaptation and mitigation measures at local and regional level through the development of action plans and policy recommendations, and last but not least, the dissemination of the school climate assemblies through different communication channels like the project website, social networks and media aimed to interested audiences such as the educational community, social and political agents of the territory, and open publication of all materials and results in 3 languages (Catalan, Spanish and English). School climate assemblies can contribute to the development of sustainability competencies in students, associated with interpersonal competence and collective action and competencies related to values-thinking, future-thinking and collective action, which focuses on acting for change in collaboration with others and promoting learners’ ability and will to engage in democratic processes to achieve more sustainable societies. All this information is collected through the pre and post design instrument that is applied before and after implementing the school climate assemblies. For this reason there is a need to operationalise sustainability competencies at different educational levels through the design, validation and implementation of competency assessment instruments in order to assess and measure these kinds of competences. This approach has also the potential to inform and influence policy-making through the identification of actionable priorities and indicators where community learning and action can make a significant contribution and drive meaningful action to address climate change and sustainability challenges. References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U. and Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework, Punie, Y. and Bacigalupo, M. editor(s), EUR 30955 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-46485-3, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040. Bisquerra (2019). Metodología de la Investigación Educativa (6a edición). Madrid: Arco-La Muralla. Grewin, M. (2018). Citizens’ assemblies. Guide to democracy that works. Kraków: Open Plan Foundation. Cebrián, G., Boqué, A., Camarero, M., Junyent, M., Moraleda, A., Olano, JX & Renta, AI (2023). Las asambleas escolares por el clima: una herramienta para empoderar a la comunidad educativa en la acción climática, en M. Sánchez-Moreno & J. López-Yáñez (eds) Construir comunidades en la escuela. ISBN 978-84-277-3098-4 Climate Assembly UK (2020). The path to net zero. Climate Assembly UK. Full report. Ferejohn, J. (2008). The Citizens’ Assembly Model. En M. Warren y H. Pearce (Eds.), Designing Deliberative Democracy (pp. 192-213). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Leicht, A., Heiss, J., y Byun, W.J. (2018). Issues and Trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000261445 Shared Future (2020). Climate Assemblies and Juries: A people powered response to the climate emergency. Stack, S., & Griessler, E. (2022). From a "half full or half empty glass" to "definitely a success": Explorative comparison of impacts of climate assemblies in Ireland, France, Germany and Scotland. (IHS Working Paper, 39). Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS). https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-78385-6 Trickett, Edison., (1996). Elavorating Developmental Contextualism in Adolescent Research and Intervention: Paradigm contributions from Community Psychology. Journal of Research on Adolescence 6 (3), 245-269. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Citizen Science in Schools: the development of eco-citizenship capabilities. 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Stirling Presenting Author:Introduction Young people are taking increasingly public and overtly political action in response to environmental concerns. There is a need for schools to support young people in navigating current environmental challenges, however, the capacity for schools to do this is inconsistent and often inadequate. Research is needed to understand how we can better support schools and young people in confidently responding to contemporary and evolving environmental issues. This presentation explores how environmental citizen science can contribute to lived eco-citizenship in young people while they are in formal schooling. A major finding is that environmental citizen science experiences offer opportunities to connect pupils with scientific research practices in a way that offers authentic citizenship opportunities not ordinarily available in schools. The research took a qualitative, in-depth, multi-method, case study approach, exploring the experiences of school-based participants (n=74, pupils, teachers and scientists) across three different school-based citizen science projects, and a small number of pupils who had no citizen science experience in schools as comparison. Theoretical Framing The capability approach (Nussbaum, 2011, Sen, 1993, Robeyns, 2017) offers an alternative to considering ‘environmental action’ as a key end goal. Instead, taking a processual approach to the identification of a suite of eco-citizenship ‘capabilities’ that can be brought into being as ‘functionings’ should the pupils involved feel compelled to do so. Robeyns (2017) describes three ‘conversion factors’, or “the factors which determine the degree to which a person can transform a resource into a functioning” (ibid. P.45), ‘personal’ or internal to the person, ‘social’ or stemming from the society, and ‘environmental’, the physical or built environment. In this analysis, the ways in which the citizen science experience can be considered to provide the different types of ‘conversion factor’ will be identified and the opportunities and constraints of these explored. Hayward (2012) suggests that young people have different experiences of environmental citizenship than adults. Emphasising the everyday experiences that young people may have, at home, in school or with their friends, rather than ‘adult’ experiences like voting or environmentally conscious consumerism, offers a way of realistically understanding eco-citizenship in young people. Kallio, Wood and Hakli (2020) describe lived citizenship in a way that explores the reality of citizenship in everyday situations rather than relying on the formal, legal status of citizenship. This analysis draws upon that conception, placing the embodied experiences and acts of eco-citizenship in the daily life of young people at its core. The concept of lived citizenship (Kallio, Wood and Hakli (2020) offers an approach to considering the citizenship related experiences of young people as part of the mundane, everyday experience of formal schooling. Situating the citizen science experience within this conception also acknowledges the non-voluntary nature of the young people’s participation in the experience. Findings Across the responses from participants in citizen science projects (and non) in this research, for these pupils who all participate in environmental or scientific subjects through their formal school experience, the nature of the citizen science experience did not inspire a radical change for them. Environmental, social and personal conversion factors were, however, recognised and reported in my observations of the pupils engaged in the citizen science activities, and in their reflections and responses. These include, physical and sensory encounters, working with others, and caring for the environment. While the short-term, single encounter with citizen science, as experienced here, could not be shown to move the pupils towards more public actions such as campaigning and protest, the nurturing of eco-citizenship capabilities can begin with relational, sensory and affective experiences. Environmental citizen science affords young people opportunities that offer a springboard towards authentic eco-citizenship actions and dispositions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Pupil participants in different citizen science projects over the duration of this research, and two additional classes of pupils who had not participated in any citizen science in school (n=74), were asked to respond to five statements selected from the Cornell Lab of Ornithology Evaluation Research, ‘Self-Efficacy for environmental action’ evaluation tool. The Cornell Lab of Ornithology Evaluation Research survey instruments were selected as they were designed specifically for use with citizen science experiences rather than environmental education more broadly. Selection of the self-efficacy survey related to its explicit definition as “a person’s beliefs about his/her capabilities” (Phillips et al, 2018), which builds a picture of the confidence that the young people in this study may have to actually enact eco-citizenship capabilities. Furthermore, self-efficacy is seen (by Berkowitz et al, 2005) as an essential component of environmental citizenship, the authors define self-efficacy as “having the capacity to learn and act with respect to personal values and interests in the environment” (ibid. p. 230). The surveys were completed after the citizen science fieldwork day, typically around 2/3 weeks, and in the case of the non-citizen science participants, as part of Advanced Higher Biology/Geography classes (it is expected that these pupils would have some environmental awareness as part of their course of study). It is acknowledged that there are many factors that contribute to the self-efficacy of young people throughout their school experience, as such it is not assumed that any differences in the self-efficacy responses are solely related to the citizen science experience, or lack thereof. The responses were collated in Microsoft Excel, and changed into a percentage to mitigate for the differing participants numbers in each category (MICCI = 19, OPAL = 21, SFL = 9, NONE = 25). The self-efficacy tool (Phillips et al, 2018) was used to generate an overall ‘score’ for each individual or group involved, however for this research it is also useful to look at the responses to each statement in relation to the development of eco-citizenship capabilities. In addition to the survey responses, situational maps (Clarke et al, 2018) generated by participant observation, fieldnotes and pupil focus groups of the citizen science partipants were considered in relation to the four dimensions of lived citizenship (Kallio, Wood and Hakli, 2020). These maps enabled the experiential responses of pupils during and after the citizen science experience to be analysed alongside their survey responses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the four dimensions described in Kallio, Wood and Hakli’s (2020) conception of lived citizenship, the spatial, the intersubjective, the performed and the affective, findings will be presented in relation to the experiences of the young people involved: In the spatial dimension, the environmental conversion factors identified for pupils were: physical and sensory experiences, authentic practices in place, and opportunities to reflect and situate themselves as active response-makers to global and local environmental concerns. In the intersubjective dimension, the social conversion factors identified for pupils were: peer interaction and communication, and intergenerational relationships, providing a relational context for young people to explore environmental concerns. In the performed dimension, personal and social conversion factors were identified for pupils: • The personal conversion factors were: making a contribution, and personal environmental actions. The adults expressed greater value in relation to the ‘contribution’ component of the citizen science experience than the pupils. For pupils, participation in their respective projects resulted in an increased awareness of citizen science as a way to take positive action for the environment. • A social conversion factor of involvement in public actions, such as campaigning and protest, was also identified. My participants described a general reluctance to engage in overtly political acts, this suggests that their environmental citizen science experiences did not directly support this type of eco-citizenship action. In the affective dimension, the personal conversion factors identified for pupils were: actively caring for a place, and alleviating environmental concerns or anxieties through participation in collective action. These led to feelings of hope and empowerment in relation to environmental issues for the pupils involved. This research suggests that schools can provide a vital context for young people to encounter and engage with citizen science practices and that these experiences can lead to the development of important eco-citizenship capabilities. References Clarke, A., Friese, C. and Washburn, R. (2018) Situational Analysis Grounded Theory After the Interpretive Turn 2nd ed. California: Sage. Hayward, B. (2012) Children, citizenship and environment: Nurturing a democratic imagination in a changing world. Routledge. Kallio, K.P., Wood, B.E. and Häkli, J. (2020) Lived citizenship: Conceptualising an emerging field. Citizenship Studies, 24 (6), pp. 713-729. Phillips, T., Porticella, N., Constas, M. and Bonney, R. (2018) A Framework for Articulating and Measuring Individual Learning Outcomes from Participation in Citizen Science. Citizen Science: Theory and Practice, 3 (2), pp. 1-19. Robeyns, I. (2017) Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice: The Capability Approach Re-Examined. Cambridge, UK: Open Book Publishers. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Bleeding Water. Introducing Role Play in Science Teacher Education for Valuing Sustainability University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper presents a small exploratory study of how introducing role play as a learning activity in a science education class for student teachers can provide them with a powerful instruction tool in their future teaching. The role play is used for involving students in multiple emotionally charged perspectives together with cognitive challenges of attempting to resolve an ecological problem. The narrative of the role play is based on a true story involving published pieces of marine research in a sustainability context. The role play offers a setting for further deliberation of central issues of sustainability, helping the student teachers contemplate the place of sustainability in science education. Though emotional and ethical aspects are part of socio-scientific issues, many student teachers are insecure of how to deal with them in learning science. Fortus etal. (2022) highlights why the affective domain is important to develop scientific literacy. Toonders, etal. (2016) declares that drama is a relatively unexplored tool in academic science education, and addresses how the use of drama may allow science students to deepen their understanding of science innovations and the ethical dimensions of them. One of many challenges for environmental and sustainability education is to engage students in realistic transdisciplinary issues where they can use and develop their agency and emotional reactions for dealing with sustainability dilemmas. With this proposal, the discussion is raised of how role play and other drama activities can contribute to student teachers’ involvement in sustainability. By first engaging in a personal role play the participants gain empathic and embodied understandings of different perspectives of the issue in mind. In the following reflective discussion, the level of discourse may be lifted from the individual to the collective and eventually to a global level through a lens of empathy and embodiment. This study’s research question is: How do student science teachers experience role play as a learning activity for reflecting on values in sustainability and preparing students for future citizenship? There are trends in education for sustainability, sustainable citizenship and scientific literacy that points towards transformative learning (Unesco, 2018; Biesta, 2006; Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2013; Granados-Sanchez, 2023; Valladares, 2021), and that the perspective shifts from acquiring competences to the democratic nature of educational spaces and practices (Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2013). By using sustainable citizenship as a theoretical frame the role play is studied as an educational space for exploring an ecological problem in a complex environment where the participants in role “respond to each other’s divergent and mutually exclusive concerns, a space in which things are made public” (Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2013, p.6). In the post-role play reflecting dialogue the discussion offers links to matters of global sustainability and citizenship which refers to “a sense of belonging to the global community and a common sense of humanity” and “collective responsibility at the global level” (UNESCO, 2017 p.2).
This study leans on a framework of drama for sustainability issues (Author, 2017, 2023), based on Leinweaver’s (2015) sustainable storytelling. The Bleeding Water role play is characterized as a Little drama that is conducted on a personal level involving a story connected to individuals and how they explore their lives and make their choices based on values and facts (Author, 2001). The dramatic action is personal, exploring personal expressions (Neelands, 2000). Middle dramas, may explore conflicts on an interpersonal and sociocultural level. They have focus of explaining power relationships, organization of society and how culture shapes our collective senses. Big, symbolic dramas help people make sense of the mystery of life and the wonder of being. (Author, 2023). All three levels connect to sustainable citizenship. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a small qualitative study based on observations of teaching activities followed by group interviews. The participants are student teachers in science education from three different teacher education courses at the same institution. The role play has five roles, therefor five students from each course were recruited in order to include students with different educational experiences. The courses are; the bachelor level of the Master’s programme in teacher education; the full-time Teacher Education Programme for students with a master’s degree in Natural Sciences, and the part-time Teacher Education Programme. Det data material consists of video observations and audio-taped interviews (semi-structured). The empirical data is analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006). The role play is conducted with the use of personal role cards. A small group of five students played out a situation of a family dinner where the nearby river turns out to be invaded by poisonous algae that indecently colors the water red. The plot is inspired by the novel “And the Waters turned to Blood” by Rodney Barker (1998), which is based on a true story. The context affects the family members in different ways. One gets sick after bathing, one has his trade as a pig farmer threatened, one is studying the algae in her master’s degree, the local tourist guide is afraid of the lack of visitors and a fisherman fears for the fish. After the role play, the students reflected on what happened in the play and why, trying to analyse the situation in the local context, and eventually the discussion was guided into a more global perspective. The following group interview focused on the student teachers’ own experience with the role play and their reflections on the role play as a tool of instruction for exploring sustainability issues. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses of student teachers’ role play dialogues, reflections and future expectations will be discussed in a local and global sustainable citizenship perspective. The analyses are still preliminary, but other similar studies of secondary students may provide valuable ideas of expected outcomes. Using the same role play with secondary science students, Kristoffersen (2021) revealed that the complexity in the situation initiates high order argumentation using both scientific facts and ethical considerations, critical thinking and socio scientific reasoning. Other studies have explored how role play can provide inclusive contexts for socio-environmental controversial issues, where students’ different voices enrich the learning activity, and students deal with decision-making and conflict. Role play offers situations where students practice negotiating values and making decisions at personal, interpersonal and global levels (Author, 2001, 2003; Colucci-Gray, 2007). Drama and role play enable teachers to bring real-life situations into the classroom and generate incidences where students can rehearse bringing together factual knowledge, values and norms in order to explore how to change existing practices (Boal, 1985; Jackson & Vine, 2013). Simultaneously, in the encounter, they jointly reflect on and perhaps build new transdisciplinary knowledge about sustainability issues. Being students-in-role forces them to also consider personal values and ethical concerns (Author, 2023). The participating student teachers experienced a transition from holding traditional discussions about environmental science issues to practicing the act of living through an environmental issue by behaving and talking in context, and further touching upon thoughts of collective responsibility at the global level. Hopefully they will use and develop role play as a creative and powerful tool in their own teaching. References Author, (2001) Author, (2003) Author, (2017) Author, (2023) Biesta, G. (2006). What's the point of lifelong learning if lifelong learning has no point? On the democratic deficit of policies for lifelong learning. European educational research journal, 5(3-4), 169-180. Boal, A. (1985) Theatre of the Oppressed. New York: Theatre Communications Group. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Colucci-Gray, L. (2007). An inquiry into role-play as a tool to deal with complex socio-environmental issues and conflict. Open University (United Kingdom). Fortus, D., Lin, J., Neumann, K., & Sadler, T. D. (2022). The role of affect in science literacy for all. International Journal of Science Education, 44(4), 535-555. Granados-Sánchez, J. (2023). Sustainable Global Citizenship: A Critical Realist Approach. Social Sciences, 12(3), 171. Jackson, A. & Vine, C. (2013) Learning Through Theatre: The Changing Face of Theatre in Education. New York: Routledge Kristoffersen, K. D. (2021) Rollespel i naturfag. Eit reiskap for utdanning for medborgarskap? [Role play in Science, A tool for educating citizenship?] Master thesis. Oslo: University of Oslo. Leinweaver, J. (2015) Storytelling for Sustainability. Deepening the Case for Change. Oxford: Dõ Sustainability. Neelands, J. (2000). Drama i praksis: teori, ideer og metoder. Gråsten: Drama. Toonders, W., Verhoeff, R. P., & Zwart, H. (2016). Performing the future: on the use of drama in philosophy courses for science students. Science & Education, 25, 869-895. UNESCO (2017) Education for Sustainable Development Goals Learning Objectives. Retrieved January 2024: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 Valladares, L. (2021). Scientific literacy and social transformation: Critical perspectives about science participation and emancipation. Science & Education, 30(3), 557-587. Van Poeck, K., & Vandenabeele, J. (2013). Sustainable citizenship as practice. Lifelong Learning in Europe, 2013(2). |
13:45 - 15:15 | 30 SES 11 B: Elements of significance in ESE in Schools Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Maarten Deleye Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Developing School Organization Guidelines for Education for Sustainable Development - A Large-Scale Study Including School Leaders, Teachers, and Students 1Karlstad university, Sweden; 2Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:This is an empirical design study on Education for sustainable development (ESD) that will be presented in an early stage with preliminary result at the ECER conference 2024.
School leaders and teachers play a central role in ensuring that all students acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote a sustainable society (Hargreaves & Shirley, 2020). Education for sustainable development (ESD) is a complex and transdisciplinary task for schools and can therefore not be treated as a separate subject but more likely is called for to integrate into all education activities (Holst 2022). In this very urgent task, school leaders and teachers are often left alone without systematic organizational structures and guidelines for implementing ESD. More knowledge and support to both practice and policy decision making is needed.
There is a growing amount of research on ESD implementation. Most studies are small-scale studies where single levels, subjects, or functions in education have been studied to identify their support functions in implementing ESD effectively at schools (Verhelst 2021). Although it is known that the school organization is vital in supporting daily teaching practice in general (Jarl et al., 2021), there is a lack of studies of how a school organization can support the implementation of ESD (see however Forssten Seiser et al., 2022; Mogren 2019), and how multiple actors in a school organization (e.g., leaders, teachers, and students) covary in this implementation. Especially holistic large-scale studies that enable generalizations are missing (Verhelst, 2021).
We have, based on knowledge from previous small-scale studies about ESD at individual and organizational levels and a school improvement project in one Swedish municipality, designed a large-scale national ESD study, including school leaders, teachers, and students. Organizational support, structures, and visions for school leaders will be related to visions, work, and needs related to ESD expressed by teachers and reflections from the students. An already existing national database that is unique in its size for ESD will form the basis for the study. Throughout the project we will build on and further develop the concept of a whole school approach in ESD (Wals & Mathie, 2022). The whole school approach to ESD is a concept that is used to study ESD implementation through a lens of general school improvement as part of daily practice. It aims to reveal how the school organization can support ESD implementation, structurally and coherently.
The aim of our project is to develop systematic and generalized guidelines for how the school organization can support the implementation of ESD. We will study how school leaders organize education and how teachers and students are framed by their local school organizations in their work with ESD. Our first research question is:
How do Swedish school leaders and teachers from preschool, compulsory and secondary school describe their visions, current work, and needs related to ESD, both individual and in relation to their school leaders and their school organizations?
This research question is the start of an iterative research process where factors on school leader level that are supportive for the teachers’ work will be investigated. Further student descriptions of ESD related to school leaders and teachers understanding of ESD will be investigated. Generated knowledge will contribute to how a concept of a whole school approach to ESD, including school leaders, teachers, and students can be further developed to better describe the effects of the school organization for the implementation of ESD in schools?
Nationally, this large-scale holistic project will support policy decisions for a wide national implementation of ESD. Theoretically, the project will contribute to further conceptualization and development of the whole school approach in ESD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach of this project is a mixed methods design. The choice of this approach is to acknowledge the power and benefits of both quantitative and qualitative methods (Tashakkori & Creswell, 2007). We seek to overcome the dualistic view of studying dynamic and static qualities of ESD implementation by either quantitative or qualitative methods, and instead use the different methods to complement each other in a pragmatic sense to investigate our research question in a diverse and complementary way (Biesta, 2010). We intend to investigate both the static quality of ESD, where a system is striving to achieve defined standards, and dynamic quality that represents what a system needs when ESD implementation proceeds in uncertainty where previously formed standards do not apply (Breiting and Mayer 2015). Method design therefore illustrate how initiative or process are producing specific, criteria or standards, which have both productive and restraining effects (McKenzie et al., 2015). Furthermore, since this project is situated on a school organization level it is suggested to combine quantitative data by school leader´s and teacher ´s providing an overview with qualitative data that additionally include students for concrete examples (Denzin & Lincoln, 2008). We have chosen to structure our mixed methods design as an explanatory sequential design in four steps. The first step consists of a large-scale questionnaire and is thus of quantitative character. Existing register data; school leaders (n > 100) and teachers (n > 2000) are collected by the educational resource The global school (administrated by the Swedish Council for Higher Education 2019-2022 and the Swedish International Development Authority, from 2023 and onward). In this first step we aim to answer our first research questions. In the following steps, the analyses of the questionnaire will provide information for the design of a qualitative follow-up study and thus not only information for the quantitative analysis. We aim to bridge results from the analysis of the questionnaire (both Likert type items and open questions) to qualitative data sampling, in case studies. Adding case studies to quantitative data include focus group interviews. We will, based on the results from the questionnaire, select ten schools representing a variation in emphasis of current work with ESD for more in-depth investigation and analyses. Finally, a comprehensive analysis of both quantitative and qualitative data will be made to answer the fourth research question on creating new models of understanding ESD as a whole school approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Previous results important for this project stem from a local school improvement program aiming to scale up the work with ESD in all educational practices within a Swedish municipality. This program serves as an important pilot study for our project. The comprehensive questionnaire used in this study was developed and distributed to all teachers and school leaders. Results from the questionnaires have provided an informative overview of the current ESD work in the specific municipality. In this project we continue the work started in the municipality and expand it to a national level. Experience and results from the local project is vital when scaling up. In ECER 2024 preliminary results on this first scaling of data on a national level will be presented and discussed. Preliminary results for the whole design study building onto the first step is the combination of national quantitative data and case studies in several municipalities that allows for a quantitative validation of a model of whole school approaches of ESD; Scherp school organization model (Mogren 2019). It provides systematic support and guidelines on a general level for implementing education for sustainable development in the whole school organization. The conception of a whole school approach (WSA) to ESD that was previously operationalized in a qualitative manner (Mogren 2019) will here be developed quantitatively to gain theoretical knowledge of school leaders’ and teachers’ views on applying WSA in an ESD context. Furthermore, in this project we will involve students and include their views on school improvement. This is important especially in the context of ESD, where a democratic and participatory approach is emphasized. Previous work with students on ESD has shown what content and methods students prefer (Manni &Knekta 2020) which is why we expect to gain new knowledge here as well. References Breiting, S., Mayer, M. (2015). Quality Criteria for ESD Schools: Engaging Whole Schools in Education for Sustainable Development. In: Jucker, R., Mathar, R. (eds) Schooling for Sustainable Development in Europe. Schooling for Sustainable Development, vol 6. Springer, Cham. Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., & Smith, L. T. (Eds.). (2008). Handbook of critical and indigenous methodologies. Sage. Forssten Seiser, A., Mogren, A., Gericke, N., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2022). Developing school leading guidelines facilitating a whole school approach to education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 1-23. Hargreaves, A., & Shirley, D. (2020). Leading from the middle: its nature, origins and importance. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(1), 92-114. Holst, J. (2022). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 1-16. Jarl, M., Andersson, K., & Blossing, U. (2021). Organizational characteristics of successful and failing schools: A theoretical framework for explaining variation in student achievement. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(3), 448-464. McKenzie, M., Bieler, A., & McNeil, R. (2015). Education policy mobility: reimagining sustainability in neoliberal times. Environmental Education Research, 21(3), 319-337. Manni, A., & Knekta, E. (2020). A Little Less Conversation, a Little More Action Please: Examining Students’ Voices on Education, Transgression, and Societal Change. Sustainability,12(15), 6231. Mogren, A. (2019). Guiding principles of transformative education for sustainable development in local school organisations: Investigating whole school approaches through a school improvement lens (Doctoral dissertation, Karlstads universitet). Tashakkori A and Creswell JW (2007) Editorial: The new era of mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research 1(1): 3–7. Verhelst, D. (2021). Sustainable Schools for Sustainable Education: Characteristics of an ESD effective School (Doctoral dissertation, University of Antwerp). Wals, A.E.J., & Mathie, R.G. (2022). Whole school responses to climate urgency and related sustainability challenges. In: M. A., Peters.R.,Heraud,(eds) Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. Singapore.: Springer. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Integration of Holistic and Sustainable Pedagogy in Chemistry Classrooms: A Survey of Kazakhstan High School Chemistry Teachers NIS Uralsk, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Climate change continues to be a priority on the international agenda. However, stakeholders in the education sector in Kazakhstan have an inadequate understanding of education's part in the climate change initiative and what addressing climate change through education entails. This study investigates the integration of sustainable and holistic pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms. The proposed research design for this study is the convergent mixed-method design, and the participants (n=40) will be Chemistry teachers from Nazarbayev Intellectual School. The expected outcome is that Chemistry teachers are unfamiliar with Green Chemistry principles. The implications of the findings provide a foundation for educationalists to improve curriculum development toward environmental protection. Kazakhstan faces many environmental issues because of the increase in the volume of waste, natural disasters, land degradation (water, wind), deficiency of water resources, air pollution, greenhouse gases, and technological innovations. It necessitates immediate and pragmatic approaches in Chemistry education. According to the United Nations (2022), education is an indispensable resource in the campaign against climate change. It inspires individuals to change their behaviours and attitudes and make informed decisions crucial in the fight against climate change and related environmental problems (Moseley et al., 2019). Leal and Hemstock (2019) also noted that education as a process helps young people better understand and address the effects of global warming. It also fosters better behaviours and attitudes to support the initiatives towards the fight against climate change and embracing a changing environment. Stakeholders in the education sector in Kazakhstan have an inadequate understanding of education's part in the climate change initiative and what addressing climate change through education entails (Mochizuki & Bryan, 2015). Embracing sustainable Chemistry education is proposed as a viable solution to involve education in the fight against climate change actively. This study focuses on Green Chemistry, a form of sustainable Chemistry education that embraces the need to prepare students for environment-friendly knowledge critical to solving societal problems while protecting the environment. Therefore, there is a need to provide adequate knowledge of Green Chemistry for every Chemistry teacher in Kazakhstan. Even though education's role in addressing climate change challenges is increasingly acknowledged, the education system remains underutilised as a strategic tool to adapt and mitigate climate change. Educationalists in most countries globally, including Kazakhstan, are yet to formulate a coherent model for climate change education (Mochizuki & Bryan, 2015). It raises the need to research the integration of sustainable and holistic pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms to develop responsible citizens who apply Green Chemistry principles to solve persistent environmental issues. Integrating environmental education has improved our understanding of handling impurities and their effects. Nevertheless, the extent of incorporation in the science curriculum is not widely known in Kazakhstan (Suyundikova, 2019). Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) aims to introduce a Sustainable Curriculum to close this gap by investigating the integration of holistic and sustainable pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms (Suyundikova, 2019). This study investigates the integration of sustainable and holistic pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms. It will address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design: The proposed research design for this study is the convergent mixed-method design. The researcher will combine qualitative and quantitative research designs. Data analysis will integrate both forms of data to establish if the data confirms or disconfirms each other. Participants: The participants will be Chemistry teachers from Nazarbayev Intellectual School. Sampling: The researcher proposes using simple random sampling (SRS) in this study. It implies that each sampling unit of the respondents has an equal chance of getting selected (Peregrine, 2018). The researcher will hand-pick a sample from the target population based on the principle of randomisation, for instance, random chance or selection. The target sample size is (n=40). Research Instruments: Regarding quantitative data collection and analysis, this study will adopt a descriptive survey research design using the Perception and Attitude of Chemistry Teachers towards Integrating Green Chemistry Principles Questionnaire (PACTIGCPQ). High School Test Questionnaire will also be used to evaluate respondents' Green Chemistry knowledge. A survey questionnaire will be used to establish the perception of the significance of Green Chemistry and rated on a 3-point Likert scale. The study will use mean, T-test statistical tools, simple percentages, and standard deviation to evaluate this data. In regards to qualitative data collection and analysis, qualitative data will be collected and analysed independently yet simultaneously with the quantitative research. A semi-structured, open-ended instrument and physical interviews will be done. The interviews will last for at least 30 minutes. The six-phase Thematic Analysis will be used to evaluate the collected data. Data Analysis: A convergent data analysis approach will be used. The researcher will evaluate findings from qualitative and quantitative phases to establish complementarity, convergence, or contradictions. Sources of Information: The primary sources of information will include legal and historical documents, audio and video recording from interviews, and statistical data. Secondary sources will include scholarly articles, books, edited works, course textbooks, and review research works. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings provide a foundation for educationalists to improve curriculum development toward environmental protection. The research findings' significance is that they guide education institutions on the approaches they need to make curriculum reforms to integrate sustainability and green chemistry principles into the teaching of chemistry. Additionally, the study aims to enhance teachers' knowledge and awareness of green chemistry principles, fostering a positive attitude towards sustainable chemistry education. By understanding the perceptions and knowledge of high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan regarding green chemistry education, this research aims to address several expected outcomes. These outcomes include: 1) Identifying the current level of knowledge and understanding of green chemistry principles among high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan; 2) Exploring the challenges and barriers faced by high school chemistry teachers in implementing green chemistry education in their classrooms; 3) Examining the perceptions of high school chemistry teachers on the importance and relevance of green chemistry education in the context of sustainable development; and 4) Assessing the available resources and support for high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan to incorporate green chemistry principles into their teaching. By analyzing the data collected from surveys and interviews, the study aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the perceptions, knowledge, and challenges of high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan related to green chemistry education. References Carangue, D., Geverola, I. J., Jovero, M., Lopez, E. N., Pizaña, A., Salmo, J., Silvosa, J., & Picardal, J. (2021). Green Chemistry education among senior high school chemistry teachers: Knowledge, perceptions, and level of integration. Recoletos Multidisciplinary Research Journal, 9(2), 15–33. https://doi.org/10.32871/rmrj2109.02.04 Coşkun Yaşar, G., & Aslan, B. (2021). Curriculum theory: A review study. Uluslararası Eğitim Programları Ve Öğretim Çalışmaları Dergisi, 11(2), 237–260. https://doi.org/10.31704/ijocis.2021.012 Hussei, A.A., & Ahmed, S. D. (2021). Awareness of the principles of green chemistry among middle school teachers. Turkish Journal of Computer and Mathematics Education, 12(7), 475-483. https://doi.org/10.17762/turcomat.v12i7.2607 Leal, W., & Hemstock, S. L. (Eds.). (2019). Climate change and the role of education. Cham: Springer. ISBN: 978-3-030-32898-6 Mochizuki, Y., & Bryan, A. (2015). Climate change education in the context of education for sustainable development: Rationale and principles. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 9(1), 4-26. doi:10.1177/0973408215569109 Moseley, C., Summerford, H., Paschke, M., Parks, C., & Utley, J. (2020). Road to collaboration: Experiential learning theory as a framework for environmental education program development. Applied Environmental Education & Communication, 19(3), 238-258. https://doi.org/10.1080/1533015X.2019.1582375 Peregrine, P. N. (2018). Sampling theory. The Encyclopedia of Archaeological Sciences, 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119188230.saseas0516 Popov, N., Wolhuter, C., de Beer, L., Hilton, G., Ogunleye, J., Achinewhu-Nworgu, E., & Niemczyk, E. (2021). New Challenges to Education: Lessons from around the World. BCES Conference Books, Volume 19. Bulgarian Comparative Education Society. ISBN 978-619-7326-11-6 Raymond, I.J., & Raymond, C.M. (2019). Positive psychology perspectives on social values and their application to intentionally delivered sustainability interventions. Sustainability Science, 14, 1381–1393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00705-9 Suyundikova, G. (2019). Teachers' attitudes towards implementation of the upgraded curriculum in a secondary school in Aktau, city of Mangystau Province, Kazakhstan. (dissertation). Nazarbayev University Library, Astana, Kazakhstan. https://nur.nu.edu.kz/bitstream/handle/123456789/4325/Gulden%20Suyundikova%20Thesis+Author%20Agreement.pdf?isAllowed=y&sequence=1 United Nations. (2022). Education is key to addressing climate change. https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/climate-solutions/education-key-addressing-climate-change 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Mediating Role of Environmental Attitudes Between Gender and Pro-environmental Behaviours Among Hungarian Students 1ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 2ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 3ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Budapest, Hungary; 4Pázmány Péter Catholic University, Institute of Sociology, Budapest, Hungary; 5Alapértékek Nonprofit Ltd., Budapest, Hungary; 6Department of Sociology and Communication, Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:One of the main aims of environmental education is to support people in realising pro-environmental behaviours (PEB). Previous literature has revealed that gender and environmental attitudes are important factors concerning people's pro-environmental behaviours. In our presentation, recent findings from a representative sample of Hungarian high school students' data regarding the relationship between environmental attitudes, gender and pro-environmental behaviours are presented. Environmental attitudes represent individuals' value judgments concerning the natural environment (Hawcroft & Milfort, 2010). Environmental attitudes can be categorised into two main paradigms: the Dominant Social Paradigm (DSP), which suggests that the environment should be subordinate to human needs, and the New Ecological Paradigm (NEP), which emphasises environmental protection against human activities (Dunlap et al., 2000). Dunlap and colleagues’ (2000) revised NEP scale for measuring environmental attitudes has been criticised extensively recently for its psychometry and content (Hawcroft & Milfort, 2010; Berze et al., 2022). Gender differences in environmental attitudes and environmentally conscious behaviours are widely studied (De Leeuw et al., 2014). Several studies indicate that women and girls have higher environmental attitudes and engage in more environmentally conscious actions, although conflicting results exist. The conceptual framework of our presentation is built upon the basis of two important models explaining environmentally conscious behaviour. The Value-Belief-Norm model (Stern & Dietz, 1994; Klöckner, 2013) and the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 1991) both propose that the antecedents of pro-environmental behaviour - among other factors - are environmental attitudes. The causes of these differences are theorised to lie mainly in socialisation and living conditions. For example, significant differences are found for environmental actions in the private sphere but not for public actions (Handler & Haller, 2011; Xiao & Dunlap, 2007) - a difference that can be explained in several ways. Regarding accessibility, there may also be an indirect effect of women spending more time running the household and thus being faced with more choices to act in an environmentally responsible way (Molina, 2018). Socialisation differences are closely related to this, as society tries to impart different values to girls and boys through upbringing. The former are raised to be supportive and caring. In contrast, boys are raised with a greater emphasis on responsible and rational behaviour. They are more encouraged to be proactive (Blocker & Eckberg, 1997) - which may lead them to interpret differently the social circumstances, losses and gains that proactive actions can potentially provide - and therefore, proactive actions in the public sphere are stereotyped as being more likely to be attributed to men (Dietz et al., 1998; Molina, 2018). Our research objectives: 1) Exploring the direction and strength of the relationship between students' gender and pro-environmental behaviours. 2) Exploring the direction and strength of the relationship between students' environmental attitudes and pro-environmental behaviours and whether these attitudes mediate the gender-PEB relationship . 3) Comparing our used version of the NEP and an alternative version of the 2-MEV scales by their direct effects on pro-environmental behaviour in our model. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Hungary, the nationwide Sustainability Thematic Week (STW) has been announced by the Ministry responsible for education yearly since 2016, with a linked research program since 2020. In 2022, PontVelem Ltd., the organiser of the STW, initiated international research to investigate environmental awareness based on representative samples in three central European countries (Czech Republic, Hungary, and Slovakia). A total of (n=) 3434 responses of Hungarian students of this representative sample were included in the presented analysis. The average of their age was (M=) 16.89 years (SD=0.64; Med=17). The gender ratio was unbalanced, with boys in the majority (boys: 52.6%; girls: 47.4%). The research program in 2023 was organised under the ethical permission (2023/379) of the Research Ethics Committee of ELTE University Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology. The data were collected using the questionnaire software of Forsense Institute and analysed with SPSS 28.0 statistic software and the PROCESS macro v4.2 of Hayes (2013). The following scales were included in the analyses: NEP (New Environmental Paradigm scale, Berze et al., 2022) – The NEP is one of the most used scales (Hawcroft & Milfort, 2010) to measure environmental attitudes. Our used version is based on the revised NEP's Scale for Children (Manoli et al., 2007), which has been translated into Hungarian and used on multiple occasions. During our exploratory factor analysis, we found the scale to consist of three factors – the same factor structure found by Berze and his colleagues (2022). We also used their established factor names: Rights of Nature, Eco-Crisis, and Questioning of Human Intervention. 2-MEV (Two Main Environmental Values Scale, Bogner and Wiseman, 1999) – the 2-MEV is also a prominent and widely used measurement of environmental attitudes, while also psychometrically better than the NEP. A version based on a Czech adaptation of the scale (Činčera et al., 2022) was applied, which has not been examined by exploratory factor analysis yet, thus, our results are the first in this context. We found satisfactory psychometric metrics and three factors: Utilisation, Preservation and Enjoyment of Nature. PEB (Pro-Environmental Behaviour Scale) – this measurement is an amalgamation of items from different scales made by expert researchers of environmentalism. Our methodology of analysis was a mediated linear regression model. Gender as the independent variable, the PEB score as the dependent variable, and the factors of the NEP and 2-MEV as mediators were included in the model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The complete interpretation of our findings is still in process. However, our preliminary findings are the following. A significant direct association was found between students' gender (boys were coded as „1" and girls as „2") and their pro-environmental behaviour (β= -0.18, p<0.001). Since a significant total indirect (β=0.26, [95% CI: 0.212, 0.311]) and total association (β=0.08, p=0.02), both with opposite signs compared to the direct effect, were also found between gender and PEB, the mediation in our model is partial and inconsistent. This means, that environmental attitudes partially mediate the effect of gender on pro-environmental behaviour, i.e., other factors also have a role in the gender-PEB relationship besides the attitudes. Considering the opposite signs of direct and indirect effects in our mediation model, it might be argued that if their environmental attitudes are controlled, girls behave less pro-environmentally than boys and it is associated with the factor(s) not revealed, i.e., girls' stronger environmental attitudes outweigh this/these factor(s) resulting in more pro-environmental behaviour by them compared to boys. We found significant direct effects between two out of three NEP factors (Rights of the Nature: β=0.02, p=0.34; Eco-Crisis: β=0.07, p<0.001; Questioning of Human Intervention: β=-0.06, p<0.001) three out of three 2-MEV factors (Preservation: β=0.45, p<0.001; Utilisation: β=0.10, p<0.001; Enjoyment of Nature: β=0.19, p<0.001) and the dependent variable. Stronger associations of PEB were found with the 2-MEV Scale than the NEP Scale. It could allude to the possibility that using 2-MEV to measure environmental attitudes might lay results that can be better integrated into the overarching models of pro-environmental behaviours. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organisational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-t Berze, I. Z., Varga, A., Mónus, F., Néder, K., & Dúll, A. (2022). Measuring Environmental Worldviews: Investigating the dimensionality of the new environmental paradigm scale for children in a large central European sample. Sustainability, 14(8), 4595. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14084595 Bogner, F. X., & Wiseman, M. (1999). Toward measuring adolescent environmental perception. European Psychologist, 4(3), 139–151. https://doi.org/10.1027/1016-9040.4.3.139 Činčera, J., Kroufek, R., & Bogner, F. X. (2022). The perceived effect of environmental and sustainability education on environmental literacy of Czech teenagers. Environmental Education Research, 29(9), 1276–1293. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2107618 De Leeuw, A., Valois, P., Morin, A. J. S., & Schmidt, P. (2014). Gender differences in psychosocial determinants of university students' intentions to buy fair trade products. Journal of Consumer Policy, 37(4), 485–505. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10603-014-9262-4 Dunlap, R. E., Van Liere, K. D., Mertig, A. G., & Jones, R. E. (2000). New Trends in Measuring Environmental Attitudes: Measuring endorsement of the new ecological paradigm: a revised NEP scale. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 425–442. https://doi.org/10.1111/0022-4537.00176 Hadler, M., & Haller, M. (2011). Global activism and nationally driven recycling: The influence of world society and national contexts on public and private environmental behaviour. International Sociology, 26(3), 315–345. https://doi.org/10.1177/0268580910392258 Hawcroft, L. J., & Milfont, T. L. (2010). The use (and abuse) of the new environmental paradigm scale over the last 30 years: A meta-analysis. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 30(2), 143–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2009.10.003 Hayes, A. F. (2013). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis: A regression-based approach. Guilford Press. Klöckner, C. A. (2013). A comprehensive model of the psychology of environmental behaviour—A meta-analysis. Global Environmental Change, 23(5), 1028–1038. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.05.014 Manoli, C. C., Johnson, B., & Dunlap, R. E. (2007). Assessing Children's Environmental Worldviews: Modifying and validating the new ecological paradigm scale for use with children. The Journal of Environmental Education, 38(4), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.3200/joee.38.4.3-13 Stern, P. C., & Dietz, T. (1994). The value basis of environmental concern. Journal of Social Issues, 50(3), 65–84. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4560.1994.tb02420.x Xiao, C., & Dunlap, R. E. (2007). Validating a Comprehensive Model of Environmental Concern Cross-Nationally: A U.S.-Canadian comparison. Social Science Quarterly, 88(2), 471–493. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6237.2007.00467.x |
13:45 - 15:15 | 31 SES 11 A: Family Languages and Multilingualism Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Sweden Finnish Family Language Policies and Practices in Cases of Successful Language Maintenance 1University of Eastern Finland; 2Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Minority language maintenance or shift occurs at the individual, family, and societal levels through the interplay of psychological and social factors in the community in which the language minority members are situated (Spolsky 2004; Curdt-Christiansen & Huang 2020; Vuorsola 2022a). A range of factors influence language maintenance in diverse ways in different contexts; thus, it is impossible to formulate a single universally accepted theory that predicts whether language transmission will occur in any bilingual environment (Aalberse, et al., 2019). In recent years, the family has become the focus of attention in sociolinguistic studies on minority languages in the field of Language Policy (Curdt-Cristiansen & Huang 2020; Schwartz 2020). In this study, we use Curdt-Christiansen’s and Huang’s (2020) Family Language Policy Model as our theoretical background. In this model, family language policies are influenced by external and internal factors: External factors are 1) socio-economic, 2) socio-political, 3) socio-cultural, and 4) socio-linguistic factors, and the internal factors are 1) emotional, 2) identity and 3) cultural factors, 4) parental impact beliefs and 5) child agency (Curdt-Cristiansen & Huang, 2020). However, the scope the current study does not allow for implementation of the entire FLP model and thus, we focus on the internal factors. Although the sociolinguistic situation of Sweden’s national minority languages, Finnish, Meänkieli, Sami, Yiddish and Romany Chib, has improved slightly since Sweden ratified the Council of Europe’s European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages and the Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities in 2000 (SOU 2017:91), they are still under serious threat, partly due to the fact that teaching in these languages has not been organized sufficiently. Moreover, there has been a long-standing process of forced language shift and Swedishisation, which has led to a steady decline in the number of speakers of these languages (SOU 2017:91). Thus, in their daily lives, minority language families in Sweden often face the consequences of lack of adequate language policies in schools (SOU 2017:91) and negative attitudes towards minority languages in society in general (Vuorsola 2022b). Consequently, family language policy, family’s ability to resist external pressures to speak majority language with their children, and language practices and attitudes of family members are crucial factors in maintenance of heritage language. Although Sweden is committed to the preservation and revitalisation of minority languages in its minority policy and legislation, there are major shortcomings, particularly in the field of education, which has drawn criticism by the supervisory authorities of the Council of Europe (SOU 2017:91). Therefore, the families’ language policies still seem to determine the maintenance of minority languages in Sweden (King et al., 2008). Sweden Finns are the largest national minority group in Sweden, and the number of those with a Finnish background is estimated to be around 800 000 (Salö & Milani 2023: 30). Although family language policies in different minority language groups and contexts have been studied in recent decades, there are only a few studies on the factors influencing the language policies of Sweden Finnish families over the past decade (see Lainio & Pesonen 2021). In this study, we examine Sweden Finnish heritage language policies and language practices through semi-structured interviews in 10 Sweden Finnish families where the Finnish language has been successfully passed on to the subsequent generation(s). The research question is: How do the parents describe their language policies and how emotional, identity and cultural factors, as well as parental impact beliefs and child agency have influenced language practices in the Sweden Finnish families where the Finnish language has transmitted to the next generation(s)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data have been collected through individual semi-structured interviews in 2022–2024 in different parts of Sweden. The entire data set includes interviews with hundred Sweden Finns and Tornedalians as part of the project One hundred Swedish Finns and Tornedalian linguistic biographies, but this presentation only reports on interviews with family members of 10 families which were selected for this study on the basis that the Finnish language has been passed from parents to children (and in few cases also to grandchildren). The interview questions included questions about the family's language use and factors that they considered have influenced the language choices of the family and individual family members. The data collection, storing and processing follows the ethical principles outlined in the Ethical review in human sciences for research involving human participants drawn up by The Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK, 2023) and by the Swedish Research Council (2017), as well as those of the participating universities. In addition, the processing of personal data in the research complies with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679) as well as the Finnish Data Protection Act (1050/2018). The participants, for example, gave their consent both orally and in writing to be part of the study. The data were analysed with the theory-driven content analysis (Krippendorff, 1980). To begin the qualitative content analysis the first author read the transcriptions of the interviews to gain an initial understanding of the data and to start to code the data based on Curdt-Christiansen’s and Huang’s (2020) Family Language Policy Model’s internal factors: 1) emotional, 2) identity and 3) cultural factors, 4) parental impact beliefs and 5) child agency. The suggested coding was then discussed among the three authors. If coded cases were unclear, the coding was negotiated and revised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show that Finnish has been transmitted to the second and third generation through parents’ heritage language use and investment in the child's language learning, but also through child’s own agency. However, there can be remarkable differences between siblings in a family. Emotional aspect for maintaining Finnish language was strong in the narratives of the families, and they used strong descriptive language when describing decisions behind their language practices. Identity was also strongly included in the decisions concerning language maintenance, as families strongly identified themselves as Finnish speakers. Cultural factors were reflected e.g. in dedication to read Finnish literature. Parental impact beliefs were strongly present in the narratives: Parents had made a conscious and firm decision to systematically use only Finnish with their children, and they believed that the children would learn Swedish later at school, and that mixing languages at home would not be beneficial for their children’s language learning. Furthermore, the parents reported various ways of investing in their children’s Finnish language learning. Concerning child agency, children often shared their parents' desire to keep Finnish and Swedish separate from each other, but noted that siblings, friends and changing life situations remarkably affected their language practices. The results indicate that Finnish language had maintained its status as the home language due to more or less conscious family language policy planning. Moreover, the family language policies seemed to depend on the parents’ linguistic backgrounds and their beliefs and attitudes, but also on children’s own agency. The findings of this study are relevant in the European context since many heritage languages struggle in staying alive, and revitalisation of minority languages is needed in many countries (SOU 2017:91). Thus, awareness of aspects affecting maintaining heritage languages is essential. References Aalberse, S., Backus, A. & Muysken, P. (2019). Heritage Languages. A Language Contact Approach. John Benjamins. Curdt-Cristiansen, X. L. & Huang, J. (2020). Factors influencing family language policy. In Andrea C. Shalley & Susana A. Eisenchlas (eds.), Handbook of social and affective factors in home language maintenance and development (pp. 174–193). Mouton de Gruyter. King, K. A. & Fogle, L. W. (2017). Family Language Policy. In: McCarty, T., May, S. (eds.). Language Policy and Political Issues in Education. Encyclopedia of Language and Education. (pp 315–327). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02344-1_25 Krippendorff, K. (1980). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage. Lainio, J. & Pesonen S. (2021). »Önskar att jag hade fått hjälp att lära min son finska.»: Finskans öden i skenet av 2000-talets utbildnings- och minoritetspolitiska utveckling i Sverige. (’Wish I had got some help to teach my son Finnish”: the fate of Finnish in the shadow of minority language and education policies in Sweden during the 2000s’). Språk och stil 31 (1), pp. 44–74. Salö, L. & Tommaso M. (2023). Minoritetsspråkspolitik och sociolingvistiska verkligheter. In: M. Tommaso & L. Salö. Sveriges Nationella minoritetsspråk. Nya språkpolitiska perspektiv. Studentlitteratur. Schwartz, M. (2020). Strategies and practices of home language maintenance. In A. C. Shalley & S. A. Eisenchlas (eds.), Handbook of social and affective factors in home language maintenance and development (pp. 194–217). Mouton de Gruyter. SOU (2017:91). Statens offentliga utredningar. Betänkande av Utredningen förbättrade möjligheter för elever att utveckla sitt nationella minoritetsspråk. (’State public inquiries. Report of the inquiry into improved opportunities for pupils to develop their national minority language’). Spolsky, B. (2004). Language Policy. Cambridge University Press. Vuorsola, L. (2022a). Peer interaction practices as part of a Sweden Finnish spatial repertoire. Linguistics and Education, 67, p.101014. Vuorsola, L. (2022b). “Speak your own language”. On tensions regarding Finnish in Sweden. Doctoral thesis in Finnish at Stockholm University. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Gender-Based Inequalities in Linguistic Communicative Competence in Basque Bilingual Elementary Schools Univ. of the Basque Count, Spain Presenting Author:The aim of the research is to determine to what extent elementary schools in the Basque Autonomous Community can reduce gender differences in learning the Basque and Spanish language. This study seeks to characterize the most equitable Elementary schools in terms of performance in the Basque and Spanish language obtained by the students. The discourse of the professionals working in these schools are studied.
Even though one of the important purposes of the European Union is to promote gender equity in educational institutions (European Institute for gender equality. EIGE, 2023), there are still gender differences in performance, individual motivations, or professional aspirations (Kollmayer et al., 2018). Likewise, the existing research on the study of gender differences within the educational context is increasing, intending to respond to the need to create educational responses to narrow such differences (Quenzel & Hurrelmannb, 2013; Cervini et al., 2015; Van Hek et al., 2016). Horizontal segregation theory explains the differences that still exist in vocational options and choice of specialist subjects, with girls continuing to opt more for qualifications linked to caring for others, which enjoy a lower level of professional prestige (EIGE, 2019).
The factors that promote gender inequity in the education system are multifaceted. These factors involve the interaction of institutional environments, the social climate, motivation patterns, orientations regarding gender roles, family resources, parental decisions, school structure, and teacher evaluations and decisions (Hadjar et al. 2014). This indicates that, in addition to individual factors or contextual circumstances in education, these factors may be relevant to a person's educational achievement (Van Hek et al., 2016). School culture, teaching practices, and home and social environment can promote differences in students regarding educational achievement (Mensah & Kiernan, 2010).
Research seems to agree that one of the most prominent gender gaps is found in literacy and language, favoring girls over boys (Gustavsen, 2017; Quinn, 2018; Soto et al., 2019) also in PISA (Quenzel and Hurrelmannb, 2013; Manu et al. 2021) and in terms of attitude and motivation to reading (Artola et al., 2017). But it is necessary to identify if this trend also takes place in bilingual contexts such as BAC, , in a diglossia situation; 14.13% of the population speak Basque at home (Eustat, 2016). Other studies found that girls have a higher level of Linguistic Communicative Competence (LCC) in Basque than boys (Basque Government, ISEI-IVEI, & Soziolinguistika Klusterra, 2019), whereas boys have a marginally higher level of LCC in Spanish (Intxausti et al., 2023). That might indicate a feminization of the Basque language or the construction of masculinity through Spanish language (Altuna, 2023). Altuna (2017) argues that boys associate the minority language with the formal domain, such as the school context, with one way of challenging formal school rules being to speak in Spanish (Altuna & Hernadez, 2018). Other studies on minority language context as Wales have observed a trend among young males to use the more prestigious language (Price & Tamburelli, 2016) in informal social domains. Therefore, a deeper approach to the gender gap in LCC is required, taking the cultural-social and linguistic context into account, since, although studies have generally found that girls score higher in LCC than boys, this finding may not apply to bilingual contexts. This study covers a research gap on the efficiency of elementary schools in relation to the outcomes in linguistic competence in intersection with gender in specific bilingual scenario. It is important to investigate if schools are successful in achieving fair results in bilingual context regardless of the gender of the students in order to understand better language learning and its intersection with issues of gender disparity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is exploratory and descriptive with a mixed methodology. For the quantitative study, data was gathered from the census sample, on average, students in the 4th grade of 529 Elementary Schools participated. The Basque Institute for Educational Evaluation and Research (ISEI-IVEI) carries out Diagnostic Evaluations (D.E.), a standardized test similar to PISA that aims to assess the mathematical and linguistic competence in Spanish and Basque which includes five different dimensions (Basque Government, 2008): oral comprehension, written comprehension, oral expression, written expression and oral interaction. The database used in this study was the D.E. carried out in 2015, 2017, and 2019. Statistical analyses were conducted with the SPSS 26 program. This study analyzes the concept of school effectiveness in terms of gender equity. Equitable elementary schools were identified using multilevel regression modeling techniques (Lizasoain, 2020). That enables contextual variables to be controlled for families' economic, social and cultural status (ESCS), the family language, and the percentage of immigrant students since it is widely accepted that contextual variables strongly influence the academic results obtained by schools. These contextual variables were controlled to calculate residual values. Two residual values are considered in this study to identify gender equity index: 1) female student: the difference between the score obtained by the female students of each educational school in the D.E. with respect to the score expected for them considering their context. 2) male student: the difference between the score obtained by male students of each educational school in the D.E. with respect to the score expected for them considering their context. The gender equality index is obtained from the difference between the residual values of girls and boys. The centers that obtain or are close to the value 0 are those identified as equitable centers. 65 elementary schools met the equitable criterion in Basque competence and 89 schools in Spanish competence. Among those equitable centers, 10 schools obtaining equitable results in the Basque language and 9 schools in Spanish gave their consent to continue in the study. For the qualitative study, interviews were conducted with 22 members of the management and teachers of those equitable schools. In these interviews, students' results about gender equity in the Basque and Spanish language were presented, and their perceptions in this regard were analyzed. A common protocol was established for the interviewers. Instrument was designed about five different areas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The multilevel regression analysis shows that very few schools in the B.A.C. are gender equitable, that is, a few schools obtain better results than expected for both, girls and boys. 65 out of 529 centers in the entire B.A.C., that is, 12.3%, manage to achieve equitable academic results in Basque competence and 89 schools (16,8%) in Spanish competence. As in other studies students’ performance in Basque differ more between boys and girls than in Spanish (Intxausti et al. 2023), this study confirms that they also continue to do when contextual factors are controlled. That is, the equity index is slightly higher in Spanish than in Basque competence, so that requires more studies on language learning in intersection with gender issues. The discourses of the schools' professionals identified as equitable vary in some dimensions studied. The results of the interviews show that the schools have not reflected on the importance of educating in equality in the dimension of LCC. Although it has seen that they have implemented coeducational plans (Basque Government, 2019b) and actions to promote gender equity, they have not initiated a reflection on the importance of reducing the gender gap in LCC. That makes it difficult to break with the sexual division in the choices of high school modalities, future university degrees and future jobs (EIGE, 2019; Emakunde, 2017). However, the equitable results were explained by the methodologies applied specially for learning Basque. These methodologies begin in the infant stage and are carried out with teachers trained for this purpose. Although the methodologies differ (cooperative learning, dialogic learning, phonological awareness), collaborative work among students and the use of heterogeneous groups can be observed. Some schools justify their equitable results with their work in coexistence and individualized tutoring and consider it crucial to address each student's academic and emotional needs. References Altuna, J. (2023). Hizkuntzaren funanbulistak. Hizkuntza sozializazioa kirol eremuan adin eta generoak ardaztuta [Tightrope walker of language. Language socialization in sport domain focused on age and gender]. Doctoral Thesis. http://hdl.handle.net/10810/62640 Artola, T., Sastre, S., & Barraca, J. (2017). Diferencias de género en actitudes e intereses lectores. Una investigación con alumnos españoles de Primaria [Gender differences in regards to reading attitudes and interests: a research based on spanish primary school pupils]. Bordon, 69(1), 11–26. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2016.37925 Basque Government. (2008). La Evaluación Diagnóstica en Euskadi. Propuesta para su desarrollo y aplicación [Diagnostic Evaluation in Euskadi. Proposal for its development and application]. Departamento de Educación, Universidades e Investigación. https://hdl.handle.net/11162/206655 European Institute for gender equality. EIGE (2023). Gender equality index. Publications office of the European Union. Intxausti, N., Rodriguez, S. Aierbe, A. (2023). Do more effective school succeed in reducing the gender gap in linguistic communicative competence in bilingual context? Culture and education, 35(3), 699-734. https://doi.org/10.1080/11356405.2022.2154560 Kollmayer, M., Schober, B., & Spiel, C. (2018). Gender Stereotypes in Education: Development, Consequences, and Interventions. European Journal of Developmental Psycholy, 15(4), 361–377. http://doi.org/ 10.1080/17405629.2016.1193483 Lizasoain, L. (2020). Criterios y modelos estadísticos de eficacia escolar [Criteria and statistical models of school effectiveness]. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 38(2), 311–327. https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.417881 Manu, M., Torppa, M., Eklund, K., Poikkeus, A., Lerkkanen, M., & Niemi, P. (2021). Kindergarten pre-reading skills predict Grade 9 reading comprehension (PISA Reading) but fail to explain gender difference. Reading and Writing, 34, 753–771. https://doi.org/10.1007/s1114502010090 Mensah, F.K. & Kiernan, K.E. (2010) Gender differences in educational attainment: influences of the family environment. British Educational Research Journal, 36(2), 239-260, DOI: 10.1080/01411920902802198 Price, A. R., & Tamburelli, M. (2016). Minority language abandonment in Welsh-medium educated L2 male adolescents: Classroom, not chatroom. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 29(2), 189–206. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2015.1136323Basque Government, 2008 Quinn, J. M. (2018). Diferential identification of females and males with reading difculties: A metaanalysis. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 31,(5), 1039–1061. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-018-9827-8 Soto, J., Cordero, M. E., & Jaraíz, F. J. (2019). Estudio de casos sobre el hábito de lectura entre los niños de 0 a 12 años en Extremadura. Didáctica, 31, 147–170. https://doi.org/10.5209/dida.65946 Van Hek, M., Kraaykamp, G., & Wolbers, M. H. J. (2016). Comparing the gender gap in educational attainment: The impact of emancipatory contexts in 33 cohorts across 33 countries. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22, 260–282. http://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2016.1256222 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Syrian and Iraqi Refugee Children‘s Language Learning and Multilingualism at Home and at School University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:This paper presents preliminary findings from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI). The project generally aims to critically explore the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings. Groups of socalled quota refugees from Syria and Iraq arrived in Iceland from 2015 onwards, invited to the country in collaboration with the UNHCR. These refugees settled in eleven different municipalities as part of state agreements with those municipalities. Findings of previous research in Iceland have revealed multiple challenges that refugee children face in Icelandic schools and society, but also educational and social success (Hama, 2020; Hariri et al., 2020; Ragnarsdóttir &Hama, 2018). While there has been some research with refugee groups in Iceland, ESRCI is the first extensive research with these refugee groups. The project is directed by the overarching research question: How do the education system and socio-cultural environments in Iceland contribute to the education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth? The project is divided into four pillars, the second of which is Language learning and multilingualism at home and at school. Drawing on data related to the theme in this pillar, the paper aims to explore the refugee children’s and youth’s language use, language learning and multilingualism. 1: What is the nature of refugee children’s and youth’s language use and language learning (Icelandic and heritage language/s) in school and at home? This paper draws on theoretical approaches within fields such as second language learning, multilingualism, and heritage languages. Burns (2008) argues that language proficiency may well be regarded as a proxy indicator for inclusion. Schools as sites of language teaching and learning therefore become key facilitators in the inclusion of refugee children. The work of Nusche (2009) provides helpful insights into some of the most important elements required to properly address the language learning needs of migrant and refugee children. Many of these are addressed at the level of school policies and include early language assistance, for example in preschool education and care, individual monitoring of language development and systematic support for language learning throughout school and teachers trained in second language teaching. In recent years, the benefits of bi- and multilingualism for individuals and societies have been explored and discussed by many scholars (Chumak-Horbatsch, 2012; Cummins, 2004; Ragnarsdóttir & Schmidt, 2014). However, the multiple resources which ethnic minority students, immigrants and refugees bring to schools tend to be overlooked and ignored. Cummins (2004) has addressed the need for investing in practices affecting social justice in a positive way in educational communities and gaining understanding of how school policy and teachers’ attitudes, beliefs and exclude some children while welcoming others. According to Cummins, in order to create learning spaces that respond to the needs of linguistically and culturally diverse groups of children and families, schools need to consider how to implement socially just and inclusive practices that welcome diverse backgrounds and identities. Additionally, to develop inclusive and linguistically appropriate practices (Chumak-Horbatsch, 2012; Cummins, 2004; Gay, 2010) it is important to build on children’s prior experiences and knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative ESRCI research project involves Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth of different genders and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, altogether 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. The eleven municipalities are located in different parts of Iceland: Southwest (Capital area), Northwest, West Fjords, Northeast, East and South Iceland. Purposive sampling was used to select the families and information on the participants obtained from authorities (Stjórnarráð Íslands, n.d.). Multiple case studies are conducted with quota refugee children and youth in altogether 40 families in eleven municipalities in urban and rural contexts in Iceland. Each of the 40 families is considered to be one case. According to Stake (2005), a case study is frequently chosen as it draws attention to what in particular can be learned from a particular case. Semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Morgan, 1997) are used for data collection, using interview guides developed by the research team. Emphasis is put on exploring the children’s voices, including child friendly, emancipatory approaches in addition to semi-structured in-depth interviews with children (age 12-18). To ensure children’s participation and agency, data is also collected through active instruments such as participatory place-based methods, child led tour “walk-along” interviews and short diaries and narratives (Dennis, et al, 2009). The analytical process takes place concurrently throughout the research period. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper presents preliminary findings from data collected in the eleven municipalities. The findings reveal various challenges that the children and families experience in maintaining their heritage language as well as learning Icelandic. Their language negotiations and language identities and general well-being at school are dependent on many different factors, including teaching practices, level of participation and inclusion, communication with peer groups, as well as cultural issues. The children who experience exclusion or other obstacles at school are often less motivated to learn the new language. However, some of the children have progressed in their studies and are active participants in social activities at school. References Burns, T. (2008). Education and migration background research synthesis. Paris: OECD. Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/37/53/40636545.pdf Chumak-Horbatsch, R. (2012). Linguistically appropriate practice. A guide for working with young immigrant children. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Cummins, J. (2004). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual cildren in the crossfire (3rd edition). London: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Gay, G. (2010). Classroom practices for teaching diversity: An example from Washington State (United States). In Educating teachers for diversity: Meeting the challenge (pp. 257–279). París: OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/educating-teachers-for-diversity_9789264079731-en Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182 Hariri, K. E., Gunnþórsdóttir, H. & Meckl, M. (2020). Syrian students at the Arctic circle in Iceland. In N. Yeasmin, W. Hasanat, J. Brzozowski & S. Kirchner (Eds.), Immigration in the circumpolar north: integration and resilience. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429344275 Nusche, D. (2009). What works in migrant education? A review of evidence and policy options. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 22. Paris: OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/227131784531 Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Hama, S. R. (2018). Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Experiences of families and schools. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & S. Lefever (Eds.), Icelandic studies on diversity and social justice in education (pp. 82–104). Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Press. Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Schmidt, C. (2014). Introduction. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & C. Schmidt (Eds.), Learning spaces for social justice: International perspectives on exemplary practices from preschool to secondary school (pp. 1–8). London: A Trentham Book. Institute of Education Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 32 SES 11 A: Care as Theory, Methodology and Ethics for Organizational Education Research in the Times of Uncertainty Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Session Chair: Julia Elven Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium Care as Theory, Methodology, and Ethics for Organizational Education Research in the Times of Uncertainty Amid troubled times marked by conflicts, escalating climate changes, and social inequity, it becomes imperative to contemplate how acts of care—to oneself, specific others, strangers, the environment, and the world we share—can serve as valuable tools in navigating the uncertainty that currently envelops us. The symposium positions care as a crucial theoretical and practical tool within the organizational education perspective. Presentations delve into the transformative power of care in organizational dynamics, especially in the post-pandemic context. The focus is on fostering democratic values and inclusive practices in organizational learning within, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). The concept of care, once confined to dyadic relationships within the feminine and domestic sphere (Noddings, 1984; Tronto, 1993), has evolved into a multifaceted force extending across education, society (Noddings, 1992), politics (Tronto, 1993), and human-nonhuman interdependency (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012). This interconnectedness, spanning intimate and planetary scales, necessitates immediate acknowledgment (Hooks, 2001). The symposium explores this expansive understanding of care, offering nuanced perspectives that challenge conventional norms and prompt a reimagining of organizational ways, structures, and practices. The symposium presents three papers that, collectively, address the transformative potential of care in organizational settings.The first presentation positions care as an organizational principle, examining its transformative potential and democratic possibilities. By exploring care through the lens of feminist methodology and drawing from post-humanist perspectives, this paper invites us to consider how 'caring-with' can catalyze a quiet yet profound reimagining of democracy in practice, fostering an environment where shared resources and relationships are nurtured. The second paper discusses the infusion of care ethics in reshaping organizational structures in disability-led organizations, challenging neoliberal-capitalist narratives and weaves in Puar's (2017) critique of the ability/disability binary, revealing the nuanced interplay of debility, capacity, and care in post-pandemic organizing and advocating for democratic and 'care-full' inclusion. The third paper investigates the influence of care in guiding responses to uncertainty in organizational learning, integrating Dewey's insights on uncertainty and societal democratization (Dewey, 1916; 1949) with feminist care ethics perspectives that highlight its role in fostering inclusive and adaptive environments amid uncertainties. The fourth paper seeks to delve into and scrutinize the conceptual frameworks and underlying theories influencing the assessment of care work quality, with an emphasis on striving for better harmony with ever-evolving sociocultural dynamics inherent in these practices. These papers collectively advocate for a care ethics framework that goes beyond traditional boundaries, promoting attentiveness, responsiveness, and response-ability. They urge a reconceptualization of care as a catalyst for fostering inclusive organizational learning, decision-making, and a commitment to the well-being of individuals and communities. By integrating care ethics into organizational culture, the papers propose a model encouraging open communication, collaboration, discussions on care management, and a willingness to learn from uncertainties. In doing so, they provide a comprehensive narrative emphasizing the significance of recognizing and integrating acts of care, both ephemeral and sustained, within organizational structures and educational practices. This symposium encourages thoughtful engagement with its themes, guided by the following questions shaping its structure:
References Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The middle works, 1899 - 1924, Volume: 9 (1980th ed.). Southern Illinois University Press. Dewey, J. & Bentley, A. F. (1949). Knowing and the known. Beacon Press. Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. Hooks, B. (2000). All about love: new visions. Harper Collins Publishers. Puar, J. K. (2017). The right to maim: Debility, capacity, disability. Duke University Press. Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2012). ‘Nothing comes without its world’: thinking with care. The sociological review, 60(2), 197-216. Tronto, J. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003070672 Presentations of the Symposium Organizing Care Towards Transformation? - Exploring Democratic Possibilities for Organizing
Research Objective and Theoretical Framework
Care, essential in our lives, is the focus of this study, embodying efforts to maintain, continue, and enhance our world for improved living, as argued by Fisher and Tronto (1990, p.40). The paper aims to refine the conceptualization of care in organizing, shedding light on its potential for collective transformation in understanding and interactions within the world. With a focus on organizational education, the study investigates the concept of care within the context of organizational learning and democratic transformation, addressing current challenges in times of uncertainty.
Examining care's interplay through discussions around the cycle of care formulation (Fisher & Tronto, 1990; Tronto, 2013; 2017), encompassing (a) caring about, (b) taking care of, (c) caregiving, (d) care receiving, and, with a specific contribution from Tronto (2013, 2017), (e) caring with. The primary aim is to explore democratic transformation during uncertainty from an organizational education standpoint, guided by the research question, "To what extent does organizing care foster democracy-as-becoming in times of uncertainty?" Theoretical perspectives include analyses of feminist capitalist systems (Federici, 2019), feminist critiques on social reproduction crises (Winker, 2015; Habermann, 2009; 2016), post-anthropocentric considerations (Barad 2003, p. 810), and new ethical possibilities. Care is presented as a practical philosophy in post-humanist theory (Gravett, Taylor, & Fairchild, 2021), contributing uniquely to understanding care within democratic transformation.
Method and Methodology
This study employs integrated methodologies and insights from various perspectives, including feminist critiques, post-humanist considerations, and meta-feminist insights, to reevaluate the conventional cycles of care proposed by Tronto (2013; 2017). The method involves critical examination and synthesis of diverse approaches within feminist scholarship. Through a thorough literature review, this research aims to deconstruct prevailing notions of care and reconstruct a broader conceptualization. By doing so, the study provides a nuanced understanding of care in the context of democratic transformation.
Conclusions and Expected Outcomes
In this paper, the aim is to rethink and explore democratic possibilities for organizing care, with relevance to organizational learning within, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). Toward democracy, the goal is to cultivate contributions from emerging organizing potentials and foster transformations through 'quiet, gentle, slow-cook, everyday' practices in organizing, as well as 'caring for the relationships that exist around the production of shared resources' (Pottinger, 2017; Moore, 2018, p.16). This will open up more discussions and prompt further questions about the conceptualizing and theorizing of care.
References:
Barad, K. (2003). Posthumanist Performativity: Toward an Understanding of How Matter Comes to Matter. Journal of Women in Culture and Society 28(3)
Federici, S. (2019). Re-enchanting the world: feminism and the politics of the commons. PM Press.
Fisher, B. & Tronto, J. (1990). Towards a Feminist Theory of Care. E. E. Abel, & M. Nelson (Eds.), Circles of Care. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press.
Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215.
Gravett, K. Taylor, C. A. & Fairchild, N. (2021) Pedagogies of mattering: reconceptualising relational pedagogies in higher education, Teaching in Higher Education.
Habermann, F. (2009): Halbinseln gegen den Strom: Anders Leben und Wirtschaften im Alltag. Ulrike Helmer Verlag.
Habermann, F. (2016): Ecommony. UmCARE zum Miteinander, Ulrike Helmer Verlag.
Tronto, J. (2017). There is an alternative: homines curans and the limits of neoliberalism. International Journal of care and caring, 1(1), 27-43.
Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring democracy: Markets, equality, and justice. NVU Press.
Winker, G. (2015): Care Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft.
Re-imagining Care-Full Inclusion: Care Ethics in Post-Pandemic Organizing
Research Objective and Theoretical Framework
This paper investigates the pivotal role of care-infused ethics and practices in redefining organizational structures in post-pandemic times, focusing on reciprocity and caring-with in disability-led and inclusive organizations. Challenging the reduction of organizational inclusion to governance technologies within neoliberal-capitalist market dynamics (Mitchel & Snyder, 2015; Ahmed, 2012), the paper critiques existing power imbalances and precarious forms of recognition (Dobusch, 2021). Utilizing Jasbir Puar's (2017) framework, it deconstructs the ability/disability binary, examining how intersections of capitalism, racialization, and care create complex assemblages of disability into a triangulation of debility and capacity. Additionally, it incorporates Tronto's (2013) perspective on the democracy and care deficit, arguing for the incompatibility of ideal inclusion with neoliberalism and highlighting the interconnection between democratic organizing and care-full inclusion. The paper underscores the value of disability-led organizations in transforming organizational practices.
Methods
The methodology involves a diffractive re-reading (Barad, 2014; Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017) of qualitative case-study material from two disability-led organizations, part of the broader care and advocacy sectors. This analysis stems from the 'Cov_Enable: Reimagining Vulnerability in Times of Crisis' project, funded by the Austrian Science Fund (Stand-Alone Project P 34641). The project employs a qualitative, longitudinal, participatory research design to explore evolving vulnerability perceptions during a global crisis, examining the shifts across macro, meso, and micro levels and their implications for inclusive education and supported living.
Conclusions, Outcome, Results
In re-reading the data and the varying responses to crisis-enactment by two disability-led organizations (Koenig & Barberi, 2023) the findings reveal two intra-related phenomena essential for understanding organizational inclusion. Firstly, it highlights how an ethos of caring practices and reciprocity (Tronto, 2017) not only facilitated a stable and effective organizational navigation through times of uncertainty and turbulence but also reinvigorated the ideological and political motivations of advocacy and service organizations, leading to tangible policy changes. Secondly, it explores a training and counseling organization formed to address structural violence in disability services. The pandemic provided a socio-temporal space free from meritocratic constraints, that facilitated the cultivation of essential skills within the unique temporal rhythms of disabled individuals—often referred to as crip time (Kafer, 2013)—and the fostering of sustained collective care-webs (Piepzna-Samarasinha, 2018) that extended to non-disabled colleagues. In conclusion, the paper calls for recognizing these often overlooked acts of affordance creation (Dokumaci, 2023) and suggests that incorporating care ethics can lead to more resilient, adaptable organizational models in uncertain times.
References:
Ahmed, S. (2012). On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax 20 (3): 168–87. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623.
Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or Reflection? Sketching the Contours of Two Methodologies in Educational Research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 30(2): 111–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2016.1201166.
Dokumaci, A. (2023). Activist Affordances: How Disabled People Improvise More Habitable Worlds. Duke University Press.
Dobusch, L. (2021). The inclusivity of inclusion approaches: A relational perspective on inclusion and exclusion in organizations. Gender, Work & Organization, 28(1), 379-396.
Kafer, A. (2013). Feminist, queer, crip. Indiana University Press.
Koenig, O., & Barberi, A. (2023). Unterstützungssysteme für Menschen mit Behinderungen »Enacting crisis« zwischen Aktionsspielraum und Hierarchie im Rahmen der COVID-19-Pandemie. SWS-Rundschau 63(4), 329–346.
Mitchell, D. T. & Snyder, S. L. (2015). The biopolitics of disability: Neoliberalism, ablenationalism, and peripheral embodiment. University of Michigan Press.
Piepzna-Samarasinha, L. L. (2018). Care work: Dreaming disability justice. Arsenal pulp press.
Tronto, J. (2017). There is an alternative: homines curans and the limits of neoliberalism. International Journal of care and caring, 1(1), 27-43.
Caring for the Uncertainty - Care Ethics in Organizational Learning
Research objective and theoretical framework
This presentation explores how care can guide responses to uncertainties in organizational settings, emphasizing its relevance in organizational learning amid uncertainty. Care is seen as foundational in human and nonhuman relational interdependency, urging a care ethical lens to address organizational learning complexities.
The presentation establishes connections between John Dewey's pragmatic philosophy and feminist care ethicists (Nel Noddings, Joan Tronto, Maria Puig de la Bellacasa), enriching the understanding of care in organizational learning. Dewey's insights on doubt, uncertainty, transactional learning, and societal democratization (1916; 1949) align with care ethics principles rooted in relational interdependency; Noddings' moral obligations to the specific other (1984), Tronto's political embeddedness of care (1993), and Puig de la Bellacasa's posthuman perspective on interdependency (2012).
Methods
The study, rooted in Dewey's philosophy, employs shadowing (McDonald & Simpson, 2014) as an ethnographic method in a participatory doctoral study on elderly care work and education, immersing in the experiences of professionals in nursing homes and a vocational education school in Denmark. Analytic workshops involving stakeholders from diverse roles facilitated collaborative inquiry. Examining shared situations revealed the intricate link between uncertainty, learning, and care principles. The study’s analysis focused on a narrative representing uncertainty, learning, and caring, selected for its aesthetic qualities (Dewey, 1934; Møller, 2022). Integrating Nel Noddings' care ethics enriched the pragmatic framework, offering insights into interdependence, vulnerability, and power dynamics. The paper aims to expand the care ethic analysis by including Tronto and Puig de la Bellacasa's perspectives, constructing a theoretical framework that synthesizes Dewey's philosophy with feminist care ethics, emphasizing their relevance in organizational learning amid uncertainty.
Conclusions, outcome, results
Exploring the link between care and uncertainty identifies care as a catalyst for inclusive organizational learning, guiding decision-making amid uncertainty, and fostering an environment where diverse perspectives contribute to meaningful outcomes for our shared environments. Care ethics, emphasizing attentiveness, responsiveness, and responsibility, serve as constructs for understanding how organizations navigate uncertainty and foster learning. Reciprocity exists between learning and caring, where learning requires a sense of caring, and caring relies on continuous learning. Cultivation a sense of care requires learning about the diverse perspectives and specific situations of others. Genuine care motivates seeking knowledge, enhancing capabilities, and fostering commitment to well-being of individuals, organizations, and worlds we live in. A caring organizational culture encourages open communication, collaboration, and a willingness to experiment and learn from uncertainties.
References:
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The middle works, 1899 - 1924, Volume: 9 (1980th ed.). Southern Illinois University Press.
Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience (1980th ed.). The Berkeley Publishing Group.
Dewey, J. & Bentley, A. F. (1949). Knowing and the known. Beacon Press.
McDonald, S., & Simpson, B. (2014). Shadowing research in organizations: The methodological debates. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 9(1), 3–20. https://doi.org/10.1108/QROM-02-2014-1204
Møller, B. (2022). Care practice as aesthetic co-creation: A somaesthetic perspective on care work. Journal of Somaesthetics, 8(1), 45–58. https://journals.aau.dk/index.php/JOS/article/view/7380/6274
Noddings, N. (1984). Caring: A feminine approach to ethics and moral education. University of California Press
Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2012). ‘Nothing comes without its world’: thinking with care. The sociological review, 60(2), 197-216.
Tronto, J. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003070672
Rethinking Care Management – Lifeworld as Quality Logic
Research Objective and Theoretical Framework
Social work organizations face uncertainties around available resources, intervention effectiveness, and the individual and social value of investing in care resources and work. In Germany, the "New Public Management" reforms over the last two decades aimed to cut welfare state costs by reducing resources for care work with uncertain outcomes. These reforms also forced organizations to reduce outcome uncertainty through quality management. However, expressing the individual and social value of care within a quantitative paradigm remains highly controversial.
Method and Methodology
As the problem complexity arises mainly from an economic theorization of care value, the objective of this paper is to propose a novel approach to quality logic in care work that is more closely aligned with the actual socio-cultural structure of care. The aim is to increase the justifiability of care investments before decision-makers who primarily focus on economic concerns. To achieve this, the study analyzes the gaps between the management rationality of the German adaptation of New Public Management and the field logic of care work, using literature from the sociology of economics, social management, and social work from the German discourse on social state economization. The study employs discourse analytical tools to demonstrate the dispositif, in which uncertainty poses a particular challenge for care work organization and justification.
Conclusions and Expected Outcomes
A field- and subject-related quality logic suggests a phenomenologically reflected social management that integrates the addressees' lifeworld (Lebenswelt), the (social) environment, and society at large as essential points of reference. By readjusting the theory and methodology of care work management, the unquantifiable or difficult-to-quantify value of care work can become part of its state organization and open up ways for organizational learning to reduce and appropriately deal with uncertainty in institutionalized care.
References:
Literature
Foucault, Michel (1995). Archäologie des Wissens. 7. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main, Suhrkamp.
Fricker, Miranda (2023). Epistemische Ungerechtigkeit. Macht und die Ethik des Wissens. München, C.H. Beck.
Keller, Reiner (2013). Wissenssoziologische Diskursforschung. Hg. von Ekkehard Felder. Augsburg/Berlin u.a., Universität Augsburg; de Gruyter.
Knorr-Cetina, Karin (2009). Wissenskulturen. Ein Vergleich naturwissenschaftlicher Wissensformen. Konstanz, Bibliothek der Universität Konstanz.
Laclau, Ernesto/Mouffe, Chantal (2000). Hegemonie und radikale Demokratie. Zur Dekonstruktion des Marxismus. Wien, Passagen Verlag.
Merchel, Joachim (2017). Management ist nur dann gut, wenn es mit dem Gegenstand "Soziale Arbeit" verknüpft ist - Das Spezifische an Organisationen der Sozialen Arbeit und seine Bedeutung für das Management. In: Sozialmanagement - eine Zwischenbilanz. Wiesbaden, Springer VS, 2017.
Schellberg, K. (2017). Ökonomisierung – was sonst?. In: Wöhrle, A., Fritze, A., Prinz, T., Schwarz, G. (eds) Sozialmanagement – Eine Zwischenbilanz. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. S. 263-277.
Winker, G. (2015): Care Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft. P.l.: transcript Verlag (X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft).
Winker, G. (2020). Aufbau einer solidarischen und nachhaltigen Care Ökonomie. Ein Plädoyer in Zeiten von Corona. In M. Volkmer & K. Werner (Eds.) Die CoronaGesellschaft, Analysen zur Lage und Perspektiven für die Zukunft. Bielefeld transcript
Wöhrle, Armin et al. (Hrsg.) (2017). Sozialmanagement - Eine Zwischenbilanz. Springer.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 32 SES 11 B: Organizational Learning – Strategies in Times of Uncertainty Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Nicolas Engel Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Organizational Learning in the Light of Critical Realism and Third Generation SystemsTtheory - some possible practical implications Inland Norway University, Norway Presenting Author:Organizational learning is understood, studied and practiced from different theoretical perspectives, as Elkjaer (2022), among others, shows many examples of. When we as researchers work with collective competence and development processes, for example in schools and kindergartens and across municipal service areas, our theoretical perspectives and basic understandings of organizational learning will have an impact on how we work in practice. We always have some presuppositions when we work with research (and development) (Bateson, 2002, Bhaskar & Danermark, 2006). In a time of great uncertainty, combined with a high degree of complexity in the organizations where collective competence development is to take place, it is also an important ethical question how we as researchers contribute to development processes. How do we handle the uncertainty and complexity? Are we able, as Elkjaer (2022, p. 598) points out, to contribute to what is best for society and act responsibly and openly? And do we contribute to learning becoming a method for developing and maintaining critical thinking? Elkjaer argues for a learning theory of organizational learning inspired by pragmatism. In the study that this paper deals with, we will follow Elkjaer's suggestions for what is important for organizational learning in the future, but we will not pursue pragmatism, but rather go to critical realism, which incidentally has a kinship with pragmatism (Zotzmann et. al., 2022), and we will also connect critical realist insights within systems theory, what Price (2023) refers to as third generation systems theory. Like pragmatism, critical realism is a meta-theoretical position (Bhaskar, 2016), and meta-theory specifies ontological, epistemological and methodological presuppositions in scientific practice (Bhaskar & Danermark, 2006). These assumptions can often be less explicit in research and development work, while it can be very enlightening both for researchers themselves and also for the organizational participants involved in collective competence development if they are made explicit and clear, and preferably understandable - because this should be possible and desirable if the researcher is to act responsibly. There are two intertwined research questions that are discussed in this paper: What is central to a theoretical basis for organizational learning from critical realist meta-theory and third generation systems theory? And what could be important practical implications in light of these theories, for collective competence development in schools and kindergartens, and for the good of society? The aim of the study is to contribute to a theoretical basis for organizational learning related to collective competence development that both addresses uncertainty and complexity, and at the same time provides the most "simple" possible directions for competence and practice development. This contribution is intended for both researchers and organizational participants who are involved in concrete, practical development processes, and who seek basic understandings that can contribute to more sustainable development processes than has often been the case in, for example, school development. The theoretical frameworks that will be addressed and applied in this study are organizational learning, based on Elkjaer's article (2022) and other relevant publications in this field. Furthermore, critical realism is the most central framework in the study, which also underpins the third theoretical perspective, namely third-generation systems theory, as presented by Leigh Price (2023). Critical realism is a comprehensive meta-theory with a large international literature, and in order to extract some of the main points, I particularly use Bhaskar's 2016 book Enlightened Common Sense, which also points in the direction of emphasizing common sense and simplicity, while maintaining an understanding of the complex and avoiding reductionism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological work in this study consists of theoretical work in the form of reading and presenting critical realist meta-theory, including third-generation systems theory and relating this to organizational learning, and placed in a practical context that deals with collective competence development in schools, kindergartens and associated municipal service areas, based on a Norwegian context. As part of this, a literature study of international articles addressing the link between organizational learning and critical realism will be conducted. The purpose of the literature study is to highlight both coinciding and possibly divergent theoretical perspectives, and to make an independent summary and reflection on what may be particularly important theoretical contributions to organizational learning and to practical work with collective competence development. A preliminary search in google scholar for "organizational learning and critical realism" after 2020 shows more than 17,000 results, and it will be an important methodological task to make this literature study manageable within the framework of this paper, and at the same time sufficiently comprehensive and solid that the study can become a useful reference for further development work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected results of the study are that important theoretical perspectives related to organizational learning will be highlighted, and that these will also provide guidance for practical work with competence development. References Bateson, G. (2002). Mind and nature: a necessary unity. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press. Bhaskar, R. (2016). Enlightened Common Sense (1st ed.). Routledge. Bhaskar, R., & Danermark, B. (2006). Metatheory, interdisciplinarity and disability research: a critical realist perspective. Scandinavian journal of disability research, 8(4), 278- 297. Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of “Organizational Learning”: Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning. Vol. 53(3) 582-604 Zotzmann, K., Barman, E., Porpora, D. V., Carrigan, M. & Elder-Vass, D. (2022). Round table: is the common ground between pragmatism and critical realism more important than the differences?, Journal of Critical Realism, 21:3, 352-364, DOI: 10.1080/14767430.2022.2073674 32. Organizational Education
Paper Recruiting Participants – Strategies in Times of Uncertainty. Looking at Adult and Continuing Education. A Scoping Review. German Institute for Adult Education Presenting Author:In the field of adult and continuing education curricula are less regulated than in other areas of education and participation is usually voluntary (Schrader, 2019). Thus, participation in continuing education is a complex phenomenon which depends on various factors (Rubenson & Desjardins, 2009). Boeren (2016), for example, explains participation in continuing education by a multilevel model, which illustrates the interrelationships between factors at different levels. Within this model, organizations and providers of adult and continuing education are recognized as a factor to participation at the meso-level. The field of continuing education is characterized by dynamic change. Particularly when it comes to program planning, the challenge is to keep pace with social changes and address current needs. Program planning in continuing education has to mediate between the three instances of social needs, addressees, and pedagogical mission (von Hippel et al., 2008). Thereby, it has the task to react on foreseen future problems and awaken new educational needs (Siebert, 2014). Constantly changing socially relevant developments can be understood as uncertainty in the sense of this network’s call. Against the background of current developments such as differentiation of the continuing education market, competitive pressure, and digitalization, reaching and addressing new or changing target groups is becoming increasingly important (Echarti et al., 2023; Kraft, 2018). The recruitment of participants as an organizational process is therefore a central challenge for continuing education staff (Caffarella & Daffron, 2013; Käpplinger et al., 2017). Course design is one relevant factor in order to attract participants. Without curricular regulations, it is important to constantly adapt the program to current topics, individual needs and interests, as well as to external changes. Futhermore, the relevance of participant recruitment is underlined when taking into account the “matthew effect” (Boeren, 2016, S. 24), which refers to the actuality that the majority of people who take part in continuing education are those who already have a higher formal qualification, or as it says in Matthews’s Bible story: Those who already have receive more (Boeren, 2016; Rubenson, 1998). In order to promote educational equality, it is particularly important to make efforts to reach the educationally disadvantaged groups (Boeren, 2016). For the German discourse, Mania, Ernst and Wagner (2022) point out that there is no established form or category under which participant recruitment is discussed. In their systematic review, they developed and systemized an overview of the current state of German discussion and research on that topic. Accordingly, participant recruitment is merely treated as a subtopic, viewed from different angles, such as the institutional, organizational, and professional perspective, as well as from the perspective of target group research. Against this background, our intention is to focus on the international state of discussion and research. Up to now there exists no empirical based systematic overviews systematizing the international state of discussion and research on this topic. Our contribution therefore aims to take stock of and systematize the topic of participant recruitment and outreach strategies in adult and continuing education in the international (research) discourse. Our review will focus on the perspective(s) from which the topic is captured and discussed, and on strategies and concepts for addressing participants that can be identified in the sector of adult and continuing education. Our specific interest is the area of literacy and basic education, this due to its particular importance (to reach educationally disadvantaged) and specifics of the recruitment process (e.g., must go beyond written offers). The conceptual framework of our approach is informed by the procedure of conducting a scoping review (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to condense the international current state of research strands on participant recruitment in adult and continuing education, we conducted a scoping review (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Scoping reviews are especially suitable for outlining the current breadth of existing literature on a given topic, and thereby identifying key concepts as well as research gaps (Levac et al., 2010; Munn et al., 2018). Our approach is based on the five-stage methodological framework by Arksey and O’Malley (2005), comprising: 1. identifying the research question, 2. identifying relevant studies, 3. study selection, 4. charting the data and 5. collating, summarising, and reporting the results. 1. Against the background of the findings of Mania, Ernst, and Wagner (2022) for the German discourse, our research questions are: How is recruitment of participants in adult and continuing education discussed and researched in the international discourse? Which terms are used to address the topic and target group(s)? Which recruitment strategies are being discussed? What kind of texts are published in the discourse? 2. The specific challenge of present review is to find suitable search terms for compiling the current international discourse Up to now, there are no established or empirical based terms or categories to refer to. Thus, a comprehensive retrieval strategy was needed. After initial tests, we finally developed a combination compiling four retrieval strands with a total of 13 search words. This gave us 96 possible combinations and resulted in 12,867 hits in three databases (ERIC, FIS Bildung and Web of Science) applied to ‘abstract’. After removing the duplicates 2,199 texts remained. To ensure that also texts with no or short abstracts were not excluded, a second search run was conducted along only two search strands and applied to ‘title’. In total and after removing the duplicates 2,396 texts remained, with which we continued our review procedure. 3. In order to select relevant texts, we screened the abstracts of all 2,396 texts, and applied inclusion and exclusion criteria: subject area, theme, language. Finally, the literature corpus of our scoping review included 128 texts. 4. We charted information from the 128 included texts in an analytical framework using the program Microsoft Excel. Thereby we recorded information on each of the included texts regarding the main categories general information, empiric foundation, (conceptual) positioning of the text and given recruitment approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our paper aims at a structures overview of the thematic strands and concrete concepts found in international literature, regarding participant recruitment in adult and continuing education. The analysis shows that the topic of participant recruitment in adult and continuing education has hardly been discussed internationally in the last 20 years, or at best as a subtopic. This is shown, for example, by the fact that the topic is mostly discussed under the term recruitment, often in the combination with the term retention. In addition, recruitment of participants is also considered under the aspects of outreach, marketing, and access. Moreover, it can be said that the discourse is in major parts fuelled by e.g., policy papers, and project reports, whereas empirical studies are rare. This marks a clear research gap. Looking at the strategies mentioned, a variety of approaches are introduced in the discourse, some of which are given here as examples: Besides written communication via brochures, flyers, and program booklets, also recruitment campaigns are discussed that contain door-to-door canvassing, media spots, and forming community networks. Furthermore, the strategy of establishing a professional or voluntary recruiter position emerges from the international discourse. This position is set up to recruit potential participants to adult and continuing education courses. This strategy is not evident from the German findings and is therefore new to the German discourse. Finally, we show that recruitment strategies are particularly discussed with regard to vulnerable target groups as, for example (educationally) disadvantaged adults, illiterate adults, or un(der)-employed adults. References Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong Learning Participation in a Changing Policy Context: An Interdisciplinary Theory. Palgrave Macmillan. Caffarella, R. S. & Daffron, S. R. (2013). Planning Programs For Adult Learners: A Practical Guide (3. Aufl.). Jossey-Bass. Echarti, N., Koscheck, S., Martin, A. & Ohly, H. (2023). Weiterbildungsmarkt im Wandel: Ergebnisse der wbmonitor-Umfrage 2022. https://www.bibb.de/dienst/publikationen/de/19365 Käpplinger, B., Robak, S., Fleige, M., von Hippel, A. & Gieseke, W. (Hrsg.). (2017). Cultures of Program Planning in Adult Education: Concepts, Research Results and Archives. Peter Lang. Kraft, S. (2018). Berufsfeld Weiterbildung. In R. Tippelt & A. von Hippel (Hrsg.), Handbuch Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung (6., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage, S. 1109–1128). Springer VS. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H. & O'Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: advancing the methodology. Implementation Science, 5(1), Artikel 69. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-5-69 Mania, E., Ernst, S. J. & Wagner, F. (2022). Teilnehmendengewinnung in der Weiterbildung und spezifische Ansprachestrategien in der Alphabetisierung und Grundbildung – ein systematisches Literaturreview. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 45(1), 171–190. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-022-00206-w Munn, Z., Peters, M. D. J., Stern, C., Tufanaru, C., McArthur, A. & Aromataris, E. (2018). Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 18(1), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12874-018-0611-x Rubenson, K. (1998). Adults' readiness to learn: Questionig lifelong learning for all. Adult Education Research Conference. https://newprairiepress.org/aerc/1998/papers/45 Rubenson, K. & Desjardins, R. (2009). The Impact of Welfare State Regimes on Barriers to Participation in Adult Education. Adult Education Quarterly, 59(3), 187–207. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713609331548 Schrader, J. (2019). Institutionelle Rahmenbedingungen, Anbieter, Angebote und Lehr-Lernprozesse der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung. In O. Köller, M. Hasselhorn, F. H. Hesse, K. Maaz, J. Schrader, H. Solda, K. Spieß & K. Zimmer (Hrsg.), Uni-Taschenbücher: Bd. 4785. Das Bildungswesen in Deutschland: Bestand und Potenziale. (S. 701–729). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Siebert, H. (2014). Didaktisches Handeln in der Erwachsenenbildung: Didaktik aus konstruktivistischer Sicht. Ziel Verlag. von Hippel, A., Fuchs, S. & Tippelt, R. (2008). Weiterbildungsorganisationen und Nachfrageorientierung – neo-institutionalistische Perspektiven. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 54(5), 663–678. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 33 SES 11 A: Gender Bias, Gender Gaps and Attainment Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper School Effectiveness and Gender Gap in Bilingual Context: the Case of Basque Middle Schools Univ. of the Basque Count, Spain Presenting Author:This research focuses on gender inequities in language achievement in the field of school effectiveness and improvement. The main objective of this research is to analyze school effectiveness with a gender perspective in a context of bilingual education in order to identify if the highly effective middle schools manage to reduce the gender gap in both official languages. At the same time, the most equitable middle schools are examined based on the discourse of the professionals who work in these schools. The research questions that the research project aims to address are the following: Is school effectiveness linked to gender equity? Are the effective middle schools more equitable than non-effective schools in terms of gender? Do highly effective schools manage to reduce the gender gap in both languages? The Basque Autonomous Community (B.A.C.) is located in Spain. It has been a bilingual community since 1982 (Law 10/1982) with two official languages, Spanish and the Basque, in a diglossia situation; 14.13% of the population speak Basque at home, and 10.22% use both Euskara and Spanish at home (Eustat, 2016). The education system is bilingual with three linguistic teaching models (Decree 138/1983) in which 77.88% of the Basque students are enrolled in model D, which is taught entirely in Basque with Spanish as a subject (Basque Government, 2019a). However, only 18.6% of the secondary students acquire advanced knowledge, 65.9% acquire intermediate knowledge and 15.5% the initial one (ISEI-IVEI, 2023), far from what the law requires, that is, B2 level at the end of secondary schools. In recent years, inequalities in educational performance, based on the sex of the student, continue to be the subject of interest in educational research, trying to identify to what extent schools affect the educational performance of girls and boys (Van Hek et al., 2016). Most of the research on school effectiveness and improvement has measured school effectiveness based on the average results of all students (Nachbauer & Kyriakides, 2020). However, it is essential to emphasize the need to address the dimension of equity, studying the differential effects on the effectiveness of schools according to ethnicity, gender, economic level, and social class (Gray et al., 2004; Kyriakides et al ., 2019). The existing gender studies at school indicate some inconsistencies. Some found that there are no differential effects in schools concerning gender (Kyriakides et al., 2019; Strand, 2016), so effective schools managed to be effective for boys and girls. Others found a significant but modest variation in the gender effect across schools (Thomas et al., 1997). A review of international studies that analyze differences between boys and girls in linguistic competence shows that, in general, girls obtain better results than boys, for example, in terms of reading competence (Reilly et al., 2019; VanHek et al., 2018). Kollmayer et al. (2018) and Retelsdorf et al. (2015) found that teacher gender stereotypes related to reading can benefit girls and negatively affect boys' reading competence perception.
However, few studies have focused on the analysis of the gender gap in minority language proficiency (Olmedo et al. 2020) and less from the perspective of school effectiveness and improvement (Intxausti et al. 2023). Studies in the B.A.C. indicate that the linguistic competence of Basque obtained by girls in Elementary Education is higher than that of boys (Gobierno Vasco et al., 2019) as well as with respect to motivation and attitude (Artola et al., 2017).
Given the specific bilingual situation of the B.A.C., this study fills an existing gap in terms of the effectiveness of Middle schools related to the results obtained in linguistic competence and its intersection with issues of gender disparity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory descriptive study uses a mixed methodology. For the quantitative analysis, the data was collected from the census sample of educational centers in the B.A.C, a total of 340 middle schools. Every two years, Diagnostic Evaluations (D.E.) are performed at schools by the Basque Institute for Educational Evaluation and Research (ISEI-IVEI). The DE is a standardized exam, like PISA, that evaluates students in the 8th grade of the middle school on their competence in Spanish and Basque language. In the BAC, Linguistic Communicative Competence (LCC) is viewed as having five different dimensions (Basque Government, 2008): oral comprehension, written comprehension, oral expression, written expression and oral interaction. The D.E. conducted in 2015, 2017, and 2019 served as the study’s database. The SPSS 26 program was used to conduct the statistical analysis. This study examines the idea of quality education and gender equity in schools. Multilevel regression modeling methods were used to determine gender equitable middle schools (Lizasoain, 2020). Given that it is widely acknowledged that contextual factors have a significant impact on the academic outcomes achieved by schools, this analysis makes it possible to control the contextual variables such as families’ economic, social, and cultural status (ESCS), the family language, and the percentage of immigrant students. The difference between the score obtained by the school in the D.E. with respect to the expected score, compared to the score obtained by other schools with very similar contexts, was used to calculate three residual values: school effectiveness (quality index), female student effectiveness, and male student effectiveness. The distinction in residual values between girls and boys yields the gender equality index. Equitable schools are those that achieve or come close to having the value 0. 36 schools met the equitable criterion in Basque competency and 48 schools in Spanish. 18 agreed to continue the project, and 3 of those centers achieved equitable outcomes in the Basque language and Spanish, 5 of them in Basque and 10 of those in Spanish. For the qualitative study, semi-structured interviews have been held with managers of those equitable Basque and Spanish-language schools. 34 professionals participated in total. A common protocol was established for the interviewers: school students’ findings regarding gender equity in Basque/Spanish language were presented to participants, and the professionals’ opinions regarding it were analyzed. Instrument was designed with the aim of collecting data about five different areas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that only 36 schools, that is, 10.6% achieve equitable results in the Basque language competence and 48 schools (14.1%) achieve it in Spanish. Moreover, those considered effective are not always equitable since only 13 schools of those 36 equitable ones are effective in Basque competence and 24 schools in Spanish. The results do not confirm that the gender balance among students from effective schools is more equal in terms of linguistic competence as it is found in other studies (Kyriakide et al., 2019). Greater confluence of school effectiveness and gender equality implies specific proposals to improve the outcomes of all students, regardless of their gender. There is a greater equity in the results of Spanish competence than in Basque, which obtains much better results in girls than in boys. A trend among young males from bilingual context to use the more prestigious language in informal social domains might explain it (Altuna, 2017; Price & Tamburelli, 2020). Altuna (2023) observed that boys find it hard to speak in Basque when joking around and in situations of anger or provocation, and that they associate the minority language with the school context, with one way of challenging formal school rules being to speak in Spanish. The qualitative study have shown that professional have not carried out an exhaustive analysis of gender-based inequalities in students’ performance at schools. In general, the gender equity plan is a priority objective within the schools’ educational projects but the scope of the actions focuses on attitudes and gender stereotypes, and not linguistic competences. Thus, few schools systematically introduce the gender perspective in the curriculum but not in intersection with language competence. The obstacles to improving school equity are the lack of training, awareness, and support for this cause, the job rotation among professionals, and school size. References Altuna, J. (2023). Hizkuntzaren funanbulistak. Hizkuntza sozializazioa kirol eremuan adin eta generoak ardaztuta [Tightrope walker of language. Language socialization in sport domain focused on age and gender]. Doctoral Thesis. http://hdl.handle.net/10810/62640 Artola, T., Sastre, S., & Barraca, J. (2017). Diferencias de género en actitudes e intereses lectores. Una investigación con alumnos españoles de Primaria. Bordon, 69(1), 11–26. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2016.37925 Basque Government (2019a). Estadísticas del sistema educativo [Statistics of the educational system]. https://www.euskadi.eus/matricula-2019-2020/web01-a2hestat/es/ Basque Government, ISEI-IVEI, & Soziolinguistika Klusterra. (2019). Proyecto Arrue: uso del euskera por el alumnado en el entorno escolar de la C.A.P.V. 2011-2017 [Arrue Project: use of the Basque language by students in the school environment]. Departamento de educación, Política Lingüística y Cultura. ISEI-IVEI (2023). Evaluación diagnóstica. Informe ejecutivo al final de la etapa [Diagnostic evaluation. Ejecutive report.]. Basque Government. Kollmayer, M., Schober, B., & Spiel, C. (2018). Gender Stereotypes in Education: Development, Consequences, and Interventions. European Journal of Developmental Psycholy, 15(4), 361–377. http://doi.org/ 10.1080/17405629.2016.1193483 Kyriakides, L., Creemers, B.P.M. & Charalambous, E. (2019). Searching for differential teacher and school effectiveness in terms of student socioeconomic status and geneder: implications for promoting equity. School Effectiviness and School improvement, 30(3), 286-308. http://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1511603 Lizasoain, L. (2020). Criterios y modelos estadísticos de eficacia escolar [Criteria and statistical models of school effectiveness]. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 38(2), 311–327. https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.417881 Nachbauer, M. & Kyriakides, L. (2020). A review and evaluation of approaches to measure equity in educational outcomes. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 31(2), 306-331. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2019.1672757 Price, A. R., & Tamburelli, M. (2020). Welsh-language prestige in adolescents: Attitudes in the heartlands. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 30(2), 195–213. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12274 Reilly, D., Neumann, D.L., & Andrews, G. (2019). Gender Differences in Reading and Writing Achievement: Evidence from the National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP). American Psychologist, 74(4), 445–458. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000356 Strand, S. (2016). Do some schools narrow the gap? Differential school effectiveness revisites. Review of Education, 4(2), 107-144. http://doi.org/10.1080/09243451003732651 Van Hek, M., Kraaykamp, G., & Pelzer, B. (2018) Do schools affect girls’ and boys’ reading performance differently? A multilevel study on the gendered effects of school resources and school practices. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2017.1382540 Van Hek, M., Kraaykamp, G., & Wolbers, M. H. J. (2016). Comparing the gender gap in educational attainment: The impact of emancipatory contexts in 33 cohorts across 33 countries. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22, 260–282. http://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2016.1256222 33. Gender and Education
Paper Tracing the Origins of Gender Bias in Teacher Grading University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper uses new administrative records to assess the role of general ability in explaining gender gaps in teacher-assigned grades across ten “university-preferred” STEM and non-STEM subject areas. The evidence comes from England, where A-level students apply to university using teacher predictions rather than exam results. We find that, conditional on exam grades, boys receive less favourable predictions from their teachers. However, this differential grading is substantially reduced when accounting for gender differences in general ability. In STEM, the gap is rather reversed, with a grade penalty identified against girls with similar general ability and achieved grades at A-level. Our findings provide evidence that teachers are not neutral to students’ attributes captured in our measure of general ability, underscoring the serious implications of relying on predicted grades for university applications instead of exam results. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis is based on newly linked administrative data that include all university applicants, providing comprehensive details on their applications, exam results, and key socio-demographic characteristics. Our empirical strategy follows two main steps. First, we investigate whether there are systematic differences between predicted grades and exam results by student gender across fields of study. Second, we examine whether these differences can be explained by variations in boys' and girls' general ability, extending beyond subject-specific proficiency. To gain a deeper understanding of what drives these disparities, we investigate a range of factors potentially linked to general ability, as well as the predicted-achieved grade gap, including individual student characteristics and aspects of the application process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find substantial gender gaps in predicted grades, conditional on achieved grades. Consistent with previous research, these gaps favour girls and are evident across all levels of the achieved grade distribution. Similar to Lavy (2023), we observe more pronounced gender differences in non-STEM subjects, with less pronounced gaps in STEM. The results remain consistent across alternative specifications and robust against a range of potential issues, including measurement error in exam scores, statistical discrimination, and sample selection biases. After adjusting for gender differences in general ability, the gender gap in predicted grades against boys is substantially reduced in non-STEM. In STEM, the gap is rather reversed, in favour of boys. References Lavy, V. (2008). Do gender stereotypes reduce girls’ or boys’ human capital outcomes? Evidence from a natural experiment. Journal of Public Economics, 92(10):2083–2105. Lavy, V. and Sand, E. (2018). On the origins of gender human capital gaps: Short and long term consequences of teachers’ stereotypical biases. Journal of Public Economics. Lavy, V. and Megalokonomou, R., 2023. The Short-and the Long-Run Impact of Gender-Biased Teachers. American Economic Journal: Applied Economics Breda, T., Ly, S.T., (2015). “Professors in core science fields are not always biased against women: Evidence from France.” American Economic Journal: Applied Economics 7 (4), 53 75 Burgess, S., & Greaves, E. (2013). Test scores, subjective assessment, and stereotyping of ethnic minorities. Journal of Labor Economics, 31(3), 535–576. Carlana, Michela. (2019). “Implicit Stereotypes: Evidence from Teachers’ Gender Bias.” The Quarterly Journal of Economics 134(3): 1163–1224. Cavaglia, C., Machin, S., McNally, S., & Ruiz-Valenzuela, J. (2020). “Gender, Achievement and Subject Choice in English Education, Paper” Prepared for Oxford Review of Economic Policy issue on Gender 33. Gender and Education
Paper Is Technology for Boys Only? Stereotypical Perceptions of Gender among Preservice Teachers: An Experimental Mixed-methods Study 1VIA University College, Denmark; 2University of Aarhus, Denmark Presenting Author:Research documents significant differences in the representation of women in various STEM fields (Cheryan, Ziegler, Montoya & Jiang, 2017; Faber et al. 2020). Women are well-represented in fields such as medicine and biology, while extraordinarily few women pursue mathematics and technology-intensive programs, such as computer science and engineering programs (Bøe, Henriksen, Lyons & Schreiner, 2011; Faber et al., 2020; McNally, 2020). Research indicates that teachers often rely on stereotypes in assessing students, particularly in STEM. Notably, pervasive stereotypes perpetuate the notion that girls lack interest in mathematics, while boys excel in science and technology (Riegle-Crumb & Humphries, 2012; Steffens & Jelenec, 2011). The far-reaching consequences of such stereotypes are evident in teachers' expectations (Muntoni & Retelsdorf, 2018), interactions with students (Lavy, 2008), and students' achievements, confidence, and educational choices (Carlana, 2019; Retelsdorf, Schwarts and Asbrock, 2015). The purpose of this paper is to investigate pre-service teachers' gender stereotypical beliefs and whether these beliefs result in bias in the recommendation of technological study tracks for elementary school students. The study also explores the causal mechanisms behind gender stereotypes and biases, considering the influence of teachers' background characteristics. We focus on pre-service teachers rather than practicing teachers for three reasons. Firstly, pre-service teachers are more accessible than experienced educators, providing an opportunity to ensure higher data quality, such as achieving a higher response rate. Secondly, research indicates that pre-service teachers also hold stereotypical beliefs about students, and these beliefs exist even before they begin on their teaching careers (Holder & Kessels, 2017). Thirdly, pre-service teachers serve as crucial norm-setters for new generations of children and adolescents. Examining gender stereotypes among pre-service teachers creates an opportunity to integrate the knowledge generated by the project into elements of teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To this aim, we employ an embedded experimental mixed methods design using vignettes. The content of the vignettes is varied to discern the influence of gender on pre-service teachers' assessments of young students' educational choices. The quantitative part of the study incorporates a factorial survey (FS), a common method in research on discrimination and social judgments (Jasso, 2006; Wallander, 2009). Respondents are presented with a series of vignettes describing a hypothetical elementary school student with variations in gender, ethnicity, parents' occupations, favorite subjects, grades in Danish and mathematics, belief in their own abilities in mathematics, and social profile. The characteristics of the vignettes are experimentally varied, allowing for an examination of the significance of different attributes on the respondents' evaluations (Auspurg & Hinz, 2015). Based on the information presented, respondents are asked to recommend a study track for the student, choosing from natural science, technology, linguistics, or social science. A total of 441 students completed the questionnaire, resulting in 1764 vignette responses. The qualitative part of the study consists of a qualitative vignette experiment embedded in semi-structured interviews. This approach retains interpretative elements while introducing a quantitative, experimental logic using vignettes. Thus, participants are presented with identical vignettes that only vary on the independent variable (gender). This allows for both the introduction of controlled variation in information about the independent variable and in-depth interpretation of how this information is received and interpreted by the interviewees (Harrits & Møller, 2020). A total of 30 students have been interviewed. The data is analyzed using multinomial logistic regression models to estimate the effect of gender on pre-service teachers’ track recommendation as well as qualitative content analysis of interviews to shed light on the causal mechanisms underlying gender stereotypes in technology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show a notable gender difference in the recommendation of study tracks in general, particularly in technology. Results from the multinomial logit model reveal a 9.7 percentage point lower probability for girls to be recommended a technological study track compared to boys. Simultaneously, the study identifies an inverse gender difference in recommending a natural science study track, where girls have a 4.6 percentage point higher probability than boys. While various student characteristics influence the recommendation of study tracks—such as parents' occupations, favorite subjects, grades, confidence in mathematics, and social profile—these characteristics only marginally reduce gender differences and thus fail to provide a comprehensive explanation of the gender gap. The qualitative analyses offer deeper insights into the reasons behind these gender biases. Technology is strongly associated with boys, computers, and gaming, leading to automatic exclusion of recommending a technological study track for girls who are not perceived as interested in technology. Furthermore, the qualitative analyses underscore the presence of socially conditioned gender considerations, particularly among female students who caution against choosing a technological study track due to perceived challenges in integrating into the male-dominated social community. In conclusion, this research unveils gender bias in pre-service teachers' assessments, contributing valuable insights for addressing and mitigating gender stereotypes in educational settings. Awareness of these biases is crucial for addressing gender inequality in educational settings and fostering an environment that encourages all students to pursue STEM fields based on their interests and capabilities. References Auspurg, K., & Hinz, T. (2015). Series: Quantitative Applications in the Social Sciences. Thousand Oakes, CA: Sage. Bøe, M. V., Henriksen, E. K., Lyons, T., & Schreiner, C. (2011). Participation in science and technology: young people’s achievement‐related choices in late‐modern societies. Studies in Science Education, 47(1), 37-72. Carlana, M. (2019). Implicit stereotypes: Evidence from teachers’ gender bias. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 134(3), 1163-1224. Cheryan, S., Ziegler, S. A., Montoya, A. K., & Jiang, L. (2017). Why are some STEM fields more gender balanced than others?. Psychological bulletin, 143(1), 1. Faber, S. T., Nissen, A., & Orvik, A. E. (2020). Rekruttering og fastholdelse af kvinder inden for STEM: Indsatser og erfaringer på universiteterne. Aalborg Universitet. Harrits, G. S., & Møller, M. Ø. (2020). Qualitative Vignette Experiments: A Mixed Methods Design. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1558689820977607. Holder, K., & Kessels, U. (2017). Gender and ethnic stereotypes in student teachers’ judgments: A new look from a shifting standards perspective. Social Psychology of Education, 20(3), 471-490. Jacobs, J. E., & Eccles, J. S. (1992). The impact of mothers' gender-role stereotypic beliefs on mothers' and children's ability perceptions. Journal of personality and social psychology, 63(6), 932. Jasso, G. (2006). Factorial survey methods for studying beliefs and judgments. Sociological Methods & Research, 34(3), 334-423. Lavy, V. (2008). Do gender stereotypes reduce girls' or boys' human capital outcomes? Evidence from a natural experiment. Journal of public Economics, 92(10-11), 2083-2105. McNally, S. (2020). Gender Differences in Tertiary Education: What Explains STEM Participation? CEP Discussion Paper No. 1721. Centre for Economic Performance. Muntoni, F., & Retelsdorf, J. (2018). Gender-specific teacher expectations in reading—The role of teachers’ gender stereotypes. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 54, 212-220. Retelsdorf, J., Schwartz, K., & Asbrock, F. (2015). “Michael can’t read!” Teachers’ gender stereotypes and boys’ reading self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 107(1), 186. Riegle-Crumb, C., & Humphries, M. (2012). Exploring bias in math teachers’ perceptions of students’ ability by gender and race/ethnicity. Gender & Society, 26(2), 290-322. Steffens, M. C., & Jelenec, P. (2011). Separating implicit gender stereotypes regarding math and language: Implicit ability stereotypes are self-serving for boys and men, but not for girls and women. Sex Roles, 64(5-6), 324-335. Wallander, L. (2009). 25 years of factorial surveys in sociology: A review. Social Science Research, 38(3), 505–52 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 34 SES 11 A: Critical ChangeLab – Democracy Health of European Educational Institutions, Perspective of Youth on Democracy and New Model of Democratic Pedagogy Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Boris Jokic Session Chair: Olja Jovanović Milanović Symposium |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium CRITICAL CHANGELAB–Democracy Health of European Educational Institutions, Perspective of Youth on Democracy and New Model of Democratic Pedagogy Symposium will offer first insights into the empirical results of the HORIZON EUROPE project ‘Democracy meets arts: critical change labs for building democratic cultures through creative and narrative practices - CRITICAL CHANGELAB’ which is currently being conducted in 10 European countries. Among others, project’s main goals relevant are to:
Symposium consists of three papers from Croatia, Spain and Ireland. First paper focuses on a presentation of the development of an instrument for assessing the state of democracy in formal and non-formal education institutions in 10 European countries. The Democracy Health Questionnaire (DHQ) measured the state of democratic practices in educational programmes in more than 1500 educational institutions across Europe. The DHQ was designed in such a manner that its concepts provide a foundation for the development of the Democracy Health Index (DHI). Paper presents results of the quantitative analysis in which schools’ and organisations providing non-formal educational programs are compared. Psychometric analytical procedures allow for a discussion on the nature of indexes probing democratic health. In the future, this instrument will serve as a self-assessment tool for various learning environments – both formal and non-formal. Using qualitative methodology, second paper deals with in depth perspective through the exploration of the youth perspectives on everyday democracy. Ten case studies on groups of young people that are growing up in challenging contexts for the development and practice of everyday democracy were conducted. Some of the groups that were covered in this phase of the project were immigrants, refugees and migrants, ethnic minorities (Roma youth…), LGBT youth, those living in remote areas, girls and young people living in less privileged socioeconomic environments. In each of ten countries an in-depth case study consisting of semi-structured interviews, focus groups and ethnographic accounts were conducted. Each case study will consist of focus groups with youth (n=7-9 participants per case study), series of semi-structured interviews with educators, pedagogical coordinators, civil society organisations living and working in the selected contexts (n=5 interviews per case study) and ethnographic accounts of the contexts that include secondary historic analyses. In the paper the Spanish case from Barcelona will be presented. Finally third paper offers perspectives on development of a conceptual and methodological framework for developing critical literacies for democracy using creative and narrative practices. The framework articulates the Critical ChangeLab Model of Democratic Pedagogy. The development of the framework considered national curricula and pedagogical frameworks on citizenship education, as well as existing competence frameworks for democracy education, such as the Council of Europe’s competences for democratic culture development. Furthermore, creative and narrative practices for supporting cultural and critical literacies, with special consideration to those informed by critical pedagogy, critical historical learning, theatre of the oppressed, critical and speculative design, and futures thinking methodologies, were used as benchmarks in the development of the framework. Using interdisciplinary methodologies and approaches, these methods were linked with a variety of digital technologies, such as social media and gaming platforms, and prototypes that enable its deployment in various settings (face-to-face, hybrid, and virtual) using transmedia approaches. Third paper presents development of this model in Ireland. References Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE). Bernstein, Richard J. “Creative Democracy: The Task Still Before Us”. American Journal of Theology & Philosophy, 21, no. 3, September 2000, pp. 215-228. Carratalà Puertas, L., & Frances Garcia, F. J. (2017). Youth and expectations on democracy in Spain: The role of individual human values structure of young people in dimension of democracy. Partecipazione e Conflitto, 9(3), 777-798. Grassi, E. F. G., Portos, M., & Felicetti, A. (2023). Young People's Attitudes towards Democracy and Political Participation: Evidence from a Cross-European Study. Government and Opposition, 1-23. Johnson, L., & Morris, P. (2010). Towards a framework for critical citizenship education. The curriculum journal, 21(1), 77-96. Pandya, Jessica Zacher, Raul Alberto Mora, Jennifer Helen Alford, Noah Asher Golden, Robert Santiago de Roock (eds.). The Handbook of Critical Literacies. Routledge: London, 2022. Skidmore, P., & Bound, K. (2008). Everyday Democracy Index. London: Demos. Presentations of the Symposium Democracy Health Index: Assessing education institutions' democracy health across ten EU countries
This paper aims to describe the development of an original instrument for the assessment of the current status of democracy within educational institutions. Existing instruments (e.g. Booth & Ainscow, 2002; Köhler, Weber, Brese, Schulz & Carstens, 2018; Scheerens, 2011; Skidmore & Bound, 2008) did not encompass the concept of institutional democracy holistically and were limited to certain aspects of democratic functioning and specific types of educational setting. Within Critical ChangeLab project, we developed Democracy Health Questionnaire (DHQ) and Democracy Health Index (DHI) to assess the democracy health of both schools and institutions providing non-formal educational programmes. DHQ is envisaged as a self-assessment tool that educational institutions can use to estimate the current state of their democracy and plan future activities to improve this important organisational characteristic. Democracy health is conceptualised through two broad areas that indicate the democratic culture of the institution: democratic values and democratic practices. The DHQ measures four democratic values: Participation, Accountability and transparency, Equality, diversity and inclusion, and Eco-social responsibility, and 26 practices that are organised in four domains representing the life-cycle of educational programmes: Development, Access, Delivery, and Outcomes and Impact of educational programmes. DHQ is designed to address the existing diversity of educational institutions, educational programmes, and various European contexts. It is developed in two parallel versions, one for schools and one for institutions providing non-formal educational services. In DHQ the participants are asked to estimate each of the democratic values and practices in their respective institutions on three dimensions: Importance, Current level, and Expectation in five years, using a scale from 0% (not at all) to 100% (very much).
In the process of development of the instrument, the DHQ was applied in year 2023/24 across ten EU countries. In total, more than 1500 participants (school directors and individuals in charge of educational programmes within institutions providing a wide range of non-formal educational programmes to youth aged 11 to 18) completed the questionnaire through the online research platform Alchemer. Based on their responses, three indicators of DHI will be calculated: DHI Total and DHI Domain (indicating the current level of institutional democracy weighted by the estimated importance of corresponding items), and DHI profile, indicating democracy health gap between the current state and expectations in five years. In this paper we discuss the usability and validity of DHQ and DHI in measuring and comparing the levels of democracy within educational institutions.
References:
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE).
Köhler, H., Weber, S., Brese, F., Schulz, W., & Carstens, R. (2018). ICCS 2016 User Guide for the International Database. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016. IAEEA
Scheerens, J. (2011). Indicators on informal learning for active citizenship at school. Educational assessment, evaluation and accountability, 23, 201-222.
Skidmore, P., & Bound, K. (2008). Everyday Democracy Index. London: Demos.
Youth Perceptions of Everyday Democracy: a Case Study with Early School-leavers in Barcelona, Spain
This paper builds on the European project Critical ChangeLab («Democracy Meets Arts: Critical Change Labs for Building Democratic Cultures through Creative and Narrative Practices»). The main aim of the project is to revitalise the relationship between young people and democracy at a time when polarisation, deep political divisions and declining trust in democracy are spreading across the continent. To this end, the project examines the current state of democracy in learning environments across Europe, generating a strong evidence base for participatory democratic curriculum design. As part of this research goal, the project includes 10 case studies developed in 10 European countries, aimed at exploring young people’s perceptions of everyday democracy in challenging contexts.
In this communication, we will report on the design and outcomes of the case study that took place in a public training and placement program (so called PFI) in Barcelona, Spain. The program is designed for young people aged between 16 and 21 who have not completed compulsory secondary education. The main aim of this program is to offer these students basic training to access the labour market and, eventually, help them in returning to the regulated education system.
The case study comprises: 1) a focus group with 10 participants aged between 16 and 18; 2) 5 interviews with teachers and educators involved in the program; and 3) a short ethnographic analysis through researchers’ diaries. Both the focus group and the interviews were guided by semi-structured prompts, focusing on participants' experiences and reflections regarding their perceptions of being young, their relations with the institutions, their experiences about democracy and participation and their perspectives regarding their future.
The outcome of the study contributes to the existing literature by offering insights into the lived experiences and perspectives of marginalised young individuals regarding democracy in their everyday lives. Furthermore, by entering in dialogue with the case studies carried out with other groups of youth in Critical ChangeLab, it helps to construct a landscape of voices who are often at the margin of decision-making and democratic practices.
References:
Cammaerts, B., Bruter, M., Banaji, S., Harrison, S., & Anstead, N. (2014). The myth of youth apathy: Young Europeans’ critical attitudes toward democratic life. American Behavioral Scientist, 58(5), 645-664.
Carratalà Puertas, L., & Frances Garcia, F. J. (2017). Youth and expectations on democracy in Spain: The role of individual human values structure of young people in dimension of democracy. Partecipazione e Conflitto, 9(3), 777-798.
Grassi, E. F. G., Portos, M., & Felicetti, A. (2023). Young People's Attitudes towards Democracy and Political Participation: Evidence from a Cross-European Study. Government and Opposition, 1-23.
Johnson, L., & Morris, P. (2010). Towards a framework for critical citizenship education. The curriculum journal, 21(1), 77-96.
Simó-Gil, N., & Gelis, J. F. (2018). Ampliar la participación democrática del alumnado en los centros educativos¿ Es posible?. Voces de la Educación, 3-10.
Expansive Learning in Action: Critical Literacies in Ireland’s Critical ChangeLab
This paper discusses the application of the framework of critical literacies developed by the research partners on the EU-funded ‘Critical ChangeLab: Democracy Meets Arts’ project (hereafter ‘Critical ChangeLab’) in educational settings in Ireland. Critical ChangeLabs respond to calls to reinvent and reinvigorate creative democracy in the everyday lives of young people (Dewey, 1939; Bernstein, 2000). They are a scalable model of democratic pedagogy for use in formal and non-formal learning environments, which use transdisciplinary arts and science practices (Mejias et al., 2021) to engage youth (11-18 years) with issues across human and more-than-human relationships. Using the first iteration of Critical ChangeLabs in Ireland as a case study, the paper will examine the iways that critical literacies can facilitate transformative learning processes that support individuals' civic engagement across a range of settings. The framework of critical literacies defines dimensions of learning required to develop these critical literacies in participants. It was created following a systematic literature review of critical literacies frameworks developed and used in educational settings with young people. At a time when post-truth paradigms influence the ways in which education is understood and enacted critical literacies are more important and relevant than ever (Pandya et al., 2022). The first iteration of the Critical ChangeLab in Ireland took place in an informal education (youth work) setting with young people (11-18 years) experiencing disadvantage. The Critical ChangeLab used participatory, creative and critical approaches to facilitate exploration of ideas about community and identity. This was particularly pertinent as the young people live in an urban area undergrowing rapid demographic expansion and change. The Critical ChangeLab incorporated historical and cultural perspectives, and the young people created artistic interventions around concepts of inclusion and belonging. Our paper will discuss how the application of the framework of critical literacies in a Critical ChangeLab setting strengthens democratic society through the promotion of the competences identified in the Council of Europe Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture (2016). Our analysis underscores the significant potential of applying our critical literacies framework in Critical ChangeLab settings to foster transformative agency, encourage youth ownership of everyday democracy, and imagining alternative futures. As the Critical ChangeLab is a scalable model, application of the framework has the potential to strengthen democracy education on issues of global significance and democratic process in any formal or non-formal learning environments.
References:
Bernstein, Richard J. “Creative Democracy: The Task Still Before Us”. American Journal of Theology & Philosophy, 21, no. 3, September 2000, pp. 215-228. DOI: 27944123.
Dewey, John (1939). “Creative Democracy: The Task Before Us”. John Dewey and the Promise of America, Progressive Education Booklet, no. 14, 1939, American Education Press.
Mejias, Sam, Naomi Thompson, Raul Mishael, Mark Rosin, Elisabeth Soep, Kylie Peppler, Joseph Roche, Jen Wong, Mairéad Hurley, Philip Bell, Bronwyn Bevan. “The trouble with STEAM and why we use it anyway”. Science Education, 105, no. 2, March 2021, pp. 209-231. DOI: 10.1002/sce.21605.
Pandya, Jessica Zacher, Raul Alberto Mora, Jennifer Helen Alford, Noah Asher Golden, Robert Santiago de Roock (eds.). The Handbook of Critical Literacies. Routledge: London, 2022.
Reference Framework for Competences of Democratic Culture”. Council of Europe, 2016.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 90 SES 11 Paper Session |
15:15 - 15:45 | Break 12: ECER Coffee Break |
15:15 - 15:45 | Break 16: ECER Coffee Break |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 A: Hope on the Horizon? Scaling up Professional Development in Diverse Cultural Contexts Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Charalambos Charalambous Session Chair: Charalambos Charalambous Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Hope on the Horizon? Scaling up Professional Development in Diverse Cultural Contexts Tackling uncertainty with genuine hope for the future relies, in part, on quality education. Indeed, hope and education are inextricably linked, with both rooted in ideas of the future, of formation, of becoming. However, delivering on education’s potential requires more than stating goals or hoping for a better future. Beyond rhetoric, we need to find paths of action teachers and leaders in education can take that make a positive difference and create genuine hope (Gore, 2022). Efforts to develop, test and scale meaningful approaches to educational improvement are all the more urgent in the context of the PISA 2022 results (OECD, 2023) which showed an overall downward trend in student achievement and highlighted enduring gross inequities – students from disadvantaged backgrounds fared worse than their advantaged counterparts across all countries and economies represented. A nation’s overall prosperity and collective welfare is critically reliant on the quality of the schooling it offers, yet most education systems struggle to significantly and measurably increase quality. This situation is highlighted in the United Nations’ declaration that the world is falling drastically behind in achieving SDG4 Quality Education and the estimate that by 2030, 300 million students will lack basic literacy and numeracy skills worldwide (UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs, n.d.). In attempts to improve the quality of education globally, billions of dollars are spent each year on teacher professional development (PD). These learning opportunities for teachers promise much, but often fail to deliver lasting change. Arguably, sustainable, genuine improvement to education requires robust evidence and the alignment of research, policy, and practice. Borko (2004) describes three phases of PD research: 1) research of a single PD program offered at one site; 2) scaling up a single PD program and examining how it plays out in different contexts; and 3) comparisons of different PD programs. Most research on teacher PD falls into the first category, although there are signs of more phase 2 studies (Sztajn et al., 2017). Still, relatively little is known about how contextual factors influence the scaling up of PD, particularly when examining the same PD program in different countries. There are of course exceptions (see for example Maas & Engeln, 2018). In this symposium, we explore the challenge of scaling teacher PD in three different countries – Albania, Australia, and Sweden – all of which engaged with the PD program known as Quality Teaching Rounds (QTR). Developed in Australia, with compelling evidence of statistically significant positive effects on mathematics and reading outcomes, including slightly stronger effects for students from disadvantaged backgrounds, (Gore et al., 2021, 2023), we consider the viability of scaling QTR as a way to address pressing global issues of quality education (Ritchie et al., 2023). The papers explore the application of QTR across these diverse national contexts as a specific case of scaling PD. In so doing, we demonstrate how genuine hope for positive educational change in uncertain times might be generated. References Borko, H. (2004). Professional development and teacher learning: Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 3-15. Gore, J. (2022). The William Walker Oration 2022: Inspiring hope through evidence-based pedagogy. ACEL National conference, Sydney. Gore, J. M., Miller, A., Fray, L., Harris, J., & Prieto, E. (2021). Improving student achievement through professional development: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103297. Gore, J., Miller, A., Fray, L., & Patfield, S. (2023). Building capacity for quality teaching in Australian schools 2018-2023. University of Newcastle. Maass, K., & Engeln, K. (2018). Impact of professional development involving modelling on teachers and their teaching. ZDM, 50(1-2), 273-285. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. Ritchie, H., Samborska, V., Ahuja, N., Ortiz-Ospina, E., & Roser, M. (2023, November 4). Global Education. Our World in Data. Sztajn, P., Borko, H., & Smith, T. M. (2017). Research on mathematics professional development. In J. Cai. (Ed.), Compendium for Research in Mathematics Education (pp. 793-823). National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs. (n.d.). Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. Presentations of the Symposium Research on Pedagogy-Focused Professional Development: Demonstrable Improvements in Teacher and Student Outcomes
Despite massive global investment in professional development (PD), goals to improve student outcomes, including greater equity, are often unmet. In this paper, we report on a program of research, conducted over the past 20 years, which shows positive effects for both teachers and students of Quality Teaching Rounds (QTR) PD. The research, which includes randomised controlled trials, replication studies, and independent evaluation and traverses conceptual, qualitative, and quantitative analyses, highlights three components of the PD that were critical to establishing its potential for scaling in other nations.
First, QTR puts pedagogy at the centre of PD. We argue that pedagogy has been widely misunderstood and overlooked in school improvement efforts. By centring pedagogy, we question the emerging consensus on “effective PD” as needing to be content-focused and argue for additional theoretical and empirical work on what is effective (Gore et al., 2023). The focus on pedagogy means QTR applies to teachers across grades, subjects, and at all career stages (Gore & Rosser, 2020) which contributes to the scalability of the approach, including in the resource-constrained environments facing many nations.
Second, QTR attends carefully to the power dynamics – based on experience, seniority, and positional authority – which often get in the way of critical analytical work among teachers (Bowe & Gore, 2017). Underpinned by a Foucauldian understanding of power as productive and circulating (Foucault, 1988), QTR deliberately flattens school power hierarchies, creating multiple opportunities for all teachers to be heard and building trusting professional relationships. These processes empower teachers to drive the PD with minimal external input – a feature which adds to its scalability, sustainability, and impact.
Third, QTR is backed by rigorous research, including four separate RCTs that collectively demonstrate (statistically significant) positive effects of the approach on the quality of teaching, teacher morale, teacher efficacy and student achievement/ attainment (Gore et al., 2017, 2021). At a time when schools and teachers are under enormous pressure, exacerbated by the pandemic and dire teacher shortages (Fray et al., 2023), we argue that investment in PD with demonstrated impact is critical and urgent. Efforts to scale QTR PD, especially across international borders as reported in the remaining papers, would not have happened without such strong evidence.
References:
Bowe, J. M., & Gore, J. M. (2017). Reassembling teacher professional development: The case for Quality Teaching Rounds. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23, 352–366.
Foucault, M. (1988). Power/Knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings 1972–1977 (C. Gordon, Ed.). Knopf US.
Fray, L., Jaremus, F., Gore, J., Miller, A., & Harris, J. (2023). Under pressure and overlooked: The impact of COVID-19 on teachers in NSW public schools. The Australian Educational Researcher, 50, 701 – 727.
Gore, J., Lloyd, A., Smith, M., Bowe, J., Ellis, H., & Lubans, D. (2017). Effects of Professional Development on the quality of teaching: Results from an RCT of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 68, 99–113.
Gore, J., Miller, A., Fray, L., Harris, J., & Prieto-Rodriguez, E. (2021). Improving student achievement through Professional Development: Results from an RCT of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, Article 103297.
Gore, J., Patfield, S., & Fray, L. (2023). Questioning the consensus on effective Professional Development. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Erkican. (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (Volume 5). Elsevier (pp.511–517).
Gore, J., & Rosser, B. (2020). Beyond content-focused PD: Powerful professional learning across grades and subjects. PD in Education, 48(2), 218–232.
Towards Achieving Quality Pedagogy in Albanian Classrooms: Bridging the Policy-practice Gap with Quality Teaching
In December 1990, the Albanian government was thrust into the democratic world as a result of the fall of communism. Since then, Albanian education continues to be subjected to global pressures in an attempt to ‘catch-up’ with the west (Gardinier, et al., 2010; Sota, 2014). However, efforts to improve the education system and in particular teaching practice, largely through policy initiatives, have produced minimal change in the classroom (Council of Ministers, 2016). Today, students are faced with predominantly direct textbook-led instruction and basic knowledge recall, with little deep understanding or application, resulting in poor outcomes (UNESCO, 2017). PISA 2022 scores demonstrate a downturn on previous scores (OECD, 2023). Even when accounting for various factors that potentially contributed to this slide, previous results have been consistently lower than the OECD mean.
In one attempt to achieve the goal of improved educational provision and outcomes, Albania has addressed aspects of initial teacher education. However, research indicates the most recent graduates are unable to move far from the confines of the traditional teacher-led practices they experienced during their teacher training (Zaçellari, 2019). Therefore, improving the quality of initial teacher education remains a key national priority (Maghnouj, et al., 2020).
Addressing this key priority from a transactional-realist perspective, I explored the potential impact and value of the QT Model, at the core of QTR PD, for Albanian teacher training. Participants were drawn from three levels of initial teacher education, Master of Teaching students, teacher-interns, and teacher educators. Through workshops, the QT Model, a highly refined and widely tested conceptualisation of what constitutes quality teaching, was introduced to participants as a tool for developing their capacity to continually improve the quality of their practice. These QT workshops enabled practical engagement with the Model and the process of lesson ‘coding,’ while real-world insight into its value was gleaned from those on internship who were able to experiment with the Model and coding process in their classrooms.
Does QT offer cause for hope? It appears so. Initial results from pre and post intervention observations and interviews demonstrate a positive response to the Model and coding, providing clear potential for direct impact on classroom practice. This paper represents the first intervention-based study to provide practical support for Albanian pre-service teachers to recognise and develop high-quality teaching practice. The study has important implications for the wider application of the QT Model in future Albanian teacher education, and beyond.
References:
Council of Ministers. (2016). National strategy for development and integration 2015-2020. Republic of Albania Council of Ministers. https://ips.gov.al/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/NSDI-eng.pdf
Gardinier, M. P., & Anderson Worden, E. (2010). The semblance of progress amidst the absence of change: Educating for an imagined Europe in Moldova and Albania. In I. Silova (Ed.), International Perspectives on Education and Society (pp. 183–211). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-3679(2010)0000014010
Maghnouj, S., Fordham, E., Guthrie, C., Henderson, K., & Trujillo, D. (2020). OECD reviews of evaluation and assessment in education: Albania. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d267dc93-en
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results: Factsheets—Albania. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/publication/pisa-2022-results/country-notes/
Sota, J. (2014). Educational phenomena in Albania in the years of communist dictatorship and the reformation efforts after [the] nineties. European Scientific Journal, ESJ, 11(0). https://doi.org/10.19044/esj.2011.v11n0p%p
UNESCO. (2017). Albania: Education policy review; issues and recommendations, extended report (p. 220). http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0025/002592/259245e.pdf
Zaçellari, M. (2019). Teaching practice in the Albanian context: Student-teachers’ perceptions regarding their experience in teaching. In M. Kowalczuk-Walêdziak, A. Korzeniecka-Bondar, W. Danilewicz, & G. Lauwers (Eds.), Rethinking teacher education for the 21st century (1st ed., pp. 168–183). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvpb3xhh.15
Examining Relations Between Teachers' Instructional Vision, Collegial Cooperation and Change in Instructional Practice: The Case of QTR in Sweden
It is becoming widely accepted that teachers’ professional development (PD) is key when it comes to the development of instructional quality and student achievement. At the same time, results show slightly negative effects of the PD that teachers usually participate in (Kirsten et al., 2023). Considering the need to support teacher professionalization, frameworks of critical features of effective PD have been proposed, for example that the PD should include multiple sessions spread over a longer period of time (duration) during which teachers, together with their colleagues (collective participation), actively engage in activities such as planning and revising their instructional practices (active learning, e.g., Desimone, 2009). However, even PD programs designed according to these frameworks have difficulty demonstrating positive effects, especially if implemented on a larger scale (e.g., Jacob et al., 2017).
The above issue is also evident in Sweden, where several national scale PD programs, corresponding to the core critical features frameworks, have been implemented during the past decade with effects that can be questioned (e.g., Lindvall et al., 2022). In particular, the collegial meetings in these programs seem to hold little potential for learning. The discussions during teacher meetings tend to focus on student characteristics and lesson design (e.g., group work or individual work) instead of critical discussions regarding instructional practices and teachers’ classroom actions (e.g., Kaufmann & Ryve, 2022). In order to support teachers to engage in constructive discussions about instructional practices with the aim of developing instructional quality, we have recently engaged in a combined research and developmental project, where we collaborate with four schools to try out and adapt QTR to a Swedish context.
Based on data from surveys, interviews, and videotaped lessons pre and post teachers’ PD participation, we present results regarding how QTR has affected teachers' instructional practices and collegial collaboration, as well as how these effects are mediated by teachers' visions of instructional quality. The concept of instructional vision is of particular interest, given recent studies have shown that even though aspects such as teachers' education and subject knowledge can be important for the changes that are implemented in teaching, it is visions of high quality instruction that are of greatest importance (Munter & Wilhelm, 2020). Also, implicit national instructional visions in Sweden (in particular regarding the role of the teacher) can affect PD implementation (Kaufmann & Ryve, 2022; Ryve & Hemmi, 2019).
References:
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199
Kaufmann, O. T., & Ryve, A. (2022). Teachers’ framing of students’ difficulties in mathematics learning in collegial discussions. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-17.
Kirsten, N., Lindvall, J., Ryve, A., & Gustafsson, J. E. (2023). How effective is the professional development in which teachers typically participate? Quasi-experimental analyses of effects on student achievement based on TIMSS 2003–2019. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, 1-10.
Jacob, R., Hill, H., & Corey, D. (2017). The impact of a professional development program on teachers' mathematical knowledge for teaching, instruction, and student achievement. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 10(2), 379-407.
Lindvall, J., Helenius, O., Eriksson, K., & Ryve, A. (2022). Impact and design of a national-scale professional development program for mathematics teachers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 744-759.
Munter, C., & Wilhelm, A.G. (2021). Mathematics teachers’ knowledge, networks, practice, and change in instructional visions. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(3), 342-354.
Ryve, A., & Hemmi, K. (2019). Educational policy to improve mathematics instruction at scale: Conceptualizing contextual factors. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 102(3), 379-394
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 B: Professional Learning Research: Looking Back, Looking Across and Looking Forward Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sue Swaffield Panel Discussion |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Panel Discussion Professional Learning Research: Looking Back, Looking Across and Looking Forward 1University of Glasgow, Scotland; 2Independent Academic, Wales; 3UniTreEdu, Italy Presenting Author:Research into teacher professional learning is a sub-field of education research that has been growing steadily over many decades but has shown an exponential increase in recent years. This is illustrated by the growing number of articles in peer-reviewed academic journals (Halinger and Kulophas, 2020), the growth of professional enquiry to generate research-based practice (Clayton and Kilbane, 2016), and the change in terminology from INSET through to professional development to professional learning, as indicated in recent discussions within Network 1 of EERA (EERA, 2019). This panel discussion will take as its stimulus the 50th anniversary of the establishment of the journal Professional Development in Education (PDiE). PDiE was established in 1974 in recognition of the fact that the continuing professional learning of qualified teachers needed to be considered more seriously in the academic world. The panel discussion will provide stimulus for discussion about the state of research in the area by tracing back the early development of research in teacher professional learning, considering how professional learning has evolved across a range of European countries and anticipating where research in this area might go next. Three presentations will be offered as a stimulus for discussion:
Participants will be invited to discuss the extent to which research on teacher professional learning in and beyond Europe has served us well to-date, and to work together to identify a future research agenda that will offer us greater power to theorise professional learning in ways that can contribute to enhancing practice. References Asterhan, C.S.C. & Lefstein, A. (2024). The search for evidence-based features of effective teacher professional development: a critical analysis of the literature. Professional Development in Education, 50(1) (page numbers to be inserted after typesetting). 11-23. doi:10.1080/19415257.2023.2283437 Clayton, C. and Kilbane, J. (2016). Learning in tandem: professional development for teachers and students as inquirers. Professional Development in Education, 42(3), 458–481. doi:10.1080/19415257.2014.997397. EERA (2019). Interview with Link Convenors. https://eera-ecer.de/networks/1-professional-learning-and-development accessed 23 January 2024 Hallinger, P. & Kulophas, D. (2020). The evolving knowledge base on leadership and teacher professional learning: a bibliometric analysis of the literature, 1960-2018. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 521-540. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2019.1623287 Jones, K. & O’Brien J. (2024). From INSET to professional learning: 50 years of change as seen through the pages of Professional Development in Education. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 1-10. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2024.2296231 Jones, K., Ostinelli, G. & Crecentini, A. (2024). Innovation in teacher professional learning in Europe: Research, policy and practice. Routledge. Kennedy, A., & Stevenson, H. (2023). Beyond reproduction: The transformative potential of professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(4), 581–585. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2226971 Lee, M. (1997). The development of in-service education and training as seen through the pages of the British journal of in-service education. Journal of In-Service Education, 23(1), 9–22. doi:10. 1080/13674589700200008 Ostinelli, G. & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 74-90, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1883719 Torrance, D., Mifsud, D., Niesche, R. & Fertig, M. (2023). Headteachers and the pandemic: themes from a review of literature on leadership for professional learning in complex times. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 1103–1116. doi:10.1080/19415257.2023.2229333 Chair Dr Sue Swaffield, ses42@cam.ac.uk, University of Cambridge, England |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 C: Digital Learning (Part 2) Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kristýna Šejnohová Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 11 C |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Job Crafting and AI Resources - Introducing Sustainable Job Crafting Model University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The increasing importance of workplace learning is evident as we continually encounter situations lacking predefined models, guidelines, interpretations, tools, or solutions. These complex scenarios demand immediate resolution within the workplace context (Harteis, 2022). However, constant changes and accelerating pace may induce stress and challenge mental well-being (Blomgren & Perhoniemi, 2022) if not addressed with appropriate tools and strategies (Hobfoll, 1989). The growing pressures on learning and skill development necessitate a re-evaluation of learning methods, practices, and techniques (Nissinen et al., 2022; 2023). The workplace is thus challenged to embrace flexible thinking and develop innovative tools for work transformation (Markauskaite & Goodyear, 2017). It is not just about surviving at work, but being able to feel a healthy enthusiasm and work engagement. The most recent variable, Artificial Intelligence (AI), brings demands for rapid and flexible renewal in the work context (Halonen et. al., 2023). However, people may not have enough energy and resources for learning new things if they are constantly in a state of overburden (Knight et al., 2021). Additionally, the ways job crafting is done, can become burdensome and even threaten well-being at work (Nissinen et al., 2023). AI stands out from earlier technologies due to its capacity for (semi-)independent action (Maedche et al., 2019; Rieder et al., 2020; Scherer, 2016). Recent advancements in generative AI, notably the advancing sophistication of Large Language Models (LLMs), are enhancing the significance and adoption of AI-driven technologies in organizational contexts (Dwivedi et al., 2023; Markus and Rowe, 2023) The role of artificial and supportive intelligences in workplace learning can be examined through system-theoretical lenses. Artificial Intelligence (AI) can be perceived as an integral system component, coexisting with human actors, essential for the collaborative creation of new knowledge. Consequently, AI can reshape the system (practices) and introduce novel inputs into discussions, which individuals or teams could not generate without technology (Halonen et al., 2023). In job crafting interventions, the rapid evolution of technology is seen as a driving force for the continual acceleration of workplace learning (Van Wingerden et al., 2017). We use Job Demands-Resources Theory (Demerouti et al., 2001) in developing a sustainable job crafting model, where AI is utilized as a systemic resource to reshape and craft work practices. Our goal is to interrupt possible burdensome cycles at work and introduce a model which aims to decrease workload, increase job crafting, work engagement, well-being and professional networks. Our model combines job crafting strategies, AI and network crafting, and leverages research on job crafting intervention models (Knight et al., 2021; Roczniewska et al., 2023), particularly from the perspective of sustainable work practices. We recognize the agentic role of AI technologies which radically changes the flow of information and interactions. Our perspective of AI extends beyond merely accelerating tasks and supplying pre-formulated solutions. We envision it as a catalyst for novel types of network intelligence, stimulating collective engagement and provoking epistemic emotions that cultivate creativity, dedication, and elements of higher-level learning (problem solving, critical thinking, creativity) which are also crucial at workplace learning. We presented the issue at a National School Principal Conference in Helsinki, Finland in November 2023. Twenty of the conference participants informed us that they were interested in participating in the pilot of the sustainable job crafting model. We aim to gather max. 50 participants in this study.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To test the hypotheses we will conduct two repeated self-evaluative measurements and multivariate analyses of covariance (MANCOVA). In measurements we utilize the job Crafting Scale to measure job crafting (Tims et al., 2012) and UWES-9 to measure work engagement (Schaufeli et al., 2006). We will also measure workload (van Veldhoven & Meijman, 1994) and we adopt measurement from Wang et al. (2024) to investigate network behavior. Pre-test and post-test also include semi-structured qualitative methods which strengthen the quantitative data, particularly in the use of AI. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes: We hypothesize that 1) participants´ job crafting behavior increase via sustainable job crafting, 2) participants´ workload decrease via sustainable job crafting, 3) participants´ job engagement increase via sustainable job crafting, 4) participants increase their conscious use of AI in their own job and in collaborative processes, and 5) participants´ increase their network size and network diversity through the mediation of tailored network crafting actions (i.e. using existing contacts, establishing new contacts, maintaining professional contacts). References Anthony, C., Bechky, B. A., & Fayard, A. L. (2023). “Collaborating” with AI: Taking a system view to explore the future of work. Organization Science. Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499-512. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Halonen, N., Ståhle, P., Juuti, K., Paavola, S., & Lonka, K. (2023, September). Catalyst for co-construction: the role of AI-directed speech recognition technology in the self-organization of knowledge. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 8, p. 1232423). Frontiers. Knight, C., Tims, M., Gawke, J., & Parker, S. K. (2021). When do job crafting interventions work? The moderating roles of workload, intervention intensity, and participation. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 124, 103522. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2020.103522 Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2017). Epistemic fluency and professional education. Springer, Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4369-4 ISBN 978-94-007-4369-4 (eBook) Nissinen, T. S., Maksniemi, E. I., Rothmann, S., & Lonka, K. M. (2022). Balancing work life: job crafting, work engagement, and workaholism in the finnish public sector. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 817008. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.817008 Nissinen, T. S., Upadyaya, K., Lammassaari, H., & Lonka, K. (2023). How Do Job Crafting Profiles Manifest Employees’ Work Engagement, Workaholism, and Epistemic Approach?. Vocations and Learning, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-023-09334-x Roczniewska, M., Rogala, A., Marszałek, M., Hasson, H., Bakker, A. B., & von Thiele Schwarz, U. (2023). Job crafting interventions: what works, for whom, why, and in which contexts? Research protocol for a systematic review with coincidence analysis. Systematic reviews, 12(1), 10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-023-02170-z Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A. B., & Salanova, M. (2006). The measurement of work engagement with a short questionnaire: A cross-national study. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 66(4), 701–716. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164405282471 Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173–186. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2011.05.009 van Veldhoven, M. J. P. M., & Meijman, T. F. (1994). The measurement of psychosocial job demands with a questionnaire (VBBA). Amsterdam: NIA. Wang, H., Demerouti, E., Rispens, S., & van Gool, P. (2023). Crafting networks: A self-training intervention. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 103956.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2023.103956 van Wingerden, J., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2017). The longitudinal impact of a job crafting intervention. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 26(1), 107-119. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432X.2016.1224233 van Wingerden, J., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2017). Fostering employee well-being via a job crafting intervention. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 100, 164-174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2017.03.008 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowledge Domains in Blended Practice Teaching Settings: Grounding Theory in Practice 1University of Haifa; 2Levinsky-Wingate Academic College; 3Weizmann Institute of Science Presenting Author:Objective and Theoretical Background This multiple-layer, mixed methods research and development study set to identify the domains of knowledge that preservice students, their practice teachers and pedagogical advisors perceived as crucial for online teaching. This based the development and piloting of an evidence-based mentoring model of online teacher learning in practice. Contemporary professional education (PE) in the digital era carries significant implications for rethinking course design and curricula in teacher education. However, there are evident divergences between the content and teaching methods promoted in preservice programs and the demands of actual teaching (Reisoğlu & Çebi, 2020). Hence, the need to develop teacher education curricula with a focus on professional, context-based, contemporary, knowledge construction (Bradbury et al., 2015; Wang & Orland-Barak, 2020), based on relevant practice in virtual spaces (Yuan, 2018). While the reality is that online teaching and learning has developed into an alternative for face-to-face teaching and learning, there is evidence regarding faculty beliefs, stating that online learning outcomes may be poorer compared to face-to-face settings (Ward & Benson, 2010). This may be due to the lack of balance in content and pedagogical practices, which may create an overload in both teaching and learning (James et al., 2021). Moreover, faculty beliefs are not taken into account, while- according to studies-they are indeed factors that affect utilization of technology in learning in general and in online learning in particular. When referring to online teaching and learning, technology has a remarkable influence which may have either positive or negative impact on learners’ experiences and outcomes (Panigrahi et al., 2018). These experiences are unique, allowing learning processes that may be impossible to achieve otherwise. Placing technology alongside pedagogy and content reflects the complexities of online learning and creates an effective prism for examining the needs of online teaching (Eichelberger & Leong, 2019). Due to the increasing usage of online modes of teaching in higher education, implementing them in teacher education programs may be a lever for innovative teaching and learning, especially with the expanding tendencies of online education worldwide, as a result of contemporary events, and despite its complexities (Isaias et al., 2020; Martin et al., 2020). However, while digital competencies are growingly incorporated in preservice teachers’ curricula, there seem to be complexities supporting this tendency (Tømte et al., 2015), either due to a lack of self-efficacy (Ding & Hong, 2023) and digital competencies (Marais, 2023), or the slow process of transforming teacher educators’ curriculum so they themselves integrate technology (Voithofer, 2021), to name a few. We address the challenge of shifting to blended teaching and teacher education in an attempt to link preservice teacher practice to developing trends in teaching and learning. Moreover, we acknowledge the vagueness and insecurity of teacher educators, who are in fact mediating professional knowledge of the “old world” of teaching, and may not be proficient in training preservice teachers, as experienced in times of emergency remote teaching (Trust & Whalen, 2020). The current study tackles this incongruence by identifying and applying domains of knowledge needed for quality online teaching. Research question: What domains of knowledge characterize the digital teacher learning space? and how can these be translated into a model for mentoring in the blended teacher learning space? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods This mixed-methods study draws on qualitative and quantitative methodologies, applied in a sequencial manner according to which each stage was built on previous stages: 1. We constructed focus groups (N=7) of a total of 14 interviewees, including (separately) preservice teachers, mentor teachers, teacher educators, policymakers, position holders in teacher training programs and researchers in the field of technology in education. Content analysis which combined emic and etic perspectives was applied to the transcribed interviews. This constituted the basis for developing and piloting an evidence-based professional development mentoring model for preservice teachers geared to improving their online teaching skills. 2. Content analyis resulted in the consolidation of five 5 knowledge domains which were translated into 5 operative questions, representing what is required for best online teaching: 1. How to engage students towards learning; 2. How to monitor students’ learning; 3. How to create interactions and communication for learning; 4. How to retool content; 5. How to develop digital literacy of students. These based the construction of an online model for practice of preservice teachers in online settings 3. For each question (representing a domain) we developed a module based on examples from the interviews which assisted in phrasing authentic teaching vignettes. The modules included: an abstract, theoretical perspectives, references, objectives, teaching scenarios, followed by activities and reflective tasks. The modules were constructed in an open, modular manner, to allow flexibility, new ideas and activities gained from participants ‘in-situ’ experiences. These will be presented. 4. Through design-based methodology we conducted a pilot study with teacher educators (N=19). We created a laboratory for examining, applying the modules in their preservice teaching, and refining these modules for online learning. Participants freely registered and gave feedback according to their training experience with preservice teachers. 5. The quantitative component of the research included a pre- (N=19) and post (N=12) questionnaire that was validated and distributed to teacher educators regarding their practical and perceived experience with the bodies of knowledge they were exposed to in the laboratory and as a result of applying the modules. A similar questionaire adapted to preservice teachers was also distributed (n=94 for the research group that were taught by the teacher educators participating in the laboratory, and n=67 for the control group that experienced standard training). Analysis was conducted using descriptive and inferential statistics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 6. Findings and Conclusions 1) Same domains-different concerns The knowledge domains characterizing the digital teaching space were reinforced in our questionnaire results, both by teacher educators and preservice teachers. They could also be associated , to a large extent, with the knowledge domains that characterize face-to-face teaching, except for monitoring and developing digital literacies, which was seen as vital to applying best online practices. Although similar, however, participants reported on different kinds of concerns around these knowledge domains when teaching on-line. These discrepancies will be elaborated and illustrated in the paper presentation. 2) The laboratory as a platform for curriculum and teacher development The laboratory, which focused on participants’ development of the constructed modules was found to enable deep collaborative contemplation into online teaching through theorizing, reconstructing and transforming teaching practices in their online teaching and learning settings. We also learned that its structure should be flexible in terms of time, pre-planning, adaptable to participants’ practical needs. Our study suggests that utilizing the modules impacted teacher educators, their preservice teachers and the students in their practical training, foregrounding major challenges of teacher education practices that had until now been backgrounded. For example, while we assume that preservice teachers are already better accustomed to the digital era, they are not yet skilled in online teaching, and much of the teaching online expertise requires re-evaluation of familiar knowledge domains , e.g., how to communicate using multiple channels or how to monitor student engagement. Furthermore, even when addressing digital literacy, the usual “how to” is of less concern to educators than, for example, emergent ethical issues related to working online. References References Bradbury, H., Kilminster, S., O'Rourke, R., & Zukas, M. (2015). Professionalism and practice: critical understandings of professional learning and education. Studies in Continuing Education, 37(2), 125-130. Ding, L., & Hong, Z. (2023). On the relationship between pre-service teachers’ sense of self-efficacy and emotions in the integration of technology in their teacher developmental programs. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-023-00758-6 Eichelberger, A., & Leong, P. (2019). Using TPACK as a framework to study the influence of college faculty’s beliefs on online teaching. Educational Media International, 56(2), 116-133. Isaias, P., Sampson, D.G., & Ifenthaler, D. (Eds.). (2020). Online teaching and learning in higher education. Springer International Publishing. James, T.L., Zhang, J., Li, H., Ziegelmayer, J.L., & Villacis-Calderon, E.D. (2021). The moderating effect of technology overload on the ability of online learning to meet students' basic psychological needs. Information Technology & People, 35(4), 1364-1382. Marais, E. (2023). The Development of Digital Competencies in Pre-Service Teachers. Research in Social Sciences and Technology, 8(3), 134-154. Martin, F., Sun, T., & Westine, C. D. (2020). A systematic review of research on online teaching and learning from 2009 to 2018. Computers & education, 159. Orland-Barak, L., & Wang, J. (2020). Teacher mentoring in service of preservice teachers’ learning to teach: Conceptual bases, characteristics, and challenges for teacher education reform. Journal of Teacher Education, 35(6), 42-55. Panigrahi, R., Srivastava, P.R., & Sharma, D. (2018). Online learning: Adoption, continuance, and learning outcome—A review of literature. International Journal of Information Management, 43. Reisoğlu, İ., & Çebi, A. (2020). How can the digital competences of pre-service teachers be developed? Examining a case study through the lens of DigComp and DigCompEdu. Computers & Education, 156. Tømte, C., Enochsson, A.B., Buskqvist, U., & Kårstein, A. (2015). Educating online student teachers to master professional digital competence: The TPACK-framework goes online. Computers & Education, 84, 26-35. Trust, T., & Whalen, J. (2020). Should Teachers Be Trained in Emergency Remote Teaching? Lessons Learned from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 28(2), 189–199. Voithofer, R., & Nelson, M.J. (2021). Teacher educator technology integration preparation practices around TPACK in the United States. Journal of teacher education, 72(3), 314-328. Ward, C.L., & Benson, S.K. (2010). Developing new schemas for online teaching and learning: TPACK. MERLOT Journal of Online Learning and Teaching, 6(2), 482-490. Yuan, H. (2018). Preparing teachers for diversity: A literature review and implications from community-based teacher education. Higher Education Studies, 8(1), 9-17. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 02 SES 12 A: Research Approaches and Themes in VET Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Thomas Ruoss Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper VET System Formation as Condition for Educational Expansion: Using Historical Statistics to Explain the Case of Switzerland 1University of Zurich, Switzerland; 2Swiss Federal University of Vocational Education and Training, Switzerland Presenting Author:Previous research on the so called “educational expansion” has focused primarily on the expansion of general and higher education from the 1960s onwards. This development is associated with an increase in skilled workers and greater equality of opportunity in access to higher education (Hadjar & Becker 2006; Criblez 2001). Our (historical) perception of this “educational expansion” is thus based relatively one-sidedly on the development of the general education part of the education system. While an “expansive phase” of vocational education and training (VET) has been identified in the sense of an institutional differentiation also from the 1960s onwards (see, Gonon & Hägi 2019; Lundgreen & Schneunemann 2008), this raises the question of the role of VET in the overall picture of educational expansion, which is particularly important for education systems that have historically made a strong distinction between general and vocational education, as is the case of Germany, Switzerland and others. From a sociological perspective, the focus on VET lies in its possible “distraction effect” from higher education through the relative importance of VET in an overall education system context (Becker & Zangger 2013, p. 428). VET is therefore not described as an enabling factor for general educational expansion, but rather as a limiting or even a hindering one. This recognises that VET and general education have influenced each other in their development – through mutual competition for high-achieving students, through system differentiation-induced growth, and through the expansion of higher professional education (Criblez 2002). In our presentation, we argue that “educational expansion” was preceded by an expansion of VET, which created the conditions for the expansion of general education. We elaborate on this by focusing on the case of Switzerland, where a comprehensive dual VET system has been established within the period under study. Using quantitative data from the Swiss federal government's apprenticeship contract statistics, which have been systematically produced since the late interwar period, this presentation focuses on the role of the expansion of dual VET since the 1940s. This development of VET has hardly been taken into account so far. The data allow a description of the growth of VET in a differentiated manner, especially in terms of reginal, sectoral and gender-specific variations. In particular, we look at the development of participation in VET as well as the growth and composition of the supply of apprenticeship occupations. Within the framework of this development, not only the foundations for the establishment of a strong VET system in Switzerland, but also the adaptability and changeability of VET in a context of a shortage of skilled workers are reflected in this study. Research question: How can the educational expansion be described as a consequence of the establishment and consolidation of a VET system? By using this approach, we will show, that the VET system in Switzerland has initially developed as a reaction to social, economic, or technical challenges since the 1930s. Because of this development, not only the foundations for the establishment of a strong VET system in Switzerland were laid, which is characterized by a systemic adaptability in a context of a shortage of skilled workers until today. It also made the development of general education possible in the first place, which is still equated with educational expansion today. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study evaluates the apprenticeship contract statistics of the Federal Office for Industry, Trade and Labour (FOITL) for the period between 1935 and 1969. The production of such apprenticeship contract statistics already represents a significant step towards system formation in VET. The production of data requires a certain degree of institutionalization – and at the same time this data supports further system formation. Therefore, this paper takes a look at the conditions of origin, the production and use of these data. These data were previously only partially accessible and in variously aggregated form via the FOITL's annual statistical reports. The data set used for the following analysis is based on a comprehensive inventory and reconstruction of the original statistical data collection forms for the period 1935 to 1969. The data is available in full each year for the following characteristics: (1) number of candidates taking final apprenticeship examinations, (2) number of certificates of competence issued, (3) number of newly concluded apprenticeship contracts, (3b) distribution of these apprenticeship contracts in relation to prospective apprenticeship leavers over the next four years and (4) total number of apprenticeship contracts. With stratification options according to training occupation, gender, occupational group or economic sector, canton and training form, detailed trends in dual VET can be shown and various questions answered. In addition to describing changes in the production of such data, growth processes in the education system can be traced in particular on the basis of changes in the relative participation of certain groups in certain segments of the education system. By calculating relative attendance or participation rates, demographic trends can be differentiated from the relative growth of individual school types (Köhler 1984). We first focus on the development of participation in dual VET throughout Switzerland and then look at economic sector differentiations. Particular attention is paid to gender-specific growth trends. This allows a description of the growth of VET in a differentiated manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a first, general result from analysing the statistical data provided, it can be stated that VET has experienced a real boom since the very enactment of the first Federal VET Act in the early 1930s due to a coherent training regulation policy. While many apprenticeships were initially still based on cantonal law, a shift towards federally regulated apprenticeships as the dominant form can be observed. Since the 1940s, an increasing proportion of school-leavers were enrolled in initial VET programmes. The FOITL thus already calculated apprenticeship attendance rates during this period based on estimates of the Federal Statistical Office for the 15-17 age group. Reconstructing these estimates over the entire period under study reveals an overall increase in the enrolment of school-leavers in VET, adjusted for demographic factors, from 30% in 1940 to over 50% in 1969. While the strongest increase relative to population growth in the corresponding age group occurred in the 1940s, the 1950s and 1960s were still characterised by slighter but more steady growth. For boys, the overall growth occurred earlier and at a higher level than for girls, for whom the growth rate levelled off at the beginning of the 1960s. We can further show that the growth occurred not only in absolute numbers, but also in quality, that is the duration of the apprenticeship: Among girls, the three-year apprenticeship replaced the two-year apprenticeship as the dominant form of VET programme in the mid-1950s. This thus indicates that dual education determined a large part of the pathways into post-compulsory education already before the expansion of higher general education, thus setting the stage for higher education's often-described strong growth from the 1960s onwards. References Becker, R., & Zangger, C. (2013). Die Bildungsexpansion in der Schweiz und ihre Folgen. Eine empirische Analyse des Wandels der Bildungsbeteiligung und Bildungsungleichheiten mit den Daten der Schweizer Volkszählungen 1970, 1980, 1990 und 2000. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 65(3), 423–449. Criblez, L. (2001). Bildungsexpansion durch Systemdifferenzierung—Am Beispiel der Sekundarstufe II in den 1960er- und 1970er Jahren. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 23, 95–118. Criblez, L. (2002). Gymnasium und Berufsschule: Zur Dynamisierung des Verhältnisses durch die Bildungsexpansion seit 1950. Traverse, 2, 29–40. Gonon, Ph. & Hägi, L. (2019). Expansion und Differenzierung der Berufsbildung in der Schweiz (1960-2010). bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik - online, 36. Hadjar, A., & Becker, R. (2006). Bildungsexpansion: Erwartete und unerwartete Folgen. In A. Hadjar & R. Becker (Hrsg.), Die Bildungsexpansion (S. 11–24). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Köhler, H. (1984). Schulbesuch, relativer, in: Martin Baethge u. Knut Nevermann (Hg.), Enzyklopädie Erziehungswissenschaft, Bd. Organisation, Recht und Ökonomie des Bildungswesens, Stuttgart (Handbuch und Lexikon der Erziehung 5). Lundgreen, P. & Scheunemann, J. (2008). Berufliche Schulen und Hochschulen; Helmut Köhler u. Peter Lundgreen, Allgemein bildende Schulen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. 1949-2010, Göttingen (Datenhandbuch zur deutschen Bildungsgeschichte, Bd. 8). 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Bildung of Apprentice Chefs in Professional Kitchen Settings VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Based on data collected during six months of anthropological fieldwork, primarily in two professional restaurant kitchens, this presentation seeks to explore the notions of bildung and some forms of social aspects of education and personal development among apprentice chefs in a professional kitchen, as they undertake professional chef’s training. The presentation is a part of the publication strategy in the two-year Frascati-funded research project titled "Heard that, Chef!" conducted at the VIA Research Centre for Pedagogy and Education at VIA University College, Denmark through the years 2022-2023. Throughout this project, I engaged in anthropological fieldwork as an engaged, at times full participating anthropologist, while also undertaking the role of a novice apprentice chef, fulfilling the duties and responsibilities expected of a newcomer to the culinary apprenticeship context. My dual roles were of course announced and fully beknown to everyone I was with during the fieldwork. An earlier publication from the project (Frostholm, 2023), shows that as well as the practical craftmanship behind doing chef’s work, the newcomer apprentice chefs in the kitchens must also be socialised into the social fields of a professional kitchen. Or as John, a highly experienced and awarded chef at the culinary schools puts it: “Apprenticeship training is about passing on a culture. It can be rather frustrating for some students. Here they go from being boys to becoming adults, as they arrive at school Monday morning. It’s all about: how are you a chef?” To me, the talk of passing on a culture, and this seeming transition, from boyhood towards adulthood more than hints at a series of analyses on the notions of bildung, that seems at both times highly present and unspoken of within the everyday practices of the young apprentice chefs. With this presentation, I aim to shed some light on exactly that, through close-up registrations and thoroughly written through observations from the empirical data set of the project. The overall research question is: How do notions of Bildung appear within in the everyday practice of apprentice chefs in professional kitchen settings? Theoretical framework: The main theoretical inspiration of the idea of bildung, I find within the works of Danish scholar Lene Tanggaard, as she claims that, bildung impacts us in ways that imprint upon our existence – hence, it pertains to the entirety of an individual, as it encapsulates what holds significance to us throughout our lives. By grounding schools and educational systems in the principles of bildung, students are afforded the chance to mold the world autonomously (Tanggaard, 2021). To me, the impact of bildung that Tanggaard speaks abouts, is what comes of being exposed and influenced to all kinds of cultural and social interventions – as for example being undertaking professional training or partaking in educational practices. It the notions, belief-systems, ideas and thoughts – apparent as somewhat hidden from the individual itself, that will form the very thinking and the very actions of the person. As Tanggaard puts it: Bildung can be seen as a spark, and when it occurs, it ignites our thinking, our language, our body, our life, and ascribes meaning to it (Tanggaard, 2021). In that way bildung encompasses the entirety of an individual, involving self-awareness within the context of others and a larger framework. The concept of bildung arises from the unique experiences that shape our being. Bildung involves the discovery of the unknown and the realization of its significance. Certain interactions with more experienced chefs towards novice apprentices will undoubtedly resonate and hold to values, which I, with inspiration from Tanggaard, claim could be called bildung (Tanggaard, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods/methodology: For this project, I built an empirical object centered on two high-end Danish restaurants and a technical college's chef training program in Aarhus, Denmark. This is how fieldwork geography sometimes needs to be constructed, almost laboriously as, the anthropologist must immerse themselves in the world they are studying to enter it (Hastrup, 2003, p. 10-15; Hastrup, 2010, p. 57)). Using participant observation and full participation as methodological tools, I sought to become an engaged anthropologist, greatly influenced by Danish anthropologists Charlotte Baarts (2004) and Cathrine Hasse (2014). As a learning individual and anthropologist in the world being explored, I therefore took on the role of an apprentice chef as far as possible, during my time in the restaurants (Hasse, 2015). Diverging from conventional anthropological methodologies, my approach emphasised immersion, interaction, and active participation in the culinary environment, drawing from the principles of autoethnography where the distinction between participant and observer is often blurred or disregarded (Méndez, 2013). Furthermore, the project is underpinned by clear inductive and phenomenological influences within its theoretical framework (Hastrup, 2010). Phenomenology is characterized as both a philosophical orientation and a methodological approach, encompassing a style of inquiry and a mode of thought applicable across diverse domains, ranging from artistic endeavours to scientific disciplines. Within an anthropological frame phenomenology has accompanied and acted as scientific theoretical and philosophical inspiration and catalyst for decades (Atkinson & Hammersley, 2007: 2). In this project, adopting a phenomenological approach involves approaching fieldwork with a specific mindset and attitude aimed at understanding the perceptions of apprentice chefs. This entails a dedicated focus on attentive listening, temporarily setting aside preconceived assumptions, theories, and reflections commonly associated with apprenticeship learning or the culinary profession in general (Jacobsen, Tanggaard, & Brinkmann, 2015, 218). Here, the intersection of phenomenological philosophical principles and anthropological practice becomes apparent. My primary objective is thus to provide a descriptive account of observed phenomena, detailing the context in which actions occur, elucidating how individuals involved perceive and discuss their own actions as well as those of others, and examining the outcomes thereof (Atkinson & Hammersley, 2007: 7). Through this interpretivist practice, I acknowledge that the social world cannot be understood in terms of simple causal relationships or by bringing social events under the purview of general law. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among the expected outcomes from these analyses, I aim to gain valuable insight into specific aspects or elements of bildung, that are prominent in the daily activities and interactions of apprentice chefs. To that my research aims to uncover how engagement with bildung influences the personal and professional development of apprentice chefs, including their attitudes, values, and skills. Through my empirical focus on everyday practices, the research may shed light on the social dynamics within professional kitchens and how notions of bildung shape relationships, hierarchies, and collaboration among experienced chefs and apprentices. In broader view I hope my findings may have some implications for culinary education programs, offering insights into how bildung can be integrated into curriculum design, teaching methodologies, and experiential learning opportunities for apprentice chefs. To that I wish to add that my research may contribute to broader discussions within bildung scholarship by providing empirical evidence of its relevance and application in contemporary vocational settings. Lastly I hope to add some methodological reflections on how to research bildung in a practice setting, as I wonder: How can one empirically study the concept of bildung? Firstly, I must reflect; does bildung exist, as something tangible and real? And how does one capture this phenomenon? Indeed, bildung exists both as a theoretical concept and as something tangible in various settings such as schools, educational institutions, and universities. Bildung does not seem immediately measurable as data; rather, it requires investigation into how it manifests, both theoretically and empirically (Wiberg, 2016, 69-70). Danish scholar, Grue Sørensen points out: "The critical criteria for determining the presence of bildung are uncertain and subject to significant debate" (Wiberg, 2016, 71). However, most interpretations of the concept revolve around the development of human personality. References Atkinson, P. & Hammersley, M., (2007). Ethnography: Principles in Practice. Taylor & Francis Ltd. Baarts, C. (2004). Viden og kunnen: En antropologisk analyse af sikkerhed på en byggeplads. København: Institut for Antropologi. Jacobsen, L, Tanggaard, L & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Fænomenologi. I: Kvalitative metoder : en grundbog (2. udgave.). Hans Reitzel. Frostholm, P. H. (2023). The practical craftmanship and social practices of apprentice chefs in a professional kitchen setting. Education in the North, 30(1), 3-18. Artikel 1. https://doi.org/10.26203/b42z-qx61 Hasse, C. (2014). Introducing the Engaged Anthropologist. In An Anthropology of Learning (pp. 1–27). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9606-4_1 Hastrup, K., (2003). Ind i verden: En grundbog i antropologisk metode. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag. Hastrup, K., (2010). Feltarbejde. In: S. Brinkmann and L. Tanggaard (ed.), Kvalitative metoder: En grundbog. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag. Méndez, M., (2013). Autoethnography as a research method: Advantages, limitations, and criticisms. Colomb. Appl. Linguist. J. [online]. 2013, vol.15, n.2. pp.279-287. <http://www.scielo.org.co/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S0123-46412013000200010&lng=en&nrm=iso>. ISSN 0123-4641. Tanggaard, L (2021) Dannelse former os som hele mennesker. In. Brinkmann, S., Rømer, T. A. & Tanggaard, L. (2021). Sidste chance: nye perspektiver på dannelse (1. udgave). Klim. Wiberg, M. (2016). Dannelsesbegrebets rolle som regulativ ide i teoretisk pædagogik – Dannelsesbegrebet og den pædagogiske forskning. Studier i pædagogisk filosofi 5(1). ojs.statsbiblioteket.dk/index.php/spf/article/view/23242/21749. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Use of Senses and Tacit Knowledge in Vocational Education and Training OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:Each vocation has a set of tools that are needed in performing the work. Some of the tools are physical, like wrenches, drills, and hammers in the technical vocations, and whisks, knives, and various kitchen utensils within the hotel, restaurant and catering vocations. All vocations use machines and tools of different kinds, and a skilled worker knows how to handle and use them, how and where to keep them, and what kind of service they need and when (Lindberg, 2003). Some tools are physical and other tools are non-physical and the use of the senses is a knowledge that is relevant in several professions. While the chef must be able to taste, it is required that other senses are used in other professions. In several professions, the sense of smell is central, for example when healthcare workers assess the state of health or the need for care. How students develop vocational knowledge is a rather under-researched topic in the context of vocational education and training. Vocational knowledge is perceived as the kind of knowledge required to perform in occupational practice (Heusdens, Baartman & Bruijn, 2019). The use of senses as a part of vocational knowledge has received little attention in previous research. In this study, we investigate how students, apprentices and newly qualified professionals identify current senses they use in their profession and their experiences of how such senses have been developed. The aim is to identify some of the tacit knowledge that can contribute to improving vocational training with a more proven focus on sensory development. The informants represent the cooking profession, the skin care profession and the healthcare profession and have been observed and interviewed about their own development of the profession-specific senses. We have particularly looked at the use of taste and smell in the cooking profession, the use of massage pressure and the aesthetic look in the skin care profession and the development of the clinical gaze (smell, look and touch) in the health worker profession. Sensing, through taste, smell, touch, sound, are all different forms of perception, and they all represent an embodied knowledge experienced through sensations. This is a tacit form of knowledge (Kollbotn, 2007). This study's theoretical grounding is based on Polanyi's (1983) perspective, where tacit knowledge implies that humans know more than what can be communicated verbally. “Tacit knowledge is knowledge that is not explicated” (Collins, 2010, p. 1). The fact that the knowledge is tacit does not mean that the knowledge cannot be explained or expressed linguistically. Tacit knowledge is not impossible to learn or communicate (Polanyi, 1983). Polanyi (1983) describes that there is knowledge that when it is embodied in a person, and when this embodiment has taken place, then the knowledge is silent. Sight, sound, touch, smell, taste are embodied practices used in different vocational practices. The research question for this project is therefore “How do young workers use their senses in professional practice and how do they experience the development of senses as a vocational knowledge?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this is a qualitative study. By choosing a qualitative research design we seek to explore descriptions and perceptions of the participants' experiences and their perspective. The approach in this study is phenomenological hermeneutic (Bryman, 2016). We wanted to gain access to the participants personal understanding, seen from their inside view. In this way, we try to interpret experiences, behavior and action. The experience is based on interviews and observations of young students, apprentices and newly qualified professionals in the cookery, skin care and health professions in Norway. The inclusion criteria were that the participants were in practical work within their (future) profession, and thus had newly acquired experience with the development of senses in their work. The background for this criterion was that we wanted to investigate their experiences in order to incorporate this into their vocational education and training. The standard model for vocational education in Norway at upper secondary level follows a four-year model where the first two years are completed at school. The last two years are spent as an apprentice in an approved apprenticeship company. Over four weeks 12 second-year students in the cookery subject were observed in practical work in kitchen workshops. Four students and two newly qualified chefs were interviewed following the observations. The interviews lasted approximately one hour. 12 apprentices / newly qualified healthcare workers were interviewed individually, and each interview lasted up to 1 hour. In addition, three healthcare worker apprentices have been observed for some working days in home nursing. In the skin care subject, 12 skin care students have been observed treating clients in the skin care clinic at school. A focusgroup interview was also conducted with six newly qualified skin care professionals. In all interview situations, a semi-structured interview is the basis. A typical feature of humans is that they understand the world based on their own preconceptions (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2018). Preconceptions are implicit in all experience and cognition (Gadamer, 1975). The researchers in this study are all vocational teachers and are thus familiar with the field through their own teaching. In interviews and in observations, we understood the argumentation because it was a well-known terminology, and we thus spoke the "same language" as the participants. Our preconceptions animated the entire research process, from interview guide to analysis and conclusion, while at the same time we were aware of this possibility of influence and sought new perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show that the students in the three different professions studied coordinate their use of the senses in different ways. In all subjects, it turns out that the senses, as a professional exercise, must be adapted to users by using their hearing to listen to their wishes and needs in order to satisfy customers, patients and clients. Participants express that the involvement of users feedback is of great importance for both understanding of, and development of, the senses in all three subjects / professions mentioned. In the skincare profession, it is of great importance that an evaluation form is used after treatment, where the clients express their experiences of pressure, flow and the desired result of the treatment. In the culinary profession, guests provide continuous feedback on taste and experience. Apprentices in the healthcare profession experience learning a lot from the patients they visit, and they use different senses to see the whole person and their state of health. The practical knowledge is bodily, and it is embedded in bodily skills that are practiced in a familiarity with the environment, in this case guests, clients and patients. The study contributes to a research contribution that shows the experiences of students, apprentices and newly qualified professionals in a silent but embodied professional competence. Tacit and embodied professional competence should receive increased attention both in vocational training and in professional education. Our preliminary results show that feedback from guests, clients and patients in particular can be important contributors to training and developing the senses as part of an overall professional vocational knowledge. References Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (5. utg.). Oxford University Press. Collins, H. M. (2010). Tacit and Explicit knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Gadamer, H. G. (1975). Truth and method. Seabury Press. Heusdens, W., Baartman, L. & de Bruijn, E. (2019). Know Your Onions: An Exploration of How Students Develop Vocational Knowledge During Professional Performance. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 63(6), 839-852. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1452291 Kollbotn, O. (2007). Kva er taus kunnskap: Ei teoretisk drøfting (Notat (Høgskulen i Sogn og Fjordane: online), Vol. 2/06.). Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2018). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (3. utg.). Gyldendal akademisk. Lindberg, V. (2003). Vocational knowing and the content in vocational education. International Journal of Training Research, 1(2), 40-61. https://doi.org/10.5172/ijtr.1.2.40 Polanyi, M. (1983). The tacit dimension. Peter Smith. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 02 SES 12 B: Vocational Teacher Education Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Martina Wyszynska Johansson Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Practical Teacher Education And Relevant Teacher Education OsloMet–Oslo Metropolitan University Norway Presenting Author:In Norwegian teacher education a new reform was initiated in 2017 aiming at developing what is called “Teacher Education Schools” (The Ministry of Knowledge, 2017). The aim is to develop professionally relevant teacher educations by strengthening the quality of student teachers’ placement periods and teaching practice in schools. Another aim is to stimulate cooperation on research and development, and to strengthen the professional relevance and quality of teacher education and the institutions. Both previous experiences and methodological and epistemological arguments have long pointed towards a shift in this direction (Darling-Hammond, 2006; Eikeland, 2012a). The regional education authorities in Oslo and Akershus and a group of researchers in the Department of vocational teacher education at the OsloMet University developed the Action research project LUSY (teacher education schools in vocational teacher education), aimed at developing vocational teacher education schools with three vocational upper secondary schools (VET), with funding from the Norwegian Research Council. The main aim for the project is to develop a binding and lasting cooperation between the schools and OsloMet to create the best possible vocational teacher education and VET. The intention is to form binding and lasting cooperative structures between VET and OsloMet University. The purpose of this paper is to highlight and discuss what education practical teachers need in order to strengthen the quality and professional relevance of teacher education. The background is empirical examples from the action research project LUSY. Practical teachers (teacher trainer/supervisor) are teachers who guide teacher students in their pedagogical practice in schools.
The research questions are about the practical teacher's competence - what their work tasks need to be, what content is identified as necessary for the education of practical teachers, how the education is organized and how practical teacher education (supervisor training of practical teachers) can contribute to strengthening the connection between the educational institution and the field of practice in teacher education. The empirical results are based on experiences from planning, implementation, and assessment of a school-based practical teacher education (course) for schools and practical teachers who are participating in the LUSY-project.
A professionally relevant education can be defined as being characterized by a close coherence between content and tasks in the profession and the educational content. Such education is largely in accordance with the competence demands of the profession (Hiim, 2017; Sylte 2020). There’s a multitude of research indicating that insufficient professional relevance is a challenge in teacher education as well as in professional education in other areas. One of the reasons seems to be that collaboration between educational institutions and professional workplaces is not sufficiently developed (Canrinus et al., 2015; Heggen & Smedby, 2015; Hiim, 2013; Sylte, 2020; Young, 2004).
The project is based on a holistic, multi-dimensional understanding of knowledge where professional knowledge have many forms. Much research on VET is based on a concept of competence that is frequently defined as a holistic set of knowledge, skills and attitudes applied to solve specific tasks (Koenen et al., 2015; White Paper 28, 2015-2016). However, the use of the concept of competence in VET is often unclear and varies (Lester & Religa, 2017). A main aim in the project is to show how professional knowledge is constituted, and how the organization of collaboration between educational institutions and fields of practice can be strengthened through the projects first innovation, the school-based practical teacher education.
Epistemological analyses of professional knowledge based on pragmatic approaches pose the theoretical framework of the project (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1987; Schön, 1983; Sennett, 2008). Connections between theories of professional knowledge, organizational learning, and professional didactics will be investigated (Eikeland, 2012a; Hiim, 2017; Sylte, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project will mainly be carried out as action research, led by the authors of this paper. Action research means that research and development are integrated in social, organizational, or educational “experiments” or development projects (McNiff & Whitehead, 2006). The approaches to action research that will be used in this project are built on pragmatic and partly critical epistemology (Eikeland, 2012b; Hiim, 2010). Action research implies that knowledge is developed through collaborative and systematically documented processes of planning, carrying out, reflection and evaluation between teacher education institution, schools and companies. Action research requires voluntary participation by all people concerned in different phases of work. The research in the project as a whole is about developing practice-based knowledge about how cooperation between teacher education institutions and VET-schools can be organized to achieve a holistic, professionally-based education of vocational teachers, and what obstacles and opportunities are faced. An important goal is to develop and test an organizational and didactic strategy for cooperation between educational institutions and fields of practice more generally (Eikeland, 2012b). The aim of the project's first innovation, which this paper is about, is to develop knowledge about the organization and content of a school-based practical teacher education (course) that qualifies them and the school as a whole to contribute to strengthening professional relevance and holistic competence in teacher education. At the same time, the course should function as a meeting place where practical teachers and teacher educators can learn from each other's experiences and knowledge. The schools and the university were to work together to plan, implement, assess and further develop the course for both vocational teachers and general subject teachers who teach in vocational education in secondary school (VET). The course was organized with five sessions at one of the participating schools. Common understanding was to be developed and regular meeting places established for the practical teachers at the school, and teacher educators. The participants in the LUSY-project are the project management group consisting of two teacher educators/professors/authors and 12 teacher educator colleagues at the university. Around 140 teachers and managers from one of the participating schools are participating in the project's first innovation, which this paper focuses on. The project is organized in sequences with systematic planning, execution, evaluation, data collection and documentation. Documentation from the sequences (plans, logs, reports, students’ tasks etc.) will be the documentation basis in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Concerning development results, we expect new and more structured forms of collaboration between our vocational teacher education institution and VET-schools. The structures may concern collaboration between teacher educators and practice teachers. More structured cooperation is needed on placement periods in schools. The same goes for contents in vocational teacher education and VET. By development of these collaborative structures through the school-based course, our tentative results point to relevant knowledge of what the practical teachers` work tasks need to be, what content is identified as necessary for the education of practical teachers, how the education should be organized and how practical teacher education can contribute to strengthening the connection between the educational institution and the field of practice in teacher education. Our tentative results point to the necessity of a school-based course (15+15 ECTS) for practical teachers that focuses on guidance related to the development of comprehensive vocational teacher competence. This implies that the practical teacher facilitates the students gain experience with planning, implementing, and assessing teaching, and handling the challenges it entails. In addition, students need to learn what comprehensive vocational teacher competence involves, such as colleague collaboration, and school development through colleague guidance. This highlights the necessity of the teacher education school as a learning organization with qualified practice teachers where the school as a whole is responsible for the students' pedagogical practice together with the practice teachers. Collaborative structures for research and development projects are also necessary. The development- and research processes in the project as a whole and in this innovation will result in new practical results and documented knowledge on possibilities and challenges concerning collaborative structures and content between institutions of vocational teacher education and VET-schools. References Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K. & Hammerness, K. (2015). Coherent teacher education programmes: Taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2015.1124145 Darling-Hammond, L. (Ed.). (2006). Professional development schools—schools for developing a profession. Teacher’s College Press. Dreyfus, H. L. & Dreyfus, S. E. (1986). Mind over Machine: The Power of human intuition and expertice in the era of the computer. Free press. Eikeland, O. (2012a). Symbiotic Learning Systems: Reorganizing and Integrating Learning Efforts and Responsibilities Between Higher Educational Institutions (HEIs) and Work Places. Journal of the Knowledge Economy. Springer. DOI 10.1007/s13132-012-0123-6 Eikeland, O. (2012b). Action research and organisational learning—a Norwegian approach to doing action research in complex organisations. Educational Action Research Journal, 20(2), 267–290. DOI: 10.1080/09650792.2012.676303 Heggen, K., Smeby J.-C. & Vågan, A. (2015). Coherence: A longitudinal approach. In J.-C.Smedby & M. Suthpen (Ed.), From Vocational to professional Education (s. 70–88). Routledge. Hiim, H. (2010). Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning [Educational action research]. Gyldendal Akademisk. Hiim, H. (2013). Praksisbasert yrkesutdanning [Practice based vocational education]. Gyldendal Akademisk. Hiim, H. (2017). Ensuring Curriculum Relevance in Vocational Education and Training: Epistemological Perspectives in a Curriculum Research Project aimed at Improving the Relevance of the Norwegian VET. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET). Vol. 4 no.1 pp. 1-19. http://dx.doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.4.1.1 Koenen, A.-K., Dochy, F. & Berghmans, I. (2015). A phenomenographic analysis of the implementation of competence-based education in higher education. Teaching and Teacher Education. Vol. 50 pp. 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.04.001 Lester, S. & Religa, J. (2017). Competence` and occupational standards: observation from six European countries. Education and Training. Vol. 59 (2), pp. 201-214. DOI: 10.1108/ET-01-2018-0024 McNiff, J. & Whitehead, J. (2006). All you need to know about Action Research. Sage Publications. Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Sennet, R. (2008). The Craftsman. Penguin Books. Sylte, A. L. (2020). Predicting the Future Competence Needs in Working Life: Didactical Implications for VET. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(2), 167–192. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.2.3 The Ministry of Knowledge (2017). Kunnskapsløftet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-28-20152016/id2483955/ The Ministry of Knowledge (2017). Lærerutdanning 2025 [Teacher Education 2025]. White paper nr. 28 (2015-2016). Fag – Fordypning – Forståelse — En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-28-20152016/id2483955/ Young, M. (2004). Conceptualizing vocational knowledge. Some theoretical considerations. In H. Rainbird, A. Fuller & A. Munro (Ed.), Workplace learning in context (pp. 186-200). Routledge. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Close-to-practice Research on Vocational Didactics: An Example of Researcher/Teacher Collaboration 1University West, Sweden; 2Kunskapsförbundet Väst, Sweden Presenting Author:Close-to-practice research in educational contexts such as a Swedish upper-secondary school vocational education and training (VET) involves a collaboration between researchers and VET teachers. Here, an example of research collaboration between a building and construction teacher and a researcher is presented. In the Swedish context, close-to-practice research has been recently advocated as a means to strengthen the scientific base of teacher education (cf Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). Therefore, the Swedish government has piloted a national programme to fund and stimulate the growth and trial of collaboration models between academia and the school called in short ULF. ULF stands for Utbildning (Education), Lärande (Learning) and Forskning (Research). Common projects often involve interventions to improve different aspects of education, e.g., teaching and instruction activities. Sometimes there is a close connection to a school’s quality assurance work. However, the explicit goal is to facilitate collaboration between academia and schools on an equal footing. Eplicitly, the need for creating symmetrical relations between the researchers and teachers prcatitioners are emphasized along with the presumed and sought for complementarity of each part’s contributions. Close-to-practice research presents however considerable challenges due to the tensions surrounding different interpretations of teacher knowledge as professional and academic. According to the Education Act, both scientific grounds and proven experience are two stipulated bases for education in Sweden. In particular, the relation between these two, cognizant of theory/practice division, may influence the collaboration practices (Bergmark & Erixon, 2020). To sum up, close-to-practice research presents challenges regarding the variety of knowledge contributions as well as the level of engagement on the part of teachers practitioners (Anderhag et al., 2023; Magnusson & Malmström, 2022). Swedish VET is mainly school-based and integrated with upper-secondary education. The vocational teacher works in a Building and Construction Programme, one of the 12 vocational programmes. Vocational teachers are responsible for assessment of student performance in school and in workplaces, e.g., building sites. That is why a close co-operation with the appointed supervisors is required for students’ vocational learning. Previous research on learning to become a building constructor shows traces of apprenticeship traditions still present. As a result, students may encounter a strong division between theory learnt in school and practice at building sites (Berglund, 2009: Fjellström, 2015). The aim of the article is twofold, to illuminate 1) how a vocational teacher and a researcher develop knowledge of teaching practice regarding vocational didactics, and 2) to develop a methodology for researcher-practitioner collaboration. The focus for the collaboraton is on the integration of vocational knowledge across school- and work-based parts of education as a central and generic issue in vocational education and training. The research questions are as follows: What characterizes a collaboration between a vocational teacher and a researcher in close-to-practice research? How does the process of collaborative researcher-vocational teacher knowledge development in student work-integrated learning emerge? Self-study is used as a theoretical approach (Cooper & Curtis, 2021; Kitchen et al., 2020; Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015) in line with the study’s main interest in the theory/practice interface in vocational didactics generated from self-understanding of experience. The intention driving the study is to reflect the researcher-teacher practices within the institutional framework of upper-secondary VET (Craig & Curtis, 2020; Ergas & Ritter, 2020). The main interest for the collaboration is to investigate the events that the teacher stages to help the students connect their learning experiences in workplace-, and school-based parts of education. When the teachers and researchers make meaning of actitivities they stage together the collaboration can contribute to self-understanding of various facets of collective me-as-a-teacher, which is formed through and in social relations in teacher communities (Mokuria & Chhikara, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a part of an ULF project called Conceptualising vocational knowing in learning communities at University West. Following upon her earlier semi-structured interview with the teacher that was the initial part of the ULF project, the researcher was also granted access to the vocational teacher’s classroom, workshop and to some extent workplaces. The starting point for the collaboration was therefore an invitation to come and see rather than the need for change or improvement. Thus, she followed the teacher’s group of six students during approximately one term of their third final grade. Together with a colleague she used field notes, transcribed interviews and recordings of lessons and study visits at workplaces. Martina run a journal to collect material for so called interim texts that she shared with the teacher (Cooper & Curtis, 2021). The texts summarized running observations, their interpretations and preliminary hypotheses, all of which was free for Emil to share with his colleagues and the headmaster, which he did. The teacher kept commenting these short texts throughout and they served as a basis for recurrent discussions also recorded and transcribed. The data generation and data analysis went on therefore iteratively. As a method, a narrative, open-ended inquiry is used to study collaboration between the teacher and the researcher (Cooper & Curtis, 2021; Mokuria & Chhikara, 2022). A starting point was broadly about the teacher’s ways to connect and integrate the students’ learning in a system of exchange between two days of school instruction and three days of workplace-based training in a week. This shared research interest served as an entry point for the collaboration as relational, ongoing and unfinished work (Pinnegar et al., 2020). Accordingly, the narrative weavs together the result about the teacher’s work with vocational didactics (as displayed in a choice of activities that bind together vocational knowing and learning across settings) with a model for collaboration as relation-building between the teacher and researcher in close-to-practice research in VET. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study’s contribution is two-fold. Apart from presenting an empirical example of vocational didactics, it also presents a model for collaboration between the vocational teacher and the researcher that builds on ongoing shifting in positioning as the two parts build their relationship of trust. The collaboration enables and is enabled by constant shifts between different me-as-a teacher positions that evolve and interact with each other. In the dialogue, me-as-a-teacher-educator, me-as-a-researcher interact with me-as-a-vocational-teacher and me-as-a-vocational teacher-of-another-kind. With the help of self-study as a methodology for collaboration, the teacher’s specific method is deconstructed by a joined effort (Cooper & Curtis, 2021). The teacher’s method is a strongly bounded and recurrent round of questions or prompts to systematically interrogate the students’ experience of workplace-based learning. This method’s reconstruction, which is performed in collaboration points to the method’s contingencies such as 1) the teacher’s presence in workplaces and his strategic involvement in the production that goes on in building sites 2) parallel, that is, the teacher’s and the students’ learning of new methods and innovations. The vocational didactics example shows how a particular work tasks in the production at a building site can be integrated in VET instruction. In contrast to Berglund (2009) and Fjellström (2015), work tasks in running production can be used in classroom instruction to support the students’ opportunities to develop multidimensional vocational knowing. The collaboration featured initial open inquiry; collective narrowing of a study object, that is, a specific vocational didactics method, collective data production and analysis through putting forth hypotheses by the teacher and the researcher, activating different ”teacher selves” and work division between the teacher and the researcher. The findings show how the instruction can be organized to encompass student experience of work-integrated learning to create a meaningful whole for the students and the teacher. References Anderhag, P., Andrée, M., Björnhammer, S., & Gåfvels, C. (2023). Den praktiknära forskningens bidrag till läraryrkets kunskapsbas: en analys av kunskapsprodukter från kollaborativ didaktisk forskning. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige. Berglund, I. (2009). Byggarbetsplatsen som skola-eller skolan som byggarbetsplats?: En studie av byggnadsarbetares yrkesutbildning [Doctoral dissertation, Institutionen för didaktik och pedagogiskt arbete, Stockholms universitet]. https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A235820&dswid=7640 Bergmark, U., & Erixon, P.-O. (2020). Professional and academic knowledge in teachers’ research: An empowering oscillation. European Educational Research Journal, 19(6), 587-608. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904119890158 Cooper, J. M., & Curtis, G. A. (2021). Employing self-study research across the curriculum: Theory, practice, and exemplars. In S. W. Watson, S. Austin, & J. Bell (Eds.), Conceptual analyses of curriculum inquiry methodologies (s. 155–181). IGI Global. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Teacher research as stance. The Sage Handbook of Educational Action Research. London: Sage, 39-49. Craig, C. J., & Curtis, G. A. (2020). Theoretical roots of self-study research. In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. M. Bullock, A. R. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (2nd ed., pp. 57–96). Springer. Ergas, O., & Ritter, J. K. (2020). Introduction: Why explore self in teaching, teacher education, and practitioner research. In Exploring Self Toward Expanding Teaching, Teacher Education and Practitioner Research (Vol. 34, pp. 1–16). Emerald Publishing Limited. Fjellström, M. (2015). Project-based vocational education and training: Opportunities for teacher guidance in a Swedish upper secondary school. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 67(2), 187–202. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2014.983957 Kitchen, J., Berry, A., Bullock, S. M., Crowe, A. R., Taylor, M., Guðjónsdóttir, H., & Thomas, L. (Eds.). (2020). International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices. Springer. Magnusson, Petra, & Malmström, Martin (2022). Practice-near school research in Sweden: tendencies and teachers’ roles. Education Inquiry, 14(3), 367–388. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2022.2028440 Mokuria, V. G., & Chhikara, A. (2022). Narrative inquiry as a relational methodology. In S. White, S. Autin, & J. Bell (Eds.), Conceptual analyses of curriculum inquiry methodologies (s. 1–27). IGI Global. Pinnegar, S., Hutchinson, D. A., & Hamilton, M. L. (2020). Role of positioning, identity, and stance in becoming S-STTEP researchers. International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices, 97-133. Vanassche, E., & Kelchtermans, G. (2015). The state of the art in self-study of teacher education practices: A systematic literature review. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(4), 508–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.995712 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 03 SES 12 A: Curriculum and Pedagogy in Third Level Education Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Finding Hope & Meaning in Self-Discovery: Fostering Inclusion Through Creative Expression Royal Holloway, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Business schools around the world are facing growing impetus to nurture inclusion and equity, and to confront long-standing attainment gaps for minority students (OfS, 2022). Traditional curricula often fail to support diverse identities and cultures creating feelings of alienation leading to potential isolation and drop-out. This paper introduces the integration of structured creative activities as vehicles for self-discovery to cultivate safe, inclusive environments in business and management education where all students can thrive. Cultivating “identity safety” through positive representations together with a creative and non-judgmental environment help to improve belonging (Lowe, 2020). Furthermore, facilitating students’ discovery and expression of their authentic self promotes the autonomy and competence that fosters motivation according to self-determination theory (Iftode et al., 2023; Deci & Ryan, 2008) . Specifically, detail of a workshop entitled “Portrait of Your Future Self” held for a group of marginalised students at a UK Business School is provided. The four-hour session led student participants through introspective creation of personal artwork envisioning their desired future selves and goals. Following models of self-authorship from a liberal arts tradition, the activity emphasised openly exploring identity apart from external expectations. Detailed qualitative analysis reveals workshop themes of connection with one’s inner authentic self, relaxation through decompression and flow, hopefulness for the future, and non-judgment. Interview data found the activity deeply impactful for fostering wellbeing and for envisioning deeper purpose (Sharma & Yukhymenko-Lescroart, 2018). Themes suggest the creative process allowed discovering and articulating students’ “true self” aside from daily pressures and constraints. In addition, sharing future self-portraits organically built empathy and community. Largely, the workshop activated the process of flow and through this a sense of inclusion by valuing participant’s inner lives and fostering optimism (Csikszentmihalyi, 1997). Overall, this arts-based approach is positioned as exemplifying a conscious pedagogy – a pedagogy where experiences are intentionally designed to meet neurobiological needs such as safety, belonging, love and joy which serve as prerequisites to growth and learning. I argue a conscious pedagogy integrates critical and constructive paradigms with the potential for equity and repairing exclusion respectively (Macdonald & MacLeod, 2018). Wider integration of self-authorship work may accelerate cultural shifts towards belonging for marginalised students and as such one must consider the scalability implications and limitations of the study. In addition, one can argue that brief interventions have limited impact without wider ecosystem cultivation. Creative sessions allow glimpses of alternate modes of learning but require support through resourcing, formal structures, and leadership messaging. Future research would involve longitudinal studies measuring identity safety and attainment after experiencing workshop interventions.
The paper poses the question: how may creative expression foster inclusion? It proposes a conceptual framework which positions the connection between the main emergent themes and how they mutually reinforce each other in a positive, virtuous cycle. Starting with a non-judgmental creative space, this enables connecting with one's authentic self. By reflecting on identity and values, individuals gained self-awareness. This self-knowledge then gives hope and agency allowing envisioning of desired future states, fulfilling the third theme of feeling hopeful about the future. Achieving this hopeful view subsequently leads to outcomes depicted in the first theme - feeling relaxed and able to decompress. With optimism about goals and a clearer sense of identity, stress is reduced. Finally, the lower stress and appreciation of the creative activity makes it more likely for participants to access and connect with their authentic self once more closing the reinforcing loop. This paper proposes therefore that intentional use of emotive, imaginative pedagogies could help satisfy and motivate those discouraged and alienated by cognitive-heavy business curricula thus helping universities to address the attainment gap. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory qualitative study examined student experiences creating future self-portraits in a workshop and their reflections in focus groups afterwards. The workshop titled “Portraits of Your Future Self” was held in Spring 2022 within a UK business school involving 15 undergraduate student participants from marginalised communities. Students represented diverse ethnic, cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds. The 4-hour creative session was led by a professional artist who guided students through introspectively visualising their desired lives. The brief was: to imagine your future self and to create an artwork of your future self. The artwork brief was very much left open to their interpretation, and this was important so as not to dictate a response. After discussing self-concept influences and envisioning ideal future states, participants used art materials such as paint, fabrics, and magazines to craft representations of their future self-portraits. Open-ended self-expression was encouraged without evaluation. Students worked on their portraits for 2 hours and created them using the materials provided, afterwards they were provided with a frame so they could frame their work and take it home. In the week following the workshop, 3 focus groups were conducted, each with 5 students, to explore their learning experience. Semi-structured interviews with traditional qualitative probing lasted from 40-60 minutes. Discussions explored participants’ decision-making, the emergent meaning of visual choices, emotional reactions to the activity, and any new self-insights. Focus groups were facilitated by the author and a research assistant. Each session was recorded and fully transcribed. The purpose of these focus groups was to gain insights about students’ experiences and to gain insights into participants’ feelings and emotions and actions. Adhering to the guidelines of the thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006), the data was inductively analysed. The dataset from the focus groups transcripts were the focal point of the analysis. These transcripts were read, coded, and then re-read to identify conceptual categories emerging from the data (Miles & Huberman, 1984; Strauss and Corbin 1998). The coding process allowed the theoretical properties of the subcategories to be generated, which in turn, enabled the discovery of the ‘core categories’ (Glaser & Strauss, 2017) that underpin the proposed framework. Through this process, a good fit between empirical observations and the conceptual categories they indicate was guaranteed (Locke, 2000). This process enabled substantive theory to form. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research explored integrating creative self-portraiture into business education as a pathway towards empowering and including marginalised student voices (Taylor & Robinson, 2009). Analysis of the future self-portrait workshop and focus groups reveals affirming psychological impacts across multiple themes. Students described the activity as restorative and motivating, helping visualise desired goals whilst at the same time appreciating peers’ uniqueness. The premise outlined in the proposed conceptual model reflect the outcomes - providing non-judgmental spaces for self-discovery assist activating students’ authentic identities and inherent motivations according to self-determination theory. Further, envisioning ideal future selves fosters hope and agency fuelling engagement (Schoem et al. 2023). By valuing often obscured student perspectives, traditionally alienating curricula can become springboards for realisation (Luckett & Shay, 2020). While this initial four-hour intervention showed promising results, longer-term immersive programmes may profoundly shift the culture towards equitable belonging and reconciliation (Jagers et al., 2019). Results here align with a liberal arts approach to leveraging creativity for purpose and meaning-making. Ongoing exposure across business courses could help satisfy psychosocial needs enabling academic success. However, mere exposure has limits without root-cause removal of systemic threats that undermine marginalised students. Creative sessions provide temporary respite from hierarchical dynamics endemic in higher education (Lee, 2022). Sustaining safe containers where all identities feel valued requires dismantling existing biases. In this light, consciousness-raising self-portraiture serves as a starting point for inclusion, not an endpoint. Representational workshops can introduce radical paradigm shifts that must contribute to new figurations of learning ecology. By spotlighting diverse self-concepts, this study takes some small steps towards equity. This offers hope that the future of business education can nurture success and growth for all, not just the majority. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V., 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp.77-101. Csikszentmihalyi, M., 1997. Flow and the psychology of discovery and invention. Harper Perennial, New York, 39, pp.1-16. Deci, E.L. and Ryan, R.M., 2008. Self-determination theory: A macro theory of human motivation, development, and health. Canadian psychology/Psychologie canadienne, 49(3), p.182. Glaser, B. and Strauss, A., 2017. Discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Routledge. Iftode, C., Zorilă, A., Vică, C. and Leuenberger, M., 2023. ‘A Life of Our Own’: Why Authenticity is More Than a Condition for Autonomy. The Journal of Value Inquiry, pp.1-26. Jagers, R.J., Rivas-Drake, D. and Williams, B., 2019. Transformative social and emotional learning (SEL): Toward SEL in service of educational equity and excellence. Educational Psychologist, 54(3), pp.162-184. Lee, A., 2022. Toward a conceptual model of hierarchical microaggression in higher education settings: A literature review. Educational Review, 74(2), pp.321-352. Locke, K., 2000. Grounded theory in management research. Grounded Theory in Management Research, pp.1-160. Lowe, A.N., 2020. Identity safety and its importance for academic success. Handbook on promoting social justice in education, pp.1849-1881. Luckett, K. and Shay, S., 2020. Reframing the curriculum: A transformative approach. Critical Studies in Education, 61(1), pp.50-65. Macdonald, I. and MacLeod, M., 2018. Design education without borders: How students can engage with a socially conscious pedagogy as global citizens. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 37(2), pp.312-324. Miles, M.B. and Huberman, A.M., 1994. Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. Sage. OfS, 2022. Schools, attainment, and the role of higher education. Available at: https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/publications/schools-attainment-and-the-role-of-higher-education/ (Accessed: 14 January 2024). Schoem, D., Modey, C. and John, E.P.S. eds., 2023. Teaching the whole student: Engaged learning with heart, mind, and spirit. Taylor & Francis. Sharma, G. and Yukhymenko-Lescroart, M., 2018. The relationship between college students' sense of purpose and degree commitment. Journal of College Student Development, 59(4), pp.486-491. Strauss, A. and Corbin, J., 1998. Basics of qualitative research techniques. Taylor, C. and Robinson, C., 2009. Student voice: Theorising power and participation. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 17(2), pp.161-175. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Looking Back, Moving Forward - Exploring Graduates’ Reflections of Group Assessment to Develop a Theory of Student Collegiality in Higher Education Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:With enhanced student mobility opportunities through the European Credit Transfer & Accumulation System (ECTS), increased internationalisation, and greater diversity and inclusion of non-traditional learners, current student profiles of European Higher Education Institutions hold significant potential to be truly transformative learning environments. The curricular focus of formal programmes of study and informal learning of the hidden curriculum shape these environments within which student engagement and relationship development are critical. This doctoral research examines collegiality perceptions and experiences of third-level graduates and questions how student collegiality as a peer-to-peer engagement process can be supported throughout undergraduate business degree programmes. Commitment to inclusive practices in higher education are increasingly associated with systemic change, for example with the development of the university for all (Fleming et al., 2023) and critique of learning strategies to engage diverse student groups (Sanger, 2020, Thomas, 2016, Trees, 2013). A curricular context emerges that prioritises the relational nature of learning and recognises the connectedness between pedagogy and assessment. Social cognitive theory consequently informs the theoretical framework underpinning this research aimed at extending a plurality perspective of higher education that matches the diversity of the student body. Curriculum is thus conceptualised as encounter, largely influenced by the seminal contributions of Maxine Greene’s expansive orientation for curriculum with a call to give voice to those silenced, to expand and deepen shared beliefs (Greene, 1993), to broaden perspectives to seize new meanings (Greene, 1977) and particularly her theorising of curriculum as always emerging “out of an interplay among conceptions of knowledge, conceptions of human beings, and conceptions of social order” (Greene, 1993: 216).
This interplay is as relevant in Europe today, where the contextuality of time and place where encounters occur is one of the complicating factors, as is the individuality, prior knowledge, and interest or disinterest, of those involved. This complexity and the consequent reimagining of curriculum as “lived experience” instead of planned programmes, is the underlying rationale for Pinar’s preference for the verb currere, to reflect the active running of the programme where curriculum is “experienced, enacted and reconstructed” (Pinar, 2011: 1). Curriculum as encounter includes individuals and groups or bodies, essentially all social actors, and extends to interaction between multiple players at the five sites of curriculum making identified by Priestley et al. (2021). Curriculum making is therefore, integrated and complex, occurring through constant interaction between these multiple sites with their inherent power dynamics, and in context-specific ways to produce unique social practices (Priestley and Philippou, 2018). While recognising the interplay of all five sites, for the purpose of this research the focus on collegiality will primarily be at the nano level (between student peers) embedded within one micro context (one academic department) to highlight the interconnected dynamics and importance of encounter between knowledge, human beings, and social order in curriculum enactment.
Collegiality as a concept holds significant potential to elucidate agentic relationships in curricular encounters in higher education. While collegiality has been studied primarily from a faculty perspective (Burnes et al., 2014, Elton, 2008, Macfarlane, 2016), this research seeks to examine perceptions of student collegiality amongst graduates to ascertain if collegiality can be supported. The work of Fielding (1999) in conceptualising a more inclusive radical collegiality points in this direction as does the work of Brown (2021) distinguishing four typologies of professional, intellectual, social, and emotional collegiality amongst doctoral students. Furthermore, the use of group assessment as the context for examining student collegiality contributes to the necessary problematisation and naivety of the assumption that successful completion of a group project or task can be equated to successfully working collectively as a group (Channon et al., 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This interpretivist research recognises that there is no universal reality in answering this exploratory research question while the underlying constructivist epistemology, where knowledge is jointly and socially constructed between researcher and participants (Merriam and Tisdell, 2016), ensures that the research is participant-led and serves to continuously challenge and question the assumptions of the researcher as an insider (i.e. a lecturer who uses group assessment extensively). A single case study methodology of one academic department within the Technological University of the Shannon (TUS) in Ireland included current students and graduates of three Level 8 undergraduate programmes with yearly variances from 4% to 48% of total ECTS credits examined through group assessment. This paper focuses solely on the graduate participant cohort and their reflections on student collegiality over the duration of their business programme. Data collection included a graduate survey using the CollegialityComp Scale (Koskenranta et al., 2022) developed to measure collegiality amongst social and healthcare educators which was adapted to measure collegiality amongst student peers. This adapted research instrument includes a 36-item, five-point psychometric scale, in addition to eight open-ended questions. Comparative findings from the three programmes’ graduate responses (n=60) including statistical analyses and reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021) of open answers are presented and critically analysed. Furthermore, follow-up phenomenological interviews were conducted with ten recent graduates, as embedded cases, with inclusion criteria based on their responses to the graduate survey. Graduate interviewees’ perceptions and experiences of collegiality in completing group assessments during a four-year programme and their relevance to postgraduate study or career path provided a basis for more detailed theory development. Interpretative phenomenological analysis of graduates’ reflections of the collegial values of respect, reciprocity, and shared responsibility enabled an in-depth exploration of meaning, structure, and essence of the lived experience of collegiality by graduates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Collegiality is assumed though not formally addressed, implicitly valued though not explicitly understood in higher education. This research aims to address this gap and explores the concept of collegiality to develop an extended theory that includes students. Theoretically, this research positively contributes to the conceptualisation of student collegiality through curriculum encounter. Practically, this research aims to build a framework of supports for collegiality over four-year undergraduate business programmes. Initial analyses of graduates’ responses show evidence that collegiality resonates with students as much as with faculty with high agreement levels throughout all CollegialityComp scale items. In particular, respondents recognise collegiality as a key differentiator between study in second-level and higher-level education contexts, while collegiality values of respect, reciprocity and shared responsibility are recognised as being significantly important to postgraduate career development. The need to scaffold student collegiality throughout undergraduate programmes is evident as is the potential that a more focused, concerted, and systematic approach holds. While there are significant benefits for the individual and their personal development, the true reward for enhancing student collegiality for higher education institutions may be in its potential to expand inclusivity, to foster diversity, to develop and deepen shared experiences and beliefs. Such an educational philosophy was recognised by Greene (1993: 213) as “never reaching a final conclusion, always incomplete, but richer and more densely woven, even as it moves through time”. While challenging, it seems clear that if collegiality can be supported in such refocused, open, communicative, and deliberative learning institutions, students may have a more enriching university experience and be better equipped to contribute more positively to a multicultural and intersectional world after graduation. References BRAUN, V. & CLARKE, V. 2021. Thematic analysis: a practical guide, SAGE PUBLICATIONS. BURNES, B., WEND, P. & BY, R. T. 2014. The changing face of English universities: reinventing collegiality for the twenty-first century. Studies in higher education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 39, 905-926. CHANNON, S. B., DAVIS, R. C., GOODE, N. T. & MAY, S. A. 2017. What makes a ‘good group’? Exploring the characteristics and performance of undergraduate student groups. Advances in health sciences education : theory and practice, 22, 17-41. ELTON, L. 2008. Collegiality and complexity: Humboldt's relevance to British universities today. Higher education quarterly, 62, 224-236. FLEMING, B., KELLY, A. M. & PADDEN, L. 2023. Making Inclusive Higher Education a Reality: Creating a University for All, Taylor and Francis. GREENE, M. 1977. The Artistic-Aesthetic and Curriculum. Curriculum inquiry, 6, 283-296. GREENE, M. 1993. Diversity and Inclusion: Toward a Curriculum for Human Beings. Teachers College Record, 95, 211-221. KOSKENRANTA, M., KUIVILA, H., PRAMILA-SAVUKOSKI, S., MÄNNISTÖ, M. & MIKKONEN, K. 2022. Development and testing of an instrument to measure the collegiality competence of social and health care educators. Nurse Education Today, 113, 105388. MACFARLANE, B. 2016. Collegiality and performativity in a competitive academic culture. Higher Education Review, 48. MERRIAM, S. B. & TISDELL, E. J. 2016. Qualitative research: a guide to design and implementation, San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass, a Wiley Brand. PINAR, W. F. 2011. Introduction. In: PINAR, W. F. (ed.) The Character of Curriculum Studies: Bildung, Currere, and the Recurring Question of the Subject. New York: Palgrave Macmillan US. PRIESTLEY, M., ALVUNGER, D., PHILIPPOU, S. & SOINI, T. (eds.) 2021. Curriculum making in Europe : policy and practice within and across diverse contexts, Bingley, UK: Emerald Publishing Limited. PRIESTLEY, M. & PHILIPPOU, S. 2018. Editorial: Curriculum making as social practice: Complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29, 151-158. SANGER, C. S. 2020. Diversity and Inclusion in Global Higher Education: Lessons from Across Asia, Singapore, Springer Nature. THOMAS, L. 2016. Chapter 9 - Developing Inclusive Learning to Improve the Engagement, Belonging, Retention, and Success of Students from Diverse Groups. In: SHAH, M., BENNETT, A. & SOUTHGATE, E. (eds.) Widening Higher Education Participation. Chandos Publishing. TREES, K. 2013. Effectively teaching diverse student groups : a reflection on teaching and learning strategies. Australian journal of adult learning, 53, 234-252. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Rewilding Curriculum: An International Curricular Discourse on Integrated and Outdoor Curriculum 1Augsburg University, United States of America; 2Frederick University, Cyprus Presenting Author:
This paper is the result of international conversation and collaboration regarding outside learning, teacher preparation, and innovative curricular design in out of school learning environments. This paper explores ways in which two curriculum scholars are “rewilding” curriculum through two distinct projects that critique existing curricular and school based patterns, and present viable alternatives to the restrictive environments often experienced by students in traditional classrooms. Rewilding, an idea in land conservation that restores an area to its natural and uncultivated state, is viewed here as a curricular concept – focusing on the innate learning that happens within experience, with minimal “management” from educators.
Rewilding is a progressive approach to conservation. It's about letting nature take care of itself, enabling natural processes to shape land and sea, repair damaged ecosystems and restore degraded landscapes (Rewilding Europe, 2022). This serves as both a substantive concept addressed in the Boundary Waters Teacher Institute, as well as a metaphor examined through a curricular lens. What might it look like to “rewild” our curricular practices? How is curricular practice in school damaged? How has teacher curricular practice been degraded in American schools? How might we draw upon curricular orientations that nurture the innate curiosity of the learner (problem based, integrated, embodied) in schools?
The first project is a Cyprus based forest school, research and resource center that gives the opportunity to children to experience a nature-based curriculum, in a serene environment, amongst trees, hills, and ponds. The soil, stones, branches, leaves, wood, and the sky are part of their classroom and their learning material. Observation, exploration, inquiry, building, crafting, trying out possibilities, risk-taking, playing, are part of their experiential learning journey. The forest school also gives the opportunity to teachers to explore ways to create a rich, natural learning environment for the children to unleash their potential through natural installations and set up of the environment in a multitude of ways. The second project is a teacher professional development program in the United States that takes place in the Boundary Waters Canoe and Wilderness Area (BWCA) in northern Minnesota. The program presents a developing theoretical conceptualization of curriculum that may provide insight towards 1) reclaiming the innate spirit of wonder and learning found through experience and 2) embracing an approach that serves ecological mindedness by seeking an interdependence of knowledges. The weeklong wilderness program takes place in the Boundary Waters Canoe and Wilderness Area (BWCA) in northern Minnesota, an area that includes over one million acres of undeveloped and ‘wild’ land. This serves as a meaningful backdrop in which to ponder the meaning of ecological and justice oriented curriculum, as well as the limits of protection absent a meaningful land ethic to guide human action and human systems. Most importantly, the experience affords practicing teachers to meaningfully reflect on what it means to integrate relevant knowledges through an experience.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are using narrative methods to narrate our experiences in building the curriculum and then implementing it in ways that are responsive to our specific audiences. Interviews with participants, as well as reflections and artifacts from activities conducted in both sites provide subjects for analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Enhanced by student and participant reflections and reactions to both the Forest School and the Boundary Waters Teacher Institute, this paper presents a theoretical argument for nurturing an ecologically minded curricular approach that centers the innate and “wild” learning of students in outdoor learning environments. It is commonly accepted that we are in the midst of a climate catastrophe, brought on by human destructive behaviors and dominant institutions and ideologies that function in opposition to conservation aligned ethics and epistemologies that see humans as integrated with environments and ecosystems. Educational systems and concepts (curriculum, schooling, institutions, etc.) have been ill-prepared to support the epistemological orientations necessary to challenging systemic degradation of ecological systems. But rewilding curriculum should not be limited to the subject area of ecological sustainability. The authors have found rewilding to be both substantive and metaphorical in its ability to describe the meaningful experiences had by participants in both programs on opposite sides of the globe. Of particular importance is the international nature of this work. This paper explores various international contexts and both synergies and differences regarding curricular experimentation and the reception of learning outdoors. References Hopkins, L.T. (1954). The emerging self in school and home. NY: Harper. Schubert, W. (1981). Knowledge about the out of school curriculum. Educational Forum, 45(2), 185-198. Sitka-Sage, M.D., Kopnina, H., et. al. (2017). Rewilding education in troubling times; or, getting back to the wrong post-nature. Visions for sustainability, 8:00-00. Westall & Walmsley (2017). Forest school adventure: Outdoor skills and play for children. UK: GMC Publication. Cree & Robb (2021). The essential guide to forest school and nature pedagogy. NY: Routledge. Rewilding Europe (2024, January 31). What is rewilding. https://rewildingeurope.com/what-is-rewilding/ |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 A: Experiencing Inclusion - Teacher and Student Perceptions Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marina Vasileiadou Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Gain and Pain: Teacher Reflections on Listening to Student Experiences of Inclusion NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:Since the 1994 UNESCO conference in Salamanca (1994), inclusive education has been high on the international education agenda. Research in the field has largely focused on theoretical aspects and top-down studies with inclusion defined in advance through state or municipal programs (Chapman & Ainscow, 2021). Because of this, exploring inclusive practices from the bottom up in local contexts is a potentially valuable approach (Chapman & Ainscow, 2021). This kind of school-based research, particularly including the voices of students themselves (Messiou, 2019a), holds promise for development of inclusive practices (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Messiou, 2019b). If teachers should systematically and consistently support every child’s right to express themselves and have their views given due weight in all matters affecting them (United Nations, 1989), then teachers must facilitate students’ opportunities to express their voice, have the skills to actively listen to the students, and then act appropriately, according to the students’ views (Lundy, 2007). Messiou (2006) explains that dialogues between teachers and their students are a manifestation of being inclusive, defining such dialogues as ‘reciprocal interactions between participants that lead to authentic engagement with each other’s views, creating new meanings and further questions’ (Messiou, 2019c). Studies involving the views of students have been largely absent from the literature (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015). Students’ voices can be an important element if teachers are to reflect on how they can be more responsive to learner diversity and improve their inclusive practice (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Messiou, 2019b). For this is to be realised, teachers need to develop their ability to and skills for facilitating students expressing their voices, and it must be possible for them to act on the basis of student views (Lundy, 2007). This is not necessarily a straightforward process—according to the theory of ‘cognitive dissonance’ (Festinger, 1957), for instances, teachers might experience discomfort due to a discrepancy between their ideal practices and what they achieve or fail to achieve in their work. According to Treacy and Leavy (2023), however, this is merely an inevitable step in the process of positive teacher change. In this paper we present a study conducted in a Norwegian public primary school characterised by student diversity in terms of ethnicity, religion, culture, language, family background, and learning needs. The aim of the study was to gain new understanding of teacher experiences with listening to students’ voices regarding inclusion. The participating teachers, together with the researchers, developed a framework for the school’s formal one-on-one teacher-student conversations in which the students were asked to share their experiences of inclusion and exclusion in everyday school life. Data in this study consist of teacher reflections on these conversations. The research question was formulated as follows: What reflective response do three teachers have about their role and practices after engaging in conversations with students about their experiences of inclusion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The idea for the study arose from a larger project at the participating school, in which all staff were asked to write about what inclusion meant to them. Analyses showed that the staff emphasised inclusion as a psychological experience (a ‘sense of belonging’) which was further divided into dimensions of 1) a sense of relatedness to peers and teachers, 2) a sense of mastering learning activities, 3) a sense of mattering, and 4) a sense of agency (Uthus & Sivertsen, 2023). Based on this, the researchers and staff together developed a framework for the school’s formal teacher-student conversation (TSC)* consisting of open-ended questions according to the four dimensions. Three teachers and 15 students in 3rd and 7th grade were voluntarily recruited from the participating school. After carrying out and recording five TSCs each, the teachers were asked to listen to the recordings and freely select sequences that supported their recall of their reflections in the situation, additionally inspiring shared reflections on the situation. The teachers then met to reflect, with one researcher attending (three meetings; six hours altogether). To treat the teachers as experts on their own reflections and encourage their development of a shared language (Huberman, 1993), they were asked to freely comment both during and after the listening sequences. The researcher posed open questions or asked for clarifications when needed and offered reflections when any teacher asked for them. Data in this study are transcripts of audio recordings from these meetings. To analyse the transcriptions, we chose a collective and inductive approach. Firstly, the researchers individually went through the transcripts to identify preliminary themes, then met to share notes with each other. During the analysis of key themes and underlying codes and categories, we kept working individually and met on several occasions to sort and discuss emerging results. (* In Norway teachers are required by the Education Act (1998, § 3.7) to conduct formal one-on-one teacher-student conversations twice each year, focusing on the student’s well-being and learning in school. Exactly what the conversation should contain is up to each school or municipality to decide.) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analyses resulted in the following categories: 1) Inclusion experiences in student meetings, 2) Barriers of time and capacity, and 3) Costs of discovering that one’s own practices aren’t in the students' best interests. The first category highlights the teachers’ reflections on the value their active listening and acknowledging of students' personal experiences have for students, and the teachers’ reflections on how inclusion occurred in the conversations. The second category regards the teachers’ reflections on how increased awareness about the value of such conversations paradoxically burdens them, given the limited time and capacity they have, for listening to their students, addressing students’ challenges, and following up on students’ concerns and wishes. The third category illustrates how the teachers, through the conversations, are confronted with discrepancies between their ideal practices and actual actions. This was often related to the teachers’ accountability to a school system emphasizing academic achievement. Student voices appears to be a valuable starting point for creating more inclusive practices (Messiou, 2006), encouraging teachers to reflect on how to be more responsive to learner diversity and improve their inclusive practice (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Messiou, 2019b). However, the results of this study indicate that listening to students voices also implies challenges essential for teachers to acknowledge and address. The participating teachers experienced the conversations as valuable both for themselves and the students, but also as painful because they gained insights into how practices—both their own as well as the school’s—could potentially harm the students. Some of these insights were within the teachers’ power to act upon; others were not. Our findings illustrate how experiences of inclusion are intertwined not only with teachers' commitments and practices, but also local school conditions, political influences, and broader educational values. References Chapman, C., & Ainscow, M. (2021). Educational Equity: Pathways to Success. Routledge. Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford University Press. Huberman, M. (1993). The model of the independent artisan in teachers' professional relationships.In J. W. Little, & M. W. McLaughlin (Eds.), Teachers' Work: Individuals, colleagues and contexts. Teachers College Press. Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942. Messiou, K. (2006). Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 21(3), 305-318 Messiou, K. (2019a). Collaborative action research: facilitating inclusion in schools. Educational Action Research, 27(2), 197-209. Messiou, K. (2019b). The missing voices: students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 768-781. Messiou, K. (2019c). Understanding marginalisation through dialogue: a strategy for promoting the inclusion of all students in schools. Educational Review, 71(3), 306-317. Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2015). Responding to learner diversity: Student views as a catalyst for powerful teacher development? Teaching and teacher education, 51, 246-255. Treacy, M., & Leavy, A. (2023). Student voice and its role in creating dissonance: the neglected narrative in teacher professional development. Professional Development in Education, 49(3), 458-477. UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. United Nations (1989). The UN convention on the rights of the child. UN. Uthus, M., & Sivertsen, K. I. (2023). Samskapt kunnskapsutvikling om inkludering i en mangfoldig skole – med eleven i sentrum. [Co created knowledge development on inclusion in a heterogeneous school - with the student in the center.] I A. B. Emstad (Ed.), Samskapt kunnskapsutvikling i skole og lærerutdanning. Der praksis og forskning møtes [ Co created knowledge development i schools and teacher education. Where practice and research meet.] (pp. 180—199). Universitetsforlaget. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Children’s Understanding of Disability and People with Disabilities After the Implementation of Anti-Oppressive Pedagogies University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Anti-oppressive pedagogies emerged through the discussion of how the field of education, and primarily the curriculum (Armstrong, 1999; Erevelles, 2005) normalizes the oppression of some children, that, based on certain characteristics (e.g. gender, lower socioeconomic status, with minority background, disability) portray the Other in schools (Kumashiro, 2000; Beckett & Buckner, 2012; Beckett, 2015; Symeonidou & Chrysostomou, 2019). Three pedagogical practices (or four, according to the original presentation by Kumashiro, 2000) constitute the anti-oppressive pedagogies. Firstly, education about the other, involves ‘studying the Other and celebrating difference’ (Beckett, 2015, pp.79). Secondly, education that is critical of privileging and othering aims to highlight oppressive practices, while the third pedagogy, education that changes students and society concerns the education where oppresion can be challenged (Beckett, 2015, Symeonidou &; Chrysostomou, 2019). However, even though sexism and racism are acknowldeged as the underlying cause of oppression against people of different race, social status and/or gender, and efforts are made to minimize them (e.g. Mulvay et al, 2020, Sutton et al, 2023), disablism is far from being realized as a fundamentaly oppressive way of thinking and acting against people with disabilities (Vlachou, 2023) for key holders in schools. Teachers, themselves, report their ignorance on how their practice can oppress people with disabilities (Symeonidou & Chrysostomou, 2019). Thus, the concept of disability in schools continues to be constructed in a negative manner. People with disabilities are presented as tragic persons and passive recipients of charity (Shakespeare, 2007, Skar, 2010). In the rare case that a children’s book on disability is used in school, it usually presents children with disabilities as odd, tragic persons, persons who are marginalized because of their impairment, or as persons that need to be super humans to be accepted (Beckett, Ellison, Barrett & Shah, 2010, Monoyiou & Symeonidou, 2016). To add to this, people with disabilities are deliberately silenced since their narratives and work are absent from the national curriculum and school textbooks. It has been proposed (Favazza et al, 2022), and documented longidudinally through research, though, that informed teachers applying anti-oppressive pedagogies in their school practice, focusing on people with disabilities as the Other, may change the disabling narrative and promote positive attitudes. For example Ostrosky et al, (2013) and Vasileiadou (2022) utilized children’s literature to make disability positively present in the classroom and minimize stereotypes towards people with disabilities with encouraging results. Further researh is needed, though, in order to understand how the practice of implementing anti-oppressive pedagogies may affect children’s understanding and attitudes towards disability. Hence, the aim of this study is to explore how the organization of teaching practice based on anti-oppressive pedagogies can influence how children interprete disabilty and/or react towards people with disabilities. Specifically, my research question was: (a) How children’s understanding of disability and people with disabiities changes, if it does, after in the implementation of anti-oppressive pedagogies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A convenience sample was chosen from a public early childhood setting in Cyprus, in which I had easy access. Twenty-three children (4 to 6 years old) from the same class participated in the study. Both the children and their parents were informed about the purpose of the study, the process of data collection, and provided their consent to the study. The children’s anonymity was ensured and their right to withdraw from the study any time they wished was explained. Employing a qualitative approach, I used focus groups, children’s work, and classroom observations to gather qualitative data. The data collection will be completed in three phases. During the first phase, at the beginning of the school year, children, in groups of four, participated in focus groups to gain insight on how they understand disability and how they view people that are disabled. Children were given pictures portraying human diversity (including disability) and were left alone to interact and observe the material. Then, based on a pre-defined set of questions, I asked children to describe what they saw and what their thoughts were after seeing these pictures. During the last part of the focus groups, children were asked to draw or explain what comes to mind when they hear the word ‘disability’. During focus groups children were video recorded. The same procedure will be replicated during the third phase of the project, at the end of the school year using a different set of pictures. For the second phase (ongoing) whole class activities are organized, based on the education about the other pedagogical practice. Disability is positively presented and/or discussed in the classroom either directly (e.g. watch a children’s story “narrated” by a sign language user), or indirectly (e.g. reading of children’s books where a child with a disability is included, carefully chosen not to promote negative and/or stereotypical representations). Whole class activities are also video recorded. The transcript from the focus groups and the whole class activities will be analyzed through constant comparative method (Maykut & Morehouse, 1994) in order to make meaning and examine how children understood disability in the absence of anti-oppressive practice and whether and how children changed their views on disability through time in its presence. Children’s work will be compared through time, vertically (for each child) and horizontally (among children). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to finish in May. Based on a preliminary analysis of the focus group data, though, it seems that there is an inconsistency between children’s understanding of the term ‘disability’ and their views on people with disabilities. Children, in their vast majority reported that they had never heard the term ‘disability’ before. Consequently, when asked to explain or draw what comes to their mind when they hear this term no coherent pattern emerged. Rather children used typical children’s drawings like hearts, children playing, trees, flowers etc. Nonetheless, their narrative, when presented with a picture portraying a person with a disability tended to be disabling (e.g. narrative of helplessness, narrative of pity and charity towards people with disabilities).Moreover, in accordance with previous research (Vasileiadou, 2022) and some initial examination of the data from the whole class activities organized during the first trimester it is expected that, longitudinally, a positive change will occur. It is expected that children’s targeted participation in practices stemming from anti-oppressive pedagogies, will have a positive impact on how they understand, talk, and react towards disability and people with disabilities. The findings are expected to add to the discussion on how schools and specifically early childhood education settings can become more inclusive and less oppressive towards people with disabilities. This in return will have implications for curriculum design and teacher education. References Armstrong, F. (1999). Inclusion, curriculum and the struggle for space in school. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 3(1), 75-87. doi:10.1080/136031199285200 Beckett, A. E. (2015). Anti-oppressive pedagogy and disability: possibilities and challenges. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 17(1), 76-94. doi:10.1080/15017419.2013.835278 Beckett, A. & Buckner, L. (2012) Promoting Positive Attitudes Towards Disabled People: Definition of, Rationale and Prospects for Anti – Disablist Education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33 (6), 873 – 891. Erevelles, N. (2005). Understanding curriculum as normalizing test: Disability studies meet curriculum theory. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(4), 421-439. doi:10.1080/0022027032000276970 Favazza, P., Ostrosky, M., de Boer, A., & Rademaker, F. (2022). How do we support the peer acceptance of children with disabilities? In M. H. Jones (Ed.), Peer Relationships in Classroom Management: Evidence and Interventions for Teaching (pp. 77-94). Routledge Kumashiro, K. K. (2000). Toward a theory of anti-oppressive education. Review of educational research, 70(1), 25-53. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/1170593 Maykut, P., & Morehouse , R. (1994). Beginning Qualitative Research: A Philosophical and Practical Guide. London: The Falmer Press. Monoyiou, E. & Symeonidou, S. (2016). The Wonderful World of Children’s Books? Negotiating Diversity Through Children’s Literature. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(6), 588-603. Mulvey, K. L., Miedema, S. T., Stribing, A., Gilbert, E., & Brian, A. (2020). SKIPing together: A motor competence intervention promotes gender-integrated friendships for young children. Sex Roles, 82, 550-557. doi:10.1007/s11199-019-01079-z Ostrosky, M.M., Mouzourou, C. & Dorsey, E.A. (2013) Pick a book, any book: Using children’s books to support positive attitudes toward peers with disabilities, Young Exceptional Children, 8(1), 30-43. Shakespeare, T. (2007). Cultural representation of disabled people: Dustbin for disavowal? Disability and Society, 9(3), 283-299. Skar, L. (2010) Children’s conceptions of the word “Disabled”: A phenomenographical study, Disability and Society, 25(2), 177-189. Sutton, D. Kearney, A. & Ashton, K. (2023) Improving educational inclusion for refugee-background learners through appreciation of diversity, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27:6, 671-688, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2020.1867377 Symeonidou, S., & Chrysostomou, M. (2019). 'I got to see the other side of the coin': Teachers' understandings of disability-focused oppressive and anti-oppressive pedagogies. International Journal of Educational Research, 98, 356-365. doi:10.1016/j.ijer.2019.09.012 Vasileiadou, M. (2022) The contribution of inclusive education on children’s friendships in early childhood education [PhD Thesis, University of Cyprus]. Vlachou, A. (2023) (in greek) Introductory note: Issues of inclusive education, In Graham, L. J. (ed.) Inclusive education for the 21st century. Theory, policy and practice, Athens: Pedio. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Adolescent Students’ Perceptions of Emotional Support: The Role of Teacher Emotional Support and Student At-Risk 1Norwegian Centre for Learning Environment and Behavioural Research in Education, University of Stavanger, Stavanger, Norway; 2Department of Teacher Education, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Student’s perceptions of teaching quality are important for understanding teaching effectiveness, setting research agendas, and fostering positive teacher-student interactions (Kikas & Magi, 2017; Wallace et al., 2016). Despite recognizing the importance of students' perceptions, a significant gap exists in the literature concerning how adolescents, specifically those at-risk perceive teacher emotional support, particularly in both academic and vocational tracks. Given the heightened sensitivity of students at-risk, there is a critical need to investigate how students at-risk status and teacher emotional support influences their perceptions in these educational contexts (Murray & Greenberg, 2001; O’Connor, 2010; Roorda et al., 2011, 2017). This study aims to fill this gap by investigating adolescent students’ perceptions of teacher emotional support and examining the impact of teacher emotional support and students at-risk in both academic and vocational groups. The study employs the theoretical underpinnings of both the bioecological model of human development and the process-person-context-time model (PPCT), which emphasize the interconnectedness of various systems (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 1979, 2006). Delving into the educational context, the Teaching through Interactions framework (Hamre et al., 2013; Hofkens & Pianta, 2022) adapts these principles as it underscores the significance of the classroom as a context where proximal processes, such as teacher-student interactions unfold. Furthermore, the microsystem of the classroom is conceptualized, highlighting that the characteristics of both teacher (i.e., teacher emotional support), and students’ (i.e., at-risk status) play a pivotal role in shaping the quality of teacher-student interactions and students’ perceptions of these interactions (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006; Pianta et al., 2003). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilized data from the initial time-point (T1) of a mixed-methods cluster randomized controlled trial (RCT) in upper secondary schools, known as "INTERACT" which examines the impact of a video-based coaching intervention on teacher-student interactions (Ertesvåg et al., 2022). The sample included 1341 students and 98 teachers in Norway from both vocational and academic tracks. Teachers, participating in a web-based survey before randomization of the intervention reported on emotional support provided to students without specific student details. Students, recruited through their respective teachers at the start of the school year, participated in a web-based survey assessing their perceptions of emotional support from their designated "INTERACT" teacher during a regular class lesson. Student recruitment and consent were conducted ethically, approved by the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research with reference number 210803. Student-perceived emotional support was measured using a revised scale capturing trust, respect, and interest in the teacher-student relationship (Bru et al., 2022; Tvedt et al., in progress). At-risk status was identified through a comprehensive approach involving students reporting an Individualized Education Plan (IEP) during lower secondary school and an achievement score below a 2.6 grade point average (Hoen et al., 2019). Gender was obtained from registered data (0=Male, 1=Female), while SES was measured using parents' highest education levels (1=Compulsory school; 2=Upper secondary education; 3=College or university). Both were used as control variables. Teacher-reported emotional support was measured through a scale assessing individual perceptions of emotional support (Ertesvåg et al., 2011). Teachers' work experience (1-5, 6-10, 11-14, 15+ years) and educational qualification (1-5) were used as control variables. Given the hierarchical nature of the data, where individual students were nested within classrooms, and the research focus was to investigate differences or similarities between vocational and academic groups, a doubly latent multigroup multilevel structural equation modelling was applied to evaluate the measurement and structural model hypothesizing a positive association between teacher emotional support and student-perceived emotional support, controlling for teacher-related variables at the classroom level, and a negative association between at-risk and student-perceived emotional support, controlling for student-related variables across both academic and vocational groups (Marsh et al., 2009, 2012). Descriptive analyses used IBM SPSS Statistics (Version 29), while Mplus 8.10 (Muthén and Muthén, 1998-2023) was employed for other analyses. Model fit was assessed using various criteria, with cutoff values indicating good fit Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses using intraclass coefficient (ICC) to assess the impact of grouping students into vocational or academic tracks on student perceived teacher emotional support showed revealed significant differences between the two groups, underscoring the role of group membership and justification for multilevel modelling (Hox, 2013). Furthermore, preliminary analyses of the measurement model invariance testing indicated that students’ perceptions of teacher emotional support are consistent both within and between classrooms, and across academic and vocational tracks. The optimal fitting model was the configural model, which was freely estimated, ensuring valid comparisons between the two groups (Marsh et al., 2012). Additionally, all standardized factor loadings were statistically significant at p < .001). Finally, preliminary analyses for the structural model revealed that in both vocational and academic groups, students at-risk perceived lower levels of emotional support from their teaching. In the vocatonal group, teacher emotional support did not align with how students perceived their teachers as being emotionally supportive. However, in the academic group, teacher emotional support did align with student perceived emotional support. In conclusion, the study contributes valuable insights into the complex dynamics of teacher-student interactions, with a particular focus on students at-risk in different educational tracks. The findings have implications for educational practices and policy. References Hamre, B. K., R. C. Pianta, J. T. Downer, J. DeCoster, A. J. Mashburn, S. M. Jones, J. L. Brown, E. Cappella, M. Atkins, and S. E. Rivers. 2013. “Teaching Through Interactions: Testing a Developmental Framework of Teacher Effectiveness in Over 4,000 Classrooms.” The Elementary School Journal 113 (4): 461–487. https://doi.org/10.1086/669616. Hofkens, T. L., and R. C. Pianta. 2022. “Teacher–Student Relationships, Engagement in School, and Student Outcomes.” In Handbook of Research on Student Engagement, 431–449. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-07853-820 . Ertesvåg, S. K., G. S. Vaaland, and M. K. Lerkkanen. 2022. “Enhancing Upper Secondary students’ Engagement and Learning Through the INTERACT Online, Video-Based Teacher Coaching Intervention: Protocol for a Mixed-Methods Cluster Randomized Controlled Trial and Process Evaluation.” International Journal of Educational Research 114: 102013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. ijer.2022.102013 . Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Series Eds.) & R. M. Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 793–828). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley & Sons. Roorda, D. L., H. M. Y. Koomen, J. L. Spilt, and F. J. Oort. 2011. “The Influence of Affective Teacher– Student Relationships on Students’ School Engagement and Achievement: A Meta-Analytic Approach.” Review of Educational Research 81 (4): 493–529. https://doi.org/10.3102/ 0034654311421793 . Pianta, R. C., B. K. Hamre, and J. P. Allen. 2012. “Teacher-Student Relationships and Engagement: Conceptualizing, Measuring, and Improving the Capacity of Classroom Interactions.” In Handbook of Research on Student Engagement, 365–386. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-2018-717 . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 B: Understanding Inclusive Contexts and Situations Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Xinqian Jiang Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Special Education or Mainstream Schooling?: Decoding Parental Choices in the Chinese Setting 1Wenzhou-Kean University, China, People's Republic of; 2Zhejiang Normal University Presenting Author:In the evolving landscape of Chinese education, the 'Learning in Regular Classroom' (LRC) framework has evolved into a cornerstone of inclusive practices, specifically tailored to provide support for students with identified disabilities (Xu et al., 2017). In 1988, the National People’s Congress (NPC) of China initiated discussions on integrating students with special needs into mainstream schools, marking the genesis of inclusive education in China (McCabe, 2003; Zhang & Miao, 2022). Since then, China has witnessed the emergence of a few nationwide legal instruments related to public education for students with disabilities under the Learning in Regular Classroom (LRC) model. These encompass two laws overseen by the NPC standing committee, one statute from the State Council, and two normative documents from the Ministry of Education. While these laws mandate free education for students with disabilities and obligate schools to provide opportunities, none were specifically designed for the LRC model, which synthesizes these legislative actions (Zhang & Arya, 2023). It is evident that the LRC model, prevailing for decades, serves as a proposed solution for implementing compulsory education for children with disabilities, forming the core model for inclusive education in China. However, a comprehensive exploration is essential to understand stakeholders' perspectives, particularly those of parents with children with disabilities.
To address this need, the current study was conducted to identify the factors influencing the decision-making process of parents when faced with the choice between regular and special schools, with a specific focus on the prevailing legal framework underpinning the LRC model. Furthermore, a crucial aspect of the investigation involved assessing the extent to which parents, acknowledged as central figures in the educational process, are granted recognition as equitable partners in pivotal decision-making processes, especially concerning the educational journey of their children with disabilities.
Parents who participated in this mixed method study reported that school principals play a decisive role as decision-makers in determining whether their children could gain admission to regular schools. When enrolling their children with disabilities in mainstream schools, parents' comments emphasized their recognition that, in contrast to regulatory frameworks, the ultimate determination of whether their children can attend these schools lies with the approval of the school principal. Despite the legal mandates of the 'Learning in Regular Classroom' (LRC) model and nine-year compulsory education, which prohibit schools from rejecting children based on their special needs, parents highlighted that schools could still find justifiable grounds to suspend their children if perceived as burdensome. According to parental perspectives, inclusive education appeared to be viewed by school principals more as a personal favor or act of kindness than a legally binding obligation for public schools.
The study also unveiled that, when confronted with the absence of a formal mechanism to address conflicts related to inclusive education, parents experienced vulnerability when their children with disabilities faced rejection or encountered unfair treatment in school. Confronted with this void, parents turned to informal avenues, including transferring their children to another school or committing additional financial or psychological resources, in a bid to ensure an uninterrupted educational journey for their children with disabilities.
Moving beyond individual choices, the research found that the broader challenges facing the implementation of inclusive education in China. These challenges encompass limited teacher training, insufficient resources, attitudinal barriers, and infrastructural limitations. Attitudinal barriers among teachers, students, and parents can hinder the successful implementation of inclusive education. Negative attitudes or stereotypes about students with disabilities may lead to exclusion rather than inclusion (Zhao et al., 2022). Empowering parents with knowledge emerge as a requirement, necessitating comprehensive initiatives to bridge the awareness gap around inclusive education principles (Zhang & Chen, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a sequential mixed-methods approach, commencing with a quantitative research phase, followed by qualitative inquiry, to comprehensively investigate the intricate landscape of parental choices in the Chinese educational setting. The initial quantitative phase involved administering a structured survey to a diverse sample of parents across various regions in China. The survey aimed to quantify the prevalence of specific factors influencing school choices, assess overall parental knowledge about inclusive education, and gauge trust in schools and teachers. Building upon the quantitative findings, the subsequent qualitative phase featured in-depth interviews with parents or caregivers whose children are enrolled in either regular or special schools. These interviews delved into the factors influencing their decisions, perceptions of inclusive education, and experiences with the existing legal framework. The qualitative data revealed a pervasive lack of trust in the inclusive model, concerns about schools' capability, and frustration with the inadequacy of legal enforcement. The combination of quantitative and qualitative data allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the factors shaping parental decisions in the Chinese educational context. The survey results confirmed the prevalence of trust deficits, concerns about schools' capability, and the perceived need for enhanced legal enforceability. Furthermore, statistical analysis provided a broader perspective on the prevalent factors identified through the qualitative phase, offering a more nuanced insight into the complexities of parental decision-making in the realm of Chinese education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research shed light on the multifaceted nature of parental choices in the Chinese educational landscape, revealing intricate dynamics influenced by legal frameworks, parental trust, and perceptions of inclusive education. The qualitative phase unravels rich narratives, capturing the lived experiences of parents navigating the complexities of school choices. Concurrently, the quantitative survey provides a quantitative lens, offering statistical insights into the prevalence and impact of specific factors. As the research unfolds, it becomes increasingly evident that fostering parental trust and knowledge emerges as a linchpin for successful inclusive education implementation. The study advocates for a recalibration of the existing legal framework, recognizing parents as integral partners in the educational journey and empowering them with the knowledge needed to make informed choices aligned with their children's unique needs. Ultimately, these insights contribute to a more nuanced understanding of parental choices, laying a foundation for policy recommendations aimed at enhancing inclusive education practices in China. References McCabe, H. (2003). The beginnings of inclusion in the People’s Republic of China. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 28(1), 16–22. https://doi.org/10.2511/rpsd.28.1.16 Xu, S., Cooper, P., & Sin, K. (2017). The “learning in regular classrooms” initiative for inclusive education in China. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1(22), 54–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1348547 Zhang, C., & Miao, X. (2022). Systematic review on Chinese special education and inclusive education: China’s solution in globalization. ECNU Review of Education, ,1–28. https://doi.org/10.1177/20965311221147310 Zhang, H. & Arya, D. (2023). Tracing textual silences and ideological tensions in adopted inclusive education legislation in China. Linguistics and Education, 78. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2023.101245 Zhang, H., & Chen, C. (2023). “They Just Want Us to Exist as a Trash Can”: Parents of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Their Perspectives to School-Based Bullying Victimization. Contemporary School Psychology, 27, 8–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-021-00392-3 Zhao, M., Cheng, L., Fu, W., Ma, X., & Chen, X. (2022). Measuring parents’ perceptions of inclusive school quality in China: the development of the PISQ scale. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 66(6). https://doi.org/10.1080/20473869.2021.1895696 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Embracing the Future. Giving the Floor to Families of Adults People with Disability between hope and social issues 1Università Cattolica S.Cuore, Italy; 2Università Cattolica S.Cuore, Italy; 3Università Cattolica S.Cuore, Italy Presenting Author:The culture of rights and the inclusive processes that promote the participation of people with disabilities in the community context has grown significantly in recent years, partly as a result of changes in demographic development at the national and international level. The progressive ageing of the population and the increased life expectancy represent a very significant challenge for both people with disabilities and their families. This is a social and cultural challenge we have to face not only to guarantee inclusion and participation rights, but also to implement organizational and managerial practices and processes that make them possible. It is therefore increasingly necessary to promote reflections, to develop project ideas and practical experiments aimed at building the adult identity of people with disabilities. The creation of an adult identity is the most important prerequisite for being able to relate to and to perceive oneself as such. On the basis of these considerations, the Centro Studi e Ricerche per la Disabilità e la Marginalità (CeDisMa), in order to face the request of some educational services, in Northern Italy, carried out a research project aimed at investigating, identifying and defining the main aspects - pedagogical, architectural, organizational and managerial - of a scientifically grounded, innovative and sustainable design of daytime services for disabled adults. Specifically, this study was developed within two epistemic macro-areas, each structured into different work phases and related purposes: first macro-area - the state of the art and second macro-area - in-depth study. Through a structured methodological framework, the survey, carried out between May 2021- March 2022, identified and defined important elements for the design of these services. The emerging aspects highlight many points of interest on the pedagogical, managerial and structural level that can guide debates and actions in this field and open up further research areas. The role of the family experiencing the disability of one of its members has gained increasing recognition. Understanding functions, needs and possible contributions that the family can offer means going beyond a care perspective, highlighting instead its qualities and skills, sometimes not immediately visible and that require to be enhanced. On the basis of these considerations, the families of adults with disabilities attending day care centers in the analyzed area, were also involved in the research project through the administration of a questionnaire. The aim was to offer them opportunities to intervene and share their needs, expectations and requirements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to achieve the general aims of the project and the specific purposes for each work phase, the methodology of the research design was conceived in relation, on one hand, to the complexity of the object of investigation and, on the other, to the need to acquire the many elements considered fundamental for structuring innovative proposals, carefully adapted to the specificities and needs of the territory. In this sense, the structural structure of the research represents a methodological device of great relevance and effectiveness, on a scientific and operational level, due to the possibility of combining two necessarily interconnected dimensions: that of the investigation, which provides the essential cognitive support to act and modify the present reality; and that of the intervention, according to a logic of implementation and/or improvement, on the basis of the elements acquired, of the present reality. The research focused on all the details necessary to clarify the state of the art regarding the current and future scenarios in the field of care for adults with disability, with particular attention to a specific territorial reality in northern Italy. The areas investigated are related to three key points: • the planning of services for adult disability, which is still too often guided by emergency logics instead of educational ones; • the planning of activities aimed at users; • the individual profile of professionals and the definition of their identity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The theme of the promotion of the adulthood of persons with disabilities, especially in the presence of particularly complex conditions, represents, also in the light of the socio-cultural transformations taking place and of the emergence of new demographic scenarios, a priority in the sphere of research, in its various disciplinary declinations, and in the agendas of national and international policies. What clearly emerges, in fact, is the need to initiate concrete actions of analysis and rethinking of the interventions and proposals made by these services, through the implementation of innovative tools for the planning, verification and evaluation of activities. Specifically, the survey conducted and presented in this work has made it possible to focus on all the details necessary to obtain a snapshot of the state of the art regarding the current scenarios of the structures and realities in question, with particular attention, specifically, to the reality of the Cantù territorial ambit. The areas investigated concern, in detail, three crucial nodes • the planning of services for adult disability, which still appears too often oriented by instances more of an emergency nature than educational in the strict sense of the term • the planning of activities aimed at users; • the profile of individual operators and the definition of their professional identity. At the end of the process, it now seems appropriate to outline the most significant elements that have emerged, on the basis of which we can hypothesise interventions and future work perspectives. References Coyle, C.E., Kramer, J. & Mutchler, J.E. (2014). Aging together: Sibling carers of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 11(4), 302-312 Cottini L., Fedeli D. & Zorzi S. (2016). Qualità di vita nella disabilità adulta. Trento: Erickson Cottini L. (2016). L’autodeterminazione nelle persone con disabilità. Percorsi educativa per svilupparla. Trento: Erickson Dolan, E., Lane, J., Hillis, G. & Delanty, N. (2021). Changing trends in life expectancy in intellectual disability over time. Irish Medical, 112(9), 1006 Galluzzo, L., Gandin, C., Ghirini, S. & Scafato, E. (2012) L’invecchiamento della popolazione: Opportunità o sfida. Notiziario Istituto Superiore della Sanità, 25 Giaconi, C., Socci, C., Fidanza, B., Del Bianco, N., d'Angelo, I. & Capellini, S. A. (2020). Il Dopo di Noi: nuove alleanze tra pedagogia speciale ed economia per nuovi spazi di Qualità di Vita, MeTis-Mondi educativi. Temi indagini suggestioni, 10(2), 274-291. Gjermestad, A., Luteberget, L., Midjo, T., & Witsø, A. E. (2017). Everyday life of persons with intellectual disability living in residential settings: a systematic review of qualitative studies. Disability & Society, 32(2), 213-232. Goussot, A. (2013). Autismo e competenze dei genitori: metodi e percorsi di empowerment. Rimini: Maggioli Editore. Goussot, A. Il disabile adulto. Rimini: Maggioli Editore. Peck S. (1978) The road less travelled Verdugo, M., Navas, P., Gòmez, L. & Schalock, R. (2014). The concept of quality of life and its role in enhancing human rights in the field of intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 56 (11), 1036-1045 Verga M., Il Dopo di noi e il durante noi: brevi riflessioni a cinque anni dall’approvazione della Legge 112/2016, in Sociologia del Diritto, 2, 2021 Vivaldi E., L’assistenza alle persone con disabilità (grave) prive del sostegno familiare, in Forum dei Quaderni Costituzionali, 1, 2021, pp. 563-575. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Schalock, R.L. (2001). Self-determination and quality of life: Implications for special education services and supports. Focus on Exceptional Children, 33, 8, 1-15 World Health Organization (2002). Active Ageing. A Policy Framework World Health Organization (2016). Growing up unequal https://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/303438/HSBC-No.7-Growing-up-unequal-Full-Report.pdf 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Insights from the Austrian Summer School. Can the intervention ensure school participation? 1University of Innsbruck, Austria; 2University of Teacher Education, Vorarlberg Presenting Author:UNICEF estimates that 616 million pupils worldwide have been excluded from regular schooling as a consequence of the coronavirus. As a result, many countries have put in place processes and structures, such as remedial education programmes, to address growing educational inequalities and promote school participation (Groß Ophoff et al. 2023). Such measures include summer-schools. They are typically used to reduce educational inequalities, in particular the socially disparate summer gap effect (Helbing et al. 2021). According to the faucet theory, pupils with low socio-economic status are disproportionately affected by summer learning loss (Alexander et al. 2001). The explanation for this phenomenon is that disadvantaged pupils have structurally less or no access to institutional and non-formal educational settings during holidays. With regard to effects of summer-schools, there is evidence that they can have positive effects on pupils' literacy or numeracy skills, confidence and self-regulation (Cooper et al., 2000; Quinn et al. 2014; Lynch et al. 2023). However, the overall effect is expected to be rather small, at d=.23 (Hattie 2020). In addition, effect sizes are higher for middle class children than for low SES children. In addition, effect sizes are higher for middle class children than for low SES children. Successful programmes are characterised by the use of professional (trained) educational staff, meaningful preintervention assessment of performance and needs, parental involvement and the use of individualised support approaches (Zierer 2021). The Austrian Ministry of Education (BMBWF) has introduced a ten-day summer-school at the end of the summer holidays in 2020. It aims to reduce the risk of learning loss for pupils with a non-german mother tongue and/or low academic achievement by providing individualised and linguistically adapted instruction during the summer holidays. In 2021, the programme was opened to all interested pupils and extended to other subjects (including Maths and English). The programme is now open to all pupils with different learning needs (repetition and consolidation of learning content, targeted support to compensate for deficits, preparation for the next school year and support for the transition to a new school form). Teaching should take place in small groups, across classes and school levels, and be project-oriented and language-sensitive. Student teachers and official teachers are responsible for the implementation of the programme (BMBWF 2023). To date, there are only a few studies that provide insights into the summer school intervention. The main focus has been on the student teachers teaching in the summer school and their competence and professional development (Kart et al. 2022; Groß Ophoff et al. 2023; Lenz et al. 2023; Pham Xuan et al. under review). There is no evidence on the impact of the Austrian programme at pupil level. This study therefore focuses on the pupils who participated in the summer school. The research project aims to answer the following research questions: - What experiences and perceptions do the students report after their participation in the summer school with regard to the objectives of the BMBWF? - How are these reports to be interpreted in the light of the Faucet Theory? To answer these questions, four group interviews were conducted with lower-achieving pupils (from less privileged backgrounds). The interviews provided an in-depth insight into the support programme and shed new light on the participants' experiences. The data were analysed using structured qualitative content analysis. The results will be discussed in the light of the international literature on the impact and conditions for success of summer-schools. Finally, the suitability of summer schools as an intervention to ensure school participation, as implied in the title, is addressed. The paper concludes with a discussion of conceptual considerations for the further development of summer-schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative study design of group interviews was chosen for several reasons. Firstly, group interviews allow researchers to capture the opinions and experiences of multiple participants simultaneously, which can increase the efficiency of data collection (Nentwig-Gesemann & Gerstenberg 2014). Secondly, group interviews provide an opportunity to observe and analyse social dynamics and interactions within the group, and break up traditional interview settings with relatively unequal power relations between interviewer and interviewee (Vogl 2019). Therefore, the interview questions focused on the pupils' experiences with the objectives set by the Ministry of Education (BMBWF) and their personal assessment of the teaching and learning environment. Other topics included expectations regarding participation, personal achievement development and relationships with staff in the summer school programme. A total of 18 pupils participated voluntarily. 10 children were female and 8 were male. 11 of the pupils interviewed had a history of international migration. The average age of the pupils was 11.7 years. The average length of the interview was 32 minutes. Participants were selected in consultation with the organisers at the school site (selection criteria: previous academic performance and family background). The four group interviews took place in different schools in Tyrol. During the interviews, care was taken to create a sensitive and protective atmosphere for the children. The audio files of the interviews were pre-transcribed using AI software (fx4), and then final transcribed in two rounds by the research team. The interview data were processed and analysed using structured qualitative content analysis (Mayring 2022). The structured data analysis was conducted using MAXQDA 26 software for qualitative data. As part of the structured qualitative content analysis, a theory-based deductive category system was first developed. This was then applied to the text corpus (Mayring 2022). On the one hand, it is based on the literature on the characteristics of effective summer school interventions (teaching in small groups, performance diagnostics before the intervention, individualised support concepts, supervision by professional educational staff, etc.). The second thematic area was derived from the administrative objectives of the BMBWF. All theoretically based deductive categories were reflected in terms of the research interest of the summer school as a structure for school participation. During the coding process, text passages containing judgements, evaluations and experiences were categorised according to their deductive content. In addition, further themes and categories were identified inductively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the pupils were positive about the programme. They stated that they felt the summer-school was an enjoyable opportunity to repeat learning. The relationship with the teachers was particularly emphasised. The lessons were described as frontal teaching with elements of individual support. With regard to the requirements of the BMBWF, there is no evidence of project-oriented, language-sensitive or highly individualised teaching. The results point more towards conventional one-to-one tuition. The small group sizes and the quiet in the classroom were positively evaluated. The resource of the multilingualism of migrant pupils was not taken into account. Individual assessment was not mentioned by the pupils (BMBWF 2023). In the context of the Faucet Theory, the pupils' perceptions can to some extent be seen as an advantage, as they were at least able to have a positive experience of institutionalised education during the summer holidays (Alexander et al. 2001). However, it must also be pointed out that the absence of some of the announced design features of the lessons and known effective features of the summer-schools points to possible development potential (differentiation and individualisation of learning as well as performance diagnostics). In this context, the group of trainee teachers who were largely responsible for organising and delivering the lessons should be mentioned again. If student teachers are to be used, it could be beneficial to give them more support in organising and running the summer school. Student teachers should therefore be given more support through mentoring programmes. This would presumably also benefit the quality of teaching and thus the educational experience of the participating pupils. In summary, the proposed presentation is intended to contribute to the inclusion discourse, which refers to in-depth insights and experiences of disadvantaged students with institutionalised educational settings during out-of-school times in order to ensure school participation. References Alexander, K. L., Entwisle, D. R., & Olson, L. S. (2001). Schools, achievement, and inequality: A seasonal perspective. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 23(2), 171–191. BMBWF, (2023). Sommerschule 2023. Stand 2. Mai. 2023, https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/sommerschule/sommerschule2023.html Cooper, H., Charlton, K., Valentine, J. C., Muhlenbruck, L., & Borman, G. D. (2000). Making the Most of Summer School: A Meta-Analytic and Narrative Review. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 65(1). Groß Ophoff, J., Helm, C., Bremm, N., & Reintjes, C. (2023). Aufholen in und nach Krisenzeiten. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. Hattie, J. (2020). Lernen sichtbar machen. In J. Hattie, W. Beywl & K. Zierer (Hrsg.), Lernen sichtbar machen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren. Helbig, M., Edelstein, B., Fickermann, D., Zink, C., & Himmelrath, A. (2022). Aufholen nach Corona? Maßnahmen der Länder im Kontext des Aktionsprogramms von Bund und Ländern. DDS - Die Deutsche Schule. Herzog-Punzenberger, B., & Kart, A. (2021). Sommerschulen und andere Aufholprogramme – internationale Einblicke. SchulVerwaltung, 9(4), 106–109. Kart, A., Groß Ophoff, J., & Pham Xuan, R. (2023). Pre-service teachers’ attitudes about teaching and learning in multilingual classrooms. Insights from the Austrian-wide summer school programme in 2021. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 36(3), 276-292. Lenz, S., Gamsjäger, M., Severa, M., Kladnik, C., Prammer Semmler, E., & Plaimauer, C. (2023). „… und dann sagten sie plötzlich Frau Lehrerin zu mir!“ Die Sommerschule als Lernfeld für Lehramtsstudierende. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 13(2), 237-257. Lynch, K., An, L., & Mancenido, Z. (2023). The impact of summer programs on student mathematics achievement: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 93(2), 275-315. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse (13. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz. Nentwig-Gesemann, I., & Gerstenberg, F. (2014). Gruppeninterviews. Handbuch Kinder und Medien, 273-285. Pham Xuan, R., Groß Ophoff, J. (under Review). How is summer school actually delivered? A latent class analysis of student self-reports from 2020-2022. Frontiers Education. Quinn, D. M., Lynch, K., & Kim, J. S. (2014). Replicating the Moderating Role of Income Status on Summer School Effects across Subject Areas: A Meta-Analysis. Society for Research on Educational Effectiveness. UNICEF. (2022). COVID:19 Scale of education loss ‘nearly insurmountable’, warns UNICEF. Vogl, S. (2019). Gruppendiskussion. In: Baur, N., Blasius, J. (eds) Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_46 Zierer, K. (2021). Ein Jahr zum Vergessen: Wie wir die Bildungskatastrophe nach Corona verhindern. Verlag Herder GmbH. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 C: Inclusion - Critique & Theory Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Christoforos Mamas Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Lived Experience of Rehabilitation: A Practice-Based Theory of Life-Changes and Learning University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:For some people, life goes on without much happening, while for others, major life-changing events occur during their lifetime. Having an extensive visual impairment or becoming blind as an adult is an example of an event that often changes the fundamentals of life. Based on lifeworld phenomenological theory and philosophy, this new life situation can be said to mean that the world changes if the body changes, since the world is experienced via our lived body (Merleau-Ponty, 2012). Visual perception is central to our perceptual relationship with the world and it is essential to develop in-depth knowledge of how other senses can come into play. This is also about learning to deal with a new life situation. The question is therefore central to educational theory. The purpose of this study is to use lifeworld phenomenological theory to understand what it means to have a severe visual impairment or become blind and how people learn to deal with this new life-situation. In addition, the study aims to develop a practice-based theory of changed life-situation and learning. It is about fundamentally understanding the existential situation of experiencing and learning to live in a changed lifeworld. The empirical material on which the theory development is based consists of an empirical study where the aim was to study and clarify pedagogical processes with a focus on the learning of people with visual impairment. The theoretical work is also based on a previously conducted study (Berndtsson, 2001). As a theoretical basis, lifeworld phenomenological theory is used, focusing on human existence. The concept of lifeworld as developed by Heidegger (2013), Merleau-Ponty (2012) and Schutz (1962) is central as it offers an openness to the fact that the world can be experienced differently for different people and differently from time to time. The lifeworld here offers an openness to studying changes in life and thereby focusing on central pedagogical issues. As the study concerns changing relationships between life and the world, the lived body (Merleau-Ponty, 1912) is also a central starting point, not least because of how perception links the body and the world. Other theoretical starting points are lived space and lived time, intersubjectivity and social world, and horizon as both openness and limitation (van Peursen, 1977). The main focus of the study is the everyday lifeworld (Schütz, 1962), a world where people, through their actions and behaviors, shape a world together with others. Everyday activities are also central as the body, according to Schütz, can be seen as the tool that changes the world. In vision rehabilitation, other tools also come into play, such as the white cane, which needs to be learned to be used in order to get around in the new, changed world, which in itself includes existence, identity and the social world (Berndtsson, 2018). The study has also developed its own concepts such as existential body, perceptual body, social body and the body of activity. The focus of this presentation is the developed practice-based theory. The starting point is the lifeworld changed by visual impairment and how this situation appears to the participants in the study. In many cases, the change can be described as a break in life as it is no longer possible to engage and act in the world in the same way as before. In accordance with the philosophy of Merleau-Ponty (2012), the break can also be seen as a gap between life and the world. In this context, learning is seen as that which through experience and action is able to reconnect life and the world in its different dimensions (Bengtsson & Berndtsson, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A lifeworld phenomenological approach (Bengtsson, 2005, 2013a) was the guiding principle for the empirical study. It was conducted at a rehabilitation unit where six people who were in need of rehabilitation participated. The group consisted of three women and three men aged 30-63 years. Through participant observation (Taylor & Bogdan, 1998), the subjects were followed as they learned to use a long cane, orient themselves in environments, etc. (45 observations in total). Notes were taken during the training sessions and later developed on a computer. Regular interviews were conducted in the form of conversations and stories (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009) to capture the participants' lived experiences and reflect together on what was observed (6-7 interviews with each participant). Using a combination of participant observation and interviews has been very useful in capturing lived experience. Participating in the orientation and mobility (O&M) classes provided the opportunity to study how the participants' living bodies related to different environments or spaces. Existential and social aspects were also noted during the training sessions. The interviews have been characterized by trust and interaction. The fact that visits were also made to the participants' homes provided an additional source of how their visual impairment appears in their everyday world. All material was recorded and transcribed. Hermeneutics as a process of interpretation has primarily been used (Ödman, 2007). Here it has been a matter of approaching the meanings of the texts through repeated readings and trying to identify different parts that could be put together into larger wholes. The lifeworld phenomenological theory has been important in that the interpretations have been related to the theoretical basis. For example, the theory of the living body has been given concrete significance in the development of various possible interpretations. The development of the theory has taken place as a further development of the developed interpretations by putting them together in a larger whole. In this last step, the concrete lifeworld has been left behind in favor of a more theoretical presentation of the learning processes in an existential and lifeworld phenomenological perspective. Theory development can also be compared to an abductive process where empirical data and theory are woven together with an openness to both emotional and bodily aspects in the research process and knowledge formation (Berndtsson & Vikner Stafberg, 2023). It can be said to be about putting words to the elusive life that has not yet been expressed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Central to understanding the changed life situation is that the starting point is human existence and the individual's experience of the world. Initially, visual impairment or blindness can be said to constitute a limited life where habitual life has broken down. This can also be understood as a break in life that creates a gap between life and the world. The body is often experienced as an object and not always as the subject that usually forms the basis for being and acting in the world. In this gap, life sometimes comes to a standstill. Starting to perform activity can be said to bring me back to the world via my lived body, which I may not initially be ready for. The starting point for learning to deal with the new world is the gap identified between the body and the world. To take possession of the new world, a number of horizons need to be conquered. The time horizon needs to be opened up and widened so that the psyche is no longer stuck in the present. This also means recognizing the body as it is right now. The perceptual body needs to learn to relate anew to space as it is now experienced, often with the help of other senses, such as touch and hearing. The horizon of possibilities needs to be expanded, which is often done by experiencing that others with a similar body can do different things, which is also related to identity. Overall, it is a matter of learning a new way of performing activities with your living experiencing body (Bengtsson, 2013b), of actively grasping the new world. In the practice-based theory, this is described as a pedagogy of in-between spaces consisting of a multitude of intertwinings of different dimensions in relation to a world. References Bengtsson, J. (2005) En livsvärldsansats för pedagogisk forskning [A lifeworld approach for research in education]. In J. Bengtsson (Ed.), Med livsvärlden som grund [With the lifeworld as ground] (pp. 9-58). Studentlitteratur. Bengtsson, J. (2013a) With the lifeworld as ground. A research approach for empirical research in education: the Gothenburg tradition. Indo-Pacific Journal of Phenomenology, 13(Special Edition September), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.2989/IPJP.2013.13.2.4.1178 Bengtsson, J. (2013b) Embodied experience in educational practice and research. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(1), 39-53. DOI 10.1007/s11217-012-9328-1. Bengtsson, J., & Berndtsson, I. C. (2015) Students and teachers learning in school - lifeworld phenomenological basis. In J. Bengtsson & I. C. Berndtsson (Eds.), Learning from a lifeworld perspective (pp. 15-34). Gleerups. Berndtsson, I. (2001) Shifting horizons. Livsförändring och lärande i samband med synnedsättning eller blindhet [Shifting horizons. Life changes and learning related to visual impairment or blindness] (Gothenburg Studies in Educational Sciences, 159) [Doctoral dissertation, University of Gothenburg]. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis. http://hdl.handle.net/2077/15271 Berndtsson, I. C. (2018) Considering the concepts of the lived body and the lifeworld as tools for better understanding the meaning of assistive technology in everyday life. ALTER, European Journal of Disability Research, 12, 140-152. https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1016/j.alter.2018.01.001 Berndtsson, I. C. & Vikner Stafberg, M. (2022). The contribution of lifeworld phenomenology to abduction within pedagogical research: The example of becoming a teacher. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 27(4), 62-82. https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs27.04.04. Heidegger, M. (2013). Being and time [Varat och tiden] (Trans. J. Jakobsson). Daidalos (originally published 1927). Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun [The qualitative research interview] (2nd ed.). Studentlitteratur. Merleau-Ponty, M. (2012). Phenomenology of perception (Trans. D. A. Landes). Routledge (originally published 1945) van Peursen, C. A. (1977). The horizon. In. F. A. Elliston & P. Mc Cormick (Eds.), Husserl: Expositions and appraisals (pp. 182-201). University of Notre Dame Press. Schutz, A. (1962). The problem of social reality (Collected Papers I). Martinus Nijhoff. Taylor, S. J., & Bogdan, R. (1998) Introduction to qualitative research methods (3rd Ed.) John Wiley & Sons. Ödman, P-J. (2007). Interpretation, understanding, knowing. Hermeneutics in theory and practice. [Interpretation, understanding, knowledge. Hermeneutics in theory and practice]. Norstedts. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusion as critique Humboldt Universty Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:This presentation discusses the potential of inclusion from a theoretical perspective of collective processes of Bildung, with a focus on its transformative and ideology-critical aspects. It is reflected upon the findings of the doctoral dissertation, which investigated nine group discussions in the founding initiatives of inclusive schools. The presentation aims to answer the question of how a common vision of inclusion is created. Given that we are all involved in hegemonic relations, it is important to consider how these relations intersect with hegemonic ideas, both implicitly and explicitly. Throughout the research, the concept of critique, particularly in relation to ideology, became a central focus. Therefore, the criticism is not only directed towards the inadequate implementation of inclusion but also towards the norm itself, without completely rejecting it. Inclusion is an increasingly popular term, but it remains a code without a concrete meaning (Boger et al. 2021). Even the CRPD only describes its purpose and objectives, rather than offering a definition. A first common basis can be the understanding of Inclusion as an active process of anti- or non-discrimination, which entails a broad understanding of inclusion as unifying sexism, racism, ableism and classism-critical theory (Boger 2017; Calloni 2005). This already hints at the intimate and contradictory interweaving of the concept of inclusion (or anti-discrimination) with its counter-concept of exclusion (or discrimination) (ibid; Lanwer 2015; Wocken 2021). The concepts form a dialectical unity of opposites that denote relationships, dependent on and interwoven with social practice, in its past and present, in which social actors can act and realize what is possible in opposition. The issue of social inclusion and exclusion is closely tied to social power relations. Therefore, the practice of critique is crucial. Exclusion criteria can reveal how societies are organized, the ideologies they pursue, and the power structures that individuals ultimately navigate (Moser, 2018, p. 8). Inclusion cannot be seen as an achievable moral – and therefore harmless – demand that can be incorporated into the current hegemony. That would be a 'passive revolution' (Gramsci 2012), a restoration of fragile power relations in order to stabilize them. Instead, more interesting are the challenges to established knowledge systems and power structures that are specific to inclusion. Based on the thesis that building social consensus does not work as a top-down-strategy (Moser/Egger 2017: 15), this study focuses on group practices of creating visions of inclusion. By using the German concept of Bildung it is possible to research and explain the inconclusive, open, and teleologically indeterminate processes of individual transformations in perspectives and attitudes (Buttigieg, Calleja 2021, S. 3; Koller 2018 & 2020). The text proposes an approach to collective processes of Bildung regarding inclusion/exclusion by linking it to the philosophy of praxis (Gramsci 2012) and a critical theory of ideology. The aim is to present collective Bildung or changes to inclusion as a radical questioning rather than a harmonious process (as Bildung was for Humboldt). I aim to examine the potential of these processes for ideology-critique in an analytical and transgressive sense. This involves targeting the inner (self-) contradictions without directly opposing the new, as it arises from criticisms (Jaeggi 2019; Gramsci 2012; Rehmann 2020). It is essential to comprehend inclusion as a political project that aims to change social practice towards decolonization and overcome social exclusion (Jantzen 2019). The objective of this presentation is to offer an understanding of inclusion as a theoretical and practical dialectic, which will serve as an emancipatory and transformative critique. Although the contradiction and dialectic of the terms may never be resolved, their relationship can change, as can their effectiveness and meaning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As previously argued, the research project has an ideology-critical orientation and employs the documentary method to reconstruct the action practices of the founding initiatives. Both methods used are contradictory and cannot be reconciled. However, they can still engage in a productive debate, as argued in this text, and enhance the value of the research. The documentary method originates from the meta-theoretical aspects of Mannheim's sociology of knowledge and the reconstructive method developed within it (Bohnsack 2017, p. 62). Mannheim's (1929; [1926] 1964) work is considered pioneering as he distinguished between two levels of knowledge: communicative/explicit and conjunctive/implicit and identified a discrepancy between them. This approach allows for the reconstruction of thinking styles based on their constitution. However, the task of the sociology of knowledge – its metatheory – is limited to reconstruction. It employs an all-encompassing concept of knowledge, which omits the critical concept of ideology and the distinction between valid and invalid knowledge. Consequently, it advocates for the whole and accepts it instead of criticizing it. Therefore, it becomes an affirmative social theory (Heeren 1971; Weyand 2021, pp. 70-71). Gramsci's main focus is transformation, which makes his thoughts and subsequent critique of ideology relevant to critical inclusion theory and research. An ideology-critical approach to inclusion aims to delegitimize inequality relations, address the risks of exclusion, and overcome barriers in society. Jaeggi (2019, p. 270) argues that the critique of domination involves critiquing self-sufficiency and decoding these mechanisms as forms of domination. It is therefore reconstructed how the group fills inclusion with meaning, to what extent a common understanding of inclusion is created, which guiding orientations can be reconstructed in this process and how they deal with the limits of their own horizons of meaning - all of these are questions for empiricism. The question of whether the empirically reconstructed understanding of inclusion contains transformational potential is central to the subsequent ideology-critical discussion. This involves examining the extent to which collective processes of Bildung can be reconstructed and how inclusion oscillates between power-stabilizing, reproducing projects and transformative, ideology-critical projects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using an iterative and cyclical research process, the subject area was defined broadly, followed by immersion in empirical research. The theoretical work was then carried out, narrowing the research focus and question, before returning to empirical research and so on. Accordingly, this presentation should not be viewed solely as a theoretical or empirical work, but rather as the outcome of an abductive approach. This approach requires a creative and divergent analysis of empirical data and theories (Roth 2015, pp. 166-168). The process involves critical reflection to avoid bias and subjectivity. The focus was on empirical evidence, theories, and interpretative discussions, in order to establish a clear position within the terrain of hegemonic patterns of meaning and explanation. As previously stated, the notion of critique, specifically ideology critique, has become more prominent in research. It serves as the typology that organizes and structures the three reconstructed types of production practices that reflect group-internal consensuses of inclusion. These types are referred to as inclusion as generalizing, inclusion as discursivity, and inclusion as being the other. The presentation will focus on the typology that combines critical discussion of ideologies with a focus on the third type, which highlights global issues such as languages, migration, pandemics and being the other. References Calloni, Marina (2005): Paradoxes of democracy: the dialectic of inclusion and exclusion. In: Jørgen Goul Andersen, Anne-Marie Guillemard, Per H. Jensen und Birgit Pfau-Effinger (pub.): The changing face of welfare: Policy Press, S. 93–112. Boger, Mai-Anh; Bühler, Patrick; Vogt, Michaela (pub.) (2021): Inklusion als Chiffre? Bildungshistorische Analysen und Reflexionen. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt (Historische Bildungsforschung). Boger, Mai-Anh (2017): Theorien der Inklusion – eine Übersicht. In: bidok Deutschland e.V. Zeitschrift für Inklusion. Frankfurt am Main. Online: https:// www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/413 [Last downloaded on 10.01.2024]. Gramsci, Antonio; Bochmann, Klaus (pub.) (2012): Gefängnishefte. 1. Aufl. Hamburg: Argument Verl. Heeren, John (1971): Karl Mannheim and the Intellectual Elite. In: The British Journal of Sociology 22 (1), S. 1. Jantzen, Wolfgang (2019): Behindertenpädagogik als synthetische Humanwissenschaft. Sozialwissenschaftliche und methodologische Erkundungen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag (Dialektik der Be-Hinderung). Jaeggi, Rahel (2019): Was ist Ideologiekritik. In: Rahel Jaeggi und Tilo Wesche (pub.): Was ist Kritik? 5. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp (Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft, 1885), S. 266–298. Koller, Hans-Christoph (2018): Bildung anders denken. Einführung in die Theorie transforma-torischer Bildungsprozesse. 2., aktualisierte Auflage. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag. Lanwer, Willehad (2015): Exklusion und Inklusion. Anmerkungen zu einer gegensätzlichen Einheit. In: Jahrbuch für Pädagogik 2015 (1), S. 159–173. Mannheim, Karl ([1926] 1964): Ideologische und soziologische Interpretationen der geistigen Gebilde (1926). In: Karl Mannheim: Wissenssoziologie. Auswahl aus dem Werk. In: Heinz Maus und Friedrich Fürstenberg. Berlin: Luchterhand (Soziologische Texte, 28), S. 388–407. Mannheim, Karl (1929): Ideologie und Utopie. (Schriften zur Philosophie und Soziologie, 3). Bonn: Cohen. Online: https://www.ssoar.info/ssoar/handle/document/50776, last downloaded on 05.06.2020. Moser, Vera; Bauer, Lena (pub.) (2018): Behindertenpädagogik als Synthetische Humanwissenschaft. Eine Einführung in das Werk Wolfgang Jantzens. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Moser, Vera; Egger, Marina (pub.) (2017): Inklusion und Schulentwicklung. Konzepte, Instrumente, Befunde. 1. Auflage. Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. Rehmann, Jan (2020): Ernst Bloch as a Philosopher of Praxis. In: Praktyka Teoretyczna, 2020-03, Vol.35 (1). Roth, Wolff-Michael (2015): Rigorous Data Analysis. A Beyond ""Anything Goes"". Leiden, Boston: Brill. Wocken, Hans (pub.); Cowlan, Gabriele; Hinz, Andreas; Kron, Maria; Papke, Birgit; Reiser, Helmut (2021): Dialektik der Inklusion. Inklusion als Balance. 1. Auflage. Ed. v. Hans Wocken. Hamburg: Feldhaus Edition Hamburger Buchwerkstatt (Lebenswelten und Behinderung, Band 24). 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Ethics of Care: A Theoretical Underpinning for Relational Inclusivity 1UC San Diego, Cyprus; 2University of Lleida, Spain Presenting Author:In this conceptual paper, we argue that the Ethics of Care (EoC) is a compelling theoretical framework that could serve as a powerful underpinning for fostering Relational Inclusivity (RI), shaping educational environments that prioritize empathy, mutual support, and a genuine concern for the well-being of all individual students involved. The EoC has been defined as a philosophical framework that shifts contemporary moral and ethical narratives around the concept of care (Gilligan, 1982). EoC asserts that humans depend on each other for positive liberty, highlighting our inherent interdependence. Dependency, viewed negatively in modern societies, is resized as an inherent aspect of being alive. Rather than viewing humans as independent individuals, EoC sees them as relational entities shaped by each one's networks of care, whether they involve living beings or structural conditions (Camps, 2021). From this standpoint, care becomes central and is defined as a proactive activity encompassing everything we do to sustain, continue, and repair our "world" – our bodies, identities, and environment – to sustain life optimally (Tronto, 1993). Care becomes a transformative element in relationships, shaping how we perceive the world and understand our commitment and responsibility to others. In EoC relationships take center stage, and caring emerges as the preferred way to relate to each other. A robust caring network, encompassing relationships and structural conditions, becomes crucial for navigating dependencies and ensuring well-being. Consequently, care becomes a fundamental principle that should guide education, emphasizing the importance of fostering supportive and empathetic caring networks (Vázquez-Verdera, 2009). In the context of education, the EoC challenges the traditional rational decision-making approach based on rules and laws, and proposes a subjective and particular decision-making perspective that encompasses the specific affective relationship and the unique situation of the person. In the former, rights and responsibilities are defined by others; in the latter, it is a matter of taking responsibility for oneself in the relationship with others. It involves changing the view of "something has to be done" to "I have to do something" (Busquets-Surribas, 2019; Vázquez-Verdera, 2009). Relational inclusivity (RI), within the context of the EoC, refers to the idea that education should extend beyond individual student-centered purposes to encompass the quality of relationships and the interconnectedness of students within a community or society (Mamas et al., 2024; Mamas & Trautman, 2023). Therefore, RI, as informed by the EoC, transcends the mere acknowledgment of diversity. It goes beyond surface-level inclusivity efforts and delves into the cultivation of meaningful connections and relationships of care within the educational community. This involves acknowledging, recognizing and valuing the diverse backgrounds, experiences, and perspectives of students, educators and stakeholders, nurturing positive and supportive connections while actively working to create an environment where everyone feels seen, heard, and understood. RI involves both "caring for," which is a direct and personal response based on the caregiver's relationship, and "caring about," a more indirect response related to broader and abstract concepts or distant situations. The EoC education framework emphasizes both but prioritizes "caring for" over "caring about", recognizing the centrality of subjective experiences and moving away from purely theoretical perspectives (Noddings, 2001). RI extends beyond the traditional EoC focus on the teacher-student relationship, particularly influenced by Nel Noddings. Instead, RI innovatively promotes primarily fostering "caring for" dynamics among peers.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical underpinning for RI in the EoC is grounded in several key principles (Vázquez-Verdera, 2009): Interdependence: Emphasizes the importance of mutual care and support within relationships from a positive liberty and social network perspective. Empathy and Responsiveness: Education must enhance people's sensibility to the necessities of others by listening and giving agency to diverse voices, acknowledging different experiences, and responding empathetically to the needs of all students. Contextual Understanding: RI and EoC shift decision-making to a subjective and particular approach, acknowledging the significance of context in education and considering cultural, social, and personal contexts when designing and applying pedagogical strategies Attentiveness to Power Dynamics and Recognition of Marginalized Voices: RI and EoC involve actively working to address and rectify imbalances, promoting the recognition and inclusion of marginalized voices and perspectives to foster an equitable education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, this paper argues that EoC provides a theoretical underpinning for RI. This approach challenges traditional ethical theories by placing care and relationships at the forefront of a transformative education. Educators are encouraged to develop a heightened awareness of the emotional and relational aspects of learning and their teaching practices (Noddings, 2001). This may involve creating space for open communication, actively listening to students' concerns, and demonstrating a genuine commitment to their caring networks. Additionally, educators are prompted to recognize and challenge systemic inequities that may exist within educational institutions, advocating for policies and practices that promote equity and justice. By fostering a sense of shared responsibility and interdependence, the EoC contributes to the creation of an inclusive educational community where each member cares actively for others. References References: Busquets, M. (2019). Discovering the importance of ethics of care. Folia humanística, 12. Camps, M. (2021). Time for care: another way of being in the world. Barcelona: Arpa editores. Gilligan, C. (1982) In a different voice: psychological theory and women's development. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Mamas, C., Cohen, S.R., & Holtzman, C. (2024). Relational Inclusivity in the Elementary Classroom: A Teacher’s Guide to Supporting Student Friendships and Building Nurturing Communities (1st ed.). Routledge. Mamas, C. & Trautman, D. (2023). Leading Towards Relational Inclusivity for Students Identified as Having Special Educational Needs and Disabilities. In Daly, A.J., Liou, Y.H. (Eds.), The Relational Leader: Catalyzing Social Networks for Educational Change. Bloomsbury. Noddings, N.. (2001) Care and coercion in school reform. Journal of Educational Change 2, 35-43. Tronto, J. (1993). Moral boundaries. A political argument of and Ethic of Care. London: Routledge. Vázquez-Verdera, V. (2009). Education and the ethics of care in the thought of Nel Noddings. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Valencia]. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 D: Developments in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anette Bagger Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Scaling the New Inclusive Education Policies: the Obligation and Right to be Assessed 1Dalarna University, Sweden; 2Mälardalen University, Sweden; 3Kristianstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Compulsory School for Students with Intellectual Disabilities (CSSID) in Sweden is undergoing extensive policy change with the overall argument of promoting inclusive education. Core is a guarantee regarding support measures to enable achievement, which is in turn connected to increased national assessment and the implementation of a revised curriculum. In this change, increased equity and quality have been stated as motives. At the same time, equity and quality has shown to be challenged in the Nordic education systems (Frønes et al., 2020). The political will and enhancement of assessment in education is a phenomenon troughout Europe, often with the incentive to reform education deriving from international comparisons of knowledge, as PISA for example. Through the shifting governing of CSSID, towards assessment, discourses of normality and of assessment joins forces and pushes ACS toward the discourse on learning, knowledge and assessment of the mainstream compulsory school (Andersson et al, 2023).). This is an example on how neoliberal values are embedded in today’s schooling and inclusion, equity, and quality are often approached as being promoted by comparison and competition (Blossing et al., 2014; Harvey, 2005; Smith, 2018; Yang Hansen and Gustafsson, 2016). This phenomenon has also appeared in other contexts and has been criticized by researchers who emphasize that quality of life, equity and self-determination need to be focused to a greater extent. Something that can be achieved by considering inclusion as an ethical responsibility that school and society have, rather than reducing inclusion to neoliberal values that include knowledge assessment, competition, comparison, and freedom of choice (Brossard Børhaug & Reindal, 2018). In relation to this, Waitoller (2020) discusses the force of accumulation, which refers to the identification and sorting of students as able or not. Furthermore, learners’ identity is within the realm of assessment often linked to the ideal of the neoliberal human being. Whenever this ideal is not met, due to individuals having deficits, it is seen as a threat to economic progress (Ball, 2013). We claim that these circumstances especially impact students ASC and is reinforced during assessment. The purpose of the study is to contribute knowledge on national assessment for compulsory students with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) in Sweden. For the current paper, we have developed the method for selection and analysis and have focused on two governmental investigations to do so. Furthermore, we will put the results in relation to global and traveling discourses on assessment of knowledge and students with ID and discuss the outcome in relation to New Public Management and how policy mediates meaning (see Ball, 2013; 2017). In prolongation, we will analyze policy as well as the national assessment material itself and how these together constructs students’ knowledge, the student with ID as a learner and the assessment itself. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on Popkewitz (2014), Hacking (1999), and Foucault (1994), we understand "fabrication" as the simultaneous making up of and making sense of reality by attributing characteristics, hopes and prerequisites to students, their knowledge and assessment. Policies are then understood to inscribe meaning and condition the students with ID and their knowledge, thus fabricating certain types of students, knowledges, and assessment. This brings forth possibilities and limitations regarding who and what kind of students and knowledge can and should be in(ex)cluded, but also what assessment means in the context of national assessment in ACS. The Open data archive of the Swedish Parliament database (OpAL ) has been advocated to select governmental investigations connected to national assessment for students with ID. In addition, and at a later state, the national assessment material for the early schoolyears in mathematics, will also be analysed. For the study at hand, a discursive reading and analysis of how the student with ID and his/her knowledge is fabricated is performed alongside with the fabrication of national assessment. Two governmental investigations which lies in the heart of this was selected. These concern the evaluation of goal and targets in school (SOU 2007:28) and grading and assessment for representing students’ knowledge in CSSID (SOU 2020:43). The analysis was performed in a two step procedure and builds on a previous study on how policy document fabricated inclusion for students with ID (Andersson et al., 2023). Sections of texts that concerned assessment of knowledge and the student with ID in these two policy documents was selected. Thereafter, an exploratory and quantitative thematic analysis was performed and in which statements on the student, the student’s knowledge, and assessment, were collected into three themes (Creswell, 2007). The corpus of data was thereafter analyzed out from how inclusions, exclusions, categories, and labelling constructed and fabricated meaning on the students, the student’s knowledge, and assessment. This was explored and thereafter formulated in terms of what kind of students, knowledge and assessment was fabricated. Hence, we have systematically explored characteristics, hopes and prerequisites attributed to students, their knowledge and assessment and their interrelatedness (see Hacking 1999; Popkewitz 2012; Valero 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The two governmental investigations are proceeding the current policy change to make national assessment mandatory in CSSID. The 13 years between them point towards policy traveling in a certain direction. In the investigation Goal and targets for learning in compulsory school, suggestion to new national assessment system (SOU 2007:28), the child was fabricated as not challenged and as recipient of care, as someone special and hard for schools to teach and finally, as challenged in meeting standards. In connection to this fabrication of the student, the students’ knowledge was fabricated as important to normalize as far as possible, as relative to students’ prerequisites and as absent in terms of possible goals to reach in the curricula. How then to assess the students’ knowledge and the meaning inscribed into assessment for these students was fabricated as voluntary, crucially absent, and also highly needed. When turning to the later governmental investigation Build, assess, grade - grades that better correspond to the students' knowledge (SOU 2020:43), this lack of assessment and need to normalise and make students’ knowledge visible has been enhanced. The student is then fabricated as having a right to documentation of their knowledge, but also being deprived this. Paradoxically enough, the student with ID is also fabricated as not having use of an exam or grading and fabricated as not talented enough. Furthermore, knowledge is in connection to this fabricated as needed to be situated in close perimeter to society and what goes on in the real world. The assessment of knowledge is fabricated as an exception or needing exceptions to work, as less important to these students and as making students disadvantaged, in the case of grading. Assessment is fabricated as not systematised, so even if it is done, it is not considered as valuable to collect nationally. References Andersson, A.-L., Bagger, A., & Lillvist, A. (2023). Looking through the kaleidoscope of inclusion in policy on students with intellectual disabilities. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1–14. Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power, and education. Routledge. Ball S. J. (2017). The Education Debate. third ed. The Policy Press. Blossing, U. & Söderström, Å. (2014). A school for every child in Sweden. In U. Blossing, G. Imsen, & L. Moss (Eds.), The Nordic Education Model. A school for all encounters neoliberal policy (pp. 17-34). Springer. Brossard Børhaug, F & Reindal, S.M (2018). Hvordan forstå inkludering som allmenpedagogisk prinsipp i en transhumanistisk (fram)tid? Utbildning & Demokrati, 27(1), 81 Popkewitz, T. (2012). Numbers in grids of intelligibility: making sense of how educational truth is told. In H. Lauder, M. Young, H. Daniels, M. Balarin & J. Lowe, (Eds), Educating for the Knowledge Economy? Critical Perspectives (pp. 169-191). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Foucault, Michel. (1994). The Essential Works of Foucault 1954-1984, 3, Power. London: Penguin. Frønes, S, T., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education (1st ed. 2020.). Springer International Publishing. Hacking, I. (1999). The social construction of what? Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Harvey, D. (2005). A brief history of neoliberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Popkewitz, T. (2014). Social Epistemology, the Reason of ‘Reason’ and the Curriculum Studies. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 22: 1–18. Smith, W. C. (2018). The Banality of Numbers., edited by B. Hamre, A. Morin, C. Ydesen (Eds.), Testing and Inclusive Schooling: International Challenges and Opportunities (pp. 89–104). Routledge Valero, P. (2017). Mathematics for All, Economic Growth, and the Making of the Citizen-Worker. In T. Popkewitz, J. Diaz, & C. Kirchgasler (Eds.), A Political Sociology of Educational Knowledge: Studies of Exclusions and Difference (pp. 117–132). Routledge. Waitoller, F. R. (2020). Why are we not more inclusive? An analysis of neoliberal inclusionism. In C. Boyle, J. Anderson, A. Page, & S. Mavropoulou (Eds.), Inclusive Education: Global Issues & Controversies (pp. 89-107). Sense Publishers. Yang Hansen, K., & J-E, Gustafsson. (2016). Causes of educational segregation in Sweden - school choice or residential segregation. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(1-2), 23–44. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The new Norwegian Education Act as Arrangements for inclusive education practices: The vanishing concept of the Nordic Model? Nord University Presenting Author:Contribution Like other Nordic countries, Norway has a culture and history of promoting politics that emphasise social equalisation and equal access to education for all (Keles et al., 2022). Education for all aims to support respect and acceptance for diversity and to promote learning in inclusive settings as well as learning from one another, thus creating spaces for social relations to enrich the understanding of what it means to be part of a democratic society (Hausstätter & Vik, 2021). The Nordic countries’ similarities and shared aims for education are defined as the ‘Nordic model’ of education (Frønes et al., 2020), which has traditionally further promoted the policy of inclusion through legal and legislative documents as well as principles for inclusive educational practices (Haug, 2017; Keles et al., 2022). The situation seems to have hit a dead end, however, as the Nordic model concept is threatened by the forces of marketisation, efficiency, individualism and competition, challenging the traditional welfare values of education for all (Hanssen et al., 2021). This is particularly observed in Norway, where there is a persistent gap between national legal and legislative documents and the practices of inclusive education for students with special educational needs (SEN). This gap is linked to an increase in segregated educational spaces and a lack of special education expertise (Olsen, 2021), which may restrict learning and social participation for this group of students. Such barriers for inclusion can emerge in any context but especially in settings where legal and legislative documents lack a common understanding of the concept of inclusion and offer vague guidelines for promoting inclusive education practices (Olsen & Hanssen, 2021). The current paper follows Kemmis et al.’s (2014) definition of practice as a socially established cooperative activity involving utterance and forms of understanding (sayings), modes of action and activity (doings) and the ways in which people relate to one another and the world (relatings). Inclusive education practices for students with SEN are thus understood as the varied ways in which teachers include students with SEN in education (doings), how they express themselves in words and language to describe what is going on in their teaching (sayings) and how they relate to students, colleagues and other partners (relatings) (Mahon et al., 2017). Inclusive education practices are ‘held in place’ by external structures or arrangements (cultural-discursive, material-economic and sociopolitical circumstances. Against this background, the present study investigates the following research question: How can the new Norwegian Education Act constrain and enable inclusive education practices for students with SEN in primary and secondary schools? The research question is explored by analysing the forthcoming Education Act and its preparatory documents. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The documents were analysed by qualitative content analysis (QCA) with a deductive approach (Elo & Kyngös, 2008). The main concepts of the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014), including cultural-discursive, material-economic and sociopolitical arrangements, constituted the frames of categorisation. Kemmis et al. (2014) claim that participants in communities encounter one another in intersubjective spaces, which are arranged in particular ways and structure social life. They conceptualise this as a ‘practice architecture’ comprising three kinds of interwoven arrangements. Cultural-discursive arrangements enable or constrain how shared discourses are expressed in the social medium of language, for example, determining how concepts in legal documents may contribute to establishing a shared language in inclusive education practices. Material-economic arrangements enable and constrain how things can be done in the medium of work and activity. This may embrace how concepts in legal documents give directions for how inclusive education is organised and implemented. Sociopolitical arrangements exist in the dimension of social space, influencing how people connect to one another in the social medium of power and solidarity, dealing with relations to political entities. In our context, these may embrace the nature of the relationships between the Education Act and the practices of inclusive education and how the Education Act affect the formation of relationships in the practice. The three arrangements are densely interwoven, with each informing the other (Mahon et al., 2017), so that they emerge and develop in relation to one another and continually change through the dynamic interplay between arrangements and practices. These arrangements give practices a characteristic form, which shapes and prefigures practice, enabling or constraining new interaction (Mahon et al., 2017). In the first phase of the analysis, the data were coded according to the predefined categories. First, concepts and formulations in the documents that help to shape or are shaped by the language, discourses and knowledge related to inclusive practices were categorised into cultural-discursive arrangements. Next, formulations that offer guidelines for the organisation of inclusive practices were categorised into material-economic arrangements. Finally, findings that create frameworks for relationships were categorised into sociopolitical arrangements. In this phase, we also assessed similarities and differences in the use of terms in the documents. In the final phase of the analysis, we considered how the findings could influence the practice architecture and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the new legislation’s strengthening of students’ right to participate has the potential to enhance participation and co-determination, including for students with SEN. However, the Education Act vaguely and inconsistently employ concepts regarding inclusive education for students with SEN, and they become ambiguous due to the use of broad, general terms. The analysis also points out that the documents’ terminology is weakly connected and does not communicate well with educational institutions. Based on the results, the present paper discusses how the arrangements given by the Education Law and the preparatory document, could constrain and enable inclusive education practices for students with SEN. We also discuss the findings in relation to the current challenges for inclusion in Norway and the ideals of the Nordic model of education. This study deepens knowledge and increases understanding of how policy documents influence inclusive education practices for students with SEN. The paper provides input to the discussion of how concepts related to inclusion and inclusive education should be formulated and treated through policy documents to provide a clear direction for the development of inclusive education. Finally, this paper reflects the Norwegian context, but there is reason to believe that our findings may apply to a broader international context. The development of inclusion and inclusive education is high on the international policy agenda, and our paper illustrates the power of using the findings and discussion of a specific context to help readers reconsider policy and practice in their own context. This may make challenges and possibilities clearer and provide a catalyst for new scrutiny and innovation. References References Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007. 04569. Frønes, T. S., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, equality and diversity in the Nordic model of education. Springer Nature. Hanssen, N. B., Hansén, S.-E., & Ström, K. (Eds.) (2021). Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion : Theoretical and practical perspectives. Routledge Haug, P. (2017). Understanding inclusive education: Ideals and reality. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 19, 206–217. Hausstätter, R., & Vik, S. (2021). Inclusion and special needs education: A theoretical framework of an overall perspective of inclusive special education. In N. Hanssen, S. E. Hansén, &. K. Ström (Eds.), Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion: Theoretical and practical perspectives (pp. 83–98). Routledge. Keles, S., Braak, D., & Elaine Munthe, E. (2022). Inclusion of students with special education needs in Nordic countries: A systematic scoping review. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-16. doi: 10.1080/00313831.2022.2148277 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, C., Edwards-Groves, I., Grootenboer, H. P., & Bristol, L. (2014).Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (Eds.). (2017). Exploring education and professional practice. Springer. Olsen, K., & Hanssen, N. B. (2021). Praksisarkitekturen til spesialpedagogiske undervisningspraksiser i barnehagelærerutdanningen. In J. Aspfors, R. Jakhelln, & E. Sjølie (Eds.), Å utvikle og å analysere praksis—teorien om praksisarkitekturer. Universitetsforlaget. Olsen, M. (2021). A practical-theoretical perspective on the inclusive school in Norway. In N. B. Hanssen, S. Hansén, & K. Ström (Eds.), Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion: Theoretical and practical perspectives. Routledge. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Justice-Sensitive Approach to Indigenous Education for All: An Exploration of Indigenous Peoples’ Perspectives and Aspirations in Taiwan National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:In the pursuit of promoting transitional justice education for reconciliation in post-colonial societies, it is important not to ignore the issues of historical justice and educational justice for indigenous peoples. In recent years, many countries have actively incorporated Indigenous knowledge, perspectives and historical narratives into the promotion of transitional justice education. Not only increasing emphases have placed on “justice-sensitive pedagogy for social justice” as a vital theme in curriculum change and in teacher education (Cochran-Smith, 2010; Davis, 2017; Parkinson & Jones, 2018); but also increasing efforts have given to promote diversity, equity and inclusion in education (OECD, 2023; UNESCO, 2017). Since education is a human right and the foundation for more equitable, inclusive and cohesive societies (Vitello & Mithaug, 1998), it is imperative to provide education that acknowledges the value of diversity and respect for human dignity to enable all learners (with different gender, ethnicity, indigenous status, etc.) to thrive, to understand their realities, and to work for a more just society (UNESCO, 2017). In Taiwan, since the lifting of the martial law in 1987 there have been various transitional justice initiatives and mechanisms advocated by the civic society which have accumulated many remarkable democratic achievements. Over the past decades, Taiwan government has also developed a powerful policy and legal framework to protect and support Indigenous rights and development, culminating in the establishment of the Historical Justice and Transitional Justice Committee, however, Indigenous peoples are still the most disadvantaged, marginalized, and vulnerable group in the country, and in education, Indigenous peoples continue to have significantly lower academic achievements and outcomes compared to their Han Chinese peers (Nesterova, 2023). In view of the fact that although the newly reformed National Curriculum Guidelines has included the diverse historical and cultural perspectives of indigenous peoples, the content and supporting mechanisms are not quite relevant, and the goal of promoting transitional justice for Indigenous peoples has not been fully understood and implemented. According to Couch et al. (2023), in Taiwan, although there have been some regulations and policies to deal with the learning disadvantages of Indigenous students and the loss of Indigenous culture and language, the education provided in schools has always been limited to Han Chinese culture, and the institutional structure has not changed to respond to the learning needs of Indigenous students. It is necessary to rethink education for Indigenous peoples from the perspectives of cultural diversity and cognitive justice (Makoelle, 2014). Schools must recognize the coexistence of different forms of knowledge and cognitive forms, and need to incorporate indigenous knowledge systems into school curricula and take into account the cognitive justice of students from different cultural background (Muchenje, 2017). In this way, students can interact with familiar concepts in different cultural contexts to generate meaningful learning. As researchers point out, equitable and inclusive education provides better learning opportunities, processes and results for all learners that can promote psychological and social adjustment, not only improve their academic achievement, but also foster their socio-emotional growth, self-esteem and peer acceptance which may consequently enhance trust for social cohesion to be built (Mezzanotte, 2022; Nishina, et al., 2019). Therefore, this study aims to explore feasible approaches and practicable inclusive education for all that can be historically, culturally, and cognitively sensitive to the perspectives and aspirations of Indigenous peoples. Based on this, the main research purposes of this study include: (1) to understand the perspectives of Indigenous education leaders regarding the issues of historical justice and educational justice for Indigenous peoples to explore the aspirations of Indigenous education promoters and practitioners for the construction of justice-sensitive curriculum and pedagogy for Inclusive Indigenous Education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the research purposes, this study was designed to conducted focus group interviews and individual in-depth interviews with Indigenous educators, leaders and academics. The total number of participants will be around 20 Indigenous education leaders, promoters and practitioners from different parts of Taiwan. (Up to now two focus group interviews has been conducted already; 5 Indigenous leaders/academics with extensive experience in Indigenous rights, affairs, and education and 3 experienced high school teachers were interviewed.) The questions during the first phase of the study aimed to answer include: Based on your experience or academic research expertise in positions related to Indigenous peoples’ transitional justice, what are your views on the promotion of transitional justice education? What do you think is the gap in understanding/misunderstanding and expectation among various sectors in Taiwan regarding transitional justice education for Indigenous peoples? What are your personal interpretations and expectations for transitional justice education (such as history, reconciliation, etc.) related to Indigenous peoples? How do you think justice-sensitive education for Indigenous peoples should/can be constructed? What implementation methods do you think should/can be adopted to promote justice-sensitive education related to Indigenous peoples in Taiwan? What topics/Indigenous knowledge systems should be included? What are the possible practical challenges and dilemmas in the construction and implementation of justice-sensitive inclusive Indigenous education? How should we respond to challenges and overcome difficulties? What are your expectations and suggestions for incorporating justice-sensitive inclusive education related to Indigenous peoples’ knowledge systems into school education? Each interview lasted from one hour to two hours and a half. The interviews were conducted in Chinese and the interviews were audio-recorded with written consent of the participants. Each interview was transcribed verbatim in English. Grounded theory approach was used in data analysis of this study. While deductive coding and theme development were used, the data analysis was largely inductive with themes emerging from the data. After each interview was transcribed and analyzed, the preliminary analysis will send to the participants for member check and the responses collected for amendment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings: Indigenous education leaders and scholars pointed out although the newly reformed Curriculum Guidelines highlights the need to include Indigenous historical perspectives, the narratives in the textbooks are like a rehash of old dishes but just simply lay out the information still. Therefore, promoting justice-sensitive education for Indigenous peoples must be linked to thinking on issues related to educational justice for Indigenous peoples. It is important to actively construct a more just knowledge system of Indigenous peoples by reflecting on how the images and historical views of Indigenous peoples have been constructed and how to keep the intellectual sovereignty of Indigenous peoples. Indigenous scholars and teachers suggested that the research results of Indigenous knowledge construction projects and funded educational resources cannot only be targeted at Indigenous students and implemented in schools in Indigenous communities. They must be further transformed and integrated into school curricula to allow all students, both indigenous and non-indigenous students can learn the knowledge and viewpoints of Indigenous peoples, and both indigenous and non-indigenous students can also learn with the cognitive approaches they are good at. Only then can we truly achieve the so-called Indigenous education for ALL. They all point out that it is important to develop inclusive education aimed at incorporating Indigenous cultural content and perspectives in Taiwan that can be beneficial for mutual understanding and better relations between indigenous and non-indigenous teachers and students, best serve the needs of Indigenous students as well as non-Indigenous students. It is hoped that an increased sense of participation and an innovative, culturally sensitive pedagogical practices would happen in various regions, local indigenous communities, which can be reproduced in schools across Taiwan. Further, the restoration of pride and self-worth of indigenes can be a model for other minority ethnic groups, in Taiwan and in other countries. References Barnhardt, R. & Kawagley, A. O. (2005). Indigenous knowledge systems and Alaska native ways of knowing. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 36(1), 8-23. Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social Justice. In Hargreaves A., Lieberman A., Fullan M. & Hoplins D. (eds.). Second International Handbook of Educational Change. Springer International Handbooks of Education 23, 445-467. http://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-2660-_27 Davies, L. (2017). Justice-sensitive education: the implications of transitional justice mechanisms for teaching and learning. Comparative Education, 53(3). 333-350. http://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2017.1317999 Makoelle, T. (2014). Cognitive justice: A road map for equitable inclusive learning environments. International Journal of Education and Research, 2(7), 505-518. Mezzanotte, C. (2022), “The social and economic rationale of inclusive education: An overview of the outcomes in education for diverse groups of students”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 263, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/bff7a85d-en. Muchenje, F. (2017). Cognitive justice and indigenous knowledge systems in the postcolonial classroom. In Shizha, E. & Makuvaza, N. (Eds.). Re-thinking postcolonial education in Sub-Saharan Africa in the 21st century: Post-millennium development goals. (pp. 69-84). Netherlands: Sense Publishers Nesterova, Y. (2023). Colonial legacies and the barriers to educational justice for Indigenous peoples in Taiwan. Comparative Education, published on line. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2023.2185355 Nishina, A. et al. (2019), “Ethnic Diversity and Inclusive School Environments”, Educational Psychologist, Vol. 54/4, pp. 306-321, https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1633923. OECD (2023). Equity and inclusion in education: Finding strength through diversity (abridged version). https://www.oecd.org/education/strength-through-diversity/Equity-and-Inclusion-in-Education-abridged-version.pdf Parkinson, C. & Jones, T. (2018). Aboriginal people’s aspirations and the Australian curriculum: A critical analysis. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 18, 75-97. UNESCO (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254 Vitello, S. J. and Mithaug, D. E. (eds). (1998). Inclusive Schooling: National and International Perspectives. Mahwah, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum. postcolonial classroom. In E. Shizha & N. Makuvaza (Eds.). Re-thinking postcolonial education in Sub-Saharan Africa in the 21st century: Post-millennium development goals. (pp. 69-84). Netherlands: Sense Publishers Nesterova, Y. (2023). Colonial legacies and the barriers to educational justice for Indigenous peoples in Taiwan. Comparative Education, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2023.2185355 Parkinson, C. & Jones, T. (2019). Aboriginal people’s aspirations and the Australian Curriculum: a critical analysis. Educational Research for Policy and Practice. 18(1), 75–97. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 E: Enabling Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Mechthild Richter Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Unveiling Perspectives: Exploring Variations in School Inclusion Perceptions among Romanian Teachers and Principals West University of Timisoara, Romania, Education Sciences Department Presenting Author:Inclusive education, in the year we celebrate 30 years since the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO, 1994), is still an issue that needs more convincing solutions, both from research and practice. Research has shown that inclusive education has academic and social benefits for the entire school community and is considered a step towards a more inclusive and equitable society (Antoninis et al., 2020). In the current conceptualization, diversity and interindividual differences (including those based on race, ethnicity, sexuality, culture, or disability) are regarded as inherent characteristics of any system or school. Full educational inclusion is understood as providing equal learning opportunities for all spectrums of diverse students, not just those with disabilities. Despite various efforts to conceptualise and implement this understanding of inclusive education, one cannot yet speak of qualitative full inclusion in Romania (Vrășmaș & Vrășmaș, 2021). That`s why this research aims to determine the characteristics and specificity of school inclusion in Romania in terms of inclusive culture, practices, and policies, from the teachers` perspective. The specificity is measured using the Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2016), a widely used instrument internationally. Effective school management, particularly embodied by school principals, plays a pivotal role in the successful implementation of school inclusion initiatives (Khaleel et al., 2021). School principals serve as key orchestrators, influencing the overall organizational climate, policies, and practices within an educational institution (Lian, 2020). In the context of inclusion, they bear the responsibility of fostering an environment that embraces diversity, equity, and accessibility for all students (Theoharis & Scanlan, 2020). Principals contribute significantly to the development and execution of inclusive policies, ensuring that they are aligned with the school's mission and vision (Villa, 2016). Their leadership is instrumental in creating a supportive and inclusive culture that goes beyond mere compliance with regulations. Moreover, principals act as advocates for inclusive practices, fostering collaboration among educators, parents, and the community to create an environment where every student, regardless of diverse abilities or backgrounds, can thrive academically and socially (Cobb, 2014). In essence, school principals' effective management is crucial for the successful integration of inclusive practices, which in turn shapes a learning environment that respects and accommodates the individual needs of every student. Given the significance of school management in the implementation of inclusion at school level, we aimed to identify the differences in the perception of school inclusion between managerial levels (principals) and teachers. Developing inclusive cultures, policies, and practices, the three dimensions on which the Index for Inclusion is structured, can contribute to improving a more inclusive school environment. The Index for Inclusion refers to the whole process of giving equal access to education for all children and young people, according to the concept of "schools for all" (Booth & Ainscow, 2016), a concept we embrace as a vision for the schools of tomorrow, paraphrasing the title of the ECER conference. The Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2002), in its fourth revision (Booth & Ainscow, 2016), served as a distinctive tool to measure the effectiveness of inclusion in our research. Assessing inclusive policies, practices, and cultures, the Index acts both diagnostically and as a basis for concrete measures in institutional development (Nes, 2009). Schools across various countries engaging in activities based on the Index for Inclusion reported an enhanced understanding of inclusion and observed improvements in school development (Nes, 2009). This study aims to delineate, based on the Inclusion Index, the characteristics and specificity of school inclusion in Romania from the perspectives of teachers and principals. The emerging conclusions, grounded in empirical evidence, will serve as a foundational point for proposing measures to foster institutional development and cultivate a more inclusive school community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two research questions were formulated: 1. What are the characteristics of school inclusion in Romania in terms of inclusive culture, practices, and policies? 2. What are the differences in the perception of school inclusion between managerial levels (principals) and teachers? We asserted the following assumptions: 1. There are differences in the perception of school inclusion between school principals and teachers (H1). 2. There are differences in the predictive factors of school inclusion for principals and for teachers (H2). To address the research purpose and answer these research questions, a quantitative, non-experimental comparative, and correlational design was employed. Teachers in Romania, with and without management responsibilities, received the Index of Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2016) through convenient recruitment and snowballing techniques. A total of 125 teachers holding managerial positions (such as inspectors and school principals) and 964 teachers with diverse specializations participated in responding to the Index of Inclusion. The Index of Inclusion demonstrated its validity as a quantitative measure for assessing school inclusion in the Romanian context. The validity indices for the Romanian version, including χ2=9156.274, CFI=.99, IFI=.99, RMSEA=.064, and SRMR=.035, support its reliability. The results underwent statistical analysis to determine variations in the perceptions of school inclusion between principals and teachers. A one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was employed for this purpose. Additionally, to assess differences in the factors predicting perceptions of school inclusion for principals and teachers, standard multiple regression analyses were conducted. The results showed that principals, in comparison to teachers, have a higher perception of the school's inclusivity across all three dimensions—policies, practices, and inclusive culture. There is a clear correlation between the three factors that make up inclusivity: the school's policies and practices both have a positive impact on the school's inclusive culture. No significant differences were identified between principals and teachers concerning the factors predicting inclusive perceptions. For both groups (directors and teachers), the three dimensions emerged as the most influential predictors. As a result, it is recommended that principals be more involved in the implementation of inclusive policies at the school level, promoting their implementation, which can contribute to the advancement of an inclusive culture and, consequently, enhance overall school inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results confirm the first hypothesis, indicating that principals perceive the school as more inclusive than teachers across policies, practices, and inclusive culture. Principals' heightened perception is attributed to their pivotal role in advocating and implementing inclusive policies, resulting in a higher level of responsibility compared to teachers. The tendency to give socially acceptable responses may influence a positively skewed perception as a result of this increased responsibility. In contrast, teachers dealing directly with inclusive classrooms have a more realistic and less optimistic perspective due to the daily challenges. Further exploration of qualitative research is recommended to comprehensively understand this nuanced phenomenon. The results do not support the second hypothesis because there were no significant differences between principals and teachers in predicting inclusive education factors. Both school policies and practices positively influence the establishment of an inclusive culture, indicating a strong correlation among the three dimensions of inclusivity (Barrero Fernández et al., 2023). This suggests that developing and implementing inclusive policies and practices positively impacts the creation of an inclusive culture in the school (Yan & Sin, 2014; Ainscow, 2020). For both directors and teachers, the three dimensions emerged as the most influential predictors, emphasizing the crucial role of inclusive policies, practices, and cultural aspects in shaping perceptions of inclusion. The study recommends increased involvement of principals in implementing inclusive policies for enhanced overall school inclusion. In what ways can principals actively participate in fostering an inclusive culture? This question prompts the need for the extension of the study through qualitative research methods, including focus groups or in-depth interviews with both principals and teachers. Employing these methods has the potential to yield practical insights and solutions aimed at enhancing school inclusiveness. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects 49, 123–134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w Antoninis, M., April, D., Barakat, B. et al. (2020). All means all: An introduction to the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report on Inclusion. Prospects 49, 103–109. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09505-x Barrero Fernández, B., Guerrero, M.J.L., Fernández-Martín, F.F., Tirado, J.L. & Arrebola, R.M. (2023). What do school management teams do to make their schools inclusive?. School Leadership & Management, 43(1), 50-69. DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2022.2144201 Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion: Developing Learning and Participation in Schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education, United Kingdom. Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2016). The Index for Inclusion: a guide to school development led by inclusive values. Index for Inclusion Network. Cobb, C. (2014). Principals play many parts: a review of the research on school principals as special education leaders 2001–2011. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(3), 213–234. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.916354 Khaleel, N., Alhosani, M., & Duyar, I. (2021). The Role of School Principals in Promoting Inclusive Schools: A Teachers’ Perspective. Frontiers in Education, 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.603241 Lian, B. (2020). The Influence of Principal Supervision and Organizational Climate toward Teacher’s Performance. Electronic Research Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, 2(2), 172-187. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/4u6jh Nes, K. (2009). The Role of the Index for Inclusion in Supporting School Development in Norway: A Comparative Perspective. Research in Comparative and International Education, 4(3), 305–320. https://doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2009.4.3.305 Theoharis, G., & Scanlan, M. (2020). Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools. Routledge. UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. Paris: UNESCO. Villa, R. A. (2016). Leading an Inclusive School. ASCD. Vrăsmaș, T. & Vrăsmaș, E. (Eds.). (2021). Pe drumul către educația incluzivă în România. Contributia retelei RENINCO [On the road to inclusive education in Romania. Contribution of the RENINCO network.]. Editura Universitara. https://doi.org/10.5682/9786062813697 Yan, Z. & Sin, K. (2014). Inclusive education: teachers’ intentions and behaviour analysed from the viewpoint of the theory of planned behavior. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(1), 72-85. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Increasing Inclusive Education through Flexibility MLU Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Presenting Author:In an increasingly globalized and interconnected world, education systems are constantly confronted with new situations to which they have to respond. Besides political, economic, environmental and other changes, global education developments such as the transformation of many education systems towards inclusive education, the problem of teacher shortage, the difficulties to provide education in difficult to reach rural areas etc. further require schools to respond flexibly to changing circumstances. They must therefore be flexible. But what is a flexible school system? How can it become flexible? And is flexibility really a solution to global educational challenges? Students who are at risk to drop-out of or to be excluded from school often belong to vulnerable and marginalized groups (e.g. affected by poverty, disability, refugee experience, etc.) (Graham et al., 2019). Studies from higher education research indicate that vulnerable individuals in challenging life situations are more likely to enroll in open or distance education programs because of the inherent flexibility in terms of place, time and pace and other dimensions of flexibility (Collis & Moonen, 2001). I argue that flexibility could also have a positive impact on school enrolment and participation of primary and secondary school students at risk of not being in school. This idea of flexibility would – according to (Veletsianos & Houlden, 2020) – aim at “increas[ing] the student-centered and empowering aspects of education, thereby improving not just access, but also equity, diversity, inclusion, retention, completion, and satisfaction” (p. 851). Despite this very positive view on the potentials of flexibility in education, it should be considered that flexibility is a concept of much controversy (cf. Bauman, 2009; Bouzarovski, 2009; Buzar, 2008; Furåker et al., 2007). Whereas Naidu (2017, p. 2) sees flexibility in higher education as a value principle "much like we see diversity, equity or equality in education and society more broadly", different scholars in the social sciences link flexibility to uncertainty, insecurity and unrest (Bauman, 2009; Reckwitz, 2018; Rosa, 2005). Flexibility can concurrently mean positive potential for one side and instability or uncertainty for the other side (Jonsson, 2007). The discourses on flexible learning in higher education, mainly from the Netherlands and Australia, later from Canada and the UK, offer interesting ideas for flexibility in the primary and secondary school context. Veletsianos and Houlden (2020) suggest the approach of “radical flexibility” to address questions of inequality, injustice and exclusion in (higher) education, that could be relevant for other educational contexts, too. In order to use this open and holistic approach focusing on the positive potentials of flexibility in education, it still seems necessary to consider and examine the negative traits and find a way to outrule them. Collis & Moonen (2001) present a systematic overview on flexibility dimensions in higher education: flexibility related to 1) time, 2) content, 3) entry requirements, 4) instructional approach and resources, and 5) delivery and logistics. To what extent these dimensions taken from higher education can be relevant for primary and secondary schooling is going to be discussed in the presentation. A conceptualization of flexibility dimensions for the school context is the ground work for empirical work on school attendance issues. The second part of the presentation focuses on the question of how the theoretical considerations on flexibility can be transferred to a research methodology to answer questions such as: Which flexible approaches are already existing in specific schools/school systems and beyond? How can flexibility enable school education for students who are not in school/at risk of not being in school? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As an “ambigious concept” (Furåker et al., 2007, p. 5) flexibility is difficult to capture in research, but the theoretical work presented above provides points of reference for field work. A field work in different educational settings would aim to understand if and how education systems/settings provide flexibility to prevent or deal with school exclusions. The literature review shows that students not attending school often belong to marginalized groups in unstable living situations. Education systems that are disproportionately frequented by students from different marginalized groups could be picked as contrasting cases. Education systems that are confronted by a higher level of uncertainty through e.g. climate conditions (natural catastrophies), economic instability (poverty, hunger), migration etc., which also have impact on school attendance, are more challenged to provide flexibility – or already have established strategies. A case study aims at an in-depth understanding of a case in its real-world context “especially when the boundaries between phenomenon and context are not clearly evident” (Yin, 2009, p. 4 In: Yin, 2012). For each case a multi-level analysis seems necessary in order to consider both the societal context (global, national, if applicable), the community and organizational level as well as the individual level (Bray & Thomas, 1995; Nohl, 2019). Different data types are imaginable and advisable. Especially for in-depth case studies a triangulation of different types of data (such as existing statistical data, school visit protocols, official texts, interview data etc.) can be very promising. To address the macro-level a policy analysis seems a useful starting point as other research projects on school exclusion (e.g. Excluded Lives) have shown. At the meso-level and micro-level qualitative content analyses of text documents such as school programs or interview data could condense and organize the rich information. If applicable, statistical data may be used to complement the qualitative datasets. This work in progress is offered for discussion at the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation is divided in two parts. The first part puts its focus on the conceptualization of flexibility and the second on its use to develop international and comparative studies methodologically. Since the theoretical framework is taken from higher education research and applied to primary and secondary education research, it is necessary to carefully analyze if it captures the challenges faced by students at risk of not being at school. In order to do so, flexibility discourses from other scientific disciplines such as economics, social sciences and geography are additionally consulted. On the one hand they provide ideas how to use flexibility constructively to deal with uncertainty, on the other hand they critically underline the risk of flexibility to actually lead to uncertainty. The theoretical considerations aim to resolve this tension, flexibility being solution and problem at the same time, without ignoring its complexity. This is the basis in order to prepare suitable empirical field work on school attendance issues in challenging situations. The second part of the presentation concerns the methodology, which is still worked on. The abstracts presents first rough ideas, that still require more intensive discussion. References Bauman, Z. (2009). Education in the Liquid-Modern Setting. Power and Education, 1(2), 157–166. https://doi.org/10.2304/power.2009.1.2.157 Bouzarovski, S. (2009). Landscapes of flexibility: Negotiating the everyday; an introduction. GeoJournal, 74(6), 503–506. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10708-008-9242-9 Bray, M., & Thomas, M. R. (1995). Levels of Comparison in Educational Studies: Different Insights from Different Literatures and the Value of Multilevel Analyses. Harvard Educational Review, 65(3), 472–490. Buzar, S. (2008). Towards a Critical Geography of Flexibility: Facets of Adaptability in Society and Space: Facets of flexibility in society and space. Geography Compass, 2(4), 1075–1094. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-8198.2008.00130.x Collis, B., & Moonen, J. (2001). Flexible Learning in a Digital World: Experiences and Expectations. Routledge. Furåker, B., Håkansson, K., & Karlsson, J. Ch. (2007). Reclaiming the Concept of Flexibility. In B. Furåker, K. Håkansson, & J. Ch. Karlsson (Eds.), Flexibility and Stability in Working Life (pp. 1–17). Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230235380_1 Graham, B., White, C., Edwards, A., Potter, S., & Street, C. (2019). School exclusion: A literature review on the continued disproportionate exclusion of certain children. Department of Education. Jonsson, D. (2007). Chapter 3. Flexibility, stability and related concepts. In Flexibility and Stability in Working Life (pp. 30–41). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230235380_3 Naidu, S. (2017). Openness and flexibility are the norm, but what are the challenges? Distance Education, 38(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2017.1297185 Nohl, A.-M. (2019). Country Comparison and Multi-Level Analysis in Qualitative Research – Methodological Problems and Practical Solutions. Child Indicators Research, 12(2), 409–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-017-9497-0 Reckwitz, A. (2018). Die Gesellschaft der Singularitäten—Zum Strukturwandel der Moderne (Sonderausgabe für die Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung, Vol. 10213). Suhrkamp Verlag. Rosa, H. (2005). Beschleuningung: Die Veränderung der Zeitstrukturen in der Moderne. Suhrkamp. Veletsianos, G., & Houlden, S. (2020). Radical Flexibility and Relationality as Responses to Education in Times of Crisis. Postdigital Science and Education, 2(3), 849–862. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-020-00196-3 Yin, R. K. (2012). Applications of Case Study Research (3.). SAGE. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 05 SES 12 A: Voice, Youth Care Work and Alternative Schools Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Michael Jopling Paper Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Young People’s Perspectives on Learning Outcomes: A Comparison Between Declining Regions in Finland and Bulgaria 1University of Turku, Finland; 2University of Plovdiv, Bulgaria Presenting Author:Educational achievement is considered central to economic development and social inclusion, which makes measuring and analysing learning outcomes central to education policy and research in Europe and beyond. Against the dominating views of learning outcomes as a phenomenon that can be made easily visible and objectively measured, the starting point of this study is that learning outcomes are constructed through complex processes influenced by manifold intersecting factors and actors. Thus, this study approaches learning outcomes as a dynamic, context-sensitive, and interactional phenomenon, which take various shapes, forms, and meanings for different people. The objective of this study is to analyse and compare how young people perceive, cope with and relate learning outcomes to their life courses and biographies in the context of differing opportunity structures in Finland and Bulgaria. The study analyses the subjective meanings young people give to learning outcomes as part of their life projects in their particular contexts (c.f., Kovacheva & Rambla, 2022). The focus is on young adults who live in socio-demographically declining regions, who are or have previously been in vulnerable or multi-disadvantaged life situations, and who have faced disruptions on their educational pathways. In this study, young people are addressed as experts of their own life courses and biographies. Theoretically the study draws from life course research and theorizations of opportunity structures (Roberts, 2009) together with the perspective of spatial justice (Soja, 2013). Life course research places young people’s life courses at the centre of the examination and considers how individual lives are embedded in institutional and socio-historical frames (Heinz et al., 2009). As part of individual life courses, also learning outcomes are constructed in the particular socio-historical contexts and socioeconomic conditions that form the structures of opportunities (Cefalo et al., 2020; Cefalo et al., 2024; Scandurra et al., 2020). Individuals are not seen as being imbued by social forces, order, and institutions, but also as active agents who respond and act to change them (e.g., Mortimer & Shanahan, 2003). That is, individuals exercise their agency within the limits of opportunity structures (Roberts, 2009). In other words, life courses of young people are constructed in a reciprocal and dynamic interaction of political, social, economic, cultural, and spatial conditions, welfare state regulations and provisions, and biographical decisions and strategies. In this frame, agency is understood as an intentional action within a given context, which is influenced but not determined by societal structures and socioeconomic conditions (Evans, 2007). The viewpoint of spatial justice emphasises both the significance of space as an active force shaping human life, and the intersection of space and power in the distribution of socially valued resources and opportunities to use them (Soja, 2013; Williams, 2013). The spatial justice perspective is crucial when conducting in-depth comparative analyses in differing spatial contexts. In the field of education, spatial justice may be referred to the uneven distribution of resources and learning opportunities among regions, cities, neighbourhoods, and schools, along different divides and related to different factors. Spatial justice also helps to conceptualise learning outcomes as spatially conditioned phenomena. Furthermore, the spatial justice approach draws attention to the interaction of space and power and enables studying the spatial distribution of resources and opportunities of young people and their impact on the quality of learning outcomes. The spatial justice approach also re-interprets the analytical perspective on the agency of young people and their ability to shape their learning environments and navigate their life courses. Regarding young people in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged positions, it helps to view them in light of the spatialised forms of exclusion and discrimination, which open or close their possibilities and opportunity structures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data originate from a European research project Constructing Learning Outcomes in Europe: A multi-level analysis of (under)achievement in the life course (CLEAR). The data consist of 20 narrative biographical interviews of young adults (18–29-year-olds; 10 Finnish and 10 Bulgarian) carried out in early 2024. The national samples represent both young people in vulnerable or multi-disadvantaged life situations and young people who have been able to move on from those situations and found their pathways into education or the labour market. In both countries, the data is collected from a socio-demographically declining region. The biographical interviews focus on the educational and learning experiences, current life situations, and future expectations of the Finnish and Bulgarian young adults, but also cover the perceived effects of regional conditions on their educational pathways and the realization of their own aspirations. Regarding the comparative dimension of the study, Finland (a Nordic welfare state) and Bulgaria (a post-socialist country) represent an interesting European pair for comparisons particularly due to the countries facing some similar challenges (e.g., concerns about the declining educational performance of young people) but displaying different (policy) understandings of their solutions (Benasso et al., 2022; Parreira do Amaral et al., 2019; see also Roberts et al., 2023). While the two regions have more limited opportunity structures accessible for young people than the countries’ more affluent regions, there are clear differences between the compared regions in the in the availability and subjective relevance of the regional opportunity structures and in the realisation of spatial justice. In Bulgaria, Gabrovo is a mountainous area experiencing population decrease due to population ageing and high outmigration, deindustrialisation and economic decline. Young people in particular face the challenges of high risks of poverty or social exclusion and low youth employment rate. In Finland, Kainuu is a mostly rural area in the northeast. The key issues facing Kainuu are acquiring skilled workforce, decreasing population – which is partly due to the limited educational opportunities – and higher levels of (youth) unemployment and dependency ratio than in the country on average. The data are analysed with qualitative content analysis to describe patterns or regularities in the data and identify shared meanings. This approach was chosen particularly for its usefulness in addressing both manifest content and the themes and core ideas found in the biographical interviews, which includes also contextual information and latent content (Drisko & Maschi, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, the results of this study will illustrate the subjective meanings Finnish and Bulgarian young adults from socio-demographically declining regions give to learning outcomes within their own life courses in the contexts of the surrounding opportunity structures. Secondly, the comparison of young people’s views and experiences from differing national and local opportunity structures in the two European countries will reveal the different ways in which space interacts with the agency of young people and their ability to shape their learning environments and navigate their life courses. Particularly as the interviewees are young people currently or previously in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged life situations, the results will shed light on the spatialised forms of exclusion and discrimination, which open or close possibilities and opportunity structures for young people. Lastly, the study will also focus on the factors and actors that young people have experienced as significant sources of support in their efforts to find an exit from situations of structural limitations. Thus, the study will strive to underline the policies that work to open new opportunities which are meaningful for young people constructing their life projects. References Benasso, S., Bouillet, D., Neves, T., & Parreira do Amaral, M. (Eds.) (2022). Landscapes of Lifelong Learning Policies across Europe: Comparative Case Studies. Springer. Cefalo, R., Scandurra, R. & Kazepov, Y. (2020). Youth labor market integration in European regions. Sustainability 12(9), Article 3813. Cefalo, R., Scandurra, R., & Kazepov, Y. (2024). Territorial Configurations of School‐to‐Work Outcomes in Europe. Politics and Governance, 12, Article 7441. Drisko, J. W., & Maschi, T. (2015). Content analysis. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Evans, K. (2007) Concepts of bounded agency in education, work and personal lives of young adults. International Journal of Psychology 42 (2), 85‒93. Heinz, W.R., Huinink, J. Swader, C.S. & Weymann, A. (2009). General introduction. In W.R. Heinz, A. Weymann & J. Huinink (Eds.) The Life Course Reader: Individuals and Societies across Time (pp. 15‒30). Chicago University Press. Kovacheva, S., & Rambla, X. (2022). Special Issue. Youth Transitions from Education Perspective. Societies, 12(4). Mortimer, J.T. & Shanahan, M.J. (2003). Preface. In J.T. Mortimer & M.J. Shanahan (Eds.) Handbook of the Life Course (pp. xi‒xvi). Parreira do Amaral, M., Kovacheva, S., & Rambla, X. (Eds.) (2019). Lifelong Learning Policies for Young Adults in Europe: Navigating between Knowledge and Economy. Policy Press. Roberts, K. (2009). Opportunity structures then and now. Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 355‒368. Roberts, K., Pantea, M-C., & Dabija, D-C. (2023). Education-to-Work Transitions in Former Communist Countries after 30-Plus Years of Transformation. Social Sciences, 13(1), 1–13. Scandurra, R. & Cefalo, R., & Kazepov, Y. (2020). School to work outcomes during the Great Recession, is the regional scale relevant for young people’s life chances? Journal of Youth Studies 24(4), 441‒465. Soja, E.W. (2013). Seeking Spatial Justice. University of Minnesota Press. Williams, J. (2013, March 28). Toward a Theory of Spatial Justice. (Paper Presentation). Western Political Science Association Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, United States. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Youth Care Workers and Teachers Together in the Classroom Fontys Hogescholen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Optimizing the developmental opportunities for all pupils is a major social concern. More collaboration between educational and youth care professionals in schools, as a preventive approach to prevent more serious problems, is recommended. This is important because of the difficulties teachers experience in handling students’ difficult behavior. In the Netherlands many students make use of youth aid and/or attend special education schools, due to their behavioral problems. However, interprofessional collaboration is difficult to realize. A systemic change, called ‘Passend onderwijs’ (a change towards inclusive education) was introduced in 2014 in the Netherlands, and evaluated in 2020. The evaluation shows that collaboration between education and youth services can create alignment issues (Ledoux & Waslander, 2020). It requires professionals to step beyond the boundaries of their own profession, and to implement daily educational practices, based on shared responsibility and shared expertise (Van Swet, 2017). Collaboration is "working with others to do things that you cannot do by yourself" (Sennett, 2012). Although teachers generally feel competent in dealing with problematic student behavior, dealing with externalizing behavior evokes feelings of inadequacy (De Boer, 2020). Youth care professionals are insufficiently involved in questions regarding preventing problem behavior, encouraging positive behavior, and promoting well-being in the classroom. Research shows that working together on prevention strategies contributes to student well-being (Splett et al., 2020). In our study we developed several prevention strategies as tools for schools to make youth services accessible to all students. Providing a safe school environment and promoting wellbeing is important for all students to prevent behavioral problems (Lester & Cross, 2015). In this research project it is examined how to support students’ social emotional learning by providing an integrated preventive approach which was developed by both teachers and youth workers, and implemented in the classroom. Teachers and youth workers collaborated in the classroom, they actually worked together. The participating schools in this project are special education schools, regular primary and secondary schools, with their respective youth care partners. This gives us three school types: Special education (SP), regular primary education (PE), and regular secondary education (SE). We present the findings of our questionnaire study among students and teachers (see Table 1) who filled in a questionnaire at the beginning of the project (2019), and after two years of implementation (2021). The research questions are: 1) What is the contribution of the intervention to students' social-emotional learning? 2) In what ways and to what extent is the cooperation between education and youth welfare services strengthened during the project? 3) What competencies do teachers develop through the collaboration with youth care providers? The findings suggest that the interventions in each school practice foster students’ social emotional learning and lead to an increased sense of wellbeing. Also, teachers learn to better manage complex behavioral situations in the classroom by collaborating with youth care professionals. Finally, the teachers and youth care workers work better together, due to an increased interdependency and flexibility. They need each other to achieve goals, and they learn to explore the boundaries of their own profession. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was positioned in the aforementioned three practices (school types). Researchers and education and youth care professionals formed multidisciplinary research teams. The study examined if, and how students’ social emotional learning is supported through the provision of a preventive approach at classroom level. This paper presentation presents the results of the evaluation line. The evaluation line examined the effects of the jointly designed and implemented interventions. These included effects 1) on students' well-being, 2) on teachers' pedagogical competencies, and 3) on professionals' interdisciplinary collaboration. For this purpose, a questionnaire survey was conducted among all students and teachers who participated in the study. Instruments: The standardized COOL questionnaire (Peetsma et al.,2001) was used to measure students’ social-emotional learning. The Interprofessional Team Collaboration in Expanded School Mental Health scale (Mellin, et al., 2013), which is based on Bronstein's collaboration model, was used to measure collaboration between teachers and youth care professionals. We developed a self-assessment instrument to measure teacher competencies, based on teachers’ pedagogical competence standards (Onderwijscoöperatie, 2016) and youth care professionals’ 'interprofessional collaboration' standards (Van Alten, et al., 2017). Three primary schools (with groups of students aged 8 - 11 years, n =520 ), two secondary and vocational schools (with groups of students aged 12 - 18 years, n= 321),and two special schools (with groups of students aged 8 -16 years, n = 124), participated in the study. The first measurement of the questionnaire study was conducted in spring 2019, in the summer of 2021. A few respondents from each group filled in the questionnaires in 2019 and 2021 (See Table 1 “both 2019 and 2021”). We used these data, and post hoc tests and ANOVA to calculate the significant differences between school types and groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research project was conducted between 2019 and 2021, partly during the Covid-19 period. A comparison between the results of the questionnaire study in 2019 and 2021, shows an increase in students' well-being with teachers and with their classmates, and an increased cognitive self-confidence compared with the situation in 2019. This effect is particularly evident in elementary education. In special and secondary education, scores are generally stable. Still, these findings are interesting, considering that student well-being during the corona crisis tend to show a negative trend (Achterberg et al., 2021). Also, elementary school teachers improved their pedagogical competencies, after a period of more intensive collaboration. Teachers learn to better manage complex behavioral situations in the classroom by collaborating with youth care professionals. Finally, the teachers and youth care workers work better together, due to an increased interdependency and flexibility. They need each other to achieve goals, and they learn to explore the boundaries of their own profession (Haasen et al., 2022). This study confirms previous research: when there is actual collaboration, professionals learn a lot from each other and show a more positive attitude towards interprofessional collaboration (Doornenbal, 2017; Doornenbal et al., 2017; Alhanachi et al., 2021). Overall, we found few changes in teachers' competencies between 2019 and 2021. From the start of the study, teachers considered themselves as quite competent already in dealing with students. Collaboration between teachers and youth care workers in the classroom has a positive impact on their wellbeing and collaboration competences, and on students' wellbeing. References Achterberg, M., Dobbelaar, S., Boer, O. D., & Crone, E. A. (2021). Perceived stress as mediator for longitudinal effects of the COVID-19 lockdown on wellbeing of parents and children. Scientific Reports 11(1), 1-14. Alhanachi, S., de Meijer, L., & Severiens, S. (2021). Improving culturally responsive teaching through professional learning communities: A qualitative study in Dutch pre-vocational schools. International Journal of Educational Research, 105, p. 1-11 De Boer, A., (2020) Evaluatie passend onderwijs. NRO gefinancierde onderzoeksprogramma Evaluatie Passend Onderwijs (2014-2020). NRO-projectnummer: 405-15-750 Doornenbal, J. (2017). A place for every child: inclusion as a community school's task. In Harris, A. & Jones, M.J. (Eds.) The Dutch Way. Teach, learn and lead the Dutch way. (p 69-82). Onderwijs maak je samen/ de Brink Foundation. Doornenbal, J., Fukkink, R., Van Yperen, T., Balledux, M., Spoelstra, J., & Van Verseveld, M. (2017). Inclusie door interprofessionele samenwerking: resultaten van de proeftuinen van PACT. PACT/Kinderopvangfonds. Geraadpleegd op http://www.pedagogischpact.nl Haasen, M., Leenders, H., Diemel, K., Delsing, M., & Van den Bergh, L. (2022). Jeugdhulpverlening in de school: Samen praten en vooral samen doen. Eindrapportage NRO onderzoek 2018-2022, Maart 2022. Ledoux, G. & Waslander, S. (2020). Evaluatie passend onderwijs. Eindrapport Mei 2020.Kohnstamm Instituut. Lester, L., Cross, D. (2015). The Relationship Between School Climate and Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Over the Transition from Primary to Secondary School. Psychology of Wellbeing 5:9. P. 1-15. Mellin, E.A., Taylor, L., & Weist, M.D. (2013). The expanded School Mental Health Collaboration Instrument [School Version]: Development and Initial Psychometrics. School Mental Health. A multidisciplinary Research and practice Journal. Peetsma, T. T. D., Wagenaar, E., & Kat, E. de (2001). School motivation, future time perspective and well-being of high school students in segregated and integrated schools in the Netherlands and the role of ethnic self-description. In J. K. Koppen & I. Lunt & C. Wulf (Eds.). Education in Europe, cultures, values, institutions in transition (Vol. 14, pp. 54-74). Münster, New York: Waxmann. Sennet, R. (2012). Together. The rituals, pleasures and politics of cooperation. New Haven: Yale University Press. Splett, J. W., Perales, K., Al-Khatib, A. M., Raborn, A., & Weist, M. D. (2020). Preliminary development and validation of the Interconnected Systems Framework-Implementation Inventory (ISF-II). School Psychology, 35(4), 255–266. Van Alten, J., Berger, M., Derksen, K., & Rondeel, M. (2017). Competentieprofiel hbo jeugd- en gezinsprofessional. Utrecht: BPSW. Van Swet, J. & Den Otter, M. (red.) (2017). Vier jaar Leerkracht in Samenwerken. Fontys OSO. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Mapping Alternative Schools and Interventions in Italy Milano-Bicocca University, Italy Presenting Author:School drop-out is a multifaceted phenomenon, concerning in Italy all those underage students who, at different school stages (up to the age of 16) or training (up to the age of 18), manifest difficulties of different kinds, from dropping out of compulsory education without obtaining a qualification to repeated interruptions up to repetition rates and absenteeism. From the 1980s to the 2000s and beyond there is a progressive attenuation of the socio-economic model towards a multifactorial reading; but there are still few studies that directly question school components. The European Commission noted the importance of learning on this phenomenon through approaches capable to integrate large-scale quantitative surveys with qualitative analyses. Currently there is a gap in qualitative data, especially in research that seeks to explore the effectiveness of interventions to contrast school drop-out. So, the research within which this contribution is embedded aims to study the effectiveness of some interventions designed to contrast school drop-out, which are still little studied in Italy. A privileged point of observation and field of intervention are those schools which propose alternative models of teaching and learning to the traditional school system, such as the popular and second-chance schools, which are a bulwark against drop-out. There is little scientific literature on second-chance in Italy and almost none on alternative education (with the exception of “method” schools, to which in Italy the concept of “alternative” is linked). The larger project aims to fill the gap starting to survey alternative education interventions and exploring some models of popular and second-chance experiences, in an inter-institutional perspective and connection between school and territory. So, the first research question is: How widespread is alternative education in Lombardy? The larger project also asks: What are the main characteristics of these schools and interventions? What is their effectiveness in terms of well-being and school results? This contribution presents the results of the first step of the research project, dedicated to mapping: a questionnaire will be distributed to all schools and some social realities in Lombardy – and selected schools in Italy – to map the presence of alternative schools/interventions in the region. This emerges as a very delicate phase in achieving the final output of the project, which is to set up a recognisable network of the schools and social realities dealing with alternative education in Lombardy, also with the collaboration of stakeholders and policymakers. This work will allow new experiences to be added to the roster of those already known: the second-chance schools “Sicomoro I Care” of the Foundation “Sicomoro per l’Istruzione” in Milan and Lodi; the alternative school “Scuola Bottega” in Milan; and the popular school of the Social Enterprise “Il Carro” in Monza. This phase will open to a two-phase exploratory design (mixed methods methodology) and to a professional development action-research addressed to teachers and educators working in alternative education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The larger project adopts a mixed methods methodology, culminating in an action-research focusing on the professional development of educational practitioners. A sequential model was chosen: after mapping existing schools and interventions in the field of alternative education, the research design involves a qualitative phase followed by a quantitative one, after which an experimental professional development action-research intervention will be carried out on the basis of the findings obtained. Regarding the mixed methods phase (qual+quan), the design envisages integrating a sequential model with an embedded one: in the quantitative part, qualitative inserts can be entered to further investigate certain characteristics. In particular, regarding the mapping phase that is the subject of this contribution, through the Google Forms platform a questionnaire will be distributed to all schools in Lombardy and also some schools in the rest of Italy to map the presence of alternative schools or interventions. Distribution will take place also thanks to the support of the Milan Territorial School Office (UST) and Lombardy Regional School Office (USRL), who have already given their availability to take part in the research. Other social realities outside school system (such as cooperatives, cultural associations or committees) can also be questioned. The schools and other realities to be questioned outside the Lombardy region will be identified with the support of INDIRE and on the basis of existing literature and the indicators of “Futura” Plan of the PNRR (“National Recovery and Resilience Plan”). This mapping phase involves 3 main tasks: 1. co-design with UST and USRL of the questionnaire for mapping; 2. distribution of the questionnaire in Lombardy and consultation with INDIRE in order to plan the distribution to some other school and social realities in Italy; 3. distribution of the questionnaire in some other school and social realities in Italy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Currently the research team is in the questionnaire construction phase, which will end at the end of February 2024. Then, the months of March, April and May will be dedicated to the distribution of the questionnaire in the province of Milan. Between June and August, data will be analyzed and a map will be built from the findings that emerged. The main expected outcome is a recognisable network of the schools and social realities dealing with alternative education in Italy and especially, in this phase, in the province of Milan, which can interface with alternative education and second-chance networks already active at the European level. References AGIA - Autorità Garante per l’Infanzia e l’Adolescenza (2022). La dispersione scolastica in Italia: un’analisi multifattoriale. Documento di studio e di proposta. Agrusti, G. & Dodman, M. (2021). Valutare l’impatto della Ricerca-Formazione sullo sviluppo professionale dell’insegnante. Questioni metodologiche e modelli operativi. RicercAzione, 13(2), 75-84. Asquini, G. (2018). La Ricerca-Formazione. Temi, esperienze, prospettive. FrancoAngeli. Barrientos Soto et al. (2021). Alternative education and second chance schools: Global and Latin American perspectives on its history and outlook. CADMO, 2, 7-20. Benvenuto, G. (2011). Dimensioni e indicatori della scuola “diseguale”. In Id. (Ed.), La scuola diseguale. Dispersione ed equità nel sistema di istruzione e formazione (pp. 45-98), Anicia. Brighenti, E. & Bertazzoni, C. (2009). Le scuole di seconda occasione. Erickson, 2 voll. Charmaz, K. (20142). Constructing Grounded Theory. SAGE. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Qualitative, quantitative and Mixed-Method approaches. SAGE. Creswell, J. & Plano Clark, V. (2007). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. SAGE. European Commission (2013, November). Reducing early school leaving: Key messages and policy support. Final report of the thematic working group on early school leaving. Brussels. European Commission (Cresson, É, Flynn, P., & Bangemann, M.) (1995). Teaching and learning: Towards the learning society (White paper on education and training). Brussels. Farrelly, S.G. & Daniels, E. (2014). Understanding Alternative Education: A mixed methods examination of student experiences. NCPEA Education Leadership Review of Doctoral Research, 1(1), 1-17. Guarnieri, M.C. (2008). La scuola che ha scelto di cambiare: l’esperienza delle Scuole di Seconda Opportunità in Italia. Ricerche di Pedagogia e Didattica, 3, 1-27. Kim, J. & Taylor, K.A. (2008). Rethinking alternative education to break the cycle of educational inequality and inequity. Journal of Educational Research, 101(4), 207-219. Lehr, C.A., Tan, C.S., & Ysseldyke, J. (2009). Alternative Schools. A synthesis of state-level policy and research. Remedial and Special Education, 30(1), 19-32. MIUR (2018, January). Una politica nazionale di contrasto del fallimento formativo e della povertà educativa. Cabina di regia per la lotta alla dispersione scolastica e alla povertà educativa. Secci, C. (2017). La scuola popolare: esperienza peculiare dell’educazione degli adulti in Italia. Significati storici e prospettive future. Educazione Aperta, 1, 143-158. Trinchero, R. & Robasto, D. (2019). I mixed methods nella ricerca educativa. Mondadori. Tusini, S. (2006). La ricerca come relazione. L’intervista nelle scienze sociali. FrancoAngeli. Vitale, G. (2015). Una seconda occasione di partecipare: i percorsi di re-engagement formativo degli Early School Leavers in Italia tra agency e vulnerabilità. Formazione & Insegnamento, 13(2), 149-156. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 06 SES 12 A: Open Learning: Building Democratic Educational Environments Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lizana Oberholzer Joint Paper Session with Network 34: Research on Citizenship Education |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Child Protection in a Context of Educational Digitalisation: an Approach from the Regulatory Framework 1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad de Castilla y la Mancha; 3Universidad de Valencia Presenting Author:Currently, the Spanish public education system relies heavily on digital educational platforms of technology corporations, in a global context of digitization of education accelerated by the Covid-19 pandemic. This process is characterised both globally and locally by the monopolisation and outsourcing of the provision of educational technologies and by a great lack of knowledge about the consequences of their use for schoolchildren. In this context, despite their potential reluctance, families are forced to authorise the use of corporate digital platforms in the school (Livingstone & Blum-Ross, 2020) to prevent their children from being excluded from access to a resource increasingly used in schools and, therefore, from the very right to education. In legal terms, advances are identified such as the right to personal data protection in the European legislation and the imposition of sanctions for breaches of the General Data Protection Regulation in the EU are identified (Voigt & Von dem Bussche, 2017). However, despite the obligation of governments to protect their population from potential abuses regarding the improper use of personal data, Amnesty International claims that private suppliers of digital services have been left to be "virtually self-regulated" (2019). In addition, the European Court of Justice declared the transatlantic Privacy Shield agreement invalid, finding that there is no guarantee that data leakage and commercialization between the EU and the United States can be prevented. In this global scenario, the data of the educational community become the commodity of exchange for the corporations that provide digital services to the education systems. UNICEF demonstrates that children are more susceptible to digital marketing techniques, more likely to become consumers and dependent users of these technologies, and therefore, more manipulable (Williamson, 2017; Cobo & Rivera-Vargas, 2022). Hence, children are much more vulnerable to "surveillance capitalism" (Zuboff, 2019) because they are more exposed to the violation of rights of privacy, protection and personal information and reputation. This is in addition to the reproduction of gender inequalities and the intersectionalities of apps associated with these corporations that, for example, make girls and boys who use them receive advertising or see sexist and racist roles reproduced in their search engines. It also affects their right to education, as the public system is commodified and the public administration loses control of the pedagogical methodology and educational content on these digital platforms. Evidence shows that this dependence on transnationals is undermining pedagogical and digital sovereignty at the global level, allowing these corporations to develop their commercial objectives in an educational and public space, imposing their ideologies, for example through the increased use of social networks linked to "gamification" in education, where technology holdings link their other platforms and digital resources (Sancho-Gil, Rivera-Vargas & Miño-Puigcercós, 2020). In this context, the project "Digital platforms and datification in primary education in Spain: child protection in a context of educational digitalization" arises (MICIN, PID2022-137033NA-I00), whose main objective is to explore and analyse the socio-educational effects of the use of digital platforms and data storage and management on child protection in primary education in Spain. From there, it is expected to provide evidence that will contribute to the advancement of scientific knowledge and social debate around the platformisation and datification of primary education. Digiproted is organised into four phases. This paper will present the preliminary results of the first of them, where normative and political texts related to the protection of children in digital contexts at international, European, national, and regional levels are being analysed.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project’s research work includes designing and developing a mixed methodology. In this first phase, on the one hand, a documentary analysis is being carried out, linked to the review of legal and political documents referring to the protection of children in digital contexts at different levels. On the other hand, 10 semi-structured interviews will be conducted with experts in the field of education and digital technology in education. The selection of these people will be intentional and will seek to capture the positions and visions of different professionals on the phenomenon of the platforming of education and the processes of digitalisation concerning child protection. It is expected that at least two interviews will be conducted for each profile proposed (academic, policy, activist, business, stakeholder). These interviews will be recorded, transcribed, and analysed using software specialised in textual data analysis (Atlas.ti, University of Barcelona licence). They will make it possible to relate the results of the analysis of the discourses inscribed in the normative and political documents and to know the interpretations made of them from an expert point of view. By means of discourse analysis (Wetherell & Potter, 1998) will seek to relate the main discourses of regulations and public policies present in the documents, and the voices of the experts interviewed. The analysis of all the evidence generated in this phase will inform the development of the subsequent phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this first phase are expected to identify the main elements that can enhance the protection of children in the digital society in the Spanish context. At the same time, they will allow the recognition of difficulties in the enactment of the regulatory framework. In general terms, the results of this research are intended to generate an awareness plan for the entire educational community, public administrations with educational competence, universities, and social actors at national and international levels on the consequences of the use of digital educational platforms of technological corporations and their impact on the protection of children rights. In this way, it aims to create critical local and global awareness about the potential consequences of the promotion of digital educational environments controlled by technological corporations and to promote critical citizenship committed to children's human rights to build a fairer society also in the field of educational digitalization. References Amnesty International. (2019). Surveillance giants: How the business model of Google and Facebook threatens human rights. Amnesty International. Retrieved from: https://www.amnesty.org/en/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/POL3014042019ENGLISH.pdf Cobo-Romani, C., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2022). Turn off your camera and turn on your privacy: A case study about Zoom and digital education in South American countries. In L. Pangrazio & J. Sefton-green. Learning to Live with Datafication Educational Case Studies and Initiatives from Across the World. (In press). Routledge. Livingstone, S., & Blum-Ross, A. (2020). Parenting for a digital future: How hopes and fears about technology shape children's lives. Oxford University Press, USA. Sancho-Gil, J. M., Rivera-Vargas, P., & Miño-Puigcercós, R. (2020). Moving beyond the predictable failure of Ed-Tech initiatives. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 61-75. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1666873 Selwyn, N. (2016). Is technology good for education? John Wiley & Sons. Voigt, P., & Von dem Bussche, A. (2017). The EU general data protection regulation (gdpr). A Practical Guide, 1st Ed., Cham: Springer International Publishing, 10, 3152676. Williamson, B. (2017) Big Data in Education: The Digital Future of Learning, Policy and Practice. London: Sage X-Net (2020). Privacidad, Protección de Datos vs Abusos Institucionalizados. X-Net. Retrieved from: https://xnet-x.net/es/datos-por-liebre-xnet-abusos-reforma-ley-proteccion-datos/ 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Digital Platforms in Families: Regulatory Framework, Civil Society Organisations and Scientific Knowledge 1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 3Universidad de Girona, España; 4Universidad de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:In the post-COVID 19 pandemic context, important debates arise about the current and future cultural, political and economic impact of the use of digital platforms on the protection and privacy of children and young people (Morozov, 2018; Snowden, 2019; Zuboff, 2019). . In this sense, national and regional public administrations in Spain have approved laws that directly address the protection of minors in the digital environment, as well as the guarantee of their digital rights. These documents recognize the fundamental role of the family in promoting the responsible use of technology. In addition, digital education programs have been developed for children, adolescents and their families. Along the same lines, foundations, NGOs and observatories promote different initiatives to protect children and adolescents in the digital context and raise awareness about the responsible use of technology. In the academic field, a body of scientific literature seems to be growing focused on the digital socialization of young people from an intergenerational perspective, as well as research groups aimed at studying the relationship between families and technologies. In this framework, the research project "PlatFAMs: Platforming Families - tracing digital transformations in everyday life across generations" (CHANSE Cofund 2021 PCI2022-135025-2) aims to explore the integration of digital platforms into routines and daily dynamics of contemporary families in five European countries (Norway, Estonia, United Kingdom, Romania and Spain). Within the framework of the development of the first phases of this project, all participating countries carried out research on the use and regulation of digital platforms in families. This article offers the results of this work in the Spanish case from an intergenerational perspective, addressing the actions developed by national and regional public administrations, as well as the initiatives promoted by foundations, NGOs and observatories. It also examines the contributions of academia in this context. A content analysis of 24 documents including regulations and digital reports is carried out to identify concepts related to the use and regulation of digital platforms. This review provides detailed information on the measures adopted to promote the digital rights of children, adolescents and families, highlighting the diversity of approaches and resources deployed by the different actors in Spanish society. From the approval of laws to investment in the modernization of the educational system, efforts and tensions are observed to address the challenges and opportunities presented by digital development in the country. According to this framework, the objective of communication is to relate the views of the regulatory framework, scientific knowledge and civil society organizations on digital platforms in families. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A content analysis (Krippendorff, 2018) has been conducted, which involves the systematic and objective examination of the content of documents to identify patterns, themes, and trends within the content, allowing for a better understanding of the meaning, intent, and context of the information analysed. Content analysis in this instance involves closely examining 24 documents across regulations and digital reports to identify concepts related to the use and regulation of digital platforms. This process includes the identification of specific legal aspects, actions carried out by the public administration at national and regional levels, as well as initiatives promoted by foundations, NGOs, observatories and academia. This approach allows for a deeper understanding of current regulation, practices in the use of digital platforms and ongoing initiatives to address various aspects related to these platforms in Spain. Regulatory framework The level of the autonomous public administration (Generalitat de Catalunya) is framed within state legislation and other initiatives related to the protection of minors in the digital environment and the promotion of a safe use of technology. At the state level, Organic Law 3/2018 (2018) on the Protection of Personal Data and Guarantee of Digital Rights recognises and safeguards the digital rights of citizens, including the specific rights of children in the digital environment. In addition, the Government of Catalonia has implemented its own measures, such as the repository "Content and resources for families" of the Audiovisual Council of Catalonia (2022) and the Digital Education Plan of Catalonia 2020/23 (2021), aimed at improving the digital competence of pupils and teachers in the region. Civil Society Organisations NGOs and foundations such as IPROC, Fundación Telefónica and Fundación Pantallas Amigas also contribute to the protection of minors online. IPROC (2022) analyses family dynamics in relation to device use during confinement, while Fundación Pantallas Amigas' "TikTok Guide for Parents" helps parents to monitor and support their teenagers online. Scientific Knowledge Scientific research in Spain on digital literacy in the family and school focuses on understanding adolescents' use of the Internet and social networks, addressing possible risk behaviours. Fernández and González (2017) explore the perception of the social and educational environment on digital culture. On the other hand, Smahel et al. (2020) examine the internet access and online behaviour of European children aged 9-16 years. These studies relate to the state government's National Digital Skills Plan (2021), which aims to close digital divides and promote technology literacy at the national level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the Spanish and Catalan context, various actions have been implemented to regulate the impact of digital development on citizens, especially in the use of digital platforms and other technological devices. At the state level, laws have been passed that address the protection of minors online and the guarantee of their digital rights, with an important focus on the role of the family. In addition, digital education programmes for children, adolescents and their families have been promoted, as well as a digital education plan to strengthen the use of technology in education. The Spanish government has plans to invest in the modernisation and digitalisation of the education system, as part of the recovery, transformation and resilience plan (Next Generation funds). Concern for the protection of children and adolescents in the digital environment is also addressed by social entities such as foundations, NGOs and observatories, with reports aimed both at the young population in general and at family contexts at risk of social exclusion. In addition, a lack of evidence has been identified on the role of grandparents in the digital literacy of their grandchildren (and viceversa), pointing to the need for more action in this area. In the Spanish academic environment, the existence of scientific literature focusing on the digital socialisation of young people from an intergenerational perspective has been recognised, as well as the emergence of research groups focused on the study of the relationship between families and technologies. References Consejo Audiovisual de Cataluña. (2022). Contenidos y recursos para las familias [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://www.educac.cat/families/continguts-i-recursos-les-familie] Departamento de Educación. (2020). Plan de Educación Digital de Cataluña 2020/23. [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://educacio.gencat.cat/web/.content/home/departament/publicacions/colleccions/pla-educacio-digital/pla-educacio-digital-catalunya/pla-educacio-digital.pdf] Fernández, A., & González, B. (2017). El entorno del niño en la cultura digital desde la perspectiva intergeneracional. http://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=495953509001 Fundación Pantallas Amigas. (s.f.). Guía de TikTok para padres y madres [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://sf16-sg.tiktokcdn.com/obj/eden-sg/tweh7hpqhpqps/Guia_TikTok_Pantallasamigas.pdf] Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications. IPROC. (2022). El impacto de las pantallas en la vida familiar. Familias y adolescentes tras el confinamiento: retos educativos y oportunidades [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://publiadmin.fundaciontelefonica.com/index.php/publicaciones/add_descargas?tipo_fichero=pdf&idioma_fichero=es_es&pais=Espa%C3%B1a&title=Sociedad+Digital+en+Espa%C3%B1a+2022&code=760&lang=es&file=Sociedad_Digital_en_Espa%C3%B1a_2022.pdf] Ley Orgánica 3/2018. (2018) de Protección de Datos Personales y Garantía de los Derechos Digitales. (2018). Recuperado de [https://www.boe.es/eli/es/lo/2018/12/05/3] Ley Orgánica 8/2021. (2021). Recuperado de [https://boe.es/buscar/pdf/2021/BOE-A-2021-9347-consolidado.pdf] Morozov, E. (2018). Capitalismo Big Tech: ¿Welfare o neofeudalismo digital? Smahel, D., et al. (2020). EU Kids Online 2020: Survey results from 19 countries. EU Kids Online. Recuperado de [https://www.eukidsonline.ch/files/Eu-kids-online-2020-international-report.pdf] Plan Nacional de Competencias Digitales. (2021). Recuperado de [https://portal.mineco.gob.es/RecursosArticulo/mineco/ministerio/ficheros/210127_plan_nacional_de_competencias_digitales.pdf] 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper "Us, Digital Citizens: an Action Research to Increase Digital Citizenship Skills, Enhance Classroom Climate and Build Democratic Environments at School" University of Bari "Aldo Moro", Italy Presenting Author:Educational systems are the product of analogical and virtual relationships between several actors, interacting with each other in different contexts and at different levels. With the digital age and after the COVID-19 situation, the relationships among the different components of the school – starting from peers and teachers – need to be intentionally aligned and designed to achieve citizenship outcomes (Khan & Obiakor, 2020): political engagement, in fact, is changing with the pervasiveness of information flows through digital technologies, creating new opportunities for political participation (ICCS, 2023). This project aims to explore, according to a qualitative-quantitative approach, citizenship education in school contexts, reflecting on the possible link between digital skills and relational aspects within the classroom environment. The investigation starts from the reflections on the network society (Castells, 2004), the categorization of students and teachers according to the meanings of digital natives or immigrants (Prensky, 2001) and visitors or residents (White, Le Cornu, 2011), and the relative upgrade to the concept of citizenship, based on the definition postulated by Ribble (2011). The pedagogical framework recovers the thought of the democratic school of Dewey (1915), who defines the school as a place of democratic action stressing how this environment must lead the young generations to share values, behaviors and ways of being through experience. In a world inhabited by avatars, the educational system must also recover the idea of citizenship as a concrete action aimed at the well-being of the community (Maritain, 1947); this reflection linked the training of the student and the education of the citizen, assuming the class group as a space of social belonging, guided by values such as altruism, cooperation and solidarity. These two pedagogical reflections blend in the phenomenological perspective of Bertolini (2003) and his link between schools and political education; the principal task of the school is to educate students thinking about them primarily in their civic role (today both analogical and digital), focusing on the promotion of helpful tips that can be used in classroom as well as in society. Over the years, the legislative directions has been enriched with numerous documents about citizenship education in school (Eurydice Report, 2017; European Council Recommendation on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning, 2019). The last European Framework (DigComp 2.2, 2022) specifies the citizenship competence as “the ability to act as responsible citizens and to fully participate in civic and social life” (p. 2) and specifies the interconnection between real and virtual world, highlighting knowledge,skills and attitudes for both of these living environments. In particular, the Area 2 (Communication and Collaboration) outlines “the ability to have a critical understanding of and interact with both traditional and new forms of media and understand the role and functions of media in democratic societies” (p. 3). The project is in line with the interest for civic education in Italy, returned thanks to Law 92/2019 which establishes the reintroduction of Civic Education as a cross-disciplinary subject, unfortunately still lacking clear references for teachers and headmasters. The interest is twofold: to understand how the school context is dealing with the training of students and teachers as digital citizens and to value if digital citizenship programs can have positive effects on classroom climate. The classroom climate is the result of the creation of a significant relational network, composed of emotional and motivational elements, as well as the co-construction of objectives (Polito, 2000). Starting from these considerations, the work assumes that education have to think about a new idea of digital citizenship education, which lies at the interconnection between digital skills and relational competences and can also prevent bullying and cyberbullying events. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used These premises materialize into a participatory action-research (A-R) project (Pourtois, 1981; Baldacci, 2001, 2017) carried out into three secondary schools in Bari and Andria (Italy). The project runs from autumn 2021 to spring 2023, involving over 250 students and 40 teachers. At the same time, mixed methods approach has been used to control the assumption, using in a synergistic way qualitative and quantitative instruments. The hypothesis is that the co-building of research pathways would increase individual citizenship skills and can positively influence school relations and classroom climate. Learning environments and digital citizenship skills were investigated through preliminary surveys (Pizzolorusso, 2021, 2022). The training course (four meetings) was conducted to examine teachers’ representations about the citizenship skills of students, the importance of adults in their promotion, the idea of classroom climate and the role of the teacher in climate structuring. The other three planning meetings were useful to organize the project proposal defining themes and instruments of the work. The starting point for the planning of the activities was the “Manifesto della Comunicazione Non Ostile”, promoted by Parole O_Stili. This association is addressed to all citizens aware of the fact that the virtual world is real, and that hostility on the Net has concrete, serious, and permanent consequences in people's lives. A further Parole O_Stili objective is to promote a widespread awareness of individual responsibilities between real and digital. The shared design has created a path of eight meetings in classrooms; the events (based on Area 2 of DigComp 2.2 and coordinated by the researcher and different teachers) focused on aspects such as identity building, the importance of offline relationships and digital detox, stereotypes and prejudices, positive communication strategies, cooperation and respect of the rules in order to promote, on the web as well as in the classroom, inclusive environments. To collect their impressions during the meetings, teachers used a diary (Kenmis & McTaggart, 1982). Classroom Social Climate questionnaire (Pérez, Ramos & López, 2010), adapted in Italian language, was used to collect the quantitative data related to classroom climate. The questionnaire consists in 44 items and is organized around specific sub-dimensions (interest and personal satisfaction, relationship with classmates and teachers, levels of competitiveness, communication, cooperation, system of rules, group cohesion and physical organization of the classroom), allowing a system of responses through a 4-step Likert scale, from 1 (Not at all) to 4 (Always). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project build an educational proposal able to respond to the digital transformation through the citizenship education, identifying human and relational dimensions at the origin of the technological question. The quantitative and qualitative outcomes (Ponce & Pagàn-Maldonado, 2015) confirm the initial hypothesis, underlining the existence of a positive association between citizenship education paths, the exercise of digital skills, and the improvement of the classroom climate. In particular, the results confirmed a statistically significant enhancement in the classroom climate within the groups involved; at the same time, the qualitative analysis of the focus groups with teachers and circle time with students highlight how the reflections about classroom climate have led the teachers to enhance the dynamics of coexistence, giving value to the digital experiences of students. The conclusions opens spaces for reflection about citizenship education in school contexts as a tool to improve relations between peers and with teachers; as the project demonstrated, thanks to the development of collaborative activities between real and digital environments, students had the opportunity to increase their knowledge about the onlife reality, acquiring behaviors and values to be exercised starting from the classroom environment. Moreover, the outcomes suggest the promotion of specific teacher training paths, in order to link digital themes with relational dynamics at school; to educate the citizen even before the student, learning environments have to build a shared language between young people and adults, linking the reflection about digital life to issues such as awareness, responsibility and participation. Through specific training paths, teachers must consider the role of technologies, studying their purposes and their effects on students. This means emphasizing their responsibility to gain awareness of the importance of students' virtual life and initiating classroom discussions about the critical, conscious and collaborative use of digital tools, not only for didactic goals. References Baldacci, M. (2001). Metodologia della ricerca pedagogica. Milano: Mondadori. Bertolini, P. (2003). Educazione e politica. Milano: Raffaello Cortina. Castells, M. (2004). The Network Society: A Cross-Cultural Perspective. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Pub. Dewey, J. (1915). The School and Society. Chicago: University Press. EACEA (2017). Citizenship Education at School in Europe. Luxembourg: European Union. European Commission (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning, Luxembourg: European Union. Lewin, K. (1936). Principles of topological psychology. New York: McGraw. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R. (1982). The Action Research Planner. Deakin: University Press. Khan, M., Obiakor, T. (2020). Education in crisis. Background paper prepared for the Save Our Future, https://saveourfuture.world/white-paper/. Maritain, J. (1947). La personne et le bien commun. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. Moos, R.H. (1974). The social climate scales: An overview. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. Pérez, A., Ramos, G., López, E. (2010). Clima social aula: percepción diferenciada de los alumnos de educación secundaria obligatoria. Cultura y Educación, 22(3), 259-281. Pizzolorusso F. (2021). Educare alla cittadinanza digitale a partire dall’emergenza Covid-19. Un’indagine online rivolta ai docenti italiani. Il Nodo. Per una pedagogia della persona, XXV, 51, 251-263. Pizzolorusso, F. (2022). Educare alla cittadinanza digitale per costruire comunità democratiche. Un’online survey sulle competenze degli studenti di scuola secondaria di primo grado in Puglia. Pedagogia e Vita, 3(sezione online), 171-177. Polito, M. (2000). Attivare le risorse del gruppo classe. Nuove strategie per l’apprendimento reciproco e la crescita personale. Trento: Erickson. Ponce, O., & Pagàn-Maldonado, N.P. (2015). Mixed methods research in education: capturing the complexity of profession. International Journal of Education Excellence, 1(1), 111-135. Pourtois, J. (1981). Some essential characteristics of research action in education, Revue De L Institut De Sociologie, 3, 555-572. Prensky, M. (2001). Digital natives, digital immigrants, part 2: Do they really think differently?. On the Horizon, 9(5), 1-6. Ribble, M. (2011). Digital Citizenship in School. Second Edition. Washington: ISTE. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA ICCS - International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022. Cham: Springer. Tuomi, I., Cachia, R., Villar-Onrubia, D. (2023). On the Futures of Technology in Education: Emerging Trends and Policy Implications. Luxembourg: European Union. Vuorikari R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens-With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Luxembourg: European Union. White, D., & Le Cornu, A. (2011). Visitors and Residents: A new typology for online engagement. First Monday, 16(9), https://doi.org/10.5210/fm.v16i9.3171. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 07 SES 12 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30) Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Impact of the Pandemic on Education of Children and Youth from Refugee and Asylum-seeking Backgrounds in Four Nordic Countries 1Inland Norway University, Norway; 2Dalarna University, Sweden; 3Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Education plays a crucial role in shaping the lives of children and youth, providing them with a meaningful, integrative and productive foundation that positively impacts their social engagement, health and overall well-being. However, the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted this essential aspect of development as schools closed and transitioned to digitally-based homeschooling. While this situation affected all students, it posed additional challenges for many children and youth from refugee and asylum-seeking backgrounds (CYRAS) (Fazel et al., 2012). Throughout the pandemic, people from forced migration backgrounds were specially labeled as ‘hard to reach’ by health authorities, and they were more severely affected by the virus compared to other groups (Diaz, 2021; Orderud et al., 2021). Despite these challenges, there is a lack of studies or evidence examining whether special educational interventions were implemented for CYRAS or how the pandemic impacted their education in the Nordic countries (Baker et al. 2018). Therefore, it is crucial to investigate whether official strategies were in place and how the Nordic countries addressed the educational needs of CYRAS during and after the pandemic. Our study aims to describe and compare official strategies, including policy documents, guidelines, and prescriptions at national and regional levels for disseminating information and implementing measures targeting children, youth, and families during and after the pandemic, across the participating countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws inspiration from trace ethnography. This design involves tracking the implementation of timelines and life cycles of policies and guidelines, reports and evaluations. Documents will be identified through searches on government and regional authorities’ web pages. We will include reports, evaluations, guidelines and policy documents pertaining to information dissemination for CYRAS and the impact of the pandemic on their education and psychosocial well-being. An essential aspect is to identify the timeline of policy and guidelines implementation and dissemination. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect the study to deepen our knowledge and understanding of 1) How the different Nordic countries have implemented and disseminated information about the pandemic for the CYRAS; 2) the presence or absence of policies and guidelines specially for CYRAS; 3) Possible differences in the pandemic’s impact between various groups of CYRAS; and 4) Possible contextual differences in the four Nordic countries. In addition, based on the study findings, we expect the study to contribute to the literature on how diverse approaches can potentially address the education and overall well-being of CYRAS in the face of future pandemics and crises. References Baker, S., Ramsay, G., Irwin, E., & Miles, L. (2018). ‘Hot,’ ‘Cold’ and ‘Warm’ supports towards theorising where refugee students go for assistance at university. Teaching in Higher Education, 23(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2017.1332028 Diaz, E. (2021). Covid-19, vaksiner og innvandrere. Tidsskrift for Den norske legeforening 2, doi: 10.4045/tidsskr.21.0879 Fazel, M., Reed, R. V., Panter-Brick, C., & Stein, A. (2012). Mental health of displaced and refugee children resettled in high-income countries: risk and protective factors. The Lancet, 379(9812), 266-282. Orderud, G. I., Ruud, M. E., Wiig, H., & Tronstad, K. R. (2021). Covid-19: informasjon, etterlevelse og vaksinasjon blant innvandrere–en kunnskapsoppsummering. OsloMet. https://oda.oslomet.no/oda-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/276180 9/2021-11.pdf? sequence=1&isAllowed=y 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Collaborative Competence Groups: Co-creating with Stakeholders in Developing New Strategies to Social Inclusion of Pupils 1University of South Eastern Norway, Department of Health Social and Welfare Studies; 2University of Warsaw, Faculty of Education Presenting Author:The project Erasmus+ KAIII “Co-created Education through Social Inclusion” (COSI.ed) is carried out from 2021 to 2024 in five European countries: Norway, Denmark, Poland, Spain and Portugal. COSI.ed aims to develop a comprehensive model and a political strategy for social inclusion of pupils at risk of social exclusion and dropout throughout Europe (https://cosied.eu/). The model builds on the understanding that educational staff and the students co-create as part of a community of practice. A central component of the COSI.ed project is the Collaborative Competence Groups (CCG), which follow the project and provide input throughout the whole project. Each country has established a national CCG consisting of 2-3 pupils, 1 higher education student, 1 policy maker, 1 teacher, 1 researcher and 1 CCG facilitator. The aim of these groups is to work synergistically with all group members in contribution to running, developing, implementing, and evaluating the project. The group members are representatives of relevant stakeholders in the project. The CCG members are working together building on individual experience and competence, to raise the experiential knowledge in the project. The CCG meets three times a year during a four-year period. The national CCGs contribute in identifying needs and planning of the upscaling of the COSI. ed model. They provide feedback on the model, make suggestions for the revision of the model and make recommendations for the final model. Moreover, the group contributes to discussions and policy recommendations. The national CCG contributes to the COSI.ed model being developed in line with the national context. COSI.ed also includes an overarching international CCG including representatives from the national CCGs. These meetings with pupils, teachers, policy makers, researchers, higher education students, and researchers from Denmark, Poland , Spain , Portugal and Norway have participated in these online meetings. The goal of these meetings is to have an international exchange of experiences within the project. Moreover, these international meetings contribute to discussion and recommendations to the international aspects of the project.
COSI.ed has a collaborative and co-creational design with stakeholders’ participation in the development and implementation of a model for inclusion and policy development. COSI.ed is the first project to use CCGs on such a large scale. CCGs have been used as a research tool in other studies mainly within mental health- and school research (Klevan, 2017 and Krane, 2016). This approach is inspired by a participatory research tradition (Borg, Karlsson, Kim, & McCormack, 2012). Co-creation involves all stakeholders in collaborative processes, embedded in the participants’ everyday life and collaboration with people in this context (Borg, Karlsson, Kim, & McCormack, 2012). Thus, the research tradition is placed within a social constructivist paradigm. In line with this paradigm knowledge is developed and negotiated in discourses between people in the social world, social relations, and practices (Krane, Klevan & Sommer, 2021). In this tradition knowledge is regarded as something that is created and developed in contexts rather than being “one truth” that we could grasp or discover. Active youth involvement is central in this research approach (Krane et al, 2021). At an organisational level, changes in power dynamics between care providers and children have been reported when youth are involved in such processes. At a community level, youth involvement has been found to promote intergenerational dialogues between children / youth and adults (Shamrowa & Cummings, 2017). The power relations between the participants in collaborative research is also central in a collaborative approach. A pitfall in such approaches is that there is no redistribution of power, and the so-called youth involvement becomes tokenism (Hart,1992). Both opportunities and these challenges will be discussed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the 3 year experiences of CCGs in 5 different European countries we will present different ways of running CCGs with reflection upon the facilitator's role, required arrangements, challenges faced and opportunities emerging with this approach. To discuss reflection upon the processes of running collaborative competence groups in five different national contexts within the COSI.ed project implemented in Denmark, Norway, Poland, Spain and Portugal, we found action research (Lewin, 1946) a useful approach. In this approach researcher's reflexivity is understood not only as a way of an intersubjective validation of the data, but also insight to areas not accessible in traditional research. Action research knowledge is connected to practice (Noffke & Somekh, 2009) and aims to improve the practice by its understanding (Carr & Kemmis, 1986; Kemmis, 2009). The Reflection will focus around 3 main questions (What are the opportunities in running competence groups? What are the challenges in involving young people and other stakeholders in competence groups? What aspects need to be considered to run competence groups?) answered by five CCG facilitators who are key informants from the COSI.ed project. These informants have participated in semi-structured focus-group discussions. We have also done a critical analysis of documents gathered during the COSI.ed projects implementation (2021-2024). Inspired by a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), data analysis was carried out in several stages: identification of key issues during coding, in vivo coding to obtain complementary categories, discussions and reframing of categories and preparation of higher-level analysis categories essential to the presentation of findings. Based on this analysis we were able to draw conclusions and recommendations for ongoing and upcoming CCGs, including challenges and opportunities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this presentation we will share our conclusions and recommendations resulting from our analysis of three years of CCG work in five different national contexts. We will demonstrate and discuss experiences and solutions undertaken by the facilitators to enable greater use of proven practices of CCGs. The composition and recruitment of these groups will be presented and discussed. We will discuss the importance of a positive climate and atmosphere in the meetings, in terms of making everybody comfortable and safe in the meetings. We will present experiences in both in-person and online meetings and discuss their pros and cons. We will discuss the frequency of the meetings, communication process and how the group should be created and run in general. The aim of this presentation is also to discuss the challenges. One of the main challenges in the CCG is the power imbalance between the group members. There is an obvious imbalance between the adult and experienced group members and the young people (pupils). This will be address in the presentation, building on the experience of the national CCG facilitators . After 3 years’ experience of conducting CCGs in 5 different European countries we have experienced that CCGs can contribute to contextualize and improve the project and make recommendations more practical. Moreover, the groups have contributed to reflexivity and a deeper understanding of the topic of the project. We find that CCG is a valuable tool in collaborative research and policy development, which allows other perspectives to be brought into the project. However, it requires training of facilitators that are able to conduct and lead the meetings, address and handle the power imbalance in the group. References Borg, M., Karlsson, B., Kim, H.S. og McCormack, B. (2012). Opening up for Many Voices in Knowledge Construction. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1). http://dx.doi.org/10.17169/fqs-13.1.1793 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association. Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge, and action research. London, UK: Routledge. Welcome to COSI.ed project website Co-created Education through Social Inclusion retrieved from: (https://cosied.eu/) Hart, R. A. (1992). Children's participation: From tokenism to citizenship. Kemmis, S. (2009). Action research as a practice‐based practice. Educational Action Research, 17(3), 463-474Krane, V., Ness, O., Holter-Sorensen, N., Karlsson, B., & Binder, P. E. (2017).Klevan, T. G. (2017). The importance of helpful help in mental health crises: experiences, stories, and contexts–a qualitative exploration. ‘You notice that there is something positive about going to school’: how teachers’ kindness can promote positive teacher–student relationships in upper secondary school. International Journal of adolescence and Youth, 22(4), 377-389..Krane, V., Klevan, T., & Sommer, M. (2021). Youth involvement in research: participation, contribution and dynamic processes. Involving methods in youth research: Reflections on participation and power, 47-71 Lewin, K. (1946). Action research and minority problems. Journal of Social Issues, 2(4), 34- 46. Noffke, S. E., & Somekh, B. (Eds.). (2009). The Sage handbook of educational action research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Shamrova, D. P., & Cummings, C. E. (2017). Participatory action research (PAR) with children and youth: An integrative review of methodology and PAR outcomes for participants, organizations, and communities. Children and Youth Services Review, 81, 400-412. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2017.08.022 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intercultural Awareness in the EFL Classroom at a Saudi University: An Investigation into Teachers’ perspectives and practices Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:This study explores the adoption of an intercultural approach to the practice of English language teaching within the context of the public policy of Saudi Vision 2030 (SV30). Recognising the growing role of English as a global language and its place and influence on the growth and advancement of Saudi Arabia’s economy through education (Al-Seghayer, 2011), the Saudi government has recently launched a strategic development plan called Saudi Vision 2030 (SV30). Within this public policy, the Human Capability Development Program of SV30 focuses explicitly on developing the ‘values of global citizenship’ while highlighting the need for globally competitive citizens (HCDP, 2020). The idea of global citizenship introduced in the Program (HCDP, 2020) aligns with the Global Citizenship Education (GCED) concept of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development presented at the United Nations Sustainable Development Summit in September 2015. Related to GCED are concepts encompassing education for peace, democracy, human rights, and a commitment to social justice, emphasising critical thinking and responsible participation (Osler & Vincent, 2002, p. 2). The role of English teachers thus becomes crucial in developing their students’ sense of global citizenship, given the dominant position of the language they teach. Furthermore, recognising that language teaching inherently involves cultural integration, there have been international recommendations advocating for the infusion of the intercultural dimension into second/foreign language classrooms (Brown, 2007). Since grasping specific cultural aspects and traits is essential to language proficiency (Kramsch, 1993), if teachers fail to adopt an intercultural approach, they effectively hinder their students’ future opportunities. In the current globalised context, to foster a more comprehensive intercultural approach, scholars propose shifting from a narrow ‘national’ paradigm, where only the target culture is considered and contrasted against the home culture, to a broader perspective. It follows that an intercultural approach to language teaching aligns with the overarching goal of cultivating globally competent students. This study utilises Baker’s three levels of Intercultural Awareness [ICA] (Baker, 2015, p. 163) to examine the extent to which an intercultural approach is adopted in classroom practice. It investigates how teachers develop their perceptions of ICA and whether this affects their teaching. The following research questions were addressed: To establish whether the practices and perspectives of EFL teachers in Saudi Arabia have moved beyond this paradigm, this study adopts Baker’s three levels of ICA (2015b). According to Baker (2015, p. 163), the concept of ICA can be delineated by considering the 12 elements grouped into three levels illustrated in Figure 1. These elements follow a progression, starting with a fundamental comprehension of cultural contexts in communication (Level 1: Basic Cultural Awareness), which then advances to a more complex understanding of language and culture (Level 2: Advanced Cultural Awareness), concluding with a nuanced, hybrid, and evolving understanding of cultures and languages in intercultural communication, essential for ELT in global contexts (Level 3: Intercultural Awareness). Significantly, ICA holds direct relevance for English users in global contexts, particularly in expanding circles such as Saudi Arabia. At Level 3, national cultures are just one of many orientations and resources that individuals interacting may draw upon and construct in communication (Baker 2012, p. 63). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explores teachers’ perspectives and practices in incorporating intercultural awareness in the Saudi tertiary context. This is investigated through the experiences of five female teachers teaching English for General Purposes (EGP) and English for Specific Purposes (ESP) in the Preparatory Year Program (PYP) at a female-only English Language Centre in a Saudi Arabian university. Their beliefs and classroom practices were investigated via interviews, audio-lessons, and learning and teaching artefacts. Prior to data collection, ethics approval was obtained (HRE19-099) and Information to Participants Involved in Research forwarded to all potential participants for their consideration. After agreeing to participate in the research, written Informed Consent was sought. Data collected were analysed following a six-step Thematic Analysis [TA] (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data collected were analysed following a six-step Thematic Analysis [TA] (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Key findings reveal a discrepancy between the importance assigned by teachers to intercultural awareness and its practical implementation. Further conceptualisation and more explicit guidance in implementing an intercultural approach to English language teaching at a tertiary level is needed to realise the goals of global citizenship outlined in SV30. References Alqahtani, M. (2011). An investigation into the language needs of Saudi students studying in British postgraduate programmes and the cultural differences impacting on them University of Southampton. Al-Seghayer, K. (2011). English teaching in Saudi Arabia: Status, issues, and challenges. Hala. Baker, W. (2012). From cultural awareness to intercultural awareness: Culture in ELT. ELT journal, 66(1), 62-70. Baker, W. (2015). Culture and complexity through English as a lingua franca: Rethinking competences and pedagogy in ELT. Journal of English as a Lingua Franca, 4(1), 9-30. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101 Brown, H. D. (2007). Principles of Language Learning and Teaching. Pearson Education. HCDP. (2020). Human capability development program 2020-2025. https://www.vision2030.gov.sa/media/kljd5wha/2021-2025-human-capability-development-program-delivery-plan-en.pdf Kramsch, C. (1993). Context and culture in language teaching. Oxford University press. Osler, A., & Vincent, K. (2002). Citizenship and the challenge of global education. Trentham. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 07 SES 12 C: Educators' and Peer Mentors' Perspectives on the Pursuit of Social Justice in their Educational Practice Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Santos Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Video In Search of Social Justice: Creating Intercultural Relationships with Blackfoot Indigenous Community, Speaking Truth and Naming It University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:The objective of this research stems from many visits to the Kainai Nation, part of the Blackfoot Confederacy located in the southern part of Alberta (a Province in Western Canada). The researcher spent over three years visiting the Reserve, an area where the Blackfoot people were forced to live...barren, windy prairies, forced from their homes in the beautiful and abundant Canadian Rocky Mountains. The research emerged from my visits to the Nation in a desire to create relationships with the teachers, administrators, and students at the three schools based on the Reserve. I intended to observe and write about the education system on the Blackfoot land. However, after beginning my visits, observing and asking questions, I realized that I was not there to create a profile of the Canadian Indigenous tribe, but as a friend, I was there to listen to their stories, their anger, their hopes, and their tragedies. My intent to "observe" the schools was quickly discarded and I continued to visit the community as a friend. The relationships I made were authentic with both sides of the relationship. We discussed our lives, ate together, worked with students together, we created artistic relics of the work we continued to do and the months quickly turned to years as I drove 400 km each way to visit the Reserve. Instead of the research being my end goal, I realized that the relationships that we had created together deserved my ears and eyes. We often discussed Social Justice and the First Nations people gave strong opinions about the phrase and how shallow it was. Listening became essential in our discussions, I heard stories from the children, the youth, the teachers, and the tribal Elders. As much as I felt I was ready for engaging with the relationships that grew out of our visits, my own heart felt heavy and my feelings for the community deepened. It was in the second year that the students and teachers began to discuss how they felt being "put" on a Reserve, dragged from their tribal lands with water, moose, deer, elk, fish, birds, trees: food, shelter, and a fullness of life. Like many of North American Indigenous peoples, they were displaced and forced to live in uncomfortable and unknown areas. By the 1900s, many became addicted to whiskey, and their communities were patroled by police: the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, and their souls were forced into Catholic, Mormon, and Angelican ways of being. After the second year of my community engagement with my Blackfoot friends, I began filming in the community, the residents were thrilled that I wanted to film them and to hear their stories. While filming them was basically for my own archival memories, I realized that there were two people I wanted to film and share with my own white colonial people. I had become close to an Elder and his granddaughter, and asked them if I could film them. I wanted to film their stories. The Elder was a product of residential schools and was forced to live with Angelican priests for 12 years. His granddaughter was a student at Kainai High School and a leader in her circles. Both of them defied all the horrendous names and stereotypes that white Canadians had associated them with. The film was a poignant 23 minute film and I was given a blessing by the Elder and his granddaughter to share the product, allowing white people to see who they really were. I discuss importance of intercultural relationships and ways a simple research project became lifelong relationships and corrections to stereotypes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used When first meeting the Blackfoot people, I offered tobacco and handshake, there was no contract or document used.The first part of the "research" was not intended to be research, it was an act of community engagement. However, after spending time with the tribal members, they encouraged me to make the film in order to tell their story. Consequently, ethnographic interviews turned into short prompts and 1 hour turned into long story telling and explanations. The stories of both grandfather and daughter emerged by my listening and watching. The film became a testament to how intercultural relations emerge. While I learned and valued much of the Blackfoot ways of life, my friends learned much about my life and my ways. They were particularly interested in me being Jewish as they had been inundated by religious groups as they were colonized. I must note that this is the first time I have submitted this story and film to a conference, and I made sure that it was acceptable to the tribal members. They want their truths to be told and as I had become part of their family, I could tell the truths. See conclusion below for more depth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I concluded that intercultural relationships are not just a way to achieve research or a paper, but they must be authentic and observations discussed and shared without hesitation or secrecy in this type of community engagement. I use that phrase a lot as it allows readers to know that these are not subjects but individual people who have welcomed me into their lives. It is essential to note (as it is in the film) that Abraham Maslow spent a great deal of time with the Blackfoot Confederacy Indigenous Peoples and took from them his model shaped like a tipi for hierarchy of needs. The Blackfoot accused him of coming into their communities and lying to them and were disgusted with his publication which did not acknowledge them. This is why I consider this presentation as sharing my story and my observations, but not as doing "research on." I consider my friends my equals and carry with me, their trust. References McDiarmid, J.(2019). "Highway of Tears." Toronto: Anchor Canada Publishing. Lowen-Trudeau, G. (2015). "From Bricolage to Metissage." New York: Peter Lang Publishing. Ross, Rupert. (2014). "Indigenous Healing." Penguin Books. Good, Michelle. (2023). "Truth Telling: Seven Conversations about Indigenous Life in Canada." HarperCollins. Kovach, Margaret. (2009). " Indigenous Methodologies." University of Toronto Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Peer Mentors „For Educational Opportunities” 1University of Pécs, Hungary; 2Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:The presentation focuses on the prevention of early school leaving (European Comission, 2015; Gonzáles-Rodrigez, 2019; Paksi et al, 2023), and the analysis presents a preventive intervention for groups of pupils at risk of dropping out. The research was carried out in Hungary, which has an early school leaving rate of 12.4% in 2022, compared to the EU average of 9.6%. The SES index for Hungary measures a high number of students' performance (OECD 2019). Students with low social status are more likely to live in deprived areas and small towns, and Roma students are over-represented among them. International research on Roma has found that the most persistent forms of group-based disadvantage are linked to identities of origin (minority), with one form of inequality promoting or deepening another (Howard and Vajda 2017). Another problem is the limited access to educational services, which is caused by the frequent segregated education in addition to the settlement disadvantage (Kende, 2021).The educational attainment of disadvantaged and Roma youth is significantly lower than that of their higher social peers, and they are more likely to have failed schooling and to drop out early (Kende-Szalai, 2018; Bocsi, Varga & Fehérvári, 2023). These are described to lack career guidance, which if present, is characterized by “randomness” in elementary school (Bereményi, 2020, p. 19.). According to a Hungarian study (Kisfalusi, 2023), Roma students are less likely to apply for a secondary school career that requires a longer learning path. This is due to the lower socio-economic status of Roma students, cost-benefit expectations and their lower self-esteem. Lack of information and lower career offers from teachers may also play a role. Studies show that mentor programme reduce the gap in career guidance; besides it is understood to prevent early-school leaving (Fehérvári & Varga, 2023). The research investigates an ongoing mentoring programme in 1-1 classes in 10 schools, supporting the successful progress of disadvantaged and Roma students (N 130). The aim of this programme is to connect services and resources in the student's environment and strengthen career guidance to help prevent early school leaving. The key actors in the programme are mentor teachers, who work along a career-focused mentoring plan tailored to their institution and supported by horizontal learning. In their work, cooperation with families and institutions that provide peer support in secondary school or university courses for pupils is important. The presentation inquires peer mentors (secondary school students), who, based on the literature also benefit from participating in such mentor programs (Beltman, Herker & Fischer, 2019). Elementary school pupils’ primary socialization (as they are from disadvantaged background and/or of Roma minority) differs from the institutional secondary school socialization sphere; due to this, they undergo bicultural socialization (LaFromboise, Coleman & Gerton, 1993; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013). In the programme peer mentors are attributed by similar socialization patterns as pupils (mentees), meaning they have undergone or are undergoing same or similar difficulties as their younger peers. This presentation focuses on the role of peer support in career guidance by introducing students who participate in the programme as mentors. Twenty students from Gandhi Roma High School joined one of the 10 schools in the framework of the School Community Service (and/or volunteering). The criteria for joining were that they should preferably be "alumni" of the school and/or from a surrounding locality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore peer mentors’ perceptions about the benefits and difficulties of their mentoring role prior to their personal experiences, interview format research was carried out. Data collection has followed the research ethical guidelines and the headmaster of the institution has given permission for involving students in the interviewing process. Research participants have contributed to recording the interviews. Transcript were made of the recordings and data of participants have been anonymized using codes. Data collection has been carried out between December 2023 and January 2024. Interviews were collected by two members of the research group. Those students from the High School were invited to the research who were peer mentors in the program, all of them accepted participation (N=20; n=20). Semi-structured interviews were used to explore their views on the mentoring role at the beginning of their work. The semi-structured interview consisted of a total of 21 items of which 1 item was an associative, open-ended task; 13 items were semi-structured, open-ended discussion topics; and 7 items were closed-ended demographic data. Demographic data introduces the sample via descriptive statistics, analysing age, grade, gender, socioeconomic status (parents education level), minority, place of habitat. Open-ended discussion topics revealed the “mentoring past” of participants meaning their history of being mentored and being a mentor, that contributes to the analysis of the results. Open-ended items were coded with content analysis, applying the grounded theory (Glaser and Strauss, 2017), via the help of the Atlas.ti software. Two independent coders – research group members – have coded the interviews, creating a consensus on the final coded results. Results were analysed with descriptive statistics, presenting the frequency and distribution of answers. Quotations from the participants are also used to illustrate categories and to further nuance the results. In the presentation the focus is on a few results that are connected to peer mentors’ self-reflection about their self-efficacy and presumed difficulties, obstructions in their work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the research peer mentors were asked about their roles as mentors and self-evaluation of their work – in most of their cases, data collection has taken place at the beginning of the mentoring process. The results highlighted that peer mentors have joined the programme because of intrinsic motivation: most of them undergone difficulties when choosing secondary school, because of that they aimed to support their younger peers. Choosing a school from the 10 institutions was mostly based on redescription of the research group (students were “alumni” pupils) and/or social motivation (other peer mentors joining). As peer mentors who begun their work, assumptions about the characteristics of a “good” mentor and mentee were recorded. Their plans as mentors and presumed difficulties highlight the areas in which programme developers can scaffold mentoring – thus providing a positive mentoring experience. Peer mentors are committed to their work, and the introduction of supervision, which they have requested, can help them to overcome the obstacles that many of them have encountered. Further research is planned to monitor the mentoring process in the end of the semester (Spring semester of 2023/2024) in which experience of mentors is to be revealed. Process-monitoring should also involve the perception of mentees and document analysis of mentoring outcomes/products. References Beltman, S., Helker, K. & Fischer, S. (2019). ’I really enjoy it’: Emotional Engagement of University Peer Mentors. International Journal of Emotional Education, 11(2), 50-70. Bereményi, Á. (2020). Career guidance inequalities in the context of labour shortage. The case of Roma young people in Hungary. Working Paper Series, 2020(5). Central European University Bocsi, V., Varga, A., & Fehérvári, A. (2023). Chances of Early School Leaving—With Special Regard to the Impact of Roma Identity. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 13(5). http://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050483 European Commission (2015). A whole school approach to tackling early school leaving. European Union. Fehérvári, A., & Varga, A. (2023). Mentoring as prevention of early school leaving: a qualitative systematic literature review. FRONTIERS IN EDUCATION, 8. http://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1156725 Glaser, B. G., and Strauss, A. L. (2017). The discovery of grounded theory. Strategies for qualitative research. New York, USA: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group González-Rodríguez, D., Vieira, M. J., Vidal, J. (2019). Factors that influence early school leaving: a comprehensive model. Educational Research, 61(2), 214–230. Howard, J. – Vajda, V. (2017). Navigating Power and Intersectionality to Address Inequality. IDS Working Paper, 504. Kende, A. (2021). Comparative overview of the capacity of the education systems of the CEE countries to provide inclusive education for Roma pupils. Working Papers Series, 2021/3. Budapest: CEU. Kende, A. – Szalai, J. (2018). Pathway to early school leaving in Hungary. In Van Praag, L., Nouwen, W., Van Caudenberg, R., Clycq, N., Timmerman, C. (eds.). Comparative Perspectives on Early School Leaving in the European Union (pp. 33–46). London, UK: Routledge. Kisfalusi, D. (2023). Roma students' academic self-assessment and educational aspirations in Hungarian primary schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2023.2206003 LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L. K., & Gerton, J. (1993). ‘Psychological impact of biculturalism: evidence and theory’ Psychology Bulletin, 114(3), 395-412. Nguyen, A. M. D., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2013). ‘Biculturalism and adjustment: Ametaanalysis’ Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 44(1), 122-159. OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed, Paris: OECD Paksi B, Széll K, Fehérvári A. (2023). Empirical Testing of a Multidimensional Model of School Dropout Risk. Social Sciences, 12(2): 50. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci12020050 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Educating for Living Diversity: ‘Migrant’ Identities, Belonging and Community-Centred Pedagogies for Social Justice University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Learning to live peacefully and with meaningful connections to others in a diverse society is arguably an educational imperative for children and young people living in a rapidly diversifying Europe, and for those tasked with educating them. This imperative speaks not only to attempts to secure the long-term flourishing of European societies but also to immediate educational challenges and practicalities. In many parts of Europe, as well as the wider Global North, these challenges manifest as chronic educational inequities and inequalities affecting racial, ethnic, and religious minorities, such as low attainment, disproportionate exclusions, and teacher and peer racism (e.g. Archer and Francis 2007; Bochaca 2006; Gilliam 2023; Wallace and Joseph-Salisbury 2022). They also relate to the well-documented issue of de facto segregation inside many classrooms (e.g. BBC 2017). These problems persist despite decades of dedicated policymaking aimed at tackling them. This paper addresses two reasons why the challenges of conviviality and educational inequity continue to exist. Firstly, we argue that following the fraught history of dealing with difference in education, ideas and practices of intercultural education have ended up as somewhat detached from the social and political realities of living and schooling in diverse contexts. That is, they do not sufficiently address the unequal effects of policymaking or indeed the politics of education. Secondly, we draw attention to a sort of ‘museumification’ of diversity, not least in educational settings, and argue that ‘diversity’ has come to be reified as an object (of celebration, of critique, of attainment, of teaching and learning). In these conditions, there is often an expectation that racial and religious minority people perform ‘their diversity’; that they represent a static, often ‘exotic’, and essentially different culture in ‘high fidelity’. We aim to demonstrate that such curated and performed diversity is at quite some distance from the empirical reality of diverse lives in towns and cities across Europe. Based on empirical research in Birmingham, UK, one of Europe’s most diverse cities, we call for a move towards educating for ‘living diversity’, which comprises the complex, entangled, competing and ongoing currents of diverse people’s lives. Diversity, thus, is not an object or discipline; it is a lived and living reality that is constantly in play, including at the intimate levels of individual and familial life. We thus intend for the idea of living diversity to both challenge dominant approaches conceptually and operationalize an alternative educational model. As we aim to demonstrate, such an educational turn depends in part upon strong collaborations between multiple stakeholders dedicated to social justice, and artistic practice is one of its central components. Furthermore, it depends upon adopting a more sophisticated understanding of identity, reflexivity, and agency – both individual and communal. Drawing on the work of Stuart Hall (1990) and Margaret Archer (2012), we argue that educational attempts to ‘pin down’ identities or discover their ‘historical essence’ are doomed to fail. Instead, educators should pay attention to the ‘points of suture’, often straddling numerous places and times, which constantly animate people’s sense of self, other, and belonging, and which individuals use as definite positions of reflection, analysis, and action.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is derived from a research project which was funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) and started in 2020 just before the Coronavirus pandemic. Its aim was to co-construct educational knowledge and practice with diverse social and educational actors in Birmingham, UK. The project’s methodology can be described as multi-stakeholder participatory research (MSPR), as it involved several partners (educational and community stakeholders) including artists, activists, non-formal educators, Third sector actors, local state-funded schools, local policymakers, and academics, who worked collaboratively to promote a process of ‘co-learning and capacity building among partners’ (Israel et al. 2008: 52), with the aspiration to problematize dominant discourses of migration, belonging and diversity within local schools. One of the key advantages of MSPR is that it is, per se, an educative space and process, through which partners learn to work together, developing professional intercultural sensitivity. This means recognizing the differences among partners’ priorities and aims and finding ways to constructively negotiate them to achieve meaningful collaboration. Each organization can be thought of as a loosely defined cultural unit, as people working there probably share broadly similar aims, philosophies, and methods of practice. However, as the initiators of the project and responsible for its funds, we emphasized the concept of social justice as a basis for collaboration, a sort of common denominator to which all partners should be committed, and which would ultimately guarantee the project’s coherence of trajectory and outcomes. Between October and November 2021, severely challenged by Covid-19 restrictions, we conducted a series of face-to-face semi-structured interviews and photography sessions with Birmingham denizens who either had refugee status or would describe themselves or their families as settled immigrants. The participants were recruited via a network previously established with a leading migrant-led organization that is both active locally and nationally. Furthermore, the fieldwork was organized in collaboration with Vanley Burke, a renowned British-Jamaican photographer. In a series of intimate and generative sessions, Burke took portraits of the participants while we collected in-depth stories from them about their lives, especially how they came to be ‘Brummies’ (someone from Birmingham). A total of seventeen people were photographed, and among those, thirteen agreed to be interviewed. Interviewees were from diverse racial/ethnic backgrounds, including white Eastern Europeans. The interviews were voice-recorded, transcribed, and then thematically analysed using NVivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants clearly articulated the complexities of diversity and belonging during the interviews, challenging the hegemonic reproduction of static and passive depictions of their identities. Given our findings, a central aim of our collaboration was to develop a model for co-constructive education that could be readily adopted by schools across Europe and beyond. Following a series of successful exhibitions of Burke’s portraits, we worked with our partners to produce educational activity packs for primary and secondary schooling featuring the portraits and some of the stories shared by our participants. The packs provide authentic learning materials for teachers and children to discuss and problematize issues around migration, belonging and diversity through artistic engagement – i.e., both by ‘decoding’ the images and bringing their analyses to bear on important questions of diversity and by engaging in their own artmaking to articulate their questions and experiences and communicate these with their peers. Our approach assumes that the arts are valuable not just for introducing children to critical enquiry but also enabling them to explore or ‘excavate’ (Gholami 2017) aspects of selfhood/otherness that may not be readily accessible via logocentric educational interactions. Gonçalves (2016:18) argues that in the field of intercultural communication and dialogue, arts ‘add to the learning process a way for learners to combine emotions and feelings with intellectual insights in a form of expression that is at the same time safe and powerful’. Our educational packs are permanently available as a free download on the website of one of our partners, the internationally respected Ikon Gallery. A first round of trialling/evaluating the packs took place between February and March 2023 with seven schools in Birmingham, involving 320 children ranging from Year 2 to Year 7, and their teachers. The results, which we will discuss in the paper, are highly encouraging. References Archer, L. & Francis, B. (2007). Understanding Minority Ethnic Achievement: Race, Gender, Class and ‘Success’. Routledge. Archer, M. S. (2012). The Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity. Cambridge University Press. Bochaca, J. G. (2006). Ethnic minorities and the Spanish and Catalan educational systems: from exclusion to intercultural education, International Journal of Intercultural Relations 30: 261-279. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2005.11.006 BBC News (2017). Warning over segregation in England's schools https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/education-39344973# (retrieved 21/12/2023) Gholami, R. (2017) “The Art of Self-Making: Identity and Citizenship Education in Late-Modernity,” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38 (6), pp. 798-811 DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1182006 Gilliam, L. (2022). Being Muslim “without a fuss”: relaxed religiosity and conditional inclusion in Danish schools and society. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 45(6), 1096-1114. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2021.1971733 Gonçalves, S. (2016). We and They: Art as a Medium for Intercultural Dialogue. In Comparative and international education: A diversity of voices, edited by Gonçalves, S. and Majhanovich, S. (2016). Sense Publisher: Netherlands. Hall, S. (1990). Cultural identity and diaspora. In: Rutherford, J. (Ed.) Identity: Community, Culture, Difference (pp. 222-237). Lawrence and Wishart. Israel, B. A., Schulz, A. J., Parker, E. A., Becker, A. B., Allen, A. J., & Guzman, J. R. (2008). Critical Issues in Developing and Following Community-Based Participatory Research Principles. In M. Minkler & N. Wallerstein (Eds.), Community-Based Participatory Research for Health: From Process to Outcomes (2nd ed., pp. 47-62). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Wallace, D. & Joseph-Salisbury, R. (2022). How, still, is the Black Caribbean child made educationally subnormal in the English school system? Ethnic and Racial Studies, 45:8, 1426-1452, DOI: 10.1080/01419870.2021.1981969 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Evaluating staffs undergraduate teaching experiences in the Department of Entrepreneurial Studies and Management, Durban University of Technology, South Africa Durban University of Technolog, South Africa Presenting Author:The aim of the study was to evaluate staff experiences and interventions in teaching and learning research methodology in the Department of Entrepreneurship and Management Studies. However, the majority of staff and students belong to the previously disadvantaged communities where the latter continue to experience poor education infrastructure and quality of secondary education. Many previously disadvantaged communities still have limited access to information and communications technology (ICT) in addition to poor road networks, inadequate school infrastructure, lack of electricity, and a low economic status (Hlalele 2012). For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, higher education institutions had to immediately revert to on-line teaching and learning which further disadvantaged students from townships and rural areas from the non-white communities. Overall, eliminating the apartheid policies of dispossession still remains a challenge for the South African government to transform education (Department of Education 2005). According to Pirthiraj (2017) and Langtree et al.(2015), student performance is linked to social, psychological, economic, environmental, and personal factors. While Hobden and Hobden (2015) highlighted that access to higher education is a matter of economic and social fairness, this being the case in South Africa. A further analysis of education history and quality shows that South Africa faces challenges in the accessibility and affordability for students who qualify to study at universities. As the majority of students registered at Durban University of Technology are derived from previously disadvantaged communities with poor school and educational infrastructure, low economic capabilities and complex social issues, their level of preparedness for university life and overall academic performance is compromised (Pirthiraj 2017). Lombard and Kloppers (2015) comments that while there is considerable international interest in promoting research skills at postgraduate level ,research methods in the context of undergraduate studies has little attention as there are few systematic discussions about curriculum design and teaching research methods experiences. Students perceive research methods courses to be complex and demanding, which leads to poor performance in research methods and, as a result, a negative attitude toward the field of educational research as a whole. Acton and McCreight (2014) also found that students who struggled with basic arithmetic showed less interest in research methodology studies. This scenario is relevant as the majority of students registering at DUT originate from previously disadvantaged communities. The aim of social justice is to guide societies on transforming different aspects for instance curriculum, historical injustices and cultural values, and to mitigate disparity (Albertus 2019). In education, social justice relates to the extent of social fairness and equality within the schooling system. Social injustice occurs when circumstances such as wealth, gender, and/or race determine a person's educational opportunities. Hence students who do not acquire an education compared with more privileged students are provided with a poor foundation for the rest of their lives. In a socially just approach, the curriculum is chosen to help the learners extend their students’ worldview by exposing them to diverse concepts, opinions and challenging beliefs (Francis and Le Roux 2011). Schools that are committed to a socially just education give careful consideration to the selection of their curriculum and how it can be used to broaden the learners’ perspectives (Wassell, Wesely and Glynn 2019). In this regard, students who come from schools that are socially unjust often have a narrow worldview which will inherently affects their learning curve as they are inadequately prepared for the level of social and cultural diversity at the university and the world at large (Uleanya and Rugbeer 2020) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research is defined as a scientific approach of answering a research question, solving a problem, generating new knowledge through a systematic and orderly collection, organization, and analysis of information with an ultimate goal of making the research useful in decision-making (Kabir 2016: 2). According to Ahmed and Shifraw (2019) there has been a significant increase in research conducted in the fields of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. Despite this progress, Africa still lacks the research capacity to adequately address the continent's problems in food, security, energy, transportation, and health (Ahmed and Shifraw 2019). This is reflected in Africa's insignificant contribution to the global share of researchers, which has remained constant over time. Africa needs to urgently develop highly skilled student, academic and professional researchers. The qualitative research method was used to collect data which focused on staff experiences and intervention strategies used in teaching and learning research methodology in the Department of Entrepreneurship Studies and Management. A self-completed questionnaire with open ended questions was administered and thematic analysis was used to analyze data which is being presented by the paper. Cilliers, Davis and Bezuidenhout (2014) assert that the depth of human experience and arbitrary interpretations associated with a particular incident are of interest to qualitative research. Thus teaching experiences and the intervention could be discovered through the use of a qualitative approach. The participants were the 12 staff in the Department of Entrepreneurial Studies and Management in the Faculty of Management Sciences at Durban University of Technology. Nine questionnaires were completed, thus providing a 75% response rate. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Majority of the students registering at Durban University of Technology come from previously disadvantaged communities challenged by poor educational and communications infrastructure. This is due to the fact that curricular improvements are primarily influenced by technological advances, which are available in urban areas long before they reach township and rural settings (Landa, Zhou and Marongwe 2021). The consequences of the above is that affordability and access to education has become a challenge to the already disadvantaged students who have been exposed to poor quality education in secondary schools. This study revealed that both student and staff development in research methodology needs further institutional support and from the Department of Entrepreneurial Studies and Management. Staff expressed a concern on the lack of preparedness of students to undertake research tasks to successfully complete their assessments. To overcome these challenges, staff implemented a number of interventions to ensure students acquire the necessary research skills and competencies. In the interest of ensuring ongoing professional development staff requested additional workshops and seminars to capacitate them on statistics, data analysis and software packages. Students enter the university underprepared for campus and academic life and leave as graduates underprepared for the world of work. It is clear from the above discussion the education sector has not yet fully transformed and students continue to operate in a socially unjust education system. The study recommends that decolonization and the quality of the program offerings be reviewed to include research methodology course at all undergraduate levels. This change could further empower students through a more socially just education system to provide better stakeholder engagement and increase their employability when they graduate. In the absence of a socially just education system, the previously underprivileged students, continue to experience greater inequalities in the workplace. References Acton, C. and McCreight, B. 2014. Engaging students in quantitative research methods: An evaluation of Assessment for Learning strategies on an undergraduate social research methods module. Available: https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document- (Accessed 6 Janauary 2024). Ahmed, I. and Shifraw, T. 2019. Challenges of being a researcher in Africa:A narrative synthesis of literature. Ethopian Journal of Health Development, 33 (4): 230-238. Albertus, R.W. 2019. Decolonisation of institutional structures in South African universities: A critical perspective. Cogent Social Sciences, 5(1), p.1620403. Cilliers, F., Davis, C. and Bezuidenhout, R. M. 2014. Research matters. Cape Town: Juta and Company. Department of Education. 2005. Reflections on rural education in South Africa. Pretoria: Government Printers. Francis, D. and Le Roux, A. 2011. Teaching for social justice education: the intersection between identity, critical agency, and social justice education. South African Journal of Education, 31(3), pp.299-311. Hlalele, D. 2012. Social justice and rural education in SA. Perspectives in Education, 30 (1): 111-118. Hobden, S and Hobden,T. 2015. A study of the transition pathways of school level scholarship recipients into work and tertiary education. South African Journal of Education, 35(3):1054. Kabir, S. M.S. 2016. Methods of Data Collection. In Basic Guidelines for Research: An Introductory Approach for all disciplines, Chapter 9, 201-275. Landa, N., Zhou, S. and Marongwe, N. 2021. Education in emergencies: Lessons from COVID-19 in South Africa. International Review of Education, 67: 167-183. Langtree, E., M, Razak, A. and Haffejee, F. 2018. Factors causing stress among first-year students attending a nursing college in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. African Journal of Health Professions Education, 10 (2): 90-95. Lombard, B, J, J and Kloppers, M. 2015. Undergraduate student teachers’ views and experiences of a compulsory course in research methods South African Journal of Education, 35 (1): 1-14. Pirthiraj, A. 2017. Factors Affecting The Motivation Of First-Year Students In The Department Of Construction Management And Quantity Surveying At The Durban University Of Technology. Master’s Degree, Durban University of Technology. Scott, I., Yeld, N. and Hendry, J. A. 2007. A Case for Improving Teaching and Learning in South African Higher Education. In: Proceedings of. Uleanya, C. and Rugbeer, Y. 2020. Investigation of First-year Learning Experiences in a Rural University in South Africa. Journal of Student Affairs in Africa, 8 (1): 29-46. Wassell, B.A., Wesely, P. and Glynn, C., 2019. Agents of change: Reimagining curriculum and instruction in world language classrooms through social justice education. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy, 16(3), pp.263-284. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 08 SES 12 A: Perspectives on Health Information, Immunisation, and Wellbeing and Sustainability Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Is Health Information Equally Available for Adolescents in Europe? A Cross-Country Analysis of Health Literacy in 11 Countries (HBSC) University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Access to information is a general human right. A set of capabilities to find, compare and assess the trustworthiness of information on health (referred here as HL-Info) is needed to secure equity in access to information, and to avoid being misinformed or uninformed. Recent PISA findings showed that only 7.2% of students can differentiate “between fact and opinion as applied to complex or abstract statements” (OECD, 2023). The proportion of adolescents who self-report finding it easy to differentiate whether online information is true or false is much bigger, 59 % in Europe (Smahel et al., 2020). Nevertheless, both figures show that there is a big proportion of those students who lack these central skills. Deprivations and disparities in capabilities to access health information present challenges on their own. However, they matter even more in terms of hampering opportunities to adopting health promoting behaviours (e.g. following physical activity (PA) recommendations) and pursuing good health (e.g. self-rated health, SRH). Co-occurrence of extensive amounts of misinformation, limited capabilities to access valid information, and disparities in health is a clear public health challenge, also among adolescents. Health literacy (HL) has been recognized as an independent, important and modifiable determinant of health and health behaviour across the lifespan (e.g. Lim et al., 2021; Paakkari et al., 2019), and an important outcome of school health education (World Health Organization, 2021). Among adolescents, good general HL has been associated with various positive health indicators such as PA (Fleary et al., 2021) and good SRH (Paakkari et al., 2020). Also, HL has proven to act as a moderator between individual factors and health (incl., health behaviour), and in such a way that it promotes better health outcomes, especially among those in vulnerable situations (Lahti et al., 2024). Country differences in general HL have been noticed (Paakkari et al., 2020). To assess if health information is equally available for adolescents in Europe (via HL-Info) and to inform education/public health police and practice, we need further research on low level of HL-Info in different European countries, and if different individual and familial factors place some adolescents in more vulnerable situations in terms of low HL-Info and thereby poorer health. To address these gaps in understanding, we examined (i) if there are country differences in low HL-Info (in its distributions and correlators), and (ii) if low HL-Info serves as a correlator of SRH and PA across countries?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cross-sectional self-report 2021/22 Health Behaviour in School-aged Children study survey data were used. Data were collected through a stratified cluster sampling method using the school as the primary sampling unit. Ethical approvals and consent from the students and their guardians were collected. Participation was voluntary and anonymous. This paper reports findings from 11 countries (Belgium (fl.), Bulgaria, Czechia, Germany, Finland, France, Croatia, Kazakhstan, Malta, Poland and Slovakia) and 45,994 (N = 22939 girls, X = 22746 boys) 13- and 15-year-old adolescents in total. Measures. (1) HL-Info: The Health Literacy for School-Aged Children (HLSAC; Paakkari O et al., 2019) instrument. To describe HL-Info, four out of ten items were used: having good knowledge on health, an ability to find information one understands, an ability to compare information from different sources and an ability to assess the trustworthiness of the information. In the analysis, HL-Info was used as a categorical (low-moderate-high; two lowest response options were combined to describe “low HL-Info”); (2) Individual factors: self-report (a) gender (girl, boy) and (b) age (13-years old, 15-years old); (3) Family affluence, measured with Family affluence scale (FAS; Torsheim et al., 2016); (4) Parental support (Zimet et al., 1988); (5) SRH (Kaplan & Camacho, 1983), used as a categorical variable; (6) PA (Persons meeting the PA guidelines; Moderate-to Vigorous-Physical-Activity (MVPA) Prochaska et al., 2001). Data analysis involved cross-tabulation of 4 health literacy (HL) items for each country and age group, corrected for study design. Mean calculations for the HL scale, ANOVA testing, and Spearman correlations with mentioned variables were calculated. Linear mixed-effect models were used to predict HL with individual and familial factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings showed that, via HL-Info, health information is not equally available for adolescents in Europe. Disparities in access relate to both individual factors as well as familial and country environmental factors. The proportions of those with 'low HL-Info' varied between countries: having information from 4.3% (Finland) to 27.1% (Kazakhstan), finding information one understands from to 7.9% (Finland) to 29.4% (Bulgaria), in comparing information from different sources from 10.5% (Finland) to 38.2% (Bulgaria), and in assessing the trustworthiness of information from 11.2% (Finland) to 36.1% (Bulgaria). Across the countries, low HL-Info was associated with all measured background variables except gender. Low HL-Info was statistically significantly more prevalent among 13 year olds (than 15 year olds), lower affluent (compared to more affluent) families, and those with low support (compared to moderate or high support) from parents. Country specific analysis revealed gender differences only in one country (Belgium), age differences in three countries (Belgium, Poland, Kazakhstan), and family affluence differences in seven countries (Belgium, Czechia, Germany, Finland, Poland, Slovakia, France). Low HL-Info was associated with parental support in all measured countries. Low HL-Info was associated with SRH (poor/fair SRH more common) among all countries and following PA recommendations (not following more common) in seven countries. To foster equity in access to valid health information and in health calls for educational and public health policies and practices targeted proportionally at population needs. References Humprecht, E., et al.. (2020). Resilience to online disinformation: A framework for cross-national comparative research. The International Journal of Press/Politics, 25(3), 493-516. Kaplan, G. A., & Camacho, T. (1983). Perceived health and mortality: a nine-year follow-up of the human population laboratory cohort. American Journal of Epidemiology, 117(3), 292-304. Lahti, H., et al. (2024). What Counteracts Problematic Social Media Use in Adolescence? A Cross-National Observational Study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 74(1), 98-112. Lim, M. L., et al. (2021). Association between health literacy and physical activity in older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Health Promotion International, 36(5), 1482-1497. Paakkari, L., et al., (2019). Does health literacy explain the link between structural stratifiers and adolescent health?. European journal of public health, 29(5), 919-924. Paakkari, L., et al. (2019). Does health literacy explain the link between structural stratifiers and adolescent health? European Journal of Public Health, 29(5), 919-924. Paakkari, L., et al. (2020). A comparative study on adolescents’ health literacy in Europe: findings from the HBSC study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(10), 3543. Prochaska, J. J., et al. (2001). A physical activity screening measure for use with adolescents in primary care. Archives of pediatrics & adolescent medicine, 155(5), 554-559. OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. Smahel, D., et al. (2020). EU Kids Online 2020: Survey results from 19 countries. Torsheim, T., et al. (2016). Psychometric validation of the revised family affluence scale: a latent variable approach. Child Indicators Research, 9, 771-784. World Health Organization (2021). Health literacy in the context of health, well-being and learning outcomes the case of children and adolescents in schools: the case of children and adolescents in schools. Copenhagen: Regional Office for Europe. Zimet, G. D., Dahlem, N. W., Zimet, S. G., & Farley, G. K. (1988). The multidimensional scale of perceived social support. Journal of personality assessment, 52(1), 30-41. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper How is the relation between Wellbeing and Sustainability Challenges addressed and linked to Education and Learning in Schools? Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Global environmental changes in conjunction with substantial social justice issues are impacting the wellbeing of us all, raising significant concerns related to how education can address these challenges (Andreotti 2018). As pointed out in UNs 2022 sustainability development goals report, and research addressing health and sustainability challenges (Franzolin et al. 2022; Malqvist and Powell 2022), the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing global environmental and climate change have deepened the global learning crisis, highlighting the interconnectedness of wellbeing challenges and broader sustainability challenges related to the degradation of nature, and environmental and/or climate change. This accentuates the need for creating a greater awareness of the potentials in linking wellbeing and sustainability in educational research and practice. Broad explorations of perspectives on how the relation between wellbeing and sustainability challenges is addressed and linked to education and learning in schools have been largely absent within research. The paper aims to address this gap, drawing on perspectives identified in a literature review within the research areas of wellbeing and sustainability education. Wellbeing and sustainability are often described as ‘wicked’ or complex problems and challenges, founded in issues of resource justice and inequalities in access to welfare resources, and research addressing these challenges points to the need for a shift towards focusing on the potential benefits of supporting relationality, social cohesion, solidarity, interdependence, and care in schools (Block et al. 2018; Spratt 2017). The conceptual framework that informs and inspires the analysis is drawing on notions of education as a common good and social sustainability, as well as perspectives on the relation between wellbeing, sustainability, and learning. Notions of education as a common good has gained momentum in policy in recent decades, connoting a form of shared wellbeing that is chosen and achieved together (see e.g. UNESCO 2015; 2021). In a discussion of these notions, the purpose of education in schools is described as “being and becoming in the world through engagement in individual and collective actions to take care of shared resources, ways of being, and systems in the interests of social justice and ecological care” (Lotz-Sisitka 2017, p. 65). This emphasizes that taking care of resources is at the core of social justice and that resources must be shared more equitably by all if we understand these resources as a common good. The sharing and (re)distribution of resources is central in notions of social sustainability, defined as a matter of resource distribution – hereunder of opportunities for education, health, wellbeing, and social care, and as distribution between people of opportunities to have, create and experience belonging in social relationships in everyday life (Duff and Hill 2021; Krøjer 2020; Vallance 2011). Spratt (2017) is in her analysis of discursive relationships between learning and wellbeing in wellbeing policy distinguishing between two discourses, wellbeing seen as for learning, and learning seen as for wellbeing. In the first discourse, wellbeing is seen as the servant of learning outcomes, which shows how it may be appropriated to develop a manipulative type of ‘care’ to foster the types of learning that focus solely on the characteristics of human capital favored in the job market. In the second discourse, learning is seen as the bedrock of human flourishing, and as valuable when individual personal development takes place in the context of a democratic learning community, which seeks to ensure all learning is personally fulfilling and meaningful. A similar understanding of the relationship between sustainability and learning is identified in analyses of sustainability policy, emphasizing a political interest in education continuing efforts aimed at economic growth at the expense of social and ecological considerations (see e.g. Jickling and Sterling 2017; McKenzie 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is drawing on research within the areas of wellbeing and sustainability education identified in a literature review on perspectives on social justice, equity, and agency when schools address health, wellbeing, and sustainability challenges (Carlsson, in review). First understandings of wellbeing and sustainability challenges within the research area of wellbeing and sustainability education are discussed. Thereafter the analysis of perspectives on how the relation between wellbeing and sustainability challenges is addressed in schools is presented, drawing on perspectives identified in the literature review. The literature review is based on systematic search of research articles published in journals conducted in the PsycInfo and ERIC databases, including journal articles published in English between January 2013 and December 2022, peer reviewed, target population aged 7–15 (primary, middle and lower secondary school). Search terms were: (Health* OR Wellbeing*) AND (Children* OR "young people*" OR youth*) AND School AND Education AND ("social justice*" OR Equity) AND sustainability. Using a search string combining all search terms identified 2423 records in the two databases. Citations from the search were imported to the Covidence systematic review system, where a screening and selection process took place in two steps: first title and abstract, then full texts were screened to select articles for inclusion in the analysis. Removing duplicates left 1917 records whose title and abstract were screened in the Covidence systematic review program. Following this screening process, 52 articles were retrieved and assessed for eligibility. An additional 12 articles were identified as potentially relevant by searching reference lists, of which 8 were retrieved. A total of 60 articles were thoroughly assessed. After excluding articles that did not meet the inclusion criteria described above, 23 articles were eventually included in the analysis processes. In this paper I have returned to these articles, identifying, categorizing, and discussing examples of perspectives on how the relation between wellbeing and sustainability challenges is addressed and linked to education and learning in schools. The analytical approach is narrative (interpretative), based on descriptive qualitative content analysis, and informed and inspired by the conceptual framework presented above. The paper concludes with a discussion of potentials and challenges in linking wellbeing and sustainability in educational research and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the presentation I will share results from the analysis, focusing on examples of perspectives underpinned by conceptions of 1) resource justice and equal sharing of resources, 2) the natural environment as a common good, 3) relations between people and the more-than-human. 1) This perspective highlights cultural and structural barriers in relation to a more equal sharing of resources, pointing out that socioeconomically deprived areas have significantly less high quality public green spaces and children living in these areas are thus less likely to have access to green spaces. This unequal access means that children who are already at risk of poor health have the least opportunity to reap the health benefits of green spaces and face educational inequalities. 2) Drawing on notions of the natural environment as a common good, framing environmental issues as social justice issues, this perspective is emphasizing the intimate links between health, wellbeing, and the stewardship of the commons - the natural environment - shared by people in a local community. Potentials in students developing a sense of connection to and an awareness of their interdependence with other living things and their responsibilities in relation to the larger whole of the environmental commons are underlined. 3) Within the perspective focusing on relations between people and the more-than-human it is argued that human–nature connectedness has a restorative effect on children’s wellbeing and that giving them a sense of being able to make a difference and care for nature, can lead to children developing an awareness of interconnections between environmental and human health. References Andreotti, V. et al. (2018). Mobilising Different Conversations about Global Justice in Education: Toward Alternative Futures in Uncertain Times, Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, Vol. 26, 9-41. Block, T., Goeminne, G., & Van Poeck, K. (2018). Balancing the urgency and wickedness of sustainability challenges: three maxims for post-normal education. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1424–1439. Routledge. Carlsson, M. (in review). Schools addressing health, wellbeing, and sustainability challenges: a literature review of perspectives on social justice, equity, and agency. (Paper submitted to Health Education January 2024). Duff, C. & Hill, N. (2022). Wellbeing as social care: On assemblages and the ‘commons’. Wellbeing, Space and Society 3. Franzolin, F., Carvalho, G.S., Santana, C.M.B., Calegari, A.d.S., Almeida, E.A.E., Soares, J.P.R., Jorge, J., Neves, F.D. and Lemos, E.R.S. (2022), Students’ Interests in Biodiversity: Links with Health and Sustainability, Sustainability, 13, 13767. Jickling, B., & Sterling, S. (2017). Post-Sustainability and Environmental Education. In B. J. S. Sterling (Ed.), Post-Sustainability and Environmental Education, 1-11. Palgrave. Krøjer, J. (2020). Social sustainability in the welfare state and welfare institutional care. Langegaard, L.L. and Dupret, K. (eds.) Social sustainability – concept, field and critique, 81-102, Frydenlund Academic. Lotz-Sisitka, H. (2017). Education and the common good, in B. Jickling & S. Sterling (Eds.) Post-sustainability and environmental education, 63–78. Palgrave Mc Millan. Malqvist M. and Powell N. (2022). Health, sustainability and transformation: a new narrative for global health, BMJ Global Health 2022;7:e010969, 1-3. McKenzie, M., Bieler, A., & McNeil, R. (2015). Education policy mobility: Reimagining sustainability in neoliberal times. Environmental Education Research, 221(3), 319–337. Spratt, J. (2017). Wellbeing, Equity and Education. A Critical Analysis of Policy Discourses of Wellbeing in Schools, 57-68, Springer. UN (2022). Sustainable Development Goals Report 2022. https://www.un.org/development/desa/dspd/2022/07/sdgs-report UNESCO (2015). Rethinking Education: Towards a global common good? Retrieved 3 Nov. 2023, https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232555. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining Our Futures Together: A New Social Contract for Education, Retrieved 3 Nov. 2023, https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381. Vallence, S. (2011). What is social sustainability? A clarification of concepts. Geoforum 42, 342-348. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 09 SES 12 A: Examining Leadership, Student Outcomes, and Academic Trajectories Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Predicting school failure in Sweden: A longitudinal approach 1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Umeå University Presenting Author:Previous research has identified that cognitive ability and socioeconomic status (SES) indicated by parental education, occupation, or income (Marks, 2013) are the strongest predictors of school outcomes. Cognitive ability is the strongest predictor of school achievement, with correlations around .60-.70 (Gustafsson & Balke, 1993), while SES typically correlates around .30-.40 with school achievement (Sirin, 2005). Longitudinal investigations of the strength of the associations concluded that the influence of SES is declining (Marks, 2013). However, in Sweden the strength of the association between SES and achievement has increased during the last decades (Gustafsson & Yang Hansen, 2018), suggesting that equity of schooling outcomes has deteriorated. Another important factor influencing school outcomes is gender. Girls tend to outperform boys in terms of grades internationally (Dwyer & Johnson, 1997), and this is true for Swedish students as well. Even more concerningly, boys are more at risk of dropping out of school in Sweden (World Bank, 2024). In Sweden, compulsory education ends in the school year 9, while in the optional upper secondary school, there are 18 regular national programs of three years to choose from, six of which are preparatory for higher education such as university, and twelve of which are vocational. While entrance requirements vary between programs, all of them demand students to have passing grades in Swedish/Swedish as a second language, English, an d mathematics from their final year of compulsory schooling. The main question, which can be investigated for all birth cohorts between 1948 and 2004, is the relative importance of cognitive ability, social background, cultural background, and gender as determinants of school failure and general school achievement, and how this varies as a function of school characteristics and societal factors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We define four levels of school failure: premature failure, i.e., no grades or low grades in year 6; early failure, i.e., no grades in year 9; midway failure, i.e., not eligible for upper secondary school, and late failure, i.e., no final grades/exam within three years of finishing upper secondary school. Starting with a basic model including grade point average (GPA) from compulsory school, along with cognitive abilities from grade 6 and background variables, predicting school failure. The differentiation of students into different programs will be dealt with through a dummy variable approach and/or through fitting separate models for different programs or groups of programs. As for the compulsory school model, explanatory variables will be added in the next step, using the same sources of information. Longitudinal data from two sources are used; the GOLD and the UGU databases which partially overlap in that the UGU participants in the seven birth cohorts 1972, 1977, 1982, 1987, 1992, 1998, and 2004 also are included in GOLD. The data allow a large number of cohort comparisons, focusing on curricular and organizational aspects, and on societal changes such as increasing economic inequity and school segregation. Both comprehensive school and upper secondary school will be investigated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical results will be discussed in light of the educational research and political discourse that preceded the reforms, in which both gender and cognitive ability were considered to be of key importance. Along with descriptions of the changes in the school organization and school curricula, this study will contribute to an understanding of the three levels of curriculum (the intended, the implemented, and the achieved curriculum which in interplay with social and home background factors determine children’s opportunity to learn (McDonnell, 1995); and to the changes in the school system that followed with school reforms. References Dwyer, C. A., & Johnson, L. M. (1997). Grades, accomplishments, and correlates. In Gender and fair assessment (pp. 127–156). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Gustafsson, J.-E., & Balke, G. (1993). General and specific abilities as predictors of school achievement. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 28(4), 407–434. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr2804_2 Gustafsson, J.-E., & Yang Hansen, K. (2018). Changes in the impact of family education on student educational achievement in Sweden 1988-2014. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(5), 719–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2017.1306799 Marks, G. N. (2013). Education, social background and cognitive ability: The decline of the social. Routledge. https://www.routledge.com/Education-Social-Background-and-Cognitive-Ability-The-decline-of-the-social/Marks/p/book/9781138923225 McDonnell, L. M. (1995). Opportunity to learn as a research concept and a policy instrument. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 17(3), 305–322. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737017003305 Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. World Bank. (2024). Education statistics—All indicators. https://databank.worldbank.org/source/education-statistics-%5e-all-indicators 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Determinants of School Failure in Sweden 1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Previous research has identified two main individual-level determinants of school outcomes: cognitive ability and socioeconomic status (SES) indicated by parental education, occupation, or income (Marks, 2013). Cognitive ability is the strongest predictor of school achievement, with correlations around .60-.70 (Gustafsson & Balke, 1993), while SES typically correlates around .30-.40 with school achievement (Sirin, 2005). However, there are substantial country differences in these relationships, and longitudinal investigations of the strength of the associations have also been observed, and Marks (2013) concluded that the influence of SES is declining. On the contrary, for Sweden an increase in the strength of the association between SES and achievement has been observed during the last decades (Gustafsson & Yang Hansen, 2018), suggesting that equity of schooling outcomes has deteriorated. Moreover, gender differences have been observed in Sweden in terms of grades in line with international trends (Dwyer & Johnson, 1997), and boys are more at risk of dropping out of school in Sweden (World Bank, 2024). Recently, much attention has been devoted to personality characteristics as determinants of success and failure in school, such as conscientiousness (Almlund et al., 2011), grit (Duckworth et al., 2007), and growth mindset (Dweck, 2008). Other individual characteristics too have been shown to contribute to school achievement. Prominent examples are self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997), self-concept(Bong & Skaalvik, 2003), and intrinsic and extrinsic motivation (Ryan & Deci, 2000). In Sweden, compulsory education involves school years 1 to 9, while in the optional upper secondary school, there are eighteen regular national programs of three years to choose from, six of which are preparatory for higher education such as university, and twelve of which are vocational. While entrance requirements vary between programs, all of them demand students to have passing grades in Swedish/Swedish as a second language, English, and mathematics from their final year of compulsory schooling. The main aim of this study is to investigate individual and social determinants in the development of school failure using a longitudinal approach for two birth cohorts that have followed the same curriculum, born in 1998 and 2004. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We define four levels of school failure: premature failure, i.e., no grades or low grades in year 6; early failure, i.e., no grades in year 9; midway failure, i.e., not eligible for upper secondary school, and late failure, i.e., no final grades/exam within three years of finishing upper secondary school. Information about gender and SES will be used to explain individual variation in cognitive abilities in school year 6. This model will be extended with results on national tests and will be used to predict achievement and school failure in school year 9. Next, explanatory variables derived from the student questionnaires (e.g., self-concept/self-efficacy, achievement goal preferences, motivation, coping, self-reported mental health) and registers (e.g., school relocations, participation in special needs education, mental health problems) will be added to the model to investigate to what extent they affect the risk for school failure. For upper secondary school, a similar approach will be taken, starting with a basic model including grade point average (GPA) from compulsory school, along with cognitive abilities from school year 6 and background variables, predicting school failure in the form of dropout or low grades. The differentiation of students into different programs will be dealt with through a dummy variable approach and/or through fitting separate models for different programs or groups of programs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In combination, the results from the models for compulsory and upper secondary school will provide good coverage of individual and social determinants of school failure. References Almlund, M., Duckworth, A. L., Heckman, J., & Kautz, T. (2011). Personality psychology and economics. In Handbook of the economics of education: Vol. 4 (pp. 1–181). Elsevier. https://econpapers.repec.org/bookchap/eeeeduchp/4-1.htm Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman. Bong, M., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2003). Academic self-concept and self-efficacy: How different are they really? Educational Psychology Review, 15(1), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1021302408382 Duckworth, A. L., Peterson, C., Matthews, M. D., & Kelly, D. R. (2007). Grit: Perseverance and passion for long-term goals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92(6), 1087–1101. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.92.6.1087 Dweck, C. S. (2008). Mindset: The new psychology of success (Ballantine Books trade pbk. ed.). Ballantine Books. Dwyer, C. A., & Johnson, L. M. (1997). Grades, accomplishments, and correlates. In Gender and fair assessment (pp. 127–156). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Gustafsson, J.-E., & Balke, G. (1993). General and specific abilities as predictors of school achievement. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 28(4), 407–434. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr2804_2 Gustafsson, J.-E., & Yang Hansen, K. (2018). Changes in the impact of family education on student educational achievement in Sweden 1988-2014. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(5), 719–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2017.1306799 Marks, G. N. (2013). Education, social background and cognitive ability: The decline of the social. Routledge. https://www.routledge.com/Education-Social-Background-and-Cognitive-Ability-The-decline-of-the-social/Marks/p/book/9781138923225 Ryan & Deci. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: Classic definitions and new directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 54–67. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1020 Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. World Bank. (2024). Education statistics—All indicators. https://databank.worldbank.org/source/education-statistics-%5e-all-indicators 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Do They Achieve What They Aimed For? Trajectories and Achieved School-leaving Certificates of Retained Students. 1Ludwig Maximilian University Munich; 2TU Dortmund / IFS Presenting Author:Nationally and internationally, grade retention is a highly controversial measure to homogenise students with different competence levels. In Germany, some federal states (e.g., Hamburg and Berlin) have already abolished grade retention. In Bavaria and Bremen, however, grade retention rates are above the national average (2.3%, see Statistisches Bundesamt, 2018). In an international comparison, the rate of German pupils who have been retained at least once in the course of their educational career is above the OECD-average (Germany: 19.6%, OECD: 12.2 %; ꭓ² = 29558.56, df=1, p<.001; own calculations). Empirical evidence on the effectiveness of grade retention is still insufficient. International studies (Goos et al., 2021) showed that there are short-term improvements in performance after being retained, but they decrease in the medium and long term. Especially in highly hierarchically structured education systems such as Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands or Switzerland, grade retention is least effective (ibid.). In Germany, only a few reliable studies allow concrete statements about the effectiveness of grade retention: Positive effects of grade retention on students’ performance development were not proven (Ehmke et al., 2017; Fabian, 2020). Beyond this, Fabian (2020) also showed that there was no significant improvement in school grades of retained students. Marsh et al. (2017), however, found an increase in retained students’ math performance after repetition. With regard to the achieved school-leaving qualification, Bellenberg (1999) showed that grade retention is very often associated with school dropout and/or downward change of school track, thus reducing the probability of achieving higher school-leaving qualifications for repeating students. Demski and Liegmann (2014) reported only minor differences between repeaters and promoted students. Given the theoretical assumptions of credentialism (Bills, 2003), DiPrete et al.'s (2017) findings from an international comparison are noteworthy: In Germany, school-leaving certificates are particularly important for future success on the training and labour market. At the same time, objective competencies and obtained certificates are often incongruent (Brändle & Pohlmann, 2021). Empirical findings showed that particularly students with low qualifications successfully enter the training market if they have good grades and high educational aspirations – regardless of their cognitive and social skills (Holtmann et al., 2017). Due to the strong correlation between school-leaving qualifications and success on the training and labour market, the present study investigates whether grade retention has advantages or disadvantages for retained students. Previous research findings suggest that being retained might lead to lower school-leaving qualifications. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data basis for the present analyses was the German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS, starting cohort 3; Blossfeld et al., 2011). The sample was initially representative of Grade 5 students in Germany and consisted of n = 6,491 students. For the present analyses, we excluded students in school tracks where different school-leaving certificates can be obtained (i.e., students from tracks with several educational programmes, comprehensive tracks). Students for whom no information on the attended school track was available were also excluded from analysis. This resulted in an analysis sample of n = 4,371 students, 118 of whom were retained in Grade 7 (2.5%). We treated missing values using multiple imputation (m = 55 ) in R 4.2.2 (R Core Team, 2023) via the package mice (van Buuren & Groothuis-Oudshoorn, 2011), accounting for the clustered data structure and the frequently non-normal data distribution. Based on this analysis sample, we calculated propensity scores using the Rubin Causal Model (Rubin, 1974) and conducted propensity score matching (Rosenbaum & Rubin, 1983) based on objective competencies in reading and math before grade retention as well as information based on key background characteristics provided by students and parents. Grade repeaters were then matched with non-repeaters (full matching, caliper = .10). This allowed us to compare retained students with similar students regarding key background characteristics, but who were regularly promoted. The highest achieved school-leaving certificate, operationalised by CASMIN (König et al, 1988), was then analysed visually. In addition, we created dichotomous dummy variables for (a) a qualification lower than the usual qualification in the respective school type, (b) a qualification appropriate to the school type (i.e., Certificate of Secondary Education at lower tracks [Hauptschule], General Certificate of Secondary Education [GCSE] at intermediate tracks [Realschule], A-level [Abitur] at academic tracks [Gymnasium]) and (c) a qualification higher than the usual qualification at the respective track (i.e., GCSE at lower tracks or A-level after being retained in intermediate tracks). We conducted logistic regressions to analyse the effect of grade repetition on the adequacy of the school-leaving certificate. Results show that a grade retention seems to reduce the chance of achieving a track-equivalent qualification (OR_fit = .92, p = .089). Grade retention had no influence on the chance of achieving a higher qualification than usual in the respective school track. However, grade repetition increased the chance of obtaining a lower qualification (OR_lower = 1.12, p < .001). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, we found that students who were retained in Grade 7 were less likely to achieve a school-leaving certificate that is appropriate to their attended school track. Also – in line with findings from Bellenberg (1999) – the risk of achieving a lower school-leaving certificate increased when students were retained. Since there is some evidence that grade retentions do not lead to better grades (Fabian, 2020) – which is one of the most important goals of grade retention – the findings of Holtmann et al. (2017) become even more important: Even with low qualifications, but good grades and high educational aspirations, young adolescents’ successful transition to the training and labour market is more likely. In that regard, as can be assumed based on the findings of the present study, grade retention fails its goal to help students strengthen their academic outcomes and their chances of obtaining a track-adequate school-leaving certificate. Thus, further investigation is needed to analyse whether students with lower school-leaving qualifications than appropriate to the respective attended school track reach this lower qualification at least with better grades. The reason why previous studies (e.g., Demski & Liegmann, 2014) did not find differences in educational attainment for repeaters and non-repeaters might be that in the past decades, “irregular” – i.e., non-linear – trajectories became more common. Thus, the achievement gap between repeaters and non-repeaters after compulsory education might be narrowed by further training. In their study, Demski and Liegmann (2014) used retrospective information of participants, so the effect of further training could be accounted for. However, we could not address these effects with the data of the present study, yet it will hopefully be possible with the ongoing studies of the NEPS in the future. References Bellenberg, G. (1999). Individuelle Schullaufbahnen: eine empirische Untersuchung über Bildungsverläufe von der Einschulung bis zum Abschluss. Weinheim: Juventa. Bills, D. B. (2003). Credentials, signals, and screens: Explaining the relationship between schooling and job assignment. Review of Educational Research, 73(4), 441-469. Blossfeld, H. P., & Von Maurice, J. (2019). Education as a lifelong process (pp. 17-33). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. Brändle, T., & Pohlmann, B. (2021). Alles nur eine Frage der Kompetenz? Leistungs- und Chancengerechtigkeit bei der Vergabe von Schulabschlüssen und Abschlussnoten. Zeitschrift für Soziologie, 50(1), 58-77. Demski, D., & Liegmann, A. B. (2014). Klassenwiederholungen im Kontext von Schul- und Berufsbiographien. In: A. B. Liegmann, I. Mammes & K. Racherbäumer (eds.). (2014). Facetten von Übergängen im Bildungssystem. Nationale und internationale Ergebnisse empirischer Forschung (pp. 173-189). Münster: Waxmann (2014) DiPrete, T. A., Eller, C. C., Bol, T., & Van de Werfhorst, H. G. (2017). School-to-work linkages in the United States, Germany, and France. American Journal of Sociology, 122(6), 1869-1938. Ehmke, T., Sälzer, C., Pietsch, M., Drechsel, B., & Müller, K. (2017). Kompetenzentwicklung im Schuljahr nach PISA 2012: Effekte von Klassenwiederholungen. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 2(20), 99-124. Fabian, P. (2020). Leistungskonsolidierung, Leistungssteigerung-oder etwas ganz anderes? Die Effekte einer Klassenwiederholung auf die Leistungsentwicklung. Münster: Waxmann. Goos, M., Pipa, J., & Peixoto, F. (2021). Effectiveness of grade retention: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 34, 100401. Holtmann, A. C., Menze, L., & Solga, H. (2017). Persistent disadvantages or new opportunities? The role of agency and structural constraints for low-achieving adolescents’ school-to-work transitions. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 46, 2091-2113. König, W., Lüttinger, P., & Müller, W. (1988). A comparative analysis of the development and structure of educational systems: Methodological foundations and the construction of a comparative educational scale. Mannheim: Universität Mannheim, Institut für Sozialwissenschaften. Marsh, H. W., Pekrun, R., Parker, P. D., Murayama, K., Guo, J., Dicke, T., & Lichtenfeld, S. (2017). Long-term positive effects of repeating a year in school: Six-year longitudinal study of self-beliefs, anxiety, social relations, school grades, and test scores. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(3), 425-438. R Core Team (2023). R: A language and environment for statistical computing. Vienna: R Foundation for Statistical Computing. Rosenbaum, P. R., & Rubin, D. B. (1983). The central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects. Biometrika, 70(1), 41-55. Rubin, D. B. (1974). Estimating causal effects of treatments in randomized and nonrandomized studies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 66(5), 688-701. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 09 SES 12 B: Reimagining Assessment Practices and Teacher Autonomy Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Do teachers prefer to be free? Teachers’ Appreciation of Autonomy in students' assessment as a Personal Interpretation of Professional Reality 1Beit Ber Academic College, Israel; 2University of Haifa Presenting Author:Our aim in this study was to learn about teachers’ understanding and appreciation of their autonomy in the context of student's assessment. The study’s context was a reform in Israel’s national matriculation exams (declared in 2022), that involved transitioning from external state-governed examinations into school-based assessment. The reform triggered discussions and re-evaluation of teachers’ professional autonomy, and of assessment policy. In this context we explored teachers' perceptions of the effect of assessment on professional autonomy. Furthermore, we broadened the scope of our study beyond the confines of the local reform, utilizing this specific case to draw more general insights regarding how teachers attribute significance to the professional conditions within which they work and how these conditions effect their sense of autonomy. We looked at the relation between autonomy in assessment, and autonomy in other aspects of teachers work. Furthermore, we studied the role of autonomy in the teachers' professional identity. Our main research questions were: Which factors do the teachers acknowledge as contributing to their sense and preferences of autonomy? What are teachers' perceptions of the effect of assessment on their professional autonomy? The theoretical framework of the study includes several types of literature. First, we draw on a philosophical analysis of teachers’ freedom and responsibility, based on Existential philosophy of Jean-Paul Sartre (1946/ 2017). Teachers’ professional identity has been recognized as an extreme case of human destiny portrayed by Sartre (Author 1, 2022). While practicing the art of teaching (Schwab, 1983), teachers have a constant need to make choices in class, interpreting system’s regulations, practicing an inevitable autonomy, and exerting professional responsibility. Secondly, we looked at current studies, and learned that teacher autonomy research mirrors trends in national and global education. Several studies indicate the favorable effects of teacher autonomy on teachers' perceived self-efficacy, work satisfaction, and empowerment, and on creating a positive work climate. They also show constraints on autonomy correlate with teacher turnover and the risk of emotional exhaustion, and burnout (Skaalvik & Skaalvik,2014). Despite the recognition of the importance of teacher autonomy for job satisfaction (Juntunen, 2017), successful schools, and professional development (Wermke et al., 2019), there is less consensus on its definition (Pearson & Moomaw 2005). Autonomous teachers have a high control over daily practice issues (Wermke et al., 2019). Friedman’s scale for teacher-work autonomy (TWA 1999) includes four functioning areas pertinent to teachers’ sense of autonomy: class teaching, school operating, staff development, and curriculum development. In a re-evaluation of Friedman's scale (Strong & Yoshida, 2014), the number of autonomy areas grew to six and included assessment. In this paper we adopt Lennert-Da Silva’s (2022) definition which relates to the decision-making scope and control teachers have in relation to the national educational policy. Thirdly, we read studies that look at autonomy in the context of student assessment and examine it as part of the larger theme of accountability. In the context of marketization, schools’ decentralization places school leaders within a framework including bureaucratic regulations, discourses of competitive enterprise, and external public accountability measures, that are spreading worldwide (Hammersley-Fletcher et al., 2021; Verger et al., 2019). External assessment is a central factor in accountability (Ben-Peretz, 2012). High-stakes accountability casts a shadow on teachers' professional practice (Clarke, 2012; Mausethagen & Granlund, 2012), and their everyday practice is constrained by external testing.(Ball, 2003, 2008a, 2008b). Focusing on assessment as one expression of accountability, studies discuss the tension between external testing and autonomy. State-controlled assessment is viewed as a shift away from teacher professionalism towards the adoption of teaching methods that erode teacher autonomy in9 curriculum development and instructional decision-making (Day & Smethem, 2009). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on existential philosophy and empirical literature on the connection between student assessment and teacher autonomy, we adopted a qualitative approach, and we conducted in-depth interviews with 12 teachers, who were selected from four diverse schools, to ensure a broad representation of student populations. For our data collection We employed a semi-structured interview format that began with general questions, giving the teachers an opportunity to freely express their perspectives on their autonomy. We aimed to ascertain whether teachers would refer to assessment processes and to the reform, as aspects of autonomy and factors in their general work experience before we asked them specifically about these topics. We asked: Do you like your work? What aspects contribute to your enjoyment in teaching? What factors disturb you or minimize your satisfaction? Do you feel free at work? The subsequent phase of the interview centered on the matriculation reform, exploring whether teachers had perceived alterations to their level of autonomy. We used questions like: How do you usually evaluate your students? What is your opinion about the reform in the matriculation examinations? The interviews lasted one and a half hours, on average. They were conducted face to face, recorded, and later transcribed. To analyze our data, we utilized inductive qualitative content analysis methodology (Cho & Lee 2014), We conducted open coding of the data, asking questions such as: What do the teachers' responses reveal about their views about the ‘is’ and the ‘ought’ of their professional autonomy? Do they see a difference between internal assessment (INA) and external assessment (EXA) as factors influencing their autonomy? This procedure resulted in preliminary categories. Next, we explored the data to identify commonalities, disparities, complementarities, and interconnections among the teachers, while also considering their individual characteristics. To ensure trustworthiness, the categories obtained from this procedure were abstracted by each researcher individually. We then compared notes and agreed on the final categorization scheme. The overarching categories addressing the two research questions relate to professional circumstances: the national education system and the school in which each teacher works. As informed by inductive data analysis methodology, the analysis process also revealed professional qualities that influence teachers' view of autonomy. These were specifically identified by the teachers in the interviews and included professional confidence and a sense of purpose. The final categorial scheme is concerned not only with the individual categories but more significantly with their arrangement and interplay. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, our analysis shows that teachers' sense and preference of autonomy, as expressed in their response to the matriculation reform, stemmed from personal subjective interpretation of the objective circumstances of their professional environment. Despite diverse attitudes, the majority of teachers express a preference for autonomy, especially in assessment. Given the global teacher shortage and challenges in retaining high-quality teachers (García et al., 2022; Guthery & Bailes, 2022), recognizing that external assessments constrain teachers' experienced autonomy has significant implications for policymakers deciding on state assessments. The teachers highlighted the significance of two elements shaping their professional experience, and determining the degree of autonomy they have: the national education system and the school. They referred to assessment as a clear example of the complex interplay between those two elements; However, the teachers emphasized a holistic approach to autonomy, in which assessment cannot stand alone. For them, autonomy included curricular planning and assessment design together. Moreover, teachers’ appreciation of their autonomy is inspired by two professional qualities: confidence and a sense of purpose. This conclusion, regarding the relationship between teachers’ confidence, sense of purpose, and their views about autonomy, bares important conclusion for teacher professional learning and development, as well as for teacher education. We recognize the need for further elaboration of this conclusion, designing ways to enhance and promote these professional qualities as part of the shaping of professional identity of novice teachers, as well as that of experienced teachers . References Ball, S. (2008b). Performativity, privatisation, professionals and the state. In B. Cunningham (Ed.), Exploring professionalism (pp. 50–72). Institute of Education Day, C., & Smethem, L. (2009). The effects of reform: Have teachers really lost their sense of professionalism? Journal of Educational Change, 10, 141–157. Ben-Peretz, M. (2012). Accountability vs. teacher autonomy: An issue of balance. In The Routledge international handbook of teacher and school development (pp. 83-92). Routledge. Cho, J. Y., & Lee, E. H. (2014). Reducing confusion about grounded theory and qualitative content analysis: Similarities and differences. Qualitative report, 19(32), 1-20. Friedman, I. A. (1999). Teacher-perceived work autonomy: The concept and its measurement. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 59(1), 58-76. García, E., Han, E., & Weiss, E. (2022). Determinants of teacher attrition: Evidence from district-teacher matched data. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30(25), n25. Guthery, S., & Bailes, L. P. (2022). Building experience and retention: the influence of principal tenure on teacher retention rates. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(4), 439-455. Hammersley-Fletcher, L., Kılıçoğlu, D., & Kılıçoğlu, G. (2021). Does autonomy exist? Comparing the autonomy of teachers and senior leaders in England and Turkey. Oxford Review of Education, 47(2), 189-206. Juntunen, M. L. (2017). National assessment meets teacher autonomy: national assessment of learning outcomes in music in Finnish basic education. Music Education Research, 19(1), 1-16. Lennert Da Silva, A. L. (2022). Comparing teacher autonomy in different models of educational governance. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(2), 103-118. Pearson, L. C., & Moomaw, W. (2005). The relationship between teacher autonomy and stress, work satisfaction, empowerment, and professionalism. Educational Research Quarterly, 29(1), 38-54. Sartre, J. P. (1946 / 2017). Existentialism is a humanism (C. Macomber, Trans.). Yale University Press. Schwab, J. J. (1973). The practical 3: Translation into curriculum. The School Review, 81(4), 501-522. Schwab, J. J. (1983). The practical 4: Something for curriculum professors to do. Curriculum Inquiry, 13(3), 239-265. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2014). Teacher self-efficacy and perceived autonomy: Wermke, W., Olason Rick, S., & Salokangas, M. (2019). Decision-making and control: Perceived autonomy of teachers in Germany and Sweden. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(3), 306-325. Strong, L. E., & Yoshida, R. K. (2014). Teachers’ autonomy in today's educational climate: Current perceptions from an acceptable instrument. Educational Studies, 50(2), 123-145. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper How Well Can AI Identify Effective Teachers? 1Texas Tech University, United States of America; 2Gargani & Co Inc Presenting Author:We report ongoing research that assesses how well AI can evaluate teaching, which we define as “effective” to the degree it helps students learn. Our current research builds on a body of prior work in which we assessed how well human judges performed the same task. Under varying conditions (length of instructional sample; instruction documented as video, audio, and transcript; and judgments based on intuition alone, high-inference rubrics, and low-inference rubrics) human judges demonstrate significant limitations. Experts and nonexperts did no better than chance when they relied solely on their intuitive judgment. Experts fared no better when using high-inference rubrics. However, experts and nonexperts were more accurate than chance when they used low-inference rubrics, and just as accurate using transcripts of instruction compared to video. Machines are very good at performing low-inference tasks, and AI in particular is very good at “understanding” written text, such as transcripts. Is AI better at judging teaching effectiveness from transcripts than humans? If so, should human judges be replaced by machines? We provide data that may help answer these questions, and engage our audience in a discussion of the moral dilemmas it poses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We investigate two types of evaluative judgments—unstructured and structured. Unstructured judgments were investigated by asking subjects to “use what they know” to classify classroom instruction of known quality as being of either high or low effectiveness. Structured judgments were investigated by asking subjects to count the occurrences of six concrete teaching behaviors using the RATE rubric. The performance of two groups of subjects are compared—human judges and AI. The tasks with human subjects are replications of experiments we previously conducted and published (Strong et al, 2011; Gargani & Strong, 2104; 2015). We are, therefore, able to compare the performance of AI and humans on the same tasks at the same time, as well as to human judges in previous studies. A contribution of our work concerns the difficult problem of developing prompts for AI that instruct it to complete the evaluation tasks. Our protocol is iterative—we developed and piloted prompts, revised them, piloted again, and so on until satisfied that any failure to complete a task well would not be attributable to weaknesses in the prompts. We developed our own criteria for prompts, which we will share. One hundred human subjects were recruited to act as a benchmark for the AI, and they use an online platform to complete the tasks. Comparisons of accuracy and reliability will be made across groups and tasks, providing a basis for judging the relative success of AI and human judges. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We hypothesize that the use of lesson transcripts versus video or audio only will reduce the sources of bias such that humans will be able to more accurately distinguish between above-average and below-average teachers. We further hypothesize that AI will be more accurate than humans, and can be successfully trained to produce reliable evaluations using a formal observation system. References Raudenbush, S. W., & Bryk, A. S. (2002). Hierarchical linear models: Applications and data analysis methods (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Shrout, P. E., & Fleiss, J. L. (1979). Intraclass correlations: Uses in assessing rater reliability. Psychological Bulletin, 86(2), 470-428. Strong, M. (2011). The highly qualified teacher: What is teacher quality and how do we measure it? New York: Teachers College Press. Strong,M., Gargani, J., & Hacifazlioğlu, Ö. (2011). Do we know a successful teacher when we see one? Experiments in the identification of effective teachers. Journal of Teacher Education, 20(10), 1-16. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Evaluation of Online Content. Development and Empirical Evaluation of a Measurement Instrument for Primary School Children University of Wuerzburg, Germany Presenting Author:Children today are growing up in a digitally connected world which sets them apart from previous generations. For example, 42% of 5- to 7-year-olds have their own tablet and 93% of 8- to 11-year-olds spend an average of 13.5 hours online (Ofcom 2022). Digital media provides opportunities for easier access to information and communication with peers. However, it also presents a range of risks, especially for children who are particularly vulnerable due to their young age. This becomes clear when they are confronted with violent, sexual, advertising, or judgmental content in the digital space (Livingstone et al. 2015). Other challenges in digital communication and information channels include fake news, propaganda and deepfakes. With regard to the aforementioned aspects, it is necessary to possess skills that enable a critical examination of information. For this reason, information evaluation is considered an important subskill for social participation and learning inside and outside of school. When examining the internet preferences of children and young people, it becomes apparent that they are primarily interested in extracurricular activities rather than child-friendly services commonly discussed in school settings, such as children's search engines. The top four internet activities include WhatsApp, watching films and videos, and using YouTube and search engines (Feierabend et al., 2023). In this respect, WhatsApp, YouTube, and TikTok are the most popular (social media) platforms (Reppert-Bismarck et al. 2019). The evaluation of content is not limited to online research alone. It can also occur in different scenarios, such as browsing the internet for entertainment or out of boredom). In this regard, the strategies for evaluating content vary depending on the purpose of the discussion (Weisberg et al. 2023), allowing the assessment of information, data, and content from different angles. One approach to evaluate content is to verify its credibility. In research literature, credibility encompasses multiple aspects. This includes assessing the trustworthiness of content, such as recognizing intention, or the expertise of the author. However, studies show that young people tend to lack critical evaluation skills when it comes to the credibility of online content (Kiili et al. 2018) and are also insufficiently prepared to verify the truthfulness of information (Hasebrink et al. 2019). In the context of social media in particular, the question of the realism of the shared content (e.g., factuality or plausibility) arises. Recipients are faced with the challenge of multiplicity resulting from the different ‘realities’ on social media. These realities are shaped by different motivations, attitudes, and political or social contexts which can blur boundaries (Cho et al. 2022). Overall, the evaluation process of online content is influenced by various factors. For instance, research suggests that reading competence affects the evaluation process. Furthermore, the socioeconomic status has been found to influence the digitalization-related skills of young people (see ICILS results). Another important aspect to consider is the influence of platform-specific knowledge, such as understanding the YouTube algorithm, and topic-specific knowledge on content evaluation, such as the subject of a news video. In addition, the design of both the platform and the content can also have an impact. This includes factors such as image-to-text ratio, layout, effects, and the focus of the central message. To which extent the presented assumptions apply to primary school children is unclear, as most empirical results relate to adults or adolescents. Therefore, the overarching goal of the project is to develop a standardized measurement instrument for primary school children in order to assess to which extent they are able to evaluate internet content. The creation of a standardized measurement instrument involves several substeps which are outlined below. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Model The development of a measurement instrument requires a theoretical and empirical foundation. We believe there is a limited number of models that specifically address the evaluation of online content in primary school children. Therefore, we examined constructs related to the subcompetence of 'evaluation' to develop a theory- and empirically-based measurement model. For this purpose, we used normatively formulated standards, theoretical models and empirical studies that systematize, assess, or discuss information, media, digital, internet and social media skills. The analysis of these constructs can yield various criteria for evaluating online content, such as credibility or realism. For instance, context is crucial when evaluating content (e.g., advertising content; Purington Drake et al., 2023). As most of the analysis is not related to primary schools, all German curricula (e.g., based on DigComp, Ferrari 2013) were examined for relevant subcompetencies and content areas. The aim is to compare the research results with normative requirements in the primary school sector to ensure that competence targets are not set unrealistically high. Assessment instrument Based on the measurement model, we developed a digital performance test with 20 multiple-choice tasks. To increase content validity, the instrument includes multimodal test items from the age group's most popular platforms (e.g., YouTube). The operationalization includes phenomena that are platform-specific (e.g., clickbait). Assessment criteria were derived for each content area and subcompetency and adapted to the specific platform content, such as a promotional video with child influencers. Expert interviews in the online children's sector additionally contributed to the development of age-appropriate content and evaluation criteria (Brückner et al. 2020). Validation steps/procedures To validate the 20 test items, a qualitative comprehensibility analysis was conducted in small group discussions with school and university experts (n=12). Following that, five children were accompanied by the thinking aloud method while they solved the test items (Brandt and Moosbrugger 2020). Both validation steps led to linguistic and content-related adjustments. Pilot study An initial test of the measurement instrument was conducted with 81 pupils (56.8% female) in Grade 3/4 (M=10.4, SD=0.64). 57 children were given parental permission to provide information on their socioeconomic status (HISEI=47.44, SD=16.42). 51.9% predominantly speak another language at home. The aim of the pilot study was to perform an initial descriptive item analysis to determine task difficulty, variance, and selectivity. The calculation of an overall score requires item homogeneity, wherein high selectivity indices serve as an initial indication (Kelava and Moosbrugger 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the piloting showed that 15 out of 20 test items had a task difficulty of 45≤Pi≤78. Five items had a higher difficulty (25≤Pi≤39). These items primarily dealt with phishing, clickbait, the use of third-party data, and bots. The correlative relationships calculation showed an inconsistent picture for the respective tasks which resulted in low selectivity indices (rit<.3) in some cases. Due to the small sample size, it was not possible to definitely determine whether the data had a unidimensional or multidimensional structure (principal component analysis/varimax rotation). As a result, the selectivity was not further interpreted (Kelava and Moosbrugger 2020). It is not surprising that students struggled with test tasks involving deception and personality interference, as even adults find phenomena like bots to be challenging (Wineburg et al. 2019). This raises the question of whether this content is appropriate for primary schools despite its real-world relevance. Methodological challenges in investigating such phenomena and implications for school support are discussed in the main study. As a result of the pilot study, the five most challenging tasks were adjusted in terms of difficulty without altering the core content (e.g., linguistic adaptations of questions/answers, replacement of videos). To obtain precise information on unidimensionality, IRT models were utilized for data analysis in the main study (Kelava and Moosbrugger 2020). The data collection was completed in December 2023 (n=672) and aims to gain more precise insights into item and test quality. The quality results of the measurement instrument will be reported at the conference with a focus on the area of deception. This study raises the question of whether primary school children are able to evaluate deceptive content and what methodological challenges this poses for measurement. This study will investigate whether individual variables (socioeconomic status, migration history) influence the evaluation of deceptive content. References Brandt, Holger; Moosbrugger, Helfried (2020): Planungsaspekte und Konstruktionsphasen von Tests und Fragebogen. In: Helfried Moosbrugger und Augustin Kelava (Hg.): Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, S. 41–66. Brückner, Sebastian; Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, Olga; Pant, Hans Anand (2020): Standards für pädagogisches Testen. In: Helfried Moosbrugger und Augustin Kelava (Hg.): Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, S. 217–248. Cho, Hyunyi; Cannon, Julie; Lopez, Rachel; Li, Wenbo (2022): Social media literacy: A conceptual framework. In: New Media & Society, 146144482110685. DOI: 10.1177/14614448211068530. Feierabend, Sabine; Rathgeb, Thomas; Kheredmand, Hediye; Glöckler, Stephan (2023): KIM-Studie 2022 Kindheit, Internet, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 6-bis 13-Jähriger. Hg. v. Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest (mpfs). Online verfügbar unter https://www.mpfs.de/studien/kim-studie/2022/. Ferrari, Anusca (2013): DIGCOMP: A Framework for Developing and Understanding Digital Competence in Europe. Eurpean Commission Joint Research Center. Online verfügbar unter https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC83167, zuletzt geprüft am 16.05.2023. Hasebrink, Uwe; Lampert, Claudia; Thiel, Kira (2019): Online-Erfahrungen von 9- bis 17-Jährigen. Ergebnisse der EU Kids Online-Befragung in Deutschland 2019. 2. überarb. Auflage. Hamburg: Verlag Hans-Bredow. Kelava, Augustin; Moosbrugger, Helfried (2020): Deskriptivstatistische Itemanalyse und Testwertbestimmung. In: Helfried Moosbrugger und Augustin Kelava (Hg.): Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, S. 143–158. Kiili, Carita; Leu, Donald J.; Utriainen, Jukka; Coiro, Julie; Kanniainen, Laura; Tolvanen, Asko et al. (2018): Reading to Learn From Online Information: Modeling the Factor Structure. In: Journal of Literacy Research 50 (3), S. 304–334. DOI: 10.1177/1086296X18784640. Livingstone, S.; Mascheroni, G.; Staksrud, E. (2015): Developing a framework for researching children’s online risks and opportunities in Europe. EU Kids Online. Online verfügbar unter https://eprints.lse.ac.uk/64470/1/__lse.ac.uk_storage_LIBRARY_Secondary_libfile_shared_repository_Content_EU%20Kids%20Online_EU%20Kids%20Online_Developing%20framework%20for%20researching_2015.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am 11.01.2024. Ofcom (2022): Children and parents: media use and attitudes report. Online verfügbar unter https://www.ofcom.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0024/234609/childrens-media-use-and-attitudes-report-2022.pdf. Purington Drake, Amanda; Masur, Philipp K.; Bazarova, Natalie N.; Zou, Wenting; Whitlock, Janis (2023): The youth social media literacy inventory: development and validation using item response theory in the US. In: Journal of Children and Media, S. 1–21. DOI: 10.1080/17482798.2023.2230493. Reppert-Bismarck; Dombrowski, Tim; Prager, Thomas (2019): Tackling Disinformation Face to Face: Journalists' Findings From the Classroom. In: Lie Directors. Weisberg, Lauren; Wan, Xiaoman; Wusylko, Christine; Kohnen, Angela M. (2023): Critical Online Information Evaluation (COIE): A comprehensive model for curriculum and assessment design. In: JMLE 15 (1), S. 14–30. DOI: 10.23860/JMLE-2023-15-1-2. Wineburg, Sam; Breakstone, Joel; Smith, Mark; McGrew, Sarah; Ortega, Teresa (2019): Civic Online Reasoning: Curriculum Evaluation (working paper 2019-A2, Stanford History Education Group, Stanford University). Online verfügbar unter https://stacks.stanford.edu/file/druid:xr124mv4805/COR%20Curriculum%20Evaluation.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am 29.06.2023. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper A Multilevel Meta-Analysis of the Validity of Student Rating Scales in Teaching Evaluation. Which Psychometric Characteristics Matter Most? 1West University of Timisoara, Romania; 2University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:Student Teaching Evaluation (STE) is the procedure by which teaching performance is measured and assessed through questionnaires administered to students. Typically, these questionnaires or scales refer to the teaching practices of academic staff and are conducted in one of the last meetings of the semester. Generally, and from a practical standpoint, the primary purpose of implementing this procedure is the necessity of universities to report STE results to quality assurance agencies. Another main objective of STE procedures, and certainly the most important from a pedagogical perspective, is to provide feedback to teachers about their teaching practices. Previous studies on the highlighted topic present arguments both for and against the validity and utility of STE. On one hand, there are studies suggesting that STE results are influenced by other external variables, such as the teacher's gender or ethnicity (e.g., Boring, 2017), lenient grading (e.g., Griffin, 2004), or even the teacher's personality (e.g., Clayson & Sheffet, 2006). On the other hand, there are published works showing that STE scales are valid and useful (e.g., Hammonds et al., 2017; Wright & Jenkins, 2012). Furthermore, when STE scales are rigorously developed and validated, as is the case with SEEQ (Marsh, 1982, 2009), there is a consistent level of agreement and evidence suggesting that STE scale scores are multidimensional, precise, valid, and relatively unaffected by other external variables (Marsh, 2007; Richardson, 2005; Spooren et al., 2013). Even though this debate was very active in the 1970s and the evidence leaned more in favor of STE validity (Richardson, 2005; Marsh, 2007), a recent meta-analysis (Uttl et al., 2017) presented evidence that seriously threatens the validity of STE results. They suggest that there is no relationship between STE results and student performance levels. The existence of this relationship is vital for the debate on STE validity, starting from the premise that if STE results accurately reflect good or efficient teaching, then teachers identified as more performant should facilitate a higher level of performance among their students. In light of all the above and referring to the results of the meta-analysis conducted by Uttl et al. (2017), the present study aims to investigate whether the relationship between STE results and student learning/performance is stronger when the STE scale used is more rigorously developed and validated. For this purpose, a multilevel meta-analysis was conducted, allowing us to consider multiple effect sizes for each study included in the analysis. The results of this study can be useful in nuancing the picture of the validity of STE scales, in the sense that they can show us whether scales developed and validated in accordance with field standards can measure the quality of teaching more correctly and precisely. Additionally, this research can help outline a picture of which psychometric characteristics of STE scales contribute to a better measurement of teaching efficiency/effectiveness. Therefore, the research questions guiding the present study are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is a multilevel meta-analysis on the relationship between STE (Student Teaching Evaluation) results and student performance in multi-section STE studies, and on the moderating effect of this relationship, of different psychometric characteristics (level and type of validity evidence of the STE scales, the content of dimensions, and the level of observability/clarity of the items) of the STE scales used in these studies. To be included in this meta-analysis, a study had to meet the following inclusion criteria: 1. Present correlational results between STE results and student performance. 2. Analyze the relationship between STE results and student performance in multiple sections of the same discipline (“multi-section STE studies”). 3. Students completed the same STE scale and the same performance assessment tests. 4. Student performance was measured through objective assessments focusing on actual learning, not students' perceptions of it. 5. The correlation between STE results and student performance was estimated using aggregate data at the section level, not at the individual student level. The search for studies in the specialized literature was conducted through three procedures: 1) analysis of the reference list of similar meta-analyses; 2) examination of all articles citing Uttl (2017); 3) use of a search algorithm in the Academic Search Complete, Scopus, PsycINFO, and ERIC databases. After analyzing the abstracts and reading the full text of promising studies, 43 studies were identified and extracted that met the inclusion criteria. For coding the level of validity evidence of the STE measures used, we adapted a specific framework of psychometric evaluation criteria, proposed by Hunsley & Mash (2008). In adapting the previously mentioned evaluation framework, the recommendations put forth by Onwuegbuzie (2009) and the recommendations of AERA, APA & NCME (2014) were also considered. For coding the level of observability/clarity of the items that make up the STE scales used in the analyzed studies, we created a coding grid based on Murray (2007), which presents and explains the importance of using items with a high degree of measurability to reduce the subjectivity of the students responding to these items. The data were analyzed in R (metafor package) using the multilevel meta-analysis technique because most of the included studies report multiple effect sizes, usually one for each dimension of the STE scale. This type of analysis helps to better calculate average effects, starting from the original structure of the data presented in the primary studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The obtained results suggest that: 1) STE (Student Teaching Evaluation) scales with more validity evidence tend to measure teaching effectiveness better; 2) there is a set of dimensions that are more suitable than others for correctly measuring teaching effectiveness (for example, clarity of presentation, instructor enthusiasm, interaction with students, and availability for support had the strongest relationships with performance); and 3) the degree of observability of the items that make up the STE scales is a major factor regarding the ability of these scales to accurately measure teaching effectiveness. Regarding the level of observability of the items contained in the STE scales, they were divided into 3 categories (low/medium/high observability) and the relationship between STE results and student performance was comparatively analyzed for each category. As expected, the moderating effect is significant, meaning that there are significant differences between the correlations obtained within each category of studies. The strongest relationships exist in the case of items with a high degree of observability, and as this degree of observability decreases, the intensity of the correlation between STE results and student performance also significantly decreases. These results can help nuance the picture of the validity of STE scales, suggesting that STE scales developed and validated in accordance with the standards of the field can measure the quality of teaching more correctly and precisely. It can also be said that the proposed dimensionality and the level of observability of the items are of major importance in the development of any STE scale. These recommendations can be useful in any process of development or adaptation of an STE scale for use in the process of ensuring the quality of teaching in the university environment. References American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association. Boring, A. (2017). Gender biases in student evaluations of teaching. Journal of public economics, 145, 27-41. Clayson, D. E., & Sheffet, M. J. (2006). Personality and the student evaluation of teaching. Journal of Marketing Education, 28, 149–160. Griffin, B. W. (2004). Grading leniency, grade discrepancy, and student ratings of instruction. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 29, 410–425. Hammonds, F., Mariano, G. J., Ammons, G., & Chambers, S. (2017). Student evaluations of teaching: improving teaching quality in higher education. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 21(1), 26-33. Hunsley, J., & Mash, E. J. (2008). Developing criteria for evidence-based assessment: An introduction to assessments that work. A guide to assessments that work, 2008, 3-14. Marsh, H. W. (2007). Students’ evaluations of university teaching: Dimensionality, reliability, validity, potential biases and usefulness. In P.R., Pintrich & A. Zusho (Coord.), The scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education: An evidence-based perspective (pp. 319-383). Springer, Dordrecht. McPherson, M. A., Todd Jewell, R., & Kim, M. (2009). What determines student evaluation scores? A random effects analysis of undergraduate economics classes. Eastern Economic Journal, 35, 37–51. Onwuegbuzie, A. J., Daniel, L. G., & Collins, K. M. (2009). A meta-validation model for assessing the score-validity of student teaching evaluations. Quality & Quantity, 43(2), 197-209. Richardson, J. T. (2005). Instruments for obtaining student feedback: A review of the literature. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 30(4), 387-415. Spooren, P., Brockx, B., & Mortelmans, D. (2013). On the validity of student evaluation of teaching: The state of the art. Review of Educational Research, 83(4), 598-642. Spooren, P., Vandermoere, F., Vanderstraeten, R., & Pepermans, K. (2017). Exploring high impact scholarship in research on student's evaluation of teaching (SET). Educational Research Review, 22, 129-141. Uttl, B., White, C. A., & Gonzalez, D. W. (2017). Meta-analysis of faculty's teaching effectiveness: Student evaluation of teaching ratings and student learning are not related. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 54, 22-42. Wright, S. L., & Jenkins-Guarnieri, M. A. (2012). Student evaluations of teaching: Combining the meta-analyses and demonstrating further evidence for effective use. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 37(6), 683-699. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 A: Symposium: Effects of Internationalization in Teacher Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Scharfenberg Session Chair: Michael Schlauch Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Effects of Internationalization in Teacher Education In recent decades, internationalization has become considerably more important for universities in general and for teacher education in particular. In Europe, bilingual and multilingual regions, the integration of labor markets and the increasing mobility of citizens require the inclusion of an international perspective at different levels in education systems. For students, the Erasmus program has served as a hub for international exchanges among higher education students across Europe since 1987. From 1995 to 2020, the Comenius program supported student, student teacher and teacher exchange. Since 2021, Erasmus+ has merged both program lines, providing future teachers the opportunity to study at international universities. The EU’s (2018) study on the effects of exchange programs highlighted that, at the student level, positive changes occur in terms of their personal development, social engagement, professional perspectives and intercultural openness. However, no explicit remarks are made on student teachers. The overviews by the German Academic Exchange Service (DAAD 2020), also do not separately list the student teacher cohort. Thus, our understanding of this cohort is limited. Beyond these physical mobility programs, concepts of "internationalization@home" hold potential to make international experiences accessible to those students whose financial and/or time constraints, or other life circumstances, hinder them from pursuing study-related stays abroad – without intending to replace them. This describes a perspective on internationalization that goes back to the Swedish scientist Bengt Nilsson and considers, among other things, the implementation of an international university campus with corresponding language-related offers, the internationalization of curricula and of courses (e.g., digitally enabled joint courses) (cf. ibid., 1999). Nilsson hoped that this form of internationalization would promote transnational, or cultural, sensitivity and competence. Internationalization at Home can foster broader discourse about target dimensions and associated prerequisites for the internationalization of higher education institutions, moving beyond the administrative level (Nilsson, 1999). However, research on the potential of such ideas for the professionalization of teachers is still rare. Accordingly, the symposium will cover a wide range of topics relating to internationalisation and mobility in teacher training. Firstly, the level of education policy and the practices of recognising qualifications and certificates for the international mobility of teachers will be presented. Against the background of three teacher education systems in Canada, Iceland and Germany, challenges and conditions for success are presented. This is followed by considerations on partnerships between universities for the exchange of students: What conditions must be met to enable an exchange between students? The organisation of exchanges between international and culturally diverse partners in higher education in South Africa and Germany will be examined as an example. The organisation of an international exchange is associated with the expectation that students will not only benefit personally, but also acquire specific skills that are essential for their future careers. The last two contributions will therefore focus on student perspectives. Contribution three presents the initial results of a longitudinal study on exchange programmes in Bachelor's degree courses, looking at motives and hurdles for studying abroad and on how students can be addressed effectively. The last contribution describes a trilateral approach on internationalisation of teacher education based on an exchange and research program. This program offers bi- and trilateral exchanges for students in Germany, North Carolina an Ghana, which will be highlighted in specific case studies and discussed against a common developed research framework. In conclusion, the symposium aims to present and critically discuss key aspects of internationalisation in teacher training. References DAAD & DZHW (2020). Wissenschaft weltoffen 2020. Daten und Fakten zur Internationalisierung von Studium und Forschung in Deutschland und weltweit [Science Open-minded 2020. Data and Facts on the Internationality of Studies and Research in Germany and Worldwide]. Bielefeld: wbv Media. https://doi.org/10.3278/7004002sw European Union (2018). Erasmus + Higher Education Impact Study. Final Report, Luxembourg: Publications Office European Union. DOI: 10.2766/162060 Nilsson, B. (1999). Internationalisation at Home – Theory and Praxis. EAIE Forum, 12. Spring 1999. Presentations of the Symposium Discourses on Internationalisation of Teacher Education and Recertification of Internationally Trained Teachers in Canada, Iceland and Germany
The internationalisation of teacher education has been increasingly investigated within the context of internationalisation of higher education and in connection with the preparation of teachers for global awareness and global citizenship education, including the challenges of the strong framing of teacher education by the requirements of national school systems (e.g. Koh et al. 2022). Another relevant strand in the research into the teaching profession is dedicated to international teacher migration and the diversification of the teacher workforce, encompassing the recruitment of migrant teachers (Caravatti et al., 2024; Terhart & Rosen, 2022). These developments are also closely associated with the expectation of enhancing teachers’ competencies in addressing the needs of culturally, linguistically, and racially diverse pupils (Marom et al., 2021). However, the discourses on the internationalization of teacher education and international teacher migration seem hardly interconnected in research so far, even though there are common issues and challenges related to differences in the structures and content of teacher education, recognition of academic achievements earned abroad, languages of instruction, and the development of teacher professionalism and identity (Rakhkochkine & Flötotto, 2020; Rakhkochkine, 2024, in prep). The presentation addresses the question of how the internationalization of teacher education influences the policies and practices of recertification of internationally trained teachers (ITTs). The authors answer this question from a comparative perspective. They explore the policies and practices concerning ITTs in Canada, Germany, and Iceland, and examine their connections to the national and international discourses on internationalisation of teacher education. The presentation is based on the analysis of research and policy documents related to the recertification of internationally trained teachers and internationalisation of teacher education in the respective countries and on the (secondary) analysis of qualitative interviews from author’s research projects. Through this examination, the authors contribute to the development of a more comprehensive theoretical framework for measuring the effects of internationalization programs including long-standing effects on the notion of the teaching profession.
References:
Caravatti, M.-L., McLeod Lederer, S., Lupico, A., & Van Meter, N. (2014). Getting teacher migration and mobility right. Education International. https://www.eiie.org/en/item/25652:getting-teacher-migration-and-mobility-right
Koh, A. Karen Pashby, K. Tarc, P. & Yemini, M. (2022). Editorial: Internationalisation in teacher education: discourses, policies, practices. Teachers and Teaching, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2119381
Marom, L., Locher-Lo, C., Martin-Ko, A., Shank Lauwo, M., Sun, Z., & Yaro, K. (2021). Conclusion: Teaching and teacher education in an era of superdiversity: Challenges and opportunities. In G. Li, J. Anderson, J. Hare, & M. McTavish (eds.), Superdiversity and teacher education: Supporting teachers in working with culturally, linguistically, and racially diverse students, families, and communities (1st ed., pp. 299–316). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003038887
Rakhkochkine, A. & Flötotto, M. (2020). International Conference „Internationalisierung der Lehrerbildung und internationale Lehrermigration/ Internationalisation of Teacher Education and International Teacher Migration“. https://www.interedu.phil.fau.eu/2020/05/08/international-teacher-education-and-migration/
Rakhkochkine, A. (2024). Internationalisation of Teacher Education and International Teacher Migration from the Perspective of Comparative Education. In. Rakhkochkine, A., & Flötotto, M. (eds.). (in prep.). Internationalisierung der Lehrerbildung und internationale Lehrermigration. FAU University Press.
Terhart, H., & Rosen, L. (2022). Editorial: The diversification of the teaching profession in Europe and beyond. Ambivalences of recognition in the context of (forced) migration. European Educational Research Journal, 1–12.
Developing an International Partnership in Teacher Education: Lessons from a complex collaborative process
Against the backdrop of worldwide social, political and economic transformations internationalization represents a substantial requirement in higher education according to Maassen et al. (2023). This is particularly important in teacher education where such processes can provide global competencies and agency which can broaden the notions of being a global citizen in an age of uncertainty. To integrate an international perspective in the structures of (initial) teacher education in a meaningful, inclusive and sustainable way, resilient collaborative partnerships are required. In this presentation we highlight lessons learnt from a collaborative process between two institutions within the context of global north and global south.
Such partnerships are important and successful if they are based on corresponding cultures, understandings and goals (Meyer et al 2007, Coombe 2015). However, there is a paucity of research dealing with the advancement and achieving of this kind of partnership process.
We address the question of how a collaborative interaction, embedded in the context of an international inter-institutional partnership was developed. We employed collaborative auto-ethnography (Campbell 2016) as research method and methodology to document and understand our personal experiences and used complexity theory (Clarke & Collins 2007) to interpret the data. Key findings indicate that partnership development operates as a complex system that needs time and complex interactions to produce meaningful and successful partnerships.
References:
Campbell, E. (2016): Exploring autoethnography as a method and methodology in legal education research. Asian Journal of Legal Education, 3(1), 95-105.
Clarke, A./ Collins, S. (2007): Complexity science and student teacher supervision. Teaching and Teacher Euducation, 23 (2), 16-172.
Clarke, A./ Collins, S. (2007): Complexity science and student teacher supervision. Teaching and Teacher Euducation, 23 (2), 16-172.
Coombe, L. (2015): Models of interuniversity collaboration in higher education - How do their features act as barrieres and enablers to sustainability? Tertiary Education and Management, 21 (4): 328-348, DOI: 10.1080/13583883.2015.1104379.
Maassen, P./ Jungblut, J./ Stensaker, B./ Griffith R./ Rosso, A. (2023): Navigation competition and collaboration - The way forward for universities [online] https://koerber-stiftung.de/site/assets/files/28887/navigating_competition_and_collaboration_complete_study_maassen_et_al__2023_web.pdf [11.10.23]
Meyer, J. W./ Ramirez, F. O./ Frank, D. J. & Schofer, E. (2007): Higher Education as an Institution, In: Gumport, P. J. (Ed.): Sociology of Higher Education. Contributions and their Contexts. Baltimore, 187-222.
Tricontinental Teacher Training (TTT): Experiences of uncertainty and alienation and its reflection
Tricontinental Teacher Training (TTT) is an exchange and research program at the faculty of education, Universität Hamburg, funded for five years by the DAAD.
Structure: TTT offers bi-& trilateral exchanges for students from three partnering universities in Germany, North Carolina (USA), and Ghana, and entails intensive coursework. The exchange program is framed with preparatory seminars at the participating universities and an integrated buddy program in which all participating students are involved. In Germany a continuing seminar and a reflection seminar follow after the first part of exchange. The other partners developed different post sojourn concepts. After the prep seminar (winter semester 1) 10 students travel for mentored and supervised internships to Ghana and 10 to North Carolina, combined with reflection seminars at the University of Education, Winneba respectively at the University of North Carolina. During the German continuation seminar (summer semester) a study camp with all involved students takes place at the UHH, again consisting of internships and reflection seminars. Excursions at all three locations with different topics like commemoration complement the exchanges. For the German students the program ends in the following winter semester 2 with a research workshop.
Content: The students navigate new cultural spaces and education systems and thus deal with uncertainty and alienation. To prepare for and reflect on these experiences and their awareness two main content dimensions were developed:
• uncertainty as a dimension of pedagogical action based on the sociology of knowledge approach and
• post- and neo colonialism and transcultural sensitivity
These approaches are introduced in the preparatory seminar. Oriented on the research method of autoethnography personal experiences during the exchange reflection takes place based on these main content dimensions too.
Research: The main research perspective focusses the impact of a trilateral internationalization project for the participants. We collect qualitative data in pre-, continuation- and post-interviews as well as reflective journals.
By using reconstructive methods and analysis, we ask about their learning outcome, the personal means for the participants and their suggestions of the impact for their future careers as educators.
References:
Andreas Bonnet, Uwe Hericks (2019). Professionalität und Professionalisierung als
biographische Bearbeitung der Spannungen zwischen Norm und Habitus. In: Kramer, Rolf-Thorsten & Pallesen, Hilke (Hrsg.). Lehrerhabitus. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt, 101-126.
Chwialkowska, Agnieszka (2020). Maximizing Cross-Cultural Learning From Exchange Study Abroad Programs: Transformative Learning Theory. In: Journal of Studies in International Education, 102831532090616. DOI: 10.1177/1028315320906163.
Evers, Henrike (2016). Bildung durch interkulturelle Begegnung. Eine empirische Studie zum Kontakt von Austauschstudierenden mit deutschen Familien. Bremen: Springer VS.
Wilken, Anja & Bonnet, Andreas (2022). Transformative Learning and Professionalization through Uncertainty? A Case Study of Pre-Service Language Teachers During a STIE. In: G. Barkhuizen (Ed.). Language Teachers Studing Abroad: Identities, Emotions and Diruptions. Multilingual Matters (PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE LEARNING AND TEACHING: 17).
Yilmaz, Sezen Merve & Iwers, Telse (2021). Entwicklung eines reflexionsorientierten Umgangs mit heterogenitätsbedingter Ungewissheit. Zeitschrift: Gruppe. Interaktion. Organisation. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Organisationspsychologie (GIO). 52 (4). S. 659-669. DOI: 10.1007/s11612-021-00597-3
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 B: Students' and Faculty's Views on Teacher Education in Higher Education Institutions Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gal Ben-Yehudah Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pedagogical Model of Education Studies at the University of Málaga 1University of Malaga, Spain; 2University of Almería, Spain Presenting Author:This paper sets out to analyse and understand the training processes of education professionals that are taking place at the University of Malaga and what pedagogical models are being implemented and their relationship with the possibilities for change in the education system. In this faculty, teachers of pre-school and primary education, pedagogues and social educators are trained. The training of educators in Spain is heavily regulated by the central government, therefore, this study is presented as a case study of a more global reality. The training of education professionals is always in the spotlight of educational policies as well as biased ideological debates. Most of the time these debates are conducted according to one's own ideologies and the beliefs and assumptions about education that they imply, but they are rarely contrasted with rigorous research or critical diagnosis. We are dragging behind us traditions based on established ways of doing, and professional models that assume pedagogical models based on institutional cultures and not on educational knowledge (Kincheloe, 1998). For their part, documents from international organisations involved in education, such as UNESCO (2015), insist on the role of teachers and educational agents in the processes of change and transformation of education, as one of the necessary factors for the improvement of society and the achievement of the democratic principles and values of justice, freedom, equity, solidarity and diversity. The document states that "we must therefore rethink the content and objectives of pedagogy and teacher training" (p. 58). The challenges facing teachers nowadays make new demands on their training, which are not always present: diversity, the climate crisis, interculturality, as well as situations arising from new learning scenarios and social relations, through the mediations of the digital world (Martínez & Fernández, 2018; Freire, 2012; Cobo & Moravec, 2011). How are current pedagogical models in faculties of education addressing these emerging situations, both from the point of view of content and practices? This project, promoted by the Research Institute for the training of education professionals, brings together 15 teachers from different areas of knowledge in an interdisciplinary, open and complex proposal. We start from the idea that current training processes assume an established framework, from institutional traditions, and their epistemological, ontological and ethical frameworks in which the institution's training actions are framed, as well as the regulatory framework that establishes the conditions for their development, both at macro, meso and micro levels (Leite, et al. 2017; Márquez et al. 2022). This also involves taking into consideration the university institution and its educational, political, social and cultural characteristics. To this end, as specific objectives, we set out to analyse the point of view of the various state about the educational processes that are being developed: Training processes, structure of teaching work, personal trajectories, professional representations, etc. (Korthagen, et al., 2006). An epistemological study is also proposed on the design of university studies, in the light of current training proposals from educational theories and research; to assess the professional development of the faculty's graduates and their assessment of their strengths and weaknesses, as a result of their professional practice; to generate a diverse, complex and democratic discussion forum among the groups involved; to create a forum for discussion among the groups involved in the process; and to promote the development of the faculty's teaching staff and their professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We propose qualitative research with a biographical-narrative perspective. The methodological strategies are proposed in three phases: Phase O. Elaboration of a personal narrative by each member of the research team about their training experience, as a student and as a teacher. The framework of understanding shared by the research team is sought. Phase 1. Approach to the field. - Semi-open interviews with representatives of the different levels of the faculty: students (12, 3 per specialty), teaching staff (12, 3 per specialty) and, as far as possible, graduates (8, 2 per specialty). They will be taken from levels and degrees: first and final term students, from the 4 degrees of the faculty and, where appropriate, from the different mentions or specialties; teaching staff from the different departments and areas, different teaching categories, and with different lengths of service at the centre. - Interviews with academic responsibles for the centre in their different areas of responsibility: Dean's office, department directorships, coordinators of the different areas ..... Phase 2. Discussion. - Inter-school focus groups for the analysis, assessment and interpretation of the results of the interviews. Four focus are proposed: access, didactic models, learning contents, practicum. - Discussion group with agents external to the faculty, such as: educational administration, professional and trade union organizations, management, inspectorate, etc. Phase 3. Document Analysis. - Analysis of the content of the official documents and regulations of the Faculty of Educational Sciences, to understand the educational and training model that takes shape in them. In this sense, at least documents covering the three levels of normative concretion will be reviewed: Faculty, University, State. With a view to the final report, it is of interest that it be openly debated both in the faculty itself and in Malaga society, and therefore dissemination strategies based on discussion, debate, public presentation, etc. will be designed. In addition to the conventional academic means of disseminating research advances. It is therefore proposed that the results be presented at a seminar for reflection with interested parties, to discuss the results obtained and venture possibilities for future action to improve the training model of the faculty. This seminar will be attended by faculty members, in service teachers, education professionals from different fields, representatives of the schools and academic authorities of the province with responsibilities in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results that are initially emerging can be differentiated in terms of students and teachers: STUDENTS - The students' professional expectations are linked to their biographical trajectories linked to family patterns and previous experiences with teachers. They also focus the teaching profession on a welfare, service and care function. - Students do not question the established training model. They maintain a very structured view of education. In this sense, they question the practices of collaborative work and co-evaluation, even though they recognize their educational potential. - Perception of competitiveness linked to the obsession with qualifications, as opposed to learning. This leads to a strong pragmatism in their own training and an over-emphasis on the practical dimension. This implies a lack of theoretical and conceptual solidity, although there is some frustration at not having learned enough. - Good assessment of the atmosphere and human relations in the faculty, with a good assessment of the teaching staff, especially in terms of their human qualities. TEACHING STAFF - They have very different backgrounds, but show a strong motivation for education, often linked to social and political commitments. The university as a profession is not usually the first professional choice. Sometimes this choice is linked to experience with some teachers when they were students. - They hold the profession in high esteem in intellectual terms, but their training orientation is biased towards a technical approach. Focused on the transmission of knowledge with models that they know do not work, although they recognize that there is also social and citizenship training. - Feeling of strong personal involvement: I am a teacher 24/7. This is also related to the obligation to do research to be able to develop a university teaching career. - Questioning of students for their lack of commitment and motivation. References Cobo, C. & Moravec, J. (2011). El aprendizaje invisible: Hacia una nueva ecología de la educación. Barcelona: Universidad de Barcelona. De Lissovoy, N.; Means, A., & Saltman, K. (2015). Toward a New Common School Movement. Blulder, Colorado: Paradigm Publishers. Fullan, M. (2001). Leading in a culture of change. San Francisco: Jossey- Bass. Freire, J. (2012). Educación Expandida y nuevas instituciones: ¿Es posible la transformación? En R. Díaz (coord..), Educación expandida (págs. 67-84). Sevilla: Zemos98. XXI.Fricker, M. (2017). Injusticia epistémica. Herder Editorial. Furlong, John. (2013). Education–An anatomy of the discipline: Rescuing the university project? Abingdon: Routledge Martínez, J. B. & Fernández, E. (2018). Ecologías del aprendizaje: Educación expandida en contextos múltiples. Madrid: Morata. KINCHELOE, J. Knowledge and critical pedagogy: An introduction. Dordrecht: Springer, 1998 Korthagen, F. A. J., Loughran, J., y Russell, T. (2006). Developing fundamental principles for teacher education programs and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22 (8), 1020-1041. Kumashiro, K. (2020). Surrendered: Why progressives are losing the biggest battles ineducation. Teachers College Press LEITE, A.E.; CORTES, P.; RIVAS, J.I (2017) Narrativa y creatividad en la universidad. ¿Es posible transitar otros caminosen la enseñanza y el aprendizaje? En CORTES, P.; MARQUEZ, M.J. Creatividad, comunicación y educación: Más allá de las fronteras del saber establecido (p. 151-164). Uma Editorial. MARQUEZ, M.J.; LEITE, A. E.; KIRSCH, W. (2022) Novel metaphors for a novel school: Narratives, voicesand experiences from pre-service teachers engaged in service learning in Spain. In Teaching and TeacherEducation, 119. Novoa, A. M. (2019). Tres tesis para una tercera visión. Repensando la formación docente.Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación de Profesorado, 23(3), 211-222. Rivas, J.I. (2018). Descolonizando la formación del profesorado: buscando sentido a la transformación social. Espacios en blanco, 28(1), 13-32 RIVAS, J.I. (2019) Ethnographic Inquiry in Teacher Education. En E. Oxford Research Encyclopedia, Oxford ResearchEncyclopedia, Education. New York: Oxford University Press, p. 1-19, UNESCO (2015). Replantear la educación ¿Hacia un bien común mundial?. creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/igo/ Walsh, C. (2013). Pedagogías decoloniales. Prácticas insurgentes de resistir, (re)exisitir y (re)vivir. Abya-Yala. Wenger, E. (2001). Comunidades de práctica. Aprendizaje, significado e identidad. Paidós. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Personal Relevance of Course Content in Inquiry Based Learning Arrangements in Online Higher Education Teaching Private University of Education, Diocese Linz, Austria Presenting Author:In recent years, the urgent discussion about teaching at colleges and universities online has triggered a rapid redesign of courses using modern media. In the summer semester 2021, and 2023 respectively, the pedagogical-didactic goal was to enable three groups of students of an online-course on social science research methods to acquire practice-oriented knowledge about working methods in social science research with a participatory, research-based teaching approach and to involve them cognitively and affective-emotionally. They should implement these working methods in a research project of their own choice. In addition, a data-based evaluation was carried out on the quality of the online course with regard to the personal relevance (Balwant, 2017) of the content, the development of the criteria of research-based learning (Reitinger, 2016), as well as their social science competencies. Studies by Eccles and Wigfield (2020, p. 59) have shown that student performance depends on positive emotions of those students. These emotions, in turn, are largely based on perceived control within courses, as well as the perceived value of the course content. Loderer, Pekrun and Lester (2020) as well as Pekrun and Linnenbrink-Garcia (2012) were also able to show for the tertiary education sector how the perceived control of learning arrangements and the ascribed value correlate with the cognitive and motivational engagement as well as the cognitively and emotionally conditioned behavior of students. Value and control remain the precursors of learning emotions online (Loderer, Pekrun & Lester, 2020, p. 2), whereby in the online situation, external factors, such as dependence on the internet connection or technical possibilities, or disturbing environmental influences can have a negative effect on the control factor. On the other hand, benefits such as dislocated learning, time saving, etc. can have a positive impact on learners' perceived control. Due to the possibility of individualisation and self-determination (Reitinger, 2016), inquiry-based learning seemed to be a suitable concept for the design of personally relevant teaching. Having a choice (Reeve, 2004), exploring authentically, hypothetising, and discussing ideas, processes, or results are crucial to inquiry based learning. At the same time, these are elements of self-determined learning that take into account the interests and concerns of the learners. In this way, inquiry based learning can provide valuable learning opportunities that allow the learner a great deal of control over the learning process. The challenge was to implement this in the online situation. Accordingly, three research questions emerged: To what extent do students experience a participatory, research-based learning process in online lessons? To what extent do students experience the course content in online lessons as personally relevant? Does this practice-oriented social science project also provide students with theoretical knowledge of social sciences´ research principles? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this quantitative empirical study, a questionnaire was filled out by the students at the end of the course (n=56). It contained three parts: Personal Involvement (PII), Inquiry based learning (CILI), and course specific knowledge concerning research methods in social sciences. The Personal Involvement Inventory (PII) is based on Zaichkowsky's concept of involvement (1994) in terms of personal relevance. Zaichkowsky's understanding of involvement focuses on the affective and cognitive relationship between the person and his or her activity. This view of involvement finds parallels in the study of emotions in the educational context (Pekrun et al., 2009). The personal relevance of courses was tested by 5 items of 2 categories based on the valid PII from the advertising industry: (1) Affective factors: engaging, exciting, stimulating, interesting, intriguing (2) Cognitive factors: significant, relevant, important, valuable, useful The questionnaire CILI, Criteria based Inquiry learning inventory (Reitinger, 2016), was used to test whether the online lessons gave students opportunities for research-based learning. It is based on 4 criteria which emerge, when inquiry learning takes. This inventory was used to test, whether the students experienced situations that allowed for these criteria to emerge. Finally, 10 items of the questionnaire aimed at the knowledge of the participants regarding methods in social sciences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The PII was used to measure the personal relevance of the course content for the students. All values of all five cognitive and five affective items are above the statistical standard. The course had a high value and benefit for the students. In addition, the affective items show that the positive emotions relevant to the learning process strongly predominated. The CILI questionnaire (Reitinger, 2016) contains 12 items, i.e. 3 items for each of the four criteria of research-based learning. The results show that all criteria of research-based learning were developed. During the course, the criteria of hypothetizing and critical discourse were particularly pronounced, followed by the opportunity to explore authentically in a self-determined way. The data also show that the course objective, namely the teaching of methodological skills in social science research, has been achieved. Factors of success were defined by the students themselves: these were the work in small groups by means of break-out sessions, independence and self-determination and the relatively free management of time. All these are factors that confirm the high level of control students have over their own learning process. The study shows, that positive emotions relevant for learning and personal involvement can be triggered successfully by inquiry based learning arrangements in online higher education teaching. References Artino, A. R. Jr. (2012). Emotions in online learning environments: Introduction to the special issue. Internet and Higher Education, 15, 137 – 140. Balwant, P. T. (2017). The meaning of student engagement and disengagement in Ryan, R.M. & Deci, the classroom context: Lessons from organisational behaviour. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 41, 389-401. http://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2017.1281887. Deci, E.L. (2000). Self-Determination Theory and the Facilitation of Intrinsic Motivation, Social Development, and Well-Being. American Psychologist 55(1):68-78. DOI:10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Daniels, L.M. & Stupnisky, R.H. (2012). Not that different in theory: Discussing the control-value theory of emotions in online learning environments. Internet and Higher Education, 15, 222 – 226 Eccles, J.S. & Wigfield, A. (2020). From Expectancy-Value Theory to Situated Expectancy-Value Theory: A Developmental, Social Cognitive, and Sociocultural Perspective on Motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859 Loderer, K., Pekrun, R. & Lester, J.C. (2020). Beyond cold technology: A systematic review and meta-analysis on emotions in technology-based learning environments. Learning and Instruction, 70, 101-162. Pekrun, R. & Linnenbrink-Garcia, L. (2012). Academic Emotions and Student Engagement. In S. Christenson, A. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614- 2018-7_12 Reich, K. (2006). Konstruktivistische Didaktik. Neuwied: Luchterhand. Reitinger, J. (2016). On the Nature and Empirical Accessibility of Inquiry Learning: The Criteria of Inquiry Learning Inventory (CILI). In J. Reitinger, C. Haberfellner, E. Brewster & M. Kramer (Eds.), Theory of inquiry learning arrangements. Research, reflection, and implementation (pp. 39-59). Kassel University Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 C: Teachers' Needs, Impact and Agency Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Erika Marie Pace Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Expression of Basic Psychological Needs in Students’ Metaphors about School and Learning Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:This research investigates the manifestation of basic psychological needs in student metaphors related to school and learning. The study is grounded in Self-Determination Theory (SDT), which identifies autonomy, competence, and relatedness as essential for psychological development and well-being (Deci & Ryan, 2000). The satisfaction of these needs forms the basis of how students sense their well-being in the school environment and learning and correspondingly, what their school experience is going to be like (Buzzai et al., 2021). Student well-being is a strategic goal in the Estonian educational policy (Estonian Ministry of Education and Research, 2020) and different state-wide student surveys are carried out. However, student school experience and making sense of it, is much more complex than state-wide surveys reveal. In order to better understand student school experiences and satisfaction in the school environment, it is necessary to understand how students see school and learning. One possibility in researching student attitude towards school and learning is to analyze student metaphors about school and learning. Often, student attitude toward school are studied explicitly by asking questions about school satisfaction (Lutsoja, 2022). However, student attitude on the thinking level might be automated and subconscious, which means that their understanding about school and learning might not be revealed through explicit questioning, but student implicit attitude must be studied as well (Tian et al., 2010). Metaphors can provide a viable solution for this purpose. As wording a metaphor requires a student to really think about the different concepts, the metaphor itself might reveal a deeper understanding of the topic. Metaphors are used more and more in studying student attitudes (Radmard et al., 2022; Demir, 2007; Lahelma, 2002). The study's significance lies in its novel approach to understanding students' school experiences and well-being by analyzing metaphors. Previous studies have demonstrated the efficacy of metaphor analysis in understanding beliefs and meanings in education (Lakoff & Johnson, 2011). However, the exploration of student metaphors about school and learning, particularly in the context of psychological basic needs satisfaction, remains largely unexamined. This research aims to fill this gap by determining if and how the analysis of metaphors can give an understanding to students' psychological basic needs satisfaction or frustration. The study addresses two primary research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected by 94 students who participated in a BA level university course. They had a subject-specific learning task, which was to collect metaphors characterizing school and learning experience from three students. The sentence completion method was used (Holaday et al., 2000). Respondents had to answer two questions. First, they were given the beginning of a sentence: “School is like” by choosing the ending from a given set of words: a family, a prison, a factory/factory, a race arena, a garden, a team, a circus, an amusement park, a zoo. Respondents were also asked to justify their choice. For the second question, the students were not given any options from which to choose a metaphor. Students were asked to complete the following sentence: "Learning is like...", with their own metaphor. The students were asked to justify the sentence they had said. A total of 247 metaphors were collected from students across grades 1 to 12 through an open-ended questionnaire via convenience sampling. All grades of general education were represented in the sample. By grade, students were distributed as follows: 45 respondents from grades 1-3 I, 56 from grades 4-6, 68 from grades 7-9 and 79 from upper secondary school. Metaphors were then analyzed through the deductive content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), Each metaphor was examined for its content and underlying implications, specifically focusing on how it related to these psychological needs. The metaphors were categorized based on whether they related to the need for autonomy, competence, or relatedness, and whether they indicated satisfaction, thwarting, or neutrality regarding these needs. This categorization process involved a detailed examination of the content and underlying implications of each metaphor. This study's methodology acknowledges the inherent subjectivity and complexity of metaphor interpretation. To address these challenges, the analysis was conducted by a team of researchers, allowing for multiple perspectives and reducing individual bias. Furthermore, the study employed a rigorous process of triangulation, cross-referencing findings with existing literature on psychological needs and student experiences in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal that all three basic psychological needs - autonomy, competence and relatedness - are evident in students metaphors about school and learning. However, the satisfaction of these needs varied. The need for autonomy was most thwarted in both school and learning metaphors. In contrast, relatedness was mostly supported in school metaphors but thwarted in learning metaphors. The need for competence showed a mix of support and thwarting across different contexts. Retrieved from the metaphors, the students chose the prison metaphor the most, which was explained by the freedom or restriction of leisure time and having to do forced activities at school. In addition to the loss of freedom in time and space, the respondents pointed out that they do not have a choice of learning content, which may be indicative of teacher-centred learning. The research also identified differences across school levels. Primary school students' metaphors indicated support for autonomy, while secondary school students' metaphors reflected its thwarting, especially in grades 7-9. High school students' metaphors predominantly showed satisfaction of the need for relatedness. These findings suggest that metaphors can be a useful tool in understanding students' psychological basic needs satisfaction in educational settings. They provide a nuanced view of students' experiences and perceptions that goes beyond traditional surveys and questionnaires. The metaphors offer insights into the emotional and psychological aspects of students' school experiences, highlighting areas where their basic needs are being met or neglected. References Buzzai, C., Sorrenti, L., Costa, S., Toffle, M. E., & Filippello, P. (2021). The relationship between school-basic psychological need satisfaction and frustration, academic engagement and academic achievement. School Psychology International, 014303432110171. https://doi.org/10.1177/01430343211017170 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227– 268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Demir, C. E. (2007). Metaphors as a reflection of middle school students’ perceptions of school: A cross-cultural analysis. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13(2), 89– 107. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803610701204099 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of advanced nursing, 62(1), 107-115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium. (2020). Education Strategy 2021-2035. https://www.hm.ee/sites/default/files/haridusvaldkonna_arengukava_2035_2810_0. Holaday, M., Smith, D. A., & Sherry, A. (2000). Sentence Completion Tests: A Review of the Literature and Results of a Survey of Members of the Society for Personality Assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 74(3), 371–383. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa7403_3 Lahelma, E. (2002). School is for Meeting Friends: Secondary school as lived and remembered. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 23(3), 367–381. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569022000015418 Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (2008). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago press. Lutsoja, K., Matina, J., Rebane, M. (2022). Results of the 2021 general education satisfaction survey. Report. https://harno.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2022-01/%C3%9Cldhariduskoolide%20rahulolu-%20ja%20koolikeskkonna%20k%C3%BCsitluste%20riiklik%20aruanne%202021.pdf Radmard, S., Soysal, Y., & Dag, Ş. (2022). A Large-Scale Examination of Elementary and Secondary School Students Metaphors Pertaining School Phenomenon. Hacettepe University Journal of Education, 37(3), 1–24. https:/doi.org/10.16986/huje.2021073564 Tian, L. li, Liu, W., & Gilman, R. (2010). Explicit and implicit school satisfaction. Social Behavior and Personality: An International Journal, 38(10), 1345–1353. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.2010.38.10.1345 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper 1. Democracy's Guardians: Decoding Populism's Impact on Teachers in Europe 1Dublin City University, Ireland; 2University of Huddersfield; 3Ss. Cyril and Methodius University of Skopje, MKD; 4University of Patras, GR Presenting Author:This proposal presents the results of a three-year European comparative research project focussing on the rise, influence, and impact of populism on young people in Europe. The research explored intricate relationships between populism and education in four countries in Europe: the Republic of North Macedonia, the United Kingdom, Greece, and Ireland. The study, was conducted as part of the CitEdEv (Citizenship Education in the Context of European Values) research initiative supported by the EU’s Erasmus+ Jean Monet Network. The research aimed to investigate the complex and multifaceted nature of populism and its impact on educational landscapes, societal dynamics, and democratic values across European nations, both within and outside of the European Union. The research project sought to make EU citizenship education relevant to a context in which many children and young people are increasingly anxious and concerned about their futures in the face of populism, xenophobia, divisive nationalism, discrimination, fake news and misinformation, and the rise of right-wing politics in Europe, as well as the challenge of radicalisation. The research anticipates highlighting the adaptability of populist narratives to diverse value systems, the challenges faced by educators in navigating complex landscapes, and the necessity for ongoing investigation and research. Additionally, the study will produce a casebook for educators which emphasises the pivotal role of education in addressing populist challenges, urging more explicit incorporation of populist themes into the curriculum (both formal and informal) to equip students with critical thinking skills, digital literacy, and skills required to interrogate knowledge and facts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employs a qualitative case study approach to comprehensively investigate the nuances of populism and its intersection with education. Mudde and Kaltwasser's (2017) definition of populism serves as a conceptual framework for interviews and focus groups conducted with educators, students, and relevant stakeholders in each country. The contextual factors, historical backgrounds, and societal influences are considered, providing a rich understanding of the complexities associated with populism in diverse European settings. The data will be triangulated with secondary analysis of literature, expert interviews, and case studies. Purposive sampling was applied to the target population, ensuring a range of experiences, genders, school-type and governance. During the interviews, teachers were asked about their understanding of the term populism, if and how it featured in the formal and informal activities of the school, what resources teachers might need to teach about this idea and how education systems might respond to the threats and challenges posed by populism to EU values and to previously accepted notions of knowledge-formation, understanding and expertise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The collective findings from the four case studies shed light on common threads and emerging patterns, contributing to a broader understanding of populism's evolving nature. Emerging from the data was the concept of the differences between education institutions, the formal curriculum, and the wider political/social culture, particularly in these fast-changing times where political national and European events can determine societal and individual responses. The data also revealed that there are significant differences in scope and opinion depending on the educational discipline of the teacher. The analysis of the findings may help to enable teachers to respond skilfully and quickly to a wider populist political culture in their home countries. In North Macedonia, the struggle against populism is shaped by historical, societal, and economic contexts, with educators facing the challenge of instilling critical thinking, democratic values, and media literacy. The United Kingdom undergoes a transformation as populist governance challenges democratic foundations, prompting a call for educators to defend democratic values and foster citizenship education. In Greece, populism emerges as a mobilising force during economic hardships, affecting various aspects of society, including education, media, and social relationships. Ireland presents a multifaceted portrait of populism challenging democratic values propelled by anti-immigrant populist sentiment, with education emerging as a crucial battleground. The findings underscore the need for continued scrutiny and understanding of populism's impact on education and society at large. As part of the Jean Monet network this research contributes to the European dimension by operationalising of the Paris Declaration of March 17 2015 (Eurydice, 2016) agreed upon by EU Education Ministers and Commissioner Navracsics promoting citizenship and common values through education, which identified the ‘urgent need to cooperate and coordinate, to exchange experiences, and to ensure that the best ideas and practices can be shared throughout the European Union. References Mudde, C., & Kaltwasser, C. R. (2017). Populism: A very short introduction. Oxford University Press. Mudde, C. (2007). Populist radical right parties in Europe. Cambridge University Press. Kenny, M. (2017). The Politics of Migration and Immigration in Europe. SAGE Publications. Estelle, M., & Castellvi, J. (2020). Understanding Populism through Education. In Populism, Media, and Education (pp. 1-19). Springer. Renaud Camus. (2011). The Great Replacement. Éditions de l'Œuvre. JR: 25-01-2024 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Interplay of Team Teaching Practices and Perceptions on Student Teachers’ Professional Identity University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:Abstract Team teaching at the workplace holds promise for (re)creating strong professional identities among student teachers in teacher education. The current study explores the mediating impact of both the advantages and disadvantages of (team) teaching on crucial components of student teachers’ professional identity, specifically those previously identified as influenced or significantly impacted by team teaching in empirical research: learning and regulation activities, reflective thinking, and motivation. A cohort of 464 student teachers was randomly assigned to one of three student teaching formats: team teaching (A1 intervention), team teaching with support (A2 intervention), and traditional teaching (Control intervention). Results of Bayesian structural equation modeling show that certain dimensions of these components were indirectly influenced or significantly impacted by interventions, mainly through the disadvantages and exceptionally through the advantages of (team) teaching. This finding highlights the intricate interplay between team teaching practices and perceptions in the (re)creation of student teachers’ professional identity. Introduction Creating strong professional identities in student teachers is a crucial aspect of teacher education (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2010). A solid teacher identity not only supports them during their education, but also sustains them in their future profession (Timoštšuk & Ugate, 2010). Professional identity, defined as dynamic and multidimensional, encompasses the perceptions, meanings, images, and self-knowledge that student teachers have of themselves (Rodrigues & Mogarro, 2019). It is socially (re)created through interactions with education professionals, such as teacher educators, peers, and mentors (Dikiltas & Bahrami, 2022). Moreover, team teaching (with a mentor) as a collaborative student teaching format may facilitate this social process in (re)creating a professional identity (Aliakbari & Valizadeh, 2023; De Backer et al., 2023b). The findings presented by De Backer et al. (2023b) emphasize the significant impact of team teaching, especially when complemented with extended support, on key components of student teachers’ professional identity, particularly observed in learning and regulation activities (Endedijk et al., 2020), reflective thinking (Kember et al., 2000), and motivation (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). While team teaching holds promise for learning to teach, acknowledging both its advantages and disadvantages from the perspective of participating student teachers is important (Baeten and Simons, 2014; De Backer et al., 2021). It is prevalent that student teachers hold different personal beliefs, resulting in varying perceptions regarding team teaching (De Backer et al. 2023a). These perceptions might influence student teachers’ outcomes and thus the overall effectiveness of team teaching (Ronfeldt et al., 2015; Saunders et al., 2009). The central research question guiding this study is: To what extent does team teaching or team teaching with support indirectly impact student teachers’ professional identity related to their learning and regulation activities (RQa), reflective thinking (RQb), and motivation (RQc) through the advantages or disadvantages of (team) teaching? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study was conducted at a Flemish College of Education as part of a three-year teacher education program designed for students pursuing bachelor's degrees in either preschool or primary education. This program offers four education paths, including standard (i.e., day classes) and flexible (i.e., evening classes) tracks for preschool or primary education. A randomized complete block design was adopted, with 464 student teachers within each education path randomly assigned to one of three student teaching formats: team teaching (A1 intervention, n = 128), team teaching with support (A2 intervention, n = 129), or traditional teaching (Control intervention, n = 207). The latter category also included student teachers who lacked permanent mentors due to a teacher shortage. The instrument used in this study was a composite questionnaire that incorporated various validated scales found in existing literature. To explore the interplay between (team) teaching practices and perceptions on student teachers’ professional identity, a Bayesian structural equation modeling (SEM) method was implemented using R (version 4.2.2) and Stan (version 2.26.1). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The results of Bayesian structural equation modeling show that the advantages of teaching demonstrated a mediating influence on the motivation of student teachers in the intervention traditional teaching, particularly for the dimension of introjected regulation. In a related finding, the disadvantages of (team) teaching were identified as having a mediating influence on learning and regulation activities, specifically in the dimension of proactive and broad use of the mentor for student teachers in both traditional teaching and team teaching, as compared to traditional teaching. This pattern held true for reflective thinking in the dimension of reflection as well. This nuanced understanding underscores the importance of team teaching practices and perceptions on student teachers’ professional identity and offers valuable insights for teacher educators and institutions aiming to optimize learning to teach. Conclusion In conclusion, unraveling the interplay between team teaching practices and perceptions on student teachers' professional identity reveals that negative perceptions about team teaching exert a greater impact than positive ones. Consequently, there is a need to proactively address and mitigate negative perceptions about team teaching in the (re)creation of student teachers’ professional identity. This insight contributes valuable perspectives to the ongoing discourse of team teaching as a student teaching format in teacher education, providing teacher educators and policymakers with tools to optimize the effectiveness of team teaching, especially when accompanied by support. References Aliakbari, M., & Valizadeh, P. (2023). Exploring identity construction in team teaching: The case of Iranian student-teachers. Cogent Education, 10(1), 2168934. Baeten, M., & Simons, M. (2014). Student teachers' team teaching: Models, effects, and conditions for implementation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 41, 92-110. Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2010). Reflecting on an ideal: Student teachers envision a future identity. Reflective Practice, 11(5), 631-643. De Backer, L., Simons, M., Schelfhout, W., & Vandervieren, E. (2021). Let's team up! Measuring student teachers' perceptions of team teaching experiences. Teacher education: new perspectives, Intechopen, pp. 1-22. De Backer, L., Schelfhout, W., Simons, M., & Vandervieren, E. (2023a). Student teachers’ peer team teaching experiences from a quantitative perspective: Perceptions, profiles and transition probabilities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 135, 104361. De Backer, L., Schelfhout, W., Simons, M., Vandervieren, E., & Rivera Espejo, J. (2023b). Impact of Team Teaching on Student Teachers’ Professional Identity: A Bayesian Approach. Education Sciences, 13(11), 1087. Dikilitaş, K., & Bahrami, V. (2022). Teacher identity (re)construction in collaborative bilingual education: The emergence of dyadic identity. TESOL Quarterly. Endedijk, M. D., Van Daal, T., Donche, V., & Oosterheert, I. E. (2020). The revised inventory learning to teach process: Development of a questionnaire measuring how student teachers learn. Pedagogische Studien, 97(6), 378-402. Kember, D., Leung, D. Y., Jones, A., Loke, A. Y., McKay, J., Sinclair, K., ... & Yeung, E. (2000). Development of a questionnaire to measure the level of reflective thinking. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 25(4), 381-395. Rodrigues, F., & Mogarro, M. J. (2019). Student teachers’ professional identity: A review of research contributions. Educational research review, 28, 100286. Ronfeldt, M., Farmer, S. O., McQueen, K., & Grissom, J. A. (2015). Teacher Collaboration in Instructional Teams and Student Achievement (Vol. 52). Saunders, W. M., Goldenberg, C. N., & Gallimore, R. (2009). Increasing Achievement by Focusing Grade-Level Teams on Improving Classroom Learning: A Prospective, Quasi-Experimental Study of Title I Schools. American Educational Research Journal, 46(4), 1006-1033. Timoštšuk, I., & Ugaste, A. (2010). Student teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 26(8), 1563-1570. Vansteenkiste, M., Sierens, E., Soenens, B., Luyckx, K., & Lens, W. (2009). Motivational profiles from a self-determination perspective: The quality of motivation matters. Journal of educational psychology, 101(3), 671. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 D: Student Teachers and Teacher Educators Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Is There a Difference Between How School Children with and Without Special Needs Enjoy and Experience Inclusion in Physical Education? 1University College South; 2University College Absalon; 3University College North Presenting Author:In European nations, the approaches to incorporating children with special needs into educational settings differ. Several countries, including Denmark, have adopted inclusive education to different extents. In this context, children with special needs participate in mainstream primary schools alongside their peers without similar requirements. Denmark stands out as a country where public schools accommodate children with special needs, and the option of attending a special school is reserved for situations demanding substantial support. Consequently, a considerable number of students with special needs are integrated into the mainstream environment of Danish public schools. Nearly one in 10 students in Danish primary schools have special needs, which may manifest as autism, ADHD, depression, OCD, or anxiety (Children's Aid Foundation, 2022). Further, the proportion of students with psychiatric diagnoses has increased by 42% over the last 10 years (Kleding, 2023). Many students with special needs require extra care or attention and participate less in physical education than their peers (Bentholm, 2017). Moreover, many physical education teachers report feeling that they lack the competencies needed to include these students in their classes (Andreasen et al., 2022). One-third of all students with special needs are exempt from one or more subjects in Danish school, and the subject most exempted is physical education (Disabled People’s Organisations Denmark, 2019). This is concerning, as research has also found that children on the autism spectrum are less physically active in school and leisure compared to children without diagnoses (Pan et al., 2016; Pilgaard et al., 2022). Additionally, children with special needs may face challenges with motor skills, attention, and social interaction, which could contribute to their lower levels of physical activity (Guthold et al., 2019; Pan et al., 2016). On the other hand, research also indicates that being physically active in school can contribute to strengthening students' self-esteem and well-being (Huang & Brittain, 2006). The school is an ideal setting to work on strengthening and building students' relationships and communities through physical activities (Holt & Christiansen, 2017; Molbæk et al., 2015; Petersen, 2014). Furthermore, teachers in Danish primary schools are obligated to organize and conduct lessons where all students have the opportunity to thrive and develop within the social and academic communities of the school (Ministry of Children and Education, 2012). The purpose of the present study is, to explore students' and physical education teachers' experiences in including students with special needs in physical education. Pupils experiencing various degrees of disabilities or impairments (mental, social, or behavioral challenges), which pose a challenge for them in terms of participating in physical education on equal terms with their peers, are referred to as children with special needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses mixed methods, where both the quantitative and qualitative methods were applied in both data collection and data analysis (Johnson, Onwuegbuzie & Turner, 2007). The study captures the perspectives of students' and teachers/social educators teaching physical education in Danish public school (children aged six to 16) (referred to as “PE teachers” in the study) The quantitative data were collected by sending an electronic questionnaire to six public schools in Denmark, disseminated through our network, by social media, two podcast episodes targeting PE teachers, and through a conference targeting PE teachers. In total, 428 of 498 students completed the questionnaire. Data were analyzed using IBM SPSS statistics. Informants for interviews were recruited through the questionnaire survey, where all informants were asked if they wished to participate in an interview; our networks, and through the before mentioned conference. All interviews were conducted online. The interview study is based on interviews with 16 PE teachers and were conducted through group interviews. The interview guide included both open-ended questions and questions based on the results from the questionnaire survey. Data was analyzed using "framework analysis" (Ritchie & Spencer, 1994), coding was conducted within the framework of the interview guide, and the analytical findings were discussed and validated within the author group. Nvivo was used to facilitate the process of data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that while the majority of pupils in general enjoy physical education, children with special needs have less enjoyment of physical education that children without special needs. Furthermore, in general, most children experience to be included in physical education class. However, for all six questions regarding inclusion in physical education class, fewer pupils with special needs than pupils without special needs agreed with the proposed questions. However, only responses to two of six questions were statistically significant. Most teachers have experience teaching students with psychological, social, or behavioral difficulties in physical education, and this group of students is the predominant focus in the interviews. Teachers explained how students with autism, Asperger's syndrome, and ADHD face challenges in ignoring and interpreting sensory impressions in physical education. These students struggle to decode social rules and need predictability, clear guidelines, and adult support in physical education. Further, teachers regularly face students who require various special considerations, which they actively take into account in their teaching. Many teachers in the upper grades experience that a significant number of teenage students struggle with having physical contact with each other, for example, during apparatus activities. Thus, our findings indicate that many teachers encounter students with psychological, social, or behavioral difficulties, as well as mild or severe motor difficulties, or visual and hearing impairments in physical education. We also observe indications that some teachers: may not find it possible to include these students in physical education; lack the necessary skills and teaching materials and experience a lack of sufficient resources. To successfully include students with special needs in physical education, it may require both local prioritization within schools and a consideration of structural aspects at the political level, such as responsibility distribution, organization, and resource allocation within the physical education domain. References Andreasen, A.G., Rangvid, B.S. & Lindeberg, N. H. (2022). Støtte, støttebehov og elevresultater - Delrapport 1. Inkluderende læringsmiljøer og specialpædagogisk bistand VIVE. The Danish Center for Social Science Research. Bentholm, A. (2017). Du må ikke løbe uden for banen. En processociologisk undersøgelse af inklusion af elever med autisme og ADHD i skoleidrætten. University of Copenhagen. Ministry of Children and Education (2012). Regler om inklusion. Tilgået 12. maj 2023: Children's Aid Foundation. (2022). Børn med særlige behov trives dårligere i skolen end deres klassekammerater. Accessed January 29th 2024. Disabled People’s Organisations Denmark (2020). Undersøgelse om inklusion i grundskolen. Accessed January 29th 2024. Guldager, J.D., Andersen, M.F., Christensen, A.B., Bertelsen, K. & Christiansen, L.B. (2023). Status på IdrætsFaget 2022. Idrætsundervisernes oplevelse af idrætsfaget og udviklingen af faget gennem årene. Research and Implementation Centre for Human Movement and Learning (FIIBL). Guthold, R., Stevens, G.A., Riley, L.M. & Bull, F.C. (2019). Global trends in insufficient physical activity among adolescents: A pooled analysis of 298 population-based surveys with 1.6 million participants. The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health. 4(1), 23–35 Holt, A-D. & Christiansen, L. B. (2017). Inklusion og eksklusion i skolens bevægelsesfællesskaber. MOV:E special edition 2017. Research and Implementation Centre for Human Movement and Learning (FIIBL). Huang, C. & Brittain, I. (2006). Negotiating identities through Disability Sport. Sociology of Sport Journal. 23(4), 352-375. Johnson R.B., Onwuegbuzie, A.J. & Turner, L.A. (2007). Toward a Definition of Mixed Methods Research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research. 1(2)112-133. Kleding, E. (2023). Stigningen fortsætter: Flere og flere elever ender i specialtilbud. Momentum. 03, 15. årgang, KL. Molbæk, M., Quvang, C. & Sørensen, H. L. (2015). Deltagelse og forskellighed - en grundbog om inklusion og specialpædagogik i lærerpraksis. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Pan, C-Y, Tsai, C-L, Chu, C-H, Sung, M-C, Ma, W-Y, Huang, C-Y. (2016). Objectively Measured Physical Activity and Health-Related Physical Fitness in Secondary School-Aged Male Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders. Physical Therapy. 96(4), 511-520. Petersen, K. R. (2014). Inklusion: En guide til inkluderende praksis i skolen. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Pilgaard, M., Elmose-Østerlund, K., Engell, Z., Bilberg, L. & Toftgård, N. A. (2022). Idræt for mennesker for funktionsnedsættelse i Danmark. Litteraturreview og analyser fra Danmark i Bevægelse. Idrættens Analyseinstitut. Ritchie, J & Spencer, L. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis for Applied Policy Research. In: B. Bryman & R. Burgess (red.), Analyzing qualitative data (p. 173–194). Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Transforming Professional Identities in Uncertain Contexts - Using Manipulatives as Methodological Tools to Explore the Professional Development of Kazakh Teacher Educators 1University of Sussex, United Kingdom; 2Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Over the last ten years there has been increasing global interest in the evolution and re-conceptualisation of the role of teacher educators (Ben Peretz, 2012; Tatto and Menter, 2019; Mayer et al, 2021), although little has been captured on their developing role in Kazakhstan . This paper will present the use of an innovative research tool, the use of Lego Serious Play as a manipulative, to capture and represent the professional development experiences of teacher educators in a women's pedagogic university in Kazakhstan. Much established research on teacher educators emphasises the complexity of the work and multiple skills needed, but equally also identifies a range of issues and tensions faced by teacher educators. For example the dual transition that teacher educators make into university life and lack of induction into new roles. Often teacher educators move into universities after teaching in schools, so they have to make the transition from school to university and a further transition from a predominantly teaching role to a wider academic role which includes research. Swennen et al. (2010) identify four main roles or sub-identities which teacher educators adopt: schoolteacher, teacher in higher education, teacher of teachers and researcher. They argue that, in many cases, teacher educators have to transform themselves in order to take on certain identities, especially the researcher role. Such transformations and landmarks undertaken by teacher educators are the focus of this study. Research questions and objectives This research builds on an earlier study in the UK (Griffiths and Thompson, 2010) which investigated the transition of early career teacher educators into higher education and research. This research investigates similar themes but in the context of Kazakh teacher preparation and examines a cohort of early to mid-career teacher educators using Lego Serious Play as a methdologial tool to stimulate reflection, discussion and exploration. Research questions included:
The objectives of the study were to analyse and compare the career experiences of teacher educators; in particular, to identify stages of development, landmark events and critical incidents and contextual factors affecting professional learning and academic identities. Theoretical framework The overarching theoretical framework used in the study is socio-cultural learning, in recognition that the specific context in which teacher educators work and their relationships within this are of vital importance in the process of learning (Lave & Wenger, 1991). Eraut’s (2007) research on contextual and learning factors in the workplace is used to identify key factors affecting teacher educators’ professional learning and any differences between the contexts. Lave and Wenger's (1991) model of legitimate peripheral participation was useful for studying teacher educators' induction and development over time. Whilst emerging studies on the use of Lego Serious Play (James 2013; Mc Cusker, 2020) as a research tool provide the foundation for its methodological use in this work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research methods Creative research methods are a rapidly developing area of social enquiry and are informing an evolving visual culture in research (Deaney & Wilson, 2011, Kara, 2021) ).The use of Lego Serious Play (Roos and Victor, 2018) as a research method alongside qualitative interviews was adapted from a teaching and learning strategy often used in business contexts. Models were created by participants (6 teacher educators) using prompt questions and specially selected Lego bricks to explore critical incidents, aspirations, challenges and contexts. An embedded case study approach (Cohen et al., 2007; Yin, 2002) was used with purposive sampling to identify six early and mid-career teacher educators . Participants were asked to explore their professional biographies, academic and research landmarks and barriers and successes using the Lego sets. These were then used as a basis for discussion and exploration in the interviews. Participants were asked to reflect on the use of manipulative as a research tool. Confidentiality was assured and all names have been removed from examples and interview extracts to protect anonymity and, where used, photographs of models do not include the identity of the participant. . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings Significant and transformational landmarks have been initially identified after the first set of workshops with Lego Serious Play, with development in teaching seen as largely positive, while research development (and associated identities) as much more varied. Teacher educators who were further on in their careers saw research development as transformative personally as well as academically. In analysing findings, we continue to draw particularly on Swennen et al.’s (2010) identification of teacher educators’ sub-identities. Lego Serious Play is found to be a rich data source to identify and explore landmarks, positive features and barriers to development. Enhanced verbal input resulted from using manipulatives to represent highs and lows of experience, including the visual representation of emotion and challenge. Questions have arisen about the most effective use of the models. This is a useful research tool and we argue that it is particularly suitable for researching teacher educators’ identities, but it needs further clarification and earlier guidelines for use. The findings make a strong contribution to the growing body of European research on teacher educators’ professional development both in general and in the specific case of those working in pedagogical contexts in Kazakhstan. References Bagnoli, A (2009) Beyond the standard interview: the use of graphic elicitation and arts-based methods. Qualitative Research, 9(5) 547-540 Ben-Peretez, M (2012), Teacher Educators as Members of an Evolving Profession, P & L Education Griffiths, V., Thompson, S. and Hyrniewicz, L. (2014) Living Graphs As A Methodological Tool: Representing Landmarks In The Professional Development Of Teacher Educators, Teacher Education Advancement Network Journal, (6:1) James, A. (2013) “Lego Serious Play: a three-dimensional approach to learning development.” Journal of Learning Development in Higher Education, 6. Kara H, (2021), Creative Research Methods in Education: Principles and Practices, Policy Press Lave,J. & Wenger,E. (1991) Situated learning: legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Mayer, D., Goodwin, A. L., & Mockler, N. (2021). Teacher education policy: Future research, teaching in contexts of super-diversity and early career teaching. In D. Mayer (Ed.), Teacher education policy and research: Global perspectives (pp. 209–223). Springer McCusker, Sean (2020) Everybody’s monkey is important: LEGO® Serious Play® as a methodology for enabling equality of voice within diverse groups. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 43 (2). Swennen, A., Jones,K. & Volman,M. (2010) Teacher educators, their identities, sub-identities and implications for professional development. Professional Development in Education 36(1-2) Tatto, M and I Menter, (2019), Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education, A Cross-National Study, Bloomsbury Academic 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Affordances, Constraints and Tensions Experienced by Teachers in Chile When Mentoring Pre Service Teachers Pontificia Universidad Ca, Chile Presenting Author:Across many jurisdictions, educational policies have intensified the practicum component of initial teacher education (ITE), and school teachers are called to work with preservice teachers (PST) in a mentoring capacity. In that capacity, classroom teachers are asked to become teacher educators as they engage in institutionalized interactions with preservice teachers to contribute to their professional learning (Nesje and Lejonberg, 2022). The objective of this study is to examine the work of teachers in Chile who mentor preservice teachers (PST) who are placed in their classrooms as part of a practicum course. Using the conceptual framework describing seven domains of quality mentoring developed by Ellis and collaborators (2020), qualitative data analysis seeks to identify affordances, constraints, and tensions in mentoring work identified by 62 mentor elementary and secondary teachers distributed in 11 schools. In Chile, accreditation requirements specify that initial teacher education (ITE) programs must develop partnerships with schools to implement a sequence of early and progressive practicum courses. A university-based faculty assigned to the practicum course is typically responsible for monitoring and supporting PSTs and their mentor teachers (Barahona, 2019). This faculty is expected to act as a boundary broker, introducing elements of the ITE program and the specific practicum requirements into the work of mentor teachers and their classrooms (Author, 2015). Ellis et al. (2020) proposed a 7-domain typology of high-quality mentoring and mentors of preservice teachers. This typology was developed based on a literature review including 70 articles examining mentoring relationships. Domain 1 refers to the characteristics of a productive collaboration between the university and mentor teachers. Domain 2 refers to the motivational factors that mobilize mentor teachers' interactions with PSTs and their preparation and experiences to enact the role flexibly. Domain 3 refers to the relational dimension of mentoring that allows for reflective conversations. Domain 4 addresses the instrumental aspects or tools through which mentors support PSTs’ learning, such as providing feedback on lesson plans or observing PSTs delivering a lesson. Domain 5 involves modeling effective teaching, helping PSTs connect theory and practice, and developing a shared language and expectations by framing practice in the context of professional standards. Domain 6 relates to maintaining a welcoming socio-professional context and providing emotional support to PSTs. Mentors help PSTs negotiate conflicts and establish professional relations with other school personnel, supporting organizational socialization. Domain 7 refers to adopting a progressive mindset and mentor’s openness to new ideas concerning curricula, instruction, and assessment practices that PST might want to try out in the classroom.
The tasks of mentoring represent demands, and mentor teachers (as well as PST) recognize and respond to them by using “cultural (e.g., ideas, values, beliefs), structural (e.g., relationships, roles, power, trust), or material (e.g., resources, physical environment) conditions” (Schaap et al., 2019, p. 815). These affordances affect classroom teachers’ participation in mentoring activities as they perceive, interpret, and actively shape such affordances. When negotiating demands and constraints, tensions may arise due to unclear expectations, incomplete information, or conflicting roles and values. According to Schaap et al., these tensions are usually associated with negative emotions.
Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design Data used to answer the research questions were drawn from the second stage of a more extensive study examining how school practitioners understood and participated in the practicum component of initial teacher preparation in Chile. The larger study involved a sequential mixed-method design. In the first stage, a survey was distributed to 91 schools serving as practicum sites, and in the second stage, group interviews were conducted with teachers in 11 of these schools. Participants A total of 62 mentor teachers participated in group interviews, 15 of whom were males. Slightly less than half (n=29) were taught in a public municipal school, 23 in a private school financed through a state voucher, and 10 in a private school fully funded by parents. They averaged ten years of teaching experience, ranging from three to 33 years. Over the last two years, they had mentored four PSTs on average. Among participants, 28 taught in secondary grades, and the remaining in elementary classrooms. Instruments and procedures A flexible interview protocol was developed to address the following topics and questions: • Experiences with their mentor teacher when completing their ITE program. • What is the main idea you want to convey to PSTs? • Why do you want to convey that idea? • Factors that facilitate or create obstacles to mentoring • Mechanisms for coordination and alignment with the university Group size ranged from three to eight teachers. Audio-taped interviews were conducted at the school and lasted about 90 minutes. All participants signed an informed consent approved by the researchers´ institutional ethics review board and were offered an incentive of a $5 gift certificate. Data analysis A thematic analysis of the transcripts was conducted following the steps proposed by Braun and Clarke (2006). A priori, theory-driven codes were defined addressing elements of the seven domains proposed by Ellis et al. (2020).Within each domain, these codes were grouped to address the themes of the research questions: (a) affordances, (b) constraints, and (c) tensions in mentoring. In the full paper, interview excerpts will be provided to illustrate these domains and themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Mentor teachers worked with pre-service teachers from different universities and completing different courses in the practicum component of ITE programs. They identified three main affordances. First, their teaching experiences and motivation to contribute to preparing the next generation of teachers. Second, engaging in joint work with the university-based practicum instructor was an essential support for the work entailed in mentoring. Learning from PST motivated mentors’ engagement. The lack of collaboration and coordination with the university was a key constraint. Participants repeatedly provided examples expressing concerns and frustration about the absence of the university supervisor in their classrooms, restricted opportunities for joint work, and an absence of preparation that would inform them about their role and how to support PSTs’ learning to teach. Mentors noted a distance between the theories learned at the university and the practices that worked well with their pupils. Tensions emerged when mentors had to negotiate their double responsibilities toward pupils’ and PSTs’ learning; which was most often resolved by prioritizing their teacher role over their mentor role (Jasper et al., 2014). Tensions also emerged when the feedback they provided to PST was ignored by the university and PST and when it was not received constructively by the PST, generating negative feelings. Results highlight the importance of strengthening these affordances through support groups where mentors, PSTs, and university supervisors reflect, encourage, and guide each other‘s practices (Stanulis and Russell, 2000). Joint work can also strengthen mentor teachers’ development of a teacher-educator identity (Andreasen et al., 2019). References Andreasen, J.K., Bjørndal, C.R.P., and Kovač, V.B. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281 -291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.05.011 Author, 2015. Barahona, M. (2019). What matters to supervisors and is this reflected in what they do? Analysing the work of university supervisors of the practicum. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45:3, 262–276. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77–101. Ellis, N. J., Alonzo, D., y Nguyen, H. T. M. (2020). Elements of a quality pre-service teacher mentor: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103072. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103072 Jaspers, W. M., Meijer, P. C., Prins, F., & Wubbels, T. (2014). Mentor teachers: Their perceived possibilities and challenges as mentor and teacher. Teaching and Teacher Education, 44, 106–116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.08.005 Nesje, K., & Lejonberg, E. (2022). Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103609. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103609 Schaap, H., Louws, M., Meirink, J., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., Van Der Want, A., Zuiker, I., Zwart, R., & Meijer, P. (2019). Tensions experienced by teachers when participating in a professional learning community. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 814–831. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1547781 Stanulis, R. N., and Russell, D. (2000). “Jumping in’: Trust and communication in mentoring student teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education 16:1, 65–80. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 100 SES 12: Reserved Working meeting future locs Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Reserved Working Meeting Future LOCS EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 100 SES 12: 15.30 onwards Working Meeting Marit Hoveid Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Working meeting |
15:45 - 17:15 | 11 SES 12 A: NW 11 Network Meeting Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ineta Luka Network Meeting |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper NW 11 Network Meeting Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 13 SES 12 A: Education in Times of Crisis Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski Session Chair: Alison Brady Symposium |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium Education in Times of Crisis In recent years we live under “social and historical conditions of permanent crisis” (Hage 2009), so much so that Walter Benjamin’s famous claim that the “emergency” which we face has become the rule rather than the exception, seems truer than ever (Benjamin 2003). From wars to pandemics to recurring financial crises to rise in authoritarian regimes to the seemingly unstoppable climate change – any sense of the stability in the present and trust in the promise of the future seem to decline or even vanish altogether. The future is viewed as a series of crises and calamities bound to happen, each more dangerous than its predecessor. From an analytical perspective, the concept of crisis is also challenging as it introduces many ambiguities and unclarities. It is often perceived as extreme hardship yet it is seen as an opportunity for change or growth; it is considered both as a distinct event and but also as part of historical continuity; it brings up fears of catastrophe, often identified as such, but it also inspires revolutionary hopes. To add to the concept’s lack of clarity, ‘crisis’ is used both literally and metaphorically, with no clear distinction between them. Originated as a medical term which delineates a dangerous imbalance that calls for a life-or-death decision, the use of crisis has now spread to many other fields – psychology, economics, politics and more (Koselleck 2006). How should educators and educational policymakers think of crisis and act in such times of turbulence? As an activity often perceived as incremental and steadily progressive, education in times of crisis is challenged when faced with ruptures, breaks, and radical changes. Moreover, education’s strong connection to the concept of development – individual and social alike – puts it at odds with a reality shaped by sudden and non-linear changes. When teachers face crisis, the common educational impetus is to treat it as a problem in need of a solution; as hardship that must be endured and overcome. Thus, the teacher is expected to cultivate their students’ resilience. A somewhat similar approach sees crisis as a necessary and valuable part of life and emphasizes its role in development (eg. teenage crisis). In this case, the crisis’ resolution is connected to successful maturing and growth. In the proposed panel, we examine various alternative ways to educationally confront crisis. Among the questions the presenters will ask are:
References Benjamin, W. 2003. On the Concept of History. In Selected Writings, vol. 4, edited by Howard Eiland and Michael W. Jennings, translated by Harry Zohn, 389–400. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Hage, G. (2009). Waiting Out the Crisis: On Stuckedness and Governmentality. In Waiting, Ghassn Hage (ed.). Melborne University Press: 97-106. Koselleck, R. 2006. Crisis. Journal of the history of ideas, 67:2. 357-400 Presentations of the Symposium Navigating Educational Crises through Complexity Theory: Insights and Strategies
This presentation will examine educational crises and the response to them through the lens of complexity theory. Initially developed in the natural sciences to address phenomena beyond the scope of traditional scientific approaches, complexity theory offers a unique perspective on crises. Central to our discussion is the work of French philosopher Edgar Morin (1976) and his "Crisiologie" concept, which provides a foundational framework for understanding crisis within complex systems.
Building on complexity theory, crisis is defined here as having three distinct conditions: Firstly, it involves the disruption of systems, hindering them from achieving their objectives. In complexity terms, crises often lead systems to abandon their usual 'attractors' (Gilstrap 2005) Secondly, these disruptions are beyond the control of existing principles or methods (Nsonsissa 2011). Thirdly, they bear significant consequences, impacting the system at a fundamental level (Novalia & Malekpour 2020). Additionally, the presentation differentiate between crises stemming from external elements versus those arising internally, emphasizing the role of antagonistic elements in line with Morin's theories (Morin 1976).
Focusing on the education, it is argued that crises in it are predominantly externally induced, stemming from political, economic, or other exterior influences. These crises typically prompt responses aimed at minimizing deviations through negative feedback, viewing the crisis as a threat to be neutralized (Folke 2006). This defensive posture, while aimed at preserving the system, ironically diminishes its capacity to handle future crises and adapt to change. It curtails the productive potential of the system, which is essential for fostering positive changes and necessary transformations (Novalia & Malekpour 2020).
To counteract this trend, a divergent approach is advanced. It is maintained that by diversifying and strengthening the active powers within educational systems, we can enhance their resilience and adaptability in the face of crises. To substantiate this argument, the historical responses of educational systems to economic crises will be examined, highlighting the detrimental effects of conventional approaches and underscoring the need for a paradigm shift inspired by complexity theory. This presentation aims to start and dissect the nature of educational crises and chart a forward-thinking path for educational systems to thrive amidst continual change and challenges.
References:
Folke, C. 2006. Resilience: The emergence of a perspective for social–ecological systems analyses. Global environmental change, 16(3), 253-267.
Gilstrap, D. L. 2005. Strange attractors and human interaction: Leading complex organizations through the use of metaphors. Complicity: An International Journal of Complexity and Education, 2(1), 55-69.
Morin, E. 1976. Pour une crisologie. Communications, 25(1), 149-163.
Novalia, W., & Malekpour, S. 2020. Theorising the role of crisis for transformative adaptation. Environmental science & policy, 112, 361-370.
Nsonsissa, A. 2011. Pour une «crisologie» 1. Hermès(2), 139-144.
Theory of Education Blown by Catastrophe: Angelus Novus in Temporal Drag
Evaluation comments for last semester’s Theory of Education class were not disheartening. They were disavowing (me). My past--my teaching and the philosophical tradition that nurtured it, cycles of endeavors to reenchant student engagement with theory and its history--was aborting me. Palinodes of neoliberalism’s takeover of the university could help understand what was happening. Lyotard could explain how my teaching’s language games failed performativity; Schulman could explain the gentrification of the mind; Brown could explain what else has been happening beyond and besides the regimes of metrics and competences: the economization of political affect was expanding to the psychic life of learning. Yet this was not just discomfort with aporia; this was the undoing of temporalization. Students opted for self-presencing of meaning, without oblique [dis]orientation, without past, without me.
“The art of losing’s not too hard to master”, writes Bishop, “though it may look like (Write it!) disaster”. Exergue to Halberstam’s Queer Art of Failure, Bishop’s verse both anticipates and defies success’s alignment with heteronormative performativity. This paper does not argue for navigating between ‘cynical resignation’ and ‘naive optimism’. Bishop’s ‘Write it!’ does not induce hope; it animates Benjamin’s Angelus Novus. The storm irresistibly propels me into the future to which my back is turned because I refuse to subscribe to a hope that growth will eventually come from the future (Benjamin recited). While cast into dismay by the storm ‘we call progress’, I choose to hold into the pile of debris before me, without hope.
This reading of Benjamin’s Angelus Novus attempts to theorize the state of being alienated from one’s intellectual genealogy and relegated, without redemption but also without remorse, to an unmarked grave of a-sociality and a-temporality. This reading holds onto the pause before catastrophe without holding onto leftist melancholia against ‘quietism’. Blown by the storm of progress is theorized as a queer temporality of backwardness (Love 2009) whereas the ruins, i.e., uncongested, aborted, trivialized and overpassed ‘pieces’ of teaching are picked up: “unclear examples”, confusing bind[ing]s of concepts, images and excerpts from texts deemed inappropriate or superfluous, anything that defied and defiled possession. The debris is collected and rearticulated as fragments of mythology (Benjamin). In parallel, the collected are recollected towards queer disidentification and sociality with texts and authors we love (but failed to teach efficiently) through what Elizabeth Freeman calls “temporal drag”.
References:
Ahmed, S. 2006. Queer phenomenology: Orientations, objects, others. Duke University Press.
Benjamin, W. 2010. Theses on the Philosophy of History. In Critical Theory and Society, ed. S. E. Bronner and D. M. Kellner, Routledge.
Brown, W. 2015. Undoing the Demos: Neoliberlism’s Stealth Revolution. Zone Books.
Brown, W. 2003. Resisting Left Melancholy, in Loss: The Politics of Mourning, ed. David L. Eng and David Kazanjian. University of California Press.
Freccero, C. 2006. Queer/Early/Modern. Duke University Press.
Freeman, E. 2010. Time binds: Queer temporalities, queer histories. Duke University Press.
Giroux, H. 2011. Neoliberalism and the death of the social state: remembering Walter Benjamin's Angel of History. Social Identities 17.4: 587-601.
Halberstam, J. 2020. The queer art of failure. Duke University Press.
Love, H. 2009. Feeling backward: Loss and the politics of queer history. Harvard University Press.
Lyotard, J. F. 1994. The postmodern condition. Cambridge University Press.
Teaching in Crisis: Beyond Successful Resolution
This presentation is concerned with teaching students in times of external crisis and with the corresponding internal crisis in the practice of teaching itself under such conditions. The first question is how educational goals change, or should change, when external reality moves from a state of normalcy to a state of crisis, and the second question is how an incremental and largely progressive endeavor such as education can be reframed to suit crisis’ notable characteristics of nonlinearity and rupture. Critiquing the depoliticization of crisis, and education’s common compliance with it, I argue that crisis should be recognized educationally as such, instead of ignored, “solved” or normalized, and that when recognized, it allows for new emancipatory possibilities.
The definition of crisis is notoriously ambiguous as the concept experienced several significant changes in the last 200 years, and is often imprecisely overused. Therefore, I first briefly present the historical development of the concept while focusing on its temporal and political implications (Freeden 2017; Holton 1987; Koselleck 2006). I then discuss crisis as a phenomenon that lacks the capacity to be “confirmed by unambiguous observational evidence” (Lukton 1974), especially when it is no longer a rare exception but an almost regularly recurring event. I also critique the problem-solving approach – educational and otherwise, in which crisis is viewed negatively as merely an obstacle to endure or overcome. Reading in Walter Benjamin’s early work on both crisis and on education, I show that such a view misses the uniqueness of crisis and the learning opportunity it presents by being an occurrence that, by its very essence, “tears away facades and obliterates prejudices” (Arendt 2006). Finally, I argue that in order to teach students to recognize crisis and understand it as an open-ended (possibly emancipatory) phenomenon, teaching itself should change and embrace unexpectedness and nonlinearity.
References:
Arendt, H. 2006. ‘The Crisis in Education’, in Between Past and Future. London: Penguin
Benjamin, W. 2003. ‘On the Concept of History.’ In Selected Writings IV: 1938-1940. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Benjamin, W. 2004. Selected Writings I: 1913-1926. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Freeden, M. 2017. Crisis? How Is That a Crisis?! Contributions to the History of Concepts 12, 12-28
Koselleck, R. 2006. Crisis. Journal of the history of ideas, 67:2. 357-400
Lukton, R. 1974. Crisis Theory: Review and Critique, Social Service Review 48:3, 384-402
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 14 SES 12 A: Collaboration, Community and Schooling. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Giuseppina Cannella Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Partnering for the Future: Decolonizing Education through the Integration of Indigenous Pedagogies in Community-Based Participatory Research University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:Given the historical context of assimilation and the enduring impact of Residential Schooling in Canada, Indigenous families and communities continue to approach educational systems with a degree of uncertainty and distrust. Globally, education has been a significant tool for suppressing cultural differences and perpetuating dominant cultural norms and perspectives (Gaudry & Lorenz, 2018). In a time when Canadians are being called to action in addressing the goals outlined by the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) of Canada (2015), education also holds the power to “shift cultural privilege” (Government of Canada, 2018, p. 88) and foster a sense of belonging among marginalized groups. Chief Commissioner of the TRC, Senator Murray Sinclair posits, “Education got us into this mess and education will get us out” (CBC, 2015). This statement speaks to the importance of school environments to reflect the cultural values, identities, and practices of the specific Indigenous communities they serve (Donald, 2012). Going forward, it is imperative to adopt educational approaches that prioritize trust, inclusivity, respect, and collaboration with Indigenous peoples. These advancements in Indigenous education reflect a renewed effort for Indigenous peoples to take control of their knowledge production, confront colonial structures, and prioritize their sovereignty and nationalism (Andersen, 2014; Simpson, 2014). In our commitment to advance the educational goals of Indigenous peoples, we actively work towards reshaping the research relationship. Our current collaborative project with Indigenous students, families, communities, and leaders of the Fort Vermillion School Division in Northern Alberta, Canada, seeks to identify and implement educational experiences that reflect and reinforce Indigenous (Beaver, Métis, Cree, Dene) youths’ cultural identities, well-being, and future goals. Through the feedback we receive from the youth themselves, we examine how best to partner with the school division and local Indigenous communities to bring Indigenous knowledge and distinctive histories into the youths’ desired curriculum. Following the youths’ suggestions for language revitalization, cultural knowledge and career preparedness, we adopt educational structures that embody holistic approaches that are aligned with Indigenous ways of learning. We create a teaching workforce composed of Indigenous educators and teachers working in collaboration with local Indigenous community members. Our primary goal is to ensure that Indigenous youths’ learning experiences aid in the development of a robust self-image and a deep sense of pride and belonging. Embracing a strengths-based and community-engaged perspective, our approach is grounded in the principles of social justice and ethical Indigenous research practices. By adopting decolonizing methodologies, we are intentionally shifting power dynamics, dismantling privilege, and amplifying Indigenous voices as we honour their knowledge and traditions. Our research team practices "ethical relationality" as articulated by Dwayne Donald (2012). Ethical relationality seeks a transformative and respectful collaboration that acknowledges and upholds the inherent value of Indigenous perspectives. These concepts can also be applied outside of the borders of North America and outside of Indigenous communities. Youth around the globe face many challenges in education – often due to systemic inequalities and continued discriminatory practices. Access to quality and meaningful education remains a persistent issue, with economic disparities, geographic location, and cultural biases often standing in the way of marginalized youth from obtaining equitable learning opportunities. Community-based practices can aid educators in dismantling systemic barriers, promote inclusivity, and ensure that educational systems around the globe prioritize equity and diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used There has been increasing attention and engagement with Indigenous Research Methodologies (IRM), which are conceptualized as moving towards building ethical research partnerships with Indigenous people and communities (Kovach, 2009; Smith, 2012; Starblanket, 2018; Wilson, 2008). Kovach (2009) outlines the foundational elements of IRM, which she argues is about affirming Indigenous perspectives and knowledges on their own terms by adhering to four broad ethical commitments: “(a) that the research methodology is in line with Indigenous values; (b) that there is some form of community accountability; (c) that the research gives back to and benefits the community in some manner, and (d) that the researcher is an ally and will not do harm” (p. 48). Knowing the history of unethical research and mistreatment of Indigenous Peoples within systems of education leads us to our commitment to earning trust and maintaining ethical research relationships (Archibald, 2008; Kirkness & Barnhardt, 2001; Kovach, 2009; Smith, 2012; Wilson, 2008). We use Indigenous, emancipatory, and participatory research methods tailored to the relational nature and evolving directions of our work. We also bring a keen interest in the holistic well-being of youth and know that education needs to reflect the interests, identities, and communities of the students. A commitment to collaboration, respect, and reciprocity between researchers and the community characterizes community-based methods in Indigenous research. Emphasizing equal partnerships, Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR) ensures that community members are active participants in shaping the research agenda, interpretation of findings, and the application of results (Wallerstein et al., 2017). Using interviews, circles of knowledge, ethnographic approaches, and storywork principles, we learn what is important to the youth within the Fort Vermilion School Division. Through partnerships with Indigenous community leaders, the school division, and the research team, we work together to make Indigenous youths’ goals and dreams a reality. Community-led approaches, such as these, preserve culture, maintain a balance between different ways of knowing, and contribute to more ethical and inclusive research practices within Indigenous communities (Wilson, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our team will present the current outcomes of our ongoing research and the steps that have been taken as we move together in partnership with Indigenous communities in Northern Alberta. This paper demonstrates the strength of community-based relationships and partnerships as we go forward in this work. We will outline several core principles taken from Indigenous methodologies to apply to global community-based models. Additionally, many of the youths' desires have been put into action including cultural connection with Elders, language revitalization, career readiness, access to sports and development, and extra-curricular options. We will discuss how some of these imagined programs have come into reality. References Andersen, C. (2014). "Métis": Race, recognition and the struggle for Indigenous peoplehood. Vancouver: UBC Press. Archibald, J. A. (2008). Indigenous storywork: Educating the heart, body, mind, and spirit. UBC Press. Gaudry, A., & Lorenz, D. (2018). Indigenization as inclusion, reconciliation, and decolonization: Navigating the different visions for indigenizing the Canadian Academy. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous Peoples, 14(3), 218-227. Kirkness, V. J. & R. Barnhardt (2001). First Nations and higher education: The four R's - respect, relevance, reciprocity, responsibility. In R. Hayoe & J. Pan (Eds.), Knowledge across cultures: A contribution to dialogue among civilizations (pp. 1-18). The University of Hong Kong. Kovach, M. (2009). Indigenous methodologies. Characteristics, conversations and contexts. Toronto/Buffalo. In: London: University of Toronto Press. Smith, L. T. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies : Research and Indigenous peoples (2 ed.). Zed Books. Simpson, A. (2014). Mohawk interruptus: Political life across the borders of settler states. Durham: Duke University Press. Starblanket, G. (2018). Complex Accountabilities: Deconstructing “the Community” and Engaging Indigenous Feminist Research Methods. American Indian Culture and Research Journal, 42(4),1-20. Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada (TRC). (2015). Calls to action. https://ehprnh2mwo3.exactdn.com/wpcontent/uploads/2021/01/Calls_to_Action_English2.pdf. Wallerstein, N., Duran, B., Oetzel, J.G., & Minkler, M. (2017). Community-based participatory research for health: Advancing social and health equity. John Wiley & Sons. Wilson, S. (2008). Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Fernwood. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Inter-Professional Collaboration for the Community Engagement INDIRE, Italy Presenting Author:Small and rural schools often experience what is commonly perceived as inequality school curriculum towards urban schools due to bad connectivity and poor technological equipment, high teachers’ turnover or inadequate teacher training in the use of new technologies for innovative teaching, risking increasing levels of non-attendance in remote areas of our country (Mangione & Cannella, 2021). As De Bartolomeis (2018) has noted, the school is to be regarded as a learning system that needs to shift from an “integrated learning system” to an “extended learning system”. In current practice, learning in relationships with external settings is very modest and marginal. Not research but outings or visits, not observation with instruments prepared in advance and modified in the field but a superficial gaze, not interviews conducted as part of encounters but a few questions, not documentation but a few notes that are difficult to organize. The research activity carried out by INDIRE on the forms of diffused and extended schooling (Chipa, Mangione, 2022; Mangione, Chipa, Cannella, 2022; Mangione, Cannella, Chipa, 2021) has made it possible to deepen those experiences that make use of third-party spaces to build a “community ecosystem” (Teneggi, 2020). During the pandemic the learning experience of lower secondary schools in Reggio Emilia as “extended school in third spaces” has been financially supported by the local administration and carried out to extend the classrooms out of the school walls to guarantee the continuity of the educational offer. It involved 11 comprehensive schools of the city and 19 spaces outside the school starting from the 2020-2021 school year. The model has been observed and monitored to be transferred and small and rural school context. This experience of the “extended school in third spaces” which went on up to nowadays, involved teachers of the schools, experts working for the different cultural spaces and non-teacher educators to renew the educational contract, to create around the teacher a necessary support for the realisation of an extended educational system and provide to the students a situated learning experience on a daily basis in order to avoid situation of cultural and social exclusion due to a poor curriculum experience. The collaboration among teachers, non-teacher educators and experts defined in term of interprofessional collaboration opened new opportunity for learning to the students, redefined a new alliance between school and the local community and started a new social contract for teachers to professional learning. The schools opened the school walls, re-organise timetable and curriculum content to connect to their communities, foster ever-changing forms of learning, civic and social engagement (LABSUS, 2023). This experience offers the opportunity for analysing forms of inter-professional collaboration working in which children and families work with frequently changing combinations of professionals (Edwards, 2012). The conceptual framework that underpins the interprofessional collaboration is the activity theory, which offer object-orientated analyses of complex, radically distributed work settings from diverse expertise over extended periods of time. The interprofessional collaboration have been observed and monitored to three primary schools out of 11 involved in the extended school in Reggio Emilia, in three different learning environments (a school in cultural spaces, a school in outdoor spaces and a school in exploration spaces). Interprofessional collaboration between teachers and non-teachers educator could be approached as a drivers to promote renewed school-community relationship, to start a new alliance between the different expertise to improve the quality of the curriculum and could be applied to all those learning environment that suffer social isolation.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research, of a phenomenological type, aims to investigate the elements characterizing the widespread school (Black, Lemon & Walsh, 2010) with attention to inter professional collaboration enhanced by the use of third spaces redesigned as permanent laboratory classrooms. A reasoned sampling allowed the researchers to identify three realities in the Italian context, housed in different types of decentralized classrooms - outdoors (farm holidays), in cultural spaces (civic museums) and in maker spaces (ateliers). These cases of widespread school have been the object of indirect observation through a device of a narrative nature. The learning story allowed a first investigative analysis on the didactic planning with attention to the educational situations set up in the decentralized classrooms, safeguarding the fluidity of the planned actions (Mortari, 2010). In a second phase, the research assumes a more evaluative character of interprofessional collaboration using a set of tools already used in UK context (Cheminais, 2009) to monitor and evaluate any interprofessional collaboration in a school context. The application of the tools to observe the multiagency activities between teachers and experts in the different decentralized classrooms makes it possible to relate the professional action of the teacher with the opportunities offered by the extension of the educational classroom and to understand its limits and evolutions. The approach is based on the use of tools “the ladder of participation”, a “Diamond Ranking” to evaluate the level of cohesion among the member of the group and a “Force Field Analysis” to help the mixed group of teacher and experts to reflect on their collaboration activities and identify weak and strong side of their work. The use of the abovementioned tools was accompanied by qualitative tools such as interviews with teachers, experts and local administration, allowed the group to intercept the component of interprofessional collaboration and how trigger a transformative process that is still ongoing by involving all the school's stakeholders. The transformative horizon was aimed at designing and implementing a model of a 'proximity school' in which an educational proposal based on a common vision - among the various stakeholders of the school and the territory - aimed at creating circular processes, was accompanied by the idea of an 'immersive' curriculum in the design and hybridisation of which different subjects participated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings How can community engagement in education be redefined during a period of uncertainty? Interprofessional collaboration could be the answer to the question. It should shape the extension of the profile of those who can be an active part of the teaching process. Collected evidence refers that working with a network of professionals can help to compensate the shortage of teachers the to improve the quality of curriculum offer (e.g. in remote areas, or non-standard schools more generally). A further motivation concerns the possibility of hybridising the curriculum thanks to the presence of local expertise. In this way it will be possible not only to expand the educational offer but also to build new common languages between different professional fields to generate that holistic approach to the education of the individual so much desired in different fields of knowledge. Effective interprofessional practice requires adaptation on the part of the teachers involved and that the effectiveness of interprofessional processes lies in the interpersonal relationship between teachers and experts as “co-teachers”. From the collection of evidence therefore emerges a “collaborative partnership model” as an inter-professional practice. In the context of professional collaboration for social inclusion, collaborative partnership demands a capacity to recognise and access expertise distributed across the local community and to negotiate the boundaries of responsible professional action with other professionals and with family. From the cases it emerges that frequent communication, documentation, and systematic exchange of information may be elements that support effective collaborative processes, but they are still immature and not very systemic tools even if they are supported by the great collaboration between institutions that move with the same objective. References Cannella G., Mangione G.R.J (2022), La multi-agency nel nuovo contratto educativo per la scuola di comunità, in S. Chipa, S. Greco, G.R.J. Mangione, L. Orlandini, A. Rosa (a cura di), La scuola di prossimità. Le dimensioni che cambiano in una scuola aperta al territorio, p. 399-462, Scholé, Brescia. Cannella G., Chipa S., Mangione G.R.J. (2021), Il Valore del Patto educativo di Comunità. Una ricerca interpretativa nei territori delle piccole scuole, in G.R.J Mangione, G. Cannella e F. De Santis (a cura di), Piccole scuole, scuole di prossimità. Dimensioni, Strumenti e Percorsi emergenti, I Quaderni della Ricerca n. 59, Loescher, Torino, pp. 23-47. Cheminais R. (2009), Effective multi-agency partnerships: Putting every child matters into practice, Sage. Edwards A. (2012), The role of common knowledge in achieving collaboration across practices, in Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 1(1), 22-32. Engeström Yrjö, Developmental Work Research. Expanding Activity Theory In Practice, ICHS, Berlino 2005 Labsus. Scuole da beni pubblici a beni comuni. Rapporto Labsus 2022 sull’amministrazione condivisa 2022. INDIRE Mangione G.R.J, Chipa S., Cannella G. (2022), Il ruolo dei terzi spazi culturali nei patti educativi territoriali. Verso una pedagogia della riconciliazione nei territori delle piccole scuole, in A. Di Pace, A. Fornasari, M. De Angelis (a cura di), Il Post Digitale. Società, Culture, Didattica, Franco Angeli, Milano, pp.171-205. Maulini O., Perrenoud P. (2005), La forme scolaire de l’éducation de base: tensions internes et évolutions, in O. Maulini, C. Montandon (eds.), Les Formes de l’éducation: variété et variations, De Boeck, Bruxelles, pp. 147–168. Mortari L. (2010), Dire la pratica. La cultura del fare scuola, Mondadori, Milano. Teneggi G. (2020), Cooperazione, in D. Cersosimo, C. Donzelli (a cura di), Manifesto per riabitare l’Italia, Donzelli, Roma. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 14 SES 12 B: Parental Engagement and Pre-School/Kindergarten and Primary. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Hudson Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Importance of Kindergarten Choice and Early Foreign Language Learning Among Parents and Kindergarten Teachers University of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:In the 21st century, knowing a foreign language is almost essential requirement, because we need to use it in countless places in our everyday lives. The National Curriculum stipulates that pupils learn a foreign language(s) from the fourth grade of primary school, but many pupils also learn a foreign language earlier (even in a specialised course). Pupils must have a school-leaving certificate in one of the languages, and in higher education a state-accredited language examination is required for graduation (Sominé 2011, Kovács-Czachesz 2021). As of 2015, kindergarten education is compulsory for children between the ages of three and six/seven in Hungary (Act CXC of 2011 on National Public Education). All kindergartens must have their own or adapted pedagogical programme, with the main focus on Hungarian culture and traditions, and mother tongue education. (Kovács& Czachesz 2021). It has become extremely important for parents to ensure that their children receive the best from pre-school onwards, so there is also a big struggle to get into the best institution. Education plays a crucial role in the acquisition of cultural goods, and parents are well aware of this. Parents have become more aware and more determined to meet children's needs as best as possible. A study by Golnhofer and Szabolcs (2005) shows that children's schooling is taking place earlier and earlier as the years go by (Golnhofer& Szabolcs 2005). Choosing kindergarten is an important issue for parents, because the proper development of their child is the most essential thing for them. That is why they want to opt for a kindergarten that is suitable to give their child the best, but in smaller settlements parents do not have much choice (Fűrész-Mayernik, 2018, Teszenyi & Hevey, 2015, Kampichler, 2018).In the European Union, the importance of quality pre-primary education has been a priority for years, as it is essential to ensure that children start school well prepared. Not only has more emphasis been placed on quality pre-school education, but also on introducing children to a foreign language at this stage of life (United Nations 2015). In a study by Kovács and Czachesz, researchers show that early foreign language learning has become more important in OECD countries over the years. According to a 2011 survey, 5% of these countries put more emphasis on the 'development' of a foreign language in pre-school, but four years later, in 2015, this figure had risen to 40% (OECD 2017). Early childhood is a crucial period in a child's life, as half of cognitive development is completed by the age of four, another 30% between four and eight and a fifth between eight and 17 (Poyraz& Dere, 2001, Heckman 2011). The quality and quantity of stimuli in early life is also essential, and it is therefore more likely that early childhood is a critical period (Yilmaz et al. 2022). Views on early language acquisition vary widely, so it is not possible to state unequivocally whether early language learning has a positive or negative effect on the child (Vildomec, 1963, Babinszky 1983, Navracsics 1999, Bialystok & Poarch 2014) In our research, we want to explore the factors that help parents decide which kindergarten to choose for their children. Based on our literature review, we formulate the hypotheses we want to test in this research. 1. Urban parents are more careful in choosing a nursery school for their child, taking into account a number of factors. 2. Parents with a higher level of education are more likely to choose a foreign language activity/foreign language kindergarten for their child. 3. Family and friends' opinions are a determining factor in the choice of nursery school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During our research, data were collected in three different counties of Hungary (Hajdú-Bihar, Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén, Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg). The Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén county is located in the North-Hungarian region, with 675,000 inhabitants, 60% of the population living in cities. It has a high level of income poverty, a high number of disadvantaged children and low social mobility. Hajdú-Bihar county is located in the Northern Great Plain region of Hungary, with a population of about half a million, 80% of them living in cities. It has a lower number of disadvantaged children than Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén. Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg county, also in the Northern Great Plain region, is experiencing a population decline. This county also has a very high proportion of disadvantaged children. Our questionnaire survey was carried out with the participation of kindergarten teachers and parents. The data collection process took place both online and on paper, resulting in a total of 336 pre-school teachers and 1,004 parents' responses. The questionnaire mainly included questions on children's foreign language learning and parents' motivations for choosing kindergarten. Our extensive sample was representative of the types of municipalities, providers and counties. This allows our results to provide a comprehensive picture of the study areas and the kindergarten environment in these areas. We used the statistical software SPSS to analyse the data and used various statistical methods, including ANOVA and cross-tabulation analysis. This allowed us to identify correlations and differences between different variables that contribute to answering the aims and questions of our research. Based on the statistical results, we hope to provide new and valuable information to increase our knowledge about kindergarten choice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the analysis, a K-means cluster analysis was performed, where three groups of parents were separated according to the information on the relevance of the factors influencing their choice of kindergarten. This resulted in a cluster of parents who were most interested in the most important factors, such as the educational programme, the possibility of extra activities or the kindergarten facilities. A cluster of parents who also care about most of the factors but have a much more moderate interest (thinkers) emerged, and finally a cluster of parents who do not care about most of the factors (uninterested cluster). In the following, we have examined how people are distributed between the three cluster analysis groups according to their educational attainment and place of residence. The results were obtained by cross tabulation. The analysis concluded that people with a higher level of education are more careful in choosing a kindergarten for their children, thus confirming our second hypothesis. As far as place of residence is concerned, our hypothesis also seems to be confirmed, as the results show that people living in towns or in county seats take more into account when choosing a kindergarten, but it is important to point out that people living in villages may not have as many options as their parents living in towns. We also assumed that the opinion of family and friends may be relevant when choosing a kindergarten. This hypothesis was also confirmed, as the results showed that the highest values were observed for these influencing factors. In conclusion, our hypotheses have been confirmed, but further analysis is needed to get a more comprehensive picture of the motivations that drive parents to choose the right kindergarten for their child. References Babinszky, P. (1983). Az idegennyelv-tanulás és az életkor kapcsolatáról. Módszertani közlemények, 5(23) pp. 295–299. Bialystok, E.& Poarch, G. J. (2014). Language experience changes language and cognitive ability. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17(3) pp. 433–446. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-014-0491-8 Fűrész-Mayernik, M. (2018). Angolozik a család – Kétnyelvű nevelés a gyakorlatban. Alto Nyomda Kft. Mór. Golnhofer, E.& Szabolcs, É. (2005). Gyermekkor: nézőpontok, narratívák. Eötvös József Könyvkiadó, Budapest Heckman, J. J. (2011). The economics of inequality: The value of early childhood education. American Educator, 35(1), 31. Kampichler, M., Dvořáčková, J., & Jarkovská, L. (2018). Choosing the right kindergarten: parents’ reasoning about their ECEC choices in the context of the diversification of ECEC programs. Journal of Pedagogy, 9(2), 9-32. DOI: 10.2478/jped-2018-0009 Kovács, I. J., & Czachesz, E. (2021). Mit szeretnének a szülők? Korai nyelvtanulás az óvodában. Iskolakultúra, 31(10), 16–37. https://doi.org/10.14232/ISKKULT.2021.10.16 Navracsics, J. (1999). A kétnyelvű gyermek. Corvina. Budapest. OECD (2017). Starting Strong 2017. Key OECD Indicators on Early Childhood Education and Care. Starting Strong, OECD Publishing. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264276116-en Poyraz, H.& Hale, D. (2001). Principles and Methods in Preschool Education (2nd Edition). Ankara: Anı Publications Sominé, H. O. (2011). Az anyanyelv-elsajátítás és az idegennyelvtanulás összefüggéseinek megközelítései – egy közös értelmezési keret lehetősége. Magyar Pedagógia, 111(1): pp. 53–77. Teszenyi, E., & Hevey, D. (2015). Age group, location or pedagogue: Factors affecting parental choice of kindergartens in Hungary. Early Child Development and Care, 185(11-12), 1961-1977. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1028391 United Nations General Assembly (2015). Trans-forming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda Letöltés dátuma: 2022.11.16. Vildomec, V. (1963). Multilingualism. General Linguistics and Psychology of Speech. Leyden. Sythoff. Yilmaz, R. M., Topu, F. B., & Takkaç Tulgar, A. (2022). An examination of the studies on foreign language teaching in pre-school education: A bibliometric mapping analysis. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 35(3), 270-293. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Evaluation Impact in Four European Countries Co-creating Processes and Training for Effective School/parent Engagement in Primary Schools and Kindergartens Staffordshire University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The DIGItal innovative Strategies for PArental and Civic Engagement (DIGI-S.PA.C.E) was a three-year (August 2019-August 2022) Erasmus+ funded project involving partners in the United Kingdom (UK), Portugal, Italy and Lithuania. The project (Grant Agreement Number: 2019-1-UK01-KA201-061451) developed innovative ways to engage parents in the education life of their child/children with the general objectives of preventing early school leaving, social exclusion and poor learning outcomes through proactive parental engagement. Four Intellectual Outputs (IOs) were delivered by the partners as follows:
Research surrounding parental engagement, also referred to as parental involvement, parental participation and parent-teacher partnerships, has gained increased interest worldwide (e.g. Garvis et al. 2022; Phillipson and Garvis, 2019) and how best this activity can be nurtured to improve children’s educational outcomes. It is generally acknowledged that teacher-parent collaboration has a positive influence on children’s learning (Stroetinga et al., 2019). Fulltime teachers in the 2018 TALIS survey reported 2.9% of their time was spent communicating with parents and guardians and 36.3% of teachers considered addressing parent or guardians as a source of ‘quite a bit’ or ‘a lot’ of stress (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021:143). Reasons contributing towards the lack of monitoring and strategy towards parental/carer participation includes a lack of clarity into how to conceptually define parental involvement and engagement. Goodall and Montgomery (2014) propose and develop a continuum between parental involvement with schools, at one end, and parental engagement with children’s learning at the other. Research undertaken by Harris and Goodall (2008) and Sime and Sheridan (2014) suggests parents’ engagement in their child’s education is significant in terms of their learning and levels of attainment. The debates are ongoing into what constitutes parental/carer participation and whether it is being undertaken to improve scholarly outcomes or a child’s overall experience of school life (Education Endowment Foundation, 2022). The experiences of staff and parents/carers involved in parent/carer co-creation participation initiatives is not so widely reported. Using Goodall and Montgomery’s (2014) concepts of involvement as “the act of taking part in an activity or event, or situation” (ibid., p399) and engagement as “the feeling of being involved in a particular activity or a formal arrangement to meet someone or to do something, especially as part of your public duties” (ibid. p400), DIGI S.P.A.C.E piloted co-creation as a process to re-imagine how parents/carers, school staff and communities could work together to co-create both training, strategy and parental/ carer participation projects. A Parent Support Advisor (PSA) was identified as part of the project (IO1) in each school/kindergarten to facilitate more effective engagement between parents, teachers, and the wider community. A training kit (IO3), designed by teacher participants, resulted in 9 training modules. The PSA and participating teachers were trained using 4 of the modules to facilitate further training in their respective schools/kindergartens. Drawing upon the experiences of teachers and education professionals participating in the DIGI S.P.A.C.E Parental/ Carer Participation project, this presentation evaluates the value and impact of co-creating processes and training to support the development of effective parental/carer engagement in schools one year on after project completion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using a Participatory Action Research (PAR) approach, the project involved each country developing an area of parental participation which was identified as a specific need in each partner primary school or kindergarten, and which was developed through a process of co-creation within their own school community and their families but also with educators from partner countries. Creating new approaches through the lens of an action research project (Tossavainen, 2017), mobilised DIGI S.P.A.C.E partners to reconsider the training and supervision needs of those involved. Ethical approval for the research was gained from Staffordshire University, UK, in 2019. The research which was underpinned by BERA’s (2018) ethical principles and adhered to by all participating countries. An initial needs analysis was carried out in 2019 with schoolteachers, parents and stakeholders in the four countries. This informed the protocol for parental engagement and development of the training modules based on parent, teacher and school needs (Pugh et al. 2020). Thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2022) of the needs analysis data led to the project design of a series of training modules, 9 in total, for parents and teachers. The Kirkpatrick model of evaluation (Kirkpatrick and Kayser- Kirkpatrick 2014) was modified for the analysis of the training modules and the impact of the training modules on teachers and parents. Level descriptors used in the model were; Reaction, Learning, Behaviour, and Results to determine participant reactions, knowledge, individual enrichment, and impact on the organisation. The focus of these levels centred around participant self-assessment of learning and experiences. Data were collated in a focus group using a semi-structured interview for the focus group was designed to give an opportunity to elaborate on individual and collective experiences (Kara, 2015). Questionnaires were conducted one year after the project formal completion to garner additional reflections associated with the ongoing impact of the project in each country. Additional ethical approval was sought and granted in 2023 for the follow up questionnaires. Qualitative data from the focus group and questionnaire a year later were analysed using Braun and Clarke (2022) thematic framework to draw together themes of interest across all countries. It was also used to highlight areas of individual country difference to celebrate and respect cultural identities, and how collectively schools and communities came together to enhance education for primary aged children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the teacher focus group interviews revealed that by having an opportunity to learn more about the principles of co-creation and participation, partner schools began to appreciate the civic value in parental participation activities and began to identify the wider community benefits of such approaches. Teachers and PSAs also reported that increased awareness of the range of parental participation activities around Europe and hearing about the experiences first-hand from an educator’s perspective made them more aware of the need for bespoke training and support for school staff working in this field. The follow-up study a year later revealed how well established some schools had become in implementing training for parents and teachers utilising the PSA relationship. A communication channel between the school, teachers and parents was established through the PSA and has been successful in reducing barriers to parental engagement. This was noted through reflection from teachers and parents on how a greater understanding and respect for each other and the roles they held facilitated closer working relationships and a greater collaboration for the child’s learning and educational progress. The DIGI- S.PA.CE project’s findings are of interest to those involved in teacher training and teacher Continuing Professional Development (CPD). However, they also show how primary schools/kindergartens could benefit from learning more about family involvement and engagement in other sectors and how parent/ carer participation projects should be identified as part of community-wide civic engagement strategies. References •Arnstein, S.R. (1969) A Ladder of Citizen Participation, Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35:4, 216-224, DOI: 10.1080/01944366908977225 •BERA (2018) Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research, (4th Edn.). London: British Educational Research Association. •Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide, London: Sage •Education Endowment Foundation (2022) Moving forwards, making a difference. [Online] Available at: https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/support-for-schools/school-planning-support accessed 10.11.22 •European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, (2021) Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. •Garvis, S., Phillipson, S., Harju-Luukkainen, H., and Sadownik, A.R (Eds.) (2022) Parental Engagement and Early Childhood Education Around the World. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. •Goodall, J. and Montgomery, C. (2014) Parental involvement to parental engagement: a continuum, Educational Review, 66(4), 399-410. •Harris, A. and Goodall, J. (2008) Do parents know they matter? Engaging all parents in learning, Educational Review, 50(3), 277-89. •Kara, H. (2015) Creative Research Methods in the Social Sciences. A Practical Guide. Bristol: Policy Press. •Kirkpatrick, J. and Kayser-Kirkpatrick, W. (2014) The Kirkpatrick Four Levels: A Fresh Look after 55 years. Ocean City: Kirkpatrick Partners. •Phillipson, S. and Garvis, S. (Eds) (2019) Teachers' and Families' Perspectives in Early Childhood Education and Care: Early Childhood Education in the 21st Century Vol. II. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge •Pugh, J., Forrester, G. and Hudson, R. A. (2020) DIGI-S.PA.C.E. Needs Analysis Research Report, April. Staffordshire University, UK. •Sime, D. and Sheridan, M. (2014) ‘You want the best for your kids’: improving educational outcomes for children living in poverty through parental engagement, Educational Research, 56(3), 327-342. •Stroetinga, M., Leeman, Y. and Veugelers, W. (2019) Primary school teachers’ collaboration with parents on upbringing: a review of the empirical literature, Educational Review, 71(5), 650-667. DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2018.1459478 •Tossavainen, P.J. (2017) Co-create with stakeholders: Action research approach in service development. Action Research, 15(3), 276-293. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 15 SES 12 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Thomas Blom Paper Session |
15:45 - 17:15 | 16 SES 12 A: ICT in Primary Schools Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Heike Schaumburg Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Examining the Viability of Immersive Learning Environments (ILEs) for Fostering Early Years Education in an Era of Uncertainty University of Northampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As a PhD student, this presentation seeks to elucidate the results from the data obtained from phases 1 and 2 of the research project. The central focus of the research project is the utilisation of Immersive Learning Environments (ILEs) and their impact on promoting learning in early childhood. The motivation for this study stems from my first-hand experiences as a Primary Teacher and Senior Lecturer in Education, observing the evolution of digital resources within the everchanging educational landscape. Notably, my recent role spearheading the development of the Early Years Virtual Learning Environment (EYVE) aimed to create an immersive games-based learning experience for trainee professionals, offering insights into how ILEs can effectively promote learning among higher education learners. This experience prompted a critical examination of whether the lessons learned in higher education contexts could be applied to early childhood education. The international landscape of early years education is evolving with the integration of digital technology, notably through ILEs. These virtual platforms enhance traditional teaching methods, fostering critical thinking and offering personalised learning experiences for young minds (Vidal-Hall et al., 2020). The shift extends beyond classrooms as a plethora of research has shown that digital technology has become a major part of children’s lives with digital fluency being shown across family households (Edwards et al., 2017; Palaiologou, 2016; Plowman, 2015). However, challenges such as concerns over screen time, privacy, and ensuring equitable access to technology have emerged (Rose et al., 2019; Yuen et al., 2020). Perez (2016) contends that such immersion merely entertains, impeding the potential establishment of vital connections between the digital and real worlds crucial for supporting learning and development. Striking a balance between the benefits and challenges is crucial, emphasising the need for thoughtful integration to harness the full potential of digital tools in early childhood education. In England, a child from birth to five years is recognised within the statutory guidance known as the Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) (DfE, 2021). More recently, the EYFS has undergone changes to remove technology as a specific aspect within the framework. Within the EYFS reforms (DfE, 2020: p9-14) it was noted that there ‘was a concern that technology is missing’ and ‘the removal of technology … would be a negative step’; despite this consultation the technology strand was later removed in September 2021. It could be suggested that this created conflicting views of the value technology has within early years and arguably question how children can gain skills or knowledge of how to use technology effectively and safely without focus placed within the EYFS (Faulder, 2021). In an age of uncertainty, Karabon (2021) agrees that the design of the curriculum should focus on the child at the centre, suggesting that the curriculum and learning space should be led by the child and for the child, recognising the importance of supporting practitioners to integrate technology within everyday practice. Ethridge et al. (2022) echo this, highlighting the pivotal role of technology in fostering play-based learning, particularly evident during virtual teaching experiences prompted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, the OECD (2022) examines the possible trends affecting the future of education from early childhood to lifelong learning, emphasising the indispensability of digital skills and competencies in navigating the challenges of the 21st century.
Navigating the uncertainties of education, this study delves into the relationship between digital learning and societal changes, drawing on Bronfenbrenner's ecological systems theory (1992). By unravelling these intricacies, the research contributes to the development of robust educational environments within settings and within the home that encapsulate memory and foster a sense of optimism for the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation will focus on an instrumental case study methodology. The research study in question was an area which I had recognised that required a range of evidence to identify whether learning could be potentially promoted using ILEs, therefore according to Gillham (2000; p.1), this would align to ‘the here and now’ which aimed to ‘seek a range of different kinds of evidence’ to support in answering the research questions. Yin (2018, p.17) supports this by stating that a case study ‘can cover multiple cases and then draw a single set of “cross-case” conclusions’. Simons (2009, p.4) discusses that ‘the case could be a person, a classroom, an institution, a programme, a policy or a system’, given that this research project was focused on the setting and home environment as well as observing children this meant that the case was varied throughout the project. This study aims to investigate the feasibility of Immersive Learning Environments (ILEs) in the promotion of learning within Early Years. The objectives of the study are: 1. To identify parents’/carers’ and practitioners’ perspectives on defining features of an ILE in the field of early childhood in England. 2. To establish whether ILEs have an impact on the promotion of learning for children within the home and the setting context. 3. To synthesise definitions to design ILEs that promote learning in early childhood education. The current intention of the project is to conduct a three-phase approach when applying the methods. For the purpose of this presentation, the results from phase 1 and 2 will be discussed. 1. Phase 1 will use semi-structured interviews to gather both educators and parents’ perspectives of ILEs and learning within early childhood. 2. Phase 2 will then comprise an observation and implementation stage which will apply a range of ILEs using Extended Reality (XR) within both home and setting contexts. 3. Phase 3 will develop a framework to establish whether ILEs can promote learning across the setting and home context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By implementing a three-phase approach in this research, the aim is to contemplate the varied perspectives of parents, practitioners, and children regarding ILEs. This presentation will delve into phases 1 and 2, highlighting key findings obtained from data collection, encompassing insights into both perceptions and interactions within ILEs. Konca (2021, p1097) highlights that children live ‘in digitally rich home environments… with parents playing a key role in children’s interaction with digital technologies’. This echoes the need for this research to identify the importance of home and setting contexts to understand how ILEs can potentially be used to promote both the learning and development of young children. In the realm of research, the exploration of digital play in early education is still in its early stages leaving uncertainty in its limited exploration. Practitioners remain sceptical about its incorporation, highlighting a disconnect between the utilization of digital technology and teacher proficiency as a significant obstacle (Vidal-Hall et al., 2020; Mertala, 2019; Hatzigianni and Kalaizidis 2018; Moss, 2015). The data gathered from phases 1 and 2 complements the literature, indicating a deficiency in teacher knowledge. This lack of understanding hinders their ability to effectively integrate new technology into the learning environment, the observations also suggest that ILEs enable learners to apply knowledge interactively. Parents have also highlighted the disparity between what is utilized in educational settings and what is familiar in the home context, with incomplete knowledge transfer. As the researcher, I recognize the importance of addressing this challenge in my research journey, to aid both educators and parents in comprehending the potential of Interactive Learning Environments (ILEs) as tools for facilitating learning. As I move into phase 3 of the research project, this data becomes crucial for developing a research framework that supports the implementation of ILEs by both practitioners and parents/carers. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1992). Ecological systems theory. In R. Vasta (Ed.), Six theories of child development: Revised formulations and current issues (pp. 187–249). Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Department for Education (2020). Early Years Foundation Stage Reforms Government consultation response. [online]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/896872/EYFS_reforms_consultation_-_government_response.pdf [9 January 2024]. Department for Education (2021). Statutory framework for the early years foundation stage. London: DfE Ethridge, P., Gray, C., McPherson, A. and Janus, M. (2022) ‘Fostering play through virtual teaching: challenges, barriers, and strategies’, Early Childhood Education Journal, 50(1), pp. 1-10. Faulder, M. (2021) Curriculum- In focus… Technology. [online] Available from: https://www.nurseryworld.co.uk/features/article/curriculum-in-focus-technology [29 January 2024] Gillham, B. (2000) Case Study Research Methods. London: Continuum. Hatzigianni, M. Kalaitzidis, I. (2018) Early childhood educators’ attitudes and beliefs around the use of touchscreen technologies by children under three years of age. British Journal of Educational Technology. 49 (5), pp.883-895. Karabon, A. (2021) Examining how early childhood preservice teacher funds of knowledge shapes pedagogical decision making. Teaching and teacher education. 106 (1), pp.1-10. Konca, A. (2021) Digital Technology Usage of Young Children: Screen Time and Families. Early Childhood Education Journal. 50 (0), pp.1097-1108. Mertala, P. (2019). Teachers’ beliefs about technology integration in early childhood education: A meta-ethnographical synthesis of qualitative research. Computers in Human Behavior. 101, pp.334-349. Moss, P. (2015) There are alternatives! Contestation and hope in early childhood education. Global Studies of Childhood. 5 (3), pp.226-238. OECD (2022) OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030. Paris: OECD Publishing Perez, S (2016). Hands-on with Play-Doh Touch, the app that brings kids’ creations to life. [online] TechCrunch. Available at: https://techcrunch.com/2016/11/18/hands-on-with-play-doh-touch-the-app-that-brings-kids-creations-to-life/ [9 January 2024] Simons, H. (2009). Case Study Research in Practice. London: SAGE. Vidal-Hall, C. Flewitt, R. Wyse, D. (2020) Early Childhood practitioner beliefs about digital media: integrating technology into a child-centred classroom environment. Early Childhood Education Research Journal. 28 (2), pp. 167-181. Yin, R. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications- Designs and Methods. London: SAGE. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Investigating the Impact of Blended Learning on the Learning Environment of Elementary School Students University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Rapid social changes have shaped the demands and challenges that education is called upon to address in recent years. With digital transformation being one of the priorities of the EU, the integration of technology in education in its various forms, such as Blended Learning (BL), is more necessary than ever. BL is the learning approach that combines face-to-face teaching in the classroom in the presence of educators and online teaching in a space outside the school. This research studies the learning environment during the implementation of BL in elementary education for fourth-grade students (aged 9-10) in a public school in an urban area of Cyprus and examines how the learning environment evolved during the COVID-19 pandemic. The research question was: How did blended learning affect the learning environment of fourth-grade students in elementary schools during the Covid-19 pandemic? The existence of a research gap in investigating the impact of BL within learning environments in Cypriot primary education makes this research significant and necessary. The findings of the research have both practical and theoretical importance, offering guidelines for the successful implementation of BL in primary schools and contributing to clarifying research gaps and understanding the application of BL. The literature review examined theoretical approaches that recognize the social dimension of learning, such as theories on learning environments, social practices within Communities of Practice, and the climate and culture of the classroom. In these approaches, the unique learning environment of each class significantly affects the quality of students' learning and the achievement of their learning goals. The classroom community functions as a learning community where the participation and interaction of its members are crucial for learning. Similarly, the degree of engagement in classroom practices corresponds to the different social positions a student constructs, along with the associated influences and privileges. Thus, these approaches identify common perceptions about the learning environment of the class. Specifically, the learning environment is influenced: (a) firstly, by the opportunities for interaction among its members, (b) secondly, by the opportunities for personal improvement and development given to students, and (c) thirdly, by the opportunities that create a climate of collectivity within the classroom community. In the present research, qualitative methods were applied for the collection and analysis of data following an emergent research design. Data were collected from observations and analysis units from posts in the digital tools used, in order to achieve a deeper understanding and interpretation of how BL influenced the children's learning environment. Through the thematic analysis approach, themes were identified and analyzed from the data. The emerging themes were connected with existing theories, advancing the construction of an interpretive and theoretical framework that provides answers to the research question. The results of the research reflect specific temporal circumstances and may not apply to different conditions, even for students with similar characteristics to the sample, although they align with the findings of other studies on the educational impacts of the pandemic. However, they do provide a representative picture of the response to the crisis brought about by the spread of the virus, which disrupted many aspects of the daily lives of educators and students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An action research was conducted in three cycles, with each cycle being revised based on the previous one. The starting point was the existing problematic situation, which concerned the forced adoption of BL as a teaching method due to the pandemic. The researcher was a female educator with experience in integrating technology into teaching but not in remote online education. A total of 63 students from three fourth-grade classes of an elementary school participated in the study. These were three different classes for which the educator was responsible over three consecutive years. For the collection of data analyzed using qualitative techniques, material was gathered from the "educator's diary," in which the educator recorded observations, reflective comments, and significant events. Additionally, material was collected from the digital tools used. Regarding the digital tools, the ClassDojo application was used for communication between educator and parents. In the first cycle, students used the school's computers and touch screens in small groups mainly for practice. During the online phase of the first cycle, students used personal devices and digital exercise tools (e.g., Forms, Kahoot, and Learning Apps). In the second cycle, face-to-face teaching included the use of Android touch screens in 1:1 conditions and even more exercise tools (e.g., wordwall, Quizizz, Liveworksheets, Pixton). During the online phase, the Microsoft Teams was used. In the third cycle, Google Classroom was used for face-to-face teaching as a learning management system, along with tools such as Google Docs, Jamboard, and Scratch. Online teaching for individual students was facilitated through Padlet, with instructions and material corresponding to classroom activities. As for the research processes, the study included three research cycles, starting with face-to-face teaching but following different paths thereafter. During the first cycle, the school year began without an emergency plan, and with the pandemic, teaching continued online through asynchronous remote education. Enriched Virtual and Self-Blend models were used. In the second cycle, the year began with face-to-face teaching and continued online using Teams and Enriched Virtual model. There was preparation to meet the learning demands of online learning. In the third cycle, online learning was individualized. Self-blend model was applied. For the analysis of the data, qualitative techniques were applied, focusing on how BL influenced the learning environment, as well as on the analysis of the educator's teaching practice based on the recorded data in the educator's diary and the posts on the digital platforms used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings During the three cycles, different learning environments were observed, influenced by the health protocols due to the pandemic. These environments offered varied opportunities for interaction, personal development, and a sense of collectivity. In the first phase of the first cycle before the pandemic, there was a positive learning environment during face-to-face teaching (e.g., using various teaching techniques and student-centered approaches), where students had the opportunity for interaction, a sense of collectivity, and personal development. However, the unpreparedness for the transition to online teaching from face-to-face teaching caused disorganization, and the learning environment did not offer suitable opportunities for all students. In the online teaching of the second cycle, proper preparation and training led to effective online learning. The transition from traditional to online teaching was smooth, following criteria of quality implementation and effectiveness. In the face-to-face teaching with restrictive health protocols and social distancing, limited interaction was observed, and teacher-centered methods limited opportunities for personal development and collectivity. In the face-to-face teaching of the third cycle, the use of a learning management system and the integration of technology based on learning theories improved interaction among students through digital collaborative activities, "overcoming" social distances. This learning environment was shaped through the experiences and training of the previous school years. In conclusion, the success of Blended Learning depends on both effective face-to-face teaching and online learning, as they are interconnected. Therefore, to maximize the positive aspects of each phase of BL, it is necessary: - Face-to-face teaching in a learning environment that provides opportunities for interactions, personal development, and enhancement of creating a sense of collectivity. - Online teaching using learning management systems and reliable standards. - Integration of technology in all phases based on learning theories. References Casimir, O. A., Blake, S. C., Klosky, J. V., & Gazmararian, J. A. (2023). Adaptations to the Learning Environment for Elementary School Children in Georgia during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 1-14. Christensen, C. M., Horn, M. B., & Staker, H. (2013). Is K-12 Blended Learning Disruptive? An Introduction to the Theory of Hybrids. Clayton Christensen Institute for Disruptive Innovation. Li, S., & Wang, W. (2022). Effect of blended learning on student performance in K-12 settings: A meta-analysis. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(5), 1254–1272. Moos, R. H. (1973). Conceptualizations of human environments. American Psychologist, 28(8), 652–665. Pittman, J., Severino, L., DeCarlo-Tecce, M. J., & Kiosoglous, C. (2021). An action research case study: Digital equity and educational inclusion during an emergent COVID-19 divide. Journal for Multicultural Education, 15(1), 68-84. Quality Matters. (n.d.). Course Design Rubric Standards. Retrieved from: https://www.qualitymatters.org/sites/default/files/PDFs/StandardsfromtheK-12RubricFifthEdition.pdf Rachmadtullah, R., Marianus Subandowo, R., Humaira, M. A., Aliyyah, R. R., Samsudin, A., & Nurtanto, M. (2020). Use of blended learning with moodle: Study effectiveness in elementary school teacher education students during the COVID-19 pandemic. International journal of advanced science and technology, 29(7), 3272-3277. Rasheed, R. A., Kamsin, A., & Abdullah, N. A. (2020). Challenges in the online component of blended learning: A systematic review. Computers & Education, 144, 103701. Rusticus, S. A., Pashootan, T., & Mah, A. (2023). What are the key elements of a positive learning environment? Perspectives from students and faculty. Learning Environments Research, 26(1), 161-175. Singh, J., Steele, K., & Singh, L. (2021). Combining the best of online and face-to-face learning: Hybrid and blended learning approach for COVID-19, post vaccine, & post-pandemic world. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 50(2), 140-171. Staker, H., & Horn, M. B. (2012). Classifying K–12 blended learning. Retrieved from http://www.christenseninstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/Classifying-K-12-blended-learning.pdf Van Laer, S., & Elen, J. (2017). In search of attributes that support self-regulation in blended learning environments. Education and Information Technologies, 22, 1395-1454. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Education Action Plan: Technology Integration in Greek Primary Schools 1National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece; 2University of Thessaly, Greece Presenting Author:This century is characterised as an era of rapid technological changes (Judy & D’ Amico, 1997). There are great opportunities offered by the Internet and communication technologies. However, the need for training and education of the citizens to be competent in the use of these technologies also emerged (Mannila et al., 2018). At the European Union, citizens acknowledge the importance of training for digital skills and consider it among the top five digital priorities in their countries (European Commission, 2023a). The European Commission introduced a scheme to support the European citizens and to prepare them for this digital era. The Digital Decade policy programme 2030 aims to transform public services, businesses, skills, and infrastructures in Europe by 2030 in order to achieve the objectives and targets for the Europe’s digital transformation (European Commission, 2023b). Education will be the main pilar in order to address this need for developing digital skills and to support this transformative process. Digital education is the systematic use of digital technologies in teaching and learning in formal and in non-formal education within a community, and the essential technological equipment required to support this educational process (Lynn et al., 2022). Early in 2018, EU introduced the Digital Education Action Plan (DEAP) 2018 – 2020. In September 2020, the new DEAP 2021 – 2027 was introduced by the European Commission as an initiative for this digital era. DEAP includes a vision of inclusive and accessible digital education and has two strategic priorities: fostering a high performing digital education ecosystem and developing digital skills and competences for the European citizens (European Commission, 2023c). Even though the European Union does not interfere in the national education system of its member states, it can affect their policies through initiatives and collective targets (Staude, 2011). The purpose of this study is to track the process of achieving digital education and to offer suggestions for its progress. This study uses technology integration as an indicator to investigate to what extent teachers use technology for their teaching and their students’ learning. Integration of digital technologies in education systems refers to the embedding of technology to enhance teaching and learning (Conrads et al., 2017). On average less than 40% of educators across the EU feel ready to use digital technologies in teaching, with divergences between EU Member States (OECD, 2018, as quoted in European Commission, 2023c). This study focuses specifically on the case of Greece. However, it offers recommendations for any European country that aims to enact their digital policies in accordance with the DEAP. Taking into account the great importance of the technological integration for digital education policies and the need of tracking the process of enactment of these policies, this study aims to examine the progress of the technological integration in the Greek state-funded schools. The research questions are: 1) To what extent do primary school teachers in state-funded schools in Greece currently integrate technology in their lessons? 2) Which factors predict technology integration in state-funded primary schools in Greece? 3) When pre-specified key factors are controlled, is technology integration explained by between-group effects or within-group effects? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a policy enactment framework and explores this with empirical data. Previous work on context and factor related policy enactment, such as that of Perryman et al. (2017) and Keddie (2019) have utilized a ‘fourfold heuristic’ (Keddie, 2019, p. 7) constituted by ‘situated, material, professional and external dimensions’ (Braun et al., 2011, p. 585). In Keddie’s (2019, p. 11) work, the factors for policy enactment are presented in a more elaborated mode: • Material factors (such as staffing, infrastructure, and school budget) • Situated factors (such as school setting, history, and intake) • Professional factors (such as teacher values and commitments) • External factors (such as local and national policy and systemic support, expectations, and pressures) Survey data of 205 class teachers in 32 state-funded primary schools in Greece are used to explore the policy enactment in relation to these factors. Convenience sampling was used. However, the schools were located across the country. In the sample, there were urban, semi-urban and rural schools. The analysis of the data was multi-level. The model discussed was a fully nested model since all the classroom teachers were located within one school. The analysis was done with the R programming language in the R Studio. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will present the findings for the policy enactment in relation to the four aforementioned factors. One of the key findings is that the Greek educational system is not yet ready to succeed in technology integration. The Greek state-funded schools do not have the necessary technological equipment. Furthermore, not every school has the same access to technological equipment and digital integration and the rural schools lack significant equipment compared to the semi-urban and urban ones. Furthermore, technology integration is mainly explained by teacher-level factors and not school-level factors. Currently, the policy in Greece adopts a top-down approach. This study suggests a bottom-up policy approach. The policy makers should collaborate with teachers and other stakeholders to ensure sustainable and scalable systemic change to achieve digital education. To conclude, although the European Commission aims through initiatives and funding to improve the factors, which are statistically significant predictors of technology integration and are linked to capacity building, there should be more support to have the desirable outcome. To achieve digital education and technology integration, it is imperative that more and higher quality professional development courses are offered to teachers. References Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585-596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555 Conrads, J., Rasmussen, M., Winters, N., Geniets, A., & Langer, L. (2017). Digital education policies in Europe and beyond: Key design principles for more effective policies. Joint Research Centre, European Commission. European Commission. (2023a). 2030 Digital Decade: report on the state of the Digital Decade 2023, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2759/318547 European Commission. (2023b). The Digital Decade policy programme 2030 [Infographic]. Retrieved May 27, 2023, from https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/policy-programme-path-digital-decade-factsheet?fbclid=IwAR2B_bnZ16SlJ4Sk82nFA79qAaHfh7AmxJHOlSAj6hNKZUhFRDcVGBToj8g European Commission. (2023c). Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027). Retrieved May 13, 2023, from https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/action-plan Judy, R. W., & D' Amico, C. (1997). Workforce 2020: Work and workers in the 21st century. (Report No ISBN-1-55813-061-6). Hudson Institute, Herman Kahn Center, Indianapolis. Keddie, Α. (2019). Context matters: primary schools and academies reform in England. Journal of Education Policy, 34(1), 6-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1402959 Lynn, T., Rosati, P., Conway, E., Curran, D., Fox, G., & O’Gorman, C. (2022). Digital education. In Digital Towns: Accelerating and Measuring the Digital Transformation of Rural Societies and Economies (pp. 133-150). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Mannila, L., Nordén, L. Å., & Pears, A. (2018, August). Digital competence, teacher self-efficacy and training needs. In Proceedings of the 2018 ACM Conference on International Computing Education Research (pp. 78-85). Perryman, J., Ball, S. J., Braun, A., & Maguire, M. (2017). Translating policy: governmentality and the reflective teacher. Journal of Education Policy, 32(6), 745-756. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1309072 Staude, E. (2011). National Education Systems in the European Union. [Master’s thesis, Washington University]. Washington University Open Scholarship Institutional Repository. https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1457&context=etd |
15:45 - 17:15 | 16 SES 12 B: ICT in the Classroom Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper The Use of Interactive Displays in the Classroom 1Klebelsberg Központ; 2Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Hungary Presenting Author:The focus of our presentation is the use of smart boards in the classroom. The research was done in the frame of the programme called EFOP-3.2.4. „Development of digital competences” which is the antecedent of an RRF-1.2.1. programme called „Providing equal accessibility to digital education to students and teachers”. These two programmes are originated from recognizing the latest international trends and the needs of educational institutions as for the latest digital technology is concerned. The research problem is to track changes indicated by central governmental development in the convergent regions of Hungary focusing on supplying them with interactive displays. Our purpose was to identify changes in Hungary compared to international trends as far as the number of interactive displays is concerned, identify possible changes in teachers’ classroom practice due to professional development trainings completed in the frame of the programme. The research questions are:
The importance of digital literacy in our everyday life and in the labour market is unquestionable (Ala-Mutka 2011, Area & Pessoa 2012). The notion of digital transformation has been defined in almost every field of life. Education is also an area of digital transformation, consequently the need of change in pedagogical perspectives has become a highly important issue (European Commission 2019a, b). A great number of researches has dealt with the role of digital tools including interactive white boards and interactive displays in education and tackling challenges related to them. A meta-analysis taking and pooling research results between 2002-2011 identified seven problem areas (Shi et al, 2012). From the aspect of our research, the issue of spreading and concentration of technology takes priority. The most important question is how availability of digital tools (interactive displays) is changing due to central governmental interventions. The target populations of the researches were teachers and students whose attitudes, behaviours, expectations, feelings and other mental activities towards interactive displays were analysed. In some cases, the procurement has been accompanied by researches, which can be identified as a continuation of researches related to the use of interactive white boards, since their introduction and spread, and professional experiences, assessment of their use are essential to professional knowledge related to interactive displays. Consequently, the need of change in professional beliefs and concepts has become apparent. The most recent studies have investigated the advantages and disadvantages of interactive displays from the students’ and teachers’ perspectives (İpek & Sözcü, 2016; Schmid & Schimmack, 2010; Sad & Ozhan, 2012; Yıldız & Tüfekçi, 2012; Yang, Yorgancı, & Terzioğlu, 2013; Warwick, Hennessy & Mercer, 2011), the internal and external factors of integrating the use of interactive displays into teaching practice (Drayton, Falk, Stroud, Hobbs & Hammerman, 2010; Stroud et al., 2014), their role in making learning more efficient (Saltan & Arslan, 2013; Saltan, 2019; Türel & Johnson, 2012; Akar, 2020). Our research fills a gap and is unparalleled with its big sample because of the lack of researches related to interactive displays. It is based on the series of governmental actions, including procurement, installation of 3000 interactive displays, organizing professional training for teachers in the convergent regions of Hungary in 2019. Thus, we intended to contribute to the support of teachers’ conceptual change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design: Our results are based on two big-sampled quantitative studies carried out in 2020 and 2021. During the research, we used an excavating-descriptive strategy, in which the data was collected in a two-step process. The purpose of the studies was to explore the changes after procurement of interactive displays and professional training specialised on their use. Sampling: The data collection took place in Hungary in two stages, in the spring of 2020 (N1=12657) and 2021 (N2=9754) in both cases during the period of classroom education. In the research, the so-called teachers working in school district-maintained institutions of the convergence region participated. Regarding the age of the respondents, the youngest respondent was 22 years old and the oldest was 79 years old at the time of the survey. The sample matched to the data of the national average, thus, it can be said to be representative of gender and age distribution. The most significant part of the responding teachers (34%) teach humanities or real subjects (28%) in the highest number of hours. The proportion of teachers who teach arts, foreign languages and sports in the highest number of hours is approximately the same (12%, 10%, 9%). 7% of the respondents have the highest number of individual sessions. Research method: Both measurements were done using an online questionnaire, mainly in the framework of questions containing single-choice, multiple-choice, ranking, attitude and frequency scales. The questionnaires had four parts: general questions, questions inquiring about the frequency of the use of interactive displays. Questions referring to the qualitative use of interactive displays (What are their most and least beneficial functions? Which of their functions do you prefer using? What didactic goals do you consider when using interactive displays?) The last group of questions was about trainings referring to the use of interactive displays focusing on different levels of trainings. Data analyzation: During the data analysis, descriptive (mean, median, mode) and mathematical statistical tests (correlation and difference tests) were used. Independents variables were the grade of students and the subjects taught, and teachers’ participation in professional trainings organized within the frame of the program. With the help of analysing the role of independent variables, we could draw a wider picture of the use of digital tools, the teachers’ methods applied during teaching and we could identify some problematic areas of development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As 3000 interactive displays were distributed among schools in the convergence regions, the position of Hungary in the European Union regarding the portion of interactive displays has strengthened. Comparing the results of the two measurements, it can be said that the frequency of using the interactive display in the classroom has increased significantly over a year. Our results give a deeper dimension to the former results (İpek & Sözcü, 2016; Schmid & Schimmack, 2010; Sad & Ozhan, 2012; Yıldız & Tüfekçi, 2012; Yang, Yorgancı, & Terzioğlu, 2013; Warwick, Hennessy & Mercer, 2011) describing the advantages and disadvantages of interactive displays pointing out new benefits and drawbacks in teachers’ point of view. Moreover, we could identify special patterns of their use. The patterns have changed depending on the grades and subjects taught by the teachers during the preiod of research. It shows how teachers try to integrate their use into everyday practice (Drayton, Falk, Stroud, Hobbs & Hammerman, 2010; Stroud et al., 2014). Furthermore, the teachers’ ICT qualification significantly influences the frequency of use and the range of functions showing the qualitative aspects of interactive display use. Among the didactic goals illustration, introduction of new teaching material, direct motivation and frontal work keep their leading position. Comparing the results of two measurements in 2020 and 2021, we can identify manly quantitative changes in the use of interactive displays. It means that we cannot expect revulsion as a result of bigger number of available interactive displays and trainings enhancing their use. We should accept that smaller scale; mainly quantitative changes can be identified due to governmental interventions. References Akar, H. (2020). The effect of smart board use on academic achievement: A meta-analytical and thematic study. IJE in Mathematics, Science and Technology (IJEMST), 8(3), 261-273. Ala-Mutka, K. (2011). Mapping Digital Competence: Towards a Conceptual Understanding, Publications Office of the European Union. Area, M. & Pessoa, T. (2012). From solid to liquid: New literacies to the cultural changes of Web 2.0 Communicar. 38, 13-20. Drayton, B., Falk, J., Stroud, R., Hobbs, K., & Hammerman, J. (2010). After installation: Ubiquitous computing and high school science in three experienced high-technology schools. The Journal of Technology, Learning, and Assessment, 9, 1-57. European Commission (2019a). 2nd Survey of Schools: ICT in Education – Objective 1: Benchmark progress in ICT in schools. Luxembourg European Commission (2019b). 2nd Survey of Schools: ICT in Education – Objective 2: Model for a ‘highly equipped and connected classroom’. Luxembourg Mercer, S. N. Hennessy & P. Warwick (2010). “Using interactive whiteboards to orchestrate classroom dialogue,” Technology, Pedagogy and Education, vol. 19, no. 2, pp. 195–209. İpek, İ., & Sözcü, Ö. F. (2016). Preferences and Attitudes for Using Interactive Whiteboards in Different Courses and Learning. European Journal of Contemporary Education, 15(1), 173-184. Paksi, B. & Schmidt, A. (2017). Pedagógusok új infokommunikációs technológiák használatával kapcsolatos tapasztalatai és vélekedései. EDUCATIO, 26(2), 196-215. Şad, S. N., Özhan, U. (2012). Honeymoon with IWBs: A qualitative insight in primary students’ views on instruction with interactive whiteboard. Computers & Education, 59(4), 1184–1191. Saltan, F. (2019). The New Generation of Interactive Whiteboards: How Students Perceive and Conceptualize? PER Vol. 6(2), pp. 93-102 Saltan, F., & Arslan, K. (2013). Teachers’ Perception of Interactive White Boards: A Case Study. Mersin University Journal of the Faculty of Education, 9(2), 353-365. Schmid, E.C., & Schimmack, E. (2010). First Steps toward a Model of Interactive Whiteboard Training for Language Teachers. IGI Global, USA Shi, Y., Yang, Z., Yang, H. H. & Liu, S. (2012). The Impact of Interactive Whiteboards on Education. ICIMCS’12, China. Stroud, R., Drayton, B. K. & Falk, J. (2014). Interactive Whiteboard Use in High-Tech Science Classrooms: Patterns of Integration. IJET, 9(9), pp. 41–49. Türel, Y. K., & Johnson, T. E. (2012). Teachers' Belief and Use of Interactive Whiteboards for Teaching and Learning. Educational Technology & Society, 15(1), 381–394. Warwick, P., Hennessy, S., & Mercer, N. (2011). Promoting teacher and school development through co-enquiry: Developing interactive whiteboard use in a ‘dialogic classroom’. Teachers and Teaching, 17(3), 303–324. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Classroom Disruptions in Digital Settings 1Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Germany; 2University of Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:The average classroom is disrupted every 42 seconds (Wettstein & Scherzinger, 2018). Over the time of an entire day at school, teachers and students are facing up to hundreds of minor and major disruptions. Since a well-structured lesson and a less disturbed classroom are key aspects for students’ academic success (Adeyemo, 2012; Marquez et al., 2016; Talebi et al., 2015), there is an urgent need for educators worldwide to address this issue. This is especially true when facing the consequences of permanent disruptions as stress for teachers: (mental and physical) health issues (Kokkinos, 2007; Wettstein et al., 2021). Additional to this already important matter the educational systems around the world have to deal with more and more digitization (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022). This transforms educational systems worldwide (European Union, 2020; Wohlfart & Wagner, 2023) and affects all areas of teaching in classes. Classroom Management, as “the actions teachers take to create an environment that supports and facilitates both academic and social-emotional learning” (Evertson & Weinstein, 2006, p. 4) is therefore affected as well. Dealing with disruptions, so “behavior[s] that seriously interferes with the teaching process, and/or seriously upsets the normal running of the classroom” (Infantino & Little, 2005, p. 493), is part of classroom management, but research so far is missing the impact of the digital changes on this topic. The pandemic has shown that teaching already and in future might benefit from and in digital settings (Meinokat & Wagner, submitted). Digital settings can occur in different forms: digital enhanced face-to-face learning, online learning, or blended learning (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022). All forms can be found interdisciplinary across various subjects at schools. Research in this area so far is lacking an explicit look at the topic of classroom disruptions, rather focusing on classroom management generally, and is mostly teacher focused (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022). To generate a more complete understanding of this important research area, teaching must be investigated from different perspectives. This cumulative PhD Project is therefore addressing classroom disruptions in digital settings from multiple views and regarding various subjects, answering the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This cumulative PhD Project is using a mixed method approach, adapting the used approach according to earlier gathered insights and suitability. Every research design is producing a unique scientific journal article. At the beginning, a systematic literature review according to the PRISMA statement (Moher et al., 2009) is developed to construct an overview of already existing research in this area, find further gaps in the literature and prepare future research. Research in this area so far is teacher focused but missing the digital aspects of teaching. Therefore, a qualitative, semi-structured guideline-based interview study with expert teachers is conducted. The interviews are analyzed via qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2014). The differences between subjects, school forms and age groups of students ask for further investigation, leading to further interview studies with dedicated focus to vocational education and physical education. To address the issue of teacher centered research, the project will then conduct research on students. The higher number of students compared to available teachers in schools makes it possible to address quantitative research, resulting in a quantitative survey with students in various agents. To address the interdisciplinary character of this project and make the findings comparable amongst the students, this part of the project focuses on the subject of mathematics. This generates a view on the research are from multiple angles and with an interdisciplinary character while having, for the first time in research, the aspect of digitization as the focus for the look at classroom disruptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022) shows that the terms of digital settings and classroom disruptions are not defined uniformly. Creating and systemizing definitions for these topics, international research is very teacher oriented. Expert interviews with teachers about their teaching during the pandemic in multiple subjects (Meinokat & Wagner, submitted), their teaching at (digital) learning factories in vocational schools (Meinokat & Wagner, under review), and their teaching of physical education facing the problem of refusal behavior show (Meinokat et al., submitted), that teachers are already utilizing digital media given. To address issues on various levels, teachers use their already existing behavior strategies and enhance their skillset as well as improve their strategies using the benefits of digitization in schools. With the gathered information it is possible to generate systemizations for disruptions and behavior strategies for teachers to utilize during their reflection and their own teaching. The students’ point of view, gathered through quantitative research will answer questions about different understandings of disruptions between teachers and students, will show the impact of these (mis-)understandings on the students directly, and will lay a foundation for future researcher to dwell deeper into this area. Already practicing teachers and students during teacher education will benefit from these findings, making it easier in future to understand the impact of classroom disruptions on multiple stakeholders in class and use the digital media appropriately to enhance their teaching, creating better learning outcomes for students while saving their own health. References Adeyemo, S. A. (2012). The relationship between effective classroom management and students’ academic achievement. European Journal of Educational Studies, 4(3), 367–381. European Union. (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. In Resetting education and training for the digital age. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/digital-education-action-plan Evertson, C. M., & Weinstein, C. S. (2006). Classroom Management as a Field of Inquiry. In C. M. Evertson & C. S. Weinstein (Eds.), Handbook of classroom management. Research, practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 3–15). Routledge. Infantino, J., & Little, E. (2005). Students’ Perceptions of Classroom Behaviour Problems and the Effectiveness of Different Disciplinary Methods. Educational Psychology, 25(5), 491–508. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410500046549 Kokkinos, C. M. (2007). Job stressors, personality and burnout in primary school teachers. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 77(Pt 1), 229–243. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709905X90344 Marquez, B., Vincent, C., Marquez, J., Pennefather, J., Smolkowski, K., & Sprague, J. (2016). Opportunities and Challenges in Training Elementary School Teachers in Classroom Management: Initial Results from Classroom Management in Action, an Online Professional Development Program. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 24(1), 87–109. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis. Beltz. Meinokat, P., Gerstmaier, K., & Wagner, I. (submitted). Refusal in physical education – teachers’ strategies and utilization of digital tools. German Journal of Exercise and Sport Research. Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (2022). Causes, prevention, and interventions regarding classroom disruptions in digital teaching: A systematic review. Education and Information Technologies, 27(4), 4657–4684. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10795-7 Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (under review). Classroom Disruptions and Classroom Management in Learning Factory Settings at Vocational Schools. Vocations and Learning. Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (submitted). Classroom Disruptions in Digital Teaching during the Pandemic—An interview study. Frontiers in Education. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & The PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. PLoS Med, 6(7), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097.g001 Talebi, S., Davodi, S., & Khoshroo, A. (2015). Investigating the Effective Component of Classroom Management in Predicting Academic Achievement among English Language Students. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 205, 591–596. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.09.085 Wettstein, A., & Scherzinger, M. (2018). Störungen im Unterricht wirksam begegnen. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 24(5–6), 26–32. Wettstein, A., Schneider, S., Grosse Holtforth, M., & La Marca, R. (2021). Teacher Stress: A Psychobiological Approach to Stressful Interactions in the Classroom. Frontiers in Education, 6, 681258. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.681258 Wohlfart, O., & Wagner, I. (2023). Teachers’ role in digitalizing education: An umbrella review. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(2), 339–365. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-022-10166-0 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Adaptive Learning to Maximize Gifted Education: Teacher Perceptions, Practices, and Experiences. 1NIS in Astana, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study aims to explore teachers’ experiences using adaptive learning (AL) approaches in gifted education in Kazakhstan schools. This study employs a qualitative case study methodology to illustrate the phenomenon under examination and includes eight purposefully selected teacher participants who have worked and/or are working on an ALpilot project in gifted education. The results from this study may aid policymakers and school administrators in evaluating and enhancing teachers' experiences in gifted education. Promoting equity and excellence at all levels of education is a top priority for all educational systems to ensure that all children have opportunities for success. Equity, connected to the concept of fairness, means that personal or socio-economic conditions such as ability, gender, ethnic origin, or family origin do not hinder the success of education. Fostering excellence, on the other hand, implies striving to provide quality education tailored to the different talents and needs of all students, striving to enаble each of them to reach their potential (Brusoni et al., 2014; Peters & Engerrand, 2016; Reis, Renzulli & Renzulli, 2021). Both principles are desirable, possible, and compatible (Schleicher, 2014). However, only a few education systems around are capable of achieving both objectives simultaneously to satisfactory levels (Peters & Engerrand, 2016). As a result, the number of students who fully benefit from compulsory education is limited. This is especially true for gifted and talented students, whose clаssroom experiences are usually focused on topics they have already mastered (Letina, 2021; Pfeiffer, 2012) and too often do not have access to quality opportunities to mаximize their learning (Little, 2012; Reis, Renzulli & Renzulli, 2021). The advancement of technology, such as Google clаssroom, Renzulli Learning, and AL systems (e.g., ALEKS, CogBooks, CANVAS) in the 21st century created various opportunities to ensure gifted learners' personalized learning, particularly through the study of pupils' learning to better serve individualized growth. Rather than additional learning material, these personalized approaches to learning promote a range of learning experiences addressing student learning needs. This incorporation of technology into personаlized learning environments has produced a new development path: technology-enabled personalized learning (Peng et al., 2019; Shemshack & Spector, 2020). AL is considered a strаtegy for delivering personalized learning in order to provide each student with efficient, effective, engaging, and individualized learning routes (Harati et al., 2021). The benefit of AL is that the system provides the student with tailored learning opportunities аdjusted to their performance in the previous session. This approach allows the learners to skip information if they are already acquainted with it, and judge it as too simple or too difficult, which positively impacts the individual's educational trajectory (Ordov et al., 2019). The purpose of this study is to examine and describe Kazakhstani teachers’ experiences with AL approaches in gifted education. Drawing on empirical data and associated literature, this study intends to examine how Kazakhstani teachers conceptualize AL, what their experience with the approach has been, and how they go about implementing it. By exаmining teachers' experiences, we aim to discover the obstacles they confront, the teaching strategies they find effective, the opportunities adaptive learning systems offer, as well as the limitations of AL. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a multiple case study research design to explore teachers' perceptions of AL in gifted education. Case study research is an appropriate method for this study as it allows for an in-depth examination of a specific phenomenon, in this case, teachers' perceptions of AL in gifted education, within its real-life context (Yin, 2018). Multiple case study design was chosen for this study due to its capacity to portray a single occurrence inside or apart from a wider phenomenon while fostering comprehension. This research does not qualify as a single-case study since it involves interviews with educators from various regions of the country on their experience in implementing AL in gifted education, in one network of schools. The study focuses on teachers using AL in gifted education in Kazakhstani schools, specifically four special schools for gifted students in different regions of Kazakhstan. Participants, eight teachers with AL experience in teaching gifted students, were recruited through email invitations from school principals. The sample included four male and four female participants, comprising four chemistry and four physics teachers. Their teaching experience ranged from four to 27 years, with an average of 12 years. Inclusion criteria required that participants are teachers who had experience using AL and were willing to participate in a one-hour-long interview. Each participant provided informed consent before data collection, participated of their own will and was free to leave the study with no penalty. To address the study questions, the researcher classified themes that emerged from interview data. In addition, the data from the eight participants were collated in tables to illustrate the frequency of identified themes in accordance with the aim of the research. Following the presentation of the data for each sub-research question is a chapter summary. In addition to the researcher, the interview, which consisted of open-ended questions, was an essential component of this study. Yin (2003) states that case studies may gather data using a variety of methods, including questionnaires, interviews, observations, and written reports from the individuals. The purpose of using in-depth interviews in this study was to get a vivid picture of the participant's opinion on the study issue (Milena, Dinora & Alin, 2008). Further, semi-structured interviews allowed us to obtain a clear image of teachers’ AL experiences in gifted education while allowing for follow-up and investigative inquiries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary finding of this study is that teachers think that teachers believe that AL is a beneficial tool for all kids, not just the gifted ones. Teachers have different meanings of AL, but most of them concur that it can improve personalized learning, student-centered learning, learning experience and progress, engagement, and motivation, and learning simplification and metacognition. However, there are other issues that must be resolved, such as technological, educational, managerial, and psychological difficulties. Teachers must use a variety of strategies, including organizational, pedagogical, class administration, curriculum, instruction, and technology strategies, to maximize the possibilities of AL. The results of this research show that AL has the potential to enhance student learning outcomes and assist teachers in their instructional strategies. There are worries that artificial intelligence (AL) may replace human contact and that ties between students and teachers must be maintained. Inadequate teacher training and scarce technology resources are two obstacles to the successful deployment of AL. Overall, teachers view AL as beneficial and would encourage other educators to adopt the technology. References References Brusoni, M., Damian, R., Sauri, J. G., Jackson, S., Kömürcügil, H., Malmedy, M. A. R. I. E., ... & Zobel, L. (2014). The concept of excellence in higher education. Retrieved on March, 18, 2016. Harati, H., Sujo-Montes, L., Tu, C. H., Armfield, S. J., & Yen, C. J. (2021). Assessment and Learning in Knowledge Spaces (ALEKS) Adaptive System Impact on Students’ Perception and Self-Regulated Learning Skills. Education Sciences, 11(10), 603. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11100603 Letina, A. (2021). Using Differentiation Strategies for Gifted Pupils in Primary School Science Classes. Revija za Elementarno Izobrazevanje, 14(3), 281-301. https://doi.org/10.18690/rei.14.3.281-301.2021 Little, C. A. (2012). Curriculum as motivation for gifted students. Psychology in the Schools, 49(7), 695-705. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.21621 Milena, Z. R., Dainora, G., & Alin, S. (2008). Qualitative research methods: A comparison between focus-group and in-depth interview. Analele Universităţii din Oradea, 1274. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. (2020). "Annual report of the Autonomous Organization of Education "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", the official website of the organization. https://www.nis.edu.kz/Diana/Годовой_отчетАОО2020_1часть_ENG.pdf Ordov, K., Madiyarova, A., Ermilov, V., Tovma, N., & Murzagulova, M. (2019). New trends in education as the aspect of digital technologies. International journal of mechanical engineering and technology, 10(2), 1319-1330. Peng, H., Ma, S., & Spector, J. M. (2019). Personalized adaptive learning: an emerging pedagogical approach enabled by a smart learning environment. Smart Learning Environments, 6(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-019-0089-y Peters, S. J., & Engerrand, K. G. (2016). Equity and excellence: Proactive efforts in the identification of underrepresented students for gifted and talented services. Gifted Child Quarterly, 60(3), 159-171. https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986216643165 Pfeiffer, S. I. (2012). Serving the gifted: Evidence-based clinical and psychoeducational practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203883587-8 Reis, S. M., Renzulli, S. J., & Renzulli, J. S. (2021). Enrichment and gifted education pedagogy to develop talents, gifts, and creative productivity. Education Sciences, 11(10), 615. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11100615 Schleicher, A. (2014). Equity, excellence and inclusiveness in education. International Summit on the Teaching Profession, Wellington, New Zealand, March, 28. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264214033-en Shemshack, A., & Spector, J. M. (2020). A systematic literature review of personalized learning terms. Smart Learning Environments, 7(1), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-020- 00140-9 Yin, R. K. (2003). Case study research: Design and methods. Thousands Oaks. Sage. Young, LC and Wilkinson, IR (1989). The role of trust and co-operation in marketing channels: a preliminary study. European Journal of Marketing, 23(2), 109-122. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 17 SES 12 A: Local Knowledges and International Networks Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper The Shape(s) of Knowledge: Pyramids, Ladders, Trees and other Visual Representations of Bloom’s Taxonomy University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:What image comes to your mind when you hear ‘Blooms Taxonomy’? Most likely it is a pyramid with several different colored levels of knowledge from ‘remember’ to ‘create’, with implied or explicit arrows pointing upward. In fact, this visualization of taxonomy is one of the most popular. Yet, its origin remains a mystery: it was not part of Bloom’s et al (1956) original framework or the later revision (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001). On the one hand, pyramids and triangles are a common way of visualizing theoretical models in the social and educational sciences: think of the didactic triangle, Maslow’s hierarchy of needs (1943), or Dale’s cone of experience (1946). However, while these models have largely retained their original pyramidal representations over time, Bloom’s taxonomy has evolved into various visual metaphors such as ladders, trees, circles, and flowers. What ideas about knowledge do these visualizations convey? Developed in the 1950s, Bloom’s Taxonomy was designed to provide a wide range of educational professionals with a simple theoretical model that could be used to address curriculum and evaluation problems (Bloom et al, 1956, p. 1). Essentially a product of behaviorism, Bloom’s taxonomy emphasizes observable students’ behaviors resulting from instructions. Moreover, the very word “taxonomy” represents an attempt to apply models from the natural sciences, particularly biology, to the field of education. In biology, taxonomy refers to the classification of organisms into a hierarchical structure based on shared characteristics. By borrowing this concept from the natural sciences, Bloom’s Taxonomy sought to bring a similar order and ‘scientific’ rigor to educational objectives. A taxonomy, according to Bloom, unlike a simple classification system, must follow structural rules and reflect a “real” order among the phenomena it organizes (Bloom et al, 1956, p. 18). It is a method of ordering phenomena that should reveal their essential properties as well as significant relationships among them (p. 17). Recognizing the difference between classifying phenomena in the natural sciences and more abstract educational phenomena, Bloom noted that educational objectives, when expressed in behavioral terms, could indeed be observed, described, and thus classified. Bloom’s Taxonomy has not only survived the decline of behaviorism but is still widely used in educational planning and evaluation in different parts of the world, including Europe (Anderson & Sosniak, 1994). Moreover, a new revision, known as Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy, was recently developed by Churches (2008) to account for the skills required in the digital age. Such persistence of the taxonomy can be attributed to several factors. First, its structured approach provides a practical and easy-to-use framework for educators and curriculum designers. Second, its adaptability to different visual metaphors may also contribute to its enduring appeal (see Mitchell, 2005). Third, most research on taxonomy tends to focus on its interpretations, misinterpretations and application in educational practice but ignores its historical origins, theoretical underpinnings, and visualizations. This study explores the confluence of ideas and practices through which a hierarchy of knowledge is produced and disseminated as scientific facts. Specifically, it examines the assumptions and beliefs about knowledge implicit in the Bloom’s Taxonomy and its different visual representations. In doing so, the study brings together and extends the insights from a growing body of literature on how pictorial and graphic displays of conceptual models, methods or data transform ‘invisible’ phenomena into visible facts (Baigrie, 1996; Coopmans et al, 2014; Jones & Galison, 1998; Latour, 1993, 2017; Lynch, 1981; Pauwels, 2005; Rogers et al, 2021). This means that we regard pictures as an important part of discourses that establish ‘regimes of truth’ (Foucault, 2014) and promote certain ways of thinking, knowing, seeing, and acting in the world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study consists of two parts for which we collected and analysed different types of sources. First, to place Bloom’s Taxonomy in its historical and epistemological context, we analysed Bloom’s original work and its revision, collected and consulted the references to which Bloom and his colleagues refer – especially with regard to the choice of taxonomy as a theoretical model – and briefly reviewed the literature on the philosophical and epistemological underpinnings of taxonomies as a classification model in the natural sciences. Second, the search term ‘Bloom Taxonomy’ was entered into Google Images, from which the first 100 relevant images were selected, excluding duplicates, word clouds, PowerPoint slides, and images that did not contain the taxonomy itself (mainly photographs, book covers, etc.). To ‘fix’ the dataset and prevent it from changing we took screenshots of the results pages. This dataset was considered large enough to provide a wide range of images. As noted above, we consider images – or visuality more broadly – to be part and parcel of discourses that shape the ways the world is understood. In other words, we adopt a broad understanding of discourse that includes both verbal, visual and material elements. From this perspective, discourses are articulated through both visual and verbal, images and texts – or what Mitchell (1994) calls “imagetexts” – as well as through the practices by which these imagetexts are produced, circulated, and displayed. Accordingly, in analyzing the collected images, we employed multimodal discourse analysis (Rose, 2016), which involves the examination of the visual content and its context. This approach means looking beyond the surface level to uncover the symbolic meanings, cultural references, and underlying ontologies and epistemologies embedded in the images. We began by cataloging each image’s type and place of publication (institution webpage, media, social media, private blogs, etc.) as well as its visual attributes, such as iconography, layout, design and color schemes, etc. This allowed us to identify patterns and variations in the representation of Bloom’ taxonomy. Subsequent analysis focused on interpreting the meaning conveyed and the assumptions and beliefs implicit in different visualizations of the same theoretical model. We sought to understand how these visualizations function as scientific or pedagogical tools that contribute to particular regimes of truth about education, teaching, and learning. This involved a critical examination of the images within their broader educational and epistemological contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As suggested above and as our analysis shows, the most common visualization of Bloom’s Taxonomy is a pyramid with labels such as ‘knowledge’ or ‘remember’ at the bottom and ‘evaluation’ or ‘create’ at the top. This visualization has become popular, perhaps due to its simplicity and the intuitive way it represents a progression from basic to advanced forms of knowledge. However, Bloom’s et al (1956) original arrangement of six basic educational behaviors into a taxonomy was based on the idea that “a particular simple behavior may become integrated with other equally simple behaviors to form a more complex behavior” (p. 18). In the meantime, the spatial arrangement of the levels of knowledge within the pyramid does not capture this idea. On the contrary, the pyramid’s structure suggests that the simplest level of knowledge as the widest, and the most complex as the narrowest. The problem of different level sizes is somewhat alleviated when the taxonomy is depicted as a ladder or a tree, which both are typical visual metaphors for ordering knowledge. Indeed, they are also commonly used for representing evolution and biological order. In biology, the ‘ladder’ metaphor, stemming from Aristotelian thought, implies a hierarchy in the natural world, with humans at the top. It suggests a linear progression and a static order. In contrast, Darwin’s ‘tree’ metaphor represents the interconnectedness and branching diversity of life, suggesting an evolutionary process without a predetermined hierarchy (Archibald, 2014). Overall, our preliminary findings suggest that when the taxonomy is represented in pictures, it takes on different meanings and suggests other relationships between different kinds of knowledge than Bloom and his colleagues envisioned. References Anderson, L. W., Krathwohl, D. R., Airasian, P. W., & Bloom, B. Samuel. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: a revision of Bloom’s taxonomy of educational objectives. Longman. Anderson, L. W., & Sosniak, L. A. (1994). Bloom’s taxonomy: a forty-year retrospective. Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, 93. Part 2. University of Chicago Press. Baigrie, B. S. (Ed.). (1996). Picturing knowledge: historical and philosophical problems concerning the use of art in science. University of Toronto Press. Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: the classification of educational goals. Handbook 1, Cognitive domain. David McKay. Churches, A. (2008). Bloom’s digital taxonomy. http://burtonslifelearning.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/26327358/BloomDigitalTaxonomy2001.pdf Coopmans, C. (Ed.). (2014). Representation in scientific practice revisited. MIT Press. Daston, L., & Galison, P. (2010). Objectivity. Zone Books. Foucault, M. (2014). On the government of the living: lectures at the Collège de France, 1979-1980. Palgrave Macmillan. Jones, C. A., & Galison, P. (1998). Picturing science, producing art. Routledge. Latour, B. (1993). The pasteurization of France (A. Sheridan & J. Law, Trans.). Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (2017). Visualization and Cognition: Drawing things Together. Logos, 27(2), 95–151. https://doi.org/10.22394/0869-5377-2017-2-95-151 Lynch, M. (1991). Pictures of Nothing? Visual Construals in Social Theory. Sociological Theory, 9(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.2307/201870 Mitchell, W. J. T. (1994). Picture theory: Essays on verbal and visual representation. University of Chicago Press. Mitchell, W. J. T. (2005). What do pictures want?: The lives and loves of images. University of Chicago Press. Pauwels, L. (Ed.). (2005). Visual cultures of science: Rethinking representational practices in knowledge building and science communication. University Press of New England. Rogers, H. S., Halpern, M. K., Hannah, D., de Riddeer-Vignone, K. (Eds.). (2021). Routledge handbook of art, science, and technology studies. Routledge. Rose, G. (2016). Visual methodologies: an introduction to researching with visual materials (4th edition). Sage. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Cosmopolitan Education on the Exhibition Ground?: The Paris International Assembly of 1900 EdUHK, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:The Exposition universelle held in Paris in 1900 was by far the largest and most popular of the pre-WWI international exhibitions. This presentation centres on the Paris International Assembly (in French: Ecole internationale de l’Exposition) as a hitherto neglected educational aspect of this exhibition. The Ecole internationale de l’Exposition was a multi-stream lecture series whose particularity lay in the fact that it was coordinated by an international team of organisers for an international audience. The Ecole internationale de l’Exposition addressed visitors from all backgrounds, although the educated middle classes were the main target group. The events aimed at informing about the branches of knowledge represented at the exhibition in a “synthetic and concrete” way and at spreading the spirit of fraternity among peoples. This presentation is based on a variety of published sources as well as a selection of archival documents left from the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition. Firstly, it will show how the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition grew out of activities organised at previous world exhibitions (special lectures for instructors, workers, students who were delegated to the exhibitions), further developing and internationalising them. Secondly, the presentation will reveal the organisational mechanics of the undertaking. An International Association for the Advancement of Science, Art and Education was founded as an organising body. While prominent French education administrators served as general managers, activities were run by distinct French, British, American, Belgian, Swiss, German, Russian and Canadian groups. Although this arrangement provided the project with a genuine international character, it allowed the French to set the agenda and to use it as a tool of cultural diplomacy. Thirdly, the presentation will connect the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition to pedagogies that were prominent around 1900. In particular, the enthusiasm for popular and social education, in France and elsewhere, tried to spread scientific knowledge beyond the confines of academia. It also connected to the French doctrine of solidarisme. By focusing on the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition as an instance of practical internationalism rooted in a specific place at a specific time, this presentation contributes to research on educational internationalism during the long nineteenth century. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a historical research project. It is based on the interpretation of text documents. These primary sources are on the one hand published sources. These include publications by the organisers of the Paris International Assembly, that is the International Association for the Advancement of Science, Art and Education and its French Group. They published, among others, conceptual pamphlets, programme booklets and retrospective reports. There was also an extensive reporting in newspapers and specialised periodicals, such as the Revue pédagogique. The presentation is also based on selected unpublished sources that have been retrieved in the Archives nationales de France and the Geheimes Staatsarchiv Preußischer Kulturbesitz. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation on the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition/Paris International Assembly constitutes one episode of my book manuscript on education at nineteenth-century world exhibitions. It spotlight one particular instance of international cooperation on education at world exhibitions. I hope to introduce and sharpen the concept of “practical internationalism” through the lens of the studies Paris 1900 event. References CHARLE, Christophe, “1900. La France accueille le monde”, in: BOUCHERON, Patrick (ed.), Histoire mondiale de la France, Paris, Seuil, 2017, p. 740-745. CHARLE, Christophe, “Paris: National, International, Cultural Capital City? (19th-20th Century)”, in: MIDDELL, Matthias (ed.), The Practice of Global History: European Perspectives, London, Bloomsbury, 2019, p. 45-79. CHOUBLIER, Max, DELVOLVE, Jean, Ecole internationale de l’Exposition. Les Travaux du groupe français à l’Exposition de 1900, Paris, Rousseau, 1901. CHOUBLIER, Max, DELVOLVE, Jean (eds), Exposition universelle de 1900. Conférences du groupe français de l’Ecole internationale, Paris, Rousseau, 1901. DELVOLVE, Jean, “L’enseignement à l’Ecole internationale de l’Exposition”, in: Revue pédagogique, 40, 1, 1902, p. 145-153. GOOD, Katie Day, Bring the World to the Child: Technologies of Global Citizenship in American Education, Cambridge, MIT Press, 2020. MENDE, Silke, Ordnung durch Sprache. Francophonie zwischen Nationalstaat, Imperium und internationaler Politik, 1860-1960, Berlin, De Gruyter Oldenbourg, 2020. The Paris International Assembly of 1900, London, International Association for the Advancement of Science, Art and Education, 1900. RASMUSSEN, Anne, “Les congrès internationaux liés aux expositions universelles de Paris, 1867-1900”, in: Mil neuf cent, 7, 1989, p. 23-44. RODGERS, Daniel T., Atlantic Crossings: Social Politics in a Progressive Age, Cambridge, Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1998, 634 p. SCHLEICH, Marlis, Geschichte des internationalen Schülerbriefwechsels. Entstehung und Entwicklung im historischen Kontext von den Anfängen bis zum Ersten Weltkrieg, Münster, Waxmann, 2015. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 18 SES 12 A: Marginalised Youth and Sport Clubs (Part 2) Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rachel Sandford Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 18 SES 11 A |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper From struggle to strength: A Grounded Theory Analysis of Group Sport's Contribution to enhancing capabilities for people affected by poverty University Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:The intertwining of unemployment and poverty, as highlighted by Eurostat (2020), creates a cascade effect, impacting both material and non-material aspects of life and fostering a cycle of exclusion. Kronauer's (1998) delineation of six dimensions of social exclusion reveals the complexity of these dynamics, resulting in intricate and precarious life situations. Individuals facing unemployment often grapple with health challenges, both physical and mental (e.g., Gallie et al., 2003; Virgolino et al., 2022), and experience a shrinkage of social networks (Rözer et al., 2020). Stigmatization and limited access to societal activities due to financial constraints exacerbate these effects. These consequences can perpetuate the cycle of social exclusion over time, leading to a downward spiral with significant impact on the lives of those affected, often ultimately manifesting in long-term unemployment and old age poverty. Participation in sports programs enables access to a variety of positive effects (e.g. Appelqvist-Schmidlechner et al. 2023; Coalter 2007). Therefore, non-profit organizations like beneFit e.V. provide access to voluntary sport for individuals in vulnerable situations. Through participation in sport, participants may strengthen their mental, physical and social resources. Access is facilitated by dismantling key barriers, including cost-free participation, minimal performance prerequisites, and a protected setting (Oettle, under review). Yet, so far, little is known about how individuals affected by unemployment and poverty utilize the effects of sports participation for their own lives. This is partly because addressing poverty and social exclusion requires a comprehensive strategy, extending beyond a narrow focus on income or financial means. Accordingly, Sen (2000) posits poverty as a deprivation of fundamental capabilities, distinct from a mere lack of income, acknowledging the multifaceted repercussions of poverty and social exclusion. In Sen's view, capabilities denote an individual's abilities to do or be something (Robeyns, 2017), emphasizing the importance of empowering people to pursue various aspects of a fulfilling life beyond economic considerations. Well-being, according to Sen, is achieved when individuals have access to a certain level of individual potential and material resources. Drawing upon Sen´s (2000) Capability Approach (CA) as a theoretical framework, this study aims to develop a domain-specific theory using Grounded Theory methodology. The CA framework enables a holistic examination of different life circumstances, providing a comprehensive lens to understand the potential outcomes of sport interventions. Therefore, the main research questions is: What contribution does participation in sports make in achieving goals in the lives of people affected by poverty? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Located in Freiburg, Southern Germany, beneFit's development is informed by current insights into exclusion processes in sports for individuals facing poverty. The program design aligns with the community development approach, considering the diverse precarious situations of the target group (Spaaij et al. 2014). Data collection employed narrative interviews, where participants initially shared their biographies and personal life goals. Subsequently, they reflected on their individual development processes within beneFit's sports programs and the personal insights gained. Participants were also asked about perceived changes in themselves and their life situations, exploring their perspectives on the factors contributing to these changes. For data analysis, we adopted the Grounded Theory by Corbin and Strauss (2015) as methodological framework. This qualitative method allows for the derivation of patterns and categories from collected data without predefined hypotheses or theories. The flexibility and iterative nature of Grounded Theory facilitate the organic development of theories directly from the data, ensuring high validity and relevance within the context of this study. In the study, sixteen interviews have been conducted and analyzed, with the overall sample evolving through the theoretical sampling principle (Przyborski & Wohlrab-Sahr, 2014) during empirical analysis. The collection will be completed until end of august 2024. Participants in these interviews are individuals affected by poverty and social exclusion (e.g., long-term unemployed individuals, people unable to work due to illness, or those experiencing old-age poverty), engaging regularly in the sports programs offered by the beneFit organization for a minimum of six months. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The current findings of the study show how important participation in sport is for shaping the lives of individuals who are faced with various challenges (such as poverty). Two key categories emerged from the data analysis: Stability and the realization of personal goals. (In-)Stability: Participants identified problematic life situations characterized by perceived stress, dissatisfaction, and a sense of loss of control or uncertainty. Personal factors such as illnesses and disabilities, whether reversible (e.g., depression) or irreversible (e.g., mobility impairments), contributed to these challenges. External factors such as issues related to work, family, housing, and material poverty were also prevalent. These problems often interwove, creating a complex web of difficulties outside the individual's control. The sports program participation served as a source of joy, acted as a vent for life's challenges, and provided a platform for mutual support among participants. Furthermore, it offered structure to daily routines and fostered proactive behavior. Development of personal goals: The intrinsic meaning of the sports activity itself was crucial. Various goals were identified, ranging from improving specific movements to enhancing fitness levels or achieving weight loss. The breadth, frequency, and quality of the sports program played a central role. Participants emphasized the importance of competent coaches for a high-quality experience. Participants strategically utilized the sports program to realize their perspectives and goals. For example, some used kickboxing as a means of coping with past experiences, while others engaged in dance activities due to personal passion. In summary, the anticipated findings of this study highlight the dual impact of sports participation within the exemplary sports program by beneFit: It provides stability amid life-related challenges and serves as an avenue for individuals to pursue and achieve their personal goals, positively influencing their overall well-being and life trajectories. References Appelqvist-Schmidlechner, K., Haavanlammi, M., & Kekkonen, M. (2023). ‘Benefits and Underlying Mechanisms of Organized Sport Participation on Mental Health among Socially Vulnerable Boys. A Qualitative Study on Parents’ Perspective in the Sport-Based Icehearts Programme’. Sport in Society 26 (2): 245–262. doi:10.1080/17430437.2021.1996348. Coalter, F. (2007). Sports Clubs, Social Capital and Social Regeneration: ‘Ill-defined interventions with hard to follow outcomes’? Sport in Society, 10(4), 537–559. https://doi.org/10.1080/17430430701388723 Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). SAGE. Eurostat. (2020). At risk of poverty or social exclusion in the EU.https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/infographs/PovertyDay/PovertyDay_2020/index.html Gallie, D., Paugam, S., & Jacobs, S. (2003). Unemployment, poverty and social isolation: Is there a vicious circle of social exclusion? European Societies, 5(1), 1–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1461669032000057668 Kronauer, M. (1998). ‘´Social exclusion´ and ´underclass´ – new concepts for the analysis of poverty’ In: H.-J. Andress (ed.), Empirical Poverty Research in a Comparative Perspective. Aldershot, Hants, England; Brookfield, Vt: Ashgate. Oettle, L. (under review). Social exclusion in sports clubs and approaches for overcoming barriers for poor and unemployed people: “This is a certain clientele I fit into, and that gave me the courage to sign up there.” European Journal for Sport and Society. Pohlan, L. (2019). ‘Unemployment and Social Exclusion’. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization 164 (August): 273–299. doi:10.1016/j.jebo.2019.06.006. Przyborski, A., & Wohlrab-Sahr, M. (2014). Qualitative Sozialforschung: Ein Arbeitsbuch (4., erweiterte Auflage). Oldenbourg Verlag. Robeyns, I. (2005). The Capability Approach: A theoretical survey. Journal of Human Development, 6(1), 93–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/146498805200034266 Rözer, J. J., Hofstra, B., Brashears, M. E., & Volker, B. (2020). Does unemployment lead to isolation? The consequences of unemployment for social networks. Social Networks, 63, 100–111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socnet.2020.06.002 Sen, A. (2000). Development as freedom (1. Anchor Books ed). Anchor Books. Virgolino, A., Costa, J., Santos, O., Pereira, M. E., Antunes, R., Ambrósio, S., Heitor, M. J., & Vaz Carneiro, A. (2022). Lost in transition: A systematic review of the association between unemployment and mental health. Journal of Mental Health, 31(3), 432–444. https://doi.org/10.1080/09638237.2021.2022615 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Icehearts Europe: An EU4Health Project 1University College Cork, Ireland; 2International Sport and Culture Organisation; 3National Center for Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Italian National Institute of Health, Italy; 4Icehearts, Finland Presenting Author:Introduction Led by the International Sport and Culture Association, the multi-million-euro EU4Health funded Icehearts Europe is a trisectoral, multistakeholder, multi-country project which aims to improve mental health and well-being of disadvantaged children and youth in Europe through a pan-European initiative. Icehearts Europe is inspired by the Finnish Icehearts model, which has been designated as a model of best practice by the European Commission (2016, 2021). For over 25 years, the Icehearts Finland has successfully targeted disadvantaged children and youth across Europe who suffer from poor mental health. This has been achieved through support and counselling facilitated by trained Icehearts’ mentors using sport/physical activity as a powerful medium in schools and communities. The strategic objectives of Icehearts Europe are fourfold: to build a model and tools for European implementation of Icehearts; to build capacity in partner and stakeholder organisations to deploy Icehearts; to pilot and implement the developed Icehearts model in five European countries; and to enhance European awareness about Icehearts and engage more countries and organisations in deployment and scale-out. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method In Icehearts Europe, there are five pilot implementation countries (DGI in Denmark, SPIN in Estonia, Fútbol Más Espana in Spain, UISP (Italian Sport for All Association) in Italy and SUS (Sport Union of Slovenia) in Slovenia). Informed by (a) a detailed Situational Analysis and Needs Analysis (SANA) of the five pilot countries and the organisations (2023) and (b) a study visit to Icehearts Finland (2023), the UCC team used a range of design thinking (Brown, 2008) pedagogies (including LEGO® SERIOUS PLAY®) to co-design and prototype: (i) an online Icehearts mentor training programme (in 2024) (in five languages – Danish, English, Italian, Slovenian and Spanish) and (ii) an onboarding education and training tool for organisations (2024) in the same five languages. Online training course development employed the ADDIE model (Forest, 2014) to ensure a robust course design. The ADDIE model is an instructional systems design framework - (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation and Evaluation) The courses were further underpinned by connectivist (Siemens, 2005) and constructivist (Vygotsky) approaches to scaffold learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Using insights from the SANA, the five pilot country organisations iterated and helped to fine-tune both the Icehearts mentor education and training and, organisation onboarding through a series of site visits. There were a number of key design disruptors, which were tackled through the use of the universal design for learning model. Conclusions Mentor training and organisation onboarding must be bespoke to the organisation and to the context (local and national) in which it is enacted. A one-size fits all approach is not ideal. It will be important to take these insights into account when the project is scaled to the fourteen associate partners (Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Iceland, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania and The Netherlands). This EU4Health funded project shows how networks of strong researchers together for civil society can truly embrace new models of education in an Age of Uncertainty, providing hope and agency for citizens as the world wrestles with a maelstrom of pandemics (war, climate change, Covid19, economic turbulence). References Brown, T. (2008). “Design thinking”. Harvard Business Review, 86(6), 84-92. Forest, E. (2014) The ADDIE Model: Instructional Design. Educational Technology. Siemens, G. (2005, January). Connectivism: A learning theory for the digital Age. International Journal of Instructional Technology & Distance Learning, 2. Retrieved on 6th May 2018 from: http://www.itdl.org/Journal/Jan_05/article01.htm. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 19 SES 12 A: Dealing with Uncertainty in Ethnography Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Panel Discussion |
|
19. Ethnography
Panel Discussion Dealing with Uncertainty in Ethnography: A Conversation About How We Are Leaving the Methodological Safe Zone 1Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2Danish School of Education, Denmark; 3University of Zaragoza, Spain; 4Queens University, Belfast, Northern Ireland; 5University of Education, Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:Ethnography is traditionally seen as an approach to gaining knowledge of and about uncertain situations, as apparent in ethnographies of war, postwar or violence (Ellison 2021), illness (Jenkins et al. 2005), or migration (Fitzgerald 2006). Consequently, ethnography has developed strategies for methodic openness and for maintaining an explorative point of view to attend to uncertainties, grey zones, and ambiguity (Atkinson 2015). Similarly, education is inherently risky (Biesta, 2020), as all education is an open process of negotiating intentions and meaning that cannot be performed out of technical rationality. In this sense, the riskiness of education and ethnographic approaches to navigating uncertainty seems to be a good match. However, the methodological strength of ethnography to deal with uncertainty comes with some dangers, as it results in ethnographies taking quite different forms (Hammersley 2017). This panel discussion provides a space to enter a conversation about these different forms, and how they enable us to leave the methodological safe zone and embark on the uncertainties of educational ethnography. As ethnographers have dealt with uncertainties for some time, we meet diverse local practices of dealing with uncertainty in ethnography, as well as a good number of ethnographic textbooks that provide us with frameworks for dealing with not-exactly-knowing-how. As Hammersley and Atkinson (2019) point out, reflexivity is one of these fundamental frameworks. Without reflecting upon the personal theoretical grounds on which we settle as researchers and our positionality in the field, our practical and methodical practices are prone to disable our “participant listening” (Forsey, 2010), flawing our awareness of the perspectives that we can meet in the field. Despite the healthy body of ethnographic literature on which we rely for our methodological choices, we can only find limited refuge in these when embarking on ethnographic adventures. These adventures themselves often lead us away from safe, established forms of doing ethnography, and into the “darkness” (Barker, 2020) of uncertainty in which we have to start finding our way. In times of change and uncertainty, the flexible and adaptable strategies of ethnography to develop situated awareness offer a lot to work with. This panel discussion is dedicated to reflecting on our ways of meeting and addressing uncertainties in ethnography, starting with some reflections from the network convenors, but ultimately aiming to give voice to your experiences to enable a conversation amongst all network participants. Entering a conversation with all participants in the session, we want to exchange experiences of dealing with uncertainty and reflect on how it is enabled through the different ethnographic approaches that we are using: Ethnographies that engage in getting lost, in different types of communities, auto-ethnography, more-than-human ethnography, or new materialist ethnography. Ethnographies that engage with time, emotions, life histories, particular spaces, difficult knowledge, or with creating change. Together with you, we want to reflect on the different approaches to ethnography and how they enable us to deal with uncertainty. We want to invite everyone in the ethnography network to join this conversation and share your thoughts about dealing with uncertainty, aiming to foster exchange between everyone participating in the network, and providing an opportunity to get into conversation with colleagues. References •Atkinson, Paul. 2015. For Ethnography. Thousand Oaks: Sage. •Barker, N. (2020). An Ethnographer Lured into Darkness. In C. Wieser & A. Pilch Ortega (Eds.), Ethnography in Higher Education (pp. 157–175). Springer. •Biesta, Gert. 2020. Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. •Ellison, Susan Helen. 2021. Ethnography in Uncertain Times, Geopolitics, 26:1, 45-69. •Fitzgerald, David. 2006. Towards a Theoretical Ethnography of Migration. Qualitative Sociology (29), 1-24. •Forsey, M. (2010). Ethnography as participant listening. Ethnography, 11(4), 558–572. •Hammersley, Martyn. 2017. What Is Ethnography? Can It Survive? Should It? Ethnography and Education, 13(1), 1–17. •Hammersley, Martyn & Paul Atkinson. 2019. Ethnography: Principles in Practice. London: Routledge. •Jenkins, Richard, Hanne Jessen, und Vibeke Steffen. 2005. Managing uncertainty: ethnographic studies of illness, risk, and the struggle for control. Critical anthropology. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press. Chair Gisela Unterweger, gisela.unterweger@phzh.ch, Zurich University of Teacher Education; Clemens Wieser, wie@edu.au.dk, Danish School of Education. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 20 SES 12 A: Migrant adolescents perspectives on integration and sustainability Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Dolly Eliyahu-Levi Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Unaccompanied Minors Integration System: A Comparative Study in Greece and Cyprus Ministry of Migration and Asylum Presenting Author:Children are one of the most vulnerable groups, especially those children who cross borders forcibly or voluntarily – whether they are migrants, refugees or asylum seekers. Children who cross borders without being accompanied by parents, relatives or adults responsible for their care by law or custom are known as "unaccompanied minors" or "unaccompanied children". These children are particularly exposed to risks such as exploitation and violence at various stages of their journey. Unaccompanied minor asylum seekers are a particularly vulnerable category of refugees who need the legal protection and care of the state. Research shows that this is a group at high risk of developing mental health problems and that unaccompanied children present significant rates of anxiety, depression and post-traumatic stress. However, several scholars point to the mental resilience demonstrated by immigrant children and that most adapt effectively to new living conditions. According to UNHCR data, it is estimated that more than 28,000 refugee children were in Greece at the end of 2021, of which 2,225 were unaccompanied. While, from 2016 until March June 2023, 3,072 unaccompanied children, from war-torn areas and African countries, took the refugee path to Cyprus. Today, just over 1,100 unaccompanied minors are under the care of Social Welfare Services. They are hosted in the various programs/structures for unaccompanied minors throughout Cyprus. The largest percentage of them (42%) are placed in semi-independent living programs, which are either run by agencies subsidized and inspected by the Social Welfare Services, or by arrangements of the services with relatives of the minors. At the same time, 31% are placed in institutions/other accommodation and 11% in foster families. Despite the fact that almost all countries - including Greece and Cyprus - have signed the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC 1989) more than 30 years ago - thus recognizing the importance of recognizing and promoting the rights of the child child – significant action has only been taken in the last two decades. However, very little is known about what works in host countries for children on the move, and whether professionals and policy makers support children's real needs or what is judged to be in their best interests, according to existing political and legal frameworks. Increased arrivals of asylum seekers in Greece and Cyprus in 2015 and 2016, combined with additional political developments such as border closures by Balkan countries and the EU-Turkey deal in spring 2016, resulted in thousands of asylum seekers being stranded. and immigrants – among them many unaccompanied children – who had no choice but to seek asylum in Greece and Cyprus, turning these two countries into host countries. Professionals working with unaccompanied minors need to provide a safe environment to support minors with their process of adjustment and integration. Moreover, the professionals would need to manage the vulnerability and trauma of minors, resulting from their refugee journey, to overcome uncertainty and facilitate acclimatization to the new reality. Additionally, workers in the field need to handle many issues stemming from legal, administrative, operational and funding transitions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this research is to provide an overview of the existing systems of reception and integration of unaccompanied minors residing in Shelters in Greece and Cyprus. Also, through qualitative research on professionals who work either in organizations related to unaccompanied minors, or by professionals who work in accommodation structures for unaccompanied minors. As we all know qualitative research is very important in educational research as it addresses the “how” and “why” research questions and enables deeper understanding of experiences, phenomena and context. Qualitative research allows you to ask questions that cannot be easily put into numbers to understand human experience. Getting at the everyday realities of some social phenomenon and studying important questions as they are really practiced helps extend knowledge and understanding. To do so, you need to understand the philosophical stance of qualitative research and work from this to develop the research question, study design, data collection methods and data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Children are among of the most vulnerable members of our society and it is our shared responsibility to protect, nurture and care for them. Children separated from their caregivers are particularly susceptible to exploitation, abuse and neglect. Our collective duty of protection towards all children, especially those unaccompanied by an adult parent or guardian is recognized in various international and European legal instruments. It should be emphasized however that both the UN Convention on Rights of the Child, signed by every Member State of the European Union (EU), and the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU provide children with specific inalienable rights. It is our obligation to ensure that these rights are fully respected. When dealing with the reception of unaccompanied minors, it is vital to keep in mind that they represent one of the most vulnerable categories of migrants and that, therefore, they require special care and special services to have their rights and needs protected and fulfilled. Although numerous conventions and directives exist that impose certain standards, the situation can be very different in practice. At the root of this are not only problems of an economic nature and the lack of available funds, but the lack of political will to deal with this phenomenon; this could be due to the lack of strategic interest in the topic or to the fact that an emergency approach is more impactful in the eyes of the population and voters than a reception approach that is truly structured around paths of integration on the ground and in local society. Given the thousands of children involved and impacted by the discussed deficiencies, these issues, however, should be subject to much greater attention. References Calchi Novati, A. (2022) The reception system of unaccompanied minors in Greece. Retrieved 30/01/2024 from https://pathforeurope.eu/the-reception-system-of-unaccompanied-minors-in-greece/#_ftnref1 Cochliou, D. Spaneas, S. (2019). Guardianship Experiences of Unaccompanied Children in Cyprus International Journal of Social Science and Humanities Research Vol. 7, Issue 1, pp: 323-334 Ecclestone, K. & Brunila, K. (2015). Governing Emotionally Vulnerable Subjects and Therapisation of Social Justice, Pedagogy Culture and Society, 23 (4): 485 – 506. EASO, (2021). Annual Report on the Situation of Asylum in the European Union, Valletta: EASO. Retrieved 15/01/2023 from, https://euaa.europa.eu/sites/default/files/EASO-Asylum-Report-2021.pdf Georgiadis, D. (2021). Unaccompanied Minors in Greece: An Empirical Research, The Migration Conference, London, UK. Georgiadis, D. (2023). Human Rights, Racism and Migration: A philosophical approach Interdisciplinary Research in Counseling, Ethics and Philosophy, vol. 3, issue 7, 2023: pages. 1-12. ISSN: 2783-9435 © IRCEP. Georgiadis, D. (2023). The European Management of Immigrants in the mediterranean: The Case of Italy, Athens: Jean Monnet European Centre of Excellence, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. http://dx.doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22077.03041 Koursoumba, L., Commissioner for the Protection of Children‟s Rights in Cyprus (2010). UNHCR Seminars on Unaccompanied Children Seeking Asylum 15-16 December 2010, Nicosia, Cyprus. Accessed at www.childcom. org.cy on 9 November 2018 OECD (2018). Indicators of Migrant Integration, Brussels: OECD Riekkinen, M., & Hanssen, N. (2023). Substantive Equality of Refugee Children in Education Acts in Finland and Norway. Retrieved 30/01/2024 from https://research.abo.fi/en/publications/substantive-equality-of-refugee-children-in-education-acts-of-fin Rosenblum, M. Tichenor, D. (2018). The Politics of International Migration, Oxford University Press. Themistokleous, S., Vrasidas, C., and Zempylas, M., (2012). “Immigration and Integration Policies in Cyprus”, chapter in the edited book “Opening the Door?: Immigration and Integration in the European Union”, by Novotny V. for the Centre for European Studies UNESCO, (2023). Refugee children are five times more likely to be out of school than others Retrieved 10/12/2023 from https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/refugee-children-are-five-times-more-likely-be-out-school-others Metadrasi, (2021). METAdrasi – Action for Migration & Development: Annual Report. Retieved 26/01/2024 from https://metadrasi.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/METAdrasi_Annual_Report_2021.pdf 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Belarusian Adolescents with a Migration Background's Perspectives on School Sustainability Policies and Practices in the European Union (EU) and Belarus Vechta University, Germany Presenting Author:Context Theoretical framework Inquiries for investigation What are the differences in the perspectives of sustainability and civic practices among Belarusian teenagers from a migrant background when comparing their experiences in EU schools (in Germany, Lithuania, and Poland) to educational institutions in Belarus? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The research design incorporates semi-structured interviews and focus groups, allowing for a comprehensive exploration of participants' perspectives. The semi-structured nature of the interviews allows for in-depth exploration of individual experiences, while focus groups facilitate the identification of shared themes and divergent viewpoints. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results This research allowed through the lens of young people 14-18 years old first to examine some aspects of the Belarusian school practices of the recent years (which are featured with an increased ideological indoctrination in the school system) and second to show a perspective of a migrant group with a shared cultural background on sustainability practices in European (Polish, Lithuanian and German) schools. The findings of the interviews with individuals and focus groups revealed what in the European school practices which promote sustainable lifestyle and active citizenship could be seen as effective and attractive from the perspective of young migrants from an Eastern European country and which school policies encourage them (or not) for active participation. On the other hand, at the distance, the participants were able to evaluate the experiences from Belarusian schools and even formulate their suggestions what could be done there better from their present perspectives. References Angelis, de R. (2021). Global Education and Migration in a Changing European Union. Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, Vol. 32, Spring, pp. 55–78. Hamel, N. (2022). Social Participation of Students With a Migration Background—A Comparative Analysis of the Beginning and End of a School Year in German Primary Schools. Frontiers in Education, Vol. 7, https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.764514 Griga, D., & Hadjar, A. (2014). Migrant Background and Higher Education Participation in Europe: The Effect of the Educational Systems.European Sociological Review,30(3), 275–286. Taylor et. al. (2019). Education for Sustainability in the Secondary Sector – a Review. Sage publications, 2019 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/ 333581680_Education_for_Sustainability_in_the_Secondary_Sector-A_Review Berglund, T., Gericke, N., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., & Chang, T. C. (2020). A cross-cultural comparative study of sustainability consciousness between students in Taiwan and Sweden. Environment, Development and Sustainability, 22, 6287-6313. Deutsche UNESCO-Kommission, 2022. Praxisimpulse zur nachhaltigen Schulentwicklung. Beiträge der UNESCO-Projektschulen, Deutsche UNESCO-Kommission, Bonn. (https://www.unesco.de/sites/ default/files/2022-03/Praxisimpulse_zur_nachhaltigen_Schulentwicklung_A4_Doppelseiten_webfinal_ 0.pdf Haan, G. de (2006). The BLK ‘21’programme in Germany: a ‘Gestaltungskompetenz’‐based model for Education for Sustainable Development. Environmental Education Research, 12(1), 19-32. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Self-realization of the Members of Free Age University in Life-long Learning Environment 1Mariampole Higher Education Institution, Lithuania; 2Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 3Kaunas Free Age University, Lithuania; 4Lithuanian Educational Research Association (LERA) Board, Lithuania Presenting Author:Self-realization of the Members of Free Age University in Life-long Learning Environment Self-realization can be defined as a person becoming healthy and mature, developing all the necessary parts (dimensions) of the personality, discovering and realizing vocations and special talents, finally becoming what a person can become by developing self-esteem based on spirituality (Ryan & Deci, 2000). According Maslow self-actualization as an episode of self-realization, is based on human forces and concentrated in a particularly effective and purposeful way, where a person becomes more integrated and less distracted, more open to experiences, more special, more witty, more independent of lower needs. It is generally accepted that relationships with people, lifelong learning and self-esteem are important to a person and even determine that person's self-realization and perception and sense of life (Marjan, 2012). Thanks to meaningful relationships with other people based on mutual understanding and respect, a person can raise his self-esteem and live happily in his environment. Since seniors have free time, they have a special opportunity to participate in the process of lifelong learning. This is a great opportunity for seniors to realize their inner potential and develop opportunities for self-esteem development, precisely the main idea of Free Age universities is to construct possibilities for older people to realize their uniqueness, express their cultural variety of professional experience and intercultural dialogue, and pursue an active social life (Helwig & Ruprecht, 2017). The activity of the Free Age universities is considered as the main means of education for the elderly in the scope of Lithuanian adult education policy. By participating in the lifelong learning process, older people develop cognitive and motor skills and preserve and strengthen their self-esteem (National Program of the 2012 European Year of Older People's Activity and Intergenerational Solidarity). As we are talking about self-esteem is needed to confirm that self-esteem is presented as a person's generalized opinion about himself/herself and how valuable he/she is. The aim of this report is to reveal the possibilities to buildout self-esteem of the members of Free Age university when developing self-realization in lifelong learning environment. The objectives are as follows: a) to discuss the construction of seniors self-esteem based on the self-realization; b) to describe the cultural variety of professional experience of the members of Free Age university, highlighting possibilities for development of self-esteem based on the self-realization; c) to identify the directions of educational research that the experience of the Free Age university learning environment implies the process of self-realization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the report is based on the preconception that agreements on a common vision, aim, knowledge, experience, and values determine the successful operation of the members of Free Age university in the different study circles groups as well as intercultural cooperation and dialogue, to develop culture of a unity environment for of self-realization. The report is based on the results, conclusions and reflection of a longitudinal study (2020 - 2023) conducted by researchers of education science at Marijampole Higher Education Institution and on practical work experience at Kaunas Free Age university, which highlighted the importance of self-realization in a Free Age university as a non-governmental organization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interpretation of the results of the study has revealed that self-realization is a way of preserving and strengthening self-esteem. The study reviews variety of professional and cultural experiences of the members of the Free Age university, highlighting the possibilities of developing self-esteem based on self-realization. The Free Age university becomes one of the significant institutions that provide the opportunity for older people to participate in lifelong learning and realize themselves by social participation. Reflection on the process of this study identified the directions of educational research that the activity of the Free Age university implies the process of self-realization in life long learning environment, and gives a meaning to values, knowledge and experience of personality. References Marjan, L. (2012). Benefits of lifelong learning. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences. 46/4268-4272. Helwig, N. E., & Ruprecht, M. R. (2017). Age, gender, and self-esteem: A sociocultural look through a nonparametric lens. Archives of Scientific Psychology, 5(1), 19-31. Maslow A. H. (1987). Motivation and Personality. New York: Harper & Row. National Program of the 2012 European Year of Older People's Activity and Intergenerational Solidarity, 2012. Ryan R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. Bruneviciute, R., Veckiene, N. P. (2022). Expression of the culture of a unity environment in Free Age university activities. ECER 2022 “Education in a Changing World: The impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research“. 22-25 August 2022, Yerevan. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 21 SES 12 A: Paper Session 6 Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Wilfried Datler Paper Session |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Early Childhood Teachers in Situations of Uncertainty. Considerations on Practice-governing Moments and their Meaning on Professional Work University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:When asking early childhood teachers to describe specific work situations with children in kindergarten, they often talk about situations, where they have to deal with different aspects of uncertainty. They talk for example about everyday microtransitions like going outside into the garden with 25 3-three-year-olds – having the task to help all of them getting into their shoes and jackets quickly. Other early childhood teachers describe for example situations when the whole group of children sits together to sing a song. And suddenly a child starts getting quite wild and aggressive, boxing other children and taking their toys away. Or one can think of settling-in-processes – when the little ones start attending kindergarten for the first time and all the emotions that go along with this experience. One cannot predict how an individual child or a group of children will act or react in such complex and dynamic situations. How can kindergarten teachers deal with such everyday working situations – highly characterized by aspects of uncertainty?
Against this background we want to pick up on considerations formulated in the Network 21 special call that every pedagogical encounter remains unpredictable and one has to deal with the lack of certainty. This in mind, it becomes clear that all our knowledge can hardly help us avoid experiencing uncertainty and accompanying feelings like anxiety, frustration, maybe even anger and shame (Puget 2020). In our paper we will focus on early childhood teachers, how they experience situations of uncertainty in their everyday work and how such experiences affect their professional work. Therefor, we want to discuss the following research question: Which practice-governing moments on part of early childhood teachers are decisive for shaping their relationships with small children in situations of uncertainty?
Practice-governing moments are understood as those inner-psychic conditions that are decisive for the way a person acts in a certain situation. Focused on the context of the work of early childhood teachers, practice-governing moments are understood as those inner psychic conditions that are decisive for how early childhood teachers act and shape relationships in specific situations in which they are faced with the task of acting professionally (Datler, Trunkenpolz, 2009).
With reference to psychoanalytical theories, it is assumed that the formation of practice-governing moments is based on a complex interplay of sensory perceptions, affects and cognitive processes that permanently cause people to make decisions in a conscious and unconscious manner under the aspect of affect regulation. In this context “emotional processes are particularly important because people strive to bring about, stabilize or increase pleasant emotional states in the best possible way and to eliminate, alleviate or prevent the occurrence of unpleasant emotional states” (Datler, Wininger, 2019, 359). These basic psychoanalytical assumptions underline that not only aspects of experience, that can be verbalized, guide professional work. Similar considerations are also taken up in works on implicit knowledge. Neuweg (2020, 299) understands implicit knowledge as a type of knowledge that is rather expressed in behavior in the broadest sense, without the person acting being able to express this knowledge fully and adequately in words. Actions based on implicit knowledge have an intuitive character and a high degree of flexibility, in which the execution of a task comes to the fore and explicit, verbally formalized thinking about it loses importance. In the work context, this enables a sensitive response to specific situations with increasing professional experience, while planned, rule-based action gradually diminishes. In contrast to the concept of implicit knowledge, the desire for affect regulation is given central importance in connection with the concept of practice-governing moments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Regarding to the research question and the psychoanalytically-orientated idea of practice-governing moments, a methodological approach is required to gradually come closer to inner psychic conditions that guide the actions of early childhood teachers. As part of an ongoing research seminar in the Master's degree program in Elementary Education at the University of Graz stimulated recall interviews are discussed in this context. The stimulated recall interview is a research method to gain access to pre-actional innerpsychic processes (Messmer, 2015). The use of this method is suitable if the research interest is aimed at reconstructing thoughts and beliefs, wishes and desires, phantasies and emotions that are decisive for a person's actions (Dempsey, 2010; Trunkenpolz, 2018). This interview form is characterized by the fact that interviewees are invited to report on a specific, recent work situation. With reference to this situation, the interviewees are then asked to reflect on what guided their actions in this specific situation. This enables the interviewee together with the interviewer to gradually come closer to pre-actional, action-guiding innerpsychic processes (Messmer, 2015). In the just above mentioned Master-course a group of students conducts stimulated-recall inter-views with early childhood teachers. The focus of these interviews is on the professionals’ description of a specific work situation that has just occurred. Based on this situation, the early childhood teachers are invited to think about what made them act in this specific way in this situation and what was going on inside them. The aim of these interviews is to reflect on a specific work situation to gain insights into the individual cognitive and emotional processes of the early childhood teachers that guide their actions, particularly in situations characterised by uncertainty. In a first step the interviews will be worked through using content analysis. So patterns of practice-governing moments in work situations of uncertainty can be identified (Flick 2000). Understanding practice-governing moments as presented above, in a second step the questions will be discussed, to what extent early childhood teachers are able to refer to the specific situation and/or the specific child in the description and reflection of their actions, and to what extent they include their own feelings as practice-governing (Rappich, 2010, 50). First results on this analysis of the material will be presented in the paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research design presented so far is primarily aimed at gaining access to those practice-governing moments that can be put into words. First impressions of the interviews suggest that early childhood teachers find it unusual, but also enriching, to be given space to think about themselves and their own professional work including emotional dimensions. This may indicate that, due to the specific way in which the interviews are conducted, reflection processes are gradually set in motion, which make it possible to verbalize practice-governing moments that were initially not-conscious. These preliminary results open up at least two further questions for discussion: 1) Limitations of the research design: The research design presented so far comes to its limits when thinking about rather unconscious aspects of practice-governing moments. Currently, it is discussed to interpret the interview material using deep hermeneutic analysis (tiefenhermeneutische Textanalyse) in order to gain insight in rather latent contents of the interviews. In this context further work is required with regard to the combination of different analysis methods. 2) Questions on vocational training: Although various models and approaches are developed internationally for preparing future kindergarten teachers for their work, few authors have addressed the manifold aspects of uncertainty when working with small children. The preliminary results mentioned above give reason for discussing how competencies of reflecting emotional experiences and their influence on professional relationships can be supported in vocational training of early childhood teachers (Rustin et al., 2008; Hover-Reisner et al. 2018). References Datler, W. & Wininger, M. (2019). Psychoanalytische Zugänge zur frühen Kindheit. In L. Ahnert (Hrsg.), Theorien in der Entwicklungspsychologie. Springer. Datler, W. & Trunkenpolz, K. (2009). Praxisleitende Momente – eine Arbeitsdefinition. Unpubl. Projektmaterial Dempsey, N. P. (2010). Stimulated Recall Interviews in Ethnography. Qual Sociol, 33, 349-367. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11133-010-9157-x Flick, U. (2000). Qualitative Forschung. Theorie, Methoden, Anwendung in Psychologie und Sozial-wissenschaften (5. Aufl.). Rowohlt. Hover-Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M. & Wininger, A. (2018). ‚Holding mind in mind‘: the use of work discussion in facilitating early childcare (kindergarten) teachers’ capacity to mentalise. Infant Observation. The International Journal of Infant Observation and Its Applications, 21 (1), 98–110. Messmer, R. (2015). Stimulated Recall as a Focused Approach to Action and Thought Processes of Teachers. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 16(1), https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-16.1.2051 Neuweg, H.G. (2020). Könnerschaft und implizites Wissen: Zur lehr-lerntheoretischen Bedeutung der Erkenntnis- und Wissenstheorie Michael Polanyis. Waxmann. Puget, J. (2020). How difficult it is to think about uncertainty and perplexity. The International Jour-nal of Psychoanalysis, 101, 1236-1247. Rappich, J.(2010). Praxisleitende Momente in Wiener Pflegeheimen. Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Erfassung praxisleitender Momente des Pflegepersonals in zwei Wiener Pflegeheimen. Univ. Wien Rustin, M. , Bradley, J. (2008): Work Discussion. Learning from reflective practice in work with chil-dren and families. Karnac: London. Trunkenpolz, K. (2018). Lebensqualität von Pflegeheimbewohnern mit Demenz. Eine psychoanalyt-isch-orientierte Einzelfallstudie. Budrich. Diss Trunkenpolz, K. & Reisenhofer, C. (in press). Übergänge in der frühen Kindheit. Zur Ausbildung des pädagogischen Takts im Kontext von Work Discussion Seminaren. In M. Doerr & B. Neudeck-er (Hrsg), Psychoanalytisch-pädagogische Blicke auf pädagogische Praxis. Psychosozial. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Mentalize the Crocodile: On the Use of Educational Films in Mentalization Training with Teacher 1University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 2University of Education Luzern, Switzerland; 3University College London, UK; 4University of Education Ludwigsburg, Germany; 5University of Teacher Education in Special Needs Zürich, Switzerland; 6University of Applied Sciences Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:Mentalization, understood as a human ability, plays a decisive role in the regulation of impulses and emotions, the promotion of the ability to reflect and social learning (Kirsch et al., 2024). This ability develops from childhood onwards through relationship experiences over the entire lifespan. An understanding of psychological processes arises when pedagogues perceive a child as an individual subject with their own intentions, feelings and motivations, i.e. mentalize them. Severe or prolonged stress in childhood can temporarily or permanently impair the ability to mentalize. The connection between mentalization and insecurity is outlined theoretically at the beginning. Mentalizing relationship experiences can improve people's ability to mentalize and support the maintenance of mental health, cognitive and socio-emotional learning and social interaction. This is why mentalization also plays an important role in curative education (Schwarzer et al., 2023). Mentalization-based pedagogy is an innovative research approach whose basic assumption is that successful processes and interactions in the interaction between learners and teachers can be understood in terms of mentalization. This means that emotions, understanding, socio-cognitive learning and pedagogical relationships take centre stage and that dealing with uncertainty can be practised. Competence-oriented (Baumert & Kunter, 2006) and professional biographicalunderstandings of professionalism emphasise the importance of individual characteristics of the teacher as adecisive prerequisite for successful pedagogical action. In particular, the teacher'sability to form relationships with the pupils seems to play a central role with regardto learning gains and development processes (Hamre & Pianta, 2001; Hattie, 2008). Mentalization theory (Fonagy, Gergely,Jurist & Target, 2002) is a relationship-based theory of developmental psychology, which in turn can provide important impetus for shaping relationships in childhood and adolescence. Mentalization describes the attachment dyad as a training and experiential space in which the ability to perceive and consider the psychological constitution in oneself andothers is developed (Taubner, 2015). The Mentalizing approach is of keyimportance for the shaping of interpersonal relationships in childhood, adolescence and adulthood - and this prove to be relevant for the pedagogical context in which educators shape relationships with children and adolescents on a daily basis.(Schwarzer, Link, Behringer & Turner, 2023). The DFG research network MentEd aimed to apply this clinical approach to pedagogy and, after funding from 2016 to January 2020, established partnerships and collaboration with UCL. ERASMUS+ Strategic Partnership is currently facilitating practical-level transfer and training of educational specialists, impacting the professionalization of pedagogy. The MentEd.ch project, funded by Movetia, adapts mentalization-based pedagogy in Swiss special needs education. Supported by an established network, the University of Teacher Education integrates it into the curriculum. Following successful funding phases, the project contributes to the quality and innovation of the Swiss education system. The transnational knowledge transfer focuses on professionalizing multipliers, ensuring sustainable dissemination of teaching materials, implementation options, and evaluation results beyond the funding period. This paper discusses the current state of research based on empirical study results on the teaching of mentalization skills and the development, implementation and evaluation of a model curriculum for mentalization training for educational professionals. The structure with learning units, supervision, teaching materials, educational films and evaluation facilitates integration into university teaching. In this paper, we focus on the following research question: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus is on the educational films/training films and the mentalization training. An educational film is used and presented as a source. In addition, a selection of the empirical quantitative-qualitative and theoretical/theory-building results will be presented so that a common basis or common denominator can be prepared for questions and discussion. As part of the mentalization training and curriculum developed for pedagogical professionalisation, educational films are visioned together with trainees. First, the educational film is watched together in full length and we discuss what was seen in it, what thoughts and feelings the film triggers and what what what was experienced and seen has to do with mentalization theory. In a second run-through, the film is watched again and each participant says "stop" if they have recognised something or want to discuss it. The film is then paused and a group discussion is initiated. The session is moderated by one or two instructors, who moderate the group discussion in a mentalizing position according to the research questions. This group discussion on the educational film was recorded during the training in Zurich, transcribed and analysed using depth hermeneutics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results of the research project from different stages of the research process are summarised and presented. This paper discusses the current state of research based on empirical study results on the teaching of mentalization skills and the development, implementation and evaluation of a model curriculum for mentalization training for educational professionals. The six-month curriculum serves as a model for training and further education courses designed to promote mentalization. The structure with learning units, supervision, teaching materials, educational films and evaluation facilitates integration into university teaching. Initial preliminary results of a pre-post study show changes with small to medium effect sizes in the desired directions. The presentation will focus on the presentation and discussion of the findings from the group discussions on the educational films. The research questions will be addressed and key findings will be presented using examples from the discussions and a short film sequence. References Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2006). Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9, 469–520. doi.org/10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2 Fonagy, P., Gergely, G., Jurist, E. & Target, M. (2002). Affect regulation, mentalization, and the developmentof the self. London, UK: Karnac Books. Hamre, B. K., & Pianta, R. C. (2001). Early teacher–child relationships and the trajectory of children's schooloutcomes through eighth grade. Child Development, 72 (2), 625–638. doi.org/10.1111/1467-8624.00301 Hattie, J. (2008). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Abingdon, GB: Routeledge. Kirsch, H., Link, P.-C., Schwarzer, N.-H., & Gingelmaier, S. (2024). «Nicht zu weit weg und nicht zu nah am Feuer». Mentalisieren und Emotionsregulation. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik (ZfH), 37–43. Link, P.-C., Behringer, N., Maier, L., Gingelmaier, S., Kirsch, H., Nolte, T., Turner, A., Müller, X., & Schwarzer, N.-H. (2023). »Wer mentalisiert, versteht den anderen besser« - Mentalisieren als entwicklungsorientierte Professionalisierungsstrategie. In W. Burk, & C. Stalder (Hrsg.), Entwicklungsorientierte Bildung in der Praxis (S. 49–66). Weinheim: Beltz. Mikulincer, M., & Shaver, P. (2016). Attachment in adulthood. Structure, dynamics, and change. New York: Guilford. Schwarzer, N.-H., Link, P.-C., Behringer, N. & Turner, A. (2023). Theme issue: Attachment and Mentalizing as Aspects of Effective Pedagogical Skills and Relationship Competence. Call for Papers Empirische Pädagogik. Schwarzer, N.-H., Dietrich, L., Gingelmaier, S., Nolte, T., Bolz, T. & Fonagy, P. (2023). Mentalizing partially mediates the associationbetween attachment insecurity and globalstress in preservice teachers.Front. Psychol. 14:1204666 Taubner, S. (2015). Konzept Mentalisieren. Eine Einführung in Forschung und Praxis. Gießen: Psychosozial.Terhart, E., Czerwenka, K., Erich, K., Jordan, F. & Schmidt, H. J. (1994). Berufsbiographien von Lehrern und Lehrerinnen. Frankfurt a. M.: Peter Lang. Taubner, S., Sharp, C. (2023). Mentale Flexibilität durch implizites soziales Lernen- Metamodell für Veränderungsprozesse in der Psychotherapie. Psychotherapie Turner, A. (2018). Mentalisieren in der schulpädagogischen Praxis: Work Discussion als Methode für mentaliserungsbasierte Pädagogik? In S. Gingelmaier, S. Taubner, & A. Ramberg (Hrsg.), Handbuch mentalisierungsbasierte Pädagogik (S. 188 - 199). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper A Clinic of Coming Links 1UMR LEGS, Paris 8, France; 2University Paris 8, CIRCEFT, France Presenting Author:We propose to reflect on the temporal dimension of the teaching experience, taking as our starting point the apparent paradox of a form of teaching that common sense leads us to consider as future-oriented ; in a context where our political commitments and a certain realism about the state of the world, from its tendencies towards fascization to its ongoing ecological destruction, place us in a difficult if not impossible projection towards a locked future. In this sense, educational spaces can echo the retrospectively premonitory slogan "no future" (Guesde, 2022). We will question some of the “self-evident” aspects of pedagogy as a means of "transmission". One of those “self-evident” aspects is the idea that the classroom confronts: the past (the transmitted knowledge) ; the present (where pedagogy is a transformative time, more than an area of coexistences and becomings, (Deleuze and Guattari, 1980)) ; and the future (where the commitment to teaching is based on kinds of bets and debts, where knowledge is transmitted as a potential in the future of a student which we are trying to influence). Revisiting Freud's quote in the Network 21 special call: '[...] education has to find its way between the Scylla of non-interference and the Charybdis of frustration.' (Freud, 1933), we will question the Scylla of non-interference by asking whether the latter should be interpreted as an absence of deliberate intervention or as a non-encounter. Indeed, if all encounters are interferences, Freud's quote seems to indicate a particular danger in education, if it "does not interfere", the center of this statement being the child as an object on which education does or does not interfere (Scylla), which is frustrated (Charybdis) or not. Now, from a more reciprocal perspective of education, we will be asking what reciprocal effects the encounter between students and teachers can have, when pedagogical devices undermine (without ever totally eradicating) the centrality of the teacher figure and his authority. As we develop our pedagogical practices at university in France, with students in educational sciences, gender studies, future or current social workers, caregivers (some of whom are resuming their training), future teachers and educational team supervisors, we are also part of a pedagogical tradition that we might call "libertarian” (i.e. anti-authoritarian and cooperative), or at least one that questions power dynamics within the teaching situation, without excluding the unconscious dimension at play for each person involved (with reference, also, to institutional pedagogy). Based on this reflexively analyzed "radical" position, we will try to imagine a “clinic of multiple links”, that could escape, at least partially, the canons of the educational bond. This epistemological openness to theories of multiplicity could open up a further subversive breach, following that made by works that recognize the unconscious dimension of pedagogy, as stricken with ambivalence, uncertainty and non-control. This multiplicity is not programmatic, nor a rehash of an inherited past, but actualized in a moment and space, through an encounter. Taking from queer feminist theories of multiplicity and interconnected modes of existence (Haraway, 2016), and their thoughts on non-filial and mutual temporalities and connexions, we will attempt to question what can be generated in pedagogical space when we move from certain normative readings of the students' projective failure or narrative non-affiliation (of a non-reiteration interpreted as non-affiliation). Rather than adopting a moral reading of the breakdown of meaning or of intergenerational ruptures, could we not question the "no future" that may resonate in educational spaces as a challenge to traditional narratives combining an overhanging past and an ideology of progress (Benjamin, 1940, 2023), leading us to consider other ways of investing temporalities, and therefore, narratives? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our proposal is based on our reflexive dialogue around teaching situations experienced at university (with the previously mentioned audiences). We will present extracts from 3 "monographs", inspired by the method of institutional pedagogy (Dubois, 2019). In this way, pedagogical situations become research and analysis material for the authors. The idea is to take into account the unconscious dynamics at work in the situations, but also in the movement of their analysis. The monographs are the result of a process of group elaboration, in the aftermath of situations, which allows both a narrative of practices, and a process of resonance and association between the researcher-practitioners. In this sense, the materials presented derive from a posture of observation of what happens in pedagogical situations, assuming an element of uncertainty (i.e.: not knowing what we are doing at the time we are doing it). To a certain extent, this way of working with materials prolongs a refusal to think of pedagogy in terms of progress and technicality, favoring instead, sneakily, the creation of multiple bonding, in the context of institutional injunctions of efficiency and professionalization (which run through French, and beyond, European educational institutions). Our theoretical references are rooted in a psychoanalytically oriented clinical approach in educational sciences (Blanchard-Laville et al., 2005), and we also work with feminist and queer theories (Dorlin, 2021). Finally, we will take into account our different involvements, namely that we don't occupy the same institutional positions, and that we have previously shared certain teaching spaces. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The place given to newness and creativity in teaching spaces will be examined in the light of our reflections on temporality (past-present-future) and the power relationships it induces: for example, what can be new when a course is "repeated"? How can we consider the sometimes old (or ancient) texts offered to students for reading, without conceiving them according to the logic of transmission? How much of a risk are we, as teachers, prepared to take in order to depose ourselves from the position of Master, regardless of our students’ perceived resistance ? (Rancière, 1987). The issue of the context, identified in our introduction by certain specificities (climatic and political issues), does not seem to us to be detached from the challenges of temporality, of sequencing and of past-present-future articulation: more than a " background" to our reflections, and without pretending to be doing a historian's analysis, we take into account the fact that this very contextualization is part of a situated regime of historicity (Hartog, 2012). Last but not least, our use of psychoanalysis also contributes to our recognition of a non-linear, non-uniform temporality. It is therefore by admitting a displacement of the usual coordinates of transmission that we could imagine, even speculate (in the sense of Haraway and science fiction), also, new conceptions of the clinic of links and bonding. References Benjamin, W. (1940, 2023). Sur le concept d’histoire. Klincksieck. Blanchard-Laville, C., Chaussecourte P., Hatchuel F., et B. Pechberty. (2005) Recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique dans le champ de l’éducation et de la formation. Revue française de pédagogie, 151, pp. 111-162. Deleuze, G. et Guattari, F. (1980). Mille Plateaux. Capitalisme et Schizophrénie. Editions de Minuit. Dorlin, E. (2021). Sexe, genre et sexualités. Introduction à la philosophie féministe. Presses Universitaires de France. Dubois, A. (2019). Histoires de la pédagogie institutionnelle: Les monographies. Champ social. Dubois, A., Geffard, P., Schlemminger, G. (2023). Une pédagogie pour le XXIe siècle: Pratiquer la pédagogie institutionnelle dans l'enseignement supérieur. Champ social. Freud, S. (1933). Lecture XXXIV. Explanations, Applications and Orientations. In New Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis (p. 135-157). The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud. Hogarth Press. Guesde, C. (2022). Penser avec le punk. Presses Universitaires de France. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble : Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Hartog, F. (2012). Régimes d’historicité. Présentisme et expériences du temps. Seuil. Rancière, J. (1987). Le Maître ignorant. Fayard. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 22 SES 12 A: NETWORK MEETING Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Network Meeting |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper NW 22 Network Meeting UIDEF - IE - ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 12 A: The Politicization of the Elite and its Influence in Education Reforms Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Lejf Moos Session Chair: Luís Miguel Carvalho Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium The Politicization of the Elite and its Influence in Education Reforms This symposium will highlight the role of European policy elites (experts, consultants, advisers, etc.) by showing that they wield significant power and legitimacy in shaping educational reforms during last decades at global level, while at the same time its illustrates the social and political features of these reforming groups and networks in national spaces. By charaterising these European elite groups and networks by their positions within the State and/or International Organizations, the symposium will display the circulation of ideas and knowledge, beliefs and assumptions, between individuals and groups, but also their relations of dependence as well as their technocratic and/or ideological connivance that shape a doctrinal puzzle. Often referred to as neo-liberalism versus welfarism, these ideas, discourses, and prescriptions are more a complex combination of personal experience, adoption of scientific and expert statements, formulation of values or principles of justice, but also political expediency in front of public opinion and interest group pressures. Far from considering educational reforms and decision-making as linear, sequential, or incremental processes, the symposium will emphasize authoritarian, sometimes nationalistic stances, but also uncertain dimension of power facing the uncertainty and complexity inherent to policy-making at global scale. It will underly the incoherence and cognitive dissonance of decision-making, the tacit and shared knowledge on which justifications are based, or the story-telling that legitimizes changes in political rhetoric Therefore, the symposium will help to better understand ongoing and endogenous transformations of the educative State, in characterizing interactions within national, European and global elites, but also their resources and capacities for action in framing public action programmes and delivering political discourses, through games of competition and rivalry, according to specific professional, administrative, managerial cultures and ethics. Beyond mapping national, Europaen and global links, which demonstrate also some affinities and proximities between these elites, the symposium also will intent to characterize the more or less structured, more or less formal policy networks that shape the European reformist agenda in education through recommendations and prescriptions leading to lasting and relatively irreversible changes in policy-making. Based on the comparison between several European countries, bringing together different authors specialized in education policies, the symposium will seek to answer the following questions - How do these elites exercise their power, their authority, by mobilising different resources and capacities to influence the decision-making process? - How are these elites structured in networks or groups, epistemic communities or coalition of causes, in relationships that facilitate the sharing of knowledge, ideas, representations and beliefs on educational policies at national and global level? - What is the role of cognition, values, beliefs, representations and the strategy in these alliance games and power relationships? What is the impact of public action instruments and their interpretation (laws, indicators, data, etc.)? - How is it possible to characterize the type of proximity or affinity maintained by these elites within State, in other institutions or networks, or in International Organizations? From a methodological perspective, policy makers will be chosen for their membership in a ministerial cabinet, as heads of a ministerial directorate or as experts/advisers for the Ministry of Education, or for their relationships with global networks and organisations, etc. Whenever possible, their socio-professional career and their various positions in education or elsewhere will be established. Analyses would developed from the study of different expert groups, national conferences, representative institutions, and parliamentary hearings in which this elite has intervened with important effects on implementing reforms. References Anderson, K. T., & Holloway, J. (2020). Discourse analysis as theory, method, and epistemology in studies of education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 35(2), 188-221. Cousin, B., Khan, S., & Mears, A. (2018). Theoretical and methodological pathways for research on elites. Socio-Economic Review, 16(2), 225-249. Genieys, W., & Joana, J. (2015). Bringing the state elites back in?. Gouvernement et action publique, 4(3), 57-80. Genieys, W. (2017). The new custodians of the state: Programmatic elites in French society. London, Routledge. Hodge, E., Childs, J., & Au, W. (2020). Power, brokers, and agendas: New directions for the use of social network analysis in education policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 117-117. Honig, M. I. (2004). The new middle management: Intermediary organizations in education policy implementation. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 26(1), 65-87. Jones, B. D., Thomas III, H. F., & Wolfe, M. (2014). Policy bubbles. Policy Studies Journal, 42(1), 146-171. Lubienski, C. (2018). The critical challenge: Policy networks and market models for education. Policy Futures in Education, 16(2), 156-168. Ozga, J., Seddon, T., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (2013). World yearbook of education 2006: Education, research and policy: Steering the knowledge-based economy. Routledge. Smyrl, M., & Genieys, W. (2016). Elites, ideas, and the evolution of public policy. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Engaged Disengagement: Infrastructure, Rationality and Consecration of Normative Elite in the Czech Educational Reforms
This communication will demonstrate how the formal group of responsible officials in the Czech Republic ceased to be decision elite in the normative course of educational reforms and was replaced by a fluid group of elite normative actors who operate on different logic and through different spatial forms (Wirthová, 2021). They publish many normative papers and recommendations and held public debates influencing publicly state officials, politicians, and other decision-makers to change education system. It is argued that the prior horizontal division is accompanied in effect by hierarchisation, that through practices of “co-invitation” (to a debate or an expertise) produce consecration that provides pride and elevation above ordinary matter, and provide the possibility of evading both subordinate relations to formal institution officially responsible for the educational reform (MOE) and responsible relations to the audience (those affected by these reforms as schools, teachers and parents). This new normative elite is a mix of various jurisdictions, some state officials among them, but these loyalties are less important than the spatial practices that enable both to intervene and to construct moral and expert identity to its members by moralising quantitative data as something inherently Good. Therefore, this elite is not based predominantly on economic advantages, although partnership with wealthy actors (banks) is involved, but on the ability to spatially evade limits and secure the channels for intervention. The discourse emerging elite normative infrastructure produce mobilises both the neoliberal vocabulary of effectivity, auditing, measuring quality and moral of “doing good” (Wirthová, 2022). This reproduces the division among those to be measured and improved in quality (the matter) and those who do not come under this measurement (individual-knowledgeable-expert actors who pursue the common good for everyone and therefore are incontestable).
References:
Wirthová, J. (2022). Patterns of actorship in legitimation of educational changes: The role of transnational and local knowledge. European Educational Research Journal, 21(4), 658 –679.Wirthová, J. (2021). Anti-state populism in Czech educational governance: Relations among state, expertise, and civil society. In J. Herkman, E. Palonen, V. Salojärvi, & M. Vulovic (Eds.), The Second Helsinki Conference on Emotions, Populism, and Polarisation. University of Helsinki.
Is there an Epistemic Elite that leads Reforms in Education in Slovenia?
As regards the actors that govern the education policy and educational reforms in Slovenia during the last three decades, it is evident that the high political elite (ministers) and politico-administrative elite (e.g. heads of a ministerial directorate) have been very rapidly changing. Since already nineteenth minister responsible for education was appointed in 2023, it is hard to identify the stable politico-administrative elite. On the other hand, the relatively small network of experts has been actively involved in all three “big” education reforms as authors of their conceptual backgrounds, members of advisory groups etc. During the periods between the reforms in the last three decades, they act as university professors and members of various national expert committees (the technostructure of the ministry).
Taking into consideration both facts (changing politico-administrative elite and stable epistemic elite), the presentation focuses on the following main research question: “Is there an epistemic elite that leads reforms in education in Slovenia”? and tries to address several subsequent sub-questions of how such a network of experts, has been able to survive in changing political environment, what are experts’ characteristics and activities, and whether and how their network can (not) be perceived as epistemic elite. The presentation is based on the following theoretical-conceptual backgrounds: a) The development of post-socialist education systems in which politicization is tainted and the role of expert knowledge is favoured as well as compliance with Western values prioritized (e.g. Chankseliani & Silova, 2018; Halász, 2015); b) The characteristics of epistemic communities/elites, including their personal, relational, organizational, institutional and cultural backgrounds, authority and legitimacy (Haas, 1992); c) The role of epistemic communities/elites in policy-learning (e.g. Dunlop & Radaelli, 2013) and policy-making (e.g. Gaber, 2007; Kodelja, 2007; Radaelli, 1995); d) The critical examination of the role of the epistemic elite in contemporary educational reforms and/or education policy-making (e.g. Cross, 2013; Dunlop, 2016).
References:
Chankseliani, M., & Silova, I. (Eds.). (2018). Comparing Post-Socialist Transformations purposes, policies, and practices in education. Symposium Books.
Cross, M. (2013). Rethinking epistemic communities twenty years later. Review of International Studies, 39(1), 137–160.
Dunlop, C. (2016). Knowledge, epistemic communities and agenda-setting. In Z. Zahariadis (ed.), Routledge Handbook of Agenda-Setting (pp. 273–294). Routledge.Dunlop, C., & Radaelli, C. M. (2013). Systematising policy learning. From monolith to dimensions. Political Studies, 61(3), 599–619.
Gaber, S. (2007). Spoprijem za hegemonijo ali vaje iz praktične teorije? [A struggle for hegemony or a drill in practical theory?]. Sodobna pedagogika, 58(102), 62–80.
Haas, M. P. (1992). Introduction: Epistemic Communities and International Policy Coordination. International Organisation, 46(1), 1–35.Halász, G. (2015). Education and Social Transformation in Central and Eastern Europe. European Journal of Education, 50(3), 350–371.
Kodelja, Z. (2007). Reforme, stroka in šolska politika [Reforms, science and school policies]. Sodobna Pedagogika, 58(2), 34–48.
Radaelli, M. C. (1995). The role of knowledge in the policy process. Journal of European Public Policy, 2(2), 159–183.
The Reformist Elite in the Field of French education: Networks, Power and Technocracy
This presentation tries to characterize a set of elite actors structured around a programme of educational reform legitimizing the PISA survey in France. These actors hold positions of power or influence that enable them to participate directly in decision-making within reformist networks. In this way, they define general guidelines based on shared values in order to make public action in education more effective. They formulate problems and draw up diagnoses through studies, reports and statements in the public arena and the media. They develop arguments and reasoning while advocating the adoption of reformist measures, and they participate in various high councils and expert groups. They have sufficient cognitive and symbolic resources to guide and legitimise policy-making or to challenge it. They mobilise situational capital (they occupy high positions in the civil service or in the academia), intellectual capital (they have expert knowledge) and symbolic capital (they enjoy a high level of notoriety and recognition). They are also players engaged in a power struggle in the field of education policy between the Left and the Right. They act as mediators while setting the reform agenda, either as experts, ideologues or intellectuals, brokers or translators, moral entrepreneurs, technocrats or researchers. They are part of a dynamic of social and cognitive learning that leads them to formulate public problems in education but also to produce ignorance of some other problems. Historically involved at the core of the State, these elite actors are increasingly involved in think tanks and circles of reflection outside the State sphere. From a methodological perspective, our study aims to gather sociographic data to characterise these elite actors (social origin, education, status, professional trajectory, positions held in their careers, etc.) and to use network analysis to show their relationships within the state technostructure, demonstrating certain links of dependence and affiliation as well as games of influence and power that determine reformist policy-making. We will also use our tacit knowledge of this field of power and some documentary resources (papers, reports, legislative and regulatory texts, the press, social networks) to study different epistemic and political positions within the state technocracy.
References:
Normand, R. (2022). PISA as epistemic governance within the European political arithmetic of inequalities: A sociological perspective illustrating the French case. In Critical perspectives on PISA as a means of global governance (pp. 48-69). Routledge.
Normand, R. (2023). French Education Policies and the PISA Paradigm: The Strong Republican State Absorbing External Influences. In School Policy Reform in Europe: Exploring Transnational Alignments, National Particularities and Contestations (pp. 117-137). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 12 B: Politics And Knowledge Shaping Educational Reform: Case Studies From Around The Globe Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Colleen McLaughlin Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Politics And Knowledge Shaping Educational Reform: Case Studies From Around The Globe
In 2021 Colleen McLaughlin and Alan Ruby published a first look at global case studies of attempts to reform whole education systems or elements of them. They chose case studies written by authors who had been actors in some capacity to show the human process that it is. the book focused upon the implementation of policy or its elements to show how hard it is. it was hoped that it would help policymakers and practitioners to learn from the successes and failure of others. As Stenhouse said, ‘…. improvement is possible if we are secure enough to face and study the nature of our failures. The central problem of evidence-informed practice is the gap between our ideas and our aspirations and our attempts to operationalise them’ (Stenhouse, 1975, 2-3). We also realised that our case studies were partial, and it is this desire to represent all and all attempts that has driven this second book, which this synposium focuses upon. This work holds to the aims of the first book but represents attempts to implement reform in countries where there may be limited resources in terms of civic development, or what has been called weak states. The case studies in the second book are here that are more representative of the globe and the societies who share it. In the summary of the first book, we emphasised five important features or necessary considerations to facilitate successful reform implementation (McLaughlin and Ruby, 2021). The first of which was the importance of the historical and political context of reform. This is the factor that has stood out in this current stories of reform. The historical and political contexts in our world are more complex, more volatile and more challenging than even two years ago. They are presenting new problems for educational policy makers and many that are familiar. What is clear is that they demonstrate more profoundly than ever the need to educate our young people well and for policy makers and actors in change to engage in learning about how to implement policy or make things happen. This symposium presents two of the case studies of reform - Scotland and Kazakhstan as well as the overall obervations of all ten countries. References McLaughlin, C. and Ruby, A. (2024) Politics And Knowledge Shaping Educational Reform: Case Studies From Around The Globe. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, McLaughlin and Ruby, A. (2021) Implementing Education Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press Stenhouse, L. (1975) An Introduction to Curriculum Research and Development. London: Heinemann Presentations of the Symposium Introduction: Until the Miracle Arrives, We Can Learn from Others.
This paper is an introduction to the field and to the case studies past and present. It describes the ten cases from parts of the world, notably Africa and Latin America, that constitute the overall work.We present cases that help us understand the realities of implementing reforms. Looking across the literature about education reforms over the last forty years we do not see a lot of material that addresses how education reform is enacted at the system level. We do see a lot of attention paid to the motivations driving reforms and the ideologies shaping the way reforms are presented.There was little attention paid to motivating professionals to adopt different practices or to afford some activities more time and importance in schools. Nor was there much attention paid to what social support measures were needed to ensure that students were ready to learn and that schools could focus primarily on student learning. Our aim is to avoid offering “magic bullets” like instructional alignment (Cohen, 1987), school choice (Chubb & Moe, 1990) competency-based education (Musiimenta,2023) or any piece of technology just released. As many have pointed out, like Larry Cuban (2010), ready-made, quick solutions do not sit well with the realities of schools where there are multiple actors, multiple purposes and long-time horizons.
The Paradox of Rationality and Responsiveness is discussed as a major themes. Collectively the cases here and in the earlier volume point to the virtues and shortcomings of the wonderfully linear and stable models of policy formulation that shaped school reform ideas and strategies for the last forty years or more.
References:
Barber, M. (2015). How to run a government : so that citizens benefit and taxpayers don't go crazy. UK: Allen Lane, .
Boswell, J, (2023). Magical Thinking in Public Policy: Why Naïve Ideals about Better Policymaking Persist in Cynical Times
Cohen, S.A., (1987). Instructional Alignment: Searching for a Magic Bullet Educational Researcher. 16 (8) pp16-20.
Desimone, L. (2002). How can comprehensive school reform models be successfully implemented? Review of educational research, 72(3), 433-479.
Elmore, Richard F. 1979. “Backward Mapping: Implementation Research and Policy Decisions.” Political Science Quarterly 94 (4): 601–16. v
Liu, Y., (2023). Implementing educational reform—cases and challenges, Comparative Education, 59:1, 141-143,
Murnane, R. J., & Levy, F. (1996). What General Motors can teach U.S. schools about the proper role of markets in education reform. Phi Delta Kappan, 78(2), 108.
Nilsen, P., (2015). Making sense of implementation theories, models and frameworks. Implementation Sci 10, 53. .
Sen, A., (2004). How Does Culture Matter? In Rao, V. & Walton, M., (Eds) Culture and Public Affairs, World Bank. Washington, D.C., pp37-59.
Shulman, L.S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57, 1- 22.
7 Educational Reform in Scotland: Policy, Governance and Professional Culture
Educational reforms – their origins, intentions, development, impediments, implementation and evaluation – have been a major focus of investigation for several decades (e.g., Ball, 1994; Chapman & Gunter, 2009; McLaughlin & Ruby, 2021). The Scottish experience serves not only to illustrate the scale of the challenge but also to point to some of the ways in which progress can be made. Scotland has developed ambitious and aspirational goals for its education system (OECD, 2021). At the heart of reform in Scottish education has been the Curriculum for Excellence programme, covering the age range 3-18 (Scottish Executive, 2004). In this paper we first provide a brief overview of the Scottish context, before highlighting four related issues which are central to the reform process.
• the tension between the broad curricular intentions of Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) and the narrow evaluative assessment practices used for National Qualifications and CfE levels;
• the role of internal and external actors in shaping the Scottish Government’s management of change;
• the extent to which governance reform (i.e., reconfiguring the roles and responsibilities of national organisations) is capable of enabling sustained cultural change;
• the best means of encouraging teachers to develop a sense of agency, in which they become ‘curriculum makers’, not simply the implementers of policy devised by external ‘experts’.
We conclude by reflecting on the challenges that have faced Scottish educational reform, including presentational and communication issues, a top-down culture that has been difficult to shift, extended timelines for reform, the absence of systematic review processes, and a tendency in Scottish education to overstate achievements while playing down areas of weakness. These issues have presented considerable challenges to the reform process, limiting its impact and even acting counter to aspirational policy goals (e.g., see Shapira et al., 2023).
References:
Chapman, C. & Gunter, H., eds., (2009) Radical Reforms: Perspectives on an Era of Educational Change. London: Routledge.
McLaughlin, C. & Ruby, A. (2021) Implementing Educational Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Transforming Teacher Profession in Kazakhstan: A Missed Opportunity Amid Rising Wages
This paper presents the transformation of the teacher remuneration system in Kazakhstan, particularly in the context of the government's decision to double teacher salaries between 2020 and 2023. The primary research question explores how this salary increase impacts the quality of teaching, the recruitment of skilled teachers, and the overall educational outcomes.
This research is grounded in the hypothesis that significant changes in teacher compensation can lead to improvements in educational quality and outcomes. It examines the assumption that teacher salaries, if not comparable to the average salary in the economy, hamper the recruitment and retention of high-quality teachers. The authors scrutinize various aspects of the new remuneration system, including its reflection of teacher quality, student outcomes, specific working conditions, coverage for teacher absences, and recognition of extra-lesson work.
The study provides a comparative analysis of the new remuneration system against the traditional Stavka System, incorporating a review of international experiences in transforming teacher compensation.
The methodology is primarily qualitative, involving a detailed analysis of policy documents, salary tables, and first-hand narratives obtained through interviews. Forty interviews were conducted with a diverse group of participants, including teachers, school administrators, and regional and national education officials in Kazakhstan. These interviews aimed to gather insights into the personal experiences, perceptions, and impacts of the new salary system on teaching practice and educational outcomes.
The authors also conducted a thorough review of existing literature and policy documents related to teacher remuneration systems both in Kazakhstan and internationally. This comparative analysis allowed for an understanding of the unique features of the Kazakhstani approach and its positioning within the global context.
The research revealed several key outcomes of the new teacher remuneration system in Kazakhstan. Firstly, the increase in salaries has positively impacted the profession's prestige, evidenced by an increased interest among school graduates in teaching careers and heightened competition for teaching positions, especially in rural areas.
However, the new system has also faced challenges. It has not adequately incentivized non-teaching responsibilities or extra-lesson activities, which are crucial for comprehensive education. Additionally, there remains a lack of financial motivation for teachers to engage with underperforming or exceptionally talented students.
The study found that the new system has not significantly altered teachers' workload, and in some cases, has led to an increase in classroom hours to boost income, raising concerns about teacher burnout and the sustainability of high-quality teaching under such conditions.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2021). The education debate. Bristol, Policy Press.
Berman, G., + Fox, A. (2023). Gradual: The case for incremental change in a radical age. New York, OUP.
Baltodano, M. (2012) ‘Neoliberalism and the demise of public education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 25:4, 487-507,
Edelman, M. (1988). Constructing the political spectacle. University Chicago Press.
Foa, R.S. et al (2022). The Great Reset: Public Opinion, Populism, and the Pandemic. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Centre for the Future of Democracy.
Gewirtz, S., et al (2021) What’s wrong with ‘deliverology’? Performance measurement, accountability and quality improvement in English secondary education, Journal of Education Policy, 36:4, 504-529,
Marteau, T. (2021) ‘Evidence neglect: addressing a barrier to health and climate policy ambitions.’ Science and Public Policy. 2023, 00, 1-7
McLaughlin, C, and Ruby, A. (2021). Implementing Educational Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge, England: cUP..
Sahlberg, P. (2023).’ Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way’. International Journal of Educational Development, 98 (2023)
Schedler, A. (2023). ‘Rethinking political polarization.’ Political Science Quarterly. Vol.00, no 00, 1-25.
Viennet, R. and Pont, B. (2017). Education policy implementation: A literature review and proposed framework. OECD Education Working Papers No. 162.
Global and National Shifts in Implementing Educational Reform: Learning across the cases
This final paper takes an overall view of the ten case studies examining the different types and approaches taken to reform as well as the outcomes. We conclude that evidence is not enough that there has got be a use of knowledge to inform implementation. The managerialist reform models, like ‘deliverology’, skate over the historical and cultural factors which shape participants’ responses to proposals which aim to change core processes like pedagogy and assessment. We examine the different features and demands of reform in the different contexts. Our conclusions compare these cases to those written about in 2012 and we conclude there are strong variations and new elements. The model of reform needs to be changed and the popular model has serious side effects and distortions. A more consensual approach is needed
The more populist models and approaches have become more in vogue and dominant. Some may see this prognosis as pessimistic, but what is clear is that education reform is now an overtly political process, sometimes symbolic, sometimes democratic, and always shaped by culture, heritage and individual interests and voices. Consensus building approaches are important in this climate if generations of learners are to be spared repeated waves of ill-conceived reforms.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2021). The education debate. Bristol, Policy Press.
Berman, G., + Fox, A. (2023). Gradual: The case for incremental change in a radical age. New York, OUP.
Baltodano, M. (2012) ‘Neoliberalism and the demise of public education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 25:4, 487-507,
Edelman, M. (1988). Constructing the political spectacle. University Chicago Press.
Foa, R.S. et al (2022). The Great Reset: Public Opinion, Populism, and the Pandemic. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Centre for the Future of Democracy.
Gewirtz, S., et al (2021) What’s wrong with ‘deliverology’? Performance measurement, accountability and quality improvement in English secondary education, Journal of Education Policy, 36:4, 504-529,
Marteau, T. (2021) ‘Evidence neglect: addressing a barrier to health and climate policy ambitions.’ Science and Public Policy. 2023, 00, 1-7
McLaughlin, C, and Ruby, A. (2021). Implementing Educational Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge, England: cUP..
Sahlberg, P. (2023).’ Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way’. International Journal of Educational Development, 98 (2023)
Schedler, A. (2023). ‘Rethinking political polarization.’ Political Science Quarterly. Vol.00, no 00, 1-25.
Viennet, R. and Pont, B. (2017). Education policy implementation: A literature review and proposed framework. OECD Education Working Papers No. 162.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 12 C: School Leaders’ Negotiation of Uncertain Times: Playing the Game or Leaving the Field Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Steven Courtney Session Chair: Ruth McGinity Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium School Leaders’ Negotiation of Uncertain Times: Playing the Game or Leaving the Field Societies globally are increasingly characterised by uncertainty and upheaval, including continuing concerns about inequity and access to quality public education that meets the needs of young people today (Riddle et al., 2023). This symposium takes a nuanced approach to considering uncertainty in education politics and policy by closely examining the national and local policy environments in which schools are operating; recognising that they are set against a wider, turbulent, background. The symposium brings diverse theoretical and methodological approaches to the question of uncertainty. It illuminates and instantiates the ways in which leaders might respond to uncertainty by trying to “play the game” required by differing, and often competing sets of rules. Theoretical lenses include Bourdieu and Foucault’s concepts, as well as taking a Social Network Analysis approach towards understanding the practices and experiences occurring in public education within different contexts. Further, the symposium explores the politics and policy of public schooling in England and Chile. This deliberately international focus highlights the global trends that exist in contemporary education policy while recognising the nuanced implications of local enactment of global policy trends. The symposium explores the various ways school leaders navigate uncertainty. Two of the papers in this symposium suggest that leaders might ‘play the game’ as a method of navigating the complex political realities of schooling today in both England and Chile. In doing so, they show the ways school leaders might try to bring some certainty to frequently shifting ground – they might focus on developing relationships or on cultivating networks as a means of solidifying or renegotiating their positions within increasingly uncertain hierarchies or positions within public education. The final paper brings an alternative viewpoint through its research with former school leaders in England who, rather than playing the game, were removed from the field entirely (either by choice, or by force). The concept of post-panopticism (Courtney, 2016) enables a nuanced analysis of the effects of school inspections in their current form, which are characterised by uncertainty from preparation all the way through to the sometimes-unintended effects of external inspection. The symposium offers lessons about school leadership and governance, and how individual leaders as well as their school communities have navigated socially and politically turbulent periods. Their negotiation of uncertain policy environments highlights the inequities that persist in public schooling whether it be through ‘disadvantaged’ schools facing heavier scrutiny in school inspections; experiencing differential parental engagement depending on a school community’s socio-economic circumstances; or through the new ways schools are required to navigate and build relationships and networks to survive in an uncertain policy landscape. References Courtney, S. J. (2016). Post-panopticism and school inspection in England. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(4), 623–642. doi:10.1080/01425692.2014.965806 Riddle, S., Mills, M. & McGregor, G. (2023). Curricular justice and contemporary schooling: Towards a rich, common curriculum for all students. Curriculum Perspectives, 43, 137–144. doi:10.1007/s41297-023-00186-y Presentations of the Symposium Educational Leadership and the Corporatisation of Parental Engagement in Pursuit of Certainty in the Game: Thinking with Bourdieu’s Field Theory
The purpose of this paper is to present data and analysis to theorise how the corporatisation of educational leadership and governance for schools has reframed parental engagement in disadvantaged communities. By thinking with Bourdieu’s field theory (Bourdieu, 1977; 1990; 1998) I examine how corporatised educational leadership secures parental engagement as a corporate activity to acquire, regulate and naturalise parents in a corporatised field, strengthening the position of the multi-academy trusts, their schools and those leading and governing in the MAT. The corporatisation of the field (Saltman, 2010; Courtney, 2015; Enright et al., 2020) has seen a change in the stance and position of those responsible for the governance and leadership of schools. I present a model to conceptualise how corporatisation has rewritten the rules of the game, with parental engagement operationalised as corporate activity.
This study is an ethno-graphically informed case study located in three MATs in England. Generated data from twenty-one interviews with leaders was analysed to understand how educational leadership secured the illusio of the game through parental engagement. Thinking with Bourdieu’s field theory I analysed the generated data to explore how the fields symbolic order and doxic relations are secured through parental engagement.
This study reveals the drive to acquire parents, through a corporate framing of parental engagement, seeks those parents who are willing participants in the illusio (Bourdieu, 1998) of the game. However, this study extends Bourdieu’s field theory as it revealed that corporate actors deployed parental engagement as a strategy to acquire parents who do not recognise the illusio of the game. The acquisition of these parents acknowledges corporate actors as experts. However, to legitimate this recognition, they are required to regulate and naturalise these parents into the dispositions and practices of the field.
This analysis is significant as it contributes a model that extends Bourdieu’s field theory. This model illuminates how parent engagement in a corporatised field of educational leadership aims to acquire, regulate and naturalise parents into the field. Underpinning the extension of Bourdieu’s field theory is my argument that parental engagement has been purposed as a corporate activity to secure acquisitions and the dynamic of power between actors. Furthermore, I contribute empirically to the field by providing a model to analyse the parental engagement activities within the field of educational leadership to understand the purposing of such activities in relation to the fields forces and doxic relations.
References:
Bourdieu, P. (1977) Outline of a Theory of Practice. Translated by R. Nice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1990b) Logic of Practice. Translated by R. Nice. Standford, CA: Standford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1998) Practical Reason. Translated by R. Nice. Cambridge: Policy Press.
Courtney, S.J. (2015) ‘Corporatised leadership in English schools.’, Journal of Educational Administration and History, 47(3): 214–231.
Enright, E., Hogan, A. and Rossi, T. (2020) The commercial school heterarchy, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41:2: 187-205,
Saltman, K. J. (2010) The Gift of Education: Public Education and Venture Philanthropy. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Navigating and Making Sense of a New Policy Landscape through Inter-Organisational Relationships
The New Public Education reform (NPE) is meant to enhance the depressed Chilean public school system via new middle-tier governing bodies administrating and supporting public schools (Anderson et al., 2023). As part of this reform, thematic networks and a networking policy approach have been promoted within new school districts. This paper reports on the use of networks by school leaders to engage in and make sense of the broader social space schools are part of. This study is part of a larger research project on collaboration and support between schools in a recently established school district. The district is composed of public schools that were previously administrated by three adjacent urban municipalities in Santiago, Chile.
From a Social Network Analysis approach (SNA) (Freeman, 2004; Marin and Wellman 2011), this research delves into the declared inter-organisational networks and ties reported by school headteachers from sixteen primary schools. Primary data comes from interviews where participants were encouraged to name and map other schools they have a relationship with, and reflect on the content, history and value of those ties.
Declared partners range between 4 and 50 and the vast majority are other public schools from their school district. Although many of these are relationships taking place within – and thanks to – district-based mandated networks, others are ties that schools and school leaders have built and maintained on their own. This paper sets itself in the mismatch between policy-led networks and those declared by headteachers and provides insights into the reasons and purposes that formal and informal networks play in both managing and leading schools, and inhabiting the new policy landscape schools are part of.
This paper unveils the importance of inter-organisational ties and the engagement of school leaders with the broader surrounding social space they are part of. It is argued in this paper that connecting with others beyond schools is key in order to make sense of, navigate, and overcome the uncertainty that comes with the settlement of a new policy landscape amidst a persisting crisis in the Chilean public education system.
References:
Anderson, S., Uribe, M., & Valenzuela, J. P. (2023). Reforming public education in Chile: The creation of local education services. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 481-501.
Freeman, L. (2004). The development of social network analysis. A Study in the Sociology of Science, 1(687), 159-167.
Marin, A., & Wellman, B. (2011). Social network analysis: An introduction. The SAGE handbook of social network analysis, 11-25.
Uncertainty and School Leadership in England: Unintended Consequences of Education Policy
This paper explores uncertainty in school leaders’ work, with a focus on high-stakes school inspections in England. We explore the ways inspections cause uncertainty for school leaders navigating the politics of post-panoptic education policy (Courtney, 2016). The paper takes up the network call to explore the unintended consequences of education policy in a time of uncertainty. In doing so, the paper analyses concepts of surveillance; the role not making sense to those within it; and leaders' work in filling gaps they experienced in support that would have enabled them to navigate uncertainty more confidently.
Post-panopticism (Courtney, 2016) provides the lens for our analysis of uncertainty for school leaders who are navigating the politics of school inspection. The features of post-panopticism lead to uncertainty for leaders in how they might prepare for school inspection as well as to the unintended consequences of school inspection policy enactment. These characteristics include total visibility for the school and leader, norms that are characterised as fixed but in reality are in flux, and that disrupt the ways leaders have constructed themselves within these policy environments. Importantly, the effects of post-panoptic school inspections are experienced differentially depending on local context. This paper analyses stories of leaders in ‘disadvantaged’ schools who experienced school inspections in ways that were more uncertain than those who were more advantaged within the current system.
Comprising loosely structured interviews (Alvesson, 2011) with 14 former headteachers of public schools in England, we undertook a collaborative analysis exploring uncertainty and the unintended consequences of school inspection policies in three areas:
1. The embodied effects of surveillance in a post-panoptic policy environment. We explore the consequences for leaders’ health and wellbeing, and intention or ability to remain within the profession.
2. The ways leaders attempt to make sense of the unintended consequences of school inspections and the surrounding apparatus.
3. The ways leaders who leave the profession undertake work that fills gaps they identified, including professional support, care work, development and mentoring.
The final point underscores that former leaders are addressing inadequacies in systemic support for their colleagues. It also shows that they were not necessarily unwilling to continue in education, but that the work of a school leader in its current form is unsustainable. This holds consequences for long-term workforce planning, and greater attention needs to be paid to the stories of former leaders so we can learn from their experiences.
References:
Alvesson, M. (2011). Interpreting Interviews. SAGE Publications.
Courtney, S.J. (2016). Post-panopticism and school inspection in England. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(4), 623-642. doi:10.1080/01425692.2014.965806
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 24 SES 12 A: Mathematics Education in Challenging Contexts Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Supporting Mathematics Teachers in Areas of Educational Disadvantage: Initial Findings from a Systematic Literature Review 1Trinity College Dublin, The University of Dublin, Ireland; 2Dalarna University, Sweden Presenting Author:There are disparities in achievement and opportunity across the board in areas of socio-economic disadvantage. The gaps in mathematics are particularly stark and this has significant negative implications for student choice in post-secondary education and subsequent access to further education and occupations, particularly within STEM-fields. This study uses Bronfenbrenner and Morris’s (2007) Process-Person-Context-Time (PPCT) as a theoretical framework to present a snapshot of some of the influential factors at play, and then to examine the initial results of a systematic literature review (SLR) that explores empirical attempts that have been made to address these issues. The importance of education in relation to future earnings, health and wellbeing is well understood, and, according to the Salamanca Statement and Framework outlined by UNESCO (1994), it behoves governments and other stakeholders around the world to implement strategies that will improve the educational opportunities for disadvantaged children. However, in order to do so, it is essential to firstly ask what factors might influence these outcomes, and secondly, how can we best address them. In this introductory section the PPCT theoretical framework is used to present some of the myriad factors at play specifically within the field of mathematics education, providing a holistic base upon with to consider any strategies to address them. Using PPCT as a lens, the following key points have emerged: Process: According to Ekmekci, Corkin, and Fan (2019), while students from socio-economically disadvantaged backgrounds are particularly in need of effective pedagogy, they are more likely to “receive less effective instruction on average compared to their higher income peers” p. 58. Within such contexts, teacher’s pedagogic approaches tend to focus more on controlling behaviours (Megowan-Romanowicz, Middleton, Ganesh, & Joanou, 2013). These are examples of intrinsic didactical exclusion which reproduce structural disadvantage in societies, through mathematics. Person: As noted by Ní Shuilleabhain, Cronin, and Prendergast (2020), students’ attitudes towards mathematics tend to be more negative in schools in areas of low Socio-Economic Status (SES), and pupils in such schools tend to have higher levels of mathematical anxiety and lower self-concept in mathematics. Context: Low SES Neighbourhoods are often recognised as being less conducive to educational achievement, with less access to social capital via mentors or role models, and fewer resources (Dietrichson, Bøg, Filges, & Klint Jørgensen, 2017). Dotson and Foley (2016) highlight the challenges in hiring and retaining high quality mathematics teachers to schools in low SES areas, citing the “inherent difficulty” of working in such contexts. This can lead to a cycle of low expectations for students, and, given that “the development of student motivation flows at least partially through teacher motivations and motivation related behaviors” (Megowan-Romanowicz et al., 2013, p. 53), the influence of such low expectations can be damaging. Time: The initial years in post-primary are understood as crucial for a student’s mathematical journey, with performance at this stage acting as a gatekeeper to higher-level mathematics courses and beyond that to STEM courses and careers. Unfortunately, it is precisely at this juncture that achievement gaps tend to widen for students from lower SES backgrounds (McKenna, Muething, Flower, Bryant, & Bryant, 2015). This section has highlighted a few of the many reasons why achievement in mathematics is stratified along socio-economic lines. This study uses a SLR methodology to attempt to address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The goal of this study is to review empirical research reporting on interventions that aim to address issues in mathematics education associated with low SES, with a particular focus on the post-primary education sector. Where possible, emphasis will be placed on the 11 – 15 age group, reflecting the impact of the Time component of the PPCT model as highlighted above. Having identified relevant studies, this research aims to explore and build on what can be learned from such an analysis. The search procedure drew on six relevant databases: ERIC (EBSCOhost), British Education Index, Academic Search Complete, SCOPUS, Web of Science, and APA PsycArticles. Concatenated (using the AND operator) search terms in each database related to subject (mathematics), education level (post primary), educational disadvantage (low SES), and interventions (empirical). In each database, the searches were conducted across title and abstract (using the OR operator) and the subject thesaurus where available. Once duplicates were removed, a total of 528 studies remained for title and abstract screening. Inclusion and exclusion criteria relating to the population, intervention, outcome, and study characteristics (PICOS) were used to support the identification of relevant articles. Three of the four authors have been involved in the screening process and all of the titles/abstracts were screened by at least two researchers. There was approximately 90% agreement between the researchers, with any conflicts resolved by a third reviewer. Of the articles screened, 449 studies were deemed irrelevant, leaving 79 for full-text review. At this point the full review has not been completed, but some very interesting initial findings have emerged, with possible implications for practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At this early stage of analysis, the interventions identified in the literature fall under the two broad categories of teacher professional development (PD), and diverse pedagogic approaches implemented directly with students. Both fall under the category of Process within the PPCT framework, with the pedagogically focused interventions impacting on the Person at the centre of the model (the student) and the professional development on the Context and the teachers’ influence therein. Given the significant extant research highlighting the fact that teacher’ self-efficacy and beliefs can have a substantial impact on student outcomes (Archambault, Janosz, & Chouinard, 2012), it stands to reason that initiatives that aim to support students from low SES backgrounds should also focus on PD in these areas. Promoting a positive classroom climate provides scope to improve student-teacher relationships and to potentially enhance student motivation and achievement. The work of Valerio (2021) points to the importance of structuring PD in a sustained way that supports collaboration between teachers, and an iterative approach to planning. Regarding pedagogy that supports student engagement, results indicate that more focus should be placed on mastery rather than performance goals, emphasising active learning approaches (Megowan-Romanowicz et al., 2013). Mirza and Hussain (2014) highlight that it is important to take the time to ensure deep understanding using “rich” tasks. And Cervantes, Hemmer, and Kouzekanani (2015) note the positive impact of problem- and project-based learning on students from minority backgrounds Results from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) show that the strength of the relationship between test scores and socio-economic status (SES) varies markedly between countries (OECD, 2010, 2013), indicating that with the right supports, it can be possible to overcome a disadvantaged background (Dietrichson et al., 2017). The results of this research may go some way to providing a roadmap to achieving this. References Archambault, I., Janosz, M., & Chouinard, R. (2012). Teacher Beliefs as Predictors of Adolescents' Cognitive Engagement and Achievement in Mathematics. Journal of Educational Research, 105(5), 319-328. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2011.629694 Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. Handbook of child psychology, 1. Cervantes, B., Hemmer, L., & Kouzekanani, K. (2015). The impact of project-based learning on minority student achievement: implications for school redesign. Education Leadership Review of Doctoral Research, 2(2), 50-66. Dietrichson, J., Bøg, M., Filges, T., & Klint Jørgensen, A.-M. (2017). Academic interventions for elementary and middle school students with low socioeconomic status: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Review of educational research, 87(2), 243-282. doi:10.3102/0034654316687036 Dotson, L., & Foley, V. (2016). Middle Grades Student Achievement and Poverty Levels: Implications for Teacher Preparation. Journal of Learning in Higher Education, 12(2), 33-44. Ekmekci, A., Corkin, D. M., & Fan, W. (2019). A multilevel analysis of the impact of teachers' beliefs and mathematical knowledge for teaching on students' mathematics achievement. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 44(12), 57-80. McKenna, J. W., Muething, C., Flower, A., Bryant, D. P., & Bryant, B. (2015). Use and Relationships among Effective Practices in Co-Taught Inclusive High School Classrooms. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(1), 53-70. Megowan-Romanowicz, M. C., Middleton, J. A., Ganesh, T., & Joanou, J. (2013). Norms for participation in a middle school mathematics classroom and its effect on student motivation. Middle Grades Research Journal, 8(1), 51. Mirza, A., & Hussain, N. (2014). Motivating Learning in Mathematics through Collaborative Problem Solving: A Focus on Using Rich Tasks. Journal of Education and Educational Development, 1(1), 26-39. Ní Shuilleabhain, A., Cronin, A., & Prendergast, M. (2020). Maths Sparks engagement programme: investigating the impact on under-privileged pupils’ attitudes towards mathematics. Teaching Mathematics and Its Applications: International Journal of the IMA, 40(1), 133-153. OECD. (2010). PISA 2009 Results: Overcoming Social Background. OECD. (2013). PISA 2012 results: excellence through equity: giving every student the chance to succeed (volume II) (9789264201125 (print)). Retrieved from Paris: http://www.oecd.org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-results-volume-ii.htm UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for action on special needs education: Adopted by the World Conference on Special Needs Education; Access and Quality: UNESCO. Valerio, J. (2021). Tracing take-up across practice-based professional development and collaborative lesson design. Paper presented at the Proceedings of the 43rd Annual Meeting of the North American Chapter of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Expectancy Value Theory in Professional Development for Math Teachers in Areas of Low Socio-Economic Status Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Despite attempts to address the well-documented issues in mathematics education with curriculum reform and associated professional development (PD) programmes, significant challenges remain in relation to the teaching and learning of mathematics in schools, particularly in areas of low socio-economic status (SES). In relation to recent curriculum reform in Ireland, research has highlighted teachers’ frustration with the new curriculum specification, a lack of faith in the teaching methodologies being promoted, and a demand for additional PD and support (Byrne & Prendergast, 2020). This lack of faith can mean that teachers often select, a la carte, the approaches they feel address their own concerns or align most with their own beliefs, leading to at best a hybridized version of practice (Cavanagh, 2006). A wealth of research highlights the prevalence of what Corkin et al. (2015) refer to as “pedagogy of poverty”, noting that students from low SES backgrounds are at an increased risk of rigid, teacher-centric, formulaic pedagogical approaches, focusing on punctuality, and maintaining control. Factors influencing the approaches used include low teacher perception of student ability, which can often be related to, low teacher self-efficacy, out-of-field or inexperienced teachers, or lack of buy-in to reform practices, (Byrne & Prendergast, 2020; Ni Shuilleabhain et al., 2021; Yanisko, 2016). Given the domain-specific challenges of mathematics, and the additional challenge associated with educational disadvantage, there is a need for targeted intervention with schools that serve underrepresented cohorts. PD is obviously central to such an intervention, but for it to be effective, the literature suggests that it must be a sustained, long running programme that acknowledges the iterative and reflective nature of development of teaching practices, and is deeply rooted in the context of the school (Desimone, 2011; Lieberman, 1995). It should jointly focus on a hands-on element and a co-creative, collaborative planning element within a community of practice. These separate but complimentary factors facilitate the iterative shift between knowledge building and practice through the reflective process (Valerio, 2021). This paper describes a project that involves working with mathematics teachers in low SES schools in an effort to support them to make the most of curriculum reform and to ultimately help improve student engagement and attainment in the subject at lower secondary (ages ~12 – 15). The theoretical framework underpinning this is expectancy-value theory (EVT), which posits that both one’s expectation for success (expectancy) and how one values a task (a combined measure of intrinsic, attainment, utility values and cost) directly influence the decision to undertake, and the level of persistence towards, the task (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000). The “task” in the context of this research, is conceptualised as faithful engagement with the new curriculum specification. Based on the principals of EVT and the features of effective PD described by Desimone (2011) a series of PD interventions were co-planned and co-created, by the research team and participating teachers, with the aim of increasing task value and supporting growth in expectancy beliefs of the teachers. This was achieved by:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The intervention is taking the form of a longitudinal mixed methods study involving teachers from five Irish schools in areas that serve underrepresented populations. A combination of convenience and voluntary sampling methods were used to recruit school partners. The researchers put out a call for expressions of interest to ~20 schools already involved in the university’s widening participation programme, the Trinity Access Programme (TAP), whose mission is aimed at increasing the number of students from low SES backgrounds applying to higher education. It does this though a suite of activities for students, teachers and schools (Bray et al., 2022). Of the 20 schools, five were selected and engagement began in 2022-23 academic year. An annual survey is administered to participating mathematics teachers in each of the five schools, generating quantitative data. Comparative data is generated by mathematics teachers in the wider group of twenty schools, facilitating comparison with non-participants working in similar contexts. The first survey was administered at the start of the project with an aim of collecting baseline data relating to teacher beliefs, self-efficacy, confidence, and current practice. Teachers were also asked about the culture in their schools, their levels of collaboration with peers, and their perceived level of support from management. Questions used in the survey draw from the PISA 2022 survey – allowing for additional international comparison, along with more explicit questions in the areas listed. The quantitative data generated will be analysed using SPSS. Additional qualitative data will be collected via interviews and focus groups of participating teachers. Transcripts of interviews will then be imported into NVivo for thematic analysis. Codes will be generated inductively through repeated readings and assigned and reassigned iteratively. These codes will then be analysed for commonalities and allocated into broad themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings from the baseline survey (N=28) show that “chalk and talk” style methods and “use of textbook for guiding lessons” both rank highly in terms of usage (81% and 50% respectively stating often/always) and levels of comfort (41% and 28% respectively ranking most comfortable). However, respondents acknowledged that neither align well with the goals of the reformed curriculum, with over 60% ranking both as moderately to poorly aligned. Finally, the highest factors influencing methodologies used in class were “comfort and experience” and “facilities and resources available”, with 44% ranking facilities and resources as most influential. While not explicitly mentioned in the survey, it suggests that access to additional resources, e.g., planned lesson activities, and increased experience using them may result in increased usage of the recommended practices. At this preliminary stage of implementation of the PD sessions, initial findings from ad-hoc interviews and feedback reports highlight: self-reported increased willingness to adopt reform practices; perceived increase in student engagement; and self-reported implementation of planning practices across other departments, which may be indicative of increased levels of self-efficacy; higher feelings of attainment value; and reduced feelings of cost, respectively. Targeted and prolonged PD that addresses the struggles felt in both planning and applying reform practices is required to embed these practices in classrooms, with teachers in Ireland generally feeling unsupported with curriculum change and wanting further access to PD to support this (Byrne & Prendergast, 2020). The cyclical and reflective nature of embedding practices necessitates the prolonged, frequent, and bespoke nature of this PD. Furthermore, as evidenced by the literature the need for this PD is especially felt in schools which serve low SES cohorts, to improve expected outcomes for students (Corkin et al., 2015) and reduce the perceived workload and emotional exhaustion felt by teachers (Van Eycken et al., 2024). References Bray, A., Hannon, C., & Tangney, B. (2022). Large-scale, design-based research facilitating iterative change in Irish schools - the Trinity Access approach. Byrne, C., & Prendergast, M. (2020). Investigating the concerns of secondary school teachers towards curriculum reform. 52(2), 286-306. Cavanagh, M. (2006). Mathematics teachers and working mathematically: Responses to curriculum change. Identities, cultures and learning spaces, 115-122. Corkin, D. M., Ekmekci, A., & Papakonstantinou, A. (2015). Antecedents of teachers' educational beliefs about mathematics and mathematical knowledge for teaching among in-service teachers in high poverty urban schools. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 40(9), 31-62. Desimone, L. M. (2011). A Primer on Effective Professional Development. 92(6), 68. Lieberman, A. (1995). Practices That Support Teacher Development: Transforming Conceptions of Professional Learning. 76(8), 591. Ni Shuilleabhain, A., Cronin, A., & Prendergast, M. (2021). Maths Sparks Engagement Programme: Investigating the Impact on Under-Privileged Pupils' Attitudes towards Mathematics. 40(2), 133. Valerio, J. (2021). Tracing Take-Up across Practice-Based Professional Development and Collaborative Lesson Design. 14. Van Eycken, L., Amitai, A., & Van Houtte, M. (2024). Be true to your school? Teachers' turnover intentions: the role of socioeconomic composition, teachability perceptions, emotional exhaustion and teacher efficacy. 39(1), 24-49. Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy-value theory of achievement motivation. 25(1), 68-81. Yanisko, E. J. (2016). Negotiating Perceptions of Tracked Students: Novice Teachers Facilitating High-Quality Mathematics Instruction. 9(2), 153. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 25 SES 12 A: Perspectives on students' participation, young children's access to rights and parent-teacher conferences Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gabriela Martinez Sainz Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Dimensions for a Critical Analysis of Student Participation Rights University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:Objectives This study outlines dimensions for a critical analysis of student participation rights. It seeks to provide a complex and nuanced understanding of these rights by shedding light on their potentially negative ramifications and offering an analytical framework for identifying and exploring these ramifications. The study draws on data from democratic schools’ participatory disciplinary procedures. Democratic schools exemplify an organizational ethos that sanctifies student participation. This ethos is manifested in a whole-school approach, encompassing the entire school and integrating participation in all school practices (see Gawlicz & Millei, 2022; Korkmaz & Erden, 2014; Wilson, 2015). Given the centrality of student participation to the whole-school ethos of democratic schools, this context facilitates an inquiry into the ramifications of participation rights. The focus on participation in school discipline was chosen to manifest the interrelations of collective and individual participation rights. Democratic schools’ disciplinary systems are based on committees encompassing both students and teachers. Any conflict or breaching of school rules is submitted to those committees whose members conduct a trial and reach a verdict (Greenberg, 1991; Hecht, 2010). Whereas the analysis presented in the paper draws on a specific context, it carries broad relevance to various participatory practices in educational settings.
Theoretical framework Studies about children’s participation rights tend to promote and justify children's participation. Scholars have argued in this regard that critical voices about participation have been muted as the promotion of participation has become a “moral crusade” (Lewis, 2010, p. 15) or a taken-for-granted “mantra” (Tisdall & Punch, 2012, pp. 251, 254). Scholars have also criticized the prevalent monolithic perceptions of participation rights (e.g., Author 2 & Other, 2023; Blaisdell et al., 2021). Some scholars have highlighted the need for more critical thinking regarding the potential ramifications of high participation levels in various contexts (Author 2, 2021; Kim, 2016; Tisdall & Punch, 2012), but empirical studies examining those ramifications are scarce (Authors, 2023a, 2023b). Several explanations can be suggested for this gap in the research. Scholars who study children’s rights are typically supportive of human rights as a value, thus tending to advocate participation rather than criticize it (Quennerstedt, 2013). Moreover, children’s rights and children’s participation are relatively novel concepts. From an historical point of view, the desire to raise the profile of such research may have compelled the researchers to close ranks so that their avant-garde ideas would be accepted (James, 2007). Initial criticism concerning children's participation has begun to emerge in regard to participation in research. Some scholars introduced critical questions regarding the practice of research “by” children in which children act as “primary investigators” or “co-researchers” (e.g., Hammersley, 2017; Kim, 2016; Thomas, 2021; Tisdall, 2012). For example, Tisdall (2012) questioned whether children’s expertise in their own lives necessarily makes them experts in other children’s lives (p. 187). Others have doubted the assumption that children are sufficiently competent to perform research (Hammersley, 2017; Kim, 2016). Another path of criticism has emerged with regard to the unequal implications of participation rights. For example, studies have shown that privileged children may maneuver their participation toward their own interests (Wyness, 2009). Studies have also shown that participatory practices could lead to favored treatment by the participating youth, with youth participation implemented as a tool to reinforce institutional power relations and engender compliance (Drew, 2019; Finneran et al., 2023; Gawlicz & Millei, 2022). None of these studies offered a comprehensive critical analysis of participation rights. This study aims to address this gap in the literature.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted in three democratic schools in Israel. We chose schools that represent different democratic school models and operate their participatory disciplinary procedures in different ways. All three schools had instituted disciplinary committees where students serve as adjudicators in semi-trial procedures. In School A, the committee members are elected. In School B, the committee is open to all students, and there are no organized elections. School C’s disciplinary system comprises three levels of “courts” responsible for “judging” different types of violations of school rules. School C’s trials are more systematic and less dialogical than those in Schools A and B. The study used qualitative methods. The participants in the three schools were 37 children aged 8–19, 16 teachers, 13 parents, and two school principals. All adults and 16 of the 37 children participated in an individual semi-structured interview. The remaining 21 children participated in focus groups comprising 2–3 children each. The interviews were conducted during 2019-2020. Most participants (N=53) were interviewed in person, whereas the remainder were interviewed via Zoom when the schools were closed due to the COVID-19 crisis (N=17). The interview protocols included questions about the school's disciplinary system, the participants' opinions about this system, and the participants' experiences with the system. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. In addition, relevant documents were collected and analyzed (school rules, relevant forms, and documents delineating the committees' duties and ideology). The data were analyzed using a grounded theory approach. The current study is part of a broader project that explored conflicts between rights in the participatory disciplinary committees (Authors, 2023a), compared models of participation in the three schools (Authors, 2023b), and characterized adults’ role in facilitating, delimiting, and guiding participation (Authors, under review). The codes for the current study were formulated upon the completion of previous parts of the project, which provided a broad understanding of the ramifications of participation rights within a whole-school organizational ethos. Some of the codes emerged from previous sets of data analysis, and new codes were added at this stage. Relevant codes were organized into five subthemes, reflecting different dimensions for a critical analysis of student participation rights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conclusions offer several crucial dimensions for a critical analysis of student participation rights: (1) Participation should be examined from a holistic human rights perspective that considers other related rights and interests. The findings showed how students collective participation rights conflicted with children’s right to privacy and protection and with their best interest. (2) Different types of participation rights should be analyzed discretely. Specifically, the study illuminates critical differences between individual participation rights, referring to the individual child’s right to participate in decisions that affect their life, and collective participation rights, which refer to the rights of groups of children. (3) Participation rights should not be perceived as an obligation. The right not to participate means that while adults are required to facilitate participation, children who freely choose not to participate should be able to do so. The findings indicated that obligatory participation can be embarrassing or stressful and even create social difficulties, as the adjudicators’ decisions directly affect their peers. (4) Participation rights should be understood as relational rights, which can affect and be affected by different people and social structures. The findings emphasized how the collective participation of some children can influence their peers as well as the critical roles of adults in the participation process. (5) Participation rights should be contextualized and consider local circumstances and culture. Whereas this contention regarding the significance of the context may be evident in most educational settings, it might not be taken for granted in organizations where participation is at the heart of their ethos, such as democratic schools. The findings revealed substantial distinctions between different models of participatory committees, which underscore that even comparable participatory practices may be implemented differently in different organizational cultures and have entirely different implications for students’ rights and education. References Author 2. (2021). Author 2 & Other (2023). Authors. (2023a). Authors. (2023b). Authors. (under review). Blaisdell, C., Kustatscher, M., Zhu, Y., & Tisdall, E. K. M. (2021). The emotional relations of children’s participation rights in diverse social and spatial contexts: Advancing the field. Emotion, Space and Society, 40, 100816. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2021.100816 Drew, C. (2019). Problematising ‘student choice’ in classrooms. British Journal of Educational Studies, 67(4), 541–555. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2018.1535646 Finneran, R., Mayes, E., & Black, R. (2023). Student voice, inequalities, and class. In G. W. Noblit (Ed.), Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1902 Gawlicz, K., & Millei, Z. (2022). Critiquing the use of children’s voice as a means of forging the community in a Polish democratic school. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 33–48. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2021.1990100 Greenberg, D. (1991). Free at last: The Sudbury Valley School. The Sudbury Valley Press. Hammersley, M. (2017). Childhood Studies: A sustainable paradigm? Childhood, 24(1), 113–127. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568216631399 Hecht, Y. (2010). Democratic education: A beginning of a story. Alternative Education Resource Organization. James, A. (2007). Giving voice to children’s voices: Practices and problems, pitfalls and potentials. American Anthropologist, 109(2), 261–272. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.2007.109.2.261 Kim, C. Y. (2016). Why research “by” children? Rethinking the assumptions underlying the facilitation of children as researchers. Children & Society, 30(3), 230–240. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12133 Korkmaz, H. E., & Erden, M. (2014). A Delphi study: The characteristics of democratic schools. Journal of Educational Research, 107(5), 365–373. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2013.823365 Lewis, A. (2010). Silence in the context of “child voice.” Children & Society, 24(1), 14–23. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2008.00200.x Quennerstedt, A. (2013). Children’s rights research moving into the future: Challenges on the way forward. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 21(2), 233–247. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02102006 Thomas, N. P. (2021). Child-led research, children’s rights and childhood studies: A defence. Childhood, 28(2), 186–199. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568221996743 Tisdall, E. K. M. (2012). The challenge and challenging of childhood studies? Learning from disability studies and research with disabled children. Children & Society, 26(3), 181–191. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2012.00431.x Tisdall, E. K. M., & Punch, S. (2012). Not so “new”? Looking critically at childhood studies. Children’s Geographies, 10(3), 249–264. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2012.693376 Wilson, M. A. F. (2015). Radical democratic schooling on the ground: Pedagogical ideals and realities in a Sudbury school. Ethnography and Education, 10(2), 121–136. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2014.959978 Wyness, M. (2009). Children representing children: Participation and the problem of diversity in UK youth councils. Childhood, 16(4), 535–552. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568209344274 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Educators' perspectives of Young Children’s Rights from Socio-economic Deprived Areas in England and Wales 1University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2Swansea University; 3University of West England Presenting Author:The 21st Century has seen multiple socioeconomic and geopolitical changes and crises that have impacted children’s lives. A global pandemic (COVID-19), wars and climate changes have led to increased disruption, displacement, exploitation (e.g., digital threats to privacy and safety online), violence and poverty (Eisenstadt et al., 2019). These issues affect all children, especially those from socioeconomically deprived backgrounds (SDBs) (UNICEF 2021, Loopstra et al., 2019) and are an ongoing violation of their human rights. Since 1998, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) has driven implementation of children’s rights worldwide, leading to researchers and policymakers examining how children can access their rights. To date research examining children’s rights (e.g., Michell, Lundy & Hill, 2023), has either focused on older children (seven+) (Tyrie and Beachamp 2018) or on participation within school decision making related to Article 12 in particular. Less attention has been paid to children’s perspectives on broader rights. Furthermore, research on the experiences and accessibility to rights of children under five years is limited (Correia et al, 2019, Urbina-Garcia et al. 2022) and it is this gap that this research project seeks to address for three- to five-year-olds. Moreover, public opinion, policies and laws in England and Wales are converging in support of assuring self-determination rights for children to validate their person status. To do so responsibly an appropriate balance between protection and self-determination rights must be achieved for children at every point in their development, no matter their socio-economic background. To determine and support this balance will require the existence of (a) empirical evidence of need and readiness for various protection and self-determination opportunities throughout the developmental period, (b) a broadly supported positive ideology of the child and (c) the active involvement of children in establishing their needs and rights. However, this involvement is problematic in disadvantaged socio-economic areas across UK. The rights of children within educational settings are well acknowledged within the literature (e.g. Quennerstedt, 2016), and in the last 20 years much work has been undertaken in Human Rights Education (e.g. Robinson at al. 2020). Limited research focuses on the convergence between younger children’s rights (within education and in their everyday lives), however, and their experiences of socioeconomically deprivation. This research focuses, therefore, on the intersectionality between the two marginalised characteristics; younger children (3–5-year-olds) and socio-economic deprivation and seeks to evaluate how these impact access to rights. As discussed below, this is a three-year project that aims to:
This presentation is focusing on the first two research questions being examined in Year 1 and reports data from educators in two urban regions in England and Wales that are affected by socio-economic deprivation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project is driven by rights-based principles (rooted in UNCRC), has a conceptual framework of ‘child agency’ (James and Prout, 1997) and draws on Ecocultural Theory (Bernheimer et al., 1990). ‘Ecocultural Theory’ focuses on social phenomena within participants’ cultural settings and how families and communities construct meaning(s) of their circumstances. ‘[I]n ecocultural theory a critical unit of analysis is daily routines (or active settings) that are created and sustained by ecocultural focus’ (Bernheimer et al., 1990, p.221). Such lenses provide a framework that will enable us to understand how educators think, feel and act in certain ways, rather than homogenise voice(s). This theoretical framework enables us to understand the complexities of voice(s) of SDBs children and their families, as well as the multilayered meanings of their values and beliefs within their social spaces. This project is developed over multiple stages across three years: Stage 1: Exploring Educators’ perceptions (2024): This stage employs qualitative methodology and uses semi-structured interviews with educators in early childhood education, addressing research RQs 1 and 2 (see above). Currently, this stage is work in progress as we collect data from the educators. In the initial research stage (2024) the approach is a Case Study (Denscombe 2021) with two case study sites, one in Swansea (Wales) and one in Bristol (England). The sample population is educators from early childhood education in each city who are accessed via opportunity sample and approx. 10 educators (on going data collection at the time the abstract submitted) will take part, divided equally between the two case study sites. Stage 2: Understanding children’s perspectives (2025) Address RQs 3 and 4. Stage 3: Making change (2026) Address RQ 5. Stages 2 and 3 employ a combination of Participatory Action Research (PAR), case study and mixed methods research strategies (Denscombe 2021). During this period, we aim to work together with the children, caregivers and practitioner participants to examine children’s rights and to, where identified by participants, empower and support changes to rights access. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We consider this research is important both in the UK context and for other nations as in the last five years young children have grown and developed in a world of extraordinary change. This includes a global pandemic and a cost of living crisis, with evidence that 72 per cent of households go with without essentials and 58 per cent reporting not having enough money for food (UK Poverty 2024). Recent research has shown an exacerbation of social and educational inequalities for less privileged children and families (Baker and Bakopoulou, 2021). Thus, it is important to examine the educator’s perspectives and find out their perspectives on how young children from SDBs access their rights. As we are collecting data, final conclusions cannot yet be drawn, however expected themes are outline below: • Educators will unpick both their own understanding of rights for the children in their care, but also provide an insight into children’s experiences of rights (from their adult perspectives – the second stage of the research will explore the children’s perspective). • The data will draw out educators’ perceptions of the impact of socio-economic deprivation on children’s access to their rights. • We will examine educator’s views on how best to engage and research with 3–5-year-olds in their settings, to support the next steps of the research in 2025. References Bernheimer LP, Gallimore R and Weisner TS (1990) Ecocultural theory as a context for the individual family service plan. Journal of Early Intervention 14(3): 219–233. Baker W, and Bakopoulou I (2021) ‘Examining the impact of COVID-19 on children’s centres in Bristol’. British Educational Research Association, Report Series: Education and COVID-19. Retrieved from: https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/examining-the-impact-of-covid-19-on-childrens-centres-in-bristol-lessons-for-policy-practice-promoting-life-chances-in-the-early-years. 30 January 2024. Correia, N., Camilo, C., Aguiar, C., & Amaro, F. (2019). Children's right to participate in early childhood education settings: A systematic review. Children and Youth Services Review, 100, 76-88. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0190740918309770 Eisenstadt, N. and Oppenheim, C. (2019) 'Parents, poverty and the state: 20 years of evolving family policy', Bristol: Policy Press. James, A., and Prout, A., (1997) Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary Issues in the Sociological Study of childhood, London: Routledge. Loopstra, R., Reeves, A., and Tarasuk, V. (2019) 'The rise of hunger among low-income households: an analysis of the risks of food insecurity between 2004 and 2016 in a population-based study of UK adults', Journal Epidemiology and Community Health, 73(7): 668–73. Mitchell, M., Lundy, L., and Hill., L., (2023) Children’s human rights to “Participation” and “Protection”: Rethinking the relationship using Barnahus as a case example. Child Abuse Review, vol. 32 (6), pp. 1-7. Quennerstedt, A. (2016). Young children's enactments of human rights in early childhood education. International Journal of Early Years Education, 24(1), 5-18. Street , M., (2022) Eliciting young children’s ‘voice’ in low-income areas in England: Recognising their mutuality of being, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30:1, 96-107. Tyrie, J., and Beauchamp, G. (2018) 'Children’s perceptions of their access to rights in Wales: The relevance of gender and age', The International Journal of Children's Rights, 26(4), pp. 781–807. UNICEF (2021) 'The state of the world’s children: On my mind: Promoting, protecting and caring for children’s mental health', The State of the World's Children 2021 | UNICEF. Urbina-Garcia, A., Jindal-Snape, D., Lindsay, A., Boath, L., Hannah, E. F. S., Barrable, A., & Touloumakos, A. K. (2022). Voices of young children aged 3–7 years in educational research: An international systematic literature review. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(1), 8–31. Robinson, C., Phillips, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2020). Human rights education: Developing a theoretical understanding of teachers’ responsibilities. Educational Review, 72(2), 220-241. Denscombe, M. (2021). The good research guide: For small-scale social research projects. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Liberating Voices: Exploring Parent-Teacher Conferences from a Rights Perspective. University College Absalon, Denmark Presenting Author:The intention of this paper is to give rise to reflections about the purpose of parent-teacher conferences in the light of children's rights to freely express their views on matters affecting their lives, as outlined in Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. This will set the stage for a discussion of the obstacles that hinder students' rights and their authentic engagement as valuable contributors to their own school lives. The project is based on an empirical study of student’s participation in parent-teacher conferences within the context of the Danish education system. However, the study has international relevance for all countries in which parent-teacher conferences is part of their school system. In recent decades, there has been a growing market orientation in the education sector (Ball, 2003; Biesta, 2009; Helms, 2017/2020; Steensen, 2023), alongside with an increased focus on optimizing both schools' and students' performance which has resulted in a heightened demand for individual achievement. Alongside the shift towards enhanced evaluation practices in the school system in general, including the parent-teacher conferences (Helms & Steensen 2023), there has been limited attention to students' right to be heard, have their opinions respected, and participate in decisions related to their own lives cf. Article 12. International research (Förster 2016; Kotthoff 2015; Hofvendahl 2006; Lendrum et al. 2015; Tholander, 2011) as well as Danish studies on parent-teacher conferences (Helms & Steensen 2023; Helms 2017, 2020; Knudsen 2010; Kryger 2012; Kryger and Ravn 2007) have consistently shown that students are not provided with genuine opportunities to contribute with their own voices and perspectives in the parent-teacher conferences. The communication is generally observed as predominantly one-way with teachers addressing students and parents, resulting in student reluctance due to the expectation of being assessed. Taking these aspects into account our main research question is: What dynamics emerge in the parent-teacher conference regarding the involvement of students' voices and how can we develop practices in school where students' right to express their viewpoints about their own lives is given space and taken seriously? Drawing from the theoretical framework by Gert Biesta, we seek to illustrate how involving students primarily as objects of external demands displaces participation as subjectification. Subjectification, in this context, refers to the opportunity for students to exercise their freedom, bring their voices into play and be acknowledged as subjects of their own lives. Subjectification also involves becoming a democratic person. Biesta encourages reflections on the opportunities for democratic action and "learning-in-action" we create within the school. What schools can do—or at least should try to do—is to make democratic action possible (Biesta, 2007). If our objective is to foster democratic citizens or students capable of making informed decisions and taking action in an uncertain world, the school must provide students with the opportunity to realize that they possess a voice, and that this voice holds significance in the world. Furthermore, drawing on the theory of Hartmut Rosa, particularly the concepts of alienation and resonance, we explore students' subjective experiences of participation in parent-teacher conferences as both zones of potential alienation and spaces of resonance within the school environment (Rosa 2021). In addition to Biesta's and Rosa's perspectives, we integrate theoretical viewpoints that directly address children's rights. Harry Shier (2017) contributes with the perspective of children's active agency and emphasizes the importance of recognizing children as vital contributors to discussions about their education and well-being, rather than passive recipients. This viewpoint aligns with Laura Lundy's work, which enriches the discussion by underscoring the necessity for authentic engagement and the inclusion of students' voices in shaping their educational experiences (Lundy, 2007). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our methodological framework, we adopt a theoretical perspective informed by practice theory (Schatzki 1996, Kemmis et al. 2014) and draw inspiration from Lindblad & Sahlström's depiction of classroom research (1998). Lindblad & Sahlström emphasize that classroom research aligns with a specific form of ethnography, namely ethnographic classroom research. This approach is driven by the aspiration to generate knowledge 'from below,' focusing on specific interactions, negotiations, and strategies in everyday life (Lindblad & Sahlström, 1998, p. 226). The analysis is based on a study conducted in 2021-2022, with a particular focus on students' perspectives on parent-teacher conferences. The empirical data encompasses observations from 71 parent-teacher conferences in the 8th and 9th grades, followed by interviews involving students, teachers and parents at five distinct schools. Three of these schools are located in a middle-class area within a medium-sized Danish town, while the remaining two are situated in areas facing socio-economic disadvantages. The interview data includes four focus group interviews involving a total of 22 students, five interviews with parents, and five interviews with one teacher from each school. The choice of focus group interviews was made with the intention of reducing the asymmetrical power dynamic between children and adults in the interview situation (Warming, 2011). The intention was that the students, in interaction with their peers, would express themselves more freely and engage in mutual meaning-making discussions (Halkier, 2010). We observed a high level of participation and discussion in the interviews, both through students’ building on each other’s responses and through disagreements about whether the parent-teacher conference was perceived as predominantly positive or negative. The research project primarily focuses on illuminating the practice of parent-teacher conferences for students in underprivileged situations. Consequently, the analyses predominantly delve into the conferences and interviews of these specific students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building upon Rosa's resonance perspective and incorporating insights from Biesta, our study highlights that when students perceive parent-teacher conferences as assessments of their performance, it creates an unsafe environment for those who already struggle to conform to the school's demands and expectations. Our analyses further emphasize that reducing students to objects evaluated by external criteria denies them the chance to voice their perspectives on the school life they are expected to engage in. Simultaneously, in our observations of parent-teacher conferences, we gain insight into teachers' efforts to incorporate students' perspectives in the conversation. The emergence of a more experimental practice forms an interesting foundation for a forward-looking discussion on creating a less anxiety-inducing framework for parent-teacher conferences, allowing space for students' voices and promoting a democratic practice. In light of these findings, our goal is to collaborate with students, teachers, and parents to improve the content and structure of parent-teacher conferences. The aim is to transform the conferences into supportive and motivating experiences, fostering the development and well-being of all students. To achieve this, we propose implementing action research methods, where researchers closely collaborate with stakeholders to design and test initiatives. The objective is to counteract tendencies toward objectification and the overemphasis of students' responsibility, ultimately increasing opportunities for students' active democratic participation and rights to freely express their views on matters affecting their lives. References Ball, J. S. (2003) The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy 18: 215–28. Biesta, G. (2007) Education and the Democratic Person: Towards a Political Conception of Democratic Education. Teachers College Record 109(3):740-769 Biesta, G. (2009) Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose of education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability 21: 33–46. Förster, R. (2016) When boundaries become permeable: Conversations at parent-teacher conferences and their meaning for constitution of an institution. Journal of Applied Linguistic and Professional Practice 10: 23. Helms, S. (2020) Inddragelse, modstand og forhandling i skole-hjem-samtalen. Studier i Læreruddannelse og -Profession 5: 31–51, Helms, S. & Steensen, C. (2023) Skole-hjem-samtaler som fremmedgørelseszoner og resonansrum. Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift 1: 78–94. Hofvendahl, J. (2006) ‘Noa har inga fel’: Om bristfokus i skolans utvecklingssamtal [‘Noa has no mistakes’: On the deficiency focus of parent–teacher–student conferences]. Utbildning & Demokrati 15: 61–81. Kemmis, S., Wilkingson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014) Changing practices, Changing education. Springer. Knudsen, H. (2010) Har vi en aftale? – magt og ansvar i mødet mellem folkeskole og familie. Nyt fra Samfundsvidenskaberne. Kotthoff, H. (2015) Narrative constructions of school-oriented parenthood during parent-teacher-conferences. Linguistics and Education 31: 286–303 Kryger, N. (2012) Ungdomsidentitet—Mellem skole og hjem. In: Hvem sagde samarbejde? Et hverdagslivsstudie af skole-hjem-relationer. Edited by Karen Ida Dannesboe, Niels Kryger, Charlotte Palludan and Birte Ravn. Aarhus Universitetsforlag, pp. 89–130. Lendrum, A., Barlow, A. & Humphrey, N. (2015) Developing positive school–home relationships through structured conversations with parents of learners with special educational needs and disabilities. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs 15: 87–96. Lindblad, S. & Sahlström, F. (1998) Klasserumsforskning: en oversigt med fokus på interaktion og elever. In: Bjerg, J. (edt.) (2003) Pædagogik - en grundbog til et fag. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Lundy, L. (2007) ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942. Rosa, H. (2021) Resonance, a Sociology of the Relationship to the World. Cambridge: Polity Press. Schatzki, T. (1996) Social Practices. Cambridge University Press. Shier, H. (2017) Children´s rights to participation in decision-making: A professional challenge in an international and Nordic perspective. Metropol. Tholander, M. (2011) Student-led conferencing as democratic practice. CHILDREN & SOCIETY, vol. 25, (2011) pp. 239–250. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 12 A: Constructing New Research Possibilities amidst Uncertainty: An International Study of Principal Success with Academics, Equity, and Wellness (Part 1) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Qing Gu Session Chair: Christopher Day Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 26 SES 14 A |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Constructing New Research Possibilities amidst Uncertainty: An International Study of Principal Success with Academics, Equity, and Wellness (Part A) Overview Contemporary principals lead schools amidst rapidly changing and complex contexts, many of which have long histories of persisting systemic and structural racial, economic, and social inequities. Research by members of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) from 20+ countries over the last two decades has found that, regardless of differences in contexts and conditions, successful principals’ work is predicated upon educational purposes that entail but transcend the functional, founded on principles of social justice, equity, and inclusion.
In ISSPP research, schools are considered as adaptive social systems that sit at the nexus of policy, communities, and society. Researching school leadership amidst a complex and rapidly changing society requires conceptualisations and methodologies to be sufficiently robust and dynamic to capture the nuances of the ways that multi-layered influences in society, communities, and schools shape, and are shaped by, what successful principals do. Drawing upon evidence from a sample of selected member countries, this symposium synthesizes ISSPP research findings over time and discusses how the newly developed ISSPP theoretical conceptualization and comparative methodologies enables the research to consider leadership as a multi-level phenomenon and capture the ways in which principals navigate within and between complex systems levels over time to grow and sustain success.
Research Questions RQ1: How appropriate is complexity theory to furthering understandings of successful school leadership, and how will such understandings advance the application of complexity theory in social and comparative research in education? RQ2: To what extent, and in what ways, do diverse socioeconomic, cultural, political systems, and professional contexts at different levels of the education system influence how schools operate to bring about valued educational outcomes, especially those serving high need communities? RQ3: To what extent, and in what ways, is ‘success’ in schools perceived and measured similarly and/or differently within and across different countries? RQ4: What are the key enablers and constraints for achieving school ‘success’ in different contexts within and across different countries? RQ5: How do different key stakeholders within and outside the school community and at different levels of the education system define successful school leadership practices? What similarities and differences can be identified within and across different countries? RQ6: What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same country, and across national cultures and policy contexts?
In seeking to answer the urgent issues of defining how success is achieved and sustained in all schools, and especially those serving high need communities, the ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems and uses the complexity theory (e.g., Byrne & Callaghan, 2013) to capture the processes and actions in which school organizations operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world.
Methodology The ISSPP utilizes a comparative, mixed methods design with a variety of data sources to bring multiple perspectives to bear in the inquiry. Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities. Data sources within each case study include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district/municipality, governors, principal, teachers, parents, and students, and a whole-school teacher survey. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor.
Session Structure Part A of the symposium will begin with an overview followed by four paper presentations and audience discussion. It concludes with a discussion and an introduction to Part B of the symposium. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Byrne, D. & Callaghan, G. (2013). Complexity Theory and the Social Sciences. London: Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Theoretical Positionings, Analytical Framework, and Comparative Mixed Methods Research Methodology for the New Phase of ISSPP
The introductory paper provides an overview that explains the new conceptual and methodological directions of ISSPP research, including how we rethink the knowledge and research contributions from ISSPP to the educational leadership field; why we reconceptualise the field with new theoretical positionings and framing of successful leadership research and how we research with new methodological directions that capture the dynamics of context and leadership (e.g. mixed methods approach, comparative perspectives within and/or across countries).
In so doing, the paper provides a rationale for the use of ecological systems theory in research on successful school leadership, as they lead and manage the complex interactions within and between micro, meso, macro, exon and chrono level systems (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). The paper then unpacks the comparative design and multi-perspective, multi-level approach to conducting research that enables multiple causalities, multiple perspectives, and multiple effects to be charted.
The new ISSPP comparative methodology is grounded in four conceptual and methodological considerations. First, context in education is multidimensional and fluid – encompassing not only multi-layered social ecological systems of education, but also how such systems influence each other to bring about change in values and behaviour over time. Second, how context matters and finds its scholarly roots in educational researchers’ intellectual, disciplinary, and professional insights, as well as their positionality and reflexivity from sociocultural and sociopolitical insider/outsider perspectives. Third, assessing the comparability of educational systems, practices, processes, and outcomes both within and across countries matters. Fourth, our approach not only recognizes differences in world views, forms of knowledge and practices between different cultures but also recognizes the reality that there are also important similarities in how children are motivated to learn, how committed and enthusiastic teachers teach, and how successful leaders create and sustain the contextually relevant conditions and cultures for the learning and growth of all children and adults in their schools.
The comparative analytical process, theoretical positioning, and comparative mixed methods provide a coherent but contextually sensitive data analysis approach. In so doing, the ISSPP project goes beyond the mainstream “models” to theorize educational leadership in contexts with complexities and multiple layers of dynamic influences and to inform comparative research methodology in the educational leadership field of the future.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Global Insights into Successful School Leadership: A Meta-Synthesis of Two Decades of International Successful School Principalship Case Studies
Purpose This paper is a meta-synthesis of 20 years evidence about successful school leadership practices across nine countries. Specifically, this study answers the following four questions:
• How was success defined in different contexts?
• What were the successful principalship practices (SPPs) in relation to contexts?
• How did national and local external and school contexts influence SPPs?
• How did the above-mentioned phenomena vary over the years?
Theoretical Perspectives This review began with the framework used by Leithwood and Day in their 2007 review of ISSPP publications, along with a coding scheme developed from that framework. The coding scheme has evolved as new findings emerged. These findings suggest the need for a more complex framework to illustrate the results, hence the adoption of Bronfenbrenner's ecological system theory (1979) and complexity theory (Morrison, 2010) as the theoretical perspectives.
Methods Evidence for the review was provided by eighty-five articles and twenty-three chapters emanating from the International Successful School Principal Project (ISSPP) reporting 95 successful school cases from Australia, Cyprus, Israel, New Zealand, Norway, Sweden, Spain, the UK, and the USA. The study attempts to unpack the complexity in principal’s leadership and adds to our knowledge of how principals achieve and sustain student success in different national, local, and school contexts and over time by examining high-quality case study evidence from the largest, longest-running international research project in this field. We adopted the meta-ethnography technique (Noblit & Hare, 1988; Major & Savin-Baden, 2011) for this review.
Findings Successful principals across all jurisdictions share common sets of core educational values, qualities, and practices, but enact these in different ways and over different time periods during their tenure according to context sensitive, context responsive judgements they make. Their efforts build academic culture, disciplinary climate, collective instructional capacity, collective leadership capacity, positive emotions, and ecological resilience of the school.
Significance There has been a lack of robust reporting from qualitative studies on the relationship between contexts and school leadership. This paper aims to address this gap by reporting the patterns of how successful principals implement common leadership practices in different contexts, external and international contexts influence on them, and the strategies they use over time and in different phases. These findings provide guidance for practitioners and policy makers about professional development for principals focused on developing successful principalship practices common across many contexts and varied practices in response to different contexts and status of schools.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
Noblit, W. G. & Hare, D. R. (1988), Meta-ethnography: Synthesizing qualitative studies. SAGE.
Savin-Baden, M., & Major, C. H. (2007). Using interpretative meta-ethnography to explore the relationship between innovative approaches to learning and their influence on faculty understanding of teaching. Higher Education, 54(6), 833–852.
How Values and Trust is perceived and experienced by Multiple Actors in Four Cases in Norway
Purpose. The purpose of the paper is to contribute to insights about successful school principalship in a Norwegian context. The paper draws specific attention to the role of values and trust. Norway has a strong ideological tradition based on ideas of inclusivity and democratic values, and trust in professionals. The Norwegian school context is also characterized by local freedom by awarding greater autonomy to lower levels of governing, such as municipalities and local authorities. However, emerging accountability and quality assessment practices have characterized processes of change in the last two decades, and attention is increasingly being directed toward trusting what can be measured by results. The aim of this paper has been to examine how successful school principalship with a specific attention to values and trust is perceived and experienced by multiple actors in four case schools, identifying key socio-cultural, economic, and policy enabling and constraining factors.
Theoretical framework. The ecological system theory of Bronfenbrenner (1979), and complexity theory (Morrison, 2010) serve as analytic framework, supplied with theory on leadership as practice (Wilkins & Kemmis, 2015) paying attention to the diverse arrangements which educational leaders are organizing through sayings, relatings, and doings for the benefits of student learning and wellbeing.
Methods, Sampling, Data Sources, and Analysis. The study is multiple perspective and builds on the voices of principals, assistant principals, middle leaders, and students from four primary and secondary schools in Norway. The content analysis has been supplemented by a discourse analytical approach.
Findings. The findings suggest that combined with trust in the profession, the values of students’ wellbeing connected with student learning and results are central factors in all the four cases. The involvement of multiple actors in school principalship seem to be an enabling factor, as well as designing well-functioning organizational structures. Constraining factors seem to be related to loose coupling in the school organization, especially in large upper secondary schools.
Significance. The study is significant because it draws on data from Norwegian context. Norway has introduced of a new common curriculum in Norway which strengthens the consideration to values in education.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
Wilkins, J. & Kemmis, S. (2015). Practice theory: viewing leadership as leading. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47 (4): 342-58.
New ISSPP Cases in United States
Purpose. The purpose of this paper is to contribute to theory and research about successful school principalship amidst contemporary complexities and uncertainties in the United States and beyond. The United States has recently experienced internal demographic shifts and global population migrations contributing to increased student diversity at tension with shifts toward increased commonality in curriculum and externalized evaluations. U.S. schools are also situated within a complex interplay among federal and state policies as well as a range of school and district contexts.
Theoretical Framework. Ecological system theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) with complexity theory (Haggis, 2008, Morrison, 2010) serves as the theoretical underpinning for U.S. cases. Further, in light of the school and community contexts featured in the U.S. cases, data analysis is also informed by concepts from Bourdieu, namely habitus and cultural capital, and educational philosophy (e.g., Navajo indigenous philosophy).
Methods The U.S. case studies in this paper utilize the ISSPP research methodology which was recently revised to include a comparative mixed methods approach to construct mixed methods case studies of schools in diverse cultural regions of the U.S, including Alabama, Arizona, Massachusetts, and Texas. Some research teams focus on public schools while others include religious schools; some schools are situated in districts that have tighter coupling with support within accountability mandates and district systems while others have more loose coupling whereby schools seek out programs and innovations on their own initiative. Data sources include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district leaders, principal, teachers, parents, and students and school surveys in order to provide a more elaborated understanding of the phenomena i.e., school success and the principal’s leadership contribution to that success.
Findings. Preliminary findings indicate the importance of values in students’ cultures, quality of life or wellbeing, and student growth and learning are common to the seven cases. Further, both principals developed teacher leadership capacity and collaborative structures to foster pedagogical changes, student learning, and academic outcomes. At the same time, the principals navigated and mediated rapid changes and tensions in demographics and policies at district, state, and federal levels. The principals’ personal and educational backgrounds contributed to the ways in which they balanced and mediated multiple influences and changes. The paper concludes with implications for research and leadership development.
Significance. The study is significant because it features the U.S. context with its historical and contemporary complexities related to historical and contemporary inequities and compares to other national contexts.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Haggis, T. (2008). ‘Knowledge Must Be Contextual’: Some possible implications of complexity and dynamic systems theories for educational research. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40 (1), 158-176.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 12 B: Insights into Educational Leadership: Shadowing Principals, Historical Perspectives, and Assessment Practices Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carolyn Shields Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper History and Hope: Learning from the Canvas of History Wayne State University, United States of America Presenting Author:The world is replete with racism, xenophobia, divisions, tensions, and hate as evidence by the wars being waged in many countries over power, land, riches, as well as religious and ethnic rights. Moreover, the world of education is not immune, but reflects the strains and pressure of our wider societies. In the United States, three Muslim students on their way to dinner were shot by a stranger because they were wearing a traditional shawl or keffiyeh. In the last three months of 2023, approximately 75% of Jewish students reported incidents of anti-semitism; Black and brown students consistently report excessive and harsher disciplinary measures than their white peers. Educational leaders need to understand the persistence of these and similar incidents as well as how to address them. In 1991, examining what they call the “period of confusion” of education, Quantz et al., argued that “traditional leadership theories are inadequate for meeting the challenge” and indicated that “only the concept of transformative leadership appears to provide an appropriate direction” (p. 96). Although transformative leadership comprises two major principles and eight tenets, it is the second tenet that seems relevant here, as it asserts the need to “deconstruct knowledge frameworks that perpetuate inequity and to reconstruct them in equitable ways” (Shields, 2018). And this is true whether the frameworks relate to ethnicity, sexuality, religions, ability, gender and so on. Johnson (2008) found that “what separates successful leaders from unsuccessful ones is their mental models or meaning structures, not their knowledge, information, training, or experience per se” (p. 85). In other words, the knowledge frameworks of leaders as well as of society will need to be addressed in order to create schools that are able to ensure inclusive and equitable education for all students.
Moreover, if we wish to deconstruct unacceptable knowledge frameworks, it is essential to identify and then understand them, their history, and their trajectory. This is particularly salient in that this year’s conference theme asserts the need to understand the history of the challenges we are living through in order to address them. And this is particularly relevant for this conference because of the centuries of history represented in Cyprus and because many current challenges have their roots in the European history of the Middle Ages. If one looks to the Crusades, beginning in the 11th century, one finds that the desire to rid Holy lands of Muslims, often then called “infidels” was the overriding motivation. Later, the Christian Church (first Roman Catholic and then others) sanctioned wars against both Jewish and Muslim rule, as well as the acquisition of lands and the condemnation of their inhabitants to perpetual enslavement in order to convert them to the “use and profit” of the Church. This history is nevertheless not straight forward in that it has been marked by alternate perspectives, tensions and contestation from the outset. Nevertheless, colonization, justified in part by the Doctrines of Discovery, has not only affected Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and US, but many countries in Africa and South America.
Although Pope Francis finally repudiated the Doctrines of Discovery in March 2023, there can be little doubt that centuries of entrenched discrimination in which peoples were villainized, believed to be animals, savage, or sub-human, must be understood in order to be eradicated. Further, this is true whether one is considering societal change or the transformation of our schools to be inclusive of and successful with, all students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Plato argued that “the life which is unexamined is not worth living” as others (see Southgate, 2003) would argue about history. Khalifa (2020) argues that to address the gaps in our education systems, we must “understand something of the origins and nature of oppression.” Further, Oakes and Rogers (2006) argue that “technical knowledge is insufficient to bring about equitable education, even when attention is paid to changing the school’s professional culture … [and that] equity reforms must engage issues of power by extending beyond the school” (p. 31). Thus, this paper is conceptual, aimed at promoting understanding through historic and document analysis’ it draws inspiration from the numerous commentators who assert the need to understand history in order not to replicate its results (Khalifa, 2020; Tosh, 2015). It argues the need to transform education by extending beyond school, and it suggests educators need to develop beyond memory to knowledge of history, go beyond knowing facts, and understand their current impact. Thus, scholars like van Drie and van Boxel (2003) argue that one needs to go beyond historical facts to make meaning of them. Limon (2002) also points out that historical facts are ill-defined, i.e., they have a different meaning over time. Knowing, for example, about the events of the Crusades and reflecting on how they still might influence our thinking about Muslims are different. We need to ask evaluative questions about the past and its current impact. It is important to note, however, that most theorists view “interpretation as the very soul of historiography” (White, 1973, p. 283) and yet acknowledge that interpretation itself is not objective and is guided by the epistemology and ontology of the interpreter. McCullagh (2000) asserted that bias may occur when only some of the facts are presented. However, he also insists that “the form of a history is indeed constrained by the events it describes.” (p. 59), and hence that one could not describe the death of Kennedy (or I would maintain the crusades and the papal bulls) as a comedy. Thus, although I assert that there are multiple interpretations of history and each person enjoys the right to interpret history for themselves, my position is that the data I present support the argument of this paper that prejudice has been deeply entrenched in our societies and institutions and that to overcome it, requires a critical and thoughtful approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A biased history excludes some of the reasons for something to have happened, but omits others. Here I do not purport to explain, for example, all of the causes of exploration and settlement of foreign lands, which include, of course, local disruption, economics and so on. However, what I am arguing here is that when people are disregarded, or considered in undesirable ways, or explained with harmful epithets or assumptions, then long-standing negative impacts may be felt. For example, one 1244 letter from Pope Innocent IV to King Louis IX of France, described Jewish people as “a flock of pagan sheep” and as a “perfidious race” –a term that remained in the Roman Catholic liturgy until 1962 (McDermott, 2022). My argument is that when such concepts are repeated, enshrined in formal tradition, ceremony, speech, or policy, they become normalized and generally accepted “truth.” Hence, we must take measures to counteract each of these occurrences. It is not enough to decry antisemitism, for example, but to counteract it, we must examine the role of the Christian Church as well as of policymakers throughout history. We must acknowledge that antisemitism did not begin with the Holocaust, but was a major contributing factor, just as anti-Blackness did not begin with slavery, but from long before. Nevertheless, we must look to these origins to help explain world events like considering Australia “Terra Nullius” (land owned by no-one), or South African Apartheid, or more current events. Thus, the fact that a group of Black high school students in the United States were labelled “monkeys” in a facebook post, cannot be considered an isolated event, but must be addressed in context. This paper is intended to provoke debate and reflection and in so doing help educators learn to fully address the persistent discrimination in today’s schools. References Johnson, H. H. (2008). Mental models and transformative learning: The key to leadership development? Human Resource Development Quarterly, 19(1), 85-89 Khalifa, M. (2020), Culturally responsive school leadership, Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. Limon, M. (2002). Conceptual Change in History. In M. Limon & L. Mason (Eds.), Reconsidering Conceptual Change: Issues in Theory and Practice (pp. 259-289). McCullagh, C. B. (2000), Bias in Historical Description, Interpretation, and Explanation, History and Theory, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Feb., 2000), pp. 39-66 (28 pages) https://www.jstor.org/stable/2677997 McDermott, J. (2022), The Gospel of John has been used to justify anti-Semitism, America, The Jesuit Review, accessed December 2023 at https://www.americanmagazine.org/faith/2022/04/14/good-Friday-gospel-john-jews-242822 Oakes, J., & Rogers, J. (2006). Learning power: Organizing for education and justice. New York: Teachers College Press. Papal Bull, retrieved September, 2023, at https:en.wikipedia.org/wiki/papal_bull Quantz, R. A., Rogers, J. & Dantley, M. (1991). Rethinking transformative leadership: Toward democratic reform of schools. Journal of Education, 173(3), 96-118. Shields, C. M. (2018), Transformative leadership in education, New York: Routledge. Southgate, B. C. (2003), History, what and why? ancient, modern, and postmodern perspectives, New York: Routledge Tosh, J. (2015). The pursuit of history: Aims, methods and new directions in the study of history. Routledge. Van Boxtel, C., & Van Drie, J. (2004). Historical reasoning: A comparison of how experts and novices contextualise historical sources. International Journal of Historical Learning, Teaching and Research, 4(2), 89-97 White, H. (1973), Interpretation in history, New Literary History, 4(2), pp. 281-314 , https://www.jstor.org/stable/468478 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership and Assessment: Insights from Principals of Basic and Secondary schools University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Educational leadership plays a crucial role in the operation and effectiveness of educational institutions. At the core of this approach, educational leaders such as school principals stand out, whose decisions and practices have direct implications on the quality of students' learning and academic success (Day, Gu, & Sammons, 2016; Machado et al., 2022; Pereira et al., 2021). The concept of the principals’ effect has surfaced as a key factor in improving student outcomes. This is particularly linked to perspectives on successful leadership (see, for instance, Leithwood et al., 2006), underscoring the idea that leadership plays a pivotal role (Eberts & Stone, 1988; Hallinger & Huber, 2012) in the development of collaborative organizational learning, structures, cultures and communities in creating a positive school environment and enhancing teaching quality (Hallinger, 2010). The literature in this field reiterates the need to investigate how leadership policies and practices are implemented in schools and their influence on learning and student results (Leithwood et al., 2006; Witziers et al., 2003). A study carried out by Flores (2022) shows that it is difficult to reconcile a culture of leadership oriented towards pedagogical issues and improving student results - which presupposes the assumption of flexibility, diversity and differentiation, both from an organizational, curricular and pedagogical point of view - with structures that are still rigid and uniform, showing the persistence of a school culture with traces of the tradition of bureaucratic centralism. Other studies conclude that in schools where principals' leadership practices are situated in the instructional and transformational perspective, there has been a positive evolution in student results (Day et al., 2011). The results of an international project on successful school principals also point to the importance of leadership values, qualities and strategies in explaining the variation found in student results (Day & Leithwood, 2007; Moos et al., 2012). Thus, this study is part of a larger research project “Assessment in Basic and Secondary Education: teachers´ practices and conceptions of internal and external assessment in Portuguese schools” funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology (CEECIND/03157/2018) that has a strong empirical component in order to get to know the teachers’ conceptions and practices of assessment in Basic and Secondary Education and to understand to what extent the external and internal assessment influences the quality of learning and how they relate to each other. In particular, the present study aims to explore school principals' perspectives on both internal and external assessment, to understand how school principals' implement the assessment process in their schools/school clusters and to analyse the principal's perceptions of the impact of educational policies on student outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main goal of this study is to analyse the school principals’ perceptions regarding assessment process in 16 schools/school clusters. Among these 16 schools, 4 are ranked among the 7 best public secondary schools in Portugal and 4 are ranked among the 7 secondary schools with the lowest academic results. Furthermore, the other 4 schools are classified among the 7 best basic schools in Portugal, while the remaining 4 are classified as basic schools with lower academic results. Data was collected through exploratory semi-structured interviews with 16 principals of school clusters/ schools. The interview covers six discussion topics, namely regarding the school, the leadership, conceptions of assessment, students results, educational policies, and assessment practices. The selected schools were contacted and permission was sought from the principals to conduct the interviews. The research project was approved by the Ethics Committee for Research in Social Sciences and Humanities of the University of Minho (CEICSH 134/2022) as well as authorization from the DGE to carry out the study in a school environment (Ref.ª 0803500001). Aspects related to the objectives of the study, as well as ethical issues, were clarified by the researcher before the interview took place. To analyse the data, content analysis was used in order to analyse the content of messages (Bardin, 1977), allowing to make inferences by systematically and objectively identifying the specific characteristics of a message (Esteves, 2006). Thus, analysis and coding were carried out based on the interpretation of messages through a comparison between the previous reference framework and the empirical material collected, including categories that emerged from the data. An individual analysis of each interview was carried out, followed by a cross-analysis to find response patterns and recurring themes (Huberman & Miles, 1994). For the purposes of intersubjective validation, the strategy of "checking" (Creswell, 1998) was used between the researchers involved in the analysis process to systematize the data and its interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most principals assert that their leadership is collaborative, cultivating strong connections with key staff, teachers, and students. Concerning assessment, there is a prevailing belief among principals that it should primarily be formative, emphasizing continuous feedback. However, despite holding this perspective, principals acknowledge challenges in consistently aligning their practices with these ideals due to the pressure to achieve positive results in external evaluations. They mention working towards the preparation for end-of-cycle exams and national exams that facilitate access to higher education. Regarding external tests, a significant number of principals do not attribute much importance to them, as they are considered external assessments but lack a formal grading system. These benchmark tests are viewed as tools solely for monitoring the learning process within continuous assessment rather than providing a graded evaluation. This discourse is particularly pronounced among principals leading schools that consistently rank high, whether they are secondary or elementary institutions. In terms of educational policies, we inquired about the recent implementation of policies that have introduced more autonomy and curricular flexibility in the last five years. Principals admit they lack effective autonomy to promote increased curricular flexibility. From the principals' perspective, these changes are perceived as cosmetic and superficial, without bringing substantial benefits or alterations to the assessment process. Nevertheless, some principals have indicated having more autonomy to manage the learning and assessment process, particularly concerning the organization of time, areas of curricular autonomy, and articulation between different levels and subjects. However, principals believe that teachers are the ones who have the most influence on students' academic outcomes, in addition to their leadership practices. References Bardin, L. (1977). Análise de conteúdo. Edições 70. Creswell, J. (1998). Qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five traditions. Sage Publications. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Ins¬tructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly 52(2), 221-258. Day, C., & Leithwood, K. (Eds.). (2007). Successful school principalship in times of change: An international perspective. Springer. Day, C., Sammons, P., Leithwood, K. H., Hopkins, D., Gu, Q., Brown, E, & Ahtaridou, E. (2011). Successful School Leadership: Linking with Learning. Open University Press. Eberts, R. W. and Stone, J. A. (1988). Student achievement in public schools: Do principals make a difference? Economics of Education Review, 7(3), 291-299. Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de conteúdo. In L. Lima & A. Pacheco (Orgs.), Fazer investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertações e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto Editora. Flores, M. A. (2022). Investigando os efeitos das lideranças escolares nos resultados dos alunos. De Facto. Hallinger, P. (2010). Leadership for Learning: What We Have Learned from 30 Years of Empirical Research? Paper presented at the Hong Kong School Principals’ Conference. The Hong Kong Institute of Education. Hallinger, P., & Huber, S. (2012). School leadership that makes a difference: inter¬national perspectives, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 23(4), 359-367. Huberman, A., & Miles, M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis. Sage Publications. Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2006). Sucessful school leadership: what i tis and how it influences pupil learning. DfES Publications. Machado, E. A., Flores, M. A., Pereira, D., Fernandes, E., & Costa, L. (2022). Políticas e práticas de avaliação externa dos alunos na perspetiva dos diretores: o caso das provas de aferição. Revista Portuguesa de Investigação Educacional, 23, 1-26. Moos, L., Johannson, O., & Day, C., (Eds.). (2012). How school principals sustain success over time: International perspectives. Springer. Pereira, D.., Flores, M. A., & Machado, E. (2021). Autonomia e flexibilidade curricular na perspetiva dos diretores: entre o ceticismo e a adesão. Indagatio Didactica, 13(2), 57-76. Witziers, B., Bosker, R., & Krueger, m. (2003). Educational leadership and students achievement: the elusive search for an association. Educational Administration Quarterly, 39(3), 398-425. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 12 C: Enhancing School Leadership through Continuous Professional Development Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Jensen Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper To Make a Difference at Work – Continuous Professional Development Offered to and Valued by Principals University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Living in a changing world we are constantly faced with new challenges which require new knowledge and capacity building. Consequently, principals’ continuous professional development (CPD) has become a central concern of educational actors in many countries (Grissom & Harrington, 2010; Gurr & Drysdale, 2012). Still, research about principals’ CPD is limited although growing. As most of the research is conducted within Anglo-Saxion countries, more knowledge of principals’ CPD practices, especially from outside of North America is needed (Huber, 2011; 2013). So far, research results have recommended a mix of strategies and methods, being embedded in practice and adjusted to local needs (Newmann, et al., 2000). However, if CPD is to challenge prevailing understanding and practices, it needs to provide opportunities for collegial inquiry and systematic learning (Goldring et al., 2012). In addition, Campbell et al. (2017) stress the importance of external support and mentoring for leaders at different stages in their career trajectory. As principals are lonely in their position, an important element of high-quality CPD is group coaching and networking with other principals who could stimulate critical reflection and help identify gaps in knowledge and skills (Aas & Varvik, 2015; Nicolaidou et al., 2016).
In Sweden, central regulation prescribes that local education authorities (LEAs), i.e., the 290 municipalities and the many independent school providers (business companies and non-profit organizations), must ensure principals with CPD. However, due to decentralised implementation, each LEA is free to choose direction and design. To support LEAs, the National Agency of Education offers a variety of voluntary courses and seminaries, individually or in cooperation with universities. In addition, CPD for principals is also offered by companies and organized by LEAs themselves. Swedish research about principal CPD is, in line with international research, limited and primarily restricted to single case studies (e.g. Liljenberg, 2021; Sahlin 2023). Consequently, the aim of this study is to contribute to the research field by capturing a broader picture of principals’ CPD in Sweden. We do so by addressing the following research question: What characterize the CPD offered to and valued by principals?
The theoretical point of departure for the study is taken in Wenger’s (1998) and Wenger Trayner and Wenger Trayner’s (2020) perspective on social learning and social learning spaces. In their view, a CPD initiative could be termed a constellation and understood as a designed social learning space. Constellations define relations of locality, proximity, and distance, not necessarily congruent with physical proximity, institutional affiliations, or even interactions. Hence, learning in social spaces of CPD reconfigure relations of proximity and distance. Even as principals can participate in global improvement initiatives of any kind, they can only engage locally. Engagement in the local while participating in the global are thus to be seen as related levels of participation, always coexisting and shaping each other (Wenger, 1998, p. 131). Learning can also be viewed as value-creation through experiencing meaning in life (Wenger Trayner & Wenger Trayner, 2020 p. 48). Learning to make a difference goes through practice where social learning reveals the value it creates through action. In this sense caring to make a difference is an investment in uncertainty but also in identity, it involves being in tension between caring to make a difference but not yet knowing how to get there, actualising the need to pay attention to responses in the learning process. This means, the ECER 2024 theme ‘education in an age of uncertainty: memory and hope for the future’ is inherent in the approach taken in this study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study builds on two qualitative datasets. The first set of data emanates from a multiple case study of six Swedish municipalities. To receive maximal variation, the municipalities were strategically selected (Flyvbjerg 2011) based on municipality classification, number of inhabitants and geographic location. Data includes 60 semi-structured individual interviews with principals. Each interview lasted 60–75 minutes, was audio-recorded and then transcribed verbatim. The second set of data emanates from a two-day seminar with 24 principals representing additional eight municipalities. These principals have taken part in a one-year university course given in collaboration with the National Agency of Education to support principals’ CPD within improvement work and pedagogical leadership. The course is corresponding to 7.5 higher education credits at the advanced level. The principals participated in the seminar to collectively learn and share experiences of managing improvement work based on knowledge gained in the course. During the seminar, audio-recorded data from group conversations was collected. Each conversation took part in smaller groups (n=6) of four principals from different course cohorts and lasted for about 60 minutes. Recorded data was later transcribed by the researchers for further analysis. These group conversations can be classified as mini focus group discussions (Kamberelis & Dimitriadis, 2005) and are preferably used when the potential pool of participants is small but where everyone has a high level of expertise in the topics to be discussed. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants prior to data collection. Broadly, the analysis was conducted in the following way: Firstly, the two dataset was approached using the theoretical construct of value-creation (Wenger Trayner & Wenger Trayner, 2020). Analytically, the focus was set on ‘a principal’s direction in terms of their will and ability to make a difference at work’ to find out what characterizes the CPD offered to and valued high or low by principals in terms of the dual concepts of local and global as well as individual and social. Secondly, the second dataset was further approached by focusing on the shared experiences of the CPD course and inherent improvement work in terms of value-creation operationalised as meaning making and categorised as strategic, enabling, orienting or transformative, and coded as immediate, potential, applied or realized value. That means value can take a mundane and practical form but still be made sense of analytically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show that CPD offered by LEAs are highly valued when based on external support from university lecturers or coaches. However, more often CPD was valued low by principals due to individual learning, short term and too general. Even when the CPD involved collegial exchange of experience, it was valued low due to being too local, sometimes combined with being too global in terms of lectures, conferences or book reading shaping a distance, thus difficult to translate into practice. To a lesser extent, principals engage in CPD’s offered by LEAs that are collegial, inquiry and research based and fairly global through organizational exchange. However, these are not always adapted to local schools’ needs. One group of principals distance themselves from university courses. The principals that participate in and value CPD university courses high are divided into two sub-groups. Both groups feel a strong care to make a difference at work by improving education. They experience courses as promoters of leadership actions, identifying and meeting the needs of their organisation, connecting global participation and local engagement. They value university courses high even when participation require additional working hours and rarely guarantee any pre-given benefits. For the first sub-group, supported by their superintendents, value-creation became a common strategic interest. Participation is experienced as enabling and transformative being applied and realized locally. For the second sub-group, less supported by superintendents, value-creation was strategic while gaining support not offered elsewhere; however, their outcome was orienting, being of immediate and potential value. In all, the CPD most valued are characterized by linking global and local features and making individual concerns social and collective. The results indicate principal CPD can contribute to strengthen school-capacity, but responsibility falls heavily on the individual principals’ shoulders. References Aas, M. & Vavik, M. (2015). Group coaching: a new way of constructing leadership identity? School Leadership and Management, 35(3), 251-265. Campbell, C., Osmond-Johnson, P., Faubert, B., Zeichner, K. & Hobbs-Johnson, A. (with Brown, S., DaCosta, P., Hales, A., Kuehn, L., Sohn, J. and Steffensen, K.). (2017). The state of educators’ professional learning in Canada: Final research report. Learning Forward, Oxford, OH. Flyvbjerg, B. (2011). Case study. In N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln (Ed.). The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research, (pp. 301-316). Sage. Goldring, E. B., Preston, C. & Huff, J. (2012). Conceptualizing and evaluating professional development for school leaders. Planning and Changing, 43(3-4), 223-242. Grissom, J. A. & Harrington, J. R. (2010). Investing in administrator efficacy: an examination of professional development as a tool for enhancing principal effectiveness. American Journal of Education, 116(4), 583-612. Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2012). Tensions and dilemmas in leading Australia’s schools. School Leadership & Management, 32(5), 403-420. Huber, S. G. (2011). The impact of professional development: a theoretical model for empirical research, evaluation, planning and conducting training and development programmes. Professional Development in Education, 37(5), 837–853. Huber, S. G. (2013). Multiple learning approaches in the professional development of school leaders – theoretical perspectives and empirical findings on self-assessment and feedback. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(4), 527-540. Kamberelis, G., & Dimitriadis, G. (2005). Focus groups: Strategic articulations of pedagogy, politics, and inquiry. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research, 3rd ed. (pp. 887–907). Sage Publications Inc. Liljenberg, M. (2021). A professional development practice to enhance principals’ instructional leadership – enabling and constraining arrangements. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 6(4), 354-366. Newmann, F. M., King, M. B. & Youngs, P. (2000). Professional development that addresses school capacity: lessons from Urban Elementary Schools. American Journal of Education, 108(4), 259-299. Nicolaidou, M., Karagiorgi, Y. & Petridou, A. (2016). Feedback-based coaching towards school leaders’ professional development: Reflections from the PROFLEC project in Cyprus. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 5(1), 20-36. Sahlin, S. (2023). Professional development of school principals – how do experienced school leaders make sense of their professional learning? Educational Management, Administration & Leadership. Online print. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference: Value creation in social learning spaces. Cambridge University Press. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Professional Development for School Leaders and Schools – Combining Persistent and Coherent Interventions 1Johannes Kepler University, Austria; 2IEA Hamburg Presenting Author:This paper examines a professional development program for school leadership and school development combining multiple interventions and their quality and benefits. The longitudinal mixed methods study analyses the effect on school leadership, school development and school quality in schools in challenging circumstances. It is based on data from an accompanying study of a program aimed at supporting schools in disadvantaged areas, providing school principals from schools in low socio-economic environments with various interventions to aid in the further development of their schools. The study builds on research on school effectiveness and school improvement, especially regarding schools in challenging circumstances in terms of school turnaround and the role of school leadership. Due to their location and the composition of the student body, schools in challenging circumstances face more difficult conditions. These schools typically have a high proportion of students from underprivileged family backgrounds, often measured by their parents' education levels and financial circumstances. These poorer socio-economic conditions are frequently associated with the need for special compensatory efforts by the school. However, characterizing a school as a being in a disadvantaged area does not automatically imply diminished school quality (Racherbäumer & van Ackeren, 2015). Some schools may face greater challenges for various reasons, including lower graduation rates or poorer academic performance (Holtappels et al., 2017). Moreover, there can be a cumulative effect of dysfunctional organizational characteristics (composition effect), which can lead to significantly lower school quality and/or more difficult school development processes. In other words, stressors not only affect the current quality of the school but also hinder its progress and improvement (Author, 2018, 2020). As a result, quality characteristics can differ. These schools need external support. The necessary additional support from the system can be provided within the framework of professionalization and advisory services. The range of support measures can vary, including leadership development through training and further education, process consulting and coaching offers, and providing additional resources in the form of time, equipment, and funding. School leadership also plays an important role not only in school development and building school development capacities but also in accessing external resources and moderating and mediating external interventions. The importance of school leadership for school effectiveness (see, among others, Fend 1987, 1998; Rutter et al. 1979; Sammons et al. 1995) and school improvement, aimed at continuous enhancement of schools (see, among others, Fullan 1988, 1991, 1992; Leithwood & Montgomery 1986; Schratz 1998), has been well-established since the 1980s (Author 1997, 1999a,b,c, 2010a,b, 2011a, 2012, 2016a,b). Consequently, the question of effective and successful actions by educational leaders, especially school principals, has become one of the central topics in educational discussions. There is now broad agreement on the necessity and significance of corresponding professionalization and qualification opportunities. In this sense, leadership development is closely related to the development of the quality of schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This five-year longitudinal sequential explanative mixed methods study is based on a sample of around 150 schools in challenging circumstances from a German state. Over a three-year period, half of the schools experienced additional measures to professionalize school leadership (e.g., coaching of school leaders, continuous professional development program) and support for school development (additional financial resources, process consultancy for school development activities). The qualitative analysis includes school documents (e.g., school strategy documents), semi-structured interviews with different actors in the schools (at baseline, after three years), and protocols of coaches and school development consultants. Qualitative data are analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2015). For the quantitative analysis, six questionnaires with staff and school administrators are conducted - three on the work situation, three on the various interventions. Statistical data from government agencies and student achievement data are also analyzed. In addition to a descriptive evaluation of the quality assessments of staff and school leaders, regression analyses are conducted to examine the impact of specific program components on selected school quality characteristics during the program period. As the program was implemented at the school level, the analyses were conducted accordingly. Through a comparison group design, it is possible to compare the changes in project and comparison schools and to relate them to the program interventions. To measure the changes in the schools using questionnaire data of the survey on the work situation, the effect size Cohen's d (Cohen, 1988) was calculated, which refers to the practical relevance of the results. The paper focuses on the support measures, examining both the processes and the outcomes. Therefore, the paper investigates the quality of the program components in terms of the assessment of the involved actors and provides an overview on the topics, objectives, processes, and impact particularly of school leadership coaching and school development consultancy on school quality and its changes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show the very positive assessment of the program’s quality and benefits and its positive consequences on the school’s quality. The regression analyses demonstrate that positively perceived outcome qualities of the interventions are associated with improvements in numerous dimensions of school quality (e.g., cooperative leadership). Effect sizes show that most schools involved in the program developed better over time than the comparison schools. The analyses of interviews and protocols on school leadership coaching and school development consultancy reveal numerous benefits of their activities in organizational, personnel, and instructional development. For example: Coaching primarily addresses aspects of self and personnel management and aids in self-management by allowing leaders to reflect on challenging situations, develop problem-solving strategies, and gain a better understanding of their values and role. Successful implementation of coaching and school development consultancy shares several common features. The expertise and competence of the coach and the consultant play a vital role in the effectiveness of the coaching and consultation process. Equally important is the design of the framework conditions surrounding the measures and adequate structural resources. Additionally, ensuring a good fit between the coach/consultant and the coachee/school is of importance to ensure a successful process. Overall, the findings provide evidence for the effectiveness of school development programs on school leadership and school improvement. The results indicate that intervention strategies should be tailored to the individual school's circumstances, needs, and challenges, ensuring they fit precisely into the school's specific context. For project initiators and decision-makers, this means providing a framework that is individually adapted by each participating school to its unique context. This is a prerequisite for sustainable and effective transfer of knowledge into school development processes. The interventions will be discussed in terms of their effects and the necessary conditions for successful implementation, along with their practical implications. References Author 1997, 1999a,b,c, 2010a,b, 2011a, 2012, 2016a,b, 2018, 2020 Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203771587 Fend, H. (1987). „Gute Schulen – schlechte Schulen“ – Die einzelne Schule als pädagogische Handlungseinheit. In U. Steffens & T. Bargel (Hrsg.), Erkundungen zur Wirksamkeit und Qualität von Schule (Beiträge aus dem Arbeitskreis Qualität von Schule, Heft 1 (S. 55 – 80). Hessisches Institut für Bildungsplanung und Schulentwicklung. Fend, H. (1998). Qualität im Bildungswesen. Schulforschung zu Systembedingungen, Schulprofilen und Lehrerleistung. Weinheim: Juventa. Fullan, M. (1988). What’s worth fighting for in the principalship. Ontario Public School Teachers’ Federation. Fullan, M. (1991). The new meaning of educational change. Cassell. Fullan, M. (1992). Successful school improvement. Open University Press. Holtappels, H. G., Webs, T., Kamarianakis, E., & Ackeren, I. van (2017). Schulen in herausfordernden Problemlagen–Typologien, Forschungsstand und Schulentwicklungsstrategien. In V. Manitius & P. Dobbelstein (Ed./Hrsg.), Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen (S. 17 – 35). Waxmann. Leithwood, K. A., & Montgomery, D. J. (1986). Improving Principal Effectiveness: The principal profile. Toronto: OISE Press. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Weinheim: Beltz. Racherbäumer, K., & Ackeren, I. van (2015). Was ist eine (gute) Schule in schwieriger Lage? Befunde einer Studie im kontrastiven Fallstudiendesign an Schulen in der Metropolregion Rhein-Ruhr. In L. Fölker, T. Hertel & N. Pfaff (Hrsg.), Brennpunkt(-) Schule. Zum Verhältnis von Schule, Bildung und urbaner Segregation (S. 189 – 20). Verlag Barbara Budrich. Rutter, M., Maughan, B., Mortimore, P., & Ouston, J. (1979). Fifteen thousand hours. London: Open Books. Sammons, P., Hillman, J., A., & Mortimore, P. (1995). Key Characteristics of Effective Schools: A Review of School Effectiveness Research. Institute of Education, University of London, and Office for Standards in Education. Schratz, M. (1998). Schulleitung als change agent: Vom Verwalten zum Gestalten von Schule. In H. Altrichter, W. Schley & M. Schratz (Hrsg.), Handbuch zur Schulentwicklung. StudienVerlag, S. 160-189. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper School Leadership Workshops as an Arena for Research-Practice Partnership 1University of Oslo, Norway; 2Oslo Metropolian University Presenting Author:
There is an international consensus that the professionalization of school leaders through education is necessary due to the increased complexity of governance expectations and needs of change (Crow et al., 2008; Spillane et al. 2002). In a complex world people and organizations are expected to learn something that is not stable or understood ahead of time (Engeström, 2001, p. 138). Consequently, there is a need of professional learning in ongoing work activities. During years, school leaders have had the opportunity to participate in various arrangements of school leadership development such as networks across schools and partnership with researchers. Developing partnerships between researchers and practitioners is a common strategy for supporting school improvement and professional development (Coburn & Penuel, 2016). It may involve interventional approaches, such as action research, design-based research, and formative interventions (Engeström, 2011) which is the strategy being used in the present study. In the present study, we are inspired by the Finnish version of formative intervention. This mode of intervention is building on cultural historical activity theory and on the principles of double stimulation and ascending from abstract to the concrete to mediate agency in and between workplaces (Sannino et al, 2016). The point of departure is ‘a problematic and contradictory object, embedded in the participants´ workplace (Engeström, 2015, p. xxxi). It can be manifested as a problem space riddled with conflicting motives and dilemmas (Engeström & Sannino, 2011; 2017). We have explored the method of ChangeLaboratory (CL) in leadership teams in upper secondary schools in Norway. A central feature of CL is that the researchers intervene with specific triggers such as theoretical models and “mirrors” generated from data being collected from workplace to trigger explorative work with a problem statement based on the practitioners needs and future visions. Formative interventions have been conducted in a range of fields over the past three decades, such as in court reforms, farming, health care, small-firms and industries, media companies, medical care, and to a limited degree in vocational teacher education and in teacher teams (Engeström & Sannino, 2010). Some studies have been conducted within the field of teacher education (Jakhelln & Postholm, 2022) but to a limited degree in leadership teams in schools. As such, we organized several workshops in leadership teams in three upper secondary schools. The purpose of the paper is to contribute with empirical knowledge about school leadership workshops as an arena for formative interventions in partnership with a specific attention to the tools, the processes, and the experiences. The research questions are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a longitudinal study with cases from three schools. We have collected video data from eight workshops in each case (2h) and materials being explicitly introduced and used when working on selected problem spaces. The data were collected over a two-year period of time and have been subject to content and interaction analysis. The transcripts from the video data have been organized into episodes, which makes it possible to trace the objects being worked on over time. We have also collected interview data from the participants. The interview data and the materials have been subject to content analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Video data revealed that a myriad of artefacts was introduced in the leadership workshops. In addition, several artefacts such as models, charts, plans, and visions were being introduced by the school leaders. In the interactions, ideas flourished in the workshops. Over time, it became visible that some of the ideas were used or transformed to better handle the problematic situation under scrutiny. The artefacts were used for different purposes. Questions about the past, the present and the future were pervasive. Interview data showed this type of questions often triggered negotiations, elaborations, and clarifications about the leadership practices, and not at least agency to solve and handle existing problems and dilemmas. A premise seemed to be that the questions were open-ended rather than being closed questions. The video and interview data showed the object of the leadership workshops where rather ill-defined in the beginning. Several search actions among the participants and the researchers emerged in the workshops where the researchers used a variety of artefacts to make the purpose of the workshop explicit. It became visible in the video data that the concept of leadership workshops seemed to be rather abstract in the beginning. A turning point become visible when the researchers began to present mirrors based on observations and videos; an object seemed to emerge, which met their needs as leaders of professional work. In all three cases, the interview data indicated the issues being discussed seemed to have relevance to their practices, not at least since the conversations revealed that a horizon of possible actions became visible. Because the study built on longitudinal data from video recordings, it has been possible to trace how some episodes became conducive to transformative agency and substantial and incremental changes in how to lead the professional community of teachers. References Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational researcher, 45(1), 48-54. Crow, G., Lumby, J., & Pashiardis, P. (2008). Introduction: Why an international handbook on the preparation and development of school leaders? In J. Lumby, G. Crow & P. Pashiardis (Eds.), International handbook on the preparation and development of school leaders (pp. 1–17). New York: Routledge. Engeström, Y. (2011). From design experiments to formative interventions. Theory & psychology, 21(5), 598-628 Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Cambridge. Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of education and work, 14(1), 133-156. Engeström, Y. (2011). From design experiments to formative interventions. Theory & psychology, 21(5), 598-628. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2017). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findingsand future challenges. Introduction to Vygotsky, 100-146. Jakhelln, R., & Postholm, M. B. (2022). University–school collaboration as an arena for community-building in teacher education. Educational Research, 64(4), 457-472. Sannino, A., Engeström, Y., & Lemos, M. (2016). Formative interventions for expansive learning and transformative agency. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 599-633.Sannino, A., Engeström, Y., & Lemos, M. (2016). Formative interventions for expansive learning and transformative agency. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 599-633. Spillane, J. P., Diamond, J. B., Burch, P., Hallett, T., Jita, L., & Zoltners, J. (2002). Managing in the middle: School leaders and the enactment of accountability policy. Educational Policy, 16(5), 731-762. Virkkunen, J. & Newnham, D.S. (2013). The change laboratory: A tool for collaborative development of work and education. Sense Publications. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 27 SES 12 A: Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (Part 1) Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mark White Session Chair: Michael Tengberg Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 27 SES 13 A |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (part 1) Great advances have been made in how we conceptualize, operationalize and measure aspects of teaching quality (Charalambous et al., 2021). However, this field of research is fragmented. Scholars work in silos, drawing on their own specific framework despite what are often strong commonalities in ambition, terminology, and structural features across frameworks. We argue that classroom video provides an avenue to work across these silos, allowing multiple frameworks to be applied to the same videos. This provides a common ground for discussions across frameworks, facilitating communication and potentially the integration of different frameworks for understanding teaching. This symposium uses classroom videos as a common ground to break out of our silos through analyzing the same videos with a broad range of frameworks. This symposium consists of 3 papers (with three additional papers in a linked symposium) that use unique frameworks to investigate teaching quality. The frameworks in this symposia stem from different traditions and are at different stages of development. The three quantitatively-oriented frameworks are International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT; van de Grift et al., 2007), Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015), and the Teacher Education and Development Study-Instruct framework (TEDS-Instruct; Schlesinger & Jentsch, 2016). The two qualitatively driven frameworks are the Model for analysing Teaching Quality derived from the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD-MTQ; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat & Buyck, accepted), the praxeological documentary video analysis (DVA; Martens & Asbrand, 2022). Part 1 of the double symposium (this part) focuses on PLATO, JAD-MTQ, and a lens model comparison of the two frameworks. The quantitatively oriented frameworks pre-determine definitions of teaching quality based on rubric dimensions and performance categories. The qualitative approaches understand teaching as a situated practice developing within a dynamic system of social, material, and semiotic interactions. This symposium’s ambition is to have participants reflect on how one’s framework shapes how one constructs an understanding of teaching and the limitations and benefits of each framework through comparing the decompositions of the focal lessons across frameworks. Through this, we hope to build common understandings across frameworks and break out of our silos. To this end, we have asked each individual paper to attend to three research questions:
The contributors provide an overview of their respective frameworks based on the following categories: purpose and the theoretical grounding of the observation framework, facets of teaching captured, specific focus, grain size (e.g., unit of analysis on time scales), and empirical evidence and use. Then, contributors analyze the same four videos of lower secondary mathematics and language arts lessons from Nordic classrooms. Each contributor presents patterns of findings derived and afforded by their respective framework. To that end, we especially discuss patterns of teaching quality and how differences in the above-mentioned categories might shape the construction of findings as well as limitations and affordances across frameworks. The inclusion of both mathematics and language arts, as well as both quantitatively and qualitatively oriented frameworks, sets this work apart from past important efforts in this area (e.g., Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018) References Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying mathematics instruction through different lenses: Setting the ground for understanding instructional quality more comprehensively. ZDM, 50(3), 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0914-8 Charalambous, C. Y., Praetorius, A.-K., Sammons, P., Walkowiak, T., Jentsch, A., & Kyriakides, L. (2021). Working more collaboratively to better understand teaching and its quality: Challenges faced and possible solutions. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, 101092. Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto: Stanford University. Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19-38). Springer. Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5). Schlesinger, L., & Jentsch, A. (2016). Theoretical and methodological challenges in measuring instructional quality in mathematics education using classroom observations. ZDM: The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 48(1-2), 29-40. van de Grift, W. J. C. M. (2007). Quality of teaching in four European countries: a review of the literature and application of an assessment instrument. Educational Research 49(2): 127–152. Presentations of the Symposium The PLATO Observation System as a Lens to Teaching Quality
In this paper we use the observation system Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015) as a lens into teaching quality in Norwegian lessons from two different subjects, mathematics and language arts. PLATO was developed at Stanford University in the USA and was originally a tool for studies aiming to link English Language Arts (ELA) instruction to student learning outcomes. Since then, it has been used for different research purposes and in different subjects (e.g., Cohen, 2018) and has been the main tool to describe teaching quality in several publications from the Nordic context (Klette et al., 2017; Tengberg et al., 2022). In this paper we demonstrate PLATO’s way of constructing patterns of teaching quality by focusing on aspects such as theoretical grounding, grain size, and discuss what type of information regarding teaching quality that PLATO may offer and for what purposes that might be useful.
PLATO conceptualizes teaching quality in four domains (Instructional Scaffolding, Disciplinary Demand, Representation and Use of Content, and Classroom environment) that together consist of an ensemble of specific teacher practices (e.g., elements), all considered relevant for student learning. These practices are reflected in PLATO’s 12 elements and sub-elements, which are all independently rated on a 1-4 scale for every 15 minutes of a lesson. Together, the 12 elements provide a detailed and rich view of teaching patterns by pointing to whether the specific practices are present as well as the degree of quality of these practices.
The findings reveal that the mathematics lessons receive consistently high scores on all PLATO while the patterns in the language arts lessons are more mixed of high and low scores fluctuating across different parts of the lessons. Grounded in this analysis of key patterns using PLATO’s lens of teaching quality, we present benefits and challenges with PLATO. Benefits include a detailed view of how different practices have different foci within and across lessons, while challenges include the way PLATO privileges some instructional formats above others and how to deal with arbitrary cut-off points. Finally, we discuss provoking questions such as whether everything we observe is equally important, and whether we can really determine normatively what patterns of high-quality teaching looks like across different lessons and tasks.
References:
Cohen, J. (2018). Practices that cross disciplines?: Revisiting explicit instruction in elementary mathematics and English language arts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 324–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.021
Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University
Klette, K., Blikstad-Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2017). Linking instruction and student achievement: Research design for a new generation of classroom studies. Acta didactica, 11(3), 11-19
Tengberg, M., van Bommel, J., Nilsberth, M., Walkert, M., & Nissen, A. (2022). The Quality of Instruction in Swedish Lower Secondary Language Arts and Mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 760–777. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1910564
Teaching Quality About and Beyond Subject Specificity. Perspectives from the JAD-MTQ Model
This paper presents a model (JAD-MTQ) for observing and analyzing classroom practices based on the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD; Sensevy, 2014; Sensevy & Mercier, 2007). This model aims at contributing to international debates on the conceptualization of teaching quality. In the French-speaking research, classroom qualitative studies carried out with the JAD framework typically investigate what and how knowledge contents develop in the teacher and students’ classroom interactions. Over the years, JAD has proved its capacity to analyze classroom practices in various subjects (mathematics, sciences, physical education, French language, etc.; e.g., Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015; Ligozat et al., 2018). However the use of concepts from JAD is still open to different interpretations, depending on the research objectives pursued.
The Model for analysing Teaching Quality based on JAD (JAD-MTQ) presented in this paper systematizes classroom observations according to three dimensions: selection of knowledge contents and tasks, structuration of learning situations and organisation of teacher and students’ interactions (Ligozat & Buyck, accepted). Each dimension is explored at a specific level of analysis, featured by a grain-size and a timescale of teaching unit (Tiberghien & Sensevy, 2012) and decomposed into a set of criteria, allowing to reduce the level of inference to be made from classroom video and transcripts.
Similarly with findings from other frameworks presented in this symposium, JAD-MTQ rates the three dimensions of the mathematics lessons as high while the dimensions of the language arts lessons range from medium to very low. However these findings may be grounded in different rationales. In this paper, we highlight JAD-MTQ’s way of constructing patterns of teaching quality as relying upon the dual generic/specific nature of its criteria: they reflect certain aspects of teaching that are found in most classrooms (goals, instructional tasks, group works, classroom discussions, uptakes, etc,) but these criteria are also content-specific because to say something about them it is necessary to analyse the epistemic characteristics of instructional tasks. We argue that JAD-MTQ provides a content-based analysis of teaching quality with a set of dimensions and criteria that are not subject-specific. From this perspective, JAD-MTQ offers a didactic approach to teaching quality, in exploring systemically (according to the relations featuring the didactic system; Chevallard, 1985/1991; also see Schoenfeld, 2012) the power to learn certain specific knowledge contents afforded to the students in the classroom.
References:
Amade-Escot, C., & Venturini, P. (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology : Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46(4), 413 437.
Chevallard, Y. (1985/1991). La transposition didactique : Du savoir savant au savoir enseigné. La Pensée Sauvage, Ed.
Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (accepted). Comparative Didactics. Towards a « didactic » framework for analysing teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal.
Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions : When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147 169. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923
Schoenfeld, A. H. (2012). Problematizing the didactic triangle. ZDM, 44(5), 587 599. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-012-0395-0
Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics : An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5), 577 610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.931466
Sensevy, G., & Mercier, A. (Éds.). (2007). Agir Ensemble : L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves. Presses universitaires de Rennes.
Tiberghien, A., & Sensevy, G. (2012). The Nature of Video Studies in Science Education. In D. Jorde & J. Dillon (Éds.), Science Education Research and Practice in Europe : Retrospective and Prospecctive. SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-900-8_7
A Lens Model for Comparing Frameworks Through Decomposition of Teaching
The growing interest in observationally assessing classroom instruction has lead to the proliferation of observation frameworks. In order to organize and synthesize results from studies using different observational frameworks, there is a need to understand how different frameworks decompose instruction. This paper adopts a lens model (Brunswik, 1952) to compare such frameworks. The lens model breaks down how frameworks decompose observable features of teaching into scores that are meant to characterize that instruction. Namely, each framework directs raters’ attention to specific pieces of evidence (and away from other evidence) while providing guidance on interpreting evidence and assembling evidence into overall scores. This highlights three specific areas where observation frameworks can be compared: (1) what specific pieces of evidence are identified?; (2) how is each piece of evidence interpreted?; and (3) how is evidence aggregated to create summary scores?
The paper uses the lens model to compare how the Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015) and the Model for analysing Teaching Quality derived from the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD-MTQ; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat & Buyck, accepted) make sense of one mathematics and one language arts lesson from Nordic lower secondary classrooms. This analysis shows how the two frameworks uniquely decompose teaching while acting as a model for comparisons of other frameworks. Overall, the two frameworks identify similar pieces of evidence and make similar interpretations of that evidence. In this way, the two frameworks are quite aligned, providing coherent understandings of instructional practice. However, the frameworks differ in scope and grain size. For example, PLATO considers only whether a teachers’ statement does or does not count as uptake while JAD-MTQ codes teacher statements within several different uptake categories. The largest difference between the frameworks, however, is in how they aggregate evidence to generate overall scores. Like other formalized frameworks, PLATO summary scores are based largely on the frequency and quality of the evidence for a category while JAD-MTQ interprets specific evidence in light of the broader instructional contexts in which that evidence occurs (i.e., meso- and macro-levels).
Through demonstrating the lens model, this paper seeks to contribute a novel comparison of the PLATO and JAD-MTQ frameworks while also introducing a novel and fine-grained way to compare how observation frameworks decompose teaching. This can make an important contribution to harmonizing understandings of teaching quality across the many frameworks used in the European context. (Charalambous & Praetorius, 2020).
References:
Brunswik, E. (1952). The Conceptual Framework of Psychology. University of Chicago Press.
Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2020). Creating a forum for researching teaching and its quality more synergistically. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 67, 8. https://doi.org/10/gwsf
Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University
Cohen, J. (2018). Practices that cross disciplines?: Revisiting explicit instruction in elementary mathematics and English language arts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 324–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.021
Klette, K., Blikstad-Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2017). Linking instruction and student achievement: Research design for a new generation of classroom studies. Acta didactica, 11(3), 11-19
Ligozat, F. & Buyck, Y. (accepted). Comparative Didactics. Towards a Didactic Model for Analyzing the Quality of Teaching. European Educational Research Journal.
Tengberg, M., van Bommel, J., Nilsberth, M., Walkert, M., & Nissen, A. (2022). The Quality of Instruction in Swedish Lower Secondary Language Arts and Mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 760–777. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1910564
Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5).
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 27 SES 12 B: Digitally Supported Teaching and Learning Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Eva Lundqvist Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper A Principled Approach to Introductory Videos for Use in Flipped Classrooms University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:Creating introductory videos is a popular approach to implementing a flipped classroom approach in teaching. However, creating new videos is time consuming (Hew, Bai, Dawson, & Lo, 2021; O'Flaherty & Phillips, 2015). It is also not clear what introductory videos should contain or how they should be structured (Pi, Zhang, Liu, Zhou, & Yang, 2023). I introduce an approach to making introductory videos where the content is based on domain principles and the structure is based on learning principles. Each video was based on a single principle or definition, a set of questions intended to stimulate elaborative encoding (Gjerde, Holst, & Kolstø, 2021), and one concrete example. The videos were structured with (1) a short introduction, (2) a pretest, (3) the lecturers’ answers to the questions, (4) a posttest, and (5) retrieval of the principle from memory. The introductory videos are intended to prepare the students for lectures. Therefore, they are probably the students’ first exposure to principles and concepts. The most important learning strategy for learning new content is elaborative encoding, which is to create meaningful associations within and between new and old knowledge components (Anderson & Reder, 1979; Gjerde et al., 2021; Stein, Littlefield, Bransford, & Persampieri, 1984). It is particularly important to stimulate elaborative encoding in students who are less interested and have less prior knowledge, as they do less spontaneous elaboration (Ozgungor & Guthrie, 2004). Pretesting has been shown to consistently increase the learning of new information (Carpenter & Toftness, 2017; Hausman & Rhodes, 2018), with effects comparable with posttesting (Pan & Sana, 2021). Pretesting on information the students has not yet learned mainly influences the encoding of new information, while posttesting on information the students have already been exposed to mainly affects the consolidation of that information (Pan & Carpenter, 2023; Pan & Sana, 2021). Hence, the effects of pretesting and posttesting should be additive. Each video lasted from 5 to 15 minutes. The videos were used in an introductory physics course at a large university in Norway and were intended to be their first meeting with new content and to be their main preparation for lectures. In this research, I wanted to investigate the students’ experiences and reflections regarding the use of the videos. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate the students’ experiences and reflections regarding the use of the introductory videos, I conducted interviews and collected survey responses from two cohorts. The participants were students from an introductory physics class at a large university in Norway. Participation was voluntary. The study was approved by the Norwegian Centre for Research Data and all participants provided informed consent. The interviews were conducted in 2022 by me and were based on a semi-structured interview guide. Thirteen students agreed to participate towards the end of the semester. The interview data was transcribed and then analyzed in the software Nvivo. I used a variant of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to identify themes in the data. The survey responses were collected from the 2022 (n = 50) and 2023 (n = 43) cohorts. The results were statistically analyzed in the software R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most of the students in the sample used the videos in their studying, but to a varying extent. As much as 73 % of the survey respondents reported that they would be very disappointed if they lost access to the videos. This underscores their perceived importance in the students’ study habits and can be contrasted with the finding that only 9 % would be very disappointed if they lost access to the course textbook. There was large variation in how they used the structured features of the videos—i.e., pretest and posttest—both within and between students. On average, the students felt strongly that the videos helped them in learning the course content and to get an overview. This feeling correlated strongly with how much they engaged with the videos and with the extent to which they used the structured features. The students reported in interviews that they noticed a large difference in how much they learned from lectures when they had watched the videos beforehand versus not. Several students were gradually convinced to use the videos to a greater extent due to the experienced benefits. We believe that our framework makes it easier and quicker to create introductory videos for use in flipped classrooms. It ensures more effective, active learning processes and helps the lecturer to avoid re-creating traditional lectures, which already exist in large quantities, and which are of dubious effectiveness. A large problem in a flipped classroom is the difficulty involved in getting students to prepare (Akçayır & Akçayır, 2018). Preparedness is also essential for the effectiveness of active teaching methods, e.g., through improving the quality of discussions (Lim & Park, 2023). We found that many of our students use the videos for preparation, and that the benefits gradually convince them to keep or increase their use. References Akçayır, G., & Akçayır, M. (2018). The flipped classroom: A review of its advantages and challenges. Computers & Education, 126, 334-345. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2018.07.021 Anderson, J., & Reder, L. (1979). An elaborative processing explanation of depth processing. L.S. Cermak & F.I.M. Craik. (Eds.), Levels of Processing in Human Memory. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Carpenter, S. K., & Toftness, A. R. (2017). The effect of prequestions on learning from video presentations. Journal of Applied Research in Memory and Cognition, 6(1), 104-109. doi:10.1016/j.jarmac.2016.07.014 Gjerde, V., Holst, B., & Kolstø, S. D. (2021). Integrating effective learning strategies in basic physics lectures: A thematic analysis. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 17(1), 010124. doi:10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.17.010124 Hausman, H., & Rhodes, M. G. (2018). When pretesting fails to enhance learning concepts from reading texts. Journal of Experimental Psychology-Applied, 24(3), 331-346. doi:10.1037/xap0000160 Hew, K. F., Bai, S., Dawson, P., & Lo, C. K. (2021). Meta-analyses of flipped classroom studies: A review of methodology. Educational Research Review, 33, 100393. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100393 Lim, J., & Park, J. (2023). Self-study enhances the learning effect of discussions. Journal of the Learning Sciences. doi:10.1080/10508406.2023.2185148 O'Flaherty, J., & Phillips, C. (2015). The use of flipped classrooms in higher education: A scoping review. The Internet and Higher Education, 25, 85-95. doi:10.1016/j.iheduc.2015.02.002 Ozgungor, S., & Guthrie, J. T. (2004). Interactions among elaborative interrogation, knowledge, and interest in the process of constructing knowledge from text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96(3), 437-443. doi:10.1037/0022-0663.96.3.437 Pan, S. C., & Carpenter, S. (2023). Prequestioning and pretesting effects: A review of empirical research, theoretical perspectives, and applications. doi:10.31234/osf.io/9rqpm Pan, S. C., & Sana, F. (2021). Pretesting versus posttesting: Comparing the pedagogical benefits of errorful generation and retrieval practice. Journal of Experimental Psychology-Applied, 27(2), 237-257. doi:10.1037/xap0000345 Pi, Z. L., Zhang, Y., Liu, C. X., Zhou, W. C., & Yang, J. M. (2023). Generative learning supports learning from video lectures: evidence from an EEG study. Instructional Science, 51(2), 231-249. doi:10.1007/s11251-022-09602-8 Stein, B. S., Littlefield, J., Bransford, J. D., & Persampieri, M. (1984). Elaboration and knowledge acquisition. Memory & Cognition, 12(5), 522-529. doi:10.3758/Bf03198315 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Digitally Supported Learning: Are there Differences in the Emotional Experiences between Subjects? University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:The emotional experience of learners has a pedagogical relevance, as the affective learning experience is linked to motivation. Certain emotional states can motivate or demotivate learners to engage in further activities in the learning process. Recording the emotional state of students can therefore provide information about the individual learning process. Research has demonstrated that experiencing negative emotions can for example impede the learning process and lead to performance difficulties (Linnenbrink 2007). Positive-activating emotions, on the other hand, support students’ cognitive engagement and hence better learning outcomes (Pekrun, Lichtenfeld, Marsh, Murayama & Goetz, 2017). It can be assumed that lessons in school can be characterised as a special situation in which students are expected to perform. Emotions that occur specifically in achievement and academic contexts can be defined as achievement emotions. The emotions related to achievement that arise from learning, classroom instruction, or dealing with difficult tasks can include for example enjoyment, boredom, frustration, and anger (Pekrun 2006). Since the contextual factors, such as the action performed or the environment, have a major influence on the emotional experience, it can be assumed that the characteristics of instruction also have an influence (Aelling, 2004; Lazarides & Raufelder 2021). Previous empirical studies reveal that there is indeed a linkage between achievement emotions and dimensions of instructional design, such as cognitive activation (Krapp 2007) or structuredness of instruction (Maulana, Opdenakker & Bosker 2016). Most of the studies analysed in this research focus on a specific subject, such as mathematics, and do not address the extent to which achievement emotions differ across various school subjects. However, there are also studies with a cross-curricular focus that support the assumption that emotions experienced during the learning process should be categorised as domain-specific. The causes of domain-specificity of emotional experiences in the context of learning have not been clearly identified until now. The attempts to characterize different subjects and therefore define the characteristics of the domains can be assessed by students’ and teachers’ perceptions towards the school subjects, such as “everyday usefulness” or “level of difficulty” (Collier 2011). There are different approaches to explaining and categorising emotional experiences during lessons. These approaches may include assignment to a specific domain, subject, or instructional design features. The present study attempts to analyse the relationship between the emotional experience of learners and specific instructional design features of certain lessons. The study focuses on digitally supported teaching and examines possible differences in the use of digital technologies in the classroom and emotional well-being. The relationship between the integration of technology in the classroom and emotional experience has not been sufficiently analysed. Rather, previous studies have focused on the effects on students' motivation and learning (Cheng 2021; Fütterer, Scheiter, Cheng & Stürmer 2022). As described above, emotions can be categorised as predictors of motivation. It is therefore of interest to establish a possible relationship between emotional experience and instructional parameters, such as the integration of digital technologies in the learning process or the teaching methods used. The central research questions for gaining a deeper understanding of the issues described are therefore the following: Are there differences in the emotional experience of learning situations depending on the subject taught? To what extent can instructional design features explain the differences in emotional experience between different subjects? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research method of the study is based on the Experience Sampling Method. This research approach is designed to capture real-time experiences, behaviours, and subjective states of individuals in their natural environments (Csikszentmihalyi, Larson & Prescott 1977). The study employed continuous state sampling to gather insights into the learning emotions of students. This makes it possible to collect data just at the point of experience, i.e. in the various phases of the lesson. The survey uses short scales by Schallberger (2005), which comprise ten bi-polar items that depict the scales of positive and negative activation as well as valence. Positive activation (e.g. full of energy - lacking energy) and negative activation (e.g. stressed – relaxed) refer directly to the students' experience of lessons. Valence (e.g. satisfied - dissatisfied) refers to the students' general state of mind. A total of 14 classes at 12 vocational schools in Germany took part in the study. The assessment of emotional well-being was carried out during different teaching sequences. Seven classes were surveyed in mathematics, three classes took part in English, one class in German and two classes in vocational subjects. The pupils were asked about their emotional state every 15 minutes during lessons. Capturing emotional experiences has a key advantage. In contrast to single-point surveys, which tend to focus on the respondent's recollection of a specific experience, process analyses can provide more adequate measures of situational emotional experience. By averaging at the individual level, state emotions can then be cumulated into trait emotions with higher content validity (Goetz, Hall, Frenzel & Pekrun 2006). In order to be able to relate the different emotional traits to the design features of the teaching units, a document analysis of the teaching materials was also carried out. The materials were analysed for certain categories, such as collaborative learning methods or the quality of technology integration. A total of 12 sequences of 3-6 lessons each were analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that there are no differences between the subjects, in which the situation-dependent emotional states were measured. However, statistically significant differences were found between the different sequences. For instance, a teaching sequence in English that was particularly well-received showed highly significant differences when compared to another teaching sequence in English. Our results imply that the disparities observed are not inherently tied to the subject matter itself but rather stem from other influential factors, such as the instructional design employed in the lessons. The lessons that exhibited high positive activation and low negative activation were designed with specific parameters. These parameters encompassed a strategic emphasis on the vocational or lifeworld relevance of the teaching topic and associated tasks. Furthermore, the instructional approach featured interactive segments fostering creative autonomy and a profound integration of digital technologies. This underscores the pivotal role played by instructional design in shaping emotional responses during the learning process, transcending subject-specific distinctions. References Aellig, S. (2004). Über den Sinn des Unsinns. Flow-Erleben und Wohlbefinden als Anreize für autotelische Tätigkeiten. Eine Untersuchung mit der Experience Sampling Method (ESM) am Beispiel des Felskletterns. (Internationale Hochschulschriften, Bd. 431). Münster: Waxmann. Cheng, X. (2021). ICT-Based Instruction for Secondary School Students: The Interplay of Individual Learning Prerequisites, Use of Technology, and Student Involvement in Learning Processes. URL: https://publikationen.uni-tuebingen.de/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10900/112218/Dissertation_Vero%cc%88ffentlichung_Cheng.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y, Last access: 24.01.2024. Collier, Antonie P. M. (2011). Domain Specificity of Achievement Emotions. URL: https://kops.uni-konstanz.de/entities/publication/851a480b-9adb-42ff-98af-c17baee85cd6, Last access: 29.01.2024. Csikszentmihalyi, M., Larson, R. & Prescott, S. (1977). The ecology of adolescent activity and experience. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 6, 281-294. Fütterer, T., Scheiter, K., Cheng, X., & Stürmer, K. (2022). Quality beats frequency? Investigating students’ effort in learning when introducing technology in classrooms. Contemorary Educational Psychology, Vol. 69. Goetz, T., Hall, N. C., Frenzel, A. C., & Pekrun, R. (2006). A hierarchical conceptualization of enjoyment in students. Learning and Instruction, 16, 323-338. Krapp, A. (2007). An educational–psychological conceptualisation of interest. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 7(1), 5–21. Lazarides, R. & Raufelder, D. (2021). Control-value theory in the context of teaching: does teaching quality moderate relations between academic self-concept and achievement emotions? British Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(1), 127-147. Linnenbrink, E. (2007).The Role of Affect in Student Learning: A multi-dimensional approach to considering the interaction of affect, motivation, and engagement. In P. A. Schutz & R. Pekrun, Emotion in Education (p. 107-124). Amsterdam: Elsevier. Maulana, R., Opdenakker, M.-C., & Bosker, R. (2016). Teachers’ instructional behaviors as important predictors of academic motivation: Changes and links across the school year. Learning and Individual Differences, 50, 147–156. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341. Pekrun, R., Lichtenfeld, S., Marsh, H. W., Murayama, K., & Goetz, T. (2017). Achievement emotions and academic performance: Longitudinal models of reciprocal effects. Child Development, 88(5), 1653–1670. Schallberger, U. (2005). Kurzskalen zur Erfassung der Positiven Aktivierung, Negativen Aktivierung und Valenz in Experience Sampling Studien (PANAVA-KS). Theoretische und methodische Grundlagen, Konstruktvalidität und psychometrische Eigenschaften bei der Beschreibung intra- und interindividueller Unterschiede. (Forschungsberichte aus dem Projekt: „Qualität des Erlebens in Arbeit und Freizeit“, Nr. 6.) Zürich: Fachrichtung Angewandte Psychologie des Psychologischen Instituts der Universität. URL: http://www.psychologie.uzh.ch/institut/angehoerige/emeriti/schallberger/schallbergerpub/PANAVA_05.pdf 10.9.2011, Last access: 24.01.2024. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 28 SES 12 A: Ed-tech Imaginaries and Educational Futures Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Cristina Costa Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Problem of Researching Human-machine Accounts in the Sociology of Education University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:The recent interest in the spaces and times of networked governance that emerged under the broad umbrella notion of topology is an exciting development in the sociology of education. As stated in the NW 28 Special Call for this conference, topology represents a robust conceptual framework for the study of social constructions of time and the future. The key problem at the heart of the call is the need to identify alternative ways to think about the future, to challenge the regimes of algorithmic prediction and automation that are shaping the educational imaginary. This problem, however, requires a self-reflective discussion about the analytical scope made possible by topological thinking, which is to say, rather pithily, that the conceptualisation of alternative future narratives must be warranted by a solid empirical foundation. In this regard, a key issue is that of “topological morphology” (Decuypere et al., 2022; Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020), understood as a conceptual category that can direct research efforts. Morphology, in this context, refers to spatial-temporal forms that are observable and can be subjected to empirical scrutiny, and which can be held up as either problematic (the forms we don’t want) or progressive - maybe even “hopeful” (the forms we want). In this conceptual paper, I wish to contribute to this self-reflective discussion. One of the key theses of topology is that relations among people and sociotechnical infrastructures of digitisation are ontologically constitutive (Lury et al., 2012), leading to continuities and discontinuities which may be dynamic and flowing across borders, but are nonetheless visible and researchable. These topological morphologies mostly emerge in two ways: a) firstly, they operate as practical enactments, observable in the “generative” dynamism that occurs across spaces, times and within assemblages of people and infrastructures (Lewis & Decuypere, 2023); b) secondly, they operate as part of a political-economic discourse connected to the logic of value creation, creating topological forms by projecting into the future imagined gains, benefits and sometimes risks (Williamson & Komljenovic, 2023). As these promissory anchor points are placed in the rarefied space-time of the future, they hold the present in place, steering policy and investment strategies and creating regimes of understanding and governance. Moving tentatively across the terrain defined by these constitutive relations is the researcher, not a neutral and detached observer but a partial cartographer drawing - sometimes creatively – the shifting boundaries of emerging morphologies. The researcher is therefore framed as an agent and a “methodological bricoleur”, self-reflectively navigating the complexities of interpretative analysis to assemble critical accounts of bordering and debordering (Decuypere, 2021). A central methodological problem in this framework is that of the account: who or what produces the empirical accounts of topological forms? There are a few possible answers to this question, but I wish to focus on one for obvious reasons of scope. This answer posits that researchable accounts of education governance are, or will soon, emerge from the hybridisation of machine logic and human cognition (Gulson & Sellar, 2024; Gulson et al., 2022). The temporal horizon of this hybridisation of cognition is left deliberately vague. As humans and machines conjoin (or will soon do) in multiple ways, they provide (or will soon do) “synthetic” accounts of themselves and of novel topological morphologies. This conceptual and methodological argument is gaining interest in the study of education governance, and it is without doubt a valuable attempt to bridge policy sociology with recent innovations in the cultural and philosophical study of algorithms (Amoore, 2020; Parisi, 2019), which explored the risks but also the possibility of novel ethico-political opportunities arising from human-machine cognitive architectures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper’s main contention is that an undue emphasis on the “cognitive” character of these human-machine accounts might create a methodological impasse, taking us further away from the situatedness of practice. The notion of a conjoined human-machine empirical account – understood as something visible and researchable - is framed in the work cited previously as a key moment of social construction where networks, alliances and the border politics of contemporary education governance are brought into being through a mixture of computational mathesis, sociological structuration and subjectivity. The partiality and ambiguity of these accounts are not threats to empirical scrutiny but are instead evidence of “infrastructural latencies” (Amoore, 2018): malleable and fluid affordances that arise unpredictably from the very nature of algorithmic logics and which, under unclear circumstances, may bring about innovation in policy and practice. I wish to propose a different argument: the accounts that people-plus-algorithms give of themselves are not evidence of cognitive complexity but of what could be better described as pseudo-cognition or “performed” cognition: the result of a sociotechnical-interactionist dynamic. The notion of sociotechnical interactionism is therefore put forward here as a conceptual and methodological alternative to the psychologism of “cognitive architecture”. Sociotechnical interactionism brings to the discussion several relational concepts derived from empirical sociology. For example, it affords a Goffmanian reading of topological accounts; one that does not inadvertently eulogise the (unwarranted) more-than-human character of the phenomena under scrutiny but examines instead the relationships between actors and algorithmic infrastructures as an ethnomethodological interplay of presentational and situational micropolitics (Goffman, 1964; Marres, 2020). The accounts that constitute empirical material for a topological sociology are thus reframed: not a conjoining of human and machine logics but a collection of situational encounters with ritualistic elements inherited from computational cultures as well as from established and ossified policy praxis. Therefore, the “policy situation”, with its repetitive aspects and interactional scripts, comes back into empirical focus. My contention is that this refocusing enables analyses more nuanced than what is offered by a cognitive focus of “joint rationalities” with all its implicit (and deterministic) assumptions about psychologised agency and machinic augmentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The topological character of contemporary networked governance and its entanglement with technologies of prediction and automation is not being contested here. What’s being contested is the empirical apparatus being assembled for its study. The sharing of cognitive functions between humans and machines - and the accounts they produce and which go on to become objects of empirical analysis - should be reframed as the outcomes of situational encounters between actors/entities, whose goals and agendas are momentarily aligned and may shift depending on the flow of the emerging topological morphology. In conclusion, we don’t need new ontological categories that allude to post-human cognitive hybridisation to make sense of topological morphologies. It might be sufficient to reconsider the role of autonomous or semi-autonomous agents - to be understood as composite, distributed and indeed “infrastructural” rather as individuated entities. These infrastructural actors are now increasingly implicated in the micro-political dynamics of education governance. The notion of sociotechnical interactionism that I propose here also brings into view the political interplay between empirical accounts: those provided by people, those provided by machines, and those provided by humans who have become momentarily entangled – rather than cybernetically fused - with machines. Of course, several methodological challenges arise from this conclusion - chief among them the need to move beyond description in the analysis of the situational politics that bring humans into contact with digital infrastructures. As noted by Marres (Marres, 2020), this move should involve active curatorial work from the researcher: a deliberate effort to tease out empirically interesting situations from computational arrangements which are opaque, black-boxed, biased and where participation is distributed, patchy and constantly shifting. References Amoore, L. (2018). Cloud geographies: Computing, data, sovereignty. Progress in Human Geography, 42(1), 4-24. Amoore, L. (2020). Cloud ethics: Algorithms and the attributes of ourselves and others. Duke University Press. Decuypere, M. (2021). The topologies of data practices: A methodological introduction. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 10(1), 67-84 , ISSN = 2254-7339. Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 871-882. Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-) forms—Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. In (Vol. 52, pp. 602-612): Taylor & Francis. Goffman, E. (1964). The neglected situation. American anthropologist, 66(6_PART2), 133-136 , ISSN = 0002-7294. Gulson, K. N., & Sellar, S. (2024). Anticipating disruption: artificial intelligence and minor experiments in education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 1-16. Gulson, K. N., Sellar, S., & Webb, P. T. (2022). Algorithms of Education: How Datafication and Artificial Intelligence Shape Policy. University of Minnesota Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.5749/j.ctv2fzkpxp Lewis, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). ‘Out of time’: Constructing teacher professionality as a perpetual project on the eTwinning digital platform. Tertium Comparationis, 29(1), 22-47. Lury, C., Parisi, L., & Terranova, T. (2012). Introduction: The becoming topological of culture. Theory, Culture & Society, 29(4-5), 3-35 , ISSN = 0263-2764. Marres, N. (2020). For a situational analytics: An interpretative methodology for the study of situations in computational settings. Big Data & Society, 7(2), 2053951720949571. Parisi, L. (2019). Critical computation: Digital automata and general artificial thinking. Theory, Culture & Society, 36(2), 89-121. Williamson, B., & Komljenovic, J. (2023). Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 64(3), 234-249. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2022.2081587 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Educational Robotics imaginary: the EdTech industry and the production of Educational Timescapes University of Naples Federico II, Italy Presenting Author:In contemporary public debates, AI and robotics are presented as technologies that will revolutionise the future of education. Promoted by an increasingly powerful industry, iterative cycles of hypes and hopes are boosting the creation of an imaginary (Beer, 2019; Taylor, 2004) that makes their introduction into the field of education a ‘desirable necessity’. AI and robotics innovations, often referred to as “disruptive”, are presented as a way to improve (the future of) teaching and learning. This presentation deals with the analysis of this imaginary with the aim of understanding the different educational timescapes enacted through it (Kitchin, 2023). Our analysis will focus, in particular, on the envisioning of AI-based educational robotics within that industry (Beer, 2019). Recently, scholars have focused on the investment made by the EdTech industry in imagining digital educational futures (Williamson & Komljenovic, 2022) and, within that, on the social production of temporality (Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020). This literature highlights the complexities of the relationship between technology and socio-technical imaginaries, the contingency of time-making (and space-making) and how specific forms of technological innovation in education can be related to shifting experiencing and understandings of time (Decuypere & Simons, 2020; Vanden Broeck, 2020). In line with wider debates on temporality (Kitchin, 2023), speed, acceleration, real-timing, personalisation, and efficiency are key issues (Rosa, 2003; Beer, 2019) to understand the traits of imagined educational temporalities. Likewise, the interplay between three different temporal regimes is widely discussed, an immediate, archival and predictive time (Barassi, 2020). Within those debates that mainly deal with datafication and platformisation, there is also a specific focus on processes of imagined anticipation, that look to the future not as a resource to progress towards but as a resource to be drawn into the present (Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020), using anticipated outcomes to rethink current practices and identify desirable futures (Amsler & Facer, 2017). The distinctive contribution of our presentation is to project those debates on the social production of educational temporalities on the educational robotics imaginary, a relatively unexplored field (for an example see Tafdrup, 2020). Our analysis will, in particular, focus on the social production of temporalities enacted in the Educational robotics imaginary (Beer, 2019). We will explore how the EdTech industry envisions educational robotics innovation and how this envisioning has to do with the social production of a distinct set of technologically-mediated educational temporalities. Theoretically, we draw on David Beer’s (2019) analysis of imaginary, defined as how “people imagine [something] and its existence, as well as how it is imagined to fit with norms, expectations, social processes, transformations and ordering” (p. 18). In this perspective, the imaginary is profoundly material as it shapes practices, and in turn, practices shape the imaginary through the forging of ideals and norms (Taylor, 2004). In our presentation, we will mobilise Beer’s theoretical and analytical toolbox to explore the AI-based educational robotics imaginary and the related temporalities. Additionally, we anchor to Rob Kitchin’s analysis of digital timescapes (2023), providing us a conceptual grid to analyse the emerging forms of robotically-mediated educational temporalities. If temporality denotes the diverse set of temporal relations, processes, and forms that are embodied, materialised and experiential, and if robotic technologies have profoundly transformed these relational processes, the educational robotics timescapes could be analysed by mapping out the fluctuations in pace, tempo, rhythm and synchronicity. Consistently, the research questions that we will explore are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological innovation is another distinctive trait of our contribution. To address our research questions, we analyse EdTech companies’ work of envisioning through a quantitative and qualitative composite methodology, to map and understand the social making of temporalities imbued with the emerging imaginary. We combine the use of Network Text Analysis (NTA), to extract semantic networks/galaxies (Hunter, 2014) and identify the influential pathways for the production of meaning within texts (Paranyushkin, 2011), with a qualitative interpretation of these networks through the time-conceptual grid inspired by Kitchin’s work on digital timescapes. Our first step was to select a corpus of EdTech companies providing AI-based robotics services. The sample was created by searching three combinations of terms on Google: Artificial Intelligence and Educational Robotics companies, Artificial Intelligence and Robotics solutions for education, and Artificial Intelligence and Robotics for schooling. Two approaches were used to create a sample of AI and robotics organisations. The first involved generating lists of results. The first search term developed six lists of companies related to AI and robotics. We visited their websites and selected those offering educational solutions. The second approach focused on the top results for the other two search terms. This search resulted in a sample of 40 AI and robotics organisations, ranging from consultancy to AI artefact providers. After establishing the sample, we proceeded to examine the materials on the public websites of each organisation. Our investigation focused on two things. First, we looked at the types of services and solutions offered to explore the different types of AI and robotics solutions for education presented and to see the kinds of problems or opportunities these solutions were said to address. Second, we focused on the promises, hopes, and expectations linked to introducing AI-based robotics artefacts in a classroom. Data were extracted using the T-LAB software. The textual material was normalised, and the dictionary was built through lemmatisation and disambiguation of words. The corpus obtained was imported into Gephi software, which organises the lemmas in an adjacency matrix, and the network structure of lemmas is formalised as a 1-mode network. NTA and, specifically, a community detection algorithm based on the Louvain method (Fortunato, 2010) mapped distinct clusters. Through this procedure, we investigated particular semantic networks and the centrality of different time-conceptual cores. These cores are then qualitatively analysed to gain a comprehensive understanding of the forms of pace, tempo, rhythm, and synchronicity contingent on each one. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation discusses five heterogenous traits of an envisioned robotically-mediated educational temporality that are enacted in the educational robotics imaginary. We relate them to the relentless work of the EdTech industry and the envisioning of a future of education co-inhabited by AI-based robotic artefacts. Specifically, the NTA allowed us to identify the centrality of five temporal concepts in the emerging educational robotics imaginary, such as potentiality, adaptiveness, automation, improvement, and efficiency and a set of related semantic networks. We will show how each of these semantic networks, combined with a qualitative interpretation of texts, allows us to discuss in detail the rhythms of such an envisaged temporality (e.g. cyclical in the case of adaptiveness), the forms of calculation of time (e.g. mechanically standardized in the case of efficiency), the temporal relations that are designed (e.g. optimizing in the case of potentiality) and the enacted modalities that establish a particular relation between the present, the past and the future (e.g. prophetic in the case of automation). In concluding the analysis, we discuss how the various and multiple forms of temporalities linked to the educational robotics imaginary are paradoxical and have significant cultural implications for how educational time is mediated, embodied, placed and experienced by teachers and students. We also reflect on how this work of temporal envisioning can be related to similarly paradoxical educational problematisations, promises, solutions, and goals. References Amsler, S., & Facer, K. (2017). Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: Exploring alternative educational orientations to the future. Futures, 94, 6–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2017.01.001 Barassi, V. (2020). Datafied times: Surveillance capitalism, data technologies and the social construction of time in family life. New Media & Society, 22(9), 1545-1560. Beer, D. (2019). The data gaze: Capitalism, power and perception. Sage publications. Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-) forms—Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 602-612. Decuypere, Mathias & Maarten Simons. (2020). Pasts and futures that keep the possible alive: Reflections on time, space, education and governing, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 640-652. Fortunato, S. (2010). Community detection in graphs. Physics reports, 486(3-5), 75-174. Hunter, S. (2014). A novel method of network text analysis. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics, 4(02), 350. Kitchin, R. (2023). Digital Timescape: Technology, Temporalities and Society. Polity. Paranyushkin, D. (2011). Identifying the pathways for meaning circulation using text network analysis. Nodus Labs, 26, 1-26. Rosa, H. (2003) Social acceleration: Ethical and political consequences of a desynchronized high-speed society. Constellations, 10(1): 3–33. Tafdrup, O. (2020). Mediating Imaginaries: Educational robots and collective visions of the future. Nordic Journal of Science and Technology Studies, 8(2), 33-46. Taylor, C. (2004). Modern social imaginaries. Duke University Press. Williamson, B. & Komljenovic, T. (2023) Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education, Critical Studies in Education, 64:3, 234-249, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2022.2081587 Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). The problem of the present: On simultaneity, synchronisation and transnational education projects. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 664. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Uncovering the EdTech Startup Ecosystem’s Discourses of (Un)certainties as a One-dimensional Contemporary Folktale 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich; 2University of Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:EdTech startups are being touted as steady purveyors of innovations designed to revolutionize the education system (e.g. European Schoolnet 2023; Jacobs Foundation; European EdTech Alliance 2024). In our contribution, we aim to explore the discourse produced by EdTech startups themselves and related actors, such as accelerators and investors, and it's possible implications for the development of educational technologies. These actors in the EdTech space seem to thrive on the notion that “education is broken”, and an “oncoming educational apocalypse” (Weller 2022, 83−84) by creating a cornucopia of digital solutions, and with it, ways to translate didactic and pedagogical concepts (e.g., Schiefner-Rohs, Hofhues & Breiter 2023; Jarke & Macgilchrist 2021) or managerial needs around school environments (Hartong & Breiter 2021) into algorithmic systems. Over the past years, there has been a growing body of international research from various perspectives, such as in-depth analyses of specific products. Beyond the field of education, startups have been investigated, for instance, in terms of their organizational culture and gender (Pöllänen 2021); their global startup culture and its domestication (Koskinen 2021); the sociality of networking of young tech-entrepreneurs (Pfeilstetter 2017); the rise of startup entrepreneurship as a cultural phenomenon (Hyrkäs 2016); the exploitative tendencies of startup economy (Hill 2017); or as affordance networks, symbolic form and cultural practice (Werning 2019). Most of the existing international studies related to the EdTech startup space focus on individual stakeholder groups, like investors (Venture Capital, business angels, e.g. Ball 2019), accelerators (e.g. Ester 2017; Ramiel 2021; Nivanaho et al. 2023), and “Big EdTech” (e.g. Williamson 2022; Komljenovic et al. 2023). EdTech startups themselves and their realities present an intriguing object of sociological education research, since startups are the actors who in practice develop educational technology, seek investment possibilities, and cater to and/or deploy a specific vision of education. Their discourses and practical working conditions are the realties in which EdTech products emerge – they are an important executive agency, made of individuals able to criticize practical contradictions and act accordingly (as considered in pragmatic sociology, see e.g. Barthe et al. 2013, 186). To this end, we draw on empirical material from our work at a European EdTech conference, analyzing presentations from EdTech startups, investors and policy makers given at a public conference in central Europe and shedding light on the many intricate practices EdTech startups adopt to persist within the “ecosystem” (itself a powerful biological life/agent metaphor, Weller 2022, 9; see e.g. Founders Foundation 2024). In our analysis, we show how the seemingly underlying motive of a broken education, the conspicuous references to the otherworldly and heroic individuals overcoming hardship isolates the real-life actor ‘startup’ from its complex interrelationships with the actual world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will present results from our field study at a European EdTech startup conference held in 2022. The conference catered specifically to EdTech entrepreneurs, investors, and policy makers. Our data consists of fieldnotes made 1) as participants of the summit, 2) specifically during 5 selected presentations of approx. 1 hour each given by announced speakers, 3) on-site pictures, 4) related press releases, and 5) corresponding social media content from the platform LinkedIn. We approached the whole corpus with a discourse analysis based on the sociology of knowledge approach, the aim of which is to work out patterns of interpretation in the material (Keller 2005). By several loops of coding, focusing on meaning making within the presentations and discussions we observed, some discourse patterns and metaphors of a mythological, tale-like storytelling (see e.g., Jarke & Macgilchrist 2021; Macgilchrist 2019) jumped out at us. Hence, we decided to introduce the characteristics of the European folk tale (Lüthi 1986) as a productive lens to capture these discursive particularities. Especially the European corpus and convincing methodology of this study, the depth of the overarching phenomena described, and its prominence in European narratology, made us choose Max Lüthi’s work over other theories such as Joseph Campbell’s hero journey (which suffers from a selection bias) or Vladimir Propp´s morphology of fairytales (which concentrates on plot structure and characters). According to Lüthi’s framework, a folktale is “a world-encompassing adventure story told in a swift, sublimating style. With unrealistic ease, it isolates its figures and knits them together” and refuses “to explain its operative interrelationships in dogmatic terms.” (Lüthi 1986, 82). The folktale also envisions a world in contrast to “the uncertain, confusing, unclear, and threatening world of reality” giving us “clear lines and solid unwavering figures […] in purposeful motion” (Lüthi 1986, 85−86). Interestingly, folktale characters are not irritated by the encounter of an otherworldly being or an “alien dimension” – unrealistic beings and propositions and reality coalesce. It is in this sense that Lüthi identifies a “one-dimensionality” of the folktale (ibid., 10). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Lüthi, we observed the construction of a contemporary folktale by EdTech startups, investors, and policy makers through elements of 1) an underlying one-dimensionality 2), otherworldly metaphors, and 3) heroic tales of entrepreneurship. Firstly, we noted a one-dimensionality in how actors in the EdTech space speak about techno-solved futures of education and revoking a problem-ridden education system – mostly in absence of educational practitioners, researchers, let alone students or parents. Most of the speakers seem isolated from a tangible reality of and interrelationships with these groups, which does not appear to create any perplexity for the involved actors. Even for so-called impact investors, the operationalisation of the actual impact of the EdTech they fund remains intangible, uncertain, and abstract. The isolated nature of discourses produced at EdTech startup conferences creates a detachment from educational realities by establishing one-dimensional narratives. Second, the interwoven symbolism and materiality of the mystical metaphors the actors use (e.g., a mechanical rodeo unicorn) − talking of ‘unicorns’ (i.e., a startup evaluated at 1 B$ or more), ‘centaurs’ (evaluation of 100 M$), or advising ‘business angels’ etc. seem normalised in their discourses and interactions. These otherworldly characters, denominating real life (human) evaluation and businesses, are a sign of the latent (probably intended) uncertainty of entrepreneurship. Third, the extraordinary nature of a selected founders’ own entrepreneurial journey reminds us of a heroic tale (Blank & Dorf 2020, xxi), following a certain scheme of hard work at a very young age (indicating an innate drive), making the right choices, engaging with the right people, and having a large amount of luck. The story establishes at once un/certainty, bypassing startups’ own working realities and interrelationships. These narratives collide with educational settings in schools, universities, and other educational institutions. References Ball, S. J. (2019). Serial Entrepreneurs, Angel Investors, and Capex Light Edu-Business Startups in India. In M. Parreira Do Amaral, G. Steiner-Khamsi, & C. Thompson (Eds.), Researching the Global Education Industry (23–46). Springer. Barthe, Y. et al. (2013). Sociologie Pragmatique: Mode d’emploi. Politix 26:103, 175–204. Blank, S., & Dorf, B. (2020) The Startup Owner’s Manual. John Wiley & Sons. Ester, P. (2017). Accelerators in Silicon Valley. Amsterdam University Press. European Schoolnet (2023). Is Europe close to its first EdTech unicorn? http://www.eun.org/news/detail?articleId=10119286 (18.1.24). European EdTech Alliance. 2024. ‘Connecting the European EdTech Ecosystem’. https://www.edtecheurope.org (30.01.2024). Founders Foundation (2024). Founders Foundation. https://foundersfoundation.de/en/ (18.1.2024). Hartong, S., & Breiter, A. (2021). Between fairness optimization and ‘inequalities of dataveillance’. In: S. Grek, C. Maroy, & A. Verger (Eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2021 (76–93). Routledge. Hill, S. (2017). Die Start-up-Illusion. Knaur. Hyrkäs, A. (2016) ‘Startup Complexity. Tracing the Conceptual Shift Behind the Spectacle.’ Dissertation, University of Helsinki. Jacobs Foundation. ‘Learning EdTech Impact Funds (LEIF)’. https://jacobsfoundation.org/activity/leif-learning-edtech-impact-funds/ (18.1.2024). Jarke, J., & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories. Big Data & Society, 8:1. Keller, R. (2005). Wissenssoziologische Diskursanalyse. VS Verlag. Komljenovic, J., Williamson, B., Eynon, R., & Davies, H. C. (2023). When public policy ‘fails’ and venture capital ‘saves’ education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1–16. Koskinen, H. (2021) ‘Domesticating Startup Culture in Finland’. European Journal of Cultural and Political Sociology 8: 2, 175–96. Lüthi, M. (1986) The European Folktale. Indiana University Press. Macgilchrist, F. (2019). Cruel optimism in edtech. Learning, Media and Technology, 44:1, 77–86. Nivanaho, N., Lempinen, S., and Seppänen, P. (2023) ‘Education as a Co-Developed Commodity in Finland?’. Learning, Media and Technology (29 August 2023): 1–15. Pfeilstetter, R. (2017) ‘Startup Communities: Notes on the Sociality of Tech-Entrepreneurs in Manchester’. Startup Communities 8:1, 15. Pöllänen, K. (2021)‘Organizational Culture and Masculinities in a Startup Company in Finland’. Nordic Journal of Working Life Studies 11:4, 117–35. Ramiel, H. (2021). Edtech Disruption Logic and Policy Work. Learning, Media and Technology, 46:1, 20–32. Schiefner-Rohs, M., Hofhues, S., & Breiter, A. (2023). Datafizierung (in) der Bildung. Transcript. Weller, M. (2022). Metaphors of Ed Tech. AU Press. Werning, S. (2019). ‘Start-up Ecosystems Between Affordance Networks, Symbolic Form, and Cultural Practice’. In: M. Prenger & M. Deuze (Eds.), Making Media (207–219). Amsterdam University Press. Williamson, B. (2022) ‘Big EdTech’. Learning, Media and Technology 47:2, 157–62. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 28 SES 12 B: Productive Subjectivities, Nurturing Pedagogies Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Seán Gleasure Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Types of Student Work and Religiosity among Higher Education Students in Central and Eastern Europe 1University of Debrecen, Hungary; 2MTA-DE-PARTNERS Research Group Presenting Author:The relationship between religiosity and work has been a key area of interest in the sociology of religion. The content of both religiosity and work has been transformed. However, the relationship between religiosity and students’ motivation for work is rarely studied, even though volunteering and paid student jobs are increasingly common. Previous research has shown that the largest group of volunteers is composed of university students and secondary school students (Tokhtarova 2014). In this study, we examine paid work of student as well as voluntary work. We seek to answer the question as to how the voluntary or paid work clusters are related to religiosity. According to the literature (Handy et al. 2010), a volunteer is a person who does work that is not compulsory, driven by some intrinsic motive, and without any financial reward. Volunteering can be intrinsically and/or extrinsically motivated. Following the turn of the millennium, a new type of volunteering has emerged, which is not necessarily based on solidarity but instead reflects career considerations (Hoskins et al. 2020). This career volunteering is no longer motivated by altruism, but rather it is based on purposeful preparation for later employment. Volunteering is thus motivated by different reasons, which may include incentives by the state or the school, volunteering for career development purposes, or volunteering as an introductory phase to paid employment, which in turn leads to the hybridisation of the concept of volunteering (Handy et al. 2010; Bazan 2021). Immediately after the political transformation in CEE, non-governmental organisations based on voluntary participation and non-profit activities existed mainly in church-related environments. In this church-related setting, social patterns of volunteering, which were destroyed in the middle of the 20th century, also returned (Máté-Tóth & Szilágyi 2020). Over the last decade, our results on students’ civic participation have shown that members of sports and church associations make up the majority of civic participants, as other organisations are not seen as attractive. This partly explains the association between volunteering and religiosity observed in Hungary and the cross border area (Fényes et al.2021; Fényes & Pusztai 2012). At the same time, in the period of pressure on societies during the COVID-19 crisis and the war in Ukraine, much of the voluntary work was organised through existing social networks. During the war, young people played a crucial role (Carlsen et al. 2020, Pallay et al. 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected from a large sample of students (N=2,199) during the academic year of 2018/19. Students were surveyed at higher education institutions located in the Eastern region of Hungary and four other neighbouring countries (SK, RO, UA, SE). Specifically, the survey was conducted in higher education institutions located in the territories of these countries with significant Hungarian minority. It is important to note that the findings of this study only apply to Hungarian minority institutions in these territories and are not representative of the entire countries. In Hungary, quota sampling was carried out (N=1,034), designed to be representative with respect to faculties, field of education (arts and social sciences, economics, sciences, IT, engineering, teacher education) and form of funding. Probability sampling was used in the institutions in other countries, whereby groups of students were surveyed in full during university or college classes (N=1,154). The sample consisted of full-time second-year bachelor’s students and second or third-year master’s students. The sample represented all fields of study. We explored religiosity through religious self-declaration, individual religious practice and the frequency of church attendance. To measure students’ work motivations, we used a Likert scale assessing how the participants rated six items for paid work and eight items for voluntary work. For voluntary work, we reduced the motivation question block used by Clary et al. (1998) to eight items due to scope limitations. The motivational factors of paid and voluntary work were further examined by cluster analysis. Four motivational clusters were formed based on what motivated young people to work. The analysis applied k-means clustering, retaining the following four clusters: self-fulfilment-oriented, independence-oriented, career-oriented worker types, and materialists. We use bivariate analyses to investigate differences in background factors across cluster groups. Students’ gender, age, place of residence, and their parents’ educational attainment did not correlate with motivations for work, but the respondents of the country, relative financial situation of students’ family and students’ subjective self-assessed financial situation showed a significant correlation with work motivation clusters. We examine the factors affecting each cluster group through binary logistic regressions. Dependent variables were the four cluster groups and explanatory variables were those listed above. We hypothesise that paid and voluntary work are simultaneously observed for a certain group of students. We hypothesise that religiosity varies across clusters based on work orientations, with religiosity related to the emergence of a motivational type which includes both altruistic and utilitarian traits. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We identified four types of students by work motivation. Self-fulfilment-oriented workers had a strong motivation to help and displayed a drive to develop skills and relationships, while also seeking fulfilment. Independence-oriented workers had financial independence as their most specific goal, while carrier-oriented workers focussed on gaining knowledge and experience for future employment. Materialist workers had remuneration as their primary purpose. Religiosity had a significant effect for clusters with self-fulfilment and materialist orientation. While the development of self-fulfilment orientation was supported by individual religious practice, the probability of materialist orientation was reduced by community religious practice. Religiosity did not play a role for independence-oriented and career-oriented groups. From the perspective of religiosity, it is noteworthy the self-fulfilment-oriented workers placed an equal emphasis on altruism and utilitarianism, which clearly shows the hybridisation of motivations for voluntary and paid work, while also highlighting the novel post-materialist link between work and religiosity in the examined region. As Inglehart & Oyserman (2004) points out, the acquisition of material values is less and less a life goal for the younger generation, so work is not just a means of earning, but a meaningful activity in which individuals can learn about themselves and develop their own way of life based on enrichment of wellbeing and self-expression. While in the previous period religiousness was associated with altruistically motivated voluntary work and non-religiousness with the pursuit of individual career goals, today's modern religiousness is creating a new attitude towards the employment of youth. Consequently, voluntary work and paid work are not alternatives, but can be a group-building factor if work is also seen as a fulfillment. For this reason, for a certain group of young people who see their lives as a search for meaning, both religiosity and voluntary or paid work can be an essential and determining factor. References Bazan, D., Nowicki, M. & Rzymski, R. (2021). Medical Students as the Volunteer Workforce during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Polish experience. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction 55: 102109. Carlsen, H.B., Toubøl J., & Brincker, B. (2020). On Solidarity and Volunteering During the COVID-19 Crisis in Denmark: The Impact of Social Networks and Social Media Groups on the Distribution of Support. European Societies 1–19. Clary, G. et al. (1998). Understanding Assessing the Motivations of Volunteers: A Functional Approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 74 (6): 1516–30. Fényes, H., & Pusztai, G. (2012). Religiosity and Volunteering among Higher Education Students in the Partium Region. In Students in a Cross-Border Region. Higher Education for Regional Social Cohesion, edited by Z. Györgyi & Z. Nagy, 147–67. University of Oradea Press. Fényes, H., Markos, V., & Mohácsi, M. (2021). Volunteering among Higher Education Students as Part of Individual Career Management. Corvinus Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 12 (2): 3–22. Handy, F., et al. (2010). A Cross-Cultural Examination of Student Volunteering: Is It All About Résumé Building. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 39 (3): 498–523. Hoskins, B., Leonard, P., & Wilde, R. (2020). How Effective is Youth Volunteering as an Employment Strategy? A Mixed Methods Study of England. Sociology 54 (4): 763–81.https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038520914840 Inglehart, R. & Oyserman, D. (2004). Individualism, Autonomy, Self-expression: The Human Development Syndrome. In Comparing Cultures, edited by H. Vinken, J. Soeters, & P. Ester, 74–96. Brill. Masevičiūtė, K., Šaukeckienė, V., & Ozolinčiūtė, E. (2018). Combining Studies and Paid Jobs. UAB Araneum. Máté-Tóth, A., & Szilágyi, T. (2020). Faith Based Organizations in Hungary: Struggling with Goals and Autonomy. In Faith-Based Organizations and Social Welfare: Associational Life and Religion in Contemporary Eastern Europe, edited by M. Glatzer & P. C. Maniel, 177–96. Palgrave Macmillan Cham. OECD. 2015. Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers No. 169. Working and learning: Adiversity of patterns. Glenda Quintini. Pallay, K. Markos, V., & Fényes, H. (2022). Kárpátaljai fiatalok önkéntes tevékenysége a 2022-es orosz-ukrán háború idején. Önkéntes Szemle 2 (4): 3–26. Тохтарова, Ільміра Меметівна (2014). “Волонтерський рух в Україні: шляхдо розвитку громадянського суспільства як сфери соціальних відносин” Теорія та практика державного управління і місцевого самоврядування, 2 (5). Wood, N. et al. (2019). Qualitative Exploration of the Impact of Employment and Volunteering upon the Health and Wellbeing of African Refugees Settled in Regional Australia: A refugee Perspective. BMC Public Health 19: 1–15. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper A Typology of Nurturing Pedagogies in Schools Serving Low-Income Communities 1University College Dublin; 2Maynooth University Presenting Author:Encompassing obligations to children’s welfare and well-being, it is accepted that all schools possess a ‘duty of care’ towards their students. This duty of care plays out in schools through the practice of ‘nurturing pedagogies’ (Gleasure et al., 2024). Drawing on the work of Noddings (2013), such nurturing pedagogies can be conceptualised as the ‘caring actions’ of teachers and other school personnel which arise from their attentiveness to the ‘expressed needs’ of the children under their care.
Although universal, the duty of care falls unevenly across schools, with research highlighting that it is often necessary for teachers in schools serving low-income communities to respond to the material and psychological effects of poverty as a priority (Crean et al., 2023; Moss et al., 2020). Against this backdrop, it has been argued that such schools play a dual role, not only as an education provider, but also as a frontline service for children living in poverty (Crean et al., 2023).
This dual role aligns with a body of research which suggests two corresponding domains of nurturing in schools serving low-income communities (Tichnor-Wagner & Allen, 2016; Valenzuela, 1999): a domain of ‘academic nurturing,’ centred on children’s academic progression and success, and a domain of ‘affective nurturing,’ related to children’s welfare and well-being. Research also indicates, however, that teachers in such schools often perceive these forms of nurturing as competing areas of interest, leading them to prioritise one over the other (Antrop-González & De Jesús, 2006; Martin & Amin, 2020).
Others challenge such binarism, arguing that teachers should uphold the dual role of schools serving low-income communities by simultaneously engaging in both academic nurturing and affective nurturing (Crean et al., 2023; Devine & McGillicuddy, 2016). We build on that argument, characterising such practices as ‘critical nurturing.’ Importantly, critical nurturing is distinct from ‘instrumental’ forms of caring, where affective nurturing practices serve a performative end in children’s academic achievement (Dadvand & Cuervo, 2020; Walls, 2022). Such instrumental practices are especially salient in the context of the increasing emphasis on children’s performance in standardised assessments arising from neo-liberal accountability measures in education systems globally (Devine, 2013).
Our focus on nurturing pedagogies in schools serving low-income communities is particularly relevant in light of the EU Youth Strategy 2019-2027 (European Commission, 2018) which underscores the need to pay attention to the risks of socioeconomic exclusion in children’s lives. The Strategy identifies a number ‘European Youth Goals’ which correspond to the nurturing pedagogies within our typology, including mental health and well-being, quality learning, and quality employment for all.
Here, we present findings from two strands from our research on nurturing pedagogies in primary schools serving low-income communities. First, we consider the nurturing pedagogies evident during Covid-19 school closures, a period during which socioeconomic inequalities in education became particularly pronounced (Crean et al., 2023). The following research questions frame our analysis:
Second, we examine primary school children’s perspectives on their experience of nurturing pedagogies, recognising their agency as active co-researchers of their own lives (Donegan et al., 2023; Samanova et al., 2022). Again, our investigation is framed by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws on data from Ireland’s national longitudinal study of primary schooling, Children’s School Lives (CSL; www.cslstudy.ie). The study employs a mixed-methods longitudinal cohort design, tracing the experiences of a nationally representative cohort of about 4,000 children in almost 200 schools from 2019 to 2024, along with their parents, grandparents, teachers, principals, and other school personnel. The study also incorporates a sub-sample of thirteen schools in which in-depth ethnographic case studies are conducted each year. In this paper, we draw on data from three such case study schools, purposively selected due to their designated disadvantaged status by the Irish Department of Education. At the time of data collection, two of the selected schools were single-sex, with one serving girls only and the other serving boys only. The third school was co-educational. The study followed appropriate ethical guidelines and was approved by the University ethics committee. The first strand of this paper presents findings from the period of Covid-19 school closures in 2020. During this time, virtual interviews were conducted with 13 adult stakeholders across the three selected case study schools on their experiences of the pandemic and remote learning, as well as their perspectives on children’s engagement and well-being. Stakeholders included teachers, principals, parents, and grandparents. Interview transcripts were inductively coded using MAXQDA software and thematically analysed. The second strand explores children’s perspectives on nurturing pedagogies in the three case study schools using a photovoice methodology, encouraging children’s active participation and agency in the research process. In self-selected ‘friendship groups,’ 49 Second Class children (aged 8 to 9 years) across the three schools were invited to take photographs of places in which they did/did not experience care at school. These photographs served as the basis for subsequent focus group discussions with each friendship group. As before, focus group transcripts were inductively coded using MAXQDA software and thematically analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from both strands of this paper offer important insights for our understanding of nurturing pedagogies in schools serving low-income communities. Our findings indicate that, during the period of Covid-19 closures, universal concern existed across the three case study schools for academic nurturing. This was evidenced in teachers’ encouragement of children and their families to participate in remote learning, the creation of a curriculum hierarchy focused on the ‘core’ subjects, and families’ expressed value for the routine created by remote learning. Such universal concern for academic nurturing challenges perceptions of a pedagogic deficit in schools serving low-income communities. By contrast, our findings reveal differing emphasis on affective nurturing across the three case study schools during this period. Only our co-educational school, with its strong culture of affective nurturing promoted by school leadership, demonstrated practices reflective of critical nurturing as described above. Findings from our photovoice research indicate that children across the three schools perceived their experience of care, as well as the absence thereof, in terms of academic and affective nurturing to varying degrees. In addition, children expressed a clear understanding of the difficulties experienced by their teachers in fulfilling both forms of nurturing simultaneously (what we describe as critical nurturing), with particular emphasis on the time pressures associated with doing so. Finally, children emphasised the importance of the care they experience from their classmates at school, highlighting particular behaviours such as sharing materials and protecting each other from harm. References Antrop-González, R., & De Jesús, A. (2006). Toward a theory of critical care in urban small school reform: Examining structures and pedagogies of caring in two Latino community-based schools. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 19(4), 409–433. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518390600773148 Crean, M., Devine, D., Moore, B., Martínez Sainz, G., Symonds, J., Sloan, S., & Farrell, E. (2023). Social class, COVID-19 and care: Schools on the front line in Ireland during the COVID-19 pandemic. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2023.2174077 Dadvand, B., & Cuervo, H. (2020). Pedagogies of care in performative schools. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41(1), 139-152. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1486806 Devine, D. (2013). ‘Value’ing children differently? Migrant children in education. Children and Society, 27, 282-294. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12034 Devine, D., & McGillicuddy, D. (2016). Positioning pedagogy—a matter of children’s rights. Oxford Review of Education, 42(4), 424-443. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2016.1197111 Donegan, A., Devine, D., Martinez‐Sainz, G., Symonds, J., & Sloan, S. (2023). Children as co‐researchers in pandemic times: Power and participation in the use of digital dialogues with children during the COVID‐19 lockdown. Children & Society, 37(1), 235-253. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12665 European Commission (2018). European Union Youth Strategy 2019-2027. European Commission. Gleasure, S., Devine, D., Martinez Sainz, G., Sloan, S., Crean, M., Moore, B., & Symonds, J. (2024, forthcoming). “This is where the care can step up”: A typology of nurturing pedagogies in primary schools serving low-income communities during COVID-19 closures. Early Childhood Education Journal. Martin, M., & Amin, N. (2020). Teacher care work in situations of severe deprivation. Pastoral Care in Education, 38(2), 156-173. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2020.1725906 Moss, G., Allen, R., Bradbury, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., & Levy, R. (2020). Primary teachers' experience of the COVID-19 lockdown–Eight key messages for policymakers going forward. UCL Institute of Education. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A relational approach to ethics and moral education. University of California Press. Samonova, E., Devine, D., & Luttrell, W. (2022). Under the mango Tree: Photovoice with primary school children in rural Sierra Leone. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211053106 Tichnor-Wagner, A., & Allen, D. (2016). Accountable for care: Cultivating caring school communities in urban high schools. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(4), 406- 447. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2016.1181185 Valenzuela, A. (1999). Subtractive schooling: Issues of caring in education of US-Mexican youth. State University of New York Press. Walls, J. (2022). Performativity and caring in education: Toward an ethic of reimagination. Journal of School Leadership, 32(3), 289-314. https://doi.org/10.1177/1052684620972065 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 29 SES 12 A: Workshop. Engaging Networks and Communities in Arts and Education Research from an Ethics of Care Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Research Workshop |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Engaging Networks and Communities in Arts and Education Research from an Ethics of Care 1University of Girona, Spain; 2Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:In research, it is important to mind the human dimension, that is, not only our thoughts, ideas, and brains, but also our corporeality, our presence, and our affects. Research is done by persons, who usually work in relation to others. So we as researchers are subjects-in-relation. This calls for taking into account the ethics of care. According to Joan Tronto (2009, para. 5), An ethic of care is an approach to personal, social, moral, and political life that starts from the reality that all human beings need and receive care and give care to others. The care relationships among humans are part of what marks us as human beings. This means that although being aware that power relations exist in any collaborative work, researchers and participants are responsible for working in a good work environment, by paying attention to one’s and others’ needs, and mind each participant’s experience and reflections (Pettersen, 2011) in order to establish more horizontal and caring relationships. An ethics of care is constructed across the places and spaces and throughout all co-creative processes. This entails an affective response and an ethical response-ability. That is, having the ability to respond (response-ability) to the emotional-social needs in a way that predisposes us to learning in the best possible way for the entire educational community involved. Taking Haraway's conception of situated and relational knowledge, Maria Puig de la Bellacasa (2012) comments that knowing practices require care. Care is relational (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012, p. 198). Starting from the ontology of becoming, or an ontology that is made (in the making), Puig de la Bellacasa speaks of becoming-with and thinking-with (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012, p. 200). This invites us to move away from a culture of individuality and “seek common reasons for hope in concrete forms of situated “praxis”” (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012, p. 203). Practicing the pedagogy of care means becoming aware - and responsible - about who we are (in relationship) and how we do things (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012). If we think of reality as relational, we enter into ecologies of being and knowing where our actions are constantly affecting not only our reality but a reality that is being co-created by all human and non-human entities that are in a concrete space-time-matterings. According to Andrew S. Larsen citing Gordon, Benner and Noddings (1996), pedagogies of care “consists of a set of relationship practices that foster mutual recognition and fulfilment, development, growth, protection, empowerment, human community, culture and possibility” (Larsen, 2015, p. 17). From this theoretical framework, two researchers wanted to explore ways to ‘create community’ in a network of researchers in arts education through approaching politics of care. The question that guided the research was: How to engage pedagogies and ethics of care in a research network? The aims were:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To do so, we proposed to a network of more than 200 researchers in arts education to send us once a month a picture and an inspiring phrase showing something about their daily lives. This could be related to their job, their work, their lives, etc. Once we receive the images and the text, we upload and stick them on a digital whiteboard. After uploading the creations, we shared with the community the visual mosaic. The idea was to intertwine researchers’ lives with academic context to create a space of care and trust. Know who is behind the network. Which bodies with their lives inhabit the network. What are their interests, their styles, their senses (of humour, of friendship, of joyfulness, of connection with the job, nature, bodies…). The proposal ran for 4 months. The participation was completely voluntary. First month participated 21 researchers. Second month 12 researchers. Third month 11 researchers. Fourth month 9 researchers. The workshop to be presented in ECER 2024, seeks to work with these images and phrases and invite participants to create new connections among them, intervene them and reflect about ethics, pedagogies of care in creating community, a sense of belonging, sympathising with others researchers and think about how we relate with our colleagues in research contexts. The idea and expected outcomes of this workshop is to invite researchers to take the next step of this ongoing open and experimental research from a playful intention and through arts. Take the unknown as a routemap to create new forms of caring and supporting collaborative contexts. Connecting democracy in research and construct more democratic ways of collaborating. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This proposal is an ongoing research that looks for other pedagogical relationships among researchers and their communities or networks. It is part of an experimental neverending process in which researchers are invited to invent transnational collaborative models for research. The ontology of becoming proposes a relational, changing and contextual reality that invites us to think about a different subjectivity. According to Inna Semetsky (2006, p. 3), “the production of subjectivity is not based on any prescribed code, but is creative and artistic.” . . human experience itself must be considered as a condition of possibility. . . of becoming another, that is, different from the current self.” This places research practice in a relational process where each person must take their part of responsibility by being aware of their power to transform and affect the pedagogical-research encounter. And although we find ourselves in a situation with many not-knowings, precisely the importance of learning lies in recognizing and understanding them not as an obstacle that generates frustration, impotence, and blockage, but precisely as that which is not-yet-known (Atkinson, 2018), that is, as potentialities of knowledge-to-know. So that we can create ecologies of imagination from care, a performative ethic mediating the arts that allows us to visualize, project and create worlds that are yet-to-arrive (Atkinson, 2018). However, the materialization of new ways of being/living by researchers is not an easy task, since it requires not only “an ethical, epistemological, ontological and political process”, but also “an aesthetic process, a process of creativity and invention” (Atkinson, 2018, p. 33). References Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, Disobedience and Ethics. The Adventure of Pedagogy. Palgrave. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-62639-0 Larsen, A. S. (2015). Who Cares? Developing a Pedagogy of Caring in Higher Education. [Tesis doctoral]. Utah State University. https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/etd/4287 Pettersen, T. (2011). The Ethics of Care: Normative Structures and Empirical Implications. Health Care Anal, 19, 51-64. Accessed 17 March 2022: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3037474/pdf/10728_2010_Article_163.pdf Puig de Bellacasa, M. (2012). Nothing Comes Without its World’: thinking with care. The Sociological Review, 60(2), 197–216. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-954X.2012.02070.x Semetsky, I. (2006). Deleuze, Education and Becoming. Sense Publishers. Tronto, J. (2009). Joan Tronto. Interview on August 4th, 2009. Ethics of Care. Sharing Views on Good Care. Accessed 17 March 2022: https://ethicsofcare.org/joan-tronto/ |
15:45 - 17:15 | 30 SES 12 A: Attitudes and Competencies in ESE across different geopolitical locations Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Katrien Van Poeck Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Empowering Youth in Rural Areas for Future Challenges – A Qualitive Study on Sustainability Awareness and Competencies University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:Young people are pivotal in driving the (future) implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and fostering successful sustainable transformation both globally and regionally. To achieve this, they need engaging learning opportunities and effective support to acquire essential sustainability competencies. By establishing this foundation, the young generation will be empowered to assume responsibility and actively contribute to shaping a sustainable future.
However, the challenge lies in designing learning settings that effectively engage, motivate and cater to diverse groups of young people, enabling them to collaborate on solutions for future challenges. Understanding the sustainability awareness and competencies of young individuals is crucial for developing tailored learning interventions. In Germany, numerous well-established-surveys routinely gather data on the daily lives, attitudes, and opinions of young people [1-5]. At the European level, the #ClimateofChange project conducted one of the latest surveys across 23 European countries, primarily exploring young people’s perception and knowledge regarding the interplay between climate change and migration [6]. While shedding light on motivations for sustainable living, the study also unveils variations based on gender, residence in urban or rural areas, and educational background. However, the existing German studies lack the specificity to scrutinize data at a regional level, such as our focus on the northwest part of Lower Saxony, characterized mainly by rural regions.
Additionally, our emphasis is on embracing the diversity of young individuals, taking into account their social backgrounds, interests, and needs to cater to all segments of society. Many existing studies exhibit a pre-existing bias towards groups with a heightened affinity for sustainability, as these individuals are more likely to participate in interviews on this topic. Consequently, we conducted focus group discussions, engaging with diverse groups of young people from various contexts, to gain deeper insights into their awareness of sustainability and their proficiency in sustainability competencies. These findings serve as the foundation for crafting a novel learning intervention rooted in the principles of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) [7] and ‘learning workshops’ [“Lernwerkstaetten”], a concept originating in German-speaking countries in the 1990s [8]. The innovative format is built upon action-oriented and transformative pedagogy, prioritizing learner-centric approaches, reflection loops, active participation, and exploratory, interconnected learning as main pedagogical principles [9 and 10]. Furthermore, the design of the learning environment is pivotal in realizing these pedagogical objectives. Leveraging the 'learning workshops' concept provides a valuable framework, particularly in shaping an environment that fosters diverse ways of learning and cultivates an atmosphere of astonishment, irritation, exploration, invention, and inspiration [11]. The amalgamation of prior experiences with these concepts and the insights gleaned from the focus groups will enable us to formulate a novel approach aimed at effectively empowering young people to actively engage in sustainable transformation. To foster a comprehensive understanding of both cross-regional dynamics and regional nuances, engaging in European-level exchanges proves invaluable. While our initial focus is on a regional level, targeting specific groups of young people, our findings and newly developed concepts can contribute to an international discourse on empowering youth for the globally essential sustainable transformation. Thus, a crucial aspect involves comprehending the intricacies of the addressed groups, a goal our study aims to advance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Vital data was acquired through nine focus group discussions [12] with groups from various contexts; involving participants aged 14 to 25. Typical interview groups comprised 4-8 individuals. To ensure a comfortable environment, we worked with groups where young people actively chose to participate voluntarily and had pre-existing familiarity with one another. These groups encompassed a variety of contexts, including Fridays For Future activists, nature/environment protection groups, church groups, sport teams, and groups from youth clubs. Our goal was to include young people from diverse educational backgrounds and social milieus. The focus group discussions explored the following aspects: recent global and local issues, the significance of various Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), self-assessment of personal sustainability competencies, engagement for sustainability, and learning habits and preferences. All discussions were recorded, and the transcripts underwent qualitative content analysis [13]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides insights into the sustainability awareness and competencies of diverse groups of young people residing in the northwest part of Lower Saxony, Germany. It enhances our understanding of effective outreach strategies for young individuals and informs the design of ESD learning environments, optimizing engagement in these learning processes. The study yields crucial findings both verbally and pedagogically, forming a relevant foundation for the development of new learning interventions. While the spatial focus is on northwest Lower Saxony, the results can serve as an example for rural areas. Comparisons with awareness and competencies of young people in other European rural areas will be insightful. In addition, identifying similarities or key differences compared to urban areas contributes to understanding how to provide effective learning opportunities for the young generation in the context of local and global sustainable transformations. Thus, an international perspective supports the actual development of innovative learning interventions. References [1] Albert, Hurrelmann, and Quenzel (2019). 18. Shell Jugendstudie 2019: Eine Generation meldet sich zu Wort. Publ. by Deutsche Shell Holding GmbH [2] Calmbach et al. (2020). Wie ticken Jugendliche? 2020 – Lebenswelten von Jugendlichen im Alter von 14 bis 17 Jahren in Deutschland. A study of the SINUS institute on behalf of (among others) the German Federal Agency for Civic Eduaction [3] Grund and Brock (2018). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings. Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings. Befragung junger Menschen. Executive Summary. Berlin. [4] Kress (2021). Greenpeace Nachhaltigkeitsbarometer 2021 – Wir sind bereit und wollen endlich eine nachhaltige Zukunft!, Executive Summary. Publ. by Greenpeace e.V. [5] Thio and Göll (2011). Einblick in die Jugendkultur: Das Thema Nachhaltigkeit bei der jungen Generation anschlussfähig machen. Publ. by Federal Environment Agency [6] Dunne, A. and Bijwaard, D. (2021). Pan-European Survey: Main multi-country report. Publ. by #ClimateOfChange project. Ipsos. Leuven. [7] United Nations (2005). UNECE strategy for education for sustainable development. High-Level meeting of Environment and Education Ministries. Vilnius. [8] Kottmann, B. (2020). Lernwerkstätten. In: Bollweg, P., Buchna, J., Coelen, T., Otto, HU. (eds) Handbuch Ganztagsbildung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. pp. 997-1008. [9] Rieckmann, M. (2018): Chapter 2 - Learning to transform the world: key competencies in ESD. In: Leicht, A. / Heiss, J. / Byun, W. J. (eds.): Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO, Paris, http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0026/002614/261445E.pdf, pp. 39-59. [10] Lozano, R., Barreiro-Gen, M. (2022). Connections Between Sustainable Development Competences and Pedagogical Approaches. In: Vare, P., Lausselet, N., Rieckmann, M. (eds) Competences in Education for Sustainable Development. Sustainable Development Goals Series. Springer, Cham. [11] Gabriel et al. (2009). Positionspapier zu Qualitätsmerkmalen von Lernwerkstätten und Lernwerkstattarbeit. Publ. by the Association of the European „Learning workshops“ [Verband europäischer Lernwerkstätten e.V.] [12] Kitzinger (1995). Introducing focus groups. In: BMJ; 311: 299-302. [13] Kuckartz (2019). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Systematic Approach. In: Kaiser, G., Presmeg, N. (eds) Compendium for Early Career Researchers in Mathematics Education. ICME-13 Monographs. Springer, Cham. pp. 181-197. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper A Quality Climate Education in Australian Secondary Schools? A Cross-case Comparison of Pre-university Subjects Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION Our paper analyses the affordances of a selection of pre-university subjects for climate-related learning, focusing on Victoria and extending this to other Australian states and territories. Internationally, the K-12 education sector has seen a range of responses that illustrate shallow to deeper forms of engagement with the climate crisis (e.g., NRC, 2012; Bonnett, 2013; Henderson & Drewes, 2020; Dunlop et al. 2021; Finnegan, 2023). On the one hand, studies show curriculum is designed and enacted in particular subject areas in ways that can foster forms of denialism, disavowal and negation,directly and indirectly (see Eaton & Day, 2020; Höhle & Bengtsson, 2023; Perrin, 2023; Säfström & Östman, 2020; Tannock, 2020, and most recently, PragerU and climate denial education in Florida). On the other, there are a range of initiatives in curricular, co-curricular or extra-curricular spaces may propose fostering variousdimensions of ‘climate literacy’ to combat this, as well as reframe contemporary educational priorities (see Huopenen, 2023; Kwauk & Wyss, 2023; Mayes & Center, 2023; Ruiz-Mallén et al., 2022; Cook et al., 2023). In Victoria, like the affordances in other Australian states and territories, current state-level education policy has created two main clusters for learning about climate within Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) subjects: STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) and HASS (Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences). Our study illustrates how both clusters offer core and optional areas for provision of quality climate-related learning—i.e. that might engender hope and action—for 16-19 year olds, even as they present diverse opportunities for advancing learning and competence development in cognitive, socio-emotional and behavioural domains. Extending Dawson et al.’s (2022) recent international comparative study of middle years climate-related curriculum, we offer an examination of the the breadth, depth and quality of learning affordances in the current and next generation versions of VCEs, and present an analysis of patterns of possible learning within and across subjects. Findings for Victoria suggest continued fragmentation within some study designs, innovation and depth in others, and significant differences in emphasis and approach across each cluster. We then extend this analysis to the equivalent provision in the other current state and territory senior secondary school certificates. Dawson et al. (2022) documented the inadequacies in climate change education provision in Australian Foundation to Year 10 (F-10, 4-16 years old) curriculum, a curriculum policy that sets the foundations for each of Australia’s state and territory curriculum authorities. While the term ‘climate change’ appears in the policy, it is barely mentioned. Most often it appears at Years 9 or 10 (15-16 years old) and when it does, it is presented as a context or example rather than a core or mandated aspect or discrete topic and knowledge. For the previous version of the Australian curriculum, Dawson et al. (2022) concluded “although there are implicit opportunities for a teacher to choose to teach climate change it is not explicit or mandated” (p.1387). Now, Version 9.0 of the science curriculum for Year 10 mentions, “Describe trends in patterns of global climate change and identify causal factors”, but this is the only entry, and it is unlikely to offer what NOAA regards as ‘climate literacy’ (or climate science literacy for that matter). For students too, it ill affords sufficient preparation to select pre-university courses that round out their knowledge and competences, or know how to address the shortcomings in current provision by choosing subjects or finding teachers that can correct this (Beasy et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In brief, our research focuses on the ways learning and teaching about CC are represented in the 37 VCE studies within the Victorian senior secondary curriculum, and equivalents in other current state and territory senior secondary school certificates. Our benchmark is Eilam et al.’s (2020) analysis of VCE curriculum. In mapping CC within the VCE, Eilam et al. (2020) identified eight key CC content themes that ranged from science-based to humanity-based (socio-economic-political structures, networks, ethics and conduct) aspects. They also found that in analysing curriculum policy documents in 2019 when CC was included in VCE Study Designs, it was typically in a reduced form with students learning CC as an outcome, cause, or technological or managerial problem. In other words, unlike the headlines of the IPCC reports the remit of the Paris Agreement, or the call for climate literacy from NOAA, to date, CC has tended not to be communicated as the most pressing crisis of our time in pre-university subjects, nor as posing unprecedented challenges to humanity, requiring learning and teaching for senior secondary students that could offer positive change and hope (Reid, 2021). In the full paper, we identify changes since the last round of renewal of study designs for senior secondary school certificates, including whether, for example, addressing an emergency situation or the terms of the Paris Agreement are now reflected in the study designs. We address two main research questions: Where can we find affordances for CC education in the study design? How has this situation changed with the latest renewal of the study design? We have followed the principles of a descriptive qualitative research methodology (Creswell & Creswell 2018) analysing primary sources, such as for Victoria, VCE Study Designs (formal published curriculum policy documents) issued by VCAA (2023). We limited the document analysis to the published VCE Study Designs. Additional published resources to support the VCE study design were not searched, but will in later phases of this particular project. Such resources are typically posted much latter than the publication of the study design, and were unavailable to authors and publishers of resources and other curriculum-brokers (those involved in the production of guidance, resources and communication at a level beyond the school, Priestley et al., 2021) on the eve of enacting a new study design—a common frustration for teachers in Australia (see, for example, Marangio & Heyting, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings add to ongoing debates as to whether pre-university courses provide sufficient scaffolds and affordances for learners to develop their understandings, skills and values within a ‘quality climate education’ that fosters ‘climate literacy’. As noted elsewhere (Reid, 2019), a simple set of distinctions can help unpack such a range of options in scaffolding and directing educational provision, be that a focus on the ‘climate science’, a ‘climate justice education’ emphasising the drivers and effects on people more than the planet, a ‘climate emergency education’ associated in the public imagination with the schools strikes for climate, or a ‘climate resilience education’ that emphasises adaptation over mitigation in the face of potential, attributable and actual climate-related disasters (see, for example, McGregor & Christie, 2021; Monroe et al., 2019; Olsson, 2022; Skilbeck, 2020; Verlie, & Flynn, 2022). The affordances inherent in pursuing structured and intended curriculum options then, present both opportunities and obstacles to learning about climate change. For the purposes of this paper, these options must be assessed carefully if we are to make sense of how learners might participate in climate-related teaching and learning activities for specific purposes as part of their mainstream education in Australia. Thus, a shift of focus to the affordances of curriculum statements draws attention to how different tools, aims and goals of school subject areas mediate the enactment of a school disciplines’ values, norms and procedures (Tryggvason et al., 2023), alongside what shapes the mobilisation of learner’s own personal history, agency, intentionality, preferences, norms and habits (Watson, 2007; Brown, 2015; Baldwin et al., 2023) when engaging with climate-related education provision. References Bonnett, M. (2013). Normalizing catastrophe: sustainability and scientism. Environmental Education Research [EER], 19(2), 187-197. Clark, H., et al. (2020). Teachers’ uptake of problematic assumptions of climate change in the NGSS. EER, 26(8), 1177-1192. Dawson, V., et al. (2022). A cross-country comparison of climate change in middle school science and geography curricula. International Journal of Science Education, 44(9), 1379-1398. Dunlop, L. et al. (2021). The role of schools and teachers in nurturing and responding to climate crisis activism. Children's Geographies, 19(3), 291–299 Eilam, E., et al. (2020). Climate change education: Mapping the nature of climate change, the content knowledge and examination of enactment in upper secondary Victorian curriculum. Sustainability, 12(2), 591. Finnegan, W. (2023). Educating for hope and action competence: a study of secondary school students and teachers in England. EER, 29(11), 1617-1636. Henderson, J., & Drewes, A. (Eds.) (2020). Teaching Climate Change in the United States. Routledge. Höhle, J.V., & Bengtsson, S.L. (2023). A didactic toolkit for climate change educators: lessons from constructive journalism for emotionally sensitive and democratic content design. EER, 29(11), 1659-1677. Huoponen, A. (2023). From concern to behavior: barriers and enablers of adolescents’ pro-environmental behavior in a school context, EER, 29. Kagawa, F., & Selby, D. (Eds.). (2010). Education and Climate Change: Living and Learning in Interesting Times. Routledge. Kwauk, C.T., & Wyss, N. (2023). Gender equality and climate justice programming for youth in low- and middle-income countries: an analysis of gaps and opportunities. EER, 29(11), 1573-1596. Monroe, M.C., et al. (2019). Identifying Effective Climate Change Education Strategies: A Systematic Review of the Research. EER, 25(6), 791–812. National Research Council (2012). Climate Change Education in Formal Settings, K-14: A Workshop Summary. The National Academies Press. Perrin, E. (2023). Climate change, a challenging topic in the French curriculum (in 7th grade). EER, 29(8), 1118-1131. Reid, A. (2019). Climate change education and research: possibilities and potentials versus problems and perils? EER, 25(6), 767-790. Ruiz-Mallén, I., et al. (2022). Community climate resilience and environmental education: Opportunities and challenges for transformative learning. EER, 28(7), 1088-1107. Säfström, C.A., & Östman, L. (2020). Transactive Teaching in a Time of Climate Crisis. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 989-1002. Tannock, S. (2020). The oil industry in our schools: from Petro Pete to science capital in the age of climate crisis. EER, 26(4), 474-490. Whitehouse, H., & Larri, L. J. (2019). Ever wondered what our curriculum teaches kids about climate change? The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/ever-wondered-what-our-curriculum-teaches-kids-about-climate-change-the-answer-is-not-much-123272 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Hungarian Teenagers’ Attitude Toward Biodiversity 1ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Budapest, Hungary; 2ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 3ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 4Pázmány Péter Catholic University, Institute of Sociology, Budapest, Hungary; 5Alapértékek Nonprofit Ltd., Budapest, Hungary; 6University of Technology and Economics, Department of Sociology and Communication, Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:Biodiversity, i.e., the variety of life on Earth, plays a crucial role in sustaining human life directly by providing ecosystem services like feeding humanity or producing oxygen and indirectly by increasing the resiliency of biosystems toward global changes like climate change. Unfortunately, the growing human activity on Earth has led to a rapidly increasing loss of biodiversity. Given the uttermost importance of biodiversity, it should be very alarming that according to scientific estimates, the rate of biodiversity loss is not just one of the areas of planetary boundaries in which humankind has reached the planet's limits but it is the area where the boundary transgression is the greatest (Rockstörm, 2009). The rate of human-driven biodiversity loss is so high that it is classified as the sixth major extinction event in the geological history of life (Chapin et al., 2000). Despite the above-mentioned dangerous trend of biodiversity loss, even current global educational overviews declare that there is a common lack of awareness of the importance of biodiversity. In many cases, biodiversity is still perceived as a mere resource for exploitation (UNESCO, 2022). Fortunately, there are data available that contradict these conclusions. According to the analyses of the European Commission, Europeans' knowledge about biodiversity had increased between 2013 and 2018, and almost two-thirds of the Europeans are aware that human life is based upon biodiversity (European Commission, n.d.).
In light of the importance of biodiversity as a topic and the inconsistencies in the data on public thinking about biodiversity, there is surprisingly little comprehensive research on students' attitudes towards biodiversity. Much of the research on biodiversity among students has not so much focused on attitudes towards biodiversity but on students' knowledge systems and gaps in their knowledge of biodiversity (e.g. Bermudez & Lindemann-Matthies, 2020). Teenagers are at a crucial stage of personal development where their values and attitudes are shaped. Harnessing their enthusiasm and curiosity for the natural world can have a lasting impact on their environmental consciousness. By instilling a sense of responsibility and appreciation for biodiversity, teenagers can become conservation advocates, influencing current and future generations. The importance of integrating biodiversity education into the curriculum cannot be overstated. Schools play a pivotal role in shaping teenagers' attitudes toward the environment. Practical field trips, interactive learning modules, and engaging classroom discussions can provide a holistic understanding of biodiversity. These experiences enhance scientific knowledge and instil a deep appreciation for the interconnectedness of all living organisms. Therefore, the main objective of the presented research is to give an insight into the attitude of Hungarian teenagers toward biodiversity and reveal if participation in a national sustainability education program correlates with more positive attitudes toward biodiversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Sustainability Thematic Week (STW) is a national education for sustainable development (ESD) program available for all Hungarian-speaking students in the Carpathian basin, and it has been annually organised since 2016. STW is announced by the ministry responsible for public education with topics related to the different Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) each year. In order to support the schools' ESD work, the organiser of Thematic Week (PontVelem Nonprofit Ltd.) provides lesson plans and projects to schools and invites them to collaborate with organisations and participate in national environmental actions and competitions. The presented research is part of the series of research linked to the STW and aimed to assess school students' and teachers' views on sustainability, targeting Hungarian-speaking students aged 10-21 years old living in the Carpathian Basin. Primary and secondary school students completed an anonymous online questionnaire. The questionnaire was open to every Hungarian-speaking student, and the Educational Authority asked the school to help with the research by encouraging students to fill it out. The questionnaire was also promoted during the Sustainability Thematic Week 2023. In total (n=) 7138 responses from students were included in the analysis. The respondents were in the 10-21 age group, the average of their age (M=) was 14.47 years (SD=2.27 Med=14). The gender ratio was unbalanced, with girls in the majority (boys: 48.5%; girls: 51.5%). The research program 2023 was organised under the ethical permission (2023/264) of the Research Ethics Committee of ELTE Eötvös Loránd University Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology. The data were collected using the questionnaire software of Forsense Institute and analysed using the SPSS 28.0 statistic software. To explore students' attitudes towards biodiversity, the following scales were part of the online questionnaire: Attitudes Towards River Works (ATRW) Scale based on House and Fordham (1997) measures the perceived importance of the presence of various natural and artificial elements of environmental and amenity aspects near rivers for respondents to enjoy their time spent at or near those waterside locations. The Plant Attitude Questionnaire (PAQ, Fančovičová and Prokop, 2010) assesses respondents' attitudes towards plants. The Attitudes Towards Animals Scale, based on Driscoll's (1995) questionnaire, measures how likeable students consider eight animals (four mammals and four insects). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results reveal a positive general picture of Hungarian students' attitudes towards biodiversity. Rivers are perceived by the respondents rather as plant and animal habitats and as idyllic places of peace and quiet, less as a place of human leisure. There is a significant difference between the mean of natural (M=49.8, SD=10.1, N=6812) and artificial elements (M=31.57, SD=13.74, N=6812) subscales of the ATRW scale (t(6811)=89.07, p<0.001, Cohen d=1.079) There is also a positive general attitude towards plants. The general mean score of attitude toward plants (M=34.99, SD=8.65) is above the neutral level of 30 points (t(7072)=45.50, p<0.001, Cohen d=0.577). Students also have a generally positive attitude towards animals. They like mammals (M=30.16 SD=8.99) more than insects, but even the attitudes scores for insects (M=25.54 SD=9.50) is significantly higher than the neutral level of 20 points (t(6794)=48.05, p<0.001, Cohen d=0.58). From an educational perspective, the most exciting result of our research is, in contradiction to our previous results (Varga et al., 2021), where we found a correlation between STW participation and different aspects of environmental awareness, we did not identify a clear correlation between the participation of STW and attitudes toward biodiversity. The uncertainty in the results is in line with the results of the most comprehensive research on the topic published so far in Hungary, which shows that public education regulations and teaching aids do not allow or support the development of basic biodiversity competence by the time of graduation (Könczey, 2020). In summary, we could state that Hungarian teenagers have positive attitudes toward biodiversity, but these attitudes do not significantly correlate with public education activities. References Please list the most important references for your abstract Length: up to 400 words Bermudez, G. M., & Lindemann-Matthies, P. (2020). “What matters is species richness”—high school students’ understanding of the components of biodiversity. Research in Science Education, 50(6), 2159-2187. Chapin Iii, F. S., Zavaleta, E. S., Eviner, V. T., Naylor, R. L., Vitousek, P. M., Reynolds, H. L., ... & Díaz, S. (2000). Consequences of changing biodiversity. Nature, 405(6783), 234–242. Driscoll, J. W. (1995). Attitudes toward animals: Species ratings. Society & Animals, 3(2), 139–150. European Commission (2020). Attitudes toward biodiversity https://europa.eu/eurobarometer/surveys/detail/2194. (last download: 01.27. 2024) Fančovičová, J., & Prokop, P. (2010). Development and initial psychometric assessment of the plant attitude questionnaire. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 19, 415–421. Könczey, R. (2020). A kiemelt európai jelentőségű természeti értékek jelenléte a köznevelésben és a környezeti nevelésben, illetve kapcsolódásuk a biodiverzitás tanításához., (The presence of natural values of key European interest in public education and environmental education and their links to biodiversity education,) PhD dissertation, Eszterházy Károly Catholic University Doctoral School of Education Supervisor: Ilona Dr. Pajtókné Dr. habil. Tari http://disszertacio.unieszterhazy.hu/78/6/Disszertacio_Konczey.pdf (last download: 01.27. 2024) House, M., & Fordham, M. (1997). Public perceptions of river corridors and attitudes towards river works, Landscape Research, 22:1, 25–44, DOI: 10.1080/01426399708706499) Rockström, J., Steffen, W., Noone, K., Persson, Å., Chapin III, F. S., Lambin, E., ... & Foley, J. (2009). Planetary boundaries: exploring the safe operating space for humanity. Ecology and society, 14(2). UNESCO (2022): Education and awareness. https://www.unesco.org/en/biodiversity/education (last download: 01.27. 2024) Varga A; Néder K; Berze I.Zs; Dúll, A. Successes and Pitfalls in a National Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) Program: The Case of the Sustainability Thematic Week in Hungary In ECER 2021: Education and Society: expectations, prescriptions, reconciliations (2021) Paper: 346 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Sustainability competencies and employability: Revisiting the scholarly debate from a Kenyan Perspective Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:This paper revisits the scholarly debate about Sustainability Competencences (SCs) concerning graduate employability from a Kenyan Perspective. UN Policy documents state that Higher Education for Sustainable Development (HESD) is instrumental in realising Agenda 2030 for Sustainable Development (SD) by producing competent graduates who become future leaders, thinkers, and decision-makers able to solve complex issues (IAU, 2012). Moreover, sustainability competencies (SCs) are expected to align with transitions to a green economy (GE) contributing to millions of new jobs (UNECE, 2012; ILO, 2022). While 71 million youth were unemployed globally in 2016, in 2023 out of 192 million overall global unemployment (UN, 2023) 13.3% were youth (ILO, 2024). It is estimated that GE could account for 100 million new jobs by 2030, which requires specific skills and training (ILO, 2022). Although Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is assumed to foster employability values, skills, and practices, necessary for green transitions, only a fraction of this potential is being tapped (Nishimura M. and Rowe, D. 2021; ILO, 2022). Researchers have argued that education ought to work towards achieving a sustainable world and acknowledge that students’ SCs are correlated to their employability competencies (Gora et al., 2019) to create sustainable societies (Stables & Scott, 2002). Therefore, authors have argued for mainstreaming ESD into all university curricula (Rieckmann, 2012; Mochizuki & Fadeeva, 2010). Others, however, have criticised a narrow, instrumental focus on facilitating competence development (Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2012; Deleye et al., 2019; Vare, 2022) and the acquisition of SCs for employability (Weinert, 2001) as it disregards transformational and emancipatory aspects of education (Wals 2011, 2015; de Haan, 2006).
We revisit the debate about SCs and employability by discussing the contextual relevance (Vare et al. 2022) of the arguments used and exploring the case of Kenya. While, in the global North, instrumental approaches to education and ESD are often criticised, Mbithi et al. (2021) posit that Africa's needs are unique compared to developed economies and therefore argue for the acquisition of skills that are relevant to the emerging economies while paying attention to SD. This position is confirmed by Lotz-Sisitka and Raven (2009) in the light of post-apartheid South Africa. Also, Kenyan universities see ESD integration as an opportunity to enhance employability aligned with SDG 4 on Quality Education and SDG 8 on Decent Work for graduates (UNESCO, 2016). Kenya’s ESD strategy is guided by three strategic objectives: Enhance the role of education and learning for equitable, efficient, and sustainable utilization of the country’s resources; promote quality education through diverse learning and public awareness for improved quality of life and productive livelihoods; and promote teaching and learning that inculcates appropriate values, behaviours, and lifestyles for good governance and sustainability (Imbuga, 2010). Nyatuka (2020) argues that SCs should be fully integrated into the newly introduced competency-based curriculum (CBC) in Kenya.
It is problematic that scientific literature on sustainability in higher education, including on SCs which can be considered a game changer in the employability of graduates, is dominated by contributions from the global North with less knowledge about the African, Asian, and Latin-American contexts (Adomßent et al., 2013). With this contribution, we aim to respond to the need to conduct more research in underrepresented regions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We address the following questions: 1. What are the arguments (pro and con) used in the scholarly debate about competencies and employability in ESD? 2. To what extent are these arguments relevant in a Kenyan context? 3. Considering the Kenyan context, which alternative or additional arguments should be considered in the debate about competencies and employability in ESD? In the search for answers, we combine literature review, content analysis of documents, and focus groups. Because of the exploratory character of our research, we conduct a scoping review to map the arguments used in the scholarly literature about competencies and employability in ESD. To find the relevant literature, a databases search is conducted via Web of Science using the following keywords: (‘higher education’ OR ‘universit*’ OR ‘college*’) AND ‘sustainab*’ AND ‘competenc*’ AND ‘employability’ and a subsequent search in ERIC database using the search words 'sustainability competenc and employ' . The search is limited to the title, abstract and keywords of publications in the databases. Subsequently, the resulting collection of publications is screened to exclude irrelevant records. This is done in three steps: by title, by abstract, and by reviewing the articles in full. To be included in the review, the articles need to address the topics of SCs and employability. The analytical lens for reviewing the content of the selected articles is informed by research question 1. We assess whether the authors argue in favour or against a focus on SCs and employability and, if so, which arguments pro and con are formulated. To address research questions 2 and 3, we first conduct a content analysis of documents to grasp the specificity of the Kenyan context in terms of the higher education sector, graduate employability, labour market, employment situation, and green economy. We focus on policy documents and available datasets from national authorities as well as intergovernmental or international actors like the World Bank, International Labour Organisation (ILO) and United Nations bodies. Next, we organise two focus groups: one with ESD researchers who have specialised expertise in SCs and/or employability and/or ESD in African contexts, and a second one with key stakeholders in the Kenyan education and labour sector. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review results in a detailed mapping of the arguments used in the international academic literature on competencies and employability in ESD. The content analysis describes relevant characteristics of higher education, the green economy, and the employment/labour market in Kenya. Both are brought into dialogue with each other. During the focus groups, the international ESD researchers and Kenyan key stakeholders reflect on the scholarly debate about – and deployed arguments pro and con – a focus on SCs and employability. Thus, we investigate to what extent arguments used in the international scholarly debate can be considered valid in the context of the Kenyan situation. Relevant arguments are enriched and specified from a Kenyan perspective, potential biases in the currently available literature are described, and alternative or additional arguments that should be considered in the debate about competencies and employability are indicated. Based on these findings, prospects for future research on the topic are discussed. References Adomßent et al. (2014): Emerging Areas in Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development – Management Education, Sustainable Consumption and Perspectives from Central and Eastern Europe, Journal of Cleaner Production, pp. 1-7 Deleye et al. (2019). Lock-ins and opportunities for sustainability transition: A multi-level analysis of the Flemish higher education system. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, pp. 1109-1124. IAU (2012). Annual Report. International Association of Universities: Paris. Imbuga (2010). Education for sustainable development policy. JKUAT: Nairobi. Mari Nishimura and Rowe (2021). Global Guidance for Education on Green Jobs Connecting Higher Education and Green Opportunities for Planetary Health. UNEP: Nairobi. Mbithi et al. (2021). Higher Education and Skills Development in Africa: An Analytical Paper on the Role of Higher Learning Institutions on Sustainable Development. Journal of Sustainability, Environment and Peace, pp. 58-73. Ministry of Education (2006). Sessional Paper No. 1 of 2005 on A Policy Framework for Education, Training and Research: Meeting the Challenges of Education, Training and Research in the 21st Century. Nairobi: MOE Publications. UNESCO (2016). Global Education Monitoring Report. UNESCO Publications: Paris. Lotz-Sisitka and Raven (2009). “South Africa: applied competence as the guiding framework for environmental and sustainability education”, in Fien et al. (Eds), Work, Learning and Sustainable Development: Opportunities and Challenges, Springer, Heidelberg, pp. 308-18. ILO (2023). How to work in the green economy? Guide for young people, job seekers and those who support them. ILO: Geneva. ILO (2024). World Employment and Social Outlook Trends 2024. ILO: Geneva. Mochizuki and Fadeeva (2010), "Competences for sustainable development and sustainability…, International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, pp. 391-403. Nyatuka (2020). Education for Sustainable Development in Kenya: Rhetoric and Reality in Basic Education. in the Global Journal of Transformative Education. Global Journal of Transformative Education, pp. 86-98. UNECE (2012). Learning for the future: Competences in Education for Sustainable Development: Geneva. Vare et al. (2022). Competences in education for sustainable development: Critical perspectives. Springer: New York. UN(2023). Decent work and economic growth. UN: New York. Rieckmann (2012). The global perspective of education for sustainable development: a European‐Latin American study about key competencies for thinking and acting in the world society. Environmental Education Research, pp. 257–258 Van Poeck and Vandenabeele (2012). Learning from sustainable development: education in the light of public issues, Environmental Education Research, pp. 541-552 Weinert (2001), “Concept of Competence: A Conceptual Clarification”, , International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, pp. 380- 90. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 30 SES 12 B: *** CANCELLED *** Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Paper Session |
15:45 - 17:15 | 31 SES 12 A: Narrowing the Gap Between Students from Different Linguistic Backgrounds: Insights into Teachers' Perspectives and Practices on Linguistic Diversity in Schools Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Flora Woltran Session Chair: Rachel Garver Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Narrowing the Gap Between Students from Different Linguistic Backgrounds: Insights into Teachers' Perspectives and Practices on Linguistic Diversity in Schools To establish sustainable and inclusive education (IE), it is imperative to “overcome barriers limiting the presence, participation and achievement of learners” (UNESCO, 2017, p. 7). Realization of this objective requires a concerted effort from education policy and practice stakeholders to identify and address barriers that impede students’ access to quality education and opportunities (Alexiadou & Essex, 2016). Given the proliferation of migration and refugee movements worldwide, there has been a notable increase in linguistic diversity (European Commission/Eacea/Eurydice, 2019). As a result, the need for school inclusion of students with migration biography and refugee experience has been identified as a crucial objective of educational policy and practice (European Commission/Eacea/Eurydice, 2019). While the presence of linguistic diversity in schools is not a new phenomenon and has been extensively documented for many years (UNHCR, 2023), numerous countries in Europe and beyond continue to adhere to a monolingual approach by separating students based on their language proficiency (Herzog-Punzenberger et al. 2020). Specifically, according to a report by the European Commission, EACEA, and Eurydice (2019), in 24 of the 27 countries within the European Union, students who have recently arrived in a new country and do not yet speak the language of instruction are temporarily placed in pull-out language support or preparatory classes. This separation of students with beginning or emergent skills in the language of instruction, which follows the structured immersion approach, is often presented as a means of promoting their overall academic and linguistic growth. However, international comparative studies have consistently revealed significant disparities in achievement between students with and without migration biography or refugee experience (OECD, 2018). Moreover, research suggests that the conventional approach of segregating students based on their language proficiency levels does not align with the most effective language support practices employed by skilled teachers during mainstream classes (Erling et al., 2022). Despite ongoing challenges in achieving educational equity caused by the continued use of segregated language support in various European nations, this symposium aims to provide a transnational perspective on current approaches and practices related to addressing linguistic diversity. It will feature insights from those closely engaged in the task of professional language instruction. The symposium reveals a common thread among the three represented countries - they all implement some form of a segregated approach when integrating newly arrived children and young people (European Commission/Eacea/Eurydice, 2019). Furthermore, each contribution emphasizes unique aspects pertinent to addressing linguistic diversity in educational institutions. Specifically, contribution one examines the language ideologies of educators in Austria, contribution two analyzes the practical application of inclusive teaching methods for newly arrived immigrant students in Germany, and contribution three explores the creation of strategies to assist teachers in instructing linguistically diverse classrooms in Finland. The first contribution provides a thorough examination of the elements that Austrian educators deem beneficial to their students' linguistic growth in the language of instruction. It delves into the significance that teachers place on their students' linguistic repertoire and investigates how they incorporate it into their daily teaching practices. The second contribution intends to analyze the inclusive approaches that educators in Germany adopt to address the diverse requirements of students who have fled from Ukraine. Finally, the third contribution utilizes information gathered from Finnish teachers in preparatory and mainstream classrooms, focusing on their approaches to multilingualism in the classroom. Based on this data, an educational game has been developed to assist teachers in recognizing and meeting the needs of all students, regardless of their linguistic prerequisites. Overall, the results presented in this symposium contribute to the expansion of knowledge in the field of language sensitive instruction. References Alexiadou, N., & Essex, J. (2016). Teacher education for inclusive practice - responding to policy. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(1), 5–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2015.1031338 Erling, E. J., Gitschthaler, M., & Schwab, S. (2022). Is segregated language support fit for purpose? Insights from German language support classes in Austria. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(1), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.11.1.573 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2019). Integrating students from migrant backgrounds into schools in Europe: National policies and measures. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Altrichter, H., Brown, M., Burns, D., Nortvedt, G. A., Skedsmo, G., Wiese, E., Nayir, F., Fellner, M., McNamara, G., & O’Hara, J. (2020). Teachers responding to cultural diversity: Case studies on assessment practices, challenges and experiences In secondary schools in Austria, Ireland, Norway and Turkey. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 32(3), 395–424. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09330-y United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. UNESCO. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002482/248254e.pdf United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) (2023). Global trends. Forced displacement in 2022. UNHCR. https://www.unhcr.org/refugee-statistics Presentations of the Symposium Attitudes of Austrian Teachers Towards Language Learning of Multilingual Students
Despite the multilingual reality in classrooms, the Austrian school system follows a monolingual orientation (Erling et al., 2022), which perceives the linguistic repertoire of students from a deficit-oriented perspective and focuses on changing learners’ educational requirements rather than on educational offers (Prinsloo & Krause, 2019). Accordingly, German language learners are “pulled out” of the mainstream classes and are taught in so-called German language support classes (GLSC) (BMBWF 2019). GLSC are heavily criticised by education and language experts because they do not consider the students’ linguistic repertoire (Erling et al. 2023). Furthermore, they do not correspond to examples of 'best pedagogical practices' such as translanguaging and adaptive teaching that can effectively support multilingual students (García & Otheguy, 2021). Similarly, serious obstacles have been identified for multilingual students when it comes to learning the language of instruction or teachers’ attitudes towards students’ linguistic repertoires (Haukås et al., 2022). Building on this, the aim of the present study was to examine which factors teachers consider to be conducive to students’ linguistic development in German (RQ1), and what value teachers place on students’ linguistic repertoire and how, if at all, they integrate it into lessons (RQ2). To this end, 19 semi-structured guideline interviews were conducted with GLSC teachers in 12 primary and 3 secondary schools in Vienna were conducted and analyzed using Mayring’s (2022) summarizing qualitative content analysis. Findings for RQ1 indicate that teachers perceive German language role models, parental encouragement, and knowledge of first language as favourable factors for students to learn German. However, the teachers’ perceptions of students’ linguistic repertoire (RQ2) were either positive, auxiliary, or hesitant. While some indicated that the students’ language repertoire was beneficial and that other languages were actively included in the lessons, others stated that students’ linguistic repertoire was a necessary tool to improve their German language skills. Moreover, some teachers stated that a focus on students’ linguistic repertoire is associated with less time available for practising German. In this context, a hierarchisation of languages was analysed, with Turkish and Chechen being rated unfavourably by teachers. Hence, some of the participating teachers were in favor of the monolingual orientation of the Austrian school system which is contradictory to the linguistic diversity in Austrian schools. This study emphasizes the need to adapt the legal requirements of GLSC to linguistic diversity and to educate teachers to employ translanguaging and adaptive teaching to support students with a broad linguistic repertoire.
References:
BMBWF. (2019). Deutschförderklassen und Deutschförderkurse. Leitfaden für Schulleiterinnen und Schulleiter. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:f0e708af-3e17-4bf3-9281-1fe7098a4b23/deutschfoerderklassen.pdf
Duarte, J. (2020). Translanguaging in the context of mainstream multilingual education. International Journal of Multilingualism, 17(2), 232–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2018.1512607
Erling, E. J., Gitschthaler, M., & Schwab, S. (2022). Is Segregated Language Support Fit for Purpose? Insights From German Language Support Classes in Austria. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(1), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.11.1.573
Erling, E. J., Radinger, S., & Foltz, A. (2023). Understanding low outcomes in English language education in Austrian middle schools: The role of teachers’ beliefs and practices. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 44(5), 412–428. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2020.1829630
García, O., & Otheguy, R. (2021). Conceptualizing Translanguaging Theory/Practice Juntos. In CUNY-New York State Initiative on Emergent Bilinguals (Ed.), Translanguaging and transformative teaching for emergent bilingual students: Lessons from the CUNY-NYSIEB Project (pp. 3–24). Routledge.
Haukås, Å., Mercer, S., & Svalberg, A. M.-L. (2022). School Teachers’ Perceptions of Similarities and Differences between Teaching English and a Non-Language Subject. TESOL Quarterly, 56(2), 474–498. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.3062
Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Content Analysis: A Step-by-Step Guide (1st ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Statistik Austria. (2023). Bildung in Zahlen 2021/22. Tabellenband. Verlag Österreich GmbH.
Inclusive Education for Refugee Students from Ukraine - An Exploration of Differentiated Instruction in German Schools
Currently, refugee Ukrainian students attend German mainstream schools, leading to growing heterogeneity in learning groups. More than 90,000 Ukrainian students admitted to Germany since the start of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine through May 2022 need to be swiftly integrated (Deutschlandfunk Kultur, 2022). A topical concern for education policymakers and school practices is the problem of how best to integrate them into the German school system, with the objective of having them transition successfully into mainstream classes. Successful integration largely depends on how quickly refugee students can learn the German language and participate in the education system’s normal offerings (Freudenberg-Findeisen et al., 2021). Systematic research data on the school integration or inclusion of refugees is scarce (Preuß, 2018), but has already shown that social and ethnic segregation of students with migration backgrounds and refugee biographies works to the educational disadvantage of this vulnerable group (Baur & Gröpler, 2020). Refugee students are further disadvantaged among other things by the lack of appropriate pedagogical approaches (Schwaiger & Neumann, 2014) and by teachers feeling inadequately prepared for dealing with refugee students in the classroom (Schuelka, 2018). To help shrink the gap between the right to inclusive education and the potential educational disadvantage of refugee students, schools and teachers are encouraged to provide inclusive teaching offerings (UNESCO, 2023), for example, by employing a range of differentiation models and practices. Against this background, the aim of the present study was to examine which inclusive practices teachers implement to cater the needs of Ukrainian students and what limits the inclusion of Ukrainian students.
To explore the research question, eight semi-structured guided interviews with (four) elementary and (four) advanced secondary school teachers were conducted and analyzed (intercoder reliability coefficient of .87 [Holsti, 1969]) using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2014). Findings reveal that teachers employ certain differentiated practices such as tiered assignments and tutoring systems. In contrast, differentiated practices such as mastery learning or open education, are seldomly implemented. Additionally, teachers reported a manifold of difficulties ultimately limiting the implementation of differentiated practices. The main difficulty teachers mention is the language barrier. These results, practical implications as well as future lines of research are discussed.
References:
Deutschlandfunk Kultur. (2022). Mehr als 90.000 Schülerinnen und Schüler aus der Ukraine an deutschen Schulen. Körperschaft des öffentlichen Rechts. https://www.deutschlandfunkkultur.de/mehr-als-90-000-schuelerinnen-und-schueler-aus-der-ukraine-an-deutschen-schulen-100.html#:~:text=Seit%20Beginn%20der%20russischen%20Invasion,Watzinger%20d er%20%E2%80%9ERheinischen%20Post%E2%80%9C.
Freudenberg-Findeisen, R.; Harsch, C.; Middeke, A. (2021). Zur sprachlichen und gesellschaftlichen Integration neu zugewanderter Menschen. Eine Bilanz. Universitätsverlag Göttingen.
Holsti, O. R. (1969). Content Analysis for the Social Sciences and Humanities. Addison- Wesley.
Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis: Theoretical Foundation, Basic Procedures and Software Solution. Basic Procedures and Software Solution. https://nbn- resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar395173
Preuß, B. (2018). Inklusive Bildung im schulischen Mehrebenensystem: Behinderung, Flüchtlinge, Migration und Begabung. Research. Springer VS. http://www.springer.com/
Schuelka, M. (2018) Implementing Inclusive Education. Helpdesk Report. https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/20.500.12413/14230/374_Impl ementing_Inclusive_Education.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y
Schwaiger, M. & Neumann, U. (2014). Junge Flüchtlinge im allgemeinbildenden Schulsystem und die Anforderungen an Schule, Unterricht und Lehrkräfte. In M. Gag & F. Voges (Hrsg.), Bildung in Umbruchsgesellschaften: Bd. 10. Inklusion auf Raten: Zur Teilhabe von Flüchtlingen an Ausbildung und Arbeit (Bd. 10, S. 60–79). Waxmann.
UNESCO (2023). Inclusion in Education. https://www.unesco.org/en/inclusion-education UN-Generalversammlung. (1966). Internationaler Pakt über wirtschaftliche, soziale und kulturelle Rechte (ICESCR). https://www.institut-fuer- menschenrechte.de/menschenrechtsschutz/deutschland-im- menschenrechtsschutzsystem/vereinte-nationen/vereinte-nationen- menschenrechtsabkommen/sozialpakt-icescr
Educator’s Perspective on Educating Newly Arrived Immigrant Students in Finland
In the last decade, Finland has seen a wave of immigrants that it is struggling to integrate (Rovamo et al., 2023). However, between the political and economic discussions on the subject, school teachers’ voices continue to call for assistance (Sinkkonen & Kyttälä, 2014; Taylor, Wingren, et al., 2023). They speak of problematic language programs, leading to inequitable outcomes (Helakorpi et al., 2023). Our research sheds light on the issues they face and a means of support (Acquah & Katz, 2020; Taylor, 2024; Taylor, Acquah, et al., 2023; Taylor, Wingren, et al., 2023). For example, results from a thematic analysis highlighted a lack of support regarding materials, training, or cooperation with a system that views immigrants as workers, not students (Taylor et al., 2023). Further classroom observations confirmed teachers’ statements, shedding further light on practices not aligned with Finnish bildung or research (Taylor, 2024). However, research into digital resources gave direction for student-centered designs but highlighted the need for material to be teacher-oriented (Acquah & Katz, 2020; Taylor, Acquah, et al., 2023).
The current study examines Finnish educator’s perspective on teaching newly arrived immigrants. Our ongoing research involves three data types focused on teacher’s perspectives. The first is a continuance and then a re-evaluation of interviews with immigrant preparatory and mainstream subject teachers. These interviews will aid content development. We will combine this with data from a Swedish-speaking teacher focus group in a Finnish municipality with high immigrant numbers. This data provides further insight into teachers’ current situation as they support student integration. Lastly, re-evaluating the observational data collected from teachers across Finland in light of these themes will help create a practical design for classroom environments.
Unable to change the economic forces driving immigration, we focus instead on modernizing education via technology. We aim to create a language-learning game called Sprok, which is meant to act as a digital workbook for teachers and a role-playing game for students. By analyzing municipal curricula, the current materials used in language learning, and understanding classroom teachers’ needs, we are designing practical support material for teachers based on their perspectives. This, in conjunction with the resultant thematic analysis, will provide insight into what features are required for students to receive educational content in a way that benefits not only them but teachers as well.
References:
Acquah, E. O., & Katz, H. T. (2020). Digital game-based L2 learning outcomes for primary through high-school students: A systematic literature review. Computers & Education, 143, N.PAG-N.PAG. a9h. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103667
Helakorpi, J., Holm, G., & Liu, X. (2023). Education of Pupils with Migrant Backgrounds: A Systemic Failure in the Finnish System? Finland’s Famous Education System: Unvarnished Insights into Finnish Schooling (pp. 319–333). Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_20
Rovamo, H., Pettersson, K., & Sakki, I. (2023). Who’s to blame for failed integration of immigrants? Blame attributions as an affectively polarizing force in lay discussions of immigration in Finland. Political Psychology, n/a(n/a). https://doi.org/10.1111/pops.12917
Sinkkonen, H.-M., & Kyttälä, M. (2014). Experiences of Finnish teachers working with immigrant students. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(2), 167–183.
Taylor, B. B. (2024). Policy Effects on Immigrant Integration Education in Finland-Swedish Schools [Manuscript submitted in preparation].
Taylor, B. B., Acquah, E. O., & Hilli, C. (2023). Interactivity and Digital Learning Resources: A Scoping Review [Manuscript submitted for publication].
Taylor, B. B., Wingren, M., Bengs, A., Katz, H., & Acquah, E. (2023). Educators’ perspectives related to preparatory education and integration training for immigrants in Finland. Teaching and Teacher Education, 128, 104129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104129
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 31 SES 12 B: AI and Social Media Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ana Sofia Pinho Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Exploring the Application of Artificial Intelligence in Foreign Language Education within School Settings: A Systematic Literature Review 1Iakob Gogebashvili Telavi State University; 2Radboud University Presenting Author:Artificial Intelligence in a foreign language education (AIFLED) has been gaining special attention globally. The emergence of Intelligent Tutoring Systems, AI conversational agents, ChatGPT, robots and other AI tools in foreign language learning has prompted a surge in research and recommendations. The previous systematic literature reviews include a focus on the integration and impact of advanced technologies, with an emphasis on Artificial Intelligence in Language Education and a broader examination of new technologies (Liang et al., 2021; Zhang & Zou 2020; Tobing et al. 2023). Pedagogical applications, such as mobile learning, multimedia tools, and digital game elements, are highlighted as effective tools for enhancing language learning experiences and motivation. Furthermore, cognitive aspects in language education has received specific attention. Positive outcomes, including improved language skills and increased learner motivation, have been consistently reported. The studies also recognize challenges and limitations related to technology integration, emphasizing the need for ongoing research to address issues like short intervention periods and the effectiveness of emerging technologies. The swift technological progress in the field of AI raises a multitude of inquiries and challenges related to utilization of AI in schools, encompassing its impact on language acquisition, affective or psychological states, or assessment methods. There have been several systematic literature reviews on AI in foreign language teaching, human-computer collaboration in language education, and technology-enhanced language learning; however, the research objects are mainly university or college levels and higher education learners (Ji et al., 2022; Zhang & Zou, 2020; Liang et al., 2021; Sharadgah & Sadi, 2022; Tobing et al., 2023). This study aims to add to the current research by focusing on studies in schools settings (K-12). The objective of this systematic literature review is to investigate and synthesize the applications of AIFLED within school settings. The review aims to provide an understanding of the current state of research and identify emerging trends and gaps in the literature during the period between 2019 and 2023. The following research questions guided our study:
The conceptual framework for this review is grounded in the intersection of three main pillars: - Pedagogical Integration: Examining how AI tools are integrated into pedagogical practices in FL teaching. This includes exploring theoretical framework, instructional design and the adaptability of AI tools. - Learning Outcomes: Evaluating the impact of AI tools on language learning outcomes, including but not limited to linguistic proficiency, cultural understanding, student engagement and perceptions of AI. - Challenges and Opportunities: Investigating the challenges faced and opportunities presented by the integration of AI tools in FL education. This involves exploring issues such as student acceptance, ethical considerations, and potential enhancements in language learning experiences. The conceptual framework will guide the systematic analysis of literature, providing a structured approach to understanding application of AI tools in FL teaching in schools from 2019 to 2023. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic literature review adhered to PRISMA (2020) guidelines, encompassing three phases: Identification of papers, screening, and inclusion. The criteria for article eligibility included language (English), relevance to foreign language learning, utilization of AI tools, school setting context, empirical data inclusion (qualitative, quantitative, or mixed), publication within the last five years (2019-2023), and publication in scientific papers through peer-reviewed journals. Exclusion criteria comprised other educational settings like college/university, various types of studies/theoretical descriptions (e.g., descriptive papers, conference papers). Studies related to first language, sign language, or computer language learning were excluded, along with those solely involving teachers and teacher education, as well as studies focused on development, or description of AI tools. Databases Scopus, Google Scholar, and Web of Science were systematically searched between October and December 2023. Keywords and search strings included terms such as "Foreign language," "Artificial Intelligence," "AI tools," "Machine learning," "Deep learning," "Chatbots," "Speech recognition," "Secondary education," and "Primary/Elementary/Middle/High Schools." Initially retrieving 16,800 papers on Google Scholar, 13,783 on Web of Science, and 85 on Scopus, the search was refined using keywords and filters, yielding 344 references. These were uploaded to Rayyan.ai and subjected to screening based on titles and abstracts. 280 papers were excluded at this stage; 206 papers were on AI tools at the university/college level, 17 on AI application in translation or linguistics, and 15 offering theoretical reviews of AI tools. Further examination of full texts of 42 papers revealed only 16 empirical studies describing AI tool applications in foreign language classes within a school context. Data extraction process consisted of specific information extracted from each included study: publication year, school level, study participants, target foreign language, language level, utilized AI tool, procedure, research methods, key findings, and challenges which will be elaborated in our presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings across various studies underscore the transformative impact of integrating AI, particularly through the utilization of chatbots and virtual agents, into FL educational settings. A recurring theme across these studies is the substantial improvement in FL learning outcomes. The incorporation of AI has demonstrated notable enhancements in oral English proficiency, vocabulary acquisition, pronunciation, fluency, and language use. Furthermore, AI-supported activities, such as chatbot-assisted dynamic assessment and virtual interactions, have positively influenced speaking competence, listening comprehension, and overall language acquisition. A significant aspect of AI's role in foreign language education revolves around personalized learning and adaptability. AI tools, particularly chatbots, have been instrumental in providing tailored learning experiences that adapt to individual proficiency levels. The incorporation of adaptive learning paths, facilitated by tailored chatbot features, has been recognized as valuable for refining teaching methods and fostering adaptive learning environments that cater to diverse learner needs. The studies consistently report positive learner experiences, with participants expressing sustained interest, motivation, and enjoyment when engaging with AI technologies. Additionally, AI chatbots has been associated with a reduction in foreign language anxiety among students. The creation of a supportive and non-critical practice environment by AI has contributed to increased confidence in language use. However, challenges such as technical issues, the need for human supervision, and potential biases in algorithms are also acknowledged. Common limitations include small-scale designs, variability in experiences, and perceived scenario relevance. Recommendations focus on enhancing realism, addressing technical issues, personalizing learning, providing more feedback, and aligning with national curricula. Future research should explore individual factors, conduct efficacy studies across proficiency levels, implement user suggestions, consider long-term impacts, incorporate diverse participants, explore proficiency-related preferences, and address cognitive load. Implications emphasize the positive impact of AI chatbots on foreign language learning, but variability in experiences calls for continuous improvement. References Athanassopoulos, S., Manoli, P., Gouvi, M., Lavidas, K., & Komis, V. (2023). The use of ChatGPT as a learning tool to improve foreign language writing in a multilingual and multicultural classroom. Advances in Mobile Learning Educational Research, 3, 818–824. https://doi.org/10.25082/AMLER.2023.02.009 Chen Hsieh, J., & Lee, J. S. (2023). Digital storytelling outcomes, emotions, grit, and perceptions among EFL middle school learners: robot-assisted versus PowerPoint-assisted presentations. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 36(5–6), 1088–1115. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2021.1969410 Ericsson, E., Sofkova Hashemi, S., & Lundin, J. (2023). Fun and frustrating: Students’ perspectives on practising speaking English with virtual humans. Cogent Education, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2170088 Han, D.-E. (2020). The Effects of Voice-based AI Chatbots on Korean EFL Middle School Students’ Speaking Competence and Affective Domains. Asia-Pacific Journal of Convergent Research Interchange, 6(7), 71–80. https://doi.org/10.47116/apjcri.2020.07.07 Ji, H., Han, I., & Ko, Y. (2022). A systematic review of conversational AI in language education: focusing on the collaboration with human teachers, Journal of Research on Technology in Education. DOI:10.1080/15391523.2022.2142873 Jeon, J. (2023). Chatbot-assisted dynamic assessment (CA-DA) for L2 vocabulary learning and diagnosis. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 36(7), 1338–1364. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2021.1987272 Lee, S., & Jeon, J. (2022). Visualizing a disembodied agent: young EFL learners’ perceptions of voice-controlled conversational agents as language partners. Computer Assisted Language Learning. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2022.2067182 Liang, J., Hwang, G., Chen, M. A., & Darmawansah, D. (2021): Roles and research foci of artificial intelligence in language education: an integrated bibliographic analysis and systematic review approach, Interactive Learning Environments, DOI: 10.1080/10494820.2021.1958348 Sharadgah, T. A., & Sa’di, R. A. (2022). A systematic review of research on the use of artificial intelli-gence in English language teaching and learning (2015-2021): What are the current effects? Journal of Information Technology Education: Research, 21, 337-377. https://doi.org/10.28945/4999 Tai, T. Y., & Chen, H. H. J. (2020). The impact of Google Assistant on adolescent EFL learners’ willingness to communicate. Interactive Learning Environments. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2020.1841801 Wang, X., Pang, H., Wallace, M. P., Wang, Q., & Chen, W. (2022). Learners’ perceived AI presences in AI-supported language learning: a study of AI as a humanized agent from community of inquiry. Computer Assisted Language Learning. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2022.2056203 Yang, H., Kim, H., Lee, J. H., & Shin, D. (2022). Implementation of an AI chatbot as an English conversation partner in EFL speaking classes. ReCALL, 34(3), 327–343. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0958344022000039 Zhang, R., & Zou, D. (2020). Types, purposes, and effectiveness of state of-the-art technologies for second and foreign language learning. Computer Assisted Language Learning, DOI: 10.1080/09588221.2020.1744666 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Social Media, Linguistic diversity and Language Learning: Bridging Activity at University Level 1University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2University of Malaga, Spain Presenting Author:In line with the conference theme “Education in an Age of Uncertainty,” our study explores the concept of “rewilding language education” as proposed by Thorne et al. (2021). This concept emphasizes integrating students’ digital and offline language experiences into classroom learning environments. Our research specifically focuses on the utilization of social media and streaming platforms in fostering autonomous language learning and valorisation of linguistic diversity. This aligns with the Council of Europe's agenda, which focuses on viewing learners as social agents promoting their learning autonomy and engagement (Council of Europe, 2018). In our study, we introduce a bridging activity in Russian and Spanish language courses at a Portuguese university, tailored for future educators, translators, and linguists. Briging activity is a pedagogical design that aims to seamlessly integrate students’ extracurricular and academic language experiences, enhancing their informal language use (Thorne & Reinhardt, 2008). Previous research on bridging activities with a similar focus on social media showed positive results including target culture awareness development (Miller et al., 2019; Yeh & Mitric, 2021) and socio-pragmatic awareness development (Reinhardt & Ryu, 2013). Most of these studies are focused on text-based social interaction, so there is a gap in research regarding video consumption. Our bridging activity focuses on video consumption, exploring informal language use on social media and streaming platforms, and autonomous learning development. The bridging activity aims to achieve several objectives: 1. Enhancing language and cultural awareness: By involving students in classroom discussions on language learning through videos and maintaining auto-ethnographic diaries of their video consumption in various languages, the activity encourages the exploration of plurilingual digital landscapes. This approach is supported by studies indicating the effectiveness of similar activities in fostering cultural and socio-pragmatic awareness (Miller et al., 2019; Yeh & Mitric, 2021; Reinhardt & Ryu, 2013). 2. Promoting self-directed learning: The activity is structured to bolster self-directed learning by valuing sharing their learning experiences with their specific strategies and techniques for language learning and foreign language video consumption. This aims to empower students to actively integrate their digital media experiences into their language learning journey. 3. Developing algorithmic and critical awareness: A crucial aspect of our study is to develop students’ critical awareness regarding the dominance of the English language in digital media and the influence of algorithms on content exposure (Jones, 2021). This objective addresses the gap in existing research concerning video-based social interactions and their impact on language learning. The pedagogical objectives of this bridging activity go hand and hand with our research questions including: 1. What are the benefits and pitfalls of the implemented bridging activity? 2. What are the students’ perceptions of the development of language, cultural and algorithmic awarenesses? 3. What are the students' perceptions on the promotion of self-directed learning? Overall, our study advocates for a plurilingual stance, valuing learners’ agency and cultural awareness in language education (Marshall & Moore, 2016). This perspective is integral to fostering a more inclusive and diverse linguistic environment in the classroom. The following methods allow us to collect relevant data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a design-based methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2014), focusing on theoretical knowledge inquiry and practical application through a specifically tailored bridging activity Multilingualism and diversity in new media. It was implemented in four university language courses (3 Russian, 1 Spanish) with 26 participants in the Spring semester of 2023 at a level of a Bachelor degree of Language and Cultures faculty. The courses were from different levels: 1-Beginner (Russian); 2-Intermediate (Russian) and 3-Advanced (Russian and Spanish). The activity was extra-curricular and was implemented by the first author of the study. The activity comprised three parts: 1) Introducing the project in the classroom, discussing digital landscapes, and reflecting on multilingual video content (2-hour classroom); 2) An auto-ethnographic homework assignment where students documented and analyzed their online video consumption; 3) A follow-up classroom session for discussing the insights gained and creating visual maps reflecting their learning (2-hour classroom). The classes were given in the target language of the participants mixed with Portuguese and English for comprehension purposes. Objectives of the pedagogical activity were aligned with the research ones including enhancing language awareness, promoting self-directed learning and developing algorithmic and critical awareness. Data were collected from various sources, including 9 autoethnographic diaries, 10 visual maps, teacher observations (950 words), and 26 student questionnaires. Qualitative content analysis was applied to the diaries, maps, and teacher observations (Schreier, 2012), while the questionnaires were analyzed using descriptive statistics. Qualitative analysis categories were constructed by the first author of the study and validated by the co-authors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results indicate that according to the questionnaires the students perceived the proposed tasks as successful in developing strategies of autonomous language learning and also in enhancing their learning awareness by noticing out-of-the-classroom language improvements. Also, similar to the previous studies which were successful in developing the target culture awareness (Miller et al., 2019; Yeh & Mitric, 2021), in this bridging activity, the students mentioned that social media helped them to become aware of getting to know different linguistic varieties of their target languages, noticing cultural differences and peculiarities, and being more open to learning new languages. The teacher observations and students’ auto-ethnographic diaries indicated that almost all of the students used English in their social media before the activity, with very limited exposure to other languages. Due to questionnaires and visual maps, after the activity students tended to value the development of algorithmic awareness, and to diversify language exposure on social media (Jones, 2021). Interestingly, due to the teacher’s observations, beginner languages courses showed more enthusiasm in integrating these strategies into their learning, suggesting a potential area for further research. This contrasts with typical beginner language courses that focus on comprehensible input (Patrick, 2019). In summary, this study provides insights for curriculum development in higher education language courses suggesting transferable and transdisciplinary tasks for autonomous learning development. As a practical output, we will present a handbook of comprehensive materials from the bridging activity for language educators, contributing to knowledge transfer within the community of language educators. References Council of Europe. (2018). Common European framework of reference for languages: Learning, teaching, assessment. Companion volume with new descriptors. https://rm. Coe. int/cefr-companion-volume-with-new-descriptors-2018/1680787989 Jones, R. (2021). The text is reading you: Teaching language in the age of the algorithm. Linguistics and Education (62), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2019.100750 Marshall, S., & Moore, D. (2016). Plurilingualism amid the panoply of lingualisms: Addressing critiques and misconceptions in education. International Journal of Multilingualism, 15(1), 19−34, https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2016.1253699 McKenney, S. E., & Reeves, T. C. (2013). Educational design research. In J. M. Spector, M. D. Merrill, J. Elan, & M. J. Bishop (Eds.), The handbook of research on educational and communications technology (131-140). Springer. Miller, A. M., Morgan, W. J., & Koronkiewicz, B. (2019). Like or tweet: Analysis of the use of Facebook and Twitter in the language classroom. TechTrends, 63, 550−558. Patrick, R. (2019). Comprehensible Input and Krashen's theory. Journal of Classics Teaching, 20(39), 37-44. Reinhardt, J., & Ryu, J. (2013). Using social network-mediated bridging activities to develop socio-pragmatic awareness in elementary Korean. International Journal of Computer-Assisted Language Learning and Teaching (IJCALLT), 3(3), 18−33. https://doi.org/10.4018/ijcallt.2013070102 Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage Publications Ltd. Thorne, S. L., Hellermann, J., and Jakonen, T. (2021). Rewilding language education: Emergent assemblages and entangled actions. The Modern Language Journal, 105(1), 106-125. Thorne, S. L., & Reinhardt, J. (2008). “Bridging activities,” new media literacies, and advanced foreign language proficiency. CALICO Journal, 25, 558–572. https://doi.org/10.1558/cj.v25i3.558-572 Yeh, E., & Mitric, S. (2021). Social media and learners-as-ethnographers approach: increasing target-language participation through community engagement. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2021.2005630 Zhang, L. T., and Vazquez-Calvo, B. (2022). “¿Triste estás? I don’t know nan molla” Multilingual pop song fandubs by@ miree_music. ITL-International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 173(2), 197-227. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper (Re-)Production of Linguicism through AI-based NLP Technology in Higher Education in Austria and Germany Universität Flensburg, Germany Presenting Author:ducation is of central relevance for social and system integration in multilingual European migration societies such as Austria and Germany (Hadjar & Becker 2019). In Austria and Germany, educational inequality can be observed for immigrant students at all stages of education, in correlation with disadvantaged socio-economic status and multilingualism (Dobutowitsch 2020, Döll & Knappik 2015, Ebert & Heublein 2017, Hinz & Thielemann 2013, OECD 2023, Unger et al. 2019). It seems logical to pick up on recent developments in the field of artificial intelligence (AI) and discuss the potential of assistive AI technology such as natural language processing (NLP) tools for reducing language-based discrimination. AI-based NLP tools have already found their way into educational institutions worldwide: They are used for assessment and evaluation (e.g. feedback), management of learning processes (e.g. learning analytics), as assistants (e.g. for making contact), in the form of intelligent tutor systems and for the design of quasi-authentic meaning-focused tasks (Crompton & Burke 2023), and students use NLP tools to search for articles, translate, structure and edit texts (Garrel & Mayer 2023). It is widely recognized that AI has the potential to increase educational equality, but also carries the risk of making equal participation more difficult (GI 2023). At present, discrimination through AI is mainly discussed in terms of disadvantages due to various forms of algorithmic bias (Baker & Hawn 2021). From a power-critical anti-racist perspective, the question arises as to what extent the institutional regulation of access to assistive AI-supported NLP tools (re)produces inclusion and exclusion in education: Who is allowed to use AI-assisted NLP tools and in which situations? How are restrictions argued? In recent years, in official German-speaking countries the term linguicism became established to describe language-related discrimination in the context of migration and multilingualism (Skutnabb-Kangas 2015). The term describes "ideologies, structures and practices which are used to legitimate, effectuate, regulate and reproduce an unequal division of power and resources (both material and immaterial) between groups which are defined on the basis of language" (Skutnabb-Kangas 1988: p. 13). Linguicism is therefore more likely to be understood as structural discrimination, which can have effects on the macro, meso and micro levels of education systems. According to Skutnabb-Kangas (2015), if the education policy of a multilingual migration society prioritizes a monolingual education system, this is linguicism at the macro level. At the meso and micro level, linguicism can occur in various forms of direct and indirect institutional discrimination (Dovidio et al. 2010, Gomolla 2023), e.g. by banning specific languages on campus or when lecturers also take linguistic aspects such as accents, sociolects or the fact of a multilingual biography into account when assessing academic performance (Döll & Knappik 2015, Dobutowitsch 2020). Following the understanding of linguicism as a social structure, it has to be assumed that students will be allowed to use AI-supported generative NLP technology to improve the production and reception of texts to varying degrees depending on their and their family’s migration and language biography. For multilingual students from immigrant families, the strongest restrictions tend to be expected, especially in nation-state contexts such as Germany and Austria, which are characterized by neo-assimilationism (Nieke 2006, Döll 2019). At a time when universities around the world are discussing how to deal with AI, we will use the example of two universities from Austria and Germany to examine the extent to which linguicist tendencies are emerging in the discourses on AI-supported generative NLP technology at the meso and micro level of higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to reconstruct the processes of (re)production of linguicism in connection with AI-based generative NLP technology, in an exploratory and open-ended qualitative research project based on grounded theory (Charmaz 2006) data has been continuously collected on an occasional basis since spring 2023. The open multi-method approach makes it possible to capture the dynamic discourses and developments on the topic. So far, participant observations have been carried out in five courses for lecturers at the two universities with a focus on the thematization of language-related discrimination. The field notes taken were first analyzed in terms of content and then specific situations were examined using key incident analysis, which reveals practices of a social group without applying a complete ethnography (Erickson 1986). In addition, the policy papers and information on AI-based generative NLP technology in university teaching for university lecturers and students are analyzed using critical discourse analysis (CDA, Wodak & Meyer 2016). In order to be able to describe the lecturers' ways of approaching AI-based generative NLP tools, including the implementation of the universities' guidelines, in their courses and examinations with descriptive statistics, a quantitative survey by means of an online questionnaire for students is prepared for spring term 2024. If beneficial to our research project, in-depth interviews or group discussions will be conducted in the autumn term to clarify the statistical results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the moment, we assume that we will be able to present the results of the CDA of the guidelines and the key incident analysis as well as the initial results of the quantitative survey. In line with the mechanisms of structural discrimination in democratic states, we assume that there won’t be linguicist inequality between monolingual and multilingual or native and immigrant students in connection with AI-based generative NLP tools in the meso-level guidelines, as this would contradict the democratic principle of equal treatment. However, the interim results of the analyses of the field notes from the participant observations indicate a limited awareness of the potential for discrimination of AI-based generative NLP tools among both university lecturers and further education lecturers, so that we assume that linguicist speech and actions are experienced at the micro level, i.e. in the interaction between students and lecturers. Due to the similar migration histories and migration discourses in Austria and Germany, we do not expect any national differences at present, but this assumption still needs to be checked with the data. In any case, our work, which is located at the intersection of educational science, linguistics and the sociology of technology, offers initial findings on the question of whether linguicist routines are becoming established in higher education institutions in connection with AI-based generative NLP tools and raises new research questions in this field. References Baker, R. S., & Hawn, A. (2021). Algorithmic Bias in Education. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education 32, 1052-1092. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. London. Crompton, H., & Burke, D. (2023). Artificial intelligence in higher education: the state of the field. Int J Educ Technol High Educ 20, 22. Dobutowitsch, F. (2020). Lebensweltliche Mehrsprachigkeit an der Hochschule. Münster. Döll, M., & Knappik, M. (2015) Institutional mechanisms of inclusion and exclusion in Austrian pre-service teacher education. Tertium comparationis 21 (2015) 2, 185-204. Döll, M. (2019). Sprachassimilativer Habitus in Bildungsforschung, Bildungspolitik und Bildungspraxis. ÖDaF, 1+2/2019, 191-206. Dovidio, J. F. et al. (2010). Prejudice, stereotyping and discrimination: Theoretical and empirical overview. In J. F. Dovidio et al. (Ed.), The Sage handbook of prejudce, streotyping and discrimination (pp 3–28). Los Angeles. Ebert, J., & Heublein, U. (2017). Studienabbruch bei Studierenden mit Migrationshintergrund. Hannover. Erickson, F. (1986). Qualitative methods in research on teaching. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (pp 119—161). New York. Garrel, J., & Mayer, J. (2023). Artificial Intelligence in studies—use of ChatGPT and AI-based tools among students in Germany. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 10(1), 1-9. Gesellschaft für Informatik (GI) (2023). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Bildung. Positionspapier. https://gi.de/fileadmin/GI/Hauptseite/Service/Publikationen/GI_Positionspapier_KI_in_der_Bildung_2023-07-12.pdf Gomolla, M. (2023). Direkte und indirekte, institutionelle und strukturelle Diskriminierung. In A. Scherr et al. (Ed.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (2nd edn, pp 171-194). Wiesbaden. Hinz, T., & Thielemann, T. (2013). Studieren mit Migrationshintergrund an einer deutschen Universität. Soziale Welt, 64(4), 381–399. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris. Nieke, W. (2006). Anerkennung von Diversität als Alternative zwischen Multikulturalismus und Neo-Assimilationismus? In H.-U. Otto & M. Schrödter (Ed.), Soziale Arbeit in der Migrationsgesellschaft (pp 40-48). Lahnstein. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1988). Multilingualism and the Education of Minority Children. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins (Ed.), Minority education: from shame to struggle (pp 7-44). Clevedon. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA. Unger, M. et al. (2019). Studierenden-Sozialerhebung 2019. Wien. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.) (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd edn). London. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 32 SES 12 A: BARCAMP Organizing Uncertainty Towards Positive Futures. Organizational Education Research Perspective, Methodologies, and Practices. Organizational Education 10th Anniversary Event. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz Session Chair: Line Revsbæk Research Workshop |
|
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop BarCamp Organizing Uncertainty Towards Positive Futures Organizational Education Research Perspectives, Methodologies, and Practices Organizational Education 10th Anniversary Event 1Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany; 2Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Our 10th anniversary BarCamp within Network 32: Organizational Education will start looking from the presence and into the future: After reflecting on the roots and sources of organizational education in the first step we reflect on current and future challenges and perspectives for organizational education. The BarCamp explores how research in the field of organizational education can relate to and shape uncertain futures. The BarCamp research workshop introduces core topics through initial short cut impulses that contribute to open up the session for a collective collection of issues and ideas to be discussed in smaller breakout spaces.
What might be topics to address? The so-called VUCA world (Bennett & Lemoine 2014) has been identified as a challenge for organizations – not least for organizations in the education sector. On the other hand, educational organizations, in particular, should help to tackle the challenges and uncertainties of our time – from sustainable development to digitalization and the defence of our democracies. This is why educational science-based organizational research, as it has been conducted in Network 32: Organizational Education for ten years now, is of inestimable importance in the debate about the increasingly uncertain social futures and the educational organizations that deal with and co-produce them. However, this approach places high demands on the reflection of the future readiness of research perspectives, methods, and practices.
We want to address this demand at ECER 2024 in the form of a BarCamp in which we will discuss organizational education research perspectives (1), methodological approaches to organizational education research (2), and concrete research practices in organizational education (3) about the challenges and potentials of uncertain futures:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop is structured as a BarCamp. Firstly, there will be three short initial impulses of 5 minutes each, each relating to the three thematic complexes of research perspectives, methodologies, and research practices. The short intros focus on the organizational educational perspective, provide a very brief introduction to the topics, and open up the horizon of the future of organizational education research. In a second step, participants bring in their thematic interests to refer to these topics and go beyond them. Self-organized interest groups may sign up according to their expertise and interest. The theme-giver and thematic host will facilitate each reflection and discussion team. Each self-organized reflection and discussion group will identify and outline the most relevant future potentials in their respective subject area. Secondly, they will discuss possible approaches to address these potentials through further theory building, methodological developments, or research infrastructures. In addition, the participants may wish to go into the next steps of network development and to organize further work on the identified approaches and topics. In the final third step of the research workshop, the results from self-organized small group discussion teams will be systematically summarized. Space will be created for short one-minute presentations of achieved results and conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research workshop proposed here is intended to conclude the 10th-anniversary thematic events by focusing on the future of organizational education research. Since highly uncertain futures and the already foreseeable transformation requirements in the area of, for example, digitalization, sustainability transformation and the preservation of democracy, are giving rise to a variety of new challenges for empirical research in organizational education, these are to be discussed prospectively and elaborated as a basis for reflective research practice. The methodological format of the BarCamp proposed here will ensure that the global dimensions of future issues are taken into account in the international exchange of Network 32. This workshop, which is aimed at participation, networking, and the international expansion of the network, transforms researchers in organizational education from those affected by uncertainty into participants in its reflexive processing. Reflecting on potentials for further development of organizational education, we might move such discussions forward – interested co-creating groups may wish to contribute to the 10th-anniversary book. Signing in to contribute with a five pager to the book, the reflections will enter into the 10th anniversary book of organizational education. By this, we will support the documentation of the reflections for future research. References Bennett, Nathan; Lemoine, G. James (2014): What VUCA Really Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, 1/2 Dewey, J. (1927). The Public and Its Problems: An Essay in Political Inquiry. Edited and with an Introduction by Melvin L. Rogers. (2012). Published by: Penn State University Press. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.5325/j.ctt7v1gh. Dewey, J. (1929): The Quest for Certainty. A Study of the Relation of Knowledge and Action (Gifford Lectures 1929) New York. Putnam. Elkjaer, Bente (2018): Pragmatist Foundations for Organizational Education. In: Göhlich et al (ed.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden. Springer. pp. 151-162 Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of “Organizational Learning”: Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning, 53(3), 582-604. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505076211049599 Follett, M. P. (1924/2013). Creative experience. Longmans, Green and company. Follett, M. P. (1925/2013). The Giving of Orders, in Metcalf, H. C., & Urwick, L. (2004). Dynamic Administration: The Collected Papers of Mary Parker Follett. Routledge, pp. 50-70. Göhlich, M. et al (2016): Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330957539_Research_Memorandum_Organizational_Education Simpson, B., & den Hond, F. (2022). The contemporary resonances of classical pragmatism for studying organization and organizing. Organization Studies, 43(1), 127-146. Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 33 SES 12 A: Sex Education and Caring Pedagogies in Diverse International Contexts Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Esther Berner Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper ”Less off Everything Else, More of What Sex Is!” Sexuality Education in Swedish Secondary School Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:“Less of everything else, more of what sex is!”, Hilda stated frankly in an interview discussing their past sexuality education unit. Although the interview also revealed students to find teaching interesting, something was clearly missing. They expected more and different from what they had experienced in school sexuality education. This study is part of a four year long research project exploring Swedish school-based sexuality education in five secondary schools. In this paper we focus on teaching in one of the participating schools where teachers decided to address the 15 year old students’ questions about what sex might be. The aim of the study is to explore how the teaching of sex might be enacted in Swedish secondary sexuality education.
Today, emphasis is placed in various documents about sexuality education, on the need to balance between risk and healthy perspectives (SKOLFS 2021:9, The Swedish Schools Inspectorate 2018). Knowledge about condom use and dental dam can lead to a healthy perspective is perhaps given, but if a healthy perspective only becomes an unspoken possibility, the area can instead remain in the risk perspective about possible diseases. The Swedish Schools Inspectorates survey (2018) shows that schools tend to leave out the healthy perspective in sexuality education. Research pinpoints the need of sexuality education that addresses also subject areas such as physical pleasure and lust (McGreeney & Kehily 2016; Helbekkmo et al 2021) and sensuality (Allen 2020). Louisa Allen (2020) claims that instead of what we call the healthy perspective, sexuality education is characterised by a mechanical and instrumental view of the content, with a focus on risks. The tone in the media and partly also in curriculum is that if schools cannot provide alternatives, students’ source to learn how to have sex will be with the help of pornography online, which is regarded as a dangerous way. Accordingly, the risk perspective is once again overwhelming. Meanwhile there is a pronounced demand in Sweden to involve students’ views in teaching (Swedish National Agency for Education 2022). International research has also concluded that young people’s realities and challenges need to be met in sexuality education (Cense 2018). Nevertheless, Katheleen Quinlivan (2018) who has worked a long time in focus groups with students means that the possibility of sex education to become otherwise is pedagogically challenging. Teaching at schools is filled with expectations. According to Sharon Todd (2016) school is enmeshed in the language of learning. She means that learning is a concept connected to “efficiency, behaviour and management”, insinuating that things we are to learn are already defined and with a specific purpose (2016 p. 621). Todd (2016, p. 622) further argues for a shift towards seeing education as engagement with uncertainty rather than “as a vehicle for skills management and training” in giving answers defined elsewhere than in educational situations. In Todd’s (2016, p. 623) account uncertainty is seen “as a valuable feature” for students’ unpredictable experiences of becoming, and not only becoming in the flesh but also in the unknown becoming of the future. Hence, learning is not about acquiring particular skills, but rather “a response to uncertainty is to face uncertainty meaningfully”. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a four-year practice-based research project on sexuality education including in total five secondary schools. Data was generated in creative meetings, so called research circles, consisting of interdisciplinary teacher teams and five researchers. One purpose of the meetings was to critically and creatively explore how sexuality education could be enacted at the school in question. In each school the teacher team included between 5–13 teachers with a variety of subject competencies. This study builds on a collaboration with one of the schools. Data consists of notes and audio recordings produced during research circles, participatory classroom observations and interviews with students and teachers. Participating teachers and students have further given their permissions to be part of the research project. All legal guardians were informed about the project and those with a child under the age of 15 years also had to approve their involvement. The analysis builds on socio-material work of Annemarie Mol (2002; 2010) describing coexisting realities, where the practice shapes and simultaneously is shaped by collaborations, by a myriad of vibrant materialities. Mol (2002, p. 104) further engages in tensions, described as “ways to enact the reality”. This means we will tell local stories about the teaching of sexual practices in secondary school. We create patches engaging in different tensions that Mol means are inevitable in the world we are obliged to share (Mol 2002). Paying attention to tensions in data might further bring alive unexpected and uncertain events (Todd 2016), in this study resident in the paradox of how to teach secondary students about sex. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our initial patchwork (Mol 2002) we have addressed aspects of tensions and so far brought to the fore different tensions in teaching. For example, students’ expectations of correct answers, teaching balancing between student curiosity and a lack of interest and how to feel comfortable teaching this content as a teacher. It also includes questions on how to plan a lesson ahead but still be open to explore unexpected questions, what’s manageable for both teachers and students to talk about and how to organise student work. What the analysis has also brought to fore is that when students’ realities are made part of teaching (Cense 2018, Swedish Schools Inspectorate 2018), it opens up unexpected possibilities. The work among students in the classroom—filling post-it notes and discussions—opened up for topics where the students brought up lust perspectives such as, love, pleasure, satisfaction, how to have sex, where, with whom and excitement (McGreeney & Kehily 2016; Helbekkmo et al 2021; Allen 2020) but also reproduction. Hence, the student discussions show a tension in whether sex is for reproduction or pleasure? Sexuality education is stated to often be about reproductive bodies (Allen 2021), a teaching practice that in this classroom is challenged. Here, the teachers have the sexual body in focus and the students have the possibility to acknowledge sex to be a mixture of love, pleasure and reproduction. The discussions also show that the students have identified the norm to be heterosexual and between two people, mostly a boy and a girl, where both hopefully are aroused and satisfied at the end. Here, the students both affirm the norm and criticise it at the same time. To conclude, how the teaching of sex might be enacted in Swedish secondary sexuality education is still work in progress. References Allen, L. (2020). Breathing Life into Sexuality Education: Becoming Sexual Subjects. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 27(1), 1–13. Allen, Louisa (2020). Breathing Life into Sexuality Education: Becoming Sexual Subjects. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 27(1). https://doi.org/10.7202/1070274ar Cense, M. (2019). Navigating a bumpy road. Developing sexuality education that supports young people’s sexual agency. Sex education, 19(3), 263–275. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2018.1537910 Helbekkmo, E. Trengereid Tempero, H. Sollesnes, R & Langeland, E (2021). ‘We expected more about sex in the sex week’-A qualitative study about students’ experiences with a sexual health education programme, from a health-promotion perspective. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 16(1), 1963035. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482631.2021.1963035 Quinlivan, K. (2018). Exploring contemporary issues in sexuality education with young people: Theories in practice. Springer. McGeeney, E. & Kehily, M (2016). Editorial Introduction: Young people and sexual pleasure – where are we now? Sex Education, 16(3), 235–239. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2016.1147149 Mol, A. (2002). The body multiple: Ontology in medical practice. Duke University Press. Mol, A. (2010). Actor-Network Theory: sensitive terms and enduring tensions. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie. Sonderheft, 50, 253–269. https://hdl.handle.net/11245/1.330874 SKOLFS 2021:9. Förordning om ändring i förordningen (SKOLFS 2011:144) om läroplan för gymnasieskolan. [Proclamations on the changes in regulation on curriculum for upper secondary school, own translation]. Utbildningsdepartementet [Department of Education]. Swedish National Agency for Education (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet (Lgr 22). [Curriculum for the compulsory school system, the preschool class and the school-age educare, own translation]. Skolverket [the Swedish National Agency for Education] https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=9718 The Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2018). Sex- och samlevnadsundervisning. Tematisk kvalitetsgranskning. [Sex Education. Thematic Quality Review, our translation] (400-2016:11445). https://www.skolinspektionen.se/beslut-rapporter-statistik/publikationer/kvalitetsgranskning/2018/sex--och-samlevnadsundervisning/ Todd, S. (2016). Facing uncertainty in education: Beyond the harmonies of Eurovision education. European Educational Research Journal 15(6), 619–627. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116669731 33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender, Sex, Taboo. Insights from Armenian Sex Education HU Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Sexuality education is known by different names, including healthy lifestyle education, family life education, and relationship education. In the Republic of Armenia, the "Healthy Lifestyle" (HL) program is the only curricular program at public schools that covers reproductive health and gender-related topics. This paper critically investigates how classroom participants in Armenia discuss gender-related topics during sexuality education lessons, and how this knowledge is constructed. As the socio-cultural context with regard to gender (i.e., societal and familial gender roles) common to the mainstream population in Armenia is in conflict with the definition of gender-related concepts such as gender equality portrayed in the HL curriculum, the focus is on the construction of gendered knowledge considering this incongruity. Despite Armenia’s progressive stance on gender equality laws, evidenced by the enactment of the law on Equal Rights and Equal Opportunities for Women and Men in 2013 and the development of gender mainstreaming frameworks for specific periods to address gender equality goals, the country’s deeply rooted patriarchal political system poses stark contrasts. Different studies and international reports highlight the persistent challenges of gender inequality and gender-based violence within the country (Khachatryan et al. 2015; Ziemer 2020). Among a few sex education programs piloted in Armenian schools, the HL program has been distinguished with a nationwide mandatory status since 2008. As of 2023, it is taught to pupils from the 8th to 11th grade, covering topics such as reproductive health, family formation, gender inequality, unintended pregnancy, and gender-based violence. Apart from a few reports, the literature on the examination of the implementation of the HL program, particularly the pedagogical challenges and curricular topics has largely been neglected by academic analysis. This work addresses the academic gap by exploring how this gender-related knowledge is constructed. In doing so, it aims to offer insights into potential improvements for gender-related sexuality education in Armenia and beyond. Gender is not merely a social institution; it is, along with categories such as race, ethnicity, and class, a central aspect of daily social interactions and power relations (Lorber, 1994). For instance, masculinities and femininities are not static attributes but vary from place to place and are continuously constructed and reconstructed through interactions (West and Zimmerman, 1987; Connell, 1991). This work’s conceptualization of gender-related terminology relies on the sociological categorization of ’sex,’ ’sex category,’ and ’gender’ as applied by West and Zimmerman in “Doing Gender” (1987). Doing gender is one explanation of how people construct and do gender. It is rooted in ethnomethodology and social constructionist traditions and is central to understanding the nuances of gender construction. Gender, as a part of the social order and division, permeates all societal institutions and influences the construction of knowledge. Given that schools are identified as the primary setting for imparting sexual health information (Seiler-Ramadas et al., 2020), it becomes essential for pedagogues to receive adequate training to become aware of gender issues and to apply this knowledge in their teaching practices. However, teachers worldwide have reported receiving inadequate training for delivering sexuality education effectively (Eisenberg et al., 2010). To answer the main research questions posed in the study of what knowledge is produced in the classroom and how is the knowledge of gender constructed in the classroom a qualitative study was conducted, described in more detail in the next section on methodology. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative methodology, which allowed effective immersion into the target population’s culture and facilitated in-depth analysis of their discussions and practices. Participant observations were conducted during January and February 2018 when the HL program was being taught. The research encompassed two educational settings: one site was a secondary, while another was a high school. In the secondary school, the HL curriculum targeted 8th-9th graders, while in the high school, it was designed for 10th-11th graders. This phase of the research consisted of both classroom observations and informal interviews with physical educators, who were teaching the HL program. This eight-week period of observing lessons in these schools was crucial for collecting primary, first-hand data. To analyze classroom discussions, the Documentary method – a well-established tool in the field of school research and practical empirical enquiry - was used (Bohnsack, 2014). The study involved recordings of lessons, which were first transcribed in Armenian, then translated into English, and subsequently analyzed using the specific steps of the Documentary method. This process facilitated topical structuring and brought to light the central themes of the discussions. The reconstruction was achieved by following the interpretation steps of 1. formulating (thematic) interpretation, 2. reflecting (documentary) interpretation, 3. case description, and 4. sense-genetic typification, with case comparison continuing until types were formed. A key feature of this method is its systematic comparative analysis, which facilitates the reconstruction of data by distancing myself and adhering to an empirical analytical path. This approach enabled the reconstruction of underlying implicit beliefs and a shared understanding of gender-related topics. The analytic stance matches that of this study because both approaches lend credence to constructionism and are in line with Mannheim’s interpretation method and sociogenetics. Moreover, ethnomethodology and the sociology of knowledge were the underlying theories for the development of the Documentary method (Asbrand and Martens, 2018, p.12). While the social-constructionist framework provides explanations for gender as socially arranged everyday practices, the Documentary method enables the reconstruction of conjunctive experience based on the common practice of participants. The following paper is part of my upcoming book, “Gender, Sex, Taboo: Insights from Armenian Sex Education,” based on my doctoral research (Gevorgyan, 2024). In the next section, the central findings are presented by focusing on the construction of gendered knowledge during sexuality education classroom discussions around gender topics. The paper aims to contribute to the areas of sexuality education, gender, and education studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical findings indicated that participants shared a conjunctive understanding regarding moralization and essentialization of gendered knowledge, which manifested in both argumentative and implicit modes. Data reconstruction revealed a common tendency to moralize various situations, behaviours, and actions within an appraisal mode. Notably, the classroom participants consistently demonstrated a shared knowledge of putting emphasized focus on women’s actions and a conforming to a collective understanding of appropriate behaviour and actions. This moralization extended to topics such as sexual intercourse and pregnancy, often associated with the implicit approval of marriage between partners. Expecting a pregnancy after marriage and putting highlighted responsibility and blame on a female if this does not occur was a shared horizon among all cases analyzed. In discussing these topics, the emphasis on abstinence, particularly for women, was central in participants’ commentaries, often conveyed through personal stories and film sequences instead of presenting medically accurate and reliable sources of information. Even in situations involving females affected by sexual violence the emphasis on abstinence remained central in participants’ commentaries. The results showed that teachers played a dominant role in all classroom discussions, often guiding the conversation and giving long monologues. This approach led to the construction of gender knowledge based on a binary framework, including when addressing pupils and when presenting options for different situations based on the pupil’s sex. The findings also highlighted frequent deviation from original statements, both the teacher’s personal statements and those of the pupils, as well as shifts in the nature of questions and pupils’ answers. These deviations were characterized by the use of evaluative language for answers, situations, and behaviors; occasional exertion of authority; leading and loaded questions; prescriptive and descriptive modes; and frequent generalization of opinions. References Asbrand, B. and Martens, M. (2018). Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung. Springer. Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary method. In Flick, U., editor, The SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis, SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis, pages 217–233. SAGE Publications, Inc, 55 City Road, London. Connell, R. W. (1991). Gender and power: Society, the person and sexual politics. Soc. Forces, 69(3):953. Eisenberg, M. E., Madsen, N., Oliphant, J. A., Sieving, R. E., and Resnick, M. (2010). “am I qualified? how do I know?” a qualitative study of sexuality educators’ training experiences. Am. J. Health Educ., 41(6):337–344. Gevorgyan, Z. (2024).Gender, sex, taboo: Insights from Armenian Sex Education. Psychosozial-Verlag. Khachatryan, K., Dreber, A., von Essen, E., and Ranehill, E. (2015). Gender and preferences at a young age: Evidence from Armenia. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 118(C):318–332. Lorber, J. (1994). Night to his day”: The social construction of gender. Paradoxes of gender, 1:1–8. Seiler-Ramadas, R., Grabovac, I., Niederkrotenthaler, T., and Dorner, T. E. (2020). Adolescents’ perspective on their sexual knowledge and the role of school in addressing emotions in sex education: An exploratory analysis of two school types in Austria. J. Sex Res., 57(9):1180–1188. West, C. and Zimmerman, D. H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender and Society, 1(2):125–151. Ziemer, U. (2020). Women against authoritarianism: Agency and political protest in Armenia. In Women’s Everyday Lives in War and Peace in the South Caucasus, pages 71–100.Springer International Publishing, Cham. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Healing, Care, Connection: The Value of Feminist Pedagogy in a Refugee Education Context in Greece Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:The present paper aims to explore the potential benefits of implementing feminist pedagogy in a refugee education setting in Greece through a feminist, intersectional approach. More specifically, it seeks to explore how feminist pedagogy can be of use in a forced migration education context, in which trauma is often a major concern, as students have usually experienced or are continuing to experience traumatic situations due to displacement. I argue that feminist pedagogy, a liberatory pedagogy grounded in feminist thought and theory (Bostow et al., 2015; Crabtree et al., 2009; Weiler, 1991), aligns with many of the aims of refugee education and education in times of crises, such as that of helping teachers deal with trauma in the classroom, and of assisting students to develop resilience and overcome trauma. The presentation draws on the author’s doctoral study, which examined the obstacles and opportunities of implementing a feminist pedagogy approach in the refugee education context, as well as its reception by teachers and students. The study focuses on the Greek border-island of Leros, where data collection took place at a school for children of refugee background. The research project arose from the need to explore a more culturally and linguistically sensitive pedagogy for teaching students of refugee background, one which would take into account the vital factors of gender, ethnicity, religion, and their intersection in the classroom. The main over-arching question which I sought out to investigate was the following: Is the ground ready for a feminist pedagogy approach in refugee education in the Greek context? Drawing from this, three subsidiary questions arose:
This presentation will focus on one of the opportunities for feminist pedagogy to be of benefit in a refugee education setting, that of its potential to help teachers and students deal with trauma and develop resilience. I suggest that feminist pedagogy’s attentiveness to the emotions and lived experiences of students (Boler, 1999; Bostow et al., 2015; Fisher, 1987; Hooks, 2003; Paechter, 1998), its focus on teaching as a practice of love, care, and connection (Hooks, 2003; McArthur & Lane, 2019; Morley, 1998), as well as its deconstruction of traditional power dynamics in the classroom (Morley, 1998), are all factors which complement the aim of refugee education to help students heal from trauma, foster resilience, and generate hope. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project followed a feminist qualitative research methodology and was informed by feminist research epistemology (Hesse-Biber & Leavy, 2007). Feminist epistemology and methodology provide an explicit attention to reflexivity and awareness of positionality (Harding, 2004; Hesse-Biber & Leavy, 2007; Yoshihara, 2017), which enabled me to navigate complex methodological and ethical dilemmas throughout my twofold role as teacher and researcher, and to address issues of power and positionality which arose while doing research in a forced migration context. The data collection took place during an eight-month stay on the island of Leros, Greece, where I worked as an English language teacher at a school for refugee students aged 6-16 and integrated the practice and praxis of feminist pedagogy in my own lessons. The following tools of data collection were employed i) semi-structured interviews with eight educators and two managers working in refugee education, ii) classroom discussions with two students attending the school on Leros (based on selected lesson plans informed by feminist pedagogy), as well as iii) the keeping of my own researcher diary. The data was analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2021) reflexive thematic analysis framework, and produced the three over-arching themes of “Gender as a difficult and complex construct”, “Trauma as present, but not defining” and “Culture/language as barriers”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation will focus on exploring the theme of “Trauma as present, but not defining”, drawing more particularly on some of its subthemes, titled “There is a fine line”, “The healing aspect of education” and “Connection”. While the interviews with the educators and managers demonstrated their fear around trauma and emotions and the sensitivity of navigating trauma in the classroom, as indicated in subtheme “There is a fine line”, the analysis of the data also pointed to the existence of multiple opportunities for feminist pedagogy to assist educators in handling trauma and emotions in the classroom. Firstly, the educator and managers’ belief that education should assume a healing role, as explored in subtheme “The healing aspect of education”, ties in with feminist pedagogy’s attention to emotions and their integration in the classroom. Secondly, the emphasis that the staff place on human connection and on developing trust with the students, as discussed in subtheme “Connection”, is also linked to feminist pedagogy’s view of education as an act of love and care and its attention to the concept of “community”. Finally, acknowledging that teachers do not need to know all the “right” answers and that through active listening they can help students in their healing process is related to feminist pedagogy’s view that the role of the teacher is not that of an all-knowing authority. The study’s findings therefore point to the immense value that a feminist pedagogy based on love and care, which integrates emotions, lived experiences and relationships can have in contexts of education in crisis, such as that of forced migration. While trauma is indeed present in these contexts and cannot be ignored, feminist pedagogy provides hope for the future through its commitment to fostering the students’ resilience. References Boler, M. (1999). Feeling Power: Emotions and Education. Routledge. Bostow, R., Brewer, S., Chick, N., Galina, B., McGrath, A., Mendoza, K., Navarro, K., & Valle-Ruiz, L. (2015). A Guide to Feminist Pedagogy: The Role of Experience and Emotions. Vanderbilt Center for Teaching. https://my.vanderbilt.edu/femped/habits-of-head/the-role-of-experience-emotions/ Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE. Crabtree, R. D., Sapp, D. A., & Licona, A. C. (2009). Introduction: The Passion and Praxis of Feminist Pedagogy. In Feminist Pedagogy: Looking Back to Move Forward (pp. 1–22). The Johns Hopkins University Press. Fisher, B. (1987). The heart has its reasons: Feeling, thinking and community-building in feminist education. Women’s Studies Quarterly, 15(3/4), 47–58. Harding, S. (Ed.). (2004). The Feminist Standpoint Theory Reader: Intellectual and Political Controversies. Routledge. Hesse-Biber, S. N., & Leavy, P. L. (2007). Feminist Research Practice. SAGE Publications. hooks, B. (2003). Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203957769 McArthur, S. A., & Lane, M. (2019). Schoolin’ Black Girls: Politicized Caring and Healing as Pedagogical Love. Urban Review, 51(1), 65–80. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-018-0487-4 Morley, L. (1998). All you need is love: feminist pedagogy for empowerment and emotional labour in the academy. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 2(1), 15–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360311980020102 Paechter, C. (1998). Educating the Other: Gender, Power and Schooling. Falmer Press. Weiler, K. (1991). Freire and a Feminist Pedagogy of Difference. Harvard Educational Review, 61(4), 449–475. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.61.4.a102265jl68rju84 Yoshihara, R. (2017). The Socially Responsible Feminist EFL Classroom: A Japanese Perspective on Identities, Beliefs and Practices [VitalSource Bookshelf version]. Multilingual Matters. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 34 SES 12 A: Citizenship Education Curriculum and Practices Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Johanna F. Ziemes Paper Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Which Teaching Practices Promote Students’ Democracy Learning? A systematic review 1Swedish Institute for Educational Research; 2Stockholm University; 3University of Gothenburg Presenting Author:The purpose of this systematic review was to provide an overview of research on the question: Which teaching practices promote students' democracy learning? We utilized a rigorous approach to thoroughly survey the literature and report research findings. The studies chosen focused on teaching practices with the explicit goal of enhancing students' democracy learning in school. Our review encompasses both intervention studies, which investigate the hypothesized causal relationship between specific teaching methods and students’ democracy learning, and correlational studies, which examine the connection between the classroom environment and students’ democracy learning. The studies indicate that teaching methods involving a high degree of student participation, such as discussions, group work, role-playing simulations, and student involvement in decision-making, effectively foster democracy learning. Furthermore, the studies suggest that an open and positive classroom environment, and teacher engagement, leadership and attitudes, are crucial factors in promoting students’ democracy learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The information search was carried out in the following databases: Education Source – Education, ERIC – Education, APA PsycInfo – Psychology and Scopus – Interdisciplinary. The database searches were performed by first identifying relevant keywords in the three categories of (1) teaching, (2) students and children, and (3) democracy. The keywords in the three categories were gathered and formulated into search strings that were combined to find studies that included at least one keyword from all categories. The literature searches generated 7,771 unique hits that were entered into Rayyan QCRI software for screening. The team reviewed all titles and abstracts of the studies identified in the literature search. The studies that did not match the established criteria were excluded. The final part of the screening process was carried out by the three authors of this study, that independently of each other through a blinded procedure read the articles and judged whether they met with the criteria or not Studies that at least one of the persons judged to meet the criteria was passed on to the next step that included a joint quality appraisal. 139 studies remained for further screening in full text. The full text reading was also carried out by the authors, independently of each other. In this step the person who, after reading the full text, judged that a publication should be excluded was also required to indicate the reasons for this in accordance with the selection criteria and quality concerns. After the full text review, 54 studies remained, and after further discussions about remaining issues 21 studies that met the criteria remained. Based on the results, a citation search was performed to find studies that had cited the remaining studies, as well as a chain search to find studies in the remaining studies’ reference lists. A total of 29 studies were included in the review. After that we carried out a systematic result extraction. Data and result extraction involves extracting relevant information from the studies included in the review. The aim was to describe the studies in terms of the research methods used, the results, and the conclusions. The work involved reviewing each study and noting the research question, research method, participants, teaching situation, materials, and tools used in teaching, as well as the researchers' interpretations and conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several conclusions can be drawn from this review. For upper secondary students, there are indications that it may be beneficial for teachers to combine teaching practices and include tasks and approaches that allow students to engage in discussions characterized by openness. For students in lower grades, there are signs that in certain contexts, it may be negative for teachers to use many different teaching methods to promote students’ democracy learning. The overall results of the review support the idea that teaching that involves students is beneficial for promoting their democracy learning, both in terms of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values. Teaching for students’ democracy learning is about developing values and attitudes, which to some extent requires that the student is at the center of her or his learning process. Overall, the studies in this review show that there are different aspects of democracy learning that can be promoted through different teaching practices. The research field, we argue, would benefit from a more systematic way of studying the outcomes of various teaching methods and teaching interventions in the subject teaching and in different school years, such as in lower school years where research is particularly meagre. We hope that this research review can inspire researchers to develop such a systematic research agenda that, in turn, could provide a more comprehensive picture of what the most productive ways of teaching to promote democracy are and can be. References Campbell, D. E. (2008). Voice in the classroom: How an open classroom climate fosters political engagement among adolescents. Political Behavior, 30(4), 437–454. Ekman, J., & Amnå, E. (2012). Political participation and civic engagement: Towards a new typology. Human Affairs, 22(3), 283–300. Gainous, J., & Martens, A. M. (2012). The Effectiveness of Civic Education: Are “Good” Teachers Actually Good for “All” Students? American Politics Research, 40(2), 232–266. Persson, M. (2015). Classroom Climate and Political Learning: Findings from a Swedish Panel Study and Comparative Data. Political Psychology, 36(5), 587–601. Teegelbeckers, J. Y., Nieuwelink, H., & Oostdam, R. J. (2023). School-based teaching for democracy: A systematic review of teaching methods in quantitative intervention studies. Educational Research Review, 39, 100511. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Seeking Traces of Agonism: An Expert-Informed Analysis of Citizenship Education in Lithuania Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:As democracy is born anew with each generation (Dewey, 1916), an ongoing debate revolves around the type of citizens we aspire to create through education—whether they be reproducers of societal norms, future voters, responsible community members, or active participants in democratic processes. Within education systems of many countries, there exists a lack of consensus, leading to the coexistence of different and at times conflicting discourses on citizenship (Bickmore, 2014). Over the past decade, discussions within education have particularly reflected the tension between deliberative and agonistic democracy, with representatives advocating for different visions (Hanson & Howe; 2011; Ruitenberg, 2009; Tryggvason, 2018;). Agonistic democracy, proposed by Chantal Mouffe in 2000, stands out as an alternative that recognizes conflict as a typical and potentially beneficial aspect of democratic life. In response to global polarization and in deliberate contrast to deliberative democracy, agonistic democracy views conflict not as a threat but as a dynamic force propelling democracy forward. This approach is especially important in the contemporary landscape marked by widespread alienation and disconnection from democratic processes, emphasizing the pressing need to confront political challenges, particularly the surge in populist rhetoric (Tryggvason, 2018).Embracing a perspective that considers conflicts as opportunities for cultivating democratic citizenship within schools has the potential to bring about transformative changes in student participation and the learning process (Ruitenberg, 2009). In Lithuania, the curriculum for democratic citizenship education was established three decades ago, following the country's regaining of independence after nearly half a century under totalitarian rule. From a study conducted by the Civil Society Institute a decade ago (Žiliukaitė, Stonkuvienė, Šupa, Petronytė, 2012), which argued that there is a need for a change in the approach to civic education (that it is not only about knowledge, but more about values, relationships, way of thinking, and the relationship between the educator and the student), we can assume (since no other studies have been done on this approach to civic education), that in the practice of education in Lithuania, the processes are moving slower than the global tendencies (Haste, Chopra, 2020). Given the absence of a robust tradition of democratic education, the post-independence era saw the implementation of foreign practices from older, more mature democracies without meticulous consideration. The educational system did not necessarily adopt a singular approach or democratic theory for integration into school life (NVO Švietimo tinklas, 2017). Therefore, this study will seek to find out how democratic citizenship education in Lithuania relates to the agonistic democracy approach. Despite limited research into citizenship education in Lithuania, available insights suggest a notable shift, especially around 2004 during the country's accession to the European Union. In the present landscape influenced by the conflict in Ukraine, themes of patriotic education and military training gain prominence in public citizenship education. The crucial inquiry centers on the current state of democratic citizenship in Lithuania, seeking to discern inklings of agonistic democracy within the nation's citizenship education policies and practices. This study, by analyzing the democratic citizenship education landscape in Lithuania through the prism of agonism, aspires to offer a fresh outlook and unveil previously overlooked opportunities for enhancing democratic citizenship education in this country. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this research, a qualitative approach was employed, utilizing semi-structured interviews to delve into the historical trajectory and features of citizenship education in Lithuania. Eight experts (representatives of different stakeholders: politicians, oficials, representatives of formal education and the NGO sector) within the field of Lithuanian citizenship education were deliberately chosen, each bringing diverse perspectives that enriched the overall depth and breadth of the comprehensive exploration undertaken in this research (Van Audenhove & Donders, 2019). The research instrument, comprising interview questions, was meticulously crafted from the theoretical analysis of agonistic pedagogy (Koutsouris et al., 2022; Sant, 2019). Through interviews, the experts provided nuanced insights, shedding light on the presence or absence of agonistic features within the country's education system. For content analysis of the interview data, a structured coding and categorization process was employed to systematically identify and quantify specific elements, particularly focusing on uncovering hints of agonistic pedagogy within the discourse surrounding democratic citizenship education. Ethical considerations were paramount, ensuring informed consent, participant confidentiality, and the respectful handling of sensitive information. This research adhered to ethical guidelines, allowing participants the option to withdraw at any point. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The anticipated outcomes of this research aim for a comprehensive understanding of the state of democratic citizenship education in Lithuania, delving into its historical trajectory and contemporary features. The study endeavors to unveil nuances in how the educational system either aligns with or deviates from the principles of agonistic democracy. From the analysis, it became apparent that democratic citizenship education in Lithuania is perceived differently by experts, indicating its multifaceted nature with diverse theories, perspective and the tensions that arise from the different goals of citizenship education, especially in the context of today's wars. While the mention of agonistic democracy was absent, subtle traces of agonistic principles were detected both in formal education practices and the broader discourse on the topic in Lithuania. This discovery signifies an opportunity to introduce and strengthen agonistic pedagogy within the educational landscape. In conclusion, this study yields valuable insights into the nuanced landscape of Lithuanian citizenship education, contributing to the broader discourse on democratic education. By utilizing the agonistic democracy framework, the research not only deepens our understanding of citizenship education in Lithuania but also establishes a foundation for future research endeavors and potential policy considerations, particularly in enhancing democratic citizenship education within the country. References Bickmore, K. (2014). Citizenship education in Canada: ‘Democratic’ engagement with differences, conflicts and equity issues? Citizenship Teaching & Learning Vol. 9, Nr. 3. Dewey, J. (1916/2013). Demokratija ir ugdymas. Įvadas į ugdymo filosofiją. Klaipėda: Baltic printing House Haste, H., Chopra V. (2020). The futures of education for participation in 2050: educating for managing uncertainty and ambiguity. Background paper for the Futures of Education initiative. Hanson, J., & Howe, K. (2011). The Potential for Deliberative Democratic Civic Education. Democracy and Education, 19(2). https://democracyeducationjournal.org/home/vol19/iss2/3 Koutsouris, G., Stentiford, L., Benham-Clarke, S., & Hall, D. (2022). Agonism in education: A systematic scoping review and discussion of its educational potential. Educational Review, 74(5), 1029–1054. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1889983 Mouffe, C. (2000). The Democratic Paradox. Verso. Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: Thinking The World Politically (1st edition). Verso. NVO švietimo tinklas (2017). Pilietiškumo studija. Ruitenberg, C. W. (2009). Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-008-9122-2 Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Tryggvason, Á. (2018). Democratic Education and Agonism: Exploring the Critique from Deliberative Theory. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1–9. Van Audenhove, L., & Donders, K. (2019). Talking to People III: Expert Interviews and Elite Interviews. In H. Van den Bulck, M. Puppis, K. Donders, & L. Van Audenhove (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Methods for Media Policy Research (pp. 179–197). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16065-4_10 Žiliukaitė, R., Stonkuvienė, I., Šupa, M., Petronytė, I. (2012). Pilietiškumo ugdymo būklės kokybinis tyrimas: Tyrimo ataskaita. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Citizenship Education with Chinese Characteristics: The Theory and Practice of Core Socialist Values and Ideological-Political Education in Chinese Universities Faculty of Education, Shenzhen University Presenting Author:The focus of this study is on a mandatory course in Chinese higher education – ideological-political education (IPE) – and the widespread political slogans known as the Core Socialist Values (CSVs), promoted by the Chinese authorities (Gow, 2017; MoE, 2018). This study of IPE in Chinese higher education explores how CSVs are introduced in this mandatory course. It draws on the literature of democratic citizenship education and applies Gramscian concepts to the Chinese context (Adamson, 2014; Gramsci, 1971). While previous Chinese literature has extensively suggested the successful implementation of CSVs in IPE classes, there is a lack of comprehensive empirical studies in English (Vickers & Zeng, 2017). This investigation of CSVs in IPE includes analysing policy documents, and official textbooks, observing IPE classes in four universities, and conducting interviews with 40 IPE students and lecturers. The collected data is analysed to reveal the ways in which the Chinese authorities employ political indoctrination and political socialisation (Greenstein, 1970; Merry, 2005) to develop hegemonic common-sense understandings within Chinese civil society.
The study provides substantial evidence of the implementation of commitment to CSVs. It investigates the top-level design of policies from the governmental perspective, and how CSVs and official requests are enacted in IPE classrooms in detail. It also includes specific evaluations and assessments from IPE lecturers and students. The study reveals that the authorities are eager to establish a new form of common sense, leading people to believe that CSVs are essential values for the Chinese people. This fosters a cultural hegemony that reinforces the power of the authorities’ integral state (Gramsci, 1971). To fulfil official requests, lecturers also employ various distinctive strategies in terms of introducing and promoting CSVs, which can be categorised into three types of teaching approaches: 1) Confirmist, 2) Compromiser, and 3) Innovator. Additionally, both lecturers and students recognise the functions and aims of CSVs in education, but they also express reservations and offer suggestions for improvement in various perspectives, including policy-making, teaching practices, and assessment. Notably, these perspectives are often considered abstract, ambiguous, and lacking specificity.
IPE promotes CSVs as the standards that ensure the political and social stability necessary for China’s economic development and social evolution. This reinforces the ruling party’s perceived legitimacy and justifies civil society's compliance with political control. This educational model is distinctively Chinese and contrasts with more liberal models prevalent elsewhere in the world for building cultural hegemony. IPE was an important agent created by the authorities within political society, intended to consolidate the authorities’ dominance through training and education within civil society. The evolution of the IPE curriculum consistently reflects crucial socio-political changes within Chinese authorities since 1949. In a broader sense, IPE was established and modified for political purposes within political society, with its detailed curriculum and practices specifically reflecting this form of education within civil society. Changes to IPE might encompass pedagogical goals like citizenship awareness and moral education, but it is primarily oriented towards the ideological and political purposes of political society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data collected by the author as part of his doctoral research. During the PhD study, the author employed qualitative approaches, including document analysis, semi-structured interviews, and class observation. The author analyzed current education policy and the official curriculum for IPE (Interprofessional Education) and CSVs (Core Social Values), exploring how authority establishes expectations and regulations for IPE and CSVs. Additionally, the author observed over 60 IPE sessions with 14 lecturers in four Chinese higher education institutes, investigating how IPE lecturers introduce and discuss CSVs in their teaching practice through specific approaches. Finally, the author conducted semi-structured interviews with almost 40 lecturers and students. This analysis delves into how lecturers understand CSVs and how students evaluate lecturers' teaching practices in order to assess their alignment with official values. In conclusion, three sources of data can triangulate and facilitate further discussion on policy-making, curriculum formation, teaching practices, and student evaluations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Therefore, in terms of both content and process, there was central control. The authorities' requirements were intended to promote CSV through IPE, and the expectation was that this was to be carried out in an indoctrinatory fashion, serving as the first step to create common sense. At the same time, the CSV condenses official ideology into a set of explicitly stated values. In so doing, it makes it easier for students to memorise and reproduce these, and so encouraged a dominant position for the authorities. Generally, the government in political society prescribed CSV for education practice and performance in civil society. In this general process, civil society did not have the further autonomy to alter or refuse but only to accept and implement what the political society offered. IPE builds up “common sense” as Gramsci proposed and, in so doing, establishes a cultural “common sense” in the minds of young people. However, even among those who were compliant or positive, many actively decided for themselves which particular CSV they valued the most. Then there were the rare 'dissenters' who questioned the notion of IPE and CSV. Even some of the students who had critical comments about the CSV, still acknowledged in their reflections that CSV is a good sense for social change. Even this mildly critical viewpoint contributes to cultural hegemony in Chinese society. The final result is that common sense vis-a-vis CSV has been established in young people's minds, and this builds up cultural common sense led by the authorities and enables the party to strengthen its social evolution over Chinese society. References Adamson, W. L. (2014). Hegemony and Revolution: A Study of Antonio Gramsci’s Political and Cultural Theory. Echo Point Books & Media. Gow, M. (2017). The Core Socialist Values of the Chinese Dream: Towards a Chinese Integral State. Critical Asian Studies, 49(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1080/14672715.2016.1263803 Gramsci, A. (1971). Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci. International Publishers. Greenstein, F. (1970). Socialisation: Political Socialisation. In N. J. Smelser (Ed.), Review of the International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences (pp. 969–978). University of Chicago Press. Merry, M. S. (2005). Indoctrination, Moral Instruction, and Nonrational Beliefs: A Place for Autonomy? Educational Theory, 55(4), Article 4. MoE. (2018). Use IPE Textbooks and Arm Students’ Brains through Socialism with Chinese Characteristics (用好讲好高校思政理论课教材 用中国特色社会主义最新理论成果武装大学生头脑) [Gov]. Ministry of Education of PRC. https://www.eeafj.cn/syzhxx/20180517/8158.html Vickers, E., & Zeng, X. (2017). Education and Society in Post-Mao China. Taylor & Francis. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper "We” vs. “Them": Systematic analysis of History Textbooks in Post-War Bosnia and Herzegovina. University of Agder, No, Norway Presenting Author:Although the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH) officially ended in 1995 with the Dayton Peace Agreement, it is fair to say that the post-war era is still characterized by various forms of divisions in political, economic, and public life. This profound division in BiH is also clearly visible at all levels of education in the country, with three independent educational systems containing several additional sub-systems in different geographical areas (i.e., cantons). These three educational programs roughly correspond to existing ethnic divisions that dominate the political, economic, and social situation in BiH (i.e. Croatian, Serbian, and Bosnjak ethnicity). There currently exists extensive literature describing various dilemmas associated with history narration in BiH, ranging from traditional educational textbooks (Šimic, 2020), empirical analysis (Pilvi, 2007), to various cinematic representations of the war (Abazovic, 2014). The nearly unanimous agreement in contemporary literature is that the content of these textbooks provides grounds for inappropriate educational practices that might negatively influence free thinking and the construction of a healthy, functional society. Thus, educational programs in BiH are consistently evaluated as being instrumental in the creation of strong and uniform ethnic nationalism and ethnic politics (Pilvi, 2007; Baranovic, 2001). Considering the widely accepted idea that education represents one of the most important building blocks of a functional society and civic behavior (Pilvi, 2009), a comprehensive analysis of textbooks in BiH would be of paramount importance if one aims to induce political and cultural changes supporting progress, stability, and development. Furthermore, the existence of different historical narratives might represent a challenge to peace-making processes in the country and have a negative impact on the development of democratic attitudes in young people who are expected to participate in decision-making processes in the future (Pilvi, 2009). However, the conclusions in the previous research, with some exceptions (e.g., Pilvi, 2007), are predominantly based on sheer theoretical reasoning and, more importantly, on relatively narrow data material concerning the content of the history books used as a curriculum on various levels of youth education in BiH. As such, there is very little work that makes the connection between concrete, broad, and transparent empirical material on one side and the conclusions reached on the presented material on the other. Thus, the majority of the previous research on this topic fails to (1) nuance the differences between the three ethnically based educational programs, (2) include multiple educational levels (i.e. both elementary and secondary education), and, more importantly, (3) offer transparent data to support the claims. Based on previous research (Pilvi, 2007), it is expected that all books contain the two main categories, namely “us” vs. “them.” However, there presently exists very little knowledge concerning the nuances between these two categories, the tools used to achieve such separation, and the discursive tone used to promote the idea of ethnic division. With this knowledge gap in mind, the aim of the present study is to examine the content of a relatively large quantity of various textbooks used in BiH, ranging from the 8th and 9th grades of elementary school up to the 4th grade of high school, including all three educational programs. The empirical point of departure in this paper is based on exploratory content analysis and the search for dominant and common codes that, in an aggregated manner, tend to form central themes in these books. Thus, the main aim is to identify and analyze the central themes that underlie “us” versus “them” divisions and consequently make recommendations for future history textbooks that increase the chance of shared perspectives among young future generations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data Material A total of 36 textbooks were included in the analysis (11 Bosniak, 16 Croatian, and 9 Serbian). All educational levels, from the 8th and 9th grade of elementary school up to the 4th grade of high school in all three educational programs, are represented. The majority of the reviewed texts are written in the Latin alphabet, with a few exceptions of the Serbian and Bosnjak textbooks that contain sections in the Cyrillic alphabet. Croatian textbooks are authored by 20 different persons, Bosnjak books by 13, and Serbian by 12. Analysis The present study is based on exploratory content analysis with the aim of "making replicable and valid inferences from texts to the contexts of their use" (Krippendorff, 2013, p.24). Thus, the intention is that extracted categories and the consequent conclusions are possible to replicate, using the same procedures (Drisko & Maschi, 2016). In the method section, the position and the background of the researcher team are discussed. The first step of the analysis consisted of identifying the sections that are relevant for the purposes of the present study. These sections regard the descriptions of the "local" history of BiH, without connections to the historical movements in Europe and the world in general. Second, all sections of relevance were examined to gain an overview of the material. Third, multiple repeating codes were marked and colored. Fourth, identified codes of interest were merged into larger themes with the aim of detecting the main categories. At this point, the well-known "back and forth" process that is characteristic of qualitative analysis took place in the pursuit of the latent messages hidden in the text. The final stage was to select the themes that nuance the division between "us" vs. "them". All analyzed textbooks share a common variance when it comes to the description of the main historical events but drastically differ in terms of (1) focus, (2) terminology, and (3) interpretations when it comes to descriptions of "us" vs. "them". The main categories are (1) discursive tools of separation, historical markers defining "us" vs. "them", and the role of religion in defining "us". It should be noted that the wording "we" vs. "them" could not be replaced by "we" vs. "others," meaning that separation is specifically directed toward the two other competing ethnic groups in the country. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings George Orwell (1960, p. 34) famously stated, "Who controls the past controls the future; who controls the present controls the past." It is easy to relate these words to the present schooling situation in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH) and the current data material. The overall conclusion is that the analyzed books represent an obstacle to a shared future that promotes socially responsible civic actions, as well as democratic, pluralistic, and tolerant attitudes. The shortcomings of these books are not situated within one specific sentence but are rather associated with the general tone, the nature of discourse, and all implicit and explicit literary tools that reinforce ethnicism by using strategic narrative to promote their own ethnic group and devalue others. All three educational programs are sending the same message about who "our" people are and who the "others" are, only varying in the choice of narration. They all use polemical representations of others (Moscovici, 1988) and demographic numbers and maps to promote their ethnic arguments. The problem is not in the accuracy of numbers or maps but rather in the selective choices that serve given ethnic positions. However, the narration differs, with Croatian textbooks tending to use distancing (BiH is "that country" or "this country," indicating foreign territory), Serbian dominating (BiH is established on the territories where Serbs historically populated or was, in fact, a part of Serbia), and Bosniak denying strategy (the ethnicity of Croatians and Serbs in BiH is the result of propaganda from neighboring states and is thus a relatively novel category). The findings in the present study are detailed with quotes and references from various textbooks but are not reported here due to the limited word count. Implications for future research are also discussed, including recommendations for textbooks that promote the development of civic actions. References Abazović, D. (2014): Reconciliation, ethnopolitics and religion in Bosnia-Herzegovina. In: D. Abazović & M. Velikonja (eds.): Post-Yugoslavia. New Cultural and Political Perspectives (pp. 35-56). London: Springer. Baranovic, B. (2001). History textbooks in post-war Bosnia and Herzegovina. Intercultural Education, 12(1), 13-26. Drisko, J. W., & Maschi, T. (2016). Content analysis: pocket guides to social work research methods. New York: Oxford University Press. Krippendorff K. (2013). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Moscovici, S. (1988). Notes towards a description of social representations. European journal of social psychology, 18(3), 211-250. Orwell G. (1960) Nineteen Eighty-Four. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Torsti, P. (2007). How to deal with a difficult past? History textbooks supporting enemy images in post‐war Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 39(1), 77-96. Torsti, P. (2009). Segregated education and texts: A challenge to peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina. International Journal on World Peace, 26(2),65–82. Šimić, G. (2020). To believe or not to believe: Current history textbooks in Bosnia and Herzegovina. In G. Ognjenović & J. Jozelić (Eds.), Nationhood and politicization of history in school textbooks. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. |
17:15 - 17:30 | Break 17: ECER Break |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 A: Teacher professional learning and Development (PLD) in Finland, Switzerland and Denmark Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Teacher professional learning and development (PLD) in schools in Finland, Switzerland, Denmark and England Teacher professional learning and development (PLD) happens inside a wide and evolving environment. From the perspective of teacher lifelong learning, this stage follows initial education and induction, and should be a constant factor in the development of professionality (Hoyle, 1974) during the whole career of teachers. Since the emergence of new phenomena and issues in school systems is steadily increasing, PLD’s importance has grown during recent years. From a systemic standpoint, the aspects interacting in the process leading to teacher PLD can take place at three main levels: macro/whole school system; meso/individual school and micro/classroom (Ostinelli, 2023). During these last years a number of symposia at the EERA-ECER conferences contributed to the publishing of a volume on teacher PLD in Europe (Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe, 2023). The focus was on the different approaches to teacher professional learning in Europe, considered from the whole system perspective. Actually, the book provided the reader with an extended view of this issue. However, due to the complexity of school systems, it is important to extend the analysis to other systemic levels. Following a path ideally leading from macro to micro (that is, from whole system to classroom level), it is important to increase the knowledge of what practiced at the meso level, investigating innovative practices and projects involving individual schools. The idea is therefore to illustrate a number of different approaches to teacher PLD in the field, focusing the attention on innovative experiences involving individual schools. The presentations included in the symposium deal with different themes. The first one, in times where digitalization and Artificial Intelligence (AI) are affecting heavily school systems and at large the global educational domain, is about the development - starting from actual teacher skills - of new competencies, in the context of innovative and more dynamic relationships between these technologies and pedagogy. For instance, the ethical aspects in using these information-based approaches are paramount (Unesco, 2023). A second theme is the match between continuous teacher education and teachers’ and principals’ needs (Ryan and Deci, 2020; Zhang, Admiraal and Saab, 2021). In fact, teachers have various needs concerning situations and processes happening in the classroom, and their fulfilment is important in building a motivation for change, relative to teaching and class management innovation. A third issue is about how to develop teacher agency in Professional learning communities, holding into account that the context where they act is more complex than what hypothesized by various models. In fact, very often rational, linear cause-effects interventions fail to achieve the desired results because of their limited perspective. Finally, yet importantly, sustainability is, like in other domains, a key factor also in teacher PLD. Interactions between schools, children, families to create sustainable improvement from specific professional learning and development using a facilitated action research framework are an important object of study in the context of the development of teacher professional expertise. References Ryan, R., Deci, E. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860. Hoyle, E. (1974) ‘Professionality, professionalism and control in teaching’ London Educational Review 3(2), 13–19 Ostinelli, G. (2023) A Framework for Analysing Teacher Professional Development. In Jones, K., Ostinelli, G. and Crescentini, A. (Eds.) Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe. London: Routledge. UNESCO (2023) Guidance for generative AI in education and research. Paris: UNESCO Zhang, X., Admiraal, W., Saab, N. (2021). Teachers’ motivation to participate in continuous professional development: relationship with factors at the personal and school level. Journal of Education for Teaching, 47(5), 714-731. Presentations of the Symposium Implementing City Level Digi-startegy through School Level Development Projects
In the study an implementation of a collaboratively constructed city level digi-strategy is analysed. The implementation of the strategy through co-designing the use of digi-tools in teaching and learning was considered as teachers’ professional learning. Consequently, the study covers three levels: city, school and individual teacher. The strategy was decided to be implemented through school level development projects and these projects were supported by researchers at the University of Helsinki. Each school decided their own project and they typically focused to the use of digital tools in teaching and learning, design of school learning environments and inclusive education. The participation of students to the implementation of the strategy contextualizes teachers’ professional learning and help teachers to focus to students and the development of their digital competence (Fernández-Batanero et al. 2020). The co-development project connects teachers’ individual learning to the teachers' common practices, practices in the classroom and teacher community (Maier and Schmidt 2015). The implementation and teachers’ professional learning was analysed based on a questionnaire and interview data collected from teachers, participating to different development projects. According to data, the use of basic digi-tools increased as well as teachers’ competences to use digi-tools, especially in blended learning. Collaborative nature of the projects and contextual learning in real classroom and teacher community situations supported teachers’ professional learning. Challenges were related to the leadership of the project.
References:
Fernández-Batanero, J. M., et al., 2020. Digital competences for teacher professional development. Systematic review. European Journal of Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1827389
Maier, R. and Schmidt, A., 2015. Explaining organizational knowledge creation with a knowledge maturing model. Knowledge Management Research & Practice, 13(4), 361–381. https://doi.org/10.1057/kmrp.2013.56
How to develop teacher agency in Professional Learning Communities
In the context of teacher PLD, in Denmark for approximately ten years there has been a focus on professional learning development concerning competences in managing teacher collaboration within PLC, Professional Learning Communities. In agreement with widespread leadership theories (e.g. Yukl & Gardner III, 2020), the implicit assumption has been that teachers work with a high level of rationality: What is the intended learning outcome? What teaching methods should be chosen in order to reach the goals? (e.g. Dufour & Marzano, 2011).
However, recent studies have shown that often teachers don't work according to a rational ends-means scheme (Thorborg, 2024). Rather, they work under the conditions of bounded rationality (Qvortrup, 2003. Simon, 1997 [1945]. Simon, 2019 [1996]). In many cases, teachers have to manage situations in which the complexity of the situation (teaching students in a classroom) is bigger than the capacity of the teacher (e.g. Lortie, 2002). This realization is based partly on theories of complexity and professional judgement, partly on interviews with and observations of teachers (Thorborg, 2024. Qvortrup, forthcoming). The implication is that teacher collaboration and professional learning must support much more explorative practices based on a strong professional sense-making culture rather than on rational ends-means practices (e.g. Hargreaves & O’Connor, 2018). This challenges the conception of teachers’ professional judgment practice (Qvortrup, 2017). The implications for teacher professional learning and development (PLD) in schools will be elaborated.
References:
Dufour, R. & Marzano, R. J. (2011): Leaders of Learning. Bloomington, IN: Solution Tree.
Hargreaves, A. & O’Connor, M. T. (2018): Collaborative Professionalism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin.
Lortie, D. C. (2002): Schoolteacher. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Qvortrup, L. (2003): The Hypercomplex Society. New York: Peter Lang.
Qvortrup, L. (2017): Undervisning er udøvelse af dømmekraft [Teaching is the exercise of judgment]. In: Holm, C. & Thingholm, H. B. (eds.): Evidens og dømmekraft [Evidence and judgment]. Frederikshavn: Dafolo.
Qvortrup, L. (forthcoming): Professionel dømmekraft [Professional Judgment]. Copenhagen: Samfundslitteratur.
Simon, H. A. (1997 [1945]): Administrative Behavior. New York, NY: The Free Press.
Simon, H. (2019 [1996]): The Sciences of the Artificial. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Thorborg, M. (2024): Et begivenhedsbaseret perspektiv på lærerkollegial aktivitet i den danske folkeskole [An event-based perspective on teacher collegial activity in the Danish primary school]. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press.
Yukl, G. & Gardner III, W. L. (2020): Leadership in Organizations. Harlow: Pearson.
Sub-paper withdrawn
.
References:
.
The Development of Psychological Capital in Ticino (Switzerland) Schools
In teacher education there is a well-established agreement on the beneficial effects of conducting positive psychology interventions (Allen et al., 2022) during the stages of initial education, induction and professional development. A prime example is the development in teachers of constructs such as hope (Snyder, 2000), optimism (Seligman, 1998), self-efficacy (Parker, 1998), and resilience (Wagnild & Young, 1993). These constructs, identified by Luthans (2007), constitute what is defined as “Psychological Capital” (PsyCap). They are by their definition measurable, open to development within a short timeframe and linked to well-being and work performance. Specific survey instruments have been developed over the years for each construct. In the case of teachers, working on personal potential has also proven to be linked to the quality of teaching and the ability to motivate pupils (Vink et al, 2011) for school activities and for orienting themselves towards study. Psychological capital-related training interventions implemented in initial and continuous teacher education in the canton of Ticino (Switzerland) are based on this principle. The courses proposed were developed taking into account institutional and individual needs. The learning of classroom teaching practices was combined with individual development paths. Each course lasted one school year. During this time span, each participant was supported in designing a self-development plan containing objectives, deadlines, activities to be undertaken and tools for evaluating the obtained results. Participants were able to measure their Psychological Capital at the beginning and end of the course and become aware of the changes that had taken place. The presentation will be focused on the description of coaching activities (both individual and collective), conducted with teachers and principals, and on the qualitative and quantitative results obtained using this kind of approach.
References:
Allen, K. A., Furlong, M. J., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Suldo, S. M. (Eds.). (2022). Handbook of positive psychology in schools: Supporting process and practice. Routledge.
Luthans, F., Avolio, B. J., Avey, J. B., & Norman, S. M. (2007). Positive psychological capital: Measurement and relationship with performance and satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 60, 541-572.
Parker, S. (1998). Enhancing role-breadth self efficacy: The roles of job enrichment and other organizational interventions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83(6), 835-852. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.83.6.835
Seligman, M. E. P. (1998). Learned optimism. Pocket Books.
Snyder, C. R. (2000). Handbook of Hope: Theory, Measures, and Applications. London: Academic Press.
Vink, J., Ouweneel, E., & Le Blanc, P. (2011). Psychological resources for engaged employees: Psychological capital in the job demands-resources model. Gedrag & Organisatie, 24(2), 101–120.
Wagnild, G. M., & Young, H. M. (1993). Development and psychometric evaluation of the resiliency scale. Journal of Nursing Management, 1, 165-178.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 B: Teachers understanding practice Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Larissa Jõgi Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers‘ Use of Informal Learning Opportunities: Frequencies and their Correlations with Individual Characteristics in Germany 1University of Tübingen, Germany; 2University College of Teacher Education Vorarlberg Presenting Author:In teachers’ lifelong professionalization, informal learning represents a core aspect of continuous professional development in addition to organized in-service training. Informal learning opportunities that are usually initiated and controlled by the teachers themselves include, among other things, obtaining teaching-related feedback from students and colleagues, which is considered to be extremely effective for teachers’ learning (e.g., Hattie & Clarke, 2019; Ridge und Lavigne, 2020). In contrast to surveying the frequency of participation in continuing education and training courses, it has been difficult so far to measure the use of informal learning opportunities as comprehensively as possible, since many survey instruments list activities that are considered to be conducive to learning in a more or less random manner (Dobischat & Gnahs, 2008). For the teaching profession, Kwakman (2003) identified a variety of informal learning opportunities in a qualitative interview study, which in a multi-step process finally led to the development and validation of the Teachers’ Professional Development at Work (TPD) survey instrument (Evers et al., 2016) with the dimensions ‘Experimenting’, ‘Collaborating for School Development’, ‘Collaborating for Lessen Development’, ‘Keeping Up-to-date: Reading’, and ‘Reflecting and Asking for Feedback’. This study tests a German adaptation of this originally Dutch instrument and examines the relationships between the informal learning opportunity dimensions and exemplary demographic, dispositional, and job-related characteristics that are highly relevant for the use of learning opportunities (Cerasoli et al., 2018; Richter et al., 2011). The following research questions are addressed: RQ1: Can the dimensions of the use of informal learning opportunities identified in Evers et al. (2016) be confirmed in a German translation of the instrument? RQ2: How often do teachers in Germany use different dimensions of informal learning opportunities? RQ3: To what extent do age, gender, the lack of a qualification for the teaching profession, general self-efficacy, and the takeover of tasks in the extended school leadership show effects on the frequency of using informal learning opportunities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, we used a quantitative online questionnaire survey. A representative sample with regard to age, gender and school type of N = 405 teachers from Germany was surveyed in fall 2019 by a German survey service provider. The online questionnaire was based on a German adaptation of the TPD (21 items, response scale 1 = never to 5 = always), supplemented by individual items to capture demographic and job-related characteristics. General self-efficacy expectancy was assessed by a scale from Schwarzer and Jerusalem (1999; 10 items, ω=.886). Regarding RQ1, we used confirmatory factor analyses, following the usual cut-off values for the fit statistics (CFI ≥ .95, SRMR ≤ .08, RMSEA ≤ .05; Kline, 2016). To address the second research question, we calculated scale means and standard deviations. Finally, to answer RQ3, we estimated a structural equation model in which the frequencies of use are predicted by the individual characteristics of the teachers, controlling for school characteristics. We conducted structural equation analyses using the R package lavaan. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Confirmatory analysis of the factor structure of the TPD indicated the necessity for modification of the dimensions found in Evers et al. (2016) (Χ2(179)=431.8, p<.001, RMSEA=.064, SRMR=.064, CFI=.892). Based on an analysis regarding model misspecification (Saris et al., 2009), three double-loading items were removed, and the reading-related dimension was split regarding print media and Internet information. The final model with the dimensions ‘reflection and feedback’ (M=3.45, SD=0.64), ‘informing online’ (M=3.40, SD=0.77), ‘cooperation for lesson development’ (M=3.16, SD=0.77), ‘innovating and testing’ (M=3.01, SD=0.62), ‘cooperation for school development’ (M=3.00, SD=0.72) and ‘reading print media’ (M=2.91, SD=0.85) shows a good fit (Χ2(118)=212.7, p<.001, RMSEA=.048, SRMR=.046, CFI=.951). Regression analysis revealed positive gender effects (gender: female) on the dimensions of innovating/testing (β=.17**), reflecting/feedback (β=.26***), and the forms of cooperation (school development: β=.15*; instructional development: β=.23***). In terms of age, there was a quadratic pattern for reading print media, indicating more frequent reception up to about age 50 with a subsequent decline (β=-.14*). Higher general self-efficacy expectancy exhibits positive effects on innovating (β=.21**) and school development-related cooperation (β=.19***). Our findings show that a translation of the TPD can be applied in German-speaking countries with some adaptations. In particular, the use of online information sources seems to be moving away from the items relating to paper-based information sources in the previously used reading dimension. Using a representative sample, the study provides an insight into the frequency of use of informal learning opportunities in Germany, according to which teachers often seem to reflect on their teaching, seek feedback, and prefer online resources. Teachers' age only appears relevant for reading print media. Female teachers seem to use most informal learning opportunities slightly more frequently than male. In the presentation, we will discuss the comparability with findings from other countries and practical implications. References Cerasoli, C. P., Alliger, G. M., Donsbach, J. S., Mathieu, J. E., Tannenbaum, S. I. & Orvis, K. A. (2018). Antecedents and Outcomes of Informal Learning Behaviors: a Meta-Analysis. Journal of Business and Psychology, 33(2), 203–230. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10869-017-9492-y Dobischat, R. & Gnahs, D. (2008). Methodische Reflexionen und Verbesserungsansätze zum BSW-AES. In Weiterbildungsverhalten in Deutschland. Band 2: Berichtskonzepte auf dem Prüfstand (pp. 219–229). Bielefeld: Deutsches Institut für Erwachsenenbildung. Evers, A. T., Kreijns, K. & van der Heijden, B. I. (2016). The design and validation of an instrument to measure teachers’ professional development at work. Studies in Continuing Education, 38(2), 162–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037x.2015.1055465 Hattie, J., & Clarke, S. (2019). Visible learning: Feedback. Routledge. Kline, R. B. (2016). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling. Methodology in the social sciences. Guilford Press. Kwakman, K. (2003). Factors affecting teachers’ participation in professional learning activities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 19(2), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00101-4 Richter, D., Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Lüdtke, O. & Baumert, J. (2011). Professional development across the teaching career: Teachers’ uptake of formal and informal learning opportunities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 116–126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.07.008 Ridge, B. L., & Lavigne, A. L. (2020). Improving instructional practice through peer observation and feedback: A review of the literature. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 61. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5023 Saris, W. E., Satorra, A. & van der Veld, W. M. (2009). Testing Structural Equation Models or Detection of Misspecifications? Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 16(4), 561–582. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510903203433 Schwarzer, R. & Jerusalem, M. (1999). Skalen zur Erfassung von Lehrer- und Schülermerkmalen: Dokumentation der psychometrischen Verfahren im Rahmen der wissenschaftlichen Begleitung des Modellversuchs Selbstwirksame Schulen. Freie Universität Berlin. http://userpage.fu-berlin.de/%7Ehealth/self/skalendoku_selbstwirksame_schulen.pdf 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Flourishing or Floundering? Exploring Ukrainian Elementary School Teacher Understandings of Their Professional Experience University of Glasgow Presenting Author:Brief Abstract Main Research Question and Sub-Questions Theoretical Considerations Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The structure of this empirical investigation (Hedges, 2017) was the following: qualitative approach (Creswell, 2017; Cleland, 2015; Denzin & Lincoln, 2005; Gay & Airasian, 2003), interpretivist/constructivist paradigm (Scauso, 2020; Hay, 2011; Bevir & Rhodes, 2003), subjectivist stance (Moon & Blackman, 2017; Ratner, 2002; Lincoln & Guba, 2000), narrative inquiry (Barkhuizen 2016; Stanley & Temple, 2008; Clandinin & Connelly, 2000), and template analysis (King 2004, 1998). Data was collected by means of the ZOOM online meeting platform using a combination of semi-structured focused discussions (Munday, 2006; Warr, 2005; Bromley & Fishcher, 2000), visual data instruments (“River of Experience” (Cabaroglu & Denicolo, 2008; Richardson, 2003; Pope & Denicolo, 1990) and auto-photography (Bailey & Harken, 2014; Pain, 2012; Colier & Collier, 1986)), and semi-structured individual interviews (Price & Jewitt; King, 2004; Mischler, 1991). Data collection began several days after the Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022 and lasted four months. Data collection was conducted within the ethical context of crisis zone research, which recognizes that, although victims of humanitarian crises are a vulnerable group and therefore are worthy of added protection, such protection should not be to the extent that they are prevented from participating in research in which they have volunteered to be involved (Mazurana et al., 2013; Helbardt et al., 2010; Mfutso-Bengo et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In answer to the main research question—what does it mean to flourish professionally for Ukrainian elementary school teachers? —the data indicated a blend of elements, namely, • To persevere – that is, as an individual, to guard self-respect and foster capaciousness when faced with upheaval at any level, personally or professionally, recognizing and addressing ‘the ironies of policy and the ironies of practice’ (Hoyle & Wallace 2007, p. 9) by ‘keeping things vital’ (Cammarano & Stutelberg, 2020, 5), that is, continuing to move forward. The teachers studied demonstrated that a stoic disposition, sustained heutagogical approaches (self-determined learning), and concerted efforts (or an outward stance) formed a synergistic defense against uncertainty, unexpected shifts, and even danger. Collectively, they appeared to subscribe to the view that fear is a bad advisor, and that courage is not a heroic personality trait limited to the few. • To innovate – that is, to master the roles of leader and coordinator of the educational process, engage in ‘principled infidelity’ (Hoyle & Wallace 2007, p. 9) when veering away from traditional curricula, methods, established philosophies, and policies in order to embrace new ones; to brave change agency as an expression of decentralization politics; and to act as early adopters of Education 4.0 technologies through entangled pedagogies. • To cultivate identity – that is, to reflect on the continuum of national education history continuously and critically in order to envision a path forward for learners that does not sacrifice cultural identity in the name of Europeanization and globalization; to seek and develop diverse forms of professional community where professional identity can safely be interrogated, adjusted, adapted, and finessed for the benefit of self and society; and to model democratic principles in teaching and learning inside and outside the classroom. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1996). Teachers' professional knowledge landscapes: Teacher stories. stories of teachers. school stories. stories of schools. Educational Researcher, 25(3), 24-30. https://doi.org/10.2307/1176665 Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2005). The discipline and practice of qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 1-31). Fimyar, O. (2010). Policy why(s): Policy rationalities and the changing logic of educational reform in postcommunist Ukraine. In I. Silova (Ed.), Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education (International Perspectives on Education and Society, 14, pp. 61-91). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-3679(2010)0000014006 Hoyle, E., & Wallace, M. (2007). Educational reform: An ironic perspective. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 35(1), 9-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143207071383 King, N. (2004). Using templates in the thematic analysis of text. In C. Cassell & G. Symon (Eds.), Essential guide to qualitative methods in organizational research, (pp. 256-270). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://www.doi.org/10.4135/9781446280119.n21 Mfutso-Bengo, J., Masiye, F., & Muula, A. (2008). Ethical challenges in conducting research in humanitarian crisis situations. Malawi Medical Journal, 20(2), 46-49. https://doi.org/10.4314/mmj.v20i2.10956 Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Education and democratic citizenship: Capabilities and quality education. Journal of Human Development, 7(3), 385-395. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649880600815974 Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating Capabilities. The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. 10.4159/harvard.9780674061200 Olssen, M., & Peters, M. A. (2005). Neoliberalism, higher education and the knowledge economy. From the free market to knowledge capitalism. Journal of Education Policy, 20(3), 313-345. doi:10.1080/02680930500108718 Pope, M., & Denicolo, P. (1990). Adults learning – Teachers thinking. In C. Day, M. Pope, & P. Denicolo (Eds.), Insights into teachers’ thinking and practice. Routledge. http://bit.ly/39FQBrp Rizvi, F. (2007). Postcolonialism and globalization in education. Cultural Studies, Critical Methodologies, 7(3), 256-263. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708607303606 Sen, A. (1993). Capability and well‐being. In M. Nussbaum & A. Sen (Eds.), The quality of life (Oxford, online edition), (pp. 30-53). Oxford Academic. https://doi-org.ezproxy.lib.gla.ac.uk/10.1093/0198287976.003.0003 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowledge brokering Østfold University College, Norway Presenting Author:Knowledge brokering’ illustrates how knowledge can move between research communities and contexts outside of academia (Olejniczak, 2017; Ward et al., 2009). The term is also present in governmental documents in Norway, most recently in National Strategy for Research on Education 2020-2024 (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2020) and the state budget for 2023 (Finansdepartementet, 2022). In the strategy, the Norwegian Ministry of education states that “[…] all activities that promote the use of research can be labelled knowledge brokering” (p. 15, our translation). Based on this, it is hard to see how the concept of knowledge brokering differs from terms like knowledge transition (Kumar & Ganesh, 2009; Lavis et al., 2003), knowledge mediation (Montalt-Resurrecció & Shuttleworth, 2012), and knowledge transaction (Patsarika & Townsend, 2022). To understand what knowledge brokering entails, it becomes necessary to study the term conceptually. The ability to apply knowledge in contexts outside of its domain of origin is an epistemological challenge (Leppälä, 2012). Still, this is required in professional school and kindergarden development and projects driven by research-based decisions. We will focus on knowledge brokering between academic institutions and primary schools, considering school development. Conceptual framework When it comes to development in the educational sector, it is not possible to point our finger at something as the result of the process, as we work with immaterial objects. These objects must be constructed socially. Through situated learning (Lave & Wenger, 1991) and sociocultural approaches (Säljö, 2007), it becomes apparent that language plays a definite role in meaning-making and is understood as a medium by which we construct the objects we work on. Statement of the problem What can ‘knowledge brokering’ entail in the relationship between academia and primary schools, regarding professional development in both sectors? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will apply discourse analysis to examine how ‘knowledge brokering’ is used in various documents and discuss its possible content. We will use Wartofsky’s (1979) perspective on 'model’ as an analytic taxonomy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Significance of the Research As the potential for collaborative development between academia and primary schools seem to be unfulfilled, this research will contribute to seeing this relationship in new ways. Our view on ‘knowledge brokering’ is highly optimistic. We argue that this field has the potential to advance the way we understand the application of knowledge in the social sciences. References Finansdepartementet. (2022). Meld. St. 1. Nasjonalbudsjettet 2023. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-1-20222023/id2931224/ Kumar, J. A. & Ganesh, L. S. (2009). Research on knowledge transfer in organizations: a morphology. Journal of Knowledge Management, 13(4), 161–174. https://doi.org/10.1108/13673270910971905 Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2020). Forskning, kunnskaps megling og bruk. Strategi for utdanningsforskning 2020–2024. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/8b5e5ebb145540f581c9996ef164acfb/kd_strategi-for-utdanningsforskning-2020-2024.pdf Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511815355 Lavis, J. N., Robertson, D., Woodside, J. M., McLeod, C. B., Abelson, J. & Group, K. T. S. (2003). How Can Research Organizations More Effectively Transfer Research Knowledge to Decision Makers? The Milbank Quarterly, 81(2), 221–248. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0009.t01-1-00052 Leppälä, S. (2012). An Epistemological Perspective on Knowledge Transfers: From Tacitness to Capability and Reliability. Industry and Innovation, 19(8), 631–647. https://doi.org/10.1080/13662716.2012.739759 Montalt-Resurrecció, V. & Shuttleworth, M. (2012). Research in translation and knowledge mediation in medical and healthcare settings. Linguistica Antverpiensia, New Series–Themes in Translation Studies, 11. Olejniczak, K. (2017). The Game of Knowledge Brokering. American Journal of Evaluation, 38(4), 554–576. https://doi.org/10.1177/1098214017716326 Patsarika, M. & Townsend, S. (2022). Interdisciplinary Service Learning as a Critical Knowledge Transaction Space in University-Community Engagement. The Educational Forum, 86(2), 185–198. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131725.2020.1859661 Säljö, R. (2007). Læring i praksis. Et sosiokulturelt perspektiv. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Ward, V. L., House, A. O. & Hamer, S. (2009). Knowledge brokering: Exploring the process of transferring knowledge into action. BMC Health Services Research, 9(1), 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-9-12 Wartofsky, M. W. (1979). Models. Representation and the Scientific Understanding. (R. S. Cohen, Ed.). Springer. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-9357-0 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 C: Agency Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Maarja Tinn Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring the Multifaceted Nature of Teacher Agency: Contextual Influences and Manifestations Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Teacher agency, a key focus in recent educational research, receives considerable attention due to its vital role in teachers' professional development. This attention stems from the understanding that agency is intricately linked to various factors, including past professional milestones, personal beliefs, and contextual influences (Priestley et al., 2015; Tinn & Ümarik, 2021). Recognizing that agency is not inherent in every action, this research emphasizes the need to explore and understand the diverse expressions of teacher agency within the work process. The goal is to identify and recognize teacher agency as a habitual or intentional action reflecting genuine professional agency. Teacher agency encompasses influential factors such as the general context, including social and educational changes, identity, and professional knowledge leading to different discourses. Specific impacts of various aspects can be investigated using Piestley and Robinson's three-dimensional model, connecting iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative dimensions (Piestley & Robinson, 2015). There is a growing body of research on what influences the emergence and development of agency and how to sustain and support its growth (Eteläpelto & Vähäsantanen, 2008). However, with the diversity of influencing factors, it can be assumed that agency may not always come into action in the same manner. This paper focuses on the different expression possibilities of agency – agency in action – and the factors that impact these expressions. While numerous articles discuss what influences the emergence and development of agency and how to support it, this paper examines how agency is specifically expressed, in what ways, and how uniform its realization is in a teacher's lived educational actuality. We observe that educational changes are a significant influencer of agency (Tinn & Ümarik, 2021). This empirical study aims to understand how different conditional factors are related to enabling or disabling agency, moving on to examine the specific forms that agency in action takes. Selected teachers, whose careers began in the 60s-70s, yielded limited insights into the Soviet era during life history interviews. The scarcity of material is evident in the resulting typology and narrative portrayals. Rich data emerged primarily in the late 80s, amidst significant societal upheaval leading to the dissolution of the Soviet Union and Estonia's independence restoration in 1991. These transformative times profoundly impacted society, with the education sector at the forefront of conscious change. The analysis reflects these historical dynamics, and life history interviews from the past 30 years provide a robust foundation for the study. At the core of teacher agency is the ability to imagine alternatives, capturing the possibility of different alternative ways of acting. This is precisely why agency manifests itself in different ways, as different paths are inherent. How agency in action can take different forms and find alternative paths, while essentially sprouting from the same basis, is mapped in detail in the typology and described in four portrayals to unlock these types for a reader. The typology is based on the theory-based analysis of the ecological model of agency (Priestley et al., 2015), which has three dimensions: iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative. In the analysis process, we also considered an addition suggested by Leijen et al. (2019) to add a feature of personal long-term purpose-making to the model. The main themes from the analysis were accountability, efficiency, knowledge base, professional identity, perceived autonomy, short-term goals, long-term purposes, and school culture. All these themes were more or less influenced by another factor that surfaced in the analysis process – teacher nostalgia. Likewise, it was found that agency can also manifest as a toxic agency – a phenomenon whose connections with certain types of nostalgia were particularly strong. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Thirteen social science teachers from Estonian general education schools participated in life history interviews, with at least two interviews conducted with ten of them. The sample was intentionally diverse, encompassing teachers from different age groups, genders, and various schools and regions across Estonia. The interviews ranged in duration from 74 minutes to 2.5 hours. Narrative life history interviews (Goodson, 2014) were employed to gain a profound understanding of individuals' lives—both personal and professional—as well as the intersections between the two, making this approach well-suited for the ecological model of agency. The interviews were transcribed and anonymized, and the portrayal method (Goodson, 2013, p. 41; Sadam, Jõgi, Goodson, 2019) was utilized for analysis. This method involves the researcher interpreting life narratives in a socio-historical context. Creating Narrative Portrayals: The initial stage involved conducting interviews with open-ended questions and essential follow-up inquiries to gather comprehensive and in-depth data. (Goodson and Sikes, 2001, pp. 57-74; Kalekin-Fishman, 2017; Sadam et al., 2019; Tripp, 2012, pp. 97-98) Transcribing interviews was not just a preparatory step but an integral part of the analysis phase, involving the identification of themes for subsequent interviews. (Gibbs, 2007) The open coding process identified and marked significant themes recurring throughout interviews, guided by the theoretical framework or emerging organically until saturation was achieved. (Goodson, 2013, p. 40) This stage involved contextualizing identified themes within a socio-historical framework and creating narratives to understand broader meanings. (Goodson, 2014, p. 41) Narrative Portrayals and Documentation: Creating narrative portrayals involves generating written representations to deepen understanding of an individual's experience within a specific socio-historical context. These portrayals were presented as a result of the analysis. (Goodson, 2013, p. 41) The rationale for writing narrative portrayals in the analysis results is that interviewees might not always be as aware of the socio-cultural context as the researcher. The researcher can always inquire further about this context (Antikainen et al., 2009, 240; Goodson and Gill, 2011, 40). Each interview was analyzed individually, while simultaneously creating both individual and collective concept maps highlighting key themes. These themes formed the basis for constructing a typology of teacher agency. The portrayals were sent to interviewees for review and clarification. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study affirms the pivotal role of context, emphasizing that teacher agency is deeply embedded in the surrounding social, educational, and historical context. The emergence and expression of agency are intricately tied to external factors such as social and educational changes, shaping the teacher's ability to navigate professional challenges. Agency can manifest through actions, refraining from action, or a combination of both. By delving into the empirical study, the research sheds light on the conditional factors that either enable or disable teacher agency. This understanding provides a nuanced perspective on the intricate interplay between contextual elements and the realization of agency in action. The temporal dimension, especially the historical moment of the late 80s, emerges as a critical factor in understanding teacher agency. Life history interviews provided rich and dense descriptions, serving as a foundational source for analysis. It highlights the importance of historical context in unraveling the complexities of teacher agency. The application of the ecological model of agency, enriched by the addition of personal long-term purpose-making, proves instrumental in analyzing and categorizing teacher agency. The typology developed based on this model delineates dimensions such as iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative, offering a comprehensive framework for understanding diverse expressions of agency. Teacher nostalgia emerges as a significant factor influencing various aspects of teacher agency. It impacts themes such as accountability, efficiency, knowledge base, professional identity, perceived autonomy, short-term goals, long-term purposes, and school culture. Furthermore, it was found that agency can also manifest as a toxic agency—a phenomenon strongly associated with certain types of nostalgia. In essence, this study contributes to the ongoing discourse on teacher agency by offering a nuanced understanding of its manifestations, contextual influences, and the complex interplay of factors shaping teachers' professional development. References Eteläpelto, A., & Vähäsantanen, K. (2008). Research on teacher agency: An overview. European Educational Research Journal, 7(3), 324–339. Goodson, I. F. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge. Goodson, I. F. (2014). Developing life narrative research. Routledge. Goodson, I. F., & Gill, S. (2011). Narrative pedagogy: Life history and learning. Peter Lang. Goodson, I. F., & Sikes, P. J. (2001). Life history research in educational settings: Learning from lives. Open University Press. Gibbs, G. (2007). Analyzing qualitative data. Sage. Kalekin-Fishman, D. (2017). Human agency and the meaning of work: A psychosociological approach. Springer. Leijen, Ä., Lam, T. H., Holbrook, J., & Tillema, H. H. (2019). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Educational Research Review, 27, 52–62. Piestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). Student teachers' agency in the context of national educational priorities: A comparative analysis of Finland and Scotland. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 304–318. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Routledge. Sadam, T., Jõgi, A. L., & Goodson, I. F. (2019). Reinventing teachers' work. Routledge. Tinn, Maarja & Ümarik, Meril. (2021). LOOKING THROUGH TEACHERS’ EYES – INVESTIGATING TEACHER AGENCY. British Journal of Educational Studies. 70. 1-17. 10.1080/00071005.2021.1960268. Tripp, D. (2012). Critical incidents in teaching: Developing professional judgement. Routledge. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Relationship between Teachers' Self-efficacy for Classroom Management and their Empowerment HEP Vaud, Switzerland Presenting Author:In Switzerland, almost one teacher out of five leaves the profession within the first five years (OFS, 2022). One of the factors behind this phenomenon is the difficulties encountered by teachers in dealing with difficult pupils’ behaviour (Høigaard et al., 2012; Montague & Kwok, 2022). Thus, the development of good classroom management skills, particularly the ability to deal with difficult pupils’ behaviour in an educational manner, is an issue in teacher training (Gaudreau et al., 2012). However, this ability is linked to teachers' self-efficacy for classroom management (Gaudreau et al., 2015). Teacher effectiveness is notably impacted by empowerment, of which self-efficacy is one of the dimensions (Hemric et al., 2010). However, there seems to be little systematic research on the relations between the concepts of self-efficacy for classroom management and empowerment among trainee teachers. Thus, the problem lies in the lack of knowledge of the relation between self-efficacy in classroom management among student teachers and their empowerment. Empowerment can be defined as "[a] process by which a person or a community frees itself from a state of subjection, acquires the ability to use its full rights, and frees itself from a social, moral or intellectual dependency" (Maury & Hedjerassi, 2020, p.3). In relation to the educational sciences, it appears that teacher empowerment has a positive influence on their decision-making capacity, their professional learning and their impact on pupils’ success. Empowerment is also central to improve teaching (Veisi et al., 2015). Moreover, self-efficacy appears to be one of the constituent dimensions of empowerment that proves to be one of the most reliable predictors of a teacher's professional commitment (Bogler & Somech, 2004). Bandura (2007) defines self-efficacy as the individual's belief in his or her ability to organise and carry out the course of action required to produce desired results. Thus, teachers’ self-efficacy is their belief in their own ability to play a key role in the success of their pupils. It is also their belief that they can bring their students along with them in their teaching project (Brown et al., 2015). Studies show that teachers with a high self-efficacy are more involved in the running of their institution, more open to pedagogical developments and more pugnacious when faced with difficult situations (Veisi et al., 2015). With regard to classroom management, teachers who can rely on a strong self-efficacy to face difficult pupils’ behaviour are more inclined to develop educational practices tailored to pupils' aspirations. As a result, pupils develop more positive attitudes to learning and development. This has a positive impact on their school experience and success (Gaudreau et al., 2015). Empowerment is thus considered by Bandura (1997) to be generated by the development of self-efficacy. However, from a systemic perspective, it seems appropriate to question the interaction between these two concepts in the development of teachers' skills, particularly in regard to classroom management (Nazari et al., 2021). The literature suggests that self-efficacy for classroom management may be related to empowerment. Indeed, some studies indicate statistically significant relationships between self-efficacy and empowerment (Hemric et al., 2010; Veisi et al., 2015). The aim of this study was therefore to verify the existence of a relation between these two concepts. The results of this study show relations between certain dimensions of self-efficacy for classroom management and certain dimensions of empowerment. These results are discussed in light of Gaudreau’ (2017) self-efficacy for classroom management and Maury and Hedjerassi’ (2020) empowerment process theories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this research is to measure the relation between trainee teachers' self-efficacy for classroom management and their empowerment. The design is prescriptive and correlational. The chosen sampling method is non-probabilistic. The teachers in training were invited online to complete a survey consisting of, among other things, a general information sheet to profile the respondents on one side, the Gaudreau et al.'s (2015) self-efficacy for classroom management scale on the other side, and finally the Boudreault's empowerment scale (1999, adapted from Tymon, 1988). Two hundred and forty-five (245) questionnaires were completed. The sample was thus made up of 147 (59.8%) pre-school and primary bachelor teachers, 5 (2%) secondary I bachelor teachers, 75 (28.5%) secondary I and/or II master teachers and 19 (7.7%) special education master teachers. One hundred and eighty-five (185) women and 58 men completed the survey. Three (3) individuals identified themselves as belonging to the other category. In regard to the quality of the measurement instruments, the Gaudreau et al. (2015) self-efficacy for classroom management scale has a total internal consistency index (Cronbach's alpha) of 0.97. In regard to the dimensions, the internal consistency index are 0.83 for the dimension managing resources, 0.88 for the dimension establishing clear expectations, 0.88 for the dimension capturing and maintaining pupils’ attention and commitment to the task, 0.88 for the dimension developing positive relationships and 0.93 for the dimension managing difficult behaviour. As for Boudreault's empowerment scale (1999, adapted from Tymon, 1988), the total internal consistency index was 0.97. In regard to the dimensions, the internal consistency index are 0.93 for the significance dimension, 0.95 for the impact dimension, 0.87 for the competence dimension and 0.92 for the choice dimension. The data analysis plan consists of data reduction and descriptive and confirmatory analyses. Data reduction is used to generate the measurement indicators. The descriptive analyses consisted of the means, standard deviations, kurtosis (asymmetry) and flattening of the respondents' results for each of the two instruments used, as well as a portrait of the respondents. Confirmatory analyses were carried out by calculating Pearson correlation coefficients. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research indicates that certain dimensions of self-efficacy are related to certain dimensions of empowerment. However, the relations as a whole are not significant. Nevertheless, it seems justified to state that this research validates that a certain number of interactions exist between self-efficacy for classroom management and the empowerment of trainee teachers. However, these results are hampered by a number of limitations. First, the lack of previous studies linking the two variables under study in the same population is a limitation of this study. In fact, to our knowledge, no study has examined the relations between teachers' self-efficacy for classroom management and their empowerment. Also, the correlational method was favoured in this research because of the absence of studies on the subject and because of the nature of the variables, which are difficult to manipulate in humans for feasibility and ethical reasons. However, this choice has limitations when it comes to interpreting the results, as it does not allow us to draw any conclusions about cause and effect. This research can only indicate the degree and nature of the relations between the variables studied (Robert, 1988a). Finally, the chosen sampling method is non-probabilistic by reasoned choice. Unfortunately, despite the advantages of this method, it does not allow us to specify the sampling error (Fortin, 2010). This type of sampling is therefore a limitation when it comes to generalise results, since the sampling cannot be as precise and representative as a probability sample (Fortin, 2010; Gauthier & Beaud, 2009). Other limitations will be explained during the presentation. Despite the limitations encountered, these results provide added value in terms of the importance of teacher training through a university program that reinforces the development of self-efficacy for classroom management, but also the empowerment of trainee teachers. References Bandura, A. (2007). Auto-efficacité : le sentiment d’efficacité personnelle (2nd ed.). De Boeck. Bass, B. & Avolio, B. J. (1990). Developing transformational leadership: 1992 and beyond. Journal of European industrial training, 14(4), 468‑478. Bass, B. & Bass, R. (2009). The Bass handbook of leadership: Theory, research, and managerial applications. Free Press. Cattonar, B., Lessard, C., Blais, J.-G., Larose, F., Riopel, M.-C., Tardif, M., … Wright, A. (2007). Les directeurs et les directrices d’école au Canada: contexte, profil et travail. Enquêtes pancanadiennes auprès des directions et des enseignants d’écoles primaires et secondaires (2005-2006). Chaire de recherche du Canada sur le personnel et les métiers de l’Éducation. Cherniss, C. (1993). Role of professional self-efficacy in the etiology and amelioration of burnout. In T. Schaufeli, W. B., Maslach, C., & Marek (Eds.), Professionnal Burnout: Recent developments in theory ans research (pp. 135‑143). Taylor et Francis Group. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. (1999). Diriger une école secondaire: un nouveau contexte, de nouveaux défis. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. Daly, A. J., Der-Martirosian, C., Ong-Dean, C., Park, V., & Wishard-Guerra, A. (2011). Leading under sanction: Principals’ perceptions of threat rigidity, efficacy, and leadership in underperforming Schools. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 10(2), 171‑206. Dussault, M., Frenette, É., & Fernet, C. (2013). Leadership: Validation of a self-report scale. Psychological Reports, 112(2), 419‑436. Fernet, C., Austin, S., & Dussault, M. (2009). L’importance de la spécificité des rôles professionnels lors de l’évaluation de la perception d’efficacité personnelle des directions d’école. Paper presented at 31 Colloque de l’ADMEE. Québec. Gouvernement du Québec. (2024). Loi sur l’instruction publique. Recueil des lois et des règlements du Québec. Leithwood, K. Harris, A. et Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about sucessful school leadership. School Leadership and Management, 28(1), 27-42 Marín, J. R. (2013). The relationship between ethnicity, self-efficacy, and beliefs about diversity to instructional and transformational leadership practices of urban school principals. (Doctoral dissertation). University of Southern California. Marzano, R. J., Waters, T., & McNulty, B. A. (2005). School leadership that works: From research to results. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. McCormick, M. J., Tanguma, J., & Lopez-Forment, A. S. (2002). Extending self-efficacy theory to leadership: A review and empirical test. Journal of Leadership Education, 1(2), 34‑49. Sergiovanni, T. J. (2001). The principalship : A reflective practice perspective (4th ed.). Allyn and Bacon. Tschannen‐Moran, M. & Gareis, C. R. (2004). Principals’ sense of efficacy. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(5), 573‑585. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Perceived Teacher Work Ability: The Roles of Self-efficacy, Burnout, and Self-rated Health Masaryk Univesirty, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The work ability (WA) construct was proposed to identify whether individuals are able to continue to meet the physical and psychosocial requirements of their profession. Perceived teacher work ability (PWA) refers to the teachers’s subjective assessment of their individual physical and mental capacity to perform the required job tasks and successfully cope with the physical, emotional, and organizational demands associated with the current teacher roles (Hlaďo et al., 2020; McGonagle et al., 2022). The role of self-rated health in the relationship between burnout and perceived teacher work ability In light of previous research, the teaching profession is widely acknowledged as one characterized by substantial stress levels. Teacher stress primarily emanates from the high job demands and the demanding work conditions inherent to the teaching profession. The JD-R model and previous research findings showed that ineffectively managing job demands and persistent work-related stress may result in teacher burnout (Schaufeli & Taris, 2014; Hakanen et al., 2006). For instance, Hlaďo et al. (2020) among aging upper secondary school teachers found that burnout is a significant predictor of WA with a strong negative effect. More frequently than other occupational groups, teachers suffer from diseases that develop from mental and emotional stress (Freude et al., 2005). Relying on the JD-R model, it can be concluded that burnout may lead to adverse outcomes for the individual, including impaired employee health (Schaufeli & Taris, 2014). On the other side, physical and mental health affects an individual’s capacity to perform job demands, and health conditions can be considered an antecedent of PWA. However, limited research has examined the relationships between burnout, health status, and WA in teachers simultaneously. In the JD-R model, physical and mental health is harmed by burnout (Taris et al., 2017), and impaired health can be regarded as contributing to reduced WA among teachers (Cadiz et al., 2019). Thus, physical and mental health may intensify the adverse effect of burnout on WA. Thus, we hypothesize: - H1: Self-rated physical health and self-rated mental health serve as mediators for the relationship between burnout and PWA among lower secondary school teachers. The role of burnout in the relationship between self-efficacy and perceived teacher work ability Previous research has shown a positive relationship between self-efficacy and WA in different occupational groups. Among primary and middle school Italian teachers, Guidetti et al. (2018) found that teachers’ self-efficacy significantly and positively influences PWA. In their systematic review, Mijakoski et al. (2022) identified low teacher self-efficacy as a detrimental determinant of teacher exhaustion. The research findings suggest that teacher burnout is reduced or mitigated when teachers positively perceive their self‐efficacy. The revised JD-R model (Taris et al., 2017) posits a mediating role of burnout in the link between personal resources and work outcomes. Drawing on the research findings outlined above, we can infer that higher self-efficacy among teachers may result in lower levels of burnout and, consequently, a higher level of WA. As stated above, teachers with high self-efficacy demonstrate lower burnout since self-efficacy is associated with more effective coping strategies, allowing teachers to focus on finding solutions to the problems. Thus, higher self-efficacy prevents teacher burnout, and lower burnout levels promote higher WA. However, to our knowledge, no study has explored the mediating effects of burnout in the relationship between self-efficacy and WA. Therefore, we hypothesize: - H2: Burnout acts as a mediator between self-efficacy and PWA among lower secondary school teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this cross-sectional research, we engaged lower secondary school teachers in the Czech Republic. The data collection took place from May to June 2023 using an online questionnaire. The participants in this study were 821 lower secondary teachers (83.3% females). Their ages ranged from 20 to 76 years, with a mean age of 45.6 years (SD = 10.8). On average, participants spent 17.5 years (SD = 11.7) in the teaching profession. The participants represent various subjects, such as biology, chemistry, languages, mathematics, physics, and PE. Instruments: Perceived teacher work ability was evaluated using the Teacher work ability score (TWAS; Hlaďo et al., [not published]). TWAS is a 29-item inventory. The TWAS items are measured on a 7-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (low) to 7 (high). Burnout was measured by the Czech version of the Shirom-Melamed Burnout Questionnaire (SMBQ; Ptáček et al., 2017). The SMBQ is a 14-item inventory consisting of three subscales that measure physical exhaustion, cognitive weariness, and emotional exhaustion. The SMBQ items are measured on a 7-point Likert-type scale with response options ranging from 1 – never or almost never to 7 – always or almost always. Teacher self-efficacy was measured using the Czech version of the Teachers’ Sense of Self-Efficacy Scale (TSES; Klassen et al., 2009). The TSES is a 12-item self-reported tool with four items in each of three factors: TSE for instructional strategies (e.g., “How much can you do to provide an alternate explanation when students are confused?”), TSE for student engagement (“How much can you do to motivate students who show low interest in school work?”), and TSE for classroom management (“How much can you do to get children to follow classroom rules?”). The items are rated on a 9-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (nothing) to 9 (a great deal). Self-rated health was assessed using two items: "How is your physical health?“ and "How is your mental health?“ The participants rated their general, physical, and mental health on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (very bad) to 5 (very good). The mediation analysis started with calculating the descriptive statistics and correlation analyses to explore the bivariate relations among the core variables. Subsequently, all partial models necessary for the parallel multiple mediator models were calculated along with indirect effects. All analyses were carried out in the R statistical environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results of the statistical models partially supported hypothesis 1. Only self-rated mental health mediated the relationship between burnout and PWA of teachers. Hypothesis 2 was also supported only partially. The mediating variables in the relationship between teacher self-efficacy and PWA were physical and emotional exhaustion but not cognitive weariness. Detailed statistical results will be provided in the conference presentation. In addition to enriching the JD-R theory, our findings might have some practical implications for the maintenance and promotion of teachers’ work ability. Based on our findings, we will provide recommendations to support work ability and, thus, indirectly to the career development of teachers. Recommendations will be directed not only to teachers but also to school management. References Cadiz, D. M., Brady, G., Rineer, J. R., & Truxillo, D. M. (2019). A review and synthesis of work ability literature. Work, Aging and Retirement, 5(1), 114–138. Freude, G., Seibt, R., Pech, E., & Ullsperger, P. (2005). Assessment of work ability and vitality—a study of teachers of different age groups. International Congress Series, 1280, 270-274. Guidetti, G., Viotti, S., Bruno, A., & Converso, D. (2018). Teachers’ work ability: A study of relationships between collective efficacy and self-efficacy beliefs. Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 11, 197–206. Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. Hlaďo, P., Dosedlová, J., Harvánková, K., Novotný, P., Gottfried, J., Rečka, K., Petrovová, M., Pokorný, B., & Štorová, I. (2020). Work ability among upper-secondary school teachers: examining the role of burnout, sense of coherence, and work-related and lifestyle factors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(24), 9185. Klassen, B. M., Bong, M., Usher, E. L., Chong, W. H., Huan, V. S., Wong, I. Y. F., & Georgiou, T. (2009). Exploring the validity of a teachers’ self-efficacy scale in five countries. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(1), 67-76. McGonagle, A. K., Bardwell, T., Flinchum, J., & Kavanagh, K. (2022). Perceived work ability: A constant comparative analysis of workers´ perspectives. Occupational Health Science, 6, 207–246. Mijakoski, D., Cheptea, D., Marca, S. C., Shoman, Y., Caglayan, C., Bugge, M. D., Gnesi, M.,et al. (2022). Determinants of Burnout among Teachers: A Systematic Review of Longitudinal Studies. International journal of environmental research and public health, 19(9), 5776. Ptáček, R., Raboch, J., Kebza, V., Šolcová, I., Vňuková, M., Hlinka, J., Košťál, J., Harsa, P., & Strakatý, Š. (2017). Czech version of the Shirom Melamed Burnout Measure. Československá Psychologie, 61(6), 536–545. Schaufeli, W. B., & Taris, T. W. (2014). A critical review of the job demands-resources model: Implications for improving work and health. In G. F. Bauer & O. Hämmig (Eds.), Bridging occupational, organizational and public health: A transdisciplinary approach (pp. 43–68). Springer Science + Business Media. Taris, T. W., Leisink, P. L., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2017). Applying occupational health theories to educator stress: Contribution of the job demands-resources model. In T. M. McIntyre, S. E. McIntyre, & D. J. Francis (Eds.), Educator stress: An occupational health perspective (pp. 237–259). Springer. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 02 SES 13 A: Navigating Choices and Careers Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sarah McAteer Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Navigating Choices and Expectations - Subjective Experiences of ITE Graduates of Becoming Adults 1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2Nanyang Technological University, National Institute of Education, Singapore Presenting Author:Singapore has been recognised as a high performing education system that other countries are very keen to learn from. However, scholars have noted how meritocracy measured by academic achievement has become the main key to (material) success in the Singaporean society which has traditionally valued efficiency, quantifiable performance (appraisals) and productivity (e.g. Chong 2014). This leaves a narrow space for individuals to negotiate their individual sense of becoming successful adults. There are attempts to broaden the conceptions of success. In August 2021, Singapore’s Education Minister Chan Chun Sing exhorted Singapore educators and parents to broaden their definition of success beyond academic goals (Low, 2021; Wong, 2021). He also commented on the need to take care of segments of the population that may not be involved in high-growth sectors. Earlier in May 2021, now Deputy Prime Minister Heng Swee Keat noted that the traditional 5Cs of the Singapore dream - cash, car, credit card, condominium, and country club membership - no longer resonate with the youth of today, suggesting a shift in cultural values and aspirations (Lai, 2021) Yet, the education pathways are to a good extent still determined by educational success and exam results as early as after primary school with the Primary School Leaving Examination results (PSLE). The academic/vocational divide in Singapore also remains with the strong hierarchy of knowledge and skills unchallenged. In this paper, we will examine the nuances of the education agenda for vocational youths as they transited from school to work and into adulthood. These youths were graduates of the Institute of Technical Education (ITE), the post-secondary vocational institution in Singapore, that is often not seen as a school of choice given its relative positioning in the Singapore education system. With most of them in their mid careers, investigating the narratives of their life trajectory, looking at their sense-making over their aspirations, choices and challenges, would shed light on the meanings they accord to success as they navigate the educational system, work and stigma. Drawing on the constructivist paradigm, this study aims to respond to the following guiding questions: What are their subjective experiences of education, work and transitioning into adulthood? What life lessons do they hold dear and meaningful navigating their subjectivity? Class, status and politics of recognition assign privilege or injury depending on the economic structure and the cultural status order prevailing in society (see Fraser, 2007). In Singapore, academic knowledge has power, yet, as this study showcases, knowledge of power becomes visible for those with less status but who might build wisdom through experiences and struggles. The data was collected through a modified Biographical Narrative Interpretive Method (BNIM). Focusing on those who have graduated between 1993 to 2005, we further explored the meaning of knowledge and wisdom as constructed through their experiences of navigating choices and expectations. This study has implications for redefining the purpose of education, and rethinking the role of vocational pathways and education success in Singapore. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a life-course approach to investigate participants’ life trajectories and school-to-work transitions situating them within the broader socio-historical context in connection to structural and institutional developments. Policy implementation concerning youths works best when their interpretations and negotiations with opportunity structures are considered. Qualitative research studies have been increasingly recognised to contribute substantially to policy-making, particularly in the area of understanding life and career transitions (Barabasch, 2018). The European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Cedefop) found qualitative research, particularly narrative research, helpful for understanding individual circumstances and coping mechanisms. This qualitative study thus employed an adapted form of the biographical narrative interview method (BNIM) to capture the narratives of vocational youths in Singapore. BNIM has an orientation to the exploration of life histories, lived situations and personal meanings in their socio-historical context, with attention to the complexity and specificity of lived experience and to “historically situated subjectivity” (Gunaratnam, 2011; Wengraf, 2001). The data consist of 20 interviews from the participants who have graduated between 1993-2005. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The transformation of ITE over the years has provided a positive experience for its students with many testifying to benefiting from its culture of care and improved curricular offerings. However, the school-to-work transitions of ITE students cannot be divorced from the academic/vocational hierarchical divide that exists in Singapore. It is heartening that there are current efforts to reduce the wage discrepancy between ITE and graduates of other higher education institutions. However, to fundamentally enhance the school-to-work transitions of ITE students requires systems-level effort -the divide needs to be narrowed both in school and in the broader society. To enable this change to happen, school-to-work transitions cannot be merely viewed through a human capital development framework where the emphasis is on training workers for manpower needs but also through the lens of equity where the individual’s aspirations and choices are respected and potential given the opportunity to flourish. References Chong, T. (2014). Vocational education in Singapore: meritocracy and hidden narratives. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. 35(5), pp. 637-648, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2014.927165 Fraser, N. (2007). Re-framing justice in a globalizing world. In T. Lovell (Ed.), (Mis)recognition, social inequality and social justice: Nancy Fraser and Pierre Bourdieu (pp. 17–35). Abingdon: Routledge. Lai, L. (2021, May 20). 5Cs? It’s 3 new Cs such as caring for the environment that resonate with young Singaporeans: Heng Swee Keat. The Straits Times. Retrieved from https://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/5cs-its-3-new-cs-like-charting-the-way-forward-that-resonate-with-young-sporeans-today Low, Y.J. (2021, Aug 16). Society must broaden ‘definition of success’ beyond academic goals to reduce stress on students: Chan Chun Sing. Today Online. Retrieved from https://www.todayonline.com/singapore/society-must-broaden-definition-success-beyond-academic-goals-reduce-stress-students-chan Wong, S.Y. (2021, Dec 11). Reduce emphasis on academics as measure of success: Chan Chun Sing. The Straits Times. Retrieved from https://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/parenting-education/reduce-emphasis-on-academics-as-measure-of-success-chan-chun-sing Institute of Education (2012). Reliving ITE’s Transformation. Institute of Education. ISBN 978-981-07-1795-7 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Student's Reflection in Career Planning and the Role of Teachers University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland Presenting Author:Reflection plays a crucial role in career planning by helping to integrate and change different perspectives. We refer to the theory of transformative learning (TL) (Mezirow, 2009). TL aims to develop alternative realities based on an individual examination of the social environment. This allows people to design their career perspective (Savickas et al., 2009). Whether we can support reflection and TL in career planning with digital tools on the lower secondary level in a school context is an open question we address in our project www.digibe.ch. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a longitudinal study (2021 – 2025), students were asked to reflect on their career planning regularly with the help of a digital tool. Teachers play an important role as they steer learning processes in classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We see that in the Swiss context, many teachers adapted to the role of career counsellors by focusing on finding a follow-up education in vocational or general education for their students. In this process, reflection often falls short or has the focus on finding an immediate follow-up solution. We also find that some students resist reflection on their career planning. We will present and discuss these findings and probable explanations. References Guichard, J. (2022). Support for the design of active life at a turning point. Studia Poradoznawcze/Journal of Counsellogy, 11, 133–146. https://doi.org/10.34862/sp.2022.1 Mezirow, J. (2009). An overview on transformative learning. In K. Illeris (Hrsg.), Contemporary theories of learning: Learning theorists ... In their own words (S. 90–105). Routledge. Savickas, M. L., Nota, L., Rossier, J., Dauwalder, J.-P., Duarte, M. E., Guichard, J., Soresi, S., Van Esbroeck, R., & van Vianen, A. E. M. (2009). Life designing: A paradigm for career construction in the 21st century. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 75(3), 239–250. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2009.04.004 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Examination of Parental Influences on the Career Expectations of Adolescents in Pre- and Post-pandemic Ireland Educational Research Centre Ireland Presenting Author:Adolescence is a period in which students can make decisions about their career paths that may have a long-term impact on their futures (Mann et al, 2020). Students’ expectations of their intended career can have an influence on both the subjects’ they choose to study, and how they view their progression in education (Givord et al, 2020). Parental influences have long been acknowledged as being instrumental in shaping adolescents’ view of themselves, and what they wish to do for a future career (Oliveira et al, 2020). Therefore, examining the impact of parental factors is of key importance for informing career development programmes within education systems. International large-scale assessments such as the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) study, enable researchers to examine both the career expectations of students in Ireland, and the potential effects that parental factors on these expectations at a national level. This is of particular importance considering the Covid-19 pandemic. Students were not only exposed to remote/at home learning (with their parent’s support) for a large duration of their schooling, but they were also able to see the strains that the pandemic had on several career sectors e.g. in the health sector and in education. Due to the cyclical nature of the PISA assessments, which are administered every three years (2015, 2018 and 2022), the most recent cycles provide a key opportunity to examine how the career expectations of 15- and 16-year-olds in Ireland have changed in recent years. This research will also examine if students intended career level matches that of their parents or potentially exceeds it, and whether parents own education, and occupations, have any effect on how pupils envision their own careers. Finally, the analysis will examine the level of support provided at home by parents, by career choice, and note if the level of support differs by students’ career choice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This analysis uses data from three cycles of the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) study. The study assesses the skills and knowledge of 15- and 16-year-olds in three areas, reading literacy, science, and mathematics (OECD, 2016; OECD 2019; OECD, 2023). Each cycle contains a representative sample of students for the year the study was conducted, with 5,741 students taking part in 2015, 5,577 students in 2018, and 5,569 students in 2022. Context questionnaires were completed by participating students and their parents/guardians which focused on demographic and attitudinal questions. As part of the student questionnaire, students were asked what occupation they expected to have by the time they were 30 years old. Their answers were classified and coded according to the International Standard Classification of Occupations 2008 (ISCO). Students career codes were then mapped onto the international socio-economic index of occupational status (ISEI) to create the ‘Students Expected Occupational Status’ index for each PISA cycle. Higher scores on this index indicated higher levels of students expected occupational status. The ISCO career codes were also categorised in to 10 major career groups. In Ireland the most popular major career group was identified as Professionals, which was the case for all three cycles, and was selected for further investigation. The Professionals group was categorised further into subgroups which were used in the analysis, and consisted of: Science & Engineering, Health, Teaching, Business & Administration, ICT, and Legal, Social & Cultural Professionals. Both the Students Expected Occupational Status index and all six careers within the Professionals group were used as the student career variables. These career variables were examined in relation to parental variables’ such as the parents’ occupational status, the highest education level of parents’, current parental support for learning in the home, and the economic, social and cultural status index (ESCS). Firstly, the analysis consisted of comparing the six professional careers across cycles to highlight any changes, while mean scores of the Students Expected Occupational Status index were also compared. Secondly, correlational relationships between the Students Expected Occupational Status index and parental indices (parents’ highest level of education, highest occupational status, and current parental support, ESCS) were compiled and compared across cycles. Finally, a logistic regression analysis was administered for each of the six professional career variables and parental factors for each cycle to compare the impact on career choice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From initial findings there appears to be a shift in regards the intended careers of 15- and 16-year-olds in Ireland, from before and after the Covid-19 pandemic. For career expectations of students in Ireland overall, there was found to be a steady increase in pupils who intended to be a Science and Engineering professional, with an increase of 5% from 2015 to 2022. Although there was a significant increase in students expecting to be a Health professional from 2015 to 2018 (+4%), this has decreased by 2% in 2022, as has the percentage of students intending to have a career as a Teaching professional. In fact, there has been a consistent decline in the percentage of students expecting to be a teaching professional across all three cycles of PISA, with an overall 8% decrease from 2015 to 2022. Parents occupational status continued to have a significant positive relationship the students intended career; however, the strength of this relationship was found to decrease slightly across cycles. Overall, there was a consistent change in some professional careers post pandemic. There was also a slight decline the relationship between parental factors and students expected occupational status. Such relationships will be examined further with the completion of the regression analysis phase of the paper. References Givord, P. (2020), "Are students’ career expectations aligned with their skills?", PISA in Focus, No. 104, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ed790c76-en. ILO (2012), International Standard Classification of Occupations: ISCO-08. International Labour Office, Geneva. Mann, A., Denis, V., Schleicher, A., Ekhtiari, H., Forsyth, T., Liu, Elvin., and Chambers, N. (2020). Dream Jobs? Teenagers’ career aspirations and the future of work. OECD Publishing, Paris OECD (2016), PISA 2015 Results (Volume I): Excellence and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264266490-en OECD (2019), PISA 2018 Results (Volume I): What Students Know and Can Do, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5f07c754-en OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Oliveira, I.M., Porgeli, E.J., do Ceu Taviera, M., and Lee, B. (2020). Children’s Career Expectations and Parents’ Jobs: Intergenerational (Dis)continuities. The Career Development Quarterly, 68 (1), pg. 63-77. https://doi.org/10.1002/cdq.12213 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 02 SES 13 B: ***CANCELLED*** VET and Migrant Integration Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lázaro Moreno Herrera Session Chair: Andrea Laczik Symposium |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium The Changing Role of Vocational Education and Employers' Involvement in Migrants' Integration – the Case of Germany, Sweden and Poland Vocational education and training (VET) can play a crucial role in the socio-economic integration of migrants and refugees (Nilsson, 2010). This role can be understood and articulated through various dimensions, such as skill development (Guo, 2011), recognition of prior learning and qualifications, and cultural integration via social networks and support systems (Brücker et al., 2021). However, the relationship between VET provisions and the inclusion of immigrants in the labour market and society has received little research attention, and even if so, they mostly have an Anglophone focus and setting, see Rosvall et al. (2019) and Jørgensen et al. (2021). The proposed symposium aims to explore how vocational education and training systems (VET), in conjunction with employers, contribute to the socio-economic integration of migrants and refugees, with a focus on Germany, Sweden, and Poland. Germany and Sweden have a rich immigration history and have been among the top destinations for migrants in Europe, thanks to their strong economies and social protection regulations. These countries have also received a significant number of asylum seekers and refugees. Poland, traditionally, has been an emigrant-sending country. However, in recent years there has been a significant shift, with Poland becoming a destination for migrants, particularly from neighbouring Eastern European countries, mostly Ukraine and Belarus. The analysed countries vary in terms of VET organisation. Germany has a dual VET system, combining employer-based apprenticeships with vocational schooling. Sweden has transformed its VET from a non-integrated, semi-dual model to an integrated, state-regulated model. Poland's VET system can be regarded as a statist VET regime, which obtains high commitment to VET from the public sector but implies relatively low employer involvement. The symposium aims to maintain a historical perspective, recognising that the approaches to vocational training and migrant integration in the three countries are deeply rooted in their respective historical, cultural, and economic contexts (Broberg, 2016). This perspective will allow us to understand the current and past strategies of decision-makers and employers in a broader temporal frame, highlighting the evolution of VET systems in response to changing industry demands, particularly due to technological changes and globalisation as well as changing migration patterns. In this context, the current migration crisis, spurred by the war in Ukraine, presents new challenges and opportunities for VET systems in the three countries. The symposium also aims to analyse the impact of the European education policy tools mostly related to qualifications frameworks, targeted to lifelong learning and transparency of qualifications that can foster migrant integration into European Union labour markets. References Broberg, Ĺ. (2016). Negotiating the value of school and work – a historical perspective on pedagogical development in VET. In Gonon, P. & Berner E. (eds.) History of VET: Concepts, Cases, Challenges. Bern: Peter Lang. Brücker, H., Glitz, A., Lerche, A. & Romiti, A. (2021). Integration von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Deutschland: Anerkennung ausländischer Berufsabschlüsse hat positive Arbeitsmarkteffekte. IAB-Kurzbericht, 2/2021. Guo, S. (2011). The changing face of work and learning in the context of immigration: The Canadian experience. Journal of Education and Work, 26(2), 162-186. Jørgensen, C. H., Hautz, H., & Li, J. (2021). The role of vocational education and training in the integration of refugees in Austria, Denmark and Germany. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 8(3), 276-299. Nilsson, A. (2010). Vocational education and training – an engine for economic growth and a vehicle for social inclusion? International Journal of Training and Development 14:4, pp. 251-272 Rosvall, P. Å., Ledman, K., Nylund, M., & Rönnlund, M. (2018). Construction of ethnicity, immigration and associated concepts in Swedish vocational education and training. Journal of Education and Work, 31(7-8), 645-659. Sert, D. S. (2016). From skill translation to devaluation: the de-qualification of migrants in Turkey. New Perspectives on Turkey, 54, 97-177. Presentations of the Symposium Work Migration in Germany: Historical Strategies and Experiences, their Long-Term Consequences and Current Developments.
In view of an increasing number of job vacancies and demographic trends in Germany, bottlenecks in the training and labour market will continue to worsen (Kubis, 2023). Politically controlled labour migration from third countries therefore opens up opportunities to meet the future demand for skilled workers (SVR, 2022). Such challenges do not appear to be new; foreign labour was already being recruited in Germany in the 1960s (Oltmer, 2012). This article focuses on the topics of migration, labour market integration and the role of VET in this context. It aims to systematically analyse two central "immigration phases" in Germany, their political control and the associated effects on the labour market and the VET system.
In the first phase of immigration, around 14 million labour migrants came to Germany between 1955 and 1973. Bilateral agreements formed the central basis, regulating the conditions for recruitment, temporary employment relationships and the return of so-called guest workers to their home country. Politically, the aim was not to achieve permanent labour market migration and social integration. The lack of an integration strategy and the failure to promote vocational training for guest workers led in the long term to the emergence of an underclass that was economically, culturally and linguistically segregated (Höhne et al., 2014). A total of 3 million immigrants remained in Germany permanently with their families.
In comparison, the second immigration phase, during the period of the refugee crisis from 2015 to 2019, was not characterised by any significant long-term recruitment of skilled workers. Labour market integration remained largely unrealised, not least due to a lack of skills relevant to the labour market and asylum law conditions (Brücker et al., 2015). Both educational and labour market policy measures as well as civil society integration concepts were primarily aimed at refugee children and young people as well as adults with the prospect of staying (Baethge & Seeber, 2016; Krings, 2020).
With regard to these phases, a restrictive migration policy can be assumed. With respect to the current challenges on the labour market, there is now a noticeable trend towards the employment of workers from the EU and the easing of immigration criteria for highly qualified skilled workers from third countries. At the same time, vocational training and accompanying integration policy measures are increasingly being implemented (Werding & Lembcke, 2023). This article presents these in more detail and discusses them against the background of historical experience.
References:
Baethge, M., & Seeber, S. (2016). Herausforderungen der Flüchtlingsmigration für die Strukturen beruflicher Bildung in Deutschland. Expertise im Auftrag des Sachverständigenrats deutscher Stiftungen für Integration und Migration für das Jahresgutachten 2017, Göttingen.
Brücker, H., Hauptmann, A., & Vallizadeh, E. (2015). Flüchtlinge und andere Migranten am deutschen Arbeitsmarkt: Der Stand im September 2015. Aktuelle Berichte, 14/2015.
Höhne, J., Linden, B., Seils, E. & Wiebel, A. (2014). Die Gastarbeiter: Geschichte und aktuelle soziale Lage. WSI Report, 16.
Krings, T. (2020). Arbeitsmarkt und Migration. In A. Röder & D. Zifonun (Hrsg.), Handbuch Migrationssoziologie (p. 1–22). Springer VS.
Kubis, A. (2023). IAB-Stellenerhebung 4/2022: Neuer Rekord mit 1,98 Millionen offenen Stellen, In: IAB-Forum 9. März 2023, https://www.iab-forum.de/iab-stellenerhebung-4-2022-neuer-rekord-mit-198-millionen-offenen-stellen/, Call date: 30. January 2024.
Oltmer, J. (2012). Einführung: Migrationsverhältnisse und Migrationsregime nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg. In: J. Oltmer, A. Kreienbrink & C. Sanz Díaz (Hrsg.), Das "Gastarbeiter"-System. Arbeitsmigration und ihre Folgen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland und Westeuropa (p. 9–21). Oldenbourg Verlag.
SVR – Sachverständigenrat zur Begutachtung der gesamtwirtschaftlichen Entwicklung (2022). Energiekrise solidarisch bewältigen, neue Realität gestalten, Jahresgutachten 2022/23, SVR, Wiesbaden.
Werding, M., & Lembcke, F. K. (2023). Erwerbsmigration nach Deutschland: Chancen durch gesteuerte Zuwanderung. ifo Schnelldienst, 76(5), 42–46.
Transformation of Vocational Education and Training in Poland and its Role in the Integration of Migrants and War Refugees
The aim of the article is to present the evolution of vocational education policies and changes in the approaches of employers in Poland in response to labour market and migration challenges and European integration. As in other countries of the Eastern bloc, Poland’s VET regressed with the transition from a centrally planned to a market economy after 1989, and Poland’s school system entered a path of ‘de-vocationalisation’. This situation has changed only in recent years. Decreasing unemployment rates, strong economic growth and increasing demand for skilled labour alongside negative demographic trends, migration outflows and persistent skill shortages resulted in a reemphasis on vocational and adult education, which were additionally impelled by European policies such as the promotion of qualifications frameworks and the development of dual VET (Markowitsch, & Dębowski, 2022). Also, the attitudes of employers changed. Reegård and Dębowski (2020) noted increased activity by employers at central and VET school levels. The heightened focus on VET from the policy and employers coincided with the massive influx of migrants since 2014. The outbreak of war in February 2022 caused an influx of war migrants on a scale unprecedented since World War II. It is estimated that in mid-2022, about 1.5 million war refugees from Ukraine were in Poland, and considering 1.35 million Ukrainians who lived in Poland before the war, the number of migrants from Ukraine totalled 2.9 million people. As Duszczyk and Kaczmarczyk (2022) note, the scale and pace of migration is the fastest in modern European history. What is striking is the economic activity of migrants and war refuges - 95 percent of migrants before the war were professionally active and among forced migrants, a third were working while more than 55 per cent did not have a job but intended to find employment Kubiciel–Lodzińska et al. (2023). The article aims to answer the following research questions: a) to what extent VET reforms introduced in the last 10 years are sufficient to integrate migrants and war refugees into the labour market in Poland; b) what are the gaps and potential areas of improvement in the VET policy in terms of migrant integration; c) what were the employer's responses and contribution to VET and migrant integration. The article will draw on policy documents and literature analysis as well as 14 interviews conducted with policymakers, representatives of trade unions, employers’ associations and VET school principals.
References:
Duszczyk, M., & Kaczmarczyk, P. (2022). The war in Ukraine and migration to Poland: Outlook and challenges. Intereconomics, 57(3), 164-170.
Kubiciel–Lodzińska, S., Golebiowska, K., Pachocka, M., & Dąbrowska, A. (2023). Comparing pre‐war and forced Ukrainian migrants in Poland: Challenges for the labour market and prospects for integration. International Migration.
Markowitsch, J., Dębowski, H. (2022). Education systems and qualifications frameworks, [in:] Tutlys, V., Markowitsch, J., Pavlin, S., Winterton, J. (eds.). Skill Formation in Central and Eastern Europe, Berlin, Germany: Peter Lang Verla. DOI: 10.3726/b19799
Reegård, K., & Debowski, H. (2020). Exit, voice or loyalty? VET stakeholders’ response to large scale skilled emigration from Poland. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 7(3), 325-343.
Integration of Migrant Labour – the Case of the Automotive Industry
The changing role of vocational education and training and employers’ involvement in migrant integration in Sweden will be discussed in the context of the automotive industry. The automotive industry has a significant role not only in global and national economies but also in the formation of the labour force by (re)training workers. While historically the automobile industry has attracted mostly low-skilled migrants for the assembly lines, in the present times, an additional need for high-skilled and often STEM-educated migrant workers is noted. By performing a systematic literature review, the present study explored the relationships between migrant labour and the car industry sector outlined in the research literature. The study followed a thematic analysis and reached findings that were summarised in four themes. Firstly, two profiles of the migrant worker were identified, corresponding to what is often discussed as low- and high-skilled workers. Secondly, the working conditions for the migrant labour force were prominent in the literature, while they varied based on the profile of the migrant worker. Thirdly, from a historical perspective, strikes were shown to affect migrants´ working conditions and rights, while fourthly, the business practice of offshoring was shown to influence migrant workforce conditions and status. In conclusion, the complexity of the issue under research, the scarcity of research and the contextuality of the cases presented limited this literature review.
References:
Akhtar, S. (2015). Immigrant Island cities in Industrial Detroit. Journal of Urban History, 41(2), 175–192. https://doi.org/10.1177/0096144214563509
Broberg, Å., Herrera, L.M. (2024). Education for Access to the Swedish Labour Market and Society: A Historical Comparison of Practices for the Integration of Immigrants in the 1960s and Early 2000s. In: Teräs, M., Osman, A., Eliasson, E. (eds) Migration, Education and Employment. Education, Equity, Economy, vol 10. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41919-5_6
Gay, V. (2014). Lutter pour partir ou pour rester? Travail et Emploi, (137), 37–50. https://doi.org/10.4000/travailemploi.6193
Gay, V. (2015). Grèves Saintes ou grèves ouvrières? Genèses, n° 98(1), 110–130. https://doi.org/10.3917/gen.098.0110
Jenkins, R. (2004). Social identity. Routledge.
International Labour Organization (ILO). (2020). The future of work in the automotive industry: The need to invest in people’s capabilities and decent and sustainable work. Issues paper for the Technical Meeting on the Future of Work in the Automotive Industry (Geneva, 15–19 February 2021). International Labour Office, Sectoral Policies Department, Geneva.
Koskela, K. (2019). Intersecting experiences: Class, gender, ethnicity and race in the lives of highly skilled migrants in Finland. Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 9(3), 311–328. https://doi.org/10.2478/njmr-2019- 0024
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 03 SES 13 A: *** CANCELLED *** Rewilding the curriculum in science education Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper WITDHRAWN Contemporary Physics in the Science Curriculum University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:The science education literature in recent decades has included many and varied discussions about what should be included within the science curriculum (Fensham, 2022; Millar & Osborne, 1998). Often driven by concerns with decreased participation in science and the need for the science curriculum to remain relevant for students today and into the future, science curriculum discussions have proposed incorporating more relevant science, the nature of science, and shift in curriculum content from well-established consensus science towards more recent science discoveries (Dagher & Erduran, 2016; Hansson et al, 2019; Stuckey et al., 2013). Within this context, this paper takes up the discussion about greater inclusion of contemporary science ideas in the science curriculum with a focus on contemporary physics in the curriculum. This paper will examine reasons for including contemporary physics in the physics curriculum alongside the tensions that arise from the historical and epistemological structure of physics as well as discourse about science curriculum change that hinder the introduction of contemporary physics. It does so through a critical examination of how the physics curriculum emerged, how current curriculum documents reveal convergent/divergent interpretations of physics curricula internationally, and how the incorporation of contemporary physics can be imagined and enacted. Physics is considered a hierarchical discipline and subject (Bernstein, 1996). It aims to develop universal laws that form a common knowledge base and understanding upon which the discipline is built. Over time, physics has been shaped into a “coherent canon” (Simon, 2016, p. 394), which combined with its hierarchical nature, resulted in a curriculum premised on building knowledge over years of formal education via increasingly complex understandings of the same topics (Yates et al, 2016). For these epistemological and historical reasons, modern and contemporary physics ideas are largely absent from the curriculum until late- secondary or university level education. In this paper, we will differentiate between modern and contemporary physics: contemporary physics is new and emerging physics research and issues, whereas as modern physics is physics developed largely in the 20th century. Modern physics topics such as special relativity and quantum physics are increasingly taught at the secondary school level and are already the subject of research about how they are taught and included in the curriculum (Treagust, 2022). The inclusion of contemporary physics pushes the boundaries of curriculum further by moving from newer yet firmly established physics ideas to emerging ideas in physics. Arguments for including contemporary physics in the physics curriculum include providing students with access to cutting edge research that provides insight into the nature of how science is developed and fosters interest and motivation in these topics (Hansson et al., 2019). This paper will also explore how the introduction of contemporary science contributes to the aesthetics of physics education (Wickman, 2006; Girod, 2007; Toscano & Quay, 2021) and considers whether and in what ways aesthetic experiences in contemporary physics align or contrast with those of physics education. This paper seeks to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To consider the traditional structure of the physics discipline and curriculum, Basil Bernstein’s work on the ‘pedagogic device’ will be utilised. Bernstein (1990a, 1996) identified three hierarchical fields of the pedagogic device; the fields of production, recontextualisation and reproduction. This paper is concerned with the fields of production and recontextualization. It is in the field of knowledge production that new knowledge is produced. Within the field of recontextualisation, knowledge from the field of production is purposefully chosen and repositioned to become educational knowledge. This is where knowledge is selected from the disciplines and transformed into curriculum. The hierarchical structure of physics has led to the physics curriculum taking a similar structure but also resulted in it having changed little over many decades (Yates et al, 2016). This paper This paper will draw upon recent developments and debates in the aesthetics of science to provide a conceptual and philosophical justification for the introduction of contemporary physics into mainstream education. In particular, it will expand upon recent proposals for phenomenological approaches to science education (e.g. Kersting et al., 2023; Kersting, Haglund, & Steier, 2021; Toscano and Quay, 2021) and combine these with the aesthetic theory of James McAllister (McAllister, 1996, 2002; Montano, 2013), which offers an historical and empirical account of the aesthetic basis for developments and revolutions in science. Taken together, these approaches offer both a robust way to distinguish between the aesthetics of contemporary and modern physics, but also show how such differences help justify the educational value of including emerging, unsettled or speculative science in school curricula. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Physics has long been regarded as a discipline that has a great deal of stability and unity around what knowledge is seen as legitimate in the curriculum (Bernstein, 1996). It is also a discipline that has faced a decline in student numbers and has been criticised for struggling to convey its broader utility value (Sharma et al, 2009). Yet alongside this, the discipline itself has drawn a lot of public attention through its contemporary science discoveries such as that of the Higgs Boson and gravitational waves. This paper adds to the discussion of what should be included within the physics curriculum through an understanding of the epistemological and historical structures that have resulted in a physics curriculum that is difficult to change and through a discussion of how the inclusion of contemporary physics within the curriculum is beneficial for aesthetic reasons that have not been considered to date. It also demonstrates how the careful inclusion of contemporary physics is not at odds with the underlying epistemological structure of the discipline and instead has the possibility of benefitting students experience and learning in the subject. References Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research and critique. London: Taylor and Francis. Biglan, A. (1973a). The characteristics of subject matter in different academic areas. Journal of Applied Psychology, 57(3), 195–203 Dagher, Z. R., & Erduran, S. (2016). Reconceptualizing the nature of science for science education: Why does it matter? Science & Education, 25, 147-164. Fensham, P. J. (2022). The future curriculum for school science: What can be learnt from the past?. Research in Science Education, 1-22. Girod, M. (2007). A conceptual overview of the role of beauty and aesthetics in science and science education. Hansson, L., Leden, L., & Pendrill, A. M. (2019). Contemporary science as context for teaching nature of science: Teachers’ development of popular science articles as a teaching resource. Physics Education, 54(5), 055008. Kersting, M., Haglund, J., & Steier, R. (2021). A growing body of knowledge: On four different senses of embodiment in science education. Science & Education, 30(5), 1183-1210. Kersting, M., Amin, T. G., Euler, E., Gregorcic, B., Haglund, J., Hardahl, L. K., & Steier, R. (2023). What is the role of the body in science education? A conversation between traditions. Science & Education, 1-40. McAllister, J. W. (2002). Recent work on aesthetics of science. International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 16(1), 7-11. McAllister, J. (1996). Beauty and revolution in science. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Millar, R., & Osborne, J. F. (1998). Beyond 2000: Science education for the future. King's College London. Montano, U. (2013). Beauty in science: A new model of the role of aesthetic evaluations in science. European Journal for Philosophy of Science, 3(2), 133-156. Simon, J. (2016). Writing the Discipline: Ganot’s Textbook Science and the “Invention” of Physics. Historical Studies in the Natural Sciences, 46(3), 392–427. Stuckey, M., Hofstein, A., Mamlok-Naaman, R., & Eilks, I. (2013). The meaning of ‘relevance’ in science education and its implications for the science curriculum. Studies in Science Education, 49(1), 1-34. Treagust, D. F. (2022). Time for changing paradigms in science and education. In Kersting, M. and Blair, D. (Eds). Teaching Einsteinian physics in schools: An essential guide for teachers in training and practice. Routledge. London. Toscano, M., & Quay, J. (2021). Beyond a pragmatic account of the aesthetic in science education. Science & Education, 30(1), 147-163. Wickman, P. O. (2006). Aesthetic experience in science education: Learning and meaning-making as situated talk and action. Routledge. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 03 SES 13 B: Curriculum and leadership in the community Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Audrey Doyle Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Rearticulating Open Schooling: A Multidimensional Model of School Openness Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:‘Open schooling’ has become in recent years a burgeoning theme in the discourse on how to rethink education for the 21st century and transform schools into better, more relevant, and adaptable organizations (EC, 2015; OECD, 2020). The rearticulation of ‘open schooling’ has been spearheaded by recent reports by the OECD (2006, 2020), such as the OECD scenarios for the future of schooling and the European Commission’s (EC, 2015), Science Education for Responsible Citizenship, which underscore the merits of transforming schools into ‘hubs of learning’ by opening school walls, fostering collaborations with the community, and engaging in innovative research. Opening schools to the community and engaging in Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) is claimed to offer students (and society at large) the necessary knowledge, skills and values they need in order to successfully perform in 21st century societies, and to act as responsibly engaged citizens who are motivated to address a wide range of burning social issues (Sotiriou et al, 2017). This transformative shift in the aims of school organization and curriculum requires a root-and-branch, system-wide, reform (Sotiriou et al, 2021). Open schooling is, therefore, regarded as a sea change reform, a reschooling vision, that is aimed at rearticulating the central mission, goals and curriculum of schools, transforming schools into ‘core social centers’ and learning organizations (OECD, 2020). The idea that schools need to connect to the community certainly did not originate with the concept of open schooling and can be traced back, at least, to John Dewey. Various recent approaches have highlighted the ethical significance and effectiveness of learning with and for the community for promoting democratic principles and more just schools (e.g., Ishimaru, 2019). The Community Schools literature is an important case in point (e.g. Dryfoos, 2000, Heers et al, 2016), as is the more general school-community partnerships literature (Furman, 2002; Valli et al, 2016). Furman (2002), for instance, highlighted the need to bridge the artificial gap between the school-as-community strand and the school-community-connection strand toward the formulation of a more robust ecological perspective. While developments have been made recently to articulate what ‘open schooling’ means and entails, especially in EC-funded projects, current articulations of open schooling, nevertheless, remain theoretically underdeveloped. Given that systematic discussions on ‘open schooling’ are largely absent from peer-reviewed academic journals and publications, a gap can be identified between recent reform efforts expressed in international policies and reports and rigorous theoretical discourse. This paper attempts to bridge this gap by engaging in the theoretical development of ‘open schooling’ and the conceptual analysis of the different forms of openness that open schooling entails. If reform efforts are to realize the beneficial impacts expected of them, such efforts must be met with appropriate theoretical rigor. Given the community-based approach to open schooling that is currently advocated by the EC and OECD, the paper proposes to connect the articulation and theorizing of what open schooling means to Furman’s ecological model of school-as-community (Furman, 2002) and to Schwartz’s circular model of universal values (1992). The multidimensional model of school openness that is presented here further expands and conceptually organizes the understanding of what openness means and entails and as a consequence also offers beneficial insights for the implementation and research of open schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The model presented in this paper, including the various dimensions it incorporates, has been developed mainly through literary analysis, interpretation, and integration of three main theoretical sources: The current open-schooling literature (EC, 2015; Sotiriou et al, 2017, 2021), Furman’s (2002) School-as-community ecological model and Shalom Schwartz’s (1992) circular model of universal values. The school-as-community discourse conceptually expands the meaning of openness and provides additional dimensions for theoretical consideration. Schwartz’s model of universal values offers methodological insights regarding organization and visualization of the model – specifically, an organization that accounts for the intricate relations among the dimensions and their higher-order categorization. Each openness dimension is considered as a distinctive element that connects to various literatures that enrich the model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An open schooling approach applies the following dictum: school as, with and for the community. This dictum is manifested in a multidimensional model, composed of eight dimensions of openness. These include fostering partnerships and collaborations with community stakeholders (‘community collaborations’), ‘parental involvement’, and ‘social engagement’ (understood here primarily from the standpoint of addressing social issues and needs for promoting the wellbeing of the community). From Furman’s ecological model (2002) we include ‘shared governance’ as a central element conceived from the perspective of leadership theory for school community (Furman, 2002). ‘Open curriculum’ underscores the importance of diversifying knowledge and allowing flexibility in the contents of learning, thus allowing adaptation of learning that reflects a collaborative engagement with the needs and concerns of the community. ‘Inner school communities’ is expanded beyond ‘professional learning communities’ to include various other forms, such as student councils and other associations within the school. Finally, ‘learning communities’ concerns the pedagogies applied to teach-learn school subjects specifically with respect to community-based approaches to pedagogy: ‘community of practice’ (Wenger, 1998) and ‘Fostering a Community of Learners’ pedagogy (Brown & Campione, 1996). Whereas current focus is on inquiry-based instruction, it is important to frame open schooling pedagogy as community-based. It is possible not only to specify eight distinct dimensions of openness, but also to organize these dimensions under three basic types: organization, pedagogy, and community-relations. Organisation includes ‘shared governance’, ‘curriculum’ and ‘inner-school communities’; pedagogy includes ‘learning communities’ (conceived here as the basic pedagogy of open schooling) and ‘student participation’; and community-relations includes ‘parent involvement’, ‘social engagement’, and ‘community collaboration’. Each dimension constitutes a continuum ranging from inward to outward. Moving outward in each dimension assumes a movement toward greater openness, and the more dimensions are characterized by outward movement the greater the school is moving in terms of its openness. References Brown, A. L. & Campione, J. C. (1996) Psychological theory and the design of innovative learning environments: on procedures, principles, and systems. In L. Schauble and R. Glaser (eds), Innovations in Learning: New Environments for Education (pp. 289–325). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. EC (2015). Science Education for Responsible Citizenship. Luxembourg: Publ. Office of the European Union Dryfoos, J. G. (2000). Evaluation of Community Schools: Findings to Date. Furman, G. (Ed.). (2002). School as community: From promise to practice. SUNY Press. Heers, M., Van Klaveren, C., Groot, W., & Maassen van den Brink, H. (2016). Community Schools: What We Know and What We Need to Know. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1016-1051. Ishimaru, A. M. (2019). Just schools: Building equitable collaborations with families and communities. Teachers College Press. OECD (2006). Schooling for Tomorrow, Think Scenarios. Paris: Rethink Education. OECD OECD (2020). Back to the Future of Education: Four OECD Scenarios for Schooling, Educational Research and Innovation. Paris: OECD Publishing. doi:10.1787/178ef527-en Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. Advances in experimental social psychology, 25, pp. 1-65 Sotiriou, M., Sotiriou, S., & Bogner, F. X. (2021). Developing a self-reflection tool to assess schools’ openness. Frontiers in Education, 6. Accessed: https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.714227. Sotiriou, S., Cherouvis, S., Zygouritsas, N., Giannakopoulou, A., Milopoulos, G., Mauer, M., et al. (2017). Open Schooling Roadmap: A Guide for School Leaders and Innovative Teachers. Pallini: Publisher. Valli, L., Stefanski, A., & Jacobson, R. (2018). School-community partnership models: implications for leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 21(1), 31-49. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning and identity. Cambridge University Press. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Role of the Deputy Principal in Leading Curriculum Making in Schools. 1Maynooth University; 2Maynooth University; 3Maynooth University Presenting Author:Middle leadership is a topic of interest across education systems with a push to find the relationship between leadership and student outcomes (Bento et al 2023: Lipscombe et al., 2023). In Ireland the Department of Education (DE, 2022a, p.10) policy sees ‘leadership and management as inseparable’ and as serving teaching and learning. School leaders are charged with promoting ‘a culture of reflection, improvement, collaboration, innovation and creativity in learning, teaching and assessment, managing the planning and implementation of the school curriculum, fostering teacher professional learning that enriches teachers’ practice and students’ learning and fostering a commitment to inclusion, equality of opportunity and the holistic development of each student’ (2022a, p.15). These are the four standards that are judged to be ‘effective’ or ‘highly effective’ in school inspections.
This paper is focused on the role of the deputy principal in Irish primary and post-primary schools with a particular emphasis on leading within the curriculum space. Deputy principals have been described as leaders of learning or instructional leaders (see for example, Lochmiller and Cunningham, 2019; Shaked, 2023), however, in this paper we focus on leading curriculum making in schools. We did not focus on the measurable impact of leadership on learning or teaching rather how deputy leaders described their role in each of these. Most leadership research focuses on the role of the principal with the empirical research on middle leadership less developed (Tahir et al, 2023; Lipscombe et al., 2023). There is very little research on the range of responsibilities of deputies (Leaf and Odhiambo, 2017) or the critical skills needed for the role (Kumalo and Van der Vyer, 2020).
In this paper we explore the role of the deputy principal in relation to the dynamic processes of curriculum making within the theoretical framework of the ‘multilayered and rich ecologies of education systems’ where ‘layers, activities and actors are intertwined’ (Alvunger et al, 2021, p.275). In the topology proposed by Alvunger and colleagues (2021) the deputy principal is found within the micro layer of the sites, actors and activities. This pivotal layer between the macro (policy makers, agencies including curriculum and politicians) and the nano layer (students, parents, community) merits further empirical exploration. This research explores how the deputy principal acts as an intermediary between the curriculum, principal, parents, students, teachers and community through connecting, translating and at times brokering. Curriculum making is taken to mean ‘a highly dynamic and transactional process of interpretation, mediation, negotiation and translation’ within the complex everyday work of leading a school (Priestley et al, 2021, p.273).
Middle leaders have been described as being pivotal to the successful running of a school (Flemming, 2019) and as impacting directly and indirectly teacher practice and curriculum (Lipscombe et al., 2023). The deputy principal is involved in curriculum making through their work on for example, interpreting curriculum policy, timetabling, teacher allocation to areas of the curriculum, student allocation, leading professional development at school level, managing assessment and feedback for students, communicating with parents/ guardians and advocating for students who need additional supports. They often act an intermediary between the principal and the teachers. Recent discourse on school leadership has emphasised the value of greater collaboration in schools, including ‘distributed leadership’ (e.g. DE, 2022a, 2022b; Hargreaves and O’Connor, 2018). This is evident in the Irish school system with an enhanced middle leadership structure, pointing to the need for this research at this time to inform policy on the role of the deputy principal as a hidden asset in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopted an exploratory case study methodology (Yin, 2018) within an interpretivist paradigm (Burke and Dempsey, 2022). It is exploratory in design as it sought to explore the hidden potential within the role of Deputy Principal. It is interpretivist in that we contend that the reality of one’s situation is constructed by individuals and that there are as many realities as there are individuals (Scotland, 2012), therefore, knowledge is culturally derived and historically situated (Creswell and Poth, 2016). Culture and environment are very relevant to the complexity of leadership roles and responsibilities (Bento et al., 2023; Barth, 2001). Forde and colleagues (2008) contend that a cultural understanding of local meaning is necessary when thinking about leadership. The local is important but the other layers of influence cannot be neglected in the complex intertwined ways in which actors human and non-human (in the form of policy imperatives) exert influence on action and in-action in the curriculum space. The framework for analysis employed in this research involved that of curriculum making (Priestley et al., 2022) and the complex ecology of schools (Alvunger et al., 2021) coupled with school culture (Barth, 2001) and literature on identity (Ford et al., 2008). Within the case study we employed a mixed methods design where questionnaires were sent to a wide population of Deputy Principals through networks, social media and school emails. 121 responses (49 primary and 72 post-primary) were analysed inductively and deductively (Braun and Clarke, 2021). This analysis was used to generate questions for semi-structured interviews with n=5 primary and n=5 post-primary participants. These interviews were coded and themes developed from the data. Respondents report satisfaction deriving from their role as deputy principal as well as tensions, frustrations and even contradictions arising from expectations, overload of tasks, time management, occasionally limited responsibilities, mediation and conflict resolution, and particular school contexts. Within the extensive lists of tasks associated with the role, ‘timetabling’ features in many lists; at post-primary level, involvement with students, particularly in relation to their behaviour, discipline, wellbeing and pastoral needs is also seen as central to the role by many. Leading on curriculum developments was characterised in different ways by participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Evidence from participants in the research points to a strong desire for deputy principals to be more centrally involved in the leadership of the school community. The relationship between principals and deputy principals are pivotal to nurturing a culture of collaboration throughout a school in relation to curriculum. Obstacles to realising this include structures and policies that restrict deputies to tasks that are primarily administrative or allow insufficient time for meaningful leadership. The current teacher shortage is having a negative impact on the work of leaders. A notable feature of the research is that many deputy principals at primary level act as special education needs co-ordinators (SENCOs) with responsibility for the administration, management and leadership of all aspects of the schooling of the most vulnerable children in addition to many other tasks. The respondents who described themselves as coping with their work load tended to develop a healthy balance between leadership, management and administration. However, all mentioned the tensions involved in balancing the different aspects of the role. An important finding was how all the respondents identified themselves as teachers and talked about moving from subject expert and role model to curriculum leader as being very satisfying. This teacher identity gave them enhanced credibility when they were leading curriculum activities. We raise an important concern around the complexity of the role of the Deputy Principal. Our participants are happy in the role and cite the variety of relationships, the challenge to problem solve and the link to students and teachers as most satisfying aspects of the role. The similarities and differences of the role in each setting, primary and post-primary are presented with some early conclusions and recommendations for future policy proffered. References Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestely, M. (2021) Patterns and Trends in Curriculum Making in Europe. In Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (Eds.) (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Publishing. Barth, R. (2001) Learning by Heart, San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Bento, F., Adenusi, T., & Khanal, P. (2023) Middle level leadership in schools: a scoping review of literature informed by a complex system perspective, International Journal of Leadership in Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2023.2234329 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. London: Sage Creswell, J., & Poth, C.N. (2018) Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design. Fourth Edition. London: Sage. Department of Education (2022a) Looking at Our School, A quality framework for Primary Schools and Special Schools. Dublin: Department of Education Fleming, P. (2019) Successful Middle Leadership in Secondary Schools. Routledge Forde, J., Harding, N., & Learmonth, M. (2008) Leadership as Identity. Constructions and Deconstructions. Palgrave Macmillan. Hargreaves, A. & O’Connor, M. (2018) Collaborative Professionalism: When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Thousand Oaks, California: Corwin Press. Khumalo, Jan B., & Van der Vyver, C.P.. (2020) Critical skills for deputy principals in South African secondary schools. South African Journal of Education, 40(3), 1-10 Leaf, A., & Odhiambo, G. (2017) The Deputy Principal Instructional Leadership Role and Professional Learning: Perceptions of Secondary Principals, Deputies and Teachers. Journal of Educational Administration, 55(1) 33-48. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023) School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Lochmiller, CR., Cunningham, KMW., (2019) Leading learning in content areas A systematic review of leadership practices used in mathematics and science instruction. International Journal of Educational Management. 33(6), 1219-1234 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (Eds.) (2021) Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. London: Emerald Publishing. Scotland, J. (2012). Exploring the Philosophical Underpinnings of Research: Relating Ontology and Epistemology to the Methodology and Methods of the Scientific, Interpretive, and Critical Research Paradigms. English Language Teaching; 5,(9), 10-16 Shaked, H. (2023) Instructional leadership in school middle leaders. International Journal of Educational Management. Early access. Tahir, LM., Musah, MB., Hassan, R., & Ali, MF. (2023) Published Articles on Deputy Principals From 1980 to 2020: A Systematic Literature Review. Sage Open.13(4) Yin, R.K. (2018) Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods. 6th Edition. London: Sage. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Home Economics and Health Education Curricula in Primary Teachers’ Life Histories in Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s): Tracing (In)disciplinarity University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In this paper, we trace the enactment of Home Economics and Health Education (HE/HE) curricula as narrated in the life histories of Greek-Cypriot primary teachers across six cohorts that correspond to different periods of recent history in Cyprus (late 1950s-2010s), to explore it as emerging amidst sociopolitical and historicized contexts, where both constancy and change are possible. By tracing changes and constants, we highlight how this subject-area has been simultaneously connected to an institutional context as well as broader sociopolitical and economic conditions, which remained constant in envisioning particular types of (elementary) schooling and of teachers as professionals, although of changing modalities.
In its local reiterations and in connection to broader institutional contexts, HE/HE relates to how the spread of mandatory public schooling -- through which curricula were mobilized as a mechanism of modernist governance of populations by nation-states, especially in urban centres -- have been entangled with public health policies (e.g. Ball, 2013) and gendered constructions of the teaching profession (e.g. Llewellyn, 2012). In such contexts of administration and governance, ‘curriculum’ has largely been conceptualized as institutionalized text. These constitute what Doyle names ‘programmatic curriculum’, locating it between its ‘societal’, and ‘classroom/instructional’ representations of curriculum (1992a; 1992b) or between Deng, Gopinathan and Lee’s (2013) ‘policy’ and ‘classroom curriculum making’ because it ‘translates the ideals and expectations embodied in the policy curriculum into programmes, school subjects, and curricular frameworks’ (p. 7).
‘Home Economics’ and ‘Life/Health Education’ have long both been part of the programmatic curriculum in Greek-Cypriot education, as labels used in official policy, curriculum texts, and timetables denoting a specific subject-area (Persianis & Polyviou, 1992). However, the shift in terminology from the former to the latter during the most recent educational reform (which included a curriculum review, evaluation and restructuring in 2010/2015), along with the expansion of the timetables from the last two grades to all grades of public elementary schooling, was designed to mark a shift in its content and approach (Ioannou et el., 2015). Life/Health Education became a subject-area where citizenship content was largely relocated and which gradually, in the context of this most recent educational reform, became the primary curricular space for constructing the ideal citizen, embodied in the notion of the ‘democratic socially responsible citizen’. Construing the concepts of ‘citizenship’ and ‘health’ as inextricably linked, the official texts were found to gravitate towards notions of health, safety, and responsibility, marking a shift from national/ethnocentric (as social or political contents of) citizenship. This was a culmination of sedimented health discourses (intersecting with European and Intercultural Education discourses), infusing relevant curriculum documents over the preceding forty years and enabling the formation of a particular type of ideal citizen: an individual responsible over personal health, work, and consumption, hence also contributing to local and/or supranational labour markets (Philippou & Theodorou, 2018; 2019).
It is the enactment of this programmatic curriculum in classrooms that we sought to trace by focusing, in teachers’ life histories, on their narrations of everyday practices in schools and classrooms during their career overall but also in subject-areas, including HE/HE. In this paper, we illustrate how the school curriculum, through and as pertaining to HE/HE, remained distinct, centrally prescribed and recognizable over the last 60 years, although of changing narrated enactments, marking shifting teacher professionalisms and conceptions of elementary schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper combines data from two studies that draw on biographical research and life history interviewing to develop a history ‘from below’ of teacher professionalism and of disciplinary knowledge in given subject-areas (Language Arts, History, Geography, and HE/HE) over six decades in the Republic of Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s). Central in these inquiries are the life histories of 30 Greek-Cypriot elementary teachers who studied in local public institutions and fall into six cohorts roughly corresponding to each of the six decades of interest. Participating teachers had varied characteristics in terms of their gendered identities, academic credentials, place of residence, and types of schools where they served, while each cohort shared experiences in terms of their higher education and credentials (from teacher college and pedagogical academy diplomas in the former cohorts to university degrees and postgraduate education in the latter ones) and the profession’s attractiveness and social status. Following a biographic research approach, we collected data through multiple, semi-structured life history interviews with each of the participants, following a three-step process which, as described by Goodson (2008), involves the conducting, transcription and sharing of in-depth interviews whereby participants are provided opportunities to narrate, amend, and expand their life histories. Interviews were complemented with the collection of personal artifacts and official documents circulated around significant time periods, as those emerged in the participants’ hi/stories. Individual teachers’ life histories were thematically analyzed, followed by the cross-analysis of life hi/stories within and across cohorts. For the purposes of this paper, thematic and cross-analysis of teachers’ life hi/stories was based on axial coding of emic codes that adhered to teachers’ narrations of curriculum enactment at different points of their professional careers and, especially, at times of curriculum change and educational reform but also in relation to key sociopolitical events. We accounted for teachers’ verbatim use of HE/HE when describing its enactment (through materials, policies, ingredients, practices, etc.), but also traced more subtle or broad meanings of this subject-area’s curriculum, as it traversed other subject-area, school, community and social activities. Doing so, we were interested in tracing the ways in which it was materialized within a changing landscape of elementary schooling and the teaching profession over time, while remaining a recognizable and distinct area of the curriculum. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In teachers' narrations, the HE/HE curriculum appeared to have an important place, albeit for changing reasons. The nature of the curriculum made in schools for HE/HE was narrated over time as gradually shifting from a strictly “female” endeavor with its emphases on cleanliness, cooking, clothes-mending or making/embroidery for older female students taught by female teachers, in the first/older cohorts, to include content (also addressed to boys and for all grades) on health, diet, exercise, mental and emotional well-being, conflict resolution, consumption and citizenship in later cohorts. This expanding scope of narrated content troubled caring for the home/family as a gendered mission but also facilitated the traversion of Health Education disciplinary boundaries with other subject-areas (particularly Language Arts), making it preferable to homeroom teachers. Despite shifts, in all teachers’ cohorts, HE was constantly entangled with school/local activities as well as broader sociopolitical agendas (including preparing children for their socially-assigned roles), instantiating both the social embeddedness of schooling and how societies kept being schooled. Another constant was how it was narrated through pedagogical-progressive rhetoric as a subject-area ‘popular’ to children because of being closer to ‘their’ questions, concerns, problems, and everyday life, but also because of its practical/hands-on methodology. For the more recent cohorts, Health Education classrooms were their primary field of action working with children as individuals on mainly health-related concerns (e.g. obesity, diversity, bullying), in ways perplexing the aspirations of ‘empowerment’ envisioned by the current programmatic curriculum. The paper discusses these findings’ implications for debates on the governance of public health (due to the recent pandemic, but also other public health concerns in Europe and around the world) as an instantiation of a sedimented historicity, reminding us how schooling is always-already entangled with public health/hygiene policies, as traced strongly in these teachers’ narrations of HE/HE curriculum enactments during their career. References Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power and education. Routledge. Deng, Z., Gopinathan, S., & Lee, C. K. E. (Eds.) (2013). Globalization and the Singapore curriculum: From policy to classroom. Springer. Doyle, W. (1992a). Curriculum and pedagogy. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum (pp. 486–516). Macmillan. Doyle, W. (1992b). Constructing curriculum in the classroom. In F. K. Oser, A. Dick, & J. Patry (Eds.), Effective and responsible teaching: The new syntheses (pp. 66–79). Jossey-Bass. Goodson, I. (2008). Investigating the teacher’s life and work. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Ioannou, S., Kouta, C. & Andreou, A. (2015). Cyprus Health Education Curriculum from “victim blaming to empowerment”. Health Education, 115(3/4), 392 – 404. Llewellyn, K. R. (2012). Democracy’s angels; the work of women teachers. McGill-Queen’s University Press. Persianis, P. & Polyviou, P. (1992). Ιστορία της εκπαίδευσης στην Κύπρο, κείμενα και πηγές [History of education in Cyprus, texts and sources]. Pedagogical Institute. Philippou, S. & Theodorou, E. (2019). Collapsing the supranational and the national: from citizenship to health education in the Republic of Cyprus. In A. Rapoport (Ed.), Competing Frameworks: Global and National in Citizenship Education (pp. 95-114). Information Age. Philippou, S. & Theodorou, E. (2018). Re-forming curriculum towards a ‘democratic socially responsible citizen’ in Greek-Cypriot Education: At the nexus of European, Intercultural, and Health Education discourses. In N. Palaiologou & M. Zembylas (Eds.), Human Rights Education and Citizenship Education: Intercultural Perspectives within an international context (pp. 200-223). Cambridge Scholars Publishing. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 A: Self- and Collective-efficacy, Intent, and Challenges Towards Collective Inclusive Practices: An International Perspective Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Stuart Woodcock Session Chair: Jahirul Mullick Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Self- and Collective-efficacy, Intent, and Challenges Towards Collective Inclusive Practices: An International Perspective Internationally, inclusion has become a fundamental principle of modern education systems (Ainscow, 2020). While policies and legislation are necessary to begin the process of inclusion, they do not necessarily provide sufficient guidance about how inclusive education can be achieved (Woodcock & Hardy, 2022). Our research and that of our colleagues has found that in order for inclusive education to be successful, it is dependent on school educators’ collective attitudes, commitment, and intention to teach learners with diverse abilities, and the availability of support for educators to include all learners (Leyser et al., 2011; Sharma et al., 2012; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007). We believe that an individual teacher’s attitude, efficacy, and the availability of support to the teacher may not fully predict how likely it is that the school will implement inclusive practices. The school’s overall collective efficacy to include learners with diverse abilities may also be equally critical. Surprisingly, not much research has examined how the combination of factors i.e. individual educator’s intentions, individual teacher’s efficacy, and a school’s collective efficacy for inclusive education can have impact upon the school’s implementation of inclusive practices. While it may be difficult to measure the effectiveness and use of inclusive practices, teachers’ intentions to teach inclusively may be a basis to predict the inclusive practices (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016). Awareness of these factors that relate to the effectiveness and use of inclusive practices, including teachers’ intentions to include all students, can allow policy makers to understand where the resources and supports need to be applied to in order to make schools and classrooms more inclusive, and what types of resources and supports those should be. For example, if the majority of teachers in a school have lower sense of teaching efficacy to teach in inclusive classrooms, not much progress can be made unless all educators are adequately prepared to teach all learners through well designed professional learning programs. On the other hand, if a school lacks collective efficacy to include all learners, intervention will be needed by the leadership team to enhance a school’s overall commitment and confidence to include all learners (Wilson et al., 2020). Research of this nature can also move our theoretical and conceptual understanding of important aspects that relate directly to employment of effective inclusive practices. This symposium consists of three presentations. The first presentation acknowledges the importance of parents’ involvement in their child’s education. It focuses on school leaders of highly inclusive schools and examines the ways in which they engage with parents towards making the school highly inclusive. The second presentation highlights the importance of the challenges that teachers face in being inclusive as well as support mechanisms that are in place for them. It also focuses on teachers’ intentions towards inclusive education and how these relate to the challenges and supports that teachers experience. The third presentation examines the relationships between teachers’ self-efficacy and collective efficacy with regard to inclusive practices and their attitudes towards inclusion. It argues the importance of the interrelations between them in working towards more inclusive schools. The aim of this symposium is to bring together important elements of inclusive practices to support policymakers, school leaders, educators, and parents. We will share these findings from a global perspective. References Hardy, I., & Woodcock, S. (2015). Inclusive education policies: discourses of difference, diversity and deficit. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(2), 141-164. Leyser, Y., Zeiger, T., & Romi, S. (2011). Changes in self-efficacy of prospective special and general education teachers: Implication for inclusive education. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 58, 241–255. Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching & Teacher Education, 55, 13-23. Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625. Wilson, C., L. Marks Woolfson, and K. Durkin. 2020. “School Environment and Mastery Experience as Predictors of teachers’ Self-Efficacy Beliefs Towards Inclusive Teaching.” International Journal of Inclusive Education 24 (2): 218–234. doi:10.1080/13603116.2018.1455901. Woodcock, S., & Hardy, I. (2022). ‘You’re probably going to catch me out here’: principals’ understandings of inclusion policy in complex times. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 3, 211-226. Presentations of the Symposium A View from the Top: School Leader Reflections on Parental Involvement in Inclusive Schools
Inclusive education remains a contested concept (Woodcock & Hardy, 2022), despite being driven by a strong social justice agenda. In this context, school leaders play a critical role in the support and direction of the school’s inclusive practices (Subban et al., 2022). Research reveals the significance of both teachers’ and school leaders’ perceptions to facilitate inclusive practices (Woodcock & Woolfson, 2019), however collaboration with parents is increasingly regarded as a vital component to supporting inclusion, and successful outcomes for students with disabilities (Wilson, 2016). This study examined approaches that leaders of highly inclusive schools utilised to engage parents into the daily functioning and operations of their school. As an exploratory qualitative study, it drew on collective data from 12 highly ranked inclusive schools from Italy, Switzerland, Australia, and Greece. The schools were acknowledged in each country as being highly inclusive within the school community. Schools varied across a number of characteristics including size (ranging from 100-750), socio-economic status and cultural context. Semi-structured focus group discussions and interviews were conducted each lasting approximately 60 minutes. Group discussions and interviews were conducted with school leaders specifically, with these then recorded, transcribed, and professionally translated. Subsequent to data cleaning, Miles, Huberman, and Saldana’s (2019) thematic analysis approach, involving multiple cycles of data coding, reflecting on connections and identifying themes within the data was applied to probe the data set. Three predominant findings emerged from the data. Firstly, the interviewed leaders explicitly acknowledged parents as integral stakeholders to be drawn into decision-making regarding inclusive practices for students with disabilities. Secondly, they noted that while schools maintained an open-door policy regarding parental involvement, they found that parental engagement may often be limited to advocacy with many parents, delegating weighty decisions to school staff and leaders. Thirdly, leaders recognised that concerted programs, which embedded parental input more intentionally, were likely to contribute more authentically to successful inclusion. The study reiterated the need for collaboration between schools and parents to drive inclusive practices, inviting all stakeholders to occupy active roles to support the success of students with additional learning needs.
References:
Subban, P., Woodcock, S., Sharma, U., & May, F. (2022). How can school leaders create an inclusive culture and commitment? Monash Education Teach Space, Accessed from: https://www.monash.edu/education/teachspace/articles/how-can-school-leaders-create-an-inclusive-culture-and-commitment.
Wilson, J. (2016). Reimagining Disability and Inclusive Education Through Universal Design for Learning. Disability Studies Quarterly (DSQ), 37.
Woodcock, S., & Hardy, I. (2022). 'You're probably going to catch me out here': principals' understandings of inclusion policy in complex times. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(3), 211-226. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1645891
Woodcock, S., & Woolfson, L. M. (2019). Are leaders leading the way with inclusion? Teachers’ perceptions of systemic support and barriers towards inclusion. International journal of educational research, 93, 232-242. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.11.004
Teachers’ Intentions to Teach Inclusively: Supports and Hinderances
Inclusion has become a fundamental principle of modern education systems around the world. Inclusive education is built on a premise of the right to an education for every student, where systems and schools are responsible for educating all young people within their communities (Nilholm, 2021). While inclusive education has been around for several decades, there are still challenges occurring with the way in which it should be employed. For inclusive education to be effective the need for a collective engagement is critical (Subban et al., 2023). Policy makers, school leaders, educators, and parents/carers, are some of the key stakeholders in engaging with effective inclusive practices for all students. Teachers’ beliefs in inclusive education, their capability to teach inclusively, and their intention to teach inclusively are some important aspects of their engagement in employing inclusive practices within their classrooms (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016; Woodcock et al., 2022). However, without support, teachers may face challenges that they are not able to overcome in order to engage effectively with inclusion (Woodcock & Woolfson, 2019). This study examined the relationship between teachers’ intentions to teach inclusively and the support and challenges that they experience. In-service teachers (n=869) across Switzerland, Canada, and Italy were surveyed. In each country teachers with the highest and lowest intentions to teach inclusively were identified through the ‘Intention to Teach in Inclusive Classroom’ scale (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016). Thematic analysis was employed to examine and probe teachers’ supports and challenges.
Findings reveal that across all countries and levels of intention to teach in inclusive classrooms teachers identified professional development, and classroom practices as key supports. However, across all countries teachers who hold a lower level of intention to teach in inclusive classrooms had support experiences of education assistants (e.g., teacher aide), and collaboration as key supports, whereas teachers with a high intention to teach in inclusive classrooms had support experiences of teacher autonomy and social and emotional wellbeing. Across all countries teachers who hold a lower level of intention to teach in inclusive classrooms had challenging experiences lacking parent involvement and expectation, whereas teachers with a high intention to teach in inclusive classrooms faced challenging experiences towards other teachers’ resistance and attitudes towards teaching inclusively. Studies have shown the importance of teachers’ intention to teach inclusively. Teachers have different intentions to teach inclusively and face various challenges and support needs in order to effectively teach inclusively. Further investigation is needed.
References:
Nilholm, C. (2021). Research about inclusive education in 2020–How can we improve our theories in order to change practice?, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36 (3), 358-369.
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching & Teacher Education, 55, 13-23.
Subban, P., Bradford, B., Sharma, U., Loreman, T., Avramidis, E., Kullmann, H., Sahli-Lozano, C., Romano, A., & Woodcock, S. (2023). Does it really take a village to raise a child? Reflections on the need for collective responsibility in inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 38(2), 291-302.
Woodcock, S., Sharma, U., Subban, P., & Hitches, E. (2022). Teacher self-efficacy and inclusive education practices: Rethinking teachers’ engagement with inclusive practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, 103802.
Woodcock, S., & Woolfson, L. M. (2019). Are leaders leading the way with inclusion? Teachers’ perceptions of systemic support and barriers towards inclusion. International journal of educational research, 93, 232-242. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.11.004
Teachers’ Individual and Collective Efficacy in Relation to their Attitudes Towards Inclusion: A Global Analysis
To address the diverse needs of students effectively, teachers’ individual competences as well as their collective performance are indispensable (Sharma et al., 2023). This also includes collective efficacy, which is defined as “a group’s shared belief in its conjoint capability to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given levels of attainment” (Bandura, 1997, p. 477). Individualized teaching adapted to cater to students’ diversity requires well-functioning teams of teachers. To reach this objective, shared goals are essential. According to Goddard et al. (2000), they can be regarded as normative expectations for individual teachers, influencing their beliefs about teaching and learning as well as their performance in the classroom. Accordingly, self-efficacy and collective efficacy are interconnected (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007), and teachers’ collective efficacy is known for being linked to their attitudes towards inclusion and their intentions to teach (e.g., Leyser et al., 2011; Sharma et al., 2012). International comparisons are of particular interest for each country or school system, respectively, as they can help to identify alternative approaches and possibilities for inclusive school development (e.g., Sharma et al., 2023).
Against this background, this paper examines the relationships between teachers’ self-efficacy and collective efficacy with regard to inclusive practices and their attitudes towards inclusion in a global context. A total of N=897 preschool, primary, and secondary school teachers from Canada, Germany and Switzerland were surveyed about their individual self-efficacy (TEIP; Sharma et al., 2012) and their collective self-efficacy (CTEIP; Sharma et al., 2023) with regard to inclusive practices as well as their attitudes towards inclusion (AIS; Sharma & Jacobs, 2016).
The results indicate that Canadian teachers have higher levels of individual and collective efficacy than German and Swiss teachers. Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion are significantly lower in Germany and Switzerland compared to Canada. However, the correlations between AIS, TEIP, and CTEIP are not significantly different within the three countries. The results indicate that while both, individual as well as collective efficacy are significantly related to attitudes, the correlation between TEIP and AIS is much stronger compared to CTEIP vs. AIS. Directional interrelations between the three aspects of teacher professionalism together with country-specific interpretations will be presented and discussed.
References:
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman and Company.
Goddard, R. D., Hoy, W. K., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2000). Collective teacher efficacy: Its meaning, measure, and effect on student achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 37, 479–507.
Leyser, Y., Zeiger, T., & Romi, S. (2011). Changes in self-efficacy of prospective special and general education teachers: Implication for inclusive education. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 58, 241–255.
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, D. K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators’ intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55, 13–23.
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21.
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., May, F., Romano, A., Sahli Lozano, C., Avramidis, E., Woodcock, S., Subban, P., & Kullmann, H. (2023). Measuring collective efficacy for inclusion in a global context. European Journal of Inclusive Education. doi:10.1080/08856257.2023.2195075
Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 B: Exploring Inclusive Education - Methods and Research Practices Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Felicitas Kruschick Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Observing Teaching Quality Differentially? Individual Cognitive Activation through Digital Storytelling in Inclusive Primary School Classes University of Wuerzburg, Germany Presenting Author:„Structural and social inequality“ (Zengilowski et al., 2023, S. 1) as well as „mechanisms that reproduce injustice and inequality“ (MacKenzie, Chiang & Thurston, 2022, S. 1) shape schools and teaching. Concurrently, there is a normative demand for a culture of education and teaching that is sensitive towards heterogeneity and inclusion, which has been legally established throughout Europe since the ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. The goal is to achieve collaborative learning and equal participation of all children, regardless of their learning conditions, in general mainstream education and the mainstream school system. The project focuses on inclusive primary school education, in which students with and without intellectual disabilities learn together. Consequently, a wide heterogeneity of individual learning conditions can be assumed (Ratz & Selmayr, 2021). The design of such inclusive instruction situation attributes potential to digital media because various opportunities for participation can be made accessible for a heterogenous student body through and with them (Kamin, 2020). Digital media and the associated digitalization of all areas of live have, especially since the pandemic, shaped society and, consequently, school and education as whole. Generally, there is a consensus that the task of school education is to prepare all students for active engagement with and use of media, as well as reflection on media. Digital Storytelling presents an exemplary concept for designing inclusive digital teaching. Within the framework of Digital Storytelling, a literary story can be read and narrated using not only convention means (images, text) but also expanded ones (photo, video, audio). Due to the diverse, multimodal expressive possibilities, all children with heterogenous learning conditions can work on a common subject at different performance levels (Warmdt, Frisch, Ratz & Pohlmann-Rother, 2023). Normatively, there is a demand to design such digitally inclusive instruction, like Digital Storytelling, with high quality. When looking at the current research discourse in German-speaking countries, it can be observed that publications on inclusive instruction (Bohl, 2017) and on instruction with digital media (Quast, Rubach & Lazarides, 2021) reference classical research on teaching quality and, consequently, cognitive activation. In cognitively activating instruction, the goal is to stimulate all learners according to their individual learning conditions to engage with challenging tasks that promote understanding and inference (Groß-Mlynek, Graf, Harring, Gabriel-Busse & Feldhoff, 2022, S. 1). In recent years, numerous German-language research projects on cognitive activation can be found, while in the international discourse, closely related concepts are often explored (e.g. „deeper learning“ by Meyer, Imhof, Coyle und Banerjee in 2018). When looking at the (subject-specific) operationalization and the mechanisms of action for cognitive activation, the research works exhibit a divergent and inconsistent picture (Groß-Mlynek et al., 2022, S. 3). One reason for this may be that the effects of cognitive activation in the studies are examined across the entire class rather than focusing on individual children (Begrich et al., 2023; Rieser & Decristan, 2023). Previous studies have often focused on the question of which an instructional approach leads to what effort or outcome however, individual influencing factors are mostly disregarded (Kunter & Ewald, 2016, S. 20). The individual and differential perspective in teaching quality research is the focus of the project. This is done using the example of individual cognitive activation in inclusive primary school instruction attended by students with and without intellectual disabilities, addressing the following two questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To analyze individual cognitive activation at the instructional process level, a project week on Digital Storytelling was designed (a). It was conducted and videotaped in eight inclusive first and second-grade classes (b). The collected video data was then processed (c) and analyzed (d). The following sections will elaborate on these four methodological steps. a) Design of the Project Week: In an iterative process, a project spanning five days on “Digital Storytelling mit Hund Milo” (Digital Storytelling with Dog Milo) (Warmdt & Frisch, 2023) was developed. Students were introduced to the multimodal storytelling features of the Book Creator app, which they then used on iPads to continue the story. On the last day of the project, students presented their multimodal work results. b) Classroom Videography and Collection of Background Information: The study’s sample consists of eight inclusive first and second-grade classes in the state of Bavaria, Germany, with students, both those with and without intellectual disabilities. Teachers and students were videotaped from three different perspectives: inclusive small-group work, screencast on the iPad, and overall classroom activities. In addition, background information on students (e.g. literacy learning conditions) and teachers (e.g. beliefs about the use of digital media) were collected through a questionnaire. c) Preparation and Transcription of Video Data: The data collection resulted in videos of 18 inclusive small groups, showcasing the interactions among the 38 first and second-grade students and their interactions with teachers while working on Digital Storytelling. The video data were processed using DaVinci Resolve software (cropping, anonymizing, synchronizing, etc.) and transcribed verbally and subsequently evaluated using the Interact software. d) Inductive-Deductive Analysis of Video Data: The focus of the analysis is on an instructional phase on the fourth day of the project, where students digitally continue the story. The analysis was conducted with a content-structuring approach using qualitative content analysis, leading to the deductive-inductive development of a category system for individual cognitive activation. Each category was specified (through consensus coding) with descriptions, anchor examples, coding rules, and delimitation rules. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the inclusive small-group work on Digital Storytelling, a total of 1927 codings for individual cognitive activation were identified for the 38 students. Eight different main categories for individual cognitive activation were observed, some of which were further differentiated down to the fourth sub-level: the development of one's own idea, activation of knowledge, content verification, reasoning, discussion of content, problem-solving, literary elaboration of an own literary idea, and linking different forms of representation or modalities (see Research Question 1). Regarding the frequency distributions for each main category, a divergent picture emerges. For example, students activate literary, media, or (written) language knowledge a total of 641 times during the small-group work phase, while they discuss the content of their ideas (N = 26) or provide reasoning for it (N = 32) much less frequently. In addition to the divergent frequency distributions for each main category, there are also clear differences in the number and type of codings for each individual student regarding the stigma of intellectual disability (see Research Question 2). The analysis reveals that, on average, almost twice as many codings are assigned for elementary students without intellectual disabilities compared to children with intellectual disabilities. All main categories, except for the development of one's own idea and linking different forms of representation or modalities, are more frequently coded for elementary students without intellectual disabilities than for children with intellectual disabilities. The differences in the number and type of codings for individual cognitive activation due to the stigma of intellectual disability underscore the necessity of taking a differentiated approach to each individual student in teaching quality research in inclusive education focused on Digital Storytelling. References Begrich, L., Praetorius, A.-K., Decristan, J., Fauth, B., Göllner, R., Herrmann, C. et al. (2023). Was tun? Perspektiven für eine Unterrichtsqualitätsforschung der Zukunft. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51(1), 63–97. Bohl, T. (2017). Umgang mit Heterogenität im Unterricht. In T. Bohl, J. Budde & M. Rieger-Ladich (Hrsg.), Umgang mit Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Grundlagentheoretische Beiträge, empirische Befunde und didaktische Reflexionen (S. 257–273). Julius Klinkhardt. Groß-Mlynek, L., Graf, T., Harring, M., Gabriel-Busse, K. & Feldhoff, T. (2022). Cognitive Activation in a Close-Up View: Triggers of High Cognitive Activity in Students During Group Work Phases. Frontiers in Education, 7, 1–12. Kamin, A.-M. (2020). Digitale Bildung unter der Perspektive von Inklusion. Inklusive Medienbildung. Friedrich Jahresheft, (38), 90–92. Kunter, M. & Ewald, S. (2016). Bedingungen und Effekte von Unterricht: Aktuelle Forschungsperspektiven aus der pädagogischen Psychologie. In N. McElvany, W. Bos, H.-G. Holtappels, M. M. Gebauer & F. Schwabe (Hrsg.), Bedingungen und Effekte guten Unterrichts (S. 9–32). Waxmann. MacKenzie, A., Chiang, T.-H. & Thurston, A. (2022). New insights on the persistence and reproduction of educational inequality and injustice: Towards a synthesis of Nussbaum's capabilities approach and Bourdieu's theories. International Journal of Educational Research, 115. Meyer, O., Imhof, M., Coyle, D. & Banerjee, M. (2018). Positive Learning and Pluriliteracies. In O. Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, G. Wittum & A. Dengel (Hrsg.), Positive Learning in the Age of Information. A Blessing or a Curse? (S. 235–265). Springer VS. Quast, J., Rubach, C. & Lazarides, R. (2021). Lehrkräfteeinschätzungen zu Unterrichtsqualität mit digitalen Medien: Zusammenhänge zur wahrgenommenen technischen Schulausstattung, Medienunterstützung, digitalen Kompetenzselbsteinschätzungen und Wertüberzeugungen. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, (11), 309–341. Ratz, C. & Selmayr, A. (2021). Schriftsprachliche Kompetenzen. In D. Baumann, W. Dworschak, M. Kroschewski, C. Ratz & A. Selmayr (Hrsg.), Schülerschaft mit dem Förderschwerpunkt geistige Entwicklung II (SFGE II) (117-134). Athena wbv media. Rieser, S. & Decristan, J. (2023). Kognitive Aktivierung in Befragungen von Schülerinnen und Schülern. Unterscheidung zwischen dem Potential zur kognitiven Aktivierung und der individuellen kognitiven Aktivierung. Zeitschrift für pädagogische Psychologie, (0), 1–15. Warmdt, J. & Frisch, H. (2023). Digital Storytelling mit Hund Milo. Eine Geschichte im inklusiven Anfangsunterricht am iPad lesen und weitererzählen. Opus. Warmdt, J., Frisch, H., Ratz, C. & Pohlmann-Rother, S. (2023). Digital lesen und erzählen. Eine Projektwoche für den inklusiven Anfangsunterricht. Fördermagazin Grundschule, (3), 19–23. Zengilowski, A., Maqbool, I., Deka, S., Niebaum, J., Placido, Diego et al. (2023). Overemphasizing individual differences and overlooking systemic factors reinforces educational inequality. Science of learning, 8(13), 1–13. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Using Video Observation to Investigate the Opportunities offered by Dance for Personal Development and Inclusion of Children Experiencing Complex Needs. University of Northampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This PhD study explores how dance provides opportunities for personal development of Children Experiencing Complex Needs (CECN), leveraging video observation to delve into the challenges and opportunities for inclusion. Video observation is integral to the methodology of this study involving pupils, parents and teachers associated with different special educational needs schools in England. Complex needs encompass a spectrum of conditions, including physical and sensory disabilities, intellectual and developmental delays, and other medical challenges that may impede societal participation. The premise of the study is that dance supports inclusion, empowering CECN to develop crucial personal skills essential for effective social interaction. By enhancing social inclusion, these personal skills enable CECN to build relationships, engage in activities, and access support systems, leading to significant improvements in overall well-being, sense of belonging, and personal growth. Participant observation originated in anthropology as a way for researchers to study the customs and practices of remote communities by immersing themselves and observing while participating in the community (Iacono, Brown and Holtham, 2011). Observation as a research method is particularly suitable for studying dance, a multisensory activity that needs to be experienced by the senses and observed as it happens, allowing direct insight into various interactions in different settings (Fox, 1998). It enables a natural way of recording data to study dance and how it affects the behaviour of the participants thus aiding in understanding interactions between people in various situations (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2007). Challenges of participant observation In this study, the researcher became a participant observer by teaching dance to students who were participants of the study. This helps to gather data about the behaviour of the participants and provides an in-depth understanding of the behaviour of the participants that would otherwise be inaccessible (DeWalt and DeWalt, 2011). However, involvement in the process can also be a distraction to the participants, affecting the quality of the data collected (Johnson, Douglas, Bigby, and Iacono, 2011). To address this challenge, the researcher used videos to collect data which involves recording the activity or behaviour being studied using a video camera, thus providing a less intrusive way of gathering data. The process of selecting a group of participating students was time-consuming and required continuous negotiation and coordination with school staff. One of the students expressed concerns and reservations about the use of a video camera. To address this, the researcher made a conscious effort to build trust gradually and ensure that the presence of the video camera became a natural aspect of the session over time. Video recording can be a distraction and may prove challenging to maintain focus on the specific subject being studied, particularly in a fluid activity such as dance (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2007) which was the case in certain phases of this study. The process of setting up the camera equipment, making sure it is running properly, and adjusting settings took away from the focus on the dance lesson on a few occasions. Additionally, the presence of a teaching assistant was not sufficient to alleviate the distractions caused by the video camera as well as the music system. This was particularly true during the beginning of lessons, as the researcher had to spend time getting the equipment set up and functioning. The teaching assistant’s role was mainly to monitor the participating pupils rather than assist with video recording. Non-availability of a space for lessons on occasions, continuous negotiations with gatekeepers, lack of response from parents, and delays in receiving signed consent forms from parents were some of the other issues faced which is not uncommon in school-based research (Alibali and Nathan, 2010).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretivist perspective, drawing on constructivism as theorised by Gray (2009). Interpretivism provides the overarching perspective, and constructivism informs the analysis of the data collected through observations and interviews. Interpretivism seeks to understand the world through subjective experiences (Aikenhead, 1997), while constructivism asserts that knowledge is socially constructed through interaction. Combining these perspectives enriches the researcher's understanding of the social phenomenon studied (Gray, 2009). The analysis, based on video observations and interviews, applies constructivist principles to interpret the data. Thematic analysis can be used in different types of research to fit the needs of the research (Braun and Clarke, 2006; Kiger and Varpio, 2020). Joffe (2011) believed it works well in constructivist research, as it helps understand how social constructions are formed and looks for deeper themes in the data to understand the multiple perspectives that make up a social construction. Thematic analysis was used to analyse the dance videos as advised by Laurier (2010) who suggested that providing an attentive description of what was happening in the video without drawing premature conclusions is the first stage of video analysis. The goal was to understand what was happening in the dance sessions by closely examining a limited set of instances. The footage was coded to uncover meaningful insights and observations were noted in an observation sheet. A thematic analysis of observation sheet data, video recording data, and observation notes was conducted. The process involved organising and categorising the data by watching each video multiple times, and coding sections of the data into codes. This was done iteratively until all the data was coded. The codes were then reviewed and reorganised into larger categories. Themes were identified based on the activities observed in the recordings and related to the research questions. Finally, a report was written that summarises the findings by describing the themes that emerged from the videos. Thematic data analysis found five key themes relevant to the underlying principle: ‘making friends’, ‘encouraging inclusion’, ‘developing social skills’, ‘providing enjoyment’, and ‘providing opportunity’. Findings support the use of dance for CECN to enhance social inclusion and personal development skills, emphasising the need for further research and integration into education programs. The findings signify the ability of dance to create change in the lives of CECN through action or activity within a specific context, which can be observed at both the local community and individual level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The utilisation of video observation as a data collection method in school settings posed numerous challenges throughout the research process. Ensuring ethical considerations and respecting participants' autonomy were crucial aspects of informing the study participants. Establishing a rapport and fostering trust with participants, particularly those with disabilities, was imperative for their active engagement in the research process (Johnson et al., 2011). However, obtaining consent from both students and parents proved to be a time and energy-consuming task. A notable challenge emerged from a student expressing concerns about the presence of a video camera, frequently questioning its purpose at the beginning of lessons. While this curiosity gradually waned over a six-month period, the researcher acknowledged the student's right to inquire about the camera's use in the school environment, respecting their autonomy. Similar challenges were encountered when working with another group of students in a different school. Time constraints were a significant hurdle demanding careful coordination of observation schedules, suitable locations, and identification of key individuals to work with. Another complication surfaced as only a few students demonstrated an understanding of the ongoing research process, as evidenced by conversations during dance sessions. This research acknowledges the intricacies of employing video observation in school settings and emphasises the importance of ethical considerations, participant engagement, and establishing trust. Despite the challenges encountered, the study underscores the benefits of participant observation in generating nuanced data which provide opportunities for comparison and interpretation. In conclusion, this research aims to resonate with both international and European audiences, offering insights that go beyond national boundaries and contribute to broader conversations on inclusive education and the transformative power of dance. Regardless of cultural differences, the commonality of issues faced by children worldwide emphasises the need for research to prove effective interventions, bridging cultural differences and addressing their collective needs. References Alibali, M., & Nathan, M. (2010) Conducting research in schools: a practical guide. Journal of Cognition and Development, 11(4), 397-407. Basil, M. (2011) Use of photography and video in observational research. Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal 14(3): 246–257. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2013). Research methods in education. Routledge. Creswell, J. W. (2011) Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th edition). 4th ed. Boston, MA: Addison Wesley DeWalt, K.M. and DeWalt, B. R. (2010) Participant Observation: A Guide for Fieldworkers, 2nd ed., no. Book, Whole. AltaMira Press. Fox, N. (1998) Trent Focus for Research and Development in Primary Health Care: How to Use Observations in a Research Project. Trent Focus. Guest, G., Namey, E. E., & Mitchell, M. L. (2013). Participant observation. Collecting qualitative data: A field manual for applied research, 75-112. Iacono, J., Brown, A., & Holtham, C. (2009). Research methods—A case example of participant observation. Electronic journal of business research methods, 7(1), pp 39-46. Johnson, H., Douglas, J., Bigby, C., & Iacono, T. (2011). The challenges and benefits of using participant observation to understand the social interaction of adults with intellectual disabilities. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 27(4), 267-278. Joffe H. 2011. Thematic analysis. In: Harper D, Thompson AR, editors. Qualitative methods in mental health and psychotherapy: a guide for students and practitioners. Chichester (UK): John Wiley & Sons; p. 209–224. Kawulich, B.B. (2005), Participant observation as data collection method, Qualitative social research, 6, 2, pp 43. Kiger, M. E., & Varpio, L. (2020). Thematic analysis of qualitative data: AMEE Guide No. 131. Medical teacher, 42(8), 846-854. Overby, L. Y., & Bradley, K. (2007). Better practice in dance education. Building effective teaching through educational research. Maryland State Department of Education. Petty, N. J., Thomson, O. P. & Stew, G. (2012) Ready for a paradigm shift? Part 1: Introducing the philosophy of qualitative research. Manual Therapy, 17(4), 267-274. Rankin, J., & Regan, S. (2004) Meeting complex needs: The future of social care. London: Institute for Public Policy Research. Sharman, C., Cross, W., and Vennis, D. (2007). Observing children and young people. Continuum. Uldam, J., & McCurdy, P. (2013). Studying social movements: Challenges and opportunities for participant observation. Sociology Compass, 7(11), 941-951. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Comparison - Analysis and Reflection Through the 'Productivity of Difference' (Parreira do Amaral, 2015) in Postcolonial, Ethnographic Inclusion Research Leibniz Universität Hanno, Germany Presenting Author:As part of my dissertation project 'Inclusive Education in Rural Ghana - an ethnographic study in postcolonial relations', I seek to pursue a theoretical and methodological interest, using comparison as a methodology to address the complex problem of doing ethnographic research on inclusive education in postcolonial relations. Disability and inclusive education are being constructed as an unequal international phenomenon by both academic research (Singal, 2013) and major organizations such as the World Health Organization (World Healt Organization, n.d. 10 facts on disability) or UNESCO (n.d. Global education monitoring report 2020). This leads to developments that describe inclusive education as an 'international movement' (Artiles & Dyson, 2005) and a 'development issue' (Chataika, 2019), highlighting the impact of disability and inclusive education solutions as important for human rights and sustainable development. This constructive basis is highly problematic when contextualized in postcolonial relations, as these tend to reproduce colonial patterns in terms of 'stereotypical dualism' (Andrien & Hulme, 1993). Singal and Muthukrishna (2014) refer to persons with disabilities and note that the discourse describes them as "backward, victims of society, neglected or hidden" (p. 294) with the aim of liberation and emancipation through the "'enlightened', 'civilising' work of Northern scholars and agencies." (ibid.) This is even more problematic as the concept of inclusive education needs to be contextualized due to different understandings of inclusion (Dyson, 1999), disability (Singal, 2013) and education (Singal, 2013) from context to context. The lack of universality thus opens up a space to connect with colonial continuities. It is therefore of theoretical interest to gain insights into the understanding of these phenomena in postcolonial relations, and thus to be able to describe understandings of inclusive education. I have chosen Ghana as my research site for practical research reasons. In addition to the theoretical research interest, which again focuses on inclusive educational practice in rural Ghana, the methodological research interest asks how the perspective on this is constructed, as this is of high interest due to the critique of inclusive education "from the West to the rest" (Grech, 2011). Thus, the relationship between the object of research (what?) and construction of positionality or perspectivity (how do I look and how is the perspective constructed?) is central. The research design, which tends to follow orientations, narratives and discourses that can be located in the Global North (Werning et al., 2016) or the West (Grech, 2011), thus becomes itself the object of critical inquiry. The research design itself is thus understood as fragile and fluid, in order to rethink questions of postcolonial relations, understood as powerful, exclusive and hierarchical, towards an inclusive and open scientific negotiation. The methodology of comparison offers orientation to this theoretical-methodological problem. The ‘productivity of difference’ (2015, p. 108), according to Parreira do Amaral, not only enables the perception of what is one's own or what is different by distancing oneself from the familiar. This productivity also opens up spaces for reflection in which the relational construction of self and other (Othering: Said, 1978) can be critically examined and discussed. (ibid.) The presentation aims first to outline the research design and the inherent problems, and then to take a closer look at the methodological possibilities of the ‘productivity of difference’ (Parreira do Amaral 2015, 108) by asking the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situating myself within the ethnographic paradigm, I conducted ethnographic fieldwork in rural Ghana twice, each lasting approximately two months, in 2017 and 2019. After establishing access through continuous presence, I encountered Paul (pseudonymized), introduced by villagers as a mentally and physically disabled boy. Subsequently, I accompanied Paul to school, attended lessons, engaged with teachers, and explored various forms of schooling and activities. Insights were gained through participant observation, observational participation, and ethnographic interviews. (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019) The ethnographic paradigm, inherently constructive, involves observations based on the researcher's perceptions and the translation of observed phenomena into field notes. Considering inclusive education as relational, I grappled with the theoretical and methodological challenges of ethnographic research in this context. The postcolonial setting, my positionality as a white researcher from the global North, and the non-transferable nature of inclusive education theory led me to question how ethnographic knowledge production can be conducted. I therefore decided to view subjectivity necessarily as an epistemic value as ethnography itself has been described as “hauntingly personal” (Van Maanen, 2011, p. xiii). While ethnographic discourse emphasizes participant observation as a method for knowledge production, it lacks methodological guidance or description on how this process constructs and produces knowledge. This gap presents an opportunity to introduce comparison as a methodological frame in comparative international educational research, a tool for analysis and reflection through the ‘productivity of difference’ (Parreira do Amaral, 2015). The personal style in writing ethnographic field notes, expressing subjectivity (Emerson et al., 2011), is analyzed by detaching from normal and familiar circumstances to question them (Parreira do Amaral, 2015). This involves examining irritations, questions, or strong emotions in the data to understand their sources. By employing this analysis, I situate myself and my perspective in the analysis process, using it as a point of comparison. In summary, empirical material is analyzed using Grounded Theory Methodology (Charmaz, 2006) at two levels: the practice of inclusive education and how observations and experiences affect me as a researcher and person. This analysis aims to challenge the exclusive "from West to the rest" (Grech, 2011) inclusion discourse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I. Comparison offers a starting point for reflecting and analyzing one's own and the other's as well as the common third party, the so-called tertium comparisonis. (Adick, 2008) Reflecting and analyzing the constructed domination of difference is particularly important in postcolonial relations. The tertium comparisonis also opens up different possibilities of comparison that are detached from so-called methodological nationalism and thus aim at objects of comparison (comparata) other than those of the nation-state. (Chernilo, 2011) Comparison is used as a (complex) method of systematization with the aim of gaining knowledge (Hofstadter & Sander, 2013). II. The focus on the idiographic (the particular) (Noah et al., 1998) draws attention to inclusive educational practice, which runs counter to the “from the West to the rest” (Grech 2011) understanding of ethnographic researchers and theory. Against the background of the 'productivity of difference' (Parreira do Amaral 2015), the focus on irritations in the data material is used as a door opener for reflection and analysis that address questions of positionality, representation and the construction and interpretation of difference. The approach aims at a postcolonial informed description of inclusive education, with its constitutive feature - participation - serving as the tertium comparationis (Adick, 2008). III. The comparative foils are based on the object theory of inclusive education as a "from the West to the rest" (Grech 2011) dynamic, as well as the ethnographic researcher's inherent assumptions associated with it. These are fundamentally oriented towards an understanding of inclusive education gained from reforms and developments in the Global North (Werning et al. 2016.) or, as described by Muthukrishna and Engelbrecht (2018), in " resource-rich model[s; editor's note] of support provision in high income countries for learners" (p. 1). Without a critical-reflective analysis of the knowledge-generating comparative practice, a self-legitimizing knowledge cycle is (re)produced. References Adick, Christel. (2008). Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. Kohlhammer Verlag. https://www.pedocs.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=25150 Andrien, K. J., & Hulme, P. (1993). Colonial Encounters: Europe and the Native Caribbean, 1492-1787. Sixteenth Century Journal, 24(4), 922. https://doi.org/10.2307/2541613 Artiles, A., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive Education in the Globalization Age: The Promise of Comparative Cultural-Historical Analysis. In D. Mitchell (Hrsg.), Contextualising Inclusive Education: Evaluating old and new international perspectives (S. 37–62). Routledge. http://www.hundochkatter.se/special/ArtilesDyson_5-3-04.pdf Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. Sage Publications. Chataika, T. (Hrsg.). (2019). The Routledge handbook of disability in Southern Africa. Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group. Chernilo, D. (2011). The critique of methodological nationalism: Theory and history. Thesis Eleven, 106(1), 98–117. https://doi.org/10.1177/0725513611415789 Dyson, A. (1999). Inclusion and inclusions: Theories and discourses in inclusive education. In H. Daniels (Hrsg.), Inclusive education (1. publ, S. 36–53). Kogan Page. Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes (2nd ed). The University of Chicago Press. Grech, S. (2011). Recolonising debates or perpetuated coloniality? Decentring the spaces of disability, development and community in the global South. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(1), 87–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.496198 Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: Principles in practice (4 Edition). Routledge. Hofstadter, D. R., & Sander, E. (2013). Surfaces and essences: Analogy as the fuel and fire of thinking. Basic Books. Muthukrishna, N., & Engelbrecht, P. (2018). Decolonising inclusive education in lower income, Southern African educational contexts. South African Journal of Education, 38(4), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n4a1701 Noah, H. J., Eckstein, M. A., & Foster, P. J. (1998). Doing comparative education: Three decades of collaboration. Comparative Education Research Centre (CERC) ; University of Hong Kong. Parreira do Amaral, M. (2015). Methodologie und Methode in der International Vergleichenden Erziehungswissenschaft. In M. Parreira do Amaral & S. K. Amos (Hrsg.), Internationale und vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft: Geschichte, Theorie, Methode und Forschungsfelder (S. 106–130). Waxmann. Said, E. (1978). Orientalism. Singal, N. (2013). Disability, poverty and education. Routledge. Singal, N., & Muthukrishna, N. (2014). Education, childhood and disability in countries of the South – Re-positioning the debates. Childhood, 21(3), 293–307. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568214529600 UNESCO. (o. J.). 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report. 2020 GEM Report. Retrieved 7. Dezember 2023, von https://gem-report-2020.unesco.org/ Van Maanen, J. (2011). Tales of the field: On writing ethnography (Second edition). University of Chicago press. Werning R., Artiles, Alfredo J., Engelbrecht P., Hummel M., Caballeros M. & Rothe A. (Hrsg.). (2016). Keeping the promise? Contextualizing inclusive education in developing countries. Julius Klinkhardt. https://www.pedocs.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=12353 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 C: Challenging Ideas of Vulnerability and Risk Through Attunement to Agency, Context and Lived Experience Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Liz Todd Session Chair: Gillean McCluskey Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Challenging Ideas of Vulnerability and Risk Through Attunement to Agency, Context and Lived Experience In this symposium we further the use of an agential realism perspective to critically examine how prevailing research perspectives might inadvertently perpetuate stereotypical representations of individuals (both children and adults) that are conceptualised as disadvantaged or marginalised in a range of ways such those with disabilities, as passive and tragic figures and invertedly create and cement new subjectifying discourses (e.g. the fallen behind generation). We shed light on potential shifts in the perception of vulnerabilities and their impact on institutionalised education and care from the perspective of those who may have been, remain, or have become (even more) vulnerable. Rather than affixing the label of "vulnerability" to a particular subpopulation or seeing vulnerability (solely) as an inherent characteristic in individuals, we follow Luna (2019), who proposes a contextual understanding of vulnerability. She develops an understanding that the vulnerabilities might be subject to change if situational contexts change, such as that an individual is no longer or even more susceptible to vulnerability. Crises, as in our case, the COVID-19 crisis, can serve as an excellent example of unravelling the multilayeredness and potential cascading effects of vulnerability itself and the diversity among those being perceived as vulnerable. As indicated in this symposium's umbrella text, individual dispositions of becoming vulnerable have to be seen in relation to contextual factors. We also look at the importance of research methods and how co-research with people about their own experiences of life can challenge narrow definitions of identity. In the symposium we take a comparative perspective by investigating the situation in three Eurpoean countries (Austria, Germany and the UK) as well as Canada and Australia. The first paper brings ideas from the Austrian project "Cov_Enable: Reimagining Vulnerabilities in times of crisis" (FWF Project P 34641) that is disentangling how (new) discourses and practice (formations) in the contexts of (inclusive) education and (supported) living are impacting children, youth, and adults labeled as vulnerable. They show how disabled persons are revealed be consistently engaged in “acts of world-building” or “performative affordances” within their daily lives. The second paper the project "Impediments and enablers to schooling of non/privileged students during the COVID-19 pandemic – a comparison between Canada and Germany", funded by the German government, we compare how students from non/privileged milieus experienced school and out-of-school (including family) life during the different phases of the pandemic, as well as the school and classroom ways of dealing with them. This paper shows the importance of context on a nuanced understanding of vulnerability. The third paper looks at the ways that children whether or not from marginalised groups such as SEND (special educational needs and disability) are cast as vulnerable and at risk when it comes to their perceived increasing use of social media. We suggest methodology matters. Our co-research activity-based method that aims to recruit children as co-researchers into their digital lives finds that children use apps in balanced and sophisticated ways. Our papers together suggest that a shift in perspective taking would enable us to better address the interplay within the child/dis/ability-vulnerability nexus, with the chance of offering more nuanced and empowering narratives.
References Luna, F. (2019). Identifying and evaluating layers of vulnerability–a way forward. developing world bioethics, 19(2), 86-95. Presentations of the Symposium Beyond Tragedy: Reframing Dis/ability through Agential Realism and Activist Affordances
Over the past decade, discourses on disabled and marginalized groups have been intertwined in a complex manner and contradictory. These groups are portrayed as lacking agency amid global crises like pandemics, climate change, economic instability, and conflict (Ito, 2014; Bressanelli & Natali, 2023; Jørgensen et al, 2023; Henig & Knight, 2023). Concurrently, they're sometimes seen as straining welfare systems. In the project "Cov_Enable: Reimagining Vulnerabilities in times of crisis" (FWF Project P 34641), we focus on the traveling nature of the concept of vulnerability within the life course domains of inclusive education and supported housing in context of dis/ability (Koenig, Mandl & Reisenbauer, under review). This study highlights the critical role of perspective in shaping narratives and the implicit choices in research.
Previously, we examined vulnerability as a complex, layered phenomenon (Luna, 2019), challenging traditional views of inherent vulnerability as individual traits residing in individuals. This presentation aims to discuss two transformative perspectives that have altered our methodological approach. Firstly, we explore agential realism and Posthumanist perspectives (Naraian & Amrhein, 2022), enriching our understanding of vulnerability. These concepts, particularly 'agential cuts' and the apparatus of knowing in agential realism (Barad, 2014), are well suited to explore how our research perspectives potentially reaffirm stereotypical representations of individuals with disabilities as passive and tragic figures. Secondly, and as a countering perspective we draw upon the work of Dokumaci (2023), whose research portrays people with disabilities neither as victims nor as drains on resources but rather as active participants in their own lives. Engaged in “activist affordances,” which extend beyond “activism in the traditional sense,” disabled persons are revealed be consistently engaged in “acts of world-building” or “performative affordances” within their daily lives as they negotiate and overcome barriers (Dokumanci, 2023, p. 5).
These perspectives, as argued and demonstrated through case study analysis from our project, offer a nuanced, interconnected view of vulnerability. They pave the way for research approaches that are responsive, ethical, and attuned to the realities and agencies of individuals with disabilities. This approach underscores the concept of 'response-ability' in research, highlighting the need to respect and acknowledge the complexities of the subjects and contexts studied whilst emphasizing our duty as researchers to acknowledge and respect the complexities of the subjects and contexts we study. Such a perspective aligns with the conference's theme by recognizing the role of memory and hope in shaping future educational landscapes (Sharpe, 2013).
References:
Barad, Karen. 2014. ‘Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart’. Parallax 20 (3): 168–87. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623.
Dokumaci, A. (2023). Activist Affordances: How Disabled People Improvise More Habitable Worlds. Duke University Press.
Ito, A. (2014). Disability, natural disasters, conflict, humanitarian emergencies: The work of the United Nations. In Crises, conflict and disability (pp. 19-24). Routledge.
Bressanelli, E. and Natali, D. (2023) Tested by the Polycrisis: Reforming or Transforming the EU? Politics and Governance, 11(4), 246–251.
Jørgensen, S. P. et al. (2023) Evolution of the polycrisis: Anthropocene traps that challenge global sustainability. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. B 379.
Henig, D. and Knight. D.M. (2023) Polycrisis Prompts for an emerging worldview, Anthropology Today, 39(2), 3-6.
Koenig, O., Mandl, S. and Reisenbauer, S. (2024) Reconfiguring Vulnerability and Dis/ability: An Agential Realist Exploration to Disentangle Vulnerability Effects in Covid-19 Response. Submitted to Disability & Society
Luna, F. (2019). Identifying and evaluating layers of vulnerability–a way forward. developing world bioethics, 19(2), 86-95.
Naraian, Srikala, and Bettina Amrhein. 2022. ‘Learning to Read “Inclusion” Divergently: Enacting a Transnational Approach to Inclusive Education’. International Journal of Inclusive Education 26 (14): 1327–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1807624.
Sharpe, B. (2013) Three Horizones. The Patterning of Hope. Triarchy Press
Students and Teachers Experiencing Education During COVID-19: a Comparison of Schools Within Non-privileged Areas of Canada and Germany
This paper investigates the experiences students and teachers during the COVID-19 pandemic in non-privileged areas of Canada and Germany. While the group of students, who experienced the pandemic during their transition from childhood to young adolescent, which is a vulnerable phase, their teachers were confronted with students with these ‘new experiences’ and not able to rely on their teaching and schooling routines and cultures to deal with these. In the project “Impediments and enablers to schooling of non-/privileged students during the COVID-19 pandemic – a comparison between Canada and Germany”, funded by the German government, we compare how students from non-/privileged milieus experienced school and out-of-school (including family) life during the different phases of the pandemic, as well as the school and classroom ways of dealing with them. Additionally their teachers’ experiences and their efforts to reach and accommodate their students will be investigated in.
The context of schooling differs between Germany and Canada – not only during the pandemic (for example Sturm 2019). While Germany has tracked school systems, that distinguish vocational and academic tracks, Canadas provinces have only one track. The pandemic context also differs, since schools in Germany were closed for almost a year while Canadian schools only closed for two months.
In the paper two comparisons will be focused: the experiences of non-privileged students on schooling who live in Canada and Germany and the students’ experiences in relation to the one of their teachers. This will be done based on group interviews that were conducted with four students in their schools and interviews with their teachers. The comparison shows that non-privileged students from Germany were experiencing exclusion from educational resources much more than their peers in Canada. They were not included in day-to-day options in remote exchange with teachers and peers, due to the lack of devices and internet access. In contrast to their Canadian peers the German students were offered less support, like reducing academic expectations and offering personal support in working on tasks. The Canadian teachers were provided with digital technology to stay in touch with their students, while this was not provided in all school settings in Germany. Where it was not provided, teachers had a hard time to stay in touch with their students.
References:
Sturm, T. (2019). Constructing and addressing differences in inclusive schooling–comparing cases from Germany, Norway and the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(6), 656-669.
Co-researching Children’s Digital Engagement: Challenging Narrow Ideas of Vulnerability.
Debates about children’s digital engagement is dominated by dichotomous discourses of digital risk, focusing on dangers to children particularly the most vulnerable (El Asam and Katz, 2018) and digital promise, which views digital technology as a force for positive change. Children are rarely directly consulted about how they use digital tools and what they see as the value of their digital experiences (Livingstone, 2014).
This rigorous UK study took place with 34 Y5/10yr pupils in two schools in North East England (one rural, one urban multi-ethnic) and included a number of children with SEND (special educational needs and disabilities). Children were invited to take part as co-researchers in an individual activity-oriented interview. The activity involved placing a set of cards (apps, people, and emotions) on a game board representing their networks and interactions. Open-ended conversations explored children’s practices, purposes, experiences, contexts and values in relation to digitally mediated interactions. This research explored the following questions:
• What do children value in their digital lives?
• How do gender, dis/ability, cultural and social identities, and contexts, impact on children’s digital experiences?
A mixed-methods approach was adopted with data collected of the activity in three ways: a video-recording children’s hands and conversation; still images taken of completed relational diagrams; and recorded conversations were transcribed.
This research builds upon the Australian Research Council funded ‘How Do You Connect’ project investigates children’s digital lives to better understand and evidence how young children’s digital skills and how they build their social media networks (Neumann et al 2022).
Discussions with the children evidenced how they use apps to stay connected with family and friends, locally and globally, often sharing fun and laughter; how gaming allows them to immerse themselves in, and create their own, digital worlds; how they use apps to direct their learning in hobbies and interests and how they ‘do school’ and ‘do family’. Children’s self-regulation and knowledge how to keep safe (Livingstone, 2014), and the relationship between their online and offline activity, was also evident.
This research challenges a narrow conceptualisation of children including those with SEND as vulnerable, and a digital risk/digital promise binary. We find multi-layered ecologies (McHale et al 2009) in which children are embedded such that they are active in their own lives and the creation of their own identities. We discuss the importance of methods with children as co-researchers into their own lives rather than objects of study.
References:
El Asam, A, and Katz, A. (2018). Vulnerable Young People and Their Experience of Online Risks. Human-Computer Interaction. 33. 1-24. 10.1080
Livingstone, S. (2014). Developing social media literacy: How children learn to interpret risky opportunities on social network sites. Communications, 39, 283-303.
Mchale, S. M., Dotterer, A. & Kim, J.-Y. (2009). An ecological perspective on the media and youth development. American Behavioral Scientist, 52, 1186-1203.
Neumann, M., Park, E., Soong,H, Nichols, S. and Selim, N. (2022) Exploring the social media networks of primary school children Education 3-13 International Journal of Primary, Elementary and Early Years Education
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 D: Radical Special Education – Enabling us to Reimagine Special Education (RiSE) Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jonathan Rix Panel Discussion |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Radical Special Education – Enabling us to Reimagine Special Education (RiSE) 1Inland Norway University, Norway; 2University of Sydney; 3University of Belgrade; 4University of Almería; 5Open University, UK Presenting Author:This Panel Discussion builds upon a double seminar that took place at ECER 2023, which led to a Special Issue call in the European Journal of Inclusive Education. Despite the global drive for the development of inclusion within schools, special education has maintained its role across the world in various guises (Slee, 2018; Rix, 2015; Hausstatter & Jahnukainen, 2015). For example, in Finland, 9% of children in 2020 were identified for special support with over 40% receiving all education in a special education setting (Statistics Finland, 2021); in Ireland, special schools numbers have continued to grow to over 140 and nearly 25% of the school population have been identified with special educational needs (Kenny et al, 2020); in the Czech republic 33% of those identified with Special educational needs spend their school days in special settings (EASNIE, 2020), whilst in England special school numbers have grown by over 20% since 2011 (Selfe & Richmond, 2020). Similarly, in Spain there are over 500 special schools (Cermi 2023) and in some parts of the country 40% of children with special needs education, high abilities and specific learning disabilities attend special schools, with 60% in integration classes with variable periods in mainstream schools (Junta de Andalucia, 2022). Even if efforts are made to accept the historical value of special education and to shift the focus onto a singular inclusive pedagogy (Florian, 2013), it is clearly not happening in ways that transforms the dominant marginalising processes of the education system. As suggested by Richardson and Powell (2011), the historical and cultural development of both general and special education has led to a mutual dependency, which has created a complexity that inclusive education is not able to solve. Special education may function as a mechanism for regulating educational systems, however it also exemplifies the limits of hope and despair (Ball, 2020) about the potential of education. In last year’s seminar, Ilektra Spandagou suggested that a possible solution was to shift the focus to radical special education. In this Panel Discussion we will explore the possible nature of such an approach. Ilektra Spandagou, Olja Jovanović, Rune Hausstatter, Anabel Granados and Jonathan Rix (acting as chair) will present ideas that speak to three underlying issues that emerged from the seminar in 2023 and the subsequent submissions to the special issue:
These presentations will be informed by a mix of data from classrooms, reviews of the literature, theoretical analysis and personal reflection. They will examine the extensive challenges of enabling meaningful voice, responsive administration and participatory governance. They will consider how special education can shift its focus from the quantitative understanding of difference to qualitative understandings, from structures framed by certainty to ones that embrace uncertainty. They will explore how teacher education can shift a focus to collective action, and from issues of therapy to matters of teaching and learning. The discussion which follows will evaluate the challenges and opportunities raised by the speakers in relation to reimagining special education so that it supports the transformative potential of inclusion. In addition, it will seek to raise future possibilities for research, publication and collaboration. A valued output from this session will be the further development of a network of interested researchers from across a range of nations. Please join us. References Ball, S.J. (2020). The errors of redemptive sociology or giving up on hope and despair, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(6), 870-880. CERMI (2023) 07.04. Número de centros de educación especial en el territorio. http://www.estadisticasocial.es/indicador.php?id=69 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Eduction (EASNIE) (2020) Czech Republic Datahttps://www.european-agency.org/data/czech-republic/datatable-overview#tab-official_decision_on_sen_v3 Florian, L. (2013). Reimagining special education. Sage handbook of special education, 9-22. Hausstätter, R. & Jahnukainen, M. (2015) ‘From integration to inclusion and the role of special education’, in F. Kiuppis and R. Hausstätter (eds) Inclusive Education Twenty Years after Salamanca. New York: Peter Lang. Junta de Andalucia (2022)Educacion informe OIAA- 2022. Estado de la infancia y de la adolescencia de Andalucia. Cuaderno n 3. Kenny, N., McCoy, S., & Mihut, G. (2020). Special education reforms in Ireland. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-20. Richardson J. G. and Powell J.J.W. (2011), Comparing Special Education: Origins to contemporary Paradoxes. Stanford University Press Rix, J. (2015). Must Inclusion be Special? Routledge. Selfe, L., & Richmond, R. (2020). A review of policy in the field of special needs and inclusive education since the 1990s. SEN Policy Forum, Department for Education. Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. Routledge. Statistics Finland (2021) https://www.stat.fi/til/erop/2020/erop_2020_2021-06-08_tie_001_en.html Chair jonathan.rix@inn.no |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 E: Approaches and Topics of Teaching in Inclusive Settings Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rafaella Miltiadous Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Use of iPhone-Based Picture Activity Schedule to Teach Self-checkout Skills of Students with Autism 1Southwest University, China, People's Republic of China; 2Southwest University,China, People's Republic of China Presenting Author:Students with autism have deficits in daily living skills which may seriously limit their participation in domestic and personal routines, which may, in turn, reduce their overall life quality and satisfaction ( Flynn & Healy 2012). For special education teachers and researchers, one major purpose of instruction and research is to help these students develop functional skills in community-based environments (Rowe et al., 2021). Therefore, there is a vital need to establish and evaluate teaching strategies that improve independent living skills of children with autism. Among a set of living skills, purchasing skills are critical in daily life for middle school students with autism as they are making the transition to real world. Generally speaking, students with autism have poor performance in daily communication (Steinbrenner et al., 2020), However, for regular checkouts, the procedure involves conversation between a cashier and a shopper (greeting, asking payment method, etc.), which may be difficult for students with autism who have limited communication skills to complete. While by using self-checkout machine, they may forego communication opportunities and directly check out items by themselves. In addition, individuals with autism are commonly characterized with having difficulties understanding, recalling and using verbal information (Touchett, M. 2023). Evidence showed that students with autism are able to process visual supports more easily than auditory stimuli (Thérien et al., 2023). Picture activity schedule which utilizes a series of pictures to depict different steps of a task helped students with autism perform tasks independently. This teaching method was successfully used to teach a set of living skills for students with disabilities including students with autism such as game playing skills (Brodhead et al., 2014), shopping skills (Burckley et al., 2015), tooth brushing skills (Moran et al., 2022), ipad use (Chan et al., 2014), transition skills(Matsushita & Sonoyama, 2013) and has been demonstrated to improve generalization (Pierce & Schreibman, 1994). Picture activity schedules eliminate reliance on adult prompting and allow for independence, and therefore may be useful for improving independent purchasing skills for students with autism. Within the field of special education, research on independent purchasing skills has primarily focused on teaching essential money skills. That is, students are provided with cash to make independent purchases.With the development of mobile technology, mobile payment is becoming a common and convenient way for people to pay when make purchases. In addition, a self-checkouts system is becoming more prominent in the retail industry, especially in supermarkets, but there is few research focusing on using mobile payment to make purchases through self-checkout system for students with disabilities, not mention to students with autism. Given little research on teaching purchasing skills for using mobile payment through self-checkout system to middle school students with autism, the charateristics of students with autism, and the evidence of the benefits of picture activity schedule for students with autism, the purpose of the current study is to investigate the use of picture schedule delivered by an iPhone to teach self-checkout skills in the community-based grocery store to three middle school students with autism. Maintenance and generalization were also assessed for this study. The study's two research questions are as follows: (a) What are the effects of the iPhone-based picture activity schedule on participating students' self-checkout purchasing performance as measured by a purchasing task analysis? (b) Will participating students maintain the acquired self-checkout skills following the termination of the intervention? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Experimental Design A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the functional relationship between the intervention and participants’ self-checkout performance. Participants Three students who have diagnosed with autism between the ages of 13 and 15 participated in the study. Participants were selected in accordance with the prerequisite skills(McClannahan & Krantz, 2010) for activity schedules. Materials and Settings The iPhone-based activity schedule was created through the application “Book Creator” and was used to provide cues for each step of the task analysis. Data were collected in a local supermarket “Yonghui” which is a chain supermarket in China. All sessions were video-taped. Dependent Measure is the percentage of steps in the purchasing task analysis independently completed without any prompts. Measurement After each session, the researcher scored each participant’s independence level of self-checkout. Students needed to follow the sequence of the task table. If a student does not respond correctly, the researcher would provide physical prompt 5 seconds after the previously completed step. Only unprompted correct responses were marked as correct. Procedures Preference assessment. Before baseline, the researcher conducted a survey regarding the items participants’ parents would like them to buy. Baseline. Students were required to select one item to checkout. No prompts or instruction were provided to participants. Schedule probe was to measure whether participants would follow the picture schedules without additional instruction.The iPhone-based activity schedule was available, but no prompts were provided. Intervention. The study used graduated guidance to teach the appropriate sequence of the independent purchasing behaviors. Physical and vocal promoting were used to teach the skills. The researcher opened the activity schedule and said “Let’s check out this item”. Then, a participant held the iPhone by himself and the researcher physically and vocally prompt the participant to complete each step. The session ended when each participant turned to the final page. As the participant learned the correct responses, the researcher carefully reduced the physical and vocal prompts. If the participant does not respond the schedule within 5s or make an error, the researcher used error correction procedure to return to the previous prompting procedure with full, hand-over-hand physical guidance. No-schedule probe. This phase was identical to the baseline. The purpose was to measure responding in the absence of the activity schedules. This phase was served as a reversal within the design. Generalization phase was to see if students could generate the obtained skills to a new Supermarket. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A visual analysis was conducted to evaluate the quantitative information of the graph focusing on the trend, variability, level, consistence of data patterns, the immediacy of effect and the overlap. The percentage of non-overlapping data (PND) was used to calculate the effect size of intervention. A functional relationship was found between participants’ intervention and performance on self-checkout tasks. For all participants, appropriate self-checkout behavior did not occur during baselines or schedule sessions as they scored below 10% correct. Instead, participants engaged in off-task behaviors. For example, one participant kept staring at the red light through the item scanner, while another two participants randomly tapped the screen of the checkout machine. However, with the introduction of the iPhone-based activity schedule and the graduated guidance and vocal prompting, all participants’ performance immediately increased from 0%-10% correct during baseline to 60%-70% correct during the initial testing session of the intervention. Over the following sessions of the intervention, all students’ correct responses increased gradually and eventually achieved 100% correct on the fifth or sixth sessions. The PND was 100% for all participants and the mean correct responses were above 85% during the intervention. During the post-intervention, participants achieved 100%, 90%, 80% correct respectively. For the novel location phase, median correct response was 90% for all participants. The second observer scored 30% of the videotaped sessions independently. The interrater reliability for the study was 100% and the overall treatment fidelity was 99%. The study extends the research on activity schedules by demonstrating that it could be integrated with a mobile phone to promote self-checkout purchasing skills for students with autism. With the development of technology, phone-based activity schedule could be considered as a type of permanent support for students with autism in the community to improve their independent living skills and the quality of life. References Brodhead, M. T., Higbee, T. S., Pollard, J. S., Akers, J. S., & Gerencser, K. R. (2014). The use of linked activity schedules to teach children with autism to play hide‐and‐seek. Journal of applied behavior analysis, 47(3), 645-650. Burckley, E., Tincani, M., & Fisher, A. G. (2015). An iPad™-based picture and video activity schedule increases community shopping skills of a young adult with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability.Developmental Neurorehabilitation,18(2),131-136. Chamak, B., & Bonniau, B. (2016). Trajectories, Long-Term Outcomes and Family Experiences of 76 Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder.Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders,46(3), 1084–1095. Chan, J. M., Lambdin, L., Graham, K., Fragale, C., & Davis, T. (2014). A picture-based activity schedule intervention to teach adults with mild intellectual disability to use an iPad during a leisure activity.Journal of BehavioralEducation,23(2),247-257. Flynn, L., & Healy, O. (2012). A review of treatments for deficits in social skills and self-help skills in autism spectrum disorder.Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6, 431–441. Frolli, A., Ricci, M. C., Bosco, A., Lombardi, A., Cavallaro, A., Operto, F. F., & Rega, A. (2020). Video Modeling and Social Skills Learning in ASD-HF.Children (Basel, Switzerland),7(12). Horner, R. H., Carr, E. G., Halle, J. McGee, G., Odom, S., & Wolery, M. (2005). The use of single-subject research to identify evidence-based practice in special education. Council for Exceptional Children, 71(2). 165-179. Jung, S., Ousley, C. L., Mcnaughton, D., and Wolfe, P. S. (2021). The effects of technology supports on community grocery shopping skills for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities: a meta-analysis. J. Spec. Educ. 37, 351–362. doi: 10.1177/0162643421989970 McClannahan, L. E., & Krantz, P. J. (1999). Activity schedules for children with autism. Bethesda, MD: Woodbine House Moran, K., Reeve, S. A., Reeve, K. F., DeBar, R. M., & Somers, K. (2022). Using a picture activity schedule treatment package to teach toothbrushing to children with autism spectrum disorder.Education & Treatment of Children,45(2), 145-156. Pfeiffer, D., Holingue, C., Dillon, E., Kalb, L., Reetzke, R., & Landa, R. (2021). Parental concerns of children with ASD by age: A qualitative analysis.Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders,86, 101817. Simoni, M., Talaptatra, D., Roberts, G., & Abdollahi, H. (2023). Let’s go shopping: Virtual reality as a tier‐3 intervention for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities.Psychology in the Schools, 1 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The mathematics is MInE, a model to facilitate Moments of Inclusion and Equity 1Dalarna University; 2Malmö University Presenting Author:The pursuit of inclusion and equity in mathematics education is a multifaceted and complex endeavor fraught with intricate processes and a multilayered challenge (Kollosche et al., 2019). The strive towards inclusion and equity is highly present in policy and practice in many national educational curricula. At the same time, this goal is beset with dilemmas that permeate the mission of mathematics education to ensure equity and inclusion for all learners (Tan et al., 2019). Fundamental questions concerning the opportunities provided by teaching to access learning, is at the heart of this matter (Au, 2008; Peters & Oliver, 2009). This teaching deals with instantaneous moments where complex processes and multitudinous challenges appear (Kollosche et al., 2019). When being able to adress these challenges in the fluent, lived, and contextual teaching moments of inclusion and equity are facilitated (Roos & Bagger, 2021). Hence, the purpose of this paper is to elaborate on a theoretical model to facilitate inclusion and equity in the mathematics classroom. For this reason, the following research question have guided the work: What composes moments of inclusion and equity in the mathematics teaching in a diversity of classrooms and schools? Hence, the outcome of this paper is a model, which also is a first step into trying the model out by schools in the proceeding of the project. Equity and inclusion in mathematics teaching Teachers, schools, and school systems are grappling with how to secure inclusion of all students in learning and to stop the decrease in equity in mathematics between groups of learners. This decrease has been recorded in international and national evaluations, as for example PISA and TIMSS, and in Sweden, through national evaluations of school’s accountability in terms of learners results and equity. Due to this, inclusion and equity are core notions in teacher education and educational practice and there is abundance of research on inclusion and equity in the education and mathematics education research field (e.g., Zevenbergen et. al, 2002). Though, mathematics education research speaking of these core values often do it on a theoretical and philosophical level, leaving a gap in research on how to realize inclusion and equity (Roos, 2019). Common between these studies, which stem from very different perspectives and theoretical assumptions, is that it is crucial to improve the situation at hand, but also that it is not easily solved (e.g., Tan et al., 2022). This is put at the fore even more when looking at students in need of special support for their learning, which can be illustrated by the risk portfolios generated by research from several research fields. In the cognitive sciences, mathematics education and special education, mathematical learning difficulties are in itself constructed as a risk (Niemenen et al., 2023). At the same time, national evaluations contribute with illustrations of the crucial and troublesome state of inclusion and equity. Nevertheless, these are not able to provide a consistent answer on how this lack of equity and inclusion can be resolved in the lived classroom (Bagger, 2017). In the Nordic school systems, equity and inclusion in education is and has been a challenge (Frønes et al. 2020). In this, mathematics education has a special role due to the subjects governing dispositive, which label and marginalize students (Björklund, 2017). This is even more the case regarding students in need of special support, students with foreign background and boys in the Swedish setting, since on a group level these students do not reach goals. In the case regarding students in need of special support signs of structuralised marginalisation is apparent in reports from school agencies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data from a two-year long and ethically approved field study with two participating compulsory schools in Sweden, the Mathematics is MInE (Mathematics education for Inclusion and Equity) project. The overall goal of the MInE project was to generate knowledge on, and develop principles for, supporting mathematics education in primary schools which facilitate equity and inclusion. We have defined inclusion and equity in mathematics teaching as: “teaching that contributes to student empowerment, and their ability and agency to learn through striving for every student’s opportunity to participate” (Bagger & Roos, 2023, p. 1). Hence, the study aims at levelling societal aspects of injustice through mathematics teaching, which represents a combination of societal and educational aspects which is largely lacking in research and education. In the MInE project, teaching regarding inclusion and equity has been systematically investigated and developed in close collaboration with teachers. The project builds on Ainscows (2020) framework for inclusion and equity in education systems. This means that school development lies at the core of analysis and that inclusion and equity are considered as principles promoting participation for all students. The principles are understood as overarching principles which governs administration, school development and community involvement (Ainscow, 2020). Also, this model relies on the use of evidence to work with development on these three areas in the organisation of education. We advocated the Inclusion Inquiry Approach (IAA) in the data collection (Messieu & Ainscow, 2021). Therefore, data consists of teachers’ experiences from moments of inclusion and equity in their teaching out from three aspects: reflections on teaching, learning from difference and the development of teaching. This was reflected on during focus group interviews, and the analysis was thematic and anchored in the theoretical framework. Earlier findings in the project display that teachers’ professional judgment and ethical dilemmas is the core in facilitating moments of equity and inclusion, and that these are highly interrelated. Above all, moments of inclusion and equity has been shown to hold tensions on three aspects. These aspects represent common dilemmas and teachers’ professional judgement to resolve these in order to facilitate inclusion and equity in their teaching: 1) The quandaries of managing diversity and dispensing justice. 2) The challenges of resource allocation and ensuring fairness. And 3) The complexities of upholding values while recognizing and embracing diversity (Roos & Bagger, in press). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers’ experiences of moments of inclusion in their teaching overlapped with moments of equity, during which the focus shifted towards the teacher’s capacity or opportunity, in terms of organizational and administrative or communal routines and restrictions, to grant students access to learning. Teachers emphasized that to facilitate inclusion and equity, an attitude perquisite was to value diverse forms of knowledge and learners. Inclusion was trough this portrayed not only as a value and goal for education and schooling, but also as a practical endeavor. Both inclusion and equity relied on teachers: insights into each students’ individuality and learning needs and capacity to build trust and fostering relationships (see Bagger & Roos, 2023; Roos and Bagger, 2021; Roos & Bagger, in press). These earlier findings are seen in the light of Ainscows (2020) framework and have been elaborated on. We right now have developed a tentative model which will be further developed in close collaboration with teachers and schools. The core elements in this model, common dilemmas and professional judgement are to be understood as complex and interrelated. To facilitate inclusion or equity, both need to be considered and explored out from the various aspects in the model. In addition, there is a need to see how for example the diversified classroom (inclusion) relates to managing diversity and the dispense of justice. The professional judgment and ethical dilemmas being in center for school development and inclusion and equity in the teaching, has been elevated into a model for exploring and better understanding how inclusion and equity works at a classroom and school level. Core aspects of professional judgement are then closely intertwined with aspects of a differentiated classroom, visions and values, and an overall teaching approach to tailor teaching to students and a learning path that suits them. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16. Au, W. W. (2007). Devising inequality: a Bernsteinian analysis of high-stakes testing and social reproduction in education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 29(6), 639-651. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690802423312 Bagger, A. (2017). Quality and Equity in the Era of National Testing. The case of Sweden. In J. Allan & A. Artiles (Eds.), The Routledge Yearbook of Education 2017, Assessment Inequalities, (pp. 68–88). London: Routledge. Bagger, A. & Roos, H. (2023). Moments of Inclusion and Equity in the Mathematics Classroom. Abstract presented at ECER 2023 in Glasgow. Björklund, L. B. (2017). Assessment in mathematics education: A gatekeeping dispositive. In H. Straehler-Pohl, N. Bohlmann & A. Pais (Eds.), The disorder of mathematics education. Challenging the sociopolitical dimensions of research (pp. 209-230). Springer. DOI 10.1007/978-3-319-34006-7_13 Frønes, Pettersen, A., Radisić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education. Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61648-9 Kolloshe, D., Marcone, R., Knigge, M., Gody Penteado, M., & Skovsmose, O. (2019). Inclusive mathematics education. State-of-the-art research from Brazil and Germany. Cham: Springer. Messiou, & Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusive Inquiry: Student–teacher dialogue as a means of promoting inclusion in schools. British Educational Research Journal, 46(3), 670– 687. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3602 Nieminen, J., Bagger, A. & Allan, J. (2023). Discourses of risk and hope in research on mathematical learning difficulties. Educational Studies in Mathematics. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-022-10204-x Peters, S. & Oliver, L. A. (2009). Achieving Quality and Equity through Inclusive Education in an Era of High- Stakes Testing. Prospects: Quarterly Review of Comparative Education, 39(3), 265-279. 10.1007/s11125-009-9116-z Roos, H. (2019). Inclusion in mathematics education: An ideology, a way of teaching, or both? Educational Studies in Mathematics Education, 100(1), 25–41. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-018-9854-z Roos, H. & Bagger, A. (in press). Ethical dilemmas and professional judgment as a pathway to inclusion and equity in mathematics teaching. ZDM Roos, H. & Bagger, A. (2021). Developing mathematics education promoting equity and inclusion: Is it possible? In: David Kolloshe (Ed.), Exploring new ways to connect: Proceedings of the Eleventh International Mathematics Education and Society Conference Volumes 1-3 (pp. 223-226). Tan, P., Lambert, R., Padilla, A., & Wieman, R. (2019). A disability studies in mathematics education review of intellectual disabilities: Directions for future inquiry and practice. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior 54 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmathb.2018.09.001 Zevenbergen, R., & Ortiz-Franco, L. (2002). Equity and mathematics education. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 14(3), 151-153. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Breaking Barriers: A Study on Integrating Disability Art into Art Education in Cyprus University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This study aimed to understand how art education teachers and fine arts students based in the Republic of Cyprus (hereafter Cyprus) think about disability issues and whether they can conceptualise disability as a complex issue that is constructed by the society and personal experience. Situated within the theoretical underpinnings of Inclusive Education, the study draws inspiration from scholarly perspectives such as Disability Studies and Disability Studies in Art Education (DSAE) and Disability Arts Movement also contributed in the conceptualization of the study. Utilizing the social model within Disability Studies,our objective is to scrutinize and critique prevalent ableist paradigms of thought. Additionally, a primary focus is directed towards the appreciation and validation of personal experiences of disability, a perspective inherently shaped by feminist approach (Morris, 1991; Oliver, 2013). DSAE converge Disability Studies in exploring disability, prioritizing perspectives and fostering social justice; DSAE rejects the medical model and emphasizes inclusion, while Art Education centrally concerns itself with respectful integration of people with disabilities in the curriculum (Wexler, 2009). The Disability Art Movement actively promotes the recognition and celebration of disabled artists, challenging societal norms and fostering inclusion. These components provide a solid framework for comprehending, questioning, and transforming perspectives of disability within academic and artistic realms (Swain & French, 2008).
It is widely acknowledged that Cypriot society tends to perceive disability through an individualized lens, resulting in the marginalization and disregard of research findings related to disability due to prevailing stereotypes (Phtiaka, 1997). These stereotypes, coupled with the stigmatization of individuals with disabilities, have become deeply ingrained societal perceptions, perpetuated by ignorance and a lack of comprehensive knowledge about disability issues.
The National Curriculum (NC) in Cyprus is a critical domain influencing understanding of disability issues. Most national curricula inadequately addresses disability, overlooking or misrepresenting key facets (Barnes, Oliver, and Barton, 2014; Symeonidou, 2018). Notably, it disregards the identities and experiences of students with disabilities (Erevelles, 2005; Ware, 2008) and inadvertently endorses pedagogical practices that perpetuate social discrimination across multiple strata (Apple, 2008; Damianidou & Phtiaka, 2018).
A significant challenge lies in the absence of Disability Studies in Art Education within the framework of the National Curriculum, consequently omitting the integration of works and experiences of artists with disabilities into the educational milieu, alongside societal stereotypes. To address this issue, there is a pressing need for the inclusion of Disability Studies in Art Education in the curriculum (Wexler, 2009; Yi, 2018). This integration would provide students, educators, and the broader social context with a nuanced understanding of the concept and personal dimensions of disability, primarily through the contributions of artists actively promoting positive disability identities through their artistic endeavors (Yi, 2018).
A noteworthy deficiency within the educational system is the lack of professional development for Art Education teachers in Disability Studies in Art Education, which would prove beneficial in the context of Visual Arts. Such professional development activities would facilitate the integration of experiences of artists with disabilities into the curriculum, which would contribute in challenging stereotypes and misconceptions about disability. Such an approach would convey essential messages to children regarding equal rights, irrespective of sexuality, race, gender, and disability, thus elevating these issues within the Cypriot context (Goodley et al., 2019).
Within this context, the research questions of the study was: How do Art Education teachers and Fine Arts students think about disability? How can a professional development program based on Disability Studies in Art Education shape their understanding of disability? In this paper, the findings for the second research question will be presented. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study was designed to explore the experiences of art education teachers and fine arts students in Cyprus, encompassing a diverse cohort, inclusive of individuals with and without disabilities. Informed consent from all participants and transparent disclosure of data storage and handling protocols (Braun, & Clarke, 2006; Saldana, 2013). The research design was rooted in a nuanced acknowledgment of the inherent intersectionality within human identities, showcasing a keen awareness of the multifaceted nature of participants' diverse identities. Primary data collection methods centered on carefully conducted audio-taped discussions within focus groups. These sessions were meticulously structured to explore various artistic expressions, incorporating artworks, biographies, interviews, and videos portraying the personal experiences of artists with disabilities presented as vignettes. The focus group themes were strategically crafted to foster discourse on personal experiences related to disability and teaching, the formation of identity, social barriers, engagement with the Disability Art Movement, ableism/disablism, and prevailing stereotypes and stigmatization within the Cypriot societal context. In addition to the focus groups, the research integrated audio-taped semi-structured interviews conducted both before and after the focus group sessions. These interviews, along with the researcher's diary/sketchbook and artifacts co-created during the focus group discussions, collectively formed a rich dataset for comprehensive analysis. Α content analysis approach was followed, utilizing a preliminary open coding procedure in strict adherence to methodological guidelines (Saldana, 2013; Αdu, 2019). This method began by establishing an overarching understanding of the data content, systematically enumerating salient points. Subsequent stages involved iterative readings of the data to refine and finalize the coding scheme, addressing key issues related to the Didactics of Art, initial teacher education, teaching methodologies, conceptualizations of disability, and opinions concerning the approaches advocated by the national curriculum. To ensure analysis reliability, 10% of the data underwent independent review by two researchers to ascertain inter-coder consistency (Braun, & Clarke, 2006; Saldana, 2013; Αdu, 2019). The use of ATLAS.ti software facilitated a systematic and comprehensive exploration of emergent themes and patterns. Eventually, the identification of nuanced insights into participants' perspectives on art education, disability, and societal perceptions within the specific context of Cyprus was achieved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study has significantly shaped participants' perceptions through the lenses of Disability Studies and Disability Studies in Art Education, using artworks by artists with disabilities to stimulate transformative dialogue. The theoretical, practical, political, and methodological implications highlight the profound impact on advancing the discourse surrounding disability identity in Greek Cypriot society. The findings support the argument that inclusive education can be understood and implemented through the lens of personal experiences of disability depicted in disability arts. Contemporary art practices, particularly the works of artists like Yayoi Kusama, played a crucial role in education by fostering positive identities that challenge societal stereotypes. Participants approached disability from a social model perspective, recognizing the significance of personal experiences in understanding disability (Kusama 2011, 2015). For example, the exploration of Kusama's 'Infinity Mirrored Room' prompted discussions that deepened art teachers' and fine art students' understanding of disability art produced by artists with mental health problems. The presentation will include more examples of how particular works of art and artists’ biographies informed the participants’ perceptions about disability and art education. The implications of these findings are significant for international teacher education and curriculum development. In teacher education, there is a compelling need to enrich the Didactics of Art Education with disability art, examining it not only from an artistic perspective but also through the lens of personal experiences of disability. This approach contributes to a focus on people with disabilities, emphasizing their personal experiences. Regarding the national curriculum, it is imperative to integrate disability art alongside other artworks, avoiding fragmentation and ensuring it is woven into the Didactics of various subjects, including Art Education. The goal is to engage children in disability-related issues and experiences, moving away from portraying people with disabilities solely as admirable figures for their achievements, as commonly seen in existing practices. References Apple, M. W. (2008). Is deliberative democracy enough in teacher education? In Cochran-Smith M., Feiman-Nemser S., Mclntyre D. J. (Eds.), Handbook of research on teacher education. Third Edition (pp. 104-110).NY: Routledge. Adu, P. (2019). A step-by-step guide to qualitative data coding. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. Barnes, C., Oliver, M. & Barton, L. (2014). Disability Studies Today. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Polity Publisher. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Oxfordshire: Routledge. Damianidou, E., & Phtiaka, H. (2018). Implementing inclusion in disabling settings: The role of teachers’ attitudes and practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(10), 1078-1092. Erevelles, N. (2005). Understanding curriculum as normalizing text: disability studies meet curriculum theory, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(4), 421-439, DOI: 10.1080/0022027032000276970 Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., Liddiard, K., & Runswick-Cole, K. (2019). Provocations for Critical Disability Studies. Disability & Society, 34(6), 972-997. doi: 10.1080/09687599.2019.1566889 Kusama, Y. (2011) Infinity Net. Tate Publishing. Kusama, Y. (2015) Yayoi Kusama - Give Me Love. David Zwirner. Morris, J. (1991). Pride against prejudice: Transforming attitudes to disability. New Society. Oliver, M. (2013). The social model of disability: Thirty years on. Disability & Society, 28(7), 1024-1026. Phtiaka, H. (1997) Special kids for special treatment? How special do you need to be to find yourself in a special school? London: Falmer Press Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2nd ed). SAGE: Los Angeles. Symeonidou, S. (2018) Disability, the Arts and the Curriculum: Is There Common Ground? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(1): 50–65. Doi:10.1080/08856257.2018.1435012. Swain, J., & French, S. (2008). Disability on equal terms. Los Angeles, Sage Publications. Ware, L. (2008). Worlds remade: inclusion through engagement with disability art, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12 (5-6), 563-583, DOI: 10.1080/13603110802377615 Wexler, A. J. (2009). Art and disability: The social and political struggles facing education. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan. Yi, C. (2018). Res(crip)ting art therapy: Disability culture and art as a social justice intervention. In S. Talwar (Ed.), Art therapy for social justice: Radical intersections (pp. 161–177). Routledge. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 06 SES 13 A JS: Digital Wellbeing in Educational Contexts - A Research Workshop Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: J Ola Lindberg Joint Research Workshop, NW 06 and NW 08. Full details in NW 06, 06 SES 13 A JS |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Research Workshop Digital Wellbeing in Educational Contexts - A Research Workshop 1Umeå University, Sweden; 2University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:The achievement of Agenda 2030 for sustainable development with its 17 interrelated goals is strongly related to the development of social and individual health and wellbeing. In the WHO Global Framework for Well-Being and Health Promotion it is expressed as “… positive vision of health that integrates physical, mental, psychological, emotional, spiritual and social well-beings” (WHO 2022:5). A key factor for sustainable development is the promotion of children’s and young persons’ wellbeing conceived as a “…dynamic state in which children and young people are able to develop their potential, learn and play creatively and productively, build positive relationships with others, and belong to and contribute to their community” (Cefai et al. 2021:21) Despite political awareness of how digital transformation relates to mental health and wellbeing, negative use of digital technology still risks having long-lasting negative effects on children’s academic achievement and mental health (WHO 2022, Schleicher 2022) In order to take advantage of the positive consequences of this digital transformation as well as to prevent and combat its negative risks in children’s and young people’s well-being, it is necessary to developed pedagogical measures “to ensure learners’ physical, psychological and social well-being while using digital technologies.” (DigCompEdu 2022 ) . This is an area where research has increased, and different conceptions of digital well-being has emerged (Dennis, 2021; Gudka et al, 2023; Gui et al, 2017; Smits et al, 2022; Roffarello et al, 2023). Reseach into digital well-being in an educational context is scarce (cf. Cao & Li, 2023) and evidence-based measures to enhance digital well-being is limited. In the light of this context, this research workshop aims to discuss scientific knowledge on digital wellbeing with a focus on educational research, policies and school practices for developing frameworks and strategies to address digital wellbeing in school contexts. This discussion will concern the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research workshop depart from a socioecological framework (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). It makes possible to understand the interconnection of different systems influencing human development: The microsystem, which relates to the immediate environment. The mesosystem, which relates to the interconnections between different parts of the microsystems. The exosystem, which relates to external environment that only indirectly affects an individual. The macrosystem, which relates to broader cultural and societal values. The discussion will concern two substudies: Substudy 1 focuses on how digital wellbeing is described in educational research and policy between 2010 to 2025. The timeframe relates to the widespread adoption of social media applications from 2010 onward amongst youth and young people (Smahel et al, 2020). · A selection of national and international peer-reviewed journals, books, and anthologies within the field of education addressing discourses of digital wellbeing are analysed (from 2010-2025). · A review of policy documents (in-between2010-2025) on two levels a) European Union Level: involves an examination of pertinent educational policy documents related to youth and pupils' digital wellbeing, digital citizenship, and digital competence. b) National Level: centres on the national context, with an analysis of policy documents including national strategies, curriculums, and relevant Acts related to digital wellbeing, digital citizenship, and digital competence. Substudy 2 aims to give tools to operationalize the concept of digital wellbeing from students’ experiences on bullying, harassment and discrimination as well as to analyse and discuss conditions, barriers and strategies to develop digital wellbeing at school and home. · An analysis of students’ voices through a re-analysis of student’s voices collected in a municipal survey concerning all students in a municipal compulsory school with a high response rate. The selected period is 2018-2024, a period which makes possible an analysis of students’ voices registered before, during, and after the Covid pandemic. · An analysis of school staff and student’s parents/caregivers’ conceptions on digital wellbeing through focus interviews with school staff and parents/caregivers in 3 schools in the selected municipalities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Scientific research has showed that in the 21st century, education policys and practices should contribute not only to good academic results but even to the health and well-being of children and young people. Evidence based research and meta-analyses of studies nevertheless shows that educational strategies to promote students’ mental health and well-being are more likely to be effective and sustainable over time if they are organised as part of a systemic, whole-school approach (Cefai et alt2021). Even though digital well-being has been a concept in use for more than a decade (cf Nansen et al, 2012), and despite the existence of research reviews in various fields such as engineering (Dennis, 2021), health (Smits, et al, 2022), hospitality marketing (Filep et al, 2023), psychology (Gudka et al, 2023), sociology (Gui et al, 2017), technology (Roffarello et al, 2023), only a few research reviews to be found are concerned with childrens use (cf Cao & Li, 2023), and even fewer (none that we know of) in stems from the general research area of education. Some recent studies (cf. Mourlam, et al 2020) and some recent research reviews point to the importance of further research within the use of technology among a younger generation (Gennari et al, 2023). In this perspective, the kind of knowledge discussed in this research workshop will further research front in several areas. The discussed research furthers research in how young people use technology in and out of school related to their sense of wellbeing and potentially develop frameworks and strategies to address it within school contexts. Based on social ecological framework it provides new knowledge on digital wellbeing based on interrelated voices of research, policy, student’s, staff, and caregivers. References Bronfenbrenner, U., 1979. The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Cao, S. and Li, H., 2023. A Scoping Review of Digital Well-Being in Early Childhood: Definitions, Measurements, Contributors, and Interventions. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 20(4), p.3510. Cefai, C., Simões, C. and Caravita, S. (2021) ‘A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and wellbeingin schools in the EU’ NESET report, Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2766/50546. Dennis, M.J., 2021. Towards a theory of digital well-being: Reimagining online life after lockdown. Science and Engineering Ethics, 27(3), p.32. DiGiCompEdu (2024) Digital Competence framework for educators Retrieved from https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/digcompedu/digcompedu-framework_en Filep, S., Kondja, A., Wong, C.C.K., Weber, K., Moyle, B.D. and Skavronskaya, L., 2023. The role of technology in users’ wellbeing: Conceptualizing digital wellbeing in hospitality and future research directions. Journal of Hospitality Marketing & Management, pp.1-19. Gennari, R., Matera, M., Morra, D., Melonio, A. and Rizvi, M., 2023. Design for social digital well-being with young generations: Engage them and make them reflect. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 173, p.103006. Gudka, M., Gardiner, K.L. and Lomas, T., 2023. Towards a framework for flourishing through social media: a systematic review of 118 research studies. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 18(1), pp.86-105. Gui, M., Fasoli, M. and Carradore, R., 2017. Digital well-being. Developing a new theoretical tool for media literacy research. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 9(1), pp.155-173. Mourlam, D.J., DeCino, D.A., Newland, L.A. and Strouse, G.A., 2020. “It's fun!” using students' voices to understand the impact of school digital technology integration on their well-being. Computers & Education, 159, p.104003. Nansen, B., Chakraborty, K., Gibbs, L., MacDougall, C. and Vetere, F., 2012. Children and Digital Wellbeing in Australia: Online regulation, conduct and competence. Journal Children and Media, 6(2), pp.237-254. Roffarello, A.M., De Russis, L., Lottridge, D. and Cecchinato, M.E., 2023. Understanding digital wellbeing within complex technological contexts. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, p.103034. Scheleicher A. (2023) PISA 2022. Insights and Interpretations. OECD https://www.oecd.org/pisa/PISA%202022%20Insights%20and%20Interpretations.pdf Smahel, D., Wright, M.F. and Cernikova, M., 2015. The impact of digital media on health: children’s perspectives. International journal of public health, 60, pp.131-137. Smits, M., Kim, C.M., van Goor, H. and Ludden, G.D., 2022. From digital health to digital well-being: systematic scoping review. Journal of medical Internet research, 24(4), p.e33787. WHO 2022 Achieving well-being A global framework for integrating well-being into publicHealth utilizing a health promotion approach. Retrieved from https://cdn.who.int/media/docs/default-source/health-promotion/framework4wellbeing_16dec22.pdf?sfvrsn=32a0e228_5&download=true |
17:30 - 19:00 | 07 SES 13 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30) Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Building Capacities for Discomfort in Australian Initial Teacher Education on First Nations University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Amidst Australia's colonial history and the national call for truth-telling about colonial violence against First Nations peoples, educators play a crucial role in cultivating student understanding, even when facing uncomfortable content. While discomfort-based pedagogies have been well theorized (see for example Boler and Zembylas, 2003), this research uniquely addresses the development of 'capacity for discomfort' within teacher identity to assist Initial Teacher Education (ITE) students in navigating such content – both in their teaching degrees and their future teaching profession.
Discomforts often emerge in educative encounters that engage with difficult forms of knowledge, materialised through discussion topics including racism, stereotypes and biases, and truth-telling (Britzman, 1998; Zembylas, 2015). Literature defines ‘pedagogy of discomfort’ relates the intentional ways that educators and students examine their experiences of uncomfortable emotions when encountering knowledge that challenges dominant beliefs, attitudes, and social norms (Zembylas, 2015; Zembylas & McGlynn, 2012). This research is guided by Indigenous ethics rooted in the place and histories of Australia, specifically emphasizing 'relationality and reciprocity' (Bishop, Vass & Thompson, 2019), ‘mutuality and collectivity’ (Grande, This research seeks to identify the capacities that need to be developed for discomfort to be truly transformative.
Exploring the building of capacity for discomfort and the explicit teaching of this skill emerges as a crucial frontier in contemporary educational research. Acknowledging discomfort, particularly in educational settings that confront challenging topics such as racism, biases, and historical truths, is essential for cultivating critical thinking, relationality and empathy. The explicit teaching of discomfort as a capacity holds promise in reshaping educational practices and fostering resilience in the face of discomfort. This research seeks to understand how intentionally building capacity for discomfort can not only enhance learning outcomes but also contribute to the broader societal goals of truth-telling and reconciliation. Examining this intersection provides an opportunity to reevaluate pedagogical approaches, redefine educational objectives, and contribute valuable insights to the ongoing discourse on transformative and inclusive education.
This presentation shares preliminary data from a pilot project integrating ‘discomfort education’ at the start of an Initial Teacher Education (ITE) subject focused on traumatic colonial histories in education.
This study contributes to the ongoing discourse on truth-telling and reconciliation by exploring innovative approaches to prepare educators who can navigate discomfort and contribute to a more inclusive and empathetic educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a mixed-methodology approach, this work is grounded in an extensive literature review and data analysis and the trialling of a ‘discomfort education’ module which seeks to build student literacy around the discomforts they may experience while learning about coloniality in the education system. This module encompasses various elements, such as identifying discomfort triggers, distinguishing between a trigger and general discomfort, and exploring personal motivations and strengths-based narratives. The qualitative data will be collected through participant engagement with the Discomfort Module. On the quantitative front, the study includes the design and implementation of a 'Discomfort Dispositions' metric utilizing Qualtrics. This metric aims to quantitatively assess participants' attitudes and responses to discomfort within the academic context. By combining both qualitative and quantitative methods, the research seeks to provide a comprehensive understanding of students' experiences with and strategies for coping with discomfort in their academic journey, ensuring a more holistic and nuanced perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project aims to improve student comprehension of discomfort in learning, fostering skills to manage and embrace it throughout their educational experience. The subsequent study will explore the impact of explicitly teaching discomfort on learning and engagement within the subject. References Bishop, M., Vass, G. & Thompson, K. (2021), Decolonising schooling practices through relationality and reciprocity: embedding local Aboriginal perspectives in the classroom, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 29:2, 193-211, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2019.1704844 Boler, M & Zembylas, M. (2003). Discomforting truths: The emotional terrain of understanding differences. Pedagogies of Difference: Rethinking Education for Social Justice. 1. 110-136. Britzman, D. P. (1998). Lost subjects, contested objects: Toward a psychoanalytic inquiry of learning. State University of New York Press. Grande, Sandy. (2018). Refusing the University. In Toward What Justice? : Describing Diverse Dreams of Justice in Education, edited by Eve Tuck, and K. Wayne Yang, Routledge, 2018. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/tamucs/detail.action?docID=5257621. Zembylas, M., & McGlynn, C. 2012. “Discomforting Pedagogies: Emotional Tensions, Ethical Dilemmas and Transformative Possibilities.” British Educational Research Journal 38 (1): 41-59. Zembylas, M. 2015. “‘Pedagogy of Discomfort’ and its Ethical Implications: The Tensions of Ethical Violence in Social Justice Education.” Ethics and Education 10 (2): 163-174. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Silence about Children with Special Needs Department of Education, University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the experiences of families with children who have special educational needs by problematizng the idea of educational provision for children and families who are facing extra challenges in UK. This is particularly the case for parents of vulnerable children from migrant and refugee backgrounds. Teachers and other support workers are not aware of the broad cultural framework within which parents and families of these vulnerable children operate. Parents have an enduring interest in their children’s well being, while teachers are under pressure to focus on academic matters. These two categories of adults do not see the educational provision in identical ways. There is a lack of understanding about school processes, and therefore mistrust on parents’ part. Equally, there is misunderstanding and lack of information for teachers. Children are the ones who have live with the consequences of adults’ misconceptions and decisions. What kind of social justice is denied? What sort of intercultural dialogue could ease children’s journeys through school? This paper will explore some of these issues with a view to attempting to address the situation adequately and more holistically. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretical framework: Bronfenbrenner’s ecological model Method: in-depth interviews of parents, professionals and Special Educational Needs Coordinators Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will focus on the under-researched and mostly hidden experiences of migrant and refugee families who have children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). It looks at the challenges migrant parents face when trying to make sense of the schools their children attend. Parents do not always understand the practices prevalent at the schools, nor some of the decisions the schools take. Although the research was conducted in England in 2021/22, the issues raised here also have implications for some children and their families in other parts of Europe. The first purpose of this chapter is to present research with education professionals on the challenges that the current education system in the UK creates for migrant children with SEND. While policy documents regarding migrant students refer to inclusion in general, few address the specific context of disabled children from migrant and refugee groups. Despite policy directives, what ‘inclusion’ looks like in practice is open to question and debate. A second purpose of this chapter is to shed light on different perspectives, considering not only the views of education professionals but also those of parents of children with SEND, who are trying to make sense of the educational and social situations in which they and their children find themselves. These comprise of remarkably diverse groups, including children with a range of needs, as well as asylum seekers and refugees in the UK from many backgrounds. What can easily pass unnoticed are the rich and diverse cultural positions held within different communities in relation to disability. Exploring these perspectives will highlight the complexity of what inclusion entails, and provide a nuanced and deeper understanding of the various challenges facing parents, children and school professionals. References Al-Hassan, S. & Gardner, R. (2002). Involving immigrant parents of students with disabilities in educational process. Teaching Exceptional Children, 34 (5), 58. Ball, S., Macrae, S., & Maguire, M. (2013) Choice, Pathways and Transitions Post- 16: new youth new economies in the global city. London: Routledge. Blackledge, A., & Creese, A. (2010). Multilingualism: A critical perspective. London: Bloomsbury. Caldin, R. (2014) inclusive social networks and inclusive schools for disabled children of migrant families. ALTER-European Journal of Disability Research, 8, 105-117. Caldin, R., & Cinotti, A. (2018) Migrant families with disabilities. Social participation, school and inclusion. Interdisciplinary Journal of Family Studies 23. Habib, S. (2018) Fundamental British Values: moving towards anti-racist and multicultural education? In A. Johnson, R. Joseph-Salisbury & B. Kamunge. (Eds.) The Fire Now: Anti racist scholarship in Times of Explicit Racial Violence. Zed Books 209-222. HM Government (2018) Integrated Communities Strategy Green Paper. Building stronger, more united communities. Hooley, N., & Levinson, M.P. (2013) Investigating networks of culture and knowledge: a critical discourse between UK Roma Gypsies, Indigenous Australians and Education. Australian Educational Researcher, 41(2) 139-153. Jorgensen, C., Dobson, G.,& Perry, T. (2021) Migrant children with special educational needs. British Academy funded report: University of Birmingham. Lander, V. (2016) Introduction to Fundamental British Values. Journal of Education for Teachers, 42(3), 274-279. Manzoni, C., & Rolfe, H. (2019) How Schools are integrating new migrant pupils and their families. National Institute of Economic and Social Research. McEachron, G., & Bhatti, G. (2015) Teaching English as an additional language in the global classroom; a transnational study in the US and UK, Global Education Review, 2(2) 59-83. Migliarini, V. (2018) Colour-evasiveness’ and racism without race: the disablement of asylum-seeking children at the edge of fortress Europe. Race, Ethnicity and Education 21: 438-457. Mirza, H., & Meeto, V. (2012) Respecting Difference: Race, Faith and Culture for Teacher Educator. London: Institute of Education. Osler, A., &Solhaug, T. (2018) Children’s human rights and diversity in schools: framing and meaning. Research in Comparative and International Education, 13 (2) Paniagua A. (2017) The intersection of cultural diversity and special education in Catalonia. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 48 (141-158). Panjwani, F. (2016) Towards an overlapping consensus: Muslim Teachers’ views on Fundamental British Values. Journal of Education for Teaching 42(3) 329-340. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper An Embodied Learning Educational Project for Women’s Self-Determination and Community Building to Help Navigate the Uncertainties of Migration Journeys University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Women’s relationships with and experiences in diaspora are remarkedly varied and complex (Spivak, 1996). To fully understand their diverse experiences, it is necessary to consider the interaction of gender, class, race, and ethnicity alongside nationalism, colonialism, and imperialism (Banerji et al., 2010). Around the world, migrant women are often siphoned into gendered and racialized jobs, contributing to the increasing feminization of migration (Castles & Miller, 2009). The phenomenon of increasing female migrants for employment is accompanied by the contentious deskilling process of immigrant women in traditional education models, leading to questions about power, education, and the economy (Gunduz et al., 2013; Mojab, 2000). The resourcefulness and agency of diasporic women in foreign contexts is often overlooked, and research on migrant workers can perpetuate victimhood narratives and discourses of victimization from diasporic experiences (Maitra, 2015; Mansuri & Tittensor, 2017). In order to support migrants in lifelong learning and decolonize transnational migration contexts, a shift towards strengths-based holistic pedagogies is required (Maitra & Guo, 2019). The focus of this paper is to examine how embodied learning pedagogies can assist women in diaspora in establishing social relationships and community connections to navigate and overcome the stress, uncertainties and isolation of migration experiences. This will be accomplished through the use of findings from a community-engaged educational research project that brought together diasporic women to connect in peer-learning and knowledge co-creation activities designed to build situated solidarities and strengthen their social connections and relationships through an embodied whole-person learning curriculum. The research objective of this project was to develop and evaluate a model for newcomer education that took a strengths-based curriculum approach and shifted away from colonial deficit logics. This paper will answer the following research questions: 1) What opportunities does employing embodied learning and education methods that consider the whole person in learning create to assist diasporic women in addressing their current and future needs and challenges? 2) How might this learning support and foster more positive migration journeys and outcomes? The research project utilized theories of embodied learning, situated solidarities, and transnational feminisms. Embodied learning is a learning concept that affords multiple ways of knowing and being in the world by connecting the mind, body, emotions, and spirit in learning. This concept and approach to learning emphasizes and explores the body’s involvement and significance in generating knowledge (Stoltz, 2015; Wong & Batacharya, 2018). Situated solidarities promote the co-creation of knowledge across borders and “multiple divides… without reinscribing the interests of the privileged” (Nagar, 2014, p. 82). In theory, this includes distributing power, questioning knowledge hierarchies, and examining the politics of place (Routledge & Derrickson, 2015) Social networks are “central to the process of migration and the formation of transnational identities and communities” (Monkman, 1999, p. 348) and impact nonformal and informal learning which is exceedingly valuable to navigating migration trajectories. Educators can gain a deeper understanding of transnational learning and living by studying social network relations which can result in improved learning opportunities for migrants. The use of embodied learning and practices to support migration journeys and experiences (Biglin, 2020). This paper contributes to advancing this area of research by sharing novel approaches for education and community building with diasporic women which is needed given the rising levels of transnational migration. The research has important implications for educationalists and education researchers and offers hope for re-imagining educational objectives and curricula through a social justice lens. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative research project discussed in this paper employed a feminist decolonial research methodology (Mohanty, 2003; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021). A curriculum of twelve workshop sessions was created and workshops were facilitated by the project’s principal investigator. Participants attended two sessions per week for six weeks. Each session involved an embodied movement practice followed by group discussion, self-reflection, and time for participant journaling. Data collection followed a multi-modal strategy which included verbal data, via one-on-one individual semi-structured interviews and non-verbal data from embodied ethnographic methods (Pink, 2015). The first source of data comes from the individual in-depth semi-structured participant interviews. To gain insight into participant’s learning experiences, two interviews were conducted. The first interview took place before the workshops began. The second interview took place within one month of the final workshop. The second source of data comes from the embodied ethnographic field notes and the researcher’s reflective practice on the experience of facilitating the workshops and being part of the sessions (Pink, 2015; Spencer, 2011). The third source of data comes from the participant journals. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2021) was the method used to analyze this data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Empirical evidence from the data gathered through this research project indicates that including embodied learning improves individual learning, strengthens community support, and enhances resilience to the inevitable challenges encountered as part of migration. The educational approach delivered through the workshops proved to be effective at supporting diasporic women in navigating the loneliness and uncertainty of their migration trajectories. Significant enhancements in bodily confidence and self-acceptance were reported by participants during post-project interviews, positively impacting their ability to navigate life in Canada and fostering improved relationships and their sense of belonging. This demonstrates how a whole person strengths-based learning approach can produce positive transformations in how learners think and feel about themselves. The educational project led to a greater appreciation for different cultures and increased respect between individuals from diverse cultural backgrounds. This shows the potential of embodied learning to enhance intercultural communication and learning. This finding was attributed to the impacts and effectiveness of situated-solidarity building. The significance of embodied learning research for educationalists lies in its potential to disrupt colonial systems and challenge dominant discourses, fostering greater equity and diversity in learning. The implementation of this approach can support migrant learning, foster community development, and cultivate stronger relationships between students and instructors, all of which are crucial for driving societal change for supporting more positive migration experiences. References Bannerji, H., Mojab, S., & Whitehead, J. (2010). Of property and propriety: the role of gender and class in imperialism and nationalism: a decade later. Comparative Studies of South Asia, Africa and the Middle East, 30(2), 262-271. Biglin, J. (2020) Embodied and sensory experiences of therapeutic space: Refugee place-making within an urban allotment. Health & Place, 62, 102309. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.healthplace.2020.102309. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Castles S., & Miller, M.J. (2009). The age of migration: International population movements in the modern world (4th edition). Palgrave MacMillan. Gunduz, Z. Y. (2013). The feminization of migration: Care and the new emotional imperialism. Monthly Review (New York. 1949), 65(7), 32–42. https://doi.org/10.14452/MR-065-07-2013-11_3 Maitra, S. (2015). Between conformity and contestation: South Asian immigrant women negotiating soft-skill training in Canada. Canadian Journal for the Study of Adult Education, 27(2), 64–78. Maitra, S., & Guo, S. (2019). Theorising decolonisation in the context of lifelong learning and transnational migration: anti-colonial and anti-racist perspectives. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 38(1), 5–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2018.1561533 Mansouri, F., & Tittensor, D. (2017). Introducing and contextualising feminised migration. The Politics of Women and Migration in the Global South, 1-10. Mohanty, C. T. (2003). Feminism without borders: Decolonizing theory, practicing solidarity. Duke University Press. Mojab, S. (2000). The power of economic globalization: Deskilling immigrant women through training. Power in practice: Adult education and struggle for knowledge and power in society, 23-41. Monkman, K. (1999). Transnational migration and learning processes of Mexican adults constructing lives in California, International Journal of Educational Development, 19, 367-382. Nagar, R. (2014). Reflexivity, positionality, and languages of collaboration in feminist fieldwork. In Muddying the Waters: Co-authoring Feminisms Across Scholarship and Activism (pp. 81- 104). University of Illinois Press Pink, S. (2015). Doing sensory ethnography (2nd ed.). Sage. Routledge, P., & Derickson, K.D. (2015). Situated solidarities and the practice of scholar-activism. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 33, 391 – 407. Spencer, D.C. (2011). Ultimate fighting and embodiment: Violence, gender and mixed martial arts. Routledge. Spivak, G.C. (1996) Diasporas old and new: Women in the transnational world, Textual Practice, 10(2), 245-269, 10.1080/09502369608582246 Stolz, S.A. (2015) Embodied Learning. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47(5), 474-487. 10.1080/00131857.2013.879694 Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples. Zed Books Ltd. Wong, R., & Batacharya, S. (2018). Sharing breath : embodied learning and decolonization. Athabasca University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Challenges faced by Disabled Students to Pursue Their Education a critical study in Bangladesh. 1Bangladesh, National University; 2Hongkong Baptist university; 3University of Chittagong, Department of Education Research; 4Government Teachers' Training college,Dhaka; 5Govt. TTC Dhaka; 6Department of Management , Rabindra University, Bangladesh Presenting Author:This study seeks to answer the following research questions:
v To explore the disabled students social challenges v To explore the disabled students Economics challenges v To explore the disabled students Institutional challenges v To explore the disabled students friends and family Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 3. Research Methodology 3.1 Research Design This study will employ a mixed-methods research design, combining both quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis methods will be used to get a comprehensive picture of disabled student’s education challenges in Bangladesh. 3.2 Data Collection Quantitative Data: Conduct surveys among disabled students in various educational institutions across Bangladesh to gather quantitative data regarding the challenges they face and their impact on academic performance and well-being. Qualitative Data: Semi-structured interviews will be conducted with disabled students, teachers, parents, educational administrators, and relevant policymakers. These interviews will provide in-depth insights into the experiences, perceptions, and recommendations regarding the challenges faced by disabled students in the educational context and potential solutions. Study area: The study will be conducted proportionately in different public, private and national university of Bangladesh. Study population: The study populations will be the different types of disabled university level students in Bangladesh to get a comprehensive idea of disabled student’s education challenges in Bangladesh. Sampling Technique: A convenient sampling technique will be used to reach the target sample. Selection of Sample: All targeted respondents will be covered as sample (100 Disabled students) under the total questionnaire survey in face to face interviews. However, if requires online survey will also be to collect data. 3.3 Data Analysis After checking and cross-checking of the collected data, all the questionnaires will be coded and entered into the SPSS data base .Quantitative data will be analyzed using statistical software spss and qualitative data will be analyzed thematically. Triangulation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 4. Expected outcomes This research aims to make several contributions: • Provide a comprehensive understanding of the challenges faced by disabled students in Bangladesh when pursuing education. • Highlight the factors contributing to these challenges, including socio-cultural, economic, and policy-related factors. • Offer insights into the impact of these challenges on academic performance, mental health, and overall well-being. • Propose evidence-based strategies and interventions to promote inclusive education in Bangladesh. References 7. References Ahmmed, M., Sharma, U., & Deppeler, J. (2014). Variables affecting teachers’ intentions to include students with disabilities in regular primary schools in Bangladesh. Disability and Society, 29(2), 317–331. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2013.796878 Malak, M. S., Begum, H. A., Habib, A., Shaila, M., & Moninoor, M. (2013). Inclusive Education in Bangladesh : Policy and Practice. AARE Annual Conference, Adelaide, 1–15. Šiška, J., & Habib, A. (2013). Attitudes towards disability and inclusion in Bangladesh: From theory to practice. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(4), 393–405. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.651820 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 07 SES 13 B: Multilingualism in Education Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eunice Macedo Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Religious Language, Secular Language?: Tracing Intersections, Exclusions, and Uncertainties in Diverse Language Learning Contexts in Luxembourg University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:It is widely accepted within anthropology, education, sociolinguistics and beyond, that language learning as a process happens across contexts, as students participate in multiple complex learning systems and make connections through and across these. Ignoring these connections has consequences for pedagogy, classroom experience, and learning outcomes. A wide range of powerful research examines language learning across home, school, and other contexts and highlights what is lost when teachers overlook students’ language and literacy learning experiences in different contexts (cf. Bronkhorst & Akkerman 2016). However, there remains a dearth of research detailing the specific ways secular and religious language and literacy learning processes intersect. Some emerging research examines the learning of a single language (Avni 2014; Rosowsky 2016), while other work illustrates multiple language learning processes within highly observant communities wherein religion frames all language learning (cf. Fader 2009). Yet studies of language learning complexities, challenges, and exclusions experienced by religiously minoritized students attending both secular schools and religious afterschool programs (as the majority do in many traditions, cf. Pomson 2010) remain rare (Meyer 2016; Badder 2022 are some exceptions). I suggest that uncertainty about the place of religion in our contemporary, conflict-laden moment, narrow understandings of secularism, and misunderstandings of the value, use, and meaning of religious language and literacy have led scholars to silo religious language to religious spaces and to view any appearance of religious language practices outside of those spaces as a problem, if not a direct threat, to secular education (cf. Dallavis 2011; Sarroub 2002). In the process, as Skerrett (2013) powerfully argues, myriad continuities and opportunities for effective and meaningful learning are being missed, to the detriment of students and scholarship. Indeed, in ‘secular’ spaces, religious understandings and viewpoints get articulated, very often in ways that do not align with or directly contradict their manifestations in the lives of religious communities (Badder 2024). My research aims to investigate the intersections of literacy ideologies and language learning experiences encountered by religious students enrolled in secular schools in Europe across the contexts of their everyday lives. Specifically, I zoom in on a Jewish community in Luxembourg, where French and Biblical Hebrew language and literacy are brought into contact and conversation in complex ways that subvert expectations for religious and secular language use and boundaries. This cohort presents an interesting case for three reasons. First, the Luxembourgish state has recently been working to secularize, including detaching itself from connections with religious communities and removing religion from the public realm. Second, French holds an awkward space in Luxembourg. Historically a language of prestige, it is tightly interwoven with ideologies of laicité and rationality and echoes of colonial memories. French is also the last official language taught in the state school curriculum and graduates from the Luxembourgish system often report feeling less competent in French. Additionally, existing research shows that teachers cite having French (or another Romance language) as a reason that students are unable to access the university education track (Horner & Weber 2008). Third, the Jewish community at the heart of this research has simultaneously experienced its own rapid internal changes. As members grapple with these changes and their implications, they are experiencing new forms of uncertainty about their community, its history and future. In response, French has emerged as a point around which they seek to cohere as a community. This paper therefore explores how students in a Luxembourgish Jewish congregational school program make sense of the ways French and Hebrew overlap, zooming in on how such connections shape student understandings and experiences of Hebrew, themselves as Hebrew users, as Jews, and as students in secular schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The questions I am asking and the theoretical frames on which I draw in my research have certain implications for my methods and methodology. First, I am interested in processes; second, my questions involve the details, actions, and interactions of everyday life; and third, in order to address these issues, I need to have access to these interactions as they unfold and as people work to make sense of those unfoldings. To this end, my work is primarily ethnographic. Ethnography and its methods, including participant observation, enable me to get beyond universals and consider the specificity of people’s everyday experiences while calling attention to “the political stakes that make up the ordinary” (Biehl 2013: 574). The inspiration for my current project emerged in 2017 during a separate course of research. In 2022, I returned to this project and began new focused fieldwork, which is ongoing. In that time, I have been attending organized events at or organized by the synagogue community with whom I am working, such as services, lectures, memorials, etc. Importantly, I have also been sitting in on the classes of this synagogue’s congregational school. I have also been able to spend time with people in more informal settings, such as dinners at home and social gatherings. In the coming months, I plan to continue this fieldwork, including conducting a series of interviews with families in the congregational school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on my fieldwork to date, I am working through several big questions. What does it mean that French, an apparently universalistic and ‘secular’ language with its own cultural imperatives and imperial histories is being taken up by and tracked onto this Jewish community in Luxembourg? What does it mean that not only is French being taken up, but also framed in very similar ways to religious Hebrew? What does it mean that the ways in which French is valued and the roles and import associated with it very clearly diverge from the ways it is valued and its import in secular spaces, especially schools? And relatedly, what does it mean that there is a clear language policy operating in the congregational school classroom that creates hierarchies that are the inverse of those outside that classroom? By way of conclusion, I can tentatively offer the following: the students in this congregational school are keenly aware of the de facto language policies, hierarchies, and exclusions in their congregational and secular state schools and in many ways reinforce those through their discursive actions. At the same time, however, they also find ways to undermine those policies and hierarchies through playful language use, translanguaging, making new linguistic connections, and reflecting thoughtfully about whether and how French and Hebrew are related. Though the future remains uncertain for many of these students – indeed, some have already left Luxembourg for reasons attributed to issues of language and identity – they nonetheless continue to carve out novel and creative means through which to think through and value their linguistic capacities and identities. References Avni, Sharon. 2014. Hebrew education in the United States: historical perspectives and future directions. Journal of Jewish Education 80 (3): 256-286. Badder, Anastasia. 2024. When a yarmulke stands for all Jews: Navigating shifting signs from synagogue to school in Luxembourg. Contemporary Jewry. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12397-023-09524-8 Badder, Anastasia. 2022. ‘I just want you to get into the flow of reading’: Reframing Hebrew proficiency as an enactment of liberal Jewishness. Language & Communication 87: 221-230. Biehl, João. 2013. Ethnography in the way of theory. Cultural Anthropology 28 (4): 573-597. Bronkhorst, Larike H & Sanne F. Akkerman. 2015. At the boundary of school: Continuity and discontinuity in learning across contexts. Educational Research Review 19: 18-35. Dallavis, Christian. 2011. “Because that’s who I am”: Extending theories of culturally responsive pedagogy to consider religious identity, belief, and practice. Multicultural Perspectives 13 ( 3): 138-144 . Fader, Ayala. 2009. Mitzvah Girls: Bringing up the Next Generation of Hasidic Jews in Brooklyn. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Horner, Kristine & Jean-Jacques Weber. 2008. The language situation in Luxembourg. Current Issues in Language Planning 9 (1): 69-128. Myers, Jo-Ann. 2016. Hebrew, the Living Breath of Jewish Existence: The Teaching and Learning of Biblical and Modern Hebrew. DProf Thesis, Middlesex University. Pomson, Alex. 2010. Context, Context, Context—The Special Challenges and Opportunities in Congregational Education for Practitioners and Researchers. Journal of Jewish Education 76 (4): 285-288. Rosowsky, Andrey. 2016. Heavenly Entextualisations: the acquisition and performance of classical religious texts. In Navigating Languages, Literacies and Identities: Religion in Young Lives, edited by V. Lytra, D. Volk, E. Gregory, 110-125. New York: Routledge. Sarroub, Loukia K. 2002. In-betweenness: Religion and conflicting visions of literacy. Reading Research Quarterly 37: 130-148. Skerrett, Allison. 2013. Religious Llteracies in a secular literacy classroom. Reading Research Quarterly 49 (2): 233-250. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Educator Perspectives on Openness and Interconnectedness: Orientations for Creating a Positive Climate for Diversity with Multilingual Students and Beyond 1University of Nebraska, United States of America; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 4Leuphana University, Germany; 5Indiana University Purdue University Indianapolis, USA Presenting Author:Building off of the work of Viesca et al. (2019), that important teacher knowledge and skills for working with multilingual learners fall into three major categories—context, orientations, and pedagogy—a multinational team of researchers has embarked on further exploring the orientations necessary for quality teaching and learning to occur with multilingual students. In Viesca et al. (forthcoming), this team operationalized five orientations, drawing from the empirical and theoretical research suggesting the orientations necessary for positive school and classroom climates for diversity. Since diversity in every possible aspect (e.g., language, race, class, gender, sexual orientation, religion, etc.) is a major feature of multilingual populations, embracing diversity and elevating it to create community and a sense of belonging is critical for the work of teaching multilingual students. In 2022, the team conducted an exploratory qualitative study, holding interviews and focus groups with teachers in Finland, Norway, Germany, England, and the US to discuss orientations and how they can create a positive climate for diversity. We also asked for specific feedback on the orientations we had identified and defined (Viesca et al., forthcoming). We sought insights from myriad practitioners working in varied contexts (e.g., grade level, content area, country, etc.) to understand the perspectives different practitioners held to these orientations. In this study, we examine the interview data (n = 22) to reveal the perspectives and ideas shared by our research participants regarding the orientations of interconnectedness and openness. We conceptualize interconnectedness as humanizing teaching and learning that produces belonging (Viesca et al., forthcoming). We view humanizing connections from one person to another, connecting the individual to the collective, as essential for co-constructing a positive diversity climate and creating great learning opportunities for multilingual learners. For this to be possible, relationships and practices must be purposeful for the community’s inherent diversity to be positively productive and thus capable of generating widespread, authentic belonging. To accomplish this, teaching/learning spaces must be deliberately developed to ensure individual self-actualization occurs in reciprocity and with accountability (Hayes & Kaba, 2023; Simpson, 2017). This way, personal self-actualization (grounded in self-determination and agency) ensures collective self-actualization through reciprocity and shared accountability. With interconnectedness, all forms of diversity can come into a relationship in positive and productive ways while co-creating authentic love and belonging at the individual and collective levels. We operationalize openness as teaching and learning that embraces multiple knowledges with grace. To counter issues of power that are deeply entrenched in our society and communities, we propose a commitment to epistemic humility, or openness, which is necessary to co-construct a positive diversity climate. Such openness is grounded in an ongoing acknowledgment and investment in what one can and cannot know. This kind of openness also recognizes that there are multiple ways of knowing, and thus, no universal epistemology or ontology should be privileged over all others. Such humility counters various issues of supremacy that impact teaching and learning practices, policies, and spaces. It is also the openness necessary to adopt new ways of thinking upon receiving additional information. Educators practice openness in teaching/learning through critical self-reflection and an ongoing commitment to rethink and disrupt various messages, biases, and social norms we accept without question. Finally, the kind of openness necessary to co-construct a positive diversity climate is the openness that embraces and operates around a clear understanding of humans as flawed (Hayes & Kaba, 2023). This openness in application accepts and expects all human beings to exist and operate in imperfection, thus offering grace, acceptance, and understanding to both others and self in the face of conflicts, mistakes, and problems, as well as successes and celebrations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we ask: • How do practitioners discuss and contextualize the orientations of interconnectedness and openness in their practices? • What opportunities and challenges do participants identify to putting the orientations of interconnectedness and openness into practice? We collected qualitative data from five nations (Finland, Norway, Germany, England, and the US) with practicing teachers (n = 22): 3 Finnish, 4 Norwegian, 7 German, 6 English, and 2 American educators. In this study we conducted problem-centered interviews (Witzel & Reiter, 2012) that have been employed to facilitate discursive-dialogic knowledge production between the interviewer and interviewees. The lead author was present at each of the data collection events as was 1-2 additional research team members. We recorded the interviews for later transcription and collected background information using a short questionnaire. The transcriptions were created focused on the words spoken in the interviews and focus group exchanges. Each conversation was held in English except the focus group in Germany, which was held in German. The interviews took in general around 60-90 minutes. We analyzed the data using the Gioia method (Gioia, Corley, & Hamilton, 2013). This approach combines open (first order) coding with theory-centric (second order) coding, based on grounded theory principles. We engaged in these analysis processes collaboratively with the lead author engaged in all conversations and data analysis efforts in collaboration with both team members present for data collection and at least 1-2 members who were not present. Therefore, the coding decisions and data analysis efforts were deeply collaborative and dialogic including all members of the research team as well as a consistent perspective offered by the lead author. As an exploratory study, participants were largely found through snowball sampling and local relationships. We sought to recruit teachers to the study who could represent a variety of perspectives and life experiences. The teachers we talked to range from being relatively new to teaching (in their first few years) to highly experienced (in their last few years before retirement). We also talked with teachers from racially minoritized backgrounds in their local contexts, teachers who had moved to teach in their local context from another country, teachers who were monolingual in the local language, and those who were multilingual for various reasons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results suggest a relationship between the two orientations of openness and interconnectedness. In our coding, instances of interconnectedness rarely occur without instances of openness and vice versa. Additionally, participants discuss these orientations as essential for creating classroom and school climates where diversity is positive and productive for all students, especially multilingual students. However, participants also noted myriad barriers to the widespread implementation of the orientations of interconnectedness and openness. Specifically, issues in the larger sociopolitical context were invoked, like the impacts of social media, different policies impacting schools, teachers, and students, as well as the inability of school systems and structures to nimbly adjust to the rapidly changing student populations and world (like the changes experienced during the Covid-19 pandemic). These contextual aspects are particularly interesting since the study was conducted across multiple European countries and the US, thus offering important perspectives across varying national contexts. Participants also discussed challenges within schools like parental involvement and administrative support. Finally, participants noted the tensions and paradoxes they experience seeking to orient their work around interconnectedness and openness, particularly concerning the extensive standardization of educational outcomes in the context of widespread diversity, inequitable supports, and narratives about 21st-century learning and differentiated instructional approaches. Participants articulated an ongoing tension of not being able to do the work of orienting themselves and their students towards interconnectedness and openness due to restraints created outside and inside of school, leading to frustration and considerations of leaving the profession. A small subgroup of teachers had experience working in spaces where they could orient their practice towards interconnectedness and openness and reported the value of working in such spaces for themselves and for students and their families. In such spaces, participants overwhelmingly noted the use of democratic practices for decision-making at both the classroom and school levels. References Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. Hayes, K. & Kaba, M. (2023). Let this radicalize you: Organizing and the revolution of reciprocal care. Haymarket Books. Simpson, L. B. (2017). As we have always done: Indigenous freedom through radical resistance. University of Minnesota Press. Viesca, K. M., Alisaari, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S., Lemmrich, S., Routarinne, S., & Teemant, A. (In Press). Orientations for co-constructing a positive climate for diversity in teaching and learning. In Teacher Education in (Post-) Pandemic Times: International Perspectives on Intercultural Learning, Diversity and Equity. Peter Lang. Viesca, K.M., Strom, K., Hammer, S., Masterson, J., Linzell C.H., Mitchell-McCollough, J., & Flynn, N. (2019). Developing a complex portrait of content teaching for multilingual learners via nonlinear theoretical understandings. Review of Research in Education, 43, 304-335. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X18820910 Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The Problem-Centered Interview. SAGE Publications. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Maintaining the Ukrainian Language amidst Conflict: Evidence from Greek-Ukrainian Families 1Democritus University of Thrace, Greece; 2University of Crete, Greece Presenting Author:In the past ten years, there has been a noticeable rise in studies investigating family language policies in immigrant groups and transnational, mixed-marriage families in Greece (e.g. Chatzidaki & Maligkoudi, 2013; Gogonas & Maligkoudi, 2020; Maligkoudi, 2019). This paper reports on a small-scale study focusing on family language policies in Greek-Ukrainian families living in the city of Thessaloniki, in Northern Greece. The participants in our study are six Ukrainian mothers married to Greek citizens who have been living in Greece for five to 14 years; among them they have eight children between the ages of 5 to 14 which were born in Greece (with one exception). All mothers are highly-educated, multilingual individuals most of whom have occupations which exploit their ethnic and linguistic background. They have raised their children in two or three languages (Greek, Ukrainian and/or Russian), and are strong supporters of the maintenance and transmission of the Ukrainian language. They have also been actively involved in supporting the Ukrainian cause since the beginning of the war with Russia. Our study is framed within a Family Language Policy (henceforth FLP) framework drawing from earlier (e.g. Curdt-Christiansen, 2009; King, Fogle & Logan-Terry, 2008; Spolsky, 2004; 2012) and more recent conceptualizations of the field which focus on meaning-making, experiences, agency, and identity constructions in transnational families (e.g. Curdt-Christiansen, 2018; Curdt-Christiansen & Lanza 2018; Fogle & King, 2013; King & Lanza, 2019; Smith-Christmas, 2019). In particular, the aim of the study was to investigate the families’ language policies as revealed through an examination of the parents’ language practices and language ideologies and measures falling under the language management aspect of FLP (Spolsky, 2004; 2012). Following Curdt-Christiansen (2009; 2020), we deemed it important to take into consideration not only the language ideologies and patterns of communication among family members, but also factors such as the mothers’ educational background, personal language learning experiences, migrant profile, and the financial resources of the family. Moreover, we wished to investigate how broader sociolinguistic issues impact these mothers’ choices, and, in particular, the stance our informants take with regard to the hotly debated issue of abandoning Russian as an everyday language in Ukraine. After Ukraine became an independent nation in 1991, a process of Ukrainisation was established, which entailed measures in favour of the Ukrainian language as a means to construct a new national identity (Seals & Beliaeva, 2023). However, a large segment of the population continued to use Russian instead of Ukrainian irrespective of their allegiance; apparently, for many Russian-speaking Ukrainians the Ukrainian language is not necessarily a token of nationhood and is not intricately linked to the Ukrainian identity (Bilaniuk, 2016; Kulyk 2016; 2018). However, in the aftermath of the political developments of the past ten years (the Euromaidan and the Revolution of Dignity in late 2013–2014, the annexation of Crimea by the Russians, the strife at the eastern border, and finally, the Russian invasion in 2022) there seems to be a rise in the number of people who call for the abandonment of the Russian language and the adoption of Ukrainian instead (Harrison, 2021; Seals & Beliaeva, 2023), a phenomenon some authors refer to as ‘linguistic conversion’ (Bilaniuk, 2020). In this context, we wished to examine how the six participants negotiate the ongoing changes in language ideologies and attitudes in Ukraine and the impact this may have had on their language policies with regard to the two languages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The population we intended to study included mothers of Ukrainian origin who at the time of the study had been living in Greece for at least five years. The first author gained access to the community through her acquaintance with a mother to whom she had previously taught Greek. Using a ‘snowball’ approach, five more mothers were approached and agreed to take part in the study, after assurances of anonymity were given (pseudonyms are used and information about their studies or occupation is presented in as general terms as possible). The six participants were among a group of parents who, in the past few years, organized weekly meetings in order for their children to socialize with other Ukrainian speakers and be immersed in the Ukrainian language and culture through art and play. Since September 2022, this informal ‘club’ was transformed into a small community school for Greek-Ukrainian children operating at the weekend. The school is supported by an NGO (which offers their premises for the courses) while the staff offers their services on a voluntary basis. Children have the opportunity to take Ukrainian language courses and to experience the Ukrainian culture through playful and creative activities. The first author, who is also a member of an association promoting bilingualism among transnational families was invited to visit the school in this capacity and observe its functioning. This also facilitated the participants’ recruitment, as it fostered a certain degree of familiarity with and involvement in their community, Data collection was based on semi-structured interviews which took place in spring 2023 at the community school’s premises. The interview protocol comprised questions which dealt, first, with the mother’s educational background and current occupation and the family’s length of residence in Greece. Another set of questions referred to patterns of multilingualism in the family: who can speak which languages, which languages are used by whom to whom. There was a question regarding the child’s experiences at the Ukrainian school, and finally, a question which referred to probable changes in the mother’s linguistic behaviour in the aftermath of the recent political strife in Ukraine. The data is being analysed following ‘thematic analysis’ (Braun & Clarke, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some preliminary findings include the following: With regard to practices aimed at supporting Ukrainian language development in their children, we found that, in most families, the parents followed a strict OPOL policy and provided plenty of meaningful input in Ukrainian, via exposure to print and media, and ensuring frequent contact with Ukrainian speakers. Two cases stand out, though, and prove the complexity of the situation; in one family the Greek father uses Russian with the children instead of Greek, while in another, the child was born in an Asian country and grew up speaking English, Russian and Greek, until the age of seven when the mother decided to switch to Ukrainian and stopped using Russian with her daughter. With regard to language ideologies, all mothers agree on the importance of their children speaking Ukrainian as an integral part of their identity and heritage. They also seem to agree on viewing the mastery of many languages as an asset, drawing on their own educational and professional experiences. However, the most interesting findings are those which emerge with regard to the linguistic conversion. The six participants seem to represent various positions on a continuum which range between the uninhibited, continued use of Russian at home to taking distance from using this language. Some of the mothers link this stance to feelings of patriotism, even expressing feelings of guilt or shame for previously using the Russian language, while others seem to downplay the importance of rejecting the language, despite their feelings of loyalty to the Ukrainian nation. References Bilaniuk, L. (2020). Linguistic conversions: Nation-building on the self. Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society, 6 (1), 59-82. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. Chatzidaki, A., & Maligkoudi, C. (2013). Family language policies among Albanian immigrants in Greece. Ιnternational Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 16(6), 675-689. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2012.709817 (first published online 2012) Curdt-Christiansen, X.L. (2009). Invisible and visible language planning: ideological factors in the family language policy of Chinese immigrant families in Quebec. Language Policy, 8, 351–375. Curdt-Christiansen, X.L. (2018). Family language policy. In J. Tollefson & M. Perez-Millans (Eds.), The Ox-ford handbook of language policy and planning (pp. 420-441). Oxford University Press. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. & Lanza, E. (2018). Language management in multilingual families: Efforts, measures and challenges. Multilingua, 37 (2), 123-130. Curdt-Christiansen, X.L. (2020). Educating migrant children in England: language and educational practices in home and school environments. International Multilingual Research Journal, 14 (2), 163-180. Fogle, L.W., & King, K. A. (2013). Child Agency and Language Policy in Transnational Families. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 19, 1-25. https://doi.org/10.5070/L4190005288 Gogonas, N. & Maligkoudi, C. (2020): ‘Mothers have the power!’: Czech mothers’ language ideologies and management practices in the context of a Czech complementary school in Greece, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/13670050.2020.1799324 Harrison K. (2021). ‘In Ukrainian, Please!’: Language Ideologies in a Ukrainian Complementary School. Languages, 6(4), 179. King, K., Fogle, L. & Logan-Terry, A. (2008). Family Language Policy. Language and Linguistics Compass, 2(5), 907-922. King, K., & Lanza, E. (2019). Ideology, agency, and imagination in multilingual families: An introduction. International Journal of Bilingualism, 23(3), 717-723. Kulyk, V. (2018). Shedding Russianness, Recasting Ukrainianness: The Post-Euromaidan Dynamics of Ethnonational Identifications in Ukraine. Post-Soviet Affairs, 34, 119–38. Μaligkoudi, C. (2019). Issues of Language Socialization and Language Acquisition Among Italians in Greece. Εducation Sciences, 2019(2), 149–165. https://doi.org/10.26248/.v2019i2.596 [in Greek] Seals, C. & Beliaeva, N. (2023). Aspirational family language policy. Language Policy 22, 501–521. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10993-023-09674-3 Smith-Christmas, C. (2019). When X doesn’t mark the spot: the intersection of language shift, identity and family language policy. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 255, 133-158. Spolsky, B. (2004). Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Spolsky, B. (2012). What Is Language Policy? In B. Spolsky (Ed.), The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy (pp. 3-15). Cambridge University Press. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 08 SES 13 A: Sexuality Education, Safeguarding, and Teacher Emotional Regulation Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Paleczek Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Un-covered Areas of Sexuality Education in Adults' Narratives Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:There is a lot of evidence supporting the effectiveness of sex education (SE) in addressing various personal, relational, and societal issues. It enhances self-worth, reduces sexual risk-taking, promotes sexual and reproductive health, fosters a positive socio-emotional atmosphere in schools, diminishes LGBTI+ bullying, and contributes to the physical and physiological well-being of different groups or students. However, adults often fall short in engaging in these crucial discussions. They lack confidence in their own competencies and capabilities to discuss sexual matters, are burdened by cultural anxieties related to providing too much information too early, and fear disrupting children's innocence by presenting challenging knowledge or inadvertently encouraging premature sexual activity. Meanwhile, numerous studies indicate that children and adolescents are willing to initiate discussions earlier, engage in more routine conversations, and explore a broader spectrum of themes. The discourse of sex education is marked by a multitude of contradictions and paradoxes, which I explore by using insights from posthumanism authors such as Rosi Braidotti and Nathan Snaza, and their colleagues. Their perspectives illuminate the imperative to reevaluate our conception of a 'just' human, liberating it from the constraints of entrenched humanistic traditions. Posthumanism advocates for a shift away from viewing humans as isolated, dominating entities superior to other organic and non-organic subjects. Instead, it encourages recognizing humanity as intricately entwined in constant interaction and perpetual transformation within the intricate web of meanings. In this study a non-binary approach to the concept of gender, examined through the lens of posthumanism, takes on particular significance. Delving into the nexus between a child and sexuality, I draw upon the insights of scholars Kerry H. Robinson and Kathryn Bond Stockton, who delve into the construct of childhood. Their work becomes a valuable resource in comprehending the relationship between a child, sexuality, and the child's entitlement to knowledge about it. Additionally, the perspectives presented by authors Barry McCarthy and Emily McCarthy, who explore inhibiting and nurturing aspects of sexual development, carry significant weight. Given the centrality of relationships in sex education field, not only romantic but also those between parents and children and more broadly among adults and children, I delve into the ideas of sociologist Anthony Giddens. Giddens' examination of the transformation of the intimacy sphere sheds light on its profound impact on emotional and physical relationships. Finally, considering the historical perspective of sex education is integral to this study. In this regard, the work of Jonathan Zimmermann, providing a global overview of the history of sex education, proves to be a valuable resource. Finally, in this study sexuality education is framed as ‘wicked problem’. In the field of sex education research, the focus has primarily been on understanding adult perspectives and values, with minimal exploration of their experiences in sex education discussions with young people or among adults. Thus, the aim of this study is to explore the necessity of SE and emphasize the complexity of this field. To analyse the narratives of adults regarding their experiences in discussing topics of sexuality with young people and among themselves, and based on this, consider assumptions necessary for improving the quality of the organization and implementation of sexuality education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To garner insights about adults’ experiences in conversations about sexuality, a Dialogical Narrative Analysis (DNA) has been conducted. I formulated methodological insights about DNA based on the theoretical perspectives of Catherine K. Riessman and Arthur W. Frank. However, in narrative research, it is recommended to blend the boundaries of different methods and approaches, guided by previous examples and existing guidelines, without treating them as a set of rules. Therefore, while the leading methodology in this work was DNA, during the analysis, I applied qualitative content analysis features. From May 3, 2023, to June 20, 2023, a total of 23 interviews were conducted with 24 participants (one interview involved a couple of caregivers). I invited individuals who raise school-age children or teach them to participate in the interviews. After the narrative interviews were transcribed, I read the transcripts multiple times and identified narratives in line with Labov's concept of narrative. Then in order to organize the data, I registered narratives in an "Excel" program. I created six broad thematic categories and filled them with sub-themes. In dialogic narrative analysis, it is appropriate to implement interviews even without a clear and detailed plan of what will be done with the obtained data. Researchers do not know what will be told, therefore, "the analysis of chosen stories happens while trying to write" (Frank, 2012, p. 43). The collected and selected stories determine the focus and direction of analytical work. Decisions about what and how to include in the analysis and how the reconstructed story should be told are constantly made while writing. The conventional understanding of sexuality education discourse as polarized between abstinence promotion and comprehensive sexuality education oversimplifies the complexity of experiences, approaches, and attitudes in people's lives. Adopting the DNA methodology provided a platform to listen to diverse and nuanced stories that hold significance for the storyteller. Narrative research enabled the fusion of private and public discourses, revealing how narratives shape individuals' choices. This approach allowed for an investigation into which narratives could facilitate different choices in navigating SE matters. This data was useful for considering the support adults need to enhance their understanding and competencies in sexuality related discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 6 conceptual areas of importance emerged: (1) Menstruation as the master narrative about sexuality for all young people despite gender. Adults feel the need to discuss menstruation topic with girls and often this is considered as sexuality education itself. It leaves young people with the notion that sexuality education is girls’ subject and sexuality equals reproduction. (2) “You are (not) gay” as epidemic informal sexuality education. “You are gay” name calling is so prevailing that adults stop noticing it and in the context of extremely scarce SE directed at boys – the name calling and the underlying message of it becomes SE of young people and especially boys. (3) Disruption of dichotomous roles (gender, age, function in the family) in the conversation about sexuality. Adults feel the pressure of “adult role” in the discussion about sexuality with minors. Also as mothers are most often responsible for sexuality topics at home, with their sons they feel tension of differing gender which leaves boys excluded from the reflexive communication. (4) Non-verbal talking of young people and in-ability to hear it. As young people lack the vocabulary and the skills to discuss sexuality, adults often interpret their behaviour as simply provocative and do not see it as creating an opportunity for dialogue. (5) Between fear of saying (too much) and delegating responsibility for the conversation to a child. Adults tend to wait for minors to “ask a question” and without the question they fear of causing harm to young people with saying too much. (6) Gap in conversations with young people – silence among adults. While adults feel the imperative to talk to young people, they do not find it important to elaborate the discussion about sexuality among themselves. References Braidotti, R. (2013). The Posthuman. Polity Press Frank, A. (2012). Practicing dialogical narrative analysis. Varieties of Narrative Analysis, 33–52. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781506335117.n3 Giddens, A. (1993). The transformation of intimacy. Polity Press. Goldfarb, E. S., & Lieberman, L. D. (2021). Three decades of research: The case for comprehensive sex education. Journal of Adolescent Health, 68(1), 13–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2020.07.036 Grossman, J. M., & Richer, A. M. (2021). Parents’ perspectives on talk with their adolescent and emerging adult children about sex: A longitudinal analysis. Sexuality Research and Social Policy, 20(1), 216–229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13178-021-00656-w Kar, S., Choudhury, A., & Singh, A. (2015). Understanding normal development of adolescent sexuality: A bumpy ride. Journal of Human Reproductive Sciences, 8(2), 70-74. Kramer, A. S. (2019). Framing the debate: The status of US sex education policy and the dual narratives of abstinence-only versus comprehensive sex education policy. American Journal of Sexuality Education, 14(4), 490–513. https://doi.org/10.1080/15546128.2019.1600447 McCarthy, B. W., & McCarthy, E. (2021). Contemporary male sexuality: Confronting myths and promoting change. Routledge. Moshman, D. (2014). Sexuality Development in Adolescence and Beyond. Human Development, 57(5), 287–291. Noorman, M. A. J., den Daas, C., & de Wit, J. B. F. (2022). How parents’ ideals are offset by uncertainty and fears: A systematic review of the experiences of European parents regarding the sexual education of their children. The Journal of Sex Research, 60(7), 1034–1044. https://doi.org/10.1080/00224499.2022.2064414 Pesch, U., & Vermaas, P. E. (2020). The wickedness of Rittel and Webber’s dilemmas. Administration & Society, 52(6), 960–979. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095399720934010 Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Robinson, K. H. (2013). Innocence, knowledge and the construction of childhood: The contradictory nature of sexuality and censorship in children's contemporary lives. Routledge. Snaza, N., Appelbaum, P., Bayne, S., Morris, M., Rotas, N., Sandlin, J., Wallin, J., Carlson, D., & Weaver, J. (2014). Toward a posthumanist education. Journal of Curriculum Theorizing. Retrieved November 16, 2022, from http://journal.jctonline.org/index.php/jct/article/view/501 Stockton, K. B. (2009). The queer child, or growing sideways in the twentieth century. Duke University Press. Tolman, D. L., & McClelland, S. I. (2011). Normative sexuality development in adolescence: A Decade in Review, 2000-2009. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 21(1), 242–255. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1532-7795.2010.00726.x UNESCO. (2018). International technical guidance on sexuality education an evidence-informed approach. Zimmerman, J. (2015) Too Hot to Handle. A Global History of Sex Education. Princeton University Press. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper A Mixed-Methods Evaluation of a Mandatory Child Safeguarding Education Programme for Children with Special Educational Needs Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:This study is focused on the role of schools in child safeguarding - specifically how teachers accessibilise a state-mandated child safeguarding education programme (CSEP), for children with special educational needs (SEN). Research across Europe and beyond indicates that children with SEN are more likely to be victims of child abuse (Putnam, 2003; Davies and Jones, 2013), with some evidence indicating that the likelihood is three-to-four times that of their typically-developing peers (Sullivan and Knutson, 2000). This increased susceptibility amplifies the significance of CSEPs in supporting and protecting their overall wellbeing (Miller and Raymond, 2008). In Ireland, the Stay Safe programme (MacIntyre and Lawlor, 2016) is rendered as the mandatory CSEP for all primary schools (Government of Ireland, 2023). This incorporates special schools which presents many challenges given the standard nature of the programme and questions over the extent to which it can be adapted, given the national policy mandate (Morrissey, 2021). Like CSEPs across the continent, Stay Safe incorporates key areas that have been deemed essential in developing personal safety and abuse prevention skills in children (Brasard and Fiorvanti, 2015). These areas inform the Stay Safe conceptual framework which is based around five key topics and which underpins this research study:
It is advised that topics be taught in their ‘entirety…consecutively, beginning with Topic 1 and working through to Topic 5…in one block’ (MacIntyre and Lawlor 2016, p.7). Each topic is developmentally structured over four age-levels, with each level aimed at what the neurotypical child is assumed to be able to cognitively assimilate at that age:
The rigidity of this structure presents challenges for children with SEN, as many of these children may not have the cognition required to access the key messages of the core programme, at the different levels. The objective of this research is to probe how teachers deal with this reality at a practical level, for each of the five topics. The main research question is:
To define and categorise the approaches used for each topic, Shawer’s (2010) theoretical framework for curriculum enactment is relied upon. This framework is based on the notion that teachers can adopt three approaches to curriculum enactment:
Although rooted in Ireland, this paper will interest scholars in other European jurisdictions in both the health and wellbeing domain and the special education domain, given the widespread use of CSEPs in many jurisdictions across the continent (Topping and Barron, 2009; Walsh et al., 2018) and the dearth of data on their enactment with children with SEN. That the CSEP under examination in this study, is state-mandated, regardless of child ability, adds to the novelty of this paper and speaks to a trend emerging across Europe of teachers being subjected to greater regulation in curriculum enactment (see for example, Priestley et al., 2021) - even in the health and wellbeing sphere. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A two-phase, explanatory sequential mixed-methods research apparatus was designed to address the research question. Phase 1 was quantitative in nature and consisted of a questionnaire distributed online, via Qualtrics, to the principal of every special school in Ireland. The distribution list was composed of all special schools (n=133) identified on a publicly available database from Ireland's Department of Education, from the 2019-2020 academic year. The purpose of the questionnaire was to generate descriptive statistics and identify areas that needed further exploration in Phase 2. The questionnaire’s valid response rate was 32%. Phase 2 was qualitative in nature, and took the form of a three-site embedded case-study. The principals of all designated special schools were invited to nominate their school for participation via a recruitment notice sent with the questionnaire during Phase 1. When the expressions of interest were collated, three schools were selected on the basis of non-probability, purposive sampling: - One school for learners with Mild General Learning Disabilities; - One school for learners with Moderate General Learning Disabilities; - One school for learners with Severe-Profound (SP) General Learning Disabilities. There were four units within each Phase 2 case: - Documentary analysis of the school’s curricular policy in the area under investigation; - Interview with principal teacher; - Interview with the curriculum coordinator, responsible for leading the mandatory CSEP under examination; - Focus group of three or four teachers. Moseholm and Fetters’ (2017, p.8) explanatory bidirectional framework was used to integrate data from both phases of this research because it facilitated an ‘iterative approach’ to data analysis. Phase 1 findings were analysed first and priori codes developed from this analysis were used to inform Phase 2. The findings from the second phase were then analysed and the emerging themes were used ‘to look for corroborative data from the quantitative dataset’ (Moseholm and Fetters 2017, 8). Greene’s (2007, 188) marble technique was employed for presenting findings because it allowed both phases of research to be reported together, ‘not-layered or offered separately’, so that the research objective could be addressed ‘in one chorus’. Both phases of research were piloted before data-gathering commenced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research illustrate the complexity of teaching a mandatory CSEP to children with SEN. While the overwhelming majority of special schools indicate that they complete the CSEP under investigation, half of those surveyed only use it ‘as a guide’. The results show that teachers engage in extensive adaptation in all five topics - and even at that, the extent to which children can access the key messages is questionable. Teachers prioritise potential child learning over programme fidelity, rejecting key design tenets in order to increase accessibility. That teachers are pressed into making self-determined prioritisations, which may theoretically conflict with the policy position in relation to their obligations to implement the programme, has validated some concerns that meaningful child safeguarding may have become ‘subservient’ to procedural considerations (Morrissey, 2021, p.12). These findings have implications for the design of CSEPs across Europe. CSEPs that are conceptualised from a universal design perspective and promote teacher agency to tailor content to child need and capacity, will be better disposed to address a broader gamut of learners. However, determining the level of tailoring poses a dilemma - namely, too much tailoring could jeopardise the theoretical basis on which a CSEP is founded or at the very least undermine programme fidelity; too little tailoring could render the programme ineffective for some learners with SEN. This study’s unique contribution is that it showcases the potential of progression continua for individual CSEP topics, with a view to changing the approach for enacting CSEPs for learners with learning difficulties. The study will be of interest to teachers, teacher-educators and researchers from across Europe, due to the important insights on and possible directions for addressing a complex area of educational provision for a vulnerable population, in the health and wellbeing domain. References Brassard, M.R. and Fiorvanti, C.M. (2015) ‘School-based child abuse prevention programs’, Psychology in the Schools, 52(1), pp. 40–60. Davies, E. and Jones, A. (2013) ‘Risk factors in child sexual abuse’, Journal of Forensic and Legal Medicine, 20(3), pp. 146–150. Government of Ireland (2023) Child Protection Procedures for Primary and Post-Primary Schools. Dublin: Government Publications. Greene, J. (2007) Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry. San Francisco: John Wiley and Sons Inc. MacIntyre, D. and Lawlor, M. (2016) The Stay Safe Programme (Revised). Dublin: Child Abuse Prevention Programme. Miller, D. and Raymond, A. (2008) ‘Safeguarding Disabled Children’, in Baginsky, M. (ed.) Safeguarding Children and Schools. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, pp. 68–84. Morrissey, B. (2021) ‘A critical policy analysis of Ireland’s Child Protection Procedures for schools: emerging policy considerations’, Irish Journal of Applied Social Studies, 21(1), pp. 1–16. Moseholm, E. and Fetters, M. (2017) ‘Conceptual models to guide integration during analysis in convergent mixed methods studies’, Methodological Innovations, 10(2), pp. 1–11. Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. and Soini, T. (2021) Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Bingley: Emerald Publishing. Putnam, F. (2003) ‘Ten-year research update review: child sexual abuse’, Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 42(3), pp. 269–278. Sullivan, P. and Knutson, J. (2000) ‘Maltreatment and disabilities: a population-based epidemiological study’, Child Abuse & Neglect, 24(10), pp. 1257–1273. Shawer, S. (2010) ‘Classroom-level curriculum development: EFL teachers as curriculum-developers, curriculum-makers and curriculum-transmitters’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(2), pp. 173–184. Topping, K. and Barron, I. (2009) ‘School-based child sexual abuse prevention programs: a review of effectiveness’, Review of Educational Research, 79(1), pp. 431–463. Walsh, K., Zwi, K., Woolfenden, S. and Shlonsky, A. (2018) ‘School-based education programs for the prevention of child sexual abuse: a Cochrane Systematic Review and meta-analysis’, Research on Social Work Practice, 28(1), pp. 33–55. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 08 SES 13 B JS: Digital Wellbeing in Educational Contexts - A Research Workshop Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: J Ola Lindberg Joint Research Workshop, NW 06 and NW 08. Full details in NW 06, 06 SES 13 A JS |
17:30 - 19:00 | 09 SES 13 A: Exploring Innovative Approaches to Assessment and Feedback Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Tracy Whatmore Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper One Attempt to Measure Collaboration Between Students During Group Work 1University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy, Serbia; 2Institute for Educational Research, Belgrade Presenting Author:Collaborative problem-solving (CPS) skills have become an inevitable part of workforce readiness in contemporary society (Graesser et al., 2018). Numerous studies have shown that CPS is a powerful learning tool that could lead to more creative, efficient and comprehensive solutions than other approaches (Fiore, 2008). Sometimes it is the only possible way to solve complex problems. That is not surprising that the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD, 2019) includes the development of collaboration skills in the education development agenda for 2030. A lot of attempts were made to introduce CPS in everyday educational practice. However, the benefits of the CPS often fail to be achieved (Le et al., 2018). Collaborative problem-solving is usually defined as working together toward a common goal (Hesse et al., 2015). It includes interdependency between group members in joint activity and shared responsibility for the group results. Despite many contributions, there is a lack of instruments for measuring student-specific versions of collaborative processes during group work (Wang et al., 2009). The focus is often on the effect of this type of learning assessed through achievement data (Jansen, 2010) while the quality of the collaborative process is beyond research aims. Usually, self-assessment tools were used for this purpose accompanied by methodological limitation of subjective assessments. In these attempts, students' perceptions and experience with CPS are not distinguished from the quality of collaboration present during group work. Also, collaboration is assessed as an individual skill separate from its nature as a joint activity. This study aims to construct an instrument for assessing the quality of collaboration between students while trying to solve a complex problem. This study is part of the larger project PEERSovers with a focus on designing an evidence-based training program for enhancing high-school students' collaborative skills. The theoretical background for constructing the instrument involves a qualitative systematic literature review of 160 articles published between 2021 and 2022 that investigated differences between productive and unproductive peer collaboration (Baucal et al., 2023). Four aspects of peer interaction were identified as a result of this analysis. The first covers cognitive exchange between group members. Research shows that productive CPS includes argumentative dialogue between team members and constructive evaluation of ideas. Also, the effort is made to move from the personal opinion toward a shared understanding of the problem. Well-known Mercer studies (for example, Mercer et al., 2019; Mercer & Dawes, 2014) pointed out that exploratory talk during group work enhances the co-construction of joint cognitive activity, fosters critical thinking skills and contributes to the overall learning experience in educational settings. The second aspect refers to the emotional aspect of group work manifested through group atmosphere, presence of conflicts and tension, group cohesion, members' sense of belonging, mutual tolerance and empathy. In unproductive groups, members are disrespected and prevented from fully participating. Often the inequality in power is present during group work. Some members dominate in the dialogue space and prevent others from contributing. The third and fourth aspects are dedicated to two domains of group regulation: task activity regulation (time management, coordination of the activity, planning group activity, task-focus approach) and relationship regulation (group norms, sharing responsibility, dividing the assignment, efficient conflict management etc.). An unproductive group is often characterised by lots of off-task behaviour. Usually, few or only one participant takes overall responsibility for group work. We tried to operationalize these four aspects as dimensions of the instrument used for evaluating a CPS.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample: Participants were selected from 12 secondary schools in Belgrade (6 vocational and 6 general/gymnasium schools). School counsellors, guided by the students’ preferences, formed triads of male or female students from the same class. The sample included 64 groups of three students (192 participants), of which 37 were girls and 27 were men. All students involved in the research had formal parental consent and their assent. Procedure: Students’ triads participate in CPS sessions trying to solve a single but complex real-life problem. Problem tasks used in this study were related to four community-relevant themes: (1) ecology (2) teen behaviour, (3) media, and (4) education. The assigned task for each group involved generating a written solution to the presented problem, subsequently assessed for its quality. The entire interaction during the CPS process was video-recorded video for subsequent analysis. CPS sessions were conducted on school premises during the regular school day. The average duration of a CPS session was 97 minutes (SD = 30; range = 19-167). Instruments: CPS observational grid (CPS-OG). The quality of collaboration was assessed based on video recordings of CPS sessions. Each session was rated by two independent reviewers using a 22-item observational grid. The grid was designed to capture four dimensions of productive CPS: socio-cognitive (SC - 9 items, 2 reverse-scored; e.g., Group members sought and/or provided explanations for presented ideas and suggestions); socio-emotional (SE - 4 items, 1 reverse-scored; e.g., Group members worked together, as a team); task management (TM - 5 items, 1 reverse-scored; e.g., The group planned its approach to solving the task); relationship management (RM - 5 items, 2 reverse-scored; e.g., Throughout the work, group members purposefully coordinated group and individual activities). Each item is scored on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 0 (not at all) to 4 (to a large extent). Data Analyses: Analyses were performed to examine the structural and reliability properties of measures designed specifically for this study. The unidimensionality of CPS-OG subscales was inspected via Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA). Internal consistency for CPS-OG dimensions was determined by calculating Cronbch’s alpha coefficient. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results confirmed good psychometric characteristics of the CPS observational grid. Exploratory factor analysis (Principal component analysis with Oblimin rotation) resulted in four factors explaining 76% of the total variance. Correlations between factors were moderate with a maximum value of 0.44. The first factor (50% of the variances) mainly included SC variables. The second factor (15 % of the variances) corresponds to the TM dimension. The third (6%) factor represents a mix of the SE and RM variables. It includes statements about negative relationships in the group (present tension, conflicts and isolation of the members). Finally, the fourth factor (5% of the variance) covers the absence of an authoritative leader and good conflict management as aspects of the RM dimension. The correlations between the first factor and the other three are moderate (from -0.33 to 0.44). The correlations between the other factors are low. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) confirmed a single-factor solution for all dimensions, except the TM. Item-level intraclass correlation (ICC) for CPS observational grid (CPS-OG) indexes reached excellent values (Cicchetti, 1994), ranging from .75 to .95. Dimension-level ICC values were also excellent: .94 for SC, .90 for SE, .93 for TM, .85 for RM. Internal consistency (Cronbach's alpha) ranges from good to excellent (.921 for SC, .914 for SE, .856 for TM, .791 for RM.) The next research step will include the external validation of the instrument. We will examine the association between the dimensions of the CPS observational grid and the quality of the proposed group solution. The quality of the solution will cover several dimensions: whether the solution is realistic; an assessment of the proposal's creativity; an assessment of the degree to which the proposal is well-argued with various perspectives. References Baucal, A., Jošić, S., Ilić, I. S., Videnović, M., Ivanović, J., & Krstić, K. (2023). What makes peer collaborative problem solving productive or unproductive: A qualitative systematic review. Educational Research Review, 100567. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2023.100567 Fiore, S. M., Graesser, A., & Greiff, S. (2018). Collaborative problem solving education for the 21st century workforce. Nature: Human Behavior, 2(6), 367–369. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-018-0363-y Graesser, A. C., Fiore, S. M., Greiff, S., Andrews-Todd, J., Foltz, P. W., & Hesse, F. W. (2018). Advancing the science of collaborative problem solving. Psychological science in the public interest, 19(2), 59-92. https://doi.org/10.1177/1529100618808244 Hesse, F., Care, E., Buder, J., Sassenberg, K., & Griffin, P. (2015). A framework for teachable collaborative problem solving skills. Assessment and teaching of 21st-century skills: Methods and approach, 37-56. DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-9395-7_2 Le, H., Janssen, J., & Wubbels, T. (2018). Collaborative learning practices: teacher and student perceived obstacles to effective student collaboration. Cambridge Journal of Education, 48(1), 103-122. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2016.1259389 Mercer, N. & Dawes, L (2014). The study of talk between teachers and students, from the 1970s until the 2010s. Oxford Review of Education, 40 (4) (2014), pp. 430-445. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.934087 Mercer, N., Hennessy, S., & Warwick, P. (2019). Dialogue, thinking together and digital technology in the classroom: Some educational implications of a continuing line of inquiry. International Journal of Educational Research, 97, 187–199. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.08.007 OECD. (2019). An OECD Learning Framework 2030 (pp. 23-35). Springer International Publishing. Wang, L., MacCann, C., Zhuang, X., Liu, O. L., & Roberts, R. D. (2009). Assessing teamwork and collaboration in high school students: A multimethod approach. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 24(2), 108-124. DOI: 10.1177/0829573509335470 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper An Exploration of Constructive Verbal Feedback in Secondary School Classrooms NIS Aktobe, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Verbal feedback is the oral communication between teachers and students that aims to provide constructive guidance on students’ progress, strengths, and areas for improvement, according to numerous educational scholars (Black & Wiliam, 2009; Hattie & Timperley, 2007; Shute, 2008). In secondary school settings providing effective feedback is a key component of a good education. The effectiveness of feedback in education is a widely studied and acknowledged aspect of the learning process (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Hattie, 2009; Karaman, 2021; Wisniewski et al., 2020). As teachers continually work to improve the learning outcomes for their students, the role of feedback, especially verbal feedback that takes place in classrooms everyday, becomes increasingly important. The “Feed Up, Feed Back, Feed Forward” model, introduced by John Hattie and Helen Timperley in their influential 2007 paper, “The Power of Feedback,” presents a cyclical approach comprising three essential stages of effective feedback. These stages encompass setting clear objectives or “feed up,” delivering feedback on present performance, and proposing strategies for enhancement or “feed forward.” This implies that teachers should provide constructive feedback that is descriptive and focused on providing specific, actionable information aimed at helping the recipient improve or enhance their performance, skills, or understanding. Many studies on verbal feedback have been conducted in the field of foreign or second language learning, exploring different types and functions of corrective feedback and their effects on language proficiency (Lyster & Saito, 2010). These studies have shown that providing oral corrective feedback not only helps students improve their accuracy and fluency in speaking, but also enhances their overall language proficiency. Although teachers might have experience or undergo professional development courses, their formative assessment practices could not be always effective. According to certain research findings, teachers’ attitudes about the usage of various forms of oral corrective feedback in the classroom do not necessarily align with their actual practices (Kim & Mostafa, 2021). Further comprehensive research on corrective feedback is necessary to investigate the alignment between teachers’ actual practices and their underlying ideas about feedback (Karimi & Asadnia, 2015). Therefore, this study focuses on the following research question: “To what extent do secondary school teachers provide constructive verbal feedback in classroom?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study has taken place at Nazarbayev Intellectual school in Aktobe, Kazakhstan, and employed a quantitative research design. The sampling for lesson analysis consisted of 17 teachers representing different subjects, grade levels and teaching experience (from several months to more than ten years). The data was collected through recording videos of the 17 lessons and online survey among participants to understand their attitude on constructive verbal feedback. Ethical considerations have been considered during data collection. All teachers took part in the study voluntarily and agreed their lessons to be recorded. The confidentiality and anonymity of the participants have been ensured. The link to the survey was sent to the corporate emails. 46 teachers participated in an anonymous online survey. The analysis of video recordings was completed according to observation protocol for constructive verbal feedback influenced by observation protocols for formative assessment dimensions by Cisterna and Gotwals (2018). Our protocol consisted of four different levels of constructive feedback practice (1 being the lowest and 4 being the highest). Level 1 indicated the absence of teacher’s verbal feedback, while level 2 implied evaluative feedback where teachers had used very general and ambiguous comments like “Good job”, “Correct” or “That’s not the right answer”. Level 3 verbal feedback was mainly descriptive, focusing on the task completion, however, being not completely constructive and stimulating. The highest level of verbal feedback practice (level 4) was described as purely descriptive and specific with elaborated comments that stimulates students’ learning. Each level received respective score (1-4). Three researchers independently analysed the videos using the lesson observation protocol and the means of their scores was used to evaluate teachers’ overall oral feedback practice. The observation protocol has been designed in cooperation and discussed by all researchers before the lesson analyses to ensure validity and reliability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of video recordings has revealed that the mean score for teachers’ overall oral feedback practice was 2.6, which indicates that feedback there is room for improvement in providing more detailed and constructive feedback to students. Teachers usually gave more evaluative feedback compared to descriptive one. When giving feedback, they mostly responded with the words “Good”, “good job”, and “correct” as well as conveyed it through gestures. This observation suggests that teachers should focus on enhancing their oral feedback practices by providing more specific and elaborated feedback that would help students understand about the ways to improve their learning. Findings from the survey demonstrate that more than half of the respondents agree that constructive feedback is time-consuming to conduct effectively. The majority of the teachers admitted that they did not take notes of the student’s progress. 43% of the teachers acknowledged that they lacked knowledge of effective feedback providing techniques, whereas the half believed in having sufficient constructive feedback skills. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7-74. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Cisterna, D., & Gotwals, A. W. (2018). Enactment of ongoing formative assessment: Challenges and opportunities for professional development and practice. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 29(3), 200-222. Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of 800+ Meta-Analyses on Achievement. London: Routledge Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81-112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 Karaman, P. (2021). The Effect of Formative Assessment Practices on Student Learning: A Meta-Analysis Study. International Journal of Assessment Tools in Education, 8(4), 801-817. https://doi.org/10.21449/ijate.870300 Karimi, M. N., & Asadnia, F. (2015). EFL Teacher’s Beliefs About Oral Corrective Feedback and their Feedback-providing Practices Across Learners’ Proficiency Levels. Teaching English as a Second Language Quarterly (Formerly Journal of Teaching Language Skills), 34(2), 39-68. Kim, Y., & Mostafa, T. (2021). Teachers’ and Students’ Beliefs and Perspectives about Corrective Feedback. In H. Nassaji & E. Kartchava (Eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Corrective Feedback in Second Language Learning and Teaching (pp. 561–580). chapter, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lyster, R., & Saito, K. (2010). Oral feedback in classroom SLA: A meta-analysis. Studies in second language acquisition, 32(2), 265-302. Wisniewski, B., Zierer, K., & Hattie, J. (2020). The power of feedback revisited: A meta-analysis of educational feedback research. Frontiers in psychology, 10, 3087. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Unpacking Assessment and Feedback: International Student’s experience during postgraduate study 1University of Birmingham, United Kingdom; 2University of Northampton, United Kingdom; 3University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Assessment and feedback are fundamental aspects of student experience in higher education as a measure of progress and achievement, and a central tenant of learning and engagement. Assessment and feedback play a pivotal role in increasing student knowledge and understanding, developing key skills, and promoting motivation and academic advancement. The ever-increasing number of international students in higher education, representing a significant percentage student body, necessitates focused consideration of their experience of assessment and feedback. The research-based paper provides evidence based on the investigation of international students, and presents their voices in relation to the lived experience of assessment and feedback. The research focussed on elements of student experiences with regard to assessment and feedback, addressing the following Research Questions: RQ 1- What do students currently encounter in terms of assessment and feedback? RQ 2- How can we evolve assessment and feedback strategies to enhance the experience for international students? The research utilised an interpretivist paradigm, concentrating on the perspectives of the respondents to develop knowledge of their experience and interpretation of this. Unlike research paradigms which primarily aim to universalise results, interpretivist research focuses on understanding the viewpoints of participants within their specific settings. It acknowledges that these viewpoints and behaviours are dynamic, altering based on temporal and situational factors. This facilitates the contrasting of outcomes across different time frames or locales (Cohen et al., 2017). Higher Education needs to be ever responsive to technological innovation, pedagogical shifts, and the increasing diversity of the student body. The role of assessment and feedback within higher education remains central, acting as both a measure and a driver of student learning and engagement. Dr Katherine Hack, principal adviser in teaching and learning at the Higher Education Academy (HEA), stated that assessments and feedback are two of the most influential tools teachers have to direct and support learning (Advance HE, 2022). Indeed, assessment and feedback are an inherent and significant part of a student’s experience, and the prominence of this is captured annually in surveys such as the National Student Survey (NSS) for undergraduates (NSS) and the Postgraduate Taught Experience Survey (PTES). As such, continually re-evaluating and refining assessment and feedback, to align with the changing educational environment, is essential to keep practices contemporary and responsive to the student body and experience. International students account for a notable percentage of postgraduate students across Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) worldwide, and represent a wide array of cultural and educational backgrounds. The difficulties for students needing to navigate an unfamiliar culture are well documented (Haider, 2018; Xie et al, 2019). Simultaneously, international students must also navigate new assessment and feedback practices as part of the transitional journey to Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), often in a different country. This presents a unique set of challenges, academic and cultural, adding an additional layer of complexity to an already nuanced landscape. HEIs are faced with the task of ensuring that their assessment and feedback practices are inclusive and equitable catering to a diverse student body. The Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) began embedding equality, diversity, and inclusion (EDI) in its subject benchmarks in 2021, in the UK. This was part of a wider commitment to promoting EDI across HEIs, and to ensure that all students have an equal opportunity to succeed. This requires a continued commitment to academic rigour while adapting to the evolving needs and expectations of a diverse student body. This requirement can be applied globally, as HEIs seek to ensure that EDI is integrated within assessment and feedback. The paper seeks to investigate how this can be achieved.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed methods approach was utilised, and two research instruments were devised for the investigation: 1- Online questionnaire 2- Face to face focus groups An online questionnaire served as the initial tool for gathering qualitative data, with the aim of enabling a detailed examination of individual perspectives and an assessment of collective viewpoints within the sample (Clark et al., 2021). Countering the prevalent misconception that qualitative research lacks numerical components, Sandelowski (2001) argued that numeric data can play various roles affecting both the structure of the research and its ultimate categorisation. On this basis some numerical data was drawn upon to contextualise and inform the findings and analysis, and as an indicator of the respondent's experiences. The questionnaire consisted of both fixed-response and open-response items. Fixed-response questions enabled respondents to select options that best suited their specific circumstances, whereas open-response questions offered the opportunity for more detailed personal reflections. The specific questions were informed by preliminary dialogues with international students on postgraduate courses. The questions were aligned with the Research Questions, but also sought to identify and provide opportunities for respondents to include details of their lived experiences. 101 students, undertaking postgraduate study in three universities, responded to the detailed questionnaire, and the data was systematically analysed and key themes identified. Following on from the questionnaire, face-to-face focus groups were then undertaken to gather qualitative data, aimed at a nuanced exploration of individual viewpoints, as well as the aggregated opinions of the participants (Kamberelis and Dimitriadis, 2013). The framework for the focus groups included both pre-defined discussion themes and open-ended questions, allowing respondents to elaborate on their unique perspectives and experiences. Thematic analysis of the focus group transcripts was carried out. The themes were subsequently examined, and cross-referenced against pertinent statistical data and research based findings. The individual viewpoints, perceptions and experiences of the respondents are included in the paper, to ensure that their distinct 'voices' are captured and highlighted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research-based paper aims to contribute to a growing body of knowledge on assessment and feedback in Higher Education, with a specific focus on international students. Utilising a qualitative approach that incorporates data collected via questionnaire and focus group, the research provides a range of insights regarding how international students experience and perceive assessment and feedback during their postgraduate courses. The research contributes to academic discourse, and offers practical insights for HEIs and academics moving forwards in providing effective provision for an increasingly diverse and global student population. The research contributes to narrowing the research gap identified, and the need for a nuanced understanding of assessment and feedback practices in higher education settings for international students. By offering a multi-faceted view that considers transitional experiences, individual preferences and challenges, and emotional impacts, the research provides a richer, more complex understanding of assessment and feedback. It underscores the need for higher education institutions to adopt a more adaptive, personalised, and emotionally intelligent approach to enhance the student experience of assessment and feedback. The research adds depth and breadth to the existing literature by highlighting key considerations that need to be addressed when working with international students, and places the international student at the forefront. This provides a student voice and perspective that emphasises their particular needs, concerns and challenges. The research provides recommendations and a six phased template that could be utilised in the design and implementation of higher educational assessment and feedback provision for international students, across global HEIs. References Arthur, N. (2017) Supporting international students through strengthening their social resources. Studies in Higher Education, 42(5), 887–894. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2017.1293876 Baughan, P. (2021) Assessment and Feedback in a Post-Pandemic Era: A Time for Learning and Inclusion. Advance HE. Cook, D.A., and Artino, A.R. (2016) Motivation to learn: an overview of contemporary theories. Medical Education. 50(10), 997–1014. Chew, E. (2014) “To listen or to read?” Audio or written assessment feedback for international students in the UK. On the Horizon. 22(2), 127–135. Dawadi, S., Shrestha, S., and Giri, R. A. (2021) Mixed-Methods Research: A Discussion on its Types, Challenges, and Criticisms. Journal of Practical Studies in Education, 2(2), 25-36 DOI: https://doi.org/10.46809/jpse.v2i2.20 Grainger, P. (2020) How do pre-service teacher education students respond to assessment feedback? Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education. 45(7), 913–925. Haider, M. (2018) Double Consciousness: How Pakistani Graduate Students Navigate Their Contested Identities in American Universities. In Y. Ma & M. A. Garcia-Murillo, eds. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 107–125. Henderson, M., Ryan, T and Phillips, M (2019) The challenges of feedback in higher education, Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44:8, 1237-1252, DOI: 10.1080/02602938.2019.1599815 Koo, K., and Mathies, C. (2022) New Voices from Intersecting Identities Among International Students Around the World: Transcending Single Stories of Coming and Leaving. Journal of International Students. 12(S2), 1–12. Lomer, S., and Mittelmeier, J. (2023) Mapping the research on pedagogies with international students in the UK: a systematic literature review. Teaching in Higher Education. 28(6), 1243–1263. McCarthy, J. (2015) Evaluating written, audio and video feedback in higher education summative assessment tasks. Issues in Educational Research, 25(2), 153-169. http://www.iier.org.au/iier25/mccarthy.html Oldfield, A., Broadfoot, P., Sutherland, R and Timmis, S (nd) Assessment in a Digital Age. University of Bristol, Graduate School. https://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/education/documents/researchreview.pdf Schillings, M., Roebertsen, H., Savelberg, H., Whittingham, J., Dolmans, D. (2020) Peer-to-peer dialogue about teachers’ written feedback enhances students’ understanding on how to improve writing skills. Educational Studies. 46(6), 693–707. Winstone, N.E., Nash, R.A., Parker, M., and Rowntree, J. (2017) Supporting Learners’ Agentic Engagement With Feedback: A Systematic Review and a Taxonomy of Recipient Processes. Educational Psychologist. 52(1), 17–37. Xie, M., Liu, S., Duan, Y., Qin, D.B. (2019) “I Can Feel That People Living Here Don’t Like Chinese Students”: Perceived Discrimination and Chinese International Student Adaptation H. E. Fitzgerald, D. J. Johnson, D. B. Qin, F. A. Villarruel, & J. Norder, eds. , 597–614. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 13 A: Symposium: Principles Travel. Context Matters. Collaboration Transforms. Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Assunção Flores Session Chair: Maria Assunção Flores Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Principles Travel. Context Matters. Collaboration Transforms. National governments and international organizations have made expanding access to well-prepared, effective teachers a central focus in national educational reforms (Akiba 2013). The U.N Sustainable Development Goal #4 makes providing students with access to highly-trained, professional teachers a global priority. Teacher education is now often scrutinized by national policy makers who often look to other nations for models that can be replicated e.g. (Sahlberg 2011). Yet, in the end, such policy borrowing often fails to achieve the goal of profound change in teacher education. Reform efforts are typically stymied by deeply institutionalized national differences in national public school organization, university structure, or cultures of instructional practice (Baker and LeTendre 2005; Tahirsylaj, Brezicha et al. 2015) In addition, the politicized nature of teacher educational reform (Tatto and Menter 2019), and the complex forces that affect teacher education policy debates (Wang, Odell et al. 2010; Earley, Imig et al. 2011) often means that the reforms must be sufficiently robust to survive contentious and rapidly changing political environments. In this session scholars from Norway, Sweden and Hungary will present papers that document changes in teacher education in that originated from collaboration with the iSTEP (Inquiry into the Stanford Teacher Education Program) Institute. They will show how the iSTEP Institute served as a reform catalyst that embedded and transformed key institutional components (universities, classrooms and school governance) of teacher education in each nation. The analysis from these three nations provides a new approach to transforming educational institutions in order to reform and improve teacher education. Each of the three national case studies demonstrates the diversity of national educational environments in which the iSTEP Institute network has spread. They show how local actors used the network to transform heterogenous sets of institutions and allowed the core principles to be effectively instantiated in teacher preparation and professional development. Within each national case study, the authors address key points regarding the restructuring of teacher education, the influence of national political contexts around teacher reform, and the unintended issues that arose in adapting the program. In addition to the three national case studies, one paper will provide background on how the iSTEP Institute was designed. This includes a foundation of key principles of powerful and effective teacher preparation developed over several decades by scholars such as Darling-Hammond (Darling-Hammond 1997; Darling-Hammond 2012; Shulman 1986) and others (Ladson-Billings 1995; Oakes, Lipton et al. 2018). During meetings and workshops of the iSTEP Institute participants explored the knowledge base of effective teacher preparation in their nations, including the key design features, while simultaneously utilizing the in-situ practices of the Stanford Teacher Education Participants were encouraged to consider the application of the fundamental theory- and research-based propositions to their own local, regional, and national contexts. For the teams from Norway, Sweden and Hungary, this inquiry and collaborative reflection resulted in the development of a set of norms and processes for transforming teacher preparation in their home institutions. They identified organizational linkages in anticipation of the need for local accommodations, while preserving core processes of change based on a shared value orientation around educational equity. This unique functioning of the iSTEP Institute stimulated us to refine the theory of a reform catalyst. Theory-driven transformation in teacher education is not new (see McLaughlin and Mitra 2001) but a true catalysts imbeds and transforms. Rather than requiring fidelity to the diffusing innovation (see (Rogers 1995), the network supports ongoing research that allows the innovation to evolve and to produce the kinds of visible improvements so critical to engaging teachers in change efforts (Hattie 2012). References Åstrand, B. (2017). Swedish teacher education and the issue of fragmentation: Conditions for the struggle over academic rigour and professional relevance. In Hudson, B. (Ed.), Overcoming fragmentation in Teacher Education Policy and Practice (pp. 101-152). Cambridge University Press. Presentations of the Symposium Understanding iSTEP as a Reform Catalyst
This paper locates the iSTEP institute within the broad literature on global educational reform (e.g., Baker & LeTendre, 2005; (Darling-Hammond 2010) and teacher education (Tatto and Menter 2019). The transnational diffusion of the of the iSTEP Institute follows a collaborative, “grass-root” pattern, and the success of this diffusion suggests that efforts to reform teacher education need to be centered on key principles that are identified by both research and practice and are then elevated to a central theoretical status, leaving room for practical variation based on local conditions, national policies, and other contextual factors. We document that engagement of local practitioners as active researchers is critical to successful change efforts. As Kim, 2019 wrote: “In many ways, however, the ubiquitous challenge of bridging the divide between a controlled efficacy trial and a real-world effectiveness trial compels scholars to rethink the role of practitioners in experimental research.” However, this alone is not a sufficient condition for diffusion. The explicit focus on equitable access to learning for all students provides a unifying vision as well as a central metric to assess implementation success.
The genesis of the iSTEP Institute and its founding principles focused participants on key pedagogical choices and decisions which they then applied to their own national context. Members began to connect with teacher educators around the world, and the evolution of a loose network of participant collaborators further opened up insights about how to adapt and apply the principles in differing national contexts. This ongoing, trans-national interaction sparked the realization that there is, in fact, a foundational set of principles of powerful teacher education (PTE) that draw from a substantial (yet evolving) body of research that can be applied globally. But that the instantiation of the core principles in practice requires a set of processes in order to adapt material and address differences in culture and the organization of schools as well as professional learning in different local and national contexts. This paper distinguishes between principles, processes, and practices and the relevance and influence of context, providing examples of how the broader project dealt with conflict or concerns about changes wrought by local adaptation.
References:
Baker, D. and G. LeTendre (2005). National Differences, Global Similarities: World Culture and the Future of Schooling. Stanford, CA, Stanford University Press.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2010). The Flat World and Education. New York, Teachers College Press.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2012). Powerful Teacher Education: Lessons from Exemplary Programs. San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass.
Hattie, J. (2012). Visible Learning for Teachers. New York, Routledge.
Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). "Toward a Theory of Culturally Relevant Pedagogy." American Educational Research Journal September.
Sahlberg, P. (2011). Finnish Lessons. New York, Teachers College.
Shulman, L. (1986). "Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching." Educational Researcher February 4-14.
Tahirsylaj, A., et al. (2015). Unpacking Teacher Differences in Didaktik and Curriculum Traditions: Trends from TIMSS 2003, 2007, and 2011. Promoting and Sustaining a Quality Teacher Workforce. G. LeTendre and A. Wiseman. New York, Emeral: 147-195.
Tatto, M. and I. Menter, Eds. (2019). Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education. New York, Bloomsbury Academic.
Wang, J., et al. (2010). "Understanding Teacher Education Reform." Journal of Teacher Education 61: 395-402.
Reform in teacher education in Norway: iSTEP
Several national evaluations have pointed to severe challenges in Norwegian teacher education, particularly regarding fragmentation and disconnect to practice (Norgesnettrådet 2002, Norwegian Agency for Quality Assurance in Education [NOKUT] 2006, Lid 2013, Finne, Mordal et al. 2014, Advisory Panel for Teacher Education [APT] 2020). To meet these concerns, in addition to the restructuring reforms referred above, during the last years, several reforms have been implemented in Norwegian teacher education. At present, there are four main pathways to become a teacher in Norway. All pathways have a designated national curriculum, but common for all Norwegian teacher education is the emphasis on programs that are “integrated and relevant for the profession, and research- and practice-based” (i.e., national curriculum for 5-year integrated secondary master’s program (KD 2013).
In this paper, we will focus on the University of Oslo which provides two of the national pathways to teaching in Norway, the 5-year integrated lower and upper secondary master’s program, as well as the one-year add-on program. In the time leading up to the reform, the programs at the University of Oslo met substantial critique from its candidates, echoing national and international critique on teacher education, and arguing it was too fragmented and disconnected to the profession. The critique was uttered in internal seminars and evaluations, but culminated in 2010, with several pamphlets in public university newspapers.
Faculty at the teacher education program at the University of Oslo had been considering reforming the program, and a visit to iSTEP in 2010 provided the catalyst needed to begin the reform work. In the years leading up to reform, and through the reform implementation, faculty worked to redesign their overall program and its constituent parts. This included developing an international comparative research project looking at coherence and linkage to practice in teacher education. The group who attended iSTEP included faculty from pedagogy and subject didactics, teacher candidates, and school partners who jointly developed a pilot model for teacher education which was implemented in the fall of 2012. This process also served as a starting point for professionalizing teacher education. As a result of the iSTEP process, faculty developed the CATE study (Coherence and Assignments in Teacher Education) which was funded by the Norwegian Research Council in 2012-2017 and investigated eight teacher education programs around the world.
References:
Advisory Panel for Teacher Education [APT] (2020). Transforming Norwegian Teacher Education: The Final Report for the International Advisory Panel for Primary and Lower Secondary Teacher Education, NOKUT.
Finne, H., et al. (2014). Oppfatninger av studiekvalitet i lærerutdanningene 2013 [Perceived study quality in teacher education 2013]. Trondheim, Norway, SINTEF.
KD (2013). Forskrift om rammeplan for PPU for trinn 8-13.
Norgesnettrådet (2002). Evaluering av allmennlærerutdanningen ved fem norske institusjoner. Rapport fra ekstern komité. Norgesnettrådets rapporter.
Norwegian Agency for Quality Assurance in Education [NOKUT] (2006). "Evaluering av allmennlærerutdanningen i Norge 2006. Del 1: Hovedrapport [Evaluation of general teacher education in Norway 2006. Part 1: Main report]." from http://www.nokut.no/Documents/NOKUT/Artikkelbibliotek/Norsk_utdanning/Evaluering/alueva/ALUEVA_Hovedrapport.pdf.
Renewing teacher education in Hungary
The reform context in Hungary was affected by the Hungarian government movement to reduce the number of early school leavers to less than 10 percent by 2020. The University of Miskolc took part in the Project EFOP-3.1.2-16-2016-00001, entitled “Methodological renewal of public education to reduce early school leaving” project that supported the measures to reduce early school leaving. This project focused on renewing the content of teacher training and in-service training to facilitate a change in pedagogical approach. Within this project, researchers focused on “methodological training of teachers to prevent early school leaving without qualification.” One major professional development aspect was Complex Instruction (CI).
Complex Instruction sought to implement the specific professional content of interventions according to the needs of institutions. Complex Instruction supports the prevention of school leaving via a rich set of professional tools and services. Complex Instruction helped to improve the organizational culture of schools and, on the other hand, to increase the student retention capacity of schools by expanding the methodological repertoire of teachers. This led to the initial connection with the iSTEP program.
Hungary provides an example of how the iSTEP Institute worked as a catalyst in a country characterized by a fractious political environment and contentious debates about university curriculum. It provided commitment to embedding the principles into a program context. The iSTEP Institute provided a new focus on practice-based teacher education that served as a catalyst for advancing practice-based teacher education throughout Hungary. Despite the challenging socio-political context, the focus on equity -- derived from the foundational Complex Instruction Program -- was retained. Faculty began working to establish strong relationships with schools – a novelty in the Hungarian context and indicative of the power of the network to transform existing institutional arrangements. The Institute also served to elevate a norm for high-quality PD for teacher mentors and strengthen coherence between the university curriculum and teaching practices in schools.
References:
Project EFOP-3.1.2-16-2016-00001
Tightening Coursework and Clinical work: A Math, Science and Technology Teacher Education Program in Sweden
In Sweden, university-based teacher education programs have been the dominant path to teaching since the late 1970s. In 1977, a period of higher education reform transferred teacher education from teacher education colleges to higher education institutions (Furuhagen et al., 2019). In January 2020, teacher education programs were offered by 27 out of a total of approximately 50 higher education institutions (HEIs) in Sweden. The majority of HEIs are public authorities. There have been frequent teacher education reforms in Sweden—program structure and curriculum were reformed in 1988, 2001, and 2011 (Åstrand, 2017). The reforms are founded on different ideas on “the contents and aims of teacher education” (Furuhagen et al., 2019, p. 795). The 2001 reform was based on an ideal of a general teacher while the 2011 reform resulted in separate programs and degrees for class (grades 1-3 or 4-6) and subject teachers (grades 7-9 and upper-secondary schools). Sweden faces a shortage of certified teachers and there is a demand for alternative routes to teacher certification.
Within this reform context, the University of Gothenburg began by establishing an innovative teacher education program with the neighboring municipality, the City of Gothenburg. A key element of success was the establishment of a joint commitment to integrating the work of schools and the university. Representatives from municipal government became involved in facilitating connections between the university and schools where teacher education candidates were placed. The partners evinced a depth of commitment to subject matter pedagogy and to the continued evolution of teacher education policy and reform in Sweden. In reflection, iSTEP catalyzed a promotion of the principles of powerful teacher education and helped to integrate these into policies and practices in the Swedish context.
The collaborative project documented in this chapter was designed to build a teacher education program guided by the core principles of a program vision, coherence and opportunities to enact practice. It is our understanding that these principles, as elaborated by Klette and Hammerness (2016), mainly refers to conceptual coherence as defined by Hammerness (2006). A basic assumption in our work is that collaborative institutional arrangements—structural coherence—facilitate conceptual coherence, i.e. support the establishment of a program in which faculty, teachers and principals have a common understanding of good teaching and learning and where students’ opportunities to enact practice are strong and lively.
References:
Åstrand, B. (2017). Swedish teacher education and the issue of fragmentation: Conditions for the struggle over academic rigour and professional relevance. In Hudson, B. (Ed.), Overcoming fragmentation in Teacher Education Policy and Practice (pp. 101-152). Cambridge University Press.
Furuhagen, B., Holmén, J. & Säntti, J. (2019). The Ideal Teacher: Orientations of Teacher Education in Sweden and Finland after the Second World War. History of Education, 48(6), 784–805.
Klette, K. & Hammerness, K. (2016). Conceptual Framework for Analyzing Qualities in Teacher Education: Looking at Features of Teacher Education from an International Perspective. Acta Didactica Norge, 10(2), 26–52
Hammerness, K. (2006). From Coherence in Theory to Coherence in Practice. Teachers College Record, 108(7), 1241–1265.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 13 B: Teacher Education for the "Real World" Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Kristina Kocyba Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Identifying Challenges to Sexuality Teacher Education: Mapping 'Relationships, Sex and Health Education' Initial Teacher Training in England University of Lincoln, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Sexuality education can have a range of positive impacts when delivered by competent and trained teachers in ways that are responsive to the contextual factors shaping young people’s needs (Pound et. al., 2017). However, a common problem across European contexts and beyond is lack of adequate pre-service preparation and continuing professional development for teaching sexuality education in the classroom (O’Brien 2021). In their study of the WHO European region, Ketting et. al. (2021) found that it is only in Estonia, Finland and Sweden that most or all pre-service teachers receive sexuality teacher education. Studies based in the USA (Costello et. al., 2022), Canada (Almanssori, 2022) and Australia have examined in greater detail the consequences of lack of teacher preparation, including low knowledge and self-efficacy. In several European studies, including Austria (2018), Spain (Martinez, 2012) and Ireland (Lodge et. al, 2022), similar shortcomings in sexuality teacher education were found. However, international evidence also highlights the positive impact that high-quality teacher education and CPD can have on student’s experiences of sexuality education (Ezer et. al., 2022; Brodeur et. al, 2023).
Many patterns observable across the European teacher education landscape are present in the English context, such as the pressure to impose a more uniform, standardised and centralised control in the name of accountability, measurement and standards (Livingston & Flores, 2017). Echoing other European studies, the 2 most relevant English studies of sexuality teacher education (Dewhurst, Pickett & Speller et. al. 2014; Byrne, Shepherd & Dewhirst et. al. 2015) found that teacher educators ascribed high levels of importance to preparation for pre-service teachers, but also significant limitations in the range of topics covered, and that sex and relationships-related areas were deprioritised amidst other health and wellbeing topics.
There are several factors that make England a distinctive case within the European context of sexuality teacher education. In 2019, ‘Relationships, Sex and Health Education’ (RSHE) became statutory in English primary and secondary schools, in theory creating a higher status and priority for sexuality education within teacher education. However, in 2021, a ‘Market Review’ of teacher education called for a transition from ‘initial teacher education’ to ‘initial teacher training’ (ITT) and established a standardised ‘Core Content Framework’ for ITT, leaving little room for subject areas that typically sit on the margins of the curriculum like sexuality education (Hordern & Brooks, 2023).
The ‘’Mapping RSHE ITT” study responds to these changes, capitalising on a period of transition to highlight current barriers and places where ITT-delivering institutions are adapting and innovating. The primary aim of the study is to map how ITT-providing institutions in England are preparing pre-service primary and secondary school teachers to deliver RSHE, using a national survey, follow-up interviews and observations of teaching on RSHE delivered to trainee teachers on the programmes (further methodological details below). The study also aims to utilise England as a national ‘case’ within the wider European context to identify convergences and divergences with wider patterns of change in teacher education/sexuality education policy and practice across Europe. The study explores and makes visible effective practice while illuminating the numerous barriers faced by teacher education leaders. The Research Questions for the project are:
This paper will report on findings of the study, with data currently undergoing analysis at time of writing (for methodological details see below). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on and extends the mixed-methods approach taken by Byrne, Shepherd & Dewhirst et. al., including a national questionnaire, follow-up interviews and observations of teaching. The study utilizes an explanatory sequential design (Creswell & Plano Cark, 2011), in which quantitative data and results provide a general picture, which is then refined, extended or explained through qualitative data analysis (Subedi, 2016). A questionnaire was designed and refined in dialogue with a steering committee comprised of key local and national stakeholders and policy makers, including the Department for Education and the Sex Education Forum. A key named contact was acquired from the UK government’s published list of 188 accredited ITT providers (reduced to 170 providers after applying relevance criteria). These named contacts were emailed to establish who the most appropriate individual to complete the questionnaire within their organisation would be. This required some negotiation given the wide range of ways oversight of RSHE is structured within the ITT sector. 40 respondents in total completed the questionnaire (23% response rate). Findings were informally analysed in order to refine the semi-structured interview schedule. 11 45-minute semi-structured interviews were conducted with survey respondents. Interviews were recorded, transcribed and pseudonymised. All interview participants were given the option to have an element of their provision observed. 3 observation sessions of ITT teaching were recorded. Each type of data was analysed separately as part of the explanatory sequential design. Analysis was carried out step-by-step, following the sequence of the data collection procedure (surveys, interviews, observations). Each type of data was analysed independently and then synthesized. Survey data was analysed using standard descriptive statistics (i.e. counts and percentages). Interview transcripts were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021) to identify themes using open coding and constant comparison. Fieldnotes from observations were analysed using principles from Phillip & Lauderdale’s (2017) ‘sketch note’ guides for using observational field notes in mixed methods studies. A synthesis of quantitative and qualitative data is currently being undertaken following Fetters, Curry & Creswell’s (2013) framework of ‘data integration’, mapping the ‘confirmation’, ‘expansion’ and ‘discordance’ of different sources of data. This involves separate analysis being carried out by the PI and a Research Assistant then refining analyses together. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of writing, data analysis is still being completed. Expected conclusions to be drawn from the data analysis will include: • A map of the consistency, quality and extent of provision of RSHE ITT in England. • Comparisons with other European contexts. • A deeper understanding of the challenges facing the sector. • Fine-grained picture of initial teacher educator’s perceptions of their programmes. • Examples of best practice and innovation. • Strategies for adapting to changes in policy environment, including intensification of time constraints. • Accounting for where the greatest needs for support are for teacher educators. • Potentialities for change in policy and practice, both in England and beyond. • Identification of further research needs. Overall, the study aims to provide an evidence base that can support a range of possible changes to enrich and expand sexuality education teacher training where needed, with the potential for adaption and application in other national contexts and identify ways that this evidence base could be improved going forward. References Almanssori, S. (2022). A feminist inquiry into Canadian pre-service teacher narratives on sex education and sexual violence prevention. Gender and Education, 34(8), 1009–1024. Brodeur, G., Fernet, M., & Hébert, M. (2023). Training needs in dating violence prevention among school staff in Québec, Canada. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1129391. Byrne, J., Shepherd, J., Dewhirst, S., Pickett, K., Speller, V., Roderick, P., Grace, M., & Almond, P. (2015). Pre-service teacher training in health and well-being in England: The state of the nation. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(2), 217–233. Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2011). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. SAGE. Depauli, C., & Plaute, W. (2018). Parents’ and teachers’ attitudes, objections and expectations towards sexuality education in primary schools in Austria. Sex Education, 18(5), 511–526. Dewhirst, S., Pickett, K., Speller, V., Shepherd, J., Byrne, J., Almond, P., Grace, M., Hartwell, D., & Roderick, P. (2014). Are trainee teachers being adequately prepared to promote the health and well-being of school children? A survey of current practice. Journal of Public Health, 36(3), 467–475. Ellis, V. (Ed.). (2024). Teacher Education in Crisis: The State, the Market and the Universities in England. London: Bloomsbury. Ezer, P., Fisher, C. M., Jones, T., & Power, J. (2022). Changes in Sexuality Education Teacher Training Since the Release of the Australian Curriculum. Sexuality Research and Social Policy, 19(1), 12–21. Fetters, M. D., Curry, L. A., & Creswell, J. W. (2013). Achieving Integration in Mixed Methods Designs—Principles and Practices. Health Services Research, 48(6pt2), 2134–2156. Hordern, J., & Brooks, C. (2023). The core content framework and the ‘new science’ of educational research. Oxford Review of Education, 49(6), 800–818. Korolczuk, E., & Graff, A. (2018). Gender as “ebola from Brussels”: The anticolonial frame and the rise of illiberal populism. Signs, 43(4), 797–821 Livingston, K., & Flores, M. A. (2017). Trends in teacher education: A review of papers published in the European journal of teacher education over 40 years. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(5), 551–560. Martínez, J. L., Carcedo, R. J., Fuertes, A., Vicario-Molina, I., Fernández-Fuertes, A. A., & Orgaz, B. (2012). Sex education in Spain: Teachers’ views of obstacles. Sex Education, 12(4), 425–436. O’Brien, H., Hendriks, J., & Burns, S. (2021). Teacher training organisations and their preparation of the pre-service teacher to deliver comprehensive sexuality education in the school setting: A systematic literature review. Sex Education, 21(3), 284–303. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper “RIoNI”: a Research-Training to Enhance Outdoor Education in Early Childhood Post Pandemic" University of Bari, "Aldo Moro" Italy Presenting Author:The post-pandemic scenario has led the world of education and instruction, including early childhood services, to adopt strong preventive measures to limit the spread of the SARS-cov-2 virus, including, first of all, interpersonal distancing (Porcarelli, Sardella, 2021). A possible response to the challenges of education in the complexity of the presented scenario has been recognized in the outdoor educational model, capable of combining education and attention to physical, psychological and relational well-being. Although this model has spread to the countries of Northern Europe in the first decades after the Second World War, it has only recently established itself in Italy. Taking up the scientific literature, it has emerged that outdoor education offers benefits compared to physical, emotional and cognitive development (Pezzano, 2016); improves the quality of life (Zelenski & Nisbet, 2014); stimulates ecological awareness and identity (Bardulla, 2006); reduces stress and promotes concentration (Bowler, Buyung-Ali, Knight & Pullin, 2010); and helps developing a sense of belonging to the world (Kaplan, 1995). The outdoor model, in the view of the beneficial effects presented, has become more and more innovative, making the most of the opportunities offered by being outdoors and identifying the external environment as a place of training (Farnè, 2015). This educational approach also requires the active participation of the subjects through the body and its movement, has brought back to the center of the development and learning processes the dimension of corporeality, adhering to recent ministerial documents (MIUR 2018; MIUR 2021) that have recognized in the body a vehicle of communication and knowledge. According to the same documents, the territory has taken a particular importance in the learning processes, being recognized as a place to exercise skills and expand educational experiences. Therefore, the outdoor educational model seems to respond both to what is required by ministerial documents and to the new needs dictated by the epidemiological emergency. Living in the society of complexity and uncertainty (Bauman, 2008; Morin, 2012) requires the early childhood professionals not to stop at their basic training, but to keep on training in the light of constant changes in order to be able to learn about new educational and training strategies and to implement their social and technical skills. The article examines the results of a research-training conducted in the kindergartens of the territory of Bari on the theme of outdoor education, in order to observe and improve the applicability/feasibility of this model to early post-pandemic education. The project, entitled "The Indispensable Proximity: Reorganize the Kindergartens in Safety" (RIoNI) was carried out with the aim of enhancing the outdoor educational model, especially following the healthcare emergency, that brought the need to enhance infection preventive measures in kindergartens through interpersonal distancing and the use of "bubbles", ie sections of a few children without the possibility of intergroup exchange. According to the findings, the RIoNI project aims to train educators and inform parents about the outdoor educational model, explaining the benefits of outdoor activities on emotional regulation, cognitive, physical and relational development of children. The project, moreover, in the light of the importance of the physical internal and external environment of the school on the learning processes and on the psychophysical and relational well-being (Plotka, 2016), aimed to rethink the organization of the available spaces (indoor and outdoor), for a better applicability of the proposed educational strategy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology chosen for the project RIoNI was the Research-Training (R-F) (Asquini, 2018); originally developed by CRESPI (Educational Research Centre on the Professionalism of Teachers), it is aimed in particular at schools and teachers and is oriented towards the training/transformation of educational and didactic action and the promotion of teacher reflexivity. R-F is an empirical research methodology that requires the joint participation of teachers/educators and experienced researchers. In this regard, already Dewey (1899), supporting the model of the Inquiry approach and the school-laboratory, placed at the center of educational research the collaboration between researchers and teachers (Magnoler & Sorzio, 2012). The project, therefore, has seen the collaboration between the researchers of the University of Bari "Aldo Moro" and professional figures (educators and coordinators) operating in municipal kindergartens in the Bari area. Among the tools that have made possible the research in its different phases, we remember, the scale SVANI, scale for the assessment of the kindergarten (Harmes, Cryere & Clifford., 1990), the Italian vesion of ITER-S (Bassa Poropat & Chicco 2003), used to evaluate the quality of each kindergarten involved and compare the quality indicators of the target kindergartens and control; questionnaires to collect socio-demographic data; Maternal Sensitivity Scalem, used to detect the sensitivity of educators to the distress signals sent by children (Ainsworth, Bell, & Stayton, 1974); Bayley III rating scales: Socio-Emotional Scale + 4 areas (Communication, Play, Self-control, Social Behavior) of the Adaptive Behavior Scale, compiled by parents (Bayley, 2006); and the self-report Parenting Stress Index-Short Form (PSI-SF), aimed at investigating the stress in the relationship between child-educator and child-parent, following the pandemic (Abidin, 1995; Richard & Abidin, 1998). Specifically, the researchers of the University of Bari organized for the training of educators and information of parents with respect to OE, a series of distance learning meetings, in which they explained the educational model in nature, proposed a plurality of outdoor activities that can be experienced both at the kindergarten and at home, and illustrated the benefits of OE. Both educators and parents were also able to participate in training sessions run by medical staff, on the benefits of being outdoors with children for physical and mental health, followed by the periodic sending of "information pills" in-depth micro-videos on paediatric information to support participation in the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study led to reflect and evaluate the applicability of the outdoor educational model through experimentation of the research-training project in early childhood services. Overall, the results of statistical analysis and feedback from kindergarten educators were encouraging, both in terms of the applicability of the outdoor experience model, than in terms of the benefits produced on children’s attentive skills and their skills of expression and behavior regulation in social interaction. The results of the research show that the kindergartens that have adopted this model have found significant benefits, suggesting that this strategy should be promoted and encouraged. The research also highlighted the need to support the training of professionals working in the world of education to enable them to implement pedagogical-educational and social skills needed to rethink and reorganize spaces and routines, for the integral development of children. The training of educators, in the field of design, has allowed, in fact, to investigate the previous knowledge of professionals with respect to the subject, overcome initial resistance and acquire skills, tools and methods of application of OE. In line with pedagogical literature, the outdoor educational model has proven to be an effective approach to learning and developing children, since it offers opportunities for movement, Social exploration and interaction that are critical for the healthy growth and development of children (Bento & Dias, 2017). In addition, outdoor learning can promote physical and mental health, reduce stress, and increase motivation (Kellert, 2005). References Abidin, R.R. (1995). Parenting Stress Index (3rd ed.). Odessa: Psychological Assessment Resources. Ainsworth, M. D. S., Bell, S. M., & Stayton, D. J. (1974). L’attaccamento madre-bambino e lo sviluppo sociale: la socializzazione come prodotto delle reciproche risposte ai segnali. In M.D.S. Aisworth (a cura di), Modelli di attaccamento e sviluppo della personalità. Milano: Raffaello Cortina. Asquini, G. (2018). La Ricerca-Formazione. Temi, esperienze, prospettive. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Bardulla, E. (2006). Pedagogia, ambiente, società sostenibile. Roma: Anicia. Bassa Poropat, M.T., & Chicco, L. (2003). Percorsi formativi nella valutazione della qualità. Bergamo: Junior. Bauman, Z. (2008). Vite di corsa. Bologna: Il Mulino. Bayley, N. (2006). Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development Third Edition. San Antonio, TX: Harcourt Assessment. Journal of Psychoeducational Evaluation, 25(2), 180-190. Bento, G., & Dias, G. (2017). The importance of outdoor play for young children's healthy development, Porto biomedical journal, 2(5), 157-160. Bowler, D.E., Buyung-Ali, L.M., Knight, T.M., & Pullin, A.S. (2010). A systematic review of evidence for the added benefits to health of exposure to natural environments, BMC Public Health, 10, 456, https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-10-456. Decreto Ministeriale, 2 febbraio 2018, Indicazioni Nazionali e Nuovi Scenari, https://www.miur.gov.it/-/indicazioni-nazionali-di-infanzia-e-primo-ciclo-piu-attenzione-alle-competenze-di-cittadinanza Decreto Ministeriale, 22 novembre 2021, n. 334, Linee pedagogiche per il sistema integrato zerosei, https://www.miur.gov.it/-/linee-pedagogiche-per-il-sistema-integrato-zerosei Farnè, R. (2015). Outdoor education. Zoom, 8(122), 84-87. Harmes T., Cryere D., & Clifford R.M. (1990). Scala per la Valutazione dell’Asilo Nido. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Kaplan, S. (1995). The restorative benefits of nature: toward an integrative framework. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 15(3), 169-182. Kellert, S. R. (2005). Nature and Childhood Development. In Kellert, S.R., Building for Life: Designing and Understanding the Human-Nature Connection (pp. 63–89). Washington: Island Press. Magnoler, P., & Sorzio, P. (2012). Didattica e competenze. Pratiche per una nuova alleanza tra ricercatori e insegnanti. Macerata: EUM. Morin E. (2012). La via. Per l’avvenire dell’umanità. Milano: Cortina. Pezzano T. (2016). Il paradigma pragmatista del giovane Dewey. In M. Baldacci, E. Colicchi (eds.), Teoria e prassi in pedagogia. Questioni epistemologiche. Roma: Carocci. Plotka, E. (2016). Better Spaces for Learning. London: RIBA. Porcarelli A., Sardella M. (2021). Esperienza, casi di studio, riflessioni critiche, proposte. Dirigenti Scuola, 40, 136-156. Richard, R., Abidin, R.R. (2008). PSI-Parenting Stress Index. Firenze: Giunti O.S. Zelenski, J.M., & Nisbet, E.K. (2014). Happiness and feeling connected. The distinct role of nature relatedness. Environment and Behavior, 46(1), 3-23. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Financial Education Coaches: An Initiative for the Joint Advancement of Teaching, Research, and Third Mission WU Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Finance is a vital part of everybody’s life and dealing effectively with a wide range of financial challenges requires a level of financial literacy that many people lack. The OECD defines financial literacy to be a combination of financial ‘knowledge, awareness, skills, attitudes, and behaviour in order to make effective decisions across a range of financial contexts, to improve the financial well-being of individuals and society, and to enable participation in economic life’ (OECD 2014, 33). A high level of financial literacy contributes to a person’s financial stability, independence and well-being. People with a higher level of financial literacy know comparatively more financial products, use more sources of information for their financial decisions and have a nest egg set aside for a rainy day. They are less inclined to take out loans for short-lived purposes such as current bills, spontaneous purchases, gifts or a holiday (Silgoner et al. 2015, Stolper and Walter 2017, Lusardi 2019). Consequently, improving financial education at schools is at the heart of most national strategies all around the world. However, considering the high diversity of students, there is little empirical evidence on the didactic adequacy and effectiveness of financial education initiatives. In order to provide a tailored financial education program that really meets the needs of the respective audiences, an innovative initiative of training students of business education to become financial education coaches at schools has been developed at Vienna University of Economics and Business (WU). As coaches, they offer to teach financial education workshops at schools, customised to the needs of the students while taking the teaching conditions at the respective school into account. Teachers at secondary schools may request workshops within the framework of the initiative on the website of the Institute for Business Education. In addition to their contact details, school and class, the teachers provide information on the desired topic, the desired length and the desired time period of the workshop. Accordingly, coaches develop an individual workshop for each request from a school or teacher. The program has proven to be attractive not only for WU students who wish to enhance their financial knowledge and skills as well as their teaching abilities, but also for schools and teachers alike that aim to foster the level of financial education of their students. In creating a tangible impact in schools and society at large, the initiative contributes to a well-blended mix of third mission initiatives of a university. Yet, the program not only provides effective financial education for schools under consideration of the prevailing teaching conditions, but has also been evaluated from the very beginning of its implementation in order to closely examine the acceptance and effectiveness of the initiative. The actual effectiveness of the program has been assessed by means of an evaluation study that analyses the impact of the initiative on financial education coaches, teachers and students at schools while also analysing its recognition by society. Subsequently, this contribution presents the initiative, its theoretical framework and the evaluation results on the didactic adequacy and the effectiveness of the program, in particular its impact on research and teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The principles of the triangulation method were applied to evaluate the financial education initiative from various perspectives. Triangulation as a research method refers to the combination of different data, methods, theoretical perspectives and/or researchers (Döring/Bortz 2016). In this case, the evaluation study used data and methodological triangulation to evaluate the initiative of the financial education coaches at WU from the perspectives of all participants by applying different methods of empirical research (Denzin 1973, Cohen et al. 2017). Following the principles of method triangulation, a combination of qualitative and quantitative survey methods was selected in order to be able to infer results from the data that can be used for the further development of the initiative (Flick 2011, Döring/Bortz 2016). Therefore, the students were surveyed quantitatively by means of evaluation questionnaires, while guided interviews were conducted with the teachers and the financial education coaches. This mixed method approach allowed a combination of different methods and different types of data as well as the evaluation of different perspectives for a comprehensive and in-depth evaluation. The content structure was comparable across all the survey instruments. First, the participants were asked to express their assessments of financial education topics in general, which fostered the identification of general results on the importance and relevance of financial education. After this introduction, the workshops were evaluated, first by looking at the overall perception and at organizational aspects. Subsequently, the content and the relevance of the workshops for the students' future life were assessed in more detail. The sample comprised 360 pupils who participated in 20 workshops that took place at 13 different Viennese schools. For conducting interviews with the teachers of these students, all teachers who had requested the workshops were contacted. While 13 teachers were asked for interviews, unfortunately only three of them were willing to give an interview, even after repeated requests. In addition, all financial education coaches who held at least one workshop between November 2022 and January 2023 were interviewed. In total, 18 financial education coaches were interviewed, 14 of whom are female and four male. For the teachers and students, the evaluation was carried out verbally-interpretatively within the framework of qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study show that the overall objective of the initiative is achieved: Students, teachers and financial education coaches give high ratings to the initiative and signal that they profit from it. The three perspectives overlap on experiencing financial education to be important and interesting. The three groups also share the belief that financial education should already be taught in school and, thus, anchored in the curriculum. The students feel that financial education is very relevant for their private everyday life, but they highlight that they receive too little financial education in school in order to become a responsible citizen. Teachers largely feel unable to teach financial education topics themselves and, therefore, willingly turn to the financial education coaches' initiative at WU. As far as the didactic approach is concerned, the study results show that lessons in a workshop format with short theory elements and longer application and exercise phases achieve the highest learning outcome of the students. Creative and complex methods with interactive and playful elements on financial education topics help students to recognize the relevance of the topics in their everyday lives and motivate them to participate in the workshops with high interest. Consequently, the initiative contributes to the positive development of society and, thus, to the third mission of WU by promoting financial education among students and teachers. At the same time, students of business education profit from the enrichment of their studies by boosting their own financial literacy and gaining more experience in teaching at schools. In addition, the initiative helps to collect data on financial literacy in Austria and to learn more about the levels of financial literacy among the young. In this way, the initiative has a threefold positive impact on teaching, research and the university’s third mission. References Cohen, Louis, Manion, Lawrence, and Keith Morrison. 2017. Research Methods in Education. London: Routledge. Denzin, Norman K. 1973. The Research Act: A Theoretical Introduction to Sociological Methods. New Jersey: Transaction Publishers. Döring, Nicola, and Jürgen Bortz. 2016. Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Berlin. Heidelberg: Springer Verlag. Flick, Uwe. 2011. Triangulation. Eine Einführung. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Kuckartz, Udo. 2012. Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Weinheim / Basel: Beltz Juventa Verlag. Lusardi, Annamaria. 2019. “Financial literacy and the need for financial education: evidence and implications.” Swiss Journal of Economics and Statistics 155/1: 1–8. OECD. 2014. “PISA 2012 Results: Students and Money: Financial Literacy Skills for the 21st Century (Volume VI)”, OECD Publishing. Silgoner, Maria, Greimel-Fuhrmann, Bettina, and Rosa Weber. 2015. “Financial literacy gaps of the Austrian population.” Monetary Policy & The Economy Q2/15: 35–51. Stolper, Oscar A., and Andreas Walter. 2017. “Financial literacy, financial advice, and financial behavior.” Journal of Business Economics. DOI 10.1007/s11573-017-0853-9 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 13 C: Needs, Perceptions and Preparation of Teachers Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stephen Heimans Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching as a Social Elevator? The Case of Germany and South Africa 1University of Passau, Germany; 2Stellenbosch University, South Africa Presenting Author:Historically, teaching has been regarded as a social elevator, offering upward mobility for individuals from non-academic households (e.g., for Sweden, Calander et al., 2003). Among ongoing arguments whether teaching may still hold such potential, there is limited knowledge regarding the relationship between academic background and other personal factors of future teachers, such as their career choice motives. This connection holds significance on several levels. Many countries face teacher shortages, so understanding the motivation of first-generation students is crucial for increasing the number of future teachers. On an individual level, career choices are decisions made under uncertainty, particularly when exploring options distinct from those personally known, e.g. due to parents’ occupations (Gottfredson, 2005). This uncertainty, coupled with the aspirations tied to upward mobility, may be more pronounced for first-generation students, hence the importance to acknowledge and explore their distinct motivational patterns. The potential of teaching for upward mobility can be linked to a number of factors. First, teaching is a visible academic career: Gottfredson (2005) argues that to choose a career, one has to have this specific occupation within their cognitive map of occupations. For most occupations, this depends on the context a person lives in, but teaching is an profession that can be found on nearly everybody’s occupational map. The second factor is accessibility. Historically, teachers did not need to study at an expensive university – at least for elementary school teachers – as teacher training could be done at less expensive teacher’s colleges (for Switzerland e.g. Schohaus, 1954). Similarly, the social valuation is not seen as prohibitively high. High status might make a profession seem “too difficult for [students] to enter with reasonable effort or […] pose too high a risk of failure if they try” (Gottfredson, 2005, p. 79). Whether the potential for upward mobility can be used is dependent on personal factors. In a study of educational trajectories of German students whose parents have low educational degrees, Legewie (2021) identifies four personal network factors leading to upward mobility or non-mobility: support with academic efforts, encouragement, support with solving problems, and role models. The career choice of teachers can be assessed using FIT-Choice, an internationally established framework that assesses perceptions about the teaching profession (e.g. social status and salary of teachers) and motives for choosing the profession (e.g. intrinsic motivation, subject centered motivation, Richardson & Watt, 2006, 2016). Career choice motives are known to differ between countries (Richardson & Watt, 2016) as structural conditions influencing career choice, While a FIT-Choice study has already been conducted in Germany (König & Rothland, 2012), data on South Africa is limited (du Preez, 2018). Thus, both career choice and social mobility might look different in a developing country like South Africa which can also be compared to a industrialised Western society which produce most of the literature about teacher’s career choice. This imbalance calls for collaborative, comparative studies that include countries from the Global South. For South Africa, for example, social mobility seems to depend heavily on parents’ educational background (OECD, 2018). Therefore, this research paper utilizes data from an international project for a comparative analysis of students from Germany and South Africa with respect to the occupational backgrounds of their parents. The study aims to address three main questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used [The project] is an international project coordinated by [partner], Germany, with participants from five countries. Participation was anonymous and voluntary. The project used an online version of the FIT-Choice questionnaire (Richardson & Watt, 2016). Data was collected during lectures so researchers could assist should questions arise. The South African questionnaire was handed out in English, but interpreters for Africaans were present to translate. In Germany, the questionnaire was administered in German. FIT-Choice consists of items concerning career choice motives (n=37) and beliefs regarding the teaching profession (n=13). The model was tested across all five countries using confirmatory factor analysis with robust estimators (R Core Team, 2020; Rosseel, 2012) with acceptable results (career choice motives: RMSEA = 0.035, SRMR = 0.060, χ2/df = 2,28; beliefs: RMSEA = 0.048, SRMR = 0.055, χ2/df = 3,67; construct reliability of scales = 0.63 – 0.92; all factor loadings significant with p < 0.001; see Schermelleh-Engel, Moosbrugger, & Müller, 2003). The educational background of parents was measured by a scale based on an expanded version of the UNESCO ISCED-2011 scale (Unesco, 2012), ranging from 1 (“no schooling completed”) to 11 (“doctorate degree”) for both mother and father. A level of seven indicated at least a college degree or a degree from a university of applied sciences; all higher levels indicated university-related degrees. Students were put into three groups: A) 48% had no parents with an education level of 7 or above on our scale (meaning they are the first-generation students) B) 27% had one parent with a level of 7 or above (meaning they come from a family with mixed educational backgrounds) C) 24% had both parents with a level of 7 and above (meaning they come from a family where higher education is common). The data was analyzed using quantitative method (t-tests, χ2-tests, ANOVAs). All analyses were conducted in R and SPSS. Levene tests were used to test for variance homogeneity and robust estimators were used when necessary. The data used for this analysis included the datasets from South Africa (n = 142) and Germany (n = 211) that were taken from a larger sample of n = 1157 cases. The average year of birth was 1998 for German and 1999 for South African students (t(322.009) = -5.791, p < 0.001). In total, 88.4% of the participants were female, with no significant differences between the countries. Participants were within their first terms of teacher training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There were no significant variances between the educational background of participants from both countries, nor regarding gender or age. Regarding their motives, all groups followed a specific trend, so variation stayed limited. The perceptions social status and teacher morale and the salary were assessed higher by group A while the motives shape future of children/adolescents, make social contribution and subject specific motivation were highest among group C, leading to a more extrinsic pattern in group A compared to C. Variance between Germany and South Africa was more pronounced. Eight out of twelve motives were different, as were two of the four perceptions. South African participants scored higher for all motives except time for family and scored higher on expert career, while Germans valued salary higher. This is in line with previous research and reflects the country's favorable socioeconomic conditions for teachers (Author 2020). With 48% first generation students, the study indicates that in both countries, teaching can still serve as a social elevator. First-generation students consistently rating teachers' social status and salary higher than other students illustrates that those are rated in comparison with other occupational options: As group A’s occupational landscapes presumable hold less other academic, well-paying, high-status professions, teaching is comparatively rated higher. The role of extrinsic motives is disputed. They may negatively affect intrinsic motivation (Deci, Koester & Ryan, 1999) and indeed, higher perceptions of salary and social status among first generation students were accompanied by lower intrinsic values. Nevertheless, they still exhibited high absolute values on intrinsic motives, indicating they possess intrinsic motivations as well (Author, 2020). Furthermore, the importance of extrinisic factors for students from less well-off backgrounds can’t be disputed. Thus, amid teacher shortages, emphasizing both intrinsic and extrinsic benefits of the occupation could be a way to expand the teacher workforce. References Author (2020). Author et al. (2022). Calander, F., Jonsson, C., Lindblad, S., Steensen, J., & Wikström, H. (2003). Nybörjare på Lärarprogrammet. Vilka är de? Vad vill de? Vad tycker de? [Beginners in the Teacher Education Program. Who are they? What do they want? What do they think?]. Uppsala: Pedagogiska Institutionen. Deci, E. L., Koestner, R., & Ryan, R. M. (1999). A meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125(6), 627–668. du Preez, M. (2018). The factors influencing Mathematics students to choose teaching as a career. South African Journal of Education, 38(2). DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n2a1465 Gottfredson, L. S. (2005). Applying Gottfredson's Theory of Circumscription and Compromise in Career Guidance and Counseling. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Hrsg.), Career development and counseling. Putting theory and research to work (pp. 71–100). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. König, J. & Rothland, M. (2012). Motivations for choosing teaching as a career: effects on general pedagogical knowledge during initial teacher education. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 289–315. DOI: 10.1080/1359866X.2012.700045 Legewie, N. (2021). Upward Mobility in Education: The Role of Personal Networks Across the Life Course. Social Inclusion, 9(4), 81–91. DOI:https://doi.org/10.17645/si.v9i4.4612 OECD (2018): A broken social elevator? How to promote social mobility. URL: https://read.oecd.org/10.1787/9789264301085-en R Core Team. (2020). R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing. Retrieved from https://www.R-project.org/ Richardson, P., & Watt, H. (2006). Who Chooses Teaching and Why? Profiling Characteristics and Motivations Across Three Australian Universities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 34(1), 27–56. Richardson, P., & Watt, H. (2016). Factors Influencing Teaching Choice: Why Do Future Teachers Choose the Career? Volume 2. In J. Loughran & M. L. Hamilton (Eds.), International Handbook of Teacher Education (pp. 275–304). Singapore: Springer Singapore. Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling: Version 0.5-21. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. Schermelleh-Engel, K., Moosbrugger, H., & Müller, H. (2003). Evaluating the fit of structural equation models: Tests of significance and descriptive goodness-of-fit measures. Methods of Psychological Research-Online, 8(2), 23–74. Schohaus, W. (1954). Seele und Beruf des Lehrers [The soul and the profession of teachers]. Frauenfeld: Huber & Co. UNESCO (2012): International Standard Classification of Education 2011. URL: https://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/international-standard-classification-of-education-isced-2011-en.pdf 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Uncovering Relationships Between Formal and Informal Learning: Unveiling the Mediating Role of Basic Need Satisfaction and Challenge Seeking Behaviour 1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Existing studies have demonstrated the critical roles of either formal or informal learning in bolstering teachers’ professional performance, personal welfare, and the resultant student outcomes (Kyndt et al., 2016). However, most current studies address these two constructs separately, rendering the relationship between them ambiguous, which has caused a biased understanding of workplace learning (Kyndt et al., 2016). To bridge this gap, we integrated self-determination theory (SDT) and job redesign theory to explore the influencing mechanisms of formal learning on informal learning. Teachers’ formal learning refers to experiences derived from school-organized/endorsed or institutionally sponsored learning programs aimed at fostering their professional development (Feiman-Nemser, 2012). Their informal learning means teachers’ self-initiated learning behavior aimed at addressing their professional development needs (Kyndt et al., 2016) or resolving work-related issues (Hoekstra and Korthagen, 2011). Informal learning activities can be categorized into five types consisting of four types of interactive learning activities, including learning through media, colleague interaction, stakeholder interaction, and student interaction, and the fifth type is reflecting on practice (Huang et al., 2020). The overall impact of formal learning on informal learning has been theoretically and empirically confirmed (Choi and Jacobs, 2011). Individuals with more formal education and training experience have been found to devote more time to self-directed learning activities and engage in more informal learning activities (Rowden, 2002). Therefore, we postulated that teacher perceived formal learning would positively influence teachers’ five types of informal learning activity. The critical role of basic need satisfaction to informal learning is firstly supported by the self-determination theory (SDT). SDT posits that there are three basic psychological needs: autonomy, competence, and relatedness. SDT asserts that individuals with basic need satisfaction will exhibit a high level of autonomous motivation and initiate more learning activities (Deci et al., 2017). SDT also proposes that the workplace context, including provided formal learning opportunities, is pivotal in influencing individuals' basic need satisfaction (Deci et al., 2017). While few studies have directly explored the relationship between teachers' formal learning and basic need satisfaction, indirect evidence suggests that teacher-perceived formal learning opportunities can fulfill their three basic needs by augmenting teachers' knowledge, skills (Richter et al., 2014), autonomy (Castle, 2004), and perceived relatedness (Barrable and Lakin, 2020). we posit that teachers’ basic need satisfaction mediates the impact of perceived formal learning on different types of informal learning activity. The job redesign theory has emphasised the crucial role of individuals’ job redesign behaviour, especially challenge seeking behaviour, in their learning behaviour and working performance (Zhang and Parker, 2019). Individuals who are seeking challenges such as new skills acquisition or innovative practice generation will have a high level of informal learning motivation and engage in different types of informal learning activity (Lazazzara et al., 2020). Moreover, formal learning can enhance individuals’ self-efficacy and augment their professional knowledge and skills (Richter et al., 2014). Consequently, individuals with boosted confidence and perceived control of working are more inclined to seek additional challenges, such as undertaking more tasks or responsibilities. Drawing from the literature, we believe that teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour mediates the impact of teacher-perceived formal learning on their different types of informal learning activity. Given that individuals’ challenge seeking behaviour largely depends on their autonomous motivation (Lazazzara et al., 2020), we posited that teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour serves as a sequential mediator between their formal and informal learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our sample consisted of 1,886 primary and secondary school teachers from Gansu and Yunnan provinces in southwest China. Each participant received a WeChat link to a consent form and an online questionnaire from their school principal. A 7-item professional learning opportunity subscale of the 2020 North Carolina Teacher Working Conditions Survey (North Carolina Department of Public Instruction, 2020) were used to assess the perceived formal learning opportunity. These items were scored ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree). All other variables were scored on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (always). Teachers’ basic need satisfaction. The 16-item Work-related Basic Need Satisfaction Scale developed by Van den Broeck and colleagues (2010) was used to assess the teachers’ basic need satisfaction. Challenge seeking behavior. The 5-item subscale of increasing job demands behavior developed by Tims et al. (2012) was used to examine teachers’ challenge seeking behavior. Informal learning activity. Teachers' informal learning activity was evaluated using the Informal Teacher Learning Scale (Huang et al., 2022). The 19-item scale has 5 dimensions. To test the construct validity of the studied variables, we first conducted confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). Following the CMV test, descriptive statistical analysis was used to determine the means and standard deviations of the variables investigated, as well as their Spearman’s correlations. Then, a measurement model encompassing all eight variables was built. To test the hypothesis model, structural equation modelling (SEM) was used with maximum likelihood (ML) as the estimator. As the CFI and TLI values were greater than .90 and the RMSEA and SRMR were less than .08, the model fit was regarded as acceptable. Bootstrapping procedures with 2,000 samples were performed to verify the mediation effect. Mplus 8.3 software was used to conduct all of the analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study generates two main findings: 1. Teachers perceived formal learning opportunity functions in various ways to promote different informal learning activities. Formal learning was found to directly promote teachers’ interactive informal learning activity. Given that interaction with colleagues, stakeholders, and students is the most common content involved in formal learning, these activities may easily permeate and influence teachers’ daily learning activity. However, regarding learning through media and reflection, the impact of formal learning was only through basic need satisfaction and challenge seeking behaviour. 2. Both teachers’ basic need satisfaction and challenge seeking behaviour were found to be critical mediators, with the latter having a stronger relationship with teachers’ informal learning. We found that formal learning can boost teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour. By accessing cutting-edge theories and alternative pedagogy through formal learning, teachers are inclined to take on more challenges or implement teaching experiments. Further, the strength of the associations between challenge seeking behaviour and most informal learning was very high except for learning through colleagues. This may because colleague interaction resides in a school’s culture as well as individual teachers’ motivation and initiation (Grosemans et al., 2015). Regarding the mediating role of basic need satisfaction, our results indicate that it only mediated one-third of the effect of perceived formal learning opportunity on challenge seeking behaviour. This finding is noteworthy given recent research suggesting that motivation is the core mediator of the impact of job resources on individuals’ job redesign behaviour (Zhang & Parker, 2019), with basic need satisfaction potentially explaining this relationship (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). However, our study reveals that teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour may be significantly influenced by their interaction with supportive conditions, such as available resources and engaging research projects, rather than being predominantly dependent on teachers’ basic need satisfaction. References References (abridged) Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. Castle, K. (2004). The meaning of autonomy in early childhood teacher education. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 25(1), 3–10. Choi, W., & Jacobs, R. L. (2011). Influences of formal learning, personal learning orientation, and supportive learning environment on informal learning. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 22(3), 239–257. Deci, E. L., Olafsen, A. H., & Ryan, R. M. (2017). Self-determination theory in work organizations: The state of a science. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 4(1), 19–43. Feiman-Nemser, S. (2012). Teachers as learners. Harvard Education Press. Grosemans, I., Boon, A., Verclairen, C., Dochy, F., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Informal learning of primary school teachers: Considering the role of teaching experience and school culture. Teaching and Teacher Education. Hoekstra, A., & Korthagen, F. (2011). Teacher learning in a context of educational change: Informal learning versus systematically supported learning. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(1), 76–92. Huang, X., Lee, J. C. K., & Frenzel, A. C. (2020). Striving to become a better teacher: linking teacher emotions with informal teacher learning across the teaching career. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 1067. Huang, X., Lin, C. H., Sun, M., et al. (2022). Metacognitive skills and self- regulated learning and teaching among primary school teachers: The mediating effect of enthusiasm. Metacognition Learning, 17, 897–919. Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., Grosemans, I., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers’ everyday professional development: Mapping informal learning activities, antecedents, and learning outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1111–1150. Lazazzara, A., Tims, M., & de Gennaro, D. (2020). The process of reinventing a job: A meta–synthesis of qualitative job crafting research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 116, 103267. North Carolina Department of Public Instruction. (2020). North Carolina teacher working conditions survey. Retrieved from https://nctwcs.org Richter, D., Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Lüdtke, O., & Baumert, J. (2014). Professional development across the teaching career: Teachers’ uptake of formal and informal learning opportunities. In Teachers’ professional development (pp. 97-121). Brill. Rowden, R. (2002). The relationship between workplace learning and job satisfaction in US small to midsize businesses. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 13, 407–425. Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173-186. Zhang, F. F., & Parker, S. K. (2019). Reorienting job crafting research: A hierarchical structure of job crafting concepts and integrative review. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 40(2), 126–146. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 11 SES 13 A: School Education: Various Approaches to Students' Skill Development Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Daiga Kalniņa Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Effectiveness of Ways of Working With Text Types to Increase Students' Functional Literacy NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:One of the most urgent problems observed in the educational process is the low functional literacy of students. Developing functional literacy in young people is one of the planned steps in the education system in the age of modern education and technology. This is because the main indicator in the educational system is the performance of tasks based on reading literacy, which is analyzed, summarized, and evaluated at a comparative level around the world. In this regard, it is important that students can sort the knowledge and information they have acquired and apply it to their needs in life. That is why every teacher needs to form skills with professional, public, and scientific information to increase reading literacy by working with students' functional literacy tasks in their subject. Our research aims to create a person who, paying attention to the environment, not only understands the changes in the environment but also decides based on them. We sorted and interpreted the surrounding information, selected information, and considered ways to implement it. Expected result: - Pupils will be able to determine the purpose of the text and distinguish its form; - Know the basic sequence of working with text; - Make logical connections using their knowledge and ideas; - Learn to critically reflect and formulate; - Learn to evaluate the ability to use skills in life situations; - Read information selectively and think logically; - Quickly overcome difficulties and obstacles encountered in life; - Know how to solve problems and communicate in the implementation of their ideas. Functional literacy is the knowledge and skills formed by a person adapting to the social environment as a result of connecting school education and the multidisciplinary activities of a person in everyday life. The main feature of functional literacy is the ability to solve life problems based on applied knowledge in various areas of a changing society [1]. Functional literacy is considered to be the main factor contributing to lifelong learning, which overcomes the obstacles faced by people in the cultural, political, social, and economic spheres and finds solutions through creative ideas. That is why functional literacy shows the highest potential in society. This is to prevent our society from getting out of the social crisis in some directions. In the PISA program, texts on personal (30%), social (30%), educational (25%), professional (15%) topics must be selected to form public opinion in accordance with their needs in life. As PISA coordinator, Andreas Schleicher strongly supports this approach, emphasizing the importance of Pisa in providing a comprehensive assessment of how well education systems are preparing students for real challenges[6]. Another aspect to consider when developing a task should be in a system that emphasizes the search, selection, integration and interpretation of Information, Analysis and evaluation. Together with our colleagues, we discussed the topic: "how to improve the reading literacy of students?"we will discuss the issue""." We were looking for an answer to the question and conducted an informal professional conversation. During a professional conversation, we decided that the problem can be solved by changing from the level of understanding and knowledge to the level of analysis, discussion, decision-making. A series of lessons on general topics:" biodiversity"," nature protection " was developed. We planned to use graphic and mobile texts during the lesson. Why were graphic texts chosen? This is because, through a collaborative approach, it is concluded that it will be more effective to work with graphic and moving text to develop reading skills, increasing reading literacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to the feedback received from the students, there were a lot of graphic and moving texts in the last tests, and due to their lack of skills in their execution, they did not have enough time, so the development of their digital literacy skills was taken into account. Working with whole and non-whole texts and counting time were our main goals. In this regard, effective ways of working with non-complete, mixed, and complex texts, such as working with a graphic text or searching for an answer from a second text using a hyperlink, were considered for the students. And how do we achieve this? Of course, in order to achieve the results, we have chosen the methods, tasks, and resources to be performed in the process of the research lesson in order to obtain social and professional information so that they are available for our research purpose. Our goal is to form a relationship with the environment, to choose a future profession, to be ready for environmental and economic conditions, and it is based on the development of a self-directed person. The main goal of reading literacy is to interpret the information received by these students and apply it according to their needs in life. Linda Darling-Hammond echoes this sentiment, advocating for education systems that prioritize equity and learning for all students, ensuring a broad range of skills and knowledge are assessed and valued, much in line with the objectives of PISA [5]. The tasks aim to identify and evaluate the information provided in the text. In most cases, the advantages and disadvantages of the problem are compared. According to the study "Critical Reading Strategies" by Professor Vincent R. Ruggiero of the State University of New York, "before reading any text and relying on the information contained in it, everyone should use a four-step critical reading strategy: review, analyze, read, and evaluate." It is recommended to use this reading strategy in order to understand the information in the text in general. We determined the influence of the students' functional literacy development on the skills of analysis, collection, and interpretation of the information obtained by the "FILA", "GROW", "FISHBONE", "SWOT" methods. And we were also considering providing space for the thinking process by making a complete analysis of the information by describing the numerical information seen by the students and the collected information by speaking with graphic texts and pictures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On the other hand, it is possible to get used to turning information from a whole text into a non-whole text by focusing on creative thinking such as "put it in a table, give a graph, convey the main idea with a picture". Entering the second text through a hyperlink, we integrated texts about the weather forecast with information about the environment or endangered animals into the task of searching for the answer to the question, and we worked with the moving text "find the answer to the question by visiting the link." In this regard, the grouping of geographical and biological knowledge was taken into account. We did not forget that the tasks aimed at execution by means of hyperlinks are often based on increasing the application of the knowledge gained in many other subjects in life, and the ability to search for information in accordance with the times is formed. The goal is that students should be able to use the time effectively to access the hyperlink and find the answer to the highlighted question. In tasks aimed at analyzing information in mixed texts, read and draw conclusions from different points of view and dual opinions. He can stop and compare the information he needs. This is the problem that we take into account when creating the main task and when creating open questions and interpretation and comparison questions. In order to create conditions for that, it is necessary to appropriately use questions at the level of constant analysis, application, and evaluation of the thinking process [4]. If the human world is functionally literate in the period of rapid development of technology in modern life, a person who is inclined to live and who can effectively use the acquired knowledge will be formed. References 1. International program PISA 2000, M.: Center for Quality Assessment of Education, IGSE RAE, 2003, p. 8 2. Methodological guide for the formation of reading literacy among students Nur Sultan-2020 3. Rozhdestvenskaya L., Logvinova I. Formation of functional reading skills. Teacher's manual. [Electronic resource]. URL: https://slovesnic.ru/attachments/article/303/frrozhdest.pdf 4. PISA Test Questions/URL: http://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisaproducts/pisa-test-questions.html 5. Darling-Hammond, Linda. "The Flat World and Education: How America's Commitment to Equity Will Determine Our Future," Teachers College Press, 2010. 6. Schleicher, Andreas. "PISA 2018: Insights and Interpretations," OECD, 2019. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Predictors of Schoolchildren's Agency: a Multilevel Model Higher School of Economic, Russian Federation Presenting Author:The contemporary "Age of Uncertainty” requires the ability to respond effectively to global challenges, such as climate change, economic instability and inequality, human rights violations, military-political conflicts, and pandemics, and others. In this context, the task of the formation of agency, that is, the ability to act and transform the surrounding reality, to make decisions and take initiative in various contexts and spheres of public and personal life without external control or support is becoming increasingly important for education systems (Manyukhina, 2022; Sorokin & Froumin, 2022). Agency is defined as the ability of an individual to act, exercising control over his/her life, the ability to set and achieve goals (Cavazzoni et al., 2021), proactively influence the environment, including the transformation of existing and the creation of new forms of interaction in various spheres of public life (Udehn, 2002). Agency is expressed in the ability to be an active participant, guiding and shaping one's life path (Schoon & Cook, 2021). It also implies the optimization of resources, overcoming or transforming constraints on the way to achieve self-set goals (Zimmerman & Ceary, 2006), both in individual subjective reality and in objective social reality. The variety of approaches to the definition of agency and the difficulties in unifying the methodology for measuring this construct are primarily due to its multidimensional (umbrella) character (Schoon & Cook, 2021; Schoon & Неckhausen, 2019). Education is extremely important from the point of view of the agency formation. The construct of agency is based on two components (Cavazzoni et al., 2021; Abebe, 2019; Veronese et al., 2019): personal characteristics ("self-efficacy", "personal autonomy", "optimism”, “self-esteem”, "internal locus of control"), and structural capabilities (socio-economic conditions, the territory of residence, the role of family, and the formal requirements of the institutions). This idea helps to understand the role of education in the formation of appropriate qualities and skills of schoolchildren in the learning process (Manyukhina, 2022). It is noted that institutional and pedagogical practices can contribute either to the expansion or limitation of the manifestation of agency (Ruscoe et al., 2018; Sirkko et al., 2019; Kirby, 2019). At the same time, educational practices that are implemented outside strictly formal school education, including the participation of schoolchildren in extracurricular activities and private lessons, can acquire special importance from the point of view of the formation of proactive behavior. A number of studies have shown that extracurricular activities make a significant contribution to the formation of such qualities as perseverance, independence, self-confidence, creativity, and social activity (Baker, 2008; Durlak, Weissberg, Pachan, 2010; Baharom et al., 2017). The students who study privately tend to practice longer, "smarter," and more efficiently as they establish practice objectives, maximize time and concentration through shorter but generally more productive practice segments (Hamann, Frost, 2000). At present, literature lacks tools for assessing agency of children and adolescents comprehensively, in various spheres of manifestation (Sorokin, Froumin, 2022; Cavazzoni, 2021). Also, there are no general models allowing to correlate different types and levels of children’s agency with individual and structural factors, including educational practices. The purpose of this study was to search for predictors of schoolchildren’s agency at the individual and school levels. Research questions: - What are the individual characteristics of students (gender, age, socioeconomic status, parental level of education, participation in private lessons, and extracurricular activities) are significant predictors of the agency level? - What significant predictors of agency level can be found at the school level (number of students, number of young teachers, proportion of students with low/high socioeconomic status, and others)? - How does the significance of these predictors change when they interact with each other? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were obtained as a result of the survey of students in grades 4 to 8 (N = 4,603; Mage = 12.4, SD = 1.46; 49.7% female) conducted in 2022 in Yaroslavl, Russia. The population of Yaroslavl is about 600,000 people. The sample is representative of urban schools: a random stratified selection of schools was carried out, taking into account their size as a characteristic of the socio-economic status of an educational organization. A total of 31 schools were selected for the study. Among the study participants, 48.6% noted that the mother or stepmother has tertiary education, and 31.26% of the respondents have both parents with tertiary education. Next, 37.8% of the respondents have a father or stepfather with tertiary education. At the same time, 0.8% of the respondents noted that they do not have "this parent – mother or stepmother," and 5.8% of the respondents – "there is no parent – father or stepfather." Thus, it can be argued that the vast majority of the study participants live in full families, and 48.8% of the respondents live with a brother or sister. More than half of the respondents (65%) attend some extracurricular activities. Slightly more than a quarter of schoolchildren (28.7%) take private lessons. The questionnaires had special section aimed at assessing proactive behavior (agency). In particular, the respondents were asked whether their parents participated in choosing of extracurricular activities (or the decision was made solely by a child him- or herself), whether they tend to take the initiative and make decisions about everyday activities in the company of peers, how the decisions are made about joint activities with parents, and where from they obtain most of the money for their personal expenses (for instance, do they have a paid working experience). The respondents' responses for each category were ranked and as a result, a total integral indicator (agency index) was calculated, i.e., the level of agency for each respondent. Finally, the linear mixed regression model predicting the agency Index was built. The model encompassed both individual and school-level predictors and their interactions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the individual level, several predictors were found to be significant. Age positively predicted the Agency Index (B = 0.11, SE = 0.01, p < .001), meaning that as the age of the participants increased, their agency index scores also tended to be higher. Parents’ educational level, particularly the mother’s, was also a significant predictor of the Agency Index (B = 0.08, SE = 0.04, p = .033). Participation in private lessons (PL) and extracurricular activities (PEA) both were associated with a higher Agency Index (PL: B = 0.38, SE = 0.05, p < .001; PEA: B = 0.79, SE = 0.04, p < .001). However the students who took private lessons and also participated in extracurricular activities had a slightly lower Agency Index compared to those who only participated in extracurricular activities. At the school level, the number of young teachers was a significant predictor (B = 0.04, SE = 0.01, p < .001), suggesting that schools with more young teachers tend to have students with higher agency index scores. Other school-level predictors were not statistically significant. Cross-level interaction effects revealed a significant interaction between participation in extracurricular activities and the number of young teachers (PEA × Number of young teachers: B = -0.05, SE = 0.01, p < .001), indicating that the positive effect of extracurricular activities on the Agency Index decreased as the number of young teachers in a school increased. That is, schools with more young teachers had a reduced benefit of extracurricular activities for the Agency Index, whereas those with fewer young teachers had a more pronounced benefit. However, the Agency Index appears to be mainly an individual-level phenomenon, with only a minor portion of its variance being explained by differences between schools. In more detail the results will be presented on the Conference. References Baharom M. N., Sharfuddin M., Iqbal J. (2017) A Systematic Review on the Deviant Workplace Behavior. Review of Public Administration and Management, 5(3), 1–8. Baker C. N. (2008) Under-Represented College Students and Extracurricular Involvement: The Effects of Various Student Organizations on Academic Performance. Social Psychology of Education, 11(3), 273-298. Cavazzoni, F., Fiorini, A., & Veronese, G. (2021). How Do We Assess How Agentic We Are? A Literature Review of Existing Instruments to Evaluate and Measure Individuals' Agency. Social Indicators Research, 159(3), 1125-1153. Durlak J. A., Weissberg R. P., Pachan M. (2010) A Meta-Analysis of After-School Programs that Seek to Promote Personal and Social Skills in Children and Adolescents. American Journal of Community Psychology, 45(3). P. 294-309. Hamann D.L., & Frost, R.S. (2000). The Effect of Private Lesson Study on the Practice Habits and Attitudes Towards Practicing of Middle School and High School String Students. Contributions to Music Education, 27(2), 71–93. Kirby, P. (2019). Children’s agency in the modern primary classroom. Children & Society, 34(1), 17–30. Manyukhina, Y. (2022). Children’s agency in the National Curriculum for England: a critical discourse analysis. Education 3-13, 50, 506–520. Ruscoe, A., L. Barblett, and C. Parrath-Pugh. (2018). Sharing power with children: repositioning children as agentic learners. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 43(3), 63–71. Schoon, I., & Cook, R. (2021). Can individual agency compensate for background disadvantage? Predicting tertiary educational attainment among males and females. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 50(3), 408–422. Schoon, I., & Heckhausen, J. (2019). Conceptualizing individual agency in the transition from school to work: a socio-ecological developmental perspective. Adolescent Research Review, 4(4), 135–148. Sirkko, R., Kyrönlampi, T., and Puroila, A. M. 2019. Children’s agency: opportunities and constraints. International Journal of Early Childhood, 51(3), 283–300. Sorokin P. S., Froumin I. D. (2022) Education As a Source for Transformative Agency: Theoretical and Practical Issues. Voprosy Obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, 1, 116-137. Udehn L. (2002) The Changing Face of Methodological Individualism. Annual Review of Sociology, 28(1), 479–507. Veronese, G., Pepe, A., Cavazzoni, F., Obaid, H., & Perez, J. (2019). Agency via life satisfaction as a protective factor from cumulative trauma and emotional distress among bedouin children in Palestine. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 1674. Zimmerman, B. J., & Cleary, T. J. (2006). Adolescents’ development of personal agency. In F. Pajares, & T. Urdan (Eds.), Adolescence and Education (Vol. 5): Self-Efficacy Beliefs of Adolescents, 45-69. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 13 SES 13 A: Education and Everyday Utopias: A Quest for Educational Imaginaries Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Alison Brady Session Chair: Stefano Oliverio Symposium |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium Education and Everyday Utopias: A Quest for Educational Imaginaries Davina Cooper (2013, p. 3) describes an everyday utopia as a ‘form of attunement, a way of engaging with spaces, objects, and practices that is oriented to the hope, desire, and belief in the possibility of other, better worlds’. Departing from the conventional understandings of utopia as an abstract ideal yet to be attained, or a compensatory fantasy that makes the unideal present ‘liveable’, an everyday utopia can be understood as an orientation or a method (e.g. Bennett, 2001; Bloch, 200), enacted through experiments with new ways of living together that ‘stay with the trouble’ (e.g. Haraway, 2016). In this sense, everyday utopias must be thought of in terms of the concrete, embedded possibilities that reach towards an emergent future, as that which sits within a particular tension of latency and tendency, the imagined and the actualised. Crucially, everyday utopias are practical. They do not serve to deny or escape from the present but put into practice a set of values underpinned by commitments to organising – and routinising – new ways of living. Everyday utopias can be axiomatic in nature, insofar as these commitments may be regarded as fictional, nonexistent or impossible, but that nevertheless lend themselves to new imaginaries for living. Take the work of Jacques Rancière (1991) as an example, particularly his idea of acting on an axiom of equality. Rancière advises us to act as if people were equal in order to let what seems impossible appear in the here and now. Although the axiom itself is “theoretical” (in the conventional sense), it is also “practical”, insofar as it requires practical decisions and arrangements that confirm it, instead of some lofty, purely future-oriented declarations. Affirmation of a so-called “fictional” axiom involves more than simply a critical awareness of the impossible. Although critique is implicit in everyday utopias (e.g. they can reveal/contest prevailing social norms, unsettling commonsense appropriation of concepts), they also move us beyond any vague assurances of ‘future emancipation’. Rather, “everyday utopias might contribute to a transformative politics by sustaining what is’ (Cooper, 2013, p. 15). Naturally, this would not mean simply conserving the status quo, but might instead refer to (im)possible trajectories of the present invented and explored in the practices of speculative fiction (e.g. Stengers, 2015). Or it might involve sustaining what is, an affirmation of which requires an attitude of care and responsibility for our world, for protecting what is still worthwhile within it. In the case of education, everyday utopias therefore point towards a post-critical rather than critical orientations – a way to discern and preserve particular practices and to explore their future (im)possibilities, rather than an approach that exhausts itself in the debunking critique of the present. In this symposium, three papers converge to explore the existence and/or the possibility of everyday utopias in education. The first paper serves as an introduction to utopianism in educational theory and turns to the concept of performative utopias as connected to utopias in the everyday sense. The second paper asks what a renewed attunement to the present might mean for education, connecting this to Heidegger’s notion of “poetic dwelling” and the possibility of transformative politics in “making oddkin” on a damaged earth (Haraway, 2016). The third paper turns to the concept of “slow spaces” as an example of an everyday utopia that is possible (and yet threatened) in the modern university. References Bennett, J. (2001) The enchantment of modern life: attachments, crossings and ethics, Princeton, USA: Princeton University Press. Bloch, E. (2000). The spirit of utopia, A. A. Nasser (trans.), Standford: Standford University Press. Cooper, D. (2013). Everyday utopias: the conceptual life of promising spaces, USA: Duke University Press. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham: Duke University Press. Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster (Kristin Ross, Trans.). Stanford (CA): Stanford University Press. Stengers, I. (2015) In catastrophic times, London: Open Humanities Press. Presentations of the Symposium Education After Critique: The Difficult Task of Practicing Impossible Futures
In this contribution, I examine the various ways that utopian thinking can reinvigorate educational practices following their radical critique. Departing from the meaning that debunking has for our ability to imagine and theorise possible forms of the social world other than the status quo, I contend that the more critique reveals fundamental structures of oppression, the more difficult it seems to oppose them, i.e. the more unimaginable resistance becomes. In other words, radical critique leads to the 'secondary naturalisation of the world' (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2020) which eventually results in cynicism (Sloterdijk, 1987).
For that reason, radical critique is usually paired with utopia – especially in educational theory – as the hope-giving instance. I will refer to the work of Henry A. Giroux (1983; 2011) to make this case. Subsequently, from within this example, I will argue that working in the conditions “after critique” always relate to at least four ways of forming utopias (i.e. of forming our hope). Two of them ('totalitarian' and 'escapist' utopias) represent the reasons utopian thinking was itself an object of critique in the 20th Century. In order to reconstruct these, I refer to the arguments Hans Jonas (1984) laid out against Ernst Bloch (1995).
What Giroux proposes is a different kind of utopian thinking, however, which I refer to as 'debunked' utopia. Debunked critique pertains to utopias as regulative ideas for political struggle, insofar as they are aware of the injustices, inequalities, and oppression, and therefore function as an ontological expression of a gut-scream for justice, equality, and freedom. Given that these are so attached to the critique of the existing status quo, I argue that they are “utopias of the possible”, representing desires of the negative (desires for what’s not) rather than an alternative one would be able to affirm.
With Jacques Ranciere (1991), I reconstruct a fourth option of utopias that can be practised – namely, 'performative' utopias - where actors make what seems impossible (from the point of view of our critical knowledge about the world) happen here and now. In such cases, they act not against the existing status quo, but in spite of its existence, forming, in such a way, a particular breach in the existing order of things, a sphere of exception. I argue this understanding of utopia is crucial for theorising education today, examples of which can be found in “everyday utopias” explored in the subsequent papers.
References:
Bloch, E. (1995) The Principle of Hope. N. Plaice, St. Plaice, P. Knight transl. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press
Giroux, H.A. (1983). Theory and Resistance in Education. A Pedagogy for the Opposition. Massachusetts: Bergin & Garvey.
Giroux, H.A. (2011). On Critical Pedagogy. New York – London: Continuum.
Jonas, H. (1984). The Imperative of Responsibility. In Search of an Ethics for the Technological Age. Transl. H. Jonas, D. Herr, Chicago – London: The University of Chicago Press.
Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster (Kristin Ross, Trans.). Stanford (CA): Stanford University Press.
Sloterdijk, P. (1987), Critique of Cynical Reason, transl. M. Eldred, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press
Vlieghe, J., Zamojski, P. (2020) Towards an immanent ontology of teaching. Leonard Bernstein as a case-study, “Ethics and Education” vol. 15 no. 1, s. 1-17, https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2019.1700444
Dwelling as Utopian Practice
Cooper’s (2013) everyday utopias can be taken as a call to reorient educational theory and practice towards a renewed engagement with the present. But how can attunement to the present be cultivated in and through education? How can the required openness to the unforeseen be conceptualised given the nature of education as a perpetual departure from ‘what is’ that requires normative direction?
To reflect on these questions, drawing mainly from Heidegger and Haraway, I connect Cooper’s idea of everyday utopia with the concept of ‘dwelling’. ‘Dwelling’ resonates with everyday utopias as practical attempts to not only think differently but to be in the world differently. For Heidegger, dwelling is attained through building for dwelling’s sake, which includes both cultivating (tending to and preserving our surroundings) and constructing (“raising up edifices” (Heidegger 1971, 145)). An education oriented towards ‘dwelling’ is not about creating a particular future, but about truly inhabiting the present moment with care, openness, responsiveness and responsibility; an engagement with the world that is educationally meaningful.
Keeping with the spirit of Cooper’s everyday utopias, ‘dwelling’ is not about the idea of ‘future emancipation’, but about authentic being and participation as means for present emancipation. Primordially connected to being, building that contributes to dwelling “corresponds to the character” (Heidegger 1971, 156) of things, responding to the inherent potentiality of Dasein. Heidegger uses the term ‘poetic’ to further elucidate the nature of ‘dwelling’ as authentic ‘presencing’ – both of the self and others. The poetic, following Heidegger, is about “the saying of the unconcealedness of what is” (71). As such, ‘dwelling’ is inherently utopian: it opens present avenues for transformation “by sustaining what is.” (Cooper 2013, 15)
Heidegger’s notion of ‘poetic dwelling’ resonates with Haraway’s call in 'Staying With The Trouble' (2016) for the need to be present in, with and “on a damaged earth” (2016, 2). This “requires learning to be truly present […] as mortal critters entwined in myriad unfinished configurations of places, times, matters, meanings” (1); it “requires making oddkin [through] unexpected collaborations and combinations” (5). Haraway allows us to conceptualise co-construction outside an anthropocentric idea of continuous progress through rational discourse. The commitment to ‘staying with the trouble’ is itself utopian (114). Haraway draws an arc between the educational (practical and theoretical), ethical and political aspects of dwelling (Stengel 2019), and connects to Cooper’s vision of everyday utopia as a form of transformative politics.
References:
Cooper, D. (2013). Everyday Utopias: The Conceptual Life of Promising Spaces. Durham: Duke University Press.
Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham: Duke University Press.
Heidegger, M. (1971). Poetry, Language, Thought. New York: Harper Colophon Books.
Stengel, B. S. (2019). Com-Posting Experimental futures: Pragmatists Making (Odd)Kin with New Materialists. Studies in Philosophy and Education 38(7), 7-29.
Utopias in Practice: Cultivating Slowness in the Modern University
Attenuating the modern logic of efficiency, several international “slow movements” have spawned. The most famous is perhaps the “slow food movement” (Petrini, 2005), but they also appear in tourism, art and cinema, urban design – and, indeed, in education (Berg and Seeber, 2016). For those advocating slowness, the growth of the so-called “edgeless city” is intimately connected to the thoughtlessness that characterises modern forms of consumption, where our capacity to dwell in such spaces is limited, and where we are left with a sense of dislocatedness and disenchantment. Slow movements are examples of what Cooper (2013) calls ‘everyday utopias’: they seek not merely to critique, but to put into practice a set of concrete actions underpinned by commitments that make possible alternative forms of living, alternative ways of engaging with worthwhile activities.
Lamenting the so-called “reading crisis” in modern society, Waters (2007) argues this relates not only to our failures to address structural inequalities but also the sense in which we no longer find time to engage in contemplative – or slow - forms of reading. Where reading is taught, it is in the form of “speed reading”, resulting in the reduction of literature to "graphs and charts". Waters asks: what happens if we go inside a book - becoming still, slow? These time-consuming practices produce a "deeply profound quiet that can overwhelm your soul, [in which] you can lose yourself for an immeasurable moment of time". To read literature is, indeed, "…to mess with time, to establish… its own rhythm.”
Waters’ (2007) argument might easily slip into a neo-Luddite critique of modern technology, particularly considering recent concerns around students’ use of AI tools/speed-reading apps. Although originally a critique of the accelerating forces of modernisation, the value of slowness in this paper points to existing contemplative practices in the university that enable heightened aesthetic or sensory experiences through which the possibility of fully immersing ourselves is allowed. It calls for the protection of these spaces - both physical study spaces threatened by the logic of efficiency with increased student numbers, the growth of digital resources etc. (e.g. Carnell, 2017; Mathews and Walton, 2014), as well as conceptual spaces that include ‘slow ways of thinking’. Slowness is also made possible through what Sedgwick (2002) calls reparative reading – an orientation that seeks to preserve rather than deconstruct the text, that instead requires radical receptivity, and that represents an example of a particular "utopia-in-practice”.
References:
Berg, M. and Seeber, B. K. (2016). The slow professor: challenging the culture of speed in the academy, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Carnell, B. (2017). Connecting university spaces with research-based education, Journal of Learning Spaces, 6 (2).
Cooper, D. (2013). Everyday utopias: the conceptual life of promising spaces, USA: Duke University Press.
Matthews, G. and Walton, G. (2014). Strategic development of university library space: widening the influence, New Library World, 115 (6/7), pp. 237-249).
Petrini, C. (2004). Slow food: the case for taste, USA: Columbia University Press.
Sedgwick, E. K. (2002), Touching Feeling, Durham, USAL Duke University Press, Durham.
Waters, L. (2007). Time for reading, The Chronicle of Higher Education, 53 (23).
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 14 SES 13 A: The Power of Belonging, Reimagining Landscapes of Uncertainty: Place, Space and Democratic Decision-making. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Deborah Ralls Session Chair: Carolina Coelho Symposium |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Symposium The Power of Belonging, Reimagining Landscapes of Uncertainty: Place, Space and Democratic Decision-making Facing an uncertain future, there are many reasons to embrace, and indeed develop, participatory approaches to planning and decision-making. In this symposium, we present three papers from separate projects, addressing different local concerns in a range of countries and contexts, but all support the participation of people who might otherwise be overlooked in understanding and developing educational settings. Moving from a focus on the classroom, to the school and then the city itself, we share an understanding of these spaces as undeniably physical and material, but with these more tangible aspects intertwined with, and made meaningful through, their social and cultural features.
The papers present methods and approaches that have succeeded in including children and young people, teachers and other school staff in place-based and spatial decisions. We demonstrate how, through these processes, people develop relationships that reduce feelings of uncertainty and build a greater sense of communal belonging and empowerment. The results of these initiatives include not only tangible changes to space and places, but also enhanced understandings of the contribution community-members of all ages, backgrounds and roles can make. Such collaborative approaches have the potential to create landscapes of collaborative democratic decision making, turning spaces of learning within and beyond the school into welcoming, inclusive places of belonging, caring and community.
Yet, in this symposium, we intend to look beyond immediate or local successes. We question what these experiences reveal about the relationship between such participatory approaches and the wider landscape of democracy, which itself appears under threat in these uncertain times. In the examples we present, local participation and wider democracy appear productively entwined (Percy-Smith, 2015), each contributing positively to the development of the other. We return to Arnstein (1969) and Hart’s Ladders of Participation to interrogate our own experiences.
Arnstein (1969) and Hart (1992) show how low levels of participation can reveal an absence of democracy. A Ladder of Participation model helps expose situations where those involved are fed a story of involvement while subject to ‘manipulation’ (Arnstein, 1969: 217). However, our research shows how we must also consider what is happening at the higher levels of participation in these models, and why it is happening.
Our findings illustrate how more equitable participatory processes seem sometimes to depend on the pre-existence of more democratic approaches in areas such as governance, pedagogy and curriculum. Yet, on other occasions, the participatory activity itself impacts positively on the development of democratic processes and places. Our research thus highlights the importance of focusing on the process of participatory decision-making, as well as the outcomes (Harris and Goodall, 2007). Reciprocal learning between professionals and those often excluded from place and space based decision making processes is a powerful tool in the development of place-making as a more relational, collaborative endeavour.
Thus, even when higher levels of participation in particular projects are achieved, perhaps supported by local democratic systems, there is a need to recognise the larger eco-systems at play and how these policies and practices may disempower not only the participants but also the organisers of the participatory activities.
Many researchers and practitioners working with educational systems will have experienced such issues, where our interests in research or engagement must be balanced, and may be in tension with, other expectations and intentions based on ‘thin consumer driven and overly individualistic forms’ of democracy (Apple, 2013, p.49) rather than “thick” collective forms of democracy based on consensus and community. We will draw on the diverse experiences presented in our paper to explore the challenges presented by such contested conceptualisations of democracy (Foner, 1998) and participation, and how these might be navigated. References Apple, M. W. (2013) Creating democratic education in neoliberal and neoconservative times, Praxis Educativa, XVII (2), 48-55. Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of planners, 35(4), 216-224. Foner, E. (1998). The story of American freedom, New York: Norton. Harris, A. and Goodall, J., (2007) Engaging parents in raising achievement – do parents know they matter? Department for Children, Schools and Families Research Brief. Hart, R. (1992) Children’s Participation: From Tokenism To Citizenship. Florence: UNICEF. Percy-Smith, B. (2015). negotiating active citizenship: Young people’s participation in everyday spaces. In: Kallio, K. P., and Mills, S. (eds.) ‘Geographies of Politics, Citizenship and Rights’. London: Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Engaging and Caring Spaces for Teachers and Children. Mediated Intertwinements of Pedagogy, Physical Space and IEQ
The importance of good indoor environmental qualities (IEQ) for wellbeing and learning in schools is well-researched, though mostly framed, measured, and treated technically (e.g., Haverinen‐Shaughnessy et al., 2011; Minelli et al., 2022). Less explored is the relation between pedagogical practices, physical school spaces, and IEQ and how these are intertwined and potentially improved through teacher training and collaboration (Bøjer & Rasmussen, 2024).
In this paper, we do a close examination of a small but exemplary project, where a recreation centre teacher, through minor physical and pedagogical interventions developed in collaboration with colleagues, transforms a malfunctioning computer space with bad acoustics and air quality into an engaging, inclusive, and caring space for both teachers and students.
The analysis will draw on socio-spatial perspectives of space and educational practice for an analysis of how aspects of IEQ (acoustics and air flow) and materiality (computers, walls, and chairs on wheels) entangle with the pedagogical practices and organisations of the room (Carvalho & Yeoman, 2018; Lai et al. 2020; Mulcahy et al., 2015). Moreover, it is framed by a literature review conducted in the research project (Bøjer & Rasmussen, 2024).
The analysis will exemplify how IEQ may be considered and supported pedagogically through teacher training, which would offer a more collaborative and participatory alternative to the dominant technical approach to IEQ in schools.
The paper is grounded in a Danish action research project connected to a new supplementary teacher training program aiming to educate teachers in matters of pedagogy, space, and IEQ and their interrelations. The paper will be based on qualitative data including visual and written material from presentations and reports about the teacher projects, observations and interviews with teachers, and quantitative IEQ measurement.
The project demonstrates the interrelated link between pedagogy, space, and IEQ and how thinking about and working with this interplay as collaborative, interwoven and interdependent can empower the teachers and thus create better and more democratic learning environments. Today, IEQ is mainly controlled by the school’s technical personnel, thus being unapproachable by teachers and students. Enhanced spatial competencies provides the teacher with more agency to (re)think space and IEQ pedagogically and make the required changes to secure a more aligned and democratic learning environment.
References:
Bøjer, B. & Rasmussen, L. R. (2024). The interplay between pedagogical practices, physical spaces, and indoor environmental quality in schools: A scoping study. (Manuscript submitted for publication).
Carvalho, L. & Yeoman, P. (2018) Framing learning entanglement in innovative learning spaces: Connecting theory, design and practice. British educational research journal 44(6), p.1120-1137 DOI: 10.1002/berj.3483
Haverinen‐Shaughnessy, U., Moschandreas, D., & Shaughnessy, R. (2011). Association between substandard classroom ventilation rates and students’ academic achievement. Indoor Air, 21(2), 121-131.
Lai, C., Huang, Y. X., & Lam, T. (2020). Teachers' socio-spatial practice in innovative learning environments. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(4), 521-538. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2020.1736003
Minelli, G., Puglisi, G. E., & Astolfi, A. (2022). Acoustical parameters for learning in classroom: A review. Building and environment, 208. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.buildenv.2021.108582
Mulcahy, D., Cleveland, B., & Aberton, H. (2015). Learning spaces and pedagogic change: Envisioned, enacted and experienced. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 23(4), 575–595. DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2015.1055128
Creative Methods to Make Experiences Visible and Develop Shared Ideas about Educational Spaces
The life of a school involves complex interactions of a diversity of people, acting sometimes as individuals and sometimes as groups, within a physical space. The connection between physical school settings and the activities that take place is not simple (Blackmore et al., 2011; Duthilleul et al., 2021), with the totality of the educational environment depending on organisational and social aspects, as well as physical and material resources, and the relationships and interactions these all support (Gislason, 2010; Woolner et al., 2022).
This is why collaborative investigation of school space, its use and design, can be beneficial. By raising awareness of the physical environment and sharing experiences of their activities within it, school communities can develop shared understandings that can improve cohesion and contribute to ideas for the future (Parnell, 2015). Using shared experiences of physical spaces to generate ideas is clearly suitable, drawing as it does on the practice of site visits in architecture, but research and practice also demonstrates the success of desk-based visual-spatial methods, using plans and images of school space (Woolner et al., 2010).
In this paper I will present methods developed through the CoReD project (project ref.: 2019-1-UK01-KA201-061954, 2019-22, https://www.ncl.ac.uk/cored/ ) to support such participatory approaches to understanding and developing school spaces. These activities, moving within spaces or discussing images, enable experiences to be shared and support the development of knowledge of the setting, perhaps opening minds to the potential of the specific site. Through considering the use of the methods (Bøjer and Woolner, 2024; Coelho, 2022; Sigurðardóttir et al., 2021), in a range of educational contexts, I will explore how the methods facilitate progress from initial recognition and articulation of experiences to the development of shared ideas.
I will then begin to consider the external circumstances that are needed to support the participatory design process through these stages. A key issue is what, if anything, in the material and social setting changes as a result of the collaborative approach. In relation to outcomes, it is notable that these processes occur within the constraints of existing structures, cultures and funding within the school and across the wider society.
References:
Blackmore, J.et al.(2011) Research into the Connection between Built Learning Spaces and Student Outcomes, Melbourne, Victoria.
Bøjer,B and Woolner, P.(2024) Creating ‘perfect’ new learning spaces: collaboration to align design and use In: AR. Costa and R. Cooper (Ed) Design for Education.
Coelho,C.et al.(2022). Survey on Student School Spaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392.
Duthilleul, Y: Woolner,P: Whelan, A.(2021) Constructing Education: An Opportunity Not to Be Missed. Paris: Council of Europe Development Bank, Thematic Reviews Series.
Gislason, N.(2010). Architectural design and the learning environment: A framework for school design research. Learning Environments Research, 13, 127–145.
Parnell, R.(2015) Co-creative Adventures in School Design. In P. Woolner (Ed) School Design Together, London: Routledge
Sigurðardóttir,A.K.; Hjartarson,T.; Snorrason, A.(2021) Pedagogical Walks through Open and Sheltered Spaces: A Post-Occupancy Evaluation of an Innovative Learning Environment. Buildings, 11, 503
Woolner, P., Hall,E., Clark,J., Tiplady,L., Thomas,U. and Wall,K.(2010). Pictures are necessary but not sufficient: using a range of visual methods to engage users about school design Learning Environments Research 13(1) 1-22.
Woolner, P., Thomas,U. and Charteris,J.(2022). The risks of standardised school building design: Beyond aligning the parts of a learning environment, European Education Research Journal, 21(4): 627–644
Place-making Matters and Citizens of Now
Following the global pandemic, there has been increasing recognition of the levels of uncertainty facing children and young people and the urgent need for our national and local governments to become more responsive to the interests of the young, as demonstrated by initiatives such as the EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child (2021).
Drawing on findings from a 45-month international comparative research study, funded by the Leverhulme Trust, this paper suggests that although it is children and young people’s fundamental right to participate in matters that affect them (UN, 1989) this is often overlooked. The study indicates that policy making with children and young people at local and national level require the creation of spaces and places of belonging and collaborative, democratic decision making for our youngest citizens in their schools and local communities and shows how a Relational Toolkit can help.
The research took place across four case studies; learning spaces from Barcelona, Berlin, New York and Rio de Janeiro. The case studies come from diverse spaces and places, yet all their approaches clearly illustrate the belief that education is place making and vice versa, with a deliberate blurring of the boundaries between formal spaces of education and the students’ daily lives and experiences in their wider community. Their approaches show the potential for children and young people as expert decision makers and collaborators for fairer places.
The study uses relational theory (Holland et al, 1998, Warren et al, 2009) to better understand participant identities and the associated notions of power and positionality that emerge in times of uncertainty in urban education contexts. This paper highlights how socio-educational relationships can generate the type of ‘relational goods’ (interpersonal trust, emotional support, care and social influence) (Cordelli, 2015) required for more reciprocal relationships between policymakers, communities and children and young people.
One of the key findings of the research was the need to develop decision making spaces and places where children and young people have a feeling of “communal being-ness” (Studdert, 2005, p.5) now in the places where they live. As a result, the Relational Toolkit was developed. Using evaluation activities based on identifying relational outcomes, and a Ladder of Engagement adapted from the work of Arnstein (1969) and Hart (1992), the Toolkit deliberately challenges traditional conceptualisations of children and young people as future citizens and instead repositions them as power-full (Ralls et al, 2022) Citizens of Now.
References:
Arnstein, S., (1969) A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35, 216–24
Cordelli, C. (2015), Justice as Fairness and Relational Resources. J Polit Philos, 23: 86–110
European Commission (2021) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: EU strategy on the rights of the child Brussels, 24.3.2021 COM(2021) 142.
Hart, R. (1992) Children’s Participation: From Tokenism To Citizenship. Florence: UNICEF
Holland D., Lachicotte W. Jr., Skinner D., & Cain C. (1998). Identity and agency in cultural Worlds. Cambridge:H.U.P.
Ralls D, Lahana L, Towers B, Johnson L. (2022) Reimagining Education in a Pandemic: Children and Young People as Powerful Educators. In: Turok-Squire R, ed. COVID-19 and Education in the Global North: Storytelling and Alternative Pedagogies. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 1-35
Studdert, D. (2005) Conceptualising community; beyond the state and the individual,
London: Palgrave Macmillan
United Nations Children’s Fund UK. (1989). The United Nations convention on the rights of the child
Warren, M. R., Hong, S., Rubin, C. H., and Uy, P. S. (2009). Beyond the bake sale: A community-based, relational approach to parent engagement in schools. Teachers College Record, 111(9), 2209-2254
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 16 SES 13 B: Developing Students' Thinking Skills in Geography Lessons Through Educational Scenarios in a Digital Environment Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Irina Kliziene Research Workshop |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Research Workshop Developing Students' Thinking Skills in Geography Lessons Through Educational Scenarios in a Digital Environment Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:Developing higher thinking skills in geography is very relevant in today's realities, so it is essential to improve and develop them and look for new ways of developing them in the best and most effective way. The annual national tests of pupils' achievements provide an opportunity to obtain feedback on pupils' knowledge and its application and on developing higher-order thinking skills in geography. Using the insights from the results of these tests, it is the higher-order thinking tasks where pupils struggle the most and perform the worst. The updated general curriculum also emphasizes the importance of higher thinking skills. The curricula contain seven competencies, of which cognitive competence is linked to the development of higher thinking skills. The General Education Standards for Geography state that students should be able to recognise and understand the overall geographical context based on sound factual knowledge, judgment and problem-solving skills (Wuttke, 2005), to educate students to become responsible citizens, and to provide them with the opportunity to engage in social discourse. Developing competencies is one of the most critical objectives in the Geography curriculum. In the scientific area, digital environments are proposed to develop these processes, as they offer more opportunities for creating effective feedback, and searching for information, multimedia content creates even more possibilities for analysing problems, and the possibility of working independently or collaboratively. Developing critical thinking is proposed through virtual reality and various smart technologies, thus increasing students' engagement in problem-solving, achieving better understanding and awareness, and bringing a new dimension to their learning approach. Therefore, it is essential to explore the possibilities of using intelligent tools and to develop educational scenarios that include an educational environment, a model of action where social and digital environments interact. Such educational scenarios could be used by educators teaching the subject of geography to develop higher thinking skills. Failure to develop higher thinking skills or inadequate development of higher thinking skills, results in poorer student learning outcomes, narrowing education to the teaching of knowledge, and a lack of development of thinking skills (Palavan, 2020). Educators' discretionary choice of methods and tools to develop higher thinking skills produces ineffective results. As a result, it is challenging to develop these skills, and pupils do not set themselves higher learning goals or improve. The study aims to improve students' higher thinking skills in geography through educational scenarios in a digital environment. 1. to analyse the possibilities of developing pupils' higher thinking skills in geography lessons by applying educational scenarios in a digital environment; 2. to identify students' higher thinking skills in geography lessons through the use of eye-tracking methodology and think-aloud protocols. The idea behind this research includes the following questions: how to you choose and apply an appropriate conative, metacognitive or other learning strategy? We will explore digital scenarios in the subject of geography by focusing on the problem-solving process, the development of higher thinking skills (Rosiyanti et al., 2021; Nurkaeti, 2018), for which we will apply a eye-tracking approach for a deeper analysis (Strohmair et al., 2020; Schindler et al., 2019). The think-aloud method will be applied for a more in-depth uncovering of the decision process (Rosenzweig et al., 2011; Ericsson, 2006; Shwerdtfeger and Budke, 2021). To formulate arguments in geography lessons, students must engage with the geography problem and use classroom materials to gather data to support their views. A special feature of geography lessons is that students can link arguments from natural science (physical geography) and social science (human geography), and factual and normative arguments can also be used (Budke, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Six educational scenarios have been developed for 2023-2024 in the digital environment (the updated general education curricula focus on developing higher thinking skills in 6 dimensions). This study used an eye-tracking quasi-experiment to quantitatively evaluate the changes in the map-based spatial ability of 9th-grade students by comparing two geography progress monitoring tests (pre-test and post-test). Students coping strategies (higher thinking skills) in geography problems are assessed in geography lessons using the think-aloud methodology applied during the problem-solving process, with only follow-up questions after the problem-solving, and the eye-tracking methodology in the geography problem-solving tasks. Research methods: Eye-tracking is becoming an important research method in geography education and a prerequisite for research-based solutions to improve geography education. This research informs and enables the assessment of cognitive processes in the learner that would not otherwise be observed, or even consciously explained, but are reflected in eye movements, i.e., the observation of geography problem-solving processes, decision-making techniques and strategies, cognitive load and attentional retention is made possible by the tracking and recording of eye movements. Researchers recommend that the relationship between mental representations and eye movements should be monitored while working on the task, not after completion (Hartmann et al., 2016). Therefore, student research is highly relevant and will provide new data for analysing the problem. Thinking aloud protocols, in which pupils are asked to name their thoughts and actions during a task aloud, is a way for the research participant to verbally describe cognitive and metacognitive processes, which are captured by the researcher (by listening, recording and later transcribing) in think-aloud protocols (Ericsson, 2006). This is thought to help construct the students' working processes and identify the problems that emerge in their wording. In addition, this method will aim to understand better students' thinking processes and intermediate stages of writing (Dannecker 2018). The Geography Progress Monitoring Test (GPMT) has been created to respond to all the requirements of the Framework. The tests are designed to cover all domains of activity and the items are evenly distributed across achievement and cognitive ability groups. Data analysis methods: qualitative content analysis will be used to analyse the qualitative data . Sample: twenty 9th-grade students aged 15-16 in the current school year, in their adolescence (based on a study conducted by Schwerdtfeger, Budke, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the pre-test to measure progress in geography, we found the lowest scores were in the higher thinking skills tasks - meaning connections identification, critical evaluation of information, and finding solutions. The results discovered in our study would direct educators to find a reliable way of improving students' spatial ability and enhancing their ability to solve social and environmental problems with spatial thinking. References Budke, A.(2013). Stärkung von Argumentationskompetenzen im eographieunterricht - sinnlos, unnötig und zwecklos? In: M. Becker-Mrotzek, K. Schramm, E. Thürmann, & H. Vollmer (Eds.), Sprache im Fach. Münster, 353-364. Dannecker, W. (2018). Lautes Denken. Leise lesen und laut Denken. Eine Erhebungsmethode zur Rekonstruktion von „Lesespuren“. In: J. Boelmann (Ed.), Erhebungs- und Auswertungsverfahren. Baltmannsweiler, 131-146. Ericsson, K.A. (2006). Protocol analysis and expert thought: concurrent verbalizations of thinking during experts’ performance on representative tasks. In: K.A. Ericsson, N. Charness, P.J. Feltovich, and R.R. Hoffman, eds. The Cambridge handbook of expertise and expert performance. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 223–242. Hartmann, M., & Fischer, M. H. (2016). Exploring the numerical mind by eye-tracking: a special issue. Psychological Research, 80(3), 325–333. Nurkaeti, N. (2018). Polya’s strategy: an analysis of mathematical problem solving difficulty in 5th grade elementary school. Edu Humanities| Journal of Basic Education Cibiru Campus, 10(2), 140. Palavan, O. (2020). The Effect of Critical Thinking Education on the Critical Thinking Skills and the Critical Thinking Dispositions of Preservice Teachers. Educational Research and Reviews,. 15 (10); 606-627. Rosenzweig, C., Krawec, J., & Montague, M. (2011). Metacognitive strategy use of eighth-grade students with and without learning disabilities during mathematical problem solving: A think-aloud analysis. Journal of learning disabilities, 44(6), 508–520. Rosiyanti, H., Ratnaningsih, D. A., & Bahar, H. (2021). Application of Mathematical Problem-Solving Sheets in Polya's Learning Strategy in Social Arithmetic Material. International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education, 13(2), 707–717. Shwerdtfeger, S.,Budke, A. (2021). Reference to Materials in Written Argumentations of Students in Geography Lessons. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 10 (3); 20-35. Schindler, M., & Lilienthal, A. J. (2019). Domain-specific interpretation of eye tracking data: towards a refined use of the eye-mind hypothesis for the field of geometry. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 101(1), 123–139. Strohmaier, A. R., MacKay, K. J., Obersteiner, A., & Reiss, K. M. (2020). Eye-tracking methodology in mathematics education research: A systematic literature review. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 104(2), 147–200. Wuttke, E. (2005). Unterrichtskommunikation und Wissenserwerb. Zum Einfluss von Kommunikation auf den Prozess der Wissensgenerierung. Lang. Frankfurt am Main. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 17 SES 13 A: NW 17 Network Meeting Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Geert Thyssen Network Meeting |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper NW 17 Network Meeting Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 19 SES 13 A: 25th Anniversary of Network 19 Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Social Event |
|
19. Ethnography
Meetings/ Events 25th Anniversary of Network 19 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 21 SES 13 A: Network Meeting Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Session Chair: Patrick Geffard Network Meeting
This session is open to anyone interested in NW 21 activities.
The meeting will be focused on the conference's achievements and the future outlook, in particularly Network 21's activities. |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper NW 21 Network Meeting Rouen University, France Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 13 B: Action Research in Higher Education: A Way of Bridging the Gap Between Academia and Professional Practice? Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Nanna Ruengkratok Lang Research Workshop |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Research Workshop Action Research in Higher Education: A Way of Bridging the Gap Between Academia and Professional Practice? VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:The modern world is in a state of acceleration; continuous development and rapid transformation, as noted by Hartmut Rosa (1). This is also true for the Danish welfare state. Technological innovations, and economic, social, and climate-related challenges, are causing shifts that impose new demands on the welfare professions and their field of practice. Additionally, this also affects the professional education programs at Higher Education Institutions (HEI’s). They must continually adjust and adapt their curricula and formats to incorporate latest research and insights into how the demands of today unfolds in practice, whether for primary school teachers, nurses, or other welfare professionals. Often, research knowledge involves a lengthy journey from production at universities to publication in journals, followed by the integration and transfer of new knowledge into education programs and professional practice. This process entails a relatively long lead time and cross-institutional shifts that can challenge or even hinder the exchange of knowledge between universities, universities of applied sciences, and practical settings. The (missing) link between research, education, and practice has been discussed across Europe and worldwide for many years (2,3). The fact that this discussion is still going on might reflect the level of complexity on this matter. This paper brings the pathways of knowledge exchange between academia and professional practice into question and discusses the potential of action research as an approach to support the link between research, education, and practice. Research question: How can action research in Higher Education contribute to and strengthen the link between educational research, professional education programs, and professional practice? The point of departure for this paper are two ongoing Danish action research projects within the welfare professions. The first project explores pre-professional identity formation in a young professional education, the bachelor’s Degree Programme of Nutrition and Health. The participants in the project are students, educators, and researchers, and later, professional practitioners will also partake. The project runs over the course of three and a half years (the length of the education program). The second project explores how teaching of Natural Sciences and Technology in primary schools can be strengthened through innovative learning labs, and professional identity work. Participants in this project are pre- and in-school teachers, University College consultants, and researchers. The duration of this project is one and a half years. Action research implies an understanding of research as “a participatory process concerned with developing practical knowing” (4) – not on someone but together with. This understanding means that all participants are seen as equal co-thinkers, and co-creators, all contributing to the research process with different, yet equally important knowledge and expertise. This approach allows researchers to closely engage with and accompany practices undergoing rapid and continuous change. In contrast to other research methods, there is no time lag between data collection and the dissemination and application of new knowledge. Action research is action-oriented and offers the potential to gain concrete insights into what is at stake in practice and why (5). At the same time this is also challenging because this processual approach entails that the research process can be both messy and magic (6). This requires openness among researchers, participants, stakeholders, and society. The empirical data in this paper is composed of audio-recordings, transcribed text, and field notes (7) from the two action research processes, and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (8). It is too early to draw conclusions from the projects, but the preliminary analysis suggests that action research has potential in facilitating a meaningful exchange of knowledge between different arenas, roles, and positions in the field of HEIs. This is also in accordance with international findings (9). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Even though action research is gaining ground on an international level, action research is still rather unknown to many (10). At the same time, action research is characterized by different schools and traditions (11). There are some common features, though, and that is a cyclical approach and an emphasis on action, reflection, and participation. Action research “seeks to bring together action and reflection, theory and practice, in participation with others, in the pursuit of practical solutions to issues of pressing concern to people” (4). This paper is grounded in action research within the Scandinavian tradition, where the researcher actively participates rather than takes an observing position (12,13). The aim is twofold: to contribute to local change and to produce scientific insights in and about the field. Action research was introduced in the 1940s by Kurt Lewin, and in the 1960s it gained ground in Scandinavia. Scandinavian action research is centred around interventional field research, experiments, and projects aiming at renewed insights into the mechanisms and regularities governing our social lives (14). In Denmark, action research has traditionally focused on marginalized groups, educational practices, the institutional system, social experiments, dialogue, communication, and relations (6,14). The knowledge generated through action research depends on several variables, such as the researcher's theoretical stance, the researcher's interaction and dialogue with the field, the nature of interventions, and the field's motivation and openness to letting the researcher get close. This is a matter of researcher objectivity and subjectivity. As described by Lewin, the strength in action research lies in the ability to engage closely with the very practice that one aims to investigate and change. This is also pointed out by Knud Aagaard Nielsen that states that "new knowledge can only truly emerge when the object or research field is set in motion and transformed" (5). At the same time this is a point of criticism regarding validity of the knowledge produced. Doing action research is not uncomplicated and brings with it a multitude of considerations. Being actively involved in the field can take many nuances, and impacts what is created in collaboration with the field. Action research is typically time-consuming, and due to its processual nature, the research protocol can take many forms and require many adjustments. This brings about considerations regarding the objectivity/subjectivity of the researcher, the role and influence of the participants, scientific knowledge, validity, generalizability, as well as ethical matters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Incorporating action research into HEI’s and the professional education landscape can lead to a greater sense of meaningfulness for both students, professional practitioners, researchers, and stakeholders. It opens for educational institutions to holistically integrate research, education, and practice, aligning the education provided with the evolving demands of the professional field. At the same time, it makes room for students, practitioners, and stakeholders to actively participate in meaningful research processes developing knowledge of relevance to their profession. Yet, there are also dilemmas associated with action research, including its time-consuming nature, a lack of practical guidelines, challenges in measuring and generalizing the processes, and ethical dilemmas that may arise from the close relation between researcher and the field. To qualify action research in HEI’s there is a need to discuss both the potentials and dilemmas of doing action research within this field. In a rapidly evolving landscape as we see it not just in the Danish HEI’s, but across Europe, action research emerges as a potential, powerful and transformative methodology for bridging the gap between academia and professional practice. References 1.Rosa H. Resonance: a sociology of the relationship to the world. Medford, MA: Polity Press; 2019. 2.Anwer M, Reiss M. Linking research and practice in education: the views of expert researchers in the field. J Educ Teach. 2023 Mar 15;49(2):326–40. 3.Vanderlinde R, Van Braak J. The gap between educational research and practice: Views of teachers, school leaders, intermediaries and researchers. Br Educ Res J. 2010 Apr;36(2):299–316. 4.Reason P, Bradbury H. Introduction. In: Reason P, Bradbury H, editors. The SAGE handbook of action research: participative inquiry and practice. 2nd ed. London: SAGE; 2013. p. 1–10. 5.Nielsen KA. Eksperimentelle metoder og aktionsforskning. In: Bransholm Pedersen K, Drewes Nielsen L, editors. Kvalitative metoder: fra metateori til markarbejde. 1. udg. Roskilde: Roskilde universitetsforlag; 2001. p. 127–53. 6.Alrø H, Hansen FT. It’s messy and magic - om dialogisk aktionsforskning. In: Alrø H, Hansen FT, editors. Dialogisk aktionsforskning. Aalborg universitetsforlag; 2017. p. 7–23. 7.Brinkmann S, Tanggaard L. Kvalitative metoder, tilgange og perspektiver: en introduktion. In: Brinkmann S, Tanggaard L, editors. Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog. 2nd ed. Kbh.: Hans Reitzel; 2015. p. 13–24. 8.Braun V, Clarke V, Hayfield N, Terry G. Thematic Analysis. In: Liamputtong P, editor. Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences [Internet]. Singapore: Springer Singapore; 2018 [cited 2021 Jan 24]. p. 1–18. Available from: http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-981-10-2779-6_103-1 9.Gibbs P, Cartney P, Wilkinson K, Parkinson J, Cunningham S, James-Reynolds C, et al. Literature review on the use of action research in higher education. Educ Action Res. 2017 Jan;25(1):3–22. 10.Serpa S, Ferreira CM, Santos AI, Teixeira R. Participatory Action Research in Higher Education Training. Int J Soc Sci Stud. 2018 May 18;6(6):1. 11.Burns D, Howard J, Ospina SM, editors. The Sage handbook of participatory research and inquiry. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Inc; 2021. 12.Lang NR. Samskabelse i en dialogisk forskningscirkel - udvikling af kommunikative kvaliteter i en sundhedsfaglig kontekst. In: Winther S, Høgsgaard D, editors. Aktionsforskning i sundhedsvæsenet Idéer til kommunikative og innovative forandringer i en sundhedsfaglig praksis. Aalborg Universitetsforlag; 2020. 13.Madsen C. Projektets Logik - Den Offentlige Sektors Paradoks: Et studie af tværorganisatoriske projektprocesser og samskabelse med frivillige i en nordjysk ungdomsskole. PhD Ser Tech Fac IT Des. 2017;Aalborg University. 14.Nielsen BS, Nielsen. Aktionsforskning. In: Brinkmann S, Tanggaard L, editors. Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog. Kbh.: Hans Reitzel; 2015. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 13 C: Exploring Academic Development Initiatives Across Europe: A Multifaceted Perspective Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Symposium |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium Exploring Academic Development Initiatives Across Europe: A Multifaceted Perspective The ECER 2024 Symposium on Academic Development Initiatives Across Europe invites researchers, academic developers, and practitioners to share insights into diverse academic development initiatives and their impact on the academic community. It consolidates contributions from four distinct research studies, providing a comprehensive view of academic development processes, objectives, methodologies, findings, and future trajectories. The first contribution comes from a six-university partnership within the COALITION Erasmus Plus HighEd project and advocates for sustainable faculty development (FD) processes to enhance Inclusive Student-Centred Pedagogy (ISCP), by focusing on one FD process, that is, peer-observation as a self-regulatory development tool (Tenenberg, 2016). The methodological approach includes comparative analysis of reflective reports by 18 academics and follow-up semi-structured interviews, uncovering insights into academics' engagement and expectations. Discussion presents the findings shaped by developmental peer-observation protocols and the crucial role of FD processes focusing on reflective engagement with Inclusive Student-Centred Pedagogy (ISCP) to promote inclusivity in teaching practice (Hockings, 2010; Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023). The second study, is a bottom-up initiative from the University of Crete, exploring the feasibility of Student Engagement Associate Academic Development schemes with Academics and Students as Equal Partners (Cook-Sather et al., 2014; Obadare et al., 2022). Questionnaires and interviews reveal insights into challenges, steps for successful implementation, and the transformative potential of student perspectives. The findings highlight the importance of collaborative engagement and the need for a cultural shift in academia towards inclusive teaching and innovative pedagogies. The third contribution explores academic development initiatives in Portuguese universities and problematises the mismatch between theory and practice (Almeida, Viana & Alves, 2022). The study maps professional development (PD) initiatives across 14 public universities, using document analysis and exploratory website analysis. The findings reveal a varied landscape of PD visions, emphasizing structured training, induction, continuous training, and recognition initiatives. The study addresses the gap in understanding PD practices in Portuguese universities, contributing valuable insights to the broader conversation on academic development. Finally, the fourth contribution delves into the exploration of academic identities (Djerasimovic & Villani, 2020) in Portuguese public universities. Using a mixed-methods approach, the study analyzes academics' perceptions across disciplinary areas. Findings highlight self-identification, perceptions of transformations, and reactions to the academic environment. The study underscores the importance of recognizing academics' agency in shaping their identities amidst evolving higher education landscapes. In summary, this symposium emphases on sustainable FD processes, bottom-up SEA schemes, PD practices in Portuguese universities, and the nuanced exploration of academic identities. By bridging these diverse perspectives, the symposium aims to contribute to a holistic understanding of the evolving landscape of academic development and its impact on higher education. References Almeida, M., Viana, J., & Alves, M. (2022). Exploring teaching conceptions and practices: a qualitative research with academics in Portugal. Studia Paedagogica, 27(2):35-53 Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C., & Felten, P. (2014). Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: A guide for faculty. Wiley Djerasimovic, Sanja, & Villani, Marialuisa (2020). Constructing academic identity in the European higher education space: Experiences of early career educational researchers. European Educational Research Journal, 19(3), 247-268. doi:10.1177/1474904119867186. Hockings, C. (2010). Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: A Synthesis of Research. York: Higher Education Academy. Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023). Coaching Instructors as Learners: Considerations For A Proactively Designed Inclusive Syllabus. Education Centre for Higher Education, Marijampoles Kolegija, Latvia. Obadare, O. et al. (2022). Building equal partnerships: The Student Engagement Associate scheme at the University of Nottingham, International Journal for Students as Partners, 6 (1). Tenenberg, J. (2016). Learning through observing peers in practice, Studies in Higher Education, 41:4, 756-773, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2014.950954 Presentations of the Symposium Reflective Faculty Development Processes: Peer Observation As A Aelf-regulatory Academic Development Tool
This paper proposes a shift towards faculty development (FD) processes emphasizing sustainability, specifically targeting Inclusive Student-Centered Pedagogy (I-ScP). The focus narrows to a key FD practice—peer-observations as a self-regulatory tool—and its impact on enhancing the competencies necessary for effective I-ScP implementation within diverse educational contexts. As a transformative methodology in higher education fostering self-directed learners, I-ScP places students at the core of the learning experience (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023).
Reflective FD processes like peer-observations as a developmental tool for the observing teachers (Tennenberg, 2016) have been gaining track in academia. Peer-coaching and peer-observation are considered as an effective FD Programs method as it combines collaborative and reciprocal reflective input between teachers (Charteris and Smardon, 2018) in non-intimidating and non-hierarchical systems between peers (Netolicky, 2016). However, there exists a gap in understanding the practical implementation of I-ScP, especially when it comes to reflective FD processes. Building on Hockings' framework (2010), characterising I-ScP as a deliberate and forward-looking approach to teaching and learning, this paper specifically hones in on one aspect of FD—peer-observations—as a self-regulatory tool that fosters teacher reflexivity. The emphasis of peer-observation protocols lies on creating learner-centred opportunities that promote equity, student engagement, self-awareness, self-regulation, and learner autonomy without categorizing specific groups or individuals. In line with Tenneberg’s (2016) model, participants were asked to observe their peers’ teaching once, complete an observation protocol and write a report on the ways and the degree this experience changed their own current practices in terms of I-ScP.
COALITION partners, engaged in a European project involving six universities, address the gap in exploring the pedagogical acumen of academics post FD modes. The study systematically documents academics' reflections and assessments focusing on peer-observations as a developmental tool within the broader scope of I-ScP pedagogies. The methodological approach involves a comparative analysis of reflective reports by 18 academics across six countries, followed by 18 semi-structured interviews to delve deeper into their engagement, challenges, key insights and recommendations for optimising peer-observation as an FD practice for teachers observing others (not being observed).
Findings highlight the transformative potential of peer-observations, emphasising the nuanced understanding of I-ScP in a culture where faculty members are prepared and consistently advancing in their strategies and competencies (Zahedi & Bazargan, 2023).
References:
Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2018). “Professional learning on steroids” : Implications for teacher learning through spatialised practice in new generation learning environments. Australian Journal of Teacher Education; v.43 n.12 p.12-29; December 2018, 43(12), 12–29. https://search.informit.org/doi/10.3316/aeipt.221964
Hockings, C. (2010). Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: A Synthesis of Research. York: Higher Education Academy.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023). Coaching Instructors as Learners: Considerations For A Proactively Designed Inclusive Syllabus. Education Centre for Higher Education, Marijampoles Kolegija, Latvia.
Netolicky, D.M. (2016), "Coaching for professional growth in one Australian school: “oil in water”", International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, Vol. 5 No. 2, pp. 66-86. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-09-2015-0025
Tenenberg, J. (2016). Learning through observing peers in practice, Studies in Higher Education, 41:4, 756-773, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2014.950954
Zahedi, S., & Bazargan, A. (2023). Faculty member's opinion regarding faculty development needs and the ways to meet the needs. Research and Planning in Higher Education, 19(1), 69-89.
Towards Student Engagement Associate Schemes for Academic Development
Bottom-up Student Engagement Associate (SEA) schemes allow for the development of both student and staff partners in a unique and collaborative way (Obadare et al., 2022). This academic development (AD) approach is based on the seminal paper by Cook-Sather et al. (2014) on the Scholarship of Students as Equal Partners (SEP) and serves as a viable means of increasing the drive for educational transformation (Dunne & Zandstra, 2011).
Unlike UK and USA universities, bottom-up academic development schemes at the University of Crete started in 2019 with the Training of the trainers (TotT) initiative in which teaching staff and senior faculty collaborated as equal partners in AD schemes. Since then, the very notion of “bottom-up” initiatives evolved including students as co-researchers in the design of a MOOC on “Higher Education Pedagogy: Teaching Methodologies in Tertiary Education” tailored to academics needs (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts et al., 2023, Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023a,b).
To further increase the drive for transformational teaching and learning, this paper presents a new initiative which aims to explore student and academics’ beliefs regarding the design of SEP schemes and their employability as reliable bottom-up AD Schemes at the University of Crete. Twenty professors and 65 students submitted questionnaires regarding the feasibility, the challenges and the steps to be taken for such a scheme to be successfully employed by university teachers or academics. Following a course whose one of its main priorities was to encourage student engagement in course instructional design and assessment decision making, ten semi-structured student interviews were conducted in order to provide qualitative data towards the aforementioned issues. Ten academics were also interviewed. Data analysis was conducted using grounded theory and thematic analysis of open-ended questions and interview responses (Charmaz, 2008; Tuckett, 2005).
Findings highlighted the main reasons why students and teachers may not be willing to engage in such schemes, how to overcome potential challenges and what steps should be taken before implementing SEA as Academic Development Schemes. The overlap between teachers and students’ initial views was expected due to the established cultural realities underpinning university teaching and learning. Yet, after the course completion, students offered key perspectives regarding inclusive teaching and provided realistic ways of engaging students in SEA developmental and pedagogical innovation schemes. Students’ perspectives can transform teacher beliefs about teaching and assessment provided this process is perceived as “doing with rather than doing to” students so as to ensure equity (O’Shea, 2018, pp 18).
References:
Charmaz, K. (2008). Constructionism and the grounded theory method. In J. A. Holstein, & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Handbook of constructionist research (pp. 397 –412). New York: TheGuilfordPress.
Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C., & Felten, P. (2014). Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: A guide for faculty. Wiley
Dunne, E., & Zandstra, R. (2011). Students as Change Agents. New Ways of Engaging with Learning and Teaching in Higher Education. Bristol: Escalate.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts K., Katsarou, E., Sipitanos, K. and Vavouraki, G. (2023.) Identifying Faculty competences and needs in a research-intensive university in Europe.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts K. (2023) Critical insights of instructional design of online reflective participatory spaces in an academic development course in Europe.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023b) (Ed.) University Education: Teaching Methodology in Tertiary Education. Disigma Editions: Thessaloniki. In https://drive.google.com/file/d/1-JagQqQXh2ioOlx8Ymg-XsXmSsyX1Sg8/view
Obadare, O. et al. (2022). Building equal partnerships: The Student Engagement Associate scheme at the University of Nottingham, International Journal for Students as Partners, 6 (1).
O’Shea, S. (2018). Equity and students as partners: The importance of inclusive relationships. International Journal for Students as Partners, 2(2).
Tuckett, A. G. (2005). Applying thematic analysis theory to practice: A researcher’s experience. Contemporary nurse, 19(1-2), 75-87.
Academic development initiatives: exploring practices of Portuguese Universities
Professional development of higher education teachers (PD) has not yet received the desired attention in some countries, particularly in Portugal. Detached from national policies, PD has had little expression in the policies of portuguese higher education institutions (HEI), contrary to what is observed in some countries (Almeida, 2021a). Research has also been addressing this theme (Kuzhabekova, et al, 2015), providing significant contributions to the understanding of PD processes.
With Portugal's integration in the ‘Bolonha Process’, learning and teaching in higher education have gained protagonism (Almeida & Costa, 2020). A fresh professionalism of academics is advocated as essential for pedagogical innovation, and the lack of pedagogical preparation among teachers and the mismatch between declared theory and theory in practice are problematized (Almeida, Viana & Alves, 2022; Trigwell et al, 2008).
The diversity of initiatives and practices implemented by HEI (Day, 2017) and the impact of PD programmes on teachers and organizations (e.g., Hanbury, et al; Parsons et al, 2012) have been widely demonstrated. In Portugal, recent studies highlight the work of pedagogical advisory services (Xavier & Leite, 2019) and initiatives promoted by Polytechnic HEI (Gomes & Alves, 2023) leaving unexplored what is being done in this domain by portuguese universities.
Therefore, this study aims to map the PD initiatives and the associated understanding of PD (Almeida, 2021b) of all portuguese public universities (14), identifying their underlying modalities, and objectives. Using a matrix for document analysis (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2006), a collection containing the Strategic Plans and Activity Plans of all universities was assembled. In a second phase, an exploratory analysis of institutional websites was conducted to i) characterize the measures supporting teacher PD identified in the first phase of the study, and ii) identify other initiatives not found in the previous analysis.
The analysis allowed the characterizition of the PD vision of portuguese universities, where the dominant conception of PD is associated with the idea of structured training and the implementation of initiatives more or less scattered, with varying degrees of consolidation and coverage. Initiatives include i) induction and continuous training; ii) structured short and medium/long-term training; iii) scientific meetings, sharing forums and communities of practice; iv) dissemination of best practices; v) social recognition and financial support. These initiatives derive either from separate measures or from measures integrated into organizational policies.
References:
Almeida, M. (2021a). Fatores mediadores no processo de desenvolvimento profissional de docentes do ensino superior. Educação e Pesquisa, 47, 1-20.
Almeida, M. (2021b). Desenvolvimento profissional docente: anatomia de um conceito. In M.G. Alves, (coord.) (2021). Pedagogia do Ensino Superior - a (in)visibilidade do trabalho docente (p.49- 68). Ebook IE-Ulisboa.
Almeida, M., Viana, J., & Alves, M. (2022). Exploring teaching conceptions and practices: aqualitative research with academics in Portugal. Studia Paedagogica, 27(2):35-53
Almeida, M. & Costa, E. (2020). A arquitetura de uma política transnacional de Ensino Superior para a Europa: o Processo de Bolonha. TMQ – Techniques, Methodologies and Quality, Número Especial, 17-38.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2006). Research methods in education. London: Routledge.
Day, C. (2017). Revisiting the purposes of continuing professional development. In Professional development and institutional needs (pp. 51-77). Routledge.
Gomes, S., & Alves, M. (2023). Estratégias e apoios institucionais ao desenvolvimento profissional docente: o caso dos institutos politécnicos portugueses, Docência Ens. Sup., 13.
Kuzhabekova, A., Hendel, D. D., & Chapman, D. W. (2015). Mapping global research on international higher education. Research in Higher Education, 56(8), 861-882.
Trigwell, K., Postareffa, L., Katajavuoria, N., & Lindblom-Ylännea, S. (2008). Consonance and dissonance in descriptions of teaching of university teachers. Studies in Higher Education, 33 (1), 49–61.
Exploring Academic Identities in the Context of Changes in Higher Education
The landscape of higher education has been shaped by neoliberal influences such as managerialism and market regulation (Djerasimovic and Villani, 2020; Roberts, 2019). These changes have significant implications for the academic profession, including ways of being and doing in academia, well-being, and academic identities (Skea, 2021; Tülübaş and Göktürk, 2020). On one side, academic identities are constantly shaped by social and institutional contexts and external pressures; on the other, individual agency, personal narratives, experiences and beliefs play an important role in shaping them. These factors influence how academics respond to changes in the academic environment and how they perceive their roles within the profession (Fanghanel, 2011; Ybema et al., 2009). The purpose of this research is to analyse academic identities in Portuguese public universities, based on academics' perceptions of their work dimensions. After conducting a systematic literature review, we designed a mixed-methods study involving academics from different disciplines. Four focus groups were conducted, one for each disciplinary area (soft pure, soft applied, hard pure, hard applied). The data was analysed using a content analysis approach guided by abductive inference (Gondim and Bendassolli, 2014). The analysis was based on three dimensions of categorisation: (1) self-identification of the academics, (2) perceptions of the transformations, and (3) reactions to the scenario. The categories 'focus on professional field', 'focus on diversity of functions' and 'focus on teaching/training' emerged in the first dimension. Additionally, we discuss the different roles within the career and note a tendency to balance them, although some academics clearly see them as opposites. We also observe a recognition that the perceived tensions are not felt equally at all stages of the career. The categories of 'positive trends', 'negative trends', 'ambivalent trends' and 'continuity trends' emerged in the dimension of perceptions of change. Although some positive perspectives are presented, the discussion mainly focuses on the negative or ambivalent aspects of these changes. In the third section, we observe reactions of 'adaptation' and 'resistance', with hybrid identities prevailing. These identities both reinforce and resist discourses of change and management. This overview raises questions about the current state of the academic profession and the risk of distancing from its core values. To (re)consider this topic, it is important to recognise the agency of academics in performing their work, rather than simply analysing structural change and the demands of higher education policies.
References:
Djerasimovic, Sanja, & Villani, Marialuisa (2020). Constructing academic identity in the European higher education space: Experiences of early career educational researchers. European Educational Research Journal, 19(3), 247-268. doi:10.1177/1474904119867186.
Fanghanel, Joëlle (2011). Being an Academic. Abingdon: Routledge.
Gondim, S. M. G., & Bendassolli, P. F. (2014). The use of the qualitative content analysis in psychology: a critical review. Psicologia em Estudo, 19, 191-199. doi: 10.1590/1413-737220530002
Roberts, Peter (2019). Performativity, big data and higher education: the death of the professor? Beijing International Review of Education, 1, 73-91. doi:10.1163/25902547-00101008.
Skea, Claire (2021). Emerging Neoliberal Academic Identities: Looking Beyond Homo economicus. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 40(4), 399-414. doi:/10.1007/s11217-021-09768-7.
Tülübaş, Tijen, & Göktürk, Şöheyda (2020). Neoliberal governmentality and performativity culture in higher education: Reflections on academic identity. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 5(1), 198-232. doi:10.30828/real/2020.1.6
Ybema, Sierk, Keenoy, Tom, Oswick, Cliff, Beverungen, Armin, Ellis, Nick, & Sabelis, Ilda (2009). Articulating identities. Human Relations, 62(3), 299-322. doi:10.1177/0018726708101904.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 13 A: Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Hugo González-González Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper "Examining the shift towards Network Governance in Portuguese Education: the case of the Pedagogical Innovation Pilot Project (PIPP)". Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Since the turn of the century, Portugal has been experiencing the emergence of school administration models emphasizing community participation, accompanied by a shift towards granting greater autonomy to schools. This shift is aligned with the principles of the New Public Management's ‘educational toolkit’ (Verger & Curran, 2014, p.256). As a result of this transformation, diverse programs and practices have been introduced, with a strong emphasis on school-based management and pedagogy. Schools are now empowered to make decisions regarding their curriculum and educational initiatives, tailored to their specific social contexts (ibid). This is demonstrated through a series of policies implemented through reflection, negotiation, and collaboration, such as school external evaluation. These policies have resulted in a gradual reduction of hierarchical control by the State and have paved the way for network governance. One example is the 'Pedagogical Innovation Pilot Project' (PIPP) (2016-2019), an initiative based on school-based management that aims to promote student success and address school dropout rates. PIPP was implemented in six school clusters nationwide, providing participating schools with increased autonomy in organizational, pedagogical, and curricular areas (Costa & Almeida, 2019). It involved approximately 744 teachers and 7,844 students across various grades and locations to enhance the quality of learning and educational outcomes. Additionally, it aimed to tackle the issues of school dropout and failure across all teaching cycles by facilitating the implementation of innovation projects in participating schools (Portugal, 2017). The outcomes of PPIP of reducing school dropout and improving retention rates have been very positive. These achievements have been realized by modifying the rigid pedagogical structure of schools and reshaping the perceptions of school actors regarding how school, curriculum, and student assessment should be delivered. Additionally, PPIP has instigated a recent policy that grants schools the authority to manage more than 25% of the national curriculum, subject to an innovation plan developed by the schools and approved by the Ministry of Education (ME) (Portugal, 2019). This paper builds upon a previous study (Carvalho, Costa & Almeida, 2020) that emphasized the importance of knowledge in policy-politics and the underlying logic of PPIP, where the production, legitimization, and dissemination of knowledge facilitate the coordination and control of actions in the educational field. We aim to examine PIPP as a lens to analyze the shifts in the steering of the education system, specifically through the perspective of network governance. This leads to the research question: How does PIPP exemplify the rise of network-based coordination and control within the education system? To address this question, three objectives were established: (i) to identify and analyze the actors involved in the design and implementation of PIPP, (ii) to examine the instruments and forms of control utilized, and (iii) to analyze the interactions among the involved actors. The study is grounded in the public action approach to public policies (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007; Hassenteufel, 2008), which emphasizes the involvement of various actors in shaping and interpreting activities within the public sphere of education, extending beyond government intervention (Van Zanten, 2000). To achieve this, we will employ the concept of governance, which considers the relationship between State intervention and societal autonomy, spanning a continuum from public authority to societal self-regulation (Treib, Bähr & Falkner, 2007; Barroso, 2005). Drawing upon Meuleman's (2008) typology of hierarchical, network, and market governance, which can manifest in different combinations, our objective is to comprehend the factors that hinder the shift toward network steering and examine the implications of novel governance approaches, particularly about the coexistence with hierarchical governance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research methodology was used based on an interpretive approach (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2007). Archival research techniques and interviews with key actors (such as school and deputy principals, coordinators, and class directors) were conducted, guided by the assumption that these documents represent tangible outcomes facilitating cooperation among the various actors (Carvalho, 2006, p.42). The analysis of documents encompassed a wide range of materials, including legislation and official internal documents from the ME and the government, monitoring reports, school projects, evaluation reports, as well as agendas of meetings and seminars. The interviews were conducted with 86 key informants and comprised two types: semi-structured and focus group interviews. The semi-structured interviews involved one high official from the ME, six school principals, one deputy principal, and three assistant principals. Additionally, 13 interviews were conducted with PIPP coordinators at the school clusters. Focus group interviews were held with 37 middle managers, including department coordinators, general coordinators, and psychologists, as well as 25-year/class coordinators. The data from the interviews were transcribed and analyzed using the methodology outlined by Bardin (2009). Both the written documents and interviews enabled us to address the research objectives by identifying and analyzing the actors involved in the design and implementation of the PIPP. Additionally, we examined the instruments and types of control used by these actors and explored how they interact with each other. For the analysis of documents and interviews, we utilized the deductive method, employing the categories of analysis "who" (actors) (state/non-state) and "how" (meetings /seminars) of the PIPP. Additionally, we drew inspiration from two specific features of governance based on Meuleman's (2008) dimensions to guide the categories and subcategories of analysis. These features include the types of instruments utilized, such as legislation/compliance (associated with hierarchical governance) or voluntary/contracting instruments that require the actors' adherence (associated with network governance). We also considered the way control was established, namely, through authority processes (hierarchical, top-down) or based on trust (horizontal, networked, resulting from goal consensus). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings PIPP represents a shift in the modes of coordination employed by state authorities, aiming to eliminate or minimize retention and dropout rates through network governance and the engagement of diverse actors. While this intent was successfully achieved, there still existed a dominance of the 'Rule of Law' and Control, a fundamental aspect of public administration accomplished by hierarchy (Hood, 1991). State authorities willingly relinquished some formal authority, entrusting schools to make their own decisions and assume responsibilities. While the relationship between state authorities and schools followed a vertical structure in terms of project design, requiring validation and ongoing monitoring by the Ministry, emphasis was placed on nurturing horizontal relationships. The Ministry of Education (ME) actively engaged schools in meditative and reflective activities, which principals then implemented in their schools. Networking played a crucial role, with events highly valued for facilitating collaborative interaction, a key feature of governance networks (Tenbensel, 2005). The ME played a significant role in managing the network, organizing meetings and seminars, and demonstrating concern for participants' needs. This contributed to the development of routine interaction, which is critical for maintaining and building trust among participants (McEvily & Zaheer, 2004). Trust, unlike hierarchy, is not based on formal control but on dependency and earlier interactions, core features of governance networks (Rousseau, Sitkin, Burt & Camerer, 1998; Klijn, 2010). The coexistence of new governance modes alongside hierarchy presents challenges (Héritier, 2003; Eberlein & Kerwer, 2004), and public policy processes often require different governance styles to accommodate diverse phases (Meuleman, 2011). In the case of PIPP, schools expected the state to remain closely involved and supportive, with the state playing a key brokering role as an intermediary between the national and local levels. References Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70. Barroso, J. (2005). O Estado, a educação e a regulação das políticas públicas. E&S, 26 (92), pp. 725-751. Carvalho, L. M. (2006). Apontamentos sobre as relações entre conhecimento e política educativa. Administração Educacional (6), pp. 36-45. Carvalho, L.M., Costa, E., & Almeida, M. (2021). Recontextualization of improvement-oriented policies in Portugal: the case of the PPIP (2016-2019). IJER. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2021.101865 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007) Research methods in education. London: Routledge. Costa, E., & Almeida, M. (2019). Evaluation Study of the Pedagogical Innovation Pilot Project. Lisboa: IE-ULisboa/MEC/DGE. Eberlein, B., Kerwer, D. (2004) ‘New Governance in the European Union: A Theoretical Perspective’, JCMS 42(1): 121–42. Hassenteufel, P. (2008). Sociologie politique: l’action publique. Paris: AC. Héritier, A. (2003) New Modes of Governance in Europe: Increasing Political Capacity and Policy Effectiveness. The State of the European Union, 6. Oxford: UP. Klijn, E. H. (2010). Trust in Governance Networks: Looking for Conditions for Innovative Solutions and Outcomes. In The new public governance?. NY: Routledge. Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Sociologie de l’action publique. Paris: AC. McEvily, B., & Zaheer, A. (2004). Architects of trust: The role of network facilitators in geographical clusters. In Trust and Distrust in Organizations (pp. 189-213). RSF. Meuleman, L. (2008). Public Management and the Metagovernance of Hierarchies, Networks and Markets. Dordrecht: Springer. Meuleman, L. (2011). Metagoverning governance styles–broadening the public manager's action. In Interactive Policymaking, Metagovernance and Democracy (pp. 95–110). HQ, UK: ECPR Press. PORTUGAL (2017). Despacho n.º 3721/2017 - DR n.º 85/2017, Série II de 2017-05-03 https://dre.pt/application/conteudo/106958832 PORTUGAL (2019). Portaria nº 181/2019, DR n.º 111/2019, Série I de 2019-06-11, https://dre.pt/home/-/dre/122541299/details/maximized Rousseau D., Sitkin S. B., Burt R. S., Camerer C. (1998). Not so different after all: A cross discipline view of trust. The AMR, 23, 393-404. Tenbensel, T. (2005) Multiple modes of governance, Public Management Review, 7:2, 267-288, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14719030500091566 Treib, O., Bähr, H., & Falkner, G. (2007) Modes of governance: towards a conceptual clarification, Journal European Public Policy, 14:1, 1-20, https://doi.org/10.1080/135017606061071406 Van Zanten, A. (2000). Les Politiques de l’Éducation. Paris: PUF. Verger, A., & Curran, M. (2014). NPM as a global education policy: its adoption and re-contextualization in a Southern European setting, Critical Studies in Education, 55:3, 253-271, https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2014.913531 Windzio, M., Sackmann, R., & Martens, K. (2005). Types of Governance in Education – A Quantitative Analysis. Bremen: Sfb 597 „Staatlichkeit im Wandel“ 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper On Educational Innovation: Uses and Meanings in Academic Literature 1Autonomous University Mad, Spain; 2Complutense University of Madrid Presenting Author:Educational innovation has become considered the keystone for leading the adaptation of education to 21st century societies and economies (Greany, 2016; Hallgarten & Beresford, 2015; Hargreaves, 2003). It has been proposed as a suitable solution to very different school systems and societies’ needs (Lubienski, 2009), and in many contexts has even been advanced by means of large-scale reforms (Fullan, 2009; Glazer & Peurach, 2013; Sotiriou et al., 2016). Despite the widespread policies that have promoted innovation in education, the scarce evidence points out that (1) innovation is an umbrella term that includes many different approaches and meanings (Pedró, 2023); and therefore (2) is being used to promote―and sustain―different agendas and policies such as diversifying the teaching-learning processes, improving students’ academic performance or promoting inclusion within the schools, to name the most explicit (Serdyukov, 2017). One of the main concerns about this is that it might be subtly extending the use of technologies or enhancing the presence and participation of the private actors within the public education systems (Saura et al., 2023). Another concern refers to a false dichotomy built through educational discourses that faces educational innovation against traditional innovation as if both were homogeneous movements (Brailovsky, 2018). The lack of a comprehensive approach to educational innovation leads us to argue for the need of a deeper analysis of (a) the meanings associated to the concept of innovation in education; and (b) the uses of the concept, to what ends is being used and by who. Meanings and uses of educational innovation are the two key research questions that this research aims to give answer to. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Due to the broadness of the research aims, we have carried out a scoping review aiming to capture the different meanings that are being adopted, in academic literature, under the term educational innovation, and the various uses linked to them. The scoping literature review has been conducted of English and Spanish literature including peer-reviewed articles and reviews from Scopus and Web of Science databases since 2000. A necessary refinement of the search syntax, due to the extensive use of the term ‘educational innovation’ outside the education realm, reported 1243 documents. Based on the title and keywords we conducted a first screening that reported 458 results; a second screening focusing on the abstract reported 412 documents. A third screening is being carried out based on the content of the documents. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The greater part of the reviewed literature consists of descriptive empirical studies, what reveals a lack of theoretical discussion on the foundations and implications of innovation in education, as well as analytical or (explicitly) critical studies. Teachers are the key receivers of the educational innovation discourses, but not its makers. Despite an important part of the literature explores their motivations, attitudes or oppositions to the development of educational innovation initiatives, research tend to place them as implementers of externally introduced innovation projects rather than enactors or developers of them. Plus, innovation is quite often not only associated with, but reduced to, technological use, what implies the reduction of the teaching-learning processes to its means, therefore emptying its content. References Brailovsky, D. (2018). Lo nuevo y lo tradicional en educación: una oposición engañosa. Revista Senderos Pedagógicos, 9(1), 161–178. https://doi.org/10.53995/sp.v9i9.963 Fullan, M. (2009). Large-scale reform comes of age. Journal of Educational Change, 10, 101-113. DOI: 10.1007/s10833-009-9108-z Glazer, J.L. & Peurach, D.J. (2012). School Improvement Networks as a Strategy for Large-Scale Education Reform: The Role of Educational Environments. Educational Policy, 27(4), 676-710. Greany, T. (2016). Innovation is possible, it’s just not easy: Improvement, innovation and legitimacy in England’s autonomous and accountable school system. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1–21. DOI: 10.1177/1741143216659297 Hallgarten, H.V. & Beresford, T. (2015). Creative Public Leadership: How School System Leaders Can Create the Conditions for System-wide Innovation. WISE. Hargreaves, D. (2003). Education Epidemic: Transforming Secondary Schools through Innovation Networks. Demos. Lubienski, C. (2009). Do quasi-markets foster innovation in education? A comparative perspective. OECD Education Working Paper Nº 25. DOI: 10.1787/221583463325 Pedró, F. (2023). Where is the school going? International trends in educational innovation. Handbook of Education Policy, 147. Saura, G., Cancela, E. & Parcerisa, L. (2023). Privatización educativa digital. Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación de Profesorado, 27(1), 11-37. DOI: 10.30827/profesorado.v27i1.27019 Serdyukov, P. (2017). Innovation in education: what works, what doesn’t, and what to do about it? Journal of Research in Innovative Teaching & Learning, 10(1), 4–33. DOI: 10.1108/JRIT-10-2016-0007 Sotiriou, S., Riviou, K., Cherouvis, S., Chelioti, E. & Bogner, F.X. (2016). Introducing Large-Scale Innovation in Schools. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 25, 541–549. DOI: 10.1007/s10956-016-9611-y 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Proposal of a new Educational paradigm Based on Research and Dialogue (EBRD) University of Cordoba, Spain Presenting Author:In the field of education, according to the European Commission (2018), key competences and basic skills are those that every person needs for their personal fulfilment and development and for their employability, social inclusion and active citizenship. On the one hand, the OECD has regularly promoted and assessed the level of development of students' competences globally since 2000 and, in view of the results, which have been demonstrating insufficient performance in reading, mathematics and science for more than two decades, reports and strategies of all kinds have been prepared to correct the situation described (OECD, 2023a). On the other hand, and despite the commitment made by most of the States involved in the assessment of the competence development of their students to reduce early school leaving and promote education that allows them to achieve the objectives of competency-based education, the truth is that school dropout rates remain very high and academic performance remains insufficient in many countries (OECD, 2023b) Thus, in the current context, after more than two decades of discouraging results, in Scotland – a pioneering country in Europe of Competency-Based Education (CBE) – this educational model is being abandoned. One of the main reasons for this is the lack of results to show that CBE has achieved the objectives to which it is supposed to contribute: improving the quality of education, reducing early school leaving and social inequalities. Times of change are coming. Scotland is not the only country in our neighbourhood that has accumulated very poor results for too long in areas as important and of such projection as those already mentioned. Now, the time inverted in getting back on track will harm the most vulnerable: children in pre-school, primary and secondary education. As educators, and in view of these circumstances, it seems imperative to us to carry out a rigorous study and provide a roadmap from a scientific perspective and from a pedagogical and dialogic basis, far from the different ideological biases, which have contributed to shaping the situation in which we find ourselves. In accordance with the objectives pursued by the CBE, it is possible to synthesize the analysis of the results around the three dimensions that constitute the main concerns that motivate dropout with respect to this paradigm: quality, inclusion and early school leaving. Regarding the degree of achievement of the objectives and after the latest publication of PISA results (2023), we have been able to observe in different media how some politicians blame the heterogeneity of the student body for the debacle and, as so many other times, set up commissions of experts who are required to solve - in record time - all the problems. In this regard, beyond the complexity of the problems and the deadlines for work they have, we usually find commissions characterized in their composition, based on trusted profiles, by people known for their ideologies and affiliations. For these reasons, the commissions of experts that are continuously constituted on the basis of political decisions, have been demonstrating for more than two decades a total absence of results, and in no case can they be independent when those who make up these commissions are appointed by those who instrumentalize education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The CBE has posed a number of challenges to which it has repeatedly tried to respond without success. Our research will focus on analysing the degree of achievement of the objectives of the CBE while delving into the selection of criteria and indicators that allow the establishment of a new model focused on increasing the quality of education, reducing early school leaving and promoting inclusive education: 1. The OECD's PISA tests show information about educational quality and academic performance with disappointing results, as indicated above. E.g., in Spain, the average yield is lower than in 2012, slightly below the OECD average, where it has been stagnant since the beginning, more than two decades ago. 2. Organisations such as Save the Children, the OECD and organisations such as the Ministries of Education have produced reports and compile data on early school leaving in Europe. In this regard, although there has been some progress, many countries are far away from the recommended maximun rate of 9%. E.g., Spain has the worst Early Leaving rate in the EU, 13,6%, only surpassed by Romania (OECD, 2023c) 3. Inclusive education: variables such as mental health and those related to all types of vulnerable groups require a holistic, quantitative and qualitative analysis that also includes the dimensions referred above. We can find indicators in many repositories from different institutions and organisations. The World Bank (2015) in its report entitled "Social Inclusion: Key to Prosperity for All" emphasizes the importance of asking why poor outcomes continue to persist for some groups, before designing the instruments to combat exclusion. On the other hand, the Children's Observatory, as well as other reports and a multitude of indicators, show that the goals are far from being achieved (UNICEF, 2023). Our project aims to contribute to solve all these difficulties by analysing them in depth and providing an alternative paradigm. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The possibility of generating a new educational model, the perspective of giving voice to the actors and that they participate in the gestation of a system free of political and "bureaucratizing" interference, in which the protagonists are effectively students and teachers (without forgetting the students' families), forces us to think -more than ever- of the school as a living entity that cannot survive suffocated by the weight of the machinery that has generated the BCE. Partial evidence does not hold up in complex, dynamic systems. For this reason, Education based on research and dialogue (EBRD) must be configured as a new way of addressing the particularity of research in education (through data mining, meta-analysis, structural equation modeling, ...) and the configuration of educational models in which heterogeneity is a constant in movement. References European Comission (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. Retrieved from https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ES/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01) OECD (2023a). Education at a Glance. OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en OECD (2023b), PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en. OECD (2023c). Proposals for an action plan to reduce early school leaving in Spain. OECD, No. 71. Paris: OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1787/9bc3285d-es. UNICEF (2023). Division of Data, Analytics, Planning and Monitoring – Data and Analytics Section, Progress on Children’s Well-Being: Centring child rights in the 2030 agenda – For every child, a sustainable future. New York: United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF). World Bank (2015). Inclusion matters: the foundation for shared prosperity. Washington, D.C.: World Bank Group. Retrieved from http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/318331467998794288/Inclusion-social-clave-de-la-prosperidad-para-todos |
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 13 C: Education and the Law Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Ragnhild Meland Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Teachers Dilemma in Grading - a Tension Between Legal Requirements and Pedagogical Expectations 1Uppsala University, Sweden; 2Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:Introduction Swedish schools are facing major challenges. Swedens identity as a pioneering country in education (Tellhaug et al. 2006; Román et al.) has been questioned both nationally and internationally (SvD, 2022; OECD, 2022). The debate on the challenges facing schools covers a number of issues, ranging from poorer results in PISA, lack of access to qualified teachers and, last but not least, an increase in the number of students suffering from mental illness, with school-related factors cited as one of the causes. This situation affects the role of teachers. Additionally, the Swedish school system is a subject to symbolic politics and sensitive to political shifts, leading to a higher frequency of reforms and changes in the legal framework compared to schools in many other countries (Jarl & Rönnberg 2019; Hallsén & Magnússon 2022). Expectations of what teachers should do to address the challenges and what they are empowered to do are not always aligned. External expectations are based both on legally binding rules and more ideological expressions that indirectly influence the role of teachers. These expectations may conflict with each other. A further area of conflict that can arise in relation to these external influences is teachers' internal expectations of themselves and their role. These areas of conflicts and the dilemmas that might follow are accentuated in teachers' grading of students. This is also an area that serves as an example of substantial reforms. In the fall of 2024, a new grading system for upper secondary school, and consequently a new legal framework for teachers' assessments, are implemented. In the directives for the new grading system, the proposals are justified, among other things, by the aim to enhance fair assessment and counteract stress among students (dir 2018:32; dir 2019:66). Aim and theoretical framework We aim to illuminate the role of teachers in today's Swedish upper secondary school in the face of the pressures arising from the challenges in grading. How is the role of teachers influenced when demands and expectations are expressed regarding ensuring a fair assessment, and simultaneously supporting young people’s well-being and combating mental health issues? In particular, our study focuses on teachers as authority practitioners and employees in the public sector navigating the complex intersection between legal and pedagogical expectations and demands on this matter. The study, based on this, have the following research questions:
Theoretically the point of departure for the study is the concept of "policy enactment," employed to shed light on the interplay between national regulations and local practices (Ball, 1993; Ball et al., 2012; Ozga, 2000; Hallsén, 2013; 2021). Within the process referred to as local enactment, governing formulations must undergo translation, interpretation and reconstruction to be practically valid in a local setting (Ball et al., 2012). The study's premise is rooted in the notion that the school constitutes the local context, and various legal regulations may lead to conflicts and dilemmas in their interpretation and application, particularly in the role of teachers as authority practitioners and as employees in the public sector. School action depends on the design and clarity of the legal framework (Enkvist, 2020). The complex nature of the school's function magnifies these conflicts and dilemmas, particularly considering the school's frequent exposure to symbolic politics and the fact that the school is constantly the subject of initiatives for change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology and empirical sources The selection of empirical material aimed to highlight the process between regulation and practice in the policy enactment perspective. This was achieved by selecting both the teachers' statements about their assessment practices and the legal rules that set the framework for these practices. We sought to understand how teachers perceived demands and expectations placed on them regarding legally secure assessment and the protection of students' mental health (both internal and external pressure). Furthermore, we aimed to understand the dilemmas and conflicts that might have arisen in terms of teachers' perceptions and their relation to legal requirements. How did the purpose of the rules relate to other rules that governed teachers, and how did teachers understand and act in the grading situation? To answer the first question, we examined the preparatory work for the rules in question. To answer the second question, we used interviews. The empirical data in the study consisted therefor of two different kinds of data. On the one hand we analyze legal regulations on assessment and well-being and on the other hand we have conducted semi- structured focus group interviews with upper secondary school teachers. An important starting point for all public activities is that they must be supported by law. This means that both the purpose of the legislation, as stated in the preparatory works, and the actual design are important. Another aspect of the concretization of legal rules is that the rules concerning students are compatible with each other. The purpose of analyzing the legal rules was to identify areas of conflict and ambiguity. The interviews aimed at illuminating and deepening the understanding of how the teachers perceived the demands and expectations placed on them in grading regarding ensuring fair assessment and supporting well-being. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Excepted outcomes A first analysis revealed that rules on grading and pupils' health can be difficult to navigate and thus to comply with and that the dilemmas in the situations regarding grading, or in other words, the exercise of authority, is challenging for teachers. The teachers express that they experience difficulties in dealing with the rules regarding legally secure grading, as well as protecting the students' mental health, which they are also obliged to do. The teacher's relationship with students is highlighted as challenging in two different ways. On the one hand, there are cases where teachers have a close and long-term relationship with pupils, which can influence the assessment. On the other hand, the opposite relationship can occur in the grading situation where the teacher considers themselves to have to little knowledge about the student. Both of these situations can contribute to uncertainty in the grading process. The purpose of the change in grading rules, which will enter into force in 2024, is to strengthen legally secure and equal assessment and to counteract stress and mental illness among students. The study sheds new light on the areas of conflict that arise between different legal regulations surrounding teachers' assessment practices. It also gives us an increased understanding of how teachers handle and orient themselves in relation to these dilemmas and their perceptions of the changes in relation to this. References Ball, S. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. In Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10–17. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy. Policy enactments in secondary schools. London: Routledge. dir 2018:32. Betygssystemet ska främja kunskapsutveckling och betygen ska bättre spegla elevers kunskaper. dir 2019:66. Tilläggsdirektiv till Betygsutredningen 2018 Enkvist, V. (2020). Ordningsregler i skolan- ett rättslig figur med många bottnar. I Eklund Lerwall, Lind (red). Vänbok till Sverker Scheutz – Om rätt och att undervisa rätt. Uppsala: Iustus förlag. Hallsén, S. (2013). Lärarutbildning i skolans tjänst? En policyanalys av statliga argument för förändring [Teacher education in the service of the school? A policy analysis of governmental arguments for change]. Uppsala: Uppsala University Press. Hallsén, S. (2021). The Rise of Supplementary Education in Sweden: Arguments, Thought Styles, and Policy Enactment. In ECNU Review of Education, 4(3), 476-493. Hallsén, S., & Magnusson, G. (2021). Att initiera förändring eller iscensätta handlingskraft? Riktade statsbidrag som politisk krishantering i skolans värld. I J. Landahl, D. Sjögren & J. Westberg (red.), Skolans kriser. Historiska perspektiv på utbildningsreformer och skoldebatter (s. 181–202). Nordic Academic Press. Jarl, M; Rönnberg, L (2019). Skolpolitik : från riksdagshus till klassrum. Stockholm: Liber OECD (2022). Policy Dialogues in Focus for Sweden International insights for school funding reform. Ozga, J. (2000). Policy research in educational settings. Buckingham: Open University Press. Román, H., Hallsén, S., Nordin, A. & Ringarp, J.(2015): Who governs the Swedish school? Local schoolpolicy research from a historical and transnational curriculum theory perspective. In NordicJournal of Studies in Educational Policy. 1(1). s. 81- 94. Svenska Dagbladet (2022). Experter: Det är största problemen i skolan. Publiced 2022-09-08. Telhaug, A. O., Mediås, O. A., & Aasen, P. (2006). The Nordic model in education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years. In Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 245–283. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Law as an Obligatory Passage Point and the Change of Teacher-Parent Relation Korea Nat'l Univ.of Edu, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:In Korea, there are more and more laws about education. When school violence became an important social issue, a law was enacted more than 20 years ago that set out specific procedures for dealing with school violence. The law requires that disciplinary actions against students who commit violence be recorded, and the student record can be used for admission to higher education. A decade ago, when child abuse became a serious social problem, a law was enacted to prohibit child abuse in schools. After this law was enforced, parents who were dissatisfied with a teacher's guidance of their students would report the teacher for child abuse. Last year, a teacher committed suicide after receiving malicious complaints from parents. After this incident, laws were enacted to protect the rights of teachers. Not only are the number of laws governing schooling increasing, but they are also becoming more specific. Increasingly, laws regulate what used to be done autonomously within schools. This presentation will use actor network theory(ANT) to analyze how teacher-parent relationships change after laws are enforced. When a problem arises, many people want to utilize the law as a means to solve it. However, laws change relationships between people. In this sense, the law is a non-human actor. Within schools, various people and non-human actors form networks. When a law enters the school, it changes the network. We can call this a 'translation'. The obligatory passage point is important as networks form and change. It is important for one actor to be able to disrupt the existing network and make other actors dependent on it in order to attract them to their network, which is called an obligatory passage point. Both teachers and parents want to use law to enforce their demands, and both want to change the other to be more in line with their demands. In this sense, law is a kind of obligatory passage point. This presentation aims to analyze how relationships in schools, especially between teachers and parents, change after the creation of an obligatory passage point of legislation. In South Korea, the use of legislation as an instrument of education policy is increasing. And laws change schooling. This presentation analyzes the ways in which laws as policy instruments change schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation will utilize actor network theory to analyze how teacher-parent relationships are changing after a law was implemented. Actor network theory(ANT) will be utilized as a framework for analysis. To some extent, I have already analyzed the literature on actor network theory. In particular, I will pay my special attention to the concepts of 'obligatory passage point' and 'translation'. In 2023, a law was enacted to protect teachers' rights, but the law made it difficult for parents to provide feedback to teachers. I have already collected quite a bit of data on the background of the law, the main contents of the law, and the views of teachers and parents on the law. This presentation will report the results of a case study in one elementary school. Conflicts in teacher-parent relationships were more severe in elementary schools than in secondary schools. This is why I chose an elementary school as a research case. The study site will be an elementary school with a recent history of teacher-parent conflict. From March to June 2024, I will visit the school and interview teachers to investigate their perceptions of laws prohibiting child abuse and laws protecting teaching rights. I will also investigate teachers’ view on parents and teacher-parent relationships. I will ask teachers to introduce us to parents, and then will interview parents. The study will examine how parents feel about legislation to protect teachers' rights. In addition to the interviews, I will visit schools to examine how teacher-parent relationships are changing, and analyze how much of that change is related to the law. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings J. Habermas described the phenomenon of an increase in the number of laws, and the resulting change in a living world, as the "colonization of a living world”. When laws are enacted, many of the people involved act in a law-conscious manner. When a problem arises, teachers are more likely to rely on the law or a manual created under the law to make a decision rather than making their own judgment. This is a kind of "colonization of the living world”. Parents will seek to justify their behavior in terms of the law, and if their behavior is challenged as being in violation of the law, they will turn to the courts. It is clear that law has become a mandatory passage point in schooling. Since law is a means of mediating the relationship between opposing parties, it is possible that the law creates an adversarial relationship between teachers and parents rather than fostering a cooperative relationship. However, networks are always changing. If the teacher-parent relationship becomes problematic, other changes may be made. References Fenwick, T. and Edwards, R. 2011. Considerinf Materialirt in Educational Policy: Messt Objects and Multilple Reals. Education Theory, 61(1). Koyama, J. 2015. When Things come undoen: the promise of dissembling education policy. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(4). Koyama, J. and Varenne, H. 2012. Assembling and Dissembling: Policy as Productive Play. Educational Researcher, 41(5). Latour, B. 2005. Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network Theory. Oxford Univ. Press. Law, J. 1999. "After ANT. Complexity, Naming, and Topology" J. Law and J. Hassard (eds.) Actor Network Theory and After. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Juridification of and in Education – The Case Of The Norwegian Curriculum University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper engages with the ongoing discussion on juridification of and in education. The context is the current curriculum reform and the new Education Act in Norway. The paper aims to contribute to the knowledgebase of juridification in and of education in Norway during the last decades (2000-2025) by looking at juridification as a governing mechanism (Rosén et al., 2023). Juridification is studied both as a theoretical concept and an empirical phenomenon. Both epistemological, social, political and educational implications of the (juridical) discourse is studied. Recent research points to the juridification of basic education, which means that processes in areas that were previously treated as pedagogical now are solved with juridical measures and juridical ruling (Andenæs, 2016; Hall, 2019; Ottesen & Møller, 2016; Novak, 2019). As a governance instrument, the curriculum can take different forms and vary from being strictly regulated and detailed on one hand to being broadly governed on the other. Regulation of the curriculum includes both the process of how the curriculum is developed and the outcome, or product, of this process (Mølstad & Hansén, 2013). The national curriculum is a legal document and a mayor educational governance instrument. This paper will be looking at the national curriculum’s function as legal regulation in the interplay between the arena of formulation of policy and the arena of realisation of policy (Lundgren, 1986). Important questions being asked are: What characterises the legal regulation of primary and lower secondary education in Norway? And how does the national curriculum function as a governance instrument in this respect? A critical perspective will be part of the theoretical framework for this paper as there is an intention to ask how the present order came to be and to call present governance mechanisms into question. The paper has a discursive approach. Discourse analysis can be applied in analysis of many different social domains, including organisations and institutions and in societal and cultural developments involving communication. The discursive approach is applied both in policy document analysis and in analysis of practices and talk (interviews). The study has a poststructural and Foucault-inspired approach to policy analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). Policy is understood as discourse (Ball, 1993) and discourse is considered to constitute the social world, meaning also that changes in discourse are a means by which the social world is changed. Lundgren (2002) identify four instruments for political governing of educational systems: the legal system, the economic system, the ideological system (goals and content) and the evaluation system. According to Lundgren, these four governance mechanisms make up the frames for governing of public education/schools. They interact and the balance between them may vary. The concepts in Lundgren’s frame factor theory are used in this paper to analyse governing mechanisms and the relations between the state, society and the educational system. The paper also draw on Habermas’ social theory of how materialised regulation might colonialise the life-world (here: education and schools) (Habermas, 1987). To analyse and discuss findings, the paper activates Blichner & Molander’s (2008) five dimensions of juridifcation. This conseptualisation is used to understand different aspects of juridification of and in education in Norway.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper describes and analyse the national curriculum’s function as legal regulation in the interplay between the arena of formulation and the arena of realisation (Lundgren, 1986). The arena of formulation is studied applying a poststructural and Foucault inspired WPR approach to policy analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). The empirical material is a selection of relevant White and Green Papers and central questions are what characterises the discourse on legal governing through the national curriculum and what deep-seated presuppositions underlie these representations in the documents. The arena of realisation, delineated to national governing bodies in the public education system and regional governing bodies, is studied using empirical data from interviews. A strategic selection of key representatives from the governing bodies will be interviewed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show that there is a tendency in the discourse to focus on simplification and clarification of the curricula. There is also an emphasis on the need for better coherence between the Education Act and the curricula. A need for more equal practice, quality improvement and to ensure that curricula is met for all students is implied. Underlying goals are to improve the schools’ ability to self-evaluate and to increase students’ legal protection. There is a tendency towards increased individualisation. References Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural Policy Analysis: A Guide to Practice. Palgrave Macmillan US. Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. The Australian Journal of Education Studies, 13(2), 10-17. Blichner, L. C., & Molander, A. (2008). Mapping Juridification. European Law Journal, 14(1), 36-54. Habermas, J. (1987). The theory of communicative action (Vol. II). Boston: Beacon Press. Hopmann, S. T. (2008). No child, no school, no state left behind. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(4), 417–456. Lundgren, U. P. (2002). Political governing of the education sector: Reflections on change. Studies in Educational Policy and Educational Philosophy, 2002(1), 26781 Novak, J. (2019). Juridification of Educational Spheres: The case of Sweden. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(12), 1262-1272. Rosén, M. et al. (2021). A conceptual framework for understanding juridification of and in education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 822-842. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 24 SES 13 A: Mathematics Education in Early Years Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper "Exploring Kindergartners’ Thinking in Division: A Case Study" University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In the past few years, the interest in the mathematical development of preschool children has increased. An important reason for this is the evidence provided by research that children’s competence levels in numeracy before or at the beginning of school are significant predictors of their achievement over the school years (e.g., Watts et al., 2014). Considering also that mathematical literacy is a key component of STEM education, which contributes to the knowledge and skills individuals need to develop to live and grow in our modern societies of information and technology, (early) mathematics education should be regarded as one of the most important constituents of the educational system. Early years mathematics education aims to offer children mathematical experiences and learning opportunities through which the children shall strengthen their mental abilities, to be able to structure mathematical concepts and develop mathematical skills both in the present and in the future.
In recent years several researchers have studied preschool children’s number sense and number-related abilities, including quantitative reasoning, that is, additive reasoning, which refers to addition and subtraction (e.g., Purpura & Lonigan, 2013) and multiplicative reasoning, which refers to multiplication and division (e.g., Nunes et al., 2015; Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen & Elia, 2020). Multiplicative reasoning, which is more complex than additive reasoning (Urlich, 2015), has received less research attention. The present study focuses on the mathematical concept of division. Specifically, the research objective of the study is to gain an in-depth insight into kindergartners’ thinking in division. The research questions that are addressed in the present study are the following: (a) How do kindergartners make sense of division?, (b) What strategies do kindergartners use to solve division problems?, (c) What difficulties do kindergartners encounter in division? A further concern of the study was to identify possible differences in making sense of division by kindergartners of different ages. Division is the process of dividing a quantity or a set into equal parts. Partitive division and quotative division are two major types of division problems (Nunes et al., 2015). In partitive division a group of objects is divided into equal subgroups and the solver has to find the size of each subgroup. In the quotative division, the size of the whole group and the size of each equal subgroup are known and the solver must find out how many equivalent subgroups there are (Van de Walle et al., 2014). From the two types of division, partitive division is the type of division that children develop first (Clements et al., 2004). An informal strategy that is often used by children in partitive division with concrete objects is the distribution of the objects one by one (one-by-one strategy) or two by two (two-by-two strategy) to the recipients (subgroups). The difficulties encountered by the children in division are often caused by the increase of the quantity children are asked to divide among a certain number of recipients and also by the increase of the number of recipients to whom the certain quantity must be divided in partitive division or by the increase of the number of items of each equal subgroup in quotative division (Clements et al., 2004). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is a case study which explores the mathematical thinking of two kindergartners in the concept of division. Child 1 was six years old (6 years and 4 months) and Child 2 was almost five years old (4 years and 10 months) at the time of the interview. The children did not receive explicit instruction on division before the study. For the data collection clinical semi-structured interviews (Ginsburg, 1997) were used in order to better understand how children think about division and solve problems of division. Before the interviews, which were carried out individually for each child, a common question guide (protocol) was developed for both children, which included six division tasks and questions which aimed to reveal children’s ideas, conceptions and processes when solving each of the tasks. The six tasks involved either partitive or quotative division and were hierarchically ordered based on their difficulty level. During the interviews, for every task, each child had at his disposal relevant material (concrete objects or pictorial representations) which he was encouraged to use to solve the task and demonstrate his thinking. Two of the division problems that were used are the following: (1) John has some biscuits to give to his two dogs. He wants the two dogs to get the same number of biscuits. How can you help John to do this? Each child was asked to solve the task for different quantities of biscuits (n=2,4,6,10,14, or 20) (partitive division); (2) Mrs Rabbit has 7 carrots and she would like to put them into some baskets. She wants each basket to have 2 carrots. Draw the baskets that she will need (quotative division). Open-ended and more focused questions which prompted children to express their thinking were used at various moments throughout the interviews by the researcher, such as: “Can you explain to me how you got this answer”, “How did you do it?”, “Are there any carrots left? How many?”, “Can you draw the amount of carrots left?” The exact questions and their wording varied between the two children, depending on their responses. The interviews were conducted at a quiet place familiar to the children. The interview with Child 1 lasted 29 minutes, and with Child 2 37 minutes. Short breaks were taken when needed. The interviews were videotaped and after they were transcribed, the data analysis was carried out using the method of thematic analysis (Boyatzis, 1998). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both children in the study demonstrated adequate awareness of various aspects of the concept of division. The use of concrete objects or pictures was a major part of both children’s processes of representing, making sense and solving most of the division problems. However, a few constraints were identified in the younger kindergartner’s thinking which were not found in the older kindergartner’s reasoning. Particularly, Child 1 (older) could solve both types of division problems which included quantities up to twenty items, while Child 2 (younger) could better solve partitive division problems with quantities of items up to ten and with up to two subgroups. Child 2 encountered difficulties in solving quotative division tasks mainly because he did not recognize that every group should have a specific size. Interestingly both children solved the incomplete division task successfully. This could be possibly due to the small quantity of the items included in the problem. Both children often used the one-by-one strategy to solve the partitive division problems. Grouping of the items of the whole set was mainly used for the solution of the quotative tasks. The older child was also found to use mental strategies for some partitive and quotative tasks. As this is a case study, these findings cannot be generalized, but they indicate that children can reason in division even prior to receiving any instruction on the specific concept, and this could be considered by teachers before starting the formal teaching of division. This intuitive thinking in division was found to differ between the younger kindergartner and the older one. Further quantitative and qualitative studies could be conducted to specify, to what extent and in what ways, age and other children-related characteristics (e.g., gender, language, home environment) influence children’s performance, their thinking and its development in division at a kindergarten level. References Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. Sage. Clements, D.H., Sarama, J., & DiBiase, A.M. (Eds.) (2004). Engaging young children in mathematics. Standards for early childhood mathematics education. Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Ginsburg, H. P. (1997). Entering the child's mind: The clinical interview in psychological research and practice. Cambridge University Press. Nunes, T., Bryant, P., Evans, D., & Barros, R. (2015). Assessing quan- titative reasoning in young children. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 17(2–3), 178–196. Purpura, D. J., & Lonigan, C. J. (2013). Informal numeracy skills: The structure and relations among numbering, relations, and arith- metic operations in preschool. American Educational Research Journal, 50(1), 178–209. Ulrich, C. (2015). Stages in constructing and coordinating units additively and multiplicatively (Part 2). For the Learning of Math- ematics, 36(1), 34–39. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Elia, I. (2020). Mapping kindergartners’ quantitative competence. ZDM Mathematics Education, 52(4), 805-819. Van de Walle, J. A., Lovin, L. A. H., Karp, K. H., & Williams, J. M. B. (2014). Teaching Student-Centered Mathematics: Developmentally Appropriate Instruction for Grades Pre K-2 (Vol. 1). Pearson Higher Ed. Watts, T. W., Duncan, G. J., Siegler, R. S., & Davis-Kean, P. E. (2014). What’s past is prologue: Relations between early mathematics knowledge and high school achievement. Educational Researcher, 43(7), 352-360. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Exploring the Possibilities of the Use of Picture Books for Inducing Mathematical Thinking in Early Childhood University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In recent years, there is a growing interest in early childhood mathematics education research at an international level (Elia et al., 2023). This interest is attributed to a large extent to the increasing emphasis given on preschool education in many countries (e.g., Kagan & Roth, 2017) and to the findings of various studies which provide evidence for the significant role of young children’s early mathematical competences in their mathematics learning and performance later at school (Watts et al., 2014). Based on the above, the need of high-quality mathematics learning experiences from the beginning of children’s education is stressed. A major pedagogical tool that is systematically used in early childhood education is picture books. Picture books are books that convey information either through a combination of images - text, or only through a series of images (Kümmerling – Meibauer et al., 2015). Picture books are used to nurture children’s emotional, social, and intellectual development as well as to develop children in content areas such as mathematics (Cooper et al., 2020). Particularly, picture books can provide a meaningful framework for learning mathematics and provide an informal base of experience with mathematical ideas that can be a starting point for more formal levels of understanding (Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen et al., 2009). Based on the findings of van den Heuvel-Panhuizen et al.’s study (2016), reading picture books should have an important place in the kindergarten curriculum to support children’s mathematical development. Picture book reading in preschool can be done as an informal and spontaneous activity in which children are involved during free play and also as an activity that is organized and guided by the teacher (Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen & Elia, 2013). Considering the latter case, picture books can be used in all phases of the learning process, such as introducing new mathematical concepts, assessing children’s prior knowledge, deepening understanding and revising topics (Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen & Elia, 2012). Educators can make use of picture books by asking questions, posing problems to children, offering opportunities to discuss mathematical ideas and by adding relevant activities to provoke further exploration of the mathematics included in picture books. In previous studies, different types of picture books were used to stimulate children’s mathematical development. With respect to the mathematical content included in the picture books, based on Marston’s (2014) work, a distinction can be made between (a) picture books with explicit mathematical content, which are written with the purpose to teach children mathematics, (b) picture books with embedded mathematical content, which are written primarily to entertain but the mathematics is intentional, and (c) picture books with perceived mathematical content, which tell an appealing story and in which mathematics is unintentional and implicit in the story. According to the recent review on picture book reading in early years mathematics by Op ‘t Eynde et al. (2023), research studies that investigate the interplay between the picture books characteristics and the quality of picture book reading in early mathematics, based on the children’s and/or readers’ utterances, are rare. The present study could be considered as a step towards this research dimension, as it aims to explore the potential of the use of picture books with different characteristics in prompting children’s mathematical thinking. Considering that, even if picture books are not written to teach mathematics, they may offer many opportunities for the exploration of mathematical ideas by young children (e.g., Dunphy, 2020), our study addresses the following research question: What are the possibilities offered by the use of picture books with embedded mathematical content and picture books with perceived mathematical content for inducing mathematical thinking in early childhood? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To provide a deeper insight into the possibilities of using different types of picture books to stimulate mathematical thinking in the early years, we conducted a case study in which a 4-year-old girl participated. The girl has attended nursery and then kindergarten since the age of 4 months. She has not received formal instruction in mathematics or reading. Two picture books were used in the study: “The Very Hungry Caterpillar” (Carle, 2017) and “How to hide a Lion from Grandma” (Stephens, 2014). These picture books are high quality books, which tell appealing stories and are not written to teach children mathematical concepts or skills. However, the book “The Very Hungry Caterpillar” (Book 1) includes mathematical content that is intentional, while in the book “How to hide a Lion from Grandma” (Book 2) the mathematics is unintentional and incidental. Therefore, based on Marston’s (2014) proposed distinction, in Book 1 the mathematical content is embedded, while in Book 2 the mathematics is perceived. The story of Book 1 is about a small caterpillar that comes out of its egg very hungry. So, every day of the week, she eats a different amount of fruit or sweets, starting with one fruit on Monday, two fruits on Tuesday, etc., until it is full and makes her cocoon where she falls asleep. After two weeks it comes out, and from a small caterpillar, it turns into a beautiful butterfly. The story of Book 2 is about a little girl named Elli, who has a secret: she lives with a lion. Elli has to hide the lion so that her grandmother, who will stay with her on the weekend, does not find it. In the end, however, it seems that Elli’s grandmother is also hiding something she brought from home in her bedroom. For the data collection, the researcher (first author of this paper) read each picture book to the child in a separate session. A book reading scenario was used during each session. The reading scenarios were developed for the two books separately, prior to the reading sessions, and included questions and activities related to the mathematical content of the books, aiming at inducing the child’s mathematical thinking during the picture book reading. Both sessions took place in a quiet place in the school and were recorded. Each session lasted 20-30 minutes. The child’s mathematical thinking was examined by analyzing her utterances and her productions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study show that using the picture books had the power to elicit the child’s mathematical thinking and activate her cognitively. Based on the child’s utterances, the use of both the book with the embedded mathematical content (Book 1, Caterpillar) and the book with the perceived mathematical content (Book 2, Lion) elicited mathematical thinking related to different mathematical concepts. Specifically, although the embedded mathematical content of Book 1 focuses on numbers and counting, its use evoked thinking not only in numbers, but also in measurement and algebra. The use of Book 2 elicited the child’s spatial reasoning and thinking in measurement and numbers. These possibilities for engaging the child in mathematics were offered by the picture books through their rich environment, but also by the discussions and interactions with the reader/researcher and the additional activities that accompanied the narrative. This finding provides evidence for the important role of the reader in evoking the child’s mathematical thinking. For example, in our study more specific questions were asked to the child by the reader to trigger her mathematical thinking in the pages of the picture books in which mathematical content is not explicit. This occurred to a larger extent with Book 2 in which mathematical concepts are incidental and unintentional. Based on our findings, this variation in how the reader used the picture books during reading seemed to be effective, but additional research is needed to provide further insight into this issue. Finally, based on our findings the pictures of both picture books had a crucial role in stimulating the child’s mathematical thinking, since most of the child’s mathematical utterances were focused on the pictures of the books irrespectively of the way the picture books were used (e.g., dialogic reading or accompanying mathematical activities related to the book). References Carle, E. (2017). Μια κάμπια πολύ πεινασμένη [The very hungry caterpillar]. Kalidoskopio. Cooper, S., Rogers, R. M., Purdum-Cassidy, B., & Nesmith, S. M. (2020). Selecting quality picture books for mathematics instruction: What do preservice teachers look for? Children’s Literature in Education, 51(1), 110-124. Dunphy, L. (2020). A picture book pedagogy for early childhood mathematics education. In A. MacDonald, L. Danaia, & S. Murphy (Eds.), STEM Education across the learning continuum (pp. 67-85). Singapore: Springer. Elia, I., Baccaglini-Frank, A., Levenson, E., Matsuo, N., Feza, N., & Lisarelli, G. (2023). Early childhood mathematics education research: Overview of latest developments and looking ahead. Annales de Didactique et de Sciences Cognitives, 28, 75-129. Kagan, S. L., & Roth, J. L. (2017). Transforming early childhood systems for future generations: Obligations and opportunities. International Journal of Early Childhood, 49, 137-154. Kümmerling-Meibauer, B., Meibauer, J., Nachatigäller, K., & Rohlfing, J. K. (2015). Understanding learning from picturebooks. In B. Kümmerling-Meibauer, J. Meibauer, K. Nachatigäller, & J. K. Rohlfing (Eds.), Learning from Picturebooks: Perspectives from child development and literacy studies (pp. 1-10). New York: Routledge. Marston, J. (2014). Identifying and Using Picture Books with Quality Mathematical Content: Moving beyond" Counting on Frank" and" The Very Hungry Caterpillar". Australian Primary Mathematics Classroom, 19(1), 14-23. Op ‘t Eynde, E., Depaepe, F., Verschaffel, L., & Torbeyns, J. (2023). Shared picture book reading in early mathematics: A systematic literature review. Journal für Mathematik-Didaktik, 44(2), 505-531. Stephens, H. (2014). Πώς να κρύψεις ένα λιοντάρι από τη γιαγιά [How to hide a lion from grandma]. Athens: Ikaros. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Elia, I. (2012). Developing a framework for the evaluation of picturebooks that support kindergartners’ learning of mathematics. Research in Mathematics Education, 14(1), 17-47. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Elia, I. (2013). The role of picture books in young children’s mathematical learning. In L. English & J. Mulligan (Eds.), Advances in Mathematics Education: Reconceptualizing Early Mathematics Learning (pp. 227-252). New York: Springer. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., Elia, I., & Robitzsch, A. (2016). Effects of reading picture books on kindergartners’ mathematics performance. Educational Psychology, 36(2), 323-346. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., van den Boogaard, S., & Doig, B. (2009). Picture books stimulate the learning of mathematics. Australian Journal of Early childhood, 34(3), 30-39. Watts, T. W., Duncan, G. J., Siegler, R. S., & Davis-Kean, P. E. (2014). What’s past is prologue: Relations between early mathematics knowledge and high school achievement. Educational Researcher, 43(7), 352-360. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Primary School Students and Prospective Teachers' Perspective Drawing Abilities in Geometry KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye Presenting Author:In primary education, geometrical drawing abilities hold pivotal importance. The ability to visually represent geometric shapes is a foundational skill that not only introduces students to the world of mathematics but also serves as a precursor to advanced spatial reasoning capabilities (Clements & Battista, 1992). This research aims to assess primary school students' geometrical drawing abilities comprehensively. By employing paper-pencil tests utilizing grid and isometric paper, the objective is to gauge the student's proficiency in visually representing two- and three-dimensional geometric shapes. This endeavor seeks to understand primary school students' current geometrical drawing skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants will consist of primary school students in 4th grade from a public school and pre-service primary school teachers from a primary school teacher education program in Kırıkkale province in Türkiye. The data will be collected in the 2024 spring semester by the researcher. The data will be analyzed qualitatively. Paper-pencil tests will be designed for primary school students and pre-service teachers to assess geometrical drawing abilities. Grid paper and isometric paper will be utilized to facilitate the representation of two- and three-dimensional geometric shapes, respectively. The tests will encompass a range of shapes, including squares, rectangles, cubes, and prisms, ensuring a comprehensive evaluation of participants' abilities. Scoring rubrics will be developed to measure accuracy, precision, and creativity in geometric representation, providing a multifaceted assessment of geometrical drawing proficiency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data will be collected in the 2024 spring semester, and the findings will be reported according to the data. Understanding the participant's proficiency levels and identifying the strengths and weaknesses in their abilities are the expected outcomes of this research. References Clements, D. H., & Battista, M. T. (1992). Geometry and spatial reasoning. Handbook of research on mathematics teaching and learning, 420, 464 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 25 SES 13 A: NW 25 Network Meeting Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt Network Meeting
All interested in NW 25 are welcome. |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper NW 25 Network Meeting Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 13 A: Successful Principals Navigating Changing Accountability Policies and other Complex Transformations: An International Study Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Session Chair: Christopher Day Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Successful Principals Navigating Changing Accountability Policies and other Complex Transformations: An International Study Objectives and Framework In recent years, many nation states have enacted accountability policies with student learning measured by externalized evaluations. Some nation states (e.g., United States) have state-based education systems with shifts toward centralization; others have a long history of educational centralization (e.g., France); and still others have shifted from centralized systems to more decentralized systems (e.g., Italy). School leaders must, then, navigate accountability policy changes in relation to different transformations and other changes (e.g., student demographics, digitalization).
This symposium presents research from the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP), the longest standing and largest leadership research network with members from 20+ countries. In ISSPP research, schools are considered adaptive social systems that sit at the nexus of policy, communities, and society. Researching school leadership amidst a complex and rapidly changing society requires conceptualisations and methodologies to be sufficiently robust and dynamic to capture the nuances of the ways that multi-layered influences in society, communities, and schools shape, and are shaped by, what successful principals do. This symposium presents new ISSPP research findings using the new conceptual framework and comparative, mixed methods research methodology. Papers in this symposium discuss how the ISSPP conceptualization and methodologies enable the research to capture the ways in which principals navigate within and between systems and layers of influence over time to grow and sustain success.
Research Questions RQ1: How appropriate is complexity theory to furthering understandings of successful school leadership, and how will such understandings advance the application of complexity theory in social and comparative research in education? RQ2: To what extent, and in what ways, do diverse socioeconomic, cultural, political systems, and professional contexts at different levels of the education system influence how schools operate to bring about valued educational outcomes, especially those serving high need communities? RQ3: To what extent, and in what ways, is ‘success’ in schools perceived and measured similarly and/or differently within and across different countries? RQ4: What are the key enablers and constraints for achieving school ‘success’ in different contexts within and across different countries? RQ5: How do different key stakeholders within and outside the school community and at different levels of the education system define successful school leadership practices? What similarities and differences can be identified within and across different countries? RQ6: What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same country, and across national cultures and policy contexts? In seeking to answer the urgent issues of defining how success is achieved and sustained in all schools, and especially those serving high need communities amidst the contemporary uncertainties, the ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems to capture the processes and actions in which schools operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world.
Methodology The ISSPP utilizes a comparative, mixed methods design with a variety of data sources in order to bring multiple perspectives to bear in the inquiry (Creswell & Creswell, 2017; Patton, 2002). Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities. Data sources within each case study include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district/municipality, governors, principal, teachers, parents, and students, and a whole-school teacher survey. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries (Authors, 2021) enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor (Denzin, 2012). Structure of the session This session will begin with an overview from the chair followed by three paper presentations and audience discussion. References Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications. Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0. Journal of mixed methods research, 6(2), 80-88. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Two decades of developments in qualitative inquiry: A personal, experiential perspective. Qualitative social work, 1(3), 261-283. Presentations of the Symposium Navigating Principalship: Exploring the Dynamics of School Leadership in Italy's Shifting Educational Landscape
Purpose
The purpose of this paper is to contribute to understandings of successful school leadership in Italy in an education system that has undergone significant transformations, transitioning from a highly centralized structure to a more autonomously managed system. Despite some advances, school leaders are faced with ongoing reform and face challenges due to frequent adjustments driven by political decisions, leading to a lack of continuity and resistance to change. This instability creates ongoing disruptions, and school leaders’ capacity to drive innovation and change.
Conceptualisation
The case study is informed by Ecological system theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) with Complexity theory (Haggis, 2008, Morrison, 2010) which serve as the theoretical underpinning. The paper conceptualises successful school leadership, through an analysis of the complex interactions within and between micro, meso, macro, exon and chrono level systems (Bronfenbrenner, 2009).
Methods
The case study has followed the ISSPP’s recently re-modelled research protocols and adopted a mixed method multi-perspective approach. The Case Study focuses on Comprehensive Institute which includes 1 kindergarten, 3 primary schools, and 1 junior secondary school. The data was collected through a staff questionnaire (n = 51), 6 individual face-to-face interviews with the principal, individual interviews with 5 teaching staff, as well as focus group interviews with 6 parents, and 6 students. The Institute’s evaluation documents from 2016 to 2022, including the RAV- Self-Assessment Report - Rapporto di Auto-Valutazione, and PdM- Improvement Plan – Piano di Miglioramento were also utilised.
Findings
The findings suggest that despite the complexities of Italy's bureaucratic education system, the principal embarks on a transformative journey aimed at uplifting the outcomes of underprivileged families within the Institute's community. The principal introduces new ways of working with a focus on ethics and service, the cultivation of relationships across the school and wider community, and a belief in distributed leadership. Anchored in Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological system theory and
complexity theory (Haggis, 2008; Morrison, 2010), the case study provides invaluable insights into the nexus of ongoing educational reforms, institutional autonomy, community needs, and the pivotal role of the principal. This leadership transcends boundaries, not only focusing on educational outcomes but also nurturing a values-driven culture that cultivates a positive and inclusive environment. By championing social justice, equity, and inclusion, the principal's vision extends beyond academics, fostering overall positive developmental outcomes for the children across the Institute.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (2009). The ecology of human development: experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press.
Haggis, T. (2008). Knowledge Must Be Contextual: Some Possible Implications of Complexity and Dynamic Systems Theories for Educational Research. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40 (1), 158-176.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
Successful Schools and Principalship in France. An Explorative Survey in a Deprived School District.
Outlining purpose
Following a 2-year continuing professional development programme on the issues and challenges of school leadership, a team of 50 French executives from a rural and disadvantaged French district were involved in a collaborative and reflective enquiry into successful schools and principalship, under my supervision.
Conceptual framework
The successful principalship was investigated in the international and comparative ISSPP programme (Day, Leithwood, 2007). It revealed invariants in the success factors of schools and principals, irrespective of their social, cultural and institutional context (Day & oth., 2010; Gurr, 2015). These factors relate to three main areas: the definition of a vision, values and purposes; the development of people; and the redefinition of the school organisation. Based on evidence of student achievement, but also other indicators of success, the ISSPP study shows that principals rely on the same repertoires of core practices and that they improve teaching and learning in indirect ways. A small handful of their personal traits account for a large proportion of school success.
Methods
Adopting and translating the ISSPP survey protocol in the French context, and developing the survey in 3 primary schools, 5 middle schools, 3 high schools, 2 vocational schools, the group of 50 executives (composed of principals, inspectors, and pedagogical advisers), structured in teams of 3 to 4 members, conducted interviews over 6 months with principals, teachers and students to identify success factors of each school. These interviews were cross-referenced with indicators such as national assessments, exam results and other data supplied by the Ministry of Education and the local authority.
Findings
The survey results corroborate what has already been observed throughout numerous ISSPP publications concerning common factors shared by successful leaders (Leithwood & al., 2020). However, these results have to be contextualized in the French education system. With their specific republican values and vision, French principals have to share their roles and responsibilities with inspectors, which limits their instructional and transformational leadership with teachers. Their face difficulties to understand and consider professional and organisational learning, and they have a limited autonomy in human resources management. It prevents them from taking full advantage of opportunities for school improvement and teacher professional development. Nevertheless, it is possible to identify some attempts to move away from a bureaucratic organisation governed by planning, rules and hierarchy to promote more distributed and flexible activities and sharing new roles and responsibilities with teachers.
References:
Day, C. and Leithwood, K. (eds.) (2007) Successful school principal leadership in times of change: International perspectives. Dordrecht: Springer.
Day, C., Sammons, P., Leithwood, K., Hopkins, D., Harris, A., Gu, Q. and Brown, E. (2010) Ten strong claims about successful school leadership. Nottingham: NCSL
Gurr, D. (2015) ‘A model of successful school leadership from the International Successful School Principalship Project.’ Societies, 5(1): 136–150.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A. and Hopkins, D. (2020) ‘Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited,’ School Leadership & Management, 40(1): 5–22, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077
Successful U.S. Principals Navigate Policy Reforms and Changing Demographics
Purpose
U.S. public education has played a critical role in the founding, development, and unification of diverse citizens’ identities, thus reflecting society. In recent years, the U.S. has experienced increased diversity from internal demographic shifts as well as global population migrations (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020). Although U.S. public education is a state-based system, federal policies have recently shifted toward curriculum centralization. Efforts toward curriculum centralization or common core were not successful; however, all states developed similar curricula as well as externalized evaluations holding schools accountable (Loveless, 2021). Additionally, the U.S. history of colonization and slavery has affected many citizens, including children, with lingering trauma. At the same time, in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic, many school members have also experienced a range of health and social emotional effects as well as trends toward digitalization and virtual education. Such new and perennial tensions and complexities have been complicated by an ongoing teacher shortage. The purpose of this paper is to present new ISSPP cases with a specific focus on how successful principals balance and mediate tensions between accountability and the broad human needs of students in hopeful and positive ways. Cases are located in the Northeast, Southeast, Southwest, and Midwest, including public, religious, and reservation community schools that serve traditionally marginalized populations in public schools.
Framework and Methods
Drawing on the ISSPP theoretical framework (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Morrison, 2010) and revised protocols, teams interviewed the principal, teachers, parents/community members, and students. Additionally, teams administered a survey to all teachers.
Findings and Implications
Preliminary findings indicate that, amidst contemporary complexities and influences, successful principals develop a positive and hopeful school direction for change that meets or exceeds accountability policy requirements for all children. In so doing, principals build teacher leadership capacity, relate increasingly diverse home cultures to curriculum content, promote equity, and support pedagogical quality. Findings indicate that these leadership practices contribute to student academic outcomes and wellness outcomes. In these cases, successful principals also influence and educate district leaders and even state leaders about the effects of accountability policies as well as the cultural wealth of their increasingly diverse communities. While principals must navigate new complexities and influences, they honor historical values and traditions. The paper discuses findings in relation to the ISSPP theoretical frame
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Loveless, T. (2021). Between the State and the Schoolhouse: Understanding the Failure of Common Core. Harvard Education Press. 8 Story Street First Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
U.S. Census Bureau (2020). Retrieved from https://www.census.gov on January 24, 2024.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 13 B: Exploring Leadership Dynamics in Educational Settings: Insights from Varied Perspectives Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Sigríður Margrét Sigurðardóttir Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Decentralizations’ Impact on Municipal Educational Leadership in Iceland: A Study of Changing Roles and Responsibilities University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Over the last 30 years, educational policies and governance at national levels in Europe have been increasingly influenced by global trends such as neoliberalism and New Public Management (Ball, 2017; Moos, 2017). This shift has led to decentralization of educational systems, introducing accountability systems and marketization. This has influenced governance structures within countries and heightened the educational responsibilities at local levels, particularly at district or municipal levels, necessitating a focus on leadership practices (Fullan & Quinn, 2016). Research has drawn to attention the significant role of effective local-level leadership in contributing to professional development and student learning at the school level (Leithwood & McCullough, 2021; Louis, 2015). It is suggested that this leadership should adopt a proactive, distributed, and shared approach, centring on supporting principals and schools to enhance student learning and professional competence (Louis et al., 2010; Hargreaves & Shirley, 2020). Research by Leithwood et al. (2008, 2020) and Louis et al. (2010) indicates that municipal leaders must set directions, develop people, and refine organizational structures. The effectiveness of such leadership is often linked to its ability to foster a supportive environment for principals and teachers (Louis et al., 2010). Conversely, a lack of leadership capacity and understanding at the municipal level has been associated with challenges in sustaining improvements at the school level (Lambert et al., 2016; Louis et al., 2010). In the context of global decentralization trends, Iceland’s transfer of compulsory schooling from state to municipal control in 1996 presents a unique case. This shift resulted in municipalities undertaking new responsibilities, such as setting educational policies and providing school support services, often without substantial state-level guidance (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2020). It has been documented that these changes significantly transformed the roles of municipal councils, school governing boards, and principals (Ásmundsson et al., 2008; Hansen & Lárusdóttir, 2018; Hansen & Jóhannsson, 2010). While the broader impacts of such decentralization shifts and the changing role of the local level have been documented in various European and global contexts (Moos et al., 2016; Leithwood & McCullough, 2021), the specific ramifications for Iceland remained less explored, especially in terms of leadership. This paper seeks to understand how municipalities in Iceland have navigated their educational leadership responsibilities post-decentralization. The primary research question it addresses is: What implications has the decentralization of Iceland's educational system had for municipal educational leadership? Furthermore, what are the features of this leadership and its implication for school practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological framework of the study this paper builds on is grounded in social constructionist epistemology, viewing knowledge as constructed through social processes. The research employs an embedded single-case study design, with municipal educational leadership in Iceland as the central case. This approach allows for an in-depth exploration of the specific nuances and complexities of the subject matter within its real-life context. The case study is broken into four research themes or units of analysis, each with sub-questions that feed into the research question in different ways. It applies mixed methods to provide a rich and holistic understanding of the topic. Each method was applied in alignment with the corresponding unit of analysis, providing a layered and comprehensive understanding of the subject. Units 1 and 2 constructed a basic knowledge of educational governance and the policy environment at the municipal level and helped to situate municipal educational leadership within the Icelandic context. In Unit 1, document analysis was applied (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2020), and in Unit 2, content analysis on educational legislation (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2018). In Unit 3, a closer look was taken at the municipal level leadership nationwide, based on survey responses from both municipal and school leaders (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2022). In Unit 4, an attempt was made to deeply understand this leadership by examining seven municipalities in more detail (Sigurðardóttir, 2023). This was done by interviewing superintendents and department heads at school offices and principals and examining the municipalities' websites and policy documents concerning school support services. This paper is based on findings from all the units. The varied data collection ensures a holistic understanding of the topic, capturing the nuances of the changes and characteristics in educational leadership at the municipal level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a significant reshaping of leadership practices at the municipal level in Iceland following the decentralization of compulsory schooling. The study identifies a lack of strategic planning and policy guidance at national and municipal levels, leading to an overdependence on individual leaders' capabilities. This situation has resulted in fragmented educational leadership, impacting the ability of schools to function as professional institutions and provide inclusive education. The research underscores the need for a structured and strategic approach to leadership at the municipal level. It highlights the importance of coherent policy and governance structures that support and guide educational leaders. The findings suggest that strengthening leadership capacity, particularly in remote municipalities, is crucial for improving the quality of education and ensuring equity across the educational system. The study contributes to the discourse on educational leadership and governance in Iceland and globally. It provides valuable insights into how local adaptations to global educational trends can influence the effectiveness of educational systems and local leadership practices. The Icelandic case offers a unique perspective on the challenges and opportunities of developing local educational leadership while decentralizing educational governance, providing lessons for other countries navigating similar reforms. References Ásmundsson, G. Ó., Hansen, B., & Jóhannsson Ó. H. (2008). Stjórnskipulag grunnskóla: Hugmyndir skólanefnda um völd sín og áhrif. Netla – Online Journal on Pedagogy and Education. https://vefsafn.is/is/20201017174451/https:/netla.hi.is/greinar/2008/010/index.htm Ball, S. J. (2017). The education debate (3rd ed.). Policy Press. Fullan, M., & Quinn, J. (2016). Coherence: The right drivers in action for schools, districts, and systems. Corwin. Hansen, B., & Jóhannsson, Ó., H. (2010). Allt í öllu: Hlutverk fræðslustjóra 1975–1996. University of Iceland Press. Hansen, B., & Lárusdóttir, S. H. (2018). Grunnskólar á öndverðri 21. öld: Hlutverk og gildi. Icelandic Journal of Education, 27(2), 111–133. https://doi.org/10.24270/tuuom.2018.27.6 Hargreaves, A., & Shirley, D. (2020). Leading from the middle: Its nature, origins and importance. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(1), 92–114. Lambert, L., Zimmerman, D. P., & Gardner, M. E. (2016). Liberating leadership capacity: Pathways to educational wisdom. Teachers Collage Press. Leithwood, K., & McCullough, C. (2021). "Leading School Districts for Improved Student Success". In S. Brown, & P. Duignan (Eds.), Leading Education Systems (pp. 133–156). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-80071-130-320211006 Louis, K. S. (2015). Linking leadership to learning: State, district and local effects, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 2015(3), 6–17. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.30321 Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal governance leads education and educational leadership astray. In M. Uljens, & R. M. Ylimaki (Eds.), Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and didaktik: Non-affirmative theory of education (pp. 151–180). Springer. Moos, L, Nihlfors, E., & Paulsen, J. M. (2016). Nordic superintendents: Agents in a broken chain. Springer. Sigurðardóttir, S. M. (2023). Educational leadership at the municipal level in Iceland: What shapes it, its characteristics and what it means for school practices [Ph.D thesis]. University of Iceland. https://skolathraedir.is/2022/11/17/laesiskennsla-i-byrjendalaesisskolum-og-odrum-skolum/ Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Hansen, B., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Geijsel, F. (2020). Challenges in educational governance in Iceland: The establishment and role of the national agency in education. In Helen Ärlestig og Olaf Johansson, Educational authorities and the schools: Organisation and impact in 20 states (bls. 55–73). Springer. Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Hansen, B. (2018). Educational leadership at municipality level: Defined roles and responsibilities in legislation. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 2(2–3), 56–71. http://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.2760 Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., Hansen, B., Ólafsson, K., & Sigþórsson, R. (2022). Educational leadership regarding municipal school support services in Iceland. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1–21. http://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221076251 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Reflecting on School Results: Organisational Culture and its Alignment with Planned Changes University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:The publication of PISA results in 2022 revealed that students in Kosovo scored below a baseline level of performance. These results came despite the fact that Kosovo education has gone through several changes in the last two decades. Given that most of these changes were second-order or deep changes, they require an exploration of the underlying values, norms, assumptions, structures, process and culture of its institutions. Cultural theories suggest that understanding organizational culture is essential to identifying the relevant approaches when initiating, shaping and implementing changes in education. In this regard, school leaders play the key role in supporting the organisation to shape its culture and adapt it to its planned change. Therefore, the objective of this research is to identify the dominant organisational culture types in schools and understand how they are they aligned with the planned changes. The two main research questions that will guide the study are what are the dominant organizational culture types in schools and how do the school leaders align dominant organizational culture with the planned changes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will be conducted in a seven main primary and lower secondary public schools in capital of Prishtina (Kosovo) and will select in cooperation with the Municipality Education Department based on the criteria as best performing schools. The study will adapt a mixed methodology. For the quantitative data, the sample will consist of 300 teachers. The data will be collected using a standardized instrument (The Organizational Culture Assessment Instrument – OCAI) to assess the dominant organisational culture based on four organisational culture types: clan, hierarchy, adhocracy and market. For the qualitative data, semi-structured interviews with seven school directors, document analysis will be used as a technique for collecting data. The quantitative gathered data will be analyzed using SPSS program. The mean and standard deviation will be used to calculate descriptive data. While for analyzing the inferential data, parametric tests will be used: T-test and One-Way Anova. The qualitative data gathered through seven interviews were fully transcribed and coded accordingly. The interview data will be analyzed and compared with the documents analysis as well as with the quantitative data collected through the OCAI questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research will identify and assess cultures in the primary and lower secondary schools and also find the difference between existing and desired culture. In addition, it will explore the role of the school director in aligning the organisational culture with the planned changes. It will promote awareness of the school organisational culture and stimulate further discussion that will make school leaders think about it and use it to improve the implementation of changes. Given the fact that the same OCAI instrument for assessing school cultures was also used in other countries, the research will be able to compare the obtained results and find out the discrepancies and challenges that were faced in other contexts. In addition, given the difficulties that Kosovo is facing to improve the school results, this research will also be useful for scholars, policy makers and practitioners in Kosovo and will encourage the discussion about the impact of the organizational culture to the change processes since there are no similar research published so far in Kosovo. References Alvesson, M. (1987). Organizations, Culture, and Ideology. International Studies of Management & Organization, Vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 4-18. Alvesson, M. (2002). Understanding Organizational Culture. London, GB: SAGE Publications Ltd. Anderson, G. & Wenderoth A. (2007) Facilitating change: Reflections on Six Years of Education Development Programming in Challenging Environments. Universalia Management Group, 5252 de Maisonneauve Blvd. W., Suite 310. Montreal, Quebec H4A 2S5 Apple, M. W. (2016). “Challenging the epistemological fog: the roles of the scholar/activist in education“. European Educational Research Journal, 11 May 2016. Brooks, J. S. & Normore A. H. (2015). Qualitative research and educational leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 29 Iss 7 pp. 798 – 806. Cameron, K. S. & Quinn R. E. (2011). Diagnosing and changing organizational culture: Based on the Competing Values Framework. Third edition. San Francisko, CA: Jossey – Bass. Cameron, K. S., Quinn R. E., DeGraff, J. & Thakor, A. V. (2006). Competing Values Leadership: Creating values in organisations. Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc. Cardno, C. (2018). Policy document analysis: A practical educational leadership tool and a qualitative research method. Kuram ve Uygulamada Eğitim Yönetimi, 24(4), 623-640. Cooke, R. A, & Szumal, J. L. (2013). Using the Organisational Culture Inventory to Understand the Operating Cultures of Organisations. Handbook of Organisational Culture & Climate. Gay, L. R., Mills, E. and Arasian, M. (2006). Educational research: Competencies for Analysis and Application. Eight edition. Pearson Prentice Hall. Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital, Transforming Teaching in Every School. Teachers College, Columbia University. Jung, T., Scott, T., Davies, H. T. O., Bower, P., Whalley, D., McNally, R., & Mannion, R. (2009). Instruments for exploring organizational culture: A review of the literature. Public Administration Review, 69(6), 1087-1096. Kezar, A. (2014). How Colleges Change: Understanding, Leading and Enacting Change. Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017. Taylor & Francis Lortie, D. C. (2009). School Principal Managing in Public. The University Chicago Press, Ltd., London. Schein, E. H. (1985). Organizational Culture and Leadership. San Francisko: Jossey-Bass. Schein, E. H. (1996). Culture: The missing concept in organization studies. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41(2), 229. Schein, E. H. (2004). Organisational Culture and Leadership. Third Edition. San Francisko: Jossey-Bass. Tierney, W. G. (1988). Organizational Culture in Higher Education: Defining the Essentials. The Journal of Higher Education, 59(1), 2-21. Torres, L. L. (2022). School Organisational Culture and Leadership: Theoretical Trends and New Analytical Proposals. Education Sciences, 12. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Implementing an Improvement Science Approach: Refelcting on three years of Leadership, Improvement, and Professional Learning 1University of Auckland, New Zealand; 2Schooling Improvement Ltd. Presenting Author:School improvement efforts often do not result in sustained change in schools and improvement in equity in outcomes. The implementation and sustained effects of school improvement remain under-researched. This research focuses specifically on school improvement using improvement science approaches. Improvement science has seen a wide uptake in business and public health (e.g., Gawande, 2011; Langley et al., 2009) but also in the education sector (e.g., Bryk et al., 2015; Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2017). An improvement cycle is a systematic approach to achieving continual improvement, emphasising the identification of problem causes, setting goals, and measuring and closely monitoring progress towards goals. Previous studies have documented the initial implementation of improvement science approaches (e.g., Meyers & Hitt, 2018; Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2017). However, studies on sustained implementation and improvement are lacking. Further, some case study research points to general practices supporting improvement efforts using improvement science approaches (e.g., Peterson & Carlile, 2021). However, the specific practices, conditions, and enablers of sustained school improvement remain under-researched. Finally, implementation in schools is often supported through research-practice partnerships, which are time- and cost-intensive. There is no known research examining an online learning approach to support schools. Addressing these gaps, the current study asked school leaders to reflect on three years in which they engaged in an online professional learning programme (PLD) supporting them in their implementation of a school improvement science approach, namely the School Improvement Cycle (SIC). It had three aims: 1) to investigate whether a new improvement science model results in sustained change and improvement; 2) to examine the specific practices, conditions, and enablers of sustained school improvement in schools; and 3) to test an innovative approach to engage with whole school leadership teams via online learning. The PLD served a cluster of ten primary and two secondary schools, and about ten professional staff in South Australia. Data collected included interviews with five principals, seven middle leaders, two professional staff, and the school achievement data. Interviews gathered in-depth data on the implementation and effectiveness of the SIC and PLD. Following a theory of action framework, we investigated changes in leaders’ beliefs, how those translated into changed leadership behaviours, and the impact these changes had on school culture, which means on leaders’ and teachers’ ways of working and student learning. We also inquired into the level of implementation, the transferability of the acquired learning to other areas, and the challenges encountered. Finally, we explored leaders’ views on the delivery and impact of the PLD. Leaders noted a range of changes in their leadership beliefs. They reported greater confidence in leading improvement as they had a clear and rigorous process to follow. This pushed them to formulate and test their theory of improvement, rather than jumping to solutions. They changed their focus changed from a teacher- to a student-centred one. Finally, the roles and responsibilities of middle and senior leaders became clearer, and leadership became more genuinely distributed. Leaders reported changes in their leadership behaviour. They engaged in more data-driven practice, focussed on creating transparency in decisions and processes, and changed the use of meetings to enable more focused work and create more touch points between leaders and between leaders and teachers. This work led to changes in school culture. Leaders saw strong teacher buy-in, a strong sense of accountability and cohesion, more focussed in-school PLD, and a positive impact on student learning and results. Finally, leaders reported positively on the content, structure, and online nature of the PLD. The online nature meant reduced travel time while still sharing learning with schools across the region, and time flexibility in booking follow-up meetings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a retrospective examination of a PLD programme facilitated online supporting school teams over three years in implementing an improvement science approach. For the first year, the PLD consisted of six 1.5 hours long webinars approximately every six weeks. In the webinars, the facilitator stepped school teams through the SIC. The webinars thus aligned with the steps in the SIC: (1) Defining the problem and the goal, (2) Developing quick wins and measures, (3) Developing the theory for improvement, (4) Implementing strategy: Professional learning, (5) Implementing strategy: Organisational, and (6) Sustaining progress over time. For each webinar, school teams had a pre-reading and a follow-up meeting in the same week to discuss progress and next steps. Webinars also included schools sharing strategies or challenges to implement the approach. In the second year, schools met with the facilitator to assess their progress and needs. A further four webinars were provided designed to address schools’ implementation challenges. In the third year, schools were offered up to six follow-up meetings. Most schools had three to four meetings. Six out of the twelve schools that took part in the PLD consented to the research, four primary and two secondary schools. Five principals, seven middle leaders, and two professional staff took part in a one-hour-long interview. The semi-structured interviews gathered in-depth data on leadership beliefs and practices, the implementation, enablers, and challenges in schools. A sub-set of questions examined participants’ perceptions of the online PLD. Interviews were conducted online via Zoom, audio-recorded, and transcribed. NVIVO was used for thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2018), which was informed by a theory of action framework (Argyris, 1974). Theories of action explain how people’s underlying beliefs, values, and understandings, together with the conditions they find themselves in, impact the actions they take to resolve problems. Theories of action further link these actions to intended or unintended consequences. Thus, the first round of coding focused on leadership beliefs, behaviours (actions), and consequences. Within these themes, we engaged in an inductive analysis. Themes and coding were reviewed twice by both authors in an iterative process to ensure trustworthiness in the analysis. The school cluster provided achievement data from three years prior to when the schools were introduced to the approach (five years in total). The data was analysed to see changes over time for each school as challenges with changes in measures made further statistical analysis unreliable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study constituted an in-depth study of school improvement using a novel approach to school improvement and supporting schools. First, leaders reported changes in beliefs, behaviours and school culture, including student outcomes, as a result of implementing the School Improvement Cycle. Improvement science offers a rigorous process for identifying problems, setting goals, identifying and implementing strategies, and closely monitoring the implementation and effects. Schools saw more cohesion, accountability and buy-in as the approach created clearer structures and resulted in positive outcomes for students. Our research attests to the effectiveness of sustained implementation of improvement science approaches (Meyers & Hitt, 2018; Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2017). It however goes further in highlighting specific leadership practices and conditions for school improvement, providing valuable and detailed insights for schools, leaders, district leaders and professional development providers. Given the constant changes in education and the uncertainty that schools grapple with in today’s world, school improvement science enables schools to focus and reflect on the challenges and barriers pertinent to their students and school communities and trial and implement strategies to address these challenges. While the use of improvement cycles is increasingly lauded as a tool for educators, schools, districts, universities, and communities to work towards sustained and systematic change for improvement, such efforts often benefit or build on partnerships, networked communities, or collaborations with researchers or external facilitators to embed this work (Bryk et al., 2015; Coburn, & Penuel, 2016; Crow et al., 2019). Our research highlights the feasibility of an online PLD approach to supporting this work. The findings will have implications on how improvement science is executed in schools and how this implementation can be supported at scale and for geographically dispersed schools through online learning. References Argyris, C., & Schӧn, D. A. (1974). Theory in practice: Increasing professional effectiveness. Jossey-Bass. Braun, V., Clarke, V., Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2018). Thematic analysis. In P. Liamputtong (Ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health and Social Sciences (pp. 843–860). Springer. Bryk, A. S., Gomez, L. M., Grunow, A., & LeMahieu, P. G. (2015). Learning to improve: How America's schools can get better at getting better. Harvard Education Press. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48-54. Crow, R., Hinnant-Crawford, B. N., & Spaulding, D. T. (2019). The educational leader’s guide to improvement science: Data, design and cases for reflection. Myers Education Press. Gawande, A. (2011). The Checklist Manifesto: How to get things right. Profile Books Ltd. Langley, G. J., Moen, R. D., Nolan, K. M., Nolan, T. W., Clifford, N. L., & Provost, L. P. (2009). The Improvement Guide: A practical approach to enhancing organizational performance (Second ed.). Jossey-Bass. Meyers, C. V., & Hitt, D. H. (2018). Planning for school turnaround in the United States: an analysis of the quality of principal-developed quick wins. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29(3), 362-382. Peterson, D. S., & Carlile, S. P. (2021). Improvement science: Promoting equity in schools. Myers Education Press. Tichnor-Wagner, A., Wachen, J., Cannata, M., & Cohen-Vogel, L. (2017). Continuous improvement in the public school context: Understanding how educators respond to plan-do-study-act cycles. Journal of Educational Change, 18, 465-494. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 13C: Examining the Substantial Challenges in the Principals' Role: Insights from England, Sweden, Australia and Finland Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jane Wilkinson Session Chair: Izhar Oplatka Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Examining the Substantial Challenges in the Principals' Role: Insights from England, Sweden, Australia and Finland This symposium examines substantial challenges in the principals’ role that have been further exacerbated by the COVID 19 pandemic, drawing on research into the principalship conducted in England, Sweden, Australia, and Finland. The rationale for this examination is that internationally, schooling systems are facing a principal recruitment and retention crisis (Riley et al., 2021, Heffernan & Pierpoint, 2022). In nations such as Australia, England, and Sweden, stress and burnout, due to increasingly complex social conditions and workload intensification, is leading to an exodus of school leaders and a reluctance from teachers to apply for the principalship. In Sweden, for example, heavy workloads and stress appear to be the main reasons why Swedish principals quit (Thelin & Lund, 2023). In Australia, an annual survey of principals’ occupational health, safety and wellbeing reported 29 per cent of principals were at significant risk of burnout and self-harm - the highest level since the survey commenced in 2011 (See et al., 2022).
Quality educational leadership is instrumental in achieving nations’ aims for fairer, more democratic and socially cohesive societies. The attraction and retention of high-quality educators into the principalship and lower turnover has been shown to accrue significant social benefits: positively impacting teacher retention, school-community engagement and students’ outcomes, particularly for pupils from more marginalised backgrounds (Bartanen et al., 2019; Kelchtermans, 2017). The impact of a principal attraction and retention crisis is significant for students and communities from disadvantaged backgrounds and schools.
Principals’ work historically has been stressful, involving a constant juggle of often-conflicting demands of multiple stakeholders. However, what is new and what this symposium will address are increasing challenges in the role exacerbated by the COVID 19 pandemic. Each paper addresses different aspects of these challenges, drawing on a range of theoretical tools and methods. Papers cover a range of topics: The English study draws on a three-phase research project on school leaders’ work during and after lockdown. This research shows that during the pandemic there were considerable affective costs on school staff, with care leadership roles (pastoral, welfare and safeguarding) extended with increasing poverty, unrecognised, and disproportionately experienced by female members of staff. A Swedish research team is studying how community-context-related particularities and challenges contribute to shaping the leadership of principals in schools in urban low socioeconomic status communities, with a particular focus on aspects concerning the principals’ emotional labour. The study also aims to explain principals’ emotional labour in light of the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements that frame their leading practices. The Australian research examines the emotional labour of educational leading in socially volatile times. Employing the theory of practice architectures, it draws on critical incident testimonies contributed by Australian principals in 2023-2024 in which they reflected on the incident’s emotional impact and key learnings. The paper aims to build new knowledge about the heightened emotional dynamics shaping principals’ work; the dialectical interactions between these emotional dimensions and the contextual and systemic arrangements that influence principals’ labour. A Finnish research team sheds light on principals’ job crafting, which emerged as a potent strategy helping educators to navigate the contemporary educational terrain marked by increasing uncertainty. Specifically, this study seeks to explore the potential of job crafting in increasing occupational well-being through fostering the development of crucial personal resources, such as curiosity and resilience. In sum, the objective of this symposium is to collectively explore “the challenges, uncertainties and unstable ground that characterises” the principals’ role and bring to light unrecognised and crucial aspects of their roles whilst also examining how such an exploration can “assist us in addressing current and future needs, challenges and opportunities” (ECER 2024 Call).
References Bartanen, B., Grissom, J. A., & Rogers, L. K. (2019). The Impacts of Principal Turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 41(3), 350-374. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373719855044 Heffernan, A., & Pierpoint, A. (2022). Attracting and Retaining Australia’s Principals. Australian Secondary Principals' Association. Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’ Teachers & Teaching, 23(8), 961-977. DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793 Riley, P., See, S-M., Marsh, H., & Dicke, T. (2021). The Australian Principal Occupational Health, Safety and Wellbeing Survey 2020 Survey. Sydney: Institute for Positive Psychology and Education, Australian Catholic University. https://www.principalhealth.org/reports/2020_AU_Final_Report.pdf See, S-M, Kidson, P, Marsh, H, & Dicke, T. (2022). The Australian Principal Occupational Health, Safety and Wellbeing Survey, ACU. https://www.healthandwellbeing.org/reports/AU/2022_ACU_Principals_HWB_Final_Report.pdf Thelin, K., & Lund, S. (2023). Rektorers rörlighet i Sverige: en kunskapsöversikt [Principals' mobility in Sweden: a knowledge overview]. Utbildning & Lärande, 17(3), 1–16. Presentations of the Symposium Care-full Leaders, Care-less Policy and Post-pandemic Schooling: An Unsustainable Combination
Demand for care work intensified and extended during the pandemic and continues to the current day.' Care work’ refers to everything that schools do to support children’s emotional, social and physical well-being. Care-full leadership also covers support for staff in safe and professionally generative and rewarding workplaces. We understand care-full leadership, following Tronto (1998, 2015), to be work which combines (1) attentiveness, becoming aware of need; (2) responsibility, being willing to respond and take care of need; (3) competence, having the skills and knowledge to provide effective care; and (4) responsiveness, considering how others see their position and recognising the potential for the responsibilities of caring to be violated (1993).
Our paper draws on a three-phase research project on school leaders’ work during and after lockdown (Greany et al., 2021, 2022, 2023). Our data includes two surveys (n=1491 and n=6057), leader interviews (n=101), stakeholder roundtables (n=9), and analysis of job advertisements. This research shows that during the pandemic there were considerable affective costs on school staff, with care leadership roles (pastoral, welfare and safeguarding) extended and disproportionately experienced by female members of staff.
The situation is now critical. Escalating poverty has meant that care demands on schools serving poor communities have further increased, while a youth mental health crisis coupled with rising numbers of children with special needs places unprecedented demands on all schools. Our current four UK nations study of the sustainability of school leadership (https://sustainableschoolleadership.uk) suggests that the English performative and marketised education policy agenda is “care-less” rather than care-full (see Grummell et al., 2009, Lynch, 2010). Leaders must focus on teaching/learning and support students to excel in tests/exams and their school to excel in inspections. Escalating leader vacancies suggest that the predictions made in pandemic research – up to one in three of serving leaders in our studies – are now reality.
Leaders argue that government needs to trust them and provide support and resources so that they can continue exercising care-full leadership of students, staff and themselves. This would promote well-being and encourage them to stay. We argue this means policymakers adopting Tronto’s four interlinked care practices. Provocatively, we suggest that the system could well learn about care-full leadership from its school leaders.
References:
Greany, T., Thomson, P. & Bernardes, E., 2023. Still leading after lockdown? Recommendations for enhancing how senior school leaders in England are recruited, trained and sustained: University of Nottingham School of Education.
Greany, T., Thomson, P., Cousin, S. & Martindale, N., 2021. Leading in lockdown. Research on school leaders’ work, well-being and career intentions https://schoolleadersworkandwellbeing.files.wordpress.com/2021/12/leading-in-lockdown-final-report.pdf: University of Nottingham School of Education.
Greany, T., Thomson, P., Cousin, S. & Martindale, N., 2022. Leading after lockdown. Research on school leaders’ work. well-being and career intentions. Phase 2 findings https://schoolleadersworkandwellbeing.files.wordpress.com/2022/06/leading-after-lockdown-final-report-2-2.pdf: University of Nottingham School of Education.
Grummell, B., Devine, D. & Lynch, K., 2009. The care‐less manager: gender, care and new managerialism in higher education. Gender and Education, 21, 191-208.
Lynch, K., 2010. Carelessness. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 9, 54-67.
Tronto, J., 1993. Moral boundaries. A political argument for an ethic of care London: Routledge.
Tronto, J., 1998. An ethic of care. Generations. Journal of the American Society on Aging, 22, 15-20.
Tronto, J., 2015. Who cares? How to reshape a democratic politics Ithica, NY: Cornell University Press.
Emotional Labour of Swedish Principals in Low Socioeconomic Status Communities
This paper examines principals’ emotional, and often invisible, work (Hochschild, 1983; cf. Wilkinson, 2021). Recent studies undertaken in a long-term network collaboration between school principals in low socioeconomic status Swedish communities and educational researchers, show how leadership is learned and shaped in and by context specific circumstances, entailing several challenges. The most prominent challenges are connected to a) high population mobility, b) comprehensive linguistic and cultural diversity, c) comprehensive knowledge diversity, and d) an intense problem complexity, i.e., a dense flow of extraordinary incidents in and around the schools (Hirsh et al., 2023). Although not explicitly elaborated on in these studies, the results also indicate that emotions are a prominent, albeit often unspoken, part of the principals' work. In this study, we re-analyse the same data that led to the above-mentioned findings, with specific interest directed towards finding discursive manifestations of emotional labour. Additionally, the new analysis is directed towards understanding and explaining principals’ emotional labour through a practice architectures lens. Principals’ leading is explored as a practice that consists of sayings, doings and relatings conditioning and conditioned by site-specific cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2014).
The empirical data underlying this study consists of five audio-recorded peer group dialogues between principals (N=20), conducted within the framework of the longitudinal R&D collaboration mentioned above.
Our preliminary results show that some site-specific conditions in particular involve emotional labor: Work intensification, clearly connected to the context-related challenges that the previous study made visible and navigating the local policy context. We suggest that understanding emotional labor as an essential and demanding aspect of principals' work is necessary for the building of support structures around them, which in the long run can counter the impact of work intensification. Preliminary analysis also makes visible how the intertwined site-specific arrangements condition the principals' leading practices, and how they navigate and learn 'how to go on' based in the emotional labor. This suggests that emotional labor can be understood as conditions for educational leading practices, sometimes perceived as a burden for the individual but indeed also as important, site-based practice knowledge that gives principals’ work joy and meaning. Further, the methodological approach in the R&D collaboration, i.e., the peer-dialogues, seem to empower the principals and trigger agentive action in terms of proposing and initiating educational and workplace changes (cf. Hirsh et al, 2023).
References:
Hirsh, Å., Liljenberg, M., Jahnke, A., & Karlsson Perez Å. (2023). Far from the generalised norm: Recognising the interplay between contextual particularities and principals’ leadership in schools in low-socio-economic status communities. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1-18. DOI: 10.1177/17411432231187349
Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling. University of California Press.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, Changing education. Springer.
Wilkinson, J. (2021). Educational leadership through a practice lens: Practice matters. Springer.
The Emotional Labour of Educational Leading in Socially Volatile Times: Emotions as Sites of Knowing
As an intrinsically caring profession, emotions matter in educating and educational leading. Managing one’s emotions and that of others is a key part of the largely invisible labour of the principalship (Hochschild, 2012). Moreover, educational practices such as caring, disciplining, influencing, administering and managing people and their emotions are crucial sites of knowing in the principalship (Gherardi & Rodeschini, 2016). From a practice theory lens then, emotions as sites of knowing are not the property of individuals. Rather, the emotionality of a practice such as leadership forms part of the collective know how or taken-for-granted understandings of ‘how we do things around here’. Moreover, in relation to practices such as managing, administering and leading a school, this practice-specific emotionality consists of knowing both what to do and how to do it (Gherardi & Rodeschini, 2016; Wilkinson, 2021).
In this paper, we adopt a practice approach – the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) to examine the practice-specific emotionality (Reckwitz, 2002) of practices of educational leading. In order to render visible this tacit knowledge, we draw on testimonies contributed by Australian principals in 2023-2024 (N=201) in which they narrated a critical incident that had occurred under their leadership and reflected on its emotional impact and key learnings. The data forms part of a three-year, Australian Research Council study examining the emotional labour of Australian principals in socially and politically volatile times (https://www.monash.edu/education/research/projects/school-principals-emotional-labour-in-volatile-times). In keeping with the practice lens adopted in this paper, critical incident as a method was selected for such incidents disrupt ‘normalcy’ to illuminate “underlying trends, motives, and structures that have a more general meaning and indicate something of importance” in the “wider context” of Australian society (Gherardi & Rodeschini, 2016, p. 272).
In analysing these incidents through a practice architectures lens, we ask: What is the work these emotions and practices are doing/performing? What are the broader discursive, material and social arrangements that make certain practices and emotions more or less likely to emerge in this site, rather than that one? What are the implications of this analysis for the broader project and praxis of educational leading? A practice lens thus adds new knowledge about the heightened emotional dynamics shaping principals’ work; the dialectical interactions between these emotional dimensions and principals’ individual demographics; and how emotional labour unfolds over time.
References:
Gherardi, S., & Rodeschini, G. (2016). Caring as a collective, knowledgeable doing: About concern and being concerned. Management Learning, 47(3), 266-284. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507615610030
Hochschild, A. R. (2012). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling (3rd ed.). The University of California Press.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, Changing education. Springer.
Reckwitz, A. (2002). Towards a theory of social practices: A development in culturalist theorizing. European Journal of Social Theory, 5(2), 243-263. https://doi.org/10.1177/13684310222225432
Wilkinson, J. (2021). Educational leadership through a practice lens: Practice matters. Springer.
The impact of Job Crafting on Work-related Well-being among School Principals: The Mediating Role of Curiosity and Resilience
The well-being of school principals is paramount, as they play a central role in school operations and education (Beausaert et al., 2023). According to Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) theory (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017), job characteristics (job demands and resources) and employees’ personal characteristics (personal resources) are key determinants of employees’ well-being. Within this framework, job crafting is proposed as an employee-driven job design approach, by which employees proactively seek an optimal equilibrium between job demands and job resources. Through strategies such as increasing structural or social resources, increasing challenging job demands, or decreasing hindering demands, employees can proactively redesign their jobs, potentially resulting in enhanced occupational well-being (Tims et al., 2013).
Research has demonstrated that job crafting indeed changes job characteristics in the intended direction, ultimately leading to improved occupational well-being (Tims et al., 2013). However, less is known about how job crafting affects personal resources, and how it, in turn, influences occupational well-being. Drawing on JD-R theory and Conservation of Resources (COR) theory (Hobfoll et al., 2018), this study argues that job crafting fosters the development of curiosity and resilience (Toyama et al., 2023), which, in turn, predicts positive changes in work-related well-being, such as work engagement, job satisfaction, and burnout, over time.
Longitudinal data from 257 Finnish school principals collected at two time points one year apart (2022 and 2023) were analyzed using structural equation modeling. Results showed that increasing challenging job demands was the only job crafting strategy significantly predicting an increase in curiosity and resilience. No job crafting strategies directly predicted change in work-related well-being. Instead, the change in resilience predicted an increase in work engagement and job satisfaction and a decrease in burnout, and the change in curiosity predicted an increase in work engagement and job satisfaction. Curiosity fully mediated the effect of increasing challenging job demands on a change in work engagement and job satisfaction. Resilience also fully mediated the effect of increasing challenging job demands on a change in work engagement and burnout yet failed to mediate the effect of the job crafting strategy on job satisfaction. These results highlight increasing challenging job demands as a central job crafting strategy in predicting positive changes in work-related well-being through the development of personal resources. Overall, this study advances our understanding of job crafting by providing new insights into the mechanisms by which job crafting affects work-related well-being through personal resources.
References:
Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056
Beausaert, S., Froehlich, D. E., Riley, P., & Gallant, A. (2023). What about school principals’ well-being? The role of social capital. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 405-421. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143221991853
Hobfoll, S. E., Halbesleben, J., Neveu, J. -P., & Westman, M. (2018). Conservation of resources in the organizational context: The reality of resources and their consequences. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 5, 103–128. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032117-104640
Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2013). The impact of job crafting on job demands, job resources, and well-being. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 18(2), 230–240. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0032141
Toyama, H., Upadyaya, K., Hietajärvi, L., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2023). Job crafting among school principals before and during COVID-19: Investigating the associations with work-related well-being and personal resources using variable- and person-oriented approaches. European Management Journal, in press. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emj.2023.07.006
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 13 A: Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (Part 2) Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Armin Jentsch Session Chair: Stefan Ting Graf Symposium Part 2/2, continued from 27 SES 12 A |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (part 2) Great advances have been made in how we conceptualize, operationalize and measure aspects of teaching quality (Charalambous et al., 2021). However, this field of research is fragmented. Scholars work in silos, drawing on their own specific framework despite what are often strong commonalities in ambition, terminology, and structural features across frameworks. We argue that classroom video provides an avenue to work across these silos, allowing multiple frameworks to be applied to the same videos. This provides a common ground for discussions across frameworks, facilitating communication and potentially the integration of different frameworks for understanding teaching. This symposium uses classroom videos as a common ground to break out of our silos through analyzing the same videos with a broad range of frameworks. This symposium consists of 3 papers (with three additional papers in a linked symposium) that use unique frameworks to investigate teaching quality. The frameworks in this symposia stem from different traditions and are at different stages of development. The three quantitatively-oriented frameworks are International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT; van de Grift et al., 2007), Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015), and the Teacher Education and Development Study-Instruct framework (TEDS-Instruct; Schlesinger & Jentsch, 2016). The two qualitatively driven frameworks are the Model for analysing Teaching Quality derived from the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD-MTQ; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat & Buyck, accepted), the praxeological documentary video analysis (DVA; Martens & Asbrand, 2022). Part 2 of the double symposium (this part) focuses on ICALT, TEDS-Instruct, and DVA. The quantitatively oriented frameworks pre-determine definitions of teaching quality based on rubric dimensions and performance categories. The qualitative approaches understand teaching as a situated practice developing within a dynamic system of social, material, and semiotic interactions. This symposium’s ambition is to have participants reflect on how one’s framework shapes how one constructs an understanding of teaching and the limitations and benefits of each framework through comparing the decompositions of the focal lessons across frameworks. Through this, we hope to build common understandings across frameworks and break out of our silos. To this end, we have asked each individual paper to attend to three research questions:
The contributors provide an overview of their respective frameworks based on the following categories: purpose and the theoretical grounding of the observation framework, facets of teaching captured, specific focus, grain size (e.g., unit of analysis on time scales), and empirical evidence and use. Then, contributors analyze the same four videos of lower secondary mathematics and language arts lessons from Nordic classrooms. Each contributor presents patterns of findings derived and afforded by their respective framework. To that end, we especially discuss patterns of teaching quality and how differences in the above-mentioned categories might shape the construction of findings as well as limitations and affordances across frameworks. The inclusion of both mathematics and language arts, as well as both quantitatively and qualitatively oriented frameworks, sets this work apart from past important efforts in this area (e.g., Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018). References Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying mathematics instruction through different lenses: Setting the ground for understanding instructional quality more comprehensively. ZDM, 50(3), 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0914-8 Charalambous, C. Y., Praetorius, A.-K., Sammons, P., Walkowiak, T., Jentsch, A., & Kyriakides, L. (2021). Working more collaboratively to better understand teaching and its quality: Challenges faced and possible solutions. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, 101092. Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto: Stanford University. Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19-38). Springer. Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5). Schlesinger, L., & Jentsch, A. (2016). Theoretical and methodological challenges in measuring instructional quality in mathematics education using classroom observations. ZDM: The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 48(1-2), 29-40. van de Grift, W. J. C. M. (2007). Quality of teaching in four European countries: a review of the literature and application of an assessment instrument. Educational Research 49(2): 127–152. Presentations of the Symposium The Value of Assessing Generic Teaching Quality Using ICALT as a Measure of Effective Teaching Behaviour
In the educational effectiveness research tradition, classroom observation has been recognized as a key instrument for uncovering variations in teaching quality in terms of student achievement (Muijs et al., 2018). In general, all existing observation instruments have the common goal for unravelling variations in teaching effectiveness to support teachers with valuable information that can help them develop their teaching skills.
Several classroom factors matter for student attainment, including curriculum quality, the amount of learning time, various teaching skills including the creation of a safe and stimulating learning environment, efficient classroom management, the quality of instruction, teaching students how to learn, monitoring student progress, adapting teaching to student differences, and attention for students at risk of falling behind (eg., Creemers, 1994; Hattie, 2012; Scheerens & Bosker, 1997) Notably, not all behaviours synthesized from the literature are easily observable in classrooms. These factors are best revealed by means of teacher interviews and -surveys, student surveys, and value-added measures (Coe et al., 2014; van de Grift et al., 2014).
The International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT, van de Grift, 2007) is a generic, non-subject specific teaching observation instrument, originally developed by the Dutch Inspectorates in cooperation with the Central Inspectorates in several European countries. This generic observation instrument focusses on capturing observable teaching behaviours of the whole lesson using high- (32 item) and low-inference (120 items) indicators. The indicators provided in the instrument are commonly observed in typical classroom practices, but are not all-inclusive. The observer can add good practices to justify his/her feedback. Although the ICALT framework is used as a formative feedback tool in teacher education and induction of early career teachers in the Netherlands, there is no research illustrating this formative potential.
Our results reveal how low inference feedback shapes and provides justification for the overall teaching quality feedback provided by trained observers, which contributes to increasing the objectiveness of ratings. This is revealed by providing a) time indicators alongside illustrative quotes from the lesson, b) examples of (lacking) good practices, c) interaction symbols to increase the clarity of the feedback, following the increasing skill complexity levels inherent in the structure of the instrument.
References:
Coe, R., Aloisi, C., Higgins, S., & Elliott Major, L. (2014). What makes great teaching? A review of the underpinning research. London: The Sutton Trust.
Creemers, B. P. M. (1994). The effective classroom. London: Cassell.
Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing the impact on learning. London: Routledge.
Muijs, D., Reynolds, D., Sammons, P., Kyriakides, L., Creemers, B. P. M., & Teddlie, C. (2018). Assessing individual lessons using a generic teacher observation instrument: how useful is the International System for Teacher Observation and Feedback (ISTOF)? ZDM, 50, 395–406. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0921-9.
Scheerens, J., & Bosker, R. (1997). The foundations of educational effectiveness. Oxford: Pergamon.
van de Grift, W. (2007). Quality of teaching in four European countries: A review of the literature and application of an assessment instrument. Educational Research, 49(2), 127–152. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131880701369651.
van de Grift, W., Helms-Lorenz, M., & Maulana, R. (2014). Teaching skills of student teachers: Calibration of an evaluation instrument and its value in predicting student academic engagement. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 43, 150-159.
Capturing Generic and Subject-Specific Aspects of Teaching Quality with the TEDS-Instruct Observation System
Effective teaching has been extensively researched for decades. Studies have demonstrated the significant influence of teachers' performance on student achievement in various school subjects (Grossman et al., 2014; Hill et al., 2005). Theoretical frameworks and observational systems have been developed to conceptualize and measure teaching quality (e.g., Danielson, 2007; Klieme et al., 2009), often taking either generic or subject-specific perspectives. In this study, we discuss a hybrid observation system that draws on the established generic framework of Three Basic Dimensions but aims to address also subject-specific aspects of teaching quality to better explain student achievement in mathematics classrooms.
The observation system was developed in the context of the Teacher Education and Development Study-Instruct (TEDS-Instruct). It captures four dimensions of teaching quality, two of which are considered generic (classroom management, student support), and two of which are considered subject-specific (cognitive activation, and educational structuring). This means that their operationalization is informed by the norms and concepts of the subject (Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018), and teachers need substantial (pedagogical) content knowledge to perform teaching behavior that reflects high levels of cognitive activation or educational structuring (e.g., posing challenging mathematical problems, changes of representations, being precise regarding mathematical language, providing adequate explanations). In this paper, we analyze generic and subject-specific dimensions across two Norwegian double lessons employing high-inference observer ratings. This means that videotaped lessons are presented to trained observers, and after a certain amount of time (i.e., a segment of a lesson), they provide an informed judgement on teaching behaviors and teacher-student interactions on 4-6 items per dimension (Jentsch et al., 2022).
The results show that important aspects of teaching quality are captured by the observation system. For example, in the mathematics lesson, the items “teachers’ correctness” and “dealing with error” within educational structuring were assigned substantively higher scores than any other items in that dimension. Moreover, we argue that there was much variability in scores across the items assessing educational structuring. In contrast, for classroom management, all the items were assigned high scores. In the language arts lesson, different patterns emerge. There is more variability across items measuring cognitive activation. In addition, the teacher provides a lot of individual support to students but does little to support collaborative learning. A goal for future research on our observation system (and potentially others) could be to explore for which contexts and purposes valid conclusions can be drawn from classroom observation.
References:
Charalambous, C., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying instructional quality in mathematics through different lenses: In Search of Common Ground. ZDM Mathematics Education, 50, 535-553.
Danielson, C. (2007). Enhancing professional practice: A framework for teaching. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.
Grossman, P., Cohen, J., Ronfeldt, M., & Brown, L. (2014). The test matters: The relationship between classroom observation scores and teacher value added on multiple types of assessment. Educational Researcher, 43(6), 293-303.
Hill, H. C., Rowan, B., & Ball, D. L. (2005). Effects of teachers’ mathematical knowledge for teaching on student achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 42(2), 371–406.
Jentsch, A., Heinrichs, H., Schlesinger, L., Kaiser, G., König, J. & Blömeke, S. (2022). Multi-group measurement invariance and generalizability analyses for an instructional quality observation instrument. In M. Blikstad-Balas, K. Klette & M. Tengberg (Hrsg.), Ways of analyzing teaching quality. Potentials and pitfalls (pp. 121-139). Scandinavian University Press.
Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The Pythagoras study. In T. Janik, & T. Seidel (eds.), The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom (pp. 137–160). Waxmann.
A Qualitative-Reconstructive Investigation of Teaching Quality through Documentary Video Analysis
This paper examines the role of Documentary Video Analysis (DVA; Martens & Asbrand, 2022) in research on teaching quality. It applies DVA to two different lessons from the Nordic LISA study – one in mathematics and the other in Norwegian language arts (L1). By integrating these cases into an existing typology that emphasizes cognitive activation in classroom interactions (Schreyer, 2024), the study utilizes the qualitative reconstructive capabilities of DVA to examine the intricate dynamics of subject-specific teaching and learning processes.
DVA is characterized by its ability to capture the complexity of classroom interactions and allows for uncovering the multifaceted relationships between the development of knowledge, embodied practices and the deeply rooted habitus of both teachers and students (Bohnsack, 2021; Martens & Asbrand, 2022). This methodological approach highlights the interconnected relationships between different aspects of teaching and contrasts with the more deductive methods used in previous research on teaching quality, which relied heavily on standardized observation manuals (e.g. Bell et al., 2019). This descriptive method aims to assess the quality of teaching following the empirical analysis. For this purpose, opportunity-use models (Vieluf & Klieme, 2023) are used to assess whether and how teaching stimuli are understood and used in a subject-specific context.
Analyzing classroom situations in mathematics and Norwegian language arts through the lens of DVA reveals contrasting aspects of cognitive activation. In mathematics classrooms, the focus is on the teacher's central role in creating an environment that fosters cooperative learning, metacognition, and problem solving through the presentation of challenging tasks. This practice fits seamlessly with the theoretical constructs of cognitive activation (Praetorius et al., 2018). In contrast, the language arts classroom shows a notable divergence from the teacher's pedagogical standards and objectives, especially in student presentations where important literary devices are insufficiently identified and discussed, underscoring a discrepancy between the targeted instructional goals and actual knowledge development.
The study discusses the potential of DVA as a tool for assessing teaching quality and critically examines its limitations in evaluating this. It emphasizes the strength of DVA in providing a descriptive rather than an evaluative analysis and questions the usefulness of the method for a comprehensive understanding of teaching quality through the comparative analysis of two subject-specific lessons.
References:
Bell, C. A., Dobbelaer, M. J., Klette, K., & Visscher, A. (2019). Qualities of classroom observation systems. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 3-29. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1539014
Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. (10th ed.). Barbara Budrich.
Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19-38). Springer VS.
Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B., & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: the German framework of Three Basic Dimensions. ZDM: mathematics education, 50(3), 407-426. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0918-4
Schreyer, P. (2024). Kognitive Aktivierung in der Unterrichtsinteraktion: Eine qualitativ-rekonstruktive Analyse zu Passungsverhältnissen im Mathematikunterricht. Waxmann.
Vieluf, S., & Klieme, E. (2023). Teaching effectiveness revisited through the lens of practice theories. In A.-K. Praetorius & C. Charalambous (Eds.), Theorizing Teaching: Current Status and Open Issues (pp. 57-95). Spinger Nature. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-25613-4_3
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 13 B: Active and Self-Regulated Learning Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Eva Lundqvist Symposium |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Enhancing Student Self-Regulated Learning: Project WAY's Quantitative Impact Study on Classroom Self-Regulation through Peer Observation 1Universidade Aberta, Portugal; 2Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação , Universidade do Porto; 3Universidade de Trás os Montes e Alto Douro Presenting Author:One of the most needed competencies for the future is the ability to know how to learn (Kowells, 2018). Self-regulated learning (SRL), as defined by Zimmerman (2000), involves learners autonomously navigating the process of acquiring skills. SRL encompasses crucial metacognitive, motivational, and behavioural facets (Zimmerman, 1998). The Socially Shared Regulated Learning model (SSRL; Järvelä and Hadwin, 2013) emphasises the social aspects that are part of the learning process during collaborative learning. The SSRL model implies that multiple interdependent learners regulate their collaborative work and collective learning process through social interaction and mutual help. Despite the focus on collaborative learning and socially mediated self-regulation in education research, the specific roles of peer observation and feedback in the learning process, particularly in the development of self-regulated learning, remain understudied, even though literature as been pointing on that direction (e.g., Torres et al., 2017). The WAY project - Who sAw You then and who sees you now! – based on the SSRL and Zimmerman’s (2000) multi-level model (in which observation is the first stage for acquiring SRL), aims to deepen knowledge about the development of SRL among secondary school students through their involvement in peer observation and feedback during collaborative learning. On the one hand, peer observation can develop observation, reflection, and self-analysis, promoting SRL; on the other hand, asking them to give feedback to their colleagues about what they have observed creates moments of participation and dialogue centred on the classroom activities, allowing students' voices to be heard (Torres et al., 2017). Furthermore this issue is quite important under the main theme of ECER2024- Education in an Age of Uncertainty. In fact , to learn how to selfregulate learning could be an asset in such difficult times. The present study aimed to evaluate the impact of the project WAY implemented in Portuguese schools on students’ SRL based on a quantitative self-reported measure composed of 15 dimensions. The protocol research was registered at OSF, and the hypotheses are the following: Students who observe how their peers’ approach and perform tasks in the classroom and later give feedback will acquire more cognitive and metacognitive strategies (A1), resource management strategies (A2) and higher levels of motivation (A3) than their peers from the control group. Students in the intervention group who engage in more moments of observation and feedback will acquire more cognitive and metacognitive strategies (B1), resource management strategies (B2) and higher levels of motivation (B3) than their peers who engage in fewer moments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This quasi-experimental study includes students from the 10th grade from three public schools. At the pre-test moment, 343 students participated, aged between 14-17 (M=15.09, SD=0.58), with the majority being Portuguese (n=317, 92.4%). Regarding gender, 171 (49.9%) self-identified as male, 166 (48.4%) as female and 6 (1.7%) preferred not to answer. Measures: A previously validated short version of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ-SV) was used (Authors, in review; Pintrich et al., 1993). It included 56 items divided into 15 dimensions that compound three sets: three subscales of motivation (Intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation, task value, control of learning beliefs, self-efficacy and anxiety), nine subscales of learning strategies (Rehearsal, Elaboration, Organization, Critical Thinking, Metacognitive Self-Regulation) and resource management strategies (Time and Study Environment, Effort Regulation, Peer Learning, Help-seeking). At the pre-assessment, Cronbach's alpha coefficients ranged between .61 to .85, except for help-seeking, which value was .46, and thuswas .46; thus, this dimension will be excluded from further analysis. Sociodemographic data included the participants’ age, gender, school, school year and nationality. Procedure: This project runs from 2023 to 2025, and this presentation will focus on the quantitative data study that was developed in the 2023/24 school year. Data was collected on September 2023 (before intervention), and will be collected in May 2024 (after intervention). To implement the sessions, teachers of the experimental classes were invited to get involved. After the pre-assessment, two training sessions of one hour and a half were organised at each school. These sessions covered essential topics for implementing the project (e.g., timeline, theoretical models, concepts, aspects of the intervention and pedagogical proposals for systematising the observation and feedback process). The intervention on the project WAY is planned to occur in moments of collaborative work in a learning moment that involves carrying out a specific task assigned by the teacher in groups of three to four elements. In each group, one of the students is prompted to observe and give feedback to the others. Observer-reporter students have the support of a guiding script. Data analysis: In order to answer hypothesis A , three multivariate repeated measures analyses (2 groups * 2 time points) will be employed. To answer hypothesis B , a regression analysis will be performed, considering the variable number of moments of observation and feedback as the independent variable and the variables resulting from the difference between T2 and T1 for each SRL dimension and the dependent variable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that after the intervention, the students in the experimental group will report a higher level of motivation, more cognitive and metacognitive learning strategies and resource management strategies than the students in the control group. Also, it is expected that students in the experimental group involved in more intervention sessions will have higher values in the dimensions assessed. The WAY project follows the trend that the current times demand from the education systems of students who need to be better prepared, active, participative and capable of using metacognitive skills to self-regulate their learning (Kowells, 2018). Promoting these skills requires a shift towards pedagogical practices tailored to the students' needs, as reflected in their feedback (Kowells, 2018). This implies a reorganisation of teaching practices addressed in this project. While schools strive to foster pedagogical practices that cultivate SRL and student engagement, they do not encompass the connection between peer observation and the development of SRL skills, enabling students to participate in the changes in pedagogical practices proposed in WAY. Thus, this study addresses gaps in the literature regarding SRL, peer observation and feedback, and instructional practices, contributing to the global knowledge in this field. Finally, the ability to know how to learn autonomously (SRL) is universally important in an era where continuous learning and adaptability are crucial and recognised by internationally respected organisations (e.g., OECD, UNESCO) as essential for the future, making the findings of this study relevant to be applicable in diverse cultural and educational contexts. References Authors (in review). Validation of the Motivational Strategies for Learning Questionnaire for adolescent students in Portuguese schools. Järvelä, S., and Hadwin, A. F. (2013). New frontiers: regulating learning in CSCL. Educational Psychology, 48, 25–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2012.748006 Kowells, L. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. The Future We Want. Position paper published on 05-04-2018. OECD http://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A. F., Garcia, T., & Mckeachie, W. J. (1993). Reliability and Predictive Validity of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (Mslq). Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53(3), 801–813. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164493053003024 Torres, A. C., Lopes, A., Valente, J. M. S., & Mouraz, A. (2017) What catches the eye in class observation? Observers’ perspectives in a multidisciplinary peer observation of teaching program. Teaching in Higher Education, 22(7), 822-838. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2017.1301907 Zimmerman, B. J. (1989). A social cognitive view of self-regulated academic learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81(3), 329–339. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.81.3.329 Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining Self-Regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of Self-Regulation (pp. 13–39). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012109890-2/50031-7 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Didactics of Practice-Based Teaching and Learning UC Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:In Denmark, the concept of practice-based teaching and learning [praksisfaglighed] was launched in June 2018 to indicate political agreement on "strengthened practice-based teaching and learning in the elementary school" (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2018). This agreement held high expectations, and the political parties behind it declared that an increase in practice-based teaching and learning in the Danish elementary school aimed to contribute to promoting several different aspects of the individual student's versatile development and education. The parties also agreed that a greater focus on practical skills would make more students aware that vocational education is also an option. Thus, the term practice-based teaching and learning, as used in the political agreement, contained both an educational dimension and a dimension oriented towards career choices. This agreement was optimistic, but also broad and imprecise. The expectations were reiterated in a subsequent preliminary study by the Danish Evaluation Institute (EVA, 2019). Here, it was emphasized that with practice-based teaching and learning by virtue of a "physical and active approach to teaching", the teachers would be able to achieve a wide range of advantages: They would generally be able to strengthen the students' learning; employing a problem-based and application-oriented approach would make it possible to promote students' understanding of theory; having students produce their own products would make it possible to strengthen their motivation; and, finally, it would be possible to "strengthen the students' choice of education", which appeared as a euphemism for encouraging more students to choose a craft-oriented vocational education. As in the political agreement, the concept of practice-based teaching and learning in EVA's preliminary study (2019) and a subsequent mapping (2023) included both an educational and a career-oriented dimension. In addition, several didactic elements were added by the Ministry of Education, including problem-based learning, physicality, and product orientation (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2021). However, the definition of practice-based knowledge was all-inclusive, and a theoretical framework was missing, not least concerning the clarification and identification of a didactics of practice-based teaching and learning that was practically applicable. At the same time, educational researchers pointed out that there was a need for more knowledge to be able to recognize the concept of practice-based teaching and learning (Tanggaard, 2020). Knudsen & Sattrup agreed on that and called for both more breadth and depth in the understanding of practice-based teaching and learning (Knudsen & Sattrup, 2020). Also, within Danish teacher education, great efforts were made to describe practice-based teaching and learning on the teacher training courses (Vial at al., 2021). However, regardless of the effort, the concept remained unclear. One of the main concerns was the lack of a theoretical foundation. Another was that the theory-practice relationship was repeatedly presented as a dichotomy, where more of one means less of the other. This operational split between theory and practice implies that nothing can belong to both at the same time. If the concepts are used in this way, practice-based knowledge becomes an affirmation of the opposition between theory and practice, rather than a field in which theory and practice mutually fertilize each other (Wistoft & Qvortrup, 2023). This proposal intends to clarify the concept of practice-based teaching and learning considering the conceptual clarification challenges. The general objective is to develop a theoretical framework. Didactics of practice-based teaching and learning is defined as didactic reflections and arguments that support the interaction between the acquisition of knowledge and skills, so that the acquisition of knowledge becomes less abstract and the acquisition of skills more knowledge-reflected. The research question is: How can a theoretical framework be developed for a didactics of practice-based teaching and learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method applied in this proposal includes three dimensions: a) a systematic, international literature review of research on didactics of practice-based teaching and learning in elementary school, b) an epistemological analysis combined with c) empirically informed examples from the subject of Home Economics at the Danish teacher training programme and in the Danish elementary school. The literature review intends to identify research literature in the field of practice-based teaching and learning in the Danish elementary school in the period 2014-2024. The epistemological analysis focuses on changing positions regarding the relationship between theory and practice in the ideational history of didactics. The epistemological analysis starts with the founder of Didactics, Johan Amos Comenius. In his Didactica Magna from 1627-1638, the basic principle is: "The beginning of cognition must at all times take its starting point from the senses" (Comenius, 1960 [1628-32]): The student starts out from their sensation, i.e. their practical dealings with a phenomenon. Through the teaching, the student develops a definition of the phenomenon, an explanation of it, and a reflection on it through conversations with the teacher. Thus, from the very beginning of European didactics, the relationship to practice and the reflection of practice plays a prominent role. The German concept of Bildung, as expounded by the German philosopher Immanuel Kant (Kant, 1999 [1784]), became a core concept according to the European ideational history of didactics. Kant’s concept of Bildung focuses on general considerations regarding the aims, content, form, and methods of teaching –considerations that are often operationalized as curricula framing expectations for learning. The epistemological analysis also includes the German sociologist Niklas Luhmann's systems theoretical analyses of the “Problems of reflection in the education system” (Luhmann & Schoor, K.E. (1988 (1979)), particularly focusing on his claim in "Society's education system" that the purpose of the education system goes in two directions: education and career selection (Luhmann, 2002). The theoretical analysis will be informed by and discussed with examples from Home Economics teaching (Damsgaard & Hansen, 2021) and empirically informed research on taste didactics (Christensen & Wistoft, 2022; Leer & Wistoft, 2018; Wistoft & Qvortrup, 2018, 2021). The purpose of Danish Home Economics Education is that the students develop pride and confidence in their own abilities through concrete skills and knowledge, which they can also use to make critically informed food and meal choices in their everyday life (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposal presents a systematic didactics of practice-based teaching and learning, including reflections on the choice of goals, content, form, and methods, as well as the arguments for these choices in terms of the framework conditions: who is to be taught, what are the prerequisites, and what framework is established for participation, i.e., in which physical, social, and cultural setting will the teaching take place? These decisions may take the form of learning objectives and teaching plans that frame the expectations for learning. The learning goal can, for example, be to ensure that the knowledge dimension adds reflective depth to skills, while the skills dimension ensures that the subject does not become abstract and theoretical. This will ensure that the didactics of practice-based teaching and learning reflections are embedded – not as a reduced understanding of the technique and methods or 'practical needs' of the teaching, but as the constitutive importance of the content and extent of the subject's knowledge, skills, and practical applications. The teaching will benefit from being informed by a didactic insight offering students new personal and application-oriented ways of acquiring skills and knowledge (Wistoft & Qvortrup, 2023). The intention is to strengthen the students' practical skills, experiences, choices, and creative expressions in the context of a solid foundation of knowledge. In that sense, the intention is to facilitate a dynamic interaction between practical skills and knowledge. Finally, the shift from focusing on theoretical knowledge to focusing on practically relevant knowledge is marked by a transformation of Kant’s ideal of “Sapere aude” (Kant, 1999 [1784]) into "Artes aude", which is realized when students show what they are capable of and trust what they do – both when they prepare and serve a meal and when they present an analysis of a personal meal story. References Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet [Ministry of Education] (2018). Aftale om styrket praksisfaglighed i folkeskolen [Agreement on strengthened practice-based teaching and learning in the elementary school] https://www.regeringen.dk/media/5650/180612-aftale-om-styrket-praksisfaglighed-i-folkeskolen-ny.pdf Børne- og undervisningsministeriet [Ministry of Education] (2021). Praksisfaglighed [Practice-based teaching and learning]. EMU https://emu.dk/grundskole/praksisfaglighed Børne- og undervisningsministeriet [Ministry of Education] (2022). Fælles mål Madkundskab [Common goals Home Ecnomics]. EMU https://emu.dk/sites/default/files/2020-10/GSK_F%C3%A6llesM%C3%A5l_Madkundskab.pdf Christensen, J. H., & Wistoft, K. (2022). Children’s cookbooks – learning by using recipes, cooking experiments and taste competence. Health Education Journal, 81(4), 375-386. https://doi.org/10.1177/00178969221082387 Comenius, J. A. (1960 [1628-32]). Grosse Didaktik. Leipzig: Verlag Helmut Küpper. Damsgaard, C. & Hansen, T.S. (2021). Eksperimenter I madkundskab [Experiments in Home Economics]. Odense: Meloni (in Danish). EVA [Danish Evaluation Institute] (2019). Praksisfaglighed i skolen. En forundersøgelse [Practice-based teaching and learning in school. A preliminary study]. Copenhagen: EVA (in Danish). EVA [Danish Evaluation Institute] (2023). Kortlægning af folkeskolers arbejde med praksisfaglighed [Mapping primary schools' work with practice-based teaching and learning]. Copenhagen: EVA (in Danish). Kant, I. (1999 [1784]). Was ist Aufklärung? Ausgewählte kleine Schriften. In Brandt, H. D. (ed.). Philosophische Bibliothek. Hamburg: Meiner Verlag (in German). Knudsen, L. E. D., & Sattrup, L. (2020). Bredde og dybde i praksisfaglighed [Breadth and depth in practice-based knowledge]. Unge Pædagoger, Årgang 81(3), 20–27 (in Danish) Leer, J., & Wistoft, K. (2018). Taste in food education: A critical review essay. Food and Foodways, 26(4), 329-349. https://doi.org/10.1080/07409710.2018.1534047 Luhmann, N. (2002). Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag (in German). Luhmann, N., & Schoor, K.E. (1988 (1979)). Reflexionsprobleme im Erziehungssystem. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag (in German). Tanggaard, L. (2020). Når vi ved mere end vi kan fortælle – en indkredsning af praksisfaglighedsbegrebet i teori og praksis [When we know more than we can tell - an identification of the concept of practice-based knowledge in theory and practice]. Unge Pædagoger, Årgang 81(3), 12–19 (in Danish). Vial, M., Jensen, T. R., Bjørnemose Andersen, H., Hedegaard Rasmussen, M., Kremmer Hansen, B., Juellund, Jensen, J., Riisgaard Brænder, B., Tønneskov Hansen, S., Drewsen, H., Olsen, J. S., Christensen, K. E., & Eskildsen, O. (2021). Praksisfaglighed i læreruddannelsen [Practice-based teacher education]. Danske Professionshøjskoler https://www.ucviden.dk/da/publications/praksisfaglighed-i-l%C3%A6reruddannelsen (in Danish) Wistoft, K. & Qvortrup, L. (2019). Teaching taste. Common Ground Research Networks. Food studies https://doi.org/10.18848/978-1-86335-164-5/CGP Wistoft, K. & Qvortrup, L. (2023): Praksisfagdidaktik – med madkundskab som eksempel [Didactics of practice-based teaching and learning – with examples from Home Economics]. In: Rasch-Christensen, A. (red.): Praksisfaglighed i skolen. Frederikshavn: Dafolo, 77-94 (in Danish) 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Beyond Borders: Developing the Core Aspects of Physically Active Learning Enactment (CAPAbLE) model in the third space 1University of Southeastern Norway; 2Western Norway University of Applied Sciences; 3Inland Norway University of Applied Science Presenting Author:While traditional teaching methods remain legitimate, society is changing and continues to demand innovative approaches to pedagogy (LaCroix, 2020). In the field of education, innovative approaches to pedagogy often derive from theoretical discourses to learning, such as psychology and didactics (Davis & Francis, 2021; Watson, 2016). However, an emergent interest in recent years has been in employing broader policies, such as public health and physical activity, as a driver of change in education (GAPPA & ISPAH, 2011). One innovation introducing physical activity into education is physically active learning (PAL), which provides complementary movement and learning opportunities for educational purposes (Bartholomew & Jowers, 2011; Vazou & Skrade, 2017). PAL is commonly defined as "the integration of movement into the delivery of academic content" (Daly-Smith et al., 2022). Despite its many benefits outlined in recent meta-analyses and systematic reviews (Norris et al., 2019), PAL intervention methods and strategies often vary because 1) they are research-driven, 2) they have a one-sided health focus, and 3) they are designed with little attention to its real-world applicability (Vazou et al., 2020; Vazou & Skrade, 2017). The lack of educational perspectives might reflect an assumption in the field that teachers are to deliver predesigned and specific PAL activities rather than allowing them the freedom to enact PAL purposefully in their practice (Mandelid, Thurston, et al., 2023). The increasing body of research that underscores the importance of providing room for teachers' experiences and adaptation of PAL urges a need to develop a practice-oriented fundament that can support the enactment of PAL in teaching for different educational purposes (Daly-Smith et al., 2021). To support teachers in understanding why and how to enact PAL in teaching, this article aimed to explore the real-world applicability and enactment of PAL in education. Furthermore, we have used these insights to co-develop core aspects of PAL that can support the enactment in teaching. The starting point of this article is that researchers and teachers who have sustained PAL in their pedagogical practice have valuable experiences in the applicability and enactment of PAL (Chalkley et al., 2023). For this reason, we applied the third space approach because it aspires to establish less hierarchical collaborations between universities and schools (Bhabha, 1994). Such a methodological approach is relevant as moving beyond conventional borders of research has received growing attention in the PAL field (Mandelid, 2023). In particular, various approaches to co-development have received attention as they allow specific contexts and practices to shape and construct PAL (Chalkley et al., 2023; Madsen et al., 2020). The underlying principle of merging contrasting views is that developing knowledge occurs through hybridity, which involves untangling cultural, social, and epistemological conventions (Bhabha, 1994; Woolf, 2020). Hybridity requires participants to be conscious of their values and beliefs to debate discursive boundaries to create new opportunities (Daza et al., 2021). As there are various ways to employ the third space, we use it to encourage hybridity by being reflexive about our own identities and epistemologies during discussions about PAL. Simultaneously, we strive to foster flexibility in our development of new knowledge that can exceed previous discursive boundaries in PAL research (Daza et al., 2021; Woolf, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In accordance with Zeichner et al. (2015), participants in the third space play a crucial role in the research. Hence, we used purposive sampling to invite schools that had previously participated in two PAL programs. These programs were the municipality-initiated Liv og Røre Telemark (LoRiT) (Bratland-Sanda et al., 2020) and the university-initiated Center for Physically Active Learning (SEFAL) (Mandelid, Dyngeland, et al., 2023). The purposive sampling led to the recruiting of three teachers and one principal from one primary school that participated in LORiT in 2017 and in SEFAL in 2019, ensuring that teachers had years of experience and competence in enacting PAL. In addition, we recruited two of the contributing authors of this manuscript as participants for the third space. All conversations in the third space took place at the project school between March 2022 and March 2023. In line with the tenets of the third space, this meant that none of the six meetings were conducted in a physical space that was neutral to all participants (Bhabha, 1994). Instead, we emphasized the metaphorical space, wherein we discussed the intersections of various values and beliefs about PAL (Bhabha, 1994). To foster such a space, we sought to move beyond the borders of traditional power hierarchies where there may be an imbalance between researchers and teachers (Zeichner, 2010; Zeichner et al., 2015). The third space procedure and analysis was an iterative process of collective discussions about PAL, individual inductive analysis of the transcribed interviews, and then presenting refined themes back to the group. Although the first author led the analysis, all participants discussed the themes and their relevance for enacting PAL. Going back and forth between an individual and collective analysis built a bridge between theoretical and practical perspectives of PAL because refined themes were problematized and supported by researchers and teachers (Daza et al., 2021; Sigurdardottir & Puroila, 2020). This time-consuming iterative cycle of refining and analyzing themes continued until no new ones were identified (Creswell, 2018). The final analysis resulted in four themes and 12 sub-themes. While the four themes illustrate the process of enactment, the 12 sub-themes are considered core aspects of PAL enactment. We present the 12 core aspects in a model that illustrates the process of enactment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present our findings around four themes describing the Core Aspect of Physically Active Learning Enactment (CAPAbLE) model. In the first theme, we describe the model's principles and purposes. In the following, we present the 12 core aspects of PAL through three themes: planning, organizing and evaluating. Planning includes the aspects of curriculum, movement and subject content, environment, structuring teaching, rules and guidelines. Organizing includes the aspects of communication, creating time and space, encounters, knowledge and skills. Evaluating includes the aspects of relationships, pedagogical responsibility, and assessment. We have given it the acronym the CAPAbLE model, as we intend for teachers to reflect on these aspects in their practice to support capabilities to enact PAL. Our findings support that enacting PAL is a complex and time-consuming process (Chalkley et al., 2022). In agreement with previous research, the key to sustaining PAL was related to teachers being open-minded and trusting the process throughout a try-and-fail process (Daly-Smith et al., 2021). This meant not deviating from intentions by creating reachable standards. Although the CAPAbLE model creates reachable standards by giving 12 aspects, it might be fragile if it is presented as general principles because it requires teachers to reflect on their practice to actualize its potential. It is the coherency of the 12 aspects through the iteration of planning, organizing and evaluating that we intended for teachers to identify and derive pedagogical considerations about the process and purposes of enacting PAL. To conclude, findings may (1) support reflections on why to enact PAL, (2) serve as a starting point to rethink the boundaries of academic and experiential knowledge about PAL, and (3) inform future empirical investigations. Further research is needed to test and evaluate its applicability to educational contexts beyond Norway. References Bhabha, H. (1994). The Location of Culture. Routledge. Bratland-Sanda, S., Schmidt, S. K., Karlsen, M., Brottolfs, M., Grønningsæter, H., & Reinboth, M. S. (2020). Liv og Røre i Telemark sluttrapport (Skriftserien Nr. 61). Chalkley, A., Mandelid, M. B., Singh, A., Resaland, G. K., & Daly-Smith, A. (2023). Reframing physically active learning as movement-centred pedagogy: A European priority action framework. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 20(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-023-01503-4 Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103338 LaCroix, E. (2020). Pedagogical Innovation: New Institutional Theory and the Beyond Borders Experiential Learning Program. Journal for Social Thought, 4(1), 8. Madsen, K., Aggerholm, K., & Jensen, J.-O. (2020). Enactive movement integration: Results from an action research project. Teaching and Teacher Education, 95, 103139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103139 Mandelid, M. B. (2023). Approaching physically active learning as a multi, inter, and transdisciplinary research field. Frontiers in Sports and Active Living, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2023.1228340 Mandelid, M. B., Thurston, M., Reinboth, M., Resaland, G. K., & Tjomsland, H. E. (2023). "Just because it's fun, it's not without purpose": Exploring the blurred lines of physically active learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 133, 104297. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104297 Norris, E., Steen, T., Direito, A., & Stamatakis, E. (2019). Physically active lessons in schools: A systematic review and meta-analysis of effects on physical activity, educational, health and cognition outcomes. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 52. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2018-100502 Sigurdardottir, I., & Puroila, A.-M. (2020). Encounters in the third space: Constructing the researcher's role in collaborative action research. Educational Action Research, 28(1), 83–97. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1507832 Vazou, S., & Skrade, M. A. B. (2017). Intervention integrating physical activity with math: Math performance, perceived competence, and need satisfaction. International Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 15(5), 508–522. https://doi.org/10.1080/1612197x.2016.1164226 Vazou, S., Webster, C. A., Stewart, G., Candal, P., Egan, C. A., Pennell, A., & Russ, L. B. (2020). A Systematic Review and Qualitative synthesis resulting in a typology of elementary classroom movement integration interventions. Sports Medicine - Open, 6(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40798-019-0218-8 Woolf, S. B. (2020). Exploring pedagogies to elevate inquiry: Teaching action research in the third space. Educational Action Research, 28(4), 579–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2019.1629975 Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 28 SES 13 A: Biographical Perspectives and Temporality Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Forgotten as Potential for the Future? The Temporality of Education from a Forgetting-sensitive Biographical Perspective 1Brandenburg University of, Germany; 2University Frankfurt, Germany Presenting Author:In hardly any other format is the dimension of the temporalisation of the social and thus also of education as clear as in biography (Alheit & Dausien, 2000; Stasz, 1976; Tileagă, 2011). As a social construction, biographies are created at the interface between the individual and society: they are therefore often described as an amalgamation of the micro and macro levels. The interplay of past, present and future produces an individual story of learning and education (Schulze, 1993). It is this form of temporalisation that promises continuity and reliability beyond all disruptions and uncertainties, especially in the course of social pluralisation, increasing uncertainties and (global) social crises (e.g. consequences of ecological catastrophes and devastation), as described in Society on the Verge of a Nervous Breakdown (Lessenich, 2022). Not only the reference to past and present, but also the future openness of the biography is of central importance here. Therefore, we think it is important to take a closer look at the logic of the biographical and the associated bodies of knowledge, when considering the shaping of the future from an educational perspective. Biographical knowledge is not only individual, but closely linked to social and collective memories (Alheit & Hoerning, 1989). It is ultimately from this reservoir (e.g. surplus meaning of life experience - Alheit, 2022, p. 119) that the potential for shaping the future is drawn. In our contribution, we would like to take a look at this potential and focus on the significance of remembering and forgetting for education and the construction of the future. Our thesis is that the study of forgetting in particular has received too little attention, and that its perspectivisation holds productive potential for research on education and the future. Based on this thesis, we show in our presentation how forgetting in its various forms (e.g. erasure, concealment, silence, overwriting, ignoring, neutralisation, denial and loss) (Assmann, 2016) can open up new perspectives on un/certainty, the future and initiate education. In order to develop our considerations, we proceed as follows: First, we outline the constructed nature of biographies in order to then theoretically sharpen the meaning that forgetting and the forgotten have for education and the future; second, we underpin our considerations with two empirical examples; and finally, we conclude by emphasising the relevance of forgetting for the study of education and the future in uncertain times. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our contribution is based on a theoretical analysis of educational and biographical theory as well as contributions from social science memory research. Using two empirical examples from our own research on biographies in the context of education and social inequality, we show how the individual (forgotten) biographical past and the collective (forgotten) past relate to each other, and the potential implications for education and shaping of the future. The focus is on the German education system. In our analysis, we follow the interpretive paradigm of qualitative social research (Rosenthal, 2018). The case studies were analysed using sociolinguistic process analysis (narrative analysis) (Schütze, 2008), which enables the analysis of biographical processes in the interdependence of social conditions and individual patterns of action and interpretation. Analysing forgetting poses a particular challenge, for which we present some heuristic considerations: e.g. how can biographical pearls be used to track down oblivion in biographical-narrative interviews (Epp, 2023)? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the case studies, we show that what has been forgotten can be (re)remembered and (retrospectively) connected to the biographical "code of experience" (Alheit & Dausien, 2000, p. 276) from the narrative present. Following Assmann's systematisation of forgetting, we illustrate that new associations can be made with what has been forgotten and that it can thus be connected (in a modified way) to present-day experience. We emphasise how forgetting can be a catalyst for education and can be used productively to shape the future and deal with uncertainty. In this way, it can go hand in hand with a changed view of the world and the self, and promote the recovery of agency. We also emphasise the paradoxical structure of forgetting in the context of biographical learning and educational processes. In the context of biographical change processes, for example, emotionally stressful, traumatic and/or hurtful experiences that have already been reflexively processed can be forgotten and productively integrated into the biography. This means that what could not previously be forgotten and was always present in an extraordinarily intrusive and distant way is now 'absorbed' into the biography without continuing to trigger or promote a crisis-like state. Nevertheless, forgetting traumatic, emotionally stressful and/or hurtful experiences can cause crises in the first place, as certain experiences that have been forced into oblivion elude reflexive biographical processing. Ultimately, however, this crisis also holds educational potential (Koller, 2012): Individuals can be challenged to (fundamentally) reorganise previous patterns of action and thought. For example, to remember and (biographically) process what has been forgotten in order to ultimately be able to forget it - without it continuing to have the same effect as before. Furthermore, we discuss the extent to which educational processes initiated by forgetting are accompanied by an un/certainty regarding the processing of the future. References Alheit, P. (2022). The transitional potential of ‘biographicity’. Dyskursy Młodych Andragogów/Adult Education Discourses, (22), 113-123. https://doi.org/10.34768/dma.vi22.590 Alheit, P., & Hoerning, E. M. (1989). Biographie und Erfahrung: Eine Einleitung. In P. Alheit & E. M. Hoerning (Eds.), Biographisches Wissen. Beiträge zu einer Theorie lebensgeschichtlicher Erfahrung (pp. 8-23). Frankfurt am Main: Campus. Alheit, P., & Dausien, B. (2000). Die biographische Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit. Überlegungen zur Biographizität des Sozialen. In E. M. Hoerning (Eds.), Biographische Sozialisation (pp. 257-283). Stuttgart: Lucius & Lucius. Assmann, A. (2016). Formen des Vergessens (Vol. 9). Göttingen: Wallstein Verlag. Epp, A. (2023). Methodische Überlegungen zum Erfassen des biografischen Vergessens im Rahmen biografieorientierter qualitativer Längsschnittforschung. In J. Zirfas, W. Meseth, T. Fuchs & M. Brinkmann (Hrsg.), Vergessen. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Figurationen (S. 53-70). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Koller, H.-C. (2012). Bildung anders denken. Einführung in die Theorie transformatorischer Bildungsprozesse. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Lessenich, S. (2022). Nicht mehr normal. Gesellschaft am Rande des Nervenzusammenbruchs. Berlin: Hanser Verlag. Rosenthal, G. (2018). Interpretive Social Research. An Introduction. Göttingen: Universitätsverlag Göttingen. Schulze, T. (1993). Lebenslauf und Lebensgeschichte. Zwei unterschiedliche Sichtweisen und Gestaltungsprinzipien biographischer Prozesse. In D. Baacke & T. Schulze (Eds.), Aus Geschichten lernen. Zur Einübung pädagogischen Verstehens. Weinheim, München: Juventa. Schütze, F. (2008). Biography Analysis on the Empirical Base of Autobiographical Narratives: How to Analyse Autobiographical Narrative Interviews. In European Studies in Inequalities and Social Cohesion No. 1/2. S. 153–242, 243–298. No. 3/4. p. 6–77. Stasz, C. (1976). The Social Construction of Biography: The Case of jack London. In Modern Fiction Studies, Vol. 22, No. 1, p. 51-71. Tileagă, C. (2011). (Re)writing biography: Memory, identity, and textually mediated reality in coming to terms with the past. Culture & Psychology, 17(2), 197-215. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Producing Certainty, Regaining Sovereignty? Biographical Future-Making at the Intersection of Race, Gender and Meritocracy 1Frankfurt University, Germany; 2Bremen University, Germany Presenting Author:The world is shaken by multiple crises like accumulating natural disasters, global pandemics and reactive social forces as indicated by the increase of extremist right-wing populism. Not only do they lead to an exacerbation of social inequalities, they also raise attention to the fact that individual and collective futures are constantly at stake. Certainties have become a rare good, especially for those who suffer the most from discriminatory discourse like racism, sexism, nationalism, heteronormativity or classism. Still, schools continue to be a central arena for conveying certainty: They follow the meritocratic principle and thus make subjects believe that they will be successful in education through performance, and can secure long-term social and societal integration (Hadjar & Becker 2016). Subjects fall prey to this neoliberal promise of being able to belong in school and society if you just try hard enough (Davies & Bansel 2007). However, it becomes apparent that sexism and racism thwart the promise of equal opportunities at school and make it more of an illusion than a lived reality (Bourdieu & Passeron 1977; Phoenix 2005, Youdell 2006). Consequently, subjects are thrown back on their social positioning, no matter how meticulously they try to conform with meritocratic principles. In our paper, we use biographies to tackle the question of how subjects in deprivileged social positions negotiate the meritocratic illusion they encounter in school. We assume that biographies can not only demonstrate how students are affected by and suffer from powerful structures, but how they “work” with these, in e.g. resisting, complying, and often contradictory ways. To conceptualize how subjects submit to powerful discourses like meritocracy, but also racism and sexism, we use Judith Butler’s concept of subjectivation (Butler 1997). According to Butler, subjects are not pre-given entities but are constantly produced in and through powerful discourses: Individuals are subjected through discursive interpellations (Althusser 1971) which address them to develop a sense of the self as somebody in the world in relation to others. However, subjects in privileged positions can often perceive themselves as sovereign agents, while subjects that experience racist or sexist interpellations over and over again, as observed in the school context (Chadderton 2018; Youdell 2006), might struggle with the construction of a stable self. Therefore, the possibilities to conceive of oneself as a (more or less) stable, certain, sovereign subject encountering safe and certain spaces within one’s biography are distributed very unequally among individuals and vary widely according to one’s position inside the power relations of society. By the example of two case studies in two different national school contexts (Turkey and Germany), we ask for the production of certainties in biographies of marginalized subjects. Both of them refer to biographies of women with “successful” educational pathways despite the fact that they are marginalized along discourses of race and gender. On the basis of excerpts from two biographical interviews, we seek to show how students engage with the meritocratic principle performed in education to “work” on their belonging to collectives defined along the lines of race and gender. Particularly with regard to experiences of discrimination, it becomes clear how the belief in school performance (in)ability is intertwined with race and gender norms in this affiliation work. We will focus on different ways in which subjects attempt to create certainty of action by adapting to hegemonic norms. By understanding the desire to comply with social norms as a way of future-making, we ask both for the biographical functions as well as for the subjectivating effects of these practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We combine biographical research (Breckner 2015; Dausien 2002; Rosenthal 1993) with the perspective of subjectivation. This enables us to look at past subjectivation processes and to analyse how subject positions are “made” by also considering the interview situation itself as structured by power relations. Hence, we focus in our analysis on how subjects are positioned and negotiate belonging in terms of race and gender and on the interlinkage of these positionings to past, present and (imagined) futures (Anthias 2002; Phoenix 2005; Yuval-Davis 2006). By cultivating a sense of the temporal dimension (Facer 2023) of biographies, this perspective allows us to explore the making and unmaking of certainty within education biographies in its social and temporal complexity (Dausien 2002). “Narrating” a biography as situated practice interlink the past with the present and the future, imagining past experiences and visions of the future from a present perspective (Rosenthal 1993). Thus, biographies can be analysed as a mode for marginalized subjects to anchor themselves in an ever-unstable world as well as uncertain future, which allows them – contrary to their experiences in many every-day contexts – to be the constructors of their own story. The empirical data stem from distinct qualitative projects which have taken place in Turkey and Germany. They rely on biographical interviews (Schütze 1983) with female subjects marginalized along the lines of race inside national society and education in highly politicized and contested contexts. More precisely, we present an interview of a young woman in Istanbul positioning herself as Kurdish and recounting her experiences in the Turkish nationalistic schooling system. We compare this example to an interview with a young woman of color in Germany, who shares her experiences of discrimination as well as her ways of coping with them. We analyze passages in which the narrators speak about their ambitions to be successful students and fulfil norms of schooling performance and the ways they link this to social norms of race and gender. This demonstrates how subjects seek to create an illusionary certainty in school referring to meritocratic norms, and highlight practices of attempted immunization against marginalization. The comparative nature of our analysis allows us to scrutinize practices of negotiation and resistance to powerful social norms as well as to discuss how the biographies refer to hegemonic discourses in the respective national, social and political contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the paper contributes to the debate on how racist and sexist inequalities are reproduced and challenged in different yet comparable social and national contexts as well as to the interplay of biographies, future imaginations and the political play in the production of (un-)certainties. As the two case studies will show in particular, the narrations point to practices of self-optimization, which focus on one's inner and outer self (school performance, good grades, appropriate behaviour, hair and clothing). Despite critique towards discrimination, the women do not necessarily overcome deficient self-images as an effect of experiences of discrimination. The case study comparison points to different modes of establishing certainty, where the illusion of sovereignty over one's own educational path helps to deal with these experiences. In the end, meritocracy will be deconstructed and thereby criticized as a shared belief in education: The subjective efforts to create certainty, predictability and stability in education, is illusory as well as it is functional: It is functional because it contributes to the creation of certainty of action and also to being able to imagine oneself as a subject with a place in the world. It remains illusionary insofar as it is linked to the – mostly disappointed – hope that the attempt to rid oneself of the characteristics that are marked as flaws in racist and sexist discourses is linked to the abolition of the discriminatory structures on which these discourses are based. References Anthias, F. (2002). Where do I belong? Narrating collective identity and translocational positionality. Ethnicities, 2(4), pp. 491–514. Althusser, L. (1971). Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses (Notes towards an investigation). In Althusser, L.: Lenin and Philosophy and other Essays (pp. 127-186). New York, London: Monthly Review Press. Bourdieu, P.; Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. London: Sage Publications. Breckner. R. (2015). Biography and society. In Wright, JD (ed.). International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences, 2nd edn, Vol. 2. Oxford: Elsevier, pp. 637–643. Butler, J. (1997). The Psychic Life of Power. Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Chadderton, C. (2018). Judith Butler, race and education. Palgrave Macmillan. Dausien, B. (2002). Sozialisation – Geschlecht – Biographie. Theoretische und methodologische Untersuchung eines Zusammenhangs. Bielefeld: Universität Bielefeld. Davies, B.; Bansel, P. (2007). Neoliberalism and education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 20, pp. 247-259. Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1, pp. 60-66. Hadjar, A.; Becker, R. (2016). Education systems and meritocracy: social origin, educational and status attainment. In: A. Hadjar & C. Gross (Eds.): Education Systems and Inequalities. International comparisons. (pp. 231-258). Bristol: Policy Press. Phoenix, A. (2005). Remembered racialization: young people and positioning in differential understandings. In K. Murji & J. Solomos (Eds.), Racialization: studies in theory and practice (pp. 103–122). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Rosenthal, G. (1993). Reconstruction of life stories: Principles of selection in generating stories for narrative biographical interviews. In R. Josselson & A. Lieblich (eds). The Narrative Study of Lives. London: SAGE, pp. 5–91. Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis 13(3), pp. 283–293. Youdell, D. (2006). Subjectivation and performative politics—Butler thinking Althusser and Foucault: intelligibility, agency and the raced–nationed–religioned subjects of education. British Journal of Sociology of Education 27(4), pp. 511–528. Yuval-Davis, N. (2006). Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40, pp. 197-214. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper From Time to Time: Considering Temporality in the Doctoral Journey 1Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom; 2Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The doctorate is, by its nature, rich with tensions. Park (2005) articulated an evolving tension between product (thesis) and process (training, development of academic identity, integration into the discipline) in the policy discourse and institutional delivery of doctoral education. Fast-forward two decades and the ‘doctoral experience’ in many national contexts has expanded to incorporate generalist and specialist training and development, mobility, competitions and work-based experiences – alongside the informal ‘hidden curriculum’ (Elliot, Bengsten, Guccione and Kobayashi, 2020) of learning opportunities with which doctoral candidates must engage. The becoming-researcher is expected to do far more than create one discreet project to make a successful transition into an academic career (Clarence and van Heerden, 2023). The time available to postgraduate researchers and supervisors to complete a doctorate has not changed, however. The tension between product and process then manifests, for postgraduate researchers and supervisors, as a persistent struggle for balance: between time for freer thinking, writing and discovery and a timeline in a GANTT chart; between enabling pauses and redirection and setting due dates that focus the production of assessable content. These tensions play out against a societal backdrop marked by rapid change, anxiety (related to conflict, war, economic pressures, climate change), and uncertainty on many fronts. This may mean, in education, greater pressure to create certainty for our students, to manage anxiety and perhaps play down the tensions inherent in any learning process, where not knowing, ambivalence and time to think are crucial parts of the learning journey. This is perhaps most marked at doctoral level, where candidates must become independent, confident and autonomous researchers, ready for an unknown future, and able to create and conduct new research projects and processes. The time implied in the development of a doctoral identity, expert knowledge, and advanced research competencies is not only linear time (i.e., from registration to graduation). Other kinds of time play out in doctoral journeys that are critical to the kinds of learning and becoming doctorates are designed to enable. In particular, what Araujo (2005, 197) calls ‘circular’ time, marked by ‘unpredictable and iterative periods of adaptation, uncertainty, ambivalence and becoming’ (Manathunga 2019, 1230). Circular time in doctoral research implicates another form of time, what Barnett (2015, 121) has termed ‘epistemic time’ - ‘careful time, expansive time, watchful time, listening time’. Linear time implies certainty, about the process and by extension the kinds of development needed to make it happen 'in time'. Circular time, epistemic time, are uncertain by contrast, and need to unfold outside of the linear timestream to enable meaningful knowledge-making as well as meaningful researcher development. These kinds of time enable ‘lines of flight, movement, deterritorialization and destratification’ (Deleuze & Guattari,1988, 3) in thinking, which appear messy, de-centred and distracted. They are, however, necessary to a mode of deep thinking which is fundamental to the quality of the thesis, the contribution to knowledge, and the development of future-facing researchers. But, the carer-candidate, the self-funded candidate, the international candidate remind us that time is not neutral and not equally accessible to all - any form of time involved in the doctorate. The challenge, it seems, is the structure of the PhD itself as a discreet research project, one that can be managed within the linear timestream, results in publishable outputs, and produces a particular kind of researcher. This form of the PhD may belong to the past, and what may be needed is a radical reimagining of the doctorate as a way of producing research outputs and developing researchers. This reimagining must be informed by critical understanding of temporality, and further, of equity, access, and diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual paper is creating groundwork for empirical research, with doctoral candidates, supervisors and other relevant stakeholders (such as industry and community partners) to consider the role of the doctorate moving into the future. We are drawing on the New Mobilities Paradigm and Levfebre's Rhythmanalysis to 'unpack' and re-present the doctoral journey, taking a critical view of time and temporality, and mobility, into account in this analysis. We will be using policy documents that shape doctoral education in the UK and Europe, and where relevant, supplementing these with our own 'practice wisdom' gained from extensive experience, in the UK and South Africa, as doctoral educators, supervisors and administrators of doctoral programmes. We hope to get feedback and insight from the conference attendees on our analysis of the context of doctoral education, and our analysis of temporality in the doctoral journey, that can further inform this paper itself, and further work on the basis of this initial conceptual undertaking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have demonstrably moved forward in our universities as the world and society around them have changed, and we are looking towards a future that requires more radical, adaptive, contingent forms of thinking and doing, and researchers who are less uncomfortable with uncertainty, ambivalence, and change. Yet, in many contexts, the PhD itself has not changed or is slow to change. This has profound implications for the tools and processes we use to train, educate, supervise and develop doctoral researchers, and how we are preparing them (or not) for imagining an unimaginable future and creating research-led paths into our collective future with creativity and care. We hope to use this paper to pose provocative questions about the doctoral journey, informed by a critical view on time and temporality drawn from complementary frameworks we are using in our work. We hope that the outcome of the paper will be more critical conversations about the doctorate itself, how we imagine the form and role of the doctorate, and how we might reconsider time - and in relation equity, access and inclusion - to ensure that we are future-proofing both the doctorate and, importantly, the doctoral researcher we are developing, educating, training in our universities. References Araújo, E. R. (2005). Understanding the PhD as a Phase in Time. Time & Society, 14(2-3), 191-211. Barnett, R. (2015). Understanding the university: Institution, idea, possibilities. Routledge. Clarence, S., & van Heerden, M. (2023). Doctor who? Developing a translation device for exploring successful doctoral being and becoming. Critical Studies in Teaching and Learning, 11(1), 96-119. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1988). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. Athlone Press. Elliot, D. L., Bengtsen, S. S., & Guccione, K. (Eds.). (2023). Developing Researcher Independence Through the Hidden Curriculum. Springer Nature. Huber, C. (2009). Risks and risk-based regulation in higher education institutions. Tertiary Education and Management, 15(2), 83-95. Hughes, C., & Tight, M. (2013). The metaphors we study by: The doctorate as a journey and/or as work. Higher Education Research & Development, 32(5), 765-775. Kiley, M. and Wisker, G. (2010). Learning to be a researcher: The concepts and crossings. In J. H.F. Meyer, R. Land, and C. Baillie (eds). Threshold concepts and transformational learning. Brill, 399-414. Manathunga, C. (2019). ‘Timescapes’ in doctoral education: The politics of temporal equity in higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 38(6), 1227-1239. Park, C. (2005). New variant PhD: The changing nature of the doctorate in the UK. Journal of higher education policy and management, 27(2), 189-207. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 29 SES 13 A: Network Meeting NW 29 Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper NW 29 Network Meeting University of Girona, Spain Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 30 SES 13 A: Geography Education and Action Competence Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nicola Walshe Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Understanding Geography Education’s Indispensable Role in Developing Knowledge, Understanding and Criticality for Action Competence for the Future of the Planet 1Gothenburg University, Sw, Sweden; 2Melbourne University, Vic, Australia Presenting Author:In this theoretical paper we draw on the concepts of powerful knowledge (Muller & Young, 2019; Muller, 2023; Young & Muller, 2013) and powerful pedagogies (Roberts, 2017) to argue that school geography curriculum is a key site to develop structured teaching programmes for students to extend their knowledge and act as citizens for a sustainable future. We argue that Geography education uniquely opens up opportunities for action with its focus on place-based experiences, that centre students’ schools and their communities. We posit that while important, merely identifying powerful knowledge in geography is not enough, teachers must also engage with geographical ‘powerful pedagogies’ (Roberts, 2017; 2023). Geography as a discipline holds a critical role when it comes to sustainability and education for the future as it makes the links between people and the environment clearly visible, opening their eyes to the bigger picture. Yet for Geography to be a discipline that is powerful for students to navigate their current and future life-worlds it must encompasses action through fieldwork and incorporate dialogue between students, teachers, experts and the public that focus on perspectives and possibilities for praxis – action for the good of humankind (Kemmis, 2023; Mahon, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a conceptual exploration of powerful knowledge within the context of geography education to demonstrate its influence in shaping a more sustainable future. Acknowledging the abstract nature of the subject matter, our methodology explores and synthesises literature of key theoretical constructs of powerful knowledge, powerful pedagogical practices and praxis. The aim is to unravel the intricacies through a (novel) theoretical lens, providing a nuanced understanding that extends beyond empirical evidence. Our approach began with a comprehensive literature review, drawing from seminal works and use the contemporary perspective of the theory of practice architectures (TPA- Kemmis et al, 2014) to offer a new standpoint that connects the constructs. The TPA serves as the foundation for our exploration to offer a fresh theorising about how powerful pedagogical practices can help to induct pupils into characteristic ways of thinking, saying, doing and relating. This methodological choice allows us to transcend the confines of empirical research methods, opening avenues for new lines of enquiry and critical thinking. By engaging with diverse scholarly perspectives, this research aspires to offer a comprehensive and nuanced conceptual understanding that probes the boundaries of empirical scholarship. Our methodology, a collaborative approach based on many professional conversations over the years, incorporates a synthesis of divergent conceptual perspectives with the analytical framework of the TPA. By bringing these together we offer an integrative synthesis that not only contributes to the theoretical discourse but also offers a platform for generating novel insights and hypotheses. This collaborative approach ensures a multifaceted examination of our evolving conceptual framework, enriching our understanding and refining our interpretations. In conclusion, our methodology is firmly non-empirical to navigate the abstract terrain of geography education in the powerful knowledge debate to offer a new synthesis of theories connecting curriculum, practice architectures and praxis/action for the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As educators, we must better understand how to empower young people to be able to access and contribute to powerful knowledge that helps explain and understand the natural and social worlds. Further, we want to equip younger generations to be able to recognise misinformation so they can influence debates to foster a better future in a world grappling with climate change, social inequality and devastating conflicts. In this presentation we argue that geography education, when it incorporates both powerful knowledge and powerful pedagogical practices, is well positioned to engage students in thinking and acting for the good of humankind and, importantly, every other living and non-living thing on the planet -and indeed, the planet itself (Authors, 2023). The theory of practice architectures has provided us a framework to bring together the concepts of powerful geographical knowledge and powerful geographical pedagogical practices for a sustainable future, which is evidence of the notion of geography as a fertile ground for critical educational praxis (Mahon et al. 2020). Critical educational praxis is the action that is driven by knowledge and understanding and a commitment to what is good (Authors, 2023). Geography has an indispensable place in school education to develop knowledge, understanding and criticality for action competence for the future of the planet (Authors, 2023). References Authors (2023) Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Mahon, K., Heikkinen, H. L., Huttunen, R., Boyle, T., & Sjølie, E. (2020). What Is Educational Praxis? In Pedagogy, education, and praxis in critical times (pp. 15-38). Springer. Muller, Johan. (2023). Powerful knowledge, disciplinary knowledge, curriculum knowledge: Educational knowledge in question. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education. 32:1, 20-34. https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1080/10382046.2022.2058349 Muller, J., & Young, M. (2019). Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited. The Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196-214. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2019.1570292 Roberts, M. (2017). Geographical education is powerful if. Teaching geography, 42(1), 6-9. Roberts, M. (2023). Powerful pedagogies for the school geography curriculum. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 32(1), 69-84. https://doi.org/10.1080/10382046.2022.2146840 Young, Michael &Johan Muller. 2013. On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Education, 1:3, 229–250. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3017 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Powerful Knowledge in Geography Education: towards a critical appraisal 1University of Girona; 2Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION The idea of ‘powerful knowledge’ is heavily associated with the scholarship, students and interlocuters of Michael Young (e.g. 2009, 2013a, 2013b). It has generated much debate in recent years in the field of education, including in geography education. While it is an attractive and promising idea, it can also be subject to critique. In this paper we explore the main lines of critique by way of the following questions: 1. What is meant by powerful knowledge for teachers and students? 2. What is powerful geographical knowledge? 3. What might a powerful geography education be? 4. How might we evaluate the claim that it powerful knowledge benefits students of geography in schools? Our full paper is structured into four corresponding sections. Each section presents a synthesis of the debates and contributions that have been made in recent years regarding the meaning of powerful knowledge and its use and development in the field of geography education. (llustrative extracts are included below.) The first section introduces the origin of the concept of ‘powerful knowledge’ and includes the main criticisms raised in debate in recent years (e.g. Beck 2013, Biesta 2014, Young et al. 2015, Muller & Young 2015, Deng 2021, 2022). The next provides a contemporary definition of what the notion of ‘powerful geographical knowledge’ implies (see Béneker & van der Vaart 2020, Bladh 2020, Roberts 2014), including its relevance to companion fields, such as environmental and sustainability education (see Mitchell 2022, Reid 2018). The third focuses on whether and how we can talk about a powerful geography education (drawing on Biddulph et al. 2020, Boehm et al 2018, Maude 2018, Slater et al. 2016). The fourth includes the importance of research on students’ learning and how teaching and curriculum are decisive for concluding that the knowledge they may deploy or acquire is ‘powerful’ (Bouwmans & Béneker 2018, Catling & Martin, 2017, Hordern 2021, Gericke et al. 2018, Virranmäki 2022). ORIGINS AND DEVELOPMENT OF ‘POWERFUL KNOWLEDGE’ For this proposal, we note Young (2009) approached the concept from a curriculum studies perspective in an effort to restore attention to the importance of knowledge in curriculum development and learning, e.g. during 'curriculum making' by practitioners. A key argument revolves around the fundamental role that an agreed curriculum (e.g. national or state), plays in promoting social justice, as well as framing who makes curriculum within particulary parameters, or tries to subvert or repurpose this (Roberts 2014). According to Young, while there are young people who, due to their particular social situation and standing, will have access to knowledge, there are others who will not (see Deng 2022). Therefore, the school has a duty to combat this inequality by offering all students access to the best possible knowledge, in others words, a 'powerful knowledge' that is true, trustworthy, and valuable. Much of the academic debate about powerful knowledge has focused on elucidating what is meant by ‘powerful’, critiquing that and suggesting alternatives. Young (2014, 74), for example, distinguished three characteristics of powerful knowledge: 1) It is different from everyday knowledge, 2) It is produced in specialized scientific communities; and 3) It is systematically categorized into the concepts that are part of the disciplines. For Young (2013b), it is necessary to recover the content of the subjects and teach the most strategic and valuable knowledge of each discipline so that students can gain an idea of how the world works. Muller and Young (2019) state that this knowledge can be found in school subjects since these are taught according to the canons of their reference disciplines, and thus create a 'knowledge-rich curriculum' too. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For geography education, Maude (2016) suggests this should be both grounded and pushed further by focusing attention on the quality of knowledge and whether it is reliable, fallible, and demonstrable. Moreover, in relation to quality, powerful knowledge should be the best knowledge that has been generated so far in each discipline to explain reality that can be comprehended and engaged at school level. A second way to explain powerful knowledge then is through what it allows students who possess it to do in a shared reality – the sphere of social justice. Criticisms of this conception centred around curricular aspects include the lack of specificity (Slater et al 2015); ambiguities in the terms and relations between powerful, systematic and specialised (Hordern 2021); the risk of depersonalising what is learnt by diverse students (Catling & Martin 2017) and downplaying personal knowledge and experience (Roberts 2014). TOWARDS DEFINING A POWERFUL GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION Béneker and Van Der Vaart (2020) affirm that geographical knowledge offers a set of essential “lenses” to look at and interpret the world around us, a theme familiar to the Geocapabilities project (Mitchell 2022). It provides a necessary perspective to understand many of the world's great problems and phenomena. In light of this, Maude (2018) proposes a powerful school geographical education fosters geographical knowledge that: - provides students with new ways of thinking about the world, - allows us to understand, explain and analyse the world in a powerful way, - gives students a certain power over their own knowledge, - allows people to participate in debates on significant problems, at all scales (from local, to national and global), - shows how the world works (e.g. economically, politically, socially and environmentally). In other words, engagement with powerful geographical knowledge makes possible the discovery of new ways of thinking; a better understanding and explanations of how natural systems and society work; and thinking about alternative futures, including what we can do to influence them, having power over what one knows, and being able to participate in important debates that go beyond one's own personal experience, situation and horizons. ... Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Combining this with Virranmäki (2022), we can anticipate classroom and fieldwork activities in geography education designed and structured around outcomes involving creating, applying, analysing, evaluating and understanding. These necessitate engaging students in assessing (i) current and new ways of thinking about the world and their worlds, (ii) tools for explaining how the world works, (iii) the power they have through a geographical education to go beyond what they already know, (iv) the capabilities that have to argue, debate and participate in the resolution of significant issues at all scales. SUBJECT-BASED AND ADJECTIVAL EDUCATIONS As discussed elsewhere, we note these features are also expected in quality environmental and sustainability education (Reid 2018). They are also recommended as features in UNESCO (2021) "Learn for Our Planet. Act for Responsibility. Berlin Declaration on Education for Sustainable Development", and UNESCO's (2017) "Education for Sustainable Development Goals: learning objectives", but neither reference a powerful knowledge framework as a key method, facilitator or priority for curriculum development ... CONCLUSIONS Biesta (2015) proposes the idea that we move from a vision of survival to that of living with meaning when assessing 'why teaching matters'. In this, education could be deemed 'powerful' if students are involved in their learning, but it also requires them to be interested in what they learn, involved in decisions about what they learn, and developing agency in the learning process. In short, what counts as powerful education is the ability to live in a dynamic world as an engaged and engaging global citizen, where connections are created between acquired knowledge and scales of analysis, as well as interconnections between people and spaces. For geography in schools, it is about developing skills and competencies to understand oneself, the places diverse people occupy in society and environments, as well as understanding other people and cultures. ... References Beck, J. (2013) Powerful knowledge, esoteric knowledge, curriculum knowledge, Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(2), 177-193. Béneker, T. & van der Vaart, R. (2020) The knowledge curve: combining types of knowledges leads to powerful thinking, International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education (IRGEE), 29(3), 221-231. Biddulph, M. et al. (2020) Teaching powerful geographical knowledge – a matter of social justice: initial findings from the GeoCapabilities 3 project, IRGEE, 29(3), 260-274. Biesta, G. (2015) What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism, European Journal of Education 50(1), 449-461. Bladh, G. (2020) GeoCapabilities, didaktical analysis and curriculum thinking – furthering the dialogue between Didaktik and curriculum, IRGEE, 29(3), 206-220. Boehm, R.G., et al. (2018) The Rise of Powerful Geography, The Social Studies, 109(2), 125-135. Bouwmans, M. & Béneker, T. (2018) Identifying powerful geographical knowledge in integrated curricula in Dutch schools. London Review of Education (LRE), 16(3), 445–459. Catling, S. & Martin, F. (2017) Contesting powerful knowledge: The primary geography curriculum as an articulation between academic and children’s (ethno-) geographies. Curriculum Journal, 22(3), 317-335. Deng, Z. (2021) Powerful knowledge, transformations and didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652–1674. Deng, Z. (2022) Powerful knowledge, educational potential, and knowledge-rich curriculum: pushing the boundaries. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(5), 599-617. Gericke, N., et al. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. LRE, 16(3), 428-44. Hordern, J. (2021) Specialized, systematic and powerful knowledge. LRE, 19(1), 1-11. Maude, A. (2018) Geography and powerful knowledge: a contribution to the debate. IRGEE, 27(2), 179-190. Mitchell, D. (2022) GeoCapabilities 3—knowledge and values in education for the Anthropocene. IRGEE, 31(4), 265-281. Muller, J. & Young, M. (2019) Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited. Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196-214. Reid, A. (ed) (2018) Curriculum and Environmental Education. Routledge. Roberts, M. (2014) Powerful knowledge and geographical education, The Curriculum Journal, 25:2, 187-209. Slater, F., et al. (2016) Editorial. IRGEE 25(3), 189-194. Virranmäki, E. (2022) Geography’s ability to enhance powerful thinking skills and knowledge. Nordia Geographical Publications, 51(1), 1-78. Young, M. (2009) Education, globalisation and the “voice of knowledge. Journal of Education and Work, 22(3), 193-204. Young, M. (2013a) Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: A knowledge-based approach. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(2), 101–18. Young, M. (2013b) Powerful knowledge: an analytically useful concept or just a ‘sexy sounding term’? Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(2), 195-198. Young, M., et al. (2015) Knowledge and the Future School. Bloomsbury. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper How Socio-Scientific Inquiry-Based Learning in Communities of Practice Fosters Students’ Science Attitudes and Action Competence For Sustainability 1Utrecht University, Freudenthal Institute; 2Karel de Grote University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Research Center for Future Driven Education; 3University of Southampton, Education School Presenting Author:In the ever-increasing VUCA (volatile, uncertain, complex & ambiguous; Bennet & Lemoine, 2014) reality of societies across Europe and beyond, there is a strong need for scientifically literate citizens who are willing and able to contribute to a more sustainable future. Education is seen by many as one of the key factors that can and should contribute to this goal. SDG4.7 explicitly addresses the need to equip all learners with competences that allow them to be(come) active and responsible citizens. SSIBL (Socio-Scientific Inquiry-Based Learning) is a pedagogy that aims to foster responsible citizenship by connecting inquiry driven by socio-scientific issues (SSI) and taking responsible action (Levinson, 2018). In the Horizon2020 project COSMOS, we aim to support schools in their development towards openness (Sarid et al., 2023) by connecting science education to learners’ real lives and stakeholders beyond school walls. An approach combing SSIBL and Communities of Practice (CoP) is central. SSIBL combines citizenship education, SSI-based education and inquiry-based learning, in an attempt to promote science in, with and for society underpinned by the responsible research and innovation (RRI) principles of social desirability, ethical acceptability, and sustainability (Levison, 2018). SSIBL consists of three concrete didactical stages: (1) ASK: raising authentic questions through salient SSIs that require a solution; (2) FIND OUT: explore and find answers to these questions through social, personal and scientific inquiry; (3) ACT: collectively taking responsible action towards addressing the SSI (Knippels & van Harskamp, 2018). The focus of SSIBL on identifying solutions through personally-relevant inquiries fosters collective work by students and teachers to address issues relevant to them and their communities. A CoP is characterised by joint enterprise, which is agreed and negotiated through collective participation and mutual engagement using a shared repertoire of resources co-created over time (e.g., language, values), created when individuals work together within a certain set of social norms and routines and thus develop a shared way of seeing, doing and being, a shared practice (Wenger, 1999). Using SSIBL to learn and mitigate against local, relevant SSIs and contributing to the community can demonstrate the relevance of science to all participating members, creating common ground for collaboration and shared learning, and thus supporting the development of CoPs within these social settings. The COSMOS project seeks to explore opportunities to include stakeholders in SSIs (teachers, students, families, scientists, companies, science centres) creating CoP (Wenger, 1999) that collaboratively work towards addressing SSIs through implementing SSIBL in their science education. Through this, we aim to empower teachers with the competency to build their students’ learning of science attitudes as well as their action competence in sustainable development (Sass et al., 2020). Engaging students in SSIBL inherently provides a powerful formative educational experience for science learning and for experiencing the relevance of science to the lives of students, their peers and their families. Employing SSIBL also supports the development of students as personally responsible and justice-oriented citizens (Westheimer & Kahne, 2004). The aim for change in students’ attitudes towards science as well as their action competence in sustainable development, enables students to critically engage with local, global and intercultural issues, understand and appreciate different perspectives, interact respectfully with others, and take responsible action towards sustainability and well-being. We hypothesize that SSIBL’s explicit focus on scientific, social and personal inquiry and its orientation towards learners’ deliberate action taking, combined with the real-world and collaborative nature of the CoP approach, are a potent mixture to drive student learning. Our central research question in the current proposal is, therefore: What is the impact of SSIBL-CoP implementation on students’ attitudes towards science and action competence? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research context, data collection. COSMOS aims at supporting open schooling . Teacher teams from primary and secondary schools from the Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Portugal, the UK and Israel are supported to implement SSIBL-CoP into their science education, in two rounds of professional development and implementation in practice. The current proposal works with the student data collected from the first implementation round. In total, 480 students from 12 schools participated in online pre-post surveys, complemented with 27 semi-structured group interviews. Data was collected before and within two weeks after SSIBL-CoP implementations. Most implementations centered around environmental and/or sustainability issues. Surveys. The students’ learning outcomes were assessed by using two commonly applied validated quantitative measurement instruments: the Pupils’ Attitudes Towards Technology/Science (PATT; Ardies et al., 2014), and the Self-Perceived Action Competence Scale (SPACS; Olsson et al., 2020). While the first taps into students’ science career aspirations, interest in science, tediousness of science, gendered science views, relevance and perceived difficulty, the latter taps into students’ self-perceptions of how much they know about contributing to sustainability, their self-effectiveness and willingness to act towards sustainability. Each of these concepts is measured through a minimum of three items on a 5-point Likert-scale. Interviews. The survey data were supported by qualitative data using semi-structured group interviews with three students per project implementation. The group interviews provide extra information on the effect of the SSIBL-CoP-implementation on students, in more particular the experience of the pedagogical processes within the implementation and its influence on their attitudes towards science and action competence. Data analyses. We used personal identifiers of individual students within schools to track the students’ responses to the surveys across time. Given the limited number of schools in the first implementation round, the current data analyses apply repeated measures t-tests to study differences pre-post implementation. By the time of the presentation itself, the second implementation round will have passed, and more advanced data analyses will be possible. For the group interviews, we conducted a synthesis in the form of a deductive thematic analysis. We structured our inquiry using the concepts of the modified version of the PATT (Ardies et al., 2014) and the SPACS (Olsson et al., 2020) as potential themes in our analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings.The current quantitative results show differences pre-post implementation for some of the subscales of the two main learning outcomes targeted. Overall, the current intermediate results after one round of professional development and implementation of SSIBL-CoP , show small to moderate effects (Cohen’s d < 0.5) in terms of the students’ interest in science and perceived relevance of science. No overall effects were observed for the students’ science career aspirations, gendered views of science, perceived tediousness and difficulty of science. In terms of action competence, the intermediate results point out small to moderate effects (Cohen’s d < 0.5) in terms of confidence in their own influence to contribute to a more sustainable world as well as their willingness to act accordingly. No overall effect was observed for the student’s self-perceived knowledge of action possibilities. Analyses of the group interviews are ongoing, and will be included in the presentation at ECER. Conclusions. Across the 12 schools that participated in the first implementation round, students report increased interest in science as well as attributing increased relevance to science. The initial results also show that implementing SSIBL-CoP, in which schools specifically work on real world SSI, apply scientific, social and personal inquiry, and collaborate with stakeholders in that SSI, positively impact students’ confidence in in their own influence and their willingness to act towards sustainability. It is important to stress that these are initial results, and they are aggregated across all the schools in the sample. Differences among schools will exist, e.g. pertaining to the educational level (primary and secondary), the type of education offered at the schools (academic or vocational), and the implementation fidelity of the SSIBL-CoP approach. After the second implementation round, we will be able to address such differences in more detail. References Ardies, J., De Maeyer, D., Gijbels, S., & Van Keulen, H. (2014). Students’ attitudes towards technology. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25(1), 43-65. Bennet, N., & Lemoine, G.J. (2014). What a difference a world makes: Understanding threats to performance in a VUCA world. Business Horizons, 57(3), 311-317. Knippels, M.C., & Van Harskamp, M., (2018). An educational sequence for implementing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning (SSIBL). School Science Review, 100, 46-52. Levinson, R. (2018). Introducing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning (SSIBL). School Science Review, 100(371), 31-35. Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J., (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742-760. Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292–305. Wenger, E. (1999). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Westheimer, J., & Kahne, J. (2004). What kind of citizen? The politics of educating for democracy. American Educational Research Journal, 41(2), 237-269. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 30 SES 13 B: Regional and Cross national studies in ESE Research Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Empowering Participation: Exploring Stakeholder Engagement in ESD Monitoring and Reporting within the UNECE Region 1Unit of Education for the Environment and Sustainable Development,Cyprus Pedagogical Institute, Cyprus; 2University of Gloucestershire Presenting Author:Monitoring and reporting mechanisms are highlighted in many regional and policy documents as critical for demonstrating the progress that has been achieved in education at both national and regional levels. Such reporting provides data and information regarding the gaps and support needed to promote necessary reforms for the improvement of education and training systems (EU 2021, p.4; 2023, par.17). In the field of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) monitoring and reporting provide strategic insights for governments and policymakers to help accelerate progress (Unesco, 2016), target holistic ESD implementation (Holst et al., 2020) and identify successes and challenges for implementing ESD at national and regional levels (Hadjiachilleos & Zachariou, 2022). National and regional policy frameworks, guidelines, and monitoring mechanisms form the ‘spine’ of ESD implementation across diverse educational contexts, assigning responsibility and accountability to relevant stakeholders across different levels of government (Glass and Newig, 2019). Several international efforts have been developed to monitor progress on ESD (Unesco 2015; UNECE 2009); however, these efforts also highlight various challenges and weaknesses in the monitoring and reporting process, primarily connected to the difficulty of ensuring effective stakeholder engagement. Achieving comprehensive monitoring and insightful reporting on ESD is necessary "to break down silos and build cross-sector collaboration that contributes to a shared vision on system-level policy interventions and monitoring" (Unesco 2016, p.16). Various studies on ESD underscore the importance of stakeholder engagement and collaborative partnerships. Such collaboration can increase the identification of existing gaps, support the continual review of implementation and practice, ensure the ongoing relevance and effectiveness of ESD efforts and enhance understanding of ESD progress thereby inspiring and building knowledge among stakeholders at both national and regional levels (Didham and Ofey 2012; Tilbury 2007). Despite extensive discussion, examples of regional reporting mechanisms reveal little attention being given to facilitating collaborative, multi-stakeholder partnerships for co-investigation and knowledge exchange at the research-policy interface (Didham and Ofey Manu, 2020) in relation to monitoring and reporting. The current study focuses on the example of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) ESD Strategy implementation, which is perhaps the most concrete process developed to support countries in developing national plans and policies for integrating ESD across their education systems in a collaborative manner (UNECE, 2005). The UNECE region includes 56 Member States and its ESD Strategy, which is integrated internationally and nationally, serves as a peer learning mechanism. It is the only such strategy that is accompanied by a comprehensive assessment framework based on multi-stakeholder collaboration for reporting. Since the establishment of the Strategy in 2005, it has completed three reporting cycles. These have identified the significant successes and challenges involved in the Strategy’s implementation at the national level and have provided an overview of ESD in the region, capturing ESD holistically. It offers the international community concrete examples of ESD policy, practice and research providing insights on how reporting can fill gaps in policies and vice versa. As a fourth cycle of reporting against the UNECE ESD Strategy concludes, this study explores the following questions: - Which stakeholders need to be engaged in the ESD reporting process, and how are they being identified? - What challenges have emerged in expanding stakeholder engagement in reporting, and how might these be overcome? - What are the roles that different stakeholders play in reporting and might these expand? - Who determines what gets reported and how is this agreed?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is inductive and follows a mixed-method approach based on three research instruments: 1. Quantitative and qualitative data collected through the analysis of the 34 national reports submitted in the fourth reporting cycle of the UNECE ESD Strategy, 2015-2019 (see below) 2. The organization of two online webinars: one with the 56 national focal points and experts responsible for submitting their progress report, and the second conducted with 47 stakeholders from the Member States in the UNECE Region, and 3. Personal interviews conducted with national focal points whose countries' national reports were identified as good examples of stakeholder collaboration and engagement The study coincides with the conclusion of the fourth evaluation report (Item 1) on the progress of the UNECE ESD Strategy. The results of the fourth cycle of progress reporting led to this study because it included a focus on multi-stakeholder collaboration and engagement in the completion of the national ESD reports, which in turn highlighted some of the obstacles and challenges that countries faced. The following workshops with UNECE National Focal Points for ESD (Item 2) helped to surface the strengths, weaknesses, and challenges in the processes of multi-stakeholder engagement in ESD reporting. The follow up interviews (item 3) supplement the other data collection methods and provide a valuable triangulation for the findings from analysis of the national reports and conclusions of the international webinars. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We are still in the process of data analysis with interviews planned for triangulation purpose (to be concluded some months ahead of ECER 2024). According to the findings to date, however, it is clear that the way in which stakeholders are involved in the process of reporting varies by country and is related to national geographical, social, and cultural contexts as well as national emphases on ESD policy issues. At the same time, several National Implementation Reports identify weaknesses and obstacles reflecting challenges in stakeholder collaboration for the purposes of reporting, most commonly related to national education policies, networking issues, practical issues such as time constraints, lack of coordination and/or communication, limited expertise on models and processes for engaging stakeholders in the reporting process, and, most importantly, compartmentalization of ESD. Nonetheless, the findings to date have revealed effective practice in stakeholder engagement, as well as useful collaboration models for ESD reporting, which facilitate participative decision-making and ensure significant contributions from stakeholders in the report. For example, some countries have established stakeholder engagement models based on the Whole Institution Approach and have created platforms for communication, negotiation and discussion on ESD implementation, which are organized in ways to fully capture the spectrum of ESD-related actions and to ensure transdisciplinarity in ESD implementation. Other countries have developed models to assist stakeholders and to increase their capacity to engage in the reporting process, enabling them to determine how and for which indicators they might successfully contribute to the reporting. Guidelines for stakeholder participation, communication, dialogue, consultation, and collaboration are discussed. Additionally, recommendations are made to assist countries in motivating and accelerating stakeholder engagement. Findings will be discussed in the context of the broader literature regarding models of stakeholder engagement in ESD reporting. References Didham, R.J. & Ofei-Manu, P. (2015). The Role of Education in the Sustainable Development Agenda: Empowering a learning society for sustainability through quality education. In Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals: From Agenda to Action. Institute for Global Environmental Strategies, pp. 95–133, Hayama: Japan. Didham, R.J. & Ofei-Manu, P. (2020). Facilitating Collaborative Partnerships in Education Policy Research: A Case of Multi-Stakeholder, Co-Investigation for Monitoring and Evaluation of Education for Sustainable Development. Sustainability, 12(7), pp. 1-15. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su12072787 European Union (EU) (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030), 2021/C 66/01. European Union (EU) (2023). Council resolution on The European Education Area: Looking to 2025 and beyond, 2023/C 185/08. Glass, L.-M., and Newig, J. (2019). Governance for Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals: How Important Are Participation, Policy Coherence, Reflexivity, Adaptation and Democratic Institutions?. Earth System Governance, 2 (1), 2019, p. 100031, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esg.2019.100031 Hadjiachilleos, S. & Zachariou, A. (2022). Implementation of the UNECE Strategy for ESD across the ECE Region (2015-2018). ECE/CEP/196. Geneva: UNECE. Holst, J., Brock, A., Singer-Brodowski, M. & de Haan, G. (2020). Monitoring Progress of Change: Implementation of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) within Documents of the German Education System. Sustainability, 12(10), p. 4306, https://doi.org/10.3390/su12104306 Tilbury, D. (2007). Monitoring and Evaluation during the UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1, 239-254. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340820700100214 UNECE (2005). Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development. CEP/AC.13/2005/3/Rev.1 UNECE (2009). Learning from each other: The UNECE Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development. ECE/CEP/159. Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/sites/default/files/publications/798ece5.pdf UNECE (2022). Framework for the implementation of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development from 2021 to 2030. ECE/CEP/AC.13/2022/3.Available at: https://unece.org/sites/default/files/2022-05/ece_cep_ac.13_2022_3_e.pdf UNECE (2023). Format for reporting on the implementation of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development (2021–2025). ECE/CEP/AC.13/2023/4. Available at: https://unece.org/sites/default/files/2023-04/ece_cep_ac.13_2023_4.e.pdf UNESCO (2015). Global Citizenship Education: Topics and Learning Objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232993 UNESCO (2016). Global Education Monitoring Report. Education for People and Planet. Creating Sustainable Futures for All. Paris: UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54676/AXEQ8566 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper One Hundred Years to Form a Centimeter of Soil. How Can Education on Soil Health Become a Success? 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Wageningen University & Research, The Netherlands Presenting Author:The paper presents a qualitative study on education in Germany in the field of soil health, which includes a focus group discussion and interviews. Soil health can be understood as “the continued capacity of soils to support ecosystem services” (European Commission, undated). Past analyses by Belek et al. (2019) have shown that numerous and diverse events are taking place on the ground in Germany for the communication of soil-related issues. Yet, there is still insufficient awareness of the topic in public perception and in media reporting. Accordingly, the complex topic of soil remains to date not well presented, especially for people who are not soil experts. New approaches for soil science education and awarness raising are necessary (Brevik, 2022). This study complements parallel secondary research and participatory activities that involve experts in a newly established network of a community of practice at country level as well as on an European level. It aims to identify the experiences, training needs and teaching requirements of participants on soil health education by answering the twofold general research question, what the state of soil health awareness education is and what the wishes for future soil health awareness education are. Findings in this qualitative study will be triangulated with findings provided by a desk research on soil health education, focusing on teaching and learning offers, policy documents, scientific literature as well as grey literature and various kinds of media formats. At a later stage, the results of studies in 14 other countries in Europe based on the same research design will be combined and further analyzed in order to further develop educational concepts and materials for the primary, secondary and tertiary sectors, including VET and also addressing the general public, so that the importance of soils can be better understood on a broad scale and their protection can be increased more effectively. Soil is a very basic, vital component of the natural environment. Countless, predominantly microscopic creatures find their habitat in the soil. They influence the composition of the soil and its fertility and keep the global carbon cycle going. Soils store the greenhouse gas CO2 to a greater extent than the world's forests. Through their storage function, they regulate the availability of water and purify it at the same time. Without intact soils, humans lack the basis for their nutrition and health. However, the soil is under enormous threat, and with it the ecosystem services it provides (Baer and Birgé, 2018). The high proportion of sealed surfaces, which has increased year on year, threatens biodiversity. 60% of European soils are considered to be damaged and the harmful effects associated with industrial agriculture continue to exacerbate the situation. Together with global warming, this is the reason why desertification is also taking place in Europe. (Luig, 2024). To draw attention to the need to protect and restore soils and promote sustainable management practices in urban and rural areas, the European Union (2023) has launched the initiative 'A Soil Deal for Europe' (Mission Soil). Its aim is to raise awareness and to help ensure the long-term health and productivity of soils of all types. The mission also promotes the exchange of knowledge with interest groups and the general public. Specifically, the Soil Mission focuses on sustainable practices in the areas of land use planning, soil conservation and agricultural techniques that rely less on the use of chemical inputs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection is semi-structured, based on a catalog of questions. From the two interlinked general research questions, subordinate questions were formulated. They cover six analytical dimensions of soil health education, its purpose (for what), important collaborations (with whom), learning spaces (where), processes (how) and activities (in what way) and last but not least paradigms (of which assumptions). The focus groups (n=15) consists of school teachers and university lecturers who have expertise or actively contribute to soil health education and related issues. Interviews (n=10) adress students, teachers, lecturers, representatives of vocational training institutions, policy makers and representatives of NGOs and civil society groups who have expertise or actively contribute to raising awareness on soil health and related aspects. All data collected is recorded and transcribed for coding and further analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The recultivation of degraded soils is considered an important lever for stabilizing several ecosystem services and functions simultaneously (IPCC, 2019). The interview and focus group studies contribute to improving education on soil health across Europe. They are part of the HORIZON project Literacy boost through an Operational Educational Ecosystem of Societal actors on Soil Health (LOESS) funded by the European Union. The aim is to address the problem that the value of soil, which is a scarce and non-renewable resource, is all too often not fully recognized in society (European Commission, 2022). The knowledge gained will be incorporated into new educational approaches to be implemented throughout Europe. These should help to create the understanding within society that is needed to change the human pressures on soil health. References Baer, Sara G.; Birgé, Hannah E. (2018): Soil ecosystem services: an overview. In: D. Reicosky (Hg.): Managing soil health for sustainable Agriculture Fundamentals, Burleigh Dodds Science Publishing. Volume 1. Cambridge, S. 17–38. Beblek, A.; Lahaye, L.; Meiser, M.; Schmidt, K. (2019). Erarbeitung eines Leitfadens für die Kommunikation von bodenbezogenen Themen für Verbraucher und Konsumenten. Umweltbundesamt. https://www.bmuv.de/fileadmin/Daten_BMU/Pools/Forschungsdatenbank/ fkz_3717_71_2810_leitfaden_kommunikation_bodenbezogen_bf.pdf. Brevik, E. C.; Krzic, M.; Muggler, C.; Field, D.; Hannam, J.; Uchida, Y.(2022): Soil science education: A multinational look at current perspectives. In: Natural Sciences Education 51 (1). European Commission (27 June 2022). Foster Soil Education Across Society. https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/HORIZON_HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-07; 31.01.2024, 23:01 European Commission (undated). A Soil Deal for Europe. 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030. Implementation Plan. Internal Working Document. https://errin.eu/RI-Policy/missions/soil European Union (2023). EU Missions. Soil Deal for Europe. https://mission-soil-platform.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-10/FS-Soil-Deal-for-Europe_EN_042023_0.pdf. https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/HORIZON_HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-07; 31.01.2024, 23:00 IPCC, 2019: Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change and Land: an IPCC special report on climate change, desertification, land degradation, sustainable land management, food security, and greenhouse gas fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems [P.R. Shukla, J. Skea, E. Calvo Buendia, V. Masson-Delmotte, H.- O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, P. Zhai, R. Slade, S. Connors, R. van Diemen, M. Ferrat, E. Haughey, S. Luz, S. Neogi, M. Pathak, J. Petzold, J. Portugal Pereira, P. Vyas, E. Huntley, K. Kissick, M. Belkacemi, J. Malley, (eds.)]. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009157988.001 Luig, L. (2024): Bodenatlas 2024. In cooperation with I. Dewitz, T. Witte, D. Wannemacher, L. Stiem-Bhatia; J. Weigelt. Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung in colaboration with Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz Deutschland, TMG – Think Tank for Sustainability, TMG Research gGmbH. Berlin. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Outdoor Learning and Play: A comparison of provision in Scotland and Italy 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Bologna, Italy; 3University of Stirling, UK Presenting Author:Introduction Outdoor education and outdoor play and learning has a long-standing heritage. Based on a desire to engage learners experientially through structured and unstructured activities, and via reflection on “learning by doing” (Dewey, 1915, p255). Distinctively, the affordances of the outdoor environment are seen to enhance opportunities for learning in ways that are interdisciplinary, authentically felt, ‘hands-on’, ‘place-based’ and connected to local contexts (Beames and Brown, 2016; Lloyd, Truong and Gray, 2018). Of late, concerns around young people’s wellbeing, and the need for an educational response to issues around sustainability, climate change and biodiversity loss, have led to renewed emphasis on provision for outdoor learning. However, internationally, little is known about the durations and locations of this provision, how prepared teachers are to facilitate these, and how countries compare in this regard. Few countries worldwide have much in the way of empirical evidence of the extent of provision of education in outdoor settings at school and pre-school levels. Exceptions include Canada (see Asfeldt et al. 2020), Hungary (Fuz 2018), England (Prince, 2019). In New Zealand, Hill et al (2020) (basing some of their protocols on the survey reported upon herein) revealed ‘education outside the classroom’ was mostly teacher led and focused on curricular enhancement. In Denmark, for example, Barfod et al. (2021) looked back at multiple surveys in Denmark wherein school leaders reported on outdoor schooling across three time points (2007, 2014, 2019) helping them discern the regularity of grassroots udeskole provision.. In Scotland, Beames and Polack (2019) reviewed inspection reports (2011 – 2018) to show that outdoor learning in ‘grounds, local green space or local community during school hours’ appeared in ¾ of primary schools’ inspections providing another way to capture evidence of the extent of provision. Internationally, each survey team have sought to capture evidence on curricular-linked outdoor learning using approaches that mostly differ. These differences make international comparison difficult. This paper will describe research which empirically measured outdoor provision in Scotland and in Rimini, Italy using the same methodological approach. This enables international comparisons to be made and sharing of practice across the two countries. Findings The evidence presented here indicates there is value and need for an approach to surveying outdoor educational provision in a national and international context. The Scottish survey data provide a valuable, evidence-based measure of provision that counters popular opinion and others’ assessment of prevalence of outdoor learning provision in Scotland. Firstly, post-Covid, over half of the teachers in our survey held the perception that provision outdoors had increased compared to pre-pandemic levels. This of course might have been true, adding weight to the possibility of a sustained decline between 2014 and 2022. Secondly, the survey findings also counter the perspective offered by the HMIE report (HMIE, 2022) for the same year which suggested outdoor provision was an increasing feature, and that the pandemic had ‘accelerated the breadth and depth of provision’ (though for their exemplification cases this may have been true). Our survey showed the early years sector did increase provision but our this did not hold true on average for most of our randomly sampled schools. The Italian survey data found that the impact of the pandemic had an even greater perceived impact on outdoor provision, with ¾ of practitioners across Kindergarten and Primary school settings identifying an increase. The ability to compare educators’ perceptions with the reality of provision, across settings and indeed across countries going forward, is an important step in understanding the motivators towards increased outdoor provision. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We report here on a repeated cross-sectional survey to understand changes in outdoor teaching learning and play in Scotland. Our cross-sectional survey approach is internationally distinctive in that it required settings to provide records for location, duration, focus, curriculum area, amongst other aspects. The design of the research is based on the view that practitioners or teachers are well placed to self-report, event-by-event, on formal outdoor provisions. In our survey, for each school/early years setting, a practitioner-researcher was supported with workshops, training and contact points to ensure accurate data were captured. A final methodology evaluation provided an opportunity for staff to report and reflect on data quality. Unlike once-off surveys of teacher opinion, we took the same event-by-event approach over the three surveys: eight weeks for schools and two weeks for early years settings. The three surveys allow us to evidence changes over nearly two decades across a range of measures including duration (minutes per child per week), cost, location, and curricular focus providing a comprehensive view perhaps unparalleled in other jurisdictions. In 2022, this survey was repeated in the Rimini region of Italy. Extensive discussions took place to ensure the methodology was accurately replicated in the Italian context, and that the terminology was translated in a manner that was robust and meaningful across both contexts. In Scotland, 108 educators provided data. These represented 19 early Years settings and 34 primary schools. The participants provided information about 205 outdoor learning sessions across these settings. In Italy, 59 educators provided information about 126 outdoor learning sessions across Kindergarten and Primary school settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the Scottish context, there are many factors that might be influential in the diverging trends seen in the two educational sectors, Primary schooling and Early Years provision. Certainly, in early years settings, free choice play is seen as integral whereas in primary settings, learning is more planned and structured with a teacher leading learning. Comparisons with the Italian experiences suggest that this picture is similar across the two countries, with Kindergarten children spending slightly more time outdoor than Primary school children across the study period. Understanding the educational context across the two countries will help us to understand why this might be the case. Our contribution has enabled us to compare provision across time-periods in the national context, and also to tentatively compare with some other international contexts. However, the quality of this international comparability depends heavily on the approach taken in each local survey. Comparing provision internationally is important but challenging since researchers looking at features such as duration or location will take country-specific or strategically diverse approaches in culturally different contexts. Comparisons are also challenging going forward since research teams seek to re-use past survey approaches in an effort to look at change over time. Differences in survey methodology and sampling, for example, will enable or restrict accurate comparisons. Jucker (2022) (summarising Fiennes et al 2015) highlights that there is not currently a comprehensive survey of outdoor learning provision across all the nations of the UK. However, future surveys for better international comparison could easily build on the approach described herein alongside recent efforts to harmonise understanding such as PLaTO (Lee et al, 2022). As Jucker (2022) suggests “Only with a decent set of baseline data can the sector, funders or government agencies trace (positive or negative) developments” (idib. pg. 129). References Asfeldt, M., Purc-Stephenson, R., Rawleigh, M. & Thackeray, S. (2020). Outdoor education in Canada: a qualitative investigation. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2020.1784767 Barfod, K. S. (2023). ‘A good thing about this is probably that there’s been more freedom to try some things out’ - Danish teachers’ experience of teaching outdoors during the COVID-19 pandemic, Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 23(4), pp. 541-552. DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2022.2054837 Beames, S. & Brown, M. (2016). Adventurous learning: a pedagogy for a changing world. London: Routledge. Beames, S. & Polack, N. (2019). School inspection reports and the status of outdoor learning, residential experiences and adventurous activities in Scottish schools, University of Edinburgh. [online] Available at: https://beamingsimon.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/carnegie-report_web.pdf Füz, N. (2018). Out-of-school learning in Hungarian primary education: Practice and barriers. Journal of Experiential Education. doi:10.1177/1053825918758342 Jucker, R. (2022). How to Raise the Standards of Outdoor Learning and Its Research. In: Jucker, R., von Au, J. (eds) High-Quality Outdoor Learning. Springer, Cham. Mannion, G., Ramjan, C., McNicol, S., Sowerby, M. & Lambert, P. (2023). Teaching, Learning and Play in the Outdoors: a survey of provision in 2022. NatureScot Research Report 133. [online] Available at < https://www.nature.scot/doc/naturescot-research-report-1313-teaching-learning-and-play-outdoors-survey-provision-scotland-2022 > |
17:30 - 19:00 | 31 SES 13 A: Studying Arabic Teaching in Europe Across Countries and Contexts Through Ethnography Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Session Chair: Tatjana Atanasoska Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Studying Arabic Teaching in Europe Across Countries and Contexts Through Ethnography As a result of migration from Arabic-majority countries to Europe over the past decades, there is currently a significant Arabic-speaking population in Europe (UNESCO, 2019; Walldoff, 2017). This has important implications for the maintenance of the Arabic language in the European diaspora and, in turn, also for schools across Europe. Currently, Arabic is taught as a ‘mother tongue’ in mainstream schools in several European countries, such as Finland, Germany, and Sweden (Alisaari et al., 2023; Soukah, 2022). In fact, Arabic is the language within so-called mother tongue education in Sweden with the highest number of participants (Walldoff, 2017). Meanwhile, in countries such as Belgium and Norway, Arabic language teaching is relegated to community-based supplementary schools in the evenings and afternoons (Steenwegen et al., 2022; Vedøy & Vassenden, 2020). As such, access to Arabic language teaching varies significantly between countries (ElHawari, 2021). As a response to the limited access to Arabic language education combined with the increased access to digital resources and the COVID-19 pandemic, an increasing number of students are enrolling in online Arabic language education (Hilmi, 2021). Across the diverse provisions for Arabic language learning in the European diaspora, there is significant variation in the instruction’s content, objectives, and organisation. For example, ‘mother tongue teaching’ in Finland and Sweden is regulated by a government-developed and standardised curriculum. Community-based education provided in supplementary schools – either online or onsite – has much greater autonomy to develop the content, objectives, and organisation (Baldridge et al., 2017; Steenwegen et al., 2022). Based on four distinct ethnographic research projects exploring Arabic teaching in different settings, this symposium offers extensive empirical insight into and analyses of Arabic ‘mother tongue teaching’ in Finland and Sweden, supplementary Arabic language teaching in Belgium, and transnational online Arabic language teaching. Based on findings from the four studies, the symposium explores how different forms of organising Arabic teaching shape the teaching of Arabic, students’ and teachers’ experiences and identity formation. Furthermore, we discuss the ethical dimensions of ethnographic research into Arabic teaching in Europe, considering the increasingly politicized environment where research focusing on languages associated with recent migration operates in today’s Europe. References Alisaari, J., Møller Daugaard, L., Dewilde, J., Harju-Autti, R., Heikkola, L. M., Iversen, J. Y., ... & Yli-Jokipii, M. (2023). Mother tongue education in four Nordic countries-problem, right or resource?. Apples: Journal of Applied Language Studies, 17(2), 52-72. Baldridge, B., Beck, N., Medina, J., & Reeves, M. (2017). Toward a new understanding of community-based education: The role of community-based educational spaces in disrupting inequality for minoritized youth. Review of Research in Education, 41, 381-402. ElHawari, R. (2021). Teaching Arabic as a heritage language. Routledge. Soukah, Z. (2022). Der Herkunftssprachliche Unterricht Arabisch in NRW: Lage und Perspektive. Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremsprachenunterricht, 1(27), 415–436. UNESCO. (2019). Global education monitoring report, 2019: Arab States: Migration, displacement and education: building bridges, not walls. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000371320 Vedøy, G., & Vassenden, A. (2020). Innvandrerorganisasjoners og -menigheters bidrag til innvandrerelevers skolepretasjoner. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 104(2), 148–160. Walldoff, A. (2017). Arabic in home language instruction: Language acquisition in a fuzzy linguistic situation. PhD dissertation. Stockholm University. Presentations of the Symposium Community-based Education in Flanders
Community-based educational initiatives (CBEI) serves as an umbrella term to encompass all types of complementary and/or supplementary education, organised by and for various ethnic-cultural minoritized groups. These initiatives are bottom-up learning environments offering not only support for minoritized youth in their mainstream academic studies, but also providing (positive) recognition of their ethno-cultural identity and familial and community heritage (Baldridge et al., 2017; Steenwegen et al., 2022). Existing ethnographic studies have documented the classes organised in these initiatives, which range from homework support (Hall, 2002) and mathematics instruction, to language classes. These last type of classes, mother tongue or heritage language learning (under which we can document Arabic supplementary schooling), serve as an important example of minoritized communities organising their own (supplementary) education specifically to fill in gaps they experience in their children’s education; This is particularly important in contexts where mainstream education often caters to the cultural (religious and linguistic) needs of dominant ethnic majority groups but fail to be as sensitive to similar needs among minoritized communities (Clycq, 2017; Van Praag et al., 2016; Yosso 2005). Some research has been conducted to document both the organisational nature of these CBEI and the motivations of minoritized communities to organise these schools (Steenwegen et al., 2022). Yet, the processes within these initiatives, the resources they provide, and the potential impact on the educational trajectories of minoritized youth, all remain largely unknown. The paper(s) presented as part of this symposium on Arabic schooling offer new insight into the bottom-up, grassroot, educational organising various (Arabic) communities are involved in. The research took place in Flanders, a particularly interesting context to study educational initiatives as this Flemish speaking region of Belgium is notably marked by one of the largest, and quite tenacious, ethnic achievement gaps in education in Europe. Through extensive qualitative observations and interviews conducted with students, teachers, and organisers, across various CBEI, we offer new insight into how these initiatives serve as important networks of support for minoritized youth. We present these CBEI through the lens of the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005) and offer an expansion of this framework with resources that contain the transnational nature of many of the CBEI included in this research. We also attempt to showcase the importance and impact of these (third) spaces through centring the words and experiences of minoritized young people attending these Arabic schools.
References:
Baldridge, B., Beck, N., Medina, J., & Reeves, M. (2017). Toward a New Understanding of Community-Based Education: The Role of Community-Based Educational Spaces in Disrupting Inequality for Minoritized Youth. Review of Research in Education, 41, 381-402. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16688622
Clycq, N. (2017). ‘We value your food but not your language’: Education systems and nation-building processes in Flanders. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 407-424. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668885
Hall, K. A. O., K.: Zulfiqar, M.: Tan, J. E. C. (2002). 'This is our School': provision, purpose and pedagogy of supplementary schooling in Leeds and Oslo. British Educational Research Journal, 28(3), 399-418. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920220137467
Steenwegen, J., Clycq, N., & Vanhoof, J. (2022). How and why minoritised communities self-organise education: a review study. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2021.2022458
Van Praag, L., Stevens, P. A. J., & Van Houtte, M. (2016). ‘No more Turkish music!’ The acculturation strategies of teachers and ethnic minority students in Flemish schools. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 42(8), 1353-1370. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2015.1103171
Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69-91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006
Translinguistic Pedagogies in Community-based Digital Arabic Heritage Language Education
In countries where heritage language education is not accessible through mainstream education, diaspora communities rely on community-based heritage language education. For example, Arabic-speaking children across Europe attend community-based heritage language education to maintain their heritage language. With the development of communication technologies, the number of heritage language schools offering digital Arabic language education is increasing (Hilmi, 2021). However, there is still a lack of research on community-based digital Arabic heritage language education. Hence, the current paper investigates the following research question: What characterizes the linguistic repertoire of five heritage language learners of Arabic and how does their teacher capitalize and expand on these repertoires in her teaching? This research question was explored through a digital linguistic ethnography over four months in an online Arabic heritage language school. Digital linguistic ethnography is interested in how people use language, interact, and construct communities, knowledge, and identities, through and influenced by digital technologies (Varis & Hou, 2020). The digital linguistic ethnography was conducted through observation, interviews with one teacher and five students, and the collection of identity portraits and other relevant documents. The participating school was located in the USA and offered Arabic lessons both onsite and online with students and teachers participating from different parts of the world. The participant students were participating from different parts of the USA, while the teacher was participating from Italy. In the analysis of the empirical material, we adopted a translinguistic perspective on language, which means that language and bilingualism are considered dynamic and must not be seen as two separate systems and structures (García & Li, 2014). Thus, multilinguals only have one linguistic repertoire from which they strategically draw from to make sense of their multilingual. The analysis shows that the five students had a complex linguistic repertoire, including competence in English, Levantine Arabic, Modern Standard Arabic, and Spanish. Moreover, the analysis shows how the teacher capitalized and expanded on the students’ linguistic repertoires through the use of Modern Standard Arabic, varieties of Levantine Arabic and English. Hence, translanguaging was purposely used as a pedagogical strategy to teach the multiglossic and multidialectal Arabic language. This lead to a teaching characterized by flexible language use, where teacher and students drew on all of their resources to promote language learning and support the students in making sense of their translingual world (Garcia & Wei, 2014).
References:
Garcia, O., & W. Li. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave Macmillan.
Hilmi, D. (2021). Impact of Arabic online learning in the perspective of how the brain learns. Ijaz Arabi Journal of Arabic Learning, 4, 59-73.
Varis, P. & Hou, M. (2020). Digtial approaches in linguistic ethnography. In K. Tusting (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistic ethnography. Routledge.
Negotiating Translanguaging Space – The Case of Mother Tongue Tuition in Sweden
In this presentation, the concept translanguaging space (Li, 2011; Zhu et al., 2017) is used to study classroom interaction in an Arabic Mother Tongue Instruction (MTI) classroom in Sweden. MTI is an elective school subject with its own syllabus. Students in primary and secondary school have the right to MTI with some restrictions: For example, the students need to already have basic knowledge in the language in question and at least five students have to enrol in MTI in order for the municipality to be required to organize it. The case of MTI in Arabic here makes translanguaging space relevant for the study of classroom interaction in relation to the diglossic situation between Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) and colloquial varieties of Arabic. The aim of this paper is to study classroom interaction in MTI in Arabic as a translanguaging space. The study is part of a larger project on MTI in Sweden which is carried out in the form of action research combined with linguistic ethnography. The material used is from one Arabic MTI teacher and students in grade three and consists of fieldnotes, audio recordings from classroom observations and one teacher interview. The use of the concept translanguaging space, understood as an arena for translanguaging and a space created through translanguaging (Li, 2011), highlights the seamless shuttling between different varieties of Arabic, which is natural and necessary in Arabic MTI classrooms. The diglossic situation in Arabic means that while all students need to learn MSA, the challenges are greater for students with varieties that diverge more from the teacher’s variety. In the current case, the teacher’s Levantine variety was closer to that of some of the students, while other dialects diverged more. The critical and creative aspects inherent in translanguaging space put issues of student engagement and participation in focus. In this case, the teacher was in the centre and students were rather passive, answering questions and performing given tasks. Although the dominance of MSA and Levantine may be interpreted as a monolingual classroom policy, the fact that both Swedish and other dialects were accepted shows that the diglossic situation opened up the classroom as a translanguaging space.
References:
Li Wei (2011). Moment analysis and translanguaging space: Discursive construction of identities by multilingual Chinese youth in Britain. Journal of Pragmatics, 43, 1222–1235. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2010.07.035
Zhu, H., Li, W. & Lyons, A. (2017). Polish shop(ping) as translanguaging space. Social semiotics, 27, 411-433. https://doi.org/10.1080/10350330.2017.1334390
Studying Arabic Mother Tongue Instruction in Finland – Ethical Considerations
Minority mother tongue instruction is a part of the Finnish school system (see Tainio & Kallioniemi 2019) yet there is relatively little participatory research on the subject. When it comes to subjects such as Arabic, traditional disciplinary foci and researchers’ linguistic repertoires partly explain the situation. However, also the ethical frameworks that regulate classroom research play a role: especially for studies that are interested in interactional data, obtaining necessary research permits is cumbersome and embarking on a research project requires considerable resources both time- and funding-wise.
In this presentation, we reflect on our experiences from MIGDIA project, a five-year ethnographic research project with a focus on minority mother tongue instruction in Arabic. We discuss research ethics both in the data collection phase and in connection with publishing research results in terms of everyday ethics and formalised research ethics (cf. Smette 2019). We open up linguistic and cultural challenges of data collection by asking what kind of research projects the current ethical guidelines have been created for and what kind of participant they assume (see Everri et al. 2020). We also ask whether the current regulations and research ethical practices actually contribute to the ethical implementation of research in multilingual and multicultural contexts. The ethical considerations of the research are not limited only to the data collection, but also to the publication of the research results. By this we do not mean just ethical treatment of research participants, but the increasingly politicized environment where educational research on Arabic mother tongue instruction operates for instance in Finland. The increased political influence of far-right parties has brought services provided for linguistic and cultural minorities under scrutiny and criticism (for background, see Petterson 2020). Against this background, we reflect on our research findings. Although optional mother tongue instruction is a part of the mainstream education, in many ways it operates in the fringes of Finnish educational system (see Ylijokipii et al. 2022). With our ethnographic lens, we are in a position of seeing also the linguistically and culturally specific details more clearly. We discuss researcher’s ethical role in knowledge production and identify ethically sustainable practices for research in increasingly polarized societies.
References:
Everri, M., Heitmayer, M., Paulius, Y.-S. & Saadi, L. (2020). Ethical challenges of using video for qualitative research and ethnography. State of the art and guidelines. In T. Lähdesmäki, E. Koskinen-Koivisto, V. L. A. Čeginskas, & A. K. Koistinen (eds.), Challenges and solutions in ethnographic research. Ethnography with a twist, 68–83. London: Routledge.
Pettersson, K. (2020). The discursive denial of racism by Finnish populist radical right politicians accused of anti-muslim hate-speech. In Norocel, O.C., Hellström, A. & Jørgensen, M.B. (eds.) Nostalgia and hope: Intersections between politics of culture, welfare, and migration in Europe, 35–50. IMISCOE Research Series. Springer, Cham.
Smette, I. (2020). Ethics and access when consent must come first. Consequences of formalised research ethics for ethnographic research in schools. In Bushner, H. & Fox, A. (eds.) Implementing ethics in educational ethnography. Regulation and practice, 51–63. London: Routledge.
Tainio. L. & Kallioniemi, A. (eds.) (2019). Koulujen monet kielet ja uskonnot. Selvitys vähemmistöäidinkielten ja -uskontojen sekä suomi ja ruotsi toisena kielenä -opetuksen tilanteesta eri koulutusasteilla. Valtioneuvoston selvitys ja tutkimustoiminnan julkaisusarja 11/2019.
Yli-Jokipii, M., Rissanen, I. & Kuusisto, E. (2022) Oman äidinkielen opettaja osana kouluyhteisöä. Kasvatus, 53(4), 350–363.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 31 SES 13 B: Writing and Motivation & Multilingual Children and Literacies Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Irina Usanova Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper The Relationship Between Czech Students’ Selected Socioeconomic Characteristics and Their English as a Foreign Language Ought-to Self Motivation The Anchoring Center for Educational Research, Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Foreign language (FL) learning motivation among students is an important topic in the European context, as the respect for linguistic diversity has been seen as a key principle of the European Union and learning several languages is necessary for many people (Baïdak et al., 2017). This is especially true for the examination of FL learning motivation among students with different socioeconomic status (SES), as notable discrepancies in the achievement of different SES groups of students have been documented in many European countries (e.g., the differences in PISA 2018 average reading scores between advantaged and disadvantaged students were over 100 points in Belgium, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Hungary, Luxembourg, the Slovak Republic, and Switzerland, the OECD average gap being 89 points; OECD, 2019). Recent review of EFL learning motivation research (Vonkova et al., 2021), however, has shown that the majority of research on EFL learning motivation between years 2016 and 2020 has been conducted in Asia, only a few studies focusing on Europe (10 in Spain and 3 in Sweden out of 90 analyzed studies). Also, there is a scarcity of research on the relationship between FL learning motivation and SES (Iwaniec, 2020). So far, only a few studies have studied this relationship among European students, such as Alejo and Piquer-Píriz (2016) in Spain, Iwaniec (2020) in Poland, and Vonkova et al. (2024) in the Czech Republic. Thus, the link between FL learning motivation and SES among students in Europe merits further investigation. Currently, the L2 motivational self-system (L2MSS) is the most commonly used FL learning theory (Vonkova et al., 2021). The theory has originated in the work of Zoltán Dörnyei from Hungary (Dörnyei, 2009), who distinguished three major motivational components: the ideal L2 self, the ought-to L2 self, and L2 learning experience. The ideal L2 self concerns a desirable self image of the kind of L2 user a learner would like to become, the ought-to L2 self refers to the attributes a learner believes he/she ought to possess to meet expectations of others and to avoid possible negative outcomes, and L2 learning experience covers motives related to the immediate learning environment and experiences, such as the influence of the teacher or the peer group (Dörnyei, 2009; You & Dörnyei, 2016). L2MSS theory is a theoretical framework to L2 learning motivation we have adopted in this study. Our study contributes to filling the gap in the current research regarding our understanding of the relationship between SES and foreign language learning motivation. We build on the findings of Vonkova et al. (2024) and aim to further explore individual ought-to L2 self items and their link to selected students’ SES-related variables. Such an analysis can help enhance our understanding of the ought-to L2 self construct and contribute to future research on the link between L2MSS components and SES in European countries. Specifically, our research question is as follows: What is the link between Czech students’ ought-to L2 self, at the level of individual items, and their selected socioeconomic characteristics (school type, and parental education)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We utilize the data set from Vonkova et al. (2024) collected among Czech students finishing their lower secondary studies (ca. 14 to 15 years old). The students attended either a basic school (in Czech základní škola) or a multi-year grammar school (in Czech víceleté gymnázium), which is a selective type of school with a standardized admission exam. The data were collected at 35 basic schools and 30 grammar schools. We analyze data from 664 students who provided responses to all the variables under study. We administered a slightly modified version of an L2MSS questionnaire from Lamb (2012) containing six items targeting ought-to L2 self rated on a four-point scale (1) disagree, (2) somewhat disagree, (3) somewhat agree, (4) agree. The items were (Vonkova et al., 2024): Ought-to1: I need English to avoid failing my exams. Ought-to2: Young Czechs are obliged to learn English well. Ought-to3: I have to study English well to be a good pupil. Ought-to4: Learning English is necessary because people surrounding me expect me to do so. Ought-to5: Adults who can’t use English may be considered ignorant. Ought-to6: If I fail to learn English I’ll be letting other people down. As for socioeconomic characteristics, we have used the information about whether the student is from a selective grammar school (compared to a basic school). Also, we have examined whether at least one of the student’s (step/foster) parents reached ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 6 or a higher level of education according to the ISCED 2011 classification. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis has revealed that being from a selective grammar school (compared to a basic school) is associated with a higher reported agreement with most ought-to L2 self items. Thus, in terms of students’ ought-to L2 self, being from a selective, academically demanding school appears to be a relevant factor. Students from grammar schools, however, seem not to report notably more agreement, for example, with the statement that learning English is necessary because people surrounding them expect them to do so (Ought-to4). Thus, not all parts of ought-to L2 self are related to the school type students’ attend. Having a parent with the educational level ISCED6 or higher is, similarly to attending a grammar school, associated with a higher agreement on most ought-to L2 self items. A large difference seems to be, for example, in the case of item Ought-to5 (Adults who can’t use English may be considered ignorant.). Students with more highly educated parents, however, seem not to report notably more, for example, that they have to study English well to be a good pupil (Ought-to3). Overall, our preliminary findings suggest that ought-to L2 self is related to school type as well as parental education, though these relationships are not consistent across all aspects of ought-to L2 self. A more detailed analysis is required to further explore the patterns of relationship between different aspects of ought-to L2 self and different SES-related characteristics of students. Also, the role of school in the development of FL learning motivation among students with different SES requires further investigation. References Alejo, R., & Piquer-Píriz, A. (2016). Urban vs. rural CLIL: An analysis of input-related variables, motivation and language attainment. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 29(3), 245-262. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2016.1154068 Baïdak, N., Balcon, M. P., & Motiejunaite, A. (2017). Key data on teaching languages at school in Europe. European Education and Culture Executive Agency. https://doi.org/10.2797/828497 Dörnyei, Z. (2009). The L2 motivational self system. In Z. Dörnyei, & E. Ushioda (Eds.), Motivation, language identity and the L2 self (pp. 9-42). Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781847691293-003 Iwaniec, J. (2020). The effects of parental education level and school location on language learning motivation. The Language Learning Journal, 48(4), 427-441, https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2017.1422137 Lamb, M. (2012). A self system perspective on young adolescents’ motivation to learn English in urban and rural settings. Language Learning, 62(4), 997-1023. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9922.2012.00719.x OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 technical report. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/2015-technical-report/PISA2015_TechRep_Final.pdf OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume II): Where all students can succeed. OECD Publishing. https://read.oecd.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en?format=pdf Vonkova, H., Jones, J., Moore, A., Altinkalp, I., & Selcuk, H. (2021). A review of recent research in EFL motivation: Research trends, emerging methodologies, and diversity of researched populations. System, 103, Article 102622. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2021.102622 Vonkova, H., Papajoanu, O., & Moore, A. (2024). Foreign language learning motivation and the socioeconomic status of Czech lower secondary students: An analysis of mediating factors. International Journal of Educational Research, 124, Article 102302. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102302 You, C., & Dörnyei, Z. (2016). Language learning motivation in China: Results of a large-scale stratified survey. Applied Linguistics, 37(4), 495-519. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amu046 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Early Meaning-Makers: Children and Literacy in Multilingual ECE University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:This paper summarizes the results of my PhD study about young children’s early literacy meaning-making, which I will defend in July 2024. In my work, I adopt a sociocultural framework, that understands literacy as social practice (Barton & Hamilton, 2000). Instead of merely focussing on reading and writing skills, I explore how language and signs are used, which underlying social and cultural norms exist, and how different contexts shape people’s practices. Furthermore, the sociocultural framework highlights the role of language and social interactions in learning (Wells, 2009). When studying young children, this view needs to be extended to include also other semiotic resources, such as embodied modes, or the use of objects (Flewitt, 2005). Hence, early literacy meaning-making can be seen as a process of co-construction, in which participants use language or other semiotic resources, to develop a shared understanding of literacy. For a long time, literacy learning was seen as exclusively reserved to formal school settings. The so-called ‘readiness’ perspective claimed that children have to attend a certain developmental level, before being able to learn about literacy (Whitehurst & Lonigan, 1998). The emergent literacy perspective contrasts this view by acknowledging that children acquire important knowledge and skills about language, reading, and writing before they enter school (Pegorraro Schull et al., 2023). Emergent literacy affirms that children’s learning about literacy begins as early as birth (Clay, 1975) and is driven by their early engagement in literacy activities and their natural interest in learning (Sulzby and Teale,1996). Although this conceptualization has been established in research for many years, the need to develop early literacy practices in educational contexts persists. Studies have shown that children’s early literacy experiences can positively influence their educational outcomes (Sénéchal & LeFevre, 2014). However, rich and meaningful literacy practices in early childhood remain rare (Wells Rowe, 2018; Torr, 2019). While literacy in early childhood has been extensively studied from a cognitive perspective, focusing on emergent literacy skills (Brown, 2014), or in the context of shared reading situations at home (Steiner et al., 2021), only a few studies address early literacy from a sociocultural perspective and in the context of educational institutions. Furthermore, studies rarely focus on multilingual children. My PhD study addresses these research gaps by investigating the literacy practices in non-formal early education in Luxembourg. Furthermore, I explore the ways in which children make meaning in early literacy activities and how they employ different semiotic resources. The context of Luxembourg is particularly interesting to address these questions, as recent statistics have shown that more than 65% of the under-four-year old children grow up with at least two languages at home. Moreover, Luxembourg is one of the first countries to implement a multilingual educational policy for early childhood. This policy, called éducation plurlingue, requires early childhood practitioners to foster language development, collaborate with families, and network with other cultural and educational actors (MENJE & SNJ, 2021). Regarding language and literacy practices, this may involve activities in Luxembourgish and French, the inclusion of children’s home languages, and visits to local libraries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My PhD study is embedded in a larger mixed-method project called COMPARE (Collaboration with Parents and Multiliteracies in Early Childhood Education in Luxembourg). This project is co-funded by the National Research Fund of Luxembourg (FNR), the Ministry of Education (MENJE), and the National Youth Service (SNJ). Ethical approval was received by the Ethics Review Panel of the University of Luxembourg in the beginning of 2020. The project COMPARE investigates collaboration between parents and educators as well as multiliteracies in early childhood and care facilities in Luxembourg. Combining quantitative (e.g. surveys) and qualitative (e.g. fieldwork and interviews) methods. Between September 2020 and June 2021, I collected my data as part of the qualitative fieldwork of COMPARE. The data collection took place in three early childhood settings, that were located in different regions of Luxembourg. Using videography and ethnographic fieldnotes, I documented my observations. In each of the settings, I observed three focus children who were between two and four years old at the time of the data collection. Additionally, I conducted semi-structured member-check interviews with some of the educators. The participating settings represent the variety of Luxembourg’s non-formal early childhood sector, as each of them applied different pedagogical approaches, had different organizational structures, and employed different language practices. Furthermore, the nine focus children had diverse language and family backgrounds, which reflects the diversity of young children in Luxembourg. My analysis combines elements of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), sociocultural discourse analysis (Mercer, 2010), and conversation analysis (Seedhouse, 2005). Based on an iterative and reflective process, I analyzed multimodal transcripts, vignettes, and ethnographic fieldnotes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My findings illustrate the diversity of children’s early literacy experiences and foster understanding of their learning processes. Firstly, I identified a wide range of early literacy practices that reflect different underlying understandings of literacy and the use of different pedagogical methods and tools. These practices accorded different roles to children and enabled them to express varying degrees of agency. Furthermore, several contextual factors, such as the educators’ view of the child or the organizational structure of the crèche, seemed to influence literacy practices. Secondly, children made meaning of early literacy by using a range of semiotic resources, creatively using literacy tools in play, and through interactions with peers and adults. Children adapted their meaning-making resources according to the situations and the other interlocutors. Finally, the co-construction of meaning involved children and adults making different types of connections between themselves, their surroundings, their funds of knowledge, and literacy. These findings foster our understanding of literacy development in early childhood, by illustrating the complexity of children’s experiences and valorizing their diverse resources. My study contributes to the field of early literacy research by addressing research gaps relating to meaning-making, educational contexts, and the role of multilingualism. Furthermore, my findings indicate implications for policymakers and practitioners. While the multilingual policy for early education in Luxembourg is innovative, its implementation is hindered by a lack of clarity and conciseness. Practitioners need to receive more concrete and theoretically funded guidance in order to develop meaningful and pedagogically relevant early literacy practices. Finally, professional development courses should promote practitioners’ reflective and observational competencies. This could enable them to leverage children’s rich resources to enhance early literacy development. References Barton, D., & Hamilton, M. (2000). Situated Literacies - Reading and Writing in Context. London: Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Brown, C. S. (2014). Language and Literacy Development in the Early Years: Foundational Skills that Support Emergent Readers. The Language and Literacy Spectrum, 24. Clay, M. M. (1975). What Did I Write? Exeter, NH: Heinemann. Flewitt, R. (2005). Is every child's voice heard? Researching the different ways 3‐year‐old children communicate and make meaning at home and in a pre‐school playgroup. Early Years, 25(3), 207-222. doi:10.1080/09575140500251558 MENJE, & SNJ. (2021). Cadre de référence national sur l’éducation non formelle des enfants et des jeunes. Luxembourg Mercer, N. (2010). The analysis of classroom talk: methods and methodologies. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(Pt 1), 1-14. doi:10.1348/000709909X479853 Pegorraro Schull, C., La Croix, L., Miller, S. E., Sanders Austin, K., & Kidd, J. K. (2023). Early Childhood Literacy Engaging and Empowering Emergent Readers and Writers - Birth to Age 5: The Virtual Library of Virginia. Seedhouse, P. (2005). Conversation Analysis as Research Methodology. In K. Richards & P. Seedhouse (Eds.), Applying Conversation Analysis. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. Sénéchal, M., & LeFevre, J.-A. (2014). Continuity and Change in the Home Literacy Environment as Predictors of Growth in Vocabulary and Reading. Child Development, 85(4), 1552-1568. SNJ. (2023). La diversité linguistique des jeunes enfants et les pratiques langagières au sein des familles au Luxembourg. Luxembourg: Repères Communication. Steiner, L. M., Hindin, A., & Rizzuto, K. C. (2021). Developing Children's Literacy Learning Through Skillful Parent–Child Shared Book Readings. Early Childhood Education Journal, 50(4), 539-553. doi:10.1007/s10643-021-01170-9 Sulzby, E., & Teale, W. H. (1996). Emergent Literacy. In P. D. Pearson, R. Barr, M. L. Kamil, & P. Mosenthal (Eds.), Handbook of Reading Research (pp. 121 - 151). New York: Longman. Torr, J. (2019). Infants’ Experiences of Shared Reading with Their Educators in Early Childhood Education and Care Centres: An Observational Study. Early Childhood Education Journal, 47(5), 519-529. doi:10.1007/s10643-019-00948-2 Wells, G. (2009). The Meaning Makers: Learning to Talk and Talking to Learn (2 ed.). Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Wells Rowe, D. (2018). The Unrealized Promise of Emergent Writing: Reimagining the Way Forward for Early Writing Instruction. Language Arts, 95(4), 229 - 241. Whitehurst, G. J., & Lonigan, C. J. (1998). Child Development and Emergent Literacy. Child Development, 69(3), 848 - 872. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Socioeconomic Status and Hope in Writing: Roles of Writing Self-Concept and Teacher Support Lingnan University, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Achievement emotions play a crucial role in students' lives (Marques et al., 2013). These emotions include feelings such as pride, enjoyment, hope, and anxiety that arise from students' academic achievements and failures (Pekrun et al., 2017). Understanding the significance of achievement emotions is essential for educators, parents, and policymakers, as it can lead to the development of effective strategies to enhance students' learning experiences. Not surprisingly, many studies have investigated the association between achievement emotions and students' academic performance, motivation, engagement, and overall well-being (e.g., Luo & Luo, 2022; Mega et al., 2014; Obermeier et al., 2022; Pekrun et al., 2017). However, there has been relatively less attention given to understanding the determinants or antecedents of these emotions. Aligning with the goal of promoting social justice and equity in education, prior research has extensively investigated the role of socioeconomic status (SES) in various student outcomes, including achievement emotions. Due to the limited attention received by achievement emotions in writing compared to reading and mathematics, this study focused specifically on achievement emotions in the context of writing learning and the classroom, recognizing the domain specificity of these emotions (Goetz et al., 2007). To gain a better understanding of the association between SES and achievement emotions, it is crucial to explore the potential mediation mechanisms underlying this relationship. Previous research has indicated positive links between SES and students' self-concept (e.g., Wiederkehr et al., 2015), as well as between self-concept and achievement emotions (e.g., Duggleby et al., 2009). Consequently, it is expected that writing self-concept may serve as a mediator between SES and achievement emotions. However, little is known about whether writing self-concept truly mediates the association between SES and achievement emotions. As certain achievement emotions, such as enjoyment and anxiety, have been extensively studied, this particular investigation focused on the under-researched emotion of hope. Thus, one of the primary objectives of this study is to examine the mediating role of writing self-concept in the relationship between SES and hope in writing. While it is evident that family environment, including SES, influences students' achievement emotions, the strength of this association may vary depending on the school climate and support, such as teacher support. However, little is currently known about the effect of the interaction between SES and teacher support on achievement emotions in writing. Drawing from well-established research demonstrating the relationships between SES and hope (e.g., Raats et al., 2019), as well as between teacher support and hope (e.g., David et al., 2023), it can be hypothesized that teacher support moderates the association between SES and hope in writing. In other words, teacher support may weaken the strength of the association between SES and hope in writing. Given the hypothesis that teacher support moderates the direct association between SES and hope in writing, the question arises as to whether the indirect association, in which the relationship between SES and hope in writing is mediated by writing self-concept, may also vary depending on teacher support. To the best of our knowledge, there have been no studies exploring the moderating role of teacher support in the indirect pathways from SES to hope in writing through writing self-concept. Based on emerging evidence regarding the relationships between SES and self-concept (e.g., Wiederkehr et al., 2015), as well as between teacher support and self-concept (e.g., Mercer et al., 2011), it is possible to hypothesize the existence of a moderation mechanism involved in the indirect association between SES and hope. Therefore, this study aimed to investigate whether teacher support moderates both the direct and indirect associations between SES and hope in writing, mediated by writing self-concept. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study analyzed a total of 1408 students from 52 writing classrooms. Nearly half of the sample consisted of female students (49.6%). The average age of the students was 17.47 years. The variables examined in the study included SES, writing self-concept, teacher support, and hope in writing. All main analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 (Muthen & Muthen, 1998–2018). To address missing data, full-information maximum likelihood estimation (FIML) was utilized, following recommendations by Allison (2012) and Enders (2010). The first part of the analysis focused on investigating the mediating role of writing self-concept in the associations between SES and hope in writing. Initially, the direct effects of SES on students' hope in writing were estimated. Subsequently, writing self-concept was introduced as a mediator to examine the direct effects of SES on hope in writing. The second part of the analysis aimed to explore the moderation effect of teacher support on the relationships between SES, writing self-concept, and hope in writing. A moderated mediation model was estimated, incorporating an interaction term between SES and teacher support. This interaction term was used to examine the effects of SES on hope in writing at different levels of teacher support. If the interaction between SES and teacher support was found to be significant, a simple slope analysis was conducted to assess the conditional direct and indirect effects of SES on students' hope in writing at low (-1 SD) and high (+1 SD) levels of teacher support (Preacher, Curran, & Bauer, 2006). The study calculated 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) for the conditional direct and indirect effects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study employed a moderated mediation model to investigate the mechanisms underlying the relationship between SES and students' hope in writing. The results provided evidence supporting the mediating role of writing self-concept in the association between SES and hope in writing. First, in line with previous research showing a positive link between SES and achievement emotions (e.g., Raats et al., 2019), the present study found that SES significantly contributed to students' hope in writing. Second, the study demonstrated that writing sself-concept partially mediated the association between SES and hope in writing. Third, the current study examined the importance of teacher support in relation to students' writing self-concept and achievement emotions. However, the results revealed that teacher support did not moderate the direct effect of SES on students' hope in writing. Teacher support did not moderate the indirect association between SES and hope in writing through writing self-concept. Based on these findings, education stakeholders should consider implementing interventions that promote writing self-concept among students, particularly those from disadvantaged backgrounds. References Allison, P. D. (2012). Handling missing data by maximum likelihood. SAS Global Forum: Statistics and Data Analysis. David, S. R., Wen, D. J., & Goh, E. C. (2023, November). Identifying the Relationship Between Strength of School Social Support and Level of Hope in Children from Low-Income Families. In Child & Youth Care Forum (pp. 1-21). New York: Springer US. Duggleby, W., Cooper, D., & Penz, K. (2009). Hope, self‐efficacy, spiritual well‐being and job satisfaction. Journal of advanced nursing, 65(11), 2376-2385. Goetz, T., Frenzel, A. C., Pekrun, R., Hall, N. C., & Lüdtke, O. (2007). Between-and within-domain relations of students' academic emotions. Journal of educational psychology, 99(4), 715. Luo, Z., & Luo, W. (2022). Discrete achievement emotions as mediators between achievement goals and academic engagement of Singapore students. Educational Psychology, 42(6), 749-766. Marques, S. C., Lopez, S. J., & Mitchell, J. (2013). The role of hope, spirituality and religious practice in adolescents’ life satisfaction: Longitudinal findings. Journal of Happiness Studies, 14, 251-261. Mega, C., Ronconi, L., & De Beni, R. (2014). What makes a good student? How emotions, self-regulated learning, and motivation contribute to academic achievement. Journal of educational psychology, 106(1), 121-131. Mercer, S. H., Nellis, L. M., Martínez, R. S., & Kirk, M. (2011). Supporting the students most in need: Academic self-efficacy and perceived teacher support in relation to within-year academic growth. Journal of school psychology, 49(3), 323-338. Obermeier, R., Schlesier, J., Meyer, S., & Gläser-Zikuda, M. (2022). Trajectories of scholastic well-being: The effect of achievement emotions and instructional quality in the first year of secondary school (fifth grade). Social Psychology of Education, 25(5), 1051-1070. Pekrun, R., Lichtenfeld, S., Marsh, H. W., Murayama, K., & Goetz, T. (2017). Achievement emotions and academic performance: Longitudinal models of reciprocal effects. Child development, 88(5), 1653-1670. Preacher, K. J., Curran, P. J., & Bauer, D. J. (2006). Computational tools for probing interactions in multiple linear regression, multilevel modeling, and latent curve analysis. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 31(4), 437–448. Raats, C., Adams, S., Savahl, S., Isaacs, S., & Tiliouine, H. (2019). The relationship between hope and life satisfaction among children in low and middle socio-economic status communities in Cape Town, South Africa. Child Indicators Research, 12, 733-746. Wiederkehr, V., Darnon, C., Chazal, S., Guimond, S., & Martinot, D. (2015). From social class to self-efficacy: Internalization of low social status pupils’ school performance. Social Psychology of Education, 18, 769-784. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 32 SES 13 A: NW 32 Network Meeting Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Network Meeting |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper NW 32 Network Meeting Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 33 SES 13 A: Addressing and Identifying Gender Inequities in STEM Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ziyin Xiong Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender Differences in STEM Field in Higher Education: The Relationship Between Gender, Motivation and Exhaustion Institute for social research, Croatia Presenting Author:According to the Gender Equality Index (2023), European countries will increase the demand for individuals educated in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM). Despite progress in gender equality, women are still underrepresented in this field across Europe, including Croatia. The gender gap is particularly apparent in the area of information and communication technology education at university level, where there are almost four times more male than female graduates (Eurostat, 2023). In Croatia, 29 % female students and 71% male students study in Engineering field (Croatian Bureau of Statistics, 2023). Since the study fields differ in terms of prestige and economic rewards, this gender differentiation in higher education limits women's opportunities in the labour markets and contributes to the reproduction of gender inequalities. The increased demand for STEM-educated individuals led to the need of encouraging girls to pursue a career and education in this field. This is a problem which has been addressed by policy makers and explored by researchers. Studies point out that there are many factors relevant for explaining why girls and boys differ in their choices of secondary schools and university study fields. They range from studies that explore intersectional structural, cultural and gender effects on girls' and boys' secondary school choices and achievements, gendered support of families, and the institutional structure of secondary and higher education (Reimer and Polack, 2010; Barone, 2011; Reay, 1998). For our research it is important to mention psychological studies that point to motivational variables as significant factors that influence the gendered educational choices and students’ experiences. Of particular importance are studies based on Eccles at al.'s expectancy-value theory (1983; 2020), which emphasizes the effects of motivation situated in the social and cultural context of students, enabling thus a more comprehensive explanation of why girls less likely than boys choose STEM subjects and fields. Croatian studies also confirm gender divide by field of study at both secondary and higher education levels (Baranović, 2011; Jugović, 2015; Košutić et al., 2015). Recent studies focused on exploring the effects of the sociocultural and economic context complemented by Eccles at al.'s expectancy-value theory have highlighted the relevance of examining the role of motivation for the educational choices and achievements of girls in a gender atypical field of study, such as STEM education. (Jugović, 2015; Jugović and Baranović, 2023). Drawing on Eccles at al.'s situated expectancy-value theory (2020), this paper aims at exploring gender differences in study experiences and in motivation of students to study at the faculty in the STEM field. Besides students’ study motivation, we analysed the burnout of the students in relation to students’ gender. Burnout is becoming a prominent topic in the academic context, with serious consequences for students’ mental health and academic achievement (e.g. Madigan & Curran, 2021; Naderi et al., 2021). To understand student burnout symptoms, gender is a key factor, with female students feeling more exhausted than their male peers (Fiorilli et al., 2022). However, there is a scarce evidence on understanding the factors explaining gender differences in burnout experience, especially from motivational perspective. In the framework of job demands and resources theory (Bakker et al., 2023), intrinsic motivation is recognized as a protective factor against burnout (Sabagh et al., 2018). Taking together theoretical framework of situated expectancy value theory (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020) and job demands and resources theory (Bakker et al., 2023), we had two objectives in the study. The first objective was to examine gender differences in different aspects of student motivation for studying in the traditionally male study field. The second objective was to test whether intrinsic motivation for studying explains gender differences in experiencing exhaustion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected using quantitative research methodology, which included the implementation of an online questionnaire filled out by students of one large faculty in the STEM field in Zagreb, Croatia. The research was conducted in December 2023., and the students accessed the questionnaire via email link they received from the faculty staff. A total of 554 students, from all study years, answered the online questionnaire, with gender distribution being 67% male and 32% female students, which is representative of the population regarding gender structure. The questionnaire contained questions about sociodemographic characteristics of the students, their experience of studying and living and working alongside their studies. We measured three motivational subjective task values variables: intrinsic value, utility value and expectancy value. Intrinsic value was measured with three questions related to intrinsic interest for choosing the study programme; utility value was measured with three questions related to external motivation for choosing the study filed, e.g. financial benefits, employment opportunities. Expectancy value was operationalised with one question measuring the expectancy of success in completing the studies. Exhaustion was measured with an eight-question exhaustion subscale from burnout assessment tool (BAT, Schaufeli et al., 2020). Reliability of all scales was adequate, ranging from 0,68 to 0,91. We tested gender differences in intrinsic value, utility value and expectancy value using ANOVA. T-test for dependant samples was used to test differences between before-mentioned types of motivation among subsamples of female and male students, respectively. Additionally, we tested simple mediation model with gender as a predictor, exhaustion as a criterion and intrinsic value as a mediator, using Process in SPSS IBM (Hayes, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Female students had higher utility value (F(2, 362)=4.64, p<0.01) and lower intrinsic value (F(2, 361)=5.00, p<0.01) than male students, but they did not differ in expectancy value (F(2, 364)=1.31, p>0.05). Levels of different types of motivation significantly differed among female students. Utility value was the dominant motivation type (M=4.4), following with intrinsic value (M=3.9), and the lowest levels of expectancy value (M=3.7). On the other hand, male students reported of equally high utility (M=4.19) and intrinsic value (M=4.24), but of significantly lower level of expectancy value (M=3.76). Mediation analysis revealed that the relationship between gender and exhaustion may be explained with intrinsic value (ind=0.05, 95%CI [.009 – 0.112]). Female students were less intrinsically motivated for studying in this field than male students (a=-0.21, p<0.01), which was related with higher levels of exhaustion (b=-0.26, p<0.01). Direct effect of gender on exhaustion was also significant (c=0.39, p<0.01), indicating that there are other factors explaining gender differences in exhaustion, along with intrinsic value. These results are in line with the previous research of gender differences in motivation in the STEM field and burnout. Also, as the results confirm that female students feel more exhausted than their male peers, it is important to encourage girls’ intrinsic motivation for the study as it can ameliorate the risk of experiencing burnout symptoms. In the light of these results, it is important to encourage girls’ intrinsic motivation for choosing education and career in STEM, in order to support their academic and career achievement, as well as their psychological wellbeing. References Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job Demands-Resources Theory: Ten Years Later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10, 25-53. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-120920-053933 Baranović, B. (2015). Development and social dimension of higher education in Croatia. In: B. Baranović (ed.) What Do High School Students Plan to study? – Access To Higher Education and Choice of Study. Zagreb: Institute for Social Research – Zagreb. Barone, C. (2011). Some things never change. Gender segregation in higher education across eight nations and three decades. Sociology of education, 84. (2):157-176. Croatian Bureau of Statistics (2023) Women and Men in Croatia. Zagreb. Eccles, J. S. & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61(4), 101859. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859. Eurostat (2023). Key figures on Europe 2023 edition. European Union. EIGE, (2023). Gender Equality Index 2023. Towards a green transition in transport and energy, Publications Office of the European Union. Fiorilli, C., Barni, D., Russo, C., Marchetti, V., Angelini, G., & Romano, L. (2022). Students’ Burnout at University: The Role of Gender and Worker Status. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19 (18): 11341. Doi: 10.3390/ijerph191811341. Hayes, A. F. (2022). Introduction to Mediation, Moderation, and Conditional Process Analysis: A Regression-Based Approach (Vol. 3). The Guilford Press. Jugović, I. (2015). Theoretical and empirical overview of explanation of gender differences in educationa choices and achievements. In: B. Baranović (ed.) What Do High School Students Plan to study? – Access To Higher Education and Choice of Study. Zagreb: Institute for Social Research – Zagreb. Madigan, D. J., & Curran, T. (2021). Does Burnout Affect Academic Achievement? A Meta-Analysis of over 100,000 Students. Educational Psychology Review, 33, 387–405. doi: 10.1007/s10648-020-09533-1. Naderi H., Dehghan H., Dehrouyeh S., & Tajik E. (2021). Academic Burnout among Undergraduate Nursing Students: Predicting the Role of Sleep Quality and Healthy Lifestyle. Research and Development in Medical Education, 10, 16. doi: 10.34172/rdme.2021.016. Pikić Jugović, Ivana ; Baranović, Branislava How do Students Choose Their Study Courses? Qualitative Research on Motivational, Gender and Contextual Factors. Sociologija i prostor, 60 (2022), 3; 573-599. Sabagh, Z., Hall, N. C., & Saroyan, A. (2018). Antecedents, correlates and consequences of faculty burnout. Educational Research, 60(2), 131–156. doi:10.1080/00131881.2018.146157 Schaufeli, W.B., De Witte, H. & Desart, S. (2020). Manual Burnout Assessment Tool (BAT) – Version 2.0. KU Leuven, Belgium: Unpublished internal report. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Videos as a Means to Increase Students’ STEM Interest and Utility Value: Does Goal Congruity Matter? Leibniz University Hannover, Germany Presenting Author:The transformative challenges that European societies face through the ongoing energy and digital transition create a substantial demand for STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) professionals (Anger et al., 2022). This general shortage is accompanied by a persistent underrepresentation of women in domains like engineering and computer science (Cimpian et al., 2020). Research grounded in the Expectancy Value Theory (Eccles et al., 1983) has repeatedly highlighted the impact of students’ interest and their domain-specific utility value perception (e.g., Ozulku & Kloser, 2023), the latter of which can be catalysed by videos of STEM professionals (e.g., Pietri et al., 2021). Additionally, Goal Congruity Theory asserts that personal goals must align with the perception of STEM characteristics to develop interest (Diekman et al., 2011). Goal Congruity Theory builds on Bakan’s (1966) distinction between Agency (e.g., dominance and status) and Communion (e.g., caring and cooperation) as fundamental dimensions of human personality. Even if STEM domains are mostly based on communal ideals (e.g., helping society) they are usually linked to and perceived as having agentic characteristics (e.g., working alone). Furthermore, STEM domains are often perceived as preventing the achievement of communal goals, leading people with strong communal goals to lose STEM interest (Diekman et al., 2011). At the same time, research has demonstrated gender differences favouring women compared to men in communal and men in agentic goals (Diekman et al., 2011; Su et al., 2009; Tellhed et al., 2018). Although these results have not been consistently replicated (e.g., Tellhed et al., 2018) it seems plausible that women, develop greater interest in STEM domains when communal (versus agentic) characteristics are emphasised. Analogously, men’s interest should be higher through agentic (versus communal) STEM descriptions. Several experimental studies investigating the influences of STEM framings on students’ attitudes support these predictions. For example, Neuhaus and Borowski (2018) demonstrated that girls were more interested in a coding course when a framing highlighted communal goals, while boys were more interested when the course framing stressed agentic aspects. Diekman et al. (2011) found that a written collaborative (versus an independent) scenario of a typical workday in STEM resulted in a higher positivity toward science careers among women and those with strong communal goals, while both conditions did not affect men’s attitudes. In two preregistered studies (Author & Author, 2023a; Author & Author, 2023b) we aimed to examine the effect of image videos and their framings. Guided by the need to differentiate between STEM domains precisely (McGuire, 2022), we selected two different engineering domains. As a seemingly more communal-connoted domain, we chose Biomedical Engineering (Study 1) which develops technologies that promote human health and healing. As a seemingly more agentic-connoted domain, we chose Geodesy (Study 2) which focuses on technologies that can be used to get accurate spatial data about the earth. Our first goal was to examine the videos’ effects on participants’ interest in the domains and the utility values ascribed to them. Our second goal was to investigate the effect of communal or agentic text framings on interest and utility value. We expected that female students’ interest and utility value would be increased when the domain was described as affording communal (versus agentic or no specific/neutral) characteristics. For male students, we predicted that the agentic (versus a communal or neutral) framing would heighten interest and utility value. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study Design At the beginning of both Studies, a pretest assessed students' interest in and their utility value perception of Biomedical Engineering (Study 1) or Geodesy (Study 2). Then, students were randomly assigned to one of three conditions in which they watched a video (approx. 3 minutes) about a researcher of the respective domain. The conditions differed in terms of the framing (agentic, communal, and neutral), provided as a written domain introduction directly before the video. The neutral framing included general instructions, while the agentic framing contained additional information about the domain that underscored the importance of agentic characteristics (e.g., independent work). In the communal framing, communal characteristics (e.g., collaborative work) were emphasised. In the posttest, the focal variables, along with a manipulation check and collecting sociodemographic characteristics were rated again. Measurements To capture students’ domain-specific interest in the pre- and posttest, we adapted two items by Jansen et al. (2019). The perceived domain-specific utility value was measured with three adapted items of the subscale Task Value of the Motivation in Science Learning scale by Velayutham et al. (2011). Furthermore, domain-specific prior knowledge was ascertained with one self-developed item. Samples The sample sizes for both studies were calculated with different a priori power analyses. Detailed information on the calculations is provided in our preregistrations (Author & Author, 2023a; Author & Author, 2023b). Data collection took place online via Prolific (www.prolific.com) in 2023 with German-speaking students. Participation was voluntary, anonymous, and paid with £1.65. In Study 1, the sample comprised 292 students with an average age of 24.57 years (SD=4.37). 54.1% of the participants identified as female and 45.9% as male. In Study 2, the sample consisted of 307 students with an average age of 25.19 years (SD=5.28). 57% of the participants were female and 43% male. Data Analyses Data analyses were conducted using SPSS Statistics (Version 28). We performed independent t-tests for paired samples to compare pre- and posttest measures of interest and utility value. To investigate the assumed framing effects, we conducted a 2 (gender) x 3 (framing) ANCOVA with prior knowledge as the covariate and students’ interest or students’ utility value perception as the dependent variable respectively. Post hoc tests were conducted with Bonferroni. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Study 1: Biomedical Engineering The t-tests showed that students’ interest, t(291)=12.39, p<.001, d=0.725, and utility value, t(291)=14.51, p<.001, d=0.849, were significantly higher after watching the video than before. An ANCOVA demonstrated significant effects of the covariate, F(1,285)=61.934, p<.001, η2=0.179, and participants’ gender, F(1,285)=4.456, p=.036, η2=0.015, on students’ interest. Post hoc testing indicated higher interest among women than men. No main effects were observed for the framing or any gender x framing-interaction (all ps n.s.). An ANCOVA showed significant effects of the covariate F(1,285)=6.445, p=.012, η2=0.022, and participants’ gender, F(1,285)=5.607, p=.019, η2=.019, on utility value. Post hoc testing showed higher utility value perceptions of women than men. There was no effect of the framing nor any gender x framing-interaction (all ps n.s.). Study 2: Geodesy Students’ interest, t(306)=10.56, p<.001, d=0.603, and utility value, t(306)=10.515, p<.001, d=0.601, were significantly higher after watching the video than before. An ANCOVA showed significant effects of the covariate, F(1,300)=31.197, p<.001, η2=0.094, and participants’ gender, F(1,300)=8.225, p=.004, η2=0.027, on students’ interest. Post hoc testing revealed higher interest among men than women. There was no main effect of the framing nor any gender x framing-interaction (all ps n.s.). However, pairwise comparisons showed a significant difference favouring men compared to women in the agentic (p=.030), but not in the neutral or communal framing. An ANCOVA indicated no effects of the covariate, participants’ gender, the framing, and the gender x framing-interaction on utility value (all ps n.s.). Conclusion In summary, our results show that videos can effectively influence students’ interest in and utility value of STEM domains. Additionally, we demonstrated gender differences regarding students’ domain-specific interest. Hardly any framing effects were found in both studies. We discuss limitations of our study as well as implications of our findings when aiming to attract male and female students to STEM careers. References Author & Author (2023a). Preregistration Biomedical Engineering. Retrieved from https://osf.io/6xagt/?view_only=27ca93b1b57f4ad9841d3114b7e0bbf0 Author & Author (2023b). Preregistration Geodesy. Retrieved from https://osf.io/bfqar?view_only=a2dfbd0f1c7b41ea981410af2c40024f Anger, C., Betz, J., Kohlisch, E., & Plünnecke, A. (2022). MINT-Herbstreport 2022 [STEM Autumn Report 2022]. Institut der deutschen Wirtschaft Köln e. V. https://www.iwkoeln.de/fileadmin/user_upload/Studien/Gutachten/PDF/2022/MINT-Herbstreport_2022.pdf Bakan, D. (1966). The duality of human existence: An essay on psychology and Religion. Rand McNally. Cimpian, J., Kim, T., & McDermott, Z. (2020). Understanding persistent gender gaps in STEM. Science, 368(6497), 1317–1319. Diekman, A., Clark, E., Johnston, A., Brown, E., & Steinberg, M. (2011). Malleability in communal goals and beliefs influences attraction to STEM careers: Evidence for a goal congruity perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 101(5), 902–918. Eccles, J. S., Adler, T., Futterman, R., Goff, S., Kaczala, C., Meece, J., & Midgley, C. (1983). Expectancies, values, and academic behaviors. In J. T. Spence (Ed.), Achievement and achievement motives. (pp. 75–146). W. H. Freeman and Company. Jansen, M., Schroeders, U., Lüdtke, O., & Marsh, H. (2019). The dimensional structure of students’ self-concept and interest in science depends on course composition. Learning and Instruction, 60, 20–28. McGuire, L., Hoffman, A., Mulvey, K., Hartstone-Rose, A., Winterbottom, M., Joy, A., Law, F., Balkwill, F., Burns, K., Butler, L., Drews, M., Fields, G., Smith, H., & Rutland, A. (2022). Gender stereotypes and peer selection in STEM domains among children and adolescents. Sex Roles, 87, 455–470. Neuhaus, J., & Borowski, A. (2018). Self-to-prototype similarity as a mediator between gender and students’ interest in learning to code. International IJGST, 10(2), 233–252. Ozulku, E., & Kloser, M. (2023). Middle school students’ motivational dispositions and interest in STEM careers. IJSE, 1–21. Pietri, E., Moss-Racusin, C., Dovidio, J., Guha, D., Roussos, G., Brescoll, V., & Handelsman, J. (2017). Using video to increase gender bias literacy toward women in science. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 41(2), 175–196. Su, R., Rounds, J., & Armstrong, P. I. (2009). Men and things, women and people: A meta-analysis of sex differences in interests. Psychological Bulletin, 135(6), 859–884. Tellhed, U., Bäckström, M., & Björklund, F. (2018). The role of ability beliefs and agentic vs. communal career goals in adolescents’ first educational choice. what explains the degree of gender-balance? Journal of Vocational Behavior, 104, 1–13. Velayutham, S., Aldridge, J., & Fraser, B. (2011). Development and validation of an instrument to measure students’ motivation and self‐regulation in science learning. IJSE, 33(15), 2159–2179. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Bridging the STEM (Gender) Gap by Bringing Future Technologies to Rural Schools PPH Augustinum, Austria Presenting Author:The present paper presents an evaluation study accompanying an innovative means to pique primary school pupils’ interest and familiarity with future technologies. Before describing the project itself, a short digression into the scientific foundation of the project shall be undertaken. Different explanations have been discussed what the background to differences in STEM interests in boys and girls are. Cheryan and colleagues (2017) have among other factors argued that fewer exposure of girls in younger years towards computers and technology partially explains the frequently observed gender differences in STEM interests. Also van Meter-Adams and colleagues (2014) could show how important contacts with STEM fields are in order to develop interests, and here especially extracurricular activities play a pivotal role (see Behrendt and Franklin, 2014, for a review on the importance of field trips and Stringer et al., 2020, for the effect on STEM identity and motivation). Similarly, Poor and Vasconcelos (2023) recently showed how important field trips can be to pique elementary school pupils’ interest in STEM fields, which in turn is quintessential for the likelihood that they will pursue a STEM career later on (Unfried et al., 2015). In order to address the problem that elementary school pupils in rural areas are often excluded from STEM related field trips to museums or universities due to the location of their school the missimo project (https://missimo.at/) was conceptualised and brought to life by the Kaiserschild Foundation (https://www.kaiserschild-stiftung.at/) in Austria. The foundation’s mission is the promotion of STEM competences and interests especially in children and young adults with a special focus of increasing girls interest and self-confidence STEAM. The centrepiece of the missimo project is a mobile 2 storey tall truck which encompasses workspaces where primary school pupils can work on six different future technologies (artificial intelligence, bionics, robotics, sensor technology, coding and augmented reality). The missimo truck itself can be booked without additional costs for the school by primary school teachers in rural areas (an elaborate system was created to determine how far schools are distanced from bigger cities where universities, museums or other institutions provide potential access to extracurricular STEM activities). However, as de Witt and Storksdieck (2018) point out, the ‘field trip’ (i.e. visiting the missimo truck) alone is not sufficient for long-term impact. Therefore, the visit is embedded in three online sessions for teachers (one before visiting the truck, two afterwards) where teachers are made acquainted with the technologies and learn how to conduct so-called missions in class with their students and the materials which they receive in the truck and can be taken home by the pupils. The accompanying evaluation of the missimo project started in February 2024 and will provide a first intermediate evaluation report in summer 2024, during pupils’ and teachers’ summer break. As the truck can be visited by two school classes each day, several hundred pupils and their teachers should have provided data by summer 2024. A central aspect of the evaluation is the question in how far the activities in the truck as well as the materials provided for teachers also enable students and teachers with lower previous STEM interest and self-perceived competences (i.e. often female pupils and teachers) to have a positive STEM experience and, therefore, pique their interest in technology, which will continue to gain importance in the future, not only in Austria but worldwide. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The evaluation encompasses multiple aspects and perspectives as well as times of assessment. Apart from teachers’ feedback regarding satisfaction and comprehensibility immediately after the online teachers’ workshop also the digital coaches in the truck provide feedback through an online questionnaire) on factors which might have influenced pupils’ learning experience within the truck itself (size of group, noise, motivation of pupils etc.). All students are encouraged to provide feedback on how much they liked the individual workspaces in the truck (using a 5-point Likert-scale with emoticons and colours on a paper pencil questionnaire). This feedback is analysed separately for girls and boys in order to determine whether any of the workspaces are differently attractive to either sex and – more importantly – whether one of the future skills workspaces does not appeal to either boys or girls and therefore needs to be redone in order to eliminate gender bias. While visiting the truck the workspaces are also evaluated by the teachers who accompany the pupils (using a 9-item online questionnaire) regarding their preferences in workspaces and observed difficulty of the individual workspaces. These data are again assessed using statistical analyses with regard to gender differences between male and female primary school teachers. The major element of this evaluation is, however, a repeated measures design (before and after visiting the truck) assessing various STEM-related variables in pupils as well as their teachers. Due to the data being clustered (a group of students belongs to one teacher, who in turn belongs to a group of teachers from one school) an elaborate code is used to ensure anonymity and at the same time allow the recognition of these data clusters. An online questionnaire asks for self-assessed competence in technology use, interest in technology, acquaintance with technology in both pupils and teachers as well as preferred jobs, parents’ jobs and preferred toys of pupils in order to estimate their level of STEM-affinity. Again, differences between boys and girls as well as male and female teachers will be analysed and discussed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present paper will provide an insight into an innovative way of bringing future technologies to remote areas, allowing pupils, teachers as well as the community of the school to get in contact with these technologies. By providing educational and at the same time child-centred ways of examining these technologies, pupils’ (as well as teachers’) interest in technologies should be piqued, leading to more future contact and as a consequence higher self-esteem in technology-related fields. As developments in this field are enormously fast, it seems quintessential to allow all children (here, especially also girls and children in rural areas) the development of technology-related abilities and provide them with positive mindsets towards their own abilities in dealing with the unknown technological challenges the future will pose. Here, it is especially important to enable girls and female teachers to develop a growth mindset towards using technology by providing them with teaching materials tailored to laypersons in this field rather than “tech-pros”. Data from four months of evaluating the missimo project will show in how far the set goals seem to be reachable within the next few years. As the truck itself is largely non-verbal and mobile, a successful implementation in Austria could provide a useful basis to tackle gender differences in STEM self-concepts and interest in other European countries too. References Behrendt, M. & Franklin, T. (2014). A Review of Research on School Field Trips and Their Value in Education. International Journal of Environmental & Science Education, 9, 235-245. Doi: 10.12973/ijese.2014.213a Cheryan, S., Ziegler, S. A., Montoya, A. K., & Jiang, L. (2017). Why are some STEM fields more gender balanced than others? Psychological Bulletin, 143(1), 1–35. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000052 DeWitt, J. & Storksdieck, M. (2008). A Short Review of School Field Trips: Key Findings from the Past and Implications for the Future. Visitor Studies, 11(2), 181-197, DOI: 10.1080/10645570802355562 Poor, J. & Vasconcelos, L. (2023). Impact of Virtual Field Trips on Elementary Students' Interest in Science and STEM. In C. Martin, B. Miller, & D. Polly (Eds.), Technology Integration and Transformation in STEM Classrooms (pp. 198-222). IGI Global. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-6684-5920-1.ch011 Stringer, K., Mace, K., Clark, T. & Donahue, T. (2020). STEM focused extracurricular programs: who’s in them and do they change STEM identity and motivation? Research in Science & Technological Education, 38:4, 507-522, DOI: 10.1080/02635143.2019.1662388 Unfried, A., Faber, M., Stanhope, D. & Wiebe, E. (2015). The development and validation of a measure of student attitudes toward science, technology, mathematics, and engineering. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment 33(7), 622-639. https://doi.org/10.1177/0734282915571160 Van Meter-Adams, A., Frankenfeld, C., Bases, J., Espina V., & Liotta, L. (2014). Students who demonstrate strong talent and interest in STEM are initially attracted to STEM through extracurricular experiences. CBE Life Sciences Education, 13(4), 687-97. doi: 10.1187/cbe.13-11-0213. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Visualizing Success Using AI-generated Images: Unveiling Challenges and Success Strategies of Undergraduate Women in IT Degrees 1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2Astana IT University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Information communication technologies (ICT) stands out as one of the rapidly developing and highly paid fields. In response to the increasing demand and interest in ICT education, in recent years, Kazakhstan has substantially increased the allocation of educational grants to this sector. This increase is marked by a fourfold rise, from 2469 grants in the 2020-2021 academic year to 10 103 grants in 2022-2023 (Ministry of Science and Higher Education of Kazakhstan, 2023). However, a pronounced gender gap persists in ICT education in Kazakhstan, consistent with a global pattern emphasized by UNESCO in 2017. According to UNESCO (2017), the representation of women in STEM education, particularly in ICT, remains notably low, with only three percent of women and girls worldwide opting for STEM-related fields of study. This trend is reflected in Kazakhstan, where, based on the data from the Bureau of National Statistics for the 2022-2023 academic year, only a quarter of students enrolled in undergraduate IT programs were females (13 298 out of 49 938 students). Women’s participation in STEM education and employment not only faces low levels, but also experiences a notably high attrition rate, often described as a “leaky pipeline”. Notably, in STEM fields, women tend to "leak out" more than men, creating a sex-based filter that unintentionally contributes to the observed gender imbalance (Blickenstaf, 2005). The imbalance results from a cumulative effect of multiple factors rather than a conscious decision to exclude women from the STEM pipeline (Blickenstaf, 2005). A lot of international research looking at women in IT focuses on female students’ enrollment in computing majors and investigates primary, secondary and high school initiatives and experiences that might influence gender differences in school students' decision-making to pursue a major in IT (Beck et al., 2023; Diethelm et al., 2020; Zdawczyk & Varma, 2023). Interestingly, the further girls are in their school years, the lower self-efficacy in STEM they have (Yu & Jen, 2021). Yet, research addressing the issue of women’s low representation in IT studying the population at higher education started to emerge just recently (Holanda & Silva, 2022). Recent research involving university students in computing majors reported gender differences in distributing roles during group work (Jimenez et al., 2021), the presence of discourses linking masculinity and software development (Tassabehji, 2021) and computer science (Ottemo et al., 2021), and positive influence of informal mentoring and sense of belonging to the program on women’s persistence in computer science majors (Davis, 2022). The underrepresentation of women in IT fields is deemed crucial due to its impact on the effective use of talent, as well as the importance of diversity in maintaining economic competitiveness. Although experiences during school predict female students’ persistence in computer science majors in college (Weston et al., 2019), a closer investigation of young women’s experiences in IT majors in tertiary education might contribute to providing more insight into understanding how women progress through the pipeline. This study aims to explore undergraduate women’s perspectives on the challenges they face and success strategies they use in pursuing their academic degree in IT, and what they see as important factors to successfully navigate through the pipeline. The proposed Research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To ensure a thorough investigation of the viewpoints and experiences of undergraduate women majoring in IT (n = 30), the study utilizes a qualitative research design that incorporates collecting interview data alongside participants’ visualizations of their perspectives using text-to-image generative AI. The utilization of both methodologies allows not only to enrich the depth of the study but also facilitate triangulation, enabling the cross-verification and validation of results (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). The sample for the study is thirty undergraduate women who major in IT in universities in the two main cities in Kazakhstan, Astana and Almaty. The participants are recruited through the universities selected based on the convenience sampling strategy, using a gatekeeper to allow access to the research sites and the potential participants. The data collection process involves two stages. First, the recruited participants are asked to use an AI tool to graphically visualize the desired but possibly “missing ingredients” to successfully pursue their studies and career in IT as a woman. To provide conditions for the participants to actually connect with their identities of future IT specialists, while simultaneously tapping into participants’ creativity and facilitating a more in-depth understanding of the participants' thoughts, feelings, and experiences, the participants are trained to use Microsoft Bing Image Creator powered by OpenAI’s latest image-generating model, DALL-E 3, to create these graphic images. During the second stage of data collection, in-depth semistructured face-to-face follow-up interviews are conducted with each of the participants to probe further into their subjective interpretations of the AI-generated images. Beyond these interpretations, the interview questions elicit information on personal and institutional factors that impact participants’ choices to major in computer science and information technology, continue their education, or possibly leave the field altogether. The AI-generated images are analyzed using social-semiotic analysis that examines how participants construct and interpret meanings and the social contexts where these meanings are formed and understood (Ghazvineh, 2024). The interviews are analyzed in NVivo, computer-assisted qualitative data analysis software, using thematic analysis (Clarke and Braun, 2017). Thematic analysis follows the system of stages developed by Braun and Clarke's (2017): becoming acquainted with the data, creating preliminary codes, identifying themes, reviewing these themes, delineating and assigning names to the themes, and ultimately producing the final report. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Leveraging the capabilities of the text-to-image generator DALLE, the research provides a novel lens through which to examine participants' experiences but also offers a unique avenue for expressing and understanding ideas and emotions that may be challenging to articulate in traditional qualitative research. Using AI that enables individuals with limited or no artistic training to create striking images that embody their experiences (Li & Yang, 2023), the study might uncover the “missing ingredients” in women’s success in pursuing an IT degree that may have been overlooked in previous research, thereby contributing to a more comprehensive and holistic understanding of women’s perspectives. The outcomes of this research will contribute to achieving gender equality and empowerment of women in IT in accordance with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goal 5 (SDG 5), developed in 2015. More specifically, understanding the factors undergraduate women see as important for their success in IT majors will contribute to fostering an environment that supports the empowerment of women and girls, as outlined in SDG 5. Revealing potential challenges of undergraduate women in IT might prompt the integration of support mechanisms within educational practices and policies, promoting a more gender-responsive environment for pursuing an IT degree in Kazakhstan and broader international contexts. References Blickenstaff, J. C. (2005). Women and science careers: leaky pipeline or gender filter? Gender and Education, 17(4), 369-386. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540250500145072 Cheryan, S., Lombard, E. J., Hudson, L., & Louis, K. (2020). Self and Identity Double isolation: Identity expression threat predicts greater gender disparities in computer science. Self and Identity, 19(4), 412–434. https://doi.org/10.1080/15298868.2019.1609576 Davis, H. S. (2022). Identifying Factors that Influence Undergraduate Women to Leave or Remain in Computer Science Majors (Doctoral dissertation, University of Nebraska at Omaha). Ghazvineh, A. (2024). An inter-semiotic analysis of ideational meaning in text-prompted AI-generated images. Language and Semiotic Studies. https://doi.org/10.1515/lass-2023-0030 Jimenez, P. P., Pascual, J., Espinoza, J., San Martin, S., & Guidi, F. (2021, April). Pedagogical innovations with a gender approach to increase computer programming self-efficacy in engineering students. In 2021 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 322-328). IEEE. Han, S., Kennedy, N. S., Samaroo, D. & Duttagupta, U. (2023). Programmatic Strategies to Engage and Support Undergraduate Women in Applied Mathematics and Computer Science, PRIMUS, DOI: 10.1080/10511970.2023.2241461 Ottemo, A., Gonsalves, A. J. & Danielsson, A. T. (2021). (Dis)embodied masculinity and the meaning of (non)style in physics and computer engineering education, Gender and Education, 33(8), 1017-1032, DOI: 10.1080/09540253.2021.1884197 Salminen, J., Jung, S. G., Kamel, A. M. S., Santos, J. M., & Jansen, B. J. (2022). Using artificially generated pictures in customer-facing systems: an evaluation study with data-driven personas. Behaviour & Information Technology, 41(5), 905-921. Tassabehji, R., Harding, N., Lee, H., & Dominguez-Pery, C. (2021). From female computers to male comput♂rs: Or why there are so few women writing algorithms and developing software. Human Relations, 74(8), 1296-1326. UN. (2015). Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls (SDG 5). https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal5 UNESCO. (2017). Cracking the code: Girls’ and women’s education in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) (Vol. 253479). Paris, France Weston, Timothy J., Wendy M. Dubow, and Alexis Kaminsky. "Predicting women's persistence in computer science-and technology-related majors from high school to college." ACM Transactions on Computing Education (TOCE) 20.1 (2019): 1-16. Yu, H. P., & Jen, E. (2021). The gender role and career self-efficacy of gifted girls in STEM areas. High Ability Studies, 32(1), 71-87. Zdawczyk, C., & Varma, K. (2022). Engaging girls in computer science: Gender differences in attitudes and beliefs about learning scratch and python. Computer Science Education, 1-21. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 34 SES 13 A: NW 34 Network Meeting Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Valeria Damiani Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Network Meeting. We welcome all interested attendees in ECER2024 to join the first Network 34 meeting! It will be a fruitful occasion to meet and to share some ideas for future activities. We look forward to meeting you |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper NW 34 Network Meeting LUMSA University, Italy Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address: Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2024 |
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.153+TC © 2001–2025 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany |